diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:30:38 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:30:38 -0700 |
| commit | cb820ebf26e84a91a063fdbf79774fced45b5c01 (patch) | |
| tree | ddb61f22d1fe4bdae1f1e1445c22ad236f24fe90 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7955-0.txt | 11021 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7955-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 192166 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7955-8.txt | 11021 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7955-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 190740 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7955-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 202612 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7955-h/7955-h.htm | 14004 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7955.txt | 11021 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 7955.zip | bin | 0 -> 190662 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/7955-h.htm.2021-01-26 | 14003 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/8hsmn10.zip | bin | 0 -> 194200 bytes |
13 files changed, 61086 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/7955-0.txt b/7955-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78ac2bd --- /dev/null +++ b/7955-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11021 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Historical Miniatures + +Author: August Strindberg + + +Release Date: April, 2005 [EBook #7955] +This file was first posted on June 5, 2003 +Last Updated: October 26, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D’Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + + + + + + + + +HISTORICAL MINIATURES + + +By August Strindberg + + +Translated by Claud Field, M.A. + + + + +PREFACE + +Maximilian Harden, the well-known critic, writes in the _Zukunft_ (7th +September 1907) of the _Historical Miniatures_: + +“A very interesting book, as might be expected, for it is Strindberg’s. +And I am bold enough to say a book which should and must be successful +with the public. The writer is not here concerned with Sweden, nor with +Natural History. A philosopher and poet here describes the visions which +a study of the history of mankind has called up before his inner eye. +Julian the Apostate and Peter the Hermit appear on the stage, together +with Attila and Luther, Alcibiades and Eginhard. We see the empires +of the Pharaohs and the Czars, the Athens of Socrates and the ‘Merry +England’ of Henry VIII. There are twenty brief episodes, and each of +them is alive. So powerful is the writer’s faculty of vision, that it +compels belief in his descriptions of countries and men.” + +“The question whether these cultured circles really were as described, +hardly occurs to us. Never has the remarkable writer shown a more +comprehensive grasp. Since the days of the _Confession of a Fool_, +Strindberg has become a writer of world-wide significance.” + +[Footnote: one collection of Maximilian Harden’s essays is published by +Messrs. Blackwood, and another by Mr. Eveleigh Nash.] + + +CONTENTS + +PREFACE + +THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE + +THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS + +ALCIBIADES + +SOCRATES + +FLACCUS AND MARO + +LEONTOPOLIS + +THE LAMB + +THE WILD BEAST + +THE APOSTATE + +ATTILA + +THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS + +ISHMAEL + +EGINHARD TO EMMA + +THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM + +PETER THE HERMIT + +LAOCOON + +THE INSTRUMENT + +OLD MERRY ENGLAND + +THE WHITE MOUNTAIN + +THE GREAT CZAR + +THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS + +DAYS OF JUDGMENT + +STRINDBERG’S DEATH-BED + + + + + +THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE + + +The old worker in ebony and cabinet-maker, Amram, dwelt by the +river-side in a clay-hut which was covered with palm-leaves. There he +lived with his wife and three children. He was yellow in complexion and +wore a long beard. Skilled in his trade of carving ebony and hard wood, +he attended at Pharaoh’s court, and accordingly also worked in the +temples. One morning in midsummer, just before sunrise, he got out of +bed, placed his implements in a bag, and stepped out of his hut. He +remained standing on the threshold for a moment, and, turning to the +east, uttered a low prayer. Then he began to walk between fishermen’s +huts, following the black broken bank of the river, where herons and +doves were resting after their morning meal. + +His neighbour, the fisherman, Nepht, was overhauling his nets, and +placing carp, grayling, and sheat-fish in the different partitions of +his boat. + +Amram greeted him, and wished to say some words in token of +friendliness. + +“Has the Nile ceased to rise?” he asked. + +“It remains standing at ten yards’ height. That means starvation!” + +“Do you know why it cannot rise higher than fifteen yards, Nepht?” + +“Because otherwise we should drown,” answered the fisherman simply. + +“Yes, certainly, and that we cannot. The Nile, then, has a Lord who +controls the water-level; and He who has measured out the starry vault, +and laid the foundations of the earth, has set up a wall for the waters, +and this wall, which we cannot see, is fifteen yards high. For during +the great flood in the land of our fathers, Ur of the Chaldees, the +water rose fifteen yards--no more, no less. Yes, Nepht, I say ‘we,’ +for you are of our people, though you speak another tongue, and honour +strange gods. I wish you a good morning, Nepht, a very good morning.” + +He left the abashed fisherman, went on, and entered the outskirts of the +city, where began the rows of citizens’ houses built of Nile-bricks +and wood. He saw the merchant and money-changer Eleazar taking down his +window-shutters while his assistant sprinkled water on the ground before +the shop. Amram greeted him, “A fine morning, cousin Eleazar.” + +“I cannot say,” answered the tradesman sulkily. “The Nile has remained +stationary, and begins to sink. The times are bad.” + +“Bad times are followed by good times, as our father Abraham knew; and +when Joseph, Jacob’s son, foresaw the seven lean years he counselled +Pharaoh to store up corn in the granaries....” + +“May be, but that is a forgotten tale now.” + +“Yes, and have you also forgotten the promise which the Lord gave to his +friend Abraham?” + +“That about the land of Canaan? We have waited four hundred years for +its fulfilment, and now, instead of receiving it, Abraham’s children +have become bond-servants.” + +“Abraham believed through good and through evil days, through joy and +through sorrow, and that was counted to him for righteousness.” + +“I don’t believe at all,” Eleazar broke in, “or rather, I believe that +things go backwards, and that I will have to put up my shutters, if +there is a failure in the crops.” + +Amram went on with a sad face, and came to the market, where he bought a +millet loaf, a piece of an eel, and some onions. + +When the market-woman took the piece of money, she spat on it, and when +Amram received his change, he did the same. + +“Do you spit on the money, Hebrew?” she hissed. + +“One adopts the customs of the country,” answered Amram. + +“Do you answer, unclean dog?” + +“I answer speech, but not abuse.” + +The Hebrew went on, for a crowd began to gather. He met the barber, +Enoch, and they greeted each other with a sign which the Hebrews had +devised, and which signified, “We believe in the promise to Abraham, and +wait, patient in hope.” + +Amram reached at last the temple square, passed through the avenue of +Sphinxes, and stood before a little door in the left pylon. He knocked +seven times with his hand; a servant appeared, took Amram by the arm +and led him in. A young priest tied a bandage round his eyes, and, after +they had searched his bag, they took the cabinet-maker by the hand, and +led him into the temple. Sometimes they went up steps, sometimes down +them, sometimes straight-forward. Now and then they avoided pillars, +and the murmur of water was heard; at one time there was a smell of +dampness, at another of incense. + +At last they halted, and the bandage was taken off Amram’s eyes. He +found himself in a small room with painted walls, some seats, and a +cupboard. A richly-carved ebony door divided this room from a larger +one which on one side opened on to a broad staircase leading down to a +terrace facing eastward. + +The priest left Amram alone after he had shown him that the door +required repair, and had, with an unmistakable gesture, enjoined on him +silence and secrecy. + +When Amram was left alone, and found himself for the first time within +the sacred walls which could not overawe a Hebrew’s mind, he yet felt a +certain alarm at all the mysteriousness, of which he had heard since +his youth. In order to shake off his fear of the unknown, he resolved to +satisfy his curiosity, though at the risk of being turned out, if he met +anyone. As a pretext he took a fine plane in his hand, and entered the +great hall. + +It was very spacious. In the midst was a fountain of red granite, with +an obelisk set upright in the basin. The walls were adorned with figures +painted in simple colours, most of them in red ochre, but also in yellow +and black. He drew off his sandals, and went on into a gallery where +stood mummy-coffins leaning against the wall. + +Then he entered a domed room, on the vault of which were painted the +great constellations of the northern hemisphere. In the middle of the +room stood a table, on which lay a half-globe covered with designs +resembling the outlines of a map. By the window stood another table, +with a model of the largest pyramid set upon a land-surveyor’s board, +with a scale of measurements. Close by stood an alidade, an instrument +for measuring angles. + +There was no visible outlet to this room, but after some search the +uninitiated Hebrew found some stairs of acacia-wood leading up through +a wooden tower. He climbed and climbed, but when he looked through the +loopholes, he found himself always on a level with the roof of the +domed room. But he continued to ascend, and after he had again counted +a hundred steps and, looked through a loop hole, he found himself on a +level with the floor of the domed room. Then a wooden door opened, and +an elderly man in half-priestly garb received him with a greeting as +though he were a well-known and expected superior. But when he saw a +stranger, he started, and the two men gazed at each other long, before +they could speak. Amram, who felt unpleasantly surprised, began the +verbal encounter: “Reuben? Don’t you know me, the friend of your youth, +and your kinsman in the Promise?” + +“Amram, the husband of Jochebed, the son of Kohath! Yes, I know you!” + +“And you here! After you have vanished from my sight for thirty years!” + +“And you?” + +“I was sent for to repair a door; that is all; and when I was left +alone, I wanted to look round. + +“I am a scribe in the chief school....” + +“And sacrificest to strange gods....” + +“No, I do not sacrifice, and I have kept my faith in the promise, Amram. +I have entered this temple in order to learn the secrets of the wise, +and to open from within the fortress which holds Israel captive.” + +“Secrets? Why should the Highest be secret?” + +“Because the common people only understand what is low.” + +“You do not yourself believe in these animals which you call sacred?” + +“No, they are only symbols--visible signs to body forth the invisible. +We priests and scribes revere the Only One, the Hidden, under His +visible shape, the Sun, giver and sustainer of life. You remember, when +we were young, how Pharaoh Amenophis the Fourth forcibly did away with +the ancient gods and the worship of the sacred animals. He passed down +the river from Thebes proclaiming the doctrine of the Unity of God. +Do you know whence he derived that doctrine? From the Israelites, who, +after Joseph’s marriage to Asenath, daughter of the High Priest of +On, increased in numbers, and even married daughters of the house of +Pharaoh. But after the death of Amenophis the old order was restored, +the King again resided at Thebes, and the ancient gods were brought out +again, all to please the people.” + +“And you continue to honour the Only One, the Hidden, the Eternal. + +“Yes, we do.” + +“Is, then, your God not the same as the God of Abraham, Isaac, and +Jacob?” + +“Probably, since there is only One.” + +“It is strange. Why, then, do you persecute the Hebrews?” + +“Foreigners are not generally loved. You know that our Pharaoh has +lately conquered the Syrian race of Hittites.” + +“In the land of Canaan and the region round about, in the land of our +fathers, and of the promise. Do you see, the Lord of Zebaoth, our God, +sends him to prepare the way for our people?” + +“Do you still believe in the promise?” + +“As surely as the Lord liveth! And I am told that the time will be soon +fulfilled when we shall leave our bondage, and go to the promised land.” + +The scribe did not answer, but his face expressed simultaneously doubt +in Amram’s declaration, and the certainty of something quite different +which would soon happen. Amram, who did not wish to have his faith +shaken by any kind of explanations, let the subject drop, and spoke of +something indifferent. + +“That is a strange staircase.” + +“It is an elevator, and not a staircase.” + +Amram glanced up at the domed roof, and found a new pretext for +continuing the conversation, which he did not wish to drop. + +“Does that represent the sky?” he asked. + +“Yes.” + +“And its secrets?” + +“Ah, the secrets? They are accessible to all who can understand them.” + +“Tell them in a few words.” + +“Astronomy is not my province, and I know little of it, but still I +will tell you in a few words. The vault up there represents the sky, +the board lying on the table, the earth. Now the wise speak thus: In the +beginning Earth (Sibu) and Heaven (Nuit) lay near each other. But the +god of air and of sunlight (Shu) raised the sky, and set it as a vault +over the earth. The fixed constellations which we know form as it were +an impression, like that of a seal on wax, of the earth, and when the +learned study the stars, they can find out the unknown parts of our +earth. Look at the constellations which you know. In the north the Great +Bear; in the south, at a certain season of the year, the Hunter (Orion), +with four stars at the corners and three stars in the middle. These +three we Hebrews call Jacob’s Staff, and through the uppermost of them +passes the sky-gauge or equator, which corresponds to the earth-gauge +where the sources of our Nile are said to be. + +“You know also the constellation which we specially love--the River +(Nile). Look, how it flees from the Hunter (Orion), and makes as many +windings as the Nile here on earth. Therefore he who wishes to learn the +hidden secrets of earth must learn them from the sky. Our wise men know +only the lands which lie towards the east; but those which lie in the +north under the Great Bear are unknown to us, as also are the lands +towards the west. But it looks as though the lands of the Bear had great +destinies assigned to them. Their numbers are four and three, like those +of the Hunter. Three represents the Divine with its attributes, four +denotes the most perfect possible: three and four together form the +mysterious number seven. To gods sacrifices are offered with the unequal +number, three; to men, with the equal number four. + +“This is about all that I have cursorily understood of the secrets of +the sky. If you now wish to understand some of the secrets of the earth, +let us consider the tombs of the Pharaohs. These, apart from their +ostensible purposes of being tombs, have also a hidden one--_i.e._ to +conceal in their numbers and proportions the discoveries of the learned +regarding the mutual relations of Sibus and Nuits. In the first place, +the sepulchre of the Pharaohs, or the Pyramid, operates with the numbers +four and three; the base with four, the sides with three. That was +indeed one of the secrets of the sky. But the base of the Great Pyramid +is 365 ells broad. There you have the 365 days of the year. Now the +triple side of the Pyramid is 186 great ells, or a stadium long. There +you see where our road-measures come from. + +“If you multiply the breadth of the base with the number 500, which is +about double the breadth measured in great ells, you obtain a length +which is equivalent to 1/360 of the whole orbital path of the sun in +a year, since the number of days in a lunar year is 360. This length +represents four minutes, and those who live a degree west of us see the +sun rise four minutes later than we do. + +“This is all I remember about numbers and proportions. If you wish to +learn more--for example, why the sides of the pyramid are inclined at +an angle of 5l°--you must ask the astronomers. The steps to the funereal +chamber, on the other hand, are inclined at an angle of 27°. This +corresponds to the difference between the axis of the universe and the +axis of the earth.” + +Amram had listened with special attention to the learned scribe’s +explanation of the tombs of the Pharaohs, and when Reuben mentioned +numbers he concentrated his attention still more, as though he wished +to fix something in his mind. Finally he interrupted him, and began to +speak: “You just now mentioned 27°. Good! That is not the inclination +of the axis of the universe, but of the Milky Way, which probably is +the real axis and lies 27° north of the heavenly equator, while the +inclination of the earth’s axis to the orbit of the sun is 23°. But you +have forgotten the third Pyramid, that of Menkheres, the base of which +is 107 great ells broad. This number 107 we find again three or five +times in the universe; there are 107 smaller suns between the earth and +the sun; 107 is the distance of the planet Venus, and also of Jupiter +from the sun.” + +Reuben started. “What? Where did you get all that? Here you let me +stand, and make a fool of me! Where have you learnt that?” + +“From our oldest and wisest, who have preserved the memories of their +home at Ur in Chaldaea. You despise Assur, you men of Egypt, for you +believe the Nile is the centre of the earth. But there are many centres +in the infinite. Behind Assur, on the Tigris and Euphrates, there lies +another land with another river. It is called the Land of the Seven +Rivers, because its river debouches into seven mouths as the Nile does.” + +“The Nile has seven arms, as you say, like the seven-branched +candlestick! + +“That betokens the Light of the world, which shall shine from every land +where a river divides itself in order to flow into the sea. The rivers, +you see, are the blood-vessels of the earth, and as these carry blue and +red blood alternately, so our land has its Blue Nile and its Red Nile. +The Blue Nile is poisonous like dark blood, and the Red is fertilising, +life-giving, like red blood. So everything created has its counterpart +above in heaven and below on earth, for all is one, and the Lord of all +is One--One and the Same.” + +Reuben kept silence and listened. “Speak on!” he said at last. + +Amram therefore continued: “The tombs of the Pharaohs have also grown +out of the earth on which they rest. The first or Great Pyramid is built +after the pattern of sea-salt when it crystallises in the warmth of the +sun. If you could look through a dewdrop into a salt-crystal, you would +find it built up of an infinite number of squares just like the Great +Pyramid. But if you let alum crystallise, you will see a whole field of +pyramids. Alum is the salt deposited in clay. There you have the salt of +the earth and of the sea. + +“But there is another kind of pyramid with blunted corners. That is the +original form of sulphur when found in chalk. Now we have water, earth, +and chalk with its fire-stone. There is still a third kind of pyramid +with blunted edges; these resemble crystallised flint or rock crystal. +There you have the foundation of the mountains. A closer examination of +the Nile-mud will discover all these primary forms and substances--clay, +salt, sulphur, and flint. Therefore the Nile is the blood of the earth. +And the mountains are the flesh, not the bones.” + +Reuben, whose Egyptian name was Phater, had regarded Amram while he +spoke with alarm and amazement. When the latter had ceased to speak, he +began, “You are not Amram the worker in ebony and cabinet-maker.” + +“I am certainly a worker in ebony and cabinetmaker, but I am also of +Israel’s priestly line. I am the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, the son +of Jacob, the son of Isaac, the son of Abraham. I am a Levite and the +husband of Jochebed. Miriam, and Aaron are the children hitherto born +to me; one unborn I still await. Now I go back to my work; show me the +way!” + +Phater went in front, but led Amram by another way than that by which +he had come. As they passed by an open door, which led into a large hall +lined with bookcases, Amram stopped, full of curiosity, and wished to +enter, in order to look at the numerous books. But Phater held him back +by his garment, “Don’t go in,” he said; “the place is full of traps and +snares. The guardian of the library sits concealed in the middle of the +hall, and guards his treasures jealously. He has had the floor made of +dried willow-withes, which creak when they are trodden upon. He hears +anyone stealing in, and he hears if a scribe touches the forbidden +books. He has heard us, and he is feeling after us! Don’t you feel as +if cold snake-tongues were touching your cheeks, your forehead, your +eyelids?” + +“Yes, I do.” + +“It is he, stretching out the fingers of his soul, as we stretch out an +arm. But now I cut off the feeler which wants to examine us.” + +He took out a knife, and made a cut through the air in front of them. + +Amram felt a sudden glow, and at the same moment saw a great adder +writhing on the ground in its death-struggle. + +“You practise magic arts here?” he said. + +“Did you not know that?” + +“I did not expect it.” + +At the same instant the wall seemed to open, and they saw a mass of +Nile mud in which crocodiles and snakes twined round each other, while a +hippopotamus trampled threateningly with its forefeet. + +Amram was alarmed, but Phater took out an amulet in the shape of a +scarabaeus, and, holding it as a shield in front of him, he passed +through the terrible shapes, which dissolved like smoke, while Amram +followed him. + +“The magician only cheats our eyes,” said Phater, and as he waved his +hand the whole appearance vanished. + +Now they stood again in the first hall, and, pointing to the Nilometer, +Amram said, “Famine!” + +“There is no doubt of that. Therefore all superfluous mouths should be +stopped.” + +“What!” + +Phater saw that he had made a slip of the tongue. + +“I mean,” he said, “Pharaoh must consider how to get corn.” + +“He would find a Joseph useful just now.” + +“Why?” broke in Phater more vehemently than he intended. “Don’t you +know that Joseph the son of Jacob brought the Egyptians to be Pharaoh’s +bond-slaves. Your chronicles and ours relate that he made the peasants +mortgage their land in return for help during the seven lean years, and +that, by his doing so, Pharaoh became sole possessor of all the land of +Egypt.” + +“You are not Reuben; you are Phater the Egyptian, for if you were an +Israelite, you would not have spoken thus. Our ways part. I go to my +work.” + +Amram laid his hand on the door, and Phater glided into the shadow of +the columns and vanished. But Amram saw by his bent back that he had +evil designs. + + * * * * * + +When Amram came home in the evening, he found that his wife had borne a +son. He was like other healthy children, but did not cry; after the bath +he was wrapped in linen and laid in the darkest corner of the cottage. + +The next day before sunrise Amram went again to his work in the Temple +of the Sun, and was again led into the chamber with his eyes bandaged. +There he was left alone without receiving any counsel or advice +regarding what he was to do. This carelessness seemed to him like +indifference, and indicated a general laxness in the temple servants. +Therefore he again entered the columned hall. He looked uneasily at the +Nilometer, in which the water had sunk. There was no hope of the fifteen +ells of water which the earth needed for the harvest of the year. + +He stepped out on the terrace, which looked towards the east, and +entered an open colonnade. But before he went farther, he took the +precaution of dropping small pieces of papyrus to show him the way back. +He went through narrow courtyards, but took care not to climb steps; his +experience of yesterday had warned him. At last he found himself in a +forest of pillars whose tops were crowned with lotus-buds, and, as he +listened, he heard what seemed a faint song of children’s voices from +the roof. He laid his ear to a pillar, and heard it more clearly, like +the ringing music of zither and harp. He knew that this was caused by +the sun, which had already warmed the stones of the roof, and was about +to ascend the sky. + +He went forward, and suddenly saw a terrace upon which stood a +sacrificial altar. From the terrace, a flight of stairs flanked with +sphinxes descended to the river. Thence there sloped a valley, bounded +on the east by the mountains of the Red Sea. At the altar there stood +a priest in a white linen robe with a purple border. He had raised his +arms towards heaven, and stood motionless. His hands were quite white, +since the blood had sunk into his arms, and the face of the old man +seemed astrain with the strength he had invoked from above. Sometimes +his body shuddered as though streams of fire ran through it. He was +silent, and gazed towards the East. Then the shining edge of the sun’s +disk rose above the mountain-ridge, and the white hands of the priest +became transparently crimson like his face. And he opened his mouth and +said: “Sun-god: Lord of the splendour of rays, be Thou extolled in the +morning when Thou risest, and in the evening when Thou descendest. I cry +to Thee, Lord of Eternity, Thou Sun of both horizons, Thou Creator who +hast created Thyself. All the gods shout aloud when they behold Thee, O +King of heaven; my youth is renewed when I see thy beauty. Hail to Thee, +as Thou passest from land to land, Thou Father of the gods!” + +He stopped speaking and remained standing, his arms outstretched towards +the sun, as though he absorbed warmth from it. + +Then in the forest of pillars a rattle of arms was heard, which ceased +immediately, and forthwith a stately beardless man appeared, clothed in +purple and gold. His walk was as noiseless as that of a panther’s, and +he seemed to glide over the floor which reflected his image, a bright +shadow which followed him as he went. When he came out on the terrace +the sun cast behind him a gigantic dark shadow which lay there like a +carpet. + +“Already at prayer, thou wisest of the wise!” was Pharaoh’s greeting to +the Chief Priest. + +“My lord has called me, thy servant has obeyed. My lord has returned +to his land after long and victorious campaigns in far and foreign +countries. Thy servant greets Pharaoh to his face.” + +Pharaoh sat down on a chair of state, his face turned towards the rising +sun, and began to speak like one who wishes to set his thoughts in +order. “My chariots have rolled over the red soil of Syria, my horses +have trampled the highways of Babylon and Nineveh; I have crossed the +Euphrates and Tigris, and marched through the region between the two +rivers; I have come to the land of the Five Rivers, and seen the Seven +in the distance, where the Land of Silk begins, that stretches towards +the sunrise. I have returned on my traces and gone northward towards +Scythia and Colchis. Wherever I went I heard murmurs and saw movements. +The people have awaked; in the temples they prophesied the return of the +gods; for men had been left alone to manage their affairs and to guide +their destinies, but had done both badly. Justice had become injustice, +and truth, falsehood; the whole earth groaned for deliverance. At last +their prayers reached the throne of the All-merciful. And now the wise, +the gentle, the saintly proclaim in all tongues the joyful message, ‘The +gods return again. They return in order to put right what the children +of men have thrown in confusion, to give laws and to protect justice.’ +This message I bring home as a spoil of victory, and thou, wisest of the +wise, shalt receive it first from thy lord.” + +“Thou hearest, my Lord Pharaoh, what is spoken over the whole circle of +the earth; thine eyes see farther than the stars of heaven and the eye +of the sun!” + +“And yet only my ear has heard, but my intelligence has not grasped what +the gods have revealed to me in a dream. Interpret it for me.” + +“Tell it, my lord.” + +“I saw nothing, but I heard a voice, when sleep had quenched the light +of my eyes. The voice spoke in the darkness, and said, ‘The red earth +will spread over all lands, but the black shall be dispersed like the +sand.’” + +“The dream, my lord is not hard to interpret, but it forebodes nothing +good.” + +“Interpret it.” + +“Very well; the red earth is Syria, as thou knowest, my lord, where +live the wretched Hittites, that is the hereditary land of the Hebrew, +Canaan. The black earth is that of the Nile, thy land, my lord.” + +“Again the Hebrews, always the Hebrews! Centuries have passed since this +people wandered into our land. They have increased without disturbing +us. I neither love nor hate them; but now I fear them. They have had to +toil, of late more severely than ever, but they do not murmur; they are +patient as though they expected something to happen.” + +“Let them go, my lord.” + +“No! for then they will go, and found a new kingdom.” + +“Let them go.” + +“No, I will destroy them.” + +“Let them go.” + +“Certainly I will destroy them.” + +“But thy dream, my lord.” + +“I interpret that as a warning and exhortation.” + +“Touch not that people, my lord, for their God is stronger than ours.” + +“Their God is that of the Chaldaeans. Let our gods fight. I have spoken; +thou hast heard; I add nothing and retract nothing.” + +“My Lord, thou seest one sun in the sky, and believest that it shines +over all nations: do you not believe that there is one Lord of the +heaven who rules the destinies of all nations?” + +“It should be so, but the Lord of heaven has made me ruler over this +land, and now I rule it.” + +“Thou rulest it, my lord, but thou rulest not wind and weather; thou +canst not raise the water of the Nile by one inch, and thou canst not +prevent the crops failing again this year.” + +“Failing? What does the Nilometer say?” + +“My lord, the sun has entered the sign of the Balance, and the water is +sinking already. It means famine.” + +“Then I will destroy all superfluous and strange mouths which take the +bread from the children of the country. I will annihilate the Hebrews.” + +“Let them go free, my lord.” + +“I will summon the midwives, and have every boy that is born of a Hebrew +woman destroyed. I have spoken; now I act.” Pharaoh rose from his chair, +and departed more quickly than he had come. Amram sought to find his +way back, but could only discover one piece of papyrus. Then he remained +standing and feared much, for he could not find his way. + +The sun had risen, and there was no more music in the forest of +pillars, but silence. But as Amram listened he began to be aware of that +compressed stillness which emanates from a listener, or from children +who do something forbidden and do not wish to be discovered. He felt +that someone was near who wished to be concealed, but who still kept his +thoughts directed towards him. In order to satisfy himself Amram went in +the direction where the silence seemed to be densest. And lo! behind a +pillar stood Phater. He did not show a sign of embarrassment, but only +held out his open hand, in which lay all the pieces of papyrus, which +Amram had strewed as he went. + +“You must not strew pieces of papyrus on the ground,” said Phater with +an inscrutable smile. “Yes--I am not angry, I only wish you well. For +now you will follow me, and not return to your work, which was only a +trap set for your life. You must return to your house, and take care +that your new-born child is not killed. You see that Reuben-Phater is a +true Israelite, although you would not believe him.” + +Amram followed him out of the temple, and went home. + + * * * * * + +Jochebed went about in Pharaoh’s garden watering cucumbers; she went to +and fro with her watering pot between the Watergate that opened on the +river and the cucumber-bed. But sometimes she went through the gate and +remained for a while outside. + +Miriam, her daughter, pruned the vines which grew against the +garden-wall, but seemed to direct her attention more towards the broad +walk which led up to the summer palace of the princesses. Her head moved +like the leaf of the palm-tree when the wind blows through it, looking +sometimes towards the Watergate, sometimes towards the great walk, while +her hands carried on her work. As her mother delayed her return, she +went from the wall down to the gate, and out to the low river shore +where the bulrushes swayed in the gentle south wind. A stonechat of +the desert sat on a rock by the river, wagged its tail, and flapped its +wings, as though it wished to show something which it saw; and chattered +at the sight of something strange among the bulrushes. High up in the +air a hawk hovered in spiral circles, eyeing the ground below. Miriam +broke off some lotus-buds and threw them at the stonechat, which flew +away, but kept its beak still pointing towards the rushes. The girl girt +up her dress, waded into the water, and now saw her mother standing, +hidden up to her waist in a forest of papyrus-reeds, bending over a +reed-basket with a baby at her breast. + +“Mother,” whispered Miriam, “Pharaoh’s daughter is approaching; she +comes to bathe in the river.” + +“Lord God of Israel, have mercy on my child!” + +“If you have given the child enough to drink, hasten and come.” + +The mother bowed herself like an arch over the child; her hair hung down +like an insect-net, and two tears fell from her eyes on the little one’s +outstretched hands. Then she rose, placed a sweet date in its mouth, +softly closed the cover, murmured a blessing, and came out of the water. + +A gentle breeze from the land swayed the rushes and crisped the surface +of the river. + +“The basket swims,” she said, “but the river flows on; it is red with +blood and thick as cream. Lord God of Israel, have mercy!” + +“Yes, He will,” answered Miriam, “as He had mercy on our father Abraham, +who obtained the promise, because he obeyed and believed, ‘Through thy +seed shall all the families on the earth be blessed.’” + +“And now Pharaoh slays all the first-born.” + +“But not thy son.” + +“Not yet.” + +“Pray and hope.” + +“What? That the monsters of the river do not swallow him, that the waves +of the river do not drown him, that Pharaoh’s executioners do not kill +him! Is that the hope?” + +“The promise is greater, and it lives: ‘Thy seed shall possess the gate +of his enemies.’” + +“And then Amram thy father has fled.” + +“To Raamses and Pithom, where our people toil in the buildings; he has +gone there to warn and advise them. He has done well. Hush! Pharaoh’s +daughter comes.” + +“But she cannot bathe in the blood of our child.” + +“She comes, however. But she is the friend of the poor Hebrews; fear +not.” + +“She is her father’s daughter.” + +“The Egyptians are our cousins; they are Ham’s descendants, and we are +Shem’s. Shem and Ham were brothers.” + +“But Ham was cursed by his father Noah, and Kanaan was Ham’s son.” + +“But Noah said, ‘Blessed be the Lord God of Shem, and let Kanaan be his +servant.’ Have you heard? Shem received the promise, and we belong to +him.” + +“Lord of Hosts, help us; the basket drifts with the wind! It drifts +towards the bathing-house,--and the vulture up there in the air.” + +“That is a hawk, mother!” Jochebed ran up and down the bank, like a dog +whom its master has deserted; she beat her breast, and wept great tears. + +Steps and voices were audible. “Here is Pharaoh’s daughter!” + +“But the Lord God of Israel is watching over us.” + +The two women hid themselves in the reeds, and Pharaoh’s daughter +appeared with her attendants at the watergate. She stepped on the bridge +leading to the bath-house, which was a hut of coloured camel’s skin, +supported by pillars which stood in the bed of the river. But the basket +drifted against the bridge and excited the curiosity of the princess. +She remained standing and waited. Jochebed and Miriam could not hear +what she said on account of the wind, but by her quiet movements they +saw that she expected some amusement from the strange gift brought by +the river. Now she sent a slave to the bank. The latter ran and broke +off a long reed, which she handed to her mistress, who fished for the +basket and brought it within reach. Then she knelt down and opened it. +Jochebed saw two little arms outstretched. The princess laughed aloud, +and turned to the women. She uttered an expression of joy, and then +lifted the infant, which nestled in her maiden bosom and felt about in +her white robe. Then the princess kissed it, pressed it to her breast, +and turned back to the shore. + +Miriam, who had now lost all fear, stepped forward and fell on her face. +“See, Miriam,” said the princess, whose name was Temma, “I have found a +baby. I have received it from the Nile, and therefore it is a child of +the gods. But now you must find a nurse for it.” + +“Where shall I find one, noble princess?” + +“Search! But you must find one before evening. Do not forget, however, +that it is my child, since I drew it out of the water. I have given him +his name, and he shall be called Moses. And I will have him educated so +that he becomes a man after our mind. Go in peace, and find me a nurse!” + +Pharaoh’s daughter went with her child up to the palace, and Miriam +looked for her mother among the reeds, where she had waited and heard +what Pharaoh’s daughter had said and resolved. + +“Mother, Pharaoh’s daughter will bring up Amram and Jochebed’s son. +Ham’s children will serve Shem’s. Praised be the Lord, the God of Shem! +Now you believe in the promise, mother!” + +“Now I believe, and God be praised for His great mercy!” + + + + +THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS + + +After a hot day the sun began to sink, and the market-place lay already +in shadow. The shadow rose and climbed up the Acropolis, on which the +shield of Pallas still gleamed as the aegis of the city. + +Before the vari-coloured colonnade stood a group of men who had +assembled before the semi-circular marble seat called the Hemicyklion; +they appeared to be awaiting someone’s arrival before they sat down. +Among them were stately and handsome men, but there was also an +extraordinarily ugly one, round whom, however, the others seemed to +press. His face resembled that of a slave or satyr, and there were +Athenians who thought they could trace in it the marks of all kinds of +wickedness and crime. On hearing of such suspicions, Socrates is said +to have remarked, “Think how much Socrates must have had to contend +against, for he is neither wicked nor a criminal!” + +This was the man known to the whole population of Athens as an eccentric +character who carried on philosophical discussions in streets and +market-places, in drinking-houses and brothels. He shunned no society, +and was on equally intimate terms with Pericles, the head of the state, +and with the licentious Alcibiades. He sat down to table with tradesmen +and artisans, drank with sailors in the Piraeus, and lived himself with +his family in the suburb Ceramicus. When it was asked why Socrates +was always out of doors, his friends answered, “because he was not +comfortable at home.” And when his more intimate friends asked how +he could be on intimate terms with seamen and tax-gatherers, Socrates +himself answered, “They are also men!” + +At the philosopher’s side, and when he sat, standing behind him, was +always to be seen a youth, whose broad brow attracted attention. This +was his best disciple, whose real name was Aristokles, but who, on +account of his forehead, had the nickname Plato. + +Vying with him in an almost jealous rivalry to appear by the Master’s +side, stood the beautiful Alcibiades. + +The third after them was the stately austere Euripides, the tragic +dramatist. Turning his back to the company, absorbed in thought and +tracing designs on the ground, as though he were always at work, stood +Phidias, the man “who made gods for Athens.” On the edge of the fountain +sat a man with his legs dangling and his mouth perpetually moving, as +though he were sharpening his tongue for thrust and counter-thrust; his +brow was furrowed and worn as though with fruitless thought, his eyes +glowered like those of a serpent watching for its prey. That was the +Sophist, Protagoras, the reasoner for hire, who for a few figs or a +pair of obols, could make black seem white, but was tolerated in this +brilliant society, because he could carry on a dialogue. They used him +to enliven their meetings, and pitted him in argument against Socrates, +who, however, always entangled him in the meshes of his dialectic. At +last came the one they expected. It was the head of the State, who would +have been king had not the kingship been abolished. His appearance +was majestic, but his entrance without a body-guard was like that of +a simple citizen. He ruled also only by force of his personal +qualities--wisdom, strength of will, moderation, forethought. + +After exchanging greetings which showed that they had already met that +day, for they had been celebrating the deliverance from Persia at the +Salamis festival, the company sat down on the long semicircular marble +seat, called the Hemicyklion. When all had taken their seats, which were +reserved for each according to prescription, a silence followed which +was unusual in this circle, for they were accustomed to assemble as if +for an intellectual feast at every sunset. It was a symposium of minds, +at which the excesses, according to Alcibiades, were only spiritual. + +Alcibiades, the second youngest, but spoilt and aggressive, was the +first to break the silence. “We have been celebrating the battle of +Salamis, the day of our deliverance from the barbarians and the King of +Persia, and I see we are tired.” + +“Not too tired,” answered Pericles, “to forget the birthday of our +friend Euripides, for, as we all know, he first saw the daylight when +the sun shone on the battle of Salamis.” + +“He shall have a libation,” answered Alcibiades, “when we sit at table +with our cups in front of us.” + +The Sophist, sitting by the fountain, had now collected enough yarn to +commence spinning with. + +“How do you know,” he began, “that our deliverance from the King of +Persia was really a piece of good fortune? How do you know that Salamis +was a happy day for Hellas? Has not our great Aeschylus lamented and +sympathetically described the defeat of the Persians? + + “‘Hateful to me is thy name, Salamis, + And with a sigh I think of thee, Athens!’” + +“For shame, Sophist!” Alcibiades broke in. + +But Protagoras whetted his beak and continued, “It is not I who say that +the name of Salamis is hateful, but Aeschylus, and I, as everyone knows, +am not Aeschylus. Neither have I maintained that it was a good thing to +serve the Persian King. I have only questioned, and a questioner asserts +nothing. Is it not so, Socrates?” + +The master drew his fingers through his long beard, and answered. + +“There are direct and indirect assertions; a question can be an indirect +and mischievous assertion. Protagoras has made such a one by his +question.” + +“Good! Socrates!” exclaimed Alcibiades, who wished to kindle a flame. + +Pericles spoke: “Protagoras, then, has asserted that you would be +happier under the Persian King. What should be done with such a man?” + +“Throw him backwards in the fountain,” cried Alcibiades. + +“I appeal!” protested the Sophist. + +“To the mob! They will always justify you,” Alcibiades interrupted. + +“One does not say ‘mob’ if one is a democrat, Alcibiades. And one does +not quote Aeschylus when Euripides is present. When Phidias sits here +one would rather speak of his Parthenon and his Athene, whose robe even +now glitters in the sinking sun. Courtesy is the salt of social life.” + +Thus Pericles sought to direct the conversation into a new channel, but +the Sophist thwarted him. + +“If Phidias’ statue of Athene must borrow its gold from the sun, that +may prove that the gold granted by the State did not suffice, and that +therefore there is a deficiency. Is it not so, Socrates?” + +The master silenced with his outstretched hand the murmur of disapproval +which arose, and said: + +“It must first be proved that Phidias’ statue must borrow gold from +the sun, but since that is unproved, it is absurd to talk of a +deficit. Moreover, gold cannot be borrowed from the sun. Therefore what +Protagoras says is mere babble, and deserves no answer. On the other +hand, will Phidias answer this question? ‘When you have made Athene up +there on the Parthenon, have you made Athene?’” + +“I have made her image,” answered Phidias. + +“Right! You have made her image. But after what pattern?” + +“After the pattern in my mind.” + +“Not after an external one, then? Have you seen the goddess with your +eyes?” + +“Not with my outward eyes.” + +“Does she then exist outside you, or inside you?” + +“If no one were listening to us, I would answer ‘She is not outside of +me, therefore she is not anywhere at all.’” + +Pericles interrupted him: “You are talking of the gods of the State: +friends, take care!” + +“Help, Protagoras! Socrates is throttling me!” cried Phidias. + +“In my opinion it is not Zeus but Prometheus who has created men,” + answered the Sophist. “But Zeus gave unfinished man two imperishable +gifts--the sense of shame and conscience.” + +“Then Protagoras was not made by Zeus, for he lacks both.” This thrust +came from Alcibiades. But now the taciturn tragedian Euripides began to +speak: “Allow me to say something both about Zeus and about Prometheus; +and don’t think me discourteous if I cite my great teacher Aeschylus +when I speak about the gods.” + +But Pericles broke in: “Unless my eyes deceive me, I saw just now a pair +of ears projecting from behind the pillar of Hermes, and these ass’s +ears can only belong to the notorious tanner.” + +“Cleon!” exclaimed Alcibiades. + +But Euripides continued: “What do I care about the tanner, since I do +not fear the gods of the State? These gods, whose decline Aeschylus +foretold long ago! Does not his _Prometheus_ say that the Olympian Zeus +will be overthrown by his own descendant--the son that will be born of a +virgin? Is it not so, Socrates?” + +“Certainly: ‘she will bear a son who is stronger than his father.’ But +who it will be, and when he will be born, he does not say. Now I believe +that Zeus already lies _in extremis_.” + +Again the warning voice of Pericles was heard. “The gods of the State! +Hush, friends! Cleon is listening!” + +“I, on the other hand,” broke in Alcibiades, “believe that Athens is +near her end. While we have been celebrating the victory of Salamis, the +Spartans have risen and devastated the north. Megaris, Locris, Boeotia, +and Phocis are already on her side.” + +“What you say is well known,” answered Pericles deprecatingly, “but at +present there is a truce, and we have three hundred ships at sea. Do you +think, Socrates, that there is danger?” + +“I cannot mix in the affairs of State; but if Athens is in danger, I +will take up shield and lance as before.” + +“When you saved my life at Potidaea,” added Alcibiades. + +“No, the danger is not there,” interrupted Euripides--“not in Sparta, +but here at home. The demagogues have stirred up the marsh, and +therefore we have the pestilence in the Agora, and the pestilence in the +Piraeus.” + +“That in Piraeus is the worse of the two,” said Protagoras; “don’t you +think so, Alcibiades?” + +“Yes, for there are my best girls. My flute-players, who are to perform +at supper this evening, live by the harbour. But, by Hercules, no one +here fears death, I suppose?” + +“No one fears, and no one wishes it,” answered Socrates; “but if you +have other girls, that would increase our pleasure.” + +“Euripides does not like girls,” interrupted Protagoras. + +“That is not true,” answered Euripides; “I like girls, but not women.” + +Pericles rose: “Let us go to supper, and have walls round our +conversation--walls without ears! Support me, Phidias, I am tired.” + +Plato approached Socrates: “Master, let me carry your mantle?” he asked. + +“That is my function, boy,” said Alcibiades, intercepting him. + +“It was once,” objected Socrates; “now it belongs to Plato of the broad +head. Notice his name! He descends from Codrus, the last king, who gave +his life to save his people. Plato is of royal birth.” + +“And Alcibiades is of the race of heroes, the Alcmaeonidae, like his +uncle Pericles; a noble company.” + +“But Phidias is of the race of the gods; that is more.” + +“I am probably descended from the Titans,” broke in Protagoras. “I say +‘probably,’ for one knows nothing at all, and hardly that. Don’t you +think so, Socrates?” + +“_You_ know nothing at all, and least of all what you talk about.” + The company passed through the Sacred Street, and went together to the +theatre of Dionysus, near which Alcibiades lived. + + * * * * * + +The demagogue Cleon had really been lurking out of sight, and listening +to the conversation. And so had another man with a yellow complexion and +a full black beard, who seemed to belong to the artisan class. When the +brilliant company had departed, Cleon stepped forward, laid his hand on +the stranger’s shoulder, and said: + +“You have heard their conversation?” + +“Certainly I have,” he answered. + +“Then you can give evidence.” + +“I cannot give evidence, because I am a foreigner.” + +“Still you have heard how they spoke against the gods of the State.” + +“I am a Syrian, and only know one true God. Your gods are not mine.” + +“You are a Hebrew, then! What is your name?” + +“I am an Israelite, of the family of Levi, and call myself now +Cartophilus.” + +“A Phoenician, then?” + +“No, a Hebrew. My forefathers came out of Ur of the Chaldees, then fell +into bondage in Egypt, but were brought by Moses and Joshua to the +land of Canaan, where we became powerful under our own kings, David and +Solomon.” + +“I don’t know them.” + +“Two hundred years ago our city Jerusalem was destroyed by +Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, and our people were carried captive to +Babylon. But when Babylon was overthrown by the King of Persia, we fell +under the power of the Persians, and have groaned under the successors +of your Xerxes of Salamis, whom we called Ahasuerus.” + +“Your enemies, our enemies! Very well, friend; how did you come here.” + +“When the Assyrian was about to carry us for the first time into +captivity, those who could flee, fled to Rhodes, Crete, and the islands +of Greece. But of those who were carried away some were sent northwards +to Media. My ancestors came hither from Media, and I am a new-comer.” + +“Your speech is dark to me, but I have heard your nation praised because +they are faithful to the gods of the State.” + +“God! There is only One, the Single and True, who has created heaven and +earth, and given the promise to our people.” + +“What promise?” + +“That our nation shall possess the earth.” + +“By Heracles! But the commencement is not very promising.” + +“That is our belief, and it has supported us during our wanderings in +the wilderness, and during the Captivity.” + +“Will you give evidence against these blasphemers of the gods?” + +“No, Cleon, for you are idolaters. Socrates and his friends do +not believe in your gods, and that will be counted to them for +righteousness. Yes, Socrates appeared to me rather to worship the +Eternal and Invisible, whom we dare not name. Therefore I do not give +evidence against him.” + +“Is _that_ the side you are on? Then go in peace, but beware! Go!” + +“The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob will protect me, so long as I and +my house keep His laws.” + +Cleon had espied his friend and fellow-artisan in the colonnade, and +therefore let the inflexible Hebrew go. The latter hastened towards the +sycamore avenue of the oil-market, and disappeared there. + +Anytos the tanner and politician approached, rehearsing a written speech +which he was intending to deliver: “Athens or Sparta,--that is the whole +question at issue....” + +Cleon, full of curiosity, interrupted him: “What are you rehearsing, +Anytos?” + +“A speech.” + +“So I heard! Athens or Sparta! Government by the people, or government +by donkeys. The people, the weightiest element in the State, the +cultivators of the land, the producers of wealth, lie at the bottom like +gold. The worthless, the drones, the rich, the aristocratic, the most +frivolous, swim on the surface like chips and corks. Athens has always +represented government by the people, and will always do so; Sparta +represents the donkey-government. + +“The oligarchy, you mean, Cleon.” + +“No; donkeys. Therefore, Anytos, Athens is badly governed, for Pericles +the rich man, who boasts of royal ancestors, has come to power. How +can he sympathise with these people, since he has never been down there +below? How can he see them rightly from above? He sits on the gable-roof +of the Parthenon, and views the Athenians as ants, while they are lions, +with their claws pared and their teeth drawn. We, Anytos, born down +there amid the skins of the tanyard and dog’s-dung, we understand our +perspiring brothers--we know them by the smell, so to speak. But like +readily associates with like; therefore Sparta feels attracted to +Athens, to Pericles and his followers. Pericles draws Sparta to himself, +and we sink....” + +Anytos, himself an orator, did not like to hear eloquence from others, +therefore he cut abruptly through Cleon’s speech. + +“Pericles is ill.” + +“Is he ill?” + +“Yes, he has fever!” + +“Really? Perhaps the plague.” + +“Perhaps.” + +This interjected remark of Anytos had crossed Cleon’s prolix discourse, +and a new hope glimmered before him. + +“And after Pericles?” he said. “Cleon, of course.” + +“Why not? The man of the people for the people, but no philosophers nor +actors. So, Pericles is sick, is he? Listen, Anytos? Who is Nicias?” + +“He is a grandee who believes in oracles.” + +“Don’t attack the oracles. I certainly do not believe in them, but +a State requires for its stability a certain uniformity in +everything--laws, customs, and religion. Therefore I support the gods of +the State--and what belongs to them.” + +“I also support the gods of the State, so long as the people do.” + +The two orators began to be mutually weary, and Cleon wished for +solitude in order to hatch the eggs which Anytos had laid for him. +Therefore he remarked, “You say that Nicias....” + +“I am going to bathe,” broke in Anytos; “otherwise I will get no sleep +to-night.” + +“But Alcibiades, who is he?” + +“He is the traitor Ephialtes, who will lead the Persian King to +Thermopylae.” + +“The Persian King in the east, Sparta in the south.” + +“Macedonia in the north.” + +“And in the west, new Rome.” + +“Enemies in all four quarters! Woe to Athens!” + +“Woe to Hellas!” + + * * * * * + +The guests had assembled at the house of Alcibiades, who on his +arrival had immediately gone off, with the laudable object of procuring +flute-players. Since the evening was warm, supper was served in the +Aula, or inner court, which was surrounded by Corinthian colonnades, and +lighted by many lamps which hung between the pillars. + +After they had taken a light meal, ivy wreaths were distributed and cups +were set before the guests. + +Aspasia, the only woman present, had the place of honour next to +Pericles. She had come at the beginning, accompanied by her slaves, and +was waiting impatiently for the verbal contests to begin. But Pericles +was depressed and tired. Socrates lay on his back, silent, and looked up +at the stars, Euripides chewed a wood-splinter and was morose; Phidias +kneaded balls of bread, which in his hand took the shapes of animals; +Protagoras whispered to Plato, who, with becoming youthful modesty, kept +in the background. + +Quite at the bottom of the table sat the skeleton, with a wreath of +roses round its white forehead. In order to counteract the uncanny +feeling likely to be aroused by this unbidden guest, Alcibiades had +placed an onion between its front teeth, and in one of its hands an +asphodel lily, which the skeleton appeared to smell at. + +When the silence at last became oppressive, Pericles roused himself from +his lethargy, and opened the conversation. + +“I should like,” he said, “without raising any bitterness or strife, +to suggest as a subject for discussion the often-raised question of +Euripides’ supposed misogyny. What do you say, Protagoras?” + +“Our friend Euripides has been married three times, and each time has +had children. He can therefore not be a woman-hater. Is it not so, +Socrates?” + +“Euripides,” answered Socrates, “loves Aspasia, as we all do, and can +therefore not be a woman-hater. He loves, with Pericles’ consent, the +beauty of Aspasia’s mind, and is therefore no misogynist. Not much that +is complimentary can be said about Aspasia’s person, and we have nothing +to do with it. Is Aspasia beautiful, Phidias?” + +“Aspasia is not beautiful, but her soul is beautiful and good. Is it +not, Pericles?” + +“Aspasia is my friend, and the mother of our child; Aspasia is a wise +woman, for she possesses modesty and conscientiousness, self-knowledge +and foresight; Aspasia is prudent, for she is silent when wise men +speak. But Aspasia can also cause wise men to speak wisely by listening +to them; for she helps them to produce thoughts, not like Socrates’ +midwife, who only brings corporeal births to pass, but she incarnates +their souls.” + +Protagoras continued: “Aspasia is like the Mother Cybele of us all; she +bears us in her bosom.” + +“Aspasia is the scale of the zither, without whom our strings would not +sound.” + +“Aspasia is the mother of us all,” recommenced Socrates, “but she is +also the midwife who washes our new-born thoughts and wraps them in +beautiful swaddling-clothes. Aspasia receives our children dirty, and +gives them back to us purified. She gives nothing of herself, but by +receiving gives the giver the opportunity to give.” + +Euripides resumed the topic which they had dropped: “I was accused, and +am acquitted--am I not, Aspasia?” + +“If you can acquit yourself of the accusation, you are acquitted, +Euripides.” + +“Accuse me, dear Accuser; I will answer.” + +“I will bring the accusation in your own words. Hippolytus says in +one passage in your tragedy of that name: ‘O Zeus, why, in the name of +heaven, didst thou place in the light of the sun that specious evil to +men--women? For if thou didst will to propagate the race of mortals, +there was no necessity for this to be done by women, but men might, +having placed an equivalent in thy temples, either in brass or iron, or +weighty gold, buy a race of children each according to the value paid, +and thus might dwell in unmolested houses, without females.’” + +“But now first of all, when we prepare to bring this evil to our homes, +we squander away the wealth of our houses.” + +“How evil woman is, is evident from this also, that the father who begat +her and brought her up, having given her a dowry, sends her away in +order to be rid of her.” + +“Now defend yourself, Euripides.” + +“If I were a Sophist like Protagoras, I should answer, ‘It was +Hippolytus who said that; not I.’ But I am a poet, and speak through my +characters. Very well; I said it, I meant it when I wrote it, and I mean +it still. And yet I almost always love any given woman, though I hate +her sex. I cannot explain it, for I was never perverse like Alcibiades. +Can you explain it, Socrates?” + +“Yes, a man can hate and love a woman simultaneously. Everything is +produced by its opposite--love by hate, and hate by love. In my wife +I love the good motherly element, but I hate the original sin in her; +therefore I can hate and love her at the same time. Is it not so, +Protagoras?” + +“Now it is Socrates who is the Sophist. Black cannot be white.” + +“Now it is Protagoras who is simple. This salt in the salt-cellar is +white, but put out the lamps, and it is black. The salt therefore is not +absolutely white, but its whiteness depends on the light. I should be +inclined rather to believe that salt is absolutely black, for darkness +is merely the absence of light, and is nothing in itself, communicates +no quality of its own to the salt, which in the darkness is something +independent, consequently its real nature is black. + +“But in the light a thing can be both black and white. This sea-sole, +for instance, is black above, but white below. In the same way something +can be good and bad at the same time. Therefore Euripides is right when +he says that he loves and hates woman simultaneously. The misogynist is +he who only hates woman, but Euripides loves her also. Therefore he is +not a misogynist. What do you think, Aspasia?” + +“Wise Socrates! You confess that Euripides hates women, therefore he is +a woman-hater.” + +“No, my dear child, I admitted that Euripides _both_ loves and hates +women,--_both_, mark you. I love Alcibiades, but I abhor and hate +his want of character; now I ask the friends here, am I a hater of +Alcibiades?” + +“No, certainly not,” they answered simultaneously. But Aspasia was +roused, and wished to rouse him. “Wise Socrates, how do matters stand +between you and your wife?” + +“The wise man does not willingly speak of his wife,” Protagoras struck +in: “nor of his weakness.” + +“You have said it. One sacrifices to the earth, but unwillingly; one +binds oneself, but without pleasure; one endures, but loves not; one +does one’s duty to the State, but with difficulty. There is only one +Aspasia, and she belongs to Pericles--the greatest woman to the greatest +man. Pericles is the greatest in the State, as Euripides is the greatest +on the stage.” + +This was an opportunity for Protagoras, without his needing to seek it. +“Is Euripides greater than Aeschylus and Sophocles?” he asked. + +“Certainly, Protagoras! He is nearer to us; he speaks _our_ thoughts, +not those of our fathers; he does not cringe before the gods and fate; +he fights with them; he loves men, knows them, and laments them; his art +is more elaborate, his feelings warmer, his pictures more life-like than +those of the ancients. But now I should like to speak of Pericles.” + +“Stop, Socrates! In the Pnyx or the Agora, but not here! Though I should +be glad of a word of encouragement since false accusations rain on me. +We have come here to forget and not to remember ourselves, and Socrates +delights us most when he speaks of the highest things, among which I do +not count the State of Athens. Here comes Alcibiades with his following. +Kindle more lights, boys, and put more ice in the wine.” + +There was a noise at the entrance; the dog barked, the doorkeeper +shouted, and Alcibiades entered with his companions. These consisted of +girls and of two strangers whom he had found in a wine-house. + +“Papaia!” he cried. “Here is the host! And here is Aristophanes, a +future dramatist. Here is the Roman Lucillus, formerly a Decemvir, +who has been banished. There is one of the many Laises who have sat to +Phidias. Aspasia must not take it ill. And here are flute-players from +Piraeus. Whether they have the pestilence, I know not! What can they +do to me? I am twenty years old, and yet have done nothing? Why, then, +should I live? Now Lais will dance. Papaia!” + +Euripides rose and made a sign for silence. “Let the dance wait; +Pericles is not pleased, and looks serious.” A pause followed. The heat +was oppressive. It was not thunder-weather, but something like it, and a +sense of uneasy expectation seemed to weigh upon all their spirits. + +Then, as if by accident, the arm of the skeleton fell on its knee with +a slight snap. The flower, which it had held under its nose, lay on the +earth. + +All started, even Alcibiades, but, angry with himself for this weakness, +he took a cup and stepped forward. + +“The skeleton is thirsty! I drink to it! Who pledges me?” + +“Socrates can do so the best. He can drink half a jar of wine in one +pull, without winking.” + +As a matter of fact, Socrates was notorious for his drinking powers, but +now he was not in the mood. “Not to-day! Wine is bitter to my taste,” he +said. + +And turning to Pericles, he whispered: “Evil eyes have come here. This +Aristophanes is not our friend! Do you know him?” + +“Very little, but he looks as though he would like to murder us.” + +Alcibiades continued to address the skeleton: “Thus looks Athens at this +moment! Sparta and the Persian King have gnawed off its flesh; Cleon has +tanned its skin; the allies have gouged out its eyes; the citizens have +drawn out its teeth,--those citizens whom Aristophanes knows and whom +he will soon describe. Here’s to you, skeleton! ‘[Greek: _Polla metaxu +pelei kulikos kai cheileos akrou_]!’” + +There was a sudden change in the scene. The skeleton sank backwards like +a drunken man; the lamps began to sway on their chains, the salt-cellar +was spilt on the table. + +“Ohioh!” cried Alcibiades, “Tralall! Ha! Ha! Ha! The table wobbles, the +sofa rocks; am I drunk, or is the room drunk?” + +All were alarmed, but Socrates commanded quiet. “A god is near! +The earth shakes, and I hear ... does it thunder? No! That is an +earthquake.” + +All jumped up, but Socrates continued, “Be quiet! It is already past.” + +After they had all taken their places again, he continued: “I was five +years old when Sparta was visited by an earthquake; twenty thousand men +perished, and only six houses remained standing. Then it was Sparta. +Now it is Athens. Yes, friends, a voice says to me, ‘Before a babe can +become a man, we shall have been dispersed and destroyed like a bevy of +birds.’” + +Again the dog barked, and the door-keeper shouted. There entered an +uninvited guest in a state of excitement. + +Alcibiades greeted him. “It is Nicias,” he said. “Now I will be sober; +the thoughtful Nicias comes to our feast. What is the matter?” + +“Allow an uninvited guest.” + +“Speak, Nicias!” + +“Pericles!” began the new-comer hesitatingly, “your friend, our friend, +the glory of Athens and Hellas,--Phidias is accused....” + +“Stop! Silence!” + +“Accused! O shame and disgrace! I cannot say it without weeping: Phidias +is accused of having purloined gold from the statue of Athene.” + +The silence which followed was first broken by Pericles: “Phidias hides +his face in his mantle; he is ashamed for Athens. But by the gods and +the nether world, let us swear to his innocence.” + +“We swear!” exclaimed all like one man. + +“I swear also,” said Nicias. + +“Athens is dishonoured, if one has to swear that Phidias has not +stolen.” + +Nicias had approached Pericles, and, bowing to Aspasia, he whispered, +“Pericles, your son Paralos is ill.” + +“Of the pestilence! Follow me, Aspasia.” + +“He is not my son, but yours; therefore I follow you.” + +“The house collapses, friends depart, all beauty passes away, the ugly +remains.” + +“And the gods sleep.” + +“Or have emigrated.” + +“Or are dead! Let us make new ones.” + +Another shock of earthquake extinguished the lamps, and all went out +into the street, except Socrates and Alcibiades. + +“Phidias accused of theft! Let the walls of the world fall in!” said +Socrates, and sank, as was his custom, into a fit of absent-mindedness +that resembled sleep. + +Alcibiades took one of the largest double-goblets, veiled it, and +improvised the following dithyramb: + + “May everything break up from Pindus to the Caucasus! + Then will Prometheus be unbound and bestow fire again + on frozen mortals! + And Zeus descends to Hades, Pallas sells herself; + Apollo breaks his lyre in two, and cobbles shoes; + Ares lets his war-horse go, and minds sheep; + And on the ruins of all earthly glory, stands Alcibiades + alone, + In the full consciousness of his almightiness, + And laughs!” + + * * * * * + +The pestilence had broken out in Athens accompanied by shocks of +earthquake. + +When Pericles, accompanied by Aspasia, reached his house, his son by his +divorced wife was dead. + +According to the prevailing custom, and to show that he had not been +murdered, the corpse was placed in the doorway. A small coffin of +cedar-wood, painted red and black, stood on a bier, and showed the dead +child dressed in a white shroud. He had a garland on his head, woven of +the plant of death, the strong-scented Apium or celery. In his mouth he +had an obol as Charon’s fee. + +Pericles uttered a prayer in an undertone, without showing especially +deep sorrow, for he had gone through much, and learnt to suffer. + +“Two sons the gods have taken from me. Are they enough to atone?” + +“What have you to atone for?” asked Aspasia. + +“One must suffer for another; the individual for the State. Pericles has +suffered for Athens.” + +“Pardon me that my tears dry sooner than yours. The thought that _our_ +son lives, gives me comfort.” + +“It comforts me also, but not so much.” + +“Shall I go, before your wife comes?” + +“You must not leave me, for I am ill.” + +“You have spoken of it for a long time now. Is it serious?” + +“My soul is sick. When the State suffers, I am ill.... There comes the +mother of the dead.” + +A black-robed woman appeared in the doorway; she wore a veil in order to +hide the fact that her hair was cut off; she had a garland in her hand, +and a slave followed her with a torch. + +She did not immediately notice Aspasia’s presence, greeted her former +husband with a glance, and laid the garland at the dead boy’s feet. “I +only bring a funeral garland for my son,” she said, “but instead of the +obol, he shall take a kiss from the lips of his mother.” + +She threw herself on the dead child, and kissed him. + +“Beware of the dead!” said Pericles, and seized her arm; “he died of the +pestilence.” + +“My life has been a lingering death; a quick one is preferable to me.” + +Then she noticed Aspasia, and, rising, said with quiet dignity, “Tell +your friend to go.” + +“She goes, and I follow her.” + +“That is right! For now, my Pericles, the last tie between us is +dissolved! Farewell!” + +“Farewell, my wife!” + +And, turning to Aspasia, he said, “Give me your hand, my spouse.” + +“Here it is.” + +The mourning mother lingered: “We shall all meet again some day, shall +we not? And then as friends--you, she, and he who is gone before to +prepare a dwelling for the hearts which are separated by the narrow laws +of life.” + + * * * * * + +Pericles and Socrates wandered in the avenue of plane-trees below the +Hemicyklion, and conversed together. + +“Phidias has been acquitted of theft, but re-arrested on the charge of +blaspheming the gods of the State.” + +“Arrested? Phidias!” + +“They say that he has represented me and himself in Athene’s shield.” + +“That is the mob’s doing, which hates all greatness! Anaxagoras banished +because he was too wise; Aristides banished because he was too just; +Themistocles, Pausanias.... What did you do, Pericles, when you gave the +people power?” + +“What was lawful and right. I fall certainly by my own sword, but +honourably. I go about and am dying piecemeal, like Athens. Did we +know that we adorned our statues for a funeral procession? that we +were weaving our own shrouds? that the choruses of our tragedies were +dirges?” + +“Athens is dying--yes! But of what?” + +“Of Sparta.” + +“What is Sparta?” + +“Sparta is Heracles; the club, the lion-skin, brute-strength. We +Athenians are the sons of Theseus, ranged against the Heraclidae, +Dorians, and Ionians. Athens dies by Sparta’s hand, but Hellas dies by +her own.” + +“I believe the gods have forsaken us.” + +“I believe so too, but the Divine lives.” + +“There comes Nicias, the messenger of misfortune.” It was Nicias; +and when he read the question in the faces and glances of the two, he +answered, without waiting to be asked: “From the Agora!” + +“What is the news from the Agora?” + +“The Assembly seeks help from the Macedonians.” + +“Why not from the Persians? Good! then the end is near. Do they seek +help from the enemy? From the barbarian, the Macedonian, who lies above +us like a lion on a hill. Go, Nicias, and say, ‘Pericles is dying.’ +And ask them to choose the worthiest as his successor! Not the most +unworthy! Go, Nicias, but go quickly.” + +“I go,” said Nicias, “but for a physician.” + +And he went. + +“No physician can cure me!” answered Pericles; but in a weak voice, as +though he spoke to himself. He took his old seat in the Hemicyklion. +When he had rested a while, he made Socrates a sign to come near, for he +did not wish to raise his voice. + +“Socrates, my friend,” he began, “this is the farewell of a dying man. +You were the wisest, but take it not ill if I say, ‘Be not too wise’; +seek not the unattainable, and confuse not men’s minds with subtleties; +do not make the simple complicated. You wish to see things with both +eyes, but he who shoots with the bow, must close one eye; otherwise he +sees his mark doubled. You are not a Sophist, but may easily appear so; +you are not a libertine, but you go about with such; you hate your city +and your country, and rightly; but you should love them to the death, +for that is your duty; you despise the people, but you should be sorry +for them. I have not admired the people, but I have given them laws and +justice; therefore I die! + +“Good-night, Socrates! Now it is dark before my eyes. You shall close +them, and give me the garland. Now I go to sleep. When I awake, _if_ I +awake, then I am on the other side, and then I will send you a greeting, +if the gods allow it. Good-night.” + +“Pericles is dead. Hear it, Athenians, and weep as I do!” + +The people streamed thither, but they did not weep. They only wondered +what would now happen, and felt almost glad of a change. + + * * * * * + +Cleon the tanner stood in the orator’s pulpit in the Pnyx. Among his +most attentive hearers were Alcibiades, Anytos, and Nicias. Cleon said: +“Pericles is dead, and Pericles is buried; now you know it. Let him rest +in peace with his merits and faults, for the enemy is in Sphacteria, and +we must have a commander; Pericles’ shadow will not serve for that. Here +below sit two adventurers, fine gentlemen both; one is called Nicias, +because he never has conquered; the other Alcibiades, and we know his +conquests--goblets and girls. On the other hand, we do not know his +character, but you will some day know him, Athenians, and he will show +his incisors himself. Such and such and such a one have been proposed +for commander--oddly enough all fine gentlemen, and all grandees, of +course. Athens, which has abjured all kings and their like, must now +fight with royal Sparta, and must, faithful to its traditions, appear +in the field under a man of the people on whom you can rely. We need no +Pericles who commissions statues and builds temples to Fame and Glory; +Athens has enough of such gewgaws. But now we must have a man who +understands the art of war, who has a heart in his breast and a head on +his shoulders. Whom do you wish for, men of Athens?” + +Alcibiades sprang up like a young lion, and went straight to the point. +“Men of Athens, I propose Cleon the tanner, not because he is a tanner, +for that is something different. At any rate the army may be compared +to an ox-skin, and Cleon to a knife; but Cleon has other qualities, +especially those of a commander. His last campaign against Pericles and +Phidias closed with a triumph for him. He has displayed a courage which +never failed, and an intelligence which passed all mortal comprehension. +His strategy was certainly not that of a lion, but he conquered, and +that is the chief point. I propose Cleon as leader of the campaign.” + +Now it so fell out that this patent irony was still too subtle for the +mob, who took it seriously. Alcibiades also had a certain influence with +them because of his relationship to Pericles, and they listened to him +readily. Accordingly the whole assembly called out for Cleon, and he was +elected. + +But Cleon had never dreamt of the honour of being commander, and he was +prudent enough not to endeavour to climb beyond his capacity. Therefore +he protested against the election, shouting and swearing by all the +gods. + +Alcibiades, however, seized the opportunity by the forelock, and, +perceiving that the election of Cleon meant his death, he mounted +an empty rostrum and spoke with emphasis: “Cleon jests, and Cleon is +modest; he does not himself know what sort of a commander he is, for +he has not proved himself; but I know who he is; I insist upon his +election; I demand that he fulfil his duty as a citizen; and I summon +him before the Areopagus if he shirks it when the fatherland is in +danger.” “Cleon is elected!” cried the people. + +But Cleon continued to protest, “I do not know the difference between +a hoplite and a peltast; [Footnote: a heavy-armed and a light-armed +soldier.] I can neither carry a lance nor sit upon a horse.” + +But Alcibiades shouted him down. “He can do everything; guide the State +and criticise art; carry on law-suits and watch Sophists; he can discuss +the highest subjects with Socrates; in a word, he possesses all the +public virtues and all the private vices.” + +Now the people laughed, but Cleon did not budge. + +“Athenians!” said Alcibiades in conclusion, “the people have spoken, and +there is no appeal. Cleon is elected, and Sparta is done for!” + +The assembly broke up. Only Cleon remained behind with his friend +Anytos. “Anytos!” he said. “I am lost!” + +“Very probable!” answered Anytos. + +But Alcibiades went off with Nicias: “Now Cleon is as dead as a dog. +Then comes my turn,” he said. + + * * * * * + +Socrates walked, deep in thought, up and down the courtyard of his +house, which was very simple and had no colonnades. His wife was carding +wool, and did it as if she were pulling someone’s hair. + +The wise man kept silence, but the woman spoke--that was her nature. +“What are you doing?” she asked. + +“For the sake of old acquaintance, I will answer you, though I am not +obliged to do so. I am thinking.” + +“Is that a proper business for a man?” + +“Certainly; a very manly business.” + +“At any rate no one can see what you are doing.” + +“When you were with child, it was also invisible; but when, it was born, +it was visible, and especially audible. Thus occupations which are at +first invisible, become visible later on. They are therefore not to be +despised, least of all by those who only believe in the visible.” + +“Is your business with Aspasia something of that sort?” + +“Something of that, and of another sort too.” + +“You drink also a good deal.” + +“Yes, those who speak become thirsty, and the thirsty must drink.” + +“What is it in Aspasia that attracts men?” + +“Certain qualities which give zest to social +intercourse--thoughtfulness, tact, moderation.” + +“You mean that for me?” + +“I mean it for Aspasia.” + +“Is she beautiful?” + +“No.” + +“Anytos declares that she is.” + +“He tells an untruth. Do you see Anytos, Cleon’s friend and my enemy?” + +“He is not my enemy.” + +“But mine. You always love my enemies and hate my friends; that is a bad +sign.” + +“Your friends are bad men.” + +“No, on the contrary. Pericles was the greatest of the Athenians, +Phidias the best, Euripides the noblest, Plato the wisest, Alcibiades +the most gifted, Protagoras the most acute.” + +“And Aristophanes?” + +“He is my enemy, though I do not know why. I suppose you have heard of +the comedy which he has written about me.” + +“Anytos told me. Have you seen it?” + +“I saw the _Clouds_ yesterday.” + +“Was it amusing--was it clever?” + +“What did Anytos think?” + +“He made me laugh when he described some scenes.” + +“Then it must be amusing, or you would not have laughed.” + +“Did you not laugh, my Socrates?” + +“Yes, of course; otherwise they would have thought me a blockhead. You +know that he has depicted me as a rogue and fool. Since I am neither, it +was not serious; therefore it was in jest.” + +“Do you think so? I think it was serious.” + +“And you laugh at the serious? Do you weep, then, at jesting? Then you +would be mad.” + +“Do you think I am mad?” + +“Yes, if you think me a rogue.” + +“You know that Cleon is with the army.” + +“I was astonished to hear it.” + +“Astonished! You think, then, that he is not fit to command.” + +“No, I know nothing about his fitness as commander, for I have never +seen him in the field. But I am astonished at his election, as he +himself was, because it was unexpected.” + +“You therefore expect him to be defeated.” + +“No, I wait for the result, in order to see whether he wins or loses.” + +“You would be glad if he lost?” + +“I do not love Cleon, but as an Athenian I would mourn if he were +defeated; therefore I would not rejoice at his overthrow.” + +“You hate Cleon, but you do not wish his overthrow.” + +“On account of Athens--no.” + +“But except for that?” + +“Except for that, Cleon’s overthrow would be a blessing for the State, +for he has been unjust to Pericles, to Phidias, to all who have done +anything great.” + +“Here comes a visitor.” + +“It is Alcibiades.” + +“The wretch! Are you not ashamed to be on intimate terms with him?” + +“He is a man; he has great faults and great merits, and he is my friend. +I do not wish to be on intimate terms with my enemies.” Alcibiades +knocked at the door, and rushed in. “Papaia! The pair are philosophising +together, and talking of yesterday’s comedy! This Aristophanes is an +ass! If one wishes to kill an enemy, one must hit him; but Aristophanes +aims at the clouds. Hit, yes! Do you know that Cleon is defeated?” + +“What a pity!” exclaimed Socrates. + +“Is it a pity that the dog is unmasked?” + +“I think Alcibiades is misinformed,” broke in Xantippe. + +“No, by Zeus, but I wish I was!” + +“Hush! here is Anytos coming,” said Socrates. + +“The second tanner! It is strange that the destiny of Athens is guided +by tanners.” + +“The destiny of Athens! Who knows it?” + +“I, Alcibiades, am the destiny of Athens.” + +“[Greek: _Hubris_]! Beware of the gods!” + +“I come after Cleon; Cleon is no more; therefore it is my turn.” + +“Here is Anytos!” + +Anytos entered: “I seek Alcibiades.” + +“Here I am.” + +“Must I prepare you....’ + +“No, I know.” + +“Prepare you for the honour....” + +“Have I waited long enough.” + +“To go at the head....” + +“That is what I was born for.” + +“To take the lead....” + +“That is my place.” + +“And conduct the triumphal procession?” + +“What procession?” + +“Ah! you did not know. Cleon’s triumphal procession from the harbour.” + +Alcibiades passed his hand downwards over his face, as though he wished +to changed his mask, and it was done in a moment. + +“Yes, certainly, certainly, certainly. I have in fact just come here +to--announce his victory.” + +“He lies,” broke in Xantippe. + +“I jested with the pair. There will be a triumphal procession, then, for +Cleon! How fine!” + +“Socrates,” continued Anytos, “are you not glad?” + +“I am glad that the enemy is beaten.” + +“But not that Cleon has won a victory?” + +“Yes, it is nearly the same thing.” + +Xantippe seized the opportunity and struck in: “He is not glad, and he +does not believe in Cleon.” + +“I know you,” concluded Anytos. “I know you philosophers and quibblers! +But take care!--And now, Alcibiades, come and receive the despised +Cleon, who has saved the fatherland!” + +Alcibiades took Socrates by the hand, and whispered in his ear. “What a +cursed mischance! Well, not yet!--but the next time!” + + + + +ALCIBIADES + + +Kartaphalos, the shoemaker, sat in his shop by the Acarnanian Gate, and +repaired cothurns for the Dionysian theatre, which was about to make a +last attempt to revive the tragic drama, which had been eclipsed by the +farces of Aristophanes. The Roman Lucillus lounged at the window-sill, +and, since philosophy had been brought into fashion by Socrates and the +Sophists, the shoemaker and the exiled Decemvir philosophised as well as +they could. + +“Roman!” said Kartaphalos, “you are a stranger in the city, as I am: +what do think of the state and the Government?” + +“They are exactly like the Roman. One may sum up the whole past history +of Rome in two words--Patricians and Plebeians.” + +“Just as it is here.” + +“With the difference that Rome has a future. Hellas only a past.” + +“What is known of Rome’s future?” + +“The Cumaean Sibyl has prophesied that Rome will possess the earth.” + +“What do you say? Rome? No, Israel will possess it; Israel has the +promise.” + +“I do not venture to deny that, but Rome has also the promise.” + +“There is only one promise, and one God.” + +“Perhaps it is the same promise, and the same God.” + +“Perhaps Israel will conquer through Rome.” + +“Israel will conquer through the promised Messiah.” + +“When will Messiah come, then?” + +“When the time is fulfilled, when Zeus is dead.” + +“May we live to see it. I wait, for Zeus has gone to Rome, and is called +there Jupiter Capitolinus.” + +Aristophanes, who was easily recognised by his crane-like neck and open +mouth, looked in through the window. + +“Have you a pair of low shoes, Kartaphalos? A pair of ‘socks’? +[Footnote: a low-heeled shoe worn by comic actors.] You have plenty of +cothurns, I see, but the ‘sock’ has won the day.” + +“At your service, sir.” + +“We want them for the theatre, you understand.... Ah! there is Lucillus! +... and of raw leather, not tanned.” + +“What are you going to play in the theatre, then?” + +“We are going to bring on Cleon, and make him dance, and fancy! since +no one dares to represent the low-born tanner, I must do it. I will play +Cleon.” + +“Where is the great general, Cleon, now?” + +“In a new campaign against Brasidas. When the commander Demosthenes won +the battle of Sphacteria, Cleon claimed the honour of the victory and +received a triumph. Then, since he regarded himself as a great warrior, +he marched against Brasidas. The pitcher goes so often to the well....” + +“Till it is broken,” interrupted a new arrival. It was Alcibiades. +“Papaia!” he exclaimed, “Cleon is beaten! Cleon has fled! Now it is my +turn! Come to the Pnyx.” And he went on. + +“Very well--to the Pnyx,” said Aristophanes, “and I will obtain matter +for a new comedy, to be called _Alcibiades_.” + +“You are right, perhaps,” answered Lucillus. “The whole matter is not +worth weeping for. Therefore let us laugh!” + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades stood again on the orator’s platform in the Pnyx. He felt +at home there, and he always had the ear of the people, for he was +not tedious. They all spoilt him, and his grotesque impudence had an +enlivening effect upon them. + +Before the orator’s platform, among others, was to be seen the wise, +rich, and aristocratic Nicias, who had always sought to mediate between +Sparta and Athens, but through his over-deliberation had done more harm +than good. + +Alcibiades, who knew Nicias and his political views, and feared his +opposition, resolved on a master-stroke. He would not speak of Sparta +and Athens as Nicias expected, but determined to make a diversion, and +speak of something quite different. The people loved novelties, and +to-day they should have something quite new. + +“Athenians!” he began, “Cleon is defeated and dead, and I place my +undoubted talents at the service of the State. You know my small +failings, but now you will know my great merits. Listen, Athenians. +There was a time when Hellas possessed Asia Minor and extended its wings +eastward. The Persian King took these settlements from us one after the +other, and he is now in Thrace. Since we cannot go farther eastward, +we must go westward, towards the sunset. You have heard more or less +vaguely of the Roman Republic, which is growing and growing. Our +countrymen have long ago taken possession of that part of the Italian +peninsula which is called Tarentum, and we have thereby become close +neighbours of Rome. And the finest of the islands, opulent Sicily, +became ours. But the Romans have gradually surrounded our colonies, and +threaten their independence. The Romans are pressing on us, but they are +also pushing northward towards Gaul and Germany, and southward towards +Africa. The Persian King, who was formerly our enemy, has now nearly +become our friend, and our danger is not now Persia, but Rome. +Therefore, with the future in view, I say to you Athenians, ‘Let us go +to Italy and Sicily. With Sicily as our base, we can dispute with the +Romans the possession of Spain and the Pillars of Hercules. In Sicily +we have the Key to Egypt; by means of Sicily we protect the threatened +Tarentum, and can, in case of need, save sinking Hellas. The world is +wide; why should we sit here and moulder in the wilderness? Hellas is +an exhausted country; let us break up new ground. Hellas is an outworn +ship; let us build a new one, and undertake a new Argonautic enterprise +to a new Colchis to win another Golden Fleece, following the path of the +sun westward. Athenians! let us go to Sicily!’” + +These new prospects which the speaker opened to them pleased the people, +who were tired of the everlasting Sparta and the Persian King; and +stimulated by fear of Rome, the growing wolf’s-cub, they received the +ill-considered proposal with applause, and raised their hands in token +of assent. + +Nicias sought an opportunity to speak, and warned them, but no one +listened to him. The Scythian police who kept order in the Pnyx could +procure him no audience. And when Nicias saw that he could not prevent +the enterprise, he placed his services at Alcibiades’ disposal, and +began to equip the fleet. + + * * * * * + +Aspasia was now the widow of Pericles, and had mourned him for a long +time. The “Hemicyklion” was no more, but her few remaining friends +visited her from time to time. Socrates was the most faithful among +them. One evening he sat with her in the little brick-roofed villa on +the bank of the Cephisos. + +“No, Aspasia,” he said, “I advised against the Sicilian expedition, so +did Nicias, so did the astronomer Meton, but it was to be. Alcibiades +had managed to procure a favourable response from the oracle in the +Temple of Ammon.” + +“Do you believe in oracles, Socrates?” + +“Yes--and no! I have my own ‘demon,’ as you know, who warns but never +urges--who advises, but never commands. This inner Voice has said to me, +‘Hellas will not conquer the world.’” + +“Will Rome do it?” + +“Yes, but for another!” + +“You know that Pericles’ great thought was a single Hellas--a union of +all the Grecian States.” + +“That was Pericles’ wish, but the will of the gods was otherwise. +Alcibiades’ dream of Hellas governing the world is also great, but the +dreams of the gods are greater.” + +“What gain do you think comes to Athens from Cleon’s death?” + +“None! After Cleon comes Anytos. Cleon is everlasting, for Cleon is the +name of an idea.” + +Protagoras, grown old and somewhat dull, appeared in the inner +courtyard. + +“There is Protagoras!” + +“The Sophist! I do not like him,” said Aspasia. “He is a file who frets +all will away; his endless hair-splitting robs one of all resolution.” + +“You speak truly and rationally, Aspasia, and in an earlier age you +would have sat upon the Pythoness’s tripod and prophesied. Like the +priestess, you know not perhaps what you say, but a god speaks through +you.” + +“No, Socrates; I only utter your thoughts; that is all!” + +Protagoras came forward. “Mourning in Athens! Mourning in Hellas! Alas!” + was his greeting. + +“What is the matter, Protagoras?” + +“Phidias of immortal memory lies dead in prison.” + +“Alas! then they have killed him.” + +“So it is rumoured in the city.” + +“Phidias is dead!” + +“Probably poisoned, they say; but that need not be true.” + +“All die here in Athens before their proper time. When will our turn +come?” + +“When it does.” + +“Are we falling by the arrows of the Python-slayer? We are shot like +birds.” + +“We are the children of Apollo. Would our father kill us?” + +“Saturn has returned to devour his children.” + +Socrates sank in meditation, and remained standing. + +“We have angered the gods.” + +Lucillus the Roman entered. “See the Roman!” said Socrates, “the lord of +the future and of the world. What has he to tell us?” + +“I come to warn Protagoras. He is to be banished.” + +“I?” + +“You are banished.” + +“On what grounds?” + +“As a blasphemer. You have repudiated the gods of the State.” + +“Who is the informer?” + +“The sycophant, the invisible, who is present everywhere.” + +“All is probable; nothing is certain,” exclaimed Protagoras. + +“Yes, this is certain.” + +“Well, my fabric of thought is shattered against this certainty as +everything else is shattered.” + +“[Greek: _Pànta reî_]. Everything flows away; nothing endures; all comes +to birth, grows, and dies.” + +“Farewell, then, Aspasia, Socrates, friends, fatherland! + +“Farewell!” + +Protagoras departed with his mantle drawn over his head. + +“Will Athens miss Protagoras?” asked Aspasia. + +“He has taught the Athenians to think and to doubt; and doubt is the +beginning of wisdom.” + +“Aristophanes has murdered Protagoras, and he will murder you some day, +Socrates.” + +“He has done that already; my wife rejoices at it, but still I live.” + +“Here comes young Plato with an ominous look. More bad news I expect.” + +“Expect? I am certain! Sing your dirge, Plato.” + +“Dirges, you mean. Alcibiades has been accused and recalled.” + +“What has he done?” + +“Before his departure he has mutilated all the images of Hermes in the +city.” + +“That is too much for one man; he could not do that.” + +“The accusation is definite; injury to the gods of the State.” + +“And now the gods avenge themselves.” + +“The gods of Greece have gone to Rome.” + +“There you have spoken truth.” + +“Now comes number two: The Athenians have been defeated in Sicily. And +number three: Nicias is beheaded.” + +“Then we can buy sepulchres for ourselves in the Ceramicus.” + + * * * * * + +Near the Temple of Nemesis in the Agora stood the tanner Anytos chatting +with Thrasybulos, a hitherto obscure but rising patriot. + +Anytos rattled away: “Alcibiades is in Sparta; Sparta seeks the help of +the Persian King; only one thing remains for us--to do the same.” + +“To go over to the enemy? That is treachery.” + +“There is nothing else to be done.” + +“There were once Thermopylae and Salamis.” + +“But now there is Sparta, and the Spartans are in Deceleia. Our envoys +have already sailed to the Persian King.” + +“Then we may as well remove Athene’s image from the Parthenon! Anytos! +look at my back; for I shall be ashamed to show my face now when I +walk.” + +Anytos remained alone, and walked for some time up and down in front of +the temple portico. Then he stopped and entered the vestibule. + +The priestess Theano seemed to have been waiting for him. Anytos began: +“Have you obeyed the order of the Council?” + +“What order?” + +“To pronounce a curse on Alcibiades, the enemy of his country.” + +“No, I am only ordered to bless.” + +“Have the avenging goddesses, then, ceased to execute justice?” + +“They have never lent themselves to carry out human vengeance.” + +“Has Alcibiades not betrayed his country?” + +“Alcibiades’ country is Hellas, not Athens; Sparta is in Hellas.” + +“Have the gods also become Sophists?” + +“The gods have become dumb.” + +“Then you can shut the temple--the sooner, the better.” + + * * * * * + +The incorrigible Alcibiades had really fled from Sicily to the enemy at +Sparta, and now sat at table with King Aegis; for Sparta had retained +the monarchy, while Athens at an early date had abjured it. + +“My friend,” said the King, “I do not like your dining at the common +public table, after being accustomed to Aspasia’s brilliant feasts in +Athens.” + +“I! Oh no! My rule was always the simplest food: I went to sleep with +the sun, and rose with the sun. You do not know what a severe ascetic I +have been.” + +“If you say so, I must believe it. Rumour, then, has slandered you?” + +“Slandered? Yes, certainly. You remember the scandal about the +statues of Hermes. I did not mutilate them, but they have become my +destruction.” + +“Is that also a lie?” + +“It is a lie.” + +“But tell me something else. Do you think that it is now the will of the +gods that Sparta should conquer Athens?” + +“Certainly, as certainly as virtue will conquer vice. Sparta is the home +of all the virtues, and Athens of all the vices.” + +“Now I understand that you are not the man I took you for, and I will +give you the command of the army. Shall we now march against Athens?” + +“I am ready!” + +“Have you no scruple in marching against your own city?” + +“I am a Hellene, not an Athenian, Sparta is the chief city of Hellas.” + +“Alcibiades is great! Now I go to the general, and this evening we +march.” + +“Go, King! Alcibiades follows.” + +The King went, but Alcibiades did not follow, for behind the curtains +of the women’s apartment stood the Queen, and waited. When the King had +gone, she rushed in. + +“Hail! Alcibiades, my king!” + +“Queen, why do you call your servant ‘king’?” + +“Because Sparta has done homage to you, because I love you, and because +you are a descendant of heroes.” + +“King Aegis the Second lives.” + +“Not too long! Win your first battle, and Aegis is dead.” + +“Now life begins to smile on the hardly-tried exile. If you knew my +childhood with its sorrows, my youth with its privations! The vine had +not grown for me, woman had not been made for me; Bacchus knew me not; +Aphrodite was not my goddess. The chaste Artemis and the wise Pallas +guided me past the devious ways of youth to the goal of knowledge, +wisdom, and glory. But when I first saw you, Timia, my queen....” + +“Hush!” + +“Then I thought that beauty was more than wisdom.” + +“Hush! some one is listening.” + +“Who?” + +“I, Lysander, the General,” answered a sharp voice, and the speaker +stood in the middle of the room. + +“Now I know you, Alcibiades, and I have your head under my arm, but I +have the honour of Sparta under the other. Fly before I strangle you!” + +“Your ears have deceived you, Lysander!” + +“Fly! do us the kindness to fly! Fifty hoplites stand without, waiting +for your head.” + +“How many do you say? Fifty? Then I will fly, for I cannot overcome more +than thirty. My queen! farewell! I have thought better of Sparta. This +would never have happened in Athens. Now I go to the Persian King; there +they understand better what is fitting, and there I shall not be obliged +to eat black broth!” + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades sat with the Persian satrap Tissaphernes, and Alcibiades +the eloquent spoke. “Yes, my teacher Protagoras taught me once, that +everything is born from its opposite; therefore you see my heart can +embrace all opposites. Sparta and Athens are both dear to me; that is +to say, both hateful--the state--gods of the one, and the virtues of the +other.” + +“You have a great heart, stranger! Is there room in it for Persia?” + +“For the whole world.” + +“What do you think of our chief city?” + +“I love all large cities!” + +“But at the present moment, you ought to love ours the most.” + +“Yes, I do.” + +“You must also love our allies.” + +“Pardon me, who is your present ally?” + +“At present, it is Sparta.” + +“Very well, then, I love Sparta.” + +“And suppose it is Athens to-morrow?” + +“Then I will love Athens to-morrow.” + +“Thank you. Now I understand that it is all over with Hellas. Old Greece +is so corrupt, that it is hardly worth conquering.” + +“Protagoras taught that man is the measure of all things; therefore I +measure the value of all things by myself; what has value for me, that I +prize.” + +“Is that the teaching of your prophets? Then we have better ones; do you +know Zarathrustra?” + +“If it would do you a pleasure, I wish I had known him from childhood.” + +“Then you might have been able to distinguish good and evil, light and +darkness, Ormuzd and Ahriman. And you would have lived in the hope +that light will eventually conquer; and that all discordances will be +reconciled through suffering.” + +“I can at any rate try. Is it a large book?” + +“What are the names of your sacred books?” + +“Sacred! What is that?” + +“From whence do you get your religion, the knowledge of your gods?” + +“From Homer, I believe.” + +“You do not believe that Zeus is the supreme ruler of the world?” + +“Yes, I do certainly.” + +“But he was a false swearer and a lecher.” + +“Yes! But how can that be helped?” + +Tissaphernes rose. “Listen, my guest; we cannot share any common +undertaking, for we do not serve the same gods. You call us barbarians. +I, on my part, know no term of reproach strong enough for people who +honour such gods. But the Athenians are as rotten as you, for they have +pardoned you. Outside there stands an envoy from Athens come to beg you +to return. Go to Athens; that is your place.” + +“To Athens? Never! I do not trust them.” + +“Nor they, you! That is appropriate. Go to Athens, and tell your +countrymen--the Persian does not want them. The vine tendrils seek the +sound elm, but turn away from the rotten cabbage-top.” + +Alcibiades had begun to walk up and down the room. That meant that he +was irresolute. + +“Is the Athenian really outside?” he asked. + +“He kneels outside in order to beg the traitor Alcibiades to be their +lord. But listen, you are a democrat, are you not?” + +“Yes, of course.” + +“Then you must change your point of view, for now an oligarchy governs +Athens.” + +“Yes, ah! yes, yes--but I am an aristocrat, the most aristocratic in the +State.” + +“Spinning-top! Seek for a whip!” + +Alcibiades stood still. “I think, I must speak with the Athenian after +all.” + +“Do that! Speak the Athenian language to him! He does not understand +Persian.” + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades returned to Athens; the death-sentence against him was +annulled; and as a commander who had won a battle, he was able to have +a triumphal procession from Piraeus to the city. But popular favour was +fickle, and, becoming suspected of aspiring to be king, he fled again, +this time to the Persian satrap Pharnabazes. Since he could not +live without intrigues, he was soon entangled in one, unmasked, and +condemned, without his knowing it, to death. + +One day he was sitting with his paramour, and chatting quietly at his +ease: “You think, then, Timandra, that Cyrus marches against his brother +Artaxerxes, in order to seize the throne of Persia.” + +“I am sure of it, and equally sure that he has ten thousand Athenians +under Xenophon with him.” + +“Do you know whether Artaxerxes has been warned?” + +“Yes, I know it.” + +“Who could have warned him?” + +“You did.” + +“Does Cyrus know that?” + +“Yes, he does.” + +“Who has betrayed me?” + +“I did.” + +“Then I am lost.” + +“Yes, you are.” + +“To think that I must fall through a woman!” + +“Did you expect anything else, Alcibiades?” + +“No, not really! Can I not fly?” + +“You cannot, but I can.” + +“I see smoke! Is the house on fire?” + +“Yes, it is. And there are archers posted outside!” + +“The comedy is over! We return to tragedy....” + +“And the satyr-play begins.” + +“My feet are hot; generally cold is a precursor of death.” + +“Everything is born from its opposite, Alcibiades.” + +“Give me a kiss.” + +She kissed him, the handsomest man of Athens. + +“Thank you!” + +“Go to the window; there you will see!” + +Alcibiades stepped to the window. “Now I see.” + +At that moment he was struck by an arrow. “But now I see nothing! It +grows dark, and I thought it would grow light.” + +Timandra fled, as the corpse began to burn. + + + + +SOCRATES + + +Sparta had conquered Athens, and Athens lay in ruins. The government by +the people was over, and the rule of the Thirty Tyrants had succeeded +it. Socrates and Euripides walked with sad faces among the ruins on the +Agora. + +Socrates spoke: “We are on the ruins of Athens’ walls! We have become +Spartans. We would have no tyrants, and now thirty rule over us.” + +“I go to the North,” said Euripides, “to Macedonia, whither I am +invited.” + +“In that you are right, for the Tyrants have forbidden the acting of +your tragedies.” + +“That is true.” + +“And they have forbidden me to teach.” + +“Have they forbidden Socrates to speak? No! Then he can teach, for he +cannot speak without teaching. But they must have forbidden the oracles +to speak, for they have ceased to prophesy. Everything has ceased! +Hellas has ceased to be! And why?” + +“You may well ask. Has Zeus begotten the son who is to overthrow him, as +Aeschylus foretold?” + +“Who knows? The people have introduced a new God called Adonai or +Adonis. He is from the East, and his name signifies the Lord.” + +“Who is the new god?” + +“He teaches readiness for death, and the resurrection. And they have +also got a new goddess. Have you heard of Cybele, the mother of the +gods, a virgin, who is worshipped in Rome like Vesta by vestal priests.” + +“There is so much that is new and obscure, like wine in fermentation. +There comes Aristophanes. Farewell, my friend, for the last time here in +life.” + +“Wait! Aristophanes beckons! No, see! he weeps! Aristophanes weeps!” + +Aristophanes approached. “Euripides,” he said, “don’t go till I have +spoken to you.” + +“Can you speak?” answered Euripides. + +“I weep.” + +“Do not quit your role. Shall that represent tears?” + +“Sympathise with a companion in distress, Euripides; the Tyrants have +closed my theatre.” + +“Socrates, shall I sympathise with my executioner?” + +“I believe that the Temple of Nemesis has been opened again,” answered +Socrates. “Aristophanes has never been ingenuous hitherto; now he is so +with a vengeance. Very well, Aristophanes, I sympathise with you that +you can no more scoff at me. I pardon you, but I cannot help you to +stage your comedies. That is asking too much. Now I follow Euripides +home.” + + * * * * * + +Socrates sat by Aspasia, who had grown elderly. “Euripides has gone to +Macedonia,” he said. + +“From his wives.” + +“You have become bitter.” + +“I am tired of seeing ruins and all the rest. The Tyrants are murdering +the citizens.” + +“That is the occupation of tyrants.” + +“Shall we soon have rest?” + +“In the Ceramicus, in a cedar coffin.” + +“I will not die; I will live, but quietly.” + +“Life is not quiet.” + +“Yes, if one is well off.” + +“One never is.” + +“No, not if one is unhappily married, like you, Socrates.” + +“My wife is certainly the worst possible; if she had not had me for a +husband, she would long ago have been murdered.” + +“Xantippe betrays you with her gossiping; and when she does not +understand what you say, she gives others distorted ideas of your +opinions and your person.” + +“Yes, I know that, but I cannot alter it.” + +“Why do you continue in such a state of humiliation?” + +“Why should I fly? One is only justified in flying from superior force, +and Xantippe is not a superior force to me.” + +“You are forbidden, on pain of death, to give instruction; that is her +work and that of Anytos.” + +“She may bring about my death, if she likes, for then she has only +brought about my freedom.... Aspasia, I hear that our friendship is on +the decline; you have found new friends, you have become another person. +Let me say farewell before Lysicles comes.” + +“Do you know him?” + +“Yes, and the whole town speaks of your coming marriage.” + +“With the cattle-dealer, Lysicles?” + +“Yes, that is your affair; I don’t talk about it.” + +“But you think I should have cherished Pericles’ memory better?” + +“I would fain have seen Aspasia’s memory better preserved; but since I +have seen Athenians adorn themselves with garlands to celebrate Athens’ +overthrow; since I have seen Phidias....” + +“How, then, will Socrates end?” + +“Certainly not like Aspasia.” + +“The gods jest with us. Beware! O Socrates!” + + * * * * * + +Socrates was at last in prison, accused of having seduced the youth, and +blasphemed or repudiated the gods of the State. Among the accusers were +a young poetaster, Melitos, the tanner Anytos, and the orator Lykon. + +Socrates made his Apology, and declared that he had always believed on +God, and the voice of his conscience, which he called his “demon.” He +was condemned to drink hemlock, and kept in prison, where, however, he +was allowed to see his wife and his few remaining friends. + +Just now his wife was with him, and wept. + +“Weep not,” said Socrates; “it is not your fault.” + +“Will you see the children?” + +“Why should I lacerate their little souls with a useless leave-taking? +Go to them and comfort them; divert their minds with an expedition to +the woods.” + +“Shall we rejoice while you are dying?” + +“Rejoice that my sufferings come to an end! Rejoice that I die with +honour.” + +“Have you no last wish?” + +“I wish for nothing, except peace and freedom from your foolish tears +and sighs, and your disturbing lamentations. Go, woman, and say to +yourself that Socrates wants to sleep for he is tired and out of humour; +say to yourself that he will wake again, refreshed, rejuvenated, happy +and amiable.” + +“I wish you had taught me all this before.” + +“you had nothing to learn from me.” + +“Yes! I have learnt from you patience and self-control.” + +“Do you forgive me?” + +“I cannot, for I have done it already. Say farewell now, as though I +were going on a journey. Say ‘We meet again,’ as though I were soon +returning!” + +“Farewell, then, Socrates, and be not angry with me.” + +“No, I am always well-disposed towards you.” + +“Farewell, my husband, for ever.” + +“Not for ever. You wish to see me again, don’t you? Put on a cheerful +face, and say, ‘We meet again.’” + +“We meet again.” + +“Good! and when we meet again, we will go with the children together +into the woods.” + +“Socrates was not what I thought he was.” + +“Go! I want to sleep.” + +She went, but met in the doorway Plato and Crito. + +“The hour approaches, friends,” said Socrates wearily, and with feverish +eyes. + +“Are you calm, Master?” + +“To say the truth, I am quite calm. I will not assert that I am joyful, +but my conscience does not trouble me.” + +“When, Socrates, when--will it happen?” + +“You mean, When is it to happen,--the last thing? Plato, my friend, my +dearest... it hastens.... I have just now enjoyed a sleep. I have been +over the river on the other side; I have seen for a moment the original +forms of imperishable Beauty, of which things on earth are only dim +copies.... I have seen the future, the destinies of the human race; I +have spoken to the mighty, the lofty, and the pure; I have learnt the +wise Order which guides the apparent great disorder; I trembled at +the unfathomable secret of the Universe of which I had a glimmering +perception, and I felt the immensity of my ignorance. Plato, you shall +write what I have seen. You shall teach the children of men to estimate +things at their proper value, to look up to the Invisible with awe, to +revere Beauty, to cultivate virtue, and to hope for final +deliverance, as they work, through faithful performance of duty and +self-renunciation.” + +He went to the bed, and lay down. + +Plato followed him, “Are you ill, Master?” + +“No, I have been; but now I am getting well.” + +“Have you already....” + +“I have already emptied the cup!” + +“Our Wisest leaves us.” + +“No mortal is wise! But I thank the gods who gave me modesty and +conscience.” + +There was silence in the room. + +“Socrates is dead!” + + + + +FLACCUS AND MARO + + +After the death of Socrates, the greatness of Athens was no more. Sparta +ruled for a time, and then came the turn of Thebes. Subsequently the +Macedonians invaded the country, and governed it till the year 196 B.C., +when the Romans conquered both Macedonia and Greece, and completely +destroyed Corinth, but spared Athens, which was deprived of its +fortifications under Sulla, on account of the great memories which +gathered round it. + +Now, in Julius Caesar’s time, it had become the fashion to send youths +to Athens to study Grammar, Rhetoric, and Philosophy there. There was +no great philosopher there, but they studied the history of philosophy. +There was also no religion, for no one believed on the gods of the +State, although, from old habit, they celebrated the sacrificial feasts. + +Athens was dead, and so was the whole of the ancient world--Egypt, +Syria, Asia Minor. In Rome they lived on the memories of the past of +Greece, and the greatest Roman, Cicero, when he wished to discuss +some philosophic theme, always commenced by citing the opinions of the +ancient Greeks on the subject; he also closed in the same way, for he +had no original opinion of his own on any subject, such as the nature of +the gods, &c. + +One early spring day, during the last years of Julius Caesar, two +students sat in an arbour below Lykabettos, opposite the college of +Kynosarges. Wine was on the table, but they did not seem very devoted +to their yellow “Chios.” They sat there with an air of indifference, as +though they were waiting for something. The same atmosphere of lethargy +seemed to pervade their surroundings. The innkeeper sat and dozed; the +youths in the college opposite lounged at the door; pedestrians on the +high road went by without greeting anyone; the peasant in the field sat +on his plough, and wiped the sweat from his forehead. + +The elder of the two students fingered his glass, and at last opened his +mouth. + +“Say something!” + +“I have nothing to say, for I know nothing.” + +“Have you already learnt everything?” + +“Yes.” + +“I came yesterday from Rome with great hopes of being able to learn +something new and of hearing something remarkable, but I hear only +silence.” + +“My dear Maro, I have been here for years, and I have listened, but +heard nothing new. I have heard in the Poikile that Thales maintained +that there were no gods, but that everything had been produced from +moisture. I have further heard Anaximines’ doctrine that air was the +source of all things; Pherecydes’ doctrine of ether as the original +principle; Heraclitus’ doctrine of fire. Anaximander has taught me +that the universe came from some primitive substance; Leucippus and +Democritus spoke to me of empty space with primitive corpuscles or +atoms. Anaxagoras made believe that the atom had reason. Xenophanes +wished to persuade me that God and the Universe were one. Empedocles, +the wisest of the whole company, despaired at the imperfection of +reason, and went in despair and flung himself head foremost into Etna’s +burning mountain.” + +“Do you believe that?” + +“No! it may well be a lie like everything else. Then I learnt a number +of interesting doctrines from Plato which were subsequently all confuted +by Aristotle. At last I took up my position with the wisest of the +wise--Socrates, who openly declared, as you know, that he knew nothing.” + +“That is the same as the Sophists said,--that one knew nothing, and +hardly so much.” + +“You are right, and our good Socrates was a Sophist, without wishing to +be one. But there is one, a single one, who.... Yes, I mean Pythagoras. +He has proclaimed this and that doctrine in the East and the West, but I +have found one anchor in his philosophy, and I have gripped firm ground +with it. I certainly swing in the wind, but I do not drift away from +it.” + +“Tell me.” + +“Do what you think right at the risk of being banished from your +country; the mob cannot judge what is right. Therefore you should +think little of their praise, and despise their blame. Cultivate the +friendship of kindred spirits, but regard the rest of mankind as +a worthless mass. Always be at war with ‘the beans’ (he means the +democrats). ‘Odi profanum vulgus et arceo!’” + +“You ought to live at home in Rome, Flaccus, where....” + +“Yes, what are you doing now in Rome?” + +“Caesar is Caesar; he conquers the world, and unites all the highest +functions, even the priestly, in his own person. I have nothing against +it, but they say he is aiming at his own deification.” + +“Why not? All gods have first been heroes, and many gods have not been +so great as Caesar. Romulus was certainly no giant, though he had the +luck to come first, as someone must. Now he is a god, has a temple, and +they sacrifice to him.” + +“It is probably a lie, like everything else.” + +“Probably.” + +“Yes, I have heard another legend of the founding of Rome by Aeneas’ son +Ascanius, who fled from Troy; and I intend to take it as the +starting-point of my great poem....” + +“You mean the _Aeneid_, of which I have heard mention.” + +“Yes, the _Aeneid_.” + +“Is it difficult to write poetry?” + +“No; one follows good patterns. Hitherto Theocritus has been mine, but +now I shall go to Father Homer himself.” + +“By Heracles! Now there you will be undisturbed--so long, that is, as +Maecenas sends you the sesterces regularly.” + +“Yes, he does! But how do you get along?” + +“My father, a freedman, toils as quaestor, and will find me a place.” + +“Have you no interests, no passions, no ambitions?” + +“No; what should I do with them? ‘Nihil admirari.’ That is my motto. If +there are gods who guide the destinies of men and nations, why should I +interfere and wear myself out in a useless struggle? Think of +Demosthenes, who for thirty years delivered speeches against the +Macedonian, and warned his countrymen, who would not listen to him! The +gods were with the Macedonian, and condemned Hellas to be overthrown. +Demosthenes was imprisoned. Comically enough, he was accused of having +been bribed by the same Macedonian. That was, of course, a lie. This +patriot who sacrificed himself for the salvation of his fatherland, who +believed he was fighting on the gods’ side, had to take poison, and +fell, fighting against the gods! Vestigia terrent!” + +During their conversation, the sun had gone down, and now in the +twilight beacons were visible flaming on Aegina, on Salamis, by +Phaleros, in the Piraeus, and finally on the Acropolis. The murmurs from +the city became louder till they rose to one immense paean of joy. Men +came down the streets, and brought their wives and children with them, +some on foot, others riding and driving. The worthy innkeeper Agathon +was aroused, and went out into the highway to learn the cause of the +confusion. The two students had gone on the inn roof to look out. But +they surmised danger for foreigners like themselves, and, alarmed by the +ever louder shouting, descended again, and concealed themselves in the +wine-press. At last Agathon’s voice was heard: “Caesar is assassinated! +Death to the Romans! Freedom for Hellas!” + +Such was the news. The garden of the inn filled with people, wine +flowed, and shouts of joy resounded, varied by sarcastic remarks on the +passing Romans who were fleeing northwards from the town in order to +reach the Macedonian frontier. + +Maro and Flaccus underwent great anxiety, hidden as they were in the vat +of the wine-press, from which hiding-place they heard the whole news, +with its accompanying details. Caesar had been assassinated by Cassius +and Brutus in the Capitol. + +“Brutus?” whispered Maro. “Then it is certainly over with the Caesars, +just as the old Brutus made an end of the Kings!” + +And Brutus was flying to Hellas to rouse the Greeks against the Romans. +“Long live Brutus!” they cried in the garden. + +“Then we shall live also!” said the pliant Flaccus. “Caesar is dead; let +us do homage to Brutus for the present.” + + * * * * * + +Many years had passed when the former student of Athens, Quintus +Horatius Flaccus, was walking one day in the garden of his villa on +the Sabine Hills. This villa he had received as a gift from his friend +Maecenas, who possessed a splendid country-house close by in Tibur +itself. + +Horace was now a very famous poet, but still essentially the same as he +had been when a student in Athens. Destiny or the gods had played with +him, but the poet had taken it as a good joke on the part of the Higher +Powers, and answered it with a satire. After the murder of Caesar, +Brutus had fled to Greece, and been so well received there, that the +Athenians had erected a statue to him, and raised troops for him against +Antonius and the other generals, among whom was the invalid Octavianus +(afterwards Augustus). + +Horace was compelled to serve as a soldier, and actually commanded a +legion at Philippi, where Brutus fell. The poet, who was no warrior, +fled from the superior force of the enemy, and came to Rome, where, +after the amnesty had been proclaimed, he became a clerk in a public +office. At the same time he had begun to write verses, was discovered by +Maecenas, and received his reward in the form of an estate. + +The Emperor Augustus admired him, and offered him a position as +secretary, but Horace refused, partly because he could never see +anything else but an usurper in this Emperor, partly because he loved +freedom and independence above all things. + +Just now he was walking in his garden, whose fruit-trees he had himself +cultivated. He plucked roses and hyacinths, for he awaited the visit of +a favourite guest, his old friend and fellow-student of Athens, Publius +Virgilius Maro, as well known as Horace himself, although he had not yet +allowed his _Aeneid_ to appear in manuscript. + +A table was laid in a vine-arbour; flagons of old Massisian and +Falernian lay already on ice, oysters and eels were there; a kid and +some quails were roasting on the spit in the kitchen; fruit had been +plucked in the garden; and the only thing wanting on the table, which +had been laid for two persons, were flowers. + +A little slave, who was able to write, ran to and fro between the +garden-gate and the dove-tower, in order to look out for the expected +guest. The poet was standing at the water-barrel and washing his hands, +after he had finished plucking flowers, when someone clapped him on the +shoulder. + +“Virgil! Which way have you come, then?” + +“Over the hills of Tibur from Maecenas.” + +“Welcome, wanderer, whichever way you have come! Sit down--you must be +tired--in my hemicyklion, under the olives I planted myself, while the +spits turn, and they ply the chopping-knife. Here you see my plot of +land which represents the world to me.” + +Their first greetings and questions were over, and the two friends sat +down to the table. The host was certainly an Epicurean or votary of +pleasure; but in order to be able to enjoy, one must be moderate, and +the meal, judging by Roman customs, was quite a frugal one, but simple +and brilliant. Then the cups were passed round, and the wine awoke +memories in spite of its supposed lethal capacity of quenching them. + +“Well, you were in the war, friend?” began Virgil. + +“Yes, and I fled disgracefully, as you know.” + +“I have read so in one of your poems, but it is said not to be true, and +you have slandered yourself.” + +“Have I? Perhaps! One talks nonsense when one writes.” + +“You poet, do you remember how you asked me in Athens whether it were +difficult? How did you come to write?” + +“I needed money!” + +“Now you slander yourself again! If all clients who needed money could +write, the world would be full of poets.” + +“Well, perhaps it was not so. But speak of yourself--of your _Aeneid_.” + +Virgil looked gloomy: “Of that I will not speak.” + +“Is it finished?” + +“More than that! It is done with!” + +“Done with?” + +“Yes! When I read it, I found it a failure! It was not Homer; it was +nothing. It was a punishment, because I wished to outshine my father.” + +“Have you destroyed it?” + +“Not yet; but it is sealed up, in order to be destroyed after my death.” + +“Now _you_ are slandering yourself, and you are depressed, Maro, not by +years, not by work, but by something else.” + +“Yes, by something else. The future disturbs me!” + +Horace shook his cup and recited: [Footnote: Hor. Od. I. ii.] “Do not +go to the astrologers, Leuconoe. Better bear life as it comes. Be wise, +clear your wine! While we speak, envious life is flying. Enjoy the +present, and think as little as possible about the future.” + +“That I cannot!” broke in Virgil. “I cannot drown myself in my cups, +when I see my fatherland perishing.” + +“Has Rome ever been so powerful as it is now? Do we not possess the +whole known world--Egypt, Syria, Greece, Italy, Spain, Germany, Gaul, +Britain? And yet we live in a time of peace: the Temple of Janus is +closed; the earth rejoices; the arts flourish; and commerce was never so +active as at present.” + +“Yes, the peace that precedes a war. For all these conquered nations are +awake, and have an eye on Rome. Not on Greece as before, for Greece is +barren and laid waste, and passes into the great silence. Do you know +that Sulla and Mithridates have gone slaying and pillaging over Hellas, +so that science and art have fled to the Egyptian Alexandria or the +growing Byzantium? Do you know that pirates, whose origin is unknown, +from the East, have recently plundered every temple in Hellas, so that +hardly any religious service can be held there? The oracles are dumb, +the poets are silent like song-birds in a storm, the great tragedies +are no longer performed; people rather go to see farces and gladiatorial +shows. Hellas is a ruin, and Rome will soon be one.” + +“Times are bad, I grant, but every time has been one of decay, and has, +however, prepared the way for a new epoch. The fallen leaves of autumn +form a forcing-bed for the coming spring; Nature, life, and history ever +renew themselves through death. Therefore death is to me only a renewal, +a change, and whenever I meet a funeral, I always say to myself, ‘O how +pleasant it is to live!’” + +“My dear Flaccus, you live with your dreams in the Golden Age, while +we others only drag ourselves through this life of the Iron Age. Do you +remember how Hesiod complains already of his own time?” + +“No, I have forgotten that, but in order to oblige you I will listen.” + +“‘The people of to-day are an iron race, and never rest from the burden +of work, neither by day nor by night. They are a sinful folk, and the +gods send them heavy troubles. But even when they send joy, this turns +to their misfortune. Some day Zeus will destroy them, these many-tongued +people, when they are born with grey locks on their temples. Yes, our +children are born old men already, toothless, wrinkled and with bald +heads. The father is not gracious to the child, nor the child to the +father, nor the guest to his host, nor servant to fellow-servant, nor +brother to brother. Children dishonour their old parents, revile them +and speak unfriendly words--these young scoundrels who know nothing +of divine vengeance, and never thank their ageing parents for their +fostering care of them as children. Might is right, and one city +destroys another. Honesty and faithfulness in keeping vows are never +rewarded, as little as kindness or justice. Oh no, they who practise +sin and break the law, demand honour. Scoundrels betray noble men, and +commit perjury without scruple. Envy follows men, these unhappy ones +with their harsh voices and dreadful faces, who rejoice over the evil +and the mischief which they do.’” + +“Yes, so Hesiod spoke a thousand years ago, and I must confess his words +are well deserved, but what can one do?” + +“Yes, they are. Cicero was murdered, and I feel inclined to follow the +example of Cato, who died in order to escape sin. I sink, Flaccus, in +lies and hypocrisy. But I will not sink ... I will mount. I have praised +Augustus and his son Marcellus in my verses, but I believe no more +in them, for they are not the future. Therefore the _Aeneid_ shall be +burnt!” + +“You disquiet me, Maro. But what do you believe in?” + +“I believe in the Sibyl, who has prophesied that the Iron Age will end, +and the Golden Age return.” + +“You have sung of that in the Fourth Eclogue, I remember.... Have you +fever?” + +“I believe I have. Do you remember--no! our fathers remember when the +Capitol was burnt, and the Sibylline books destroyed. But now new books +have come from Alexandria, and in them they have read that a new era +will begin; that Rome will be destroyed but built up again, and that a +Golden Age....” + +Here the seer was silent. Then he continued: “Pardon me, Flaccus, but I +am poorly, and must ride home before the mists rise from the Campagna.” + +“Eheu fugaces, Postume, Postume! Labuntur anni! I will follow you, +friend, on my ass, for you are sick. But ‘the man of righteous heart and +rock-like purpose will not be shaken nor terrified by the blind zeal +of the citizens commanding evil, nor the glance of the threatening +tyrant.... If the walls of the world fall in, they will bury him +unterrified beneath their ruin.’” + + * * * * * + +Some days later Virgil died in Naples. His will was opened, and actually +found to contain a request that his _Aeneid_ should be burnt. But it was +not carried out. Posterity has passed various judgments on this ignoring +of a dead man’s wish--some think it was a pity; others that it was a +good thing. + +When Christianity arrived, Virgil was enrolled among the prophets. The +_Aeneid_ was regarded as a Sibylline book and included in the liturgy. +Pilgrimages were made to the poet’s tomb. And later on he was raised to +the rank of a saint by Dante. + + + + +LEONTOPOLIS + + +A caravan was encamped on a height eastward of the ancient Egyptian town +Heliopolis. There were many people in it, but all were Hebrews. They +had come on camels and asses from Palestine through the desert--the +same desert which the Israelites had passed through thousands of years +before. + +In the evening twilight, by the faint light of the half-moon, hundreds +of camp-fires were to be seen, and by them sat the women with their +little children while the men carried water. + +Never yet had the desert beheld so many little children, and, as they +were now being put to bed for the night, the camp echoed with their +cries. It was like an enormous nursery. But when the washing was over, +and the little ones were laid to their mothers’ breasts, the cries one +after the other ceased, and there was complete silence. Under a sycamore +tree sat a woman, and suckled her child; close by stood a Hebrew, +feeding his ass with branches of the broom plant; when he had done that, +he went higher up the hill, and looked towards the north. A foreigner--a +Roman, to judge by his dress--passed, and regarded the woman with the +child closely, as though he were counting them. + +The Hebrew showed signs of uneasiness, and began a conversation with the +Roman, in order to divert his attention from the woman. + +“Say, traveller, is that the City of the Sun there in the west?” + +“You see it!” answered the Roman. + +“Then it is Bethshemesh.” + +“Heliopolis, from which both Greeks and Romans have derived their +wisdom; Plato himself has been here.” + +“Can Leontopolis also be seen from here?” + +“You see the pinnacles of its temple two miles northward.” + +“But that is the land of Goshen, which our father Abraham visited, and +which Jacob had portioned out to him,” said the Hebrew, turning to his +wife, who only answered with an inclination of her head. Then, speaking +to the Roman, he continued, “Israel wandered from Egypt to Canaan. But +after the Babylonish captivity a part of them returned and settled down +here. You know that.” + +“Yes, I know that. And now the Israelites here have increased till they +number many thousand souls, and have built a temple for themselves, +which you see standing in the distance. Did you know that?” + +“Yes, something about it. So that, then, is Roman territory?” + +“Yes. Everything is Roman now--Syria, Canaan, Greece, Egypt--Germany, +Gaul, Britain; the world belongs to Rome, according to the prophecy of +the Cumaean Sibyl.” + +“Good! But the world is to be redeemed through Israel, according to +God’s promise to our father Abraham.” + +“I have heard that fable also, but for the present Rome has the +fulfilment of the promise. Do you come from Jerusalem?” + +“I come through the desert like the others, and I bring wife and child +with me.” + +“Child--yes! Why do you Hebrews carry so many children with you?” + +The Hebrew was silent, but since he perceived that the Roman knew the +reason, and since the latter looked like a benevolent man, he resolved +to tell the truth. + +“Herod the King heard from the Wise Men of the East the prophecy that +a King of the Jews would be born in Bethlehem in the land of Judaea. In +order to escape the supposed danger, Herod had all the children recently +born in that district put to death. Just as Pharaoh once had our +first-born put to death here. But Moses was saved, in order to free our +people from the Egyptian bondage.” + +“Well! but who was this King of the Jews to be?” + +“The promised Messiah.” + +“Do you believe that he is born?” + +“I cannot tell.” + +“I can,” said the Roman. “He is born; he will rule the world, and bring +all people under his sceptre.” + +“And who will that be?” + +“The Emperor, Augustus.” + +“Is he of Abraham’s seed or of David’s house? No. And has he come with +peace, as Isaiah prophesied, ‘His kingdom shall be great, and of peace +there shall be no end’? The Emperor is certainly not a man of peace.” + +“Farewell, Israelite. Now you are a Roman subject. Be content with the +redemption through Rome. We know not of any other.” + +The Roman departed. + +The Hebrew approached his wife. “Mary!” he said. + +“Joseph!” she answered. “Hush! The child sleeps.” + + + + +THE LAMB + + +Herod Antipas, the Tetrarch, had come to Jerusalem, because there +was much unrest among the populace. He had taken up his dwelling with +Pilate, the Governor. Since on the preceding evening he had witnessed a +gladiatorial show in the circus and then taken part in an orgy, he slept +late into the morning--so late that his host, who was waiting for his +guest, had gone upon the roof. + +There lay the Holy City, with Mount Moriah and the Temple, Zion and +David’s House. To the north-west and west there stretched the Valley of +Sharon to the Mediterranean Sea, which in the clear air appeared like a +blue streak at a distance of five miles. + +In the east there rose the Mount of Olives, with its gardens and +vineyards, olives, figs and terebinths, below ran the brook Kedron +whose banks were decked in their spring apparel of flourishing laurels, +tamarisks, and willows. + +The Governor was restless, and often paused to stand by the parapet of +the roof in order to look down into the forecourt of the Temple. Here +numbers of people moved about busily, forming themselves into knots +which dissolved and then formed larger groups. + +At last the Tetrarch appeared. He had overslept himself, and his eyes +were blood-shot. He gave the Governor a brief greeting, and settled +himself as though for a conversation. But he found it hard to bring out +a word; his head hung down, and he did not know how to begin, for the +orgies of the preceding night had made him forget what he had come for. + +Pilate came to his help: “Speak, Herod; your heart is full, and your +mind uneasy.” + +“What do you say, my brother?” + +“We were speaking yesterday of the strange man who stirs up the people.” + +“Quite right! I had John beheaded. Is it he who is going about?” + +“No, it is another one now.” + +“Are there two of them?” + +“Yes, this is another one.” + +“But they have the same history--a prophecy which foretold their +birth, and the fable of a supernatural origin, just like the Perseus of +mythology, and the philosopher Plato in history. Is it a confusion of +persons?” + +“No, not at all.” + +“What is his name? Josua, Jesse...?” + +“His name is Jesus, and he is said to have passed his childhood in the +Egyptian towns Heliopolis and Leontopolis.” + +“Then he must be a magician or wizard; can he not come and divert me?” + +“It is difficult to find him, for he is now in one place, now in +another. But we will question the High Priest; I have had him called, +and he waits below.” + +“Why is there this commotion in the court of the Temple?” + +“They are going to erect the Emperor’s statue in the Holy of Holies.” + +“Quite right! Our gracious Emperor Tiberius lives like a madman on +Capri, and is pummelled by his nephew Caligula, if the offspring of +incest can be called a nephew. And now he is to become a god. Ha! Ha!” + +“Antiochus Epiphanes had the statue of Zeus set up in the Holy of +Holies. He, however, _was_ a god. But to set up this beast, Tiberius, +means a tumult.” + +“What are we to do? Call the Priest here.” + +Pilate went and fetched the High Priest Caiaphas. + +Herod closed his eyes, and folded his hands over his breast. He regarded +all matters of business as an interruption to his pleasures, and +generally liked to cut them short. When Pilate returned with Caiaphas, +the Tetrarch awoke from his doze, and did not know where he was, or +what they were talking about. Pilate stepped forward, aroused him to +consciousness, and directed his attention to the matter in hand. + +“There is a tumult in the Temple,” was his first observation, for that +disturbed his sleep. “Ah! the Priest is here. What is the meaning of the +uproar below?” + +“It is the Galilaean, who has taken to using force, and has driven the +money-changers out of the Temple.” + +Herod’s curiosity was aroused: “I should like to see him.” + +“He has already gone.” + +“Tell us, High Priest, who is this man? Is he the Messiah?” + +“That is incredible. The son of a poor carpenter, who is weak in the +head!” + +“Is he a prophet?” + +“He stirs up the people, he breaks the law, he is a glutton and +wine-bibber, and he blasphemes God. Yes, he says that he himself is God, +the Son of the Highest.” + +“Have you witnesses to this?” + +“Yes, but they contradict each other.” + +“Then procure better witnesses, who will agree. But now, Priest, we +must talk of something else. You know that the Senate have decreed the +apotheosis of the Emperor, and that his image is to be set up in the +Temple. What do you think about it?” + +“We live by the favour of the Emperor. But if this abomination is done, +we will all die as the Maccabees did.” + +“Then die!” + +Caiaphas considered a moment before he answered. “I will summon the +Sanhedrim, and tell them what the Emperor wishes.” + +“Yes, do that. And before the Passover you must bring the Galilaean +before me, for I wish to see him.” + +“I will.” + +“Then go in peace.” + +Caiaphas retired. + +“They are a hard people, these Israelites,” said Pilate, for want of +something better to say. “I am also of Israel,” answered Herod somewhat +curtly, “for I am an Edomite, of Esau’s race, and my mother was a +Samaritan, belonging to the despised people.” + +Pilate saw that he had made a slip, and therefore struck the ground +three times with his official staff. A large trap-door opened, and a +table came up covered with all kinds of delicacies according to Roman +taste. + +Herod’s countenance cleared. + + * * * * * + +In the Court of the Priests stood Caiaphas and Annas, and spoke with +each other. + +“Since we cannot avert the abomination,” said Caiaphas, “and the +Emperor’s image is to be erected in the Holy of Holies, and the people +will be destroyed if there is an insurrection, it is better for us to +bring an offering to the Lord, and that one man die for the people.” + +“You are right. An extraordinary atoning sacrifice is necessary, and as +the Passover is approaching, let us sacrifice the Galilaean.” + +“Good! But the offering should be pure. Is the Galilaean pure?” + +“Pure as a lamb.” + +“May he then take Israel’s sins upon him, that we may be set free +through his blood. Who brings him into our hands?” + +“One of his disciples, who stands outside.” + +“Fetch him in.” + +John, later known as the “Evangelist,” was brought in, and Caiaphas +began to examine him. + +“What do you say concerning your teacher? Has he transgressed the law of +Moses?” + +“He has fulfilled the law.” + +“But what new commandment has he introduced into our holy law?” + +“Love one another.” + +“Did he say he was the King of the Jews?” + +“The Master said, ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’” + +“Has he not made children rebel against their parents?” + +“The Master said, ‘He who loveth father or mother more than me is not +worthy of me.’” + +“Did he not say that one has a right to neglect one’s duties as a +citizen?” + +“The Master said, ‘Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His +righteousness.’” + +“Did he tell labourers to leave their work?” + +“The Master said, ‘Come unto me, all ye that labour and are +heavy-laden.’” + +“Did he say that he would conquer the world?” + +“The Master said, ‘In the world ye have tribulation, but be of good +cheer; I have overcome the world.’” + +Caiaphas was weary: “According to all that I have heard and perceived, +this man has not answered a single question.” + +“The Master answers in spirit and in truth, but you ask according to the +flesh and the letter. We are not the children of one spirit.” + +“I don’t understand.” + +“He has sent me to preach good tidings to the poor, to heal the broken +in heart, to preach deliverance to the captives, to give sight to the +blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised.” + +“What you speak in foolishness, young man, can neither bring credit to +you nor to your teacher.” + +“Woe unto you when men praise you, and he who departeth from evil maketh +himself a prey.” + +Caiaphas turned to Annas: “This is not the man who will deliver the +Galilaean up to us.” + +“They have sent another one--Listen! Is your name Iscariot?” + +“No; my name is John.” + +“Then go in peace, but send us Iscariot instead. But wait! Give us in +two words the teaching of your Master regarding the meaning of life.” + +“Death is a gain for the righteous,” answered John without stopping to +think. + +“Is life not itself...?” + +“Through death ye shall enter into life.” + +“We have heard enough. Go.” + +But Caiaphas repeated to himself, as though he thought he would +understand those words in his own mouth better: “Death is a gain for the +righteous.” + +Now there arose a clamour from the market-place and the hall of justice. +Annas and Caiaphas went out upon the battlemented walls to find out the +cause. Levites were standing there, and looking down. + +“Has he been taken?” + +“He has already been seized as an inciter to insurrection, because he +bade his disciples to sell their garments and buy a sword.” + +“Have they found them with weapons?” + +“They have found two swords.” + +“Then he is already condemned.” + +Then they heard a cry rise from the crowd before the Court of +Justice--at first difficult to distinguish, but ever clearer. The people +were crying “Crucify! Crucify!” + +“Is that not too severe, regarded as a punishment?” said Caiaphas. + +“No,” answered the Levite; “one of his disciples called Simon or Peter +drew his sword and wounded one of the servants called Malchus.” + +“Do we need any more witnesses?” + +“But the Teacher said, ‘Put up thy sword into its sheath, for they that +take the sword, shall perish with the sword.’” + +“That is a difficult saying,” said Annas, and went down. But the people +continued to cry, “Crucify! Crucify!” + + + + +THE WILD BEAST + + +Before the temple of Jupiter Latiaris in Rome, two men of the middle +classes met each other. They both remained standing in order to +contemplate the new temple, which was different from all others, and +looked as if it had felt the effects of an earthquake. The basement +had the shape of a roof; the columns stood reversed with their capitals +below, and the roof was constructed like a basement with cellar-windows. + +“So we meet here again, Hebrew,” said one of the two, who resembled a +Roman merchant. “Was it not in Joppa that we last met?” + +“Yes,” answered the Hebrew. “One meets the Roman everywhere; he is at +home everywhere; one also meets the Hebrew everywhere, but he is at home +nowhere. But tell me, whose temple is this?” + +“This is the Temple of the Wild Beast, the Emperor Caligula, the madman, +the murderer, the incestuous. He has erected it to himself; his image +stands within; and the madman comes every day to worship himself.” + +So saying, the Roman made a sign on his forehead, moving the forefinger +of his right hand first from above, below, and then from left to right. + +The Hebrew looked at him in astonishment. + +“Are you not a Roman?” + +“Yes, I am a Roman Christian.” + +“Where do you live?” + +“Here under Rome, in the catacombs.” + +He pointed to a hole in the ground, which resembled those that led down +to the cloacae. + +“Do you live here under the ground?” + +“Yes, that is where we Christians live; there we lie like seed in the +earth, and germinate.” + +“Those are grave-vaults down there.” + +“Yes, we are buried with Christ, and await the resurrection.” + +“Have you a temple down there?” + +“We have our religious service there, and to-day we celebrate the birth +of Christ.” + +“Someone is coming down the street,” said the Hebrew. The Roman opened +the trap-door in the ground in order to descend. From below the sounds +of a choral hymn were heard. “The City hath no need of the moon, neither +of the sun, for the glory of God doth lighten it, and the Lamb is the +light thereof.” + +“Who is the Lamb?” asked the Hebrew. + +“Jesus Christ, the Redeemer of the World.” + +“Do you think the world is redeemed, while this mad Caligula....” + +“The world will be redeemed, if we continue to hope.” + +“You have, then, taken the promise away from Israel?” + +“No, we have inherited the promise, for Christ was of the stock of +Israel.” + +“Someone is coming.” + +“Then farewell. We shall always meet, for the earth is ours.” + +In the temple, which people called “the world turned upside down,” a man +slunk along the walls in a state of panic, as though he were afraid to +display his back. He had the face of a youth without any hair round +it. His upper lip was drawn upwards on the left side, and showed a long +canine tooth, while at the same time his right eye shot a sharp glance +like a poisonous arrow. + +He glided along the wall to the apse, where an image was erected. It was +a likeness of the timid man himself, representing him exactly even to +his clothes. + +“Is the priest there?” the mad Emperor whispered, for it was he. + +No answer followed. + +“Priest, dear priest, I am so frightened. Are you not coming?” + +A sacrificial priest came forward, fell on his knee before the Emperor, +and worshipped him. + +“Jupiter, Optimus, Maximus, Latiaris, frighten away thy foes.” + +“Have I foes, then? Yes, and that is what frightens me. Do you believe +that I am God?” + +“Thou art.” + +“Let us then have thunder, to frighten my foes.” + +The priest beat upon a kettledrum, and the echoes rolled through the +temple. + +The Emperor laughed, so that all his teeth were visible. + +“Priest!” he cried as he seated himself on his throne, “now you shall +sacrifice to me.” + +The priest kindled a fire on the little altar before the madman. + +The Emperor said, “The scent is good. Now I am the mightiest in heaven +and on earth. I rule over living and dead; I cast into Tartarus and lift +into Elysium. How mighty I am! I tame the waves of the sea, and command +the storm to cease: I hold sway over the planets in their courses; I +myself have created chaos, and the human race lie at my feet, from the +primeval forests of Britain to the sources of the Nile, which I alone +have discovered. I have made my favourite horse consul, and the people +have acknowledged his consulship. Priest! Worship me! Or do you forget +who I am? No, I am I, and I shall always worship myself in my own image. +Caius Caesar Caligula, I honour thee, Lord of the world, how I honour +myself! Jupiter Latiaris Caligula!” + +He fell before the image on his knee. + +“Some one is coming,” said the priest warningly. + +“Kill him.” + +“It is the tribune, Cassius Chaeraea!” + +“Frighten him away.” + +“Chaeraea does not let himself be frightened.” + +The tribune came in fearlessly and without ceremony. + +“Caius Caesar, your wife is dead.” + +“All the better,” answered the Emperor. + +“They have dashed your only child against a wall.” + +“Ah, how pleasant!” laughed the madman. + +“And now you are to die.” + +“No, I cannot. I am immortal.” + +“I wait for you outside. It shall not take place here.” + +“Creep away, ant! My foot is too great to reach thy littleness.” + +Then a sound of singing rose from the basement of the temple, or from +the earth; they were children’s voices. + +The Emperor was again alarmed, and crept under his chair. + +Chaeraea, who had waited at the door, lost patience. + +“Dog! are you coming? Or shall I strike you dead here?” + +“Chaeraea,” whimpered the Emperor, “do not kill me! I will kiss your +foot.” + +“Then kiss it now when I trample you to death.” + +The gigantic tribune threw the chair to one side, leapt on the madman +and crushed his windpipe beneath his heel; the tongue, protruded from +his jaws, seemed to be spitting abuse even in death. + + * * * * * + +The Wild Beast had three heads; the name of the second was Claudius. He +played dice with his friend Caius Silius, who was famous for his wealth +and his beauty. + +“Follow the game,” hissed Caesar. + +“I am following it,” answered his friend. + +“No, you are absent-minded. Where were you last night?” + +“I was in the Suburra.” + +“You should not go to the Suburra; you should stay with me.” + +“Follow the game.” + +“I am following it; but what are the stakes we are playing for?” + +“You are playing for your life.” + +“And you, Caesar?” + +“I am also playing for your life.” + +“And if you lose?” asked Silius. + +“Then you will lose your life.” + +The Emperor knocked with the dice-box on the table. His secretary +Narcissus came in. + +“Give me writing materials, Narcissus. The antidote for snake-bites is +yew-tree resin....” + +“And the antidote to hemlock?” + +“Against that there is no antidote.” + +“Follow the game, or I shall be angry.” + +“No, you cannot be angry!” answered Silius. + +“Yes, that is true,--I cannot! I only said so!” + +Messalina, the Emperor’s wife, had entered. + +“Why is Silius sitting here and playing,” she asked, “when he should +accompany me to the theatre?” + +“He is compelled,” answered the Emperor. + +“Wretch! what rights have you over him?” + +“He is my slave; all are slaves of the Lord of the world. Therefore +Rome is the most democratic of all States, for all its citizens are +equal--equal before Men and God.” + +“He is your slave, but he is my husband,” said Messalina. + +“Your husband! Why, you are married to me.” + +“What does that matter?” + +“Do you go and marry without asking my permission?” + +“Yes, why not?” + +“You are certainly droll, Messalina! And I pardon you. Go, my children, +and amuse yourselves. Narcissus will play with me.” + +When the Emperor was left alone with Narcissus, his expression changed. + +“Follow them, Narcissus!” he hissed. “Take Locusta with you, and give +them the poison. Then I shall marry Agrippina.” + +But when Silius and the Empress had gone without, Silius asked +innocently: “Have you yourself prepared the mushrooms which he will eat +this evening?” + +“I have not done it myself, but Locusta has, and she understands her +business.” + + * * * * * + +The name of the third head of the Wild Beast was Nero. He was +Agrippina’s worthy son, had poisoned his half-brother Britannicus, +murdered his mother, kicked his wife to death, and committed unnatural +crime. He falsified the coinage and plundered the temples. He made an +artistic tour to Greece, where he first appeared as a public singer +and brought eight hundred wreaths home, then as a charioteer, in which +capacity he upset everything, but received the prize because nobody +dared to refuse it to him. + +To such a depth had Rome and Greece sunk. Claudius was an angel compared +to this monster; but he also received apotheosis. + +To-day the Emperor had returned home from his artistic tour, and found +his capital in flames. Since, in his fits of intoxication, he had so +often raged against his old-fashioned Rome, with its narrow streets, and +had on various occasions expressed the wish that fire might break out at +all its corners, he came under the suspicion of having set it in flames. + +He sat in his palace on the Esquiline in a great columned hall, and +feasted his eyes on the magnificent conflagration. It was a marble hall +with only a few articles of furniture, because the Emperor feared they +might afford lurking-places for murderers. But in the background of the +hall was a strong gilded iron grating, behind which could be caught a +glimpse of two yellow-brown lions from Libya. These the Emperor called +his “cats.” + +At the door of the grating stood two slaves, Pallas and Alexander, and +watched every change in the Emperor’s face. + +“He smiles,” whispered Pallas; “then it is all over with us. Brother, we +shall meet again. Pray for me and give me the kiss of peace.” + +“The Lord shall deliver thee from all evil, and preserve thee for +His heavenly kingdom. This mortal must put on immortality, and this +corruptible, incorruption.” + +The red face of the Emperor, red with wine and the light of the +conflagration, began to assume a look of attention, and it could be seen +from his eyes and ears that he was listening. Did he hear perhaps how +the masses of people whispered their suspicions of the “incendiary”? + +“Pallas!” he roared, “Rome is burning!” + +The slave remained speechless from fright. + +“Pallas! Are you deaf?” + +No answer. + +“Pallas! Are you dumb? They say down there that I have fired the town, +but I have not. Run out in the streets and spread about the report that +the Christians have done it.” + +“No, I will not!” answered the slave. + +Nero believed that his ears had deceived him. + +“Do you not know,” he said, “that the Christians are magicians, and live +like rats in the catacombs, and that all Rome is undermined by them? I +have thought of making the Tiber flow in to drown them, or of opening +the walls of the cloacas and submerging the catacombs in filth. Their +Sibylline books have prophesied the fall of Rome, though they use the +name ‘Babylon.’ See, now the Capitol takes fire. Pallas, run out, and +say the Christians have done it.” + +“That I will not do,” answered Pallas loud and clearly, “because it is +not true.” + +“This time my ears have not deceived me,” roared the Emperor rising. +“You will not go into the town; then go in through the grating-door and +play with my lions.” + +He opened the door, and pushed Pallas into the fore-court of the lions. + +“Alexander!” said Pallas, “I have prayed you to be firm and courageous!” + +“I know that my Redeemer lives, and that at the latter day He shall +raise me from the earth.” + +“What is that you are saying?” said the Emperor, and pulled a cord, +which opened the second door to the lions. + +“Alexander, go out into the town, and spread the report that the +Christians have set Rome on fire.” + +“No,” answered Alexander, “for I am a Christian.” + +“What is a Christian?” + +“God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son that +whosoever believeth on Him should not perish but have everlasting life.” + +“Will you not perish? Have I not the power to destroy you?” + +“You have no power over me, except it be given from above.” + +“He does not fear death. Lentulus! bring fire here; I will set fire to +your clothes, that we may see if you can burn, I will set your hair, +your beard, your nails on fire; but we will first soak you in oil and +naphtha, in pitch and sulphur. Then we will see whether you have an +everlasting life. Lentulus!” + +Lentulus rushed in: “Emperor! The city is in an uproar! Fly!” + +“Must I fly? First bring fire!” + +“Spain has revolted, and chosen Galba as Emperor.” + +“Galba! Eheu! fugaces, Postume ... Galba! Well, then, let us fly, but +whither?” + +“Through the catacombs, sire.” + +“No! the Christians live there, and they will kill me.” + +“They kill no one,” said Alexander. + +“Not even their enemies?” + +“They pray for their enemies.” + +“Then they are mad! All the better!” + + * * * * * + +The Christians were assembled in one of the crypts of the catacombs. +“The Capitol is burning; that is the heathen’s Zion,” said Alexander. + +“The Lord of Hosts avenges his destroyed Jerusalem.” + +“Say not ‘avenges,’ say ‘punishes.’” + +“Someone is coming down the passage.” + +“Is it a brother?” + +“No, he makes no obeisance before the cross.” + +“Then it is an executioner.” + +The Emperor appeared in rags, dirty, with a handkerchief tied round his +forehead. As he approached the Christians, whom in their white cloaks he +took for Greeks, he became quiet and resolved to bargain with them. + +“Are you Greeks?” + +“Here is neither Jew nor Greek, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free, but +all are brothers in Christ! Welcome, brother!” + +“It is the Wild Beast,” said Alexander. + +The Emperor now recognised his escaped slave, and in his terror fell on +his knees. + +“Kill me not! I am a poor stone-cutter, who has lost his way. Show me +the way out, whether right or left.” + +“Do you know me?” asked Alexander. + +“Alexander!” answered the Emperor. + +“He whom you wished to burn. It is I!” + +“Mercy! Kill me not!” + +“Stand up, Caesar! Thy life is in God’s hand.” + +“Do I find mercy?” + +“You shall have a guide.” + +“Say whether right or left; then I can help myself.” + +“Keep to the left.” + +“And if you lie.” + +“I cannot lie! Do you see, that is the difference.” + +“Why do you not lie? I should have done so.” + +“Keep to the left.” + +The Emperor believed him, and went. But after going some steps, he stood +still and turned round. + +“Out upon you, slaves! Now I shall help myself.” + +It was a terribly stormy night, when Nero, accompanied by the boy +Sporus, and a few slaves, reached the estate of his freedman Phaon. +Phaon did not dare to receive him, but advised him to hide in a +clay-pit. But the Emperor did not wish to creep into the earth, but +sprang into a pond, when he heard the pursuers approaching, and remained +standing in the water. From this place he heard those who were going +by seeking him, say that he was condemned to be flogged to death. Then, +after some hesitation, he thrust a dagger into his breast. + +His nurse Acte, who had also been his paramour, buried him in a garden +on Monte Pincio. The Romans loved him after his death, and brought +flowers to his grave. But the Christians saw in him the Wild Beast and +the Antichrist of the Apocalypse. + + +THE APOSTATE + +At a date rather more than three hundred years after the Birth +of Christ, the stage of the world’s history had shifted from the +Mediterranean to the East. Greece was sunk in everlasting sleep, Rome +lay in ruins and had become a tributary state. Jerusalem was destroyed, +Alexandria at the mouth of the Nile in a state of decay. The world’s +metropolis lay on the Black Sea, and was a half-oriental colony called +Byzantium, or, after Constantine the Great, Constantinople. The heathen +world was a waste, and Christianity had become the State religion. +But the spirit of Christianity had not penetrated the empire. Doctrine +indeed there was--plenty of doctrine--but those at court lived worse +lives than the heathen, and the way to the throne in Byzantium was +generally through a murder. + +But while the centre of gravity in Europe had shifted to the East, new +conquests had been made in the West and in the North. The Romans had +founded fifty cities on the Rhine, and, since Julius Caesar’s time, all +Gaul lay under Roman ploughs and worshipped Roman gods in Roman temples. + +But now that Christianity was to be introduced into Gaul, it encountered +great difficulties. The original religion of the country, Druidism, had +been proscribed by the Emperor Claudius, and the Roman cult of the gods +substituted. And now that a second alteration of their religion was +proposed, the Gauls strongly resented it. Accordingly Gaul was in a +state of disorganisation, which was likely to result in some new growth. + +But under the rule of Constantius, new danger from another side +threatened the newly-formed provinces of Gaul. The German races, the +Franks and the Alemanni, were attracted by the charm of the fertile +land, where the mountains seemed to drop with wine, and the plains were +covered with yellow corn. In order to protect the best of his provinces, +and perhaps for other reasons, the Emperor sent his cousin and +brother-in-law, Julian, to subdue the Germans. Although Julian had been +educated in a convent and at a university, he seems to have understood +the art of war, for he defeated the invaders and then retired to Lutetia +Parisiorum. + +The legions had marched up the Mons Martis or Martyrorum, as it was +called by turns. At their head went the insignificant-looking man with +his beard trimmed like a philosopher’s--Julian, surnamed Caesar, but +not therefore Emperor. High on the summit of the hill stood a temple of +Mars, but it was closed. When the army had encamped, Julian went alone +to the edge of the hill, in order to view the town Lutetia, which he had +never seen. + +On the island between the two arms of the Seine lay the main part of +the town with the temple of Jupiter; but the Imperial Palace and the +Amphitheatre stood on the slope of Mount Parnassus, on the left bank of +the river. For three hundred years from the time of Julius Caesar, the +Emperors had stayed here at intervals. The two last occupants had been +Constantine the Great and Constantius. + +After thoughtfully contemplating for a while the valley with the river +flowing through it, Julian exclaimed, “Urbs! Why, it is Rome! A river, +a valley, and hills, seven or more, just as at Rome. Don’t you see, +we stand on the Capitoline? On the opposite side we have Janiculum +represented by Mount Parnassus, and in the north Mons Valerian forms our +Vatican. And the city on the island! The island resembles a ship, just +like the island in the Tiber, on which they have erected an obelisk as a +mast, so striking was the similarity. Caesar indeed was too original to +have wished to copy. They call Byzantium New Rome, but Rome is like a +worm; when cut in two, a living creature is formed from each piece. What +do you say, Maximus?” + +“Rome was the city of the seven hills and the seven kings; how many +there will be here, none can say.” + +“It had never occurred to me,” answered Julian, “that Rome had had just +as many kings as hills--a curious coincidence!” + +Maximus the Mystic, who, together with the Sophist Priscus, always +accompanied the Emperor, in order to give him opportunities for +philosophising, immediately objected: “There are no ‘coincidences,’ +Caesar, everything is reckoned and numbered; everything is created with +a conscious purpose, and in harmonious correspondence--the firmament of +heaven and the circle of the earth.” + +“You have learnt that in Egypt,” Priscus interrupted, “for the Egyptians +see the river Nile in the constellation Eridanus. I should like to know +under which constellation this Lutetia lies!” + +“It lies under Andromeda, like Rome,” answered Maximus, “but Perseus +hangs over the Holy Land, so that Algol stands over Jerusalem.” + +“Why do you call that cursed land ‘holy’?” broke in Julian, who could +not control his generally quiet temper as soon as any subject was +mentioned connected with Christianity, which he hated. + +“I call the land ‘holy’ because the Redeemer of the world was born +there. And you know that He was born without a father, like Perseus; you +know also that Perseus delivered Andromeda, as Jesus Christ will deliver +Rome and Lutetia.” + +Julian was silent, for, as a Neo-platonist, he liked analogies between +the heavenly and the temporal, and a poetic figure was more for him than +a rhetorical ornament. + +Educated in a convent by Christian priests, he had early gained an +insight into the new teaching of Christianity; but he believed that +his philosophic culture had shown him that the seed of Christianity +had already germinated in Socrates and Plato. After he had made the +acquaintance of the Neo-Platonists, he found nothing to object to in +the recently-promulgated dogmas of Christianity. But he felt a boundless +hate against these Galilaeans who wished to appropriate all the wisdom +of the past ages and give it their own name. He regarded them as +thieves. The doctrine of Christ’s Divine Sonship seemed to him quite +natural, for as a Pantheist he believed that the souls of all men are +born of God and have part in Him. He himself acknowledged the dogma +recently promulgated at Nicaea, that the Son is of the same essence as +the Father, although he interpreted, it in his own way. As to miracles, +they happened every day, and could be imitated by magicians. He +acknowledged the truth of the Fall of Man, for Plato also had declared +that the soul is imprisoned in matter--in sinful matter, with which we +must do battle. And this had been confirmed by St. Paul’s saying in the +Epistle to the Romans, “The good which I would, that I do not, but the +evil, which I would not, that I do,” and again, “I delight in the law +of God after the inward man. But I see another law in my members, which +warreth against the law of my mind.... O wretched man that I am! who +shall deliver me from the body of this death?” That was the lament of +the thinking sensitive man regarding the soul’s imprisonment in matter; +the disgust of human nature at itself. + +Julian, as a sensitive and struggling spirit, had felt this pressure, +and had honestly and successfully combated the lusts of the flesh. Grown +up though he was, among murderers and sybarites, in the extravagant +luxury of the Byzantine Court, where, for example, he had at first +possessed a thousand barbers and a thousand cooks, he had abandoned +luxury, lived like a Christian ascetic, acted justly, and was +high-minded. He had a perfect comprehension of the soul’s imprisonment +in the flesh or of “sin,” but understood nothing of the Redemption +through Christ. Three hundred years had passed since the birth of +Christ, and the world had become continually more wretched. The +Christians he had seen, especially his uncle Constantine the Great, +lived worse than the heathen. As a young man he had tested the new +teaching in his own internal struggles; he had prayed to Christ as to +God, but had not been heard. When he had lamented his plight to the +devout Eusebius, the latter had answered, “Be patient in hope! Continue +constant in prayer.” + +But the youth answered, “I cannot be patient.” + +Then Eusebius said, “The deliverance comes, but not in our time. A +thousand years are as a day before the Lord God! Wait five days, then +you will see.” + +“I will not wait,” exclaimed the youth angrily. + +“So say the damned souls also. But look you, impatience is one of +the torments of hell, and you make a hell for yourself with your +impatience.” + +Julian became a hater of Christ, without exactly knowing why. The +philosophers did not teach it him, for they adapted Christianity to +their philosophy. Celsus’ feeble attack on Christianity had not misled +Julian’s ripe and cultured intelligence. Eusebius explained his pupil’s +hatred of Christ in the following way: “He has heathen blood in him, for +he comes of Illyrian stock; he does not belong to this sheepfold. Or is +his pride so boundless, his envy so great, that he cannot tolerate any +Autocrat in the realm of the spirit? He lives himself like a Christian, +and teaches the same as Christ, but at the same time is a Christ-hater.” + + * * * * * + +Meanwhile Julian, in order to hide his anger, had approached the little +Temple of Mars on the hill. The building was in ruins, the doors had +been carried away, and the columns were broken. As he entered it, he saw +the statue of Mars, modelled after a good Greek one of Ares, standing in +the apse, but the nose was broken off, the fingers were lacking, and the +whole statue was streaked with dirt. + +“This is the work of the Galilaeans,” said Julian, “but they shall pay +for it.” + +“They have already paid with their lives,” answered Maximus. + +“Dionysius [Footnote: St. Denis] was beheaded on the hill, and his +chapel stands there on the slope.” + +“Are you also a Galilaean?” + +“No; but I love justice.” + +“Justice and its guardian-goddess Astrasa left the earth when the Iron +Age began; now she is a star in heaven.” + +“In the Zodiac,” interrupted Priscus; “I believe also, we all live in +Zodiacs, and there justice has no place.” + +A sudden murmur of voices was heard from the camp. Julian mounted a heap +of stones to see what was the matter. The whole of the north-east side +of Mars’ Hill was covered with soldiers, and below in the valley were +to be seen tents and camp-fires. These thousands belonged to all the +nations of the world. They comprised Romans, Greeks, Egyptians, Negroes, +Hebrews, Persians, Afghans, Scythians, Germans, Britons, and Gauls. But +now they were in movement and swarming, as gnats do when they dance. + +“What is the excitement about?” asked Julian. + +A little bell from the chapel of St. Denis sounded the Angelus, and the +Christians fell on their knees, while the heathen remained standing +or continued their occupations. The Christians considered themselves +disturbed, and so did the heathen. + +“This religion,” said Julian, “which should unite all, only divides +them. If the Church Councils, instead of formulating new creeds, had +done away with all forms, and proclaimed free worship with praise and +adoration of the Highest, all peoples would have bent the knee before +the Nameless, but look at the Christians! Since the law is on their +side, they have the upper hand, and therefore compel the heathen to +adore their Galilaean! But I will not help them. I can hold nations +together, but not professors of creeds. Let us go into the town. I will +not mix in the matter.” + +Some Christian tribunes approached Julian, with the evident purpose of +complaining, but he waved them off. + + * * * * * + +Julian had entered Lutetia on foot, accompanied by his philosophers. He +had not allowed himself to be escorted by generals or other officers, +because he did not trust them. + +He found the new town to be a miniature of the Rome of the Caesars. It +is true that huts with straw roofs formed the nucleus of it, but there +were also several temples and chapels, a prefecture, a forum, and an +amphitheatre. The forum or market-place was surrounded by colonnades, +in which tradesmen and money-changers’ had opened their shops. One +side--the shortest--of it was occupied by the prefecture, in which the +Aedile and Quaestor lived. + +Unnoticed and unrecognised by the people, Julian went into the +prefecture. In the hall he saw Christian symbols--the cross, the fish, +the good shepherd, etc. Christianity was certainly the State religion, +but Julian’s hatred against everything Christian was so great that he +could not look at these figures. Accordingly he went out again, called +the Prefect down, and bade him show the way to the Imperial palace and +the left side of the river. There he took up his abode in a simple room +resembling a monk’s cell. As he had been obliged to make many detours +since he had left Byzantium, and the punitive expedition against the +Franks and Alemanni had consumed much time, he found letters waiting his +arrival. Among them was one from the Emperor which seriously discomposed +Julian. + +The attitude of the Emperor towards his cousin had always been somewhat +dubious, almost hostile, and now, after the latter’s victories, envy +and fear had taken possession of the mind of the Byzantine despot. The +letter contained a command for Julian to send back the legions at once, +as the war was at an end. Julian saw the danger if he stripped the +newly recovered land bare of defence, but his sense of duty and +conscientiousness bade him obey, and without hesitation he sent the +Emperor’s edict to the camp. This was on the evening of the first day of +his arrival. + +The next morning Julian had gone out for an excursion with his learned +staff. They slowly climbed Mount Parnassus, and wandered through the oak +wood on the north side, avoiding the beaten paths. He and his companions +philosophised and disputed eagerly, and, forgetting their surroundings, +wandered ever deeper into the forest. Finally they reached an open space +where grazing deer had taken refuge, and set themselves down to rest on +strangely-shaped stones which lay in a circle. In the oaks over their +heads were large green clumps of a different colour from the oak-leaves, +and these they thought were birds’ nests. + +“I have never seen so many crows’ nests together,” said Julian. + +“They are not crows’ nests, your Majesty,” answered the scribe Eleazar, +who acted as Julian’s secretary. “That is the sacred mistletoe, which +grows on the oak, and through the operation of cosmic forces takes this +globular form, which is also said to be that of the earth and the other +heavenly bodies.” + +“Is that...?” + +“Yes, and we seem to have entered a sacred sacrificial grove, in which +the primeval deities of the land are still worshipped by the Druids, +although their worship is forbidden.” + +“Forbidden in spite of the Emperor’s edict regarding religious freedom,” + broke in the Sophist Priscus. + +Julian did not like to be reminded of this edict, through which +Christianity had won freedom to suppress other creeds. He rose with +his companions in order to continue their excursion. After a while they +reached Suresnes and its vineyards, where figtrees and peach-trees lined +the walls. When they had ascended a height, they saw the whole Seine +Valley lying before them, with its fields, gardens, and villas. + +“Why, that is like the sacred land of Canaan!” exclaimed Julian, +enchanted by the lovely landscape. + +On the other side of the river rose the Hill of Mars, with its temples +and chapels, and where the soil had been laid bare the white chalk +gleamed in patches, as though a countless number of tents had been +erected on the slopes. + +The philosophers stood for a long time there, and contemplated the view, +when a sound was heard like that of an approaching tempest. But no +cloud was visible, and they remained listening and wondering. The noise +increased till cries, shouts, and the clash of arms were heard. Now the +Hill of Mars seemed to be in movement; there were swarms of men on its +summit, and here and there steel could be seen flashing. Like a river, +the mass began to roll down the hill to the town. + +Then the spectators understood. “It is a revolt of the legions,” + exclaimed Maximus. + +“The edict has taken effect.” + +“They seek their own Emperor.” + +“Then the only thing for us to do is to turn round and go home.” They +turned into the path which ran along the river, and followed it up the +stream, in order to be able to see what the legions were doing. The dark +mass, interspersed with flashes From swords and helmets, poured on in an +ever stronger tide. + +Quickening their steps, Julian and his companions reached the palace, in +which there was great excitement. Julian was naturally a courageous man, +but as a philosopher he was retiring, and wished to avoid public scenes. +He therefore went through the bath-house and sought his lonely chamber, +in order to await what would happen. He paced restlessly up and down +the room, feeling that the destiny of his whole future life was just now +being decided. So there came what he half expected. Cries were audible +from the courtyard of the palace,--“Ave Caesar Julianus Imperator! We +choose Julian as Emperor! The crown for Julian! Death to Constantius the +murderer and weakling!” + +There was no longer any room for doubt. The legions had chosen Julian +Emperor because they would not leave this fertile land, which they had +conquered at the cost of their blood. Julian, who had not striven +for power because he feared responsibility, wished to decline; but +messengers from the army warned him, “If you do not accept, you will +be slain.” He who does not dare to rule will be enslaved. Thus Julian +became Emperor of the great realm which stretched from the Black Sea to +the Atlantic Ocean. + + * * * * * + +The night which followed this day was spent by the Emperor in +reflection; and when in the morning, after a bath, he appeared to his +friends, he was hardly recognisable as the same man. He had literally +thrown off the mask, and showed a new face, with a new expression, +almost new features. In spite of his upright character, Julian, +like Constantine, had been compelled to live in a perpetual state +of hypocrisy, by being obliged to favour and practise the Christian +teaching in which he did not believe. He had even been forced to +acknowledge the Trinity and Deity of Christ as promulgated by the +Council of Nicaea, to attend services and observe fasts. The first thing +he did after obtaining power, was to use his freedom and be what he was. +His first act was to separate the sheep from the goats, i.e. to pick out +the “Galilaeans,” and form them into legions by themselves, under the +pretext that they could thus better carry out their religious practices. +But at the same time he surrounded his person exclusively with +heathen of the old type,--Hebrews, Syrians, Persians, and Scythians. +Simultaneously he assumed the gorgeous purple and glittering diadem of +the emperors, trimmed and gilded his beard, and showed himself +abroad only on horseback and with a great train. This done, he made +preparations for publicly receiving the homage of the people, and +determined to use the theatre for that purpose, and to put on the stage +_Prometheus_, the trilogy of Aeschylus, which at that time existed in +its entirety. The Emperor had brought actors with him, and the theatre +stood ready. The news of this had spread in the town, and was joyfully +hailed by the heathen, while the Christians were vexed. The lower +classes had, it is true, expected a gladiatorial show and wild beast +fights, but a “comedy,” as they called it, was always welcome. + +The day arrived, and the town was in gala attire. The play was to last +from morning to evening without pauses for meals; and as the spring +weather was cold and uncertain, the spectators were advised to bring +the garment known as “cucullus,” a short white Roman mantle with a hood, +which was all the more necessary as the theatre stood under the open +sky. + +Julian, now called Augustus, came to the theatre at the appointed time, +accompanied by his philosopher friends, who had to take their seats at a +little distance, for the Emperor sat in the imperial box, whither he had +summoned the Prefect, Aedile and Quaestor to be in attendance on him. He +was somewhat astonished not to find these city authorities there, and as +the Aedile was president of the theatre, they could not begin before he +came. + +The people had risen as Julian entered, and many tribunes had shouted +“Long live the Emperor!” but thereupon there followed an embarrassing +silence, during which the Emperor was regarded with cold curiosity. When +at last the latter was weary of waiting, he called his secretary, the +Hebrew Eleazar, and commanded him to go to the prefecture in order to +find out the reason of the defaulters’ absence, and at the same time he +gave the signal for the play to commence. + +The actors entered, and at the altar commenced to offer the ancient kind +of sacrifice which used to serve as an introduction to tragedies. Since +animal sacrifices had ceased in all religions, even in the Jewish after +the destruction of the Temple, under Titus in A.D. 70, this unusual +proceeding aroused great curiosity. The legionaries were inured to the +sight of blood, but the citizens and their wives turned away when the +goat was sacrificed to Dionysus. People sought to find the reason for +Julian’s wish to reintroduce this custom in his laudable attempt to +mingle all religions together, and to discover a deeper meaning in the +ceremonies of all. The offering indeed was a gift, a sacrifice, and an +expression of gratitude, but Maximus the mystic had also persuaded the +Emperor that there were hidden powers in the blood itself, the source +of life, which attracted spiritual forces of a lower order. Man shed his +mother’s blood at his birth and the sacred institution of circumcision +was intended to be a reminder of the bloody and painful operation of +birth. Slaves were slaughtered on the graves of chieftains, and in +the time of Julius Caesar the Romans had on one extraordinary occasion +sacrificed three hundred prisoners. Captivated by this and by similar +philosophical arguments, Julian was enticed into a course which was +destined to lead to his destruction. After the sacrifice, at which the +soldiers had laughed and the women had wept, the drama commenced in +the poet’s original language. Greek was indeed spoken by all people of +cultivation from Palestine to Gaul, but the uneducated did not know it, +and therefore the citizens sat there inattentively. + +As the chorus entered for the second time, Eleazar returned with news. +“This is what has happened,” he said. “The Bishop of Sens, the Primate +of the Church of Gaul, has entered the town, and is performing mass in +the church. The high officials are present there, and they accordingly +beg to be excused attending on the Emperor. They thought that he was +aware that Christians never go to the theatre, and they rely upon the +edict granting religious liberty.” + +Julian turned white with rage. “Good! They shall pay for that! Now, my +Jewish friend, Eleazar, you shall sit near and talk with me. The actors +are wretched, and I cannot endure their pronunciation of Greek.” + +Eleazar demurred, but the Emperor overruled his objections. The morning +passed, and when the first part of the trilogy was at an end, part of +the public seemed to wish to steal away; but the exits were closed, in +order to avoid the fiasco of actors playing to an empty house, and +the disrespect which would thereby be shown to the Emperor. But the +discontent of the audience continually increased, for they were tired +and hungry. They were also unpleasantly surprised by the presence of a +Jew in the Emperor’s box. It was not, however, because he was a Jew, +for hatred of the Jews arose much later, after the Crusades. During the +first centuries after Christ, Jews were confused with Christians because +people believed that the new religion came from Palestine and was a +continuation of Mosaism. The hostile glances which were cast at Eleazar +were therefore more on account of his mean appearance and position than +of his religion. The favour shown him by the Emperor was especially +a challenge to the Christians, in whose eyes he was an alien and a +heathen. + +When, in the second part of the trilogy, Prometheus was nailed to the +rock, the spectators must have thought of the Crucified as the antitype, +for the actor playing that part took that posture, extended his arms, +and let his head sink on his breast. The common people became more +attentive, and as they neither had learnt Greek nor were acquainted +with mythology, they thought that the sufferings of Christ were being +represented on the stage. Since this had never been done before, they +were displeased, and half-audible conversations began. The Emperor was +angry, but did not move a muscle. He was generally quiet, but when +he was enraged his intelligence forsook him. He sat there in silence, +revolving plans against these barbarians, who had forgotten the wisdom +of the ancients. It was now past noon, and the impatience of the +audience increased. Then the sky began to be covered with clouds and +some flakes of snow fell slowly like white feathers. Those who had +mantles drew them over their heads. The actors looked towards the +Emperor’s box, but he did not move, although it had no roof. He was a +soldier, and would not be afraid of anything so trivial as bad weather. + +Now Prometheus began to prophesy to Io of the Deliverer who would +be born to overthrow Zeus and deliver the fire-bringer. The educated +Christians and the heathen looked at each other questioningly, when +Io said, “What dost thou say? Shall my son be thy deliverer?” And when +Prometheus answered, “He will be the third scion after ten generations,” + a murmur broke out in the theatre. “Ten generations,” that was in round +numbers 700 years--a period nearly extending to the birth of Christ, +since the Christians reckoned dates from 763 A.D., the end of the +mythological era, to which the drama belonged. + +Julian perceived that he had “carried wood to the fire,” and helped the +Christians without intending to do so. Aeschylus had prophesied Christ’s +birth almost to the very year, and intimated that he would overthrow +Zeus. The orthodox followers of Athanasius wished for no better weapon +with which to crush the Arians, who denied the Deity of Christ. + +The snow fell ever more thickly, till at last it was a snowstorm. Julian +was as white as though he wore a shroud, but he did not move, for he +was beside himself with rage against himself, against the demons who +had enticed him to choose this play, and against the heavenly powers who +mocked him. + +The whole audience was covered with snow, and discussed theology; the +rabble laughed and quarrelled. The only ones who were protected against +the inclemency of the weather were the actors under the canopy. But the +damp snow was heavy, and the linen awning presently bent and broke. + +Then the whole audience rose and burst into laughter; the actors crept +out from under the masses of snow, the doors opened, and all fled except +Julian and his philosophers. + + * * * * * + +As soon as Julian had been elected Emperor, he had sent an ambassador +to the Emperor at Byzantium, and now awaited his reply. It was about +the time of the winter solstice and the turn of the year. The Christians +had, at this period, just begun to celebrate the birth of Christ, and +had adopted certain Roman customs from the Saturnalia, the feast in +honour of Saturn. Julian, irritated by the challenge of the Nazarenes, +began to arm himself for resistance and attack. Now he determined to use +his power to give back to heathendom what belonged to it, and to show +the Christians whence they had derived their knowledge of the highest +things. At the same time he wished to lend heathenism a Christian +colouring, so that, at its return, it might be able to conquer +everything. The old Temple of Jupiter, on the island in the river, was +opened one night, and lights were seen in it. There was also a noise of +hammers and saws, mattocks and trowels. This lasted for some time, and +people talked about it in the town. + +One night in midwinter, Julian sat with Maximus, Priscus, and Eleazar +in the Opisthodomos or priests’ room, behind the altar in the Temple +of Jupiter. The whole temple was lit up, and the purpose of the +improvements which had taken place could be seen. By the colonnade on +the left hand was an ambo or pulpit, and under it a confessional; there +were also a seven-branched candlestick, a baptismal font, a table with +shewbread, and an incense-altar. These represented Julian’s attempt +to attach the new doctrine to the old, and to amalgamate heathenism, +Christianity, and Judaism. Heliogabalus had indeed attempted the same in +his own rough fashion, by introducing Syrian sun-worship into Rome, +but he retained all the heathen gods, even the Egyptian ones. Neither +Christians, however, nor Jews would have anything to do with it. + +Julian did not love the Jews, but his hatred of Christianity was so +great that he preferred to help the stiff-necked race in Palestine, in +order to rouse them against Christ. For that purpose he had given orders +that the Temple in Jerusalem should be rebuilt, and this was the matter +which he wished to discuss with his philosophers and Eleazar. “What +is your opinion, then?” he asked, after finishing a long speech on the +subject. “Let Maximus speak first.” + +“Caesar Augustus,” answered Maximus the mystic, “Jerusalem has been +destroyed from the face of the earth, as the prophets foretold, and the +Temple cannot be rebuilt.” + +“Cannot? It shall be.” + +“It cannot! Constantine’s mother, indeed, built a church over the grave +of Christ, but the Temple cannot be rebuilt. Since Solomon’s time the +history of this city has been a history of successive destructions. +Sheshach, the Philistines, Arabs, Syrians, Egyptians, and Chaldaeans, +destroyed it in early times. Then came Alexander Ptolemaus, and finally +Antiochus Epiphanes, who pulled down the walls and set up an image of +Jupiter in the Temple. But now, mark!--sixty-three years before Christ, +Jerusalem was conquered by Pompey. What happened in the same year after +Christ in the Roman Empire? Pompeii, the town by Naples, named after +the conqueror, was destroyed in A.D. 63 by an earthquake. That was the +answer, and the Lord of Hosts conquered Jupiter,--Zeus.” + +“Listen!” broke in Julian, “I don’t agree with your Pythagorean +speculations about numbers. If both events had happened in the year 63 +before Christ, then I would be nearly convinced.” + +“Wait, then, Caesar, and you will be. After Pompey had conquered +Jerusalem, and Cassius had plundered it, Herod rebuilt the city and the +Temple. But soon afterwards--_i.e._ in A.D. 70, Jerusalem was completely +destroyed by Titus. Only nine years later Monte Somma began to throw up +fire as it had never done before, and by it Pompeii and Herculaneum were +both destroyed. Pompeii and Herculaneum were Sodom and Gomorrah, and a +temple in Pompeii contained an image of Vespasian, who had laid waste +part of Jerusalem before Titus. It disappeared altogether. Do you think +perhaps that the Christians set Vesuvius on fire, as Nero believed they +had fired Rome in A.D. 64?” + +Julian reflected: “There were nine years between,” he said, “but it +seems strange.” + +“Yes,” answered Maximus, “but precisely in the same year 70, in which +Titus destroyed the Temple, the Capitol was burnt.” + +“Then it is the gods who are warring, and we are only soldiers,” + exclaimed Julian. + +Priscus the Sophist, who liked word-encounters, determined to stir up +the embers, as they seemed to be expiring: “But Christ has said that one +stone shall not remain upon another, and that the Temple shall never be +built again.” + +“Has Christ said that?” answered Julian. “Very well; then he shall show +whether he was a god, for I will build again the Temple of Solomon.” + +And turning to Eleazar, he continued, “Do you believe in prodigies?” + +“As surely as the Lord lives, as surely as Abraham’s God has brought us +out of Egyptian bondage and given us Canaan, so surely will He fulfil +the promise, and restore to us land, city, and Temple!” + +“May it be with you according to your belief. The Temple shall be built +up, even though it be not in three days as the Galilaean thought.” + + * * * * * + +The winter solstice had come, and the Feast of the Saturnalia commenced +in Lutetia. The heathen had always kept the feast in recollection of the +legendary Golden Age, which was said to have been under the reign of the +good Saturn. Then there was peace upon earth; the lion played with the +lamb, the fields brought forth harvests without husbandry, weapons were +not forged, for men were good and righteous. This beautiful festival, +which had been discontinued by the Romans, had been revived by the +Christians, who at Christ’s coming expected a new Golden Age or the +Millennium. But now Julian wished to restore to the heathen their +privilege, and at the same time to show the Nazarenes whence they had +derived their religious usages. + +The heathen began to keep the festival in the old way. The shops were +closed, and the city decorated, when on the morrow a procession was seen +issuing from the Basilica to the market-place. At the head went King +Saturn, with his horn of plenty, corn-sheaves, and doves; he was +followed by the Virtues, Fortune, Wealth, Peace, Righteousness. Then +followed an actor dressed like the Emperor, and by the hand he led a +captive, who, in honour of the day, had been freed from his chains. He +was followed by citizens who took their slaves by the arm; and these in +their turn by women and children, who scattered corn from the sheaves +for the sparrows in the street. The procession passed through the +streets, and at first pleased the beholders. + +Then they entered the temple, where there was a seated image of Jupiter +in the apse. It had been cunningly modelled to resemble God the Father, +or Moses, as he began to be represented about that time. Near and a +little beneath this image stood Orpheus in the character of the Good +Shepherd, with a lamb on his shoulders, and carved in relief on the +pedestal was to be seen his descent to Hades, from which he returned +bringing Diké (Justice),--a play on the name Eurydice. This was a +direct hit at the Christians. Before the divine images stood the Jewish +shewbread table, with the bread and the wine--a reminder of the source +from which the Christians had taken the Eucharist or the Mass. As though +by chance, a new-born heathen child was brought and baptized in the +font. To the question of one, who had studied his part, whether heathen +were baptized, it was answered by one, who also had his role assigned +him, that the ancients had always washed their new-born children. + +The whole affair was a comedy staged by Julian. + +Then Maximus mounted the pulpit, and, in a Neo-platonic discourse, +expounded all religious images, symbols, and customs. He also showed +that the heathen only worshipped one God, whose many attributes found +expression in various personifications. Then he ostensibly defended +Christ’s Deity, the Virgin birth, and miracles. “We are,” he said, “all +of divine origin, since God has created us, and we are His children. +There is nothing remarkable in Christ being born without a father, since +the philosopher Plato was also born of a virgin without a father.” In +the middle of his discourse he exclaimed: “Miracles! Why should we not +believe in miracles, since we believe in Almighty God? His omnipotence +signifies that He can suspend the laws of nature which he has +established. He who believes not in miracles is therefore an ass.” The +discourse was listened to by heathen and Christians. The latter thought +that they had never heard anything which so clearly explained mysterious +dogmas, and the heathen found that they were one with the Christians. +“What, then, stands between us?” exclaimed Maximus, carried away by the +sight of the harmony and mutual understanding which prevailed among his +audience. “Have we not all one Father? Has not one God created us? Why, +then, strive one against the other? Have we not here to day celebrated +the recollection of the better times which have been, and which will +surely return, as the light returns with the renewal of the sun--times +of reconciliation and peace on earth, when no one will be master and no +one slave? Here is neither Jew nor Greek nor Barbarian, but we are all +brothers and sisters in one faith. Therefore love one another; reconcile +yourselves with God and each other; give each other the kiss of peace; +rejoice, perfect yourselves, be of one mind, and the God of love and +peace shall be with you.” + +The audience was delighted, and with streaming eyes fell in each other’s +arms, pressed each other’s hands, and kissed each other’s cheeks. + +Then suddenly a row of lights was kindled on the altar; that was part of +the ceremonial of the Saturnalia, and signified the return of the sun. +This custom was adopted by the Christians in celebrating the Birth of +Christ or Christmas. + +After this beggars were brought forward, and those of the upper classes +washed their feet. Then twelve slaves took their seats at a covered +table, while their masters served them. Julian, who, hidden in the +Opisthodom, had watched the whole ceremony, secretly rejoiced, because +by means of these ancient heathen rites he had entirely defeated the +Christians. In them, as he had intended, there was a wordless expression +of philanthropy and charity, and both had existed from time immemorial. + +Finally, the children were brought forward, and received as presents +dolls modelled of wax and clay. The illusion was complete, and the +Christians felt as though under an enchanter’s spell. “The heathen are +Christians after all!” they exclaimed. “Why, then, strive and quarrel, +when we are one?” + +There was an overflow of emotion, and the success of the experiment was +complete. That was the victory of the first day. When, on the following +day, the Christians wished to celebrate their Christmas festival, it +necessarily appeared a mere copy of that of the heathen. + + * * * * * + +The Saturnalia lasted seven days, and Julian, intoxicated with his +success, resolved to introduce the whole of the ancient ceremonies in +all their terrible splendour. His philosophers warned him, but he did +not listen to them any more; he must have his hecatombs; a hundred oxen +adorned with garlands were to be slaughtered in the open space before +the Temple of Jupiter, as a sacrifice to the ancient gods. + +“He is mad!” lamented Eleazar. + +“Whom the gods would destroy, they strike with blindness. Now he pulls +down, what he had built up.” + +It is difficult to explain how the highly cultivated, clever, and +aesthetic Julian could conceive the wild idea of reintroducing animal +sacrifices. It was really butchery or execution, and neither butchers +nor executioners enjoyed much respect in society. It looked as though +his hatred of Christ had clouded his understanding, when, arrayed in the +garb of a sacrificial priest, he led forth the first ox, with its horns +gilded and wearing a white fillet. + +After he had kindled incense on the altar, he poured the bowl of wine +over the head of the ox, thrust his knife in its throat and turned it +round. A shudder ran through the crowd, who remained riveted to their +places. + +But as the blood spirted around, and the Emperor opened the quivering +body of the animal in order to take an augury from its entrails, a cry +rose which ended in an uproar, and all fled. The word “Apostate!” for +the first time struck his ear. That was the signal of his defeat, and, +as the animals were released by those who held them, they fled away +through the streets of the town. + +The Emperor, in his white robe sprinkled with blood, had to return +alone to his palace, while Christians and heathen alike shouted their +disapprobation. + +“See the butcher!” they cried; “Apostate! Renegade! Madman!” + +When Julian came to his palace, he looked as though petrified; but, +without changing his clothes, he sat down to the table and wrote an +edict against the Christians, in which they were forbidden to study, and +to fill offices of State. That was his first step. + +In the evening of the same day Julian received a letter: it was from the +Emperor Constantius in Byzantium, who did not acknowledge his election +to the imperial throne, and threatened to bring an army against him in +Gaul. This was quite unexpected, and Julian left Lutetia in order to +march against his cousin. As he went towards the East, he felt as though +he were going to his death. But the first throw of the dice of destiny +was a lucky one for him. Constantius died on the march, and Julian was +left sole Emperor. This he took for a sign that the gods were on his +side, and he proceeded on his campaign feeling that he was supported by +the higher powers. But it was only the last jest of his gods. + +It is related that before his last march against the Persians, he wished +to ascertain his destiny, and had a woman’s body cut open in order to +take an augury from the entrails. But that may be untrue, as is also +the case with the conflicting reports of his death, which happened soon +after. One thing, however, is certain; the “Galilaean” conquered Zeus, +who rose no more. + +It is also a fact, confirmed by Christian, Jewish, and heathen +writers, that the Temple of Jerusalem was never built again, for as +the foundation was about to be laid, fire broke out of the ground +accompanied by an earthquake. The same earthquake also destroyed Delphi, +“the centre of the earth,” and the focus of the religious and political +life of Greece. + + + + +ATTILA + + +With the demise of Constantine the Great, Greece, Rome, and +Palestine had ceased to exist. Civilisation had passed Eastward, for +Constantinople was the metropolis of Europe; and from the East, Rome, +Spain, Gaul, and Germany were governed by satraps with various titles. +It seemed as though the vitality of Europe had been quenched, and as +though Rome had been buried, but it was only apparently so. History did +not proceed in a straight line, but took circuitous paths, and therefore +development seemed to be in disorder and astray. But it was not really +so. + +Christianity, which was about to penetrate the West, had sprung from the +East, and so ancient Byzantium formed a transition stage. In Rome, which +had been left to itself, for its governors dwelt in Milan and Ravenna, a +new spiritual world-power was springing up, which was silently forging +a new imperial crown, in order to give it to the worthiest when the time +was fulfilled. The advent of this heir had already been announced by +Tacitus--a new race from the North, healthy, honest, good-humoured. +These were the Germans, who were to hold the Empire for a thousand years +from 800 to 1815. Already, at the commencement of the fifth century, the +West Goths had captured Rome, but again withdrawn; other German races +had overrun Spain, Gaul, and Britain, but none of them had taken firm +root in Italy. Then an entirely new race appeared upon the scene, whose +origin was unknown, and the promise of possessing the land which had +been given to the Germans seemed to have been revoked, for the Huns +finally settled in Hungary, and exacted tribute from all the nations in +the world. Round a wooden castle and a few barracks on the river Theiss, +there collected a crowd of Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, and Germans +of all kinds to do homage before a throne on which sat a savage who +resembled a lump of flesh. + +In the year 453 A.D. this King, after many adventures, wished to +celebrate one of his numerous marriages. He had summoned the chief men +of all Europe--summoned--for a King does not invite. So they came riding +from North, South, East, and West. + +From the west, along the bank of the Danube, just below the place where +the river makes a curve at the modern Gran, came two men riding at the +head of a caravan. For several days they had followed the picturesque +banks of the green river, with its bulrushes and willows, and its swarms +of wild duck and herons. Now they were about to leave the cool shades +of the forest region, and turn eastward towards the salt desert, which +stretched to the banks of the yellow Theiss. + +One leader of the caravan was a well-known Roman, called Orestes; the +other was Rugier, also called Edeko. He was a chief from the shores of +the Baltic Sea, and had been compelled to follow Attila. + +The two leaders had hitherto spoken little together, for they mistrusted +each other. But as they emerged on the wide plain, which opened out as +clear and bright as the surface of the sea, they seemed themselves to +grow cheerful, and to lay aside all mistrust. + +“Why are you going to the marriage?” asked Orestes. + +“Because I cannot remain away,” answered Edeko. + +“Just like myself.” + +“And the Bride--the Burgundian did not dare to say ‘no’ either?” + +“She? Yes, she would have dared to.” + +“Then she loved this savage?” + +“I did not say that.” + +“Perhaps she hates him, then? A new Judith for this Holofernes?” + +“Who knows? The Burgundians do not love the Huns since they pillaged +Worms in their last raid.” + +“Still it is incomprehensible how he recovered from his defeat on the +Catalaunian Plain.” + +“Everything is incomprehensible that has to do with this man, if he is a +man at all.” + +“You are right. He is said to have succeeded his father’s brother, Rua, +of whom we know nothing; he has murdered his brother Bleda. For twenty +years we have had him held over us like an iron rod, and yet lately, +when he was before Rome, he turned back.” + +“But he has promised his soldiers to give them Rome some day.” + +“Why did he spare Rome?” + +“No one knows. No one knows anything about this man, and he himself +seems to be ignorant about himself. He comes from the East, he says; +that is all. People say the Huns are the offspring of witches and demons +in the wilderness. If anyone asks Attila what he wants, and who he is, +he answers, ‘The Scourge of God.’ He founds no kingdom, builds no city, +but rules over all kingdoms and destroys all cities.” + +“To return to his bride: she is called Ildico; is she then a Christian?” + +“What does Attila care? He has no religion.” + +“He must have one if he calls himself ‘the Scourge of God,’ and declares +that he has found the War-God’s sword.” + +“But he is indifferent as regards forms of religion. His chief minister, +Onegesius, is a Greek and a Christian.” + +“What an extraordinary man he is to settle down here in a salt-plain +instead of taking up his abode in Byzantium or in Rome.” + +“That is because it resembles his far Eastern plains--the same soil, the +same plants and birds; he feels at home here.” + +They became silent, as the sun rose and the heat increased. The +low-growing tamarisk, wormwood, and soda-bushes afforded no shade. Wild +fowl and larks were the only creatures that inhabited the waste. The +herds of cattle, goats, and swine had disappeared, for Attila’s army of +half a million had eaten them up, and his horses had not left a single +edible blade of grass. + +At noon the caravan came suddenly to a halt, for on the eastern horizon +there was visible a town with towers and pinnacles, on the other side +of a blue lake. “Are we there?” asked Edeko. “Impossible; it is still +twenty miles, or three days’ journey.” + +But the city was in sight, and the caravan quickened its pace. After +half an hour the town appeared no nearer, but seemed, on the contrary, +to grow more distant, to dwindle in size, and to sink out of sight. +After another half hour, it had disappeared, and the blue lake also. + +“They can practise enchantment,” said the Roman, “but that goes beyond +everything.” + +“It is the Fata Morgana, or the mirage,” explained the guide. + +As the evening came on, the caravan halted in order to rest for the +night. + + * * * * * + +On the stretch of land between Bodrog and Theiss, Attila had his +standing camp, for it could not be called a town. The palace was of +wood, painted in glaring colours, and resembled an enormous tent, whose +style was probably borrowed from China, the land of silk. The women’s +house, which was set up near it, had a somewhat different form, which +might have been brought by the Goths from the North, or even from +Byzantium, for the house was ornamented with round wooden arches. The +fittings seemed to have been stolen from all nations and lands; there +were quantities of gold and silver, silk and satin curtains, Roman +furniture and Grecian vessels, weapons from Gaul, and Gothic textile +fabrics. It resembled a robber’s abode, and such in fact it was. + +Behind the palace enclosure began the camp, with its smoke-grimed tents. +A vast number of horse-dealers and horse-thieves swarmed in the streets, +and there were as many horses as men there. Without the camp there +grazed herds of swine, sheep, goats, and cattle--living provision for +this enormous horde of men, who could only devour and destroy, but could +not produce anything. + +Now, on the morning of Attila’s wedding day, there were moving about in +this camp thousands of little men with crooked legs and broad shoulders, +clothed in rat-skins and with rags tied round their calves. They looked +out of their tents with curiosity, when strangers who had been invited +to the marriage feast came riding up from the plain. + +In the first street of tents, Attila’s son and successor, Ellak, met the +principal guests; he bade them welcome through an interpreter, and led +them into the guest-house. + +“Is that a prince, and are those men?” said Orestes to Edeko. + +“That is a horse-dealer, and the rest are rats,” answered Edeko. “They +are monsters and demons, vampires, created from dreams of intoxication. +They have no faces; their eyes are holes; their voice is a rattle; their +nose is that of a death’s-head; and their ears are pot-handles.” + +“You speak truly, and it is from these half-naked savages, who have +no armour and no shield, that the Roman legions have fled. They are +goblins, who have been able to ‘materialise’ themselves.” + +“They will not conquer the world.” + +“At any rate not in this year.” + +Then they followed Prince Ellak, who had heard and understood every +word, although he pretended not to know their language. + + * * * * * + +In the women’s house sat Attila’s favourite, Cercas, and sewed the +bridal veil. Ildico, the beautiful Burgundian, stood at the window lost +in thought and absent-minded. She had seen in Worms the hero before whom +the world trembled, and she had really been captivated by the little +man’s majestic bearing. Herself fond of power, and self-willed, she had +been enticed by the prospect of sharing power with the man before whom +all and everything bowed; therefore she had given him her hand. + +But she had had no correct comprehension of the manners and customs of +the Huns, and had therefore imagined that her position as wife and Queen +would be quite otherwise than it proved to be. Only this morning she had +learnt that she could not appear at all at the marriage feast, nor share +the throne, but would simply remain shut up with the other women in the +women’s house. + +Cercas, the favourite, had explained all this with malicious joy to her +rival, and the haughty Ildico was on the point of forming a resolution. +She had no friends in the palace, and could not approach the foreign +princes. + +Cercas was sewing, and accompanied her work with a melancholy song from +her home in the far East. Ildico seemed to have collected her thoughts: +“Can you lend me a needle?” she said, “I want to sew.” + +Cercas gave her a needle, but it was too small; she asked for a larger +one, and chose the largest of all. She hid it in her bosom, and did not +sew. + +At that moment there appeared in the doorway a creature so abominably +ugly and of such a malicious aspect, that Ildico thought he was a demon. +He was as jet-black as a negro from tropical Africa, and his head +seemed to rest on his stomach, for he had no chest. He was a dwarf and +humpback; his name was Hamilcar, and he was Attila’s court-fool. + +In those days the court-fool was generally not a wit, but a naive +blockhead, who believed all that was said, and was therefore a butt for +jests. He only placed a letter in Cercas’ hand, and disappeared. When +Cercas had read the letter, she changed colour and seemed to become a +different being. Overcome with rage, she could not speak, but sang, + + “The tiger follows the lion’s trail.” + +“Ildico, you have found a friend,” she said at last. “You have a friend +here in the room, here at the window, here on your breast.” And she +threw herself on the Burgundian maiden’s breast, weeping and laughing +alternately. “Give me your needle--your fine beautiful needle; I will +thread it. No! I will sharpen it on steel; no, I will dip it in my +perfume-flask, my own special little perfume flask, and then together we +will sew up the Tiger’s mouth, so that he can bite no more!” + +“Let me read your letter,” Ildico interrupted. + +“You cannot. I will tell you what it says. He, our master, woos again +for the hand of the daughter of the Emperor Valens--Honoria, and this +time he has vowed to burn us all;--that he calls giving us an honourable +burial.” + +Ildico reached out her hand as an answer, “Very well, to-night. A single +needle-prick will deprive the world of its ruler!” + + * * * * * + +Edeko and Orestes had thoroughly rested from their journey in the +guest-house. At noon, when they wished to go out, they found the door +bolted. + +“Are we prisoners? Have we fallen into a trap?” asked the Roman. + +“We have not had any food either,” answered Edeko. + +Then two voices were heard without: “We will strangle them; that is the +simplest way.” + +“I think we had better set the house on fire; the tall one is strong.” + +“And they thought we did not understand their language.” + +The two prisoners, whose consciences were uneasy, were alarmed, and +believed that their end was near. Then a small trap-door opened in the +wall, and the fool Hamilcar showed his hideous head. + +“Whether you are the devil or not,” exclaimed the Roman, “answer us some +questions.” + +“Speak, sirs,” said the negro. + +“Are we prisoners, or why cannot we see your King?” + +Prince Ellak’s head appeared at the trap-door. + +“You will first see the King this evening at the feast,” said the +Prince, with a malicious grimace. + +“Are we to fast till then?” + +“We call it so, and do it always when we have a feast before us, in +order to be able to eat more.” + +“Cannot we at any rate go out?” + +“No,” answered the Prince with the horse-dealerlike face. “One must +conform to the custom of the country.” So saying, he closed the +trap-door. + +“Do you think we shall get away alive?” asked Edeko. + +“Who knows? Attila is composed of treachery. You do not know that once +he wrote two letters, one to Dieterich, King of the West Goths, asking +for an alliance against the Romans as the common enemy; and on the same +day he wrote a similar letter to the Romans, in which he proposed an +alliance against the West Goths. The deceit was discovered, and Attila +fell between two stools.” + +“He seems to be immortal, otherwise he would have been killed in battle, +as he always goes at the head of his army.” + +Until evening the travelling companions remained incarcerated. At last +the door was opened, and a master of the ceremonies led them into the +hall where the great feast was to take place. Here there were countless +seats and tables covered with the most costly cloths and drinking +vessels of gold and silver. The guests were assembled, but the two +travellers saw no faces that they knew; they looked in vain for the +bridegroom and the bride. As they were conducted to their places, a low +murmur broke out among the guests, who talked in an undertone, and asked +where the great King would show himself. + +Orestes and Edeko cast their eyes over the walls and ceiling without +being able to see where the wonder would happen, for the childish and +cunning Huns used to amuse their guests with surprises and practical +jokes. + +Suddenly the whole assembly stood up. The curtain which covered the +wall in the background was drawn aside, and on a platform sat a little +insignificant-looking man, with a table before him and a sofa beside +him. On the table stood a wooden goblet. He sat quite motionless, +without even moving his eyelids. Somewhat lower than he stood his chief +Minister, the Greek Onegesius. He kept his eyes unwaveringly fixed on +his master, who seemed to be able to converse with him through his eyes. + +Attila remained in the same attitude, his legs crossed, and his right +hand on the table. He gave no greeting, neither did he answer any. + +“He does not see us! He only shows himself!” whispered Orestes. “He sees +well!” + +Onegesius received a command from the despot’s eye, and lifted his +staff. A poet stepped forward with an instrument that resembled a harp +and a drum combined. After he had struck the strings, and beaten the +drum, he began to recite. It was a song celebrating all Attila’s feats +in terms of strong exaggeration, and it would have been endless, if the +assembly had not taken up the refrain and struck with their short swords +on the table. The poet represented Attila’s defeat on the Catalaunian +Plain as an honourable but indecisive battle. After the guests had for +some time contemplated the insignificant-looking hero in his simple +brown leather dress, they both felt the same irresistible reverence that +all did who saw him. + +There was something more than vanity in this self-conscious calm; this +visible contempt for all and everything. He kept his side-face turned to +the guests, and only his Minister could catch his eye. + +When the panegyric was at an end, Attila raised his goblet, and, without +drinking to anyone, sipped it. That was, however, the signal for a +drinking orgy, and the wine was poured into gold and silver goblets, +which had to be emptied at a draught, for Attila liked to see those +around him intoxicated, while he remained sober. + +After they had drunk for a while, the negro Hamilcar came forward and +performed feats of jugglery. Then the great King rose, turned his back +to the assembly, and laid down on the sofa. But in each of his movements +there was majesty, and as he lay there thinking, his knees drawn up, his +hands under his neck, and his eyes directed towards the ceiling, he was +still imposing. + +“But what about the bride and the marriage?” Orestes asked one of the +Huns. + +“We do not even mention our wives,” he answered, “how, then, should we +show them?” + +The drinking continued, but no food was placed before the guests. At +intervals the whole assembly sang, and beat upon the tables. + +While the noise and excitement were at their height, the hall suddenly +filled with smoke, and the building was in flames. All started up, +shouted and sought to flee, but Attila’s Minister struck with his staff +on the table, and the assembly broke into laughter. It was a jest +for the occasion, and only some waggon-loads of hay had been kindled +outside. When quiet had been restored, Attila was no more to be seen, +for he had left the hall by a secret door. And now began the feast, +which lasted till morning. + + * * * * * + +When the sun rose, Orestes was still sitting and drinking with an Avar +chief. The condition of the hall was indescribable, and most of the +guests were dancing outside round the fire. + +“This is a wedding-feast indeed!” said Orestes. “We shall not quickly +forget it. But I would gladly have spoken with the wonderful man. Can +one not do that?” + +“No,” answered the Avar; “he only speaks in case of need. ‘What is the +use of standing,’ he asks, ‘and deceiving one another?’ He is a wise +man, and not without traces of kindness and humanity. He allows no +unnecessary bloodshed, does not avenge himself on a defeated foe, and is +ready to forgive.” + +“Has he any religion? Does he fear death?” + +“He believes on his sword and his mission, and death is for him only the +door to his real home. Therefore he lives here below, as though he were +a guest or traveller.” + +“Quite like the Christians, then?” + +“It is remarkable that in Rome he received respect from Pope Leo--What’s +the matter now?” + +Outside there was a shouting which at first seemed to issue from the +palace, but soon spread itself over the camp. Half a million of men were +howling, and it sounded like weeping. + +The guests hurried out, and saw all the Huns dancing, cutting their +faces with knives, and shouting unintelligible words. Edeko came up +and pulled Orestes away through the crowds. “Attila is dead! May Jesus +Christ be praised!” + +“Dead? That is Ildico’s doing!” + +“No! she sat by the corpse, veiled and weeping.” + +“Yes, it is she.” + +“Yes, but these savages are too proud to believe that Attila could be +killed by a human being!” + +“How fortunate for us!” + +“Quick to Rome with the news. The fortune of the man who first brings it +is made.” + +Orestes and Edeko departed the same morning. They never forgot this +wedding which had brought them together. + +Later on they renewed their acquaintance, under other and still more +striking circumstances. For the son of Edeko was Odovacer, who defeated +the son of Orestes, who was no other than the last Emperor Romulus +Augustus. Strangely enough his name was Romulus, as was that of Rome’s +first King, and Augustus, as was that of the first Emperor. After his +deposition, he closed his life with a pension of six thousand gold +pieces, in a Campanian villa, which had formerly belonged to Lucullus. + + + + +THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS + + +Rome had become a provincial town and a dependency of Byzantium. It was +governed by an Exarch in Ravenna, but often abandoned to its fate when +the barbarians from the north amused themselves from time to time by +raiding and pillaging it. For three hundred years no Emperor had visited +Rome, and the former queen of the world lay despised in rubbish and +ruin. But presently people began to collect and piece together the ruins +of temples and palaces, and build churches out of them. Five hundred +years after the death of Nero, an already ancient church of St. Peter +stood in the middle of the tyrant’s circus, where the martyrs had +suffered death. There were at least seven other churches in different +parts of the town, and the Bishop of Rome dwelt in the Lateran Palace, +near the church of the same name. There were also convents, and on the +Appian Way stood the St. Andrew’s Convent, close to the Church of the +Cross, which was built at the entrance to the catacombs. + +About two o’clock one summer morning, all the fathers and brothers had +risen, and read or sung early mass in the chancel. Afterwards the Abbot +had gone into the garden in order to reflect. It was still dark, but the +stars shone between the olive and orange trees, and the flowers swayed +in the gentle breeze of the dawn. + +The Abbot, a man of about fifty, strolled up and down in a covered +arbour-walk, and every time he reached the south end he remained +standing, in order to contemplate a marble tablet, erected by the side +of other tablets. It stood over his future grave, which was by the side +of the abbots who had already been buried. His name and the year of his +birth were engraved upon the marble, while a space was left for the date +of his death. + +“O Lord, how long wilt Thou forget me?” he sighed, as he turned round +again. After he had thus continued walking till daybreak, he sat down +in an arbour, in order to write something in a book which he took out +of his pocket. The noise of awaking life in the city did not disturb +him--nothing disturbed the white-haired man of fifty who had already +been two hours on his legs without eating anything. Church bells rang, +carts rattled, and the rushing of the Tiber could be heard through all +other noises. But the old man continued to write, while his wrinkled +face was faintly lit up by the red of dawn. At last steps were heard on +the gravel-path; a novice entered the arbour, and placed a bowl of +bread and milk by the Abbot. The latter started, as though he had been +recalled from far away, and exclaimed, “Leave me in peace!” The novice +remained standing, frightened and troubled. Then a little bird, which +had been sitting in the arbour, struck up its song. The Abbot looked up, +his countenance cleared, he cast a glance on the bowl of milk which he +eagerly seized, and was in the act of raising it to his mouth, but, as +he noticed the youth’s troubled aspect, he stopped. “Forgive my anger,” + he said, “but I was far away. As a penance, I do this!” + +He was about to pour the milk on the ground, but in order that it might +not be wasted, he poured it on the roots of a reddish-yellow lily that +stood in one of the border-beds. As the novice gave no sign of going, +the Abbot asked, “You wish to speak with me? Speak!” + +“Holy Father.” + +“I am not holy; One is holy, the Lord your God in heaven! If you have a +complaint, make it.” + +“I was a rich youth, who went and sold all that he had.” + +“I also did that when I was young, and then built seven convents, but +have not regretted it. What have you against it? Why do you complain?” + +The youth was silent. + +“Is it about the food? There is a famine round us, and we must share +with the poor.” + +“Not only that, venerable father, but the whole way of living here does +not accomplish what it is intended to do.” + +“Say on.” + +“The scanty food does not subdue the flesh, for as I go about hungry the +whole day, I involuntarily think only about eating--in church, during +prayer, in solitude. The small amount of sleep makes me sleepy the whole +day, and I go to sleep in the chancel. Desires, which I had not known +before, are aroused by suppression; when I see wine, I feel a real +longing to get vital warmth into my body.” + +“Then go and ask a brother to scourge you till you swim in your blood, +then you will feel the vital warmth return.” + +“I have done that, but the blows only waken new desires.” + +“Read St. Augustine.” + +“I have done that. But the worst of all is the dirt. If I could bathe. + +“Are you dirty? That betokens inward defilement. I never bathe, but my +body is always clean. But I have noticed, as soon as my thoughts become +impure, the body becomes impure! What do you think, then, will do you +good? You do not wish to marry. Tertullian says marriage and fornication +are the same. And St. Jerome is of opinion that it is better to burn +than to marry.” + +“But St. Paul.” + +“Let St. Paul alone! But what do you want to do?” + +“I cannot remain here, for I think that desires can only be extinguished +by being satisfied.” + +“Servant of Satan! Do you not know that desires never can be satisfied? +You were once with your parents. You ate as much as you liked in the +morning. Well! Were you not hungry again by noon? Certainly. So you +cannot really satisfy yourself by eating! Now I will tell you one thing. +You are a child of the world; you don’t belong here; therefore go in +peace! Eat of the swine’s husks which do not satisfy; but when you are +sick of them, you will be welcome here again. The father’s house always +stands open for the prodigal son.” + +The youth did not go, but burst into tears. + +“No,” he said, “I cannot return to the world, for I hate it and it hates +me, but here I perish.” + +The Abbot rose and embraced him. “Poor child! Such is the world, such is +life; but if it is so, and if you see that it is so, the only thing left +is to live it; and count it a point of honour to live till death comes +and liberates us.” + +“No! I want to die now,” sobbed the youth. + +“We may not do that, my son”; the words escaped from the old man. “If +you knew ... if you knew....” + +But he restrained himself: “What shall we do, then? Go to Father Martin +and have some food, and a glass of wine, but only one; then go and have +a good long sleep. Sleep for a day or two. Then come, that I may see +you. Go now--but wait a minute--you must have a dispensation from me.” + +He sat down and wrote something on a page which he had torn out of the +book. Armed with this permission, the youth departed, looking, however, +somewhat hesitatingly and abashed. + +The Abbot remained sitting, but did not begin to write again. Instead +of that, he commenced crumbling the bread and strewing the crumbs on +the table. Immediately a little bird came and picked one up; then +there followed several, who settled on the old man’s hand, arms, and +shoulders. A spray of vine hung from the roof of the arbour and swayed +gently in the wind. Its ring-like tendrils felt about in the air for a +support. The Abbot was amused, and placed his finger jestingly into one +of the rings: “Come, little thing! here is your support!” + +The tendril seemed to hear him, immediately curled round his finger, and +formed a ring. + +“Shall I get the ring?” jested the old man. “Perhaps I shall be a +bishop. God deliver me!” + +The Dean appeared in the door of the arbour. “Do I disturb you, +brother?” + +“No, not at all! I am only sitting here and playing.” + +“Birds and flowers! White lilies too? I have never seen such before.” + +“White? Just now they were reddish-yellow! Where do you see them?” + +“There!” + +The Abbot looked down on the ground where he had poured his milk, and +behold! there were only white lilies, without a single yellow one. He +did not venture to speak about it, for one cannot speak of such things; +but he smiled to himself, and saw a token of grace in it. + +“Well, Dean, how goes it in the city?” + +“The Tiber is sinking.” + +“God be praised; but the whole of Trastevere has been ruined by the +flood. I really wish that a great flood would come and drown us all--the +whole human race--and very likely it will come some day.” + +“Still as hopeless as ever!” + +“No, not without hope, but for that world, not for this. Christ says it +Himself in the Apocalypse: here is nothing on which one can build; for +the best that we have enjoyed was but trouble and misery.” + +“Not so, brother.” + +“You can flourish in mud, but that I have never done. And it seems as +though one were compelled to wade in it with both feet. Did I not begin +in my youth to preserve my soul by withdrawing from the world? Then I +was compelled to go out into it, thrust into the confusion by force. +They made me Prefect of the city. I wished to live in the service of the +Lord, and had to distribute eatables for the poor, procure beds for the +hospitals, look after drains and water-pipes. The burden of the day’s +task hindered my thoughts from rising, and I sank in the swamp of +material things--sank so deep that I believed I should never rise +again.” + +“But the people blessed you.” + +“Hush! And I--I who had never worn a sword--had to collect soldiers and +march to the field. When I was six years old Rome was pillaged by Totila +the Goth, and so ravaged that only five hundred Romans remained. When I +was seven years old, there came Belisarius--when I was twelve, Narses. +Then I was sent as ambassador to Constantinople--I who hated travelling +and publicity. All that I hate, I have been obliged to accept. Now I am +tired, and would like to go to rest. I sit here and wait, for my grave +to open.” + +“Do you remember what Virgil says in the _Georgics_ regarding the labour +of the husbandman?” + +“No, I hate the heathen.” + +“Wait! He says these words of wisdom: ‘If Zeus sends bad weather, mice +and vermin, it is to stimulate the husbandman’s energy, and call forth +his inventive capacity.’ Misfortune comes to help the world forward.” + +“The world goes backward towards its overthrow and its damnation. For +five hundred years we have awaited the Redemption, but we have only seen +one wild race come after another, to murder and pillage. Do you see any +reason in all this sowing without reaping?” + +“Blasphemer! Yes, I see how green harvests are ploughed up to fertilise +the soil.” + +“Dragon’s-seed and hell’s harvest. No--now I go into my grave, and +close the door behind me; I have a right to rest after a life so full of +trouble and work.” + +“The bell is ringing for prime.” + +“Jam moesta quiesce querela.” + + * * * * * + +The Tiber had overflowed Rome, and destroyed quite a quarter of it, but +spared the convent of St. Andrew. The Abbot sat again one morning in +his garden and wrote, but in such a position that he could see his grave +when he looked up from his work. Deep in his writing, he did not hear +what was happening around him. But he saw that the flowers in the beds +began to shake like reeds, frogs jumped about at his feet, and there was +a smell of dampness that was at the same time mouldy and poisonous. + +He continued to write, but his eye, although intent on the passage of +his pen over the paper, noticed something dark that moved on the ground, +spread itself like a black carpet, and came nearer. Suddenly his feet +were wet, and a deathlike chill crept up his legs. Then he awoke and +understood. The Tiber had risen, and he was driven out of his last +refuge. “I will not go,” he cried, as the alarm-bell sounded, and the +monks fled. + +He went to his cell in the upper story, firmly resolved not to flee. +He would not go out into the world again, but would die here. The flood +which he had prayed for, had come. But he had a spiritual conflict and +agony of prayer in his cell: “Lord, why dost thou punish the innocent? +Why dost thou chastise Thy friends and let Thy foes flourish? For five +hundred years Thou hast avenged Thyself on Thy children for the misdeeds +of their fathers! If that is not enough, then destroy us all at once!” + +The water rose and lapped against the walls; the garden was destroyed, +and the Abbot’s grave filled with water, but he remained where he was. +At one time he sang hymns of praise, then he raged; then he prayed for +pardon, and raged again. + +After that he set himself to write at the great work which should make +him immortal,--his “Magna Moralia.” It was now noon, but he felt no +hunger, for by practice he had learned to fast for three days together. +During the afternoon, a noise at the window made him look up from +his book. There lay a boat, and in it sat the novice Augustinus. The +extraordinary, almost comic, aspect of things, elicited a smile from +him, and, remembering his conversation with the youth, he asked +through the open window, “Well, did you get the wine and good food, you +glutton?” + +“No, venerable Father; I did not want it when I could have it, and then +the temptation was over. But now I have to speak of something else. The +plague has broken out, and people are dying like flies.” + +“The plague too! Oh Lord, how long wilt Thou altogether forget us! The +plague too!” + +Then he rose. “Everyone to his post! Let us do our duty! Bless the Lord, +and die!” The Abbot stepped out of his window into the boat, and left +his sinking ship. + + * * * * * + +The Tiber sank to its level again, but left behind snakes, fishes, +and frogs, which died and infected the air. The people had fled to the +hills; on the Palatine Hill they had made a hospital out of a church. +Here the Abbot of the St. Andrew’s Convent walked about, gave drink +to the sick, and spoke comfort to the dying. “Why do you fear death, +children?” he said. “Fear life, for that is the real death.” He seemed +to be quite in his element here, showed a calm, cheerful temper, and +sought to decipher on the faces of the dead, “whether they were happy on +the other side.” + +Death would have nothing to do with him. Often he went to the other +hills, and walked about among the sick and dying, so that the people +began to think that he was an immortal who had come down to comfort +them. The older ones remembered him as Prefect, when he defended +the city against the Goths, Vandals, and Longobards, and his fame +continually grew. + +The pestilence raged, and the number of the dead increased, so that +the corpses could no longer be buried. All occupations ceased, and the +peasants brought no more food into the city. There was a famine. The +Abbot of the St. Andrew’s Convent, Gregory, lost courage, and wanted +to abandon all, “I cannot fight against God, and if it be His will that +Rome perish, it is godless to wish to prevent it.” In the midst of +this tribulation, Pelagius II, the Bishop or Pope of Rome, as he was +afterwards called, died. The people with one voice clamoured for the +Abbot Gregory to succeed him. But, like King Saul and the Emperor +Julian, he hid himself. He fled from the town to a hermit’s grotto in +the Sabine Mountains. But the people came, brought him out, and led him +back to Rome, where he was consecrated as Gregory I. For thirteen years +Gregory ruled over the former queen city of the world. He was Governor, +for the Exarch of Ravenna existed no more, having been driven away +by the Longobards. He asked help from the Emperor in Byzantium, but +obtained none. He was thrown upon his own resources, and succeeded by +the power of his eloquence in disarming King Agilulf, who threatened +Rome. + +But he was also Bishop, and as such had to govern all the churches +of the West. He succeeded in bringing them to abandon Arianism and +to accept a single creed, which became the universal or “catholic” + confession of faith. + +To the heathen of England he sent the former novice Augustine, who had +quickly overcome his initiatory difficulties. The little “glutton” ended +as Archbishop of Canterbury. + +The former retiring and life-weary Abbot had with great effect developed +the necessary strength for his duties. The high post to which he had +been summoned called out his capacities. He had time for great and small +things alike. He reformed the liturgy, wrote letters, composed books, +arranged church music. His manner of life, however, was as simple as +before. From his cell in the Lateran Palace, he ruled over souls from +the Highlands of Scotland to the Pillars of Hercules. His empire was as +great as the Caesars’, though his legions were only pen and ink. It was +the beginning of the Kingdom of Christ, but it was a spiritual empire, +and Gregory was the ruler. + + + + +ISHMAEL + + +After the death of Gregory the Great, Christianity seemed to have +conquered all Europe which was known at the time, and also Byzantium, +Palestine, Egypt, and the north coast of Africa. The conqueror was +about to betake himself to rest, when a quite new and unexpected event +happened which threatened Christendom with destruction and heralded the +arrival of a new race upon the scene. Ishmael’s descendants, Abraham’s +illegitimate sons, who had wandered in the deserts, seeming to continue +the Israelites’ wandering in the wilderness, began to collect in troops +and seek a Promised Land. + +Six years after Gregory’s death, the Prophet Muhammed, then forty years +old, was “awakened.” His armies spread like a conflagration, and a +hundred years later, Christian Europe thought the last day had come. The +countries first conquered by Christianity--Syria, Palestine, Asia Minor, +Egypt, and North Africa--had fallen away and done homage to the new +Antichrist. Byzantium was threatened; Sicily and Sardinia had been +taken, and Italy was in danger. + +From the southernmost point of Spain one could see in clear weather the +coast of Africa, where the Saracens dwelt. Spain was a country which, +somewhat remote from Rome, had grown and developed into one of the +richest provinces, after Phoenicians and Carthaginians had laid +the foundations of her civilisation. But when Rome fell into decay, +Barbarians from the Baltic sea belonging to the new German races, +whose advent had been foretold by Tacitus, poured into Spain, founded +a kingdom or two, and now at the beginning of the eighth century, +possessed the important cities Toledo and Seville. + + * * * * * + +In Seville, on the Guadalquivir, in the beautiful province of Andalusia, +the old Jew Eleazar sat in the shop where he sold weapons, and counted +his day’s takings. + +“Many weapons are sold in these days,” was the sudden remark of a +stranger who had stepped up to the counter. + +Eleazar looked up, liked the appearance of the well-dressed stranger, +and answered cautiously, “Yes, certainly, many are sold.” + +“Are you expecting war?” + +“There is always war here--especially verbal warfare.” + +“You refer to the twenty Church Councils which have been held here. The +Christians are never united.” + +Eleazar did not answer. + +“Excuse me,” continued the stranger, “but I forgot who you are, and that +you would rather forget the last Council.” + +“No, not at all! why should I?” + +“It was directed against your people.” + +“And my only son, who was about to marry a Christian maiden, had to give +her up, since marriages with Jews were forbidden....” + +“Well! and what was the end of it?” + +“He could not survive it, but laid hands on himself, and, as she +followed him in death, the blame was laid on us, and we lost our +property and freedom.” + +“Eleazar!” exclaimed the stranger. “Don’t you know me?” + +“No.” + +“But when I tell you my name, you will know who I am. Julius--Count +Julius....” + +“Are you--Count Julius?” + +“I am he, whose daughter Florinda was brought up in Toledo, and fell +into the hands of King Roderick, the robber and lecher. Can I see you in +your chamber? We have much to say to each other!” + +Eleazar hesitated, although both, as injured fathers of lost children, +had much in common. He was afraid of the Christians, who had begun to +persecute the Jews. The Count understood that, but did not withdraw his +proposal, for he seemed to have a special object in his visit. + +“Let me into your chamber, and I will tell you, in three words, a secret +that concerns us both.” + +Eleazar did not yield, but began to parley. + +“Say one word, a single word to convince me,” he asked. + +“Oppas! there is one for you.” + +Eleazar opened his eyes, but asked for yet another one. + +“Zijad’s son.” + +“Still better!” said Eleazar, “but now the last!” + +“Bar-coch-ba.” + +Eleazar reached him his hand. “Come under my roof, eat of my bread, and +drink of the sacred wine.” In a moment the shop was closed, and the two +elderly men sat at supper in the room behind it. They conversed eagerly. + +“There are some hundreds of thousands of us Hebrews here in Spain, for +when the Emperor Hadrian had destroyed Jerusalem for the last time, he +sent some fifty thousand Hebrews here. That is six hundred years ago, +and we have naturally increased--yes, to such a number, that ninety +thousand of us could be compulsorily baptized. I, too, have been +baptized, but, though they poured water on me, I have held fast the +faith of my fathers, and how could I do otherwise? The Christians have +not one faith, but many. The Synod held in Toledo in 589 A.D. taught, +for example, that the Holy Spirit did not only proceed from the Father, +but from the Son also. But the Synod of 675 A.D. declared that the +Son was not only sent by the Father but by the Holy Spirit. That is +nonsense, and therefore they fall away from their own doctrine. + +“But instead of falling back on the Old Testament, which is the mother +of the New, they plunge into unbelief and heathenism. That is the case +with Archbishop Oppas himself in Toledo, who calls himself a hater of +Christ, and would rather acknowledge Islam than Catholicism.” + +“Do you know Oppas?” + +“He is our man.” + +“You mentioned Islam; what do you think of its teaching?” + +“It is our own holy faith; a single God, the Only and True One. And the +Prophet is Abraham’s seed, who has inherited the promise. It is true +Ishmael was the son of a bond-woman, but still he was Abraham’s seed!” + +“But Muhammed expelled the Jews from Arabia.” + +“Yes, he did that; he was not perfect; but things have altered for the +better. Muhammed received his first impressions from his cousin Waraka, +who was of Jewish descent. At first he was friendly towards Israel; he +told his followers to turn in prayer not towards the Kaaba, but towards +Jerusalem. There is also a tradition that the prophet was a Jew, which +may mean that he was an Arab or Ishmaelite, which is the same thing.” + +“You would, then, rather serve under the Half-Moon than under the +Cross?” + +“Certainly.” + +“And Simon, whom you call Bar-coch-ba, is negotiating with the +Archbishop Oppas in order to overthrow Roderick?” + +“That is true.” + +“Good! Then I am one with you. But listen carefully to what I +say:--Since our common aim is the overthrow of the West Gothic King, I +have, as Governor of Ceuta on the African coast, inquired of Emir Mussa +al Nazir and his principal officer, Tarik, the son of Zijad, whether +they will perhaps help us in case of a claim for damages made by Ceuta +and its neighbourhood. Do you think we can let the storm loose?” + +Eleazar gnawed his beard. “Is it not already loose?” he asked drily. + +“Have you gone further than I know?” + +“What do you know?” + +“You are so far as that, then? Well! It is all over with my beautiful +Spain!” + +“Nothing comes to an end; it only changes when its time is over. Spain +had its time when it gave Emperors to Rome--Trajan, Hadrian, Antonius, +Marcus Aurelius, Theodosius, who may just as likely have been Iberians +and Phoenicians. Spain gave Rome learned men and poets, Seneca, Lucan, +Martial, Quintilian, Pomponius, Mela, Columella. That is now five +hundred years ago, and now we have had barbarism introduced by +the Christian Norsemen from the Baltic. Now we might use something +Oriental!” + +“Do you believe on the future of Islam?” + +“Yes, certainly. Mussa has sworn that he will march by Hannibal’s route +through Gaul and Germany to Rome, in order to turn the ‘heathen and +women-worshippers’ to the one true God.” + +“You know that! Then there is no turning back.” + +“No! It is too late. On the 19th of July the half-moon rises over Spain, +and it will continue to wax through its phases to the full moon. +What follows then we know not, and have nothing to do with, for One +rules--the Lord Zebaoth.” + + * * * * * + +On the 17th of July, 711 A.D., when it had become dark, fire was kindled +on the southernmost point of Spain, Punta de Europa. On the African +coast, two miles distant, this was answered by a similar signal. A +west wind blew from the Atlantic, and brought across the fleet of the +Saracens, with five thousand men and horses. + +On the Punta de Europa, afterwards called Gibraltar, high above the +precipitous cliff stood long-bearded citizens, and fanned the fire and +threw fuel on it. In the morning the first troops landed at the foot of +the cliff, and the conquest of Spain by the Moors began. Mussa ibn Nazir +came on the following day with the chief body. The King of the West +Goths assembled as rapidly as possible a hundred thousand men, and, +believing himself invincible, marched thither to view the victory. +Clothed in silk and gold, like a Byzantine Emperor, he lay in a chariot +of ivory drawn by two white mules, and followed by his attendants and +the women of his harem. + +For three days all went well, but on the fourth day, something +unexpected happened. + +Shut in between the mountains and rivers of Andalusia, his troops could +hardly move, and the King had encamped on the bank of the Guadalete. + +Then he saw his people pouring down like a stream from the heights--one +division under Archbishop Oppas, the other under Count Julius. + +Roderick, who believed that they were fleeing from the enemy, broke up +his camp. He could not, however, turn round, but was forced into the +stream. He tried to reach the other side by swimming, but there he was +met by archers. An Amazon came galloping along the bank on a red roan, +and directed her bow against the drowning man in the middle of the +stream. On the one bank he saw his troops, who had halted, signal with +white flags as a sign of peace to the enemy on the opposite bank. When +he saw that he was betrayed, he sank, and with him the whole kingdom of +the West Goths. Mussa marched at once to Toledo, before a new king could +be chosen. Thereby Islam became domiciled in Spain, and remained there +till 1492. The Jews, who had especially helped the Moors, were at once +emancipated, and in every town of Spain a Jew was appointed governor. + + + + +EGINHARD TO EMMA + + +EASTER, A.D. 843, + +The Benedictine Convent in Seligenstadt on the Main. + +To my dear wife and present sister in Christ, + +Emma, from Eginhard, formerly secretary to Charles the Great, now a monk +in Seligenstadt on the Main: + +Passion-week is at an end, and the Resurrection days are here; spring +has melted the frost; mind and memory have woken, and the past rises up +again. + +Yesterday, on Easter Eve, I walked in the convent garden, and thought of +my vanished five and seventy years. I thought of the fine things which +were said in the learned circle or academy of the Great Unforgettable, +when we played with words and thoughts, like chess-players with their +pieces. + +“What is man?” asked our teacher, our wisest, Alcuin, whom we called +Flaccus. + +Angilbert, the Emperor’s son-in-law, the husband of the beautiful +Bertha, answered, “Man is the slave of death, a flying traveller, a +guest in his own dwelling.” + +“Yes, truly,” I said to myself, “a guest; and soon I will pack my +knapsack, pay my account, and journey on.” + +I went along the river-bank and thought, “The same river, always the +same river, but always new water; the same water never runs twice +past. Such is life, such is the river of time, the heroes and events of +history--the panorama of time, the years and the glory of them, all pass +and perish.” + +I then wished to pluck the first Easter lilies to send to you, who were +once my wife, and went to the gardener down by the carp-pond. Whom did I +meet on the path under the ivy, this plant of eternity, which only knows +of death and birth, but not the changes of the seasons? I met the last +survivor of the great days, of the Emperor’s Round Table, Thiodolf the +Goth, now Bishop of Orleans. I cannot describe to you my joy at meeting +him again, nor depict my feelings when I read in the face of the old man +the whole history of our life. + +It was six o’clock in the evening, and after we had sung Vespers, our +fast was at an end. I had a large round table placed in the refectory, +only for us two, but with twelve chairs and twelve places laid. From the +Bishop’s guest-room I had the largest armchair brought, and decorated it +with leaves and flowers; it was that of the Emperor of blessed memory, +who now rests in the cathedral at Aachen, the cathedral which I had the +favour and honour of building. The other chairs I assigned to absent +friends, first Alcuin, then the poet Angilbert-Homerus, the Irishman +Clement, the Bavarian Leidrade, and others whom you knew, but have +forgotten. + +What an evening, what a night, we passed by the open garden window! +We spoke naturally of the Great Unforgettable, and lived his rich +and varied life again in our thoughts. We followed him against the +Longobards and Saracens, against the Hungarians and other Slavs. But we +did not like to linger over his thirty years’ war against the Saxons, +chiefly out of reverence for his memory, for he ought to have used only +spiritual weapons in his campaign of conversion. Remember the Frankish +King who sent our friend Anschar to the wild Swedes. He had no armed +men, but only God’s Holy Word. Certainly he was robbed by thieves like +St. Paul, but when once he had arrived he won the King and the nobles of +the country by his gentle bearing and preaching. + +On the other hand, we lingered gladly in our conversation over the great +Christmas Day of 800 A.D. in Rome, when the Western Roman Empire +was restored, and the crown was bestowed on Germany. This had been +prophesied by Tacitus, and Hermann in the Teutoburger Wald had shed +his martyr’s blood for it. Rome and Germany! A spiritual and a worldly +kingdom! Inscrutable are the ways of the Lord! + +When we drank to the strong and gentle Carolus Magnus Augustus, we both +rose, Thiodolf and I, and bowed before the empty chair, as though he +sat there in bodily presence. Where is he now, the departed of blessed +memory--where is his great kingdom, which only his powerful spirit could +hold together? What he united has now been scattered by his successors! +You know, after the last treaty at Verdun, the kingdom of Karl the Great +has ceased to exist; in its place we now have three--Germany, France, +and Italy. Perhaps it must be so, and perhaps a single man cannot rule +so great an empire. But it is sad to perceive in history that every +great achievement carries within it the seeds of decay, and that the +heights are always bordered by deep abysses. Brother Thiodolf brought +disquieting news from France. The Saxons, who were finally overthrown +with their powerful chief Widukind, have devised a terrible revenge. +They have invited Danish and Swedish pirates, called Vikings, into the +country. These have sailed up the Rhine, up the Seine as far as Rouen, +and up the Loire. These Scandinavians are of German stock, and are +therefore of kin to us Franks, but are more nearly related to the +Goths, Heruli, Rugieri, and Longobards, of whom the last three are +Scandinavian. Odovacer, who overthrew the Western Roman Empire, and +deposed the last Emperor Romulus Augustulus, was a Rugier from the +Danish island Rugen. These men from the North seem to be now about to +step on the stage. Possibly they are the Gog and Magog concerning whom +the Old Testament prophesied that they should come from the North. We +did not end our conversation till midnight, Thiodolf and I; then we +walked up and down in the garden till early mass, for we could not +sleep. + +Now I close this letter, dear wife, by wishing you happy days far from +all the tumult of the world. I only wait for my departure, for life has +lost its relish for me, since my lord and Emperor has passed into the +great silence. Greet the brethren and the few who still survive from the +time of the Great Emperor, and accept, dear Emma, the greeting of your +dead husband, whom you will not see before the Day of Resurrection, the +great Easter, when we shall all meet again. Till then, “Be of one mind, +live in peace, and the God of Jove and of peace shall be with you.” + + + + +THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM + + +In the year 998 A.D. Rome had become a German Empire and the German +Emperor had become a Roman. Otto III, brought up by his Graeco-Byzantine +mother Theofano, had inherited her love of the southern lands, and +therefore generally occupied his palace on the Aventine, installed +himself as Emperor, and cherished a plan of converting Rome into the +capital of the German Empire. He was now twenty years old, ambitious, +crochety, pious, and cruel. + +During one of his absences, the old Roman spirit had revived, and the +high-born senator Crescentius had set up himself as Tribune of the +people, freed Rome from the Germans, driven away Pope Gregory V, and +installed John XVI in his place. The Emperor returned quickly to Rome, +took Crescentius and his Pope prisoner, and then presented the Romans +with a vivid spectacle, the like of which they had not seen, though +their fathers had. + +The Leonine quarter, which embraced the Vatican Hill, with the oldest +St. Peter’s Church and a papal palace, was connected with the town by +the Pons Aelius or Bridge of Hadrian. At the head of the bridge, on the +right side, was the sepulchre of Hadrian, a tower-shaped building in +which the Emperors up to the time of Caracalla had been buried. When the +Goths took Rome, the sepulchre became a fortress, and remained so for a +long time. + +When the Romans woke up on that memorable morning of the year 998 A.D., +they saw twelve wooden crosses erected on Hadrian’s Tower terrace. Right +above them was to be seen the image of the Archangel Michael, with his +drawn sword, which had been erected by Gregory the Great. Many people +were assembled on the Aelian Bridge to see the spectacle, and among them +were a French merchant and a Gothic pilgrim who had come from the west +across the Leonine quarter. The sword of the Archangel flamed in the +beams of the sun, which was now high. + +“What are those crosses for?” asked the pilgrim, shading his eyes. + +“There are twelve! Perhaps they are intended to represent the twelve +Apostles.” + +“No, they have finished their sufferings, and the pious Emperor does not +crucify the disciples of the Lord anew.” + +“Yes, the Emperor! The Saxon! Neither the Goth, nor the Longobard, nor +the Frank were to have Rome, but the Saxon--one of the cursed nation +whom Charles the Great thought that he had extirpated. He sent ten +thousand to Gaul, in order to make a present of these savages to the +enemy, and he beheaded four thousand five hundred in a single day, +without its costing him a sleepless night. Wonderful are the ways of the +Lord!” + +“The last are often the first.” + +“O Lord Jesus, Redeemer of the world! there is something moving on the +crosses! Do you see?” + +“Yes, by heaven! No, I cannot look! They are crucified men!” + +Two Romans stood by the strangers: “Hermann, you are avenged,” said one. + +“Was Hermann a Saxon?” objected the other. + +“Probably, since he lived in the Harz district.” + +“A thousand years ago Thusnelda passed through the streets in the +triumph-train of Germanicus, and carried the unborn Thumelicus under +her heart! To think that a thousand years had to pass before she was +avenged!” + +“A thousand years are as a day! But are not these our Roman brothers on +the cross martyrs for Rome’s freedom?” + +“Martyrs for our cause! But this time they were wrong, because the gods +so willed it.” + +Now there was a change in the scene. Under the tower a band of soldiers +made a passage through the crowd of people. Pope John XVI came riding +backwards on an ass. His ears and nose had been cut off, and his eyes +had been dug out. It was a gruesome sight. A wine-bladder, waving +over his head in the wind, made it worse. The people were silent, and +shuddered simultaneously, for he was, after all, Christ’s representative +and St. Peter’s successor, although no martyr. + +A Sicilian stood on the bridge close to a Jew. + +The Sicilian was a Muhammedan, for Sicily was then in the possession of +the Saracens, and had been so for about two hundred years. + +“He must be suffering for his predecessors’ sins,” said the Jew; “that +is the Christian belief: _satisfactio vicaria_.” + +“Suffering is necessary,” answered the Moslem; “and I do not grieve at +such an end to the pornocracy. For a hundred years the Popes have lived +like cannibals. You remember Sergius III, who lived with the harlot +Theodora and her daughters. John X continued with Marozia, who with her +own hand first killed her brother and then suffocated the Pope with a +cushion. John XII was only nineteen when he became Pope. He took bribes, +and consecrated a ten year-old boy as bishop in a stable. He committed +incest, and turned the Lateran into a brothel. He played cards, drank +and swore by Jupiter and Venus.... You know it well.” + +“Yes,” answered the Jew, “the Christians live in hell since they have +abandoned the one true God. The fools have, however, stolen from us the +Messianic promise; but the promise to Abraham we still possess. Rome is +a mad-house, Germany a slaughter-house, and France a brothel. It is a +matter to rejoice at, to see how they destroy each other.” + +He placed himself by the balustrade of the bridge, in order to be able +to see better what now followed. + +Between the twelve patriots, who writhed on their crosses like worms +on hooks, appeared five men dressed in red, who began to construct a +platform. + +“Those are the executioners--on the Emperor’s grave!” said the Jew. +“Against Crescentius I have nothing; he was a noble man who fought for +the Roman State. But there is one Christian the less!” + +“The Christians have always two ways of explaining a man’s sufferings. +If he is innocent, his suffering is a test, and if he is guilty, well! +he deserved his fate. There he comes!” + +Crescentius, the last Roman, was led forth. His head fell, and thereby +Rome became German, or Germany Roman--till 1806! In the afternoon the +nomination of the new Pope (for one could not call it an election) +took place, and Gerbert of Auvergne was made Pope, with the title of +Silvester II. + + * * * * * + +The Emperor sat in his palace on the Aventine, and did not venture to go +out, for the Romans hated him. In the little hermitage on the slope of +the hill, where his friend Adalbert of Prague, the missionary martyr +recently killed by the Saxons, used to live, the Emperor shut himself up +with his teacher, the new Pope, Silvester II. + +The latter--a Frenchman--had studied in Cordova, where the Caliph had +built a university, where Arabian philosophy, itself derived from Greece +and India, was taught. In Rheims Silvester has also studied philosophy, +mathematics, astronomy, and chemistry. He had been Abbot of Bobbio, +Archbishop of Rheims and Ravenna, and, after protesting in many +ecclesiastical assemblies against the corruption of the Papacy, had +himself become Pope. + +The excitement caused by the execution of Crescentius compelled him to +seek refuge on the Aventine with his pupil, the Emperor. From the cell +of the little convent, near Adalbert’s chapel, he guided the destinies +of Europe, while at leisure moments he devoted himself to his favourite +sciences. For this reason he was reported to be a wizard. + +One night as he sat, sunk in thought, at his table, which was covered +with letters, the Emperor entered unannounced. He was a tall young man, +dressed in an extraordinary garb, a dalmatica adorned with symbols from +the Book of the Apocalypse, the Wild Beast and the Harlot, the Book of +Seven Seals, and so on. + +“Let me talk,” he said; “I cannot sleep.” + +“What has happened, my son?” + +“Letters have come--warnings--dreams.” + +“Tell me.” + +“Yes; you listen to me, but you don’t believe me, when I tell you the +truth, and you are afraid of all new thoughts.” + +“What is new under the sun? Does not St. Augustine say regarding our +holy faith, ‘What is called in our days Christianity, already existed +since the creation of mankind to the birth of Christ. It was then that +they began to call Christianity the true religion, which had already +existed before. The truths taught by Christ are the same as the ancient +ones, only more developed’?” + +“Heretic, beware! You do not know what is taking place in the world.” + +“Let me hear.” + +“Pilgrims from many lands have been here, and tell of prodigies, +visions, and wonders. In the south of France there are pestilence and +famine, and human flesh has been sold in the butchers’ shops; in Germany +a fiery iron rod has been seen in the sky, and here in Italy these +endless pilgrimages have recommenced. In Jerusalem the Church of the +Holy Sepulchre has been plundered, and the temple of the False Prophet +erected. The whole of Christendom is trembling, for in the immoral Popes +of the last century they have seen the Antichrist. Christ’s ambassador +is murdered; yes, my friend Adalbert was the last up there in Poland: +the heathen have reconquered all Christ’s conquests in Asia and Africa. +The followers of the False Prophet are in Spain, Sicily, and Naples, +and threaten Rome. This can mean nothing less than the Last Judgment and +destruction of the world, as announced in the Apocalypse.” + +“So it is the old story again?” + +“Story! Get thee hence Satan, for thou savourest not the things which be +of God, but those which be of men.” + +“Do you call me Satan?” + +“Yes, when you deny the Word. Is it not written in John’s Apocalypse, +‘And when the thousand years are accomplished, Satan will be let loose +from his prison. And he shall go to deceive the nations which are in +the four ends of the earth, Gog and Magog’? There you have the northern +peoples who are now in England, Normandy, and Sicily. Is not Theodora +the great Babylonian Harlot? Is not the deceiver Muhammed the Wild +Beast?” + +“Wait, my son! I might quote a verse from the same chapter: ‘He who +hath part in the first resurrection shall reign with Christ a thousand +years.’ So that the Millennium is _beginning_ now, and cannot end +forthwith.” + +“The old one ends, and the new begins.” + +“Just so! The old dark age is past, and we await Christ’s second coming +on earth. If you retained the hope, you would see the new era dawn.” + +“I do not believe a word of what you say. The last year of the thousand +years is here, and now I go out in the desert to await, with fasting, +prayer, and penance, the day of the Lord, and the coming of my Redeemer. +I will pray for you, my father, but here our ways part, and you will see +me no more.” + +The Emperor departed, and Silvester remained alone. + +“I wait!” he said to himself, “but meanwhile I look after our worldly +affairs.” And he unfolded a map of the then known world. With a piece +of red chalk he drew crosses and crowns, for the most part in the North. +But above Jerusalem he drew a flag with a lance. + + * * * * * + +The year 999 approached its end, and the Christians lived in a state of +deadly anxiety. In Rome and its neighbourhood, all the active business +of life had ceased. The fields were not sown, but lay covered with +weeds; trade was at a stand-still; the shops were closed. Those who had +anything gave it away, and had difficulty in finding anyone to take it. +The churches stood open day and night for three months, and each day was +like Sunday. People wore their best clothes, for there was no object in +keeping them, and they wished to be well dressed in order to meet +the Redeemer on His arrival. Christmas had been kept with unwonted +solemnity, and men lived at peace with one another. The guards of the +city had nothing to do, for the fear of what was coming sufficed to +maintain order. People slept with open doors, and no one dared to steal +or to deceive. There was no need to do so, for everyone received what +he asked for; bakers distributed bread gratis, and innkeepers allowed +unlimited credit; the payment of debts was not exacted. The churches +were crowded day and night; there was a ceaseless round of confessions, +absolutions, masses and communions. + +It was the day before New Year’s Eve. Views were divided as to the +nature of the coming catastrophe--whether it would come as a flood or as +an earthquake. Most of the people remained outside their houses, some +on the plain, others on the hills; all with their eyes directed towards +heaven. + +In the morning, the Plain of Mars was full of men, and a crowd formed a +circle round a pile of wood. A madman stood on the pile and spoke, with +a quantity of papers and parchments in his hand. He was a rich citizen +who for three months had practised fasting and penance, and now, reduced +to a skeleton, wished to escape the wrath to come. He had collected a +large quantity of dry wood under the pretext of giving warmth to all +passing beasts of burthen. Since nobody troubled about what others did, +he was allowed to do as he liked. + +Near the pile of wood stood the remains of an old orator’s pulpit, and +in that he took his stand after he had kindled the pile. “In the name +of the Eternal God,” he said, “so surely as I burn these bonds, will God +the Lord erase my sins from His Book. For all sufferings which I +have caused others, I will now suffer myself. Purifying fire, burn my +wretched body with all its sins! Mounting flames, let me follow you +upwards! Lord Jesus, receive my spirit!” He leaped from the pulpit, and +fell in the midst of the flames, where he remained on his knees with +folded hands till he was suffocated. + +In the Forum a man was seen working with a miner’s iron bar at a +rubbish-heap which should cover him: “Say to the mountains, Cover us,” + he sang. + +From the Pons Sublicius a young couple sprang into the river, locked in +an embrace which death could not loosen. + +At mid-day the prisons were opened, and the prisoners were received as +heroes and martyrs. They were taken to the houses of the nobility, made +to sit at table, and senators and their wives washed their feet. + +“We are all sinners,” people said, “and have nothing to boast of. These +prisoners have endured their punishment while we went about free.” + +Never had there been such a display of philanthropy and mercy since the +early days of Christianity. + +The sick in the hospitals wanted to come outside, and their beds were +carried into the streets and market-places. Everyone, in fact, wanted +to be in the open air, and families brought their furniture into the +streets. Birds were liberated from their cages, and horses from their +stables. At first the latter ran about in the town, but as they scented +the fresh air and reached the town gates they galloped off to the +Campagna, to seek green pasture. Many, however, remained in the town, +and lay about here and there, while children clambered on their backs. +The children were the only ones who felt no fear. They jumped about and +played as usual, rejoicing in their freedom and the unusual aspect of +things. No one wanted to restrain them, and as they did not understand +what was the matter, they remained free from anxiety and went on +playing. + +New Year’s Eve had arrived, and the universal alarm rose to a great +height. Masters and servants were seen embracing each other and weeping, +the former lamenting their severity--the latter, their dishonesty. Old +enemies, who met each other on the street, grasped hands and led each +other about like children, singing hymns of praise. It was something +like the Golden Age as imagined by the Fathers of the early Church. + +The air was as mild as that of a spring day, and the sky was clear till +noon. Then it became overclouded. No one ate or drank, but all bathed +and put on their festal attire. During the afternoon processions of +priests and monks marched through the town, and sang litanies, in which +the people joined. Their Kyrie Eleison, “Christ, have mercy upon us,” + rang all over the town. All Rome was preparing for its own judgment and +execution. + +There were, however, a number of unbelieving and profligate persons who +expected nothing new; they had assembled themselves in the catacombs +and ruins, where they celebrated Bacchanalian feasts and orgies. In +the ruins of Nero’s Golden House a banquet on a large scale had been +arranged. In the centre on the ground there burned a fire, surrounded +by tables and seats. There was abundance of victuals and wine, for which +they only needed to go to the store-room and cellar. There were music, +dancing, and singing, and between whiles they amused themselves by +watching the bats and owls, which flitted about, scorch and singe +themselves in the fire. + +Their hilarity was loud, but not unforced. Here, too, philosophising and +prophecy were in evidence. + +“There is not going to be any Last Judgment to-day,” said a young man, +who looked as though he were a descendant of the Emperor Nero. + +“Anyhow, if it comes, death cannot introduce us to anything worse than +we have had in life.” + +“It has always seemed to me that we are in hell. Headaches every +morning, debts and disgrace, varied by occasional imprisonments.” + +“The Emperor sits naked in a grotto at the foot of Soracte.” + +“Vides ut alta stet nive candidum, Soracte.” + +“As we are speaking, life the envious flits away. Enjoy the present day, +nor trust the morrow!” + +“And the Pope is going to hold a midnight mass--he who has no faith in +it himself.” + +“But he must put a good face on it, and go through with it.” + +“I know one woman who will not go to mass to-day.” + +“That is the beautiful Stephania, the widow of Crescentius.” + +“But she watches for vengeance.” + +“What have these Germans to do in Rome? I wish the owner of this Golden +House could rise from the dead. He was the last Roman!” + +“He was a man who did not caress his enemies. He feared nothing +between heaven and earth, not even the lightning. Once there was a +lightning-flash in his dining-hall as he reclined at table. What do you +think he said? ‘To your health!’ and raised his goblet.” + +At this moment a heated stone fell from the vaulted roof into the fire, +and caused a shower of sparks. The night wind rushed through the hole +thus formed, and blew the smoke into the feasters faces. At first they +were amused at the occurrence, but were soon obliged to leave the vault. + +“Let us go out and witness the end of the world!” cried one of the +youths. They formed a procession of Bacchanals and Maenads, one in front +carrying a filled wineskin. There were flute-players among them, and all +carried goblets in their hands. + + * * * * * + +Below, in the old Basilica of St. Peter, stood the Pope before the +altar, and performed in silence the midnight mass. The church was +crowded, and everyone was on his knees. The silence was so deep that +the rustle of the white sleeve of the officiant could be heard when +he elevated the cup. But another sound was audible, which seemed to be +measuring out the last moments of the Millennium. It beat like the pulse +in the ear of a feverish man, and at the same rate. The door of the +sacristy stood open, and the great clock which hung there ticked calmly +and steadfastly, once in a second. + +The Pope, who was outwardly just as calm, had probably left the door +open in order to produce the utmost effect at the great moment, for his +face was pale with emotion, but he did not move, and his hands did not +tremble. + +The mass was over, and a death-like silence ensued. The people expected +the Lord’s servant at the altar to speak a few words of comfort. But he +said nothing; he seemed absorbed in prayer, and had stretched out his +hands towards heaven. + +The clock ticked, the people sighed, but nothing happened. Like children +afraid of the dark, the congregation lay with their faces towards the +ground, and dared not look up. A cold sweat of anxiety dropped from many +brows, knees which had gone to sleep caused pain, or were numb, and felt +as though they had been amputated. + +Then the clock suddenly ceased ticking. + +Had the works run down? Was it an omen? Was everything going to stand +still, time to be at an end, and eternity begin? From the congregation +rose some stifled cries, and, lifeless with terror, some bodies dropped +on the stone pavement. + +Then the clock began to strike--One, Two, Three, Four.... The twelfth +stroke sounded, and the echoes died away. A fresh death-like silence +ensued. + +Then Silvester turned round, and, with the proud smile of a victor, he +extended his hands in blessing. At the same moment all the bells in the +tower rang out joyfully, and from the organ-loft a choir of voices began +to sing, somewhat unsteadily at first, but soon firmly and clearly, “Te +Deum Laudamus!” + +The congregation joined in, but it was some time before they could +straighten their stiffened backs, and recover from the spectacle of +those who had died of fright. When the hymn was over, the people fell in +each other’s arms, weeping and laughing like lunatics, as they gave each +other the kiss of peace. + +So ended the first Millennium after the birth of Christ. + +In the little castle Paterno on Mount Soracte, the Emperor had spent the +Christmas week and New Year’s Eve in the strictest fast and penance. But +when New Year’s Day was come, and nothing had happened, he returned to +Rome to meet Silvester and take measures for the future. The Emperor’s +friend and teacher received him with a smile which was easy to +interpret. But the monarch was still so much under the effect of his fit +of alarm that he did not venture to be angry. + +“Will you now return to earth, my son, and look after your mundane +affairs?” said Silvester. + +“I will, but I must first fulfil two vows which I made in the hour of +need.” + +“Fulfil them certainly.” + +“I go to the grave of my friend Adalbert in Gnesen, and I must visit the +funeral vault of Charles the Great in Aachen.” + +“Do so, but you must at the same time fulfil some commissions which I +give you for the journey.” + +So they parted. + + * * * * * + +Two years had passed, when, one day in January, Pope Silvester +was summoned to Paterno, the little castle on Soracte, where the +Roman-German Emperor dwelt, and now lay ill. + +When Silvester entered the sick-room, the Emperor sat upright, but +looked troubled. “You are ill,” said Silvester: “is it the soul or +body?” + +“I am tired.” + +“Already, at twenty-two years of age.” + +“I am despondent.” + +“You are despondent although you saw the world awake from its nightmare. +Consider, ungrateful man, all that these two years have brought, what +triumphs for Christ, who really seems to have returned. I will enumerate +them: listen! Bohemia has received its Duke, who has eradicated +heathenism; Austria has concentrated itself as a Danube-state the +heathen Magyar has allowed himself to be baptized, and received the +crown from our own hand as Stephen the First; Boleslaw in Poland has +also received a crown and an archbishop; the new kingdom of Russia +has accepted baptism and Vladimir the Great protects us against the +Saracens, who are on the decline, and Seljuks or Turks, who are in +the ascendant; Harold of Denmark and Olaf of Sweden have established +Christianity in their dominions; so has Olaf Tryggveson in Norway and +Iceland, in the Faroe Island, in Shetland and Greenland; and the Dane +Sven Tveskägg has secured Britain for Christianity. France is under +the pious Robert II, of the new race of the Capets, but also of Saxon +descent like you. In Spain, the northern States Leon, Castille, Aragon, +Navarre, have at last united, and protect us from the Moors in Cordova. +All this in five years, and under the aegis of Rome! Is not all this the +return of Christ, and do you understand now what Providence means by +the Millennium? Those who are alive at the end of another thousand years +will perhaps see the ripe fruits, while we have only seen the blossoms. +The world is certainly not a paradise, but it is better than when we had +savages in the North and East. And all kings receive the crown and the +pallium from Rome. You are a ruler over the nations, my Emperor.” + +“I? You rule their minds, not I, and I will not rule.” + +“So I have heard, for you have accepted the rule of a woman.” + +“Who is that?” + +“They say, and you know the report as well as I do, that it is the widow +of Crescentius, the beautiful Stephania. Well, that is your own affair, +but Solomon says,--‘Beware of your enemies, but be wary with your +friends.’” + +The Emperor looked as though he wished to defend himself, but could not, +and so the conversation was at an end. + +Some days after, Otto III was dead, poisoned, so ran the report, in some +way or other, by the beautiful Stephania. + +A year later Silvester II died also. + + + + +PETER THE HERMIT + + +Christendom had awoken to new life after the great and terrible New +Year’s Eve of 999. Nearly a hundred more years had passed when a ragged +barefooted pilgrim wandered out of the gate of Caesarea, on the shore of +the Mediterranean. This was the town from which Paul had sailed for Rome +in order to spread Christianity, which had now conquered all Europe, but +had not been able to maintain a hold upon its birthplace, the Land of +Promise, in which Christ had lived, suffered, and been buried. + +The “False Prophet” had been the last possessor of Palestine. But when +his kingdom, like all others, fell to pieces, quite a new race had +issued from the unknown parts of Central Asia and now the Seljuks ruled +in Syria. The last Fatimide Caliphs had been very indifferent in matters +of belief, and the renowned Al Asis, who had married a Christian wife +and was himself a sceptic, had made his wife’s brothers Patriarchs of +Jerusalem and Alexandria. Everything was altered since the time when +the terrible Al Hakim had persecuted Christians as well as Jews, and +destroyed the Church of the Resurrection in Jerusalem. And when the +Seljuk Melikscha had at last captured the town, matters looked almost +hopeless for the Christians, who still made pilgrimages to the Holy +Sepulchre. + +The pilgrim we spoke of above pursued his journey in a south-eastern +direction, and now on the first day he saw the lovely Plain of +Sharon spread out before him like a carpet or rather a sea of +flowers--crocuses, narcissi, ranunculi, anemones, and especially the +tall white Sharon lilies. + +It was the Promised Land indeed! The whole of the morning he waded in +flowers; at last he reached a village at the foot of a hill. There were +waving corn-crops, climbing vines, flourishing olive and fig trees; +well-fed cattle were watered at the spring, cows and goats were milked. +The pilgrim, who possessed nothing in the world except his rags, asked +for a bowl of milk, but obtained none. He went begging from door to +door, but was hunted away. Every time that he received a refusal he +seemed to be surprisingly cheerful. The fact was, he had come hither +from a distant land in order to be able to realise how his Saviour had +suffered, and now he was graciously allowed to experience it on the holy +soil itself. He passed through the village, and found another sea of +flowers outside it. He bathed his feet in a brook, and felt refreshed. +But now at mid-day a wind from the sea arose, and clouds passed over the +land. The violent rain beat down the fragile lilylike plants, the wind +rooted them up or tore them in two, and collected them in heaps, which +rolled along increasing in size as they went, and crushing other flowers +in their path. + +Towards evening the rain ceased, but the wind continued to blow, and +the darkness came. The weary and hungry traveller prepared himself a +bed with a heap of flowers which he kept in its place with some stones. +After he had hollowed out the heap till it looked like an eagle’s nest, +he spread another pile of flowers over himself, and went to sleep, +pleasantly narcotised by all the sweet scents. For several years he +had tasted no wine and never been intoxicated, but this was a good +substitute for it. He did not know whether he was asleep or awake; +sometimes he felt as though he were rolling away like a wave; sometimes +he lay still and listened to a scratching going on in his nest; there +was a blowing and a roaring, a murmur in his ears and flashing before +his eyes. Finally all was still; he believed he had gone to sleep, for +he dreamt. + +In his dream he was walking on the Mediterranean Sea; that he found +quite natural, but there followed him knights on horseback, troops of +armed men, whole races of people. They reached the land, they marched +towards the East, and finally saw Jerusalem crowning the heights. Walls, +battlements, and towers were crowded with heathen warriors, and the +Christian knights halted in order to take counsel. But he, the poor +pilgrim, spoke to them, and they listened to him. + +“Why do you fear?” he said, “why do you fear these heathen and their +walls? Look at me! I take my staff, ascend Mount Zion, strike the gate +of David with my staff, and the city opens all her gates!” + +He did so--in his dream, and Jerusalem was taken. It was a very simple +matter; the knights and the armies honoured him, and he became governor +of Jerusalem. When he awoke on the morrow, he got out of his nest, +and when he looked round, he found himself before the Jaffa Gate of +Jerusalem. He asked himself whether the wind had blown him all that long +way, or whether he had traversed it in sleep. But his dream had been so +vivid, that he found everything natural and simple. + +He knocked with his staff at the door. And behold! it really opened, but +only by the space of a hand-breadth, and a soldier asked what he wanted. + +He wished, he said, to visit the Holy Sepulchre. + +He could do so, was the answer, if he paid thirty silver zecchines. + +As he had not so much, the gate was again closed. + +The pilgrim, however, not to be frightened, struck again with his staff, +certain that he would get in. Get in he did, quickly enough, and, +after he had been well thrashed, was thrown out again and fell on a +rubbish-heap on which dogs hunted for bones. This reception was not +encouraging, but for the pilgrim it was exactly what he had expected and +wished. He had been beaten in the same city where his Master Christ had +been beaten and tortured. + +What an honour! What undeserved grace! + +But the thirty silver pieces! Why was the price just thirty? Because +it was the traitor’s reward for betraying the Beloved. He would try to +collect them by begging, even if it took him ten years to do so. + +He exhorted himself to patience, and went southward into the valley +of Hinnom or the valley of Hell, where all the rubbish of the city was +thrown. There was filth and an evil smell there, but the pilgrim did +not notice it, for he only sought to catch a glimpse of the walls of the +Holy City. When he came to the south end of the valley, he really beheld +Mount Zion with David’s Sepulchre. Then he fell on his knees and praised +God in song: + + “Lauda Sion Salvatorem + Lauda Ducem et pastorem + In hymnis et canticis.” + +Strengthened by prayer, he went on. He knew the topography of the place +well, and when he came on a piece of waste ground underneath the Hill +of Evil Counsel, he knew that it was Aceldama, or the Field of the +Dead, which had been purchased with the traitor’s blood-money to bury +strangers in. But he had no thoughts of death, for he knew that he would +live till he had taken the City. On the other hand, he was hungry. How +bitterly he regretted now that he had not accustomed himself in +his youth, like other famous eremites, to eat grass. Weary, but not +depressed, he sat down on a rubbish heap which seemed quite fresh. + +As he sat there, a dog came--a mangy famished creature--and laid his +head on the pilgrim’s knee. + +“I have nothing to give you, poor thing,” said the pilgrim, and wiped +the dog’s eyes with the flaps of its ears, for it looked as though it +had wept. But when the dog heard what the pilgrim said, it understood, +for animals understood all languages merely by the tone. It then began +to rummage in the rubbish heap. And behold! there lay, between two +cabbage leaves, a pomegranate and a piece of white bread. The pilgrim, +who was accustomed to all kinds of miracles, praised God, and ate. And +when he had eaten, he thanked God the Merciful. The dog stood by the +whole time, and watched him. “Ungrateful wretch that I am to have +forgotten thee!” said the pilgrim; “now I will try my fortune!” He began +to dig with his staff, and see! there lay a fresh bone, which he gave +to the dog, his benefactor. They became friends, and kept together. +They now went round the southern end of the city, and turned northward +towards the Kedron. They followed the brook, having the city wall on +their left and the Mount of Olives on their right. From the bottom of +the valley he saw the place where the Temple had been, but no Temple was +there now--only the dome of the Muhammedan mosque. Of the Holy +Sepulchre there was nothing visible, for it lay within the City and was +inconspicuous. He came to Gethsemane, where Christ had suffered, and he +climbed the Mount of Olives, from whence he could look over Jerusalem. +He did so, and wept. After he had paid his devotions in the ruins of the +Church of the Resurrection, he went on northwards round the city, and +came again to the Jaffa Gate, where he sat down, firmly resolved to +wait till some Christian pilgrims came, for they came hither from all +countries of the world. He wanted to beg from them till he had collected +the thirty zecchines. So he sat through the first night without anybody +coming. Towards morning the door was opened for the peasants who brought +in provisions, and the bold idea occurred to him of trying to get in +with them, but he was immediately detected and thrashed again. This, +however, did not frighten him; he repeated the attempt every morning, +though unsuccessfully. He slept on the ground, and ate from the rubbish +heaps; he was jeered at by the children, beaten by the adults, and +took everything quietly, convinced that some day his dream would be +fulfilled. For thirty days he sat at the gate and received no money, +but on the thirty-first he got up in order to take some exercise. He +wandered down into the Valley of Hinnom, and his dog “Trusty” ran in +front of him. + +After he had walked for a while he noticed that his companion had +vanished. When he called him, the dog answered by barking. The pilgrim +followed the sound, and presently he saw the dog standing by a hole +in the wall. There was an entrance, and, following his guide, he came +without hindrance right into the town. The first thing he did was to +visit the Holy Sepulchre, but it was closed. Then he remembered that +there was a Patriarch of Jerusalem, who in some degree acted as a +protector of the Christians. But where did he live? “Perhaps you know,” + he said to the dog. + +The dog understood, pricked up his ears, and ran through a labyrinth of +crooked streets till he stood at a little door, with a bell-cord hanging +by it. The pilgrim pulled it, the door opened, and an old white-bearded +man came out, reached the new-comer his hand, led him like a friend into +the house, and bade him sit down. “I have waited long for you, Peter,” + he said. “Yes, I recognise you, for I have seen you for a year in my +dreams, but I know not who you are, and whence you come. Tell me your +history.” + +“My history! I am from Amiens in France. I am now called Peter; was +formerly a soldier, followed William the Conqueror to Hastings, and +took part in the invasion of England. I returned to my own country, and +became a school teacher. I could, however, obtain no peace in my soul, +but entered a convent. In the solitude of my cell, I reflected on what +I heard from my brother monks in the chapter. It was the time when Henry +IV began the conflict with Gregory VII. The Pope was right, for Europe +ought to be governed from Rome, and Gregory, who wished to set up +Christ’s Kingdom in spirit and in truth, had united all Christian +States together; he imposed tribute from Scandinavia to the Pillars of +Hercules. The Emperor was a schismatic, and worked only in the interests +of Germany. The matter ended at Canossa, as you know, when the Emperor +had to kiss the Pope’s foot. And that was right at that time, for the +spiritual head is higher than the worldly one. But Canossa was not the +end. Gregory, the mighty champion of the Lord, fell into the same sin as +David. In the first place, he summoned the Norman Guiscard from Sicily +to his aid. Guiscard came with a horde of Turks and heathen, pillaged +Rome, and set it on fire. That was shameful of the Pope, who now fled +with Guiscard to Salerno--which was _his_ Canossa. But he was also still +cruel enough to stir up Henry’s sons against their father. Then the +great Gregory died in banishment, and Rome was extinct. Rome is no more, +but Jerusalem shall be. The chief city of Christendom shall be born +again, and rise from its ruins.” + +The Patriarch had listened, and, though he smiled at first, he was +finally serious. “Your faith is great, my son,” he said. “But who will +take the lead? Who will collect the people?” + +“I,” answered the Hermit--“I will open the Holy Sepulchre; I will drive +out the heathen, and I will have the first Christian King of Jerusalem +crowned!” + +“With two empty hands?” + +“With my rock-like faith.” + +There was silence. + +“Say something, Patriarch!” resumed Peter. “Try to damp my courage if +you can; confront me with objections, and rob me of confidence. You +cannot! There, I will go now to Rome and speak with Urban II. But give +me a letter to confirm my statements when I describe the behaviour of +the heathen in the city of Christ. I ask nothing else of you; the rest I +will do myself.” + +“Whoever you are, you shall have the letter, but rest first for a few +days.” + +“No! I have gone three hundred and fifty miles and rested for thirty +days. Give me something to eat in the kitchen, while you write the +letter, and I start before sunset. When I come again, I shall not be +alone, but my name will be Legion. And you will see the accomplishment +of my words and your dreams, for God wills it.” + + * * * * * + +The Hermit Peter walked a hundred and fifty miles to Piacenza, and +there met Pope Urban II, who was holding a council. He received no +encouragement, for the idea of a crusade was no novelty. Gregory VII had +collected fifty thousand men for that purpose, but could not carry out +his plan. With a true Christian spirit, the Hermit took this failure as +a warning to redouble his efforts. + +He went to France, preached and stirred up the people, with the result +that all France was aflame with crusading fervour when Urban II came to +Clermont to hold another council. Then the Crusade was determined on. +Peter could not wait, but, together with Walter Pexejo and Walter von +Habenichts, he collected a host which finally reached forty thousand in +number, including old men, women, and children. There were no soldiers +however, but only adventurers who wanted to run away, slaves who sought +freedom, and malcontents who wished for change. + +They followed the Rhine towards its source, and then the Danube, along +whose banks the great road to the East ran. As they approached the +frontier of Hungary their number had increased to sixty thousand. The +King of Hungary, Kolowan, was not exactly hospitable, and not a person +whom it was safe to jest with. The Crusaders received a hint that +they were not very welcome, and therefore sent their only mounted +men,--exactly six in number--as ambassadors to the King. + +Kolowan was in Pesth, with a well-equipped army, and his country was +enjoying the blessings of peace, when the envoys arrived. “What do you +want?” he asked. + +“We seek a free passage to Constantinople.” + +“How many of you are there?” + +“Exactly sixty thousand.” + +“Although I feel honoured by the visit, I cannot entertain grasshoppers. +I have heard of your wild enterprise; I know that you have no provisions +with you, and that you beg and steal. Return therefore to your country, +or I will treat you as enemies!” + +The envoys rode back with the King’s answer. But Peter would not turn +back. + +“Forward! forward! Crusaders and Christians!” he cried, and the whole +host crossed the frontier. The Hermit rode on an ass at the head of +them, and knew not what went on behind him--robbery, drunkenness, and +licence. + +The King learned what had happened, and rode out with all his knights. +When he saw this mass of ragged rascals, drunk and savage, but all +wearing the red cross, he fell in a rage and attacked them. Those who +did not fly were trampled underfoot and sabred down so mercilessly, +that, out of the sixty thousand, only three thousand reached +Constantinople, among whom was the Hermit. + +“We have sown our blood,” he said; “our successors will reap.” + +The Emperor of Constantinople had certainly for a long time waited for +help from the West against the wild Seljuks, but he had expected +armed men. When he now received a rabble of three thousand beggars and +vagabonds, many of them wounded, he resolved to get rid of these guests +as honourably as possible. He set them in flat-bottomed boats, and +shipped them across to Asia Minor. “Thence you have a straight road to +Jerusalem,” he said. But he did not say that the Seljuks were encamped +on the opposite coast. Accordingly, the rest of them were massacred by +the wild hordes near Nicasa--in the same town in which, during the early +days of Christianity, so many fateful debates had taken place. + +But the Hermit escaped, and returned to Constantinople, where he waited +for the great army of the Crusaders. He waited a whole year, just as +confident of victory and undismayed as before. + + * * * * * + +In the little town Tiberias, on the shore of the Lake of Gennesareth +sat the old Jew Eleazar, with his family, prepared to celebrate the +Passover, or the Exodus from Egypt. It was the tenth day of the month +Nisan of the year 1098. The lake shone clear, and its banks were green; +the oleanders were in blossom, the lilies had sprung up in the pleasant +season when the earth rejoices. + +It was evening; all members of the family were dressed as though for a +journey, with shoes on their feet and staves in their hands. They stood +round the covered table on which the roasted lamb smoked in a dish +surrounded by bitter lettuce. The ancestral wine-cup was filled with +wine, and white unleavened bread laid on a plate close by. + +After the head of the family had washed his hands, he blessed the gifts +of God, drank some wine, returned thanks, and invited the others to +drink. Then he took some of the bitter herbs, and ate and gave to the +others. Then he read from the book of Moses a passage concerning the +significance of the feast. After that, the second cup of wine was +served, and the youngest son of the house stepped forward and asked, +according to the sacred custom, “What is the meaning of this feast?” + +The father answered: “The Lord brought us with a strong hand out of the +Egyptian bondage.” + +As he drank from the second cup, he said, “Praise the Lord, O my soul, +and forget not all His benefits.” They then all sang the 115th Psalm, +“Not unto us, O Lord, not unto us, but unto Thy name give the praise, +for Thy truth and mercy’s sake. Wherefore should the heathen say, Where +is now their God?” + +Thereupon a blessing was pronounced on the unleavened bread and the +roasted lamb, and they sat down to eat, in a state of contentment and +with harmless talk. The old Eleazar spoke of past times, and contrasted +them with them the present: “Man born of a woman lives but a short time, +and is full of trouble; he cometh up like a flower, and is cut down; +he fleeth hence like a shadow, and continueth not. A stranger and a +sojourner is he upon earth, and therefore he should be always ready for +his journey as we are, this holy evening.” + +The eldest son Jacob, who had come home in the evening after a journey, +seemed to wish to say something, but did not venture to do so, till the +fourth and last cup was drunk. + +“But, my children,” continued Eleazar, “not only is Israel unsettled and +roaming on the earth, but all nations are in a state of wandering. The +difference between them and us is that their gods are mortal, while +Israel’s God lives. Where is Zeus, the god of the Greeks? Where is the +Romans’ Jupiter? Where are the Egyptians’ Isis, Osiris, and Ptha? Where +is the Woutan of the Germans, the Teutates of the Gauls? They are all +dead, but Israel’s God lives; He cannot die. We are at any rate in +Canaan, in our fathers’ land, even if Zion is no longer ours, and we +cannot forget the goodness which the Lord has shown us.” + +The last cup was drunk, and after another psalm the festival was at an +end. + +“Now, Jacob,” said Eleazar, “you want to talk. You come from a journey, +though somewhat late, and have something new to tell us. Hush! I hear +steps in the garden!” + +All hurried to the window, for they lived in troublous times; but, as no +one was to be seen outside, they sat down again at the table. + +“Speak, Jacob,” Eleazar said again. + +“I come from Antioch, where the Crusaders are besieged by Kerboga, +the Emir of Mosul. Famine has raged among them, and of three hundred +thousand Goyim, [Footnote: Gentiles.] only twenty thousand remain.” + +“What had they to do here?” + +“Now, on the roads, they are talking of a new battle which the Goyim +have won, and they believe that the Crusaders will march straight on +Jerusalem.” + +“Well, they won’t come here.” + +“They won’t find the way, unless there are traitors.” + +“Moslems or Christians, they are all alike, but Moslems could be our +friends, because they are of Abraham’s seed. ‘God is One!’ Had their +Prophet stood by that, there would have been nothing between us, but +he fell through pride and coupling his own name with that of the +Highest--‘Muhammed is His Prophet.’ Perhaps, but he should not be named +in the same breath with the Eternal. The Christians call him a ‘false +prophet,’ but that he was not.” + +“The Christians could rather....” + +“The Christians are misguided, and their doctrine is folly. They +believe the Messiah has come, although the world is like a hell, and men +resemble devils! And it ever gets worse....” + +Then the door was flung open, and on the threshold appeared a little +man, emaciated as a skeleton, with burning eyes. He was clothed in rags, +carried a cross in his hand, and bore a red cross-shaped sign on his +shoulder. + +“Are you Christians?” he asked, “since you drink of the cup and eat the +bread, as our Lord Jesus Christ did on the night of his betrayal?” + +“No,” answered Eleazar, “we are of Israel.” + +“Then you have eaten and drunk your own damnation, and misused the Holy +Sacrament for purposes of witchcraft! Out with you!--down to the lake +and be baptized, or you will die the death!” + +Then Eleazar turned to the Hermit, and cried “No! I and my house will +serve the Lord, as we have done this holy evening according to the law +of our fathers. We suffer for our sins, that is true, but you, godless, +cursed man, pride not yourself on your power, for you have not yet +escaped the judgment of Almighty God. I will give my life and shed my +blood for the law of my fathers, but God’s justice will punish you, as +your pride has deserved.” + +The Hermit had gone out to his followers. Those within the house closed +the window-shutters and the door. + +There was a cry without: “Fire the house!” + +“Let us bless God, and die!” said Eleazar, and none of them hesitated. + +All fell on their knees. Eleazar spoke: “I know that my Redeemer liveth, +and that He will stand at the latter day upon the earth. And when I am +free from my flesh, I shall see God. Him shall I see and not another, +and for that my soul and my heart cry out.” + +The mother had taken the youngest son in her arms, as though she wished +to protect him against the fire which now seized on the wall. + +Then Eleazar began the Song of the Three Children in the fire, and when +they came to the words, + + “O Thank the Lord, for He is good, + And His mercy endureth for ever.” + +their voices were choked, and they ended their days like the Maccabees. + +On 16th July 1069, Peter the Hermit entered Jerusalem through the same +Jaffa Gate before which he had sat as a beggar. When Godfrey of Bouillon +became King of Jerusalem, Peter was appointed Governor. After he had +seen his dream fulfilled, he returned to his own country, entered the +convent Neufmoustier, near Lüttich, and remained there till his death. + +The Kingdom of Jerusalem soon came to an end. The Muhammedans +re-occupied it, and remain there to this day. + +The remarkable thing about these predatory expeditions--the +Crusades--was that they were led by the Normans, and were curiously like +the raids of the Vikings. The indirect results of the Crusades are still +treated of in students’ essays, which generally close with the moral, +“there is nothing evil which does not bring some good with it.” Voltaire +and Hume, on the other hand, regard the Crusades as the enterprises of +lunatics. It is a difficult matter to decide! + + + + +LAOCOON + + +On the Esquiline Hill in Rome, on a spring day in 1506, Signor de +Fredis was walking in his vineyard. The day before, his workmen had been +digging a pit to seek water, but found none. Signer de Fredis stood by +it, and asked himself whether it was not a pity that so much earth had +been thrown out, and whether it could not be utilised in the vineyard. +He felt about with his stick in the upper part of the pit to ascertain +how deep the soil was. The stick sank in the earth up to its handle +without meeting with any resistance. + +“There must be a hollow under the ground,” he said to himself. He first +thought of calling the workmen, but since it was better to make the +discovery himself, he took a mattock and spade and set to work. By +noon he had made a hole large enough to get through, but since it was +pitch-black inside, he first went to fetch a lantern. Carrying this, he +went down into the earth, and came into a vaulted room. He went through +five rooms and found no treasures, but in the sixth he saw a sight that +startled him. + +Two enormous snakes had enfolded in the coils a bearded man of heroic +stature and his two boys. + +One snake had already bitten the man in the right side, and the other +had bitten one of the boys in the left. The apparition was a statue +of Pentelic marble, and might therefore possess as much value as a +treasure. Signor de Fredis went at once to the Prefect of the City, who +followed him in company with the Aedile and some learned antiquaries. +The work of art was brought to the light, and inspected. Its subject was +seen to be the Trojan priest Laocoon, against whom Apollo had sent +two snakes because he had warned his countrymen against receiving +the dangerous Greek gift of the Trojan horse, in which warriors lay +concealed. + +It was not an edifying story, nor a comforting one, since it illustrated +the sad lot of a prophet in this world. The Romans, however, did not +think of that, but greeted the statue as a sign of the Renaissance, a +memorial of the classical period, and an omen of better times to come. + +Pope Julius II bought the Laocoon for the Vatican, after Michael Angelo +had declared it was the greatest work of art in the world, and Signor de +Fredis received a pension for life. The excavation and cleaning of the +statue took a considerable time. But when at last it was ready, it was +decorated with flowers, and carried in procession though the streets of +Rome, while all the church-bells rang for a whole hour. + +As the procession passed up the Via Flaminia, an Augustinian monk +came down it from the northern gate of the city. In front of Hadrian’s +triumphal arch, he met the crowd carrying their beloved Laocoon. The +monk did not immediately understand the matter. He thought, it is true, +that the statue was that of a martyr, but could not think of any martyr +who had died in a pit of snakes. He therefore turned to a citizen, and +asked in Latin, “Which of the holy Church martyrs is it?” + +The citizen laughed as at a good jest, but did not think it necessary to +answer. + +Now came the crowd singing about the Trojan horse, and jesting about +priests. The fact that it was a priest on whom the snakes had fastened +seemed to afford especial delight to the sceptical and priest-hating +rabble. + +The Augustinian monk thought of his Virgil, when he heard the word Troy, +and, as the statue came nearer, he could read the name Laocoon, the +celebrated priest of Apollo. “Are the church-bells ringing for _that_?” + he asked his neighbour again. + +The latter nodded. + +“Are the people mad?” he asked, and this time he received an answer: +“No, they are wise; but you are somewhat stupid; probably you come from +Germany.” + +At the dawn of this day, the monk had seen the Holy City at sunrise, +and had fallen on his knees in the high road to thank God for the great +favour vouchsafed to him of at last treading the soil which had been +hallowed by the footprints of Apostles and martyrs. But now he felt +depressed, for he understood nothing of this heathenish business, and, +wandering through the streets of the city, he tried to find the Scala +Santa in the southern quarter, where all pilgrims first paid their +devotions when they came to Rome. + +Here, in the square by the Lateran, Constantine’s wife, Helena, had +caused the staircase of Pilate’s Palace to be erected, and it was +customary to ascend it kneeling, and not in an erect attitude. + +The monk approached the holy spot with all the reverence with which his +pious spirit inspired him. He hoped to feel the same ecstasy which he +had felt before other sanctuaries and relics, for the Redeemer Himself +had trodden these marble steps heavily as he went to His doom. + +The monk’s astonishment was therefore great when he saw street-urchins +playing on them with buttons and little stones, and he could hardly +contain himself when young priests came running and sprang up the eight +and twenty steps in a few bounds. + +He paid his devotions in the usual way, but without feeling the ecstasy +which he had hoped for. + +Then he went into the Church of the Lateran and heard a mass. He had +imagined that he would find a cathedral in the genuine Gothic style, +something like that of Cologne, but he found a Basilica or Roman hall, +where in heathen times a market had been held, and it looked very +worldly. + +At the High Altar there stood two priests before the Epistle and the +Gospel. However, they neither read nor sang; they only gossiped with +each other, and pretended to turn the leaves; sometimes they laughed, +and when it was over they went their way, without giving a blessing or +making the sign of the cross. + +“Is this the Holy City?” he asked himself, and went out into the streets +again. + +His business in Rome was to interview the Vicar-General of the +Augustinians, about a matter which concerned his convent, but he first +wished to look about him. As he went along he came to a little church +on the outer wall. In the open space in front of it a pagan festival +was being held: Bacchus was represented sitting on a barrel, scantily +clothed nymphs rode on horses, and behind them were satyrs, fauns, +Apollo, Mercury, Venus. + +The monk hastened into the church to escape the sight of the +abomination. But in the sacred place he came upon another scandal. +Before the altar stood an ass with an open book before it; below the +ass stood a priest and read mass. Instead of answering “Amen,” the +congregation hee-hawed like asses, and everyone laughed. + +That was the classical “Asses’ Festival,” which had been forbidden in +the previous century, but which, during the Carnival, had been again +resumed. The monk did not understand where he was, but thought he was in +the hell of the heathen; but it was still worse when a priest disguised +as Bacchus, his face smeared with dregs of wine, entered the pulpit, +and, taking a text from Boccaccio’s _Decameron_, preached an indecent +discourse, presently, with a skilful turn, going on to narrate a legend +about St. Peter. It began in a poetical way, like other legends, but +then made Peter come to an alehouse and cheat the innkeeper about the +reckoning. + +The monk rushed out of the church, and through the streets till he +reached the Convent of the Augustines which he sought. He rang, was +admitted, and led into the refectory, where the Prior sat at a covered +table surrounded by priests who were entertained in the convent in order +to make their confessions, and to take the communion during the fast. +Before them were pheasants, with truffles and hard-boiled eggs, salmon +and oysters, eels and heads of wild boar--above all, quantities of wine +in pitchers and glasses. + +“Sit down, little monk!” was the Prior’s greeting. “You have a letter: +good! Put it under the table-cloth. Eat, drink, and be merry, for +tomorrow we die!” + +The monk sat down, but it was Friday, and he could not bring himself +to eat flesh on that day. It pained him also to see the licence which +prevailed here; still they were his superiors, and the rule of his order +forbade him to reprove them. + +The Prior, who had just been speaking with some special guest, continued +to talk volubly, although conversation was forbidden. + +“Yes, worthy friend, we have come as far as this now in Rome. This +is Christ’s Kingdom as it was announced at the first Christmas, ‘One +Shepherd, One Sheepfold.’ The Holy Father rules over the whole Roman +Empire as it was under Caesar and Augustus. But mark well! this empire +is a spiritual one, and all these earthly princes lie at the feet of +Christ’s representative. This is the crown of all epochs of the world’s +history. ‘One Shepherd, One Sheepfold!’ Bibamus!” + +On the little platform, where formerly a reader used to read out of holy +books while the meal was going on, some musicians now sat with flutes +and lutes. They struck up an air, and the cups were emptied. + +“Now,” continued the Prior to the monk, “you have come from far; what +news have you brought?” + +“Anything new under the sun? Yes,” answered a slightly inebriated +prelate, “Christopher Columbus is dead, and buried in Valladolid. He +died poor, as was to be expected.” + +“Pride comes before a fall. He was not content with his honours, but +wished to be Viceroy and to levy taxes.” + +“Yes, but at any rate he got to India, to East India, after he had +sailed westward. It is enough to make one crazy when one tries to +understand it. Sailing west in order to go east!” + +“Yes, it is all mad, but the worst is that he has brought the cursed +sickness, lues”--(here he whispered). “It has already attacked Cardinal +John de Medici. You know he is said to be the Pope’s successor.” + +“As regards the Holy Father, our great Julius II, he is a valiant +champion of the Lord, and now the world has seen what this basilisk-egg, +France, has hatched. Fancy! they want to come now and divide our Italy +among them! As if we did not have enough with the Germans.” + +“The French in Naples! What the deuce have we to do with them?” + +The Prior now felt obliged to attend to his guest, the monk. + +“Eat, little monk,” he said. “He who is weak, eateth herbs, and all +flesh is grass, _ergo_....” + +“I never eat meat on Friday, the day on which our Lord Jesus Christ +suffered and died!” + +“Then you are wrong! But you must not speak so loud, you understand, +for if you sin, you must go in your room, and hold your mouth! Practise +obedience and silence, the first virtues of our Order.” + +The monk turned first red, then pale, and his cheekbones could be seen +through his thin cheeks. But he kept silence, after he had taken a +spoonful of salt in his mouth to help him to control his tongue. + +“He is a Maccabee,” whispered the prelate. + +“Conventual disciple is decaying,” continued the Prior, jocosely; “the +young monks do not obey their superiors any more, but we must have a +reformation! Drink, monk, and give me an answer!” + +“We must obey God rather than man,” answered the monk. There was an +embarrassed pause, and the prelate who had to communicate in the evening +declined to drink any more. But this vexed the Prior, who felt the +implied reproof. + +“You are from the country, my friend,” he said to the monk, “and know +not the time, nor the spirit of the time. You must have a licence for +me--it must be paid for of course--and then the day is not dishonoured. +Besides--_panis es et esto_. Here you have wine and bread--with butter +on it. More wine, boy!” + +The monk rose to go; the Prior seemed to wake to recollection. + +“What is your name, monk?” + +“My name is Martin, Master of Philosophy, from Wittenberg.” + +“Yes, yes, thank you. But don’t go yet! Give me your letter.” The monk +handed over the letter, which the Prior opened and glanced through. + +“The Kurfürst of Saxony! Master Martin Luther, go if you wish to your +chamber. Rest till the evening, then we will go together to the assembly +at Chigi. There we shall meet elegant people like Cardinal John de +Medici, great men like Raphael, and the Archangel Michael himself. Do +you know Michael Angelo, who is building the new Church of St. Peter +and painting the Sistine Chapel? No! then you will learn to know him. +_Vale_, brother, and sleep well.” + +Master Martin Luther went, sorely troubled, but resolved to see more of +the state of affairs before judging too hastily. + +Cards were now brought out, and the Prior shuffled them. + +“That is an unpleasant fellow, whom the Kurfürst had sent to us. A +hypocrite, who does not drink wine and crosses himself at the sight of a +pheasant!” + +“There was an ill-omened look about the man.” + +“He looked something like the Trojan horse, and Beelzebub only knows +what he has in his belly.” + + * * * * * + +When Luther came into his lonely cell, he wept with a young man’s +boundless grief when reality contradicts his expectations, and he finds +that all which he has learnt to prize is only contemptible and common. + +He was not, however, allowed to be alone long, for there was a knock at +the door, and there entered a young Augustinian monk, who seemed, with a +confidential air, to invite his acquaintance. + +“Brother Martin, you must not be solitary, but open your heart to +sympathetic friends.” + +He took Martin’s hands. “Tell me,” he said, “what troubles you, and I +will answer you.” + +Luther looked at the young monk, and saw that he was a swarthy Italian +with glowing eyes. But he had been so long alone that he felt the +necessity of speech. + +“What do you think,” he said, “our Lord Christ would say if he now arose +and came into the Holy City?” + +“He would rejoice that His churches, His three hundred and sixty-five +churches, are built on the foundations of the heathen temples. You know +that since Charles the Great dragged the great marble pillars to Aachen +in order to build his cathedral, our Popes have also gone to work, and +the heathen and their houses have been literally laid at the feet +of Christ. That is grand and something to rejoice at! _Ecclesia +Triumphans!_ Would not Christ rejoice at it? How well Innocent III has +expressed the ‘Idea’ of the conquering Church, as Plato would call +it. You know Plato--the Pope has just paid five thousand ducats for a +manuscript of the _Timoeus_. Pope Innocent says: ‘St Peter’s successors +have received from God the commission not only to rule the Church but +the whole world. As God has set two great lights in the sky, he has +also set up two great powers on earth, the Papacy, which is the higher +because the care of souls is committed to it, and the Royal power which +is the lower, and to which only the charge of the bodies of men is +committed.’ If you have any objection to make to that, brother, speak it +out.” + +“No, not against that, but against everything which I have seen and +heard.” + +“For example? Do you mean eating and drinking?” + +“Yes, that also.” + +“How petty-minded you are! I speak of the highest things, and you talk +about eating and drinking. Fie! Martin! you are a meat-rejector and +a wine-eschewing Turk! But I accept your challenge. Our Lord Christ +allowed His disciples to pluck ears of corn on the Sabbath; that was +against the law of Moses, and was disapproved of by the Pharisees.... +You are a Pharisee. But now I will also remind you of what Paul writes +to the Romans--the Romans among whom we count ourselves; perhaps as a +German subject, you have not the right to do that. Well, Paul writes: +‘You look on the outside.’” + +“Pardon me, that is the Epistle to the Corinthians.” + +“Oh, you look on the outside too. But Paul says further, ‘All things are +lawful to me, but all things are not profitable. All that is sold in +the market-place, that eat and ask nothing for conscience’ sake; for the +earth is the Lord’s and the fulness thereof.’ Those are clear words, +and a Frenchman would call them liberal-minded. But you come here like +a Pharisee, and wish to rebuke your superiors for trifles; and the +ordinances of men are more to you than God’s command. Fie! Martin! +Remember your own words: ‘We should obey God rather than men!’ You +conceited slave of the letter, you should read Paul.” + +Luther was not yet so familiar with the Holy Scriptures as he afterwards +became, for in the convent he had chiefly studied the Corpus Juris, +Aristotle, Virgil, and the comedies of Plautus, and was somewhat +depressed after his severe inward conflicts. Therefore he gave no +answer, but chafed internally. + +“Have you any other question for me?” began the Augustinian again, with +an affected air of sympathy which irritated Luther still more. “I can +understand that our national customs have annoyed you as a--foreigner. +Every country has its own customs, and we keep our Roman Carnival by +making ridicule of the dead gods of the old heathen, if one can call +them gods! I believe you do the same in Germany, though in a coarser +way. You must put up with that. As regards the ‘Festival of the Ass,’ +that had originally a beautiful significance, since the poor animal +was honoured with the task of carrying our Saviour and His mother into +Egypt. But, as you know, the common people drag everything that is great +and beautiful into the dust. Can we help it? Can I do you any service? +Do you want anything?” + +“Nothing; but I thank you!” Luther was again alone, and the fiends of +doubt were again let loose upon him. The man was certainly right +from his own point of view, and he had strengthened his assertions +by arguments and by citations from Paul. But his point of view was +false;--that was the matter. How, then, was one to alter one’s point of +view? That was only the effect of faith through grace, and therefore not +the work of man. + +Then his introspective mind, which had been trained in the Aristotelian +dialectic, began to examine his opponent’s point of view. A merciful +loving Heavenly Father might very well smile at the follies and +weaknesses of His human children; why, then, should we not be able to do +the same? Why should we be stricter than He? As long as we live in the +flesh, we must think according to the flesh, but that does not prevent +the spirit obtaining its due rights. + +Did not Paul himself say, “So then we hold that man is justified by +faith without the deeds of the law”? + +Yes, but were these drunken and licentious ecclesiastics really +believers? The Prior had blasphemed the Sacrament, and given the +prelate a dispensation from hearing confession and celebrating mass in +consideration of a fee. That was monstrous, heathenish, and a Satanic +abomination. Certainly, but faith itself was a gift bestowed by grace, +and if these men had not obtained grace they were guiltless. But they +were hardened sinners! Paul again gave the answer to this: “The Lord +receives whom He will, and whom He will He hardeneth.” If God had +hardened them, as He hardened Pharaoh’s heart, then they were guiltless; +and if so, why should we venture to judge and condemn them. A mill-wheel +seemed to go round in his head, and he blamed Aristotle the heathen, who +had seduced him in his youth, and taught him to split hairs about simple +matters. He felt also that Paul could not help him, since such was his +teaching. Feeling quite crushed, he knelt down again on his praying +stool, and implored God to take him out of this world of lying deceit +and uncertainty. In this world one was surrounded by darkness without +being able to kindle a light; in this life one was driven to battle +without having received weapons. So he prayed and struggled with himself +till the evening. + +Then the Prior came and fetched him. “My son,” he said, “my dear +brother, you must not make a paramour of religion; you must not practise +it as a daily task or a bad habit. You must live your life and regard it +as a melody, while religion is a gentle accompaniment to it. Work is for +every day, rest and festival for Sundays. But if you keep your Sabbath +on the week-day you sin.... Come! now I will show you Rome!” + +Martin followed him, but unwillingly. The streets were illuminated, and +the people were amusing themselves with dancing, music, and jugglers’ +feats. + +“You must know where we are going,” said the Prior. “This Agostino Chigi +is a banker, almost as rich as the House of Fugger in Augsburg, and he +looks after the Pope’s business affairs. Moreover, he is a Maecenas, who +patronises the fine arts. His especial protégé is Raphael, who has just +painted some beautiful large pictures in his villa, which we will now +see.” + +They reached the Tiber, followed the right bank, went over a bridge, and +stood before a garden which was enclosed by marble pillars and a--gilded +iron fence. It was now dark, and the garden was illuminated by lanterns +which hung on the boughs of the orange-trees, and so lit up the ripe +fruits that they gleamed like gold. ‘White marble statues stood among +the dark-leaved trees; fountains sent up jets of perfumed spray; among +the shrubberies one saw ladies with their gallants; here a singer was +accompanying himself on the lute; there a poet was reading his verses. + +In the midst of the park stood the villa which resembled that of +Maecenas in the Sabine Hills or Cicero’s Tusculum, and was adorned with +statues’ of heathen gods. The doors stood open, and there was a sound +of music within. “People are not introduced to the host here,” said the +Prior, “for he does not like ceremony; therefore I leave you alone +now, and you must find acquaintances for yourself; surprises are always +pleasant.” + +Luther found himself alone, and turned irresolutely to the right, where +he saw a row of illuminated rooms. They were full of guests drinking and +chatting, but no one noticed the poor monk, who could listen undisturbed +to their conversation. In the first room a group had formed round a man +who was distributing specimens of a printed book, the leaves of which +people were eagerly turning. + +“Hylacompus? is that a pseudonym?” asked one of them. + +“He is a--printer called Waldseemüller in Saint-Dié.” + +“_Cosmographies Introductio_--a description of the New World.” + +“We shall at last get information about these fables of Columbus.” + +“Columbus will not travel any more.” + +“Columbus has travelled to--hell! Now it is Amerigo Vespucci’s turn.” + +“He is a Florentine and a fellow-countrymen.” + +“Well, Columbus was a Genoese.” + +“Look you! Rome rules the world, the known and the unknown alike! _Urbs +est urbs!_ And nowadays you can meet all the nations of the world at +the house of the Roman Chigi. I have, as a matter of fact, seen Turks, +Mongols, Danes, and Russians here this evening.” + +“I should like to see a Turk! I like the Turks especially, because they +have blown that rotten Byzantium to pieces--Byzantium which dared to +call itself the ‘Eastern Rome.’ Now there is only one Rome!” + +“Do you know that our Holy Father is treating with Sultan Bajazet +regarding help against Venice.” + +“Yes, but that is diabolical! We must at any rate act as though we were +Christians.” + +“Act--yes; for I am not a Christian, nor are you.” + +“If one must have a religion, give me Islam! God is One! That is the +whole of its theology; a prayer-mat is its whole liturgy.” + +“You have to have a washing-basin besides.” + +“And a harem.” + +“Things are certainly in a bad way with our religion. If one reads its +history, it is a history of the decay of Christianity. That has been +continually going on for fifteen hundred years since the days of the +Apostles; soon the process of degeneration must be complete.” + +“And if one reads the history of the Papacy, it is the same.” + +“No, hush!” said a fat Cardinal, “you must let the papal throne remain +till I have sat in it.” + +“After a Borgia, it would suit as well to have a Medici like you, and +especially a son of Lorenzo the Magnificent.” + +“Will not the cardinals dance?” asked one, who seemed to be Chigi +himself. + +“Yes, after supper, in the pavilion, and behind closed doors,” answered +the Cardinal de Medici, “and after I have hung up the red hat.” + +So much was clear to Luther from the foregoing conversation,--that +he had seen and heard the representatives of the highest ranks of the +priesthood, and that the stout man was John de Medici, the candidate for +the papal chair. + +He went quickly through several other rooms where half-intoxicated women +were coquetting with their paramours. At last he came into the great +banqueting hall. There stood groups of ambassadors and pilgrims, +representing all nations of the world. They were looking at the ceiling +and admiring the paintings on it. Luther followed their example, while +he listened to their remarks. + +“This is like looking at the sky; one has to lie on one’s back.” + +“I know nothing more beautiful than sunrise and the nude.” + +“Raphael is indeed a divine painter.” + +“What luck that Savonarola is burnt, else he would have burnt these +paintings.” + +At the mention of Savonarola’s name the monk awoke from the state of +aesthetic intoxication into which the pictures had brought him, and +rushed out into the night. Savonarola, the last of the martyrs, who had +sought to save Christendom and had been burnt! All were burnt who tried +to serve Christ--by way of encouraging them. + +How could one expect people to believe in Christianity? What added to +his trouble of mind was the fact that this painter who had the name +of an angel, and looked like an angel, painted Jupiter and nude women! +Nothing kept what it promised; all was dust and ashes. _Vanitas!_ But +this heathenism which sprang from the earth, what was its object? + +Even the divine Dante had chosen a heathen Roman poet, Virgil, as his +guide through Hell, and a beautiful maiden as his companion on the way +to heaven. That was foolishness and blasphemy. + +The end of the world must be approaching, for Antichrist was come and +ruled in Rome. But an Antichrist had always sat on the Papal throne, +which was itself an evil, for Paul had taught that in Christ’s Church we +are all priests and should form a priesthood. + +So he reached his cell again, and recovered himself and his God in +solitude. + + * * * * * + +The next morning he went out in order to see the Church of St. Peter +and the Vatican, which had become the residence of the Popes after their +return from Avignon. Since he did not know his way about the town, he +happened to come into the Forum. There were several bodies of troops +collected for review, and on a great black stallion sat an old man, +armed from top to toe in steel. The troops passed in review before him, +and he seemed to be the commander. + +“He looks like a Rabbi,” said a citizen, “and he must be quite five and +sixty now.” + +“He seems to me to resemble the prophet Muhammed. And he began as a +tradesman.” + +“Yes, and he has bought the papal chair.” + +“Well, let it go! But his summoning Charles VIII with the French to +Naples was a betrayal of his country. Now he goes against Venice, and +leads the troops himself.” + +“And expects help from the Turks.” + +“They ought not to play with the Turks, who are already in Hungary and +mean to get to Vienna.” + +“We have forgotten the Crusades, and tolerance is a fine quality.” + +“Yes, the last thing they did was to undertake a crusade against the +Christian Albigenses, while they tried to conciliate the Muhammedans in +Sicily.” + +“The world is a madhouse.” + +This, then, was Pope Julius II, who had overcome the monster Alexander +VI, and now led his army against Venice, His kingdom was quite obviously +of this world, and Luther lost all desire for an audience with him. + +He went now to the Leonine quarter, where the new Church of St. Peter’s +was to be built in place of the one which had been pulled down. This, in +its turn, was a successor of Nero’s Circus, in which the first Christian +martyrs had suffered. He found the site enclosed by a iron fence, but at +the entrance stood two Dominican monks, and a civilian who looked like +a clerk. Between them was a great iron chest, and the monks called aloud +the scale of prices for the forgiveness of sins. All who entered, and +wished to see the building, threw money to the clerk, who counted and +entered it in his book. This functionary had been appointed by Hans +Fugger, who farmed the sale of indulgences. + +Luther also wished to see the building, and without thinking put down +some silver pieces. As a receipt, he received a piece of paper on which +was written the formula of forgiveness for some trifling sins. + +When he had read the paper, he returned it to the clerk, and burst out, +“I don’t buy forgiveness of sins, but I gladly pay the entrance fee.” + +He entered the site, but now noticed the dark-eyed Augustinian monk +following him. + +“Are you dissatisfied, brother?” said the latter. “Do you think that the +forgiveness of sins is bought? Who ever said so? Don’t you know that +the Civil Law exacts fines for certain trespasses? Why should not the +Ecclesiastical Law do the same? Tell me any reason. What nonsense +you talk? What is buying? You pay out money, and by doing so deprive +yourself of certain enjoyments! Instead of buying wine and women, you +give this money to the Church. Good! By doing so, you renounce the sin +with which you would otherwise have polluted yourself.” + +“Who taught you such arguments?” + +“We learn in the schools here to think, you see; we read Cicero and +Aristotle.” + +“Do you read the Bible also?” + +“Yes, certainly. The Epistle always lies beside the Gospel on the +altar-desk.” + +“Do you understand what you read?” + +“Now you are impolite, Martin, but you are also proud, and you must not +be that. Look now at the new church. What we see is only the foundation, +but we can go in the architect’s cottage, and see the designs there.” + +The designs were hung up in a little pavilion, and another fee was +charged for entrance. + +“Now what does my critical brother say?” + +“That is simply a Roman bath-house,” answered Luther after a glance. +“Caracalla’s Thermae, I should say.” + +“It is a heathen building, then!” + +“Yes, if you like, but everything is heathenish here, although baptized. +The heathen were not so stupid.... I won’t see any more.” + +“But look at those two great men there, before you go. The tall man with +the patriarchal beard is Michael Angelo, and that slim youth with the +long neck and feminine features is Raphael.” + +“Is that Raphael?” + +“Yes; he looks like an angel, but is not so dangerous. He is a very good +man; they talk of getting him married. He does not want to, however, for +his eye is on a cardinal’s hat, which they have promised him.” + +“Cardinal’s hat?” + +“Yes, he is spiritually-minded, although he paints worldly objects.” + +“I remember, but I want to forget them.” + +“Listen, Martin!” the monk interrupted him, with an insulting air of +familiarity; “when you go away from here, and get home, don’t forget +to curb your tongue! Think of what I say: there are eyes and ears which +follow you where you go, and when you least suspect it.” + +“If the Lord is with me, what can men do against me?” + +“Are you sure that the Lord is with you? Do you know His ways and His +will?--You only? Can you interpret His meaning when He speaks?” + +“Yes, I can; for I hear his voice in my conscience. Get thee hence, +Satan, or I shall pray that heaven’s lightning may smite thee! I came +here as a believing child, but I shall depart as a believing man, for +your questions have only evoked my silent answers which you have not +heard, but which some day you will hear. You have killed Savonarola, but +I am young and strong, and I shall live. Mark that!” + + * * * * * + +Luther did not stay long in Rome, but he took the opportunity of +learning Hebrew, and attended the lectures of the Jew Elia Levi ben +Asher, surnamed Bachur or Elias Levita. + +There he met Cardinal Viterbo, the patron of the Jews, and many other +celebrities, for Oriental languages were then in fashion after the Turks +had established themselves in Constantinople. + +Luther enjoyed the friendship of the old Jew, for Elias was the only +“Christian” whom he found in Rome. It was a pity, to be sure, that he +lived under the Law, and was not acquainted with the Gospel, but he knew +no better. + + + + +THE INSTRUMENT + + +In the year 1483, the same year in which Luther was born, Docter +Coctier sat in his laboratory at Paris, and carried on a philosophical +discussion with a chemical expert who was passing through the city. + +The laboratory was in the same building as his observatory, in the +Marais quarter of the town, a site occupied to-day by the Place +des Vosges. Not far away is the Bastille, the magnificent Hôtel de +Saint-Pol, and the brilliant Des Tournelles, the residence of the +Kings before the Louvre was built. Here Louis XI had given his private +physician, chancellor, and doctor of all the sciences, Coctier, a house +which lay in a labyrinth-like park called the Garden of Daedalus. +The doctor was speaking, and the expert listened: “Yes, Plato in his +_Timaeus_ calls gold one of the densest and finest substances which +filters through stone. There is a metal derived from gold which is +black, and that is iron. But a substance more akin to gold is copper, +which is composed of shining congealed fluids, and one of whose minor +constituents is green earth. Now I ask, ‘Why cannot copper be freed from +this last, and refined to gold?’” + +“Yes,” answered the expert, “it can, if one uses atramentum or the +philosopher’s stone.” + +“What is that?” + +“Atramentum is copperas.” + +“Ventre-saint-gris! that is Plato’s iron! Now I see! Who taught you +that?” + +“I learnt it from the greatest living magician in Wittenberg. His name +is Dr. Faustus, and he has studied magic in Krakau.” + +“He is alive, then! Tell me! Tell me!” + +“This man, according to many witnesses, has done miracles like Christ; +he has undertaken to restore the lost comedies of Plautus and Terence; +his mind can soar on eagle’s wings and discover secrets of the heights +and depths.” + +“Has he also found the elixir of life?” + +“Yes, since gold can be resolved into its elements.” + +“If gold can be resolved, then it has constituents. What are they?” + +“Gold can be easily dissolved in oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and +saltpetre.” + +“What do you say?” + +The Doctor jumped up; the stove had heated the room and made him +uncomfortable. + +“Let us go for a little walk,” he said; “but I must first make a note +of what you say, for, when I wish to remember something important, the +devil makes confusion in my head. These, then, are means of dissolving +gold--oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and saltpetre!” + +The expert, whose name was Balthasar, now first noticed that he had +given his information without obtaining a receipt or any equivalent +for it, and, since he was not one of the unselfish kind, he threw out a +feeler. + +“How is our gracious King?” + +The question revealed his secret and his wish, and put Doctor Coctier on +his guard. “Ah,” he said to himself, “you have your eye on the King with +your elixir of life.” And then he added aloud, “He is quite well.” + +“Oh! I had heard the opposite!” + +“Then they have lied.” + +Then there was silence in the room, and the two men tried to read each +other’s thoughts. It was so terribly still that they felt their hatred +germinate, and had already begun a fight to the death. Doctor Coctier’s +thoughts ran as follows: “You come with an elixir to lengthen the +life of the monster who is our King; you wish thereby to make your own +fortune and to bring trouble on me; and you know that he who has the +King’s life in his hands, has the power.” + +Quick as lightning he had taken his resolve, coolly and cruelly, as the +custom of the time was. He resumed the conversation, and said, “Now you +must see my ‘Daedalus’ or labyrinth. Since the time of the Minotaur, +there has been none like it.” + +The labyrinth was a thicket threaded by secret passages, bordered by +hornbeam-hedges, four ells high, and so dense that one did not notice +the thin iron balustrade which ran along them. Artistically contrived +and impenetrable, the labyrinth meandered in every direction. It seemed +to be endlessly long, and was so arranged that its perspectives deceived +the eye. It also contained secret doors and underground passages, and a +visitor soon grew aware that it had not been constructed as a joke, but +in deadly earnest. Only the King and Doctor Coctier possessed the key to +this puzzle. + +When the two men had walked for a good time, admired statues and watched +fountains play, Balthasar wished to sit upon a bench, whether it was +that he was tired or suspected some mischief. + +But the Doctor prevented him: “No, not on _that_ seat,” he said. They +continued their walk. But now the Doctor quickened his steps, and, after +a while, his guest felt again weary and confused in his head from the +perpetual turning round. Therefore he threw himself on the first seat +which he saw, and drew a deep breath. + +“You run the life out of me, Doctor,” he said. + +“No, you are not so short-lived,” answered the Doctor; “I see a long +line of life on your forehead, and the bar between your eyes shows that +you were born under the planet Jupiter. Besides, you possess the elixir +of life, and can prolong your existence as much as you like, can’t you?” + +The expert noticed a cruel smile on the Doctor’s face, and, feeling +himself in danger, tried to spring up, but the arms of the chair had +closed around him, and he was held fast. The next moment Doctor Coctier +seemed to be seeking for something in the sand with his left foot, and, +when he had found it, he pressed with all his weight on the invisible +object. + +“Farewell, young man,” he said; “loquacious, conceited young man, who +wanted to lord it over Doctor Coctier. Now I will settle the King for +you.” + +The seat disappeared in the earth with the expert. It was an +oubliette--a pit with a trap-door, which drew the veil of oblivion over +the man who had vanished. + +When he had finished the affair, the Doctor sought to leave the +labyrinth, but could not find the way at once, for he was deep in +thought, and kept on repeating the formula for the elixir which he had +just learnt, to impress it on his mind, in case the recipe should be +lost--“oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, saltpetre.” Suddenly he found +himself in a round space where many paths converged, and to his great +astonishment saw a body lying on the ground. It looked like that of a +large brown watchdog, but limp and lifeless. + +“It is not the first who has been caught in this crab-pot,” he thought, +and came nearer. But as the brown mass moved, he saw that it was a man +with torn clothes and a shabby fur cap. + +It was the King--Louis XI in the last year of his life. + +“Sire, in the name of all the saints, what is the matter with you?” + exclaimed the Doctor. + +“Wretch!” answered the King, “why do you construct such traps that one +cannot find the way out of them?” + +Now it was Louis himself who, in his youth, had constructed the maze, +but the Doctor could not venture to tell him so. Therefore he spoke +soothingly. + +“Sire, you are ill. Why do you not remain in Tours? How have you come +here?” + +“I cannot sleep, and I cannot eat. The last few days I have passed in +Vincennes, in Saint-Pol, in the Louvre, but I find peace nowhere. At +last I came here, in order to be safe in the place which only you and I +know; I came yesterday morning, and would have stayed longer, but I was +hungry, and when I wanted to get out, I could not find the way. I have +been here, freezing, last night. Take me away; I am ill; feel my pulse, +and see whether it is not the quartan ague.” The Doctor tried to feel +his pulse, but did so with difficulty for it was hardly beating at all; +but he dared not tell the King so. + +“Your pulse is regular and strong, sire; let us get home!” + +“I will eat at your house; you only can prepare food properly; all +the rest spoil it with their everlasting condiments; they spice all +my dishes, and the spices are bad. Jacob, help me to get away from +here--help me. Did you see the star last night? Is there anything new +in the sky? There is certain a comet approaching. I feel it before it +comes.” + +“No, sire; no comet is approaching....” + +“Do you answer impertinently? Then you believe I am sick--perhaps +incurably.” + +“No, sire, you are healthier than ever; but follow me--I will make you a +bed, and prepare you a meal.” + +The King rose and followed the Doctor. The latter, however, wished the +monarch to go before him but the King mistrusted his only last friend, +who certainly did not love him, and would have gladly seen him dead. + +“Beware of the seats, sire,” he cried. “Do not go too near to the hedge; +keep in the middle of the path.” + +“Your seats themselves should.... Forgive me my sins.” He crossed +himself. + +When they came out of the labyrinth, the King fell in a rage at the +recollection of what he had suffered, and, instead of being grateful +towards his rescuer, he burst into abuse: “How could you let me go +astray in your garden, and let me sleep on the bare ground in the open +air? You are an ass.” They entered the laboratory, where it was warm, +and the King, who was observant, noticed at once the recipe which the +Doctor had left there. + +“What are you doing behind my back? What recipe have you been writing? +Is it poison or medicine? Oil of vitriol is poison, salts of ammonia are +only for dysentery, saltpetre produces scurvy. For whom have you made +this mixture?” + +“It is for the gardener’s cow, which has calved,” answered the Doctor, +who certainly did not wish to prolong the tyrant’s life. + +The King laid down on a sofa. “Jacob,” he said, “you must not go away; I +will not eat, but I will sleep, and you must sit here by me. I have had +to sleep for eight nights. But put out the fire; it hurts my eyes. Don’t +let down the blinds; I want to see the sun; otherwise I cannot sleep.” + +He seemed to fall asleep, but it was only a momentary nap. Then he grew +wide awake again, and sat up in bed. + +“Why do you keep starlings in your garden, Jacob?” + +“I have no starlings,” answered the Doctor impatiently, “but if you have +heard them whistling, sire, they must be there with your permission.” + +“Don’t you hear them, then?” + +“No! but what are they singing?” + +“Yes, you know! After the shameful treaty of Peronne, when I had to +yield to Charles of Burgundy, the Parisians taught their starlings to +cry ‘Peronne!’ Do you know what they are saying now?” + +The Doctor lost patience, for he had heard these old stories thousands +of times: “They are not saying ‘Guienne,’ are they?” he asked. + +There was an ugly reference to fratricide in the question, for the King +was suspected of having murdered his brother, the Duke of Guienne. He +started from the sofa in a pugnacious attitude. “What! You believe in +this fable? But I have never committed murder, though I would certainly +like to murder you....” + +“Better leave it alone!” answered the Doctor cynically; “you know what +the starshave said--eight days after my death, follows yours.” + +The King had an attack of cramp, for he believed this fable, which +Coctier had invented to protect his own life. But when he recovered +consciousness, he continued to wander in his talk. + +“They also say that I murdered my father, but that is a lie. He starved +himself to death for fear of being poisoned.” + +“Of being poisoned by you! You are a fine fellow! But your hour will +soon come.” + +“Hush!... I remember every thing now. My father was a noodle who let +France be overrun by the English, and when the Maid of Orleans saved +him, gave her up to the English. I hate my father who was false to my +mother with Agnes Sorel, and had his legitimate children brought up by +his paramour. When he left the kingdom to itself, I and the nobles +took it in hand. That you call ‘revolt,’ but I have never stirred up a +revolt! That is a lie.” + +“Listen!” the Doctor broke in; “if you wish to confess, send for your +father confessor.” + +“I am not confessing to you; I am defending myself.” + +“Who is accusing you, then? Your own bad conscience.” + +“I have no bad conscience, but I am accused unjustly.” + +“Who is accusing you? The starling?” + +“My wife and children accuse me, and don’t wish to see me.” + +“No; if you have sent them to Amboise, they cannot see you, and, as a +matter of fact, they do not wish to.” + +“To think that I, the son of King Charles VII, must hear this sort +of thing from a quack doctor! I have always liked people of low rank; +Olivier the barber was my friend.” + +“And the executioner Tristan was your godfather.” + +“He was provost-marshal, you dog!” + +“The tailor became a herald.” + +“And the quack doctor a chancellor! Put that to my account and praise +me, ingrate! for having protected you from the nobles, and for only +having regard to merit.” + +“That is certainly a redeeming feature.” + +Just then a man appeared in the doorway with his cap in his hand. + +“Who is there?” cried the King. “Is it a murderer?” + +“No, it is only the gardener,” the man answered. + +“Ha! ha! gardener!--your cow has calved, hasn’t she?” + +“I possess no cow, sire, nor have I ever had one.” + +The King was beside himself, and flew at Coctier’s throat. + +“You have lied to me, scoundrel; it is not medicine you were preparing, +but poison.” + +The gardener disappeared. “If I wished to do what I should,” said +Coctier, “I would treat you like Charles the Bold did when you cheated +him.” + +“What did he do? What do people say that he did?” + +“People say that he beat you with a stick.” + +The King was ashamed, went to bed again, and hid his face in the +pillow. The Doctor considered this a favourable moment for preferring a +long-denied request. + +“Will you now liberate the Milanese?” he asked. + +“No.” + +“But he cannot sit any more in his iron cage!” + +“Then let him stand!” + +“Don’t you know that when one has to die, one good deed atones for a +thousand crimes?” + +“I will not die!” + +“Yes, sire, you will die soon.” + +“After you!” + +“No, before me.” + +“That is also a lie of yours.” + +“All have lied to you, liar. And your four thousand victims whom you +have had executed....” + +“They were not victims; they were criminals.” + +“Those four thousand slaughtered will witness it the judgment seat +against you.” + +“Lengthen my life; then I will reform myself.” + +“Liberate the Milanese.” + +“Never!” + +“Then go to perdition--and quickly. Your pulse is so feeble that your +hours are numbered.” + +The King jumped up, fell on his knees before the physician, and prayed, +“Lengthen my life.” + +“No! I should like to abbreviate it, were you not the anointed of the +Lord. You ought to have rat-poison.” + +“Mercy! I confess that I have acted from bad motives; that I have only +thought of myself; that I have never loved the people, but used them +in order to put down the nobles; I grant that I made agreements and +treaties with the deliberate purpose of breaking them; that I ... Yes, +I am a poor sinful man, and my name will be forgotten; all that I have +done will be obliterated....” + +A stranger now appeared in the open door. It was a young man in the garb +of the Minorites. + +“Murderer!” screamed the King, and sprang up. + +“No,” answered the monk, “I am he whom you called Vincent of Paula.” + +“My deliverer! say a word--a single word of comfort.” + +“Sire,” answered Vincent, “I have heard your confession, and will give +you absolution in virtue of my office.” + +“Speak.” + +“Very well. Your motives were not pure, as you yourself confess, but +your work will not perish, for He who guides the destinies of men and +nations uses all and each for His purposes. Not long ago it was a pure +virgin who saved France; now it is not quite so blameless a man. But +your work, sire, was in its result of greater importance than that +of the Maid, for you have completed what the Roman Caesar began. The +hundred-year war with England is over, the Armagnacs and Burgundians +quarrel no more, the Jacquerie war has ceased, and the peasants have +returned to their ploughs. You have united eleven provinces, France has +become one land, one people, and will now take the place of Rome, which +will disappear and be forgotten for centuries, perhaps some day to rise +again. France will guide the destinies of Europe, and be great among the +crowned heads, so long as it does not aim at empire like the Rome of the +Caesars, for then it will be all over with it. Thank God that you have +been able to be of service, though in ignorance of the will and purposes +of your Lord, when you thought you were only going your own way!” + +“Montjoie Saint Denis!” exclaimed the King. “Lord, now lettest Thou Thy +servant depart in peace.” + +“But not here,” broke in the Doctor, who was tired of the whole +business. “Travel back to Tours, take the priest with you, and leave me +in peace!” + +The King returned to Plessis-les-Tours, where he ended his days after +severe sufferings. He did not obtain peace, but he did obtain death. + +“Now the rod is thrown into the fire,” said Doctor Coctier, “let +it burn; the children have grown up, and can look after themselves. +Executioners also have their uses, as Tristan L’Ermite and his master +Louis XI know. Peace be with them.” + + + + +OLD MERRY ENGLAND + + +Cardinal Wolsey’s oared galley pushed off from the Tower Bridge, below +the iron gateway. It gleamed with red and gold; flags and sails flapped +lazily in a gentle breeze. The Cardinal sat on the stern-deck surrounded +by his little court; most of his attendants he had left at home in +York Palace, later known as Whitehall. His face was red both from the +reflection of his red dress as from the wine which he had been drinking +at noon with King Henry VIII in the Tower, and also from the new French +sickness, which was very fashionable, as everything French was. + +He was in a cheerful mood, for he had just received fresh proofs of the +King’s favour. + +At his side stood the King’s secretary, Thomas Cromwell. Both were +parvenus. Wolsey was the son of a butcher, Cromwell the son of a smith, +and that was probably one of the causes of their friendship, although +the Cardinal was by twenty years the elder of the two. + +“This is a happy day,” said Wolsey joyfully, and cast a glance up at the +Tower, which was still a royal residence, though it was soon to cease to +be one. “I have obtained the head of Buckingham, that fool who believed +he had a right of succession to the crown.” + +“Who has the right of succession,” asked Cromwell, “since there is no +male heir, and none is expected?” + +“I will soon see to that! Katherine of Aragon is weak and old, but the +King is young and strong.” + +“Remember Buckingham,” said Cromwell; “it is dangerous to meddle with +the succession to the throne.” + +“Nonsense! I have guided England’s destiny hitherto, and will guide it +further.” + +Cromwell saw that it was time to change the topic. + +“It is a good thing that the King is leaving the Tower. It must +be depressing for him to have only a wall between himself and the +prisoners, and to see the scaffold from his windows.” + +“Don’t talk against our Tower! It is a Biblia Pauperum, an illustrated +English History comprising the Romans, King Alfred, William the +Conqueror, and the Wars of the Roses. I was fourteen years old when +England found its completion at the battle of Bosworth, and the thirty +years’ War of the Roses came to an end with the marriage between York +and Lancaster....” + +“My father used to talk of the hundred years’ war with France, which +ended in the same year in which Constantinople was taken by the +Turks--_i.e._ 1453.” + +“Yes, all countries are baptized in blood; that is the sacrament of +circumcision, and see what fertility follows this manuring with blood! +You don’t know that apple-trees bear most fruit after a blood-bath.” + +“Yes I do; my father always used to bury offal from butchers’ shops at +the root of fruit-trees.” + +Here he stopped and coloured, for he had made a slip with his tongue. In +the Cardinal’s presence no one dared to speak of slaughter or the +like, for he was hated by the people, and often called “The Butcher.” + Cromwell, however, was above suspicion, and the Cardinal did not take +his remark ill, but saved the situation. + +“Moreover,” he continued, “my present was well received by the King; +Hampton Court is also a treasure, and has the advantage of being near +Richmond and Windsor, but can naturally not bear comparison with York +Place.” + +The galley was rowed up the river, on whose banks stood the most stately +edifices which existed at the time. They passed by customhouses and +warehouses, fishmarkets, and fishers’ landing-places; the pinnacles +of the Guildhall or Council House; the Convent of Blackfriars, the old +Church of St. Paul’s; the Temple, formerly inhabited by the Templars, +now a court of justice; the Hospital of St. James, subsequently +appropriated by Henry VIII and made a palace. Finally they reached York +Place (Whitehall) by Westminster, where Wolsey, the Cardinal and Papal +Legate, Archbishop of York and Keeper of the Great Seal, dwelt with his +court, comprising about eight hundred persons, including court ladies. + +Then they disembarked after conversing on ordinary topics; for the +Cardinal preferred discussing trifles when he had great schemes in hand, +and that which occupied him especially just now was his candidature for +the papacy. + + * * * * * + +Sir Thomas More, the King’s Treasurer and Privy Councillor, sat in his +garden at Chelsea above Westminster. He was correcting proofs, for he +was a great scholar, and wrote on all the controversial questions of the +day, religious and political, though he was essentially a man of peace, +living in this suburb an idyllic life with his family. + +He wore his best attire, although in the house and at work. He also +showed signs of disquietude, looking now and then towards the door, +for at an early hour of the day no one less than the King had sent an +intimation of his intention to pay him a visit. He knew from experience +how dangerous it was to be on intimate terms with the King and to share +his secrets. His sovereign had the bad habit of asking for advice which +he did not follow, and of imparting secrets the knowledge of which often +cost his confidants their heads. The most dangerous thing of all was to +undertake to act as intermediary between Henry and anyone else, for then +one fell between two millstones. + +With a mind prepared for the worst, More tried to quiet himself by +reading his proofs, but his efforts were vain. He rose and began to walk +up and down the garden path, went over in his mind all possible causes +of the King’s coming, rehearsed answers to objections, refutations of +arguments, and ways of modifying the King’s too strong views without +causing offence. + +Henry was certainly a learned man, who had a respect for knowledge, +but he had a savage nature which he tried to tame with the scourge of +religion, though without success. + +The clank of armour and tramp of horses was now audible, and the +Treasurer hastened, cap in hand, to the garden gate. + +The King had already dismounted from his horse, and hastened towards his +friend, carrying a portfolio in his hand. + +“Thomas,” he said without any preface, “take and read! He has answered +me! Who? Luther, of course! He--the man whose mind reeks like carrion, +and whose practices are damnable--has answered my book, _The Babylonish +Captivity_. Take and read what he says, and tell me if you have ever +seen anything like it.” + +He gave the Treasurer a printed pamphlet. “And then this devil of a liar +says I have not written my book myself. Take and read it, and give me +your advice.” + +More began to read Luther’s answer to Henry’s attack. He read it to +himself, and often found it hard to remain serious, although the King +kept his eyes fixed on his face in order to read his thoughts. + +Among other things, Luther had written: “It matters nothing to me +whether King Heinz or Kunz, the Devil or Hell itself, has composed this +book. He who lies is a liar--therefore I fear him not. It seems to me +that King Henry has provided an ell or two of coarse stuff for this +mantle, and that the poisonous fellow Leus (Leo X), who wrote against +Erasmus, or someone of his sort, has cut and lined the hood. But I will +help them--please God--by ironing it and attaching bells to it.” + +More felt that he must say something or lose his head, so he said: “That +is monstrous! That is quite monstrous!” + +“Go on!” exclaimed Henry. + +After saying that he postponed the discussion of the other six +sacraments, Luther added: “I am busy in translating the Bible into +German, and cannot stir up Heinz’s dirt any more.” + +The Treasurer was nearly choking with suppressed laughter, but he felt +the sword suspended over his head, and continued: “But I will give the +poisonous liar and blasphemer, King Heinz, once for all, a complete +answer, and stop his mouth.... Therefore he thinks to hang on to the +Pope and play the hypocrite before him.... Therefore they mutually +caress and tickle each other like a pair of mule’s ears....” + +“No, sire,” More broke off, “I cannot go on; it is high treason to read +it.” + +“I will read,” said the King, and took the pamphlet from him: + +“‘I conquer and defy Papists, Thomists, Henrys, Sophists, and all the +swine of hell!’ He calls us swine!” + +“He is a madman who ought to be beaten to death with iron bars or hunted +in a forest with bloodhounds.” + +“Yes, he ought! But imagine!--this scoundrel gives himself out for a +prophet and servant of Christ. And he has married a nun. That is incest! +But he has been punished for it. The Kurfürst of Saxony has abandoned +him, and none of his so-called friends went to the wedding....” + +“What is his object? What is his new teaching? Justification through +faith. If one only believes, one may live like a swine!” + +“And his doctrine about the Communion. The Church says the Elements are +changed by consecration, but this materialist says they actually _are_ +Christ’s Body and Blood. Then the corn in the field and the grapes in +the vineyard are already Christ’s Body and Blood! He is an ass! And the +world is mad.” + +“And the consequence,--sin with impunity! Sire, allow me to read some +lines, which I have written as an answer, not to these but to his other +follies--only some lines which I hope to add to.” + +“Read! I listen when you speak, for I have learnt to listen, and, +through that, I know something.” + +The King sat down astride on a chair, as though he would ride against +his formidable foe. + +“Honourable brother,” read More, “father, drinker runaway from the +Augustinian Order, clumsy tipsy reveller of the worldly and spiritual +kingdoms, ignorant teacher of sacred theology.” + +“Good, Thomas; he knows no theology!” + +“And this is the way he composed his book against King Henry, the +Defender of Our Faith: he collected his stable-companions, and +commissioned them to collect all manner of abuse and bad language, each +in his own department. One of them among carters and boatmen; another +in baths and gaming-houses; a third in barbers’ shops and restaurants; +a fourth in mills and brothels. They wrote down in their note-books +the most daring, dirtiest, and vulgarest expressions which they heard, +brought home all that was coarse and nasty, and emptied it into a +disgusting drain, called Luther’s soul.” + +“Good! Very good! But what shall we do now?” + +“Burn the rubbish, sire, and make an end of the matter.” + +“Yes, I will have his heresies burnt to-morrow at St. Paul’s Cross in +the City.” + + * * * * * + +In the great library of the Temple sat the King and Cardinal Wolsey, +examining collections of laws and precedents. Outside in the garden the +Queen was walking with some of the court ladies. This garden--really +a large rose-garden--had been preserved as a promenade for the royal +personages who could not sleep in the Tower, because it was haunted, and +did not retain their health in the insignificant Bride-well in the City; +it was also preserved as a place of historical interest, for here the +adherents of Lancaster and York were said to have plucked the red and +white roses as their respective badges. + +Queen Katherine of Aragon, the daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, the +patrons of Christopher Columbus, had now, after twenty years’ marriage +with Henry VIII, reached a certain age. She had borne him several sons, +but all had died: only one, a daughter, lived, known later on as Queen, +under the title “Bloody Mary.” Katherine had aged early, and sought +comfort in religion; she used to rise at night and attend mass in the +garb of a Franciscan nun. She knew of the King’s unfaithfulness, but +accepted it quietly; she had heard the name of Elizabeth Blunt, but +ignored it. + +Now she sat on a seat, and watched her young attendants playing, while +she turned over the pages of her prayer book. One pair especially her +eyes followed with pleasure--the uncommonly beautiful Anna of Norfolk +and young Henry Algernon Percy of Northumberland, Hotspur’s descendant. +The pair were playing with roses; the youth had an armful of white and +the girl an armful of red roses, which they threw at each other, singing +as they lid so. + +It was a beautiful sight, but the Queen became sad: “Don’t play like +that, children,” she said; “it awakens memories which ought to sleep in +the Tower, where Only the dead can sleep quietly. Besides, the King, and +consequently the Cardinal, will be vexed; they sit there in the library. +Play something else!” + +The two young people seemed not to understand. Accordingly the Queen +continued: “The Wars of the Roses, children, did not end altogether at +Bosworth but--in the Tower happened much that is best forgotten. Take a +book and read something.” + +“We have been reading all the morning,” answered Anne surnamed Boleyn or +Bullen. + +“What are you reading then? + +“Chaucer.” + +“_The Canterbury Tales_? Those are not for children: Chaucer was a +jester. You had better take my book. It has beautiful pictures.” The +young Percy took the little breviary, and, going down the path as though +they sought the shade, they both quietly disappeared from the Queen’s +eyes. + +But from the library four eyes had followed them, those of the King and +the Cardinal, while they turned over the folios. + +The King was uneasy, and spoke more for the sake of speaking than +because he had something to say, and so did the Cardinal. + +“You ought to aim at the Papacy, Cardinal, as Hadrian’s successor.” + +“Yes, so they say.” + +“What about the votes?” + +“They are controlled by the Emperor Charles V and King Francis I.” + +“How can one bring such a discordant pair into harmony?” + +“That is just what requires diplomatic skill, sire.” + +“You cannot stand on good terms with both.” + +“Who knows? The Emperor has taken Rome, and placed the Pope in the +Castle of St. Angelo ... that was a droll stroke! Then the soldiers in +jest, under the windows of the Castle, called out for Martin Luther as +Pope.” + +“Name not his cursed name,” growled the King, but more in anger at what +he saw in the rose-garden than at the mention of Luther. + +The Cardinal understood him. “I do not like a union between +Northumberland and Norfolk,” he said. + +“What do you say?” asked the King. He was angry that Wolsey had read his +thoughts, but did not wish to betray himself. + +“Anne is really too good for a Percy, and I find it improper of the +Queen to act as a match-maker, and let them go alone in the shrubbery. +No, that must have an end!” + +“Sire, it is already at an end; I have written to Anne’s father to call +her home to Hever.” + +“You did well in that, by heaven! Two such families, who both aim at the +succession, ought not to unite.” + +“Who is there that does _not_ aim at the throne? Just now it was +Buckingham, now it is Northumberland, and only because there is no +proper heir. Sire, you must consider the country, and your people, and +name a successor.” + +“No! I will not have anyone waiting for my decease.” + +“Then we shall have the Wars of the Roses again, which cost England a +million men and eighty of our noblest families.” + +The King smiled. “Our noblest!” Then he rose and stepped to the window: +“I must now accompany the Queen home,” he said. “She has gone to sleep +outside, and this damp is not good for her in her weak condition.” + +“At her Majesty’s age one must be very careful,” replied the Cardinal. +He emphasized the word _age_, for Katherine was forty, and gave no more +hopes of an heir to the throne. Her daughter Mary might certainly be +married, but one did not know to whom. + +“Sire,” he continued, “do not be angry, but I have just now opened the +Holy Scripture.... It may be an accident--will you listen?” + +“Speak.” + +“In the third Book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters, I +read the following--but you will not be angry with your servant?” + +“Read.” + +“These are the Lord’s solemn words: ‘If any man take his brother’s wife, +it is evil; they shall be childless.’” + +The King was excited, and approached the Cardinal. + +“Is that there? Yes, truly! God has punished me by taking my sons one +after the other. What a wonderful book, in which everything is written! +That is the reason then! But what says Thomas Aquinas, the ‘Angel’ of +the Schoolmen?” + +“Yes, sire, if you wish the matter elucidated, we must consult the +learned.” + +“Let us do so,--but quietly and cautiously. The Queen is blameless, and +nothing evil must happen to her. Quietly and cautiously, Wolsey! But I +must know the truth.” + + * * * * * + +In a room near the “Bloody Tower,” the Cardinal and More were carrying +on a lively conversation. + +“What is happening now in Germany?” asked the Cardinal. + +“While Luther was in the Wartburg, his pupil Karlstadt came to +Wittenberg, and turned everything upside down. Citing the prohibition +of images in the Old Testament, he stirred up students and the rabble to +attack the churches and throw all sacred objects outside.” + +“That’s the result of the Bible! To give it into the hands of the +unlearned means letting hell loose.” + +“Then....” + +“What did Luther say to that?” + +“He hurried down from the Wartburg and denounced Karlstadt and his +followers, but I cannot say that he confuted them. A councillor quoted +the book of Moses, ‘Thou shalt not make to thee any image nor likeness.’ +And a shoemaker answered, ‘I have often taken off my hat before images +in a room or in the street; but that is idolatry, and robs God of the +glory which belongs to Him alone.’” + +“What did Luther say?” + +“That then, on account of occasional misuse, one must kill all the +women, and pour all the wine into the streets.” + +“That was a stupid saying; but that is the result of disputing with +shoemakers. Besides, it is degrading to compare women to wine! He is a +coarse fellow who sets his wife on the same level with a beer-barrel.” + +“Logic is not his strong point, and his comparisons halt on crutches. In +his answer to the Pope’s excommunication, he writes, among other things: +‘If a hay-cart must move out of the way of a drunken man, how much more +must Peter and Jesus Christ keep out of the way of the Pope?’” + +“That is a pretty simile! Let us return to James Bainham.” + +“But let me tell you a little more about the fanatics in Germany. +Besides Karlstadt and his followers, other enthusiasts, quoting the +Bible and Luther, have had themselves rebaptized; their leader has taken +ten wives, supporting his action by the example of David, Solomon, and +even Abraham.” + +“The Bible again!--Call in Bainham, and then we will hear how the matter +stands! He was a lawyer in the Temple, you say, and has been spreading +Luther’s teaching. Have we not had enough of Wycliffe and the +Lollards? Must we have the same thing again, grunted out by this German +plagiariser?” + +“I am not an intolerant man,” said More, “but a State must be +homogeneous, or it will fall to pieces. Ignoramuses and lunatics must +not come forward and sniff at the State religion, be it better or +worse.” + +“Let Bainham come, and we will hear him.” + +More went to a door which was guarded on the outside by soldiers, and +gave an order. + +“You examine him, and I will listen,” said the Cardinal. + +After a time Bainham was brought into the room in chains. + +More sat at the end of a table, and commenced. + +“James Bainham, can you declare your belief in a few words?” + +“I believe in God’s Word--_i.e._ the whole of Holy Scripture.” + +“Do you really--in the Old as well as the New Testament?” + +“In both.” + +“In the Old also?” + +“In both.” + +“Very well, then, you believe in the Old Testament. Now, you have had +yourself baptized again, for the Bible says, ‘Go, and teach all nations +and baptize them.’ Good. But have you had yourself circumcised, as the +Bible commands?” + +Bainham looked confounded, and the Cardinal had to turn his head, in +order not to smile. + +“I am not an Israelite,” answered Bainham. + +“No! but Nathanael, who sought our Saviour and believed on him, was +called by John ‘an Israelite indeed.’ If you are not an ‘Israelite +indeed,’ you are not a Christian.” + +“I cannot answer that.” + +“No, you cannot answer, but you can preach and talk rubbish. Are you a +Lutheran?” + +“Yes.” + +“But Luther is against the Anabaptists; therefore he is against you, and +he has asked the princes to kill the Anabaptists like wild dogs. Are you +still a Lutheran?” + +“Yes, according to his early teaching.” + +“You mean justification by faith. What do you believe?” + +“I believe in God the Father....” + +“Who is the Father? In Luther’s catechism it is written, ‘Thou shalt +have none other Gods but me.’ But that is the Law of Moses, and it is +Jehovah who is intended there. If you believe in Jehovah, then you are a +Jew, are you not?” + +“I believe also on Christ the Son of God.” + +“Then you are a Jew-Christian! So you have admitted that you are a +Lutheran, Anabaptist, Jew, and Christian--all this together. You are a +fool, and you don’t know what you are. But that may be passed over, if +you do not seduce others.” + +“Give him a flogging,” said the Cardinal, who did not like the turn the +conversation had taken, especially the challenging of the Bible, which +just now he wished to use for his own purposes. + +“He has already had that,” answered More, “but besides his doctrine, +this conceited man, who wants to make himself popular, belongs to a +society which circulates a bad translation of the Bible.” “You see +yourself,” he continued, turning to Bainham, “what Bible reading leads +to, and I demand that you give up the names of your fellow-criminals.” + +“That I will never do! The just shall live by his faith.” + +“Will you call yourself just, when there is no one just? Read the Book +of Job, and you will see. And your belief is really too eccentric to be +counted to you for righteousness.” + +“Send him down in the cellar to Master Mats! Must one listen to such +nonsense! Away with him!” + +More pointed to the door, and Bainham went out. + +“Yes,” said Wolsey, “what is there in front of us? Schisms, +sectarianism, struggles. If we only had an heir to the throne.” + +“We cannot get the King divorced.” + +“You yourself have spoken the word. There is no need for divorce, +because his marriage is null.” + +“Is it? How do you prove that?” + +“From the third book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters: +‘If any one taketh his brother’s wife, it is evil.’” + +“Yes, but in the fifth book of Moses, five and twentieth chapter, fifth +verse, it is commanded.” + +“What, in Christ’s name, are you saying?” + +“Certainly it is: ‘If brothers dwell together, and one die without +children, his brother shall take his wife and raise up seed to his +brother.” + +“Damnation! This cursed book.” + +“Moreover: Abraham married his half-sister; Jacob married two sisters: +Moses’ father married his aunt.” + +“That is the Bible, is it? Thank you! Then I prefer the Decretals and +the Councils. The Pope must dissolve the marriage.” + +“Is it then to be dissolved?” + +“Didn’t you know? Yes, it is. If Julius II could grant a dispensation, +Clement VII can grant an absolution.” + +“It is not just towards the Queen.” + +“The country demands it--the kingdom--the nation! The King’s +conscience....” + +“Oh! is it the fair Anne?” + +“No, not she!” + +“Is it....” + +“Don’t ask any more.” + +“Then I answer, Margaret of Valois.” + +“I give no answer at all, but I am not responsible for your life, if you +talk out of season! The Bible won’t help you there.” + +“It would be a useful reform, if we could cancel the Old Testament as a +Jewish book.” + +“But we cannot cancel the Psalms of David, which are our only Church +canticles. Luther himself has taken his hymns from the Psalter, and ‘Ein +feste Burg ist unser Gott’ from the Proverbs of Solomon; he has borrowed +the melody from the Graduale Romanum.” + +“But we must relegate the law of Moses to the Apocrypha, otherwise +we are Pharisees and Jewish Christians. What have we to do with +circumcision, the paschal lamb, and levitical marriage? Wait till I am +Pope.” + +“Must we really wait so long?” + +“Hush! The noon-bell is ringing. Do not let us neglect our duties. +The flesh must have its due, in order not to burn. Come with me to +Westminster; then you can go on to Chelsea afterwards.” + + * * * * * + +Henry VIII was twelve years old when he was engaged to the widow of his +brother Arthur. At fourteen he protested against the marriage, which was +distasteful to him, but at eighteen he married Katherine, the aunt of +the Emperor Charles V. Cardinal Wolsey would have gladly brought about +a divorce, for he wished for a successor to the throne in order to keep +the power in his own hands. This power he had misused to such an extent +that the fact that there was such a thing as Parliament had almost +been forgotten. Wolsey wished to have the King married to a powerful +princess, and thought for a time of Margaret of Valois, but under +no circumstances did he wish to take a wife for him from the English +nobility. But when he aroused the King’s conscience with regard to his +marriage with Katherine, he had let loose a storm which he could not +control, much less guide in the desired direction, for the King’s +passion for Anne Boleyn was now irresistible. + +Then the Cardinal had recourse to plotting, and this brought about his +downfall. For six years negotiations went on, and the King was true to +Anne. He wrote letters which can still be read and which display a great +and honourable love. Most of them were signed “Henry Tudor, Rex, your +true and constant servant,” and began “My mistress and friend.” Anne +answered coldly, but her love to Percy was nipt in the bud by a marriage +being arranged for him. After all the learned authorities had been +consulted, and much controversy had taken place regarding the third +and the fifth books of Moses, the Pope sent a Nuncio with secret +instructions to get rid of the whole matter by postponing it. But Henry +did not yield, though his feelings for Katherine, whom he respected, +cost him a terrible struggle. The trial began in the chapter-house of +Blackfriars in the presence of the King and Queen. But Katherine stood +up, threw herself at the King’s feet, and found words which touched the +tyrant. She challenged the right of the court to try her, appealed to +the Pope, and returned to Bridewell. It is there that we find her in +Shakespeare’s _Henry VIII_, singing sorrowfully a beautiful song: + + “Orpheus with his lute made trees + And the mountain tops that freeze + Bow themselves when he did sing.” + +The divorce proceedings had gone on for some years; people had sided +alternately with the King and with the Queen, and often sympathised with +both, when suddenly rumour announced the outbreak of a pestilence. + +It was not the Black Death or the boil-pest, but the English +“sweating-sickness.” This hitherto unknown disease had first broken +out in the same year when the wars of the Roses ended on the field of +Bosworth; but it was entirely confined to England, passing neither to +Scotland nor Ireland. It was so mysteriously connected with English +blood, that in Calais only Englishmen and no Frenchmen were attacked by +it. Since then the sickness had twice appeared among the English. Now it +returned and broke out in London. + +The King, who had said that “no one but God could separate him from +Anne,” was alarmed, and did not know what to think--whether it was a +warning or a trial. The symptoms of the sickness were perspiration and a +desire to sleep; but if one yielded to the desire, one might be dead +in three hours. In London the citizens died like flies: Sir Thomas More +lost a daughter; the Cardinal, who had come to preside at Hampton Court, +had his horses put to the carriage again, and hurried away. Finally +one of Anne’s ladies-in-waiting was attacked. Then the King lost all +presence of mind, sent Anne home to her father, and fled himself from +place to place, from Waltham to Hunsdon. He reconciled himself to +Katherine, lived in a tower without a servant, prepared his will, and +was ready for death. + +Then there came the news that Anne herself had been seized by the +sickness. The King had lost his chamberlain, and now wrote letter after +letter. Then he fled again to Hatfield and Tittenhanger. + +But Anne recovered, the pestilence ceased, and Henry resumed the divorce +proceedings. The Cardinal and the Nuncio wavered, and in the seventh +year the King lost patience. He had now found the man he sought for. Sir +Thomas More would not declare Katherine’s marriage null. The new man was +Thomas Cranmer, who hated the Pope and the monks, and dreamt of a free +England--free, that is, from Rome. The King and his new friend worked in +secret at something which Cardinal Wolsey did not know, and one day +the preliminaries were settled, the papers were in order, and the mine +exploded. + + * * * * * + +The King’s galley pushed off from the Tower. It did not look so +brilliant as the Cardinal’s had once been. Cranmer sat by the King. + +“I shall not sleep in the Tower any more,” said the King. “I am leaving +it now, Thomas; this is my removal. I move to Whitehall, for that will +be the name of York Palace; because I, as a Lancastrian, hate York, and +because my white rose shall dwell in my castle. Now, _you_ will sit +in the Tower, my hell-dog! To think that this Satan of a Cardinal has +deceived me for six years. What troubles his plotting has caused me! +Six years! I have always hated the man, but I needed him, for he was +clever.” + +The King glanced at the north side of the Thames. “And I have lived in +the city which has not been my own; Rome possesses a third of it. I have +lived like a beggar, but now--London is mine. The Temple, St. James’s, +Whitehall, Westminster to begin with; then the rest.” + +The galley reached York Palace, and the King hastened in with his +body-guard, without giving the password or answering the chamberlain’s +questions. He went straight to the Cardinal’s room, and laid some +letters before him: “Read! you snake! your lying letters behind my +back.” + +The Cardinal’s face seemed to shrink to half its size, and resembled +a death’s-head. He did not, however, fall on his knees, but raised his +head for the last time: “I appeal to the Pope.” + +“There is no Pope in England! Nay, I am the Pope, and therefore you are +no longer Cardinal! Accordingly, I have granted myself a dispensation, +and married Anne Boleyn yesterday! In a few days I shall have her +crowned. And then we will dwell here! _Here!_ But you will live in the +Tower. Go, or I throw you out.” + +Thus England became free; a third part of London, which had belonged +to the monks, reverted to the Crown, and afterwards the whole country +followed. + +The King had obtained his beloved Anne, but after three years she was +beheaded, for having dishonoured the King by adultery. After that the +King married four times. Cardinal Wolsey died before he came to the +scaffold; Sir Thomas More was beheaded; and Cromwell, who at first +defended Wolsey, but afterwards became a “_malleus monachorum_,” was +also beheaded. All this seems very confused and tragic, but from this +confusion a free, independent, and powerful England emerged. When the +Germans were preparing to cast off the yoke of Rome in the Thirty Years’ +War, England had already completed her task. + + + + +THE WHITE MOUNTAIN + + +While the peace negotiations were being carried on in Osnabrück and +Münster, the Thirty Years’ War still flamed up here and there, more +perhaps to keep the troops in practice, to provide support for the +soldiers, and to have booty at command, than to defend any faith or the +adherents of it. + +All talk of religion had ceased, and the powers now played with +their cards exposed. Protestant Saxony, the first State to support +Lutheranism, worked in conjunction with Catholic Austria, and Catholic +France with Protestant Sweden. In the battle of Wolfenbüttel, 1641, +French Catholics fought against German Catholics, the latter of whom, +however, later on carried the body of Johan Baner in their ranks. + +The Swedish Generals thought little of peace, but when the negotiations +dragged on to the seventh year, they thought the time had come to have +some regard to it. “He who takes something, has something,” Wrangel +wrote to his son. + +Hans Christoph von Königsmarck, who continued Johan Baner’s traditions, +had lately been with him at Zusmarshausen, and was now sent eastward +in the direction of Bohemia. Since, besides cavalry, he had only five +hundred foot-soldiers, he did not know what to do, but wandered about +at random, and looked for booty. But nothing was to be found, for Johan +Baner had already laid the district waste. + +“Then they marched farther,” like Xenophon, and found the woods which +bordered the highways’ cut down; the fields were covered with weeds, and +in the trees hung corpses; the churches had been burnt, but watch was +kept in the churchyards in order that the corpses should not be eaten. + +One night Königsmarck himself was leading a small detachment in search +of provisions. They rode into a wood where they saw a light burning. +But it was only a red glow as if from a charcoal pile or a smithy. They +dismounted from their horses, and stole on foot to the place. When they +reached it, they heard voices singing a “Miserere” in low tones, and +they saw men, women, and children sitting round an oven, the last +remains of a village. + +Königsmark went forward alone, and, hidden behind a young fir-tree, he +beheld a spectacle.... He had seen such sights before, but not under +such circumstances. In an iron scoop on the oven some game was being +roasted; it might have been an enormous hare, but was not. Like a hare, +it was very spindle-shanked and lean over back and breast; only the +hinder-parts seemed well developed; the head was placed, between the two +fore-paws.... No! they were not fore-paws, but two five-fingered hands, +and round the neck a charred rope was knotted. It was a man who had been +hung, and whom they had cut down in order to eat him. + +The General was not squeamish by nature, and had in his life passed +through many experiences, but this went beyond all bounds. He was at +first angry, and wished to interrupt the cannibals’ meal, but when he +saw the little children sitting on their mothers’ knees with tufts of +grass in their mouths, he was seized with compassion. The cannibals +themselves looked like corpses or madmen, and the eyes and expectations +of all were fastened on the oven. At the same time they sang “Lord, +have mercy,” and prayed for pardon for the grievous sin which they were +obliged to commit. “What does it really matter to me?” said the General +to himself; “I only wish I had not seen it.” He returned to his men, and +they marched on. + +The wood became thinner, and they came to an open place where was +something resembling a heap of stones, out of which there arose a +single pillar. In the half-twilight which reigned they could not +see distinctly, but on the pillar something seemed to be moving. The +“something” resembled a man, but had only one arm. + +“It is not a man, for he would have two arms,” said one of the soldiers. + +“It would be strange, if a man could not have an arm missing.” + +“Strange indeed! Perhaps it is a pillar-saint.” + +“Give him a charge of powder, and we shall soon see.” + +At the rattle of arms which was now heard there, rose a howl so terrible +and multitudinous, that no one thought it came from the pillar-saint. +At the same time the apparent heap of stones moved and became a living +mass. + +“They are wolves! Aim! Fire!” + +A volley was fired, and the wolves fled. Königsmarck rode through the +smoke, and now saw a one-armed Imperialist standing on the chimney, +which was all that was left of a burnt cottage. “Come down, and let us +look at you,” he said. + +The maimed man clambered down with his single arm, showing incredible +agility. “We ought to have him to scale the wall with a storming-party,” + said the General to himself. + +Then the examination commenced. + +“Are you alone?” + +“Alone _now_--thanks to your grace, for the wolves have been round me +for six hours.” + +“What is your name? Where do you come from? Whither do you wish to go?” + +“My name is Odowalsky; I come from Vienna; and I shall go to hell, if I +don’t get help.” + +“Will you go with us?” + +“Yes, as sure as I live! With anybody, if only I can live. I have lost +my arm; I was given a house; they burnt it, and threw me out on the +highway--with wife and child, of course!” + +“Listen; do you know the way to Prague?” + +“I can find the way to Prague, to the Hradschin and the Imperial +treasure-house, Wallenstein’s palace, the royal castle, Wallenstein’s +dancing-hall, and the Loretto Convent. There there is _multum plus +Plurimum_.” + +“What is your rank in the army?” + +“First Lieutenant.” + +“That is something different. Come with me, and you shall have a horse, +Mr. First Lieutenant, and then let us see what you are good for.” + +Odowalsky received a horse, and the General bade him ride beside him. He +talked confidentially with him the whole night till they again rejoined +the main body of the army. + + * * * * * + +Some days later Königsmarck stood with his little troop on the White +Mountain left of Prague--“Golden Prague,” as it was called. It was late +in the evening of the fifteenth of June. He had Odowalsky at his side, +and seemed to be particularly good friends with him. But the troop knew +nothing of the General’s designs, and, as they saw that he went towards +Prague, his officers were astounded, for the town was well fortified, +and defended by a strong body of armed citizens. + +“One can at any rate look at the show,” Königsmarck answered to all +objections; “that costs nothing.” + +They halted on the White Mountain, without, however, pitching a camp. +They saw nothing of the beautiful town, for it was dark, but they heard +the church and convent bells. + +“This, then, is the White Mountain, where the war broke out just thirty +years ago,” said Königsmarck to Odowalsky. + +“Yes,” answered the Austrian. “It was then the Bohemian revolt broke +out, your King Frederick V of the Palatinate was slain here, and there +was great rejoicing at his death.” + +“If you forget who you are, forget not who I am.” + +“We will not quarrel about something that happened so long ago! But, +as a matter of fact, the revolt was crushed, and the Protestants had +to withdraw. What did they get by their trouble--the poor Bohemians? +Hussites, Taborites, Utraquists sacrificed their lives, but Bohemia is +still Catholic! It was all folly!” + +“Do you belong to the Roman Church, First Lieutenant?” + +“I don’t belong to any Church at all; I belong to the army. And now we +will take Prague with a _coup de main_.” + +So it fell out. At midnight the foot-soldiers clambered over the wall, +threw the sentinels into the moat, cut down the guards at the gates, and +took that side of the town. + +For three days the part of the city which lay on the left bank of the +Moldau was plundered, and Königsmarck is said to have sent five waggons +laden with gold and silver to the north-west through Germany, as his +own share of the spoil. Odowalsky received six thousand thalers for his +trouble, and later on was raised to the Swedish House of Peers with the +title of “Von Streitberg.” + +But the right bank had not been captured. It was defended by ten +thousand citizens, assisted by students, monks, and Jews. From ancient +times there had been a large Jewish colony in Prague; the Jews were said +to have escaped thither direct from Jerusalem during the last German +crusade, and for that reason the island in the Moldau is still called +Jerusalem. On this occasion the Jews so distinguished themselves that +they received as a token of honour from the Emperor Ferdinand III a +great flag, which can be still seen in their synagogue. Königsmarck +could not take the Old Town, but had to send for help to Wittenberg. The +latter actually plundered Tabor and Budweis, but Prague, which had been +plundered, did not attract him. Then the Count Palatine Karl Gustav had +to come, and formally besieged the eastern portion of the town. + +Königsmarck dwelt in the Castle, where he could see the old hall of +the States-General, from the window of which Count Thurn had thrown the +Imperial governors Martiniz and Slavata; the Protestants say that +they fell on a dungheap, but the Catholics maintain that it was an +elder-bush. + +Meanwhile Count Karl Gustav, who was a cousin of Frederick V, had as +little success before Prague as the former. He became ill, and was +sure that he had been poisoned. But he recovered, and was about to be +reinforced by Wrangel, when news arrived that the Peace of Westphalia +had been concluded. + +With that the Thirty Years’ War was at an end. Sweden received two +million thalers and some places of importance; these were enfeoffed to +Germany, and in exchange Sweden had three votes in the German Reichstag. + +But Germany’s population was only a quarter of what it had been, and, +while it had formerly been one State under the Emperor, it was now +split up into three hundred little States. However, the liberty of +faith affirmed in the Confession of Augsburg, 1555, was recovered, and +extended to the reformed districts. It was dearly bought, but with it +North Germany had also obtained freedom from Rome, and that could not be +too dearly purchased. + +Out of chaos comes creation and new creation. From the Germanic chaos +emerged North Germany, the seed of which was Brandenberg, later on +developing into Prussia, and finally the German Empire, which received +the imperial crown at Versailles, but not from the hands of Rome. + + + + +THE GREAT CZAR + + +On the southern shore of the Gulf of Finland lay the little village +Strelna, halfway between Petersburg and the half-completed Peterhof. +At the end of the village, on the edge of the Strelka stream, stood a +simple country-house under oaks and pines. It was painted green and +red, and the window-shutters were still fastened, for it was only four +o’clock on a summer morning. + +The Gulf of Finland lay smooth under the rays of the rising sun. A Dutch +trading vessel, which had wished to enter the harbour and reach the +Admiralty House, now furled its sails and dropped anchor. It carried a +flag at its main-top which hung down idly. + +Near the red and green country-house stood an ancient lime-tree with +a split trunk; in the cleft a wooden platform with a railing had been +fitted, and a flight of steps led up to this arbour. In this early +morning hour there sat a man in the tree at an unpainted, unsteady +table, writing letters. The table was covered with papers, but there +was still room for a clock without a glass, a compass, a case of drawing +instruments, and a large bell of bronze. + +The man sat in his shirt-sleeves; he wore darned stockings which were +turned down, and large shoes; his head seemed incredibly large, but was +not so in reality; his neck was like that of an ox, and his body that +of a giant; the hand which was now writing was coarse, and stained with +tar; he wrote carelessly, with lines somewhat slanting, but quickly. +The letters were short and to the point, with no introductions and no +conclusions, merely signed “Pe ter,” the name divided in two, as though +it had been split by the heavy hand which wrote it. + +There were probably about a million men bearing that name in Russia; but +this Peter was the only one of importance, and everyone recognised the +signature. + +The lime-tree was alive with bees, the little Strelka brook bubbled and +fretted like a tea-kettle, and the sun rose gloriously; its rays fell +between the leaves of the lime-tree, and threw patches of light on the +strange face of one of the strangest and most incomprehensible men who +have ever lived. + +Just now this handsome head, with its short hair, looked like that of a +wild boar; and when the writer licked his goose-quill like a school-boy, +he showed teeth and a tongue like those of a memorial lion. Sometimes +his features were convulsed with pain, as though he were being tortured +or crucified. But then he took a new sheet, and began a new letter; his +pen ran on; his mouth smiled till his eyes disappeared, and the terrible +man looked roguish. Still another sheet, and a little note which was +certainly directed to a lady; now the face changed to that of a satyr, +melted so to speak, into harmonious lines, and finally exploded in a +loud laugh which was simply cynical. + +His morning correspondence was now ended. The Czar had written fifty +letters. He left them unsealed. Kathia, his wife, would collect and +fasten them. + +The giant stretched himself, rose with difficulty, and cast a glance +over the bay. With his spy-glass he saw Petersburg and his fleet, the +Fort of Kronstadt, which had been commenced, and finally discovered the +trading-vessel. “How did that come in without saluting?” he thought, +“and dare to anchor immediately before my house!” + +He rang, and a valet-de-chambre came at once, running from the row +of tents which stood concealed behind the pines-trees, and where both +soldiers and servants lodged. + +“Take five men in a boat,” he ordered, “and hail that brig! Can you see +what country it belongs to?” + +“It is Dutch, your Majesty!” + +“Dutch! Bring the captain here, dead or alive. At once! On the spot! But +first my tea!” + +“The household is asleep, most gracious lord.” + +“Then wake it up, you ass! Knock at the shutters! Break the door in! +Asleep in broad daylight!” + +He rang again. A second servant appeared. “Tea! and brandy--plenty of +brandy!” + +The servants ran, the household was aroused, and the Czar occupied the +interval by making notes on slate tablets. When he became impatient, he +got down, and knocked at all the shutters with his stick. Then a voice +was heard from within: “Wait a moment.” + +“No! that I won’t; I am not born to wait. Hurry! or I will set the house +on fire!” + +He went into his gardens, cast a glance at his medicinal plants, +plucked up some weeds, and watered here and there. He went into the +cattle-sheds, and looked at some merino sheep which he himself had +introduced. Here he found a trave which had been broken; he took a +saw and plane, and mended it. He threw some oats in the manger of his +favourite trotting-horse. He drove for the most part, when he did not +go on foot; riding seemed to him unworthy of a seaman, and it was as a +seaman that the Czar chiefly wished to be regarded. Then he went into +the lathe-shop, sat for a while on the turning-bench, and worked. At +the window stood a table with a copper-engraver’s tools; with the +graving-tool he drew some lines which were wanting in the map plate. +He was about to proceed to the smithy, when a woman’s voice called him +under the lime-tree. + +On the platform stood his wife the Czarina, in her morning dress. She +had massive limbs and large feet; her face was stout and plain, her eyes +were not level, but had a steady expression. + +“How early you are up this morning, Little Father?” she said. + +“Is it early? It is six at any rate!” + +“It is only just five.” + +“Five? Then it shall be six.” + +He pushed the hand of the clock an hour forward. His wife smiled a +little superciliously, but took care not to irritate him, for she knew +how dangerous it was to do so. Then she gave him his tea. + +“There is some occupation for you,” said Peter, pointing to his letters. + +“But how many there are!” + +“If there are too many I can get help.” + +The Czarina, did not answer, but began to look through the letters. The +Czar liked that, for then there would be occasion for quarrelling; and +he always wished for a quarrel in order to keep his energies active. + +“Pardon me, Peter,” said his wife, “but is it right that you should +apply to the Swedish Government about the Dutch ships?” + +“Yes, it is! All that I do is right!” + +“I don’t understand it. Our Russians fired by mistake at friendly Dutch +vessels, and you demand indemnity from the Swedes because the mischance +occurred in Swedish waters.” + +“Yes, according to Roman law, the injury must be made good in the land +where it happened....” + +“Yes, but....” + +“It is all the same anyhow: he who can pay, pays; I cannot, and the +Dutch will not, therefore the Swedes must! Do you understand?” + +“No.” + +“The Swedes have incited the Turks against me; they must pay for that.” + +“May be! But why do you write so harshly to the Dutch Government since +you like the Dutch?” + +“Why! Because since the Peace of Utrecht, Holland is on the decline. It +is all over with Holland; on to the rubbish-heap with it! I hold on to +England, since France is also declining.” + +“Should one abandon one’s old friends?...” + +“Certainly, when they are no more good. Moreover, there is no friendship +in love and in politics. Do you think I like this wretched August of +Poland? No! I am sure you don’t. But I must go with him through thick +and thin, for my country, for Russia. He who cannot sacrifice his little +humours and passions for his country is a Don Quixote, like Charles the +Twelfth. This fool, with his mad hatred against August and myself, +has worked for Sweden’s overthrow and Russia’s future. But that this +Christian dog should incite the Turks against us was a crime against +Europe, for Europe needs Russia as a bulwark against Asia. Did not the +Mongol sit for two hundred years on our frontier and threaten us? And +when our ancestors had at last driven him away, there comes a fellow +like this and brings the heathen from Constantinople upon us. The +Mongols were once in Silesia, and would have destroyed Western Europe +if we Russians had not saved it. Charles XII is dead, but I curse his +memory, and I curse everyone who seeks to hinder me in my laudable +endeavour to raise Russia from a Western Asiatic power to an Eastern +European one. I shall beat everyone down, whoever he may be, who +interferes with my work, even though it were my own son.” + +There was silence for some moments. The last words referred to the +Delicate topic of Alexis, Peter’s son by his first marriage, who was now +a prisoner awaiting his death-sentence in the Peter-Paul Fortress. He +was accused of having endeavoured to hinder his father’s work in the +civilisation of Russia, and was suspected of having taken part in plots +of rebellion. The Czar’s first divorced wife Eudoxia was confined in the +convent of Suzdal. + +Katharina naturally did not love Alexis, since he stood in the way of +her children, and she would have been glad of his death, but did not +wish to incur the guilt of it. Since Peter also did not wish to take +the responsibility for it, he had appointed a court of a hundred and +twenty-seven persons to try his son. + +The topic therefore was an unwelcome one, and, with his extraordinary +facility for quick changes of thought and feeling, Peter broke the +silence with the prosaic question, “Where is the brandy?” + +“You will get no brandy so early, my boy.” + +“Kathrina!” said Peter in a peculiar tone, while his face began to +twitch. + +“Be quiet, Lion!” answered his wife, and stroked his black mane, which +had begun to bristle. She took a bottle and a glass out of a basket. + +The Lion cheered up, swallowed the strong drink, smiled, and stroked his +spouse’s expansive bust. + +“Will you see the children?” asked Katherine, in order to bring him into +a milder mood. + +“No, not to-day! Yesterday I beat them, and they would think I was +running after them. Keep them at a distance. Keep them under, or they +will get the better of you!” + +Katherine had taken the last letter, as though absent-mindedly, and +began to read it. Then she coloured, and tore it in two. “You must not +write to actresses. That is too great an honour for them, and can only +disgrace us.” + +The Czar smiled, and was not angry. He had not intended to send the +letter, but only scribbled it in order to excite his wife, perhaps also +to show off. + +There was a sound of approaching footsteps underneath. + +“See! there is my friend, the scoundrel!” + +“Hush!” said Katherine, “Menshikoff is your friend.” + +“A fine friend! Already once I have condemned him to death as a thief +and deceiver; but he lives still, thanks to your friendship.” + +“Hush!” + +Menshikoff (he was a great soldier, an able statesman, an indispensable +favourite, enormously rich) came hurrying up the wooden stairs. It was +in his house that the Czar had found his Katherine. He was handsome, +looked like a Frenchman, dressed well, and had polished manners. He +greeted the Czar ceremoniously, and kissed Katherine’s hand. + +“Now they are there again,” he commenced. + +“The Strelitzil? [Footnote: a Russian body-guard first established by +Ivan the Terrible.] Have I not rooted them out?” + +“They grow like the dragon’s seed, and now they want to deliver Alexis.” + +“Have you any more exact information?” + +“The conspirators meet this evening at five o’clock.” + +“Where?” + +“Number fourteen the Strandlinje, at an apparently harmless meal.” + +“Strand--14,” wrote the Czar on his tablets. “Any more?” + +“To-night at two o’clock they fire the city.” + +“At two o’clock?” The Czar shook his head, and his face twitched. + +“I build up, and they pull down. But now I will extirpate them root and +branch. What do they say?” + +“They look back to Holy Moscow, and regard the building of Petersburg as +a piece of godlessness or malice. The workmen die, like flies, of marsh +fever, and they regard your Majesty’s building in the midst of a marsh +as an act of bravado a la Louis Quatorze, who built Versailles on the +site of a swamp.” + +“Asses! My town is to command the mouth of the river, and to be the Key +to the sea, therefore it must be there. The marsh shall be drained off +into canals, which will carry boats like those of Amsterdam. But so it +is when monkeys judge!” + +He rang; a servant appeared; “Put the horses to the cabriolet”; he +called down, “and now, goodbye, Katherine; I shall not be home till +to-morrow. It will be a hot day. But don’t forget the letters. Alexander +can help you.” + +“Will you not dress, little son?” answered Katherine. + +“Dress? I have my sabre.” + +“Put at least your coat on.” + +The Czar put on his coat, drew the belt which held the sabre some holes +tighter, and sprang at one bound from the platform. + +“Now it will come off,” whispered Menshikoff to Katherine. + +“You have not been lying, Alexander?” + +“A few lies adorn one’s speech. The chief point is gained. To-morrow, +Katherine, you can sleep quietly in the nursery with the heirs to the +throne.” + +“Can any misfortune happen to him?” + +“No! he never has misfortune.” + + * * * * * + +The Czar ran down to the seashore; he never walked, but always ran. +“Life goes fast,” he was wont to say, “and there is much to do.” + +When he reached the gravel bank he found a boat landing, with five +men and the Dutch prisoner. The latter sat stolidly by the rudder, and +smoked his pipe. But when he saw the Czar, he took off his cap, threw it +in the air, and cried, “Hurrah!” + +Czar Peter shaded his eyes, and, when he recognised his old teacher and +friend, Jaen Scheerborck from Amsterdam, he jumped into the boat over +the rowers’ shoulders and knees, rushed into Jaen’s arms and kissed him, +so that his pipe broke and the seaman’s great grey beard was full of +smoke and nearly took fire. Then the Czar lifted the old man up, and +carried him in his arms like a child to the shore. + +“At last, you old rascal! I have you here with me! Now you shall see my +city and my fleet, which I have built myself, for you have taught me. +Bring the cabriolet here, boy! and a grapnel from the boat; we will go, +and tack about. Quickly!” + +“Dear heart alive!” said the old man, picking the tobacco-ashes out of +his beard, “to think that I have seen the Carpenter-Czar before I die; +that is....” + +“Into the cabriolet, old fellow! Boy, hang the grapnel behind. Where are +you to sit? On my knees, of course!” + +The cabriolet had only room for one person, and the captain actually had +to sit on the Czar’s lap. Three horses were yoked to it tandem-fashion, +and a fourth ran beside the leader. The whip cracked, and the Czar +played being at sea. “A good wind, isn’t it? Twelve knots! Furl the +sheet! so!” + +A toll-gate appeared, and the captain, who knew the Czar’s wild tricks +but also his skill, began to cry “There is a toll-gate! Stop!” + +But the Czar, who had found again his youth with his old friend of +former times, and with his indestructible boyishness, liked practical +jokes and dangers, whipped on the horses, whistled and shouted, “Let her +go! Clear for action! Jump!” + +The toll-gate was burst clean open, and the old man laughed so that he +swayed on the Czar’s knees. And so they drove along the shore. At the +town gate the sentinels presented arms and saluted; on the streets +people cried “Hurrah!” and when they reached the Admiralty, cannon were +fired and the yards manned. But the Czar seriously or in play, as though +he were on the sea, shouted “Anchor!” + +So saying, he so threw the grapnel towards the wall, that it caught in +a torch-holder, which bent but did not break. But the horses, which were +still running, were suddenly forced back, and sank on their knees. The +first of the three rose no more; it had been fatally injured by bursting +in the toll-gate. + +Three hours later, when the fleet and docks had been inspected, the +Czar and Jaen Scheerborck sat in a seamen’s tavern. The cabriolet stood +without, and was “anchored” to a thatched roof. Brandy was on the table, +and their pipes had filled the room with smoke. The two friends had +discussed serious matters. The Czar had paid six visits, one to his +staff of generals, from which he returned in a very excited state to the +waiting captain. But, with his extraordinary capacity for shaking off +what was unpleasant and for changing his moods, he now beamed with +hilarity. + +“You ask whence I shall get the inhabitants for my new town. I first +brought fifty thousand workmen here. That was the nucleus. Then +I commanded all officials, priests, and great landowners to build +houses--each of them, one--whether they intended to live in it or not. +Now I have a hundred thousand. I know they talk and say that I build +towns, but don’t dwell in them myself. No! I build not for myself, +but for the Russians. I hate Moscow, which smells of the Khan of the +Tartars, and would prefer to live in the country. That is no one else’s +affair. Drink, old man! We have the whole day before us till five +o’clock. Then I must be sober.” + +The old man drank cautiously, and did not know exactly how to behave in +this grand society, which was at the same time so nautical. + +“Now you must tell me some of the stories which the people relate about +me. You know lots of them, Jaen.” + +“I know some certainly, but it is not possible....” + +“Then I will tell some,” said Peter, “Do you know the story of the pair +of compasses and the cheese? No? Well, it runs thus: ‘The Czar is so +covetous that he always carries a box of drawing instruments in his +pocket. With a pair of compasses he measures his cheese, to see whether +any of it has been stolen since the last meal!’ That is a good story! +Here is another! ‘The Czar has a Tippler’s Club. Once they determined to +hold a festival, and the guests were shut up three days and three nights +in order to drink. Each guest had a bench behind him, on which to sleep +off his intoxication, besides two tubs, one for food and one for ... you +understand?’” + +“No, that is too absurd!” + +“Such are the stories they like to tell in Petersburg. Have you not +heard that I also extract teeth? In my palace, they say, there is a sack +full of them. And then I am said to perform operations in hospital. Once +I drew off so much water from a dropsical woman that she died.” + +“Do the people believe that?” + +“Certainly they do. They are so stupid, you see; but I will cut off +their asses’ ears and singe their tongues....” + +His eyes began to sparkle, and it was plain what direction his thoughts +were taking. But however confidential he might be, there always seemed +to be secret checks at work, so that, even when intoxicated, he always +kept his great secrets though he told unimportant ones. + +Just then an adjutant came in, and whispered something to the Czar. + +“Exactly at five o’clock,” answered the Czar in a loud voice. “Sixty +grenadiers, with loaded guns and cutlasses! Adieu! Jaen,” continued the +Czar, giving a sudden turn to his thoughts, “I will buy your loom, but I +will not give more than fifty roubles for it.” + +“Sixty, sixty.” + +“You Satan of a Dutchman! You skinflint! If I offer fifty, that is an +honour for you! Indeed it is!” + +The Czar’s anger rose, but it was connected with the adjutant’s message, +not with the loom. The pot was boiling, and the cover had to fly. “You +miserable peddlers of groceries! Always fleecing people! But your time +is past! Now come the English! They are another sort!” + +Jaen the seaman became gloomy, and that annoyed the Czar still more. +He wanted to enjoy Jaen’s company, and therefore sought to divert his +thoughts. “Landlord,” he cried, “bring champagne!” + +The landlord came in, fell on his knees, and begged for mercy, for he +had not the luxurious drink in his store-cellar. This superfluous +word “store-cellar” might sound ironical and provocative, though +unintentionally. Still it was welcome as an occasion for using the +stick. + +“Have you a store-cellar, you rascal? Will you tell me that the keeper +of a seaman’s alehouse has a cellar of spirits!” And now the stick +danced. But as the Dutchman turned away with a gesture of disapproval, +the Czar’s fury broke loose. From time to time his disposition +necessitated such outbreaks. His sabre flew out of its sheath; like a +madman, he broke all the bottles on the dresser and cut all the legs +off the chairs and tables. Then he made a pile out of the fragments, and +prepared to burn the landlord on it. + +Then a door opened, and a woman entered with a little child on her arm. +When the child saw its father prostrate with his neck stretched out, it +began to scream. The Czar paused, quieted down, went to the woman, and +accosted her. “Be easy, mother; no mischief is going on; we are only +playing at sailors.” + +Then he turned to the landlord: “Send the account to Prince Menshikoff; +he will pay. But if you scratch me.... Well, I forgive you this time.... +Now let us go, Jaen. Up with the anchor, and stand by the sheet!” + +Then they drove into the town. The Czar ran up into various houses and +came down again, until it was noon. They then halted before Menshikoff’s +palace. “Is dinner ready?” asked the Czar from the cabriolet. + +“Yes, your Majesty,” answered a lackey. + +“Serve up for two! Is the Prince at home?” + +“No, your Majesty.” + +“Never mind. Serve up for two.” + +It was the Czar’s habit thus to make himself a guest in his friends’ +houses, whether they were at home or not, and he is said once to have +thus quartered himself upon somebody, with two hundred of his courtiers. + +After a splendid dinner, the Czar went into an ante-room and laid down +to sleep. The captain had already gone to sleep at the table. But the +Czar laid a watch beside him; he could wake whenever he wished. + +When he awoke, he went into the dining-room, and found Jaen Scheerborck +sleeping at the table. + +“Bring him out!” commanded the Czar. + +“Is he not to accompany your Majesty any more?” the chamberlain, who was +a favourite, ventured to ask. + +“No! I have had enough of him; one should not meet people more than once +in a lifetime. Carry him to the pump--that will sober him, and then +take him to his ship”--and with a contemptuous glance he added, “You old +beast!” + +Then he felt whether his sabre was secure, and went out. + +After his sleep, Peter was again the Emperor--lofty, upright, dignified. +He went along the promenade, serious and sedate, as though to a battle. +When he had found Number 14, he entered at once, sure of finding his +fifty men there. On the right hand ground-floor towards the courtyard, +all the windows stood open. There he saw the conspirators sitting at a +long table and drinking wine. He stepped into the room, saw many of his +friends there, and felt a stab at his heart. + +“Good-day, comrades!” was his cheery greeting. + +The whole company rose like one man. They exchanged looks and put on +faces for the occasion. + +“Let us drink a glass together, friends!” Peter threw himself on a +chair; then he looked at a clock in the room, and saw it was only +half-past four. He had made a mistake of half an hour. Was it his own +error, or was Menshikoff’s clock wrong? + +“Half an hour!” he thought to himself, but in the next second he had +emptied a huge glass, and began to sing a very popular soldiers’ song, +keeping time by knocking the glass against the table. + +The effect of the song was magical. They had sung it as victors at +Pultowa; they had marched to the accompaniment of its strains; it +carried their memories to better, happier times, and they all joined in. +Peter’s strong personality, the winning amiable air he could assume when +he liked, had an attractive power for all. One song led to another, and +singing relieved the terrible embarrassment. It was the only possible +way of avoiding a conversation. Between the songs the Czar proposed +a health, or drank to an old friend, reminding him of some experience +which they had shared in common. He dared not look at the clock lest +he should betray himself, but he found the half hour in this den of +murderers intolerably long. + +Several times he saw two exchanging glances, but then he threw in a +jesting word and the thread was broken. He was playing for his life, and +he played well, for he misled them with his cheerfulness and naivete, so +that they could not tell whether he knew anything or not. He played with +their irresolution. + +At last he heard the rattle of arms in the courtyard, and with one bound +he was out of the window. + +“Massacre!” was his only word of command, and then the blood-bath began. +He himself stood at the window, and when any one tried to jump out, the +Czar struck off his head. “Alles tot!” he exclaimed in German, when it +was all over. Then he went his way in the direction of the Peter-Paul +Fortress. + +He was received by the Commandant, and had himself conducted to Prince +Alexis, his only surviving and eldest son, on whom he had built his hope +and Russia’s destiny. + +With the key in his hand, he remained standing before the cell, made the +sign of the cross and prayed half-aloud:--“O Eternal God of armies, Lord +of Hosts, who hath put the sword into the hands of rulers that they +may guide and protect, reward and punish, enlighten thy poor servant’s +understanding that he may deal righteously. Thou hast demanded from +Abraham his son, and he obeyed. Thou hast crucified Thine own Son in +order to redeem mankind. Take my sacrifice, O Terrible One, if Thou +requirest it. Yet not my will be done, but Thine. May this cup pass if +it be Thy will. Amen! in the name of Christ, Amen!” + +He entered the cell, and remained there an hour. When he came out again, +he looked as though he had been weeping; but he said nothing, handed +the key to the Commandant, and departed. There are many varying rumours +regarding what passed that evening between father and son. But one thing +is certain: Alexis was condemned to death by a hundred and twenty-seven +judges, and the verdict was entered on the State records. But the Crown +Prince died before the execution of the sentence. + + * * * * * + +The same evening, about eight o’clock, the Czar entered his +country-house and sought Katherine. “The old has passed away,” he said. +“Now we will begin the new--you and I and our children.” + +The Czarina asked no questions, for she understood. But the Czar was +so tired and exhausted, that she feared lest he should have one of the +attacks which she knew so well. And the only way of quieting him was the +old customary one. + +She sat down in the corner of the sofa; he laid down resting his head on +her capacious bosom; then she stroked his hair till he fell asleep. But +she had to sit for three hours without moving. + +A giant child on a giant bosom, the great champion of the Lord lay +there, his face looked small, his high brow was hidden by his long hair; +his mouth was open, and he snored like a little child asleep. When at +last he awoke, he looked up at first astonished, to find himself where +he was. Then he smiled, but did not say Thank you, and did not fondle +her. + +“Now we will have something to eat,” was the first thing he said. “Then +something to drink, and then a great firework. I will light it myself +down on the shore. But Jaen Scheerborck must be present.” + +“You have thrown him out.” + +“Have I? He was drunk, the fellow. Send for him at once.” + +“You are so strange, Peter! Never the same for two minutes together.” + +“I will not be the same; it would be too monotonous. Always something +new! And I am always new. What! I do not weary you with everlasting +sameness.” + +His orders were carried out. Jaen was brought, but had to be bound +first; he was angry with Peter because of his ducking at the pump, and +refused to come. But when he landed, he was embraced and kissed on the +mouth, and then his wrath blew over. + +They ate and drank and had their firework display, which was a great +pleasure for the Czar. + +So ended the fateful day which secured the succession to the throne +to the house of Romanoff. And such was the man who termed himself “the +Great, the Self-ruler, the Emperor of All the Russias.” + +The Barbarian, who civilised his Russia; who built towns and did not +dwell in them himself; who beat his wife, and allowed extensive liberty +to women,--his life was great, copious, and useful on the public side of +it; in private, as it might chance to be. But he had a beautiful death, +for he died in consequence of an illness contracted when saving a life +from shipwreck--he who, with his own hand, had taken the lives of so +many! + + + + +THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS + + +Monsieur Voltaire, gentleman-in-waiting to Frederick the Great, +possessor of the much prized Order Pour Le Mérite, Academician, and many +other things besides, had been for three years a guest at Sans-Souci, +near Potsdam. He was sitting this beautiful evening in the wing of the +castle where he lived, busy writing a letter. The air was still and +warm, so that the sensitive Frenchman, who was always shivering, could +leave the window open. + +His letter, only half written, was directed to the Marquise, the friend +of Cardinal Fleury, who carried on a sort of superior spy-service +by means of correspondence with foreign countries.... “Everything is +transitory,” he wrote, “and it was plain that this would not last. +I have to act as a tutor and correct his bad verses, though he knows +neither German nor French properly. Malicious as an ape he has written +satires on all the ruling heads of Europe which are certainly not fit +for printing, but are quite vulgar and unjust. With a view to the future +dear friend, I have caused his pamphlet to be copied, and at the moment +when he strikes, I shall strike back. If you only knew what this Prussia +is, and threatens to become! It is an eagle sketched in outline with +the tip of one wing resting on the Rhine, and the other on the Russian +frontier. There are gaps here and there in the outline, but when they +are filled up the whole of North Germany will hang like a vulture over +Austria’s two-headed imperial eagle. France must control her +hatred against the House of Hapsburg, and not compromise with the +Hohenzollerns, for you know not what you do. One hears much talk of +plans here, but I dare not write them all down, for he is not to be +jested with.” + +At this point there was heard from the castle the penetrating sound of a +flute, which executed trills and shakes. The old man (for he was now in +his sixtieth year) first put his fingers in his ears, but then continued +to write.... “And then his confounded flute! He is playing on it just +now ... that means we are all to dance to his piping. But still worse +than the flute is something which they call a fugue; I do not know +whether one can call it music, but yesterday Sebastian Bach was +here--‘the great Bach’ of course--and had his son Philipp Emanuel with +him. The whole afternoon they played so-called fugues, so that I had to +go to bed and take medicine. As regards his plans, I will only indicate +some of them. One plan is to divide Austria between France and Prussia, +but he is too cunning to do so, for he needs Austria to help him against +France. A second plan is, to divide Prussia between Russia and Austria, +and I have heard rumours of a third to divide Poland between Russia, +Prussia, and Austria. (The flute is silent, and a heavenly stillness +spreads over Sans-Souci, which for the future I shall write +‘Cent-Soucis,’ for a hundred petty vexations threaten to shorten my life +here.) Our Round Table, which hitherto only consisted of men of talent, +Maupertuis, La Mettrie, Algarotti, D’Argens, and their like, is now +recruited by guardsmen from Potsdam, and is in course of degenerating +into a tobacco-club. Ziethen and his Dessauers wear greasy leather +boots, and brag of their ‘five victories.’ The day before yesterday they +took liberties, silenced all intelligent conversation, and finally tried +to make me the butt of their jests. What annoyed me the most was that +_he_ could not hide his pleasure at it. Altogether, the procession of +the leather boots means war--as might be expected--against the lady +Maria Teresa. The other lady, the Empress Elizabeth of Russia, he +denotes by another uglier name.... He has become a women’s hero, the +nasty woman-hater. His wife, Elizabeth Christine, is still confined in +Schönhausen.” + +A head looked in at the window, and the King greeted him, “Good evening, +Monsieur; so busy?” + +Like a boy surprised in cribbing, the writer threw his papers into +disorder, and drew half a sheet of Dutch vellum over them. + +“Yes, sire, I have just finished a poem to the Emperor Kian-Loung, which +is an answer to his ‘Eloge de Mukden.’” + +“To the Emperor of China! You have grander acquaintances than I.” + +“But you have me, sire.” + +This he said with a superior air of satirising himself, as though he +would make game of his own notorious vanity. + +The King took the jest as it was intended. “Yes, Monsieur Voltaire +belongs to my most honourable acquaintances, but I would not say to the +grandest.” + +“May I now read my poem to the Chinese Emperor? Do you allow me, sire?” + +“Would it be any use, if I did not allow it, you pushing man?” + +“Very well: + + “‘Recois mes compliments, charmant roi de la Chine.’” + +“But he is an Emperor.” + +“Yes, but that is a politeness towards you, sire, who are only a King!” + +“Only!” + +“I continue: + + “‘Ton trône est done placé sur la double colline + On sait dans l’Occident, que malgre mes travers + J’ai toujours fort aimé les rois qui font des vers!’” + +“Thank you.” + + “‘O toi que sur le trône un feu céleste enflamme + Des moi si ce grand art don’t nous sommes épris, + Est aussi difficile à Pekin qu’à Paris. + + Ton peuple est-il soumis a cette loi si dure, + Qui vent qu’avec six pieds d’une égale mesure + + De deux Alexandrins, côte à côte marchants + L’un serve pour la rime, et l’autre pour le sens? + Si bien que sans rien perdre, en bravant cet usage, + On pourrait retrancher la moitié d’un ouvrage.’” + +“Bravo! Very good!” broke in the King, who felt the sting of the satire +but could control himself. + +“But do you think that the Emperor will understand that--at any rate as +you intend it?” + +“If he does not understand it, then he is a blockhead....” + +“But if he does, you may expect a declaration of war.” + +“China against Voltaire!” + +“What would you do then?” + +“I would beat them, as you do, with my troops, of course.” + +“But if the Emperor has more troops than you?” + +“Then I should flee, of course, like you do, sire, or I let myself be +put to flight, and so save my honour as a soldier.” + +The King was accustomed to Voltaire’s impertinences, and he pardoned +them for the moment, but stored them in his memory. + +“But now, don’t stick poking about in your room, Monsieur. Come out for +a walk with me. We will philosophise in the cool of the evening. I have +so much to say, and must put my thoughts in order for the great work.” + +“Sire, I will come immediately.” + +“No, now; I am waiting.” + +Monsieur Voltaire became nervous, and began to tidy his desk; he pulled +out drawers, and protracted the business. But the King stood as if on +guard, and watched him. At last the old man had to stop tidying up and +come out, but his limbs twitched, and he shook himself, as though he +wished to shake off something. The King led him down the third terrace, +and turned to the right into the park, where they found a long avenue +which led to a small circular open space. Here there stood the Temple of +Friendship. + +There was an embarrassing silence between them, but Frederick, who had +learnt self-control, was the first to find the thread which they had +lost. But he had to introduce the conversation by commencing with their +present surroundings. + +“What a peaceful evening, Monsieur! Peace in nature and in human life! +Have you noticed that there has been no war in the world for seven +years--that is, since the Peace of Aachen?” + +“Now I have not thought about it. Well, you can now expect the seven +lean kine--I mean years.” + +“Who knows! You spoke just now of Kian Loung, the peaceful prince who +philosophises and writes verses on tea-plant blossoms; who serves his +people and makes them happy. His neighbour Japan has enjoyed peace for a +hundred years. In India the French and English are rivalling each other +in trade. That is the great East, which we shall soon have to take into +account--. If we consider our portion of the world, with which I reckon +Egypt, the latter lies asleep under Pashas and Mamelukes. Greece, our +motherland, has entered its last sleep. The Athens of Pericles is an +appendage of the Sultan’s harem, and is ruled by black eunuchs. Rome, or +rather Italy, is parcelled out between Lorraine, the House of Bourbon, +and Savoy. But in Rome is my friend Benedict XIV; he is also a man +of peace, and the first Pope, moreover, who acknowledges the King +of Prussia. He tolerates Protestants, helps forward science, and has +allowed latitude and longitude to be measured....” + +“And expelled the Jesuits, whom you, sire, have received. You ought not +to have done that.” + +“What do you know of the Jesuits? In Spain we have Ferdinand VI, who +encourages mining, combats the Inquisition, fosters the sciences.” + +“The itch for writing seems to be spreading over the earth like a +pestilence.” + +“In England my uncle George, the pupil of Adam Smith, is working solely +for the commercial prosperity of his country. The others we know. But we +ought to remember the great discoveries of our century--fire-machines, +thermometers, lightning-conductors, anchor-watches. In fact it is the +Golden Age which has returned at this late epoch.” + +“Think only of the fire-machines which they now call steam-engines. And +of the telegraphs! What may we not next expect!” + +“War, of course.” + +“I have never loved war, as you know, but I have been driven to it.” + +“With the stick.” + +The King was not angry, but he was troubled that a remarkable man, who +had been his friend and teacher, should commit such a _bêtise_. + +“You are right; it was my father’s stick, and I bless it. But although +I do not believe that the Golden Age is before the door, yet I do see a +brighter future in the distance.” + +“I see only clouds which foretell earthquakes. France is undermined; +America is moving; all Europe is prepared to discard Christianity as a +crab its shell; Economics are reduced to a science; nature is ransacked; +we are on the verge of something novel and tremendous; I feel it already +in my corns.” + +“I also! My leisure-time is drawing to an end, my Tusculum will be +closed, and dreadful things are about to happen.” + +On the King’s face at this moment there was such an indescribable +expression of pain, as though he had foreseen the Seven Years’ War which +followed immediately on the seven years’ of peace, and he seemed to be +bowed to the earth bearing the destiny of his country and the future on +his shoulders. + +“Sire, at such moment, you need some religion.” + +“My duty is my religion. My God is the Providence which guides the +destinies of the nations but leaves individuals to themselves! What are +men that you should take notice of these ants?” + +The conversation was interrupted by a person who appeared in the +background and resembled a judicial official. Voltaire saw who it was, +and became furious: “Your Majesty, how can you allow this rag-tag and +bob-tail to enter the castle-park? Why do you not enclose it with iron +gates and railings?” + +“No,” answered the King; “I am not the master of my own person, still +less of this castle, but all have rights over me!” + +“But this is atrocious! Can I not drive him away?” + +“No, you cannot!” + +The King beckoned, and the stranger approached with his hat in his hand. + +“What do you want, my friend?” asked the King. + +“Only to deliver a document to Monsieur Voltaire, your Majesty.” + +“Then do your duty.” + +The man handed the document to Voltaire, and retired. When the old +man had opened and read it, he fell on his knees before the King and +exclaimed, “Save me, sire!” + +“That is your law-suit with Hirschel about the Saxon state papers. You +thought to deceive each other and the public, but the Jew did not +let you lead him by the nose, Monsieur, and now you are exposed as a +falsifier!” + +“Save me, your Majesty!” + +“How can I?” + +“With a word--a single good word before the court....” + +“For shame, old man! Do you think I can bend the law? Do you want me to +bribe the judges? No, Monsieur, there are judges in Berlin who cannot be +bribed! My word counts as little as that of the meanest. Stand up, go to +your room, and meet me at supper.” + +“Sire, I beg to be excused coming to supper this evening.” + +“Good! then we will meet to-morrow.” + + * * * * * + +When Voltaire reached his room, he began to search through his papers +which he had left in disorder. He looked for a whole hour for the letter +he had written to the Marquise, without being able to find it. Then he +perceived that the letter had been seized, and he conceived a suspicion +against the King. He stormed about in the room till it had become dark +outside. He felt that it was all over with friendship and hospitality, +with high position and honour, and that he must depart--perhaps by +flight. + +Accordingly he closed the window-shutters, and made a fire in the stove +in order to burn dangerous papers. When he had finished, he went to bed, +and rang for a servant: “Ask Monsieur La Mettrie to come; I am ill,” he +ordered. + +La Mettrie, the author of _L’Homme Machine_, a most rigorous materialist +and atheist, enjoyed Frederick’s favour on account of his writings. +After his death the King himself delivered a funeral oration over him +in the Academy. Voltaire was jealous of him, as he was of everyone who +stood in his way, but La Mettrie was a physician, and Voltaire could be +amiable to anyone of whom he stood in need. + +The doctor came, not out of philanthropy, but from curiosity and a +certain malicious satisfaction at seeing the favourite in disgrace. + +“My dear friend,” said the old man, “I am sick in body and soul.” + +“You haven’t got a soul.” + +“But the trouble is in the heart.” + +“_Cor, cordis_, the heart; then you have eaten too much. Take a purge, +Monsieur; then you will be lighter than lightmindedness itself.” + +“Prescribe me some proper medicine, man; I am dying.” + +“Then go to a watering-place.” + +“Like a minister who is in disgrace; no, thank you.” + +“Go home to your own country; you are suffering from homesickness.” + +“Yes, there you are right! The air here does not suit me.” + +“You are beginning to get stout.” + +“What do you mean by that?” + +“And the Marquises are longing for you.” + +“Are they? What nonsense you talk! But I must have a watering-place.” + +“Well, take Plombières! There you will meet the court.” + +“That is an excellent idea! Plombières! But I will return, of course.” + +“Of course!” + +“I will be back in three weeks--let us say a month. If only the King +will not be vexed....” + +“Let me assure you, the King will console himself.” + +“Yes, yes, I will consider the matter. But say--he is not angry with +me?” + +“Who?” + +“The King!” + +“He is not angry with you, otherwise he would have been so long ago! No, +you are belated in thinking that.” + +“Give me a sleeping powder, and then you can go.” + +The doctor took the powder, and poured it in a glass of water. + +The old man drank, but his large eyes followed the changing expressions +of the doctor’s face, who looked very amused. He did not altogether +trust him. + +“Monsieur Voltaire,” said the doctor, “when you make a fire in the +oven, draw up the small oven-shutters, else there is too much smoke. The +Potsdam fire-engines would very likely be summoned.” + +“Oh! That too! Well! _La comedia è finita!_ Good-night!” + +“_Sic transit gloria mundi!_ Sleep well!” + +Voltaire slept during the night, but not well, and was awakened on the +following morning by the sound of salutes fired at Potsdam; from which +he concluded that the King was holding manoeuvres. Neither did he see +any sign of the King, but about noonday he received a letter bearing the +royal arms which ran as follows:-- + + “MONSIEUR,--Doctor La Mettrie has told me of your determination to + travel to a watering-place. Although I shall miss your pleasant + and instructive conversation, I will not resist your wish, since I + am sure that a thorough course of treatment will benefit your + nerves and the wretched state of your heart. Wishing you a good + recovery, or at any rate hoping that you will not be worse than + you are, + + “I am + + “F. R.” + +That was his passport for the journey. The same evening Voltaire +travelled to Leipzig, where he read extracts from Frederick’s collection +of satires which he also thought of having printed. But in Frankfurt he +was arrested and deprived of the precious manuscripts, which might have +made more enemies for Frederick than he actually did make later on. +Rebuked, and again liberated, Voltaire fled at first to France, where +he published in the _Dictionnaire Historique_ the most abominable +assertions regarding Frederick’s private life. + +Two years later he was settled at Ferney, on the Lake of Geneva, as a +multi-millionaire, patriarch, and king. + + * * * * * + +Many years passed, and still the old Voltaire reigned at his Sans-Souci +called Ferney--just as energetic as ever, just as restless and vain. + +His little château was a modest two-storied building in a circular +enclosure, surrounded by a courtyard planted with trees. On the left of +the entrance stood a small stone chapel. A tablet over the door bore +the inscription, “Deo erexit Voltaire,” which roused the mirth of his +literary friends and the hatred of the ecclesiastical party. + +Below in the garden he had an arbour-walk of hornbeam covered in, and +resembling a long hall with windows cut in the side, looking towards the +lake. From thence he could see Mont Blanc, which especially at sunset +showed all its splendour, and the blue levels of the lake stretching +towards Clarens and the Rhone Valley, where the unfortunate Rousseau had +wandered, loved, and suffered. Just now in the twilight, the old man sat +in his arbour walk and played bezique with the local pastor, when the +post arrived. There were many letters with shining seals. + +“Excuse me, Abbé, I must read my letters!” + +“Pray do so,” answered the priest, and stood up in order to promenade up +and down the arbour walk. + +After a while the old man called his friend back: “Come, Abbé, come! You +must hear something!” + +The Abbé, who, for the sake of his flock, kept on good terms with +Voltaire, and humoured his whims, without, however, yielding to him in +theological discussions, came at the summons. + +“You must hear a letter from Frederick the Great, the Unique, the +Incomparable. He has pardoned me, and I am ashamed. My last evening +in Sans-Souci I was irritated, and in my cruelty I was mean enough to +remind him of his father’s stick. The moment that the word escaped, I +felt his retort in the air, but he restrained it. He had only needed +to return the thrust with a reference to the stick which had played a +certain part in my youth, but he kept silent, whether out of regard for +my years or for some other reason. (It is remarkable that the stick has +also had an influence on the development of the great Shakespeare and +others.) Excuse, Abbé, this _garrulitas senilis_--he has pardoned me, +and writes, ‘My old friend!’ + +“‘The years have passed; to the seven good years which you shared with +me succeeded the seven lean ones--the Seven Years’ War and all that it +brought with it. Friends have departed, and a great loneliness enfolds +the ageing man, who now, among other things, begins to be far-sighted, +after being formerly short-sighted. He sees life in a perspective +where the apparently shorter lines are the longest. He knows that from +experience, and therefore lets himself no longer be deceived. Standing +on the height which he has gained, he is glad to look back, but he can +also now see in front of him. + +“‘What is now impending? Who can say? This century, which has seen all +the sovereigns leading revolutionary movements, is the strangest of all. +We despots, who forced enlightenment and freedom on the peoples--we were +the demagogues and they rewarded us with ingratitude. It was a perverse +world! I have suffered for my doctrines and actions, but the fate of +Joseph II is tragic. They are slowly but surely murdering him. + +“‘You do not love war: nor do I, but I was forced to it by Providence +and solicitude for my country. What have I effected thereby? you ask. +I have made a “re-distribution,” as land-surveyors call it, and out +of scattered patches and scraps of territory I have woven together a +Prussia, so that we can now walk on our own ground, without treading on +our neighbour’s. Do not fear Prussia; you need it as a bulwark against +Russia, which now, since the time of the Czar Peter, has a voice and +vote in the Council of Europe. You disapprove of my sharing in the +partition of Poland, but I was obliged to do so; otherwise Russia would +have taken all. Poland had lost its significance in the geographical +economy of Europe; it was Russianised, and the role it had played was +taken over by the Sarmatian.... Silesia was ours, and thank God that +the Swedes did not obtain it, as they at first wished. Moreover, we have +sent the Goths home to their own country, and look after our own affairs +ourselves.’” + +“And so on! Then he says something about Rousseau.” + +“‘You call Rousseau a swindler; that is a somewhat severe expression. +Even if he did really steal a piece of ribbon, or a silver spoon, it is +not worth talking about. I share his love for nature and his hatred of +mankind. One evening lately, as the sun went down, I thought: “God! +how beautiful are Thy natural creations, and how hideous are Thy +human creatures!” We men, I mean--for I except neither myself nor you, +Monsieur. This cursed race truly belongs to the Iron Age as described +by Hesiod. And we are asked to believe that they are created after God’s +image! After the image of the Devil, I would rather say! Rousseau is +right when he believes in a past Golden Age.’ + +“What do you say to that, Monsieur l’Abbé?” + +“It is what the Church teaches regarding the lost Paradise and the Fall, +and also agrees with the Greek legend of Prometheus, who ate of the tree +of knowledge, and thereby brought misfortune on men.” + +“Good heavens! Have you too become a freethinker? Shoemaker, stick to +your last! If you are a priest, then be a priest, but don’t try to +make a botch of my work. And don’t think you need to flatter me for an +increase of wages. But let us return to Frederick:” + +“‘History rolls on like an avalanche; the race improves, the conditions +of life become easier, but men are still the same--faithless, +unthankful, criminal; and he just as well as the unjust go to hell. I +do not dare to put down on paper the conclusions to be drawn from +this observation, for that would be to acquit Lazarus, and to crucify +Christ.... Great men have little weaknesses or rather great weaknesses. +We, Monsieur, have been no angels, but Providence has used us for great +objects. Is it a matter of indifference to Providence whom it takes +in hand, or how we live in the flesh, provided we keep the spirit +uppermost? _Sursum corda!_’” + +“What do you say to that, Abbé?” + +“The Law cannot be fulfilled, says St. Paul, but the Law rouses the +sense of guilt, and therefore it is only imposed in order to drive us to +grace.” + +“That was not such a stupid remark of Paul’s. But I should like to +add,--in the prison of the flesh grows the longing for liberation: +‘Who shall deliver me, wretched man, from this body of sin?’ Yes, Abbé, +_Vanitas vanitatum! Vanitas!_ You are young, but you must not +despise the old man when he turns round and spits behind him all the +unpleasantness of his past life. Might but a generation be born which +knew at once the value of life, as long as a mud-bath is not part of the +treatment!” + +Just then a dark lean man came tortuously along the garden path. + +“See! there is my Jesuit!” said Voltaire. + +The old man kept on friendly terms with a Jesuit, partly because +the Pope had expelled them, partly because Frederick the Great had +patronised them; but his chief object was to have someone to dispute +with. Perhaps also he wished to show his freedom from prejudice, for he +did not like the uncongenial man. + +“Now, you child of Satan!” was the old man’s greeting, “what mischief +have you got in your mind? You look so maliciously pleased!” + +“I come from Geneva,” answered the Jesuit with an evil smile. + +“What are they doing there?” + +“I saw the executioner burn Rousseau’s _Emile_.” + +“They may do that, as far as I am concerned, and throw the fool himself +into the fire.” + +“Monsieur Voltaire!” + +“Yes: one cannot tolerate lunatics: there are limits!” + +“Where?” + +“Imposed by a sound intelligence.” + +“Yes, and saw them burn the new edition of Monsieur Voltaire’s +_Candide_.” + +“For shame! But it is merely a mob in Geneva.” + +“A Protestant mob, with your permission.” + +“Don’t trouble yourself; I hate Protestants equally with Catholics! This +terrible Calvin burnt his friend Servetus in Geneva, because he did not +believe in the Trinity. And had Jean Calas in Toulouse been a Catholic, +and his son a Protestant, I would still have attacked the judges, +although I am nothing. I am nothing; only, what I write is something.” + +“Then some day we will raise a monument to Monsieur Voltaire’s +writings--not to Voltaire.” + +“You have no need; I have already raised my monument myself in the +hundred volumes of my collected works. The world has nothing to do with +how the old ass looked; there is nothing to see in that. We know +my weaknesses; I have lied, I have stolen, I have been ungrateful; +something of a scoundrel, something of a brute! That is the dirty part +of me, and I bequeath it to Jesuits, pettifoggers, hair-splitters and +collectors of anecdotes;--but my spirit to God who gave it, and to men +an honest purpose to understand their Monsieur Voltaire.” + +He rose, for the sun had descended. + +“Good-night, Mont Blanc; you have a white head like myself, and stand +with your feet in cold water, as I do! Now I go and lie down! Tomorrow I +travel to Paris, where I will die.” + + + + +DAYS OF JUDGMENT + + +In the northern tower of the Church of Notre Dame de Paris was the +tower-watchman’s chamber. But it had been arranged like a bookbinder’s +workshop, for the watchman’s day-duty was not particularly heavy, +and the hours of the night passed with sleep or without sleep, no one +troubling themselves to oversee this now superfluous church servant. + +Nobody entered the church, which had been damaged in various ways, and +no one ascended the northern tower, for the bells hung in the southern +one. There the watchman’s duty was regarded more seriously, for on all +extraordinary occasions the alarm-bell had to sound. + +The watchman kept up a sort of telegraphic communication with the +bellringer in the southern tower. In calm weather they could chat with +each other, but when it was windy, they had to use speaking trumpets. + +The workshop had, in the course of years, developed into a very +comfortable room. Its southern side was occupied by a single large +bookcase. There the first edition of the _Encyclopédie_ in five and +thirty volumes, shone resplendent in red morocco with gilt letters. +There stood Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, Locke, Hume--all the +authors who ought to have been present. There were also periodicals, the +_Moniteur_, Père Duchesne and Marat’s _L’Ami du Peuple_. This last was +bound in somewhat greasy leather, which resembled pig’s-skin, and had +curled up at the corners. + +Another wall was covered with engravings, some coloured and some plain. +They hung in chronological order from left to right, from top to bottom, +so that one could read the whole history of the Revolution pictorially. +The Oath in the ball-room on June 20, 1789, with Mirabeau’s portrait; +the burning of the Bastille, and the head of the commandant; the +Jacobite Club, with Marat, Saint-Just, Couthon, Robespierre; the Feast +of Brotherhood on the Champ du Mars; the King’s Flight to Varennes; +Lafayette; the Girondists; the execution of the King and Queen; +the Committee of Public Welfare, with Danton and the newly hatched +Robespierre; the Reign of Terror; Charlotte Corday stabbing Marat in the +bath; Robespierre again; Feast of the Supreme Being; Voltaire’s Funeral; +Robespierre again, this time on the 9th Thermidor. Then came Buonaparte +and the Directory, mixed with Pyramids and Alps. + +In the middle of the room stood a very large table. At the one end were +the bookbinder’s tools; at the other, writing materials. The inkstand +was a skull; the ruler was a fore-arm; the paper-weight was a +guillotine, and the penholder a rib. + +The bookbinder himself, a centenarian, with an apostolic beard, sat and +wrote under a lantern which hung from the roof. He was the only person +visible in the room. Outside it was stormy, and the roof-plates rattled +from time to time; it was cool in the room, but not cold, for a stove +was lit in a corner, where lay the watchman’s belongings--a great +wolfskin fur-coat, a speaking trumpet, some flags, and a lantern with +variously coloured glass sides. The old man pushed his glasses up his +forehead, looked up, and spoke, though the person with whom he talked +could not be seen. + +“Are you hungry?” + +A voice behind the bookcase answered: “Fairly so.” + +“Are you cold?” + +“No, not yet.” + +“Wait a little; I must just go outside and make an observation.” + +“What are you writing?” + +“My reminiscences.” + +“Is it quiet in the town?” + +“Yes, but they have gone out to Saint Cloud.” + +“Then it will soon come to shooting.” + +“It won’t come to shooting, but we may expect a proclamation. Be quiet +now; I must step out, and send a message. Then you will get some food +and drink; perhaps a pipe of tobacco also.” + +There was silence behind the bookcase, and the old man put on his +fur-coat, lit his many-coloured lamp, took up a speaking-trumpet, and +stepped out on the balcony. + +It was very dark, but the old man was familiar with his menagerie out +there on the parapet; he loved his stone monsters--the owl, the griffin, +the gorgon, and stroked them every time that he passed them. But the +creature with a man’s body, goat’s feet and horns, inspired him with a +certain awe, as it stood there leaning on its hands like a priest, and +bending forward as if to preach to the godless city or to hurl anathemas +at it. He took his stand near it, and began to signal with the lantern. +But the wind was so violent that the old man swayed, and had to put his +arm round the creature’s body, in order to support himself. + +After he had stood for a time signalling with the lantern, and gazing +out into the darkness, he suddenly raised himself upright, put down the +lantern, and raised the speaking-trumpet to his mouth. Holding on to +the stone balustrade, he turned to the southern tower, and cried “Hullo! +Francis! Hallo!” + +After a while a reply came through the darkness. + +“Qui vive?” + +“Mont-joie--Saint-Denis.” + +“Sacre!” answered the other. “Ring the great bell! Ring, for heaven’s +sake!” + +The watchman remained standing for a while looking at the coloured +lights on the church tower of St. Cloud. In order to be quite certain, +he repeated his signal, and received for answer: “Right understood.” + +The old man sighed “Thy will be done, O Lord!” He was on the point of +returning to the turret-chamber, when the wind blew so violently, that +he had to seize the arm of the horned monster in order to stand fast. +But the figure had got loose; it yielded, and moved a little. + +“He too!” muttered the old man to himself. “Nothing stands fast, +everything slips; nothing remains on which to support oneself.” He +crouched down in order not to be blown away, and so stooping, as he +walked, reached the door of the turret-chamber, which he flung open. + +“The Revolution is over,” he called out to the bookcase. + +“What do you say?” + +“The Revolution is over! Come out, sire.” + +He laid hold of the bookcase, and opened it like a door on its hinges. +It concealed a neat little room furnished in the style of Louis XV. Out +of it stepped a man of about thirty, with pale delicate features and a +melancholy aspect. + +“Sire,” said the bookbinder in a humble voice, “now your time is come, +and mine runs out. I do not exactly know what has happened on this +eighteenth of Brumaire in Saint Cloud, but one thing I know: Buonaparte +has taken the helm.” + +“Jaques,” answered the nobleman, “I do not wish to hurt your feelings, +but I cannot conceal my joy.” + +“Don’t conceal it, sire! You have saved me from the scaffold, and I have +saved you; let us thank each other, and be quits.” + +“To think that this bloody drama is ended--that this madness....” + +“Sire, don’t speak so.” + +His eyes began to sparkle, but he quickly changed his tone. “Let us eat +our last meal together, but in love like fellow-men; let us talk of the +past, and then part in peace. This evening we are still brothers, but +to-morrow you are the lord and I am the servant.” + +“You are right. To-day I am an emigrant, tomorrow I am a count.” + +The old man brought out a cold fowl, a cheese, and a bottle of wine, and +both took their places at the table. + +“This wine, sire, was bottled in ‘89. It has a history, and +therefore....” + +“Have you no white wine? I do not like red.” + +“Is it the colour you dislike?” + +“Yes, it looks like blood! You have lost a wife and four sons.” + +“Why should I weep for them? They fell on the field of honour.” + +“The scaffold!” + +“I call the scaffold the field of honour! But you want white wine! Good! +You shall have it. You prefer the colour of tears; I prefer that of +blood!” + +He opened a bottle of white wine: “_Suum cuique!_ Tastes differ. We +can now breathe again, and sleep quietly at night. That was the hardest +thing to bear during this last decade--the loss of sleep at night. The +fear of death was worse than death itself.” + +“The worst for us--pardon the expression--was to see the State and +society turned topsyturvy, and brutality enthroned.” + +“Wait a little! Louis XIV paid two gentlemen of the chamber twenty +thousand livres yearly to examine and carry away his night stool +every morning. The Sansculottes could not be coarser than that. +Marie Antoinette used to go and spend the night drinking with her +boon-companions, so that she returned home about eleven o’clock the next +morning exhausted; that was coarse conduct for such a fine lady.” + +“You may draw the long bow to-night, Jaques; but to-morrow take care of +your head! You ought not to speak so of these high personages who have +suffered a martyr’s death.” + +“Stop! stop! The King was what they call ‘a fine fellow,’ but the Queen +was a wretch. But both were justly condemned to death--both! Look you! +if Turgot could have remained at his post, the Revolution would not have +broken out. All the reforms in the State, Church, and Society, which +we--pardon the expression--have carried through could have been +carried through then, if Turgot had been allowed to put his plans into +operation. The Queen would not endure the Minister’s retrenchment of her +revenue, and plotted for his removal, and the King supported her. That +was a great crime. The second was the overthrow of Necker. Then the +Queen and her Court minxes ruled. Both King and Queen sought to stir up +foreign countries against their own; their correspondence relating +to this was discovered, and then the betrayers of their country were +condemned to death. Don’t talk of Martyrs, or I shall be angry. For I am +angry when I hear lies, and cannot control myself.” + +The Count laid his hand on his sword. + +“Put your sword in its sheath, young man, or otherwise....” + +They sat down on opposite sides of the table, and darted angry glances +at each other. + +“The ultimate causes,” continued the old man, “may be sought in heaven, +but we have here only to do with secondary causes, and those we know. +The Revolution was a Last Judgment which had to come, just as it came in +England exactly a hundred years before, in 1689.” + +“But Cromwell’s republic did not last.” + +“Nor does this; but it comes again! But let us rather talk of something +cheerful on this last evening. I have been present at everything; I have +a strong memory, and can forget nothing. But what shines most brightly +through all the dark days is the recollection of the day on the Champs +du Mars, the Feast of Brotherhood of July 14, ‘90. Twenty thousand +workmen were employed to clear it, but, as they could not finish the +work by the appointed day, all Paris went out. There I saw bishops, +court marshals, generals, monks, nuns, society ladies, workmen, sailors, +dustmen, and street-girls levelling the ground with hoes and spades. +Finally the King himself made up his mind to join in the work. That was +the greatest feat of equalisation which mankind have carried out; the +hills were made low, and the valleys filled. At last the great theatre +of liberty was ready. At the altar of the Fatherland a fire of perfumed +wood was kindled, and Talleyrand, Bishop of Autun, with a retinue of +four hundred white-robed priests consecrated the flags. The King in +civil dress and the Queen sat on the platform, and, as the ‘first +citizens of the State,’ took the constitutional oath. All was forgotten; +all was forgiven. Half a million people, collected in one place, +animated by one spirit, felt themselves that day to be brothers and +sisters. We wept, we fell in each other’s arms, we kissed each other. +We wept to think what wretches we had been, and how good and amiable we +were now. We wept perhaps, also, because we guessed how fragile all this +was. + +“And afterwards, in the evening, when Paris turned out in the streets +and market-places. Families ate their mid-day meal on the pavement; +the old and sick were carried into the open air; food and wine were +distributed at the public expense. That was the Feast of Tabernacles, +the recollection of the Exodus from Egyptian bondage; it was the +Saturnalia, the return of the Golden Age! And then....” + +“Then came Marat, Danton, and Robespierre.” + +“Yes! Robespierre, the most hated of all, was not worse than Louis XI +and Henry VIII.” + +“A murderer.” + +“The judge is not a murderer, nor is the executioner.” + +“But the Golden Age passed--as it came.” + +“Yet it comes again.” + +“Not with Buonaparte!” + +“No, not with him, but through him.” + +“Who is he?” + +“A Corsican, born in the same year in which France annexed his country. +He will avenge it, and, since he can never feel himself a Frenchman, he +will exploit our country only for his own purposes. But nevertheless, +in spite of his unparalleled selfishness, his wickedness and crimes, he +will serve humanity--for everything serves.” + +“And afterwards?” + +“Who can say? Probably things will go on as they have done hitherto; +sometimes advancing, then a halt; then again advance.” + +“And then the obsolete turns up again.” + +“Yes, like a drowning man. Three times he comes to the surface to +breathe, but the fourth time he remains below. Or, like an animal +chewing the cud; for some time there are small eructations, +re-mastications, and then everything is ejected through the gullet, +after going through the circle.” + +“Do you believe in the return of the Golden Age?” + +“Yes I believe like Thomas, when I have seen. And I have seen. At the +moment, which I now recall, on the Champs du Mars,--then I saw! We had a +forefeeling of the future, we were sure that we had had a vision of some +new order of things, but were uncertain when it would be established.” + +“How long are we to wait?” + +“We should not sit still and wait, but work! That makes the time pass. +The learned say that it took a million years for the Hill of Montmartre +to be deposited from the water. Now history is only three thousand years +old; for three thousand years more, men can reflect over their past, +and perhaps in six thousand an improvement may be noticeable! We are +too proud and impatient, sire. And yet things move quickly. America +was discovered only three hundred years ago, and now it is an European +republic. Africa, India, China, Japan are opened, and soon the whole +world will belong to Europe. Do you see the promise to Abraham, ‘In thy +seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed,’ is on the way to +fulfilment--on the way, I say.” + +“The promise to Abraham?” + +“Yes! Have not Christians, Jews, and Muhammedans a share in the +promise?” + +“Christians of Abraham’s seed?” + +“Through Christ, who was of Judah, we are spiritually Abraham’s seed. +One faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all!” + +“I have listened to you, and must say that your faith is great, and has +delivered you.” + +“As it will deliver mankind.” + +The conversation now ceased, for the alarm-bell began to ring in the +south tower. The sound of it overpowered the din of the storm, and +filled the room with its vibrations, made the table and chairs shake, +and both men tremble. The old man tried to speak, but his guest heard +nothing, and only saw his lips move. Then the old man rose and pointed +to one of the many engravings. + +It represented Anacharsis Clootz, the philanthropist and philosopher, in +a convent, with a crowd of people from all corners of the earth--black, +yellow, white, copper-coloured--seeking to have them admitted +as citizens into the world-republic. The Count smiled in answer +half-distrustfully, half-tolerantly. The old man tried to speak, but +could not be heard. The boom of the bell seemed to come from the depths +of ages, ringing out the past century and ringing in the new, which +would commence in a few weeks--the nineteenth century since the birth of +the Redeemer, who has promised to return, and perhaps will do so in one +way or another. + +The Count sat there fingering the letter-weight in the shape of a +guillotine. Suddenly he seized it, and looked questioningly at the old +man, who nodded in the affirmative. The letter-weight was thrown into +the paper-basket. + +The great bell ceased ringing, the room was quiet, and the old man, his +arms folded over his breast, spoke as though with a sigh of gratitude. + +“The Revolution is over.” + +“_This_ Revolution!” + +“‘Tribulation worketh patience; patience, experience; experience, hope; +and hope maketh not ashamed!’” + + + + +STRINDBERG’S DEATH-BED + + +(From the _Aftonbladet_, Stockholm, May 15, 1912) The last time that +Strindberg was in full possession of his senses was late on Monday +afternoon (May 13th). He recognised his daughter Greta, who sat by his +bed, and her husband, Dr. Philp. He was fully aware that the end was +near. He made a sign that he wished to have his Bible, which lay on the +table by the bed. They gave it him; he took it in his hand and said: +“All that is personal is now obliterated. I have done with life and +closed the account. This is the only truth.” + +He kissed his daughter, but only said, “Dear Greta.” Then he said to +Dr. Philp, “Are you still here, Henry?” After talking a little more, his +last utterance was, “Now I have said my last word. Now I talk no more.” + He kept his Bible so closely clasped to his breast as though that were +the only thing he had to hold fast before the end. + + So Stromboli retreated in the gloom, + Flinging red flame and molten lava high, + A flaring portent: We, who passed it by, + Carry that lurid memory to the tomb; + Yet round its crater living flowers bloom, + The vine, fig, olive grow and fructify, + Over it laughs the blue Sicilian sky, + A paradise upon the verge of doom. + As fiery as that red volcanic blast, + Through years he wrestled with his unseen Foe, + Wailing in pain “I will not let Thee go + Unless Thou bless me who have held Thee fast,”-- + And thus, like Jacob, from his overthrow, + He rose a cripple, but a prince at last. + + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg’s Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + +***** This file should be named 7955-0.txt or 7955-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/9/5/7955/ + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D’Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation’s web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/7955-0.zip b/7955-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..edf3613 --- /dev/null +++ b/7955-0.zip diff --git a/7955-8.txt b/7955-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98513cf --- /dev/null +++ b/7955-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11021 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Historical Miniatures + +Author: August Strindberg + + +Release Date: April, 2005 [EBook #7955] +This file was first posted on June 5, 2003 +Last Updated: May 5, 2013 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D'Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + + + + + + + + +HISTORICAL MINIATURES + + +By August Strindberg + + +Translated by Claud Field, M.A. + + + + +PREFACE + +Maximilian Harden, the well-known critic, writes in the _Zukunft_ (7th +September 1907) of the _Historical Miniatures_: + +"A very interesting book, as might be expected, for it is Strindberg's. +And I am bold enough to say a book which should and must be successful +with the public. The writer is not here concerned with Sweden, nor with +Natural History. A philosopher and poet here describes the visions which +a study of the history of mankind has called up before his inner eye. +Julian the Apostate and Peter the Hermit appear on the stage, together +with Attila and Luther, Alcibiades and Eginhard. We see the empires +of the Pharaohs and the Czars, the Athens of Socrates and the 'Merry +England' of Henry VIII. There are twenty brief episodes, and each of +them is alive. So powerful is the writer's faculty of vision, that it +compels belief in his descriptions of countries and men." + +"The question whether these cultured circles really were as described, +hardly occurs to us. Never has the remarkable writer shown a more +comprehensive grasp. Since the days of the _Confession of a Fool_, +Strindberg has become a writer of world-wide significance." + +[Footnote: one collection of Maximilian Harden's essays is published by +Messrs. Blackwood, and another by Mr. Eveleigh Nash.] + + +CONTENTS + +PREFACE + +THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE + +THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS + +ALCIBIADES + +SOCRATES + +FLACCUS AND MARO + +LEONTOPOLIS + +THE LAMB + +THE WILD BEAST + +THE APOSTATE + +ATTILA + +THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS + +ISHMAEL + +EGINHARD TO EMMA + +THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM + +PETER THE HERMIT + +LAOCOON + +THE INSTRUMENT + +OLD MERRY ENGLAND + +THE WHITE MOUNTAIN + +THE GREAT CZAR + +THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS + +DAYS OF JUDGMENT + +STRINDBERG'S DEATH-BED + + + + + +THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE + + +The old worker in ebony and cabinet-maker, Amram, dwelt by the +river-side in a clay-hut which was covered with palm-leaves. There he +lived with his wife and three children. He was yellow in complexion and +wore a long beard. Skilled in his trade of carving ebony and hard wood, +he attended at Pharaoh's court, and accordingly also worked in the +temples. One morning in midsummer, just before sunrise, he got out of +bed, placed his implements in a bag, and stepped out of his hut. He +remained standing on the threshold for a moment, and, turning to the +east, uttered a low prayer. Then he began to walk between fishermen's +huts, following the black broken bank of the river, where herons and +doves were resting after their morning meal. + +His neighbour, the fisherman, Nepht, was overhauling his nets, and +placing carp, grayling, and sheat-fish in the different partitions of +his boat. + +Amram greeted him, and wished to say some words in token of +friendliness. + +"Has the Nile ceased to rise?" he asked. + +"It remains standing at ten yards' height. That means starvation!" + +"Do you know why it cannot rise higher than fifteen yards, Nepht?" + +"Because otherwise we should drown," answered the fisherman simply. + +"Yes, certainly, and that we cannot. The Nile, then, has a Lord who +controls the water-level; and He who has measured out the starry vault, +and laid the foundations of the earth, has set up a wall for the waters, +and this wall, which we cannot see, is fifteen yards high. For during +the great flood in the land of our fathers, Ur of the Chaldees, the +water rose fifteen yards--no more, no less. Yes, Nepht, I say 'we,' +for you are of our people, though you speak another tongue, and honour +strange gods. I wish you a good morning, Nepht, a very good morning." + +He left the abashed fisherman, went on, and entered the outskirts of the +city, where began the rows of citizens' houses built of Nile-bricks +and wood. He saw the merchant and money-changer Eleazar taking down his +window-shutters while his assistant sprinkled water on the ground before +the shop. Amram greeted him, "A fine morning, cousin Eleazar." + +"I cannot say," answered the tradesman sulkily. "The Nile has remained +stationary, and begins to sink. The times are bad." + +"Bad times are followed by good times, as our father Abraham knew; and +when Joseph, Jacob's son, foresaw the seven lean years he counselled +Pharaoh to store up corn in the granaries...." + +"May be, but that is a forgotten tale now." + +"Yes, and have you also forgotten the promise which the Lord gave to his +friend Abraham?" + +"That about the land of Canaan? We have waited four hundred years for +its fulfilment, and now, instead of receiving it, Abraham's children +have become bond-servants." + +"Abraham believed through good and through evil days, through joy and +through sorrow, and that was counted to him for righteousness." + +"I don't believe at all," Eleazar broke in, "or rather, I believe that +things go backwards, and that I will have to put up my shutters, if +there is a failure in the crops." + +Amram went on with a sad face, and came to the market, where he bought a +millet loaf, a piece of an eel, and some onions. + +When the market-woman took the piece of money, she spat on it, and when +Amram received his change, he did the same. + +"Do you spit on the money, Hebrew?" she hissed. + +"One adopts the customs of the country," answered Amram. + +"Do you answer, unclean dog?" + +"I answer speech, but not abuse." + +The Hebrew went on, for a crowd began to gather. He met the barber, +Enoch, and they greeted each other with a sign which the Hebrews had +devised, and which signified, "We believe in the promise to Abraham, and +wait, patient in hope." + +Amram reached at last the temple square, passed through the avenue of +Sphinxes, and stood before a little door in the left pylon. He knocked +seven times with his hand; a servant appeared, took Amram by the arm +and led him in. A young priest tied a bandage round his eyes, and, after +they had searched his bag, they took the cabinet-maker by the hand, and +led him into the temple. Sometimes they went up steps, sometimes down +them, sometimes straight-forward. Now and then they avoided pillars, +and the murmur of water was heard; at one time there was a smell of +dampness, at another of incense. + +At last they halted, and the bandage was taken off Amram's eyes. He +found himself in a small room with painted walls, some seats, and a +cupboard. A richly-carved ebony door divided this room from a larger +one which on one side opened on to a broad staircase leading down to a +terrace facing eastward. + +The priest left Amram alone after he had shown him that the door +required repair, and had, with an unmistakable gesture, enjoined on him +silence and secrecy. + +When Amram was left alone, and found himself for the first time within +the sacred walls which could not overawe a Hebrew's mind, he yet felt a +certain alarm at all the mysteriousness, of which he had heard since +his youth. In order to shake off his fear of the unknown, he resolved to +satisfy his curiosity, though at the risk of being turned out, if he met +anyone. As a pretext he took a fine plane in his hand, and entered the +great hall. + +It was very spacious. In the midst was a fountain of red granite, with +an obelisk set upright in the basin. The walls were adorned with figures +painted in simple colours, most of them in red ochre, but also in yellow +and black. He drew off his sandals, and went on into a gallery where +stood mummy-coffins leaning against the wall. + +Then he entered a domed room, on the vault of which were painted the +great constellations of the northern hemisphere. In the middle of the +room stood a table, on which lay a half-globe covered with designs +resembling the outlines of a map. By the window stood another table, +with a model of the largest pyramid set upon a land-surveyor's board, +with a scale of measurements. Close by stood an alidade, an instrument +for measuring angles. + +There was no visible outlet to this room, but after some search the +uninitiated Hebrew found some stairs of acacia-wood leading up through +a wooden tower. He climbed and climbed, but when he looked through the +loopholes, he found himself always on a level with the roof of the +domed room. But he continued to ascend, and after he had again counted +a hundred steps and, looked through a loop hole, he found himself on a +level with the floor of the domed room. Then a wooden door opened, and +an elderly man in half-priestly garb received him with a greeting as +though he were a well-known and expected superior. But when he saw a +stranger, he started, and the two men gazed at each other long, before +they could speak. Amram, who felt unpleasantly surprised, began the +verbal encounter: "Reuben? Don't you know me, the friend of your youth, +and your kinsman in the Promise?" + +"Amram, the husband of Jochebed, the son of Kohath! Yes, I know you!" + +"And you here! After you have vanished from my sight for thirty years!" + +"And you?" + +"I was sent for to repair a door; that is all; and when I was left +alone, I wanted to look round. + +"I am a scribe in the chief school...." + +"And sacrificest to strange gods...." + +"No, I do not sacrifice, and I have kept my faith in the promise, Amram. +I have entered this temple in order to learn the secrets of the wise, +and to open from within the fortress which holds Israel captive." + +"Secrets? Why should the Highest be secret?" + +"Because the common people only understand what is low." + +"You do not yourself believe in these animals which you call sacred?" + +"No, they are only symbols--visible signs to body forth the invisible. +We priests and scribes revere the Only One, the Hidden, under His +visible shape, the Sun, giver and sustainer of life. You remember, when +we were young, how Pharaoh Amenophis the Fourth forcibly did away with +the ancient gods and the worship of the sacred animals. He passed down +the river from Thebes proclaiming the doctrine of the Unity of God. +Do you know whence he derived that doctrine? From the Israelites, who, +after Joseph's marriage to Asenath, daughter of the High Priest of +On, increased in numbers, and even married daughters of the house of +Pharaoh. But after the death of Amenophis the old order was restored, +the King again resided at Thebes, and the ancient gods were brought out +again, all to please the people." + +"And you continue to honour the Only One, the Hidden, the Eternal. + +"Yes, we do." + +"Is, then, your God not the same as the God of Abraham, Isaac, and +Jacob?" + +"Probably, since there is only One." + +"It is strange. Why, then, do you persecute the Hebrews?" + +"Foreigners are not generally loved. You know that our Pharaoh has +lately conquered the Syrian race of Hittites." + +"In the land of Canaan and the region round about, in the land of our +fathers, and of the promise. Do you see, the Lord of Zebaoth, our God, +sends him to prepare the way for our people?" + +"Do you still believe in the promise?" + +"As surely as the Lord liveth! And I am told that the time will be soon +fulfilled when we shall leave our bondage, and go to the promised land." + +The scribe did not answer, but his face expressed simultaneously doubt +in Amram's declaration, and the certainty of something quite different +which would soon happen. Amram, who did not wish to have his faith +shaken by any kind of explanations, let the subject drop, and spoke of +something indifferent. + +"That is a strange staircase." + +"It is an elevator, and not a staircase." + +Amram glanced up at the domed roof, and found a new pretext for +continuing the conversation, which he did not wish to drop. + +"Does that represent the sky?" he asked. + +"Yes." + +"And its secrets?" + +"Ah, the secrets? They are accessible to all who can understand them." + +"Tell them in a few words." + +"Astronomy is not my province, and I know little of it, but still I +will tell you in a few words. The vault up there represents the sky, +the board lying on the table, the earth. Now the wise speak thus: In the +beginning Earth (Sibu) and Heaven (Nuit) lay near each other. But the +god of air and of sunlight (Shu) raised the sky, and set it as a vault +over the earth. The fixed constellations which we know form as it were +an impression, like that of a seal on wax, of the earth, and when the +learned study the stars, they can find out the unknown parts of our +earth. Look at the constellations which you know. In the north the Great +Bear; in the south, at a certain season of the year, the Hunter (Orion), +with four stars at the corners and three stars in the middle. These +three we Hebrews call Jacob's Staff, and through the uppermost of them +passes the sky-gauge or equator, which corresponds to the earth-gauge +where the sources of our Nile are said to be. + +"You know also the constellation which we specially love--the River +(Nile). Look, how it flees from the Hunter (Orion), and makes as many +windings as the Nile here on earth. Therefore he who wishes to learn the +hidden secrets of earth must learn them from the sky. Our wise men know +only the lands which lie towards the east; but those which lie in the +north under the Great Bear are unknown to us, as also are the lands +towards the west. But it looks as though the lands of the Bear had great +destinies assigned to them. Their numbers are four and three, like those +of the Hunter. Three represents the Divine with its attributes, four +denotes the most perfect possible: three and four together form the +mysterious number seven. To gods sacrifices are offered with the unequal +number, three; to men, with the equal number four. + +"This is about all that I have cursorily understood of the secrets of +the sky. If you now wish to understand some of the secrets of the earth, +let us consider the tombs of the Pharaohs. These, apart from their +ostensible purposes of being tombs, have also a hidden one--_i.e._ to +conceal in their numbers and proportions the discoveries of the learned +regarding the mutual relations of Sibus and Nuits. In the first place, +the sepulchre of the Pharaohs, or the Pyramid, operates with the numbers +four and three; the base with four, the sides with three. That was +indeed one of the secrets of the sky. But the base of the Great Pyramid +is 365 ells broad. There you have the 365 days of the year. Now the +triple side of the Pyramid is 186 great ells, or a stadium long. There +you see where our road-measures come from. + +"If you multiply the breadth of the base with the number 500, which is +about double the breadth measured in great ells, you obtain a length +which is equivalent to 1/360 of the whole orbital path of the sun in +a year, since the number of days in a lunar year is 360. This length +represents four minutes, and those who live a degree west of us see the +sun rise four minutes later than we do. + +"This is all I remember about numbers and proportions. If you wish to +learn more--for example, why the sides of the pyramid are inclined at +an angle of 5l--you must ask the astronomers. The steps to the funereal +chamber, on the other hand, are inclined at an angle of 27. This +corresponds to the difference between the axis of the universe and the +axis of the earth." + +Amram had listened with special attention to the learned scribe's +explanation of the tombs of the Pharaohs, and when Reuben mentioned +numbers he concentrated his attention still more, as though he wished +to fix something in his mind. Finally he interrupted him, and began to +speak: "You just now mentioned 27. Good! That is not the inclination +of the axis of the universe, but of the Milky Way, which probably is +the real axis and lies 27 north of the heavenly equator, while the +inclination of the earth's axis to the orbit of the sun is 23. But you +have forgotten the third Pyramid, that of Menkheres, the base of which +is 107 great ells broad. This number 107 we find again three or five +times in the universe; there are 107 smaller suns between the earth and +the sun; 107 is the distance of the planet Venus, and also of Jupiter +from the sun." + +Reuben started. "What? Where did you get all that? Here you let me +stand, and make a fool of me! Where have you learnt that?" + +"From our oldest and wisest, who have preserved the memories of their +home at Ur in Chaldaea. You despise Assur, you men of Egypt, for you +believe the Nile is the centre of the earth. But there are many centres +in the infinite. Behind Assur, on the Tigris and Euphrates, there lies +another land with another river. It is called the Land of the Seven +Rivers, because its river debouches into seven mouths as the Nile does." + +"The Nile has seven arms, as you say, like the seven-branched +candlestick! + +"That betokens the Light of the world, which shall shine from every land +where a river divides itself in order to flow into the sea. The rivers, +you see, are the blood-vessels of the earth, and as these carry blue and +red blood alternately, so our land has its Blue Nile and its Red Nile. +The Blue Nile is poisonous like dark blood, and the Red is fertilising, +life-giving, like red blood. So everything created has its counterpart +above in heaven and below on earth, for all is one, and the Lord of all +is One--One and the Same." + +Reuben kept silence and listened. "Speak on!" he said at last. + +Amram therefore continued: "The tombs of the Pharaohs have also grown +out of the earth on which they rest. The first or Great Pyramid is built +after the pattern of sea-salt when it crystallises in the warmth of the +sun. If you could look through a dewdrop into a salt-crystal, you would +find it built up of an infinite number of squares just like the Great +Pyramid. But if you let alum crystallise, you will see a whole field of +pyramids. Alum is the salt deposited in clay. There you have the salt of +the earth and of the sea. + +"But there is another kind of pyramid with blunted corners. That is the +original form of sulphur when found in chalk. Now we have water, earth, +and chalk with its fire-stone. There is still a third kind of pyramid +with blunted edges; these resemble crystallised flint or rock crystal. +There you have the foundation of the mountains. A closer examination of +the Nile-mud will discover all these primary forms and substances--clay, +salt, sulphur, and flint. Therefore the Nile is the blood of the earth. +And the mountains are the flesh, not the bones." + +Reuben, whose Egyptian name was Phater, had regarded Amram while he +spoke with alarm and amazement. When the latter had ceased to speak, he +began, "You are not Amram the worker in ebony and cabinet-maker." + +"I am certainly a worker in ebony and cabinetmaker, but I am also of +Israel's priestly line. I am the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, the son +of Jacob, the son of Isaac, the son of Abraham. I am a Levite and the +husband of Jochebed. Miriam, and Aaron are the children hitherto born +to me; one unborn I still await. Now I go back to my work; show me the +way!" + +Phater went in front, but led Amram by another way than that by which +he had come. As they passed by an open door, which led into a large hall +lined with bookcases, Amram stopped, full of curiosity, and wished to +enter, in order to look at the numerous books. But Phater held him back +by his garment, "Don't go in," he said; "the place is full of traps and +snares. The guardian of the library sits concealed in the middle of the +hall, and guards his treasures jealously. He has had the floor made of +dried willow-withes, which creak when they are trodden upon. He hears +anyone stealing in, and he hears if a scribe touches the forbidden +books. He has heard us, and he is feeling after us! Don't you feel as +if cold snake-tongues were touching your cheeks, your forehead, your +eyelids?" + +"Yes, I do." + +"It is he, stretching out the fingers of his soul, as we stretch out an +arm. But now I cut off the feeler which wants to examine us." + +He took out a knife, and made a cut through the air in front of them. + +Amram felt a sudden glow, and at the same moment saw a great adder +writhing on the ground in its death-struggle. + +"You practise magic arts here?" he said. + +"Did you not know that?" + +"I did not expect it." + +At the same instant the wall seemed to open, and they saw a mass of +Nile mud in which crocodiles and snakes twined round each other, while a +hippopotamus trampled threateningly with its forefeet. + +Amram was alarmed, but Phater took out an amulet in the shape of a +scarabaeus, and, holding it as a shield in front of him, he passed +through the terrible shapes, which dissolved like smoke, while Amram +followed him. + +"The magician only cheats our eyes," said Phater, and as he waved his +hand the whole appearance vanished. + +Now they stood again in the first hall, and, pointing to the Nilometer, +Amram said, "Famine!" + +"There is no doubt of that. Therefore all superfluous mouths should be +stopped." + +"What!" + +Phater saw that he had made a slip of the tongue. + +"I mean," he said, "Pharaoh must consider how to get corn." + +"He would find a Joseph useful just now." + +"Why?" broke in Phater more vehemently than he intended. "Don't you +know that Joseph the son of Jacob brought the Egyptians to be Pharaoh's +bond-slaves. Your chronicles and ours relate that he made the peasants +mortgage their land in return for help during the seven lean years, and +that, by his doing so, Pharaoh became sole possessor of all the land of +Egypt." + +"You are not Reuben; you are Phater the Egyptian, for if you were an +Israelite, you would not have spoken thus. Our ways part. I go to my +work." + +Amram laid his hand on the door, and Phater glided into the shadow of +the columns and vanished. But Amram saw by his bent back that he had +evil designs. + + * * * * * + +When Amram came home in the evening, he found that his wife had borne a +son. He was like other healthy children, but did not cry; after the bath +he was wrapped in linen and laid in the darkest corner of the cottage. + +The next day before sunrise Amram went again to his work in the Temple +of the Sun, and was again led into the chamber with his eyes bandaged. +There he was left alone without receiving any counsel or advice +regarding what he was to do. This carelessness seemed to him like +indifference, and indicated a general laxness in the temple servants. +Therefore he again entered the columned hall. He looked uneasily at the +Nilometer, in which the water had sunk. There was no hope of the fifteen +ells of water which the earth needed for the harvest of the year. + +He stepped out on the terrace, which looked towards the east, and +entered an open colonnade. But before he went farther, he took the +precaution of dropping small pieces of papyrus to show him the way back. +He went through narrow courtyards, but took care not to climb steps; his +experience of yesterday had warned him. At last he found himself in a +forest of pillars whose tops were crowned with lotus-buds, and, as he +listened, he heard what seemed a faint song of children's voices from +the roof. He laid his ear to a pillar, and heard it more clearly, like +the ringing music of zither and harp. He knew that this was caused by +the sun, which had already warmed the stones of the roof, and was about +to ascend the sky. + +He went forward, and suddenly saw a terrace upon which stood a +sacrificial altar. From the terrace, a flight of stairs flanked with +sphinxes descended to the river. Thence there sloped a valley, bounded +on the east by the mountains of the Red Sea. At the altar there stood +a priest in a white linen robe with a purple border. He had raised his +arms towards heaven, and stood motionless. His hands were quite white, +since the blood had sunk into his arms, and the face of the old man +seemed astrain with the strength he had invoked from above. Sometimes +his body shuddered as though streams of fire ran through it. He was +silent, and gazed towards the East. Then the shining edge of the sun's +disk rose above the mountain-ridge, and the white hands of the priest +became transparently crimson like his face. And he opened his mouth and +said: "Sun-god: Lord of the splendour of rays, be Thou extolled in the +morning when Thou risest, and in the evening when Thou descendest. I cry +to Thee, Lord of Eternity, Thou Sun of both horizons, Thou Creator who +hast created Thyself. All the gods shout aloud when they behold Thee, O +King of heaven; my youth is renewed when I see thy beauty. Hail to Thee, +as Thou passest from land to land, Thou Father of the gods!" + +He stopped speaking and remained standing, his arms outstretched towards +the sun, as though he absorbed warmth from it. + +Then in the forest of pillars a rattle of arms was heard, which ceased +immediately, and forthwith a stately beardless man appeared, clothed in +purple and gold. His walk was as noiseless as that of a panther's, and +he seemed to glide over the floor which reflected his image, a bright +shadow which followed him as he went. When he came out on the terrace +the sun cast behind him a gigantic dark shadow which lay there like a +carpet. + +"Already at prayer, thou wisest of the wise!" was Pharaoh's greeting to +the Chief Priest. + +"My lord has called me, thy servant has obeyed. My lord has returned +to his land after long and victorious campaigns in far and foreign +countries. Thy servant greets Pharaoh to his face." + +Pharaoh sat down on a chair of state, his face turned towards the rising +sun, and began to speak like one who wishes to set his thoughts in +order. "My chariots have rolled over the red soil of Syria, my horses +have trampled the highways of Babylon and Nineveh; I have crossed the +Euphrates and Tigris, and marched through the region between the two +rivers; I have come to the land of the Five Rivers, and seen the Seven +in the distance, where the Land of Silk begins, that stretches towards +the sunrise. I have returned on my traces and gone northward towards +Scythia and Colchis. Wherever I went I heard murmurs and saw movements. +The people have awaked; in the temples they prophesied the return of the +gods; for men had been left alone to manage their affairs and to guide +their destinies, but had done both badly. Justice had become injustice, +and truth, falsehood; the whole earth groaned for deliverance. At last +their prayers reached the throne of the All-merciful. And now the wise, +the gentle, the saintly proclaim in all tongues the joyful message, 'The +gods return again. They return in order to put right what the children +of men have thrown in confusion, to give laws and to protect justice.' +This message I bring home as a spoil of victory, and thou, wisest of the +wise, shalt receive it first from thy lord." + +"Thou hearest, my Lord Pharaoh, what is spoken over the whole circle of +the earth; thine eyes see farther than the stars of heaven and the eye +of the sun!" + +"And yet only my ear has heard, but my intelligence has not grasped what +the gods have revealed to me in a dream. Interpret it for me." + +"Tell it, my lord." + +"I saw nothing, but I heard a voice, when sleep had quenched the light +of my eyes. The voice spoke in the darkness, and said, 'The red earth +will spread over all lands, but the black shall be dispersed like the +sand.'" + +"The dream, my lord is not hard to interpret, but it forebodes nothing +good." + +"Interpret it." + +"Very well; the red earth is Syria, as thou knowest, my lord, where +live the wretched Hittites, that is the hereditary land of the Hebrew, +Canaan. The black earth is that of the Nile, thy land, my lord." + +"Again the Hebrews, always the Hebrews! Centuries have passed since this +people wandered into our land. They have increased without disturbing +us. I neither love nor hate them; but now I fear them. They have had to +toil, of late more severely than ever, but they do not murmur; they are +patient as though they expected something to happen." + +"Let them go, my lord." + +"No! for then they will go, and found a new kingdom." + +"Let them go." + +"No, I will destroy them." + +"Let them go." + +"Certainly I will destroy them." + +"But thy dream, my lord." + +"I interpret that as a warning and exhortation." + +"Touch not that people, my lord, for their God is stronger than ours." + +"Their God is that of the Chaldaeans. Let our gods fight. I have spoken; +thou hast heard; I add nothing and retract nothing." + +"My Lord, thou seest one sun in the sky, and believest that it shines +over all nations: do you not believe that there is one Lord of the +heaven who rules the destinies of all nations?" + +"It should be so, but the Lord of heaven has made me ruler over this +land, and now I rule it." + +"Thou rulest it, my lord, but thou rulest not wind and weather; thou +canst not raise the water of the Nile by one inch, and thou canst not +prevent the crops failing again this year." + +"Failing? What does the Nilometer say?" + +"My lord, the sun has entered the sign of the Balance, and the water is +sinking already. It means famine." + +"Then I will destroy all superfluous and strange mouths which take the +bread from the children of the country. I will annihilate the Hebrews." + +"Let them go free, my lord." + +"I will summon the midwives, and have every boy that is born of a Hebrew +woman destroyed. I have spoken; now I act." Pharaoh rose from his chair, +and departed more quickly than he had come. Amram sought to find his +way back, but could only discover one piece of papyrus. Then he remained +standing and feared much, for he could not find his way. + +The sun had risen, and there was no more music in the forest of +pillars, but silence. But as Amram listened he began to be aware of that +compressed stillness which emanates from a listener, or from children +who do something forbidden and do not wish to be discovered. He felt +that someone was near who wished to be concealed, but who still kept his +thoughts directed towards him. In order to satisfy himself Amram went in +the direction where the silence seemed to be densest. And lo! behind a +pillar stood Phater. He did not show a sign of embarrassment, but only +held out his open hand, in which lay all the pieces of papyrus, which +Amram had strewed as he went. + +"You must not strew pieces of papyrus on the ground," said Phater with +an inscrutable smile. "Yes--I am not angry, I only wish you well. For +now you will follow me, and not return to your work, which was only a +trap set for your life. You must return to your house, and take care +that your new-born child is not killed. You see that Reuben-Phater is a +true Israelite, although you would not believe him." + +Amram followed him out of the temple, and went home. + + * * * * * + +Jochebed went about in Pharaoh's garden watering cucumbers; she went to +and fro with her watering pot between the Watergate that opened on the +river and the cucumber-bed. But sometimes she went through the gate and +remained for a while outside. + +Miriam, her daughter, pruned the vines which grew against the +garden-wall, but seemed to direct her attention more towards the broad +walk which led up to the summer palace of the princesses. Her head moved +like the leaf of the palm-tree when the wind blows through it, looking +sometimes towards the Watergate, sometimes towards the great walk, while +her hands carried on her work. As her mother delayed her return, she +went from the wall down to the gate, and out to the low river shore +where the bulrushes swayed in the gentle south wind. A stonechat of +the desert sat on a rock by the river, wagged its tail, and flapped its +wings, as though it wished to show something which it saw; and chattered +at the sight of something strange among the bulrushes. High up in the +air a hawk hovered in spiral circles, eyeing the ground below. Miriam +broke off some lotus-buds and threw them at the stonechat, which flew +away, but kept its beak still pointing towards the rushes. The girl girt +up her dress, waded into the water, and now saw her mother standing, +hidden up to her waist in a forest of papyrus-reeds, bending over a +reed-basket with a baby at her breast. + +"Mother," whispered Miriam, "Pharaoh's daughter is approaching; she +comes to bathe in the river." + +"Lord God of Israel, have mercy on my child!" + +"If you have given the child enough to drink, hasten and come." + +The mother bowed herself like an arch over the child; her hair hung down +like an insect-net, and two tears fell from her eyes on the little one's +outstretched hands. Then she rose, placed a sweet date in its mouth, +softly closed the cover, murmured a blessing, and came out of the water. + +A gentle breeze from the land swayed the rushes and crisped the surface +of the river. + +"The basket swims," she said, "but the river flows on; it is red with +blood and thick as cream. Lord God of Israel, have mercy!" + +"Yes, He will," answered Miriam, "as He had mercy on our father Abraham, +who obtained the promise, because he obeyed and believed, 'Through thy +seed shall all the families on the earth be blessed.'" + +"And now Pharaoh slays all the first-born." + +"But not thy son." + +"Not yet." + +"Pray and hope." + +"What? That the monsters of the river do not swallow him, that the waves +of the river do not drown him, that Pharaoh's executioners do not kill +him! Is that the hope?" + +"The promise is greater, and it lives: 'Thy seed shall possess the gate +of his enemies.'" + +"And then Amram thy father has fled." + +"To Raamses and Pithom, where our people toil in the buildings; he has +gone there to warn and advise them. He has done well. Hush! Pharaoh's +daughter comes." + +"But she cannot bathe in the blood of our child." + +"She comes, however. But she is the friend of the poor Hebrews; fear +not." + +"She is her father's daughter." + +"The Egyptians are our cousins; they are Ham's descendants, and we are +Shem's. Shem and Ham were brothers." + +"But Ham was cursed by his father Noah, and Kanaan was Ham's son." + +"But Noah said, 'Blessed be the Lord God of Shem, and let Kanaan be his +servant.' Have you heard? Shem received the promise, and we belong to +him." + +"Lord of Hosts, help us; the basket drifts with the wind! It drifts +towards the bathing-house,--and the vulture up there in the air." + +"That is a hawk, mother!" Jochebed ran up and down the bank, like a dog +whom its master has deserted; she beat her breast, and wept great tears. + +Steps and voices were audible. "Here is Pharaoh's daughter!" + +"But the Lord God of Israel is watching over us." + +The two women hid themselves in the reeds, and Pharaoh's daughter +appeared with her attendants at the watergate. She stepped on the bridge +leading to the bath-house, which was a hut of coloured camel's skin, +supported by pillars which stood in the bed of the river. But the basket +drifted against the bridge and excited the curiosity of the princess. +She remained standing and waited. Jochebed and Miriam could not hear +what she said on account of the wind, but by her quiet movements they +saw that she expected some amusement from the strange gift brought by +the river. Now she sent a slave to the bank. The latter ran and broke +off a long reed, which she handed to her mistress, who fished for the +basket and brought it within reach. Then she knelt down and opened it. +Jochebed saw two little arms outstretched. The princess laughed aloud, +and turned to the women. She uttered an expression of joy, and then +lifted the infant, which nestled in her maiden bosom and felt about in +her white robe. Then the princess kissed it, pressed it to her breast, +and turned back to the shore. + +Miriam, who had now lost all fear, stepped forward and fell on her face. +"See, Miriam," said the princess, whose name was Temma, "I have found a +baby. I have received it from the Nile, and therefore it is a child of +the gods. But now you must find a nurse for it." + +"Where shall I find one, noble princess?" + +"Search! But you must find one before evening. Do not forget, however, +that it is my child, since I drew it out of the water. I have given him +his name, and he shall be called Moses. And I will have him educated so +that he becomes a man after our mind. Go in peace, and find me a nurse!" + +Pharaoh's daughter went with her child up to the palace, and Miriam +looked for her mother among the reeds, where she had waited and heard +what Pharaoh's daughter had said and resolved. + +"Mother, Pharaoh's daughter will bring up Amram and Jochebed's son. +Ham's children will serve Shem's. Praised be the Lord, the God of Shem! +Now you believe in the promise, mother!" + +"Now I believe, and God be praised for His great mercy!" + + + + +THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS + + +After a hot day the sun began to sink, and the market-place lay already +in shadow. The shadow rose and climbed up the Acropolis, on which the +shield of Pallas still gleamed as the aegis of the city. + +Before the vari-coloured colonnade stood a group of men who had +assembled before the semi-circular marble seat called the Hemicyklion; +they appeared to be awaiting someone's arrival before they sat down. +Among them were stately and handsome men, but there was also an +extraordinarily ugly one, round whom, however, the others seemed to +press. His face resembled that of a slave or satyr, and there were +Athenians who thought they could trace in it the marks of all kinds of +wickedness and crime. On hearing of such suspicions, Socrates is said +to have remarked, "Think how much Socrates must have had to contend +against, for he is neither wicked nor a criminal!" + +This was the man known to the whole population of Athens as an eccentric +character who carried on philosophical discussions in streets and +market-places, in drinking-houses and brothels. He shunned no society, +and was on equally intimate terms with Pericles, the head of the state, +and with the licentious Alcibiades. He sat down to table with tradesmen +and artisans, drank with sailors in the Piraeus, and lived himself with +his family in the suburb Ceramicus. When it was asked why Socrates +was always out of doors, his friends answered, "because he was not +comfortable at home." And when his more intimate friends asked how +he could be on intimate terms with seamen and tax-gatherers, Socrates +himself answered, "They are also men!" + +At the philosopher's side, and when he sat, standing behind him, was +always to be seen a youth, whose broad brow attracted attention. This +was his best disciple, whose real name was Aristokles, but who, on +account of his forehead, had the nickname Plato. + +Vying with him in an almost jealous rivalry to appear by the Master's +side, stood the beautiful Alcibiades. + +The third after them was the stately austere Euripides, the tragic +dramatist. Turning his back to the company, absorbed in thought and +tracing designs on the ground, as though he were always at work, stood +Phidias, the man "who made gods for Athens." On the edge of the fountain +sat a man with his legs dangling and his mouth perpetually moving, as +though he were sharpening his tongue for thrust and counter-thrust; his +brow was furrowed and worn as though with fruitless thought, his eyes +glowered like those of a serpent watching for its prey. That was the +Sophist, Protagoras, the reasoner for hire, who for a few figs or a +pair of obols, could make black seem white, but was tolerated in this +brilliant society, because he could carry on a dialogue. They used him +to enliven their meetings, and pitted him in argument against Socrates, +who, however, always entangled him in the meshes of his dialectic. At +last came the one they expected. It was the head of the State, who would +have been king had not the kingship been abolished. His appearance +was majestic, but his entrance without a body-guard was like that of +a simple citizen. He ruled also only by force of his personal +qualities--wisdom, strength of will, moderation, forethought. + +After exchanging greetings which showed that they had already met that +day, for they had been celebrating the deliverance from Persia at the +Salamis festival, the company sat down on the long semicircular marble +seat, called the Hemicyklion. When all had taken their seats, which were +reserved for each according to prescription, a silence followed which +was unusual in this circle, for they were accustomed to assemble as if +for an intellectual feast at every sunset. It was a symposium of minds, +at which the excesses, according to Alcibiades, were only spiritual. + +Alcibiades, the second youngest, but spoilt and aggressive, was the +first to break the silence. "We have been celebrating the battle of +Salamis, the day of our deliverance from the barbarians and the King of +Persia, and I see we are tired." + +"Not too tired," answered Pericles, "to forget the birthday of our +friend Euripides, for, as we all know, he first saw the daylight when +the sun shone on the battle of Salamis." + +"He shall have a libation," answered Alcibiades, "when we sit at table +with our cups in front of us." + +The Sophist, sitting by the fountain, had now collected enough yarn to +commence spinning with. + +"How do you know," he began, "that our deliverance from the King of +Persia was really a piece of good fortune? How do you know that Salamis +was a happy day for Hellas? Has not our great Aeschylus lamented and +sympathetically described the defeat of the Persians? + + "'Hateful to me is thy name, Salamis, + And with a sigh I think of thee, Athens!'" + +"For shame, Sophist!" Alcibiades broke in. + +But Protagoras whetted his beak and continued, "It is not I who say that +the name of Salamis is hateful, but Aeschylus, and I, as everyone knows, +am not Aeschylus. Neither have I maintained that it was a good thing to +serve the Persian King. I have only questioned, and a questioner asserts +nothing. Is it not so, Socrates?" + +The master drew his fingers through his long beard, and answered. + +"There are direct and indirect assertions; a question can be an indirect +and mischievous assertion. Protagoras has made such a one by his +question." + +"Good! Socrates!" exclaimed Alcibiades, who wished to kindle a flame. + +Pericles spoke: "Protagoras, then, has asserted that you would be +happier under the Persian King. What should be done with such a man?" + +"Throw him backwards in the fountain," cried Alcibiades. + +"I appeal!" protested the Sophist. + +"To the mob! They will always justify you," Alcibiades interrupted. + +"One does not say 'mob' if one is a democrat, Alcibiades. And one does +not quote Aeschylus when Euripides is present. When Phidias sits here +one would rather speak of his Parthenon and his Athene, whose robe even +now glitters in the sinking sun. Courtesy is the salt of social life." + +Thus Pericles sought to direct the conversation into a new channel, but +the Sophist thwarted him. + +"If Phidias' statue of Athene must borrow its gold from the sun, that +may prove that the gold granted by the State did not suffice, and that +therefore there is a deficiency. Is it not so, Socrates?" + +The master silenced with his outstretched hand the murmur of disapproval +which arose, and said: + +"It must first be proved that Phidias' statue must borrow gold from +the sun, but since that is unproved, it is absurd to talk of a +deficit. Moreover, gold cannot be borrowed from the sun. Therefore what +Protagoras says is mere babble, and deserves no answer. On the other +hand, will Phidias answer this question? 'When you have made Athene up +there on the Parthenon, have you made Athene?'" + +"I have made her image," answered Phidias. + +"Right! You have made her image. But after what pattern?" + +"After the pattern in my mind." + +"Not after an external one, then? Have you seen the goddess with your +eyes?" + +"Not with my outward eyes." + +"Does she then exist outside you, or inside you?" + +"If no one were listening to us, I would answer 'She is not outside of +me, therefore she is not anywhere at all.'" + +Pericles interrupted him: "You are talking of the gods of the State: +friends, take care!" + +"Help, Protagoras! Socrates is throttling me!" cried Phidias. + +"In my opinion it is not Zeus but Prometheus who has created men," +answered the Sophist. "But Zeus gave unfinished man two imperishable +gifts--the sense of shame and conscience." + +"Then Protagoras was not made by Zeus, for he lacks both." This thrust +came from Alcibiades. But now the taciturn tragedian Euripides began to +speak: "Allow me to say something both about Zeus and about Prometheus; +and don't think me discourteous if I cite my great teacher Aeschylus +when I speak about the gods." + +But Pericles broke in: "Unless my eyes deceive me, I saw just now a pair +of ears projecting from behind the pillar of Hermes, and these ass's +ears can only belong to the notorious tanner." + +"Cleon!" exclaimed Alcibiades. + +But Euripides continued: "What do I care about the tanner, since I do +not fear the gods of the State? These gods, whose decline Aeschylus +foretold long ago! Does not his _Prometheus_ say that the Olympian Zeus +will be overthrown by his own descendant--the son that will be born of a +virgin? Is it not so, Socrates?" + +"Certainly: 'she will bear a son who is stronger than his father.' But +who it will be, and when he will be born, he does not say. Now I believe +that Zeus already lies _in extremis_." + +Again the warning voice of Pericles was heard. "The gods of the State! +Hush, friends! Cleon is listening!" + +"I, on the other hand," broke in Alcibiades, "believe that Athens is +near her end. While we have been celebrating the victory of Salamis, the +Spartans have risen and devastated the north. Megaris, Locris, Boeotia, +and Phocis are already on her side." + +"What you say is well known," answered Pericles deprecatingly, "but at +present there is a truce, and we have three hundred ships at sea. Do you +think, Socrates, that there is danger?" + +"I cannot mix in the affairs of State; but if Athens is in danger, I +will take up shield and lance as before." + +"When you saved my life at Potidaea," added Alcibiades. + +"No, the danger is not there," interrupted Euripides--"not in Sparta, +but here at home. The demagogues have stirred up the marsh, and +therefore we have the pestilence in the Agora, and the pestilence in the +Piraeus." + +"That in Piraeus is the worse of the two," said Protagoras; "don't you +think so, Alcibiades?" + +"Yes, for there are my best girls. My flute-players, who are to perform +at supper this evening, live by the harbour. But, by Hercules, no one +here fears death, I suppose?" + +"No one fears, and no one wishes it," answered Socrates; "but if you +have other girls, that would increase our pleasure." + +"Euripides does not like girls," interrupted Protagoras. + +"That is not true," answered Euripides; "I like girls, but not women." + +Pericles rose: "Let us go to supper, and have walls round our +conversation--walls without ears! Support me, Phidias, I am tired." + +Plato approached Socrates: "Master, let me carry your mantle?" he asked. + +"That is my function, boy," said Alcibiades, intercepting him. + +"It was once," objected Socrates; "now it belongs to Plato of the broad +head. Notice his name! He descends from Codrus, the last king, who gave +his life to save his people. Plato is of royal birth." + +"And Alcibiades is of the race of heroes, the Alcmaeonidae, like his +uncle Pericles; a noble company." + +"But Phidias is of the race of the gods; that is more." + +"I am probably descended from the Titans," broke in Protagoras. "I say +'probably,' for one knows nothing at all, and hardly that. Don't you +think so, Socrates?" + +"_You_ know nothing at all, and least of all what you talk about." +The company passed through the Sacred Street, and went together to the +theatre of Dionysus, near which Alcibiades lived. + + * * * * * + +The demagogue Cleon had really been lurking out of sight, and listening +to the conversation. And so had another man with a yellow complexion and +a full black beard, who seemed to belong to the artisan class. When the +brilliant company had departed, Cleon stepped forward, laid his hand on +the stranger's shoulder, and said: + +"You have heard their conversation?" + +"Certainly I have," he answered. + +"Then you can give evidence." + +"I cannot give evidence, because I am a foreigner." + +"Still you have heard how they spoke against the gods of the State." + +"I am a Syrian, and only know one true God. Your gods are not mine." + +"You are a Hebrew, then! What is your name?" + +"I am an Israelite, of the family of Levi, and call myself now +Cartophilus." + +"A Phoenician, then?" + +"No, a Hebrew. My forefathers came out of Ur of the Chaldees, then fell +into bondage in Egypt, but were brought by Moses and Joshua to the +land of Canaan, where we became powerful under our own kings, David and +Solomon." + +"I don't know them." + +"Two hundred years ago our city Jerusalem was destroyed by +Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, and our people were carried captive to +Babylon. But when Babylon was overthrown by the King of Persia, we fell +under the power of the Persians, and have groaned under the successors +of your Xerxes of Salamis, whom we called Ahasuerus." + +"Your enemies, our enemies! Very well, friend; how did you come here." + +"When the Assyrian was about to carry us for the first time into +captivity, those who could flee, fled to Rhodes, Crete, and the islands +of Greece. But of those who were carried away some were sent northwards +to Media. My ancestors came hither from Media, and I am a new-comer." + +"Your speech is dark to me, but I have heard your nation praised because +they are faithful to the gods of the State." + +"God! There is only One, the Single and True, who has created heaven and +earth, and given the promise to our people." + +"What promise?" + +"That our nation shall possess the earth." + +"By Heracles! But the commencement is not very promising." + +"That is our belief, and it has supported us during our wanderings in +the wilderness, and during the Captivity." + +"Will you give evidence against these blasphemers of the gods?" + +"No, Cleon, for you are idolaters. Socrates and his friends do +not believe in your gods, and that will be counted to them for +righteousness. Yes, Socrates appeared to me rather to worship the +Eternal and Invisible, whom we dare not name. Therefore I do not give +evidence against him." + +"Is _that_ the side you are on? Then go in peace, but beware! Go!" + +"The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob will protect me, so long as I and +my house keep His laws." + +Cleon had espied his friend and fellow-artisan in the colonnade, and +therefore let the inflexible Hebrew go. The latter hastened towards the +sycamore avenue of the oil-market, and disappeared there. + +Anytos the tanner and politician approached, rehearsing a written speech +which he was intending to deliver: "Athens or Sparta,--that is the whole +question at issue...." + +Cleon, full of curiosity, interrupted him: "What are you rehearsing, +Anytos?" + +"A speech." + +"So I heard! Athens or Sparta! Government by the people, or government +by donkeys. The people, the weightiest element in the State, the +cultivators of the land, the producers of wealth, lie at the bottom like +gold. The worthless, the drones, the rich, the aristocratic, the most +frivolous, swim on the surface like chips and corks. Athens has always +represented government by the people, and will always do so; Sparta +represents the donkey-government. + +"The oligarchy, you mean, Cleon." + +"No; donkeys. Therefore, Anytos, Athens is badly governed, for Pericles +the rich man, who boasts of royal ancestors, has come to power. How +can he sympathise with these people, since he has never been down there +below? How can he see them rightly from above? He sits on the gable-roof +of the Parthenon, and views the Athenians as ants, while they are lions, +with their claws pared and their teeth drawn. We, Anytos, born down +there amid the skins of the tanyard and dog's-dung, we understand our +perspiring brothers--we know them by the smell, so to speak. But like +readily associates with like; therefore Sparta feels attracted to +Athens, to Pericles and his followers. Pericles draws Sparta to himself, +and we sink...." + +Anytos, himself an orator, did not like to hear eloquence from others, +therefore he cut abruptly through Cleon's speech. + +"Pericles is ill." + +"Is he ill?" + +"Yes, he has fever!" + +"Really? Perhaps the plague." + +"Perhaps." + +This interjected remark of Anytos had crossed Cleon's prolix discourse, +and a new hope glimmered before him. + +"And after Pericles?" he said. "Cleon, of course." + +"Why not? The man of the people for the people, but no philosophers nor +actors. So, Pericles is sick, is he? Listen, Anytos? Who is Nicias?" + +"He is a grandee who believes in oracles." + +"Don't attack the oracles. I certainly do not believe in them, but +a State requires for its stability a certain uniformity in +everything--laws, customs, and religion. Therefore I support the gods of +the State--and what belongs to them." + +"I also support the gods of the State, so long as the people do." + +The two orators began to be mutually weary, and Cleon wished for +solitude in order to hatch the eggs which Anytos had laid for him. +Therefore he remarked, "You say that Nicias...." + +"I am going to bathe," broke in Anytos; "otherwise I will get no sleep +to-night." + +"But Alcibiades, who is he?" + +"He is the traitor Ephialtes, who will lead the Persian King to +Thermopylae." + +"The Persian King in the east, Sparta in the south." + +"Macedonia in the north." + +"And in the west, new Rome." + +"Enemies in all four quarters! Woe to Athens!" + +"Woe to Hellas!" + + * * * * * + +The guests had assembled at the house of Alcibiades, who on his +arrival had immediately gone off, with the laudable object of procuring +flute-players. Since the evening was warm, supper was served in the +Aula, or inner court, which was surrounded by Corinthian colonnades, and +lighted by many lamps which hung between the pillars. + +After they had taken a light meal, ivy wreaths were distributed and cups +were set before the guests. + +Aspasia, the only woman present, had the place of honour next to +Pericles. She had come at the beginning, accompanied by her slaves, and +was waiting impatiently for the verbal contests to begin. But Pericles +was depressed and tired. Socrates lay on his back, silent, and looked up +at the stars, Euripides chewed a wood-splinter and was morose; Phidias +kneaded balls of bread, which in his hand took the shapes of animals; +Protagoras whispered to Plato, who, with becoming youthful modesty, kept +in the background. + +Quite at the bottom of the table sat the skeleton, with a wreath of +roses round its white forehead. In order to counteract the uncanny +feeling likely to be aroused by this unbidden guest, Alcibiades had +placed an onion between its front teeth, and in one of its hands an +asphodel lily, which the skeleton appeared to smell at. + +When the silence at last became oppressive, Pericles roused himself from +his lethargy, and opened the conversation. + +"I should like," he said, "without raising any bitterness or strife, +to suggest as a subject for discussion the often-raised question of +Euripides' supposed misogyny. What do you say, Protagoras?" + +"Our friend Euripides has been married three times, and each time has +had children. He can therefore not be a woman-hater. Is it not so, +Socrates?" + +"Euripides," answered Socrates, "loves Aspasia, as we all do, and can +therefore not be a woman-hater. He loves, with Pericles' consent, the +beauty of Aspasia's mind, and is therefore no misogynist. Not much that +is complimentary can be said about Aspasia's person, and we have nothing +to do with it. Is Aspasia beautiful, Phidias?" + +"Aspasia is not beautiful, but her soul is beautiful and good. Is it +not, Pericles?" + +"Aspasia is my friend, and the mother of our child; Aspasia is a wise +woman, for she possesses modesty and conscientiousness, self-knowledge +and foresight; Aspasia is prudent, for she is silent when wise men +speak. But Aspasia can also cause wise men to speak wisely by listening +to them; for she helps them to produce thoughts, not like Socrates' +midwife, who only brings corporeal births to pass, but she incarnates +their souls." + +Protagoras continued: "Aspasia is like the Mother Cybele of us all; she +bears us in her bosom." + +"Aspasia is the scale of the zither, without whom our strings would not +sound." + +"Aspasia is the mother of us all," recommenced Socrates, "but she is +also the midwife who washes our new-born thoughts and wraps them in +beautiful swaddling-clothes. Aspasia receives our children dirty, and +gives them back to us purified. She gives nothing of herself, but by +receiving gives the giver the opportunity to give." + +Euripides resumed the topic which they had dropped: "I was accused, and +am acquitted--am I not, Aspasia?" + +"If you can acquit yourself of the accusation, you are acquitted, +Euripides." + +"Accuse me, dear Accuser; I will answer." + +"I will bring the accusation in your own words. Hippolytus says in +one passage in your tragedy of that name: 'O Zeus, why, in the name of +heaven, didst thou place in the light of the sun that specious evil to +men--women? For if thou didst will to propagate the race of mortals, +there was no necessity for this to be done by women, but men might, +having placed an equivalent in thy temples, either in brass or iron, or +weighty gold, buy a race of children each according to the value paid, +and thus might dwell in unmolested houses, without females.'" + +"But now first of all, when we prepare to bring this evil to our homes, +we squander away the wealth of our houses." + +"How evil woman is, is evident from this also, that the father who begat +her and brought her up, having given her a dowry, sends her away in +order to be rid of her." + +"Now defend yourself, Euripides." + +"If I were a Sophist like Protagoras, I should answer, 'It was +Hippolytus who said that; not I.' But I am a poet, and speak through my +characters. Very well; I said it, I meant it when I wrote it, and I mean +it still. And yet I almost always love any given woman, though I hate +her sex. I cannot explain it, for I was never perverse like Alcibiades. +Can you explain it, Socrates?" + +"Yes, a man can hate and love a woman simultaneously. Everything is +produced by its opposite--love by hate, and hate by love. In my wife +I love the good motherly element, but I hate the original sin in her; +therefore I can hate and love her at the same time. Is it not so, +Protagoras?" + +"Now it is Socrates who is the Sophist. Black cannot be white." + +"Now it is Protagoras who is simple. This salt in the salt-cellar is +white, but put out the lamps, and it is black. The salt therefore is not +absolutely white, but its whiteness depends on the light. I should be +inclined rather to believe that salt is absolutely black, for darkness +is merely the absence of light, and is nothing in itself, communicates +no quality of its own to the salt, which in the darkness is something +independent, consequently its real nature is black. + +"But in the light a thing can be both black and white. This sea-sole, +for instance, is black above, but white below. In the same way something +can be good and bad at the same time. Therefore Euripides is right when +he says that he loves and hates woman simultaneously. The misogynist is +he who only hates woman, but Euripides loves her also. Therefore he is +not a misogynist. What do you think, Aspasia?" + +"Wise Socrates! You confess that Euripides hates women, therefore he is +a woman-hater." + +"No, my dear child, I admitted that Euripides _both_ loves and hates +women,--_both_, mark you. I love Alcibiades, but I abhor and hate +his want of character; now I ask the friends here, am I a hater of +Alcibiades?" + +"No, certainly not," they answered simultaneously. But Aspasia was +roused, and wished to rouse him. "Wise Socrates, how do matters stand +between you and your wife?" + +"The wise man does not willingly speak of his wife," Protagoras struck +in: "nor of his weakness." + +"You have said it. One sacrifices to the earth, but unwillingly; one +binds oneself, but without pleasure; one endures, but loves not; one +does one's duty to the State, but with difficulty. There is only one +Aspasia, and she belongs to Pericles--the greatest woman to the greatest +man. Pericles is the greatest in the State, as Euripides is the greatest +on the stage." + +This was an opportunity for Protagoras, without his needing to seek it. +"Is Euripides greater than Aeschylus and Sophocles?" he asked. + +"Certainly, Protagoras! He is nearer to us; he speaks _our_ thoughts, +not those of our fathers; he does not cringe before the gods and fate; +he fights with them; he loves men, knows them, and laments them; his art +is more elaborate, his feelings warmer, his pictures more life-like than +those of the ancients. But now I should like to speak of Pericles." + +"Stop, Socrates! In the Pnyx or the Agora, but not here! Though I should +be glad of a word of encouragement since false accusations rain on me. +We have come here to forget and not to remember ourselves, and Socrates +delights us most when he speaks of the highest things, among which I do +not count the State of Athens. Here comes Alcibiades with his following. +Kindle more lights, boys, and put more ice in the wine." + +There was a noise at the entrance; the dog barked, the doorkeeper +shouted, and Alcibiades entered with his companions. These consisted of +girls and of two strangers whom he had found in a wine-house. + +"Papaia!" he cried. "Here is the host! And here is Aristophanes, a +future dramatist. Here is the Roman Lucillus, formerly a Decemvir, +who has been banished. There is one of the many Laises who have sat to +Phidias. Aspasia must not take it ill. And here are flute-players from +Piraeus. Whether they have the pestilence, I know not! What can they +do to me? I am twenty years old, and yet have done nothing? Why, then, +should I live? Now Lais will dance. Papaia!" + +Euripides rose and made a sign for silence. "Let the dance wait; +Pericles is not pleased, and looks serious." A pause followed. The heat +was oppressive. It was not thunder-weather, but something like it, and a +sense of uneasy expectation seemed to weigh upon all their spirits. + +Then, as if by accident, the arm of the skeleton fell on its knee with +a slight snap. The flower, which it had held under its nose, lay on the +earth. + +All started, even Alcibiades, but, angry with himself for this weakness, +he took a cup and stepped forward. + +"The skeleton is thirsty! I drink to it! Who pledges me?" + +"Socrates can do so the best. He can drink half a jar of wine in one +pull, without winking." + +As a matter of fact, Socrates was notorious for his drinking powers, but +now he was not in the mood. "Not to-day! Wine is bitter to my taste," he +said. + +And turning to Pericles, he whispered: "Evil eyes have come here. This +Aristophanes is not our friend! Do you know him?" + +"Very little, but he looks as though he would like to murder us." + +Alcibiades continued to address the skeleton: "Thus looks Athens at this +moment! Sparta and the Persian King have gnawed off its flesh; Cleon has +tanned its skin; the allies have gouged out its eyes; the citizens have +drawn out its teeth,--those citizens whom Aristophanes knows and whom +he will soon describe. Here's to you, skeleton! '[Greek: _Polla metaxu +pelei kulikos kai cheileos akrou_]!'" + +There was a sudden change in the scene. The skeleton sank backwards like +a drunken man; the lamps began to sway on their chains, the salt-cellar +was spilt on the table. + +"Ohioh!" cried Alcibiades, "Tralall! Ha! Ha! Ha! The table wobbles, the +sofa rocks; am I drunk, or is the room drunk?" + +All were alarmed, but Socrates commanded quiet. "A god is near! +The earth shakes, and I hear ... does it thunder? No! That is an +earthquake." + +All jumped up, but Socrates continued, "Be quiet! It is already past." + +After they had all taken their places again, he continued: "I was five +years old when Sparta was visited by an earthquake; twenty thousand men +perished, and only six houses remained standing. Then it was Sparta. +Now it is Athens. Yes, friends, a voice says to me, 'Before a babe can +become a man, we shall have been dispersed and destroyed like a bevy of +birds.'" + +Again the dog barked, and the door-keeper shouted. There entered an +uninvited guest in a state of excitement. + +Alcibiades greeted him. "It is Nicias," he said. "Now I will be sober; +the thoughtful Nicias comes to our feast. What is the matter?" + +"Allow an uninvited guest." + +"Speak, Nicias!" + +"Pericles!" began the new-comer hesitatingly, "your friend, our friend, +the glory of Athens and Hellas,--Phidias is accused...." + +"Stop! Silence!" + +"Accused! O shame and disgrace! I cannot say it without weeping: Phidias +is accused of having purloined gold from the statue of Athene." + +The silence which followed was first broken by Pericles: "Phidias hides +his face in his mantle; he is ashamed for Athens. But by the gods and +the nether world, let us swear to his innocence." + +"We swear!" exclaimed all like one man. + +"I swear also," said Nicias. + +"Athens is dishonoured, if one has to swear that Phidias has not +stolen." + +Nicias had approached Pericles, and, bowing to Aspasia, he whispered, +"Pericles, your son Paralos is ill." + +"Of the pestilence! Follow me, Aspasia." + +"He is not my son, but yours; therefore I follow you." + +"The house collapses, friends depart, all beauty passes away, the ugly +remains." + +"And the gods sleep." + +"Or have emigrated." + +"Or are dead! Let us make new ones." + +Another shock of earthquake extinguished the lamps, and all went out +into the street, except Socrates and Alcibiades. + +"Phidias accused of theft! Let the walls of the world fall in!" said +Socrates, and sank, as was his custom, into a fit of absent-mindedness +that resembled sleep. + +Alcibiades took one of the largest double-goblets, veiled it, and +improvised the following dithyramb: + + "May everything break up from Pindus to the Caucasus! + Then will Prometheus be unbound and bestow fire again + on frozen mortals! + And Zeus descends to Hades, Pallas sells herself; + Apollo breaks his lyre in two, and cobbles shoes; + Ares lets his war-horse go, and minds sheep; + And on the ruins of all earthly glory, stands Alcibiades + alone, + In the full consciousness of his almightiness, + And laughs!" + + * * * * * + +The pestilence had broken out in Athens accompanied by shocks of +earthquake. + +When Pericles, accompanied by Aspasia, reached his house, his son by his +divorced wife was dead. + +According to the prevailing custom, and to show that he had not been +murdered, the corpse was placed in the doorway. A small coffin of +cedar-wood, painted red and black, stood on a bier, and showed the dead +child dressed in a white shroud. He had a garland on his head, woven of +the plant of death, the strong-scented Apium or celery. In his mouth he +had an obol as Charon's fee. + +Pericles uttered a prayer in an undertone, without showing especially +deep sorrow, for he had gone through much, and learnt to suffer. + +"Two sons the gods have taken from me. Are they enough to atone?" + +"What have you to atone for?" asked Aspasia. + +"One must suffer for another; the individual for the State. Pericles has +suffered for Athens." + +"Pardon me that my tears dry sooner than yours. The thought that _our_ +son lives, gives me comfort." + +"It comforts me also, but not so much." + +"Shall I go, before your wife comes?" + +"You must not leave me, for I am ill." + +"You have spoken of it for a long time now. Is it serious?" + +"My soul is sick. When the State suffers, I am ill.... There comes the +mother of the dead." + +A black-robed woman appeared in the doorway; she wore a veil in order to +hide the fact that her hair was cut off; she had a garland in her hand, +and a slave followed her with a torch. + +She did not immediately notice Aspasia's presence, greeted her former +husband with a glance, and laid the garland at the dead boy's feet. "I +only bring a funeral garland for my son," she said, "but instead of the +obol, he shall take a kiss from the lips of his mother." + +She threw herself on the dead child, and kissed him. + +"Beware of the dead!" said Pericles, and seized her arm; "he died of the +pestilence." + +"My life has been a lingering death; a quick one is preferable to me." + +Then she noticed Aspasia, and, rising, said with quiet dignity, "Tell +your friend to go." + +"She goes, and I follow her." + +"That is right! For now, my Pericles, the last tie between us is +dissolved! Farewell!" + +"Farewell, my wife!" + +And, turning to Aspasia, he said, "Give me your hand, my spouse." + +"Here it is." + +The mourning mother lingered: "We shall all meet again some day, shall +we not? And then as friends--you, she, and he who is gone before to +prepare a dwelling for the hearts which are separated by the narrow laws +of life." + + * * * * * + +Pericles and Socrates wandered in the avenue of plane-trees below the +Hemicyklion, and conversed together. + +"Phidias has been acquitted of theft, but re-arrested on the charge of +blaspheming the gods of the State." + +"Arrested? Phidias!" + +"They say that he has represented me and himself in Athene's shield." + +"That is the mob's doing, which hates all greatness! Anaxagoras banished +because he was too wise; Aristides banished because he was too just; +Themistocles, Pausanias.... What did you do, Pericles, when you gave the +people power?" + +"What was lawful and right. I fall certainly by my own sword, but +honourably. I go about and am dying piecemeal, like Athens. Did we +know that we adorned our statues for a funeral procession? that we +were weaving our own shrouds? that the choruses of our tragedies were +dirges?" + +"Athens is dying--yes! But of what?" + +"Of Sparta." + +"What is Sparta?" + +"Sparta is Heracles; the club, the lion-skin, brute-strength. We +Athenians are the sons of Theseus, ranged against the Heraclidae, +Dorians, and Ionians. Athens dies by Sparta's hand, but Hellas dies by +her own." + +"I believe the gods have forsaken us." + +"I believe so too, but the Divine lives." + +"There comes Nicias, the messenger of misfortune." It was Nicias; +and when he read the question in the faces and glances of the two, he +answered, without waiting to be asked: "From the Agora!" + +"What is the news from the Agora?" + +"The Assembly seeks help from the Macedonians." + +"Why not from the Persians? Good! then the end is near. Do they seek +help from the enemy? From the barbarian, the Macedonian, who lies above +us like a lion on a hill. Go, Nicias, and say, 'Pericles is dying.' +And ask them to choose the worthiest as his successor! Not the most +unworthy! Go, Nicias, but go quickly." + +"I go," said Nicias, "but for a physician." + +And he went. + +"No physician can cure me!" answered Pericles; but in a weak voice, as +though he spoke to himself. He took his old seat in the Hemicyklion. +When he had rested a while, he made Socrates a sign to come near, for he +did not wish to raise his voice. + +"Socrates, my friend," he began, "this is the farewell of a dying man. +You were the wisest, but take it not ill if I say, 'Be not too wise'; +seek not the unattainable, and confuse not men's minds with subtleties; +do not make the simple complicated. You wish to see things with both +eyes, but he who shoots with the bow, must close one eye; otherwise he +sees his mark doubled. You are not a Sophist, but may easily appear so; +you are not a libertine, but you go about with such; you hate your city +and your country, and rightly; but you should love them to the death, +for that is your duty; you despise the people, but you should be sorry +for them. I have not admired the people, but I have given them laws and +justice; therefore I die! + +"Good-night, Socrates! Now it is dark before my eyes. You shall close +them, and give me the garland. Now I go to sleep. When I awake, _if_ I +awake, then I am on the other side, and then I will send you a greeting, +if the gods allow it. Good-night." + +"Pericles is dead. Hear it, Athenians, and weep as I do!" + +The people streamed thither, but they did not weep. They only wondered +what would now happen, and felt almost glad of a change. + + * * * * * + +Cleon the tanner stood in the orator's pulpit in the Pnyx. Among his +most attentive hearers were Alcibiades, Anytos, and Nicias. Cleon said: +"Pericles is dead, and Pericles is buried; now you know it. Let him rest +in peace with his merits and faults, for the enemy is in Sphacteria, and +we must have a commander; Pericles' shadow will not serve for that. Here +below sit two adventurers, fine gentlemen both; one is called Nicias, +because he never has conquered; the other Alcibiades, and we know his +conquests--goblets and girls. On the other hand, we do not know his +character, but you will some day know him, Athenians, and he will show +his incisors himself. Such and such and such a one have been proposed +for commander--oddly enough all fine gentlemen, and all grandees, of +course. Athens, which has abjured all kings and their like, must now +fight with royal Sparta, and must, faithful to its traditions, appear +in the field under a man of the people on whom you can rely. We need no +Pericles who commissions statues and builds temples to Fame and Glory; +Athens has enough of such gewgaws. But now we must have a man who +understands the art of war, who has a heart in his breast and a head on +his shoulders. Whom do you wish for, men of Athens?" + +Alcibiades sprang up like a young lion, and went straight to the point. +"Men of Athens, I propose Cleon the tanner, not because he is a tanner, +for that is something different. At any rate the army may be compared +to an ox-skin, and Cleon to a knife; but Cleon has other qualities, +especially those of a commander. His last campaign against Pericles and +Phidias closed with a triumph for him. He has displayed a courage which +never failed, and an intelligence which passed all mortal comprehension. +His strategy was certainly not that of a lion, but he conquered, and +that is the chief point. I propose Cleon as leader of the campaign." + +Now it so fell out that this patent irony was still too subtle for the +mob, who took it seriously. Alcibiades also had a certain influence with +them because of his relationship to Pericles, and they listened to him +readily. Accordingly the whole assembly called out for Cleon, and he was +elected. + +But Cleon had never dreamt of the honour of being commander, and he was +prudent enough not to endeavour to climb beyond his capacity. Therefore +he protested against the election, shouting and swearing by all the +gods. + +Alcibiades, however, seized the opportunity by the forelock, and, +perceiving that the election of Cleon meant his death, he mounted +an empty rostrum and spoke with emphasis: "Cleon jests, and Cleon is +modest; he does not himself know what sort of a commander he is, for +he has not proved himself; but I know who he is; I insist upon his +election; I demand that he fulfil his duty as a citizen; and I summon +him before the Areopagus if he shirks it when the fatherland is in +danger." "Cleon is elected!" cried the people. + +But Cleon continued to protest, "I do not know the difference between +a hoplite and a peltast; [Footnote: a heavy-armed and a light-armed +soldier.] I can neither carry a lance nor sit upon a horse." + +But Alcibiades shouted him down. "He can do everything; guide the State +and criticise art; carry on law-suits and watch Sophists; he can discuss +the highest subjects with Socrates; in a word, he possesses all the +public virtues and all the private vices." + +Now the people laughed, but Cleon did not budge. + +"Athenians!" said Alcibiades in conclusion, "the people have spoken, and +there is no appeal. Cleon is elected, and Sparta is done for!" + +The assembly broke up. Only Cleon remained behind with his friend +Anytos. "Anytos!" he said. "I am lost!" + +"Very probable!" answered Anytos. + +But Alcibiades went off with Nicias: "Now Cleon is as dead as a dog. +Then comes my turn," he said. + + * * * * * + +Socrates walked, deep in thought, up and down the courtyard of his +house, which was very simple and had no colonnades. His wife was carding +wool, and did it as if she were pulling someone's hair. + +The wise man kept silence, but the woman spoke--that was her nature. +"What are you doing?" she asked. + +"For the sake of old acquaintance, I will answer you, though I am not +obliged to do so. I am thinking." + +"Is that a proper business for a man?" + +"Certainly; a very manly business." + +"At any rate no one can see what you are doing." + +"When you were with child, it was also invisible; but when, it was born, +it was visible, and especially audible. Thus occupations which are at +first invisible, become visible later on. They are therefore not to be +despised, least of all by those who only believe in the visible." + +"Is your business with Aspasia something of that sort?" + +"Something of that, and of another sort too." + +"You drink also a good deal." + +"Yes, those who speak become thirsty, and the thirsty must drink." + +"What is it in Aspasia that attracts men?" + +"Certain qualities which give zest to social +intercourse--thoughtfulness, tact, moderation." + +"You mean that for me?" + +"I mean it for Aspasia." + +"Is she beautiful?" + +"No." + +"Anytos declares that she is." + +"He tells an untruth. Do you see Anytos, Cleon's friend and my enemy?" + +"He is not my enemy." + +"But mine. You always love my enemies and hate my friends; that is a bad +sign." + +"Your friends are bad men." + +"No, on the contrary. Pericles was the greatest of the Athenians, +Phidias the best, Euripides the noblest, Plato the wisest, Alcibiades +the most gifted, Protagoras the most acute." + +"And Aristophanes?" + +"He is my enemy, though I do not know why. I suppose you have heard of +the comedy which he has written about me." + +"Anytos told me. Have you seen it?" + +"I saw the _Clouds_ yesterday." + +"Was it amusing--was it clever?" + +"What did Anytos think?" + +"He made me laugh when he described some scenes." + +"Then it must be amusing, or you would not have laughed." + +"Did you not laugh, my Socrates?" + +"Yes, of course; otherwise they would have thought me a blockhead. You +know that he has depicted me as a rogue and fool. Since I am neither, it +was not serious; therefore it was in jest." + +"Do you think so? I think it was serious." + +"And you laugh at the serious? Do you weep, then, at jesting? Then you +would be mad." + +"Do you think I am mad?" + +"Yes, if you think me a rogue." + +"You know that Cleon is with the army." + +"I was astonished to hear it." + +"Astonished! You think, then, that he is not fit to command." + +"No, I know nothing about his fitness as commander, for I have never +seen him in the field. But I am astonished at his election, as he +himself was, because it was unexpected." + +"You therefore expect him to be defeated." + +"No, I wait for the result, in order to see whether he wins or loses." + +"You would be glad if he lost?" + +"I do not love Cleon, but as an Athenian I would mourn if he were +defeated; therefore I would not rejoice at his overthrow." + +"You hate Cleon, but you do not wish his overthrow." + +"On account of Athens--no." + +"But except for that?" + +"Except for that, Cleon's overthrow would be a blessing for the State, +for he has been unjust to Pericles, to Phidias, to all who have done +anything great." + +"Here comes a visitor." + +"It is Alcibiades." + +"The wretch! Are you not ashamed to be on intimate terms with him?" + +"He is a man; he has great faults and great merits, and he is my friend. +I do not wish to be on intimate terms with my enemies." Alcibiades +knocked at the door, and rushed in. "Papaia! The pair are philosophising +together, and talking of yesterday's comedy! This Aristophanes is an +ass! If one wishes to kill an enemy, one must hit him; but Aristophanes +aims at the clouds. Hit, yes! Do you know that Cleon is defeated?" + +"What a pity!" exclaimed Socrates. + +"Is it a pity that the dog is unmasked?" + +"I think Alcibiades is misinformed," broke in Xantippe. + +"No, by Zeus, but I wish I was!" + +"Hush! here is Anytos coming," said Socrates. + +"The second tanner! It is strange that the destiny of Athens is guided +by tanners." + +"The destiny of Athens! Who knows it?" + +"I, Alcibiades, am the destiny of Athens." + +"[Greek: _Hubris_]! Beware of the gods!" + +"I come after Cleon; Cleon is no more; therefore it is my turn." + +"Here is Anytos!" + +Anytos entered: "I seek Alcibiades." + +"Here I am." + +"Must I prepare you....' + +"No, I know." + +"Prepare you for the honour...." + +"Have I waited long enough." + +"To go at the head...." + +"That is what I was born for." + +"To take the lead...." + +"That is my place." + +"And conduct the triumphal procession?" + +"What procession?" + +"Ah! you did not know. Cleon's triumphal procession from the harbour." + +Alcibiades passed his hand downwards over his face, as though he wished +to changed his mask, and it was done in a moment. + +"Yes, certainly, certainly, certainly. I have in fact just come here +to--announce his victory." + +"He lies," broke in Xantippe. + +"I jested with the pair. There will be a triumphal procession, then, for +Cleon! How fine!" + +"Socrates," continued Anytos, "are you not glad?" + +"I am glad that the enemy is beaten." + +"But not that Cleon has won a victory?" + +"Yes, it is nearly the same thing." + +Xantippe seized the opportunity and struck in: "He is not glad, and he +does not believe in Cleon." + +"I know you," concluded Anytos. "I know you philosophers and quibblers! +But take care!--And now, Alcibiades, come and receive the despised +Cleon, who has saved the fatherland!" + +Alcibiades took Socrates by the hand, and whispered in his ear. "What a +cursed mischance! Well, not yet!--but the next time!" + + + + +ALCIBIADES + + +Kartaphalos, the shoemaker, sat in his shop by the Acarnanian Gate, and +repaired cothurns for the Dionysian theatre, which was about to make a +last attempt to revive the tragic drama, which had been eclipsed by the +farces of Aristophanes. The Roman Lucillus lounged at the window-sill, +and, since philosophy had been brought into fashion by Socrates and the +Sophists, the shoemaker and the exiled Decemvir philosophised as well as +they could. + +"Roman!" said Kartaphalos, "you are a stranger in the city, as I am: +what do think of the state and the Government?" + +"They are exactly like the Roman. One may sum up the whole past history +of Rome in two words--Patricians and Plebeians." + +"Just as it is here." + +"With the difference that Rome has a future. Hellas only a past." + +"What is known of Rome's future?" + +"The Cumaean Sibyl has prophesied that Rome will possess the earth." + +"What do you say? Rome? No, Israel will possess it; Israel has the +promise." + +"I do not venture to deny that, but Rome has also the promise." + +"There is only one promise, and one God." + +"Perhaps it is the same promise, and the same God." + +"Perhaps Israel will conquer through Rome." + +"Israel will conquer through the promised Messiah." + +"When will Messiah come, then?" + +"When the time is fulfilled, when Zeus is dead." + +"May we live to see it. I wait, for Zeus has gone to Rome, and is called +there Jupiter Capitolinus." + +Aristophanes, who was easily recognised by his crane-like neck and open +mouth, looked in through the window. + +"Have you a pair of low shoes, Kartaphalos? A pair of 'socks'? +[Footnote: a low-heeled shoe worn by comic actors.] You have plenty of +cothurns, I see, but the 'sock' has won the day." + +"At your service, sir." + +"We want them for the theatre, you understand.... Ah! there is Lucillus! +... and of raw leather, not tanned." + +"What are you going to play in the theatre, then?" + +"We are going to bring on Cleon, and make him dance, and fancy! since +no one dares to represent the low-born tanner, I must do it. I will play +Cleon." + +"Where is the great general, Cleon, now?" + +"In a new campaign against Brasidas. When the commander Demosthenes won +the battle of Sphacteria, Cleon claimed the honour of the victory and +received a triumph. Then, since he regarded himself as a great warrior, +he marched against Brasidas. The pitcher goes so often to the well...." + +"Till it is broken," interrupted a new arrival. It was Alcibiades. +"Papaia!" he exclaimed, "Cleon is beaten! Cleon has fled! Now it is my +turn! Come to the Pnyx." And he went on. + +"Very well--to the Pnyx," said Aristophanes, "and I will obtain matter +for a new comedy, to be called _Alcibiades_." + +"You are right, perhaps," answered Lucillus. "The whole matter is not +worth weeping for. Therefore let us laugh!" + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades stood again on the orator's platform in the Pnyx. He felt +at home there, and he always had the ear of the people, for he was +not tedious. They all spoilt him, and his grotesque impudence had an +enlivening effect upon them. + +Before the orator's platform, among others, was to be seen the wise, +rich, and aristocratic Nicias, who had always sought to mediate between +Sparta and Athens, but through his over-deliberation had done more harm +than good. + +Alcibiades, who knew Nicias and his political views, and feared his +opposition, resolved on a master-stroke. He would not speak of Sparta +and Athens as Nicias expected, but determined to make a diversion, and +speak of something quite different. The people loved novelties, and +to-day they should have something quite new. + +"Athenians!" he began, "Cleon is defeated and dead, and I place my +undoubted talents at the service of the State. You know my small +failings, but now you will know my great merits. Listen, Athenians. +There was a time when Hellas possessed Asia Minor and extended its wings +eastward. The Persian King took these settlements from us one after the +other, and he is now in Thrace. Since we cannot go farther eastward, +we must go westward, towards the sunset. You have heard more or less +vaguely of the Roman Republic, which is growing and growing. Our +countrymen have long ago taken possession of that part of the Italian +peninsula which is called Tarentum, and we have thereby become close +neighbours of Rome. And the finest of the islands, opulent Sicily, +became ours. But the Romans have gradually surrounded our colonies, and +threaten their independence. The Romans are pressing on us, but they are +also pushing northward towards Gaul and Germany, and southward towards +Africa. The Persian King, who was formerly our enemy, has now nearly +become our friend, and our danger is not now Persia, but Rome. +Therefore, with the future in view, I say to you Athenians, 'Let us go +to Italy and Sicily. With Sicily as our base, we can dispute with the +Romans the possession of Spain and the Pillars of Hercules. In Sicily +we have the Key to Egypt; by means of Sicily we protect the threatened +Tarentum, and can, in case of need, save sinking Hellas. The world is +wide; why should we sit here and moulder in the wilderness? Hellas is +an exhausted country; let us break up new ground. Hellas is an outworn +ship; let us build a new one, and undertake a new Argonautic enterprise +to a new Colchis to win another Golden Fleece, following the path of the +sun westward. Athenians! let us go to Sicily!'" + +These new prospects which the speaker opened to them pleased the people, +who were tired of the everlasting Sparta and the Persian King; and +stimulated by fear of Rome, the growing wolf's-cub, they received the +ill-considered proposal with applause, and raised their hands in token +of assent. + +Nicias sought an opportunity to speak, and warned them, but no one +listened to him. The Scythian police who kept order in the Pnyx could +procure him no audience. And when Nicias saw that he could not prevent +the enterprise, he placed his services at Alcibiades' disposal, and +began to equip the fleet. + + * * * * * + +Aspasia was now the widow of Pericles, and had mourned him for a long +time. The "Hemicyklion" was no more, but her few remaining friends +visited her from time to time. Socrates was the most faithful among +them. One evening he sat with her in the little brick-roofed villa on +the bank of the Cephisos. + +"No, Aspasia," he said, "I advised against the Sicilian expedition, so +did Nicias, so did the astronomer Meton, but it was to be. Alcibiades +had managed to procure a favourable response from the oracle in the +Temple of Ammon." + +"Do you believe in oracles, Socrates?" + +"Yes--and no! I have my own 'demon,' as you know, who warns but never +urges--who advises, but never commands. This inner Voice has said to me, +'Hellas will not conquer the world.'" + +"Will Rome do it?" + +"Yes, but for another!" + +"You know that Pericles' great thought was a single Hellas--a union of +all the Grecian States." + +"That was Pericles' wish, but the will of the gods was otherwise. +Alcibiades' dream of Hellas governing the world is also great, but the +dreams of the gods are greater." + +"What gain do you think comes to Athens from Cleon's death?" + +"None! After Cleon comes Anytos. Cleon is everlasting, for Cleon is the +name of an idea." + +Protagoras, grown old and somewhat dull, appeared in the inner +courtyard. + +"There is Protagoras!" + +"The Sophist! I do not like him," said Aspasia. "He is a file who frets +all will away; his endless hair-splitting robs one of all resolution." + +"You speak truly and rationally, Aspasia, and in an earlier age you +would have sat upon the Pythoness's tripod and prophesied. Like the +priestess, you know not perhaps what you say, but a god speaks through +you." + +"No, Socrates; I only utter your thoughts; that is all!" + +Protagoras came forward. "Mourning in Athens! Mourning in Hellas! Alas!" +was his greeting. + +"What is the matter, Protagoras?" + +"Phidias of immortal memory lies dead in prison." + +"Alas! then they have killed him." + +"So it is rumoured in the city." + +"Phidias is dead!" + +"Probably poisoned, they say; but that need not be true." + +"All die here in Athens before their proper time. When will our turn +come?" + +"When it does." + +"Are we falling by the arrows of the Python-slayer? We are shot like +birds." + +"We are the children of Apollo. Would our father kill us?" + +"Saturn has returned to devour his children." + +Socrates sank in meditation, and remained standing. + +"We have angered the gods." + +Lucillus the Roman entered. "See the Roman!" said Socrates, "the lord of +the future and of the world. What has he to tell us?" + +"I come to warn Protagoras. He is to be banished." + +"I?" + +"You are banished." + +"On what grounds?" + +"As a blasphemer. You have repudiated the gods of the State." + +"Who is the informer?" + +"The sycophant, the invisible, who is present everywhere." + +"All is probable; nothing is certain," exclaimed Protagoras. + +"Yes, this is certain." + +"Well, my fabric of thought is shattered against this certainty as +everything else is shattered." + +"[Greek: _Pnta re_]. Everything flows away; nothing endures; all comes +to birth, grows, and dies." + +"Farewell, then, Aspasia, Socrates, friends, fatherland! + +"Farewell!" + +Protagoras departed with his mantle drawn over his head. + +"Will Athens miss Protagoras?" asked Aspasia. + +"He has taught the Athenians to think and to doubt; and doubt is the +beginning of wisdom." + +"Aristophanes has murdered Protagoras, and he will murder you some day, +Socrates." + +"He has done that already; my wife rejoices at it, but still I live." + +"Here comes young Plato with an ominous look. More bad news I expect." + +"Expect? I am certain! Sing your dirge, Plato." + +"Dirges, you mean. Alcibiades has been accused and recalled." + +"What has he done?" + +"Before his departure he has mutilated all the images of Hermes in the +city." + +"That is too much for one man; he could not do that." + +"The accusation is definite; injury to the gods of the State." + +"And now the gods avenge themselves." + +"The gods of Greece have gone to Rome." + +"There you have spoken truth." + +"Now comes number two: The Athenians have been defeated in Sicily. And +number three: Nicias is beheaded." + +"Then we can buy sepulchres for ourselves in the Ceramicus." + + * * * * * + +Near the Temple of Nemesis in the Agora stood the tanner Anytos chatting +with Thrasybulos, a hitherto obscure but rising patriot. + +Anytos rattled away: "Alcibiades is in Sparta; Sparta seeks the help of +the Persian King; only one thing remains for us--to do the same." + +"To go over to the enemy? That is treachery." + +"There is nothing else to be done." + +"There were once Thermopylae and Salamis." + +"But now there is Sparta, and the Spartans are in Deceleia. Our envoys +have already sailed to the Persian King." + +"Then we may as well remove Athene's image from the Parthenon! Anytos! +look at my back; for I shall be ashamed to show my face now when I +walk." + +Anytos remained alone, and walked for some time up and down in front of +the temple portico. Then he stopped and entered the vestibule. + +The priestess Theano seemed to have been waiting for him. Anytos began: +"Have you obeyed the order of the Council?" + +"What order?" + +"To pronounce a curse on Alcibiades, the enemy of his country." + +"No, I am only ordered to bless." + +"Have the avenging goddesses, then, ceased to execute justice?" + +"They have never lent themselves to carry out human vengeance." + +"Has Alcibiades not betrayed his country?" + +"Alcibiades' country is Hellas, not Athens; Sparta is in Hellas." + +"Have the gods also become Sophists?" + +"The gods have become dumb." + +"Then you can shut the temple--the sooner, the better." + + * * * * * + +The incorrigible Alcibiades had really fled from Sicily to the enemy at +Sparta, and now sat at table with King Aegis; for Sparta had retained +the monarchy, while Athens at an early date had abjured it. + +"My friend," said the King, "I do not like your dining at the common +public table, after being accustomed to Aspasia's brilliant feasts in +Athens." + +"I! Oh no! My rule was always the simplest food: I went to sleep with +the sun, and rose with the sun. You do not know what a severe ascetic I +have been." + +"If you say so, I must believe it. Rumour, then, has slandered you?" + +"Slandered? Yes, certainly. You remember the scandal about the +statues of Hermes. I did not mutilate them, but they have become my +destruction." + +"Is that also a lie?" + +"It is a lie." + +"But tell me something else. Do you think that it is now the will of the +gods that Sparta should conquer Athens?" + +"Certainly, as certainly as virtue will conquer vice. Sparta is the home +of all the virtues, and Athens of all the vices." + +"Now I understand that you are not the man I took you for, and I will +give you the command of the army. Shall we now march against Athens?" + +"I am ready!" + +"Have you no scruple in marching against your own city?" + +"I am a Hellene, not an Athenian, Sparta is the chief city of Hellas." + +"Alcibiades is great! Now I go to the general, and this evening we +march." + +"Go, King! Alcibiades follows." + +The King went, but Alcibiades did not follow, for behind the curtains +of the women's apartment stood the Queen, and waited. When the King had +gone, she rushed in. + +"Hail! Alcibiades, my king!" + +"Queen, why do you call your servant 'king'?" + +"Because Sparta has done homage to you, because I love you, and because +you are a descendant of heroes." + +"King Aegis the Second lives." + +"Not too long! Win your first battle, and Aegis is dead." + +"Now life begins to smile on the hardly-tried exile. If you knew my +childhood with its sorrows, my youth with its privations! The vine had +not grown for me, woman had not been made for me; Bacchus knew me not; +Aphrodite was not my goddess. The chaste Artemis and the wise Pallas +guided me past the devious ways of youth to the goal of knowledge, +wisdom, and glory. But when I first saw you, Timia, my queen...." + +"Hush!" + +"Then I thought that beauty was more than wisdom." + +"Hush! some one is listening." + +"Who?" + +"I, Lysander, the General," answered a sharp voice, and the speaker +stood in the middle of the room. + +"Now I know you, Alcibiades, and I have your head under my arm, but I +have the honour of Sparta under the other. Fly before I strangle you!" + +"Your ears have deceived you, Lysander!" + +"Fly! do us the kindness to fly! Fifty hoplites stand without, waiting +for your head." + +"How many do you say? Fifty? Then I will fly, for I cannot overcome more +than thirty. My queen! farewell! I have thought better of Sparta. This +would never have happened in Athens. Now I go to the Persian King; there +they understand better what is fitting, and there I shall not be obliged +to eat black broth!" + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades sat with the Persian satrap Tissaphernes, and Alcibiades +the eloquent spoke. "Yes, my teacher Protagoras taught me once, that +everything is born from its opposite; therefore you see my heart can +embrace all opposites. Sparta and Athens are both dear to me; that is +to say, both hateful--the state--gods of the one, and the virtues of the +other." + +"You have a great heart, stranger! Is there room in it for Persia?" + +"For the whole world." + +"What do you think of our chief city?" + +"I love all large cities!" + +"But at the present moment, you ought to love ours the most." + +"Yes, I do." + +"You must also love our allies." + +"Pardon me, who is your present ally?" + +"At present, it is Sparta." + +"Very well, then, I love Sparta." + +"And suppose it is Athens to-morrow?" + +"Then I will love Athens to-morrow." + +"Thank you. Now I understand that it is all over with Hellas. Old Greece +is so corrupt, that it is hardly worth conquering." + +"Protagoras taught that man is the measure of all things; therefore I +measure the value of all things by myself; what has value for me, that I +prize." + +"Is that the teaching of your prophets? Then we have better ones; do you +know Zarathrustra?" + +"If it would do you a pleasure, I wish I had known him from childhood." + +"Then you might have been able to distinguish good and evil, light and +darkness, Ormuzd and Ahriman. And you would have lived in the hope +that light will eventually conquer; and that all discordances will be +reconciled through suffering." + +"I can at any rate try. Is it a large book?" + +"What are the names of your sacred books?" + +"Sacred! What is that?" + +"From whence do you get your religion, the knowledge of your gods?" + +"From Homer, I believe." + +"You do not believe that Zeus is the supreme ruler of the world?" + +"Yes, I do certainly." + +"But he was a false swearer and a lecher." + +"Yes! But how can that be helped?" + +Tissaphernes rose. "Listen, my guest; we cannot share any common +undertaking, for we do not serve the same gods. You call us barbarians. +I, on my part, know no term of reproach strong enough for people who +honour such gods. But the Athenians are as rotten as you, for they have +pardoned you. Outside there stands an envoy from Athens come to beg you +to return. Go to Athens; that is your place." + +"To Athens? Never! I do not trust them." + +"Nor they, you! That is appropriate. Go to Athens, and tell your +countrymen--the Persian does not want them. The vine tendrils seek the +sound elm, but turn away from the rotten cabbage-top." + +Alcibiades had begun to walk up and down the room. That meant that he +was irresolute. + +"Is the Athenian really outside?" he asked. + +"He kneels outside in order to beg the traitor Alcibiades to be their +lord. But listen, you are a democrat, are you not?" + +"Yes, of course." + +"Then you must change your point of view, for now an oligarchy governs +Athens." + +"Yes, ah! yes, yes--but I am an aristocrat, the most aristocratic in the +State." + +"Spinning-top! Seek for a whip!" + +Alcibiades stood still. "I think, I must speak with the Athenian after +all." + +"Do that! Speak the Athenian language to him! He does not understand +Persian." + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades returned to Athens; the death-sentence against him was +annulled; and as a commander who had won a battle, he was able to have +a triumphal procession from Piraeus to the city. But popular favour was +fickle, and, becoming suspected of aspiring to be king, he fled again, +this time to the Persian satrap Pharnabazes. Since he could not +live without intrigues, he was soon entangled in one, unmasked, and +condemned, without his knowing it, to death. + +One day he was sitting with his paramour, and chatting quietly at his +ease: "You think, then, Timandra, that Cyrus marches against his brother +Artaxerxes, in order to seize the throne of Persia." + +"I am sure of it, and equally sure that he has ten thousand Athenians +under Xenophon with him." + +"Do you know whether Artaxerxes has been warned?" + +"Yes, I know it." + +"Who could have warned him?" + +"You did." + +"Does Cyrus know that?" + +"Yes, he does." + +"Who has betrayed me?" + +"I did." + +"Then I am lost." + +"Yes, you are." + +"To think that I must fall through a woman!" + +"Did you expect anything else, Alcibiades?" + +"No, not really! Can I not fly?" + +"You cannot, but I can." + +"I see smoke! Is the house on fire?" + +"Yes, it is. And there are archers posted outside!" + +"The comedy is over! We return to tragedy...." + +"And the satyr-play begins." + +"My feet are hot; generally cold is a precursor of death." + +"Everything is born from its opposite, Alcibiades." + +"Give me a kiss." + +She kissed him, the handsomest man of Athens. + +"Thank you!" + +"Go to the window; there you will see!" + +Alcibiades stepped to the window. "Now I see." + +At that moment he was struck by an arrow. "But now I see nothing! It +grows dark, and I thought it would grow light." + +Timandra fled, as the corpse began to burn. + + + + +SOCRATES + + +Sparta had conquered Athens, and Athens lay in ruins. The government by +the people was over, and the rule of the Thirty Tyrants had succeeded +it. Socrates and Euripides walked with sad faces among the ruins on the +Agora. + +Socrates spoke: "We are on the ruins of Athens' walls! We have become +Spartans. We would have no tyrants, and now thirty rule over us." + +"I go to the North," said Euripides, "to Macedonia, whither I am +invited." + +"In that you are right, for the Tyrants have forbidden the acting of +your tragedies." + +"That is true." + +"And they have forbidden me to teach." + +"Have they forbidden Socrates to speak? No! Then he can teach, for he +cannot speak without teaching. But they must have forbidden the oracles +to speak, for they have ceased to prophesy. Everything has ceased! +Hellas has ceased to be! And why?" + +"You may well ask. Has Zeus begotten the son who is to overthrow him, as +Aeschylus foretold?" + +"Who knows? The people have introduced a new God called Adonai or +Adonis. He is from the East, and his name signifies the Lord." + +"Who is the new god?" + +"He teaches readiness for death, and the resurrection. And they have +also got a new goddess. Have you heard of Cybele, the mother of the +gods, a virgin, who is worshipped in Rome like Vesta by vestal priests." + +"There is so much that is new and obscure, like wine in fermentation. +There comes Aristophanes. Farewell, my friend, for the last time here in +life." + +"Wait! Aristophanes beckons! No, see! he weeps! Aristophanes weeps!" + +Aristophanes approached. "Euripides," he said, "don't go till I have +spoken to you." + +"Can you speak?" answered Euripides. + +"I weep." + +"Do not quit your role. Shall that represent tears?" + +"Sympathise with a companion in distress, Euripides; the Tyrants have +closed my theatre." + +"Socrates, shall I sympathise with my executioner?" + +"I believe that the Temple of Nemesis has been opened again," answered +Socrates. "Aristophanes has never been ingenuous hitherto; now he is so +with a vengeance. Very well, Aristophanes, I sympathise with you that +you can no more scoff at me. I pardon you, but I cannot help you to +stage your comedies. That is asking too much. Now I follow Euripides +home." + + * * * * * + +Socrates sat by Aspasia, who had grown elderly. "Euripides has gone to +Macedonia," he said. + +"From his wives." + +"You have become bitter." + +"I am tired of seeing ruins and all the rest. The Tyrants are murdering +the citizens." + +"That is the occupation of tyrants." + +"Shall we soon have rest?" + +"In the Ceramicus, in a cedar coffin." + +"I will not die; I will live, but quietly." + +"Life is not quiet." + +"Yes, if one is well off." + +"One never is." + +"No, not if one is unhappily married, like you, Socrates." + +"My wife is certainly the worst possible; if she had not had me for a +husband, she would long ago have been murdered." + +"Xantippe betrays you with her gossiping; and when she does not +understand what you say, she gives others distorted ideas of your +opinions and your person." + +"Yes, I know that, but I cannot alter it." + +"Why do you continue in such a state of humiliation?" + +"Why should I fly? One is only justified in flying from superior force, +and Xantippe is not a superior force to me." + +"You are forbidden, on pain of death, to give instruction; that is her +work and that of Anytos." + +"She may bring about my death, if she likes, for then she has only +brought about my freedom.... Aspasia, I hear that our friendship is on +the decline; you have found new friends, you have become another person. +Let me say farewell before Lysicles comes." + +"Do you know him?" + +"Yes, and the whole town speaks of your coming marriage." + +"With the cattle-dealer, Lysicles?" + +"Yes, that is your affair; I don't talk about it." + +"But you think I should have cherished Pericles' memory better?" + +"I would fain have seen Aspasia's memory better preserved; but since I +have seen Athenians adorn themselves with garlands to celebrate Athens' +overthrow; since I have seen Phidias...." + +"How, then, will Socrates end?" + +"Certainly not like Aspasia." + +"The gods jest with us. Beware! O Socrates!" + + * * * * * + +Socrates was at last in prison, accused of having seduced the youth, and +blasphemed or repudiated the gods of the State. Among the accusers were +a young poetaster, Melitos, the tanner Anytos, and the orator Lykon. + +Socrates made his Apology, and declared that he had always believed on +God, and the voice of his conscience, which he called his "demon." He +was condemned to drink hemlock, and kept in prison, where, however, he +was allowed to see his wife and his few remaining friends. + +Just now his wife was with him, and wept. + +"Weep not," said Socrates; "it is not your fault." + +"Will you see the children?" + +"Why should I lacerate their little souls with a useless leave-taking? +Go to them and comfort them; divert their minds with an expedition to +the woods." + +"Shall we rejoice while you are dying?" + +"Rejoice that my sufferings come to an end! Rejoice that I die with +honour." + +"Have you no last wish?" + +"I wish for nothing, except peace and freedom from your foolish tears +and sighs, and your disturbing lamentations. Go, woman, and say to +yourself that Socrates wants to sleep for he is tired and out of humour; +say to yourself that he will wake again, refreshed, rejuvenated, happy +and amiable." + +"I wish you had taught me all this before." + +"you had nothing to learn from me." + +"Yes! I have learnt from you patience and self-control." + +"Do you forgive me?" + +"I cannot, for I have done it already. Say farewell now, as though I +were going on a journey. Say 'We meet again,' as though I were soon +returning!" + +"Farewell, then, Socrates, and be not angry with me." + +"No, I am always well-disposed towards you." + +"Farewell, my husband, for ever." + +"Not for ever. You wish to see me again, don't you? Put on a cheerful +face, and say, 'We meet again.'" + +"We meet again." + +"Good! and when we meet again, we will go with the children together +into the woods." + +"Socrates was not what I thought he was." + +"Go! I want to sleep." + +She went, but met in the doorway Plato and Crito. + +"The hour approaches, friends," said Socrates wearily, and with feverish +eyes. + +"Are you calm, Master?" + +"To say the truth, I am quite calm. I will not assert that I am joyful, +but my conscience does not trouble me." + +"When, Socrates, when--will it happen?" + +"You mean, When is it to happen,--the last thing? Plato, my friend, my +dearest... it hastens.... I have just now enjoyed a sleep. I have been +over the river on the other side; I have seen for a moment the original +forms of imperishable Beauty, of which things on earth are only dim +copies.... I have seen the future, the destinies of the human race; I +have spoken to the mighty, the lofty, and the pure; I have learnt the +wise Order which guides the apparent great disorder; I trembled at +the unfathomable secret of the Universe of which I had a glimmering +perception, and I felt the immensity of my ignorance. Plato, you shall +write what I have seen. You shall teach the children of men to estimate +things at their proper value, to look up to the Invisible with awe, to +revere Beauty, to cultivate virtue, and to hope for final +deliverance, as they work, through faithful performance of duty and +self-renunciation." + +He went to the bed, and lay down. + +Plato followed him, "Are you ill, Master?" + +"No, I have been; but now I am getting well." + +"Have you already...." + +"I have already emptied the cup!" + +"Our Wisest leaves us." + +"No mortal is wise! But I thank the gods who gave me modesty and +conscience." + +There was silence in the room. + +"Socrates is dead!" + + + + +FLACCUS AND MARO + + +After the death of Socrates, the greatness of Athens was no more. Sparta +ruled for a time, and then came the turn of Thebes. Subsequently the +Macedonians invaded the country, and governed it till the year 196 B.C., +when the Romans conquered both Macedonia and Greece, and completely +destroyed Corinth, but spared Athens, which was deprived of its +fortifications under Sulla, on account of the great memories which +gathered round it. + +Now, in Julius Caesar's time, it had become the fashion to send youths +to Athens to study Grammar, Rhetoric, and Philosophy there. There was +no great philosopher there, but they studied the history of philosophy. +There was also no religion, for no one believed on the gods of the +State, although, from old habit, they celebrated the sacrificial feasts. + +Athens was dead, and so was the whole of the ancient world--Egypt, +Syria, Asia Minor. In Rome they lived on the memories of the past of +Greece, and the greatest Roman, Cicero, when he wished to discuss +some philosophic theme, always commenced by citing the opinions of the +ancient Greeks on the subject; he also closed in the same way, for he +had no original opinion of his own on any subject, such as the nature of +the gods, &c. + +One early spring day, during the last years of Julius Caesar, two +students sat in an arbour below Lykabettos, opposite the college of +Kynosarges. Wine was on the table, but they did not seem very devoted +to their yellow "Chios." They sat there with an air of indifference, as +though they were waiting for something. The same atmosphere of lethargy +seemed to pervade their surroundings. The innkeeper sat and dozed; the +youths in the college opposite lounged at the door; pedestrians on the +high road went by without greeting anyone; the peasant in the field sat +on his plough, and wiped the sweat from his forehead. + +The elder of the two students fingered his glass, and at last opened his +mouth. + +"Say something!" + +"I have nothing to say, for I know nothing." + +"Have you already learnt everything?" + +"Yes." + +"I came yesterday from Rome with great hopes of being able to learn +something new and of hearing something remarkable, but I hear only +silence." + +"My dear Maro, I have been here for years, and I have listened, but +heard nothing new. I have heard in the Poikile that Thales maintained +that there were no gods, but that everything had been produced from +moisture. I have further heard Anaximines' doctrine that air was the +source of all things; Pherecydes' doctrine of ether as the original +principle; Heraclitus' doctrine of fire. Anaximander has taught me +that the universe came from some primitive substance; Leucippus and +Democritus spoke to me of empty space with primitive corpuscles or +atoms. Anaxagoras made believe that the atom had reason. Xenophanes +wished to persuade me that God and the Universe were one. Empedocles, +the wisest of the whole company, despaired at the imperfection of +reason, and went in despair and flung himself head foremost into Etna's +burning mountain." + +"Do you believe that?" + +"No! it may well be a lie like everything else. Then I learnt a number +of interesting doctrines from Plato which were subsequently all confuted +by Aristotle. At last I took up my position with the wisest of the +wise--Socrates, who openly declared, as you know, that he knew nothing." + +"That is the same as the Sophists said,--that one knew nothing, and +hardly so much." + +"You are right, and our good Socrates was a Sophist, without wishing to +be one. But there is one, a single one, who.... Yes, I mean Pythagoras. +He has proclaimed this and that doctrine in the East and the West, but I +have found one anchor in his philosophy, and I have gripped firm ground +with it. I certainly swing in the wind, but I do not drift away from +it." + +"Tell me." + +"Do what you think right at the risk of being banished from your +country; the mob cannot judge what is right. Therefore you should +think little of their praise, and despise their blame. Cultivate the +friendship of kindred spirits, but regard the rest of mankind as +a worthless mass. Always be at war with 'the beans' (he means the +democrats). 'Odi profanum vulgus et arceo!'" + +"You ought to live at home in Rome, Flaccus, where...." + +"Yes, what are you doing now in Rome?" + +"Caesar is Caesar; he conquers the world, and unites all the highest +functions, even the priestly, in his own person. I have nothing against +it, but they say he is aiming at his own deification." + +"Why not? All gods have first been heroes, and many gods have not been +so great as Caesar. Romulus was certainly no giant, though he had the +luck to come first, as someone must. Now he is a god, has a temple, and +they sacrifice to him." + +"It is probably a lie, like everything else." + +"Probably." + +"Yes, I have heard another legend of the founding of Rome by Aeneas' son +Ascanius, who fled from Troy; and I intend to take it as the +starting-point of my great poem...." + +"You mean the _Aeneid_, of which I have heard mention." + +"Yes, the _Aeneid_." + +"Is it difficult to write poetry?" + +"No; one follows good patterns. Hitherto Theocritus has been mine, but +now I shall go to Father Homer himself." + +"By Heracles! Now there you will be undisturbed--so long, that is, as +Maecenas sends you the sesterces regularly." + +"Yes, he does! But how do you get along?" + +"My father, a freedman, toils as quaestor, and will find me a place." + +"Have you no interests, no passions, no ambitions?" + +"No; what should I do with them? 'Nihil admirari.' That is my motto. If +there are gods who guide the destinies of men and nations, why should I +interfere and wear myself out in a useless struggle? Think of +Demosthenes, who for thirty years delivered speeches against the +Macedonian, and warned his countrymen, who would not listen to him! The +gods were with the Macedonian, and condemned Hellas to be overthrown. +Demosthenes was imprisoned. Comically enough, he was accused of having +been bribed by the same Macedonian. That was, of course, a lie. This +patriot who sacrificed himself for the salvation of his fatherland, who +believed he was fighting on the gods' side, had to take poison, and +fell, fighting against the gods! Vestigia terrent!" + +During their conversation, the sun had gone down, and now in the +twilight beacons were visible flaming on Aegina, on Salamis, by +Phaleros, in the Piraeus, and finally on the Acropolis. The murmurs from +the city became louder till they rose to one immense paean of joy. Men +came down the streets, and brought their wives and children with them, +some on foot, others riding and driving. The worthy innkeeper Agathon +was aroused, and went out into the highway to learn the cause of the +confusion. The two students had gone on the inn roof to look out. But +they surmised danger for foreigners like themselves, and, alarmed by the +ever louder shouting, descended again, and concealed themselves in the +wine-press. At last Agathon's voice was heard: "Caesar is assassinated! +Death to the Romans! Freedom for Hellas!" + +Such was the news. The garden of the inn filled with people, wine +flowed, and shouts of joy resounded, varied by sarcastic remarks on the +passing Romans who were fleeing northwards from the town in order to +reach the Macedonian frontier. + +Maro and Flaccus underwent great anxiety, hidden as they were in the vat +of the wine-press, from which hiding-place they heard the whole news, +with its accompanying details. Caesar had been assassinated by Cassius +and Brutus in the Capitol. + +"Brutus?" whispered Maro. "Then it is certainly over with the Caesars, +just as the old Brutus made an end of the Kings!" + +And Brutus was flying to Hellas to rouse the Greeks against the Romans. +"Long live Brutus!" they cried in the garden. + +"Then we shall live also!" said the pliant Flaccus. "Caesar is dead; let +us do homage to Brutus for the present." + + * * * * * + +Many years had passed when the former student of Athens, Quintus +Horatius Flaccus, was walking one day in the garden of his villa on +the Sabine Hills. This villa he had received as a gift from his friend +Maecenas, who possessed a splendid country-house close by in Tibur +itself. + +Horace was now a very famous poet, but still essentially the same as he +had been when a student in Athens. Destiny or the gods had played with +him, but the poet had taken it as a good joke on the part of the Higher +Powers, and answered it with a satire. After the murder of Caesar, +Brutus had fled to Greece, and been so well received there, that the +Athenians had erected a statue to him, and raised troops for him against +Antonius and the other generals, among whom was the invalid Octavianus +(afterwards Augustus). + +Horace was compelled to serve as a soldier, and actually commanded a +legion at Philippi, where Brutus fell. The poet, who was no warrior, +fled from the superior force of the enemy, and came to Rome, where, +after the amnesty had been proclaimed, he became a clerk in a public +office. At the same time he had begun to write verses, was discovered by +Maecenas, and received his reward in the form of an estate. + +The Emperor Augustus admired him, and offered him a position as +secretary, but Horace refused, partly because he could never see +anything else but an usurper in this Emperor, partly because he loved +freedom and independence above all things. + +Just now he was walking in his garden, whose fruit-trees he had himself +cultivated. He plucked roses and hyacinths, for he awaited the visit of +a favourite guest, his old friend and fellow-student of Athens, Publius +Virgilius Maro, as well known as Horace himself, although he had not yet +allowed his _Aeneid_ to appear in manuscript. + +A table was laid in a vine-arbour; flagons of old Massisian and +Falernian lay already on ice, oysters and eels were there; a kid and +some quails were roasting on the spit in the kitchen; fruit had been +plucked in the garden; and the only thing wanting on the table, which +had been laid for two persons, were flowers. + +A little slave, who was able to write, ran to and fro between the +garden-gate and the dove-tower, in order to look out for the expected +guest. The poet was standing at the water-barrel and washing his hands, +after he had finished plucking flowers, when someone clapped him on the +shoulder. + +"Virgil! Which way have you come, then?" + +"Over the hills of Tibur from Maecenas." + +"Welcome, wanderer, whichever way you have come! Sit down--you must be +tired--in my hemicyklion, under the olives I planted myself, while the +spits turn, and they ply the chopping-knife. Here you see my plot of +land which represents the world to me." + +Their first greetings and questions were over, and the two friends sat +down to the table. The host was certainly an Epicurean or votary of +pleasure; but in order to be able to enjoy, one must be moderate, and +the meal, judging by Roman customs, was quite a frugal one, but simple +and brilliant. Then the cups were passed round, and the wine awoke +memories in spite of its supposed lethal capacity of quenching them. + +"Well, you were in the war, friend?" began Virgil. + +"Yes, and I fled disgracefully, as you know." + +"I have read so in one of your poems, but it is said not to be true, and +you have slandered yourself." + +"Have I? Perhaps! One talks nonsense when one writes." + +"You poet, do you remember how you asked me in Athens whether it were +difficult? How did you come to write?" + +"I needed money!" + +"Now you slander yourself again! If all clients who needed money could +write, the world would be full of poets." + +"Well, perhaps it was not so. But speak of yourself--of your _Aeneid_." + +Virgil looked gloomy: "Of that I will not speak." + +"Is it finished?" + +"More than that! It is done with!" + +"Done with?" + +"Yes! When I read it, I found it a failure! It was not Homer; it was +nothing. It was a punishment, because I wished to outshine my father." + +"Have you destroyed it?" + +"Not yet; but it is sealed up, in order to be destroyed after my death." + +"Now _you_ are slandering yourself, and you are depressed, Maro, not by +years, not by work, but by something else." + +"Yes, by something else. The future disturbs me!" + +Horace shook his cup and recited: [Footnote: Hor. Od. I. ii.] "Do not +go to the astrologers, Leuconoe. Better bear life as it comes. Be wise, +clear your wine! While we speak, envious life is flying. Enjoy the +present, and think as little as possible about the future." + +"That I cannot!" broke in Virgil. "I cannot drown myself in my cups, +when I see my fatherland perishing." + +"Has Rome ever been so powerful as it is now? Do we not possess the +whole known world--Egypt, Syria, Greece, Italy, Spain, Germany, Gaul, +Britain? And yet we live in a time of peace: the Temple of Janus is +closed; the earth rejoices; the arts flourish; and commerce was never so +active as at present." + +"Yes, the peace that precedes a war. For all these conquered nations are +awake, and have an eye on Rome. Not on Greece as before, for Greece is +barren and laid waste, and passes into the great silence. Do you know +that Sulla and Mithridates have gone slaying and pillaging over Hellas, +so that science and art have fled to the Egyptian Alexandria or the +growing Byzantium? Do you know that pirates, whose origin is unknown, +from the East, have recently plundered every temple in Hellas, so that +hardly any religious service can be held there? The oracles are dumb, +the poets are silent like song-birds in a storm, the great tragedies +are no longer performed; people rather go to see farces and gladiatorial +shows. Hellas is a ruin, and Rome will soon be one." + +"Times are bad, I grant, but every time has been one of decay, and has, +however, prepared the way for a new epoch. The fallen leaves of autumn +form a forcing-bed for the coming spring; Nature, life, and history ever +renew themselves through death. Therefore death is to me only a renewal, +a change, and whenever I meet a funeral, I always say to myself, 'O how +pleasant it is to live!'" + +"My dear Flaccus, you live with your dreams in the Golden Age, while +we others only drag ourselves through this life of the Iron Age. Do you +remember how Hesiod complains already of his own time?" + +"No, I have forgotten that, but in order to oblige you I will listen." + +"'The people of to-day are an iron race, and never rest from the burden +of work, neither by day nor by night. They are a sinful folk, and the +gods send them heavy troubles. But even when they send joy, this turns +to their misfortune. Some day Zeus will destroy them, these many-tongued +people, when they are born with grey locks on their temples. Yes, our +children are born old men already, toothless, wrinkled and with bald +heads. The father is not gracious to the child, nor the child to the +father, nor the guest to his host, nor servant to fellow-servant, nor +brother to brother. Children dishonour their old parents, revile them +and speak unfriendly words--these young scoundrels who know nothing +of divine vengeance, and never thank their ageing parents for their +fostering care of them as children. Might is right, and one city +destroys another. Honesty and faithfulness in keeping vows are never +rewarded, as little as kindness or justice. Oh no, they who practise +sin and break the law, demand honour. Scoundrels betray noble men, and +commit perjury without scruple. Envy follows men, these unhappy ones +with their harsh voices and dreadful faces, who rejoice over the evil +and the mischief which they do.'" + +"Yes, so Hesiod spoke a thousand years ago, and I must confess his words +are well deserved, but what can one do?" + +"Yes, they are. Cicero was murdered, and I feel inclined to follow the +example of Cato, who died in order to escape sin. I sink, Flaccus, in +lies and hypocrisy. But I will not sink ... I will mount. I have praised +Augustus and his son Marcellus in my verses, but I believe no more +in them, for they are not the future. Therefore the _Aeneid_ shall be +burnt!" + +"You disquiet me, Maro. But what do you believe in?" + +"I believe in the Sibyl, who has prophesied that the Iron Age will end, +and the Golden Age return." + +"You have sung of that in the Fourth Eclogue, I remember.... Have you +fever?" + +"I believe I have. Do you remember--no! our fathers remember when the +Capitol was burnt, and the Sibylline books destroyed. But now new books +have come from Alexandria, and in them they have read that a new era +will begin; that Rome will be destroyed but built up again, and that a +Golden Age...." + +Here the seer was silent. Then he continued: "Pardon me, Flaccus, but I +am poorly, and must ride home before the mists rise from the Campagna." + +"Eheu fugaces, Postume, Postume! Labuntur anni! I will follow you, +friend, on my ass, for you are sick. But 'the man of righteous heart and +rock-like purpose will not be shaken nor terrified by the blind zeal +of the citizens commanding evil, nor the glance of the threatening +tyrant.... If the walls of the world fall in, they will bury him +unterrified beneath their ruin.'" + + * * * * * + +Some days later Virgil died in Naples. His will was opened, and actually +found to contain a request that his _Aeneid_ should be burnt. But it was +not carried out. Posterity has passed various judgments on this ignoring +of a dead man's wish--some think it was a pity; others that it was a +good thing. + +When Christianity arrived, Virgil was enrolled among the prophets. The +_Aeneid_ was regarded as a Sibylline book and included in the liturgy. +Pilgrimages were made to the poet's tomb. And later on he was raised to +the rank of a saint by Dante. + + + + +LEONTOPOLIS + + +A caravan was encamped on a height eastward of the ancient Egyptian town +Heliopolis. There were many people in it, but all were Hebrews. They +had come on camels and asses from Palestine through the desert--the +same desert which the Israelites had passed through thousands of years +before. + +In the evening twilight, by the faint light of the half-moon, hundreds +of camp-fires were to be seen, and by them sat the women with their +little children while the men carried water. + +Never yet had the desert beheld so many little children, and, as they +were now being put to bed for the night, the camp echoed with their +cries. It was like an enormous nursery. But when the washing was over, +and the little ones were laid to their mothers' breasts, the cries one +after the other ceased, and there was complete silence. Under a sycamore +tree sat a woman, and suckled her child; close by stood a Hebrew, +feeding his ass with branches of the broom plant; when he had done that, +he went higher up the hill, and looked towards the north. A foreigner--a +Roman, to judge by his dress--passed, and regarded the woman with the +child closely, as though he were counting them. + +The Hebrew showed signs of uneasiness, and began a conversation with the +Roman, in order to divert his attention from the woman. + +"Say, traveller, is that the City of the Sun there in the west?" + +"You see it!" answered the Roman. + +"Then it is Bethshemesh." + +"Heliopolis, from which both Greeks and Romans have derived their +wisdom; Plato himself has been here." + +"Can Leontopolis also be seen from here?" + +"You see the pinnacles of its temple two miles northward." + +"But that is the land of Goshen, which our father Abraham visited, and +which Jacob had portioned out to him," said the Hebrew, turning to his +wife, who only answered with an inclination of her head. Then, speaking +to the Roman, he continued, "Israel wandered from Egypt to Canaan. But +after the Babylonish captivity a part of them returned and settled down +here. You know that." + +"Yes, I know that. And now the Israelites here have increased till they +number many thousand souls, and have built a temple for themselves, +which you see standing in the distance. Did you know that?" + +"Yes, something about it. So that, then, is Roman territory?" + +"Yes. Everything is Roman now--Syria, Canaan, Greece, Egypt--Germany, +Gaul, Britain; the world belongs to Rome, according to the prophecy of +the Cumaean Sibyl." + +"Good! But the world is to be redeemed through Israel, according to +God's promise to our father Abraham." + +"I have heard that fable also, but for the present Rome has the +fulfilment of the promise. Do you come from Jerusalem?" + +"I come through the desert like the others, and I bring wife and child +with me." + +"Child--yes! Why do you Hebrews carry so many children with you?" + +The Hebrew was silent, but since he perceived that the Roman knew the +reason, and since the latter looked like a benevolent man, he resolved +to tell the truth. + +"Herod the King heard from the Wise Men of the East the prophecy that +a King of the Jews would be born in Bethlehem in the land of Judaea. In +order to escape the supposed danger, Herod had all the children recently +born in that district put to death. Just as Pharaoh once had our +first-born put to death here. But Moses was saved, in order to free our +people from the Egyptian bondage." + +"Well! but who was this King of the Jews to be?" + +"The promised Messiah." + +"Do you believe that he is born?" + +"I cannot tell." + +"I can," said the Roman. "He is born; he will rule the world, and bring +all people under his sceptre." + +"And who will that be?" + +"The Emperor, Augustus." + +"Is he of Abraham's seed or of David's house? No. And has he come with +peace, as Isaiah prophesied, 'His kingdom shall be great, and of peace +there shall be no end'? The Emperor is certainly not a man of peace." + +"Farewell, Israelite. Now you are a Roman subject. Be content with the +redemption through Rome. We know not of any other." + +The Roman departed. + +The Hebrew approached his wife. "Mary!" he said. + +"Joseph!" she answered. "Hush! The child sleeps." + + + + +THE LAMB + + +Herod Antipas, the Tetrarch, had come to Jerusalem, because there +was much unrest among the populace. He had taken up his dwelling with +Pilate, the Governor. Since on the preceding evening he had witnessed a +gladiatorial show in the circus and then taken part in an orgy, he slept +late into the morning--so late that his host, who was waiting for his +guest, had gone upon the roof. + +There lay the Holy City, with Mount Moriah and the Temple, Zion and +David's House. To the north-west and west there stretched the Valley of +Sharon to the Mediterranean Sea, which in the clear air appeared like a +blue streak at a distance of five miles. + +In the east there rose the Mount of Olives, with its gardens and +vineyards, olives, figs and terebinths, below ran the brook Kedron +whose banks were decked in their spring apparel of flourishing laurels, +tamarisks, and willows. + +The Governor was restless, and often paused to stand by the parapet of +the roof in order to look down into the forecourt of the Temple. Here +numbers of people moved about busily, forming themselves into knots +which dissolved and then formed larger groups. + +At last the Tetrarch appeared. He had overslept himself, and his eyes +were blood-shot. He gave the Governor a brief greeting, and settled +himself as though for a conversation. But he found it hard to bring out +a word; his head hung down, and he did not know how to begin, for the +orgies of the preceding night had made him forget what he had come for. + +Pilate came to his help: "Speak, Herod; your heart is full, and your +mind uneasy." + +"What do you say, my brother?" + +"We were speaking yesterday of the strange man who stirs up the people." + +"Quite right! I had John beheaded. Is it he who is going about?" + +"No, it is another one now." + +"Are there two of them?" + +"Yes, this is another one." + +"But they have the same history--a prophecy which foretold their +birth, and the fable of a supernatural origin, just like the Perseus of +mythology, and the philosopher Plato in history. Is it a confusion of +persons?" + +"No, not at all." + +"What is his name? Josua, Jesse...?" + +"His name is Jesus, and he is said to have passed his childhood in the +Egyptian towns Heliopolis and Leontopolis." + +"Then he must be a magician or wizard; can he not come and divert me?" + +"It is difficult to find him, for he is now in one place, now in +another. But we will question the High Priest; I have had him called, +and he waits below." + +"Why is there this commotion in the court of the Temple?" + +"They are going to erect the Emperor's statue in the Holy of Holies." + +"Quite right! Our gracious Emperor Tiberius lives like a madman on +Capri, and is pummelled by his nephew Caligula, if the offspring of +incest can be called a nephew. And now he is to become a god. Ha! Ha!" + +"Antiochus Epiphanes had the statue of Zeus set up in the Holy of +Holies. He, however, _was_ a god. But to set up this beast, Tiberius, +means a tumult." + +"What are we to do? Call the Priest here." + +Pilate went and fetched the High Priest Caiaphas. + +Herod closed his eyes, and folded his hands over his breast. He regarded +all matters of business as an interruption to his pleasures, and +generally liked to cut them short. When Pilate returned with Caiaphas, +the Tetrarch awoke from his doze, and did not know where he was, or +what they were talking about. Pilate stepped forward, aroused him to +consciousness, and directed his attention to the matter in hand. + +"There is a tumult in the Temple," was his first observation, for that +disturbed his sleep. "Ah! the Priest is here. What is the meaning of the +uproar below?" + +"It is the Galilaean, who has taken to using force, and has driven the +money-changers out of the Temple." + +Herod's curiosity was aroused: "I should like to see him." + +"He has already gone." + +"Tell us, High Priest, who is this man? Is he the Messiah?" + +"That is incredible. The son of a poor carpenter, who is weak in the +head!" + +"Is he a prophet?" + +"He stirs up the people, he breaks the law, he is a glutton and +wine-bibber, and he blasphemes God. Yes, he says that he himself is God, +the Son of the Highest." + +"Have you witnesses to this?" + +"Yes, but they contradict each other." + +"Then procure better witnesses, who will agree. But now, Priest, we +must talk of something else. You know that the Senate have decreed the +apotheosis of the Emperor, and that his image is to be set up in the +Temple. What do you think about it?" + +"We live by the favour of the Emperor. But if this abomination is done, +we will all die as the Maccabees did." + +"Then die!" + +Caiaphas considered a moment before he answered. "I will summon the +Sanhedrim, and tell them what the Emperor wishes." + +"Yes, do that. And before the Passover you must bring the Galilaean +before me, for I wish to see him." + +"I will." + +"Then go in peace." + +Caiaphas retired. + +"They are a hard people, these Israelites," said Pilate, for want of +something better to say. "I am also of Israel," answered Herod somewhat +curtly, "for I am an Edomite, of Esau's race, and my mother was a +Samaritan, belonging to the despised people." + +Pilate saw that he had made a slip, and therefore struck the ground +three times with his official staff. A large trap-door opened, and a +table came up covered with all kinds of delicacies according to Roman +taste. + +Herod's countenance cleared. + + * * * * * + +In the Court of the Priests stood Caiaphas and Annas, and spoke with +each other. + +"Since we cannot avert the abomination," said Caiaphas, "and the +Emperor's image is to be erected in the Holy of Holies, and the people +will be destroyed if there is an insurrection, it is better for us to +bring an offering to the Lord, and that one man die for the people." + +"You are right. An extraordinary atoning sacrifice is necessary, and as +the Passover is approaching, let us sacrifice the Galilaean." + +"Good! But the offering should be pure. Is the Galilaean pure?" + +"Pure as a lamb." + +"May he then take Israel's sins upon him, that we may be set free +through his blood. Who brings him into our hands?" + +"One of his disciples, who stands outside." + +"Fetch him in." + +John, later known as the "Evangelist," was brought in, and Caiaphas +began to examine him. + +"What do you say concerning your teacher? Has he transgressed the law of +Moses?" + +"He has fulfilled the law." + +"But what new commandment has he introduced into our holy law?" + +"Love one another." + +"Did he say he was the King of the Jews?" + +"The Master said, 'My kingdom is not of this world.'" + +"Has he not made children rebel against their parents?" + +"The Master said, 'He who loveth father or mother more than me is not +worthy of me.'" + +"Did he not say that one has a right to neglect one's duties as a +citizen?" + +"The Master said, 'Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His +righteousness.'" + +"Did he tell labourers to leave their work?" + +"The Master said, 'Come unto me, all ye that labour and are +heavy-laden.'" + +"Did he say that he would conquer the world?" + +"The Master said, 'In the world ye have tribulation, but be of good +cheer; I have overcome the world.'" + +Caiaphas was weary: "According to all that I have heard and perceived, +this man has not answered a single question." + +"The Master answers in spirit and in truth, but you ask according to the +flesh and the letter. We are not the children of one spirit." + +"I don't understand." + +"He has sent me to preach good tidings to the poor, to heal the broken +in heart, to preach deliverance to the captives, to give sight to the +blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised." + +"What you speak in foolishness, young man, can neither bring credit to +you nor to your teacher." + +"Woe unto you when men praise you, and he who departeth from evil maketh +himself a prey." + +Caiaphas turned to Annas: "This is not the man who will deliver the +Galilaean up to us." + +"They have sent another one--Listen! Is your name Iscariot?" + +"No; my name is John." + +"Then go in peace, but send us Iscariot instead. But wait! Give us in +two words the teaching of your Master regarding the meaning of life." + +"Death is a gain for the righteous," answered John without stopping to +think. + +"Is life not itself...?" + +"Through death ye shall enter into life." + +"We have heard enough. Go." + +But Caiaphas repeated to himself, as though he thought he would +understand those words in his own mouth better: "Death is a gain for the +righteous." + +Now there arose a clamour from the market-place and the hall of justice. +Annas and Caiaphas went out upon the battlemented walls to find out the +cause. Levites were standing there, and looking down. + +"Has he been taken?" + +"He has already been seized as an inciter to insurrection, because he +bade his disciples to sell their garments and buy a sword." + +"Have they found them with weapons?" + +"They have found two swords." + +"Then he is already condemned." + +Then they heard a cry rise from the crowd before the Court of +Justice--at first difficult to distinguish, but ever clearer. The people +were crying "Crucify! Crucify!" + +"Is that not too severe, regarded as a punishment?" said Caiaphas. + +"No," answered the Levite; "one of his disciples called Simon or Peter +drew his sword and wounded one of the servants called Malchus." + +"Do we need any more witnesses?" + +"But the Teacher said, 'Put up thy sword into its sheath, for they that +take the sword, shall perish with the sword.'" + +"That is a difficult saying," said Annas, and went down. But the people +continued to cry, "Crucify! Crucify!" + + + + +THE WILD BEAST + + +Before the temple of Jupiter Latiaris in Rome, two men of the middle +classes met each other. They both remained standing in order to +contemplate the new temple, which was different from all others, and +looked as if it had felt the effects of an earthquake. The basement +had the shape of a roof; the columns stood reversed with their capitals +below, and the roof was constructed like a basement with cellar-windows. + +"So we meet here again, Hebrew," said one of the two, who resembled a +Roman merchant. "Was it not in Joppa that we last met?" + +"Yes," answered the Hebrew. "One meets the Roman everywhere; he is at +home everywhere; one also meets the Hebrew everywhere, but he is at home +nowhere. But tell me, whose temple is this?" + +"This is the Temple of the Wild Beast, the Emperor Caligula, the madman, +the murderer, the incestuous. He has erected it to himself; his image +stands within; and the madman comes every day to worship himself." + +So saying, the Roman made a sign on his forehead, moving the forefinger +of his right hand first from above, below, and then from left to right. + +The Hebrew looked at him in astonishment. + +"Are you not a Roman?" + +"Yes, I am a Roman Christian." + +"Where do you live?" + +"Here under Rome, in the catacombs." + +He pointed to a hole in the ground, which resembled those that led down +to the cloacae. + +"Do you live here under the ground?" + +"Yes, that is where we Christians live; there we lie like seed in the +earth, and germinate." + +"Those are grave-vaults down there." + +"Yes, we are buried with Christ, and await the resurrection." + +"Have you a temple down there?" + +"We have our religious service there, and to-day we celebrate the birth +of Christ." + +"Someone is coming down the street," said the Hebrew. The Roman opened +the trap-door in the ground in order to descend. From below the sounds +of a choral hymn were heard. "The City hath no need of the moon, neither +of the sun, for the glory of God doth lighten it, and the Lamb is the +light thereof." + +"Who is the Lamb?" asked the Hebrew. + +"Jesus Christ, the Redeemer of the World." + +"Do you think the world is redeemed, while this mad Caligula...." + +"The world will be redeemed, if we continue to hope." + +"You have, then, taken the promise away from Israel?" + +"No, we have inherited the promise, for Christ was of the stock of +Israel." + +"Someone is coming." + +"Then farewell. We shall always meet, for the earth is ours." + +In the temple, which people called "the world turned upside down," a man +slunk along the walls in a state of panic, as though he were afraid to +display his back. He had the face of a youth without any hair round +it. His upper lip was drawn upwards on the left side, and showed a long +canine tooth, while at the same time his right eye shot a sharp glance +like a poisonous arrow. + +He glided along the wall to the apse, where an image was erected. It was +a likeness of the timid man himself, representing him exactly even to +his clothes. + +"Is the priest there?" the mad Emperor whispered, for it was he. + +No answer followed. + +"Priest, dear priest, I am so frightened. Are you not coming?" + +A sacrificial priest came forward, fell on his knee before the Emperor, +and worshipped him. + +"Jupiter, Optimus, Maximus, Latiaris, frighten away thy foes." + +"Have I foes, then? Yes, and that is what frightens me. Do you believe +that I am God?" + +"Thou art." + +"Let us then have thunder, to frighten my foes." + +The priest beat upon a kettledrum, and the echoes rolled through the +temple. + +The Emperor laughed, so that all his teeth were visible. + +"Priest!" he cried as he seated himself on his throne, "now you shall +sacrifice to me." + +The priest kindled a fire on the little altar before the madman. + +The Emperor said, "The scent is good. Now I am the mightiest in heaven +and on earth. I rule over living and dead; I cast into Tartarus and lift +into Elysium. How mighty I am! I tame the waves of the sea, and command +the storm to cease: I hold sway over the planets in their courses; I +myself have created chaos, and the human race lie at my feet, from the +primeval forests of Britain to the sources of the Nile, which I alone +have discovered. I have made my favourite horse consul, and the people +have acknowledged his consulship. Priest! Worship me! Or do you forget +who I am? No, I am I, and I shall always worship myself in my own image. +Caius Caesar Caligula, I honour thee, Lord of the world, how I honour +myself! Jupiter Latiaris Caligula!" + +He fell before the image on his knee. + +"Some one is coming," said the priest warningly. + +"Kill him." + +"It is the tribune, Cassius Chaeraea!" + +"Frighten him away." + +"Chaeraea does not let himself be frightened." + +The tribune came in fearlessly and without ceremony. + +"Caius Caesar, your wife is dead." + +"All the better," answered the Emperor. + +"They have dashed your only child against a wall." + +"Ah, how pleasant!" laughed the madman. + +"And now you are to die." + +"No, I cannot. I am immortal." + +"I wait for you outside. It shall not take place here." + +"Creep away, ant! My foot is too great to reach thy littleness." + +Then a sound of singing rose from the basement of the temple, or from +the earth; they were children's voices. + +The Emperor was again alarmed, and crept under his chair. + +Chaeraea, who had waited at the door, lost patience. + +"Dog! are you coming? Or shall I strike you dead here?" + +"Chaeraea," whimpered the Emperor, "do not kill me! I will kiss your +foot." + +"Then kiss it now when I trample you to death." + +The gigantic tribune threw the chair to one side, leapt on the madman +and crushed his windpipe beneath his heel; the tongue, protruded from +his jaws, seemed to be spitting abuse even in death. + + * * * * * + +The Wild Beast had three heads; the name of the second was Claudius. He +played dice with his friend Caius Silius, who was famous for his wealth +and his beauty. + +"Follow the game," hissed Caesar. + +"I am following it," answered his friend. + +"No, you are absent-minded. Where were you last night?" + +"I was in the Suburra." + +"You should not go to the Suburra; you should stay with me." + +"Follow the game." + +"I am following it; but what are the stakes we are playing for?" + +"You are playing for your life." + +"And you, Caesar?" + +"I am also playing for your life." + +"And if you lose?" asked Silius. + +"Then you will lose your life." + +The Emperor knocked with the dice-box on the table. His secretary +Narcissus came in. + +"Give me writing materials, Narcissus. The antidote for snake-bites is +yew-tree resin...." + +"And the antidote to hemlock?" + +"Against that there is no antidote." + +"Follow the game, or I shall be angry." + +"No, you cannot be angry!" answered Silius. + +"Yes, that is true,--I cannot! I only said so!" + +Messalina, the Emperor's wife, had entered. + +"Why is Silius sitting here and playing," she asked, "when he should +accompany me to the theatre?" + +"He is compelled," answered the Emperor. + +"Wretch! what rights have you over him?" + +"He is my slave; all are slaves of the Lord of the world. Therefore +Rome is the most democratic of all States, for all its citizens are +equal--equal before Men and God." + +"He is your slave, but he is my husband," said Messalina. + +"Your husband! Why, you are married to me." + +"What does that matter?" + +"Do you go and marry without asking my permission?" + +"Yes, why not?" + +"You are certainly droll, Messalina! And I pardon you. Go, my children, +and amuse yourselves. Narcissus will play with me." + +When the Emperor was left alone with Narcissus, his expression changed. + +"Follow them, Narcissus!" he hissed. "Take Locusta with you, and give +them the poison. Then I shall marry Agrippina." + +But when Silius and the Empress had gone without, Silius asked +innocently: "Have you yourself prepared the mushrooms which he will eat +this evening?" + +"I have not done it myself, but Locusta has, and she understands her +business." + + * * * * * + +The name of the third head of the Wild Beast was Nero. He was +Agrippina's worthy son, had poisoned his half-brother Britannicus, +murdered his mother, kicked his wife to death, and committed unnatural +crime. He falsified the coinage and plundered the temples. He made an +artistic tour to Greece, where he first appeared as a public singer +and brought eight hundred wreaths home, then as a charioteer, in which +capacity he upset everything, but received the prize because nobody +dared to refuse it to him. + +To such a depth had Rome and Greece sunk. Claudius was an angel compared +to this monster; but he also received apotheosis. + +To-day the Emperor had returned home from his artistic tour, and found +his capital in flames. Since, in his fits of intoxication, he had so +often raged against his old-fashioned Rome, with its narrow streets, and +had on various occasions expressed the wish that fire might break out at +all its corners, he came under the suspicion of having set it in flames. + +He sat in his palace on the Esquiline in a great columned hall, and +feasted his eyes on the magnificent conflagration. It was a marble hall +with only a few articles of furniture, because the Emperor feared they +might afford lurking-places for murderers. But in the background of the +hall was a strong gilded iron grating, behind which could be caught a +glimpse of two yellow-brown lions from Libya. These the Emperor called +his "cats." + +At the door of the grating stood two slaves, Pallas and Alexander, and +watched every change in the Emperor's face. + +"He smiles," whispered Pallas; "then it is all over with us. Brother, we +shall meet again. Pray for me and give me the kiss of peace." + +"The Lord shall deliver thee from all evil, and preserve thee for +His heavenly kingdom. This mortal must put on immortality, and this +corruptible, incorruption." + +The red face of the Emperor, red with wine and the light of the +conflagration, began to assume a look of attention, and it could be seen +from his eyes and ears that he was listening. Did he hear perhaps how +the masses of people whispered their suspicions of the "incendiary"? + +"Pallas!" he roared, "Rome is burning!" + +The slave remained speechless from fright. + +"Pallas! Are you deaf?" + +No answer. + +"Pallas! Are you dumb? They say down there that I have fired the town, +but I have not. Run out in the streets and spread about the report that +the Christians have done it." + +"No, I will not!" answered the slave. + +Nero believed that his ears had deceived him. + +"Do you not know," he said, "that the Christians are magicians, and live +like rats in the catacombs, and that all Rome is undermined by them? I +have thought of making the Tiber flow in to drown them, or of opening +the walls of the cloacas and submerging the catacombs in filth. Their +Sibylline books have prophesied the fall of Rome, though they use the +name 'Babylon.' See, now the Capitol takes fire. Pallas, run out, and +say the Christians have done it." + +"That I will not do," answered Pallas loud and clearly, "because it is +not true." + +"This time my ears have not deceived me," roared the Emperor rising. +"You will not go into the town; then go in through the grating-door and +play with my lions." + +He opened the door, and pushed Pallas into the fore-court of the lions. + +"Alexander!" said Pallas, "I have prayed you to be firm and courageous!" + +"I know that my Redeemer lives, and that at the latter day He shall +raise me from the earth." + +"What is that you are saying?" said the Emperor, and pulled a cord, +which opened the second door to the lions. + +"Alexander, go out into the town, and spread the report that the +Christians have set Rome on fire." + +"No," answered Alexander, "for I am a Christian." + +"What is a Christian?" + +"God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son that +whosoever believeth on Him should not perish but have everlasting life." + +"Will you not perish? Have I not the power to destroy you?" + +"You have no power over me, except it be given from above." + +"He does not fear death. Lentulus! bring fire here; I will set fire to +your clothes, that we may see if you can burn, I will set your hair, +your beard, your nails on fire; but we will first soak you in oil and +naphtha, in pitch and sulphur. Then we will see whether you have an +everlasting life. Lentulus!" + +Lentulus rushed in: "Emperor! The city is in an uproar! Fly!" + +"Must I fly? First bring fire!" + +"Spain has revolted, and chosen Galba as Emperor." + +"Galba! Eheu! fugaces, Postume ... Galba! Well, then, let us fly, but +whither?" + +"Through the catacombs, sire." + +"No! the Christians live there, and they will kill me." + +"They kill no one," said Alexander. + +"Not even their enemies?" + +"They pray for their enemies." + +"Then they are mad! All the better!" + + * * * * * + +The Christians were assembled in one of the crypts of the catacombs. +"The Capitol is burning; that is the heathen's Zion," said Alexander. + +"The Lord of Hosts avenges his destroyed Jerusalem." + +"Say not 'avenges,' say 'punishes.'" + +"Someone is coming down the passage." + +"Is it a brother?" + +"No, he makes no obeisance before the cross." + +"Then it is an executioner." + +The Emperor appeared in rags, dirty, with a handkerchief tied round his +forehead. As he approached the Christians, whom in their white cloaks he +took for Greeks, he became quiet and resolved to bargain with them. + +"Are you Greeks?" + +"Here is neither Jew nor Greek, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free, but +all are brothers in Christ! Welcome, brother!" + +"It is the Wild Beast," said Alexander. + +The Emperor now recognised his escaped slave, and in his terror fell on +his knees. + +"Kill me not! I am a poor stone-cutter, who has lost his way. Show me +the way out, whether right or left." + +"Do you know me?" asked Alexander. + +"Alexander!" answered the Emperor. + +"He whom you wished to burn. It is I!" + +"Mercy! Kill me not!" + +"Stand up, Caesar! Thy life is in God's hand." + +"Do I find mercy?" + +"You shall have a guide." + +"Say whether right or left; then I can help myself." + +"Keep to the left." + +"And if you lie." + +"I cannot lie! Do you see, that is the difference." + +"Why do you not lie? I should have done so." + +"Keep to the left." + +The Emperor believed him, and went. But after going some steps, he stood +still and turned round. + +"Out upon you, slaves! Now I shall help myself." + +It was a terribly stormy night, when Nero, accompanied by the boy +Sporus, and a few slaves, reached the estate of his freedman Phaon. +Phaon did not dare to receive him, but advised him to hide in a +clay-pit. But the Emperor did not wish to creep into the earth, but +sprang into a pond, when he heard the pursuers approaching, and remained +standing in the water. From this place he heard those who were going +by seeking him, say that he was condemned to be flogged to death. Then, +after some hesitation, he thrust a dagger into his breast. + +His nurse Acte, who had also been his paramour, buried him in a garden +on Monte Pincio. The Romans loved him after his death, and brought +flowers to his grave. But the Christians saw in him the Wild Beast and +the Antichrist of the Apocalypse. + + +THE APOSTATE + +At a date rather more than three hundred years after the Birth +of Christ, the stage of the world's history had shifted from the +Mediterranean to the East. Greece was sunk in everlasting sleep, Rome +lay in ruins and had become a tributary state. Jerusalem was destroyed, +Alexandria at the mouth of the Nile in a state of decay. The world's +metropolis lay on the Black Sea, and was a half-oriental colony called +Byzantium, or, after Constantine the Great, Constantinople. The heathen +world was a waste, and Christianity had become the State religion. +But the spirit of Christianity had not penetrated the empire. Doctrine +indeed there was--plenty of doctrine--but those at court lived worse +lives than the heathen, and the way to the throne in Byzantium was +generally through a murder. + +But while the centre of gravity in Europe had shifted to the East, new +conquests had been made in the West and in the North. The Romans had +founded fifty cities on the Rhine, and, since Julius Caesar's time, all +Gaul lay under Roman ploughs and worshipped Roman gods in Roman temples. + +But now that Christianity was to be introduced into Gaul, it encountered +great difficulties. The original religion of the country, Druidism, had +been proscribed by the Emperor Claudius, and the Roman cult of the gods +substituted. And now that a second alteration of their religion was +proposed, the Gauls strongly resented it. Accordingly Gaul was in a +state of disorganisation, which was likely to result in some new growth. + +But under the rule of Constantius, new danger from another side +threatened the newly-formed provinces of Gaul. The German races, the +Franks and the Alemanni, were attracted by the charm of the fertile +land, where the mountains seemed to drop with wine, and the plains were +covered with yellow corn. In order to protect the best of his provinces, +and perhaps for other reasons, the Emperor sent his cousin and +brother-in-law, Julian, to subdue the Germans. Although Julian had been +educated in a convent and at a university, he seems to have understood +the art of war, for he defeated the invaders and then retired to Lutetia +Parisiorum. + +The legions had marched up the Mons Martis or Martyrorum, as it was +called by turns. At their head went the insignificant-looking man with +his beard trimmed like a philosopher's--Julian, surnamed Caesar, but +not therefore Emperor. High on the summit of the hill stood a temple of +Mars, but it was closed. When the army had encamped, Julian went alone +to the edge of the hill, in order to view the town Lutetia, which he had +never seen. + +On the island between the two arms of the Seine lay the main part of +the town with the temple of Jupiter; but the Imperial Palace and the +Amphitheatre stood on the slope of Mount Parnassus, on the left bank of +the river. For three hundred years from the time of Julius Caesar, the +Emperors had stayed here at intervals. The two last occupants had been +Constantine the Great and Constantius. + +After thoughtfully contemplating for a while the valley with the river +flowing through it, Julian exclaimed, "Urbs! Why, it is Rome! A river, +a valley, and hills, seven or more, just as at Rome. Don't you see, +we stand on the Capitoline? On the opposite side we have Janiculum +represented by Mount Parnassus, and in the north Mons Valerian forms our +Vatican. And the city on the island! The island resembles a ship, just +like the island in the Tiber, on which they have erected an obelisk as a +mast, so striking was the similarity. Caesar indeed was too original to +have wished to copy. They call Byzantium New Rome, but Rome is like a +worm; when cut in two, a living creature is formed from each piece. What +do you say, Maximus?" + +"Rome was the city of the seven hills and the seven kings; how many +there will be here, none can say." + +"It had never occurred to me," answered Julian, "that Rome had had just +as many kings as hills--a curious coincidence!" + +Maximus the Mystic, who, together with the Sophist Priscus, always +accompanied the Emperor, in order to give him opportunities for +philosophising, immediately objected: "There are no 'coincidences,' +Caesar, everything is reckoned and numbered; everything is created with +a conscious purpose, and in harmonious correspondence--the firmament of +heaven and the circle of the earth." + +"You have learnt that in Egypt," Priscus interrupted, "for the Egyptians +see the river Nile in the constellation Eridanus. I should like to know +under which constellation this Lutetia lies!" + +"It lies under Andromeda, like Rome," answered Maximus, "but Perseus +hangs over the Holy Land, so that Algol stands over Jerusalem." + +"Why do you call that cursed land 'holy'?" broke in Julian, who could +not control his generally quiet temper as soon as any subject was +mentioned connected with Christianity, which he hated. + +"I call the land 'holy' because the Redeemer of the world was born +there. And you know that He was born without a father, like Perseus; you +know also that Perseus delivered Andromeda, as Jesus Christ will deliver +Rome and Lutetia." + +Julian was silent, for, as a Neo-platonist, he liked analogies between +the heavenly and the temporal, and a poetic figure was more for him than +a rhetorical ornament. + +Educated in a convent by Christian priests, he had early gained an +insight into the new teaching of Christianity; but he believed that +his philosophic culture had shown him that the seed of Christianity +had already germinated in Socrates and Plato. After he had made the +acquaintance of the Neo-Platonists, he found nothing to object to in +the recently-promulgated dogmas of Christianity. But he felt a boundless +hate against these Galilaeans who wished to appropriate all the wisdom +of the past ages and give it their own name. He regarded them as +thieves. The doctrine of Christ's Divine Sonship seemed to him quite +natural, for as a Pantheist he believed that the souls of all men are +born of God and have part in Him. He himself acknowledged the dogma +recently promulgated at Nicaea, that the Son is of the same essence as +the Father, although he interpreted, it in his own way. As to miracles, +they happened every day, and could be imitated by magicians. He +acknowledged the truth of the Fall of Man, for Plato also had declared +that the soul is imprisoned in matter--in sinful matter, with which we +must do battle. And this had been confirmed by St. Paul's saying in the +Epistle to the Romans, "The good which I would, that I do not, but the +evil, which I would not, that I do," and again, "I delight in the law +of God after the inward man. But I see another law in my members, which +warreth against the law of my mind.... O wretched man that I am! who +shall deliver me from the body of this death?" That was the lament of +the thinking sensitive man regarding the soul's imprisonment in matter; +the disgust of human nature at itself. + +Julian, as a sensitive and struggling spirit, had felt this pressure, +and had honestly and successfully combated the lusts of the flesh. Grown +up though he was, among murderers and sybarites, in the extravagant +luxury of the Byzantine Court, where, for example, he had at first +possessed a thousand barbers and a thousand cooks, he had abandoned +luxury, lived like a Christian ascetic, acted justly, and was +high-minded. He had a perfect comprehension of the soul's imprisonment +in the flesh or of "sin," but understood nothing of the Redemption +through Christ. Three hundred years had passed since the birth of +Christ, and the world had become continually more wretched. The +Christians he had seen, especially his uncle Constantine the Great, +lived worse than the heathen. As a young man he had tested the new +teaching in his own internal struggles; he had prayed to Christ as to +God, but had not been heard. When he had lamented his plight to the +devout Eusebius, the latter had answered, "Be patient in hope! Continue +constant in prayer." + +But the youth answered, "I cannot be patient." + +Then Eusebius said, "The deliverance comes, but not in our time. A +thousand years are as a day before the Lord God! Wait five days, then +you will see." + +"I will not wait," exclaimed the youth angrily. + +"So say the damned souls also. But look you, impatience is one of +the torments of hell, and you make a hell for yourself with your +impatience." + +Julian became a hater of Christ, without exactly knowing why. The +philosophers did not teach it him, for they adapted Christianity to +their philosophy. Celsus' feeble attack on Christianity had not misled +Julian's ripe and cultured intelligence. Eusebius explained his pupil's +hatred of Christ in the following way: "He has heathen blood in him, for +he comes of Illyrian stock; he does not belong to this sheepfold. Or is +his pride so boundless, his envy so great, that he cannot tolerate any +Autocrat in the realm of the spirit? He lives himself like a Christian, +and teaches the same as Christ, but at the same time is a Christ-hater." + + * * * * * + +Meanwhile Julian, in order to hide his anger, had approached the little +Temple of Mars on the hill. The building was in ruins, the doors had +been carried away, and the columns were broken. As he entered it, he saw +the statue of Mars, modelled after a good Greek one of Ares, standing in +the apse, but the nose was broken off, the fingers were lacking, and the +whole statue was streaked with dirt. + +"This is the work of the Galilaeans," said Julian, "but they shall pay +for it." + +"They have already paid with their lives," answered Maximus. + +"Dionysius [Footnote: St. Denis] was beheaded on the hill, and his +chapel stands there on the slope." + +"Are you also a Galilaean?" + +"No; but I love justice." + +"Justice and its guardian-goddess Astrasa left the earth when the Iron +Age began; now she is a star in heaven." + +"In the Zodiac," interrupted Priscus; "I believe also, we all live in +Zodiacs, and there justice has no place." + +A sudden murmur of voices was heard from the camp. Julian mounted a heap +of stones to see what was the matter. The whole of the north-east side +of Mars' Hill was covered with soldiers, and below in the valley were +to be seen tents and camp-fires. These thousands belonged to all the +nations of the world. They comprised Romans, Greeks, Egyptians, Negroes, +Hebrews, Persians, Afghans, Scythians, Germans, Britons, and Gauls. But +now they were in movement and swarming, as gnats do when they dance. + +"What is the excitement about?" asked Julian. + +A little bell from the chapel of St. Denis sounded the Angelus, and the +Christians fell on their knees, while the heathen remained standing +or continued their occupations. The Christians considered themselves +disturbed, and so did the heathen. + +"This religion," said Julian, "which should unite all, only divides +them. If the Church Councils, instead of formulating new creeds, had +done away with all forms, and proclaimed free worship with praise and +adoration of the Highest, all peoples would have bent the knee before +the Nameless, but look at the Christians! Since the law is on their +side, they have the upper hand, and therefore compel the heathen to +adore their Galilaean! But I will not help them. I can hold nations +together, but not professors of creeds. Let us go into the town. I will +not mix in the matter." + +Some Christian tribunes approached Julian, with the evident purpose of +complaining, but he waved them off. + + * * * * * + +Julian had entered Lutetia on foot, accompanied by his philosophers. He +had not allowed himself to be escorted by generals or other officers, +because he did not trust them. + +He found the new town to be a miniature of the Rome of the Caesars. It +is true that huts with straw roofs formed the nucleus of it, but there +were also several temples and chapels, a prefecture, a forum, and an +amphitheatre. The forum or market-place was surrounded by colonnades, +in which tradesmen and money-changers' had opened their shops. One +side--the shortest--of it was occupied by the prefecture, in which the +Aedile and Quaestor lived. + +Unnoticed and unrecognised by the people, Julian went into the +prefecture. In the hall he saw Christian symbols--the cross, the fish, +the good shepherd, etc. Christianity was certainly the State religion, +but Julian's hatred against everything Christian was so great that he +could not look at these figures. Accordingly he went out again, called +the Prefect down, and bade him show the way to the Imperial palace and +the left side of the river. There he took up his abode in a simple room +resembling a monk's cell. As he had been obliged to make many detours +since he had left Byzantium, and the punitive expedition against the +Franks and Alemanni had consumed much time, he found letters waiting his +arrival. Among them was one from the Emperor which seriously discomposed +Julian. + +The attitude of the Emperor towards his cousin had always been somewhat +dubious, almost hostile, and now, after the latter's victories, envy +and fear had taken possession of the mind of the Byzantine despot. The +letter contained a command for Julian to send back the legions at once, +as the war was at an end. Julian saw the danger if he stripped the +newly recovered land bare of defence, but his sense of duty and +conscientiousness bade him obey, and without hesitation he sent the +Emperor's edict to the camp. This was on the evening of the first day of +his arrival. + +The next morning Julian had gone out for an excursion with his learned +staff. They slowly climbed Mount Parnassus, and wandered through the oak +wood on the north side, avoiding the beaten paths. He and his companions +philosophised and disputed eagerly, and, forgetting their surroundings, +wandered ever deeper into the forest. Finally they reached an open space +where grazing deer had taken refuge, and set themselves down to rest on +strangely-shaped stones which lay in a circle. In the oaks over their +heads were large green clumps of a different colour from the oak-leaves, +and these they thought were birds' nests. + +"I have never seen so many crows' nests together," said Julian. + +"They are not crows' nests, your Majesty," answered the scribe Eleazar, +who acted as Julian's secretary. "That is the sacred mistletoe, which +grows on the oak, and through the operation of cosmic forces takes this +globular form, which is also said to be that of the earth and the other +heavenly bodies." + +"Is that...?" + +"Yes, and we seem to have entered a sacred sacrificial grove, in which +the primeval deities of the land are still worshipped by the Druids, +although their worship is forbidden." + +"Forbidden in spite of the Emperor's edict regarding religious freedom," +broke in the Sophist Priscus. + +Julian did not like to be reminded of this edict, through which +Christianity had won freedom to suppress other creeds. He rose with +his companions in order to continue their excursion. After a while they +reached Suresnes and its vineyards, where figtrees and peach-trees lined +the walls. When they had ascended a height, they saw the whole Seine +Valley lying before them, with its fields, gardens, and villas. + +"Why, that is like the sacred land of Canaan!" exclaimed Julian, +enchanted by the lovely landscape. + +On the other side of the river rose the Hill of Mars, with its temples +and chapels, and where the soil had been laid bare the white chalk +gleamed in patches, as though a countless number of tents had been +erected on the slopes. + +The philosophers stood for a long time there, and contemplated the view, +when a sound was heard like that of an approaching tempest. But no +cloud was visible, and they remained listening and wondering. The noise +increased till cries, shouts, and the clash of arms were heard. Now the +Hill of Mars seemed to be in movement; there were swarms of men on its +summit, and here and there steel could be seen flashing. Like a river, +the mass began to roll down the hill to the town. + +Then the spectators understood. "It is a revolt of the legions," +exclaimed Maximus. + +"The edict has taken effect." + +"They seek their own Emperor." + +"Then the only thing for us to do is to turn round and go home." They +turned into the path which ran along the river, and followed it up the +stream, in order to be able to see what the legions were doing. The dark +mass, interspersed with flashes From swords and helmets, poured on in an +ever stronger tide. + +Quickening their steps, Julian and his companions reached the palace, in +which there was great excitement. Julian was naturally a courageous man, +but as a philosopher he was retiring, and wished to avoid public scenes. +He therefore went through the bath-house and sought his lonely chamber, +in order to await what would happen. He paced restlessly up and down +the room, feeling that the destiny of his whole future life was just now +being decided. So there came what he half expected. Cries were audible +from the courtyard of the palace,--"Ave Caesar Julianus Imperator! We +choose Julian as Emperor! The crown for Julian! Death to Constantius the +murderer and weakling!" + +There was no longer any room for doubt. The legions had chosen Julian +Emperor because they would not leave this fertile land, which they had +conquered at the cost of their blood. Julian, who had not striven +for power because he feared responsibility, wished to decline; but +messengers from the army warned him, "If you do not accept, you will +be slain." He who does not dare to rule will be enslaved. Thus Julian +became Emperor of the great realm which stretched from the Black Sea to +the Atlantic Ocean. + + * * * * * + +The night which followed this day was spent by the Emperor in +reflection; and when in the morning, after a bath, he appeared to his +friends, he was hardly recognisable as the same man. He had literally +thrown off the mask, and showed a new face, with a new expression, +almost new features. In spite of his upright character, Julian, +like Constantine, had been compelled to live in a perpetual state +of hypocrisy, by being obliged to favour and practise the Christian +teaching in which he did not believe. He had even been forced to +acknowledge the Trinity and Deity of Christ as promulgated by the +Council of Nicaea, to attend services and observe fasts. The first thing +he did after obtaining power, was to use his freedom and be what he was. +His first act was to separate the sheep from the goats, i.e. to pick out +the "Galilaeans," and form them into legions by themselves, under the +pretext that they could thus better carry out their religious practices. +But at the same time he surrounded his person exclusively with +heathen of the old type,--Hebrews, Syrians, Persians, and Scythians. +Simultaneously he assumed the gorgeous purple and glittering diadem of +the emperors, trimmed and gilded his beard, and showed himself +abroad only on horseback and with a great train. This done, he made +preparations for publicly receiving the homage of the people, and +determined to use the theatre for that purpose, and to put on the stage +_Prometheus_, the trilogy of Aeschylus, which at that time existed in +its entirety. The Emperor had brought actors with him, and the theatre +stood ready. The news of this had spread in the town, and was joyfully +hailed by the heathen, while the Christians were vexed. The lower +classes had, it is true, expected a gladiatorial show and wild beast +fights, but a "comedy," as they called it, was always welcome. + +The day arrived, and the town was in gala attire. The play was to last +from morning to evening without pauses for meals; and as the spring +weather was cold and uncertain, the spectators were advised to bring +the garment known as "cucullus," a short white Roman mantle with a hood, +which was all the more necessary as the theatre stood under the open +sky. + +Julian, now called Augustus, came to the theatre at the appointed time, +accompanied by his philosopher friends, who had to take their seats at a +little distance, for the Emperor sat in the imperial box, whither he had +summoned the Prefect, Aedile and Quaestor to be in attendance on him. He +was somewhat astonished not to find these city authorities there, and as +the Aedile was president of the theatre, they could not begin before he +came. + +The people had risen as Julian entered, and many tribunes had shouted +"Long live the Emperor!" but thereupon there followed an embarrassing +silence, during which the Emperor was regarded with cold curiosity. When +at last the latter was weary of waiting, he called his secretary, the +Hebrew Eleazar, and commanded him to go to the prefecture in order to +find out the reason of the defaulters' absence, and at the same time he +gave the signal for the play to commence. + +The actors entered, and at the altar commenced to offer the ancient kind +of sacrifice which used to serve as an introduction to tragedies. Since +animal sacrifices had ceased in all religions, even in the Jewish after +the destruction of the Temple, under Titus in A.D. 70, this unusual +proceeding aroused great curiosity. The legionaries were inured to the +sight of blood, but the citizens and their wives turned away when the +goat was sacrificed to Dionysus. People sought to find the reason for +Julian's wish to reintroduce this custom in his laudable attempt to +mingle all religions together, and to discover a deeper meaning in the +ceremonies of all. The offering indeed was a gift, a sacrifice, and an +expression of gratitude, but Maximus the mystic had also persuaded the +Emperor that there were hidden powers in the blood itself, the source +of life, which attracted spiritual forces of a lower order. Man shed his +mother's blood at his birth and the sacred institution of circumcision +was intended to be a reminder of the bloody and painful operation of +birth. Slaves were slaughtered on the graves of chieftains, and in +the time of Julius Caesar the Romans had on one extraordinary occasion +sacrificed three hundred prisoners. Captivated by this and by similar +philosophical arguments, Julian was enticed into a course which was +destined to lead to his destruction. After the sacrifice, at which the +soldiers had laughed and the women had wept, the drama commenced in +the poet's original language. Greek was indeed spoken by all people of +cultivation from Palestine to Gaul, but the uneducated did not know it, +and therefore the citizens sat there inattentively. + +As the chorus entered for the second time, Eleazar returned with news. +"This is what has happened," he said. "The Bishop of Sens, the Primate +of the Church of Gaul, has entered the town, and is performing mass in +the church. The high officials are present there, and they accordingly +beg to be excused attending on the Emperor. They thought that he was +aware that Christians never go to the theatre, and they rely upon the +edict granting religious liberty." + +Julian turned white with rage. "Good! They shall pay for that! Now, my +Jewish friend, Eleazar, you shall sit near and talk with me. The actors +are wretched, and I cannot endure their pronunciation of Greek." + +Eleazar demurred, but the Emperor overruled his objections. The morning +passed, and when the first part of the trilogy was at an end, part of +the public seemed to wish to steal away; but the exits were closed, in +order to avoid the fiasco of actors playing to an empty house, and +the disrespect which would thereby be shown to the Emperor. But the +discontent of the audience continually increased, for they were tired +and hungry. They were also unpleasantly surprised by the presence of a +Jew in the Emperor's box. It was not, however, because he was a Jew, +for hatred of the Jews arose much later, after the Crusades. During the +first centuries after Christ, Jews were confused with Christians because +people believed that the new religion came from Palestine and was a +continuation of Mosaism. The hostile glances which were cast at Eleazar +were therefore more on account of his mean appearance and position than +of his religion. The favour shown him by the Emperor was especially +a challenge to the Christians, in whose eyes he was an alien and a +heathen. + +When, in the second part of the trilogy, Prometheus was nailed to the +rock, the spectators must have thought of the Crucified as the antitype, +for the actor playing that part took that posture, extended his arms, +and let his head sink on his breast. The common people became more +attentive, and as they neither had learnt Greek nor were acquainted +with mythology, they thought that the sufferings of Christ were being +represented on the stage. Since this had never been done before, they +were displeased, and half-audible conversations began. The Emperor was +angry, but did not move a muscle. He was generally quiet, but when +he was enraged his intelligence forsook him. He sat there in silence, +revolving plans against these barbarians, who had forgotten the wisdom +of the ancients. It was now past noon, and the impatience of the +audience increased. Then the sky began to be covered with clouds and +some flakes of snow fell slowly like white feathers. Those who had +mantles drew them over their heads. The actors looked towards the +Emperor's box, but he did not move, although it had no roof. He was a +soldier, and would not be afraid of anything so trivial as bad weather. + +Now Prometheus began to prophesy to Io of the Deliverer who would +be born to overthrow Zeus and deliver the fire-bringer. The educated +Christians and the heathen looked at each other questioningly, when +Io said, "What dost thou say? Shall my son be thy deliverer?" And when +Prometheus answered, "He will be the third scion after ten generations," +a murmur broke out in the theatre. "Ten generations," that was in round +numbers 700 years--a period nearly extending to the birth of Christ, +since the Christians reckoned dates from 763 A.D., the end of the +mythological era, to which the drama belonged. + +Julian perceived that he had "carried wood to the fire," and helped the +Christians without intending to do so. Aeschylus had prophesied Christ's +birth almost to the very year, and intimated that he would overthrow +Zeus. The orthodox followers of Athanasius wished for no better weapon +with which to crush the Arians, who denied the Deity of Christ. + +The snow fell ever more thickly, till at last it was a snowstorm. Julian +was as white as though he wore a shroud, but he did not move, for he +was beside himself with rage against himself, against the demons who +had enticed him to choose this play, and against the heavenly powers who +mocked him. + +The whole audience was covered with snow, and discussed theology; the +rabble laughed and quarrelled. The only ones who were protected against +the inclemency of the weather were the actors under the canopy. But the +damp snow was heavy, and the linen awning presently bent and broke. + +Then the whole audience rose and burst into laughter; the actors crept +out from under the masses of snow, the doors opened, and all fled except +Julian and his philosophers. + + * * * * * + +As soon as Julian had been elected Emperor, he had sent an ambassador +to the Emperor at Byzantium, and now awaited his reply. It was about +the time of the winter solstice and the turn of the year. The Christians +had, at this period, just begun to celebrate the birth of Christ, and +had adopted certain Roman customs from the Saturnalia, the feast in +honour of Saturn. Julian, irritated by the challenge of the Nazarenes, +began to arm himself for resistance and attack. Now he determined to use +his power to give back to heathendom what belonged to it, and to show +the Christians whence they had derived their knowledge of the highest +things. At the same time he wished to lend heathenism a Christian +colouring, so that, at its return, it might be able to conquer +everything. The old Temple of Jupiter, on the island in the river, was +opened one night, and lights were seen in it. There was also a noise of +hammers and saws, mattocks and trowels. This lasted for some time, and +people talked about it in the town. + +One night in midwinter, Julian sat with Maximus, Priscus, and Eleazar +in the Opisthodomos or priests' room, behind the altar in the Temple +of Jupiter. The whole temple was lit up, and the purpose of the +improvements which had taken place could be seen. By the colonnade on +the left hand was an ambo or pulpit, and under it a confessional; there +were also a seven-branched candlestick, a baptismal font, a table with +shewbread, and an incense-altar. These represented Julian's attempt +to attach the new doctrine to the old, and to amalgamate heathenism, +Christianity, and Judaism. Heliogabalus had indeed attempted the same in +his own rough fashion, by introducing Syrian sun-worship into Rome, +but he retained all the heathen gods, even the Egyptian ones. Neither +Christians, however, nor Jews would have anything to do with it. + +Julian did not love the Jews, but his hatred of Christianity was so +great that he preferred to help the stiff-necked race in Palestine, in +order to rouse them against Christ. For that purpose he had given orders +that the Temple in Jerusalem should be rebuilt, and this was the matter +which he wished to discuss with his philosophers and Eleazar. "What +is your opinion, then?" he asked, after finishing a long speech on the +subject. "Let Maximus speak first." + +"Caesar Augustus," answered Maximus the mystic, "Jerusalem has been +destroyed from the face of the earth, as the prophets foretold, and the +Temple cannot be rebuilt." + +"Cannot? It shall be." + +"It cannot! Constantine's mother, indeed, built a church over the grave +of Christ, but the Temple cannot be rebuilt. Since Solomon's time the +history of this city has been a history of successive destructions. +Sheshach, the Philistines, Arabs, Syrians, Egyptians, and Chaldaeans, +destroyed it in early times. Then came Alexander Ptolemaus, and finally +Antiochus Epiphanes, who pulled down the walls and set up an image of +Jupiter in the Temple. But now, mark!--sixty-three years before Christ, +Jerusalem was conquered by Pompey. What happened in the same year after +Christ in the Roman Empire? Pompeii, the town by Naples, named after +the conqueror, was destroyed in A.D. 63 by an earthquake. That was the +answer, and the Lord of Hosts conquered Jupiter,--Zeus." + +"Listen!" broke in Julian, "I don't agree with your Pythagorean +speculations about numbers. If both events had happened in the year 63 +before Christ, then I would be nearly convinced." + +"Wait, then, Caesar, and you will be. After Pompey had conquered +Jerusalem, and Cassius had plundered it, Herod rebuilt the city and the +Temple. But soon afterwards--_i.e._ in A.D. 70, Jerusalem was completely +destroyed by Titus. Only nine years later Monte Somma began to throw up +fire as it had never done before, and by it Pompeii and Herculaneum were +both destroyed. Pompeii and Herculaneum were Sodom and Gomorrah, and a +temple in Pompeii contained an image of Vespasian, who had laid waste +part of Jerusalem before Titus. It disappeared altogether. Do you think +perhaps that the Christians set Vesuvius on fire, as Nero believed they +had fired Rome in A.D. 64?" + +Julian reflected: "There were nine years between," he said, "but it +seems strange." + +"Yes," answered Maximus, "but precisely in the same year 70, in which +Titus destroyed the Temple, the Capitol was burnt." + +"Then it is the gods who are warring, and we are only soldiers," +exclaimed Julian. + +Priscus the Sophist, who liked word-encounters, determined to stir up +the embers, as they seemed to be expiring: "But Christ has said that one +stone shall not remain upon another, and that the Temple shall never be +built again." + +"Has Christ said that?" answered Julian. "Very well; then he shall show +whether he was a god, for I will build again the Temple of Solomon." + +And turning to Eleazar, he continued, "Do you believe in prodigies?" + +"As surely as the Lord lives, as surely as Abraham's God has brought us +out of Egyptian bondage and given us Canaan, so surely will He fulfil +the promise, and restore to us land, city, and Temple!" + +"May it be with you according to your belief. The Temple shall be built +up, even though it be not in three days as the Galilaean thought." + + * * * * * + +The winter solstice had come, and the Feast of the Saturnalia commenced +in Lutetia. The heathen had always kept the feast in recollection of the +legendary Golden Age, which was said to have been under the reign of the +good Saturn. Then there was peace upon earth; the lion played with the +lamb, the fields brought forth harvests without husbandry, weapons were +not forged, for men were good and righteous. This beautiful festival, +which had been discontinued by the Romans, had been revived by the +Christians, who at Christ's coming expected a new Golden Age or the +Millennium. But now Julian wished to restore to the heathen their +privilege, and at the same time to show the Nazarenes whence they had +derived their religious usages. + +The heathen began to keep the festival in the old way. The shops were +closed, and the city decorated, when on the morrow a procession was seen +issuing from the Basilica to the market-place. At the head went King +Saturn, with his horn of plenty, corn-sheaves, and doves; he was +followed by the Virtues, Fortune, Wealth, Peace, Righteousness. Then +followed an actor dressed like the Emperor, and by the hand he led a +captive, who, in honour of the day, had been freed from his chains. He +was followed by citizens who took their slaves by the arm; and these in +their turn by women and children, who scattered corn from the sheaves +for the sparrows in the street. The procession passed through the +streets, and at first pleased the beholders. + +Then they entered the temple, where there was a seated image of Jupiter +in the apse. It had been cunningly modelled to resemble God the Father, +or Moses, as he began to be represented about that time. Near and a +little beneath this image stood Orpheus in the character of the Good +Shepherd, with a lamb on his shoulders, and carved in relief on the +pedestal was to be seen his descent to Hades, from which he returned +bringing Dik (Justice),--a play on the name Eurydice. This was a +direct hit at the Christians. Before the divine images stood the Jewish +shewbread table, with the bread and the wine--a reminder of the source +from which the Christians had taken the Eucharist or the Mass. As though +by chance, a new-born heathen child was brought and baptized in the +font. To the question of one, who had studied his part, whether heathen +were baptized, it was answered by one, who also had his role assigned +him, that the ancients had always washed their new-born children. + +The whole affair was a comedy staged by Julian. + +Then Maximus mounted the pulpit, and, in a Neo-platonic discourse, +expounded all religious images, symbols, and customs. He also showed +that the heathen only worshipped one God, whose many attributes found +expression in various personifications. Then he ostensibly defended +Christ's Deity, the Virgin birth, and miracles. "We are," he said, "all +of divine origin, since God has created us, and we are His children. +There is nothing remarkable in Christ being born without a father, since +the philosopher Plato was also born of a virgin without a father." In +the middle of his discourse he exclaimed: "Miracles! Why should we not +believe in miracles, since we believe in Almighty God? His omnipotence +signifies that He can suspend the laws of nature which he has +established. He who believes not in miracles is therefore an ass." The +discourse was listened to by heathen and Christians. The latter thought +that they had never heard anything which so clearly explained mysterious +dogmas, and the heathen found that they were one with the Christians. +"What, then, stands between us?" exclaimed Maximus, carried away by the +sight of the harmony and mutual understanding which prevailed among his +audience. "Have we not all one Father? Has not one God created us? Why, +then, strive one against the other? Have we not here to day celebrated +the recollection of the better times which have been, and which will +surely return, as the light returns with the renewal of the sun--times +of reconciliation and peace on earth, when no one will be master and no +one slave? Here is neither Jew nor Greek nor Barbarian, but we are all +brothers and sisters in one faith. Therefore love one another; reconcile +yourselves with God and each other; give each other the kiss of peace; +rejoice, perfect yourselves, be of one mind, and the God of love and +peace shall be with you." + +The audience was delighted, and with streaming eyes fell in each other's +arms, pressed each other's hands, and kissed each other's cheeks. + +Then suddenly a row of lights was kindled on the altar; that was part of +the ceremonial of the Saturnalia, and signified the return of the sun. +This custom was adopted by the Christians in celebrating the Birth of +Christ or Christmas. + +After this beggars were brought forward, and those of the upper classes +washed their feet. Then twelve slaves took their seats at a covered +table, while their masters served them. Julian, who, hidden in the +Opisthodom, had watched the whole ceremony, secretly rejoiced, because +by means of these ancient heathen rites he had entirely defeated the +Christians. In them, as he had intended, there was a wordless expression +of philanthropy and charity, and both had existed from time immemorial. + +Finally, the children were brought forward, and received as presents +dolls modelled of wax and clay. The illusion was complete, and the +Christians felt as though under an enchanter's spell. "The heathen are +Christians after all!" they exclaimed. "Why, then, strive and quarrel, +when we are one?" + +There was an overflow of emotion, and the success of the experiment was +complete. That was the victory of the first day. When, on the following +day, the Christians wished to celebrate their Christmas festival, it +necessarily appeared a mere copy of that of the heathen. + + * * * * * + +The Saturnalia lasted seven days, and Julian, intoxicated with his +success, resolved to introduce the whole of the ancient ceremonies in +all their terrible splendour. His philosophers warned him, but he did +not listen to them any more; he must have his hecatombs; a hundred oxen +adorned with garlands were to be slaughtered in the open space before +the Temple of Jupiter, as a sacrifice to the ancient gods. + +"He is mad!" lamented Eleazar. + +"Whom the gods would destroy, they strike with blindness. Now he pulls +down, what he had built up." + +It is difficult to explain how the highly cultivated, clever, and +aesthetic Julian could conceive the wild idea of reintroducing animal +sacrifices. It was really butchery or execution, and neither butchers +nor executioners enjoyed much respect in society. It looked as though +his hatred of Christ had clouded his understanding, when, arrayed in the +garb of a sacrificial priest, he led forth the first ox, with its horns +gilded and wearing a white fillet. + +After he had kindled incense on the altar, he poured the bowl of wine +over the head of the ox, thrust his knife in its throat and turned it +round. A shudder ran through the crowd, who remained riveted to their +places. + +But as the blood spirted around, and the Emperor opened the quivering +body of the animal in order to take an augury from its entrails, a cry +rose which ended in an uproar, and all fled. The word "Apostate!" for +the first time struck his ear. That was the signal of his defeat, and, +as the animals were released by those who held them, they fled away +through the streets of the town. + +The Emperor, in his white robe sprinkled with blood, had to return +alone to his palace, while Christians and heathen alike shouted their +disapprobation. + +"See the butcher!" they cried; "Apostate! Renegade! Madman!" + +When Julian came to his palace, he looked as though petrified; but, +without changing his clothes, he sat down to the table and wrote an +edict against the Christians, in which they were forbidden to study, and +to fill offices of State. That was his first step. + +In the evening of the same day Julian received a letter: it was from the +Emperor Constantius in Byzantium, who did not acknowledge his election +to the imperial throne, and threatened to bring an army against him in +Gaul. This was quite unexpected, and Julian left Lutetia in order to +march against his cousin. As he went towards the East, he felt as though +he were going to his death. But the first throw of the dice of destiny +was a lucky one for him. Constantius died on the march, and Julian was +left sole Emperor. This he took for a sign that the gods were on his +side, and he proceeded on his campaign feeling that he was supported by +the higher powers. But it was only the last jest of his gods. + +It is related that before his last march against the Persians, he wished +to ascertain his destiny, and had a woman's body cut open in order to +take an augury from the entrails. But that may be untrue, as is also +the case with the conflicting reports of his death, which happened soon +after. One thing, however, is certain; the "Galilaean" conquered Zeus, +who rose no more. + +It is also a fact, confirmed by Christian, Jewish, and heathen +writers, that the Temple of Jerusalem was never built again, for as +the foundation was about to be laid, fire broke out of the ground +accompanied by an earthquake. The same earthquake also destroyed Delphi, +"the centre of the earth," and the focus of the religious and political +life of Greece. + + + + +ATTILA + + +With the demise of Constantine the Great, Greece, Rome, and +Palestine had ceased to exist. Civilisation had passed Eastward, for +Constantinople was the metropolis of Europe; and from the East, Rome, +Spain, Gaul, and Germany were governed by satraps with various titles. +It seemed as though the vitality of Europe had been quenched, and as +though Rome had been buried, but it was only apparently so. History did +not proceed in a straight line, but took circuitous paths, and therefore +development seemed to be in disorder and astray. But it was not really +so. + +Christianity, which was about to penetrate the West, had sprung from the +East, and so ancient Byzantium formed a transition stage. In Rome, which +had been left to itself, for its governors dwelt in Milan and Ravenna, a +new spiritual world-power was springing up, which was silently forging +a new imperial crown, in order to give it to the worthiest when the time +was fulfilled. The advent of this heir had already been announced by +Tacitus--a new race from the North, healthy, honest, good-humoured. +These were the Germans, who were to hold the Empire for a thousand years +from 800 to 1815. Already, at the commencement of the fifth century, the +West Goths had captured Rome, but again withdrawn; other German races +had overrun Spain, Gaul, and Britain, but none of them had taken firm +root in Italy. Then an entirely new race appeared upon the scene, whose +origin was unknown, and the promise of possessing the land which had +been given to the Germans seemed to have been revoked, for the Huns +finally settled in Hungary, and exacted tribute from all the nations in +the world. Round a wooden castle and a few barracks on the river Theiss, +there collected a crowd of Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, and Germans +of all kinds to do homage before a throne on which sat a savage who +resembled a lump of flesh. + +In the year 453 A.D. this King, after many adventures, wished to +celebrate one of his numerous marriages. He had summoned the chief men +of all Europe--summoned--for a King does not invite. So they came riding +from North, South, East, and West. + +From the west, along the bank of the Danube, just below the place where +the river makes a curve at the modern Gran, came two men riding at the +head of a caravan. For several days they had followed the picturesque +banks of the green river, with its bulrushes and willows, and its swarms +of wild duck and herons. Now they were about to leave the cool shades +of the forest region, and turn eastward towards the salt desert, which +stretched to the banks of the yellow Theiss. + +One leader of the caravan was a well-known Roman, called Orestes; the +other was Rugier, also called Edeko. He was a chief from the shores of +the Baltic Sea, and had been compelled to follow Attila. + +The two leaders had hitherto spoken little together, for they mistrusted +each other. But as they emerged on the wide plain, which opened out as +clear and bright as the surface of the sea, they seemed themselves to +grow cheerful, and to lay aside all mistrust. + +"Why are you going to the marriage?" asked Orestes. + +"Because I cannot remain away," answered Edeko. + +"Just like myself." + +"And the Bride--the Burgundian did not dare to say 'no' either?" + +"She? Yes, she would have dared to." + +"Then she loved this savage?" + +"I did not say that." + +"Perhaps she hates him, then? A new Judith for this Holofernes?" + +"Who knows? The Burgundians do not love the Huns since they pillaged +Worms in their last raid." + +"Still it is incomprehensible how he recovered from his defeat on the +Catalaunian Plain." + +"Everything is incomprehensible that has to do with this man, if he is a +man at all." + +"You are right. He is said to have succeeded his father's brother, Rua, +of whom we know nothing; he has murdered his brother Bleda. For twenty +years we have had him held over us like an iron rod, and yet lately, +when he was before Rome, he turned back." + +"But he has promised his soldiers to give them Rome some day." + +"Why did he spare Rome?" + +"No one knows. No one knows anything about this man, and he himself +seems to be ignorant about himself. He comes from the East, he says; +that is all. People say the Huns are the offspring of witches and demons +in the wilderness. If anyone asks Attila what he wants, and who he is, +he answers, 'The Scourge of God.' He founds no kingdom, builds no city, +but rules over all kingdoms and destroys all cities." + +"To return to his bride: she is called Ildico; is she then a Christian?" + +"What does Attila care? He has no religion." + +"He must have one if he calls himself 'the Scourge of God,' and declares +that he has found the War-God's sword." + +"But he is indifferent as regards forms of religion. His chief minister, +Onegesius, is a Greek and a Christian." + +"What an extraordinary man he is to settle down here in a salt-plain +instead of taking up his abode in Byzantium or in Rome." + +"That is because it resembles his far Eastern plains--the same soil, the +same plants and birds; he feels at home here." + +They became silent, as the sun rose and the heat increased. The +low-growing tamarisk, wormwood, and soda-bushes afforded no shade. Wild +fowl and larks were the only creatures that inhabited the waste. The +herds of cattle, goats, and swine had disappeared, for Attila's army of +half a million had eaten them up, and his horses had not left a single +edible blade of grass. + +At noon the caravan came suddenly to a halt, for on the eastern horizon +there was visible a town with towers and pinnacles, on the other side +of a blue lake. "Are we there?" asked Edeko. "Impossible; it is still +twenty miles, or three days' journey." + +But the city was in sight, and the caravan quickened its pace. After +half an hour the town appeared no nearer, but seemed, on the contrary, +to grow more distant, to dwindle in size, and to sink out of sight. +After another half hour, it had disappeared, and the blue lake also. + +"They can practise enchantment," said the Roman, "but that goes beyond +everything." + +"It is the Fata Morgana, or the mirage," explained the guide. + +As the evening came on, the caravan halted in order to rest for the +night. + + * * * * * + +On the stretch of land between Bodrog and Theiss, Attila had his +standing camp, for it could not be called a town. The palace was of +wood, painted in glaring colours, and resembled an enormous tent, whose +style was probably borrowed from China, the land of silk. The women's +house, which was set up near it, had a somewhat different form, which +might have been brought by the Goths from the North, or even from +Byzantium, for the house was ornamented with round wooden arches. The +fittings seemed to have been stolen from all nations and lands; there +were quantities of gold and silver, silk and satin curtains, Roman +furniture and Grecian vessels, weapons from Gaul, and Gothic textile +fabrics. It resembled a robber's abode, and such in fact it was. + +Behind the palace enclosure began the camp, with its smoke-grimed tents. +A vast number of horse-dealers and horse-thieves swarmed in the streets, +and there were as many horses as men there. Without the camp there +grazed herds of swine, sheep, goats, and cattle--living provision for +this enormous horde of men, who could only devour and destroy, but could +not produce anything. + +Now, on the morning of Attila's wedding day, there were moving about in +this camp thousands of little men with crooked legs and broad shoulders, +clothed in rat-skins and with rags tied round their calves. They looked +out of their tents with curiosity, when strangers who had been invited +to the marriage feast came riding up from the plain. + +In the first street of tents, Attila's son and successor, Ellak, met the +principal guests; he bade them welcome through an interpreter, and led +them into the guest-house. + +"Is that a prince, and are those men?" said Orestes to Edeko. + +"That is a horse-dealer, and the rest are rats," answered Edeko. "They +are monsters and demons, vampires, created from dreams of intoxication. +They have no faces; their eyes are holes; their voice is a rattle; their +nose is that of a death's-head; and their ears are pot-handles." + +"You speak truly, and it is from these half-naked savages, who have +no armour and no shield, that the Roman legions have fled. They are +goblins, who have been able to 'materialise' themselves." + +"They will not conquer the world." + +"At any rate not in this year." + +Then they followed Prince Ellak, who had heard and understood every +word, although he pretended not to know their language. + + * * * * * + +In the women's house sat Attila's favourite, Cercas, and sewed the +bridal veil. Ildico, the beautiful Burgundian, stood at the window lost +in thought and absent-minded. She had seen in Worms the hero before whom +the world trembled, and she had really been captivated by the little +man's majestic bearing. Herself fond of power, and self-willed, she had +been enticed by the prospect of sharing power with the man before whom +all and everything bowed; therefore she had given him her hand. + +But she had had no correct comprehension of the manners and customs of +the Huns, and had therefore imagined that her position as wife and Queen +would be quite otherwise than it proved to be. Only this morning she had +learnt that she could not appear at all at the marriage feast, nor share +the throne, but would simply remain shut up with the other women in the +women's house. + +Cercas, the favourite, had explained all this with malicious joy to her +rival, and the haughty Ildico was on the point of forming a resolution. +She had no friends in the palace, and could not approach the foreign +princes. + +Cercas was sewing, and accompanied her work with a melancholy song from +her home in the far East. Ildico seemed to have collected her thoughts: +"Can you lend me a needle?" she said, "I want to sew." + +Cercas gave her a needle, but it was too small; she asked for a larger +one, and chose the largest of all. She hid it in her bosom, and did not +sew. + +At that moment there appeared in the doorway a creature so abominably +ugly and of such a malicious aspect, that Ildico thought he was a demon. +He was as jet-black as a negro from tropical Africa, and his head +seemed to rest on his stomach, for he had no chest. He was a dwarf and +humpback; his name was Hamilcar, and he was Attila's court-fool. + +In those days the court-fool was generally not a wit, but a naive +blockhead, who believed all that was said, and was therefore a butt for +jests. He only placed a letter in Cercas' hand, and disappeared. When +Cercas had read the letter, she changed colour and seemed to become a +different being. Overcome with rage, she could not speak, but sang, + + "The tiger follows the lion's trail." + +"Ildico, you have found a friend," she said at last. "You have a friend +here in the room, here at the window, here on your breast." And she +threw herself on the Burgundian maiden's breast, weeping and laughing +alternately. "Give me your needle--your fine beautiful needle; I will +thread it. No! I will sharpen it on steel; no, I will dip it in my +perfume-flask, my own special little perfume flask, and then together we +will sew up the Tiger's mouth, so that he can bite no more!" + +"Let me read your letter," Ildico interrupted. + +"You cannot. I will tell you what it says. He, our master, woos again +for the hand of the daughter of the Emperor Valens--Honoria, and this +time he has vowed to burn us all;--that he calls giving us an honourable +burial." + +Ildico reached out her hand as an answer, "Very well, to-night. A single +needle-prick will deprive the world of its ruler!" + + * * * * * + +Edeko and Orestes had thoroughly rested from their journey in the +guest-house. At noon, when they wished to go out, they found the door +bolted. + +"Are we prisoners? Have we fallen into a trap?" asked the Roman. + +"We have not had any food either," answered Edeko. + +Then two voices were heard without: "We will strangle them; that is the +simplest way." + +"I think we had better set the house on fire; the tall one is strong." + +"And they thought we did not understand their language." + +The two prisoners, whose consciences were uneasy, were alarmed, and +believed that their end was near. Then a small trap-door opened in the +wall, and the fool Hamilcar showed his hideous head. + +"Whether you are the devil or not," exclaimed the Roman, "answer us some +questions." + +"Speak, sirs," said the negro. + +"Are we prisoners, or why cannot we see your King?" + +Prince Ellak's head appeared at the trap-door. + +"You will first see the King this evening at the feast," said the +Prince, with a malicious grimace. + +"Are we to fast till then?" + +"We call it so, and do it always when we have a feast before us, in +order to be able to eat more." + +"Cannot we at any rate go out?" + +"No," answered the Prince with the horse-dealerlike face. "One must +conform to the custom of the country." So saying, he closed the +trap-door. + +"Do you think we shall get away alive?" asked Edeko. + +"Who knows? Attila is composed of treachery. You do not know that once +he wrote two letters, one to Dieterich, King of the West Goths, asking +for an alliance against the Romans as the common enemy; and on the same +day he wrote a similar letter to the Romans, in which he proposed an +alliance against the West Goths. The deceit was discovered, and Attila +fell between two stools." + +"He seems to be immortal, otherwise he would have been killed in battle, +as he always goes at the head of his army." + +Until evening the travelling companions remained incarcerated. At last +the door was opened, and a master of the ceremonies led them into the +hall where the great feast was to take place. Here there were countless +seats and tables covered with the most costly cloths and drinking +vessels of gold and silver. The guests were assembled, but the two +travellers saw no faces that they knew; they looked in vain for the +bridegroom and the bride. As they were conducted to their places, a low +murmur broke out among the guests, who talked in an undertone, and asked +where the great King would show himself. + +Orestes and Edeko cast their eyes over the walls and ceiling without +being able to see where the wonder would happen, for the childish and +cunning Huns used to amuse their guests with surprises and practical +jokes. + +Suddenly the whole assembly stood up. The curtain which covered the +wall in the background was drawn aside, and on a platform sat a little +insignificant-looking man, with a table before him and a sofa beside +him. On the table stood a wooden goblet. He sat quite motionless, +without even moving his eyelids. Somewhat lower than he stood his chief +Minister, the Greek Onegesius. He kept his eyes unwaveringly fixed on +his master, who seemed to be able to converse with him through his eyes. + +Attila remained in the same attitude, his legs crossed, and his right +hand on the table. He gave no greeting, neither did he answer any. + +"He does not see us! He only shows himself!" whispered Orestes. "He sees +well!" + +Onegesius received a command from the despot's eye, and lifted his +staff. A poet stepped forward with an instrument that resembled a harp +and a drum combined. After he had struck the strings, and beaten the +drum, he began to recite. It was a song celebrating all Attila's feats +in terms of strong exaggeration, and it would have been endless, if the +assembly had not taken up the refrain and struck with their short swords +on the table. The poet represented Attila's defeat on the Catalaunian +Plain as an honourable but indecisive battle. After the guests had for +some time contemplated the insignificant-looking hero in his simple +brown leather dress, they both felt the same irresistible reverence that +all did who saw him. + +There was something more than vanity in this self-conscious calm; this +visible contempt for all and everything. He kept his side-face turned to +the guests, and only his Minister could catch his eye. + +When the panegyric was at an end, Attila raised his goblet, and, without +drinking to anyone, sipped it. That was, however, the signal for a +drinking orgy, and the wine was poured into gold and silver goblets, +which had to be emptied at a draught, for Attila liked to see those +around him intoxicated, while he remained sober. + +After they had drunk for a while, the negro Hamilcar came forward and +performed feats of jugglery. Then the great King rose, turned his back +to the assembly, and laid down on the sofa. But in each of his movements +there was majesty, and as he lay there thinking, his knees drawn up, his +hands under his neck, and his eyes directed towards the ceiling, he was +still imposing. + +"But what about the bride and the marriage?" Orestes asked one of the +Huns. + +"We do not even mention our wives," he answered, "how, then, should we +show them?" + +The drinking continued, but no food was placed before the guests. At +intervals the whole assembly sang, and beat upon the tables. + +While the noise and excitement were at their height, the hall suddenly +filled with smoke, and the building was in flames. All started up, +shouted and sought to flee, but Attila's Minister struck with his staff +on the table, and the assembly broke into laughter. It was a jest +for the occasion, and only some waggon-loads of hay had been kindled +outside. When quiet had been restored, Attila was no more to be seen, +for he had left the hall by a secret door. And now began the feast, +which lasted till morning. + + * * * * * + +When the sun rose, Orestes was still sitting and drinking with an Avar +chief. The condition of the hall was indescribable, and most of the +guests were dancing outside round the fire. + +"This is a wedding-feast indeed!" said Orestes. "We shall not quickly +forget it. But I would gladly have spoken with the wonderful man. Can +one not do that?" + +"No," answered the Avar; "he only speaks in case of need. 'What is the +use of standing,' he asks, 'and deceiving one another?' He is a wise +man, and not without traces of kindness and humanity. He allows no +unnecessary bloodshed, does not avenge himself on a defeated foe, and is +ready to forgive." + +"Has he any religion? Does he fear death?" + +"He believes on his sword and his mission, and death is for him only the +door to his real home. Therefore he lives here below, as though he were +a guest or traveller." + +"Quite like the Christians, then?" + +"It is remarkable that in Rome he received respect from Pope Leo--What's +the matter now?" + +Outside there was a shouting which at first seemed to issue from the +palace, but soon spread itself over the camp. Half a million of men were +howling, and it sounded like weeping. + +The guests hurried out, and saw all the Huns dancing, cutting their +faces with knives, and shouting unintelligible words. Edeko came up +and pulled Orestes away through the crowds. "Attila is dead! May Jesus +Christ be praised!" + +"Dead? That is Ildico's doing!" + +"No! she sat by the corpse, veiled and weeping." + +"Yes, it is she." + +"Yes, but these savages are too proud to believe that Attila could be +killed by a human being!" + +"How fortunate for us!" + +"Quick to Rome with the news. The fortune of the man who first brings it +is made." + +Orestes and Edeko departed the same morning. They never forgot this +wedding which had brought them together. + +Later on they renewed their acquaintance, under other and still more +striking circumstances. For the son of Edeko was Odovacer, who defeated +the son of Orestes, who was no other than the last Emperor Romulus +Augustus. Strangely enough his name was Romulus, as was that of Rome's +first King, and Augustus, as was that of the first Emperor. After his +deposition, he closed his life with a pension of six thousand gold +pieces, in a Campanian villa, which had formerly belonged to Lucullus. + + + + +THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS + + +Rome had become a provincial town and a dependency of Byzantium. It was +governed by an Exarch in Ravenna, but often abandoned to its fate when +the barbarians from the north amused themselves from time to time by +raiding and pillaging it. For three hundred years no Emperor had visited +Rome, and the former queen of the world lay despised in rubbish and +ruin. But presently people began to collect and piece together the ruins +of temples and palaces, and build churches out of them. Five hundred +years after the death of Nero, an already ancient church of St. Peter +stood in the middle of the tyrant's circus, where the martyrs had +suffered death. There were at least seven other churches in different +parts of the town, and the Bishop of Rome dwelt in the Lateran Palace, +near the church of the same name. There were also convents, and on the +Appian Way stood the St. Andrew's Convent, close to the Church of the +Cross, which was built at the entrance to the catacombs. + +About two o'clock one summer morning, all the fathers and brothers had +risen, and read or sung early mass in the chancel. Afterwards the Abbot +had gone into the garden in order to reflect. It was still dark, but the +stars shone between the olive and orange trees, and the flowers swayed +in the gentle breeze of the dawn. + +The Abbot, a man of about fifty, strolled up and down in a covered +arbour-walk, and every time he reached the south end he remained +standing, in order to contemplate a marble tablet, erected by the side +of other tablets. It stood over his future grave, which was by the side +of the abbots who had already been buried. His name and the year of his +birth were engraved upon the marble, while a space was left for the date +of his death. + +"O Lord, how long wilt Thou forget me?" he sighed, as he turned round +again. After he had thus continued walking till daybreak, he sat down +in an arbour, in order to write something in a book which he took out +of his pocket. The noise of awaking life in the city did not disturb +him--nothing disturbed the white-haired man of fifty who had already +been two hours on his legs without eating anything. Church bells rang, +carts rattled, and the rushing of the Tiber could be heard through all +other noises. But the old man continued to write, while his wrinkled +face was faintly lit up by the red of dawn. At last steps were heard on +the gravel-path; a novice entered the arbour, and placed a bowl of +bread and milk by the Abbot. The latter started, as though he had been +recalled from far away, and exclaimed, "Leave me in peace!" The novice +remained standing, frightened and troubled. Then a little bird, which +had been sitting in the arbour, struck up its song. The Abbot looked up, +his countenance cleared, he cast a glance on the bowl of milk which he +eagerly seized, and was in the act of raising it to his mouth, but, as +he noticed the youth's troubled aspect, he stopped. "Forgive my anger," +he said, "but I was far away. As a penance, I do this!" + +He was about to pour the milk on the ground, but in order that it might +not be wasted, he poured it on the roots of a reddish-yellow lily that +stood in one of the border-beds. As the novice gave no sign of going, +the Abbot asked, "You wish to speak with me? Speak!" + +"Holy Father." + +"I am not holy; One is holy, the Lord your God in heaven! If you have a +complaint, make it." + +"I was a rich youth, who went and sold all that he had." + +"I also did that when I was young, and then built seven convents, but +have not regretted it. What have you against it? Why do you complain?" + +The youth was silent. + +"Is it about the food? There is a famine round us, and we must share +with the poor." + +"Not only that, venerable father, but the whole way of living here does +not accomplish what it is intended to do." + +"Say on." + +"The scanty food does not subdue the flesh, for as I go about hungry the +whole day, I involuntarily think only about eating--in church, during +prayer, in solitude. The small amount of sleep makes me sleepy the whole +day, and I go to sleep in the chancel. Desires, which I had not known +before, are aroused by suppression; when I see wine, I feel a real +longing to get vital warmth into my body." + +"Then go and ask a brother to scourge you till you swim in your blood, +then you will feel the vital warmth return." + +"I have done that, but the blows only waken new desires." + +"Read St. Augustine." + +"I have done that. But the worst of all is the dirt. If I could bathe. + +"Are you dirty? That betokens inward defilement. I never bathe, but my +body is always clean. But I have noticed, as soon as my thoughts become +impure, the body becomes impure! What do you think, then, will do you +good? You do not wish to marry. Tertullian says marriage and fornication +are the same. And St. Jerome is of opinion that it is better to burn +than to marry." + +"But St. Paul." + +"Let St. Paul alone! But what do you want to do?" + +"I cannot remain here, for I think that desires can only be extinguished +by being satisfied." + +"Servant of Satan! Do you not know that desires never can be satisfied? +You were once with your parents. You ate as much as you liked in the +morning. Well! Were you not hungry again by noon? Certainly. So you +cannot really satisfy yourself by eating! Now I will tell you one thing. +You are a child of the world; you don't belong here; therefore go in +peace! Eat of the swine's husks which do not satisfy; but when you are +sick of them, you will be welcome here again. The father's house always +stands open for the prodigal son." + +The youth did not go, but burst into tears. + +"No," he said, "I cannot return to the world, for I hate it and it hates +me, but here I perish." + +The Abbot rose and embraced him. "Poor child! Such is the world, such is +life; but if it is so, and if you see that it is so, the only thing left +is to live it; and count it a point of honour to live till death comes +and liberates us." + +"No! I want to die now," sobbed the youth. + +"We may not do that, my son"; the words escaped from the old man. "If +you knew ... if you knew...." + +But he restrained himself: "What shall we do, then? Go to Father Martin +and have some food, and a glass of wine, but only one; then go and have +a good long sleep. Sleep for a day or two. Then come, that I may see +you. Go now--but wait a minute--you must have a dispensation from me." + +He sat down and wrote something on a page which he had torn out of the +book. Armed with this permission, the youth departed, looking, however, +somewhat hesitatingly and abashed. + +The Abbot remained sitting, but did not begin to write again. Instead +of that, he commenced crumbling the bread and strewing the crumbs on +the table. Immediately a little bird came and picked one up; then +there followed several, who settled on the old man's hand, arms, and +shoulders. A spray of vine hung from the roof of the arbour and swayed +gently in the wind. Its ring-like tendrils felt about in the air for a +support. The Abbot was amused, and placed his finger jestingly into one +of the rings: "Come, little thing! here is your support!" + +The tendril seemed to hear him, immediately curled round his finger, and +formed a ring. + +"Shall I get the ring?" jested the old man. "Perhaps I shall be a +bishop. God deliver me!" + +The Dean appeared in the door of the arbour. "Do I disturb you, +brother?" + +"No, not at all! I am only sitting here and playing." + +"Birds and flowers! White lilies too? I have never seen such before." + +"White? Just now they were reddish-yellow! Where do you see them?" + +"There!" + +The Abbot looked down on the ground where he had poured his milk, and +behold! there were only white lilies, without a single yellow one. He +did not venture to speak about it, for one cannot speak of such things; +but he smiled to himself, and saw a token of grace in it. + +"Well, Dean, how goes it in the city?" + +"The Tiber is sinking." + +"God be praised; but the whole of Trastevere has been ruined by the +flood. I really wish that a great flood would come and drown us all--the +whole human race--and very likely it will come some day." + +"Still as hopeless as ever!" + +"No, not without hope, but for that world, not for this. Christ says it +Himself in the Apocalypse: here is nothing on which one can build; for +the best that we have enjoyed was but trouble and misery." + +"Not so, brother." + +"You can flourish in mud, but that I have never done. And it seems as +though one were compelled to wade in it with both feet. Did I not begin +in my youth to preserve my soul by withdrawing from the world? Then I +was compelled to go out into it, thrust into the confusion by force. +They made me Prefect of the city. I wished to live in the service of the +Lord, and had to distribute eatables for the poor, procure beds for the +hospitals, look after drains and water-pipes. The burden of the day's +task hindered my thoughts from rising, and I sank in the swamp of +material things--sank so deep that I believed I should never rise +again." + +"But the people blessed you." + +"Hush! And I--I who had never worn a sword--had to collect soldiers and +march to the field. When I was six years old Rome was pillaged by Totila +the Goth, and so ravaged that only five hundred Romans remained. When I +was seven years old, there came Belisarius--when I was twelve, Narses. +Then I was sent as ambassador to Constantinople--I who hated travelling +and publicity. All that I hate, I have been obliged to accept. Now I am +tired, and would like to go to rest. I sit here and wait, for my grave +to open." + +"Do you remember what Virgil says in the _Georgics_ regarding the labour +of the husbandman?" + +"No, I hate the heathen." + +"Wait! He says these words of wisdom: 'If Zeus sends bad weather, mice +and vermin, it is to stimulate the husbandman's energy, and call forth +his inventive capacity.' Misfortune comes to help the world forward." + +"The world goes backward towards its overthrow and its damnation. For +five hundred years we have awaited the Redemption, but we have only seen +one wild race come after another, to murder and pillage. Do you see any +reason in all this sowing without reaping?" + +"Blasphemer! Yes, I see how green harvests are ploughed up to fertilise +the soil." + +"Dragon's-seed and hell's harvest. No--now I go into my grave, and +close the door behind me; I have a right to rest after a life so full of +trouble and work." + +"The bell is ringing for prime." + +"Jam moesta quiesce querela." + + * * * * * + +The Tiber had overflowed Rome, and destroyed quite a quarter of it, but +spared the convent of St. Andrew. The Abbot sat again one morning in +his garden and wrote, but in such a position that he could see his grave +when he looked up from his work. Deep in his writing, he did not hear +what was happening around him. But he saw that the flowers in the beds +began to shake like reeds, frogs jumped about at his feet, and there was +a smell of dampness that was at the same time mouldy and poisonous. + +He continued to write, but his eye, although intent on the passage of +his pen over the paper, noticed something dark that moved on the ground, +spread itself like a black carpet, and came nearer. Suddenly his feet +were wet, and a deathlike chill crept up his legs. Then he awoke and +understood. The Tiber had risen, and he was driven out of his last +refuge. "I will not go," he cried, as the alarm-bell sounded, and the +monks fled. + +He went to his cell in the upper story, firmly resolved not to flee. +He would not go out into the world again, but would die here. The flood +which he had prayed for, had come. But he had a spiritual conflict and +agony of prayer in his cell: "Lord, why dost thou punish the innocent? +Why dost thou chastise Thy friends and let Thy foes flourish? For five +hundred years Thou hast avenged Thyself on Thy children for the misdeeds +of their fathers! If that is not enough, then destroy us all at once!" + +The water rose and lapped against the walls; the garden was destroyed, +and the Abbot's grave filled with water, but he remained where he was. +At one time he sang hymns of praise, then he raged; then he prayed for +pardon, and raged again. + +After that he set himself to write at the great work which should make +him immortal,--his "Magna Moralia." It was now noon, but he felt no +hunger, for by practice he had learned to fast for three days together. +During the afternoon, a noise at the window made him look up from +his book. There lay a boat, and in it sat the novice Augustinus. The +extraordinary, almost comic, aspect of things, elicited a smile from +him, and, remembering his conversation with the youth, he asked +through the open window, "Well, did you get the wine and good food, you +glutton?" + +"No, venerable Father; I did not want it when I could have it, and then +the temptation was over. But now I have to speak of something else. The +plague has broken out, and people are dying like flies." + +"The plague too! Oh Lord, how long wilt Thou altogether forget us! The +plague too!" + +Then he rose. "Everyone to his post! Let us do our duty! Bless the Lord, +and die!" The Abbot stepped out of his window into the boat, and left +his sinking ship. + + * * * * * + +The Tiber sank to its level again, but left behind snakes, fishes, +and frogs, which died and infected the air. The people had fled to the +hills; on the Palatine Hill they had made a hospital out of a church. +Here the Abbot of the St. Andrew's Convent walked about, gave drink +to the sick, and spoke comfort to the dying. "Why do you fear death, +children?" he said. "Fear life, for that is the real death." He seemed +to be quite in his element here, showed a calm, cheerful temper, and +sought to decipher on the faces of the dead, "whether they were happy on +the other side." + +Death would have nothing to do with him. Often he went to the other +hills, and walked about among the sick and dying, so that the people +began to think that he was an immortal who had come down to comfort +them. The older ones remembered him as Prefect, when he defended +the city against the Goths, Vandals, and Longobards, and his fame +continually grew. + +The pestilence raged, and the number of the dead increased, so that +the corpses could no longer be buried. All occupations ceased, and the +peasants brought no more food into the city. There was a famine. The +Abbot of the St. Andrew's Convent, Gregory, lost courage, and wanted +to abandon all, "I cannot fight against God, and if it be His will that +Rome perish, it is godless to wish to prevent it." In the midst of +this tribulation, Pelagius II, the Bishop or Pope of Rome, as he was +afterwards called, died. The people with one voice clamoured for the +Abbot Gregory to succeed him. But, like King Saul and the Emperor +Julian, he hid himself. He fled from the town to a hermit's grotto in +the Sabine Mountains. But the people came, brought him out, and led him +back to Rome, where he was consecrated as Gregory I. For thirteen years +Gregory ruled over the former queen city of the world. He was Governor, +for the Exarch of Ravenna existed no more, having been driven away +by the Longobards. He asked help from the Emperor in Byzantium, but +obtained none. He was thrown upon his own resources, and succeeded by +the power of his eloquence in disarming King Agilulf, who threatened +Rome. + +But he was also Bishop, and as such had to govern all the churches +of the West. He succeeded in bringing them to abandon Arianism and +to accept a single creed, which became the universal or "catholic" +confession of faith. + +To the heathen of England he sent the former novice Augustine, who had +quickly overcome his initiatory difficulties. The little "glutton" ended +as Archbishop of Canterbury. + +The former retiring and life-weary Abbot had with great effect developed +the necessary strength for his duties. The high post to which he had +been summoned called out his capacities. He had time for great and small +things alike. He reformed the liturgy, wrote letters, composed books, +arranged church music. His manner of life, however, was as simple as +before. From his cell in the Lateran Palace, he ruled over souls from +the Highlands of Scotland to the Pillars of Hercules. His empire was as +great as the Caesars', though his legions were only pen and ink. It was +the beginning of the Kingdom of Christ, but it was a spiritual empire, +and Gregory was the ruler. + + + + +ISHMAEL + + +After the death of Gregory the Great, Christianity seemed to have +conquered all Europe which was known at the time, and also Byzantium, +Palestine, Egypt, and the north coast of Africa. The conqueror was +about to betake himself to rest, when a quite new and unexpected event +happened which threatened Christendom with destruction and heralded the +arrival of a new race upon the scene. Ishmael's descendants, Abraham's +illegitimate sons, who had wandered in the deserts, seeming to continue +the Israelites' wandering in the wilderness, began to collect in troops +and seek a Promised Land. + +Six years after Gregory's death, the Prophet Muhammed, then forty years +old, was "awakened." His armies spread like a conflagration, and a +hundred years later, Christian Europe thought the last day had come. The +countries first conquered by Christianity--Syria, Palestine, Asia Minor, +Egypt, and North Africa--had fallen away and done homage to the new +Antichrist. Byzantium was threatened; Sicily and Sardinia had been +taken, and Italy was in danger. + +From the southernmost point of Spain one could see in clear weather the +coast of Africa, where the Saracens dwelt. Spain was a country which, +somewhat remote from Rome, had grown and developed into one of the +richest provinces, after Phoenicians and Carthaginians had laid +the foundations of her civilisation. But when Rome fell into decay, +Barbarians from the Baltic sea belonging to the new German races, +whose advent had been foretold by Tacitus, poured into Spain, founded +a kingdom or two, and now at the beginning of the eighth century, +possessed the important cities Toledo and Seville. + + * * * * * + +In Seville, on the Guadalquivir, in the beautiful province of Andalusia, +the old Jew Eleazar sat in the shop where he sold weapons, and counted +his day's takings. + +"Many weapons are sold in these days," was the sudden remark of a +stranger who had stepped up to the counter. + +Eleazar looked up, liked the appearance of the well-dressed stranger, +and answered cautiously, "Yes, certainly, many are sold." + +"Are you expecting war?" + +"There is always war here--especially verbal warfare." + +"You refer to the twenty Church Councils which have been held here. The +Christians are never united." + +Eleazar did not answer. + +"Excuse me," continued the stranger, "but I forgot who you are, and that +you would rather forget the last Council." + +"No, not at all! why should I?" + +"It was directed against your people." + +"And my only son, who was about to marry a Christian maiden, had to give +her up, since marriages with Jews were forbidden...." + +"Well! and what was the end of it?" + +"He could not survive it, but laid hands on himself, and, as she +followed him in death, the blame was laid on us, and we lost our +property and freedom." + +"Eleazar!" exclaimed the stranger. "Don't you know me?" + +"No." + +"But when I tell you my name, you will know who I am. Julius--Count +Julius...." + +"Are you--Count Julius?" + +"I am he, whose daughter Florinda was brought up in Toledo, and fell +into the hands of King Roderick, the robber and lecher. Can I see you in +your chamber? We have much to say to each other!" + +Eleazar hesitated, although both, as injured fathers of lost children, +had much in common. He was afraid of the Christians, who had begun to +persecute the Jews. The Count understood that, but did not withdraw his +proposal, for he seemed to have a special object in his visit. + +"Let me into your chamber, and I will tell you, in three words, a secret +that concerns us both." + +Eleazar did not yield, but began to parley. + +"Say one word, a single word to convince me," he asked. + +"Oppas! there is one for you." + +Eleazar opened his eyes, but asked for yet another one. + +"Zijad's son." + +"Still better!" said Eleazar, "but now the last!" + +"Bar-coch-ba." + +Eleazar reached him his hand. "Come under my roof, eat of my bread, and +drink of the sacred wine." In a moment the shop was closed, and the two +elderly men sat at supper in the room behind it. They conversed eagerly. + +"There are some hundreds of thousands of us Hebrews here in Spain, for +when the Emperor Hadrian had destroyed Jerusalem for the last time, he +sent some fifty thousand Hebrews here. That is six hundred years ago, +and we have naturally increased--yes, to such a number, that ninety +thousand of us could be compulsorily baptized. I, too, have been +baptized, but, though they poured water on me, I have held fast the +faith of my fathers, and how could I do otherwise? The Christians have +not one faith, but many. The Synod held in Toledo in 589 A.D. taught, +for example, that the Holy Spirit did not only proceed from the Father, +but from the Son also. But the Synod of 675 A.D. declared that the +Son was not only sent by the Father but by the Holy Spirit. That is +nonsense, and therefore they fall away from their own doctrine. + +"But instead of falling back on the Old Testament, which is the mother +of the New, they plunge into unbelief and heathenism. That is the case +with Archbishop Oppas himself in Toledo, who calls himself a hater of +Christ, and would rather acknowledge Islam than Catholicism." + +"Do you know Oppas?" + +"He is our man." + +"You mentioned Islam; what do you think of its teaching?" + +"It is our own holy faith; a single God, the Only and True One. And the +Prophet is Abraham's seed, who has inherited the promise. It is true +Ishmael was the son of a bond-woman, but still he was Abraham's seed!" + +"But Muhammed expelled the Jews from Arabia." + +"Yes, he did that; he was not perfect; but things have altered for the +better. Muhammed received his first impressions from his cousin Waraka, +who was of Jewish descent. At first he was friendly towards Israel; he +told his followers to turn in prayer not towards the Kaaba, but towards +Jerusalem. There is also a tradition that the prophet was a Jew, which +may mean that he was an Arab or Ishmaelite, which is the same thing." + +"You would, then, rather serve under the Half-Moon than under the +Cross?" + +"Certainly." + +"And Simon, whom you call Bar-coch-ba, is negotiating with the +Archbishop Oppas in order to overthrow Roderick?" + +"That is true." + +"Good! Then I am one with you. But listen carefully to what I +say:--Since our common aim is the overthrow of the West Gothic King, I +have, as Governor of Ceuta on the African coast, inquired of Emir Mussa +al Nazir and his principal officer, Tarik, the son of Zijad, whether +they will perhaps help us in case of a claim for damages made by Ceuta +and its neighbourhood. Do you think we can let the storm loose?" + +Eleazar gnawed his beard. "Is it not already loose?" he asked drily. + +"Have you gone further than I know?" + +"What do you know?" + +"You are so far as that, then? Well! It is all over with my beautiful +Spain!" + +"Nothing comes to an end; it only changes when its time is over. Spain +had its time when it gave Emperors to Rome--Trajan, Hadrian, Antonius, +Marcus Aurelius, Theodosius, who may just as likely have been Iberians +and Phoenicians. Spain gave Rome learned men and poets, Seneca, Lucan, +Martial, Quintilian, Pomponius, Mela, Columella. That is now five +hundred years ago, and now we have had barbarism introduced by +the Christian Norsemen from the Baltic. Now we might use something +Oriental!" + +"Do you believe on the future of Islam?" + +"Yes, certainly. Mussa has sworn that he will march by Hannibal's route +through Gaul and Germany to Rome, in order to turn the 'heathen and +women-worshippers' to the one true God." + +"You know that! Then there is no turning back." + +"No! It is too late. On the 19th of July the half-moon rises over Spain, +and it will continue to wax through its phases to the full moon. +What follows then we know not, and have nothing to do with, for One +rules--the Lord Zebaoth." + + * * * * * + +On the 17th of July, 711 A.D., when it had become dark, fire was kindled +on the southernmost point of Spain, Punta de Europa. On the African +coast, two miles distant, this was answered by a similar signal. A +west wind blew from the Atlantic, and brought across the fleet of the +Saracens, with five thousand men and horses. + +On the Punta de Europa, afterwards called Gibraltar, high above the +precipitous cliff stood long-bearded citizens, and fanned the fire and +threw fuel on it. In the morning the first troops landed at the foot of +the cliff, and the conquest of Spain by the Moors began. Mussa ibn Nazir +came on the following day with the chief body. The King of the West +Goths assembled as rapidly as possible a hundred thousand men, and, +believing himself invincible, marched thither to view the victory. +Clothed in silk and gold, like a Byzantine Emperor, he lay in a chariot +of ivory drawn by two white mules, and followed by his attendants and +the women of his harem. + +For three days all went well, but on the fourth day, something +unexpected happened. + +Shut in between the mountains and rivers of Andalusia, his troops could +hardly move, and the King had encamped on the bank of the Guadalete. + +Then he saw his people pouring down like a stream from the heights--one +division under Archbishop Oppas, the other under Count Julius. + +Roderick, who believed that they were fleeing from the enemy, broke up +his camp. He could not, however, turn round, but was forced into the +stream. He tried to reach the other side by swimming, but there he was +met by archers. An Amazon came galloping along the bank on a red roan, +and directed her bow against the drowning man in the middle of the +stream. On the one bank he saw his troops, who had halted, signal with +white flags as a sign of peace to the enemy on the opposite bank. When +he saw that he was betrayed, he sank, and with him the whole kingdom of +the West Goths. Mussa marched at once to Toledo, before a new king could +be chosen. Thereby Islam became domiciled in Spain, and remained there +till 1492. The Jews, who had especially helped the Moors, were at once +emancipated, and in every town of Spain a Jew was appointed governor. + + + + +EGINHARD TO EMMA + + +EASTER, A.D. 843, + +The Benedictine Convent in Seligenstadt on the Main. + +To my dear wife and present sister in Christ, + +Emma, from Eginhard, formerly secretary to Charles the Great, now a monk +in Seligenstadt on the Main: + +Passion-week is at an end, and the Resurrection days are here; spring +has melted the frost; mind and memory have woken, and the past rises up +again. + +Yesterday, on Easter Eve, I walked in the convent garden, and thought of +my vanished five and seventy years. I thought of the fine things which +were said in the learned circle or academy of the Great Unforgettable, +when we played with words and thoughts, like chess-players with their +pieces. + +"What is man?" asked our teacher, our wisest, Alcuin, whom we called +Flaccus. + +Angilbert, the Emperor's son-in-law, the husband of the beautiful +Bertha, answered, "Man is the slave of death, a flying traveller, a +guest in his own dwelling." + +"Yes, truly," I said to myself, "a guest; and soon I will pack my +knapsack, pay my account, and journey on." + +I went along the river-bank and thought, "The same river, always the +same river, but always new water; the same water never runs twice +past. Such is life, such is the river of time, the heroes and events of +history--the panorama of time, the years and the glory of them, all pass +and perish." + +I then wished to pluck the first Easter lilies to send to you, who were +once my wife, and went to the gardener down by the carp-pond. Whom did I +meet on the path under the ivy, this plant of eternity, which only knows +of death and birth, but not the changes of the seasons? I met the last +survivor of the great days, of the Emperor's Round Table, Thiodolf the +Goth, now Bishop of Orleans. I cannot describe to you my joy at meeting +him again, nor depict my feelings when I read in the face of the old man +the whole history of our life. + +It was six o'clock in the evening, and after we had sung Vespers, our +fast was at an end. I had a large round table placed in the refectory, +only for us two, but with twelve chairs and twelve places laid. From the +Bishop's guest-room I had the largest armchair brought, and decorated it +with leaves and flowers; it was that of the Emperor of blessed memory, +who now rests in the cathedral at Aachen, the cathedral which I had the +favour and honour of building. The other chairs I assigned to absent +friends, first Alcuin, then the poet Angilbert-Homerus, the Irishman +Clement, the Bavarian Leidrade, and others whom you knew, but have +forgotten. + +What an evening, what a night, we passed by the open garden window! +We spoke naturally of the Great Unforgettable, and lived his rich +and varied life again in our thoughts. We followed him against the +Longobards and Saracens, against the Hungarians and other Slavs. But we +did not like to linger over his thirty years' war against the Saxons, +chiefly out of reverence for his memory, for he ought to have used only +spiritual weapons in his campaign of conversion. Remember the Frankish +King who sent our friend Anschar to the wild Swedes. He had no armed +men, but only God's Holy Word. Certainly he was robbed by thieves like +St. Paul, but when once he had arrived he won the King and the nobles of +the country by his gentle bearing and preaching. + +On the other hand, we lingered gladly in our conversation over the great +Christmas Day of 800 A.D. in Rome, when the Western Roman Empire +was restored, and the crown was bestowed on Germany. This had been +prophesied by Tacitus, and Hermann in the Teutoburger Wald had shed +his martyr's blood for it. Rome and Germany! A spiritual and a worldly +kingdom! Inscrutable are the ways of the Lord! + +When we drank to the strong and gentle Carolus Magnus Augustus, we both +rose, Thiodolf and I, and bowed before the empty chair, as though he +sat there in bodily presence. Where is he now, the departed of blessed +memory--where is his great kingdom, which only his powerful spirit could +hold together? What he united has now been scattered by his successors! +You know, after the last treaty at Verdun, the kingdom of Karl the Great +has ceased to exist; in its place we now have three--Germany, France, +and Italy. Perhaps it must be so, and perhaps a single man cannot rule +so great an empire. But it is sad to perceive in history that every +great achievement carries within it the seeds of decay, and that the +heights are always bordered by deep abysses. Brother Thiodolf brought +disquieting news from France. The Saxons, who were finally overthrown +with their powerful chief Widukind, have devised a terrible revenge. +They have invited Danish and Swedish pirates, called Vikings, into the +country. These have sailed up the Rhine, up the Seine as far as Rouen, +and up the Loire. These Scandinavians are of German stock, and are +therefore of kin to us Franks, but are more nearly related to the +Goths, Heruli, Rugieri, and Longobards, of whom the last three are +Scandinavian. Odovacer, who overthrew the Western Roman Empire, and +deposed the last Emperor Romulus Augustulus, was a Rugier from the +Danish island Rugen. These men from the North seem to be now about to +step on the stage. Possibly they are the Gog and Magog concerning whom +the Old Testament prophesied that they should come from the North. We +did not end our conversation till midnight, Thiodolf and I; then we +walked up and down in the garden till early mass, for we could not +sleep. + +Now I close this letter, dear wife, by wishing you happy days far from +all the tumult of the world. I only wait for my departure, for life has +lost its relish for me, since my lord and Emperor has passed into the +great silence. Greet the brethren and the few who still survive from the +time of the Great Emperor, and accept, dear Emma, the greeting of your +dead husband, whom you will not see before the Day of Resurrection, the +great Easter, when we shall all meet again. Till then, "Be of one mind, +live in peace, and the God of Jove and of peace shall be with you." + + + + +THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM + + +In the year 998 A.D. Rome had become a German Empire and the German +Emperor had become a Roman. Otto III, brought up by his Graeco-Byzantine +mother Theofano, had inherited her love of the southern lands, and +therefore generally occupied his palace on the Aventine, installed +himself as Emperor, and cherished a plan of converting Rome into the +capital of the German Empire. He was now twenty years old, ambitious, +crochety, pious, and cruel. + +During one of his absences, the old Roman spirit had revived, and the +high-born senator Crescentius had set up himself as Tribune of the +people, freed Rome from the Germans, driven away Pope Gregory V, and +installed John XVI in his place. The Emperor returned quickly to Rome, +took Crescentius and his Pope prisoner, and then presented the Romans +with a vivid spectacle, the like of which they had not seen, though +their fathers had. + +The Leonine quarter, which embraced the Vatican Hill, with the oldest +St. Peter's Church and a papal palace, was connected with the town by +the Pons Aelius or Bridge of Hadrian. At the head of the bridge, on the +right side, was the sepulchre of Hadrian, a tower-shaped building in +which the Emperors up to the time of Caracalla had been buried. When the +Goths took Rome, the sepulchre became a fortress, and remained so for a +long time. + +When the Romans woke up on that memorable morning of the year 998 A.D., +they saw twelve wooden crosses erected on Hadrian's Tower terrace. Right +above them was to be seen the image of the Archangel Michael, with his +drawn sword, which had been erected by Gregory the Great. Many people +were assembled on the Aelian Bridge to see the spectacle, and among them +were a French merchant and a Gothic pilgrim who had come from the west +across the Leonine quarter. The sword of the Archangel flamed in the +beams of the sun, which was now high. + +"What are those crosses for?" asked the pilgrim, shading his eyes. + +"There are twelve! Perhaps they are intended to represent the twelve +Apostles." + +"No, they have finished their sufferings, and the pious Emperor does not +crucify the disciples of the Lord anew." + +"Yes, the Emperor! The Saxon! Neither the Goth, nor the Longobard, nor +the Frank were to have Rome, but the Saxon--one of the cursed nation +whom Charles the Great thought that he had extirpated. He sent ten +thousand to Gaul, in order to make a present of these savages to the +enemy, and he beheaded four thousand five hundred in a single day, +without its costing him a sleepless night. Wonderful are the ways of the +Lord!" + +"The last are often the first." + +"O Lord Jesus, Redeemer of the world! there is something moving on the +crosses! Do you see?" + +"Yes, by heaven! No, I cannot look! They are crucified men!" + +Two Romans stood by the strangers: "Hermann, you are avenged," said one. + +"Was Hermann a Saxon?" objected the other. + +"Probably, since he lived in the Harz district." + +"A thousand years ago Thusnelda passed through the streets in the +triumph-train of Germanicus, and carried the unborn Thumelicus under +her heart! To think that a thousand years had to pass before she was +avenged!" + +"A thousand years are as a day! But are not these our Roman brothers on +the cross martyrs for Rome's freedom?" + +"Martyrs for our cause! But this time they were wrong, because the gods +so willed it." + +Now there was a change in the scene. Under the tower a band of soldiers +made a passage through the crowd of people. Pope John XVI came riding +backwards on an ass. His ears and nose had been cut off, and his eyes +had been dug out. It was a gruesome sight. A wine-bladder, waving +over his head in the wind, made it worse. The people were silent, and +shuddered simultaneously, for he was, after all, Christ's representative +and St. Peter's successor, although no martyr. + +A Sicilian stood on the bridge close to a Jew. + +The Sicilian was a Muhammedan, for Sicily was then in the possession of +the Saracens, and had been so for about two hundred years. + +"He must be suffering for his predecessors' sins," said the Jew; "that +is the Christian belief: _satisfactio vicaria_." + +"Suffering is necessary," answered the Moslem; "and I do not grieve at +such an end to the pornocracy. For a hundred years the Popes have lived +like cannibals. You remember Sergius III, who lived with the harlot +Theodora and her daughters. John X continued with Marozia, who with her +own hand first killed her brother and then suffocated the Pope with a +cushion. John XII was only nineteen when he became Pope. He took bribes, +and consecrated a ten year-old boy as bishop in a stable. He committed +incest, and turned the Lateran into a brothel. He played cards, drank +and swore by Jupiter and Venus.... You know it well." + +"Yes," answered the Jew, "the Christians live in hell since they have +abandoned the one true God. The fools have, however, stolen from us the +Messianic promise; but the promise to Abraham we still possess. Rome is +a mad-house, Germany a slaughter-house, and France a brothel. It is a +matter to rejoice at, to see how they destroy each other." + +He placed himself by the balustrade of the bridge, in order to be able +to see better what now followed. + +Between the twelve patriots, who writhed on their crosses like worms +on hooks, appeared five men dressed in red, who began to construct a +platform. + +"Those are the executioners--on the Emperor's grave!" said the Jew. +"Against Crescentius I have nothing; he was a noble man who fought for +the Roman State. But there is one Christian the less!" + +"The Christians have always two ways of explaining a man's sufferings. +If he is innocent, his suffering is a test, and if he is guilty, well! +he deserved his fate. There he comes!" + +Crescentius, the last Roman, was led forth. His head fell, and thereby +Rome became German, or Germany Roman--till 1806! In the afternoon the +nomination of the new Pope (for one could not call it an election) +took place, and Gerbert of Auvergne was made Pope, with the title of +Silvester II. + + * * * * * + +The Emperor sat in his palace on the Aventine, and did not venture to go +out, for the Romans hated him. In the little hermitage on the slope of +the hill, where his friend Adalbert of Prague, the missionary martyr +recently killed by the Saxons, used to live, the Emperor shut himself up +with his teacher, the new Pope, Silvester II. + +The latter--a Frenchman--had studied in Cordova, where the Caliph had +built a university, where Arabian philosophy, itself derived from Greece +and India, was taught. In Rheims Silvester has also studied philosophy, +mathematics, astronomy, and chemistry. He had been Abbot of Bobbio, +Archbishop of Rheims and Ravenna, and, after protesting in many +ecclesiastical assemblies against the corruption of the Papacy, had +himself become Pope. + +The excitement caused by the execution of Crescentius compelled him to +seek refuge on the Aventine with his pupil, the Emperor. From the cell +of the little convent, near Adalbert's chapel, he guided the destinies +of Europe, while at leisure moments he devoted himself to his favourite +sciences. For this reason he was reported to be a wizard. + +One night as he sat, sunk in thought, at his table, which was covered +with letters, the Emperor entered unannounced. He was a tall young man, +dressed in an extraordinary garb, a dalmatica adorned with symbols from +the Book of the Apocalypse, the Wild Beast and the Harlot, the Book of +Seven Seals, and so on. + +"Let me talk," he said; "I cannot sleep." + +"What has happened, my son?" + +"Letters have come--warnings--dreams." + +"Tell me." + +"Yes; you listen to me, but you don't believe me, when I tell you the +truth, and you are afraid of all new thoughts." + +"What is new under the sun? Does not St. Augustine say regarding our +holy faith, 'What is called in our days Christianity, already existed +since the creation of mankind to the birth of Christ. It was then that +they began to call Christianity the true religion, which had already +existed before. The truths taught by Christ are the same as the ancient +ones, only more developed'?" + +"Heretic, beware! You do not know what is taking place in the world." + +"Let me hear." + +"Pilgrims from many lands have been here, and tell of prodigies, +visions, and wonders. In the south of France there are pestilence and +famine, and human flesh has been sold in the butchers' shops; in Germany +a fiery iron rod has been seen in the sky, and here in Italy these +endless pilgrimages have recommenced. In Jerusalem the Church of the +Holy Sepulchre has been plundered, and the temple of the False Prophet +erected. The whole of Christendom is trembling, for in the immoral Popes +of the last century they have seen the Antichrist. Christ's ambassador +is murdered; yes, my friend Adalbert was the last up there in Poland: +the heathen have reconquered all Christ's conquests in Asia and Africa. +The followers of the False Prophet are in Spain, Sicily, and Naples, +and threaten Rome. This can mean nothing less than the Last Judgment and +destruction of the world, as announced in the Apocalypse." + +"So it is the old story again?" + +"Story! Get thee hence Satan, for thou savourest not the things which be +of God, but those which be of men." + +"Do you call me Satan?" + +"Yes, when you deny the Word. Is it not written in John's Apocalypse, +'And when the thousand years are accomplished, Satan will be let loose +from his prison. And he shall go to deceive the nations which are in +the four ends of the earth, Gog and Magog'? There you have the northern +peoples who are now in England, Normandy, and Sicily. Is not Theodora +the great Babylonian Harlot? Is not the deceiver Muhammed the Wild +Beast?" + +"Wait, my son! I might quote a verse from the same chapter: 'He who +hath part in the first resurrection shall reign with Christ a thousand +years.' So that the Millennium is _beginning_ now, and cannot end +forthwith." + +"The old one ends, and the new begins." + +"Just so! The old dark age is past, and we await Christ's second coming +on earth. If you retained the hope, you would see the new era dawn." + +"I do not believe a word of what you say. The last year of the thousand +years is here, and now I go out in the desert to await, with fasting, +prayer, and penance, the day of the Lord, and the coming of my Redeemer. +I will pray for you, my father, but here our ways part, and you will see +me no more." + +The Emperor departed, and Silvester remained alone. + +"I wait!" he said to himself, "but meanwhile I look after our worldly +affairs." And he unfolded a map of the then known world. With a piece +of red chalk he drew crosses and crowns, for the most part in the North. +But above Jerusalem he drew a flag with a lance. + + * * * * * + +The year 999 approached its end, and the Christians lived in a state of +deadly anxiety. In Rome and its neighbourhood, all the active business +of life had ceased. The fields were not sown, but lay covered with +weeds; trade was at a stand-still; the shops were closed. Those who had +anything gave it away, and had difficulty in finding anyone to take it. +The churches stood open day and night for three months, and each day was +like Sunday. People wore their best clothes, for there was no object in +keeping them, and they wished to be well dressed in order to meet +the Redeemer on His arrival. Christmas had been kept with unwonted +solemnity, and men lived at peace with one another. The guards of the +city had nothing to do, for the fear of what was coming sufficed to +maintain order. People slept with open doors, and no one dared to steal +or to deceive. There was no need to do so, for everyone received what +he asked for; bakers distributed bread gratis, and innkeepers allowed +unlimited credit; the payment of debts was not exacted. The churches +were crowded day and night; there was a ceaseless round of confessions, +absolutions, masses and communions. + +It was the day before New Year's Eve. Views were divided as to the +nature of the coming catastrophe--whether it would come as a flood or as +an earthquake. Most of the people remained outside their houses, some +on the plain, others on the hills; all with their eyes directed towards +heaven. + +In the morning, the Plain of Mars was full of men, and a crowd formed a +circle round a pile of wood. A madman stood on the pile and spoke, with +a quantity of papers and parchments in his hand. He was a rich citizen +who for three months had practised fasting and penance, and now, reduced +to a skeleton, wished to escape the wrath to come. He had collected a +large quantity of dry wood under the pretext of giving warmth to all +passing beasts of burthen. Since nobody troubled about what others did, +he was allowed to do as he liked. + +Near the pile of wood stood the remains of an old orator's pulpit, and +in that he took his stand after he had kindled the pile. "In the name +of the Eternal God," he said, "so surely as I burn these bonds, will God +the Lord erase my sins from His Book. For all sufferings which I +have caused others, I will now suffer myself. Purifying fire, burn my +wretched body with all its sins! Mounting flames, let me follow you +upwards! Lord Jesus, receive my spirit!" He leaped from the pulpit, and +fell in the midst of the flames, where he remained on his knees with +folded hands till he was suffocated. + +In the Forum a man was seen working with a miner's iron bar at a +rubbish-heap which should cover him: "Say to the mountains, Cover us," +he sang. + +From the Pons Sublicius a young couple sprang into the river, locked in +an embrace which death could not loosen. + +At mid-day the prisons were opened, and the prisoners were received as +heroes and martyrs. They were taken to the houses of the nobility, made +to sit at table, and senators and their wives washed their feet. + +"We are all sinners," people said, "and have nothing to boast of. These +prisoners have endured their punishment while we went about free." + +Never had there been such a display of philanthropy and mercy since the +early days of Christianity. + +The sick in the hospitals wanted to come outside, and their beds were +carried into the streets and market-places. Everyone, in fact, wanted +to be in the open air, and families brought their furniture into the +streets. Birds were liberated from their cages, and horses from their +stables. At first the latter ran about in the town, but as they scented +the fresh air and reached the town gates they galloped off to the +Campagna, to seek green pasture. Many, however, remained in the town, +and lay about here and there, while children clambered on their backs. +The children were the only ones who felt no fear. They jumped about and +played as usual, rejoicing in their freedom and the unusual aspect of +things. No one wanted to restrain them, and as they did not understand +what was the matter, they remained free from anxiety and went on +playing. + +New Year's Eve had arrived, and the universal alarm rose to a great +height. Masters and servants were seen embracing each other and weeping, +the former lamenting their severity--the latter, their dishonesty. Old +enemies, who met each other on the street, grasped hands and led each +other about like children, singing hymns of praise. It was something +like the Golden Age as imagined by the Fathers of the early Church. + +The air was as mild as that of a spring day, and the sky was clear till +noon. Then it became overclouded. No one ate or drank, but all bathed +and put on their festal attire. During the afternoon processions of +priests and monks marched through the town, and sang litanies, in which +the people joined. Their Kyrie Eleison, "Christ, have mercy upon us," +rang all over the town. All Rome was preparing for its own judgment and +execution. + +There were, however, a number of unbelieving and profligate persons who +expected nothing new; they had assembled themselves in the catacombs +and ruins, where they celebrated Bacchanalian feasts and orgies. In +the ruins of Nero's Golden House a banquet on a large scale had been +arranged. In the centre on the ground there burned a fire, surrounded +by tables and seats. There was abundance of victuals and wine, for which +they only needed to go to the store-room and cellar. There were music, +dancing, and singing, and between whiles they amused themselves by +watching the bats and owls, which flitted about, scorch and singe +themselves in the fire. + +Their hilarity was loud, but not unforced. Here, too, philosophising and +prophecy were in evidence. + +"There is not going to be any Last Judgment to-day," said a young man, +who looked as though he were a descendant of the Emperor Nero. + +"Anyhow, if it comes, death cannot introduce us to anything worse than +we have had in life." + +"It has always seemed to me that we are in hell. Headaches every +morning, debts and disgrace, varied by occasional imprisonments." + +"The Emperor sits naked in a grotto at the foot of Soracte." + +"Vides ut alta stet nive candidum, Soracte." + +"As we are speaking, life the envious flits away. Enjoy the present day, +nor trust the morrow!" + +"And the Pope is going to hold a midnight mass--he who has no faith in +it himself." + +"But he must put a good face on it, and go through with it." + +"I know one woman who will not go to mass to-day." + +"That is the beautiful Stephania, the widow of Crescentius." + +"But she watches for vengeance." + +"What have these Germans to do in Rome? I wish the owner of this Golden +House could rise from the dead. He was the last Roman!" + +"He was a man who did not caress his enemies. He feared nothing +between heaven and earth, not even the lightning. Once there was a +lightning-flash in his dining-hall as he reclined at table. What do you +think he said? 'To your health!' and raised his goblet." + +At this moment a heated stone fell from the vaulted roof into the fire, +and caused a shower of sparks. The night wind rushed through the hole +thus formed, and blew the smoke into the feasters faces. At first they +were amused at the occurrence, but were soon obliged to leave the vault. + +"Let us go out and witness the end of the world!" cried one of the +youths. They formed a procession of Bacchanals and Maenads, one in front +carrying a filled wineskin. There were flute-players among them, and all +carried goblets in their hands. + + * * * * * + +Below, in the old Basilica of St. Peter, stood the Pope before the +altar, and performed in silence the midnight mass. The church was +crowded, and everyone was on his knees. The silence was so deep that +the rustle of the white sleeve of the officiant could be heard when +he elevated the cup. But another sound was audible, which seemed to be +measuring out the last moments of the Millennium. It beat like the pulse +in the ear of a feverish man, and at the same rate. The door of the +sacristy stood open, and the great clock which hung there ticked calmly +and steadfastly, once in a second. + +The Pope, who was outwardly just as calm, had probably left the door +open in order to produce the utmost effect at the great moment, for his +face was pale with emotion, but he did not move, and his hands did not +tremble. + +The mass was over, and a death-like silence ensued. The people expected +the Lord's servant at the altar to speak a few words of comfort. But he +said nothing; he seemed absorbed in prayer, and had stretched out his +hands towards heaven. + +The clock ticked, the people sighed, but nothing happened. Like children +afraid of the dark, the congregation lay with their faces towards the +ground, and dared not look up. A cold sweat of anxiety dropped from many +brows, knees which had gone to sleep caused pain, or were numb, and felt +as though they had been amputated. + +Then the clock suddenly ceased ticking. + +Had the works run down? Was it an omen? Was everything going to stand +still, time to be at an end, and eternity begin? From the congregation +rose some stifled cries, and, lifeless with terror, some bodies dropped +on the stone pavement. + +Then the clock began to strike--One, Two, Three, Four.... The twelfth +stroke sounded, and the echoes died away. A fresh death-like silence +ensued. + +Then Silvester turned round, and, with the proud smile of a victor, he +extended his hands in blessing. At the same moment all the bells in the +tower rang out joyfully, and from the organ-loft a choir of voices began +to sing, somewhat unsteadily at first, but soon firmly and clearly, "Te +Deum Laudamus!" + +The congregation joined in, but it was some time before they could +straighten their stiffened backs, and recover from the spectacle of +those who had died of fright. When the hymn was over, the people fell in +each other's arms, weeping and laughing like lunatics, as they gave each +other the kiss of peace. + +So ended the first Millennium after the birth of Christ. + +In the little castle Paterno on Mount Soracte, the Emperor had spent the +Christmas week and New Year's Eve in the strictest fast and penance. But +when New Year's Day was come, and nothing had happened, he returned to +Rome to meet Silvester and take measures for the future. The Emperor's +friend and teacher received him with a smile which was easy to +interpret. But the monarch was still so much under the effect of his fit +of alarm that he did not venture to be angry. + +"Will you now return to earth, my son, and look after your mundane +affairs?" said Silvester. + +"I will, but I must first fulfil two vows which I made in the hour of +need." + +"Fulfil them certainly." + +"I go to the grave of my friend Adalbert in Gnesen, and I must visit the +funeral vault of Charles the Great in Aachen." + +"Do so, but you must at the same time fulfil some commissions which I +give you for the journey." + +So they parted. + + * * * * * + +Two years had passed, when, one day in January, Pope Silvester +was summoned to Paterno, the little castle on Soracte, where the +Roman-German Emperor dwelt, and now lay ill. + +When Silvester entered the sick-room, the Emperor sat upright, but +looked troubled. "You are ill," said Silvester: "is it the soul or +body?" + +"I am tired." + +"Already, at twenty-two years of age." + +"I am despondent." + +"You are despondent although you saw the world awake from its nightmare. +Consider, ungrateful man, all that these two years have brought, what +triumphs for Christ, who really seems to have returned. I will enumerate +them: listen! Bohemia has received its Duke, who has eradicated +heathenism; Austria has concentrated itself as a Danube-state the +heathen Magyar has allowed himself to be baptized, and received the +crown from our own hand as Stephen the First; Boleslaw in Poland has +also received a crown and an archbishop; the new kingdom of Russia +has accepted baptism and Vladimir the Great protects us against the +Saracens, who are on the decline, and Seljuks or Turks, who are in +the ascendant; Harold of Denmark and Olaf of Sweden have established +Christianity in their dominions; so has Olaf Tryggveson in Norway and +Iceland, in the Faroe Island, in Shetland and Greenland; and the Dane +Sven Tveskgg has secured Britain for Christianity. France is under +the pious Robert II, of the new race of the Capets, but also of Saxon +descent like you. In Spain, the northern States Leon, Castille, Aragon, +Navarre, have at last united, and protect us from the Moors in Cordova. +All this in five years, and under the aegis of Rome! Is not all this the +return of Christ, and do you understand now what Providence means by +the Millennium? Those who are alive at the end of another thousand years +will perhaps see the ripe fruits, while we have only seen the blossoms. +The world is certainly not a paradise, but it is better than when we had +savages in the North and East. And all kings receive the crown and the +pallium from Rome. You are a ruler over the nations, my Emperor." + +"I? You rule their minds, not I, and I will not rule." + +"So I have heard, for you have accepted the rule of a woman." + +"Who is that?" + +"They say, and you know the report as well as I do, that it is the widow +of Crescentius, the beautiful Stephania. Well, that is your own affair, +but Solomon says,--'Beware of your enemies, but be wary with your +friends.'" + +The Emperor looked as though he wished to defend himself, but could not, +and so the conversation was at an end. + +Some days after, Otto III was dead, poisoned, so ran the report, in some +way or other, by the beautiful Stephania. + +A year later Silvester II died also. + + + + +PETER THE HERMIT + + +Christendom had awoken to new life after the great and terrible New +Year's Eve of 999. Nearly a hundred more years had passed when a ragged +barefooted pilgrim wandered out of the gate of Caesarea, on the shore of +the Mediterranean. This was the town from which Paul had sailed for Rome +in order to spread Christianity, which had now conquered all Europe, but +had not been able to maintain a hold upon its birthplace, the Land of +Promise, in which Christ had lived, suffered, and been buried. + +The "False Prophet" had been the last possessor of Palestine. But when +his kingdom, like all others, fell to pieces, quite a new race had +issued from the unknown parts of Central Asia and now the Seljuks ruled +in Syria. The last Fatimide Caliphs had been very indifferent in matters +of belief, and the renowned Al Asis, who had married a Christian wife +and was himself a sceptic, had made his wife's brothers Patriarchs of +Jerusalem and Alexandria. Everything was altered since the time when +the terrible Al Hakim had persecuted Christians as well as Jews, and +destroyed the Church of the Resurrection in Jerusalem. And when the +Seljuk Melikscha had at last captured the town, matters looked almost +hopeless for the Christians, who still made pilgrimages to the Holy +Sepulchre. + +The pilgrim we spoke of above pursued his journey in a south-eastern +direction, and now on the first day he saw the lovely Plain of +Sharon spread out before him like a carpet or rather a sea of +flowers--crocuses, narcissi, ranunculi, anemones, and especially the +tall white Sharon lilies. + +It was the Promised Land indeed! The whole of the morning he waded in +flowers; at last he reached a village at the foot of a hill. There were +waving corn-crops, climbing vines, flourishing olive and fig trees; +well-fed cattle were watered at the spring, cows and goats were milked. +The pilgrim, who possessed nothing in the world except his rags, asked +for a bowl of milk, but obtained none. He went begging from door to +door, but was hunted away. Every time that he received a refusal he +seemed to be surprisingly cheerful. The fact was, he had come hither +from a distant land in order to be able to realise how his Saviour had +suffered, and now he was graciously allowed to experience it on the holy +soil itself. He passed through the village, and found another sea of +flowers outside it. He bathed his feet in a brook, and felt refreshed. +But now at mid-day a wind from the sea arose, and clouds passed over the +land. The violent rain beat down the fragile lilylike plants, the wind +rooted them up or tore them in two, and collected them in heaps, which +rolled along increasing in size as they went, and crushing other flowers +in their path. + +Towards evening the rain ceased, but the wind continued to blow, and +the darkness came. The weary and hungry traveller prepared himself a +bed with a heap of flowers which he kept in its place with some stones. +After he had hollowed out the heap till it looked like an eagle's nest, +he spread another pile of flowers over himself, and went to sleep, +pleasantly narcotised by all the sweet scents. For several years he +had tasted no wine and never been intoxicated, but this was a good +substitute for it. He did not know whether he was asleep or awake; +sometimes he felt as though he were rolling away like a wave; sometimes +he lay still and listened to a scratching going on in his nest; there +was a blowing and a roaring, a murmur in his ears and flashing before +his eyes. Finally all was still; he believed he had gone to sleep, for +he dreamt. + +In his dream he was walking on the Mediterranean Sea; that he found +quite natural, but there followed him knights on horseback, troops of +armed men, whole races of people. They reached the land, they marched +towards the East, and finally saw Jerusalem crowning the heights. Walls, +battlements, and towers were crowded with heathen warriors, and the +Christian knights halted in order to take counsel. But he, the poor +pilgrim, spoke to them, and they listened to him. + +"Why do you fear?" he said, "why do you fear these heathen and their +walls? Look at me! I take my staff, ascend Mount Zion, strike the gate +of David with my staff, and the city opens all her gates!" + +He did so--in his dream, and Jerusalem was taken. It was a very simple +matter; the knights and the armies honoured him, and he became governor +of Jerusalem. When he awoke on the morrow, he got out of his nest, +and when he looked round, he found himself before the Jaffa Gate of +Jerusalem. He asked himself whether the wind had blown him all that long +way, or whether he had traversed it in sleep. But his dream had been so +vivid, that he found everything natural and simple. + +He knocked with his staff at the door. And behold! it really opened, but +only by the space of a hand-breadth, and a soldier asked what he wanted. + +He wished, he said, to visit the Holy Sepulchre. + +He could do so, was the answer, if he paid thirty silver zecchines. + +As he had not so much, the gate was again closed. + +The pilgrim, however, not to be frightened, struck again with his staff, +certain that he would get in. Get in he did, quickly enough, and, +after he had been well thrashed, was thrown out again and fell on a +rubbish-heap on which dogs hunted for bones. This reception was not +encouraging, but for the pilgrim it was exactly what he had expected and +wished. He had been beaten in the same city where his Master Christ had +been beaten and tortured. + +What an honour! What undeserved grace! + +But the thirty silver pieces! Why was the price just thirty? Because +it was the traitor's reward for betraying the Beloved. He would try to +collect them by begging, even if it took him ten years to do so. + +He exhorted himself to patience, and went southward into the valley +of Hinnom or the valley of Hell, where all the rubbish of the city was +thrown. There was filth and an evil smell there, but the pilgrim did +not notice it, for he only sought to catch a glimpse of the walls of the +Holy City. When he came to the south end of the valley, he really beheld +Mount Zion with David's Sepulchre. Then he fell on his knees and praised +God in song: + + "Lauda Sion Salvatorem + Lauda Ducem et pastorem + In hymnis et canticis." + +Strengthened by prayer, he went on. He knew the topography of the place +well, and when he came on a piece of waste ground underneath the Hill +of Evil Counsel, he knew that it was Aceldama, or the Field of the +Dead, which had been purchased with the traitor's blood-money to bury +strangers in. But he had no thoughts of death, for he knew that he would +live till he had taken the City. On the other hand, he was hungry. How +bitterly he regretted now that he had not accustomed himself in +his youth, like other famous eremites, to eat grass. Weary, but not +depressed, he sat down on a rubbish heap which seemed quite fresh. + +As he sat there, a dog came--a mangy famished creature--and laid his +head on the pilgrim's knee. + +"I have nothing to give you, poor thing," said the pilgrim, and wiped +the dog's eyes with the flaps of its ears, for it looked as though it +had wept. But when the dog heard what the pilgrim said, it understood, +for animals understood all languages merely by the tone. It then began +to rummage in the rubbish heap. And behold! there lay, between two +cabbage leaves, a pomegranate and a piece of white bread. The pilgrim, +who was accustomed to all kinds of miracles, praised God, and ate. And +when he had eaten, he thanked God the Merciful. The dog stood by the +whole time, and watched him. "Ungrateful wretch that I am to have +forgotten thee!" said the pilgrim; "now I will try my fortune!" He began +to dig with his staff, and see! there lay a fresh bone, which he gave +to the dog, his benefactor. They became friends, and kept together. +They now went round the southern end of the city, and turned northward +towards the Kedron. They followed the brook, having the city wall on +their left and the Mount of Olives on their right. From the bottom of +the valley he saw the place where the Temple had been, but no Temple was +there now--only the dome of the Muhammedan mosque. Of the Holy +Sepulchre there was nothing visible, for it lay within the City and was +inconspicuous. He came to Gethsemane, where Christ had suffered, and he +climbed the Mount of Olives, from whence he could look over Jerusalem. +He did so, and wept. After he had paid his devotions in the ruins of the +Church of the Resurrection, he went on northwards round the city, and +came again to the Jaffa Gate, where he sat down, firmly resolved to +wait till some Christian pilgrims came, for they came hither from all +countries of the world. He wanted to beg from them till he had collected +the thirty zecchines. So he sat through the first night without anybody +coming. Towards morning the door was opened for the peasants who brought +in provisions, and the bold idea occurred to him of trying to get in +with them, but he was immediately detected and thrashed again. This, +however, did not frighten him; he repeated the attempt every morning, +though unsuccessfully. He slept on the ground, and ate from the rubbish +heaps; he was jeered at by the children, beaten by the adults, and +took everything quietly, convinced that some day his dream would be +fulfilled. For thirty days he sat at the gate and received no money, +but on the thirty-first he got up in order to take some exercise. He +wandered down into the Valley of Hinnom, and his dog "Trusty" ran in +front of him. + +After he had walked for a while he noticed that his companion had +vanished. When he called him, the dog answered by barking. The pilgrim +followed the sound, and presently he saw the dog standing by a hole +in the wall. There was an entrance, and, following his guide, he came +without hindrance right into the town. The first thing he did was to +visit the Holy Sepulchre, but it was closed. Then he remembered that +there was a Patriarch of Jerusalem, who in some degree acted as a +protector of the Christians. But where did he live? "Perhaps you know," +he said to the dog. + +The dog understood, pricked up his ears, and ran through a labyrinth of +crooked streets till he stood at a little door, with a bell-cord hanging +by it. The pilgrim pulled it, the door opened, and an old white-bearded +man came out, reached the new-comer his hand, led him like a friend into +the house, and bade him sit down. "I have waited long for you, Peter," +he said. "Yes, I recognise you, for I have seen you for a year in my +dreams, but I know not who you are, and whence you come. Tell me your +history." + +"My history! I am from Amiens in France. I am now called Peter; was +formerly a soldier, followed William the Conqueror to Hastings, and +took part in the invasion of England. I returned to my own country, and +became a school teacher. I could, however, obtain no peace in my soul, +but entered a convent. In the solitude of my cell, I reflected on what +I heard from my brother monks in the chapter. It was the time when Henry +IV began the conflict with Gregory VII. The Pope was right, for Europe +ought to be governed from Rome, and Gregory, who wished to set up +Christ's Kingdom in spirit and in truth, had united all Christian +States together; he imposed tribute from Scandinavia to the Pillars of +Hercules. The Emperor was a schismatic, and worked only in the interests +of Germany. The matter ended at Canossa, as you know, when the Emperor +had to kiss the Pope's foot. And that was right at that time, for the +spiritual head is higher than the worldly one. But Canossa was not the +end. Gregory, the mighty champion of the Lord, fell into the same sin as +David. In the first place, he summoned the Norman Guiscard from Sicily +to his aid. Guiscard came with a horde of Turks and heathen, pillaged +Rome, and set it on fire. That was shameful of the Pope, who now fled +with Guiscard to Salerno--which was _his_ Canossa. But he was also still +cruel enough to stir up Henry's sons against their father. Then the +great Gregory died in banishment, and Rome was extinct. Rome is no more, +but Jerusalem shall be. The chief city of Christendom shall be born +again, and rise from its ruins." + +The Patriarch had listened, and, though he smiled at first, he was +finally serious. "Your faith is great, my son," he said. "But who will +take the lead? Who will collect the people?" + +"I," answered the Hermit--"I will open the Holy Sepulchre; I will drive +out the heathen, and I will have the first Christian King of Jerusalem +crowned!" + +"With two empty hands?" + +"With my rock-like faith." + +There was silence. + +"Say something, Patriarch!" resumed Peter. "Try to damp my courage if +you can; confront me with objections, and rob me of confidence. You +cannot! There, I will go now to Rome and speak with Urban II. But give +me a letter to confirm my statements when I describe the behaviour of +the heathen in the city of Christ. I ask nothing else of you; the rest I +will do myself." + +"Whoever you are, you shall have the letter, but rest first for a few +days." + +"No! I have gone three hundred and fifty miles and rested for thirty +days. Give me something to eat in the kitchen, while you write the +letter, and I start before sunset. When I come again, I shall not be +alone, but my name will be Legion. And you will see the accomplishment +of my words and your dreams, for God wills it." + + * * * * * + +The Hermit Peter walked a hundred and fifty miles to Piacenza, and +there met Pope Urban II, who was holding a council. He received no +encouragement, for the idea of a crusade was no novelty. Gregory VII had +collected fifty thousand men for that purpose, but could not carry out +his plan. With a true Christian spirit, the Hermit took this failure as +a warning to redouble his efforts. + +He went to France, preached and stirred up the people, with the result +that all France was aflame with crusading fervour when Urban II came to +Clermont to hold another council. Then the Crusade was determined on. +Peter could not wait, but, together with Walter Pexejo and Walter von +Habenichts, he collected a host which finally reached forty thousand in +number, including old men, women, and children. There were no soldiers +however, but only adventurers who wanted to run away, slaves who sought +freedom, and malcontents who wished for change. + +They followed the Rhine towards its source, and then the Danube, along +whose banks the great road to the East ran. As they approached the +frontier of Hungary their number had increased to sixty thousand. The +King of Hungary, Kolowan, was not exactly hospitable, and not a person +whom it was safe to jest with. The Crusaders received a hint that +they were not very welcome, and therefore sent their only mounted +men,--exactly six in number--as ambassadors to the King. + +Kolowan was in Pesth, with a well-equipped army, and his country was +enjoying the blessings of peace, when the envoys arrived. "What do you +want?" he asked. + +"We seek a free passage to Constantinople." + +"How many of you are there?" + +"Exactly sixty thousand." + +"Although I feel honoured by the visit, I cannot entertain grasshoppers. +I have heard of your wild enterprise; I know that you have no provisions +with you, and that you beg and steal. Return therefore to your country, +or I will treat you as enemies!" + +The envoys rode back with the King's answer. But Peter would not turn +back. + +"Forward! forward! Crusaders and Christians!" he cried, and the whole +host crossed the frontier. The Hermit rode on an ass at the head of +them, and knew not what went on behind him--robbery, drunkenness, and +licence. + +The King learned what had happened, and rode out with all his knights. +When he saw this mass of ragged rascals, drunk and savage, but all +wearing the red cross, he fell in a rage and attacked them. Those who +did not fly were trampled underfoot and sabred down so mercilessly, +that, out of the sixty thousand, only three thousand reached +Constantinople, among whom was the Hermit. + +"We have sown our blood," he said; "our successors will reap." + +The Emperor of Constantinople had certainly for a long time waited for +help from the West against the wild Seljuks, but he had expected +armed men. When he now received a rabble of three thousand beggars and +vagabonds, many of them wounded, he resolved to get rid of these guests +as honourably as possible. He set them in flat-bottomed boats, and +shipped them across to Asia Minor. "Thence you have a straight road to +Jerusalem," he said. But he did not say that the Seljuks were encamped +on the opposite coast. Accordingly, the rest of them were massacred by +the wild hordes near Nicasa--in the same town in which, during the early +days of Christianity, so many fateful debates had taken place. + +But the Hermit escaped, and returned to Constantinople, where he waited +for the great army of the Crusaders. He waited a whole year, just as +confident of victory and undismayed as before. + + * * * * * + +In the little town Tiberias, on the shore of the Lake of Gennesareth +sat the old Jew Eleazar, with his family, prepared to celebrate the +Passover, or the Exodus from Egypt. It was the tenth day of the month +Nisan of the year 1098. The lake shone clear, and its banks were green; +the oleanders were in blossom, the lilies had sprung up in the pleasant +season when the earth rejoices. + +It was evening; all members of the family were dressed as though for a +journey, with shoes on their feet and staves in their hands. They stood +round the covered table on which the roasted lamb smoked in a dish +surrounded by bitter lettuce. The ancestral wine-cup was filled with +wine, and white unleavened bread laid on a plate close by. + +After the head of the family had washed his hands, he blessed the gifts +of God, drank some wine, returned thanks, and invited the others to +drink. Then he took some of the bitter herbs, and ate and gave to the +others. Then he read from the book of Moses a passage concerning the +significance of the feast. After that, the second cup of wine was +served, and the youngest son of the house stepped forward and asked, +according to the sacred custom, "What is the meaning of this feast?" + +The father answered: "The Lord brought us with a strong hand out of the +Egyptian bondage." + +As he drank from the second cup, he said, "Praise the Lord, O my soul, +and forget not all His benefits." They then all sang the 115th Psalm, +"Not unto us, O Lord, not unto us, but unto Thy name give the praise, +for Thy truth and mercy's sake. Wherefore should the heathen say, Where +is now their God?" + +Thereupon a blessing was pronounced on the unleavened bread and the +roasted lamb, and they sat down to eat, in a state of contentment and +with harmless talk. The old Eleazar spoke of past times, and contrasted +them with them the present: "Man born of a woman lives but a short time, +and is full of trouble; he cometh up like a flower, and is cut down; +he fleeth hence like a shadow, and continueth not. A stranger and a +sojourner is he upon earth, and therefore he should be always ready for +his journey as we are, this holy evening." + +The eldest son Jacob, who had come home in the evening after a journey, +seemed to wish to say something, but did not venture to do so, till the +fourth and last cup was drunk. + +"But, my children," continued Eleazar, "not only is Israel unsettled and +roaming on the earth, but all nations are in a state of wandering. The +difference between them and us is that their gods are mortal, while +Israel's God lives. Where is Zeus, the god of the Greeks? Where is the +Romans' Jupiter? Where are the Egyptians' Isis, Osiris, and Ptha? Where +is the Woutan of the Germans, the Teutates of the Gauls? They are all +dead, but Israel's God lives; He cannot die. We are at any rate in +Canaan, in our fathers' land, even if Zion is no longer ours, and we +cannot forget the goodness which the Lord has shown us." + +The last cup was drunk, and after another psalm the festival was at an +end. + +"Now, Jacob," said Eleazar, "you want to talk. You come from a journey, +though somewhat late, and have something new to tell us. Hush! I hear +steps in the garden!" + +All hurried to the window, for they lived in troublous times; but, as no +one was to be seen outside, they sat down again at the table. + +"Speak, Jacob," Eleazar said again. + +"I come from Antioch, where the Crusaders are besieged by Kerboga, +the Emir of Mosul. Famine has raged among them, and of three hundred +thousand Goyim, [Footnote: Gentiles.] only twenty thousand remain." + +"What had they to do here?" + +"Now, on the roads, they are talking of a new battle which the Goyim +have won, and they believe that the Crusaders will march straight on +Jerusalem." + +"Well, they won't come here." + +"They won't find the way, unless there are traitors." + +"Moslems or Christians, they are all alike, but Moslems could be our +friends, because they are of Abraham's seed. 'God is One!' Had their +Prophet stood by that, there would have been nothing between us, but +he fell through pride and coupling his own name with that of the +Highest--'Muhammed is His Prophet.' Perhaps, but he should not be named +in the same breath with the Eternal. The Christians call him a 'false +prophet,' but that he was not." + +"The Christians could rather...." + +"The Christians are misguided, and their doctrine is folly. They +believe the Messiah has come, although the world is like a hell, and men +resemble devils! And it ever gets worse...." + +Then the door was flung open, and on the threshold appeared a little +man, emaciated as a skeleton, with burning eyes. He was clothed in rags, +carried a cross in his hand, and bore a red cross-shaped sign on his +shoulder. + +"Are you Christians?" he asked, "since you drink of the cup and eat the +bread, as our Lord Jesus Christ did on the night of his betrayal?" + +"No," answered Eleazar, "we are of Israel." + +"Then you have eaten and drunk your own damnation, and misused the Holy +Sacrament for purposes of witchcraft! Out with you!--down to the lake +and be baptized, or you will die the death!" + +Then Eleazar turned to the Hermit, and cried "No! I and my house will +serve the Lord, as we have done this holy evening according to the law +of our fathers. We suffer for our sins, that is true, but you, godless, +cursed man, pride not yourself on your power, for you have not yet +escaped the judgment of Almighty God. I will give my life and shed my +blood for the law of my fathers, but God's justice will punish you, as +your pride has deserved." + +The Hermit had gone out to his followers. Those within the house closed +the window-shutters and the door. + +There was a cry without: "Fire the house!" + +"Let us bless God, and die!" said Eleazar, and none of them hesitated. + +All fell on their knees. Eleazar spoke: "I know that my Redeemer liveth, +and that He will stand at the latter day upon the earth. And when I am +free from my flesh, I shall see God. Him shall I see and not another, +and for that my soul and my heart cry out." + +The mother had taken the youngest son in her arms, as though she wished +to protect him against the fire which now seized on the wall. + +Then Eleazar began the Song of the Three Children in the fire, and when +they came to the words, + + "O Thank the Lord, for He is good, + And His mercy endureth for ever." + +their voices were choked, and they ended their days like the Maccabees. + +On 16th July 1069, Peter the Hermit entered Jerusalem through the same +Jaffa Gate before which he had sat as a beggar. When Godfrey of Bouillon +became King of Jerusalem, Peter was appointed Governor. After he had +seen his dream fulfilled, he returned to his own country, entered the +convent Neufmoustier, near Lttich, and remained there till his death. + +The Kingdom of Jerusalem soon came to an end. The Muhammedans +re-occupied it, and remain there to this day. + +The remarkable thing about these predatory expeditions--the +Crusades--was that they were led by the Normans, and were curiously like +the raids of the Vikings. The indirect results of the Crusades are still +treated of in students' essays, which generally close with the moral, +"there is nothing evil which does not bring some good with it." Voltaire +and Hume, on the other hand, regard the Crusades as the enterprises of +lunatics. It is a difficult matter to decide! + + + + +LAOCOON + + +On the Esquiline Hill in Rome, on a spring day in 1506, Signor de +Fredis was walking in his vineyard. The day before, his workmen had been +digging a pit to seek water, but found none. Signer de Fredis stood by +it, and asked himself whether it was not a pity that so much earth had +been thrown out, and whether it could not be utilised in the vineyard. +He felt about with his stick in the upper part of the pit to ascertain +how deep the soil was. The stick sank in the earth up to its handle +without meeting with any resistance. + +"There must be a hollow under the ground," he said to himself. He first +thought of calling the workmen, but since it was better to make the +discovery himself, he took a mattock and spade and set to work. By +noon he had made a hole large enough to get through, but since it was +pitch-black inside, he first went to fetch a lantern. Carrying this, he +went down into the earth, and came into a vaulted room. He went through +five rooms and found no treasures, but in the sixth he saw a sight that +startled him. + +Two enormous snakes had enfolded in the coils a bearded man of heroic +stature and his two boys. + +One snake had already bitten the man in the right side, and the other +had bitten one of the boys in the left. The apparition was a statue +of Pentelic marble, and might therefore possess as much value as a +treasure. Signor de Fredis went at once to the Prefect of the City, who +followed him in company with the Aedile and some learned antiquaries. +The work of art was brought to the light, and inspected. Its subject was +seen to be the Trojan priest Laocoon, against whom Apollo had sent +two snakes because he had warned his countrymen against receiving +the dangerous Greek gift of the Trojan horse, in which warriors lay +concealed. + +It was not an edifying story, nor a comforting one, since it illustrated +the sad lot of a prophet in this world. The Romans, however, did not +think of that, but greeted the statue as a sign of the Renaissance, a +memorial of the classical period, and an omen of better times to come. + +Pope Julius II bought the Laocoon for the Vatican, after Michael Angelo +had declared it was the greatest work of art in the world, and Signor de +Fredis received a pension for life. The excavation and cleaning of the +statue took a considerable time. But when at last it was ready, it was +decorated with flowers, and carried in procession though the streets of +Rome, while all the church-bells rang for a whole hour. + +As the procession passed up the Via Flaminia, an Augustinian monk +came down it from the northern gate of the city. In front of Hadrian's +triumphal arch, he met the crowd carrying their beloved Laocoon. The +monk did not immediately understand the matter. He thought, it is true, +that the statue was that of a martyr, but could not think of any martyr +who had died in a pit of snakes. He therefore turned to a citizen, and +asked in Latin, "Which of the holy Church martyrs is it?" + +The citizen laughed as at a good jest, but did not think it necessary to +answer. + +Now came the crowd singing about the Trojan horse, and jesting about +priests. The fact that it was a priest on whom the snakes had fastened +seemed to afford especial delight to the sceptical and priest-hating +rabble. + +The Augustinian monk thought of his Virgil, when he heard the word Troy, +and, as the statue came nearer, he could read the name Laocoon, the +celebrated priest of Apollo. "Are the church-bells ringing for _that_?" +he asked his neighbour again. + +The latter nodded. + +"Are the people mad?" he asked, and this time he received an answer: +"No, they are wise; but you are somewhat stupid; probably you come from +Germany." + +At the dawn of this day, the monk had seen the Holy City at sunrise, +and had fallen on his knees in the high road to thank God for the great +favour vouchsafed to him of at last treading the soil which had been +hallowed by the footprints of Apostles and martyrs. But now he felt +depressed, for he understood nothing of this heathenish business, and, +wandering through the streets of the city, he tried to find the Scala +Santa in the southern quarter, where all pilgrims first paid their +devotions when they came to Rome. + +Here, in the square by the Lateran, Constantine's wife, Helena, had +caused the staircase of Pilate's Palace to be erected, and it was +customary to ascend it kneeling, and not in an erect attitude. + +The monk approached the holy spot with all the reverence with which his +pious spirit inspired him. He hoped to feel the same ecstasy which he +had felt before other sanctuaries and relics, for the Redeemer Himself +had trodden these marble steps heavily as he went to His doom. + +The monk's astonishment was therefore great when he saw street-urchins +playing on them with buttons and little stones, and he could hardly +contain himself when young priests came running and sprang up the eight +and twenty steps in a few bounds. + +He paid his devotions in the usual way, but without feeling the ecstasy +which he had hoped for. + +Then he went into the Church of the Lateran and heard a mass. He had +imagined that he would find a cathedral in the genuine Gothic style, +something like that of Cologne, but he found a Basilica or Roman hall, +where in heathen times a market had been held, and it looked very +worldly. + +At the High Altar there stood two priests before the Epistle and the +Gospel. However, they neither read nor sang; they only gossiped with +each other, and pretended to turn the leaves; sometimes they laughed, +and when it was over they went their way, without giving a blessing or +making the sign of the cross. + +"Is this the Holy City?" he asked himself, and went out into the streets +again. + +His business in Rome was to interview the Vicar-General of the +Augustinians, about a matter which concerned his convent, but he first +wished to look about him. As he went along he came to a little church +on the outer wall. In the open space in front of it a pagan festival +was being held: Bacchus was represented sitting on a barrel, scantily +clothed nymphs rode on horses, and behind them were satyrs, fauns, +Apollo, Mercury, Venus. + +The monk hastened into the church to escape the sight of the +abomination. But in the sacred place he came upon another scandal. +Before the altar stood an ass with an open book before it; below the +ass stood a priest and read mass. Instead of answering "Amen," the +congregation hee-hawed like asses, and everyone laughed. + +That was the classical "Asses' Festival," which had been forbidden in +the previous century, but which, during the Carnival, had been again +resumed. The monk did not understand where he was, but thought he was in +the hell of the heathen; but it was still worse when a priest disguised +as Bacchus, his face smeared with dregs of wine, entered the pulpit, +and, taking a text from Boccaccio's _Decameron_, preached an indecent +discourse, presently, with a skilful turn, going on to narrate a legend +about St. Peter. It began in a poetical way, like other legends, but +then made Peter come to an alehouse and cheat the innkeeper about the +reckoning. + +The monk rushed out of the church, and through the streets till he +reached the Convent of the Augustines which he sought. He rang, was +admitted, and led into the refectory, where the Prior sat at a covered +table surrounded by priests who were entertained in the convent in order +to make their confessions, and to take the communion during the fast. +Before them were pheasants, with truffles and hard-boiled eggs, salmon +and oysters, eels and heads of wild boar--above all, quantities of wine +in pitchers and glasses. + +"Sit down, little monk!" was the Prior's greeting. "You have a letter: +good! Put it under the table-cloth. Eat, drink, and be merry, for +tomorrow we die!" + +The monk sat down, but it was Friday, and he could not bring himself +to eat flesh on that day. It pained him also to see the licence which +prevailed here; still they were his superiors, and the rule of his order +forbade him to reprove them. + +The Prior, who had just been speaking with some special guest, continued +to talk volubly, although conversation was forbidden. + +"Yes, worthy friend, we have come as far as this now in Rome. This +is Christ's Kingdom as it was announced at the first Christmas, 'One +Shepherd, One Sheepfold.' The Holy Father rules over the whole Roman +Empire as it was under Caesar and Augustus. But mark well! this empire +is a spiritual one, and all these earthly princes lie at the feet of +Christ's representative. This is the crown of all epochs of the world's +history. 'One Shepherd, One Sheepfold!' Bibamus!" + +On the little platform, where formerly a reader used to read out of holy +books while the meal was going on, some musicians now sat with flutes +and lutes. They struck up an air, and the cups were emptied. + +"Now," continued the Prior to the monk, "you have come from far; what +news have you brought?" + +"Anything new under the sun? Yes," answered a slightly inebriated +prelate, "Christopher Columbus is dead, and buried in Valladolid. He +died poor, as was to be expected." + +"Pride comes before a fall. He was not content with his honours, but +wished to be Viceroy and to levy taxes." + +"Yes, but at any rate he got to India, to East India, after he had +sailed westward. It is enough to make one crazy when one tries to +understand it. Sailing west in order to go east!" + +"Yes, it is all mad, but the worst is that he has brought the cursed +sickness, lues"--(here he whispered). "It has already attacked Cardinal +John de Medici. You know he is said to be the Pope's successor." + +"As regards the Holy Father, our great Julius II, he is a valiant +champion of the Lord, and now the world has seen what this basilisk-egg, +France, has hatched. Fancy! they want to come now and divide our Italy +among them! As if we did not have enough with the Germans." + +"The French in Naples! What the deuce have we to do with them?" + +The Prior now felt obliged to attend to his guest, the monk. + +"Eat, little monk," he said. "He who is weak, eateth herbs, and all +flesh is grass, _ergo_...." + +"I never eat meat on Friday, the day on which our Lord Jesus Christ +suffered and died!" + +"Then you are wrong! But you must not speak so loud, you understand, +for if you sin, you must go in your room, and hold your mouth! Practise +obedience and silence, the first virtues of our Order." + +The monk turned first red, then pale, and his cheekbones could be seen +through his thin cheeks. But he kept silence, after he had taken a +spoonful of salt in his mouth to help him to control his tongue. + +"He is a Maccabee," whispered the prelate. + +"Conventual disciple is decaying," continued the Prior, jocosely; "the +young monks do not obey their superiors any more, but we must have a +reformation! Drink, monk, and give me an answer!" + +"We must obey God rather than man," answered the monk. There was an +embarrassed pause, and the prelate who had to communicate in the evening +declined to drink any more. But this vexed the Prior, who felt the +implied reproof. + +"You are from the country, my friend," he said to the monk, "and know +not the time, nor the spirit of the time. You must have a licence for +me--it must be paid for of course--and then the day is not dishonoured. +Besides--_panis es et esto_. Here you have wine and bread--with butter +on it. More wine, boy!" + +The monk rose to go; the Prior seemed to wake to recollection. + +"What is your name, monk?" + +"My name is Martin, Master of Philosophy, from Wittenberg." + +"Yes, yes, thank you. But don't go yet! Give me your letter." The monk +handed over the letter, which the Prior opened and glanced through. + +"The Kurfrst of Saxony! Master Martin Luther, go if you wish to your +chamber. Rest till the evening, then we will go together to the assembly +at Chigi. There we shall meet elegant people like Cardinal John de +Medici, great men like Raphael, and the Archangel Michael himself. Do +you know Michael Angelo, who is building the new Church of St. Peter +and painting the Sistine Chapel? No! then you will learn to know him. +_Vale_, brother, and sleep well." + +Master Martin Luther went, sorely troubled, but resolved to see more of +the state of affairs before judging too hastily. + +Cards were now brought out, and the Prior shuffled them. + +"That is an unpleasant fellow, whom the Kurfrst had sent to us. A +hypocrite, who does not drink wine and crosses himself at the sight of a +pheasant!" + +"There was an ill-omened look about the man." + +"He looked something like the Trojan horse, and Beelzebub only knows +what he has in his belly." + + * * * * * + +When Luther came into his lonely cell, he wept with a young man's +boundless grief when reality contradicts his expectations, and he finds +that all which he has learnt to prize is only contemptible and common. + +He was not, however, allowed to be alone long, for there was a knock at +the door, and there entered a young Augustinian monk, who seemed, with a +confidential air, to invite his acquaintance. + +"Brother Martin, you must not be solitary, but open your heart to +sympathetic friends." + +He took Martin's hands. "Tell me," he said, "what troubles you, and I +will answer you." + +Luther looked at the young monk, and saw that he was a swarthy Italian +with glowing eyes. But he had been so long alone that he felt the +necessity of speech. + +"What do you think," he said, "our Lord Christ would say if he now arose +and came into the Holy City?" + +"He would rejoice that His churches, His three hundred and sixty-five +churches, are built on the foundations of the heathen temples. You know +that since Charles the Great dragged the great marble pillars to Aachen +in order to build his cathedral, our Popes have also gone to work, and +the heathen and their houses have been literally laid at the feet +of Christ. That is grand and something to rejoice at! _Ecclesia +Triumphans!_ Would not Christ rejoice at it? How well Innocent III has +expressed the 'Idea' of the conquering Church, as Plato would call +it. You know Plato--the Pope has just paid five thousand ducats for a +manuscript of the _Timoeus_. Pope Innocent says: 'St Peter's successors +have received from God the commission not only to rule the Church but +the whole world. As God has set two great lights in the sky, he has +also set up two great powers on earth, the Papacy, which is the higher +because the care of souls is committed to it, and the Royal power which +is the lower, and to which only the charge of the bodies of men is +committed.' If you have any objection to make to that, brother, speak it +out." + +"No, not against that, but against everything which I have seen and +heard." + +"For example? Do you mean eating and drinking?" + +"Yes, that also." + +"How petty-minded you are! I speak of the highest things, and you talk +about eating and drinking. Fie! Martin! you are a meat-rejector and +a wine-eschewing Turk! But I accept your challenge. Our Lord Christ +allowed His disciples to pluck ears of corn on the Sabbath; that was +against the law of Moses, and was disapproved of by the Pharisees.... +You are a Pharisee. But now I will also remind you of what Paul writes +to the Romans--the Romans among whom we count ourselves; perhaps as a +German subject, you have not the right to do that. Well, Paul writes: +'You look on the outside.'" + +"Pardon me, that is the Epistle to the Corinthians." + +"Oh, you look on the outside too. But Paul says further, 'All things are +lawful to me, but all things are not profitable. All that is sold in +the market-place, that eat and ask nothing for conscience' sake; for the +earth is the Lord's and the fulness thereof.' Those are clear words, +and a Frenchman would call them liberal-minded. But you come here like +a Pharisee, and wish to rebuke your superiors for trifles; and the +ordinances of men are more to you than God's command. Fie! Martin! +Remember your own words: 'We should obey God rather than men!' You +conceited slave of the letter, you should read Paul." + +Luther was not yet so familiar with the Holy Scriptures as he afterwards +became, for in the convent he had chiefly studied the Corpus Juris, +Aristotle, Virgil, and the comedies of Plautus, and was somewhat +depressed after his severe inward conflicts. Therefore he gave no +answer, but chafed internally. + +"Have you any other question for me?" began the Augustinian again, with +an affected air of sympathy which irritated Luther still more. "I can +understand that our national customs have annoyed you as a--foreigner. +Every country has its own customs, and we keep our Roman Carnival by +making ridicule of the dead gods of the old heathen, if one can call +them gods! I believe you do the same in Germany, though in a coarser +way. You must put up with that. As regards the 'Festival of the Ass,' +that had originally a beautiful significance, since the poor animal +was honoured with the task of carrying our Saviour and His mother into +Egypt. But, as you know, the common people drag everything that is great +and beautiful into the dust. Can we help it? Can I do you any service? +Do you want anything?" + +"Nothing; but I thank you!" Luther was again alone, and the fiends of +doubt were again let loose upon him. The man was certainly right +from his own point of view, and he had strengthened his assertions +by arguments and by citations from Paul. But his point of view was +false;--that was the matter. How, then, was one to alter one's point of +view? That was only the effect of faith through grace, and therefore not +the work of man. + +Then his introspective mind, which had been trained in the Aristotelian +dialectic, began to examine his opponent's point of view. A merciful +loving Heavenly Father might very well smile at the follies and +weaknesses of His human children; why, then, should we not be able to do +the same? Why should we be stricter than He? As long as we live in the +flesh, we must think according to the flesh, but that does not prevent +the spirit obtaining its due rights. + +Did not Paul himself say, "So then we hold that man is justified by +faith without the deeds of the law"? + +Yes, but were these drunken and licentious ecclesiastics really +believers? The Prior had blasphemed the Sacrament, and given the +prelate a dispensation from hearing confession and celebrating mass in +consideration of a fee. That was monstrous, heathenish, and a Satanic +abomination. Certainly, but faith itself was a gift bestowed by grace, +and if these men had not obtained grace they were guiltless. But they +were hardened sinners! Paul again gave the answer to this: "The Lord +receives whom He will, and whom He will He hardeneth." If God had +hardened them, as He hardened Pharaoh's heart, then they were guiltless; +and if so, why should we venture to judge and condemn them. A mill-wheel +seemed to go round in his head, and he blamed Aristotle the heathen, who +had seduced him in his youth, and taught him to split hairs about simple +matters. He felt also that Paul could not help him, since such was his +teaching. Feeling quite crushed, he knelt down again on his praying +stool, and implored God to take him out of this world of lying deceit +and uncertainty. In this world one was surrounded by darkness without +being able to kindle a light; in this life one was driven to battle +without having received weapons. So he prayed and struggled with himself +till the evening. + +Then the Prior came and fetched him. "My son," he said, "my dear +brother, you must not make a paramour of religion; you must not practise +it as a daily task or a bad habit. You must live your life and regard it +as a melody, while religion is a gentle accompaniment to it. Work is for +every day, rest and festival for Sundays. But if you keep your Sabbath +on the week-day you sin.... Come! now I will show you Rome!" + +Martin followed him, but unwillingly. The streets were illuminated, and +the people were amusing themselves with dancing, music, and jugglers' +feats. + +"You must know where we are going," said the Prior. "This Agostino Chigi +is a banker, almost as rich as the House of Fugger in Augsburg, and he +looks after the Pope's business affairs. Moreover, he is a Maecenas, who +patronises the fine arts. His especial protg is Raphael, who has just +painted some beautiful large pictures in his villa, which we will now +see." + +They reached the Tiber, followed the right bank, went over a bridge, and +stood before a garden which was enclosed by marble pillars and a--gilded +iron fence. It was now dark, and the garden was illuminated by lanterns +which hung on the boughs of the orange-trees, and so lit up the ripe +fruits that they gleamed like gold. 'White marble statues stood among +the dark-leaved trees; fountains sent up jets of perfumed spray; among +the shrubberies one saw ladies with their gallants; here a singer was +accompanying himself on the lute; there a poet was reading his verses. + +In the midst of the park stood the villa which resembled that of +Maecenas in the Sabine Hills or Cicero's Tusculum, and was adorned with +statues' of heathen gods. The doors stood open, and there was a sound +of music within. "People are not introduced to the host here," said the +Prior, "for he does not like ceremony; therefore I leave you alone +now, and you must find acquaintances for yourself; surprises are always +pleasant." + +Luther found himself alone, and turned irresolutely to the right, where +he saw a row of illuminated rooms. They were full of guests drinking and +chatting, but no one noticed the poor monk, who could listen undisturbed +to their conversation. In the first room a group had formed round a man +who was distributing specimens of a printed book, the leaves of which +people were eagerly turning. + +"Hylacompus? is that a pseudonym?" asked one of them. + +"He is a--printer called Waldseemller in Saint-Di." + +"_Cosmographies Introductio_--a description of the New World." + +"We shall at last get information about these fables of Columbus." + +"Columbus will not travel any more." + +"Columbus has travelled to--hell! Now it is Amerigo Vespucci's turn." + +"He is a Florentine and a fellow-countrymen." + +"Well, Columbus was a Genoese." + +"Look you! Rome rules the world, the known and the unknown alike! _Urbs +est urbs!_ And nowadays you can meet all the nations of the world at +the house of the Roman Chigi. I have, as a matter of fact, seen Turks, +Mongols, Danes, and Russians here this evening." + +"I should like to see a Turk! I like the Turks especially, because they +have blown that rotten Byzantium to pieces--Byzantium which dared to +call itself the 'Eastern Rome.' Now there is only one Rome!" + +"Do you know that our Holy Father is treating with Sultan Bajazet +regarding help against Venice." + +"Yes, but that is diabolical! We must at any rate act as though we were +Christians." + +"Act--yes; for I am not a Christian, nor are you." + +"If one must have a religion, give me Islam! God is One! That is the +whole of its theology; a prayer-mat is its whole liturgy." + +"You have to have a washing-basin besides." + +"And a harem." + +"Things are certainly in a bad way with our religion. If one reads its +history, it is a history of the decay of Christianity. That has been +continually going on for fifteen hundred years since the days of the +Apostles; soon the process of degeneration must be complete." + +"And if one reads the history of the Papacy, it is the same." + +"No, hush!" said a fat Cardinal, "you must let the papal throne remain +till I have sat in it." + +"After a Borgia, it would suit as well to have a Medici like you, and +especially a son of Lorenzo the Magnificent." + +"Will not the cardinals dance?" asked one, who seemed to be Chigi +himself. + +"Yes, after supper, in the pavilion, and behind closed doors," answered +the Cardinal de Medici, "and after I have hung up the red hat." + +So much was clear to Luther from the foregoing conversation,--that +he had seen and heard the representatives of the highest ranks of the +priesthood, and that the stout man was John de Medici, the candidate for +the papal chair. + +He went quickly through several other rooms where half-intoxicated women +were coquetting with their paramours. At last he came into the great +banqueting hall. There stood groups of ambassadors and pilgrims, +representing all nations of the world. They were looking at the ceiling +and admiring the paintings on it. Luther followed their example, while +he listened to their remarks. + +"This is like looking at the sky; one has to lie on one's back." + +"I know nothing more beautiful than sunrise and the nude." + +"Raphael is indeed a divine painter." + +"What luck that Savonarola is burnt, else he would have burnt these +paintings." + +At the mention of Savonarola's name the monk awoke from the state of +aesthetic intoxication into which the pictures had brought him, and +rushed out into the night. Savonarola, the last of the martyrs, who had +sought to save Christendom and had been burnt! All were burnt who tried +to serve Christ--by way of encouraging them. + +How could one expect people to believe in Christianity? What added to +his trouble of mind was the fact that this painter who had the name +of an angel, and looked like an angel, painted Jupiter and nude women! +Nothing kept what it promised; all was dust and ashes. _Vanitas!_ But +this heathenism which sprang from the earth, what was its object? + +Even the divine Dante had chosen a heathen Roman poet, Virgil, as his +guide through Hell, and a beautiful maiden as his companion on the way +to heaven. That was foolishness and blasphemy. + +The end of the world must be approaching, for Antichrist was come and +ruled in Rome. But an Antichrist had always sat on the Papal throne, +which was itself an evil, for Paul had taught that in Christ's Church we +are all priests and should form a priesthood. + +So he reached his cell again, and recovered himself and his God in +solitude. + + * * * * * + +The next morning he went out in order to see the Church of St. Peter +and the Vatican, which had become the residence of the Popes after their +return from Avignon. Since he did not know his way about the town, he +happened to come into the Forum. There were several bodies of troops +collected for review, and on a great black stallion sat an old man, +armed from top to toe in steel. The troops passed in review before him, +and he seemed to be the commander. + +"He looks like a Rabbi," said a citizen, "and he must be quite five and +sixty now." + +"He seems to me to resemble the prophet Muhammed. And he began as a +tradesman." + +"Yes, and he has bought the papal chair." + +"Well, let it go! But his summoning Charles VIII with the French to +Naples was a betrayal of his country. Now he goes against Venice, and +leads the troops himself." + +"And expects help from the Turks." + +"They ought not to play with the Turks, who are already in Hungary and +mean to get to Vienna." + +"We have forgotten the Crusades, and tolerance is a fine quality." + +"Yes, the last thing they did was to undertake a crusade against the +Christian Albigenses, while they tried to conciliate the Muhammedans in +Sicily." + +"The world is a madhouse." + +This, then, was Pope Julius II, who had overcome the monster Alexander +VI, and now led his army against Venice, His kingdom was quite obviously +of this world, and Luther lost all desire for an audience with him. + +He went now to the Leonine quarter, where the new Church of St. Peter's +was to be built in place of the one which had been pulled down. This, in +its turn, was a successor of Nero's Circus, in which the first Christian +martyrs had suffered. He found the site enclosed by a iron fence, but at +the entrance stood two Dominican monks, and a civilian who looked like +a clerk. Between them was a great iron chest, and the monks called aloud +the scale of prices for the forgiveness of sins. All who entered, and +wished to see the building, threw money to the clerk, who counted and +entered it in his book. This functionary had been appointed by Hans +Fugger, who farmed the sale of indulgences. + +Luther also wished to see the building, and without thinking put down +some silver pieces. As a receipt, he received a piece of paper on which +was written the formula of forgiveness for some trifling sins. + +When he had read the paper, he returned it to the clerk, and burst out, +"I don't buy forgiveness of sins, but I gladly pay the entrance fee." + +He entered the site, but now noticed the dark-eyed Augustinian monk +following him. + +"Are you dissatisfied, brother?" said the latter. "Do you think that the +forgiveness of sins is bought? Who ever said so? Don't you know that +the Civil Law exacts fines for certain trespasses? Why should not the +Ecclesiastical Law do the same? Tell me any reason. What nonsense +you talk? What is buying? You pay out money, and by doing so deprive +yourself of certain enjoyments! Instead of buying wine and women, you +give this money to the Church. Good! By doing so, you renounce the sin +with which you would otherwise have polluted yourself." + +"Who taught you such arguments?" + +"We learn in the schools here to think, you see; we read Cicero and +Aristotle." + +"Do you read the Bible also?" + +"Yes, certainly. The Epistle always lies beside the Gospel on the +altar-desk." + +"Do you understand what you read?" + +"Now you are impolite, Martin, but you are also proud, and you must not +be that. Look now at the new church. What we see is only the foundation, +but we can go in the architect's cottage, and see the designs there." + +The designs were hung up in a little pavilion, and another fee was +charged for entrance. + +"Now what does my critical brother say?" + +"That is simply a Roman bath-house," answered Luther after a glance. +"Caracalla's Thermae, I should say." + +"It is a heathen building, then!" + +"Yes, if you like, but everything is heathenish here, although baptized. +The heathen were not so stupid.... I won't see any more." + +"But look at those two great men there, before you go. The tall man with +the patriarchal beard is Michael Angelo, and that slim youth with the +long neck and feminine features is Raphael." + +"Is that Raphael?" + +"Yes; he looks like an angel, but is not so dangerous. He is a very good +man; they talk of getting him married. He does not want to, however, for +his eye is on a cardinal's hat, which they have promised him." + +"Cardinal's hat?" + +"Yes, he is spiritually-minded, although he paints worldly objects." + +"I remember, but I want to forget them." + +"Listen, Martin!" the monk interrupted him, with an insulting air of +familiarity; "when you go away from here, and get home, don't forget +to curb your tongue! Think of what I say: there are eyes and ears which +follow you where you go, and when you least suspect it." + +"If the Lord is with me, what can men do against me?" + +"Are you sure that the Lord is with you? Do you know His ways and His +will?--You only? Can you interpret His meaning when He speaks?" + +"Yes, I can; for I hear his voice in my conscience. Get thee hence, +Satan, or I shall pray that heaven's lightning may smite thee! I came +here as a believing child, but I shall depart as a believing man, for +your questions have only evoked my silent answers which you have not +heard, but which some day you will hear. You have killed Savonarola, but +I am young and strong, and I shall live. Mark that!" + + * * * * * + +Luther did not stay long in Rome, but he took the opportunity of +learning Hebrew, and attended the lectures of the Jew Elia Levi ben +Asher, surnamed Bachur or Elias Levita. + +There he met Cardinal Viterbo, the patron of the Jews, and many other +celebrities, for Oriental languages were then in fashion after the Turks +had established themselves in Constantinople. + +Luther enjoyed the friendship of the old Jew, for Elias was the only +"Christian" whom he found in Rome. It was a pity, to be sure, that he +lived under the Law, and was not acquainted with the Gospel, but he knew +no better. + + + + +THE INSTRUMENT + + +In the year 1483, the same year in which Luther was born, Docter +Coctier sat in his laboratory at Paris, and carried on a philosophical +discussion with a chemical expert who was passing through the city. + +The laboratory was in the same building as his observatory, in the +Marais quarter of the town, a site occupied to-day by the Place +des Vosges. Not far away is the Bastille, the magnificent Htel de +Saint-Pol, and the brilliant Des Tournelles, the residence of the +Kings before the Louvre was built. Here Louis XI had given his private +physician, chancellor, and doctor of all the sciences, Coctier, a house +which lay in a labyrinth-like park called the Garden of Daedalus. +The doctor was speaking, and the expert listened: "Yes, Plato in his +_Timaeus_ calls gold one of the densest and finest substances which +filters through stone. There is a metal derived from gold which is +black, and that is iron. But a substance more akin to gold is copper, +which is composed of shining congealed fluids, and one of whose minor +constituents is green earth. Now I ask, 'Why cannot copper be freed from +this last, and refined to gold?'" + +"Yes," answered the expert, "it can, if one uses atramentum or the +philosopher's stone." + +"What is that?" + +"Atramentum is copperas." + +"Ventre-saint-gris! that is Plato's iron! Now I see! Who taught you +that?" + +"I learnt it from the greatest living magician in Wittenberg. His name +is Dr. Faustus, and he has studied magic in Krakau." + +"He is alive, then! Tell me! Tell me!" + +"This man, according to many witnesses, has done miracles like Christ; +he has undertaken to restore the lost comedies of Plautus and Terence; +his mind can soar on eagle's wings and discover secrets of the heights +and depths." + +"Has he also found the elixir of life?" + +"Yes, since gold can be resolved into its elements." + +"If gold can be resolved, then it has constituents. What are they?" + +"Gold can be easily dissolved in oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and +saltpetre." + +"What do you say?" + +The Doctor jumped up; the stove had heated the room and made him +uncomfortable. + +"Let us go for a little walk," he said; "but I must first make a note +of what you say, for, when I wish to remember something important, the +devil makes confusion in my head. These, then, are means of dissolving +gold--oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and saltpetre!" + +The expert, whose name was Balthasar, now first noticed that he had +given his information without obtaining a receipt or any equivalent +for it, and, since he was not one of the unselfish kind, he threw out a +feeler. + +"How is our gracious King?" + +The question revealed his secret and his wish, and put Doctor Coctier on +his guard. "Ah," he said to himself, "you have your eye on the King with +your elixir of life." And then he added aloud, "He is quite well." + +"Oh! I had heard the opposite!" + +"Then they have lied." + +Then there was silence in the room, and the two men tried to read each +other's thoughts. It was so terribly still that they felt their hatred +germinate, and had already begun a fight to the death. Doctor Coctier's +thoughts ran as follows: "You come with an elixir to lengthen the +life of the monster who is our King; you wish thereby to make your own +fortune and to bring trouble on me; and you know that he who has the +King's life in his hands, has the power." + +Quick as lightning he had taken his resolve, coolly and cruelly, as the +custom of the time was. He resumed the conversation, and said, "Now you +must see my 'Daedalus' or labyrinth. Since the time of the Minotaur, +there has been none like it." + +The labyrinth was a thicket threaded by secret passages, bordered by +hornbeam-hedges, four ells high, and so dense that one did not notice +the thin iron balustrade which ran along them. Artistically contrived +and impenetrable, the labyrinth meandered in every direction. It seemed +to be endlessly long, and was so arranged that its perspectives deceived +the eye. It also contained secret doors and underground passages, and a +visitor soon grew aware that it had not been constructed as a joke, but +in deadly earnest. Only the King and Doctor Coctier possessed the key to +this puzzle. + +When the two men had walked for a good time, admired statues and watched +fountains play, Balthasar wished to sit upon a bench, whether it was +that he was tired or suspected some mischief. + +But the Doctor prevented him: "No, not on _that_ seat," he said. They +continued their walk. But now the Doctor quickened his steps, and, after +a while, his guest felt again weary and confused in his head from the +perpetual turning round. Therefore he threw himself on the first seat +which he saw, and drew a deep breath. + +"You run the life out of me, Doctor," he said. + +"No, you are not so short-lived," answered the Doctor; "I see a long +line of life on your forehead, and the bar between your eyes shows that +you were born under the planet Jupiter. Besides, you possess the elixir +of life, and can prolong your existence as much as you like, can't you?" + +The expert noticed a cruel smile on the Doctor's face, and, feeling +himself in danger, tried to spring up, but the arms of the chair had +closed around him, and he was held fast. The next moment Doctor Coctier +seemed to be seeking for something in the sand with his left foot, and, +when he had found it, he pressed with all his weight on the invisible +object. + +"Farewell, young man," he said; "loquacious, conceited young man, who +wanted to lord it over Doctor Coctier. Now I will settle the King for +you." + +The seat disappeared in the earth with the expert. It was an +oubliette--a pit with a trap-door, which drew the veil of oblivion over +the man who had vanished. + +When he had finished the affair, the Doctor sought to leave the +labyrinth, but could not find the way at once, for he was deep in +thought, and kept on repeating the formula for the elixir which he had +just learnt, to impress it on his mind, in case the recipe should be +lost--"oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, saltpetre." Suddenly he found +himself in a round space where many paths converged, and to his great +astonishment saw a body lying on the ground. It looked like that of a +large brown watchdog, but limp and lifeless. + +"It is not the first who has been caught in this crab-pot," he thought, +and came nearer. But as the brown mass moved, he saw that it was a man +with torn clothes and a shabby fur cap. + +It was the King--Louis XI in the last year of his life. + +"Sire, in the name of all the saints, what is the matter with you?" +exclaimed the Doctor. + +"Wretch!" answered the King, "why do you construct such traps that one +cannot find the way out of them?" + +Now it was Louis himself who, in his youth, had constructed the maze, +but the Doctor could not venture to tell him so. Therefore he spoke +soothingly. + +"Sire, you are ill. Why do you not remain in Tours? How have you come +here?" + +"I cannot sleep, and I cannot eat. The last few days I have passed in +Vincennes, in Saint-Pol, in the Louvre, but I find peace nowhere. At +last I came here, in order to be safe in the place which only you and I +know; I came yesterday morning, and would have stayed longer, but I was +hungry, and when I wanted to get out, I could not find the way. I have +been here, freezing, last night. Take me away; I am ill; feel my pulse, +and see whether it is not the quartan ague." The Doctor tried to feel +his pulse, but did so with difficulty for it was hardly beating at all; +but he dared not tell the King so. + +"Your pulse is regular and strong, sire; let us get home!" + +"I will eat at your house; you only can prepare food properly; all +the rest spoil it with their everlasting condiments; they spice all +my dishes, and the spices are bad. Jacob, help me to get away from +here--help me. Did you see the star last night? Is there anything new +in the sky? There is certain a comet approaching. I feel it before it +comes." + +"No, sire; no comet is approaching...." + +"Do you answer impertinently? Then you believe I am sick--perhaps +incurably." + +"No, sire, you are healthier than ever; but follow me--I will make you a +bed, and prepare you a meal." + +The King rose and followed the Doctor. The latter, however, wished the +monarch to go before him but the King mistrusted his only last friend, +who certainly did not love him, and would have gladly seen him dead. + +"Beware of the seats, sire," he cried. "Do not go too near to the hedge; +keep in the middle of the path." + +"Your seats themselves should.... Forgive me my sins." He crossed +himself. + +When they came out of the labyrinth, the King fell in a rage at the +recollection of what he had suffered, and, instead of being grateful +towards his rescuer, he burst into abuse: "How could you let me go +astray in your garden, and let me sleep on the bare ground in the open +air? You are an ass." They entered the laboratory, where it was warm, +and the King, who was observant, noticed at once the recipe which the +Doctor had left there. + +"What are you doing behind my back? What recipe have you been writing? +Is it poison or medicine? Oil of vitriol is poison, salts of ammonia are +only for dysentery, saltpetre produces scurvy. For whom have you made +this mixture?" + +"It is for the gardener's cow, which has calved," answered the Doctor, +who certainly did not wish to prolong the tyrant's life. + +The King laid down on a sofa. "Jacob," he said, "you must not go away; I +will not eat, but I will sleep, and you must sit here by me. I have had +to sleep for eight nights. But put out the fire; it hurts my eyes. Don't +let down the blinds; I want to see the sun; otherwise I cannot sleep." + +He seemed to fall asleep, but it was only a momentary nap. Then he grew +wide awake again, and sat up in bed. + +"Why do you keep starlings in your garden, Jacob?" + +"I have no starlings," answered the Doctor impatiently, "but if you have +heard them whistling, sire, they must be there with your permission." + +"Don't you hear them, then?" + +"No! but what are they singing?" + +"Yes, you know! After the shameful treaty of Peronne, when I had to +yield to Charles of Burgundy, the Parisians taught their starlings to +cry 'Peronne!' Do you know what they are saying now?" + +The Doctor lost patience, for he had heard these old stories thousands +of times: "They are not saying 'Guienne,' are they?" he asked. + +There was an ugly reference to fratricide in the question, for the King +was suspected of having murdered his brother, the Duke of Guienne. He +started from the sofa in a pugnacious attitude. "What! You believe in +this fable? But I have never committed murder, though I would certainly +like to murder you...." + +"Better leave it alone!" answered the Doctor cynically; "you know what +the starshave said--eight days after my death, follows yours." + +The King had an attack of cramp, for he believed this fable, which +Coctier had invented to protect his own life. But when he recovered +consciousness, he continued to wander in his talk. + +"They also say that I murdered my father, but that is a lie. He starved +himself to death for fear of being poisoned." + +"Of being poisoned by you! You are a fine fellow! But your hour will +soon come." + +"Hush!... I remember every thing now. My father was a noodle who let +France be overrun by the English, and when the Maid of Orleans saved +him, gave her up to the English. I hate my father who was false to my +mother with Agnes Sorel, and had his legitimate children brought up by +his paramour. When he left the kingdom to itself, I and the nobles +took it in hand. That you call 'revolt,' but I have never stirred up a +revolt! That is a lie." + +"Listen!" the Doctor broke in; "if you wish to confess, send for your +father confessor." + +"I am not confessing to you; I am defending myself." + +"Who is accusing you, then? Your own bad conscience." + +"I have no bad conscience, but I am accused unjustly." + +"Who is accusing you? The starling?" + +"My wife and children accuse me, and don't wish to see me." + +"No; if you have sent them to Amboise, they cannot see you, and, as a +matter of fact, they do not wish to." + +"To think that I, the son of King Charles VII, must hear this sort +of thing from a quack doctor! I have always liked people of low rank; +Olivier the barber was my friend." + +"And the executioner Tristan was your godfather." + +"He was provost-marshal, you dog!" + +"The tailor became a herald." + +"And the quack doctor a chancellor! Put that to my account and praise +me, ingrate! for having protected you from the nobles, and for only +having regard to merit." + +"That is certainly a redeeming feature." + +Just then a man appeared in the doorway with his cap in his hand. + +"Who is there?" cried the King. "Is it a murderer?" + +"No, it is only the gardener," the man answered. + +"Ha! ha! gardener!--your cow has calved, hasn't she?" + +"I possess no cow, sire, nor have I ever had one." + +The King was beside himself, and flew at Coctier's throat. + +"You have lied to me, scoundrel; it is not medicine you were preparing, +but poison." + +The gardener disappeared. "If I wished to do what I should," said +Coctier, "I would treat you like Charles the Bold did when you cheated +him." + +"What did he do? What do people say that he did?" + +"People say that he beat you with a stick." + +The King was ashamed, went to bed again, and hid his face in the +pillow. The Doctor considered this a favourable moment for preferring a +long-denied request. + +"Will you now liberate the Milanese?" he asked. + +"No." + +"But he cannot sit any more in his iron cage!" + +"Then let him stand!" + +"Don't you know that when one has to die, one good deed atones for a +thousand crimes?" + +"I will not die!" + +"Yes, sire, you will die soon." + +"After you!" + +"No, before me." + +"That is also a lie of yours." + +"All have lied to you, liar. And your four thousand victims whom you +have had executed...." + +"They were not victims; they were criminals." + +"Those four thousand slaughtered will witness it the judgment seat +against you." + +"Lengthen my life; then I will reform myself." + +"Liberate the Milanese." + +"Never!" + +"Then go to perdition--and quickly. Your pulse is so feeble that your +hours are numbered." + +The King jumped up, fell on his knees before the physician, and prayed, +"Lengthen my life." + +"No! I should like to abbreviate it, were you not the anointed of the +Lord. You ought to have rat-poison." + +"Mercy! I confess that I have acted from bad motives; that I have only +thought of myself; that I have never loved the people, but used them +in order to put down the nobles; I grant that I made agreements and +treaties with the deliberate purpose of breaking them; that I ... Yes, +I am a poor sinful man, and my name will be forgotten; all that I have +done will be obliterated...." + +A stranger now appeared in the open door. It was a young man in the garb +of the Minorites. + +"Murderer!" screamed the King, and sprang up. + +"No," answered the monk, "I am he whom you called Vincent of Paula." + +"My deliverer! say a word--a single word of comfort." + +"Sire," answered Vincent, "I have heard your confession, and will give +you absolution in virtue of my office." + +"Speak." + +"Very well. Your motives were not pure, as you yourself confess, but +your work will not perish, for He who guides the destinies of men and +nations uses all and each for His purposes. Not long ago it was a pure +virgin who saved France; now it is not quite so blameless a man. But +your work, sire, was in its result of greater importance than that +of the Maid, for you have completed what the Roman Caesar began. The +hundred-year war with England is over, the Armagnacs and Burgundians +quarrel no more, the Jacquerie war has ceased, and the peasants have +returned to their ploughs. You have united eleven provinces, France has +become one land, one people, and will now take the place of Rome, which +will disappear and be forgotten for centuries, perhaps some day to rise +again. France will guide the destinies of Europe, and be great among the +crowned heads, so long as it does not aim at empire like the Rome of the +Caesars, for then it will be all over with it. Thank God that you have +been able to be of service, though in ignorance of the will and purposes +of your Lord, when you thought you were only going your own way!" + +"Montjoie Saint Denis!" exclaimed the King. "Lord, now lettest Thou Thy +servant depart in peace." + +"But not here," broke in the Doctor, who was tired of the whole +business. "Travel back to Tours, take the priest with you, and leave me +in peace!" + +The King returned to Plessis-les-Tours, where he ended his days after +severe sufferings. He did not obtain peace, but he did obtain death. + +"Now the rod is thrown into the fire," said Doctor Coctier, "let +it burn; the children have grown up, and can look after themselves. +Executioners also have their uses, as Tristan L'Ermite and his master +Louis XI know. Peace be with them." + + + + +OLD MERRY ENGLAND + + +Cardinal Wolsey's oared galley pushed off from the Tower Bridge, below +the iron gateway. It gleamed with red and gold; flags and sails flapped +lazily in a gentle breeze. The Cardinal sat on the stern-deck surrounded +by his little court; most of his attendants he had left at home in +York Palace, later known as Whitehall. His face was red both from the +reflection of his red dress as from the wine which he had been drinking +at noon with King Henry VIII in the Tower, and also from the new French +sickness, which was very fashionable, as everything French was. + +He was in a cheerful mood, for he had just received fresh proofs of the +King's favour. + +At his side stood the King's secretary, Thomas Cromwell. Both were +parvenus. Wolsey was the son of a butcher, Cromwell the son of a smith, +and that was probably one of the causes of their friendship, although +the Cardinal was by twenty years the elder of the two. + +"This is a happy day," said Wolsey joyfully, and cast a glance up at the +Tower, which was still a royal residence, though it was soon to cease to +be one. "I have obtained the head of Buckingham, that fool who believed +he had a right of succession to the crown." + +"Who has the right of succession," asked Cromwell, "since there is no +male heir, and none is expected?" + +"I will soon see to that! Katherine of Aragon is weak and old, but the +King is young and strong." + +"Remember Buckingham," said Cromwell; "it is dangerous to meddle with +the succession to the throne." + +"Nonsense! I have guided England's destiny hitherto, and will guide it +further." + +Cromwell saw that it was time to change the topic. + +"It is a good thing that the King is leaving the Tower. It must +be depressing for him to have only a wall between himself and the +prisoners, and to see the scaffold from his windows." + +"Don't talk against our Tower! It is a Biblia Pauperum, an illustrated +English History comprising the Romans, King Alfred, William the +Conqueror, and the Wars of the Roses. I was fourteen years old when +England found its completion at the battle of Bosworth, and the thirty +years' War of the Roses came to an end with the marriage between York +and Lancaster...." + +"My father used to talk of the hundred years' war with France, which +ended in the same year in which Constantinople was taken by the +Turks--_i.e._ 1453." + +"Yes, all countries are baptized in blood; that is the sacrament of +circumcision, and see what fertility follows this manuring with blood! +You don't know that apple-trees bear most fruit after a blood-bath." + +"Yes I do; my father always used to bury offal from butchers' shops at +the root of fruit-trees." + +Here he stopped and coloured, for he had made a slip with his tongue. In +the Cardinal's presence no one dared to speak of slaughter or the +like, for he was hated by the people, and often called "The Butcher." +Cromwell, however, was above suspicion, and the Cardinal did not take +his remark ill, but saved the situation. + +"Moreover," he continued, "my present was well received by the King; +Hampton Court is also a treasure, and has the advantage of being near +Richmond and Windsor, but can naturally not bear comparison with York +Place." + +The galley was rowed up the river, on whose banks stood the most stately +edifices which existed at the time. They passed by customhouses and +warehouses, fishmarkets, and fishers' landing-places; the pinnacles +of the Guildhall or Council House; the Convent of Blackfriars, the old +Church of St. Paul's; the Temple, formerly inhabited by the Templars, +now a court of justice; the Hospital of St. James, subsequently +appropriated by Henry VIII and made a palace. Finally they reached York +Place (Whitehall) by Westminster, where Wolsey, the Cardinal and Papal +Legate, Archbishop of York and Keeper of the Great Seal, dwelt with his +court, comprising about eight hundred persons, including court ladies. + +Then they disembarked after conversing on ordinary topics; for the +Cardinal preferred discussing trifles when he had great schemes in hand, +and that which occupied him especially just now was his candidature for +the papacy. + + * * * * * + +Sir Thomas More, the King's Treasurer and Privy Councillor, sat in his +garden at Chelsea above Westminster. He was correcting proofs, for he +was a great scholar, and wrote on all the controversial questions of the +day, religious and political, though he was essentially a man of peace, +living in this suburb an idyllic life with his family. + +He wore his best attire, although in the house and at work. He also +showed signs of disquietude, looking now and then towards the door, +for at an early hour of the day no one less than the King had sent an +intimation of his intention to pay him a visit. He knew from experience +how dangerous it was to be on intimate terms with the King and to share +his secrets. His sovereign had the bad habit of asking for advice which +he did not follow, and of imparting secrets the knowledge of which often +cost his confidants their heads. The most dangerous thing of all was to +undertake to act as intermediary between Henry and anyone else, for then +one fell between two millstones. + +With a mind prepared for the worst, More tried to quiet himself by +reading his proofs, but his efforts were vain. He rose and began to walk +up and down the garden path, went over in his mind all possible causes +of the King's coming, rehearsed answers to objections, refutations of +arguments, and ways of modifying the King's too strong views without +causing offence. + +Henry was certainly a learned man, who had a respect for knowledge, +but he had a savage nature which he tried to tame with the scourge of +religion, though without success. + +The clank of armour and tramp of horses was now audible, and the +Treasurer hastened, cap in hand, to the garden gate. + +The King had already dismounted from his horse, and hastened towards his +friend, carrying a portfolio in his hand. + +"Thomas," he said without any preface, "take and read! He has answered +me! Who? Luther, of course! He--the man whose mind reeks like carrion, +and whose practices are damnable--has answered my book, _The Babylonish +Captivity_. Take and read what he says, and tell me if you have ever +seen anything like it." + +He gave the Treasurer a printed pamphlet. "And then this devil of a liar +says I have not written my book myself. Take and read it, and give me +your advice." + +More began to read Luther's answer to Henry's attack. He read it to +himself, and often found it hard to remain serious, although the King +kept his eyes fixed on his face in order to read his thoughts. + +Among other things, Luther had written: "It matters nothing to me +whether King Heinz or Kunz, the Devil or Hell itself, has composed this +book. He who lies is a liar--therefore I fear him not. It seems to me +that King Henry has provided an ell or two of coarse stuff for this +mantle, and that the poisonous fellow Leus (Leo X), who wrote against +Erasmus, or someone of his sort, has cut and lined the hood. But I will +help them--please God--by ironing it and attaching bells to it." + +More felt that he must say something or lose his head, so he said: "That +is monstrous! That is quite monstrous!" + +"Go on!" exclaimed Henry. + +After saying that he postponed the discussion of the other six +sacraments, Luther added: "I am busy in translating the Bible into +German, and cannot stir up Heinz's dirt any more." + +The Treasurer was nearly choking with suppressed laughter, but he felt +the sword suspended over his head, and continued: "But I will give the +poisonous liar and blasphemer, King Heinz, once for all, a complete +answer, and stop his mouth.... Therefore he thinks to hang on to the +Pope and play the hypocrite before him.... Therefore they mutually +caress and tickle each other like a pair of mule's ears...." + +"No, sire," More broke off, "I cannot go on; it is high treason to read +it." + +"I will read," said the King, and took the pamphlet from him: + +"'I conquer and defy Papists, Thomists, Henrys, Sophists, and all the +swine of hell!' He calls us swine!" + +"He is a madman who ought to be beaten to death with iron bars or hunted +in a forest with bloodhounds." + +"Yes, he ought! But imagine!--this scoundrel gives himself out for a +prophet and servant of Christ. And he has married a nun. That is incest! +But he has been punished for it. The Kurfrst of Saxony has abandoned +him, and none of his so-called friends went to the wedding...." + +"What is his object? What is his new teaching? Justification through +faith. If one only believes, one may live like a swine!" + +"And his doctrine about the Communion. The Church says the Elements are +changed by consecration, but this materialist says they actually _are_ +Christ's Body and Blood. Then the corn in the field and the grapes in +the vineyard are already Christ's Body and Blood! He is an ass! And the +world is mad." + +"And the consequence,--sin with impunity! Sire, allow me to read some +lines, which I have written as an answer, not to these but to his other +follies--only some lines which I hope to add to." + +"Read! I listen when you speak, for I have learnt to listen, and, +through that, I know something." + +The King sat down astride on a chair, as though he would ride against +his formidable foe. + +"Honourable brother," read More, "father, drinker runaway from the +Augustinian Order, clumsy tipsy reveller of the worldly and spiritual +kingdoms, ignorant teacher of sacred theology." + +"Good, Thomas; he knows no theology!" + +"And this is the way he composed his book against King Henry, the +Defender of Our Faith: he collected his stable-companions, and +commissioned them to collect all manner of abuse and bad language, each +in his own department. One of them among carters and boatmen; another +in baths and gaming-houses; a third in barbers' shops and restaurants; +a fourth in mills and brothels. They wrote down in their note-books +the most daring, dirtiest, and vulgarest expressions which they heard, +brought home all that was coarse and nasty, and emptied it into a +disgusting drain, called Luther's soul." + +"Good! Very good! But what shall we do now?" + +"Burn the rubbish, sire, and make an end of the matter." + +"Yes, I will have his heresies burnt to-morrow at St. Paul's Cross in +the City." + + * * * * * + +In the great library of the Temple sat the King and Cardinal Wolsey, +examining collections of laws and precedents. Outside in the garden the +Queen was walking with some of the court ladies. This garden--really +a large rose-garden--had been preserved as a promenade for the royal +personages who could not sleep in the Tower, because it was haunted, and +did not retain their health in the insignificant Bride-well in the City; +it was also preserved as a place of historical interest, for here the +adherents of Lancaster and York were said to have plucked the red and +white roses as their respective badges. + +Queen Katherine of Aragon, the daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, the +patrons of Christopher Columbus, had now, after twenty years' marriage +with Henry VIII, reached a certain age. She had borne him several sons, +but all had died: only one, a daughter, lived, known later on as Queen, +under the title "Bloody Mary." Katherine had aged early, and sought +comfort in religion; she used to rise at night and attend mass in the +garb of a Franciscan nun. She knew of the King's unfaithfulness, but +accepted it quietly; she had heard the name of Elizabeth Blunt, but +ignored it. + +Now she sat on a seat, and watched her young attendants playing, while +she turned over the pages of her prayer book. One pair especially her +eyes followed with pleasure--the uncommonly beautiful Anna of Norfolk +and young Henry Algernon Percy of Northumberland, Hotspur's descendant. +The pair were playing with roses; the youth had an armful of white and +the girl an armful of red roses, which they threw at each other, singing +as they lid so. + +It was a beautiful sight, but the Queen became sad: "Don't play like +that, children," she said; "it awakens memories which ought to sleep in +the Tower, where Only the dead can sleep quietly. Besides, the King, and +consequently the Cardinal, will be vexed; they sit there in the library. +Play something else!" + +The two young people seemed not to understand. Accordingly the Queen +continued: "The Wars of the Roses, children, did not end altogether at +Bosworth but--in the Tower happened much that is best forgotten. Take a +book and read something." + +"We have been reading all the morning," answered Anne surnamed Boleyn or +Bullen. + +"What are you reading then? + +"Chaucer." + +"_The Canterbury Tales_? Those are not for children: Chaucer was a +jester. You had better take my book. It has beautiful pictures." The +young Percy took the little breviary, and, going down the path as though +they sought the shade, they both quietly disappeared from the Queen's +eyes. + +But from the library four eyes had followed them, those of the King and +the Cardinal, while they turned over the folios. + +The King was uneasy, and spoke more for the sake of speaking than +because he had something to say, and so did the Cardinal. + +"You ought to aim at the Papacy, Cardinal, as Hadrian's successor." + +"Yes, so they say." + +"What about the votes?" + +"They are controlled by the Emperor Charles V and King Francis I." + +"How can one bring such a discordant pair into harmony?" + +"That is just what requires diplomatic skill, sire." + +"You cannot stand on good terms with both." + +"Who knows? The Emperor has taken Rome, and placed the Pope in the +Castle of St. Angelo ... that was a droll stroke! Then the soldiers in +jest, under the windows of the Castle, called out for Martin Luther as +Pope." + +"Name not his cursed name," growled the King, but more in anger at what +he saw in the rose-garden than at the mention of Luther. + +The Cardinal understood him. "I do not like a union between +Northumberland and Norfolk," he said. + +"What do you say?" asked the King. He was angry that Wolsey had read his +thoughts, but did not wish to betray himself. + +"Anne is really too good for a Percy, and I find it improper of the +Queen to act as a match-maker, and let them go alone in the shrubbery. +No, that must have an end!" + +"Sire, it is already at an end; I have written to Anne's father to call +her home to Hever." + +"You did well in that, by heaven! Two such families, who both aim at the +succession, ought not to unite." + +"Who is there that does _not_ aim at the throne? Just now it was +Buckingham, now it is Northumberland, and only because there is no +proper heir. Sire, you must consider the country, and your people, and +name a successor." + +"No! I will not have anyone waiting for my decease." + +"Then we shall have the Wars of the Roses again, which cost England a +million men and eighty of our noblest families." + +The King smiled. "Our noblest!" Then he rose and stepped to the window: +"I must now accompany the Queen home," he said. "She has gone to sleep +outside, and this damp is not good for her in her weak condition." + +"At her Majesty's age one must be very careful," replied the Cardinal. +He emphasized the word _age_, for Katherine was forty, and gave no more +hopes of an heir to the throne. Her daughter Mary might certainly be +married, but one did not know to whom. + +"Sire," he continued, "do not be angry, but I have just now opened the +Holy Scripture.... It may be an accident--will you listen?" + +"Speak." + +"In the third Book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters, I +read the following--but you will not be angry with your servant?" + +"Read." + +"These are the Lord's solemn words: 'If any man take his brother's wife, +it is evil; they shall be childless.'" + +The King was excited, and approached the Cardinal. + +"Is that there? Yes, truly! God has punished me by taking my sons one +after the other. What a wonderful book, in which everything is written! +That is the reason then! But what says Thomas Aquinas, the 'Angel' of +the Schoolmen?" + +"Yes, sire, if you wish the matter elucidated, we must consult the +learned." + +"Let us do so,--but quietly and cautiously. The Queen is blameless, and +nothing evil must happen to her. Quietly and cautiously, Wolsey! But I +must know the truth." + + * * * * * + +In a room near the "Bloody Tower," the Cardinal and More were carrying +on a lively conversation. + +"What is happening now in Germany?" asked the Cardinal. + +"While Luther was in the Wartburg, his pupil Karlstadt came to +Wittenberg, and turned everything upside down. Citing the prohibition +of images in the Old Testament, he stirred up students and the rabble to +attack the churches and throw all sacred objects outside." + +"That's the result of the Bible! To give it into the hands of the +unlearned means letting hell loose." + +"Then...." + +"What did Luther say to that?" + +"He hurried down from the Wartburg and denounced Karlstadt and his +followers, but I cannot say that he confuted them. A councillor quoted +the book of Moses, 'Thou shalt not make to thee any image nor likeness.' +And a shoemaker answered, 'I have often taken off my hat before images +in a room or in the street; but that is idolatry, and robs God of the +glory which belongs to Him alone.'" + +"What did Luther say?" + +"That then, on account of occasional misuse, one must kill all the +women, and pour all the wine into the streets." + +"That was a stupid saying; but that is the result of disputing with +shoemakers. Besides, it is degrading to compare women to wine! He is a +coarse fellow who sets his wife on the same level with a beer-barrel." + +"Logic is not his strong point, and his comparisons halt on crutches. In +his answer to the Pope's excommunication, he writes, among other things: +'If a hay-cart must move out of the way of a drunken man, how much more +must Peter and Jesus Christ keep out of the way of the Pope?'" + +"That is a pretty simile! Let us return to James Bainham." + +"But let me tell you a little more about the fanatics in Germany. +Besides Karlstadt and his followers, other enthusiasts, quoting the +Bible and Luther, have had themselves rebaptized; their leader has taken +ten wives, supporting his action by the example of David, Solomon, and +even Abraham." + +"The Bible again!--Call in Bainham, and then we will hear how the matter +stands! He was a lawyer in the Temple, you say, and has been spreading +Luther's teaching. Have we not had enough of Wycliffe and the +Lollards? Must we have the same thing again, grunted out by this German +plagiariser?" + +"I am not an intolerant man," said More, "but a State must be +homogeneous, or it will fall to pieces. Ignoramuses and lunatics must +not come forward and sniff at the State religion, be it better or +worse." + +"Let Bainham come, and we will hear him." + +More went to a door which was guarded on the outside by soldiers, and +gave an order. + +"You examine him, and I will listen," said the Cardinal. + +After a time Bainham was brought into the room in chains. + +More sat at the end of a table, and commenced. + +"James Bainham, can you declare your belief in a few words?" + +"I believe in God's Word--_i.e._ the whole of Holy Scripture." + +"Do you really--in the Old as well as the New Testament?" + +"In both." + +"In the Old also?" + +"In both." + +"Very well, then, you believe in the Old Testament. Now, you have had +yourself baptized again, for the Bible says, 'Go, and teach all nations +and baptize them.' Good. But have you had yourself circumcised, as the +Bible commands?" + +Bainham looked confounded, and the Cardinal had to turn his head, in +order not to smile. + +"I am not an Israelite," answered Bainham. + +"No! but Nathanael, who sought our Saviour and believed on him, was +called by John 'an Israelite indeed.' If you are not an 'Israelite +indeed,' you are not a Christian." + +"I cannot answer that." + +"No, you cannot answer, but you can preach and talk rubbish. Are you a +Lutheran?" + +"Yes." + +"But Luther is against the Anabaptists; therefore he is against you, and +he has asked the princes to kill the Anabaptists like wild dogs. Are you +still a Lutheran?" + +"Yes, according to his early teaching." + +"You mean justification by faith. What do you believe?" + +"I believe in God the Father...." + +"Who is the Father? In Luther's catechism it is written, 'Thou shalt +have none other Gods but me.' But that is the Law of Moses, and it is +Jehovah who is intended there. If you believe in Jehovah, then you are a +Jew, are you not?" + +"I believe also on Christ the Son of God." + +"Then you are a Jew-Christian! So you have admitted that you are a +Lutheran, Anabaptist, Jew, and Christian--all this together. You are a +fool, and you don't know what you are. But that may be passed over, if +you do not seduce others." + +"Give him a flogging," said the Cardinal, who did not like the turn the +conversation had taken, especially the challenging of the Bible, which +just now he wished to use for his own purposes. + +"He has already had that," answered More, "but besides his doctrine, +this conceited man, who wants to make himself popular, belongs to a +society which circulates a bad translation of the Bible." "You see +yourself," he continued, turning to Bainham, "what Bible reading leads +to, and I demand that you give up the names of your fellow-criminals." + +"That I will never do! The just shall live by his faith." + +"Will you call yourself just, when there is no one just? Read the Book +of Job, and you will see. And your belief is really too eccentric to be +counted to you for righteousness." + +"Send him down in the cellar to Master Mats! Must one listen to such +nonsense! Away with him!" + +More pointed to the door, and Bainham went out. + +"Yes," said Wolsey, "what is there in front of us? Schisms, +sectarianism, struggles. If we only had an heir to the throne." + +"We cannot get the King divorced." + +"You yourself have spoken the word. There is no need for divorce, +because his marriage is null." + +"Is it? How do you prove that?" + +"From the third book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters: +'If any one taketh his brother's wife, it is evil.'" + +"Yes, but in the fifth book of Moses, five and twentieth chapter, fifth +verse, it is commanded." + +"What, in Christ's name, are you saying?" + +"Certainly it is: 'If brothers dwell together, and one die without +children, his brother shall take his wife and raise up seed to his +brother." + +"Damnation! This cursed book." + +"Moreover: Abraham married his half-sister; Jacob married two sisters: +Moses' father married his aunt." + +"That is the Bible, is it? Thank you! Then I prefer the Decretals and +the Councils. The Pope must dissolve the marriage." + +"Is it then to be dissolved?" + +"Didn't you know? Yes, it is. If Julius II could grant a dispensation, +Clement VII can grant an absolution." + +"It is not just towards the Queen." + +"The country demands it--the kingdom--the nation! The King's +conscience...." + +"Oh! is it the fair Anne?" + +"No, not she!" + +"Is it...." + +"Don't ask any more." + +"Then I answer, Margaret of Valois." + +"I give no answer at all, but I am not responsible for your life, if you +talk out of season! The Bible won't help you there." + +"It would be a useful reform, if we could cancel the Old Testament as a +Jewish book." + +"But we cannot cancel the Psalms of David, which are our only Church +canticles. Luther himself has taken his hymns from the Psalter, and 'Ein +feste Burg ist unser Gott' from the Proverbs of Solomon; he has borrowed +the melody from the Graduale Romanum." + +"But we must relegate the law of Moses to the Apocrypha, otherwise +we are Pharisees and Jewish Christians. What have we to do with +circumcision, the paschal lamb, and levitical marriage? Wait till I am +Pope." + +"Must we really wait so long?" + +"Hush! The noon-bell is ringing. Do not let us neglect our duties. +The flesh must have its due, in order not to burn. Come with me to +Westminster; then you can go on to Chelsea afterwards." + + * * * * * + +Henry VIII was twelve years old when he was engaged to the widow of his +brother Arthur. At fourteen he protested against the marriage, which was +distasteful to him, but at eighteen he married Katherine, the aunt of +the Emperor Charles V. Cardinal Wolsey would have gladly brought about +a divorce, for he wished for a successor to the throne in order to keep +the power in his own hands. This power he had misused to such an extent +that the fact that there was such a thing as Parliament had almost +been forgotten. Wolsey wished to have the King married to a powerful +princess, and thought for a time of Margaret of Valois, but under +no circumstances did he wish to take a wife for him from the English +nobility. But when he aroused the King's conscience with regard to his +marriage with Katherine, he had let loose a storm which he could not +control, much less guide in the desired direction, for the King's +passion for Anne Boleyn was now irresistible. + +Then the Cardinal had recourse to plotting, and this brought about his +downfall. For six years negotiations went on, and the King was true to +Anne. He wrote letters which can still be read and which display a great +and honourable love. Most of them were signed "Henry Tudor, Rex, your +true and constant servant," and began "My mistress and friend." Anne +answered coldly, but her love to Percy was nipt in the bud by a marriage +being arranged for him. After all the learned authorities had been +consulted, and much controversy had taken place regarding the third +and the fifth books of Moses, the Pope sent a Nuncio with secret +instructions to get rid of the whole matter by postponing it. But Henry +did not yield, though his feelings for Katherine, whom he respected, +cost him a terrible struggle. The trial began in the chapter-house of +Blackfriars in the presence of the King and Queen. But Katherine stood +up, threw herself at the King's feet, and found words which touched the +tyrant. She challenged the right of the court to try her, appealed to +the Pope, and returned to Bridewell. It is there that we find her in +Shakespeare's _Henry VIII_, singing sorrowfully a beautiful song: + + "Orpheus with his lute made trees + And the mountain tops that freeze + Bow themselves when he did sing." + +The divorce proceedings had gone on for some years; people had sided +alternately with the King and with the Queen, and often sympathised with +both, when suddenly rumour announced the outbreak of a pestilence. + +It was not the Black Death or the boil-pest, but the English +"sweating-sickness." This hitherto unknown disease had first broken +out in the same year when the wars of the Roses ended on the field of +Bosworth; but it was entirely confined to England, passing neither to +Scotland nor Ireland. It was so mysteriously connected with English +blood, that in Calais only Englishmen and no Frenchmen were attacked by +it. Since then the sickness had twice appeared among the English. Now it +returned and broke out in London. + +The King, who had said that "no one but God could separate him from +Anne," was alarmed, and did not know what to think--whether it was a +warning or a trial. The symptoms of the sickness were perspiration and a +desire to sleep; but if one yielded to the desire, one might be dead +in three hours. In London the citizens died like flies: Sir Thomas More +lost a daughter; the Cardinal, who had come to preside at Hampton Court, +had his horses put to the carriage again, and hurried away. Finally +one of Anne's ladies-in-waiting was attacked. Then the King lost all +presence of mind, sent Anne home to her father, and fled himself from +place to place, from Waltham to Hunsdon. He reconciled himself to +Katherine, lived in a tower without a servant, prepared his will, and +was ready for death. + +Then there came the news that Anne herself had been seized by the +sickness. The King had lost his chamberlain, and now wrote letter after +letter. Then he fled again to Hatfield and Tittenhanger. + +But Anne recovered, the pestilence ceased, and Henry resumed the divorce +proceedings. The Cardinal and the Nuncio wavered, and in the seventh +year the King lost patience. He had now found the man he sought for. Sir +Thomas More would not declare Katherine's marriage null. The new man was +Thomas Cranmer, who hated the Pope and the monks, and dreamt of a free +England--free, that is, from Rome. The King and his new friend worked in +secret at something which Cardinal Wolsey did not know, and one day +the preliminaries were settled, the papers were in order, and the mine +exploded. + + * * * * * + +The King's galley pushed off from the Tower. It did not look so +brilliant as the Cardinal's had once been. Cranmer sat by the King. + +"I shall not sleep in the Tower any more," said the King. "I am leaving +it now, Thomas; this is my removal. I move to Whitehall, for that will +be the name of York Palace; because I, as a Lancastrian, hate York, and +because my white rose shall dwell in my castle. Now, _you_ will sit +in the Tower, my hell-dog! To think that this Satan of a Cardinal has +deceived me for six years. What troubles his plotting has caused me! +Six years! I have always hated the man, but I needed him, for he was +clever." + +The King glanced at the north side of the Thames. "And I have lived in +the city which has not been my own; Rome possesses a third of it. I have +lived like a beggar, but now--London is mine. The Temple, St. James's, +Whitehall, Westminster to begin with; then the rest." + +The galley reached York Palace, and the King hastened in with his +body-guard, without giving the password or answering the chamberlain's +questions. He went straight to the Cardinal's room, and laid some +letters before him: "Read! you snake! your lying letters behind my +back." + +The Cardinal's face seemed to shrink to half its size, and resembled +a death's-head. He did not, however, fall on his knees, but raised his +head for the last time: "I appeal to the Pope." + +"There is no Pope in England! Nay, I am the Pope, and therefore you are +no longer Cardinal! Accordingly, I have granted myself a dispensation, +and married Anne Boleyn yesterday! In a few days I shall have her +crowned. And then we will dwell here! _Here!_ But you will live in the +Tower. Go, or I throw you out." + +Thus England became free; a third part of London, which had belonged +to the monks, reverted to the Crown, and afterwards the whole country +followed. + +The King had obtained his beloved Anne, but after three years she was +beheaded, for having dishonoured the King by adultery. After that the +King married four times. Cardinal Wolsey died before he came to the +scaffold; Sir Thomas More was beheaded; and Cromwell, who at first +defended Wolsey, but afterwards became a "_malleus monachorum_," was +also beheaded. All this seems very confused and tragic, but from this +confusion a free, independent, and powerful England emerged. When the +Germans were preparing to cast off the yoke of Rome in the Thirty Years' +War, England had already completed her task. + + + + +THE WHITE MOUNTAIN + + +While the peace negotiations were being carried on in Osnabrck and +Mnster, the Thirty Years' War still flamed up here and there, more +perhaps to keep the troops in practice, to provide support for the +soldiers, and to have booty at command, than to defend any faith or the +adherents of it. + +All talk of religion had ceased, and the powers now played with +their cards exposed. Protestant Saxony, the first State to support +Lutheranism, worked in conjunction with Catholic Austria, and Catholic +France with Protestant Sweden. In the battle of Wolfenbttel, 1641, +French Catholics fought against German Catholics, the latter of whom, +however, later on carried the body of Johan Baner in their ranks. + +The Swedish Generals thought little of peace, but when the negotiations +dragged on to the seventh year, they thought the time had come to have +some regard to it. "He who takes something, has something," Wrangel +wrote to his son. + +Hans Christoph von Knigsmarck, who continued Johan Baner's traditions, +had lately been with him at Zusmarshausen, and was now sent eastward +in the direction of Bohemia. Since, besides cavalry, he had only five +hundred foot-soldiers, he did not know what to do, but wandered about +at random, and looked for booty. But nothing was to be found, for Johan +Baner had already laid the district waste. + +"Then they marched farther," like Xenophon, and found the woods which +bordered the highways' cut down; the fields were covered with weeds, and +in the trees hung corpses; the churches had been burnt, but watch was +kept in the churchyards in order that the corpses should not be eaten. + +One night Knigsmarck himself was leading a small detachment in search +of provisions. They rode into a wood where they saw a light burning. +But it was only a red glow as if from a charcoal pile or a smithy. They +dismounted from their horses, and stole on foot to the place. When they +reached it, they heard voices singing a "Miserere" in low tones, and +they saw men, women, and children sitting round an oven, the last +remains of a village. + +Knigsmark went forward alone, and, hidden behind a young fir-tree, he +beheld a spectacle.... He had seen such sights before, but not under +such circumstances. In an iron scoop on the oven some game was being +roasted; it might have been an enormous hare, but was not. Like a hare, +it was very spindle-shanked and lean over back and breast; only the +hinder-parts seemed well developed; the head was placed, between the two +fore-paws.... No! they were not fore-paws, but two five-fingered hands, +and round the neck a charred rope was knotted. It was a man who had been +hung, and whom they had cut down in order to eat him. + +The General was not squeamish by nature, and had in his life passed +through many experiences, but this went beyond all bounds. He was at +first angry, and wished to interrupt the cannibals' meal, but when he +saw the little children sitting on their mothers' knees with tufts of +grass in their mouths, he was seized with compassion. The cannibals +themselves looked like corpses or madmen, and the eyes and expectations +of all were fastened on the oven. At the same time they sang "Lord, +have mercy," and prayed for pardon for the grievous sin which they were +obliged to commit. "What does it really matter to me?" said the General +to himself; "I only wish I had not seen it." He returned to his men, and +they marched on. + +The wood became thinner, and they came to an open place where was +something resembling a heap of stones, out of which there arose a +single pillar. In the half-twilight which reigned they could not +see distinctly, but on the pillar something seemed to be moving. The +"something" resembled a man, but had only one arm. + +"It is not a man, for he would have two arms," said one of the soldiers. + +"It would be strange, if a man could not have an arm missing." + +"Strange indeed! Perhaps it is a pillar-saint." + +"Give him a charge of powder, and we shall soon see." + +At the rattle of arms which was now heard there, rose a howl so terrible +and multitudinous, that no one thought it came from the pillar-saint. +At the same time the apparent heap of stones moved and became a living +mass. + +"They are wolves! Aim! Fire!" + +A volley was fired, and the wolves fled. Knigsmarck rode through the +smoke, and now saw a one-armed Imperialist standing on the chimney, +which was all that was left of a burnt cottage. "Come down, and let us +look at you," he said. + +The maimed man clambered down with his single arm, showing incredible +agility. "We ought to have him to scale the wall with a storming-party," +said the General to himself. + +Then the examination commenced. + +"Are you alone?" + +"Alone _now_--thanks to your grace, for the wolves have been round me +for six hours." + +"What is your name? Where do you come from? Whither do you wish to go?" + +"My name is Odowalsky; I come from Vienna; and I shall go to hell, if I +don't get help." + +"Will you go with us?" + +"Yes, as sure as I live! With anybody, if only I can live. I have lost +my arm; I was given a house; they burnt it, and threw me out on the +highway--with wife and child, of course!" + +"Listen; do you know the way to Prague?" + +"I can find the way to Prague, to the Hradschin and the Imperial +treasure-house, Wallenstein's palace, the royal castle, Wallenstein's +dancing-hall, and the Loretto Convent. There there is _multum plus +Plurimum_." + +"What is your rank in the army?" + +"First Lieutenant." + +"That is something different. Come with me, and you shall have a horse, +Mr. First Lieutenant, and then let us see what you are good for." + +Odowalsky received a horse, and the General bade him ride beside him. He +talked confidentially with him the whole night till they again rejoined +the main body of the army. + + * * * * * + +Some days later Knigsmarck stood with his little troop on the White +Mountain left of Prague--"Golden Prague," as it was called. It was late +in the evening of the fifteenth of June. He had Odowalsky at his side, +and seemed to be particularly good friends with him. But the troop knew +nothing of the General's designs, and, as they saw that he went towards +Prague, his officers were astounded, for the town was well fortified, +and defended by a strong body of armed citizens. + +"One can at any rate look at the show," Knigsmarck answered to all +objections; "that costs nothing." + +They halted on the White Mountain, without, however, pitching a camp. +They saw nothing of the beautiful town, for it was dark, but they heard +the church and convent bells. + +"This, then, is the White Mountain, where the war broke out just thirty +years ago," said Knigsmarck to Odowalsky. + +"Yes," answered the Austrian. "It was then the Bohemian revolt broke +out, your King Frederick V of the Palatinate was slain here, and there +was great rejoicing at his death." + +"If you forget who you are, forget not who I am." + +"We will not quarrel about something that happened so long ago! But, +as a matter of fact, the revolt was crushed, and the Protestants had +to withdraw. What did they get by their trouble--the poor Bohemians? +Hussites, Taborites, Utraquists sacrificed their lives, but Bohemia is +still Catholic! It was all folly!" + +"Do you belong to the Roman Church, First Lieutenant?" + +"I don't belong to any Church at all; I belong to the army. And now we +will take Prague with a _coup de main_." + +So it fell out. At midnight the foot-soldiers clambered over the wall, +threw the sentinels into the moat, cut down the guards at the gates, and +took that side of the town. + +For three days the part of the city which lay on the left bank of the +Moldau was plundered, and Knigsmarck is said to have sent five waggons +laden with gold and silver to the north-west through Germany, as his +own share of the spoil. Odowalsky received six thousand thalers for his +trouble, and later on was raised to the Swedish House of Peers with the +title of "Von Streitberg." + +But the right bank had not been captured. It was defended by ten +thousand citizens, assisted by students, monks, and Jews. From ancient +times there had been a large Jewish colony in Prague; the Jews were said +to have escaped thither direct from Jerusalem during the last German +crusade, and for that reason the island in the Moldau is still called +Jerusalem. On this occasion the Jews so distinguished themselves that +they received as a token of honour from the Emperor Ferdinand III a +great flag, which can be still seen in their synagogue. Knigsmarck +could not take the Old Town, but had to send for help to Wittenberg. The +latter actually plundered Tabor and Budweis, but Prague, which had been +plundered, did not attract him. Then the Count Palatine Karl Gustav had +to come, and formally besieged the eastern portion of the town. + +Knigsmarck dwelt in the Castle, where he could see the old hall of +the States-General, from the window of which Count Thurn had thrown the +Imperial governors Martiniz and Slavata; the Protestants say that +they fell on a dungheap, but the Catholics maintain that it was an +elder-bush. + +Meanwhile Count Karl Gustav, who was a cousin of Frederick V, had as +little success before Prague as the former. He became ill, and was +sure that he had been poisoned. But he recovered, and was about to be +reinforced by Wrangel, when news arrived that the Peace of Westphalia +had been concluded. + +With that the Thirty Years' War was at an end. Sweden received two +million thalers and some places of importance; these were enfeoffed to +Germany, and in exchange Sweden had three votes in the German Reichstag. + +But Germany's population was only a quarter of what it had been, and, +while it had formerly been one State under the Emperor, it was now +split up into three hundred little States. However, the liberty of +faith affirmed in the Confession of Augsburg, 1555, was recovered, and +extended to the reformed districts. It was dearly bought, but with it +North Germany had also obtained freedom from Rome, and that could not be +too dearly purchased. + +Out of chaos comes creation and new creation. From the Germanic chaos +emerged North Germany, the seed of which was Brandenberg, later on +developing into Prussia, and finally the German Empire, which received +the imperial crown at Versailles, but not from the hands of Rome. + + + + +THE GREAT CZAR + + +On the southern shore of the Gulf of Finland lay the little village +Strelna, halfway between Petersburg and the half-completed Peterhof. +At the end of the village, on the edge of the Strelka stream, stood a +simple country-house under oaks and pines. It was painted green and +red, and the window-shutters were still fastened, for it was only four +o'clock on a summer morning. + +The Gulf of Finland lay smooth under the rays of the rising sun. A Dutch +trading vessel, which had wished to enter the harbour and reach the +Admiralty House, now furled its sails and dropped anchor. It carried a +flag at its main-top which hung down idly. + +Near the red and green country-house stood an ancient lime-tree with +a split trunk; in the cleft a wooden platform with a railing had been +fitted, and a flight of steps led up to this arbour. In this early +morning hour there sat a man in the tree at an unpainted, unsteady +table, writing letters. The table was covered with papers, but there +was still room for a clock without a glass, a compass, a case of drawing +instruments, and a large bell of bronze. + +The man sat in his shirt-sleeves; he wore darned stockings which were +turned down, and large shoes; his head seemed incredibly large, but was +not so in reality; his neck was like that of an ox, and his body that +of a giant; the hand which was now writing was coarse, and stained with +tar; he wrote carelessly, with lines somewhat slanting, but quickly. +The letters were short and to the point, with no introductions and no +conclusions, merely signed "Pe ter," the name divided in two, as though +it had been split by the heavy hand which wrote it. + +There were probably about a million men bearing that name in Russia; but +this Peter was the only one of importance, and everyone recognised the +signature. + +The lime-tree was alive with bees, the little Strelka brook bubbled and +fretted like a tea-kettle, and the sun rose gloriously; its rays fell +between the leaves of the lime-tree, and threw patches of light on the +strange face of one of the strangest and most incomprehensible men who +have ever lived. + +Just now this handsome head, with its short hair, looked like that of a +wild boar; and when the writer licked his goose-quill like a school-boy, +he showed teeth and a tongue like those of a memorial lion. Sometimes +his features were convulsed with pain, as though he were being tortured +or crucified. But then he took a new sheet, and began a new letter; his +pen ran on; his mouth smiled till his eyes disappeared, and the terrible +man looked roguish. Still another sheet, and a little note which was +certainly directed to a lady; now the face changed to that of a satyr, +melted so to speak, into harmonious lines, and finally exploded in a +loud laugh which was simply cynical. + +His morning correspondence was now ended. The Czar had written fifty +letters. He left them unsealed. Kathia, his wife, would collect and +fasten them. + +The giant stretched himself, rose with difficulty, and cast a glance +over the bay. With his spy-glass he saw Petersburg and his fleet, the +Fort of Kronstadt, which had been commenced, and finally discovered the +trading-vessel. "How did that come in without saluting?" he thought, +"and dare to anchor immediately before my house!" + +He rang, and a valet-de-chambre came at once, running from the row +of tents which stood concealed behind the pines-trees, and where both +soldiers and servants lodged. + +"Take five men in a boat," he ordered, "and hail that brig! Can you see +what country it belongs to?" + +"It is Dutch, your Majesty!" + +"Dutch! Bring the captain here, dead or alive. At once! On the spot! But +first my tea!" + +"The household is asleep, most gracious lord." + +"Then wake it up, you ass! Knock at the shutters! Break the door in! +Asleep in broad daylight!" + +He rang again. A second servant appeared. "Tea! and brandy--plenty of +brandy!" + +The servants ran, the household was aroused, and the Czar occupied the +interval by making notes on slate tablets. When he became impatient, he +got down, and knocked at all the shutters with his stick. Then a voice +was heard from within: "Wait a moment." + +"No! that I won't; I am not born to wait. Hurry! or I will set the house +on fire!" + +He went into his gardens, cast a glance at his medicinal plants, +plucked up some weeds, and watered here and there. He went into the +cattle-sheds, and looked at some merino sheep which he himself had +introduced. Here he found a trave which had been broken; he took a +saw and plane, and mended it. He threw some oats in the manger of his +favourite trotting-horse. He drove for the most part, when he did not +go on foot; riding seemed to him unworthy of a seaman, and it was as a +seaman that the Czar chiefly wished to be regarded. Then he went into +the lathe-shop, sat for a while on the turning-bench, and worked. At +the window stood a table with a copper-engraver's tools; with the +graving-tool he drew some lines which were wanting in the map plate. +He was about to proceed to the smithy, when a woman's voice called him +under the lime-tree. + +On the platform stood his wife the Czarina, in her morning dress. She +had massive limbs and large feet; her face was stout and plain, her eyes +were not level, but had a steady expression. + +"How early you are up this morning, Little Father?" she said. + +"Is it early? It is six at any rate!" + +"It is only just five." + +"Five? Then it shall be six." + +He pushed the hand of the clock an hour forward. His wife smiled a +little superciliously, but took care not to irritate him, for she knew +how dangerous it was to do so. Then she gave him his tea. + +"There is some occupation for you," said Peter, pointing to his letters. + +"But how many there are!" + +"If there are too many I can get help." + +The Czarina, did not answer, but began to look through the letters. The +Czar liked that, for then there would be occasion for quarrelling; and +he always wished for a quarrel in order to keep his energies active. + +"Pardon me, Peter," said his wife, "but is it right that you should +apply to the Swedish Government about the Dutch ships?" + +"Yes, it is! All that I do is right!" + +"I don't understand it. Our Russians fired by mistake at friendly Dutch +vessels, and you demand indemnity from the Swedes because the mischance +occurred in Swedish waters." + +"Yes, according to Roman law, the injury must be made good in the land +where it happened...." + +"Yes, but...." + +"It is all the same anyhow: he who can pay, pays; I cannot, and the +Dutch will not, therefore the Swedes must! Do you understand?" + +"No." + +"The Swedes have incited the Turks against me; they must pay for that." + +"May be! But why do you write so harshly to the Dutch Government since +you like the Dutch?" + +"Why! Because since the Peace of Utrecht, Holland is on the decline. It +is all over with Holland; on to the rubbish-heap with it! I hold on to +England, since France is also declining." + +"Should one abandon one's old friends?..." + +"Certainly, when they are no more good. Moreover, there is no friendship +in love and in politics. Do you think I like this wretched August of +Poland? No! I am sure you don't. But I must go with him through thick +and thin, for my country, for Russia. He who cannot sacrifice his little +humours and passions for his country is a Don Quixote, like Charles the +Twelfth. This fool, with his mad hatred against August and myself, +has worked for Sweden's overthrow and Russia's future. But that this +Christian dog should incite the Turks against us was a crime against +Europe, for Europe needs Russia as a bulwark against Asia. Did not the +Mongol sit for two hundred years on our frontier and threaten us? And +when our ancestors had at last driven him away, there comes a fellow +like this and brings the heathen from Constantinople upon us. The +Mongols were once in Silesia, and would have destroyed Western Europe +if we Russians had not saved it. Charles XII is dead, but I curse his +memory, and I curse everyone who seeks to hinder me in my laudable +endeavour to raise Russia from a Western Asiatic power to an Eastern +European one. I shall beat everyone down, whoever he may be, who +interferes with my work, even though it were my own son." + +There was silence for some moments. The last words referred to the +Delicate topic of Alexis, Peter's son by his first marriage, who was now +a prisoner awaiting his death-sentence in the Peter-Paul Fortress. He +was accused of having endeavoured to hinder his father's work in the +civilisation of Russia, and was suspected of having taken part in plots +of rebellion. The Czar's first divorced wife Eudoxia was confined in the +convent of Suzdal. + +Katharina naturally did not love Alexis, since he stood in the way of +her children, and she would have been glad of his death, but did not +wish to incur the guilt of it. Since Peter also did not wish to take +the responsibility for it, he had appointed a court of a hundred and +twenty-seven persons to try his son. + +The topic therefore was an unwelcome one, and, with his extraordinary +facility for quick changes of thought and feeling, Peter broke the +silence with the prosaic question, "Where is the brandy?" + +"You will get no brandy so early, my boy." + +"Kathrina!" said Peter in a peculiar tone, while his face began to +twitch. + +"Be quiet, Lion!" answered his wife, and stroked his black mane, which +had begun to bristle. She took a bottle and a glass out of a basket. + +The Lion cheered up, swallowed the strong drink, smiled, and stroked his +spouse's expansive bust. + +"Will you see the children?" asked Katherine, in order to bring him into +a milder mood. + +"No, not to-day! Yesterday I beat them, and they would think I was +running after them. Keep them at a distance. Keep them under, or they +will get the better of you!" + +Katherine had taken the last letter, as though absent-mindedly, and +began to read it. Then she coloured, and tore it in two. "You must not +write to actresses. That is too great an honour for them, and can only +disgrace us." + +The Czar smiled, and was not angry. He had not intended to send the +letter, but only scribbled it in order to excite his wife, perhaps also +to show off. + +There was a sound of approaching footsteps underneath. + +"See! there is my friend, the scoundrel!" + +"Hush!" said Katherine, "Menshikoff is your friend." + +"A fine friend! Already once I have condemned him to death as a thief +and deceiver; but he lives still, thanks to your friendship." + +"Hush!" + +Menshikoff (he was a great soldier, an able statesman, an indispensable +favourite, enormously rich) came hurrying up the wooden stairs. It was +in his house that the Czar had found his Katherine. He was handsome, +looked like a Frenchman, dressed well, and had polished manners. He +greeted the Czar ceremoniously, and kissed Katherine's hand. + +"Now they are there again," he commenced. + +"The Strelitzil? [Footnote: a Russian body-guard first established by +Ivan the Terrible.] Have I not rooted them out?" + +"They grow like the dragon's seed, and now they want to deliver Alexis." + +"Have you any more exact information?" + +"The conspirators meet this evening at five o'clock." + +"Where?" + +"Number fourteen the Strandlinje, at an apparently harmless meal." + +"Strand--14," wrote the Czar on his tablets. "Any more?" + +"To-night at two o'clock they fire the city." + +"At two o'clock?" The Czar shook his head, and his face twitched. + +"I build up, and they pull down. But now I will extirpate them root and +branch. What do they say?" + +"They look back to Holy Moscow, and regard the building of Petersburg as +a piece of godlessness or malice. The workmen die, like flies, of marsh +fever, and they regard your Majesty's building in the midst of a marsh +as an act of bravado a la Louis Quatorze, who built Versailles on the +site of a swamp." + +"Asses! My town is to command the mouth of the river, and to be the Key +to the sea, therefore it must be there. The marsh shall be drained off +into canals, which will carry boats like those of Amsterdam. But so it +is when monkeys judge!" + +He rang; a servant appeared; "Put the horses to the cabriolet"; he +called down, "and now, goodbye, Katherine; I shall not be home till +to-morrow. It will be a hot day. But don't forget the letters. Alexander +can help you." + +"Will you not dress, little son?" answered Katherine. + +"Dress? I have my sabre." + +"Put at least your coat on." + +The Czar put on his coat, drew the belt which held the sabre some holes +tighter, and sprang at one bound from the platform. + +"Now it will come off," whispered Menshikoff to Katherine. + +"You have not been lying, Alexander?" + +"A few lies adorn one's speech. The chief point is gained. To-morrow, +Katherine, you can sleep quietly in the nursery with the heirs to the +throne." + +"Can any misfortune happen to him?" + +"No! he never has misfortune." + + * * * * * + +The Czar ran down to the seashore; he never walked, but always ran. +"Life goes fast," he was wont to say, "and there is much to do." + +When he reached the gravel bank he found a boat landing, with five +men and the Dutch prisoner. The latter sat stolidly by the rudder, and +smoked his pipe. But when he saw the Czar, he took off his cap, threw it +in the air, and cried, "Hurrah!" + +Czar Peter shaded his eyes, and, when he recognised his old teacher and +friend, Jaen Scheerborck from Amsterdam, he jumped into the boat over +the rowers' shoulders and knees, rushed into Jaen's arms and kissed him, +so that his pipe broke and the seaman's great grey beard was full of +smoke and nearly took fire. Then the Czar lifted the old man up, and +carried him in his arms like a child to the shore. + +"At last, you old rascal! I have you here with me! Now you shall see my +city and my fleet, which I have built myself, for you have taught me. +Bring the cabriolet here, boy! and a grapnel from the boat; we will go, +and tack about. Quickly!" + +"Dear heart alive!" said the old man, picking the tobacco-ashes out of +his beard, "to think that I have seen the Carpenter-Czar before I die; +that is...." + +"Into the cabriolet, old fellow! Boy, hang the grapnel behind. Where are +you to sit? On my knees, of course!" + +The cabriolet had only room for one person, and the captain actually had +to sit on the Czar's lap. Three horses were yoked to it tandem-fashion, +and a fourth ran beside the leader. The whip cracked, and the Czar +played being at sea. "A good wind, isn't it? Twelve knots! Furl the +sheet! so!" + +A toll-gate appeared, and the captain, who knew the Czar's wild tricks +but also his skill, began to cry "There is a toll-gate! Stop!" + +But the Czar, who had found again his youth with his old friend of +former times, and with his indestructible boyishness, liked practical +jokes and dangers, whipped on the horses, whistled and shouted, "Let her +go! Clear for action! Jump!" + +The toll-gate was burst clean open, and the old man laughed so that he +swayed on the Czar's knees. And so they drove along the shore. At the +town gate the sentinels presented arms and saluted; on the streets +people cried "Hurrah!" and when they reached the Admiralty, cannon were +fired and the yards manned. But the Czar seriously or in play, as though +he were on the sea, shouted "Anchor!" + +So saying, he so threw the grapnel towards the wall, that it caught in +a torch-holder, which bent but did not break. But the horses, which were +still running, were suddenly forced back, and sank on their knees. The +first of the three rose no more; it had been fatally injured by bursting +in the toll-gate. + +Three hours later, when the fleet and docks had been inspected, the +Czar and Jaen Scheerborck sat in a seamen's tavern. The cabriolet stood +without, and was "anchored" to a thatched roof. Brandy was on the table, +and their pipes had filled the room with smoke. The two friends had +discussed serious matters. The Czar had paid six visits, one to his +staff of generals, from which he returned in a very excited state to the +waiting captain. But, with his extraordinary capacity for shaking off +what was unpleasant and for changing his moods, he now beamed with +hilarity. + +"You ask whence I shall get the inhabitants for my new town. I first +brought fifty thousand workmen here. That was the nucleus. Then +I commanded all officials, priests, and great landowners to build +houses--each of them, one--whether they intended to live in it or not. +Now I have a hundred thousand. I know they talk and say that I build +towns, but don't dwell in them myself. No! I build not for myself, +but for the Russians. I hate Moscow, which smells of the Khan of the +Tartars, and would prefer to live in the country. That is no one else's +affair. Drink, old man! We have the whole day before us till five +o'clock. Then I must be sober." + +The old man drank cautiously, and did not know exactly how to behave in +this grand society, which was at the same time so nautical. + +"Now you must tell me some of the stories which the people relate about +me. You know lots of them, Jaen." + +"I know some certainly, but it is not possible...." + +"Then I will tell some," said Peter, "Do you know the story of the pair +of compasses and the cheese? No? Well, it runs thus: 'The Czar is so +covetous that he always carries a box of drawing instruments in his +pocket. With a pair of compasses he measures his cheese, to see whether +any of it has been stolen since the last meal!' That is a good story! +Here is another! 'The Czar has a Tippler's Club. Once they determined to +hold a festival, and the guests were shut up three days and three nights +in order to drink. Each guest had a bench behind him, on which to sleep +off his intoxication, besides two tubs, one for food and one for ... you +understand?'" + +"No, that is too absurd!" + +"Such are the stories they like to tell in Petersburg. Have you not +heard that I also extract teeth? In my palace, they say, there is a sack +full of them. And then I am said to perform operations in hospital. Once +I drew off so much water from a dropsical woman that she died." + +"Do the people believe that?" + +"Certainly they do. They are so stupid, you see; but I will cut off +their asses' ears and singe their tongues...." + +His eyes began to sparkle, and it was plain what direction his thoughts +were taking. But however confidential he might be, there always seemed +to be secret checks at work, so that, even when intoxicated, he always +kept his great secrets though he told unimportant ones. + +Just then an adjutant came in, and whispered something to the Czar. + +"Exactly at five o'clock," answered the Czar in a loud voice. "Sixty +grenadiers, with loaded guns and cutlasses! Adieu! Jaen," continued the +Czar, giving a sudden turn to his thoughts, "I will buy your loom, but I +will not give more than fifty roubles for it." + +"Sixty, sixty." + +"You Satan of a Dutchman! You skinflint! If I offer fifty, that is an +honour for you! Indeed it is!" + +The Czar's anger rose, but it was connected with the adjutant's message, +not with the loom. The pot was boiling, and the cover had to fly. "You +miserable peddlers of groceries! Always fleecing people! But your time +is past! Now come the English! They are another sort!" + +Jaen the seaman became gloomy, and that annoyed the Czar still more. +He wanted to enjoy Jaen's company, and therefore sought to divert his +thoughts. "Landlord," he cried, "bring champagne!" + +The landlord came in, fell on his knees, and begged for mercy, for he +had not the luxurious drink in his store-cellar. This superfluous +word "store-cellar" might sound ironical and provocative, though +unintentionally. Still it was welcome as an occasion for using the +stick. + +"Have you a store-cellar, you rascal? Will you tell me that the keeper +of a seaman's alehouse has a cellar of spirits!" And now the stick +danced. But as the Dutchman turned away with a gesture of disapproval, +the Czar's fury broke loose. From time to time his disposition +necessitated such outbreaks. His sabre flew out of its sheath; like a +madman, he broke all the bottles on the dresser and cut all the legs +off the chairs and tables. Then he made a pile out of the fragments, and +prepared to burn the landlord on it. + +Then a door opened, and a woman entered with a little child on her arm. +When the child saw its father prostrate with his neck stretched out, it +began to scream. The Czar paused, quieted down, went to the woman, and +accosted her. "Be easy, mother; no mischief is going on; we are only +playing at sailors." + +Then he turned to the landlord: "Send the account to Prince Menshikoff; +he will pay. But if you scratch me.... Well, I forgive you this time.... +Now let us go, Jaen. Up with the anchor, and stand by the sheet!" + +Then they drove into the town. The Czar ran up into various houses and +came down again, until it was noon. They then halted before Menshikoff's +palace. "Is dinner ready?" asked the Czar from the cabriolet. + +"Yes, your Majesty," answered a lackey. + +"Serve up for two! Is the Prince at home?" + +"No, your Majesty." + +"Never mind. Serve up for two." + +It was the Czar's habit thus to make himself a guest in his friends' +houses, whether they were at home or not, and he is said once to have +thus quartered himself upon somebody, with two hundred of his courtiers. + +After a splendid dinner, the Czar went into an ante-room and laid down +to sleep. The captain had already gone to sleep at the table. But the +Czar laid a watch beside him; he could wake whenever he wished. + +When he awoke, he went into the dining-room, and found Jaen Scheerborck +sleeping at the table. + +"Bring him out!" commanded the Czar. + +"Is he not to accompany your Majesty any more?" the chamberlain, who was +a favourite, ventured to ask. + +"No! I have had enough of him; one should not meet people more than once +in a lifetime. Carry him to the pump--that will sober him, and then +take him to his ship"--and with a contemptuous glance he added, "You old +beast!" + +Then he felt whether his sabre was secure, and went out. + +After his sleep, Peter was again the Emperor--lofty, upright, dignified. +He went along the promenade, serious and sedate, as though to a battle. +When he had found Number 14, he entered at once, sure of finding his +fifty men there. On the right hand ground-floor towards the courtyard, +all the windows stood open. There he saw the conspirators sitting at a +long table and drinking wine. He stepped into the room, saw many of his +friends there, and felt a stab at his heart. + +"Good-day, comrades!" was his cheery greeting. + +The whole company rose like one man. They exchanged looks and put on +faces for the occasion. + +"Let us drink a glass together, friends!" Peter threw himself on a +chair; then he looked at a clock in the room, and saw it was only +half-past four. He had made a mistake of half an hour. Was it his own +error, or was Menshikoff's clock wrong? + +"Half an hour!" he thought to himself, but in the next second he had +emptied a huge glass, and began to sing a very popular soldiers' song, +keeping time by knocking the glass against the table. + +The effect of the song was magical. They had sung it as victors at +Pultowa; they had marched to the accompaniment of its strains; it +carried their memories to better, happier times, and they all joined in. +Peter's strong personality, the winning amiable air he could assume when +he liked, had an attractive power for all. One song led to another, and +singing relieved the terrible embarrassment. It was the only possible +way of avoiding a conversation. Between the songs the Czar proposed +a health, or drank to an old friend, reminding him of some experience +which they had shared in common. He dared not look at the clock lest +he should betray himself, but he found the half hour in this den of +murderers intolerably long. + +Several times he saw two exchanging glances, but then he threw in a +jesting word and the thread was broken. He was playing for his life, and +he played well, for he misled them with his cheerfulness and naivete, so +that they could not tell whether he knew anything or not. He played with +their irresolution. + +At last he heard the rattle of arms in the courtyard, and with one bound +he was out of the window. + +"Massacre!" was his only word of command, and then the blood-bath began. +He himself stood at the window, and when any one tried to jump out, the +Czar struck off his head. "Alles tot!" he exclaimed in German, when it +was all over. Then he went his way in the direction of the Peter-Paul +Fortress. + +He was received by the Commandant, and had himself conducted to Prince +Alexis, his only surviving and eldest son, on whom he had built his hope +and Russia's destiny. + +With the key in his hand, he remained standing before the cell, made the +sign of the cross and prayed half-aloud:--"O Eternal God of armies, Lord +of Hosts, who hath put the sword into the hands of rulers that they +may guide and protect, reward and punish, enlighten thy poor servant's +understanding that he may deal righteously. Thou hast demanded from +Abraham his son, and he obeyed. Thou hast crucified Thine own Son in +order to redeem mankind. Take my sacrifice, O Terrible One, if Thou +requirest it. Yet not my will be done, but Thine. May this cup pass if +it be Thy will. Amen! in the name of Christ, Amen!" + +He entered the cell, and remained there an hour. When he came out again, +he looked as though he had been weeping; but he said nothing, handed +the key to the Commandant, and departed. There are many varying rumours +regarding what passed that evening between father and son. But one thing +is certain: Alexis was condemned to death by a hundred and twenty-seven +judges, and the verdict was entered on the State records. But the Crown +Prince died before the execution of the sentence. + + * * * * * + +The same evening, about eight o'clock, the Czar entered his +country-house and sought Katherine. "The old has passed away," he said. +"Now we will begin the new--you and I and our children." + +The Czarina asked no questions, for she understood. But the Czar was +so tired and exhausted, that she feared lest he should have one of the +attacks which she knew so well. And the only way of quieting him was the +old customary one. + +She sat down in the corner of the sofa; he laid down resting his head on +her capacious bosom; then she stroked his hair till he fell asleep. But +she had to sit for three hours without moving. + +A giant child on a giant bosom, the great champion of the Lord lay +there, his face looked small, his high brow was hidden by his long hair; +his mouth was open, and he snored like a little child asleep. When at +last he awoke, he looked up at first astonished, to find himself where +he was. Then he smiled, but did not say Thank you, and did not fondle +her. + +"Now we will have something to eat," was the first thing he said. "Then +something to drink, and then a great firework. I will light it myself +down on the shore. But Jaen Scheerborck must be present." + +"You have thrown him out." + +"Have I? He was drunk, the fellow. Send for him at once." + +"You are so strange, Peter! Never the same for two minutes together." + +"I will not be the same; it would be too monotonous. Always something +new! And I am always new. What! I do not weary you with everlasting +sameness." + +His orders were carried out. Jaen was brought, but had to be bound +first; he was angry with Peter because of his ducking at the pump, and +refused to come. But when he landed, he was embraced and kissed on the +mouth, and then his wrath blew over. + +They ate and drank and had their firework display, which was a great +pleasure for the Czar. + +So ended the fateful day which secured the succession to the throne +to the house of Romanoff. And such was the man who termed himself "the +Great, the Self-ruler, the Emperor of All the Russias." + +The Barbarian, who civilised his Russia; who built towns and did not +dwell in them himself; who beat his wife, and allowed extensive liberty +to women,--his life was great, copious, and useful on the public side of +it; in private, as it might chance to be. But he had a beautiful death, +for he died in consequence of an illness contracted when saving a life +from shipwreck--he who, with his own hand, had taken the lives of so +many! + + + + +THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS + + +Monsieur Voltaire, gentleman-in-waiting to Frederick the Great, +possessor of the much prized Order Pour Le Mrite, Academician, and many +other things besides, had been for three years a guest at Sans-Souci, +near Potsdam. He was sitting this beautiful evening in the wing of the +castle where he lived, busy writing a letter. The air was still and +warm, so that the sensitive Frenchman, who was always shivering, could +leave the window open. + +His letter, only half written, was directed to the Marquise, the friend +of Cardinal Fleury, who carried on a sort of superior spy-service +by means of correspondence with foreign countries.... "Everything is +transitory," he wrote, "and it was plain that this would not last. +I have to act as a tutor and correct his bad verses, though he knows +neither German nor French properly. Malicious as an ape he has written +satires on all the ruling heads of Europe which are certainly not fit +for printing, but are quite vulgar and unjust. With a view to the future +dear friend, I have caused his pamphlet to be copied, and at the moment +when he strikes, I shall strike back. If you only knew what this Prussia +is, and threatens to become! It is an eagle sketched in outline with +the tip of one wing resting on the Rhine, and the other on the Russian +frontier. There are gaps here and there in the outline, but when they +are filled up the whole of North Germany will hang like a vulture over +Austria's two-headed imperial eagle. France must control her +hatred against the House of Hapsburg, and not compromise with the +Hohenzollerns, for you know not what you do. One hears much talk of +plans here, but I dare not write them all down, for he is not to be +jested with." + +At this point there was heard from the castle the penetrating sound of a +flute, which executed trills and shakes. The old man (for he was now in +his sixtieth year) first put his fingers in his ears, but then continued +to write.... "And then his confounded flute! He is playing on it just +now ... that means we are all to dance to his piping. But still worse +than the flute is something which they call a fugue; I do not know +whether one can call it music, but yesterday Sebastian Bach was +here--'the great Bach' of course--and had his son Philipp Emanuel with +him. The whole afternoon they played so-called fugues, so that I had to +go to bed and take medicine. As regards his plans, I will only indicate +some of them. One plan is to divide Austria between France and Prussia, +but he is too cunning to do so, for he needs Austria to help him against +France. A second plan is, to divide Prussia between Russia and Austria, +and I have heard rumours of a third to divide Poland between Russia, +Prussia, and Austria. (The flute is silent, and a heavenly stillness +spreads over Sans-Souci, which for the future I shall write +'Cent-Soucis,' for a hundred petty vexations threaten to shorten my life +here.) Our Round Table, which hitherto only consisted of men of talent, +Maupertuis, La Mettrie, Algarotti, D'Argens, and their like, is now +recruited by guardsmen from Potsdam, and is in course of degenerating +into a tobacco-club. Ziethen and his Dessauers wear greasy leather +boots, and brag of their 'five victories.' The day before yesterday they +took liberties, silenced all intelligent conversation, and finally tried +to make me the butt of their jests. What annoyed me the most was that +_he_ could not hide his pleasure at it. Altogether, the procession of +the leather boots means war--as might be expected--against the lady +Maria Teresa. The other lady, the Empress Elizabeth of Russia, he +denotes by another uglier name.... He has become a women's hero, the +nasty woman-hater. His wife, Elizabeth Christine, is still confined in +Schnhausen." + +A head looked in at the window, and the King greeted him, "Good evening, +Monsieur; so busy?" + +Like a boy surprised in cribbing, the writer threw his papers into +disorder, and drew half a sheet of Dutch vellum over them. + +"Yes, sire, I have just finished a poem to the Emperor Kian-Loung, which +is an answer to his 'Eloge de Mukden.'" + +"To the Emperor of China! You have grander acquaintances than I." + +"But you have me, sire." + +This he said with a superior air of satirising himself, as though he +would make game of his own notorious vanity. + +The King took the jest as it was intended. "Yes, Monsieur Voltaire +belongs to my most honourable acquaintances, but I would not say to the +grandest." + +"May I now read my poem to the Chinese Emperor? Do you allow me, sire?" + +"Would it be any use, if I did not allow it, you pushing man?" + +"Very well: + + "'Recois mes compliments, charmant roi de la Chine.'" + +"But he is an Emperor." + +"Yes, but that is a politeness towards you, sire, who are only a King!" + +"Only!" + +"I continue: + + "'Ton trne est done plac sur la double colline + On sait dans l'Occident, que malgre mes travers + J'ai toujours fort aim les rois qui font des vers!'" + +"Thank you." + + "'O toi que sur le trne un feu cleste enflamme + Des moi si ce grand art don't nous sommes pris, + Est aussi difficile Pekin qu' Paris. + + Ton peuple est-il soumis a cette loi si dure, + Qui vent qu'avec six pieds d'une gale mesure + + De deux Alexandrins, cte cte marchants + L'un serve pour la rime, et l'autre pour le sens? + Si bien que sans rien perdre, en bravant cet usage, + On pourrait retrancher la moiti d'un ouvrage.'" + +"Bravo! Very good!" broke in the King, who felt the sting of the satire +but could control himself. + +"But do you think that the Emperor will understand that--at any rate as +you intend it?" + +"If he does not understand it, then he is a blockhead...." + +"But if he does, you may expect a declaration of war." + +"China against Voltaire!" + +"What would you do then?" + +"I would beat them, as you do, with my troops, of course." + +"But if the Emperor has more troops than you?" + +"Then I should flee, of course, like you do, sire, or I let myself be +put to flight, and so save my honour as a soldier." + +The King was accustomed to Voltaire's impertinences, and he pardoned +them for the moment, but stored them in his memory. + +"But now, don't stick poking about in your room, Monsieur. Come out for +a walk with me. We will philosophise in the cool of the evening. I have +so much to say, and must put my thoughts in order for the great work." + +"Sire, I will come immediately." + +"No, now; I am waiting." + +Monsieur Voltaire became nervous, and began to tidy his desk; he pulled +out drawers, and protracted the business. But the King stood as if on +guard, and watched him. At last the old man had to stop tidying up and +come out, but his limbs twitched, and he shook himself, as though he +wished to shake off something. The King led him down the third terrace, +and turned to the right into the park, where they found a long avenue +which led to a small circular open space. Here there stood the Temple of +Friendship. + +There was an embarrassing silence between them, but Frederick, who had +learnt self-control, was the first to find the thread which they had +lost. But he had to introduce the conversation by commencing with their +present surroundings. + +"What a peaceful evening, Monsieur! Peace in nature and in human life! +Have you noticed that there has been no war in the world for seven +years--that is, since the Peace of Aachen?" + +"Now I have not thought about it. Well, you can now expect the seven +lean kine--I mean years." + +"Who knows! You spoke just now of Kian Loung, the peaceful prince who +philosophises and writes verses on tea-plant blossoms; who serves his +people and makes them happy. His neighbour Japan has enjoyed peace for a +hundred years. In India the French and English are rivalling each other +in trade. That is the great East, which we shall soon have to take into +account--. If we consider our portion of the world, with which I reckon +Egypt, the latter lies asleep under Pashas and Mamelukes. Greece, our +motherland, has entered its last sleep. The Athens of Pericles is an +appendage of the Sultan's harem, and is ruled by black eunuchs. Rome, or +rather Italy, is parcelled out between Lorraine, the House of Bourbon, +and Savoy. But in Rome is my friend Benedict XIV; he is also a man +of peace, and the first Pope, moreover, who acknowledges the King +of Prussia. He tolerates Protestants, helps forward science, and has +allowed latitude and longitude to be measured...." + +"And expelled the Jesuits, whom you, sire, have received. You ought not +to have done that." + +"What do you know of the Jesuits? In Spain we have Ferdinand VI, who +encourages mining, combats the Inquisition, fosters the sciences." + +"The itch for writing seems to be spreading over the earth like a +pestilence." + +"In England my uncle George, the pupil of Adam Smith, is working solely +for the commercial prosperity of his country. The others we know. But we +ought to remember the great discoveries of our century--fire-machines, +thermometers, lightning-conductors, anchor-watches. In fact it is the +Golden Age which has returned at this late epoch." + +"Think only of the fire-machines which they now call steam-engines. And +of the telegraphs! What may we not next expect!" + +"War, of course." + +"I have never loved war, as you know, but I have been driven to it." + +"With the stick." + +The King was not angry, but he was troubled that a remarkable man, who +had been his friend and teacher, should commit such a _btise_. + +"You are right; it was my father's stick, and I bless it. But although +I do not believe that the Golden Age is before the door, yet I do see a +brighter future in the distance." + +"I see only clouds which foretell earthquakes. France is undermined; +America is moving; all Europe is prepared to discard Christianity as a +crab its shell; Economics are reduced to a science; nature is ransacked; +we are on the verge of something novel and tremendous; I feel it already +in my corns." + +"I also! My leisure-time is drawing to an end, my Tusculum will be +closed, and dreadful things are about to happen." + +On the King's face at this moment there was such an indescribable +expression of pain, as though he had foreseen the Seven Years' War which +followed immediately on the seven years' of peace, and he seemed to be +bowed to the earth bearing the destiny of his country and the future on +his shoulders. + +"Sire, at such moment, you need some religion." + +"My duty is my religion. My God is the Providence which guides the +destinies of the nations but leaves individuals to themselves! What are +men that you should take notice of these ants?" + +The conversation was interrupted by a person who appeared in the +background and resembled a judicial official. Voltaire saw who it was, +and became furious: "Your Majesty, how can you allow this rag-tag and +bob-tail to enter the castle-park? Why do you not enclose it with iron +gates and railings?" + +"No," answered the King; "I am not the master of my own person, still +less of this castle, but all have rights over me!" + +"But this is atrocious! Can I not drive him away?" + +"No, you cannot!" + +The King beckoned, and the stranger approached with his hat in his hand. + +"What do you want, my friend?" asked the King. + +"Only to deliver a document to Monsieur Voltaire, your Majesty." + +"Then do your duty." + +The man handed the document to Voltaire, and retired. When the old +man had opened and read it, he fell on his knees before the King and +exclaimed, "Save me, sire!" + +"That is your law-suit with Hirschel about the Saxon state papers. You +thought to deceive each other and the public, but the Jew did not +let you lead him by the nose, Monsieur, and now you are exposed as a +falsifier!" + +"Save me, your Majesty!" + +"How can I?" + +"With a word--a single good word before the court...." + +"For shame, old man! Do you think I can bend the law? Do you want me to +bribe the judges? No, Monsieur, there are judges in Berlin who cannot be +bribed! My word counts as little as that of the meanest. Stand up, go to +your room, and meet me at supper." + +"Sire, I beg to be excused coming to supper this evening." + +"Good! then we will meet to-morrow." + + * * * * * + +When Voltaire reached his room, he began to search through his papers +which he had left in disorder. He looked for a whole hour for the letter +he had written to the Marquise, without being able to find it. Then he +perceived that the letter had been seized, and he conceived a suspicion +against the King. He stormed about in the room till it had become dark +outside. He felt that it was all over with friendship and hospitality, +with high position and honour, and that he must depart--perhaps by +flight. + +Accordingly he closed the window-shutters, and made a fire in the stove +in order to burn dangerous papers. When he had finished, he went to bed, +and rang for a servant: "Ask Monsieur La Mettrie to come; I am ill," he +ordered. + +La Mettrie, the author of _L'Homme Machine_, a most rigorous materialist +and atheist, enjoyed Frederick's favour on account of his writings. +After his death the King himself delivered a funeral oration over him +in the Academy. Voltaire was jealous of him, as he was of everyone who +stood in his way, but La Mettrie was a physician, and Voltaire could be +amiable to anyone of whom he stood in need. + +The doctor came, not out of philanthropy, but from curiosity and a +certain malicious satisfaction at seeing the favourite in disgrace. + +"My dear friend," said the old man, "I am sick in body and soul." + +"You haven't got a soul." + +"But the trouble is in the heart." + +"_Cor, cordis_, the heart; then you have eaten too much. Take a purge, +Monsieur; then you will be lighter than lightmindedness itself." + +"Prescribe me some proper medicine, man; I am dying." + +"Then go to a watering-place." + +"Like a minister who is in disgrace; no, thank you." + +"Go home to your own country; you are suffering from homesickness." + +"Yes, there you are right! The air here does not suit me." + +"You are beginning to get stout." + +"What do you mean by that?" + +"And the Marquises are longing for you." + +"Are they? What nonsense you talk! But I must have a watering-place." + +"Well, take Plombires! There you will meet the court." + +"That is an excellent idea! Plombires! But I will return, of course." + +"Of course!" + +"I will be back in three weeks--let us say a month. If only the King +will not be vexed...." + +"Let me assure you, the King will console himself." + +"Yes, yes, I will consider the matter. But say--he is not angry with +me?" + +"Who?" + +"The King!" + +"He is not angry with you, otherwise he would have been so long ago! No, +you are belated in thinking that." + +"Give me a sleeping powder, and then you can go." + +The doctor took the powder, and poured it in a glass of water. + +The old man drank, but his large eyes followed the changing expressions +of the doctor's face, who looked very amused. He did not altogether +trust him. + +"Monsieur Voltaire," said the doctor, "when you make a fire in the +oven, draw up the small oven-shutters, else there is too much smoke. The +Potsdam fire-engines would very likely be summoned." + +"Oh! That too! Well! _La comedia finita!_ Good-night!" + +"_Sic transit gloria mundi!_ Sleep well!" + +Voltaire slept during the night, but not well, and was awakened on the +following morning by the sound of salutes fired at Potsdam; from which +he concluded that the King was holding manoeuvres. Neither did he see +any sign of the King, but about noonday he received a letter bearing the +royal arms which ran as follows:-- + + "MONSIEUR,--Doctor La Mettrie has told me of your determination to + travel to a watering-place. Although I shall miss your pleasant + and instructive conversation, I will not resist your wish, since I + am sure that a thorough course of treatment will benefit your + nerves and the wretched state of your heart. Wishing you a good + recovery, or at any rate hoping that you will not be worse than + you are, + + "I am + + "F. R." + +That was his passport for the journey. The same evening Voltaire +travelled to Leipzig, where he read extracts from Frederick's collection +of satires which he also thought of having printed. But in Frankfurt he +was arrested and deprived of the precious manuscripts, which might have +made more enemies for Frederick than he actually did make later on. +Rebuked, and again liberated, Voltaire fled at first to France, where +he published in the _Dictionnaire Historique_ the most abominable +assertions regarding Frederick's private life. + +Two years later he was settled at Ferney, on the Lake of Geneva, as a +multi-millionaire, patriarch, and king. + + * * * * * + +Many years passed, and still the old Voltaire reigned at his Sans-Souci +called Ferney--just as energetic as ever, just as restless and vain. + +His little chteau was a modest two-storied building in a circular +enclosure, surrounded by a courtyard planted with trees. On the left of +the entrance stood a small stone chapel. A tablet over the door bore +the inscription, "Deo erexit Voltaire," which roused the mirth of his +literary friends and the hatred of the ecclesiastical party. + +Below in the garden he had an arbour-walk of hornbeam covered in, and +resembling a long hall with windows cut in the side, looking towards the +lake. From thence he could see Mont Blanc, which especially at sunset +showed all its splendour, and the blue levels of the lake stretching +towards Clarens and the Rhone Valley, where the unfortunate Rousseau had +wandered, loved, and suffered. Just now in the twilight, the old man sat +in his arbour walk and played bezique with the local pastor, when the +post arrived. There were many letters with shining seals. + +"Excuse me, Abb, I must read my letters!" + +"Pray do so," answered the priest, and stood up in order to promenade up +and down the arbour walk. + +After a while the old man called his friend back: "Come, Abb, come! You +must hear something!" + +The Abb, who, for the sake of his flock, kept on good terms with +Voltaire, and humoured his whims, without, however, yielding to him in +theological discussions, came at the summons. + +"You must hear a letter from Frederick the Great, the Unique, the +Incomparable. He has pardoned me, and I am ashamed. My last evening +in Sans-Souci I was irritated, and in my cruelty I was mean enough to +remind him of his father's stick. The moment that the word escaped, I +felt his retort in the air, but he restrained it. He had only needed +to return the thrust with a reference to the stick which had played a +certain part in my youth, but he kept silent, whether out of regard for +my years or for some other reason. (It is remarkable that the stick has +also had an influence on the development of the great Shakespeare and +others.) Excuse, Abb, this _garrulitas senilis_--he has pardoned me, +and writes, 'My old friend!' + +"'The years have passed; to the seven good years which you shared with +me succeeded the seven lean ones--the Seven Years' War and all that it +brought with it. Friends have departed, and a great loneliness enfolds +the ageing man, who now, among other things, begins to be far-sighted, +after being formerly short-sighted. He sees life in a perspective +where the apparently shorter lines are the longest. He knows that from +experience, and therefore lets himself no longer be deceived. Standing +on the height which he has gained, he is glad to look back, but he can +also now see in front of him. + +"'What is now impending? Who can say? This century, which has seen all +the sovereigns leading revolutionary movements, is the strangest of all. +We despots, who forced enlightenment and freedom on the peoples--we were +the demagogues and they rewarded us with ingratitude. It was a perverse +world! I have suffered for my doctrines and actions, but the fate of +Joseph II is tragic. They are slowly but surely murdering him. + +"'You do not love war: nor do I, but I was forced to it by Providence +and solicitude for my country. What have I effected thereby? you ask. +I have made a "re-distribution," as land-surveyors call it, and out +of scattered patches and scraps of territory I have woven together a +Prussia, so that we can now walk on our own ground, without treading on +our neighbour's. Do not fear Prussia; you need it as a bulwark against +Russia, which now, since the time of the Czar Peter, has a voice and +vote in the Council of Europe. You disapprove of my sharing in the +partition of Poland, but I was obliged to do so; otherwise Russia would +have taken all. Poland had lost its significance in the geographical +economy of Europe; it was Russianised, and the role it had played was +taken over by the Sarmatian.... Silesia was ours, and thank God that +the Swedes did not obtain it, as they at first wished. Moreover, we have +sent the Goths home to their own country, and look after our own affairs +ourselves.'" + +"And so on! Then he says something about Rousseau." + +"'You call Rousseau a swindler; that is a somewhat severe expression. +Even if he did really steal a piece of ribbon, or a silver spoon, it is +not worth talking about. I share his love for nature and his hatred of +mankind. One evening lately, as the sun went down, I thought: "God! +how beautiful are Thy natural creations, and how hideous are Thy +human creatures!" We men, I mean--for I except neither myself nor you, +Monsieur. This cursed race truly belongs to the Iron Age as described +by Hesiod. And we are asked to believe that they are created after God's +image! After the image of the Devil, I would rather say! Rousseau is +right when he believes in a past Golden Age.' + +"What do you say to that, Monsieur l'Abb?" + +"It is what the Church teaches regarding the lost Paradise and the Fall, +and also agrees with the Greek legend of Prometheus, who ate of the tree +of knowledge, and thereby brought misfortune on men." + +"Good heavens! Have you too become a freethinker? Shoemaker, stick to +your last! If you are a priest, then be a priest, but don't try to +make a botch of my work. And don't think you need to flatter me for an +increase of wages. But let us return to Frederick:" + +"'History rolls on like an avalanche; the race improves, the conditions +of life become easier, but men are still the same--faithless, +unthankful, criminal; and he just as well as the unjust go to hell. I +do not dare to put down on paper the conclusions to be drawn from +this observation, for that would be to acquit Lazarus, and to crucify +Christ.... Great men have little weaknesses or rather great weaknesses. +We, Monsieur, have been no angels, but Providence has used us for great +objects. Is it a matter of indifference to Providence whom it takes +in hand, or how we live in the flesh, provided we keep the spirit +uppermost? _Sursum corda!_'" + +"What do you say to that, Abb?" + +"The Law cannot be fulfilled, says St. Paul, but the Law rouses the +sense of guilt, and therefore it is only imposed in order to drive us to +grace." + +"That was not such a stupid remark of Paul's. But I should like to +add,--in the prison of the flesh grows the longing for liberation: +'Who shall deliver me, wretched man, from this body of sin?' Yes, Abb, +_Vanitas vanitatum! Vanitas!_ You are young, but you must not +despise the old man when he turns round and spits behind him all the +unpleasantness of his past life. Might but a generation be born which +knew at once the value of life, as long as a mud-bath is not part of the +treatment!" + +Just then a dark lean man came tortuously along the garden path. + +"See! there is my Jesuit!" said Voltaire. + +The old man kept on friendly terms with a Jesuit, partly because +the Pope had expelled them, partly because Frederick the Great had +patronised them; but his chief object was to have someone to dispute +with. Perhaps also he wished to show his freedom from prejudice, for he +did not like the uncongenial man. + +"Now, you child of Satan!" was the old man's greeting, "what mischief +have you got in your mind? You look so maliciously pleased!" + +"I come from Geneva," answered the Jesuit with an evil smile. + +"What are they doing there?" + +"I saw the executioner burn Rousseau's _Emile_." + +"They may do that, as far as I am concerned, and throw the fool himself +into the fire." + +"Monsieur Voltaire!" + +"Yes: one cannot tolerate lunatics: there are limits!" + +"Where?" + +"Imposed by a sound intelligence." + +"Yes, and saw them burn the new edition of Monsieur Voltaire's +_Candide_." + +"For shame! But it is merely a mob in Geneva." + +"A Protestant mob, with your permission." + +"Don't trouble yourself; I hate Protestants equally with Catholics! This +terrible Calvin burnt his friend Servetus in Geneva, because he did not +believe in the Trinity. And had Jean Calas in Toulouse been a Catholic, +and his son a Protestant, I would still have attacked the judges, +although I am nothing. I am nothing; only, what I write is something." + +"Then some day we will raise a monument to Monsieur Voltaire's +writings--not to Voltaire." + +"You have no need; I have already raised my monument myself in the +hundred volumes of my collected works. The world has nothing to do with +how the old ass looked; there is nothing to see in that. We know +my weaknesses; I have lied, I have stolen, I have been ungrateful; +something of a scoundrel, something of a brute! That is the dirty part +of me, and I bequeath it to Jesuits, pettifoggers, hair-splitters and +collectors of anecdotes;--but my spirit to God who gave it, and to men +an honest purpose to understand their Monsieur Voltaire." + +He rose, for the sun had descended. + +"Good-night, Mont Blanc; you have a white head like myself, and stand +with your feet in cold water, as I do! Now I go and lie down! Tomorrow I +travel to Paris, where I will die." + + + + +DAYS OF JUDGMENT + + +In the northern tower of the Church of Notre Dame de Paris was the +tower-watchman's chamber. But it had been arranged like a bookbinder's +workshop, for the watchman's day-duty was not particularly heavy, +and the hours of the night passed with sleep or without sleep, no one +troubling themselves to oversee this now superfluous church servant. + +Nobody entered the church, which had been damaged in various ways, and +no one ascended the northern tower, for the bells hung in the southern +one. There the watchman's duty was regarded more seriously, for on all +extraordinary occasions the alarm-bell had to sound. + +The watchman kept up a sort of telegraphic communication with the +bellringer in the southern tower. In calm weather they could chat with +each other, but when it was windy, they had to use speaking trumpets. + +The workshop had, in the course of years, developed into a very +comfortable room. Its southern side was occupied by a single large +bookcase. There the first edition of the _Encyclopdie_ in five and +thirty volumes, shone resplendent in red morocco with gilt letters. +There stood Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, Locke, Hume--all the +authors who ought to have been present. There were also periodicals, the +_Moniteur_, Pre Duchesne and Marat's _L'Ami du Peuple_. This last was +bound in somewhat greasy leather, which resembled pig's-skin, and had +curled up at the corners. + +Another wall was covered with engravings, some coloured and some plain. +They hung in chronological order from left to right, from top to bottom, +so that one could read the whole history of the Revolution pictorially. +The Oath in the ball-room on June 20, 1789, with Mirabeau's portrait; +the burning of the Bastille, and the head of the commandant; the +Jacobite Club, with Marat, Saint-Just, Couthon, Robespierre; the Feast +of Brotherhood on the Champ du Mars; the King's Flight to Varennes; +Lafayette; the Girondists; the execution of the King and Queen; +the Committee of Public Welfare, with Danton and the newly hatched +Robespierre; the Reign of Terror; Charlotte Corday stabbing Marat in the +bath; Robespierre again; Feast of the Supreme Being; Voltaire's Funeral; +Robespierre again, this time on the 9th Thermidor. Then came Buonaparte +and the Directory, mixed with Pyramids and Alps. + +In the middle of the room stood a very large table. At the one end were +the bookbinder's tools; at the other, writing materials. The inkstand +was a skull; the ruler was a fore-arm; the paper-weight was a +guillotine, and the penholder a rib. + +The bookbinder himself, a centenarian, with an apostolic beard, sat and +wrote under a lantern which hung from the roof. He was the only person +visible in the room. Outside it was stormy, and the roof-plates rattled +from time to time; it was cool in the room, but not cold, for a stove +was lit in a corner, where lay the watchman's belongings--a great +wolfskin fur-coat, a speaking trumpet, some flags, and a lantern with +variously coloured glass sides. The old man pushed his glasses up his +forehead, looked up, and spoke, though the person with whom he talked +could not be seen. + +"Are you hungry?" + +A voice behind the bookcase answered: "Fairly so." + +"Are you cold?" + +"No, not yet." + +"Wait a little; I must just go outside and make an observation." + +"What are you writing?" + +"My reminiscences." + +"Is it quiet in the town?" + +"Yes, but they have gone out to Saint Cloud." + +"Then it will soon come to shooting." + +"It won't come to shooting, but we may expect a proclamation. Be quiet +now; I must step out, and send a message. Then you will get some food +and drink; perhaps a pipe of tobacco also." + +There was silence behind the bookcase, and the old man put on his +fur-coat, lit his many-coloured lamp, took up a speaking-trumpet, and +stepped out on the balcony. + +It was very dark, but the old man was familiar with his menagerie out +there on the parapet; he loved his stone monsters--the owl, the griffin, +the gorgon, and stroked them every time that he passed them. But the +creature with a man's body, goat's feet and horns, inspired him with a +certain awe, as it stood there leaning on its hands like a priest, and +bending forward as if to preach to the godless city or to hurl anathemas +at it. He took his stand near it, and began to signal with the lantern. +But the wind was so violent that the old man swayed, and had to put his +arm round the creature's body, in order to support himself. + +After he had stood for a time signalling with the lantern, and gazing +out into the darkness, he suddenly raised himself upright, put down the +lantern, and raised the speaking-trumpet to his mouth. Holding on to +the stone balustrade, he turned to the southern tower, and cried "Hullo! +Francis! Hallo!" + +After a while a reply came through the darkness. + +"Qui vive?" + +"Mont-joie--Saint-Denis." + +"Sacre!" answered the other. "Ring the great bell! Ring, for heaven's +sake!" + +The watchman remained standing for a while looking at the coloured +lights on the church tower of St. Cloud. In order to be quite certain, +he repeated his signal, and received for answer: "Right understood." + +The old man sighed "Thy will be done, O Lord!" He was on the point of +returning to the turret-chamber, when the wind blew so violently, that +he had to seize the arm of the horned monster in order to stand fast. +But the figure had got loose; it yielded, and moved a little. + +"He too!" muttered the old man to himself. "Nothing stands fast, +everything slips; nothing remains on which to support oneself." He +crouched down in order not to be blown away, and so stooping, as he +walked, reached the door of the turret-chamber, which he flung open. + +"The Revolution is over," he called out to the bookcase. + +"What do you say?" + +"The Revolution is over! Come out, sire." + +He laid hold of the bookcase, and opened it like a door on its hinges. +It concealed a neat little room furnished in the style of Louis XV. Out +of it stepped a man of about thirty, with pale delicate features and a +melancholy aspect. + +"Sire," said the bookbinder in a humble voice, "now your time is come, +and mine runs out. I do not exactly know what has happened on this +eighteenth of Brumaire in Saint Cloud, but one thing I know: Buonaparte +has taken the helm." + +"Jaques," answered the nobleman, "I do not wish to hurt your feelings, +but I cannot conceal my joy." + +"Don't conceal it, sire! You have saved me from the scaffold, and I have +saved you; let us thank each other, and be quits." + +"To think that this bloody drama is ended--that this madness...." + +"Sire, don't speak so." + +His eyes began to sparkle, but he quickly changed his tone. "Let us eat +our last meal together, but in love like fellow-men; let us talk of the +past, and then part in peace. This evening we are still brothers, but +to-morrow you are the lord and I am the servant." + +"You are right. To-day I am an emigrant, tomorrow I am a count." + +The old man brought out a cold fowl, a cheese, and a bottle of wine, and +both took their places at the table. + +"This wine, sire, was bottled in '89. It has a history, and +therefore...." + +"Have you no white wine? I do not like red." + +"Is it the colour you dislike?" + +"Yes, it looks like blood! You have lost a wife and four sons." + +"Why should I weep for them? They fell on the field of honour." + +"The scaffold!" + +"I call the scaffold the field of honour! But you want white wine! Good! +You shall have it. You prefer the colour of tears; I prefer that of +blood!" + +He opened a bottle of white wine: "_Suum cuique!_ Tastes differ. We +can now breathe again, and sleep quietly at night. That was the hardest +thing to bear during this last decade--the loss of sleep at night. The +fear of death was worse than death itself." + +"The worst for us--pardon the expression--was to see the State and +society turned topsyturvy, and brutality enthroned." + +"Wait a little! Louis XIV paid two gentlemen of the chamber twenty +thousand livres yearly to examine and carry away his night stool +every morning. The Sansculottes could not be coarser than that. +Marie Antoinette used to go and spend the night drinking with her +boon-companions, so that she returned home about eleven o'clock the next +morning exhausted; that was coarse conduct for such a fine lady." + +"You may draw the long bow to-night, Jaques; but to-morrow take care of +your head! You ought not to speak so of these high personages who have +suffered a martyr's death." + +"Stop! stop! The King was what they call 'a fine fellow,' but the Queen +was a wretch. But both were justly condemned to death--both! Look you! +if Turgot could have remained at his post, the Revolution would not have +broken out. All the reforms in the State, Church, and Society, which +we--pardon the expression--have carried through could have been +carried through then, if Turgot had been allowed to put his plans into +operation. The Queen would not endure the Minister's retrenchment of her +revenue, and plotted for his removal, and the King supported her. That +was a great crime. The second was the overthrow of Necker. Then the +Queen and her Court minxes ruled. Both King and Queen sought to stir up +foreign countries against their own; their correspondence relating +to this was discovered, and then the betrayers of their country were +condemned to death. Don't talk of Martyrs, or I shall be angry. For I am +angry when I hear lies, and cannot control myself." + +The Count laid his hand on his sword. + +"Put your sword in its sheath, young man, or otherwise...." + +They sat down on opposite sides of the table, and darted angry glances +at each other. + +"The ultimate causes," continued the old man, "may be sought in heaven, +but we have here only to do with secondary causes, and those we know. +The Revolution was a Last Judgment which had to come, just as it came in +England exactly a hundred years before, in 1689." + +"But Cromwell's republic did not last." + +"Nor does this; but it comes again! But let us rather talk of something +cheerful on this last evening. I have been present at everything; I have +a strong memory, and can forget nothing. But what shines most brightly +through all the dark days is the recollection of the day on the Champs +du Mars, the Feast of Brotherhood of July 14, '90. Twenty thousand +workmen were employed to clear it, but, as they could not finish the +work by the appointed day, all Paris went out. There I saw bishops, +court marshals, generals, monks, nuns, society ladies, workmen, sailors, +dustmen, and street-girls levelling the ground with hoes and spades. +Finally the King himself made up his mind to join in the work. That was +the greatest feat of equalisation which mankind have carried out; the +hills were made low, and the valleys filled. At last the great theatre +of liberty was ready. At the altar of the Fatherland a fire of perfumed +wood was kindled, and Talleyrand, Bishop of Autun, with a retinue of +four hundred white-robed priests consecrated the flags. The King in +civil dress and the Queen sat on the platform, and, as the 'first +citizens of the State,' took the constitutional oath. All was forgotten; +all was forgiven. Half a million people, collected in one place, +animated by one spirit, felt themselves that day to be brothers and +sisters. We wept, we fell in each other's arms, we kissed each other. +We wept to think what wretches we had been, and how good and amiable we +were now. We wept perhaps, also, because we guessed how fragile all this +was. + +"And afterwards, in the evening, when Paris turned out in the streets +and market-places. Families ate their mid-day meal on the pavement; +the old and sick were carried into the open air; food and wine were +distributed at the public expense. That was the Feast of Tabernacles, +the recollection of the Exodus from Egyptian bondage; it was the +Saturnalia, the return of the Golden Age! And then...." + +"Then came Marat, Danton, and Robespierre." + +"Yes! Robespierre, the most hated of all, was not worse than Louis XI +and Henry VIII." + +"A murderer." + +"The judge is not a murderer, nor is the executioner." + +"But the Golden Age passed--as it came." + +"Yet it comes again." + +"Not with Buonaparte!" + +"No, not with him, but through him." + +"Who is he?" + +"A Corsican, born in the same year in which France annexed his country. +He will avenge it, and, since he can never feel himself a Frenchman, he +will exploit our country only for his own purposes. But nevertheless, +in spite of his unparalleled selfishness, his wickedness and crimes, he +will serve humanity--for everything serves." + +"And afterwards?" + +"Who can say? Probably things will go on as they have done hitherto; +sometimes advancing, then a halt; then again advance." + +"And then the obsolete turns up again." + +"Yes, like a drowning man. Three times he comes to the surface to +breathe, but the fourth time he remains below. Or, like an animal +chewing the cud; for some time there are small eructations, +re-mastications, and then everything is ejected through the gullet, +after going through the circle." + +"Do you believe in the return of the Golden Age?" + +"Yes I believe like Thomas, when I have seen. And I have seen. At the +moment, which I now recall, on the Champs du Mars,--then I saw! We had a +forefeeling of the future, we were sure that we had had a vision of some +new order of things, but were uncertain when it would be established." + +"How long are we to wait?" + +"We should not sit still and wait, but work! That makes the time pass. +The learned say that it took a million years for the Hill of Montmartre +to be deposited from the water. Now history is only three thousand years +old; for three thousand years more, men can reflect over their past, +and perhaps in six thousand an improvement may be noticeable! We are +too proud and impatient, sire. And yet things move quickly. America +was discovered only three hundred years ago, and now it is an European +republic. Africa, India, China, Japan are opened, and soon the whole +world will belong to Europe. Do you see the promise to Abraham, 'In thy +seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed,' is on the way to +fulfilment--on the way, I say." + +"The promise to Abraham?" + +"Yes! Have not Christians, Jews, and Muhammedans a share in the +promise?" + +"Christians of Abraham's seed?" + +"Through Christ, who was of Judah, we are spiritually Abraham's seed. +One faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all!" + +"I have listened to you, and must say that your faith is great, and has +delivered you." + +"As it will deliver mankind." + +The conversation now ceased, for the alarm-bell began to ring in the +south tower. The sound of it overpowered the din of the storm, and +filled the room with its vibrations, made the table and chairs shake, +and both men tremble. The old man tried to speak, but his guest heard +nothing, and only saw his lips move. Then the old man rose and pointed +to one of the many engravings. + +It represented Anacharsis Clootz, the philanthropist and philosopher, in +a convent, with a crowd of people from all corners of the earth--black, +yellow, white, copper-coloured--seeking to have them admitted +as citizens into the world-republic. The Count smiled in answer +half-distrustfully, half-tolerantly. The old man tried to speak, but +could not be heard. The boom of the bell seemed to come from the depths +of ages, ringing out the past century and ringing in the new, which +would commence in a few weeks--the nineteenth century since the birth of +the Redeemer, who has promised to return, and perhaps will do so in one +way or another. + +The Count sat there fingering the letter-weight in the shape of a +guillotine. Suddenly he seized it, and looked questioningly at the old +man, who nodded in the affirmative. The letter-weight was thrown into +the paper-basket. + +The great bell ceased ringing, the room was quiet, and the old man, his +arms folded over his breast, spoke as though with a sigh of gratitude. + +"The Revolution is over." + +"_This_ Revolution!" + +"'Tribulation worketh patience; patience, experience; experience, hope; +and hope maketh not ashamed!'" + + + + +STRINDBERG'S DEATH-BED + + +(From the _Aftonbladet_, Stockholm, May 15, 1912) The last time that +Strindberg was in full possession of his senses was late on Monday +afternoon (May 13th). He recognised his daughter Greta, who sat by his +bed, and her husband, Dr. Philp. He was fully aware that the end was +near. He made a sign that he wished to have his Bible, which lay on the +table by the bed. They gave it him; he took it in his hand and said: +"All that is personal is now obliterated. I have done with life and +closed the account. This is the only truth." + +He kissed his daughter, but only said, "Dear Greta." Then he said to +Dr. Philp, "Are you still here, Henry?" After talking a little more, his +last utterance was, "Now I have said my last word. Now I talk no more." +He kept his Bible so closely clasped to his breast as though that were +the only thing he had to hold fast before the end. + + So Stromboli retreated in the gloom, + Flinging red flame and molten lava high, + A flaring portent: We, who passed it by, + Carry that lurid memory to the tomb; + Yet round its crater living flowers bloom, + The vine, fig, olive grow and fructify, + Over it laughs the blue Sicilian sky, + A paradise upon the verge of doom. + As fiery as that red volcanic blast, + Through years he wrestled with his unseen Foe, + Wailing in pain "I will not let Thee go + Unless Thou bless me who have held Thee fast,"-- + And thus, like Jacob, from his overthrow, + He rose a cripple, but a prince at last. + + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + +***** This file should be named 7955-8.txt or 7955-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/9/5/7955/ + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D'Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/7955-8.zip b/7955-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..69d57c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/7955-8.zip diff --git a/7955-h.zip b/7955-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5df68a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/7955-h.zip diff --git a/7955-h/7955-h.htm b/7955-h/7955-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1baca75 --- /dev/null +++ b/7955-h/7955-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,14004 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" /> + <title> + Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Historical Miniatures + +Author: August Strindberg + + +Release Date: April, 2005 [EBook #7955] +This file was first posted on June 5, 2003 +Last Updated: October 26, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + + + + +Text file produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D'Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + + + +</pre> + + <div style="height: 8em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + HISTORICAL MINIATURES + </h1> + <h2> + By August Strindberg + </h2> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <h3> + Translated by Claud Field, M.A. + </h3> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_PREF" id="link2H_PREF"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PREFACE + </h2> + <p> + Maximilian Harden, the well-known critic, writes in the <i>Zukunft</i> + (7th September 1907) of the <i>Historical Miniatures</i>: + </p> + <p> + “A very interesting book, as might be expected, for it is Strindberg’s. + And I am bold enough to say a book which should and must be successful + with the public. The writer is not here concerned with Sweden, nor with + Natural History. A philosopher and poet here describes the visions which a + study of the history of mankind has called up before his inner eye. Julian + the Apostate and Peter the Hermit appear on the stage, together with + Attila and Luther, Alcibiades and Eginhard. We see the empires of the + Pharaohs and the Czars, the Athens of Socrates and the ‘Merry England’ of + Henry VIII. There are twenty brief episodes, and each of them is alive. So + powerful is the writer’s faculty of vision, that it compels belief in his + descriptions of countries and men.” + </p> + <p> + “The question whether these cultured circles really were as described, + hardly occurs to us. Never has the remarkable writer shown a more + comprehensive grasp. Since the days of the <i>Confession of a Fool</i>, + Strindberg has become a writer of world-wide significance.” + </p> + <p> + [Footnote: one collection of Maximilian Harden’s essays is published by + Messrs. Blackwood, and another by Mr. Eveleigh Nash.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + <b>CONTENTS</b> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_PREF"> PREFACE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0004"> ALCIBIADES </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> SOCRATES </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0006"> FLACCUS AND MARO </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0007"> LEONTOPOLIS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0008"> THE LAMB </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0009"> THE WILD BEAST </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0010"> ATTILA </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0011"> THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0012"> ISHMAEL </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0013"> EGINHARD TO EMMA </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0014"> THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0015"> PETER THE HERMIT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0016"> LAOCOON </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0017"> THE INSTRUMENT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0018"> OLD MERRY ENGLAND </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0019"> THE WHITE MOUNTAIN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0020"> THE GREAT CZAR </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0021"> THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0022"> DAYS OF JUDGMENT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0023"> STRINDBERG’S DEATH-BED </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE + </h2> + <p> + The old worker in ebony and cabinet-maker, Amram, dwelt by the river-side + in a clay-hut which was covered with palm-leaves. There he lived with his + wife and three children. He was yellow in complexion and wore a long + beard. Skilled in his trade of carving ebony and hard wood, he attended at + Pharaoh’s court, and accordingly also worked in the temples. One morning + in midsummer, just before sunrise, he got out of bed, placed his + implements in a bag, and stepped out of his hut. He remained standing on + the threshold for a moment, and, turning to the east, uttered a low + prayer. Then he began to walk between fishermen’s huts, following the + black broken bank of the river, where herons and doves were resting after + their morning meal. + </p> + <p> + His neighbour, the fisherman, Nepht, was overhauling his nets, and placing + carp, grayling, and sheat-fish in the different partitions of his boat. + </p> + <p> + Amram greeted him, and wished to say some words in token of friendliness. + </p> + <p> + “Has the Nile ceased to rise?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “It remains standing at ten yards’ height. That means starvation!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know why it cannot rise higher than fifteen yards, Nepht?” + </p> + <p> + “Because otherwise we should drown,” answered the fisherman simply. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly, and that we cannot. The Nile, then, has a Lord who + controls the water-level; and He who has measured out the starry vault, + and laid the foundations of the earth, has set up a wall for the waters, + and this wall, which we cannot see, is fifteen yards high. For during the + great flood in the land of our fathers, Ur of the Chaldees, the water rose + fifteen yards—no more, no less. Yes, Nepht, I say ‘we,’ for you are + of our people, though you speak another tongue, and honour strange gods. I + wish you a good morning, Nepht, a very good morning.” + </p> + <p> + He left the abashed fisherman, went on, and entered the outskirts of the + city, where began the rows of citizens’ houses built of Nile-bricks and + wood. He saw the merchant and money-changer Eleazar taking down his + window-shutters while his assistant sprinkled water on the ground before + the shop. Amram greeted him, “A fine morning, cousin Eleazar.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot say,” answered the tradesman sulkily. “The Nile has remained + stationary, and begins to sink. The times are bad.” + </p> + <p> + “Bad times are followed by good times, as our father Abraham knew; and + when Joseph, Jacob’s son, foresaw the seven lean years he counselled + Pharaoh to store up corn in the granaries....” + </p> + <p> + “May be, but that is a forgotten tale now.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and have you also forgotten the promise which the Lord gave to his + friend Abraham?” + </p> + <p> + “That about the land of Canaan? We have waited four hundred years for its + fulfilment, and now, instead of receiving it, Abraham’s children have + become bond-servants.” + </p> + <p> + “Abraham believed through good and through evil days, through joy and + through sorrow, and that was counted to him for righteousness.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t believe at all,” Eleazar broke in, “or rather, I believe that + things go backwards, and that I will have to put up my shutters, if there + is a failure in the crops.” + </p> + <p> + Amram went on with a sad face, and came to the market, where he bought a + millet loaf, a piece of an eel, and some onions. + </p> + <p> + When the market-woman took the piece of money, she spat on it, and when + Amram received his change, he did the same. + </p> + <p> + “Do you spit on the money, Hebrew?” she hissed. + </p> + <p> + “One adopts the customs of the country,” answered Amram. + </p> + <p> + “Do you answer, unclean dog?” + </p> + <p> + “I answer speech, but not abuse.” + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew went on, for a crowd began to gather. He met the barber, Enoch, + and they greeted each other with a sign which the Hebrews had devised, and + which signified, “We believe in the promise to Abraham, and wait, patient + in hope.” + </p> + <p> + Amram reached at last the temple square, passed through the avenue of + Sphinxes, and stood before a little door in the left pylon. He knocked + seven times with his hand; a servant appeared, took Amram by the arm and + led him in. A young priest tied a bandage round his eyes, and, after they + had searched his bag, they took the cabinet-maker by the hand, and led him + into the temple. Sometimes they went up steps, sometimes down them, + sometimes straight-forward. Now and then they avoided pillars, and the + murmur of water was heard; at one time there was a smell of dampness, at + another of incense. + </p> + <p> + At last they halted, and the bandage was taken off Amram’s eyes. He found + himself in a small room with painted walls, some seats, and a cupboard. A + richly-carved ebony door divided this room from a larger one which on one + side opened on to a broad staircase leading down to a terrace facing + eastward. + </p> + <p> + The priest left Amram alone after he had shown him that the door required + repair, and had, with an unmistakable gesture, enjoined on him silence and + secrecy. + </p> + <p> + When Amram was left alone, and found himself for the first time within the + sacred walls which could not overawe a Hebrew’s mind, he yet felt a + certain alarm at all the mysteriousness, of which he had heard since his + youth. In order to shake off his fear of the unknown, he resolved to + satisfy his curiosity, though at the risk of being turned out, if he met + anyone. As a pretext he took a fine plane in his hand, and entered the + great hall. + </p> + <p> + It was very spacious. In the midst was a fountain of red granite, with an + obelisk set upright in the basin. The walls were adorned with figures + painted in simple colours, most of them in red ochre, but also in yellow + and black. He drew off his sandals, and went on into a gallery where stood + mummy-coffins leaning against the wall. + </p> + <p> + Then he entered a domed room, on the vault of which were painted the great + constellations of the northern hemisphere. In the middle of the room stood + a table, on which lay a half-globe covered with designs resembling the + outlines of a map. By the window stood another table, with a model of the + largest pyramid set upon a land-surveyor’s board, with a scale of + measurements. Close by stood an alidade, an instrument for measuring + angles. + </p> + <p> + There was no visible outlet to this room, but after some search the + uninitiated Hebrew found some stairs of acacia-wood leading up through a + wooden tower. He climbed and climbed, but when he looked through the + loopholes, he found himself always on a level with the roof of the domed + room. But he continued to ascend, and after he had again counted a hundred + steps and, looked through a loop hole, he found himself on a level with + the floor of the domed room. Then a wooden door opened, and an elderly man + in half-priestly garb received him with a greeting as though he were a + well-known and expected superior. But when he saw a stranger, he started, + and the two men gazed at each other long, before they could speak. Amram, + who felt unpleasantly surprised, began the verbal encounter: “Reuben? + Don’t you know me, the friend of your youth, and your kinsman in the + Promise?” + </p> + <p> + “Amram, the husband of Jochebed, the son of Kohath! Yes, I know you!” + </p> + <p> + “And you here! After you have vanished from my sight for thirty years!” + </p> + <p> + “And you?” + </p> + <p> + “I was sent for to repair a door; that is all; and when I was left alone, + I wanted to look round. + </p> + <p> + “I am a scribe in the chief school....” + </p> + <p> + “And sacrificest to strange gods....” + </p> + <p> + “No, I do not sacrifice, and I have kept my faith in the promise, Amram. I + have entered this temple in order to learn the secrets of the wise, and to + open from within the fortress which holds Israel captive.” + </p> + <p> + “Secrets? Why should the Highest be secret?” + </p> + <p> + “Because the common people only understand what is low.” + </p> + <p> + “You do not yourself believe in these animals which you call sacred?” + </p> + <p> + “No, they are only symbols—visible signs to body forth the + invisible. We priests and scribes revere the Only One, the Hidden, under + His visible shape, the Sun, giver and sustainer of life. You remember, + when we were young, how Pharaoh Amenophis the Fourth forcibly did away + with the ancient gods and the worship of the sacred animals. He passed + down the river from Thebes proclaiming the doctrine of the Unity of God. + Do you know whence he derived that doctrine? From the Israelites, who, + after Joseph’s marriage to Asenath, daughter of the High Priest of On, + increased in numbers, and even married daughters of the house of Pharaoh. + But after the death of Amenophis the old order was restored, the King + again resided at Thebes, and the ancient gods were brought out again, all + to please the people.” + </p> + <p> + “And you continue to honour the Only One, the Hidden, the Eternal. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we do.” + </p> + <p> + “Is, then, your God not the same as the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob?” + </p> + <p> + “Probably, since there is only One.” + </p> + <p> + “It is strange. Why, then, do you persecute the Hebrews?” + </p> + <p> + “Foreigners are not generally loved. You know that our Pharaoh has lately + conquered the Syrian race of Hittites.” + </p> + <p> + “In the land of Canaan and the region round about, in the land of our + fathers, and of the promise. Do you see, the Lord of Zebaoth, our God, + sends him to prepare the way for our people?” + </p> + <p> + “Do you still believe in the promise?” + </p> + <p> + “As surely as the Lord liveth! And I am told that the time will be soon + fulfilled when we shall leave our bondage, and go to the promised land.” + </p> + <p> + The scribe did not answer, but his face expressed simultaneously doubt in + Amram’s declaration, and the certainty of something quite different which + would soon happen. Amram, who did not wish to have his faith shaken by any + kind of explanations, let the subject drop, and spoke of something + indifferent. + </p> + <p> + “That is a strange staircase.” + </p> + <p> + “It is an elevator, and not a staircase.” + </p> + <p> + Amram glanced up at the domed roof, and found a new pretext for continuing + the conversation, which he did not wish to drop. + </p> + <p> + “Does that represent the sky?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “And its secrets?” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, the secrets? They are accessible to all who can understand them.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell them in a few words.” + </p> + <p> + “Astronomy is not my province, and I know little of it, but still I will + tell you in a few words. The vault up there represents the sky, the board + lying on the table, the earth. Now the wise speak thus: In the beginning + Earth (Sibu) and Heaven (Nuit) lay near each other. But the god of air and + of sunlight (Shu) raised the sky, and set it as a vault over the earth. + The fixed constellations which we know form as it were an impression, like + that of a seal on wax, of the earth, and when the learned study the stars, + they can find out the unknown parts of our earth. Look at the + constellations which you know. In the north the Great Bear; in the south, + at a certain season of the year, the Hunter (Orion), with four stars at + the corners and three stars in the middle. These three we Hebrews call + Jacob’s Staff, and through the uppermost of them passes the sky-gauge or + equator, which corresponds to the earth-gauge where the sources of our + Nile are said to be. + </p> + <p> + “You know also the constellation which we specially love—the River + (Nile). Look, how it flees from the Hunter (Orion), and makes as many + windings as the Nile here on earth. Therefore he who wishes to learn the + hidden secrets of earth must learn them from the sky. Our wise men know + only the lands which lie towards the east; but those which lie in the + north under the Great Bear are unknown to us, as also are the lands + towards the west. But it looks as though the lands of the Bear had great + destinies assigned to them. Their numbers are four and three, like those + of the Hunter. Three represents the Divine with its attributes, four + denotes the most perfect possible: three and four together form the + mysterious number seven. To gods sacrifices are offered with the unequal + number, three; to men, with the equal number four. + </p> + <p> + “This is about all that I have cursorily understood of the secrets of the + sky. If you now wish to understand some of the secrets of the earth, let + us consider the tombs of the Pharaohs. These, apart from their ostensible + purposes of being tombs, have also a hidden one—<i>i.e.</i> to + conceal in their numbers and proportions the discoveries of the learned + regarding the mutual relations of Sibus and Nuits. In the first place, the + sepulchre of the Pharaohs, or the Pyramid, operates with the numbers four + and three; the base with four, the sides with three. That was indeed one + of the secrets of the sky. But the base of the Great Pyramid is 365 ells + broad. There you have the 365 days of the year. Now the triple side of the + Pyramid is 186 great ells, or a stadium long. There you see where our + road-measures come from. + </p> + <p> + “If you multiply the breadth of the base with the number 500, which is + about double the breadth measured in great ells, you obtain a length which + is equivalent to 1/360 of the whole orbital path of the sun in a year, + since the number of days in a lunar year is 360. This length represents + four minutes, and those who live a degree west of us see the sun rise four + minutes later than we do. + </p> + <p> + “This is all I remember about numbers and proportions. If you wish to + learn more—for example, why the sides of the pyramid are inclined at + an angle of 5l°—you must ask the astronomers. The steps to the + funereal chamber, on the other hand, are inclined at an angle of 27°. This + corresponds to the difference between the axis of the universe and the + axis of the earth.” + </p> + <p> + Amram had listened with special attention to the learned scribe’s + explanation of the tombs of the Pharaohs, and when Reuben mentioned + numbers he concentrated his attention still more, as though he wished to + fix something in his mind. Finally he interrupted him, and began to speak: + “You just now mentioned 27°. Good! That is not the inclination of the axis + of the universe, but of the Milky Way, which probably is the real axis and + lies 27° north of the heavenly equator, while the inclination of the + earth’s axis to the orbit of the sun is 23°. But you have forgotten the + third Pyramid, that of Menkheres, the base of which is 107 great ells + broad. This number 107 we find again three or five times in the universe; + there are 107 smaller suns between the earth and the sun; 107 is the + distance of the planet Venus, and also of Jupiter from the sun.” + </p> + <p> + Reuben started. “What? Where did you get all that? Here you let me stand, + and make a fool of me! Where have you learnt that?” + </p> + <p> + “From our oldest and wisest, who have preserved the memories of their home + at Ur in Chaldaea. You despise Assur, you men of Egypt, for you believe + the Nile is the centre of the earth. But there are many centres in the + infinite. Behind Assur, on the Tigris and Euphrates, there lies another + land with another river. It is called the Land of the Seven Rivers, + because its river debouches into seven mouths as the Nile does.” + </p> + <p> + “The Nile has seven arms, as you say, like the seven-branched candlestick! + </p> + <p> + “That betokens the Light of the world, which shall shine from every land + where a river divides itself in order to flow into the sea. The rivers, + you see, are the blood-vessels of the earth, and as these carry blue and + red blood alternately, so our land has its Blue Nile and its Red Nile. The + Blue Nile is poisonous like dark blood, and the Red is fertilising, + life-giving, like red blood. So everything created has its counterpart + above in heaven and below on earth, for all is one, and the Lord of all is + One—One and the Same.” + </p> + <p> + Reuben kept silence and listened. “Speak on!” he said at last. + </p> + <p> + Amram therefore continued: “The tombs of the Pharaohs have also grown out + of the earth on which they rest. The first or Great Pyramid is built after + the pattern of sea-salt when it crystallises in the warmth of the sun. If + you could look through a dewdrop into a salt-crystal, you would find it + built up of an infinite number of squares just like the Great Pyramid. But + if you let alum crystallise, you will see a whole field of pyramids. Alum + is the salt deposited in clay. There you have the salt of the earth and of + the sea. + </p> + <p> + “But there is another kind of pyramid with blunted corners. That is the + original form of sulphur when found in chalk. Now we have water, earth, + and chalk with its fire-stone. There is still a third kind of pyramid with + blunted edges; these resemble crystallised flint or rock crystal. There + you have the foundation of the mountains. A closer examination of the + Nile-mud will discover all these primary forms and substances—clay, + salt, sulphur, and flint. Therefore the Nile is the blood of the earth. + And the mountains are the flesh, not the bones.” + </p> + <p> + Reuben, whose Egyptian name was Phater, had regarded Amram while he spoke + with alarm and amazement. When the latter had ceased to speak, he began, + “You are not Amram the worker in ebony and cabinet-maker.” + </p> + <p> + “I am certainly a worker in ebony and cabinetmaker, but I am also of + Israel’s priestly line. I am the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, the son + of Jacob, the son of Isaac, the son of Abraham. I am a Levite and the + husband of Jochebed. Miriam, and Aaron are the children hitherto born to + me; one unborn I still await. Now I go back to my work; show me the way!” + </p> + <p> + Phater went in front, but led Amram by another way than that by which he + had come. As they passed by an open door, which led into a large hall + lined with bookcases, Amram stopped, full of curiosity, and wished to + enter, in order to look at the numerous books. But Phater held him back by + his garment, “Don’t go in,” he said; “the place is full of traps and + snares. The guardian of the library sits concealed in the middle of the + hall, and guards his treasures jealously. He has had the floor made of + dried willow-withes, which creak when they are trodden upon. He hears + anyone stealing in, and he hears if a scribe touches the forbidden books. + He has heard us, and he is feeling after us! Don’t you feel as if cold + snake-tongues were touching your cheeks, your forehead, your eyelids?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do.” + </p> + <p> + “It is he, stretching out the fingers of his soul, as we stretch out an + arm. But now I cut off the feeler which wants to examine us.” + </p> + <p> + He took out a knife, and made a cut through the air in front of them. + </p> + <p> + Amram felt a sudden glow, and at the same moment saw a great adder + writhing on the ground in its death-struggle. + </p> + <p> + “You practise magic arts here?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Did you not know that?” + </p> + <p> + “I did not expect it.” + </p> + <p> + At the same instant the wall seemed to open, and they saw a mass of Nile + mud in which crocodiles and snakes twined round each other, while a + hippopotamus trampled threateningly with its forefeet. + </p> + <p> + Amram was alarmed, but Phater took out an amulet in the shape of a + scarabaeus, and, holding it as a shield in front of him, he passed through + the terrible shapes, which dissolved like smoke, while Amram followed him. + </p> + <p> + “The magician only cheats our eyes,” said Phater, and as he waved his hand + the whole appearance vanished. + </p> + <p> + Now they stood again in the first hall, and, pointing to the Nilometer, + Amram said, “Famine!” + </p> + <p> + “There is no doubt of that. Therefore all superfluous mouths should be + stopped.” + </p> + <p> + “What!” + </p> + <p> + Phater saw that he had made a slip of the tongue. + </p> + <p> + “I mean,” he said, “Pharaoh must consider how to get corn.” + </p> + <p> + “He would find a Joseph useful just now.” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” broke in Phater more vehemently than he intended. “Don’t you know + that Joseph the son of Jacob brought the Egyptians to be Pharaoh’s + bond-slaves. Your chronicles and ours relate that he made the peasants + mortgage their land in return for help during the seven lean years, and + that, by his doing so, Pharaoh became sole possessor of all the land of + Egypt.” + </p> + <p> + “You are not Reuben; you are Phater the Egyptian, for if you were an + Israelite, you would not have spoken thus. Our ways part. I go to my + work.” + </p> + <p> + Amram laid his hand on the door, and Phater glided into the shadow of the + columns and vanished. But Amram saw by his bent back that he had evil + designs. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + When Amram came home in the evening, he found that his wife had borne a + son. He was like other healthy children, but did not cry; after the bath + he was wrapped in linen and laid in the darkest corner of the cottage. + </p> + <p> + The next day before sunrise Amram went again to his work in the Temple of + the Sun, and was again led into the chamber with his eyes bandaged. There + he was left alone without receiving any counsel or advice regarding what + he was to do. This carelessness seemed to him like indifference, and + indicated a general laxness in the temple servants. Therefore he again + entered the columned hall. He looked uneasily at the Nilometer, in which + the water had sunk. There was no hope of the fifteen ells of water which + the earth needed for the harvest of the year. + </p> + <p> + He stepped out on the terrace, which looked towards the east, and entered + an open colonnade. But before he went farther, he took the precaution of + dropping small pieces of papyrus to show him the way back. He went through + narrow courtyards, but took care not to climb steps; his experience of + yesterday had warned him. At last he found himself in a forest of pillars + whose tops were crowned with lotus-buds, and, as he listened, he heard + what seemed a faint song of children’s voices from the roof. He laid his + ear to a pillar, and heard it more clearly, like the ringing music of + zither and harp. He knew that this was caused by the sun, which had + already warmed the stones of the roof, and was about to ascend the sky. + </p> + <p> + He went forward, and suddenly saw a terrace upon which stood a sacrificial + altar. From the terrace, a flight of stairs flanked with sphinxes + descended to the river. Thence there sloped a valley, bounded on the east + by the mountains of the Red Sea. At the altar there stood a priest in a + white linen robe with a purple border. He had raised his arms towards + heaven, and stood motionless. His hands were quite white, since the blood + had sunk into his arms, and the face of the old man seemed astrain with + the strength he had invoked from above. Sometimes his body shuddered as + though streams of fire ran through it. He was silent, and gazed towards + the East. Then the shining edge of the sun’s disk rose above the + mountain-ridge, and the white hands of the priest became transparently + crimson like his face. And he opened his mouth and said: “Sun-god: Lord of + the splendour of rays, be Thou extolled in the morning when Thou risest, + and in the evening when Thou descendest. I cry to Thee, Lord of Eternity, + Thou Sun of both horizons, Thou Creator who hast created Thyself. All the + gods shout aloud when they behold Thee, O King of heaven; my youth is + renewed when I see thy beauty. Hail to Thee, as Thou passest from land to + land, Thou Father of the gods!” + </p> + <p> + He stopped speaking and remained standing, his arms outstretched towards + the sun, as though he absorbed warmth from it. + </p> + <p> + Then in the forest of pillars a rattle of arms was heard, which ceased + immediately, and forthwith a stately beardless man appeared, clothed in + purple and gold. His walk was as noiseless as that of a panther’s, and he + seemed to glide over the floor which reflected his image, a bright shadow + which followed him as he went. When he came out on the terrace the sun + cast behind him a gigantic dark shadow which lay there like a carpet. + </p> + <p> + “Already at prayer, thou wisest of the wise!” was Pharaoh’s greeting to + the Chief Priest. + </p> + <p> + “My lord has called me, thy servant has obeyed. My lord has returned to + his land after long and victorious campaigns in far and foreign countries. + Thy servant greets Pharaoh to his face.” + </p> + <p> + Pharaoh sat down on a chair of state, his face turned towards the rising + sun, and began to speak like one who wishes to set his thoughts in order. + “My chariots have rolled over the red soil of Syria, my horses have + trampled the highways of Babylon and Nineveh; I have crossed the Euphrates + and Tigris, and marched through the region between the two rivers; I have + come to the land of the Five Rivers, and seen the Seven in the distance, + where the Land of Silk begins, that stretches towards the sunrise. I have + returned on my traces and gone northward towards Scythia and Colchis. + Wherever I went I heard murmurs and saw movements. The people have awaked; + in the temples they prophesied the return of the gods; for men had been + left alone to manage their affairs and to guide their destinies, but had + done both badly. Justice had become injustice, and truth, falsehood; the + whole earth groaned for deliverance. At last their prayers reached the + throne of the All-merciful. And now the wise, the gentle, the saintly + proclaim in all tongues the joyful message, ‘The gods return again. They + return in order to put right what the children of men have thrown in + confusion, to give laws and to protect justice.’ This message I bring home + as a spoil of victory, and thou, wisest of the wise, shalt receive it + first from thy lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Thou hearest, my Lord Pharaoh, what is spoken over the whole circle of + the earth; thine eyes see farther than the stars of heaven and the eye of + the sun!” + </p> + <p> + “And yet only my ear has heard, but my intelligence has not grasped what + the gods have revealed to me in a dream. Interpret it for me.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell it, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “I saw nothing, but I heard a voice, when sleep had quenched the light of + my eyes. The voice spoke in the darkness, and said, ‘The red earth will + spread over all lands, but the black shall be dispersed like the sand.’” + </p> + <p> + “The dream, my lord is not hard to interpret, but it forebodes nothing + good.” + </p> + <p> + “Interpret it.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well; the red earth is Syria, as thou knowest, my lord, where live + the wretched Hittites, that is the hereditary land of the Hebrew, Canaan. + The black earth is that of the Nile, thy land, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Again the Hebrews, always the Hebrews! Centuries have passed since this + people wandered into our land. They have increased without disturbing us. + I neither love nor hate them; but now I fear them. They have had to toil, + of late more severely than ever, but they do not murmur; they are patient + as though they expected something to happen.” + </p> + <p> + “Let them go, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “No! for then they will go, and found a new kingdom.” + </p> + <p> + “Let them go.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will destroy them.” + </p> + <p> + “Let them go.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I will destroy them.” + </p> + <p> + “But thy dream, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “I interpret that as a warning and exhortation.” + </p> + <p> + “Touch not that people, my lord, for their God is stronger than ours.” + </p> + <p> + “Their God is that of the Chaldaeans. Let our gods fight. I have spoken; + thou hast heard; I add nothing and retract nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “My Lord, thou seest one sun in the sky, and believest that it shines over + all nations: do you not believe that there is one Lord of the heaven who + rules the destinies of all nations?” + </p> + <p> + “It should be so, but the Lord of heaven has made me ruler over this land, + and now I rule it.” + </p> + <p> + “Thou rulest it, my lord, but thou rulest not wind and weather; thou canst + not raise the water of the Nile by one inch, and thou canst not prevent + the crops failing again this year.” + </p> + <p> + “Failing? What does the Nilometer say?” + </p> + <p> + “My lord, the sun has entered the sign of the Balance, and the water is + sinking already. It means famine.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will destroy all superfluous and strange mouths which take the + bread from the children of the country. I will annihilate the Hebrews.” + </p> + <p> + “Let them go free, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “I will summon the midwives, and have every boy that is born of a Hebrew + woman destroyed. I have spoken; now I act.” Pharaoh rose from his chair, + and departed more quickly than he had come. Amram sought to find his way + back, but could only discover one piece of papyrus. Then he remained + standing and feared much, for he could not find his way. + </p> + <p> + The sun had risen, and there was no more music in the forest of pillars, + but silence. But as Amram listened he began to be aware of that compressed + stillness which emanates from a listener, or from children who do + something forbidden and do not wish to be discovered. He felt that someone + was near who wished to be concealed, but who still kept his thoughts + directed towards him. In order to satisfy himself Amram went in the + direction where the silence seemed to be densest. And lo! behind a pillar + stood Phater. He did not show a sign of embarrassment, but only held out + his open hand, in which lay all the pieces of papyrus, which Amram had + strewed as he went. + </p> + <p> + “You must not strew pieces of papyrus on the ground,” said Phater with an + inscrutable smile. “Yes—I am not angry, I only wish you well. For + now you will follow me, and not return to your work, which was only a trap + set for your life. You must return to your house, and take care that your + new-born child is not killed. You see that Reuben-Phater is a true + Israelite, although you would not believe him.” + </p> + <p> + Amram followed him out of the temple, and went home. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Jochebed went about in Pharaoh’s garden watering cucumbers; she went to + and fro with her watering pot between the Watergate that opened on the + river and the cucumber-bed. But sometimes she went through the gate and + remained for a while outside. + </p> + <p> + Miriam, her daughter, pruned the vines which grew against the garden-wall, + but seemed to direct her attention more towards the broad walk which led + up to the summer palace of the princesses. Her head moved like the leaf of + the palm-tree when the wind blows through it, looking sometimes towards + the Watergate, sometimes towards the great walk, while her hands carried + on her work. As her mother delayed her return, she went from the wall down + to the gate, and out to the low river shore where the bulrushes swayed in + the gentle south wind. A stonechat of the desert sat on a rock by the + river, wagged its tail, and flapped its wings, as though it wished to show + something which it saw; and chattered at the sight of something strange + among the bulrushes. High up in the air a hawk hovered in spiral circles, + eyeing the ground below. Miriam broke off some lotus-buds and threw them + at the stonechat, which flew away, but kept its beak still pointing + towards the rushes. The girl girt up her dress, waded into the water, and + now saw her mother standing, hidden up to her waist in a forest of + papyrus-reeds, bending over a reed-basket with a baby at her breast. + </p> + <p> + “Mother,” whispered Miriam, “Pharaoh’s daughter is approaching; she comes + to bathe in the river.” + </p> + <p> + “Lord God of Israel, have mercy on my child!” + </p> + <p> + “If you have given the child enough to drink, hasten and come.” + </p> + <p> + The mother bowed herself like an arch over the child; her hair hung down + like an insect-net, and two tears fell from her eyes on the little one’s + outstretched hands. Then she rose, placed a sweet date in its mouth, + softly closed the cover, murmured a blessing, and came out of the water. + </p> + <p> + A gentle breeze from the land swayed the rushes and crisped the surface of + the river. + </p> + <p> + “The basket swims,” she said, “but the river flows on; it is red with + blood and thick as cream. Lord God of Israel, have mercy!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, He will,” answered Miriam, “as He had mercy on our father Abraham, + who obtained the promise, because he obeyed and believed, ‘Through thy + seed shall all the families on the earth be blessed.’” + </p> + <p> + “And now Pharaoh slays all the first-born.” + </p> + <p> + “But not thy son.” + </p> + <p> + “Not yet.” + </p> + <p> + “Pray and hope.” + </p> + <p> + “What? That the monsters of the river do not swallow him, that the waves + of the river do not drown him, that Pharaoh’s executioners do not kill + him! Is that the hope?” + </p> + <p> + “The promise is greater, and it lives: ‘Thy seed shall possess the gate of + his enemies.’” + </p> + <p> + “And then Amram thy father has fled.” + </p> + <p> + “To Raamses and Pithom, where our people toil in the buildings; he has + gone there to warn and advise them. He has done well. Hush! Pharaoh’s + daughter comes.” + </p> + <p> + “But she cannot bathe in the blood of our child.” + </p> + <p> + “She comes, however. But she is the friend of the poor Hebrews; fear not.” + </p> + <p> + “She is her father’s daughter.” + </p> + <p> + “The Egyptians are our cousins; they are Ham’s descendants, and we are + Shem’s. Shem and Ham were brothers.” + </p> + <p> + “But Ham was cursed by his father Noah, and Kanaan was Ham’s son.” + </p> + <p> + “But Noah said, ‘Blessed be the Lord God of Shem, and let Kanaan be his + servant.’ Have you heard? Shem received the promise, and we belong to + him.” + </p> + <p> + “Lord of Hosts, help us; the basket drifts with the wind! It drifts + towards the bathing-house,—and the vulture up there in the air.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a hawk, mother!” Jochebed ran up and down the bank, like a dog + whom its master has deserted; she beat her breast, and wept great tears. + </p> + <p> + Steps and voices were audible. “Here is Pharaoh’s daughter!” + </p> + <p> + “But the Lord God of Israel is watching over us.” + </p> + <p> + The two women hid themselves in the reeds, and Pharaoh’s daughter appeared + with her attendants at the watergate. She stepped on the bridge leading to + the bath-house, which was a hut of coloured camel’s skin, supported by + pillars which stood in the bed of the river. But the basket drifted + against the bridge and excited the curiosity of the princess. She remained + standing and waited. Jochebed and Miriam could not hear what she said on + account of the wind, but by her quiet movements they saw that she expected + some amusement from the strange gift brought by the river. Now she sent a + slave to the bank. The latter ran and broke off a long reed, which she + handed to her mistress, who fished for the basket and brought it within + reach. Then she knelt down and opened it. Jochebed saw two little arms + outstretched. The princess laughed aloud, and turned to the women. She + uttered an expression of joy, and then lifted the infant, which nestled in + her maiden bosom and felt about in her white robe. Then the princess + kissed it, pressed it to her breast, and turned back to the shore. + </p> + <p> + Miriam, who had now lost all fear, stepped forward and fell on her face. + “See, Miriam,” said the princess, whose name was Temma, “I have found a + baby. I have received it from the Nile, and therefore it is a child of the + gods. But now you must find a nurse for it.” + </p> + <p> + “Where shall I find one, noble princess?” + </p> + <p> + “Search! But you must find one before evening. Do not forget, however, + that it is my child, since I drew it out of the water. I have given him + his name, and he shall be called Moses. And I will have him educated so + that he becomes a man after our mind. Go in peace, and find me a nurse!” + </p> + <p> + Pharaoh’s daughter went with her child up to the palace, and Miriam looked + for her mother among the reeds, where she had waited and heard what + Pharaoh’s daughter had said and resolved. + </p> + <p> + “Mother, Pharaoh’s daughter will bring up Amram and Jochebed’s son. Ham’s + children will serve Shem’s. Praised be the Lord, the God of Shem! Now you + believe in the promise, mother!” + </p> + <p> + “Now I believe, and God be praised for His great mercy!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS + </h2> + <p> + After a hot day the sun began to sink, and the market-place lay already in + shadow. The shadow rose and climbed up the Acropolis, on which the shield + of Pallas still gleamed as the aegis of the city. + </p> + <p> + Before the vari-coloured colonnade stood a group of men who had assembled + before the semi-circular marble seat called the Hemicyklion; they appeared + to be awaiting someone’s arrival before they sat down. Among them were + stately and handsome men, but there was also an extraordinarily ugly one, + round whom, however, the others seemed to press. His face resembled that + of a slave or satyr, and there were Athenians who thought they could trace + in it the marks of all kinds of wickedness and crime. On hearing of such + suspicions, Socrates is said to have remarked, “Think how much Socrates + must have had to contend against, for he is neither wicked nor a + criminal!” + </p> + <p> + This was the man known to the whole population of Athens as an eccentric + character who carried on philosophical discussions in streets and + market-places, in drinking-houses and brothels. He shunned no society, and + was on equally intimate terms with Pericles, the head of the state, and + with the licentious Alcibiades. He sat down to table with tradesmen and + artisans, drank with sailors in the Piraeus, and lived himself with his + family in the suburb Ceramicus. When it was asked why Socrates was always + out of doors, his friends answered, “because he was not comfortable at + home.” And when his more intimate friends asked how he could be on + intimate terms with seamen and tax-gatherers, Socrates himself answered, + “They are also men!” + </p> + <p> + At the philosopher’s side, and when he sat, standing behind him, was + always to be seen a youth, whose broad brow attracted attention. This was + his best disciple, whose real name was Aristokles, but who, on account of + his forehead, had the nickname Plato. + </p> + <p> + Vying with him in an almost jealous rivalry to appear by the Master’s + side, stood the beautiful Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + The third after them was the stately austere Euripides, the tragic + dramatist. Turning his back to the company, absorbed in thought and + tracing designs on the ground, as though he were always at work, stood + Phidias, the man “who made gods for Athens.” On the edge of the fountain + sat a man with his legs dangling and his mouth perpetually moving, as + though he were sharpening his tongue for thrust and counter-thrust; his + brow was furrowed and worn as though with fruitless thought, his eyes + glowered like those of a serpent watching for its prey. That was the + Sophist, Protagoras, the reasoner for hire, who for a few figs or a pair + of obols, could make black seem white, but was tolerated in this brilliant + society, because he could carry on a dialogue. They used him to enliven + their meetings, and pitted him in argument against Socrates, who, however, + always entangled him in the meshes of his dialectic. At last came the one + they expected. It was the head of the State, who would have been king had + not the kingship been abolished. His appearance was majestic, but his + entrance without a body-guard was like that of a simple citizen. He ruled + also only by force of his personal qualities—wisdom, strength of + will, moderation, forethought. + </p> + <p> + After exchanging greetings which showed that they had already met that + day, for they had been celebrating the deliverance from Persia at the + Salamis festival, the company sat down on the long semicircular marble + seat, called the Hemicyklion. When all had taken their seats, which were + reserved for each according to prescription, a silence followed which was + unusual in this circle, for they were accustomed to assemble as if for an + intellectual feast at every sunset. It was a symposium of minds, at which + the excesses, according to Alcibiades, were only spiritual. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades, the second youngest, but spoilt and aggressive, was the first + to break the silence. “We have been celebrating the battle of Salamis, the + day of our deliverance from the barbarians and the King of Persia, and I + see we are tired.” + </p> + <p> + “Not too tired,” answered Pericles, “to forget the birthday of our friend + Euripides, for, as we all know, he first saw the daylight when the sun + shone on the battle of Salamis.” + </p> + <p> + “He shall have a libation,” answered Alcibiades, “when we sit at table + with our cups in front of us.” + </p> + <p> + The Sophist, sitting by the fountain, had now collected enough yarn to + commence spinning with. + </p> + <p> + “How do you know,” he began, “that our deliverance from the King of Persia + was really a piece of good fortune? How do you know that Salamis was a + happy day for Hellas? Has not our great Aeschylus lamented and + sympathetically described the defeat of the Persians? + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “‘Hateful to me is thy name, Salamis, + And with a sigh I think of thee, Athens!’” + </pre> + <p> + “For shame, Sophist!” Alcibiades broke in. + </p> + <p> + But Protagoras whetted his beak and continued, “It is not I who say that + the name of Salamis is hateful, but Aeschylus, and I, as everyone knows, + am not Aeschylus. Neither have I maintained that it was a good thing to + serve the Persian King. I have only questioned, and a questioner asserts + nothing. Is it not so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + The master drew his fingers through his long beard, and answered. + </p> + <p> + “There are direct and indirect assertions; a question can be an indirect + and mischievous assertion. Protagoras has made such a one by his + question.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! Socrates!” exclaimed Alcibiades, who wished to kindle a flame. + </p> + <p> + Pericles spoke: “Protagoras, then, has asserted that you would be happier + under the Persian King. What should be done with such a man?” + </p> + <p> + “Throw him backwards in the fountain,” cried Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + “I appeal!” protested the Sophist. + </p> + <p> + “To the mob! They will always justify you,” Alcibiades interrupted. + </p> + <p> + “One does not say ‘mob’ if one is a democrat, Alcibiades. And one does not + quote Aeschylus when Euripides is present. When Phidias sits here one + would rather speak of his Parthenon and his Athene, whose robe even now + glitters in the sinking sun. Courtesy is the salt of social life.” + </p> + <p> + Thus Pericles sought to direct the conversation into a new channel, but + the Sophist thwarted him. + </p> + <p> + “If Phidias’ statue of Athene must borrow its gold from the sun, that may + prove that the gold granted by the State did not suffice, and that + therefore there is a deficiency. Is it not so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + The master silenced with his outstretched hand the murmur of disapproval + which arose, and said: + </p> + <p> + “It must first be proved that Phidias’ statue must borrow gold from the + sun, but since that is unproved, it is absurd to talk of a deficit. + Moreover, gold cannot be borrowed from the sun. Therefore what Protagoras + says is mere babble, and deserves no answer. On the other hand, will + Phidias answer this question? ‘When you have made Athene up there on the + Parthenon, have you made Athene?’” + </p> + <p> + “I have made her image,” answered Phidias. + </p> + <p> + “Right! You have made her image. But after what pattern?” + </p> + <p> + “After the pattern in my mind.” + </p> + <p> + “Not after an external one, then? Have you seen the goddess with your + eyes?” + </p> + <p> + “Not with my outward eyes.” + </p> + <p> + “Does she then exist outside you, or inside you?” + </p> + <p> + “If no one were listening to us, I would answer ‘She is not outside of me, + therefore she is not anywhere at all.’” + </p> + <p> + Pericles interrupted him: “You are talking of the gods of the State: + friends, take care!” + </p> + <p> + “Help, Protagoras! Socrates is throttling me!” cried Phidias. + </p> + <p> + “In my opinion it is not Zeus but Prometheus who has created men,” + answered the Sophist. “But Zeus gave unfinished man two imperishable gifts—the + sense of shame and conscience.” + </p> + <p> + “Then Protagoras was not made by Zeus, for he lacks both.” This thrust + came from Alcibiades. But now the taciturn tragedian Euripides began to + speak: “Allow me to say something both about Zeus and about Prometheus; + and don’t think me discourteous if I cite my great teacher Aeschylus when + I speak about the gods.” + </p> + <p> + But Pericles broke in: “Unless my eyes deceive me, I saw just now a pair + of ears projecting from behind the pillar of Hermes, and these ass’s ears + can only belong to the notorious tanner.” + </p> + <p> + “Cleon!” exclaimed Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + But Euripides continued: “What do I care about the tanner, since I do not + fear the gods of the State? These gods, whose decline Aeschylus foretold + long ago! Does not his <i>Prometheus</i> say that the Olympian Zeus will + be overthrown by his own descendant—the son that will be born of a + virgin? Is it not so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly: ‘she will bear a son who is stronger than his father.’ But who + it will be, and when he will be born, he does not say. Now I believe that + Zeus already lies <i>in extremis</i>.” + </p> + <p> + Again the warning voice of Pericles was heard. “The gods of the State! + Hush, friends! Cleon is listening!” + </p> + <p> + “I, on the other hand,” broke in Alcibiades, “believe that Athens is near + her end. While we have been celebrating the victory of Salamis, the + Spartans have risen and devastated the north. Megaris, Locris, Boeotia, + and Phocis are already on her side.” + </p> + <p> + “What you say is well known,” answered Pericles deprecatingly, “but at + present there is a truce, and we have three hundred ships at sea. Do you + think, Socrates, that there is danger?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot mix in the affairs of State; but if Athens is in danger, I will + take up shield and lance as before.” + </p> + <p> + “When you saved my life at Potidaea,” added Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + “No, the danger is not there,” interrupted Euripides—“not in Sparta, + but here at home. The demagogues have stirred up the marsh, and therefore + we have the pestilence in the Agora, and the pestilence in the Piraeus.” + </p> + <p> + “That in Piraeus is the worse of the two,” said Protagoras; “don’t you + think so, Alcibiades?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, for there are my best girls. My flute-players, who are to perform at + supper this evening, live by the harbour. But, by Hercules, no one here + fears death, I suppose?” + </p> + <p> + “No one fears, and no one wishes it,” answered Socrates; “but if you have + other girls, that would increase our pleasure.” + </p> + <p> + “Euripides does not like girls,” interrupted Protagoras. + </p> + <p> + “That is not true,” answered Euripides; “I like girls, but not women.” + </p> + <p> + Pericles rose: “Let us go to supper, and have walls round our conversation—walls + without ears! Support me, Phidias, I am tired.” + </p> + <p> + Plato approached Socrates: “Master, let me carry your mantle?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “That is my function, boy,” said Alcibiades, intercepting him. + </p> + <p> + “It was once,” objected Socrates; “now it belongs to Plato of the broad + head. Notice his name! He descends from Codrus, the last king, who gave + his life to save his people. Plato is of royal birth.” + </p> + <p> + “And Alcibiades is of the race of heroes, the Alcmaeonidae, like his uncle + Pericles; a noble company.” + </p> + <p> + “But Phidias is of the race of the gods; that is more.” + </p> + <p> + “I am probably descended from the Titans,” broke in Protagoras. “I say + ‘probably,’ for one knows nothing at all, and hardly that. Don’t you think + so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “<i>You</i> know nothing at all, and least of all what you talk about.” + The company passed through the Sacred Street, and went together to the + theatre of Dionysus, near which Alcibiades lived. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The demagogue Cleon had really been lurking out of sight, and listening to + the conversation. And so had another man with a yellow complexion and a + full black beard, who seemed to belong to the artisan class. When the + brilliant company had departed, Cleon stepped forward, laid his hand on + the stranger’s shoulder, and said: + </p> + <p> + “You have heard their conversation?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I have,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + “Then you can give evidence.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot give evidence, because I am a foreigner.” + </p> + <p> + “Still you have heard how they spoke against the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “I am a Syrian, and only know one true God. Your gods are not mine.” + </p> + <p> + “You are a Hebrew, then! What is your name?” + </p> + <p> + “I am an Israelite, of the family of Levi, and call myself now + Cartophilus.” + </p> + <p> + “A Phoenician, then?” + </p> + <p> + “No, a Hebrew. My forefathers came out of Ur of the Chaldees, then fell + into bondage in Egypt, but were brought by Moses and Joshua to the land of + Canaan, where we became powerful under our own kings, David and Solomon.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know them.” + </p> + <p> + “Two hundred years ago our city Jerusalem was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, + King of Babylon, and our people were carried captive to Babylon. But when + Babylon was overthrown by the King of Persia, we fell under the power of + the Persians, and have groaned under the successors of your Xerxes of + Salamis, whom we called Ahasuerus.” + </p> + <p> + “Your enemies, our enemies! Very well, friend; how did you come here.” + </p> + <p> + “When the Assyrian was about to carry us for the first time into + captivity, those who could flee, fled to Rhodes, Crete, and the islands of + Greece. But of those who were carried away some were sent northwards to + Media. My ancestors came hither from Media, and I am a new-comer.” + </p> + <p> + “Your speech is dark to me, but I have heard your nation praised because + they are faithful to the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “God! There is only One, the Single and True, who has created heaven and + earth, and given the promise to our people.” + </p> + <p> + “What promise?” + </p> + <p> + “That our nation shall possess the earth.” + </p> + <p> + “By Heracles! But the commencement is not very promising.” + </p> + <p> + “That is our belief, and it has supported us during our wanderings in the + wilderness, and during the Captivity.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you give evidence against these blasphemers of the gods?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Cleon, for you are idolaters. Socrates and his friends do not believe + in your gods, and that will be counted to them for righteousness. Yes, + Socrates appeared to me rather to worship the Eternal and Invisible, whom + we dare not name. Therefore I do not give evidence against him.” + </p> + <p> + “Is <i>that</i> the side you are on? Then go in peace, but beware! Go!” + </p> + <p> + “The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob will protect me, so long as I and my + house keep His laws.” + </p> + <p> + Cleon had espied his friend and fellow-artisan in the colonnade, and + therefore let the inflexible Hebrew go. The latter hastened towards the + sycamore avenue of the oil-market, and disappeared there. + </p> + <p> + Anytos the tanner and politician approached, rehearsing a written speech + which he was intending to deliver: “Athens or Sparta,—that is the + whole question at issue....” + </p> + <p> + Cleon, full of curiosity, interrupted him: “What are you rehearsing, + Anytos?” + </p> + <p> + “A speech.” + </p> + <p> + “So I heard! Athens or Sparta! Government by the people, or government by + donkeys. The people, the weightiest element in the State, the cultivators + of the land, the producers of wealth, lie at the bottom like gold. The + worthless, the drones, the rich, the aristocratic, the most frivolous, + swim on the surface like chips and corks. Athens has always represented + government by the people, and will always do so; Sparta represents the + donkey-government. + </p> + <p> + “The oligarchy, you mean, Cleon.” + </p> + <p> + “No; donkeys. Therefore, Anytos, Athens is badly governed, for Pericles + the rich man, who boasts of royal ancestors, has come to power. How can he + sympathise with these people, since he has never been down there below? + How can he see them rightly from above? He sits on the gable-roof of the + Parthenon, and views the Athenians as ants, while they are lions, with + their claws pared and their teeth drawn. We, Anytos, born down there amid + the skins of the tanyard and dog’s-dung, we understand our perspiring + brothers—we know them by the smell, so to speak. But like readily + associates with like; therefore Sparta feels attracted to Athens, to + Pericles and his followers. Pericles draws Sparta to himself, and we + sink....” + </p> + <p> + Anytos, himself an orator, did not like to hear eloquence from others, + therefore he cut abruptly through Cleon’s speech. + </p> + <p> + “Pericles is ill.” + </p> + <p> + “Is he ill?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he has fever!” + </p> + <p> + “Really? Perhaps the plague.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps.” + </p> + <p> + This interjected remark of Anytos had crossed Cleon’s prolix discourse, + and a new hope glimmered before him. + </p> + <p> + “And after Pericles?” he said. “Cleon, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not? The man of the people for the people, but no philosophers nor + actors. So, Pericles is sick, is he? Listen, Anytos? Who is Nicias?” + </p> + <p> + “He is a grandee who believes in oracles.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t attack the oracles. I certainly do not believe in them, but a State + requires for its stability a certain uniformity in everything—laws, + customs, and religion. Therefore I support the gods of the State—and + what belongs to them.” + </p> + <p> + “I also support the gods of the State, so long as the people do.” + </p> + <p> + The two orators began to be mutually weary, and Cleon wished for solitude + in order to hatch the eggs which Anytos had laid for him. Therefore he + remarked, “You say that Nicias....” + </p> + <p> + “I am going to bathe,” broke in Anytos; “otherwise I will get no sleep + to-night.” + </p> + <p> + “But Alcibiades, who is he?” + </p> + <p> + “He is the traitor Ephialtes, who will lead the Persian King to + Thermopylae.” + </p> + <p> + “The Persian King in the east, Sparta in the south.” + </p> + <p> + “Macedonia in the north.” + </p> + <p> + “And in the west, new Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “Enemies in all four quarters! Woe to Athens!” + </p> + <p> + “Woe to Hellas!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The guests had assembled at the house of Alcibiades, who on his arrival + had immediately gone off, with the laudable object of procuring + flute-players. Since the evening was warm, supper was served in the Aula, + or inner court, which was surrounded by Corinthian colonnades, and lighted + by many lamps which hung between the pillars. + </p> + <p> + After they had taken a light meal, ivy wreaths were distributed and cups + were set before the guests. + </p> + <p> + Aspasia, the only woman present, had the place of honour next to Pericles. + She had come at the beginning, accompanied by her slaves, and was waiting + impatiently for the verbal contests to begin. But Pericles was depressed + and tired. Socrates lay on his back, silent, and looked up at the stars, + Euripides chewed a wood-splinter and was morose; Phidias kneaded balls of + bread, which in his hand took the shapes of animals; Protagoras whispered + to Plato, who, with becoming youthful modesty, kept in the background. + </p> + <p> + Quite at the bottom of the table sat the skeleton, with a wreath of roses + round its white forehead. In order to counteract the uncanny feeling + likely to be aroused by this unbidden guest, Alcibiades had placed an + onion between its front teeth, and in one of its hands an asphodel lily, + which the skeleton appeared to smell at. + </p> + <p> + When the silence at last became oppressive, Pericles roused himself from + his lethargy, and opened the conversation. + </p> + <p> + “I should like,” he said, “without raising any bitterness or strife, to + suggest as a subject for discussion the often-raised question of + Euripides’ supposed misogyny. What do you say, Protagoras?” + </p> + <p> + “Our friend Euripides has been married three times, and each time has had + children. He can therefore not be a woman-hater. Is it not so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Euripides,” answered Socrates, “loves Aspasia, as we all do, and can + therefore not be a woman-hater. He loves, with Pericles’ consent, the + beauty of Aspasia’s mind, and is therefore no misogynist. Not much that is + complimentary can be said about Aspasia’s person, and we have nothing to + do with it. Is Aspasia beautiful, Phidias?” + </p> + <p> + “Aspasia is not beautiful, but her soul is beautiful and good. Is it not, + Pericles?” + </p> + <p> + “Aspasia is my friend, and the mother of our child; Aspasia is a wise + woman, for she possesses modesty and conscientiousness, self-knowledge and + foresight; Aspasia is prudent, for she is silent when wise men speak. But + Aspasia can also cause wise men to speak wisely by listening to them; for + she helps them to produce thoughts, not like Socrates’ midwife, who only + brings corporeal births to pass, but she incarnates their souls.” + </p> + <p> + Protagoras continued: “Aspasia is like the Mother Cybele of us all; she + bears us in her bosom.” + </p> + <p> + “Aspasia is the scale of the zither, without whom our strings would not + sound.” + </p> + <p> + “Aspasia is the mother of us all,” recommenced Socrates, “but she is also + the midwife who washes our new-born thoughts and wraps them in beautiful + swaddling-clothes. Aspasia receives our children dirty, and gives them + back to us purified. She gives nothing of herself, but by receiving gives + the giver the opportunity to give.” + </p> + <p> + Euripides resumed the topic which they had dropped: “I was accused, and am + acquitted—am I not, Aspasia?” + </p> + <p> + “If you can acquit yourself of the accusation, you are acquitted, + Euripides.” + </p> + <p> + “Accuse me, dear Accuser; I will answer.” + </p> + <p> + “I will bring the accusation in your own words. Hippolytus says in one + passage in your tragedy of that name: ‘O Zeus, why, in the name of heaven, + didst thou place in the light of the sun that specious evil to men—women? + For if thou didst will to propagate the race of mortals, there was no + necessity for this to be done by women, but men might, having placed an + equivalent in thy temples, either in brass or iron, or weighty gold, buy a + race of children each according to the value paid, and thus might dwell in + unmolested houses, without females.’” + </p> + <p> + “But now first of all, when we prepare to bring this evil to our homes, we + squander away the wealth of our houses.” + </p> + <p> + “How evil woman is, is evident from this also, that the father who begat + her and brought her up, having given her a dowry, sends her away in order + to be rid of her.” + </p> + <p> + “Now defend yourself, Euripides.” + </p> + <p> + “If I were a Sophist like Protagoras, I should answer, ‘It was Hippolytus + who said that; not I.’ But I am a poet, and speak through my characters. + Very well; I said it, I meant it when I wrote it, and I mean it still. And + yet I almost always love any given woman, though I hate her sex. I cannot + explain it, for I was never perverse like Alcibiades. Can you explain it, + Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a man can hate and love a woman simultaneously. Everything is + produced by its opposite—love by hate, and hate by love. In my wife + I love the good motherly element, but I hate the original sin in her; + therefore I can hate and love her at the same time. Is it not so, + Protagoras?” + </p> + <p> + “Now it is Socrates who is the Sophist. Black cannot be white.” + </p> + <p> + “Now it is Protagoras who is simple. This salt in the salt-cellar is + white, but put out the lamps, and it is black. The salt therefore is not + absolutely white, but its whiteness depends on the light. I should be + inclined rather to believe that salt is absolutely black, for darkness is + merely the absence of light, and is nothing in itself, communicates no + quality of its own to the salt, which in the darkness is something + independent, consequently its real nature is black. + </p> + <p> + “But in the light a thing can be both black and white. This sea-sole, for + instance, is black above, but white below. In the same way something can + be good and bad at the same time. Therefore Euripides is right when he + says that he loves and hates woman simultaneously. The misogynist is he + who only hates woman, but Euripides loves her also. Therefore he is not a + misogynist. What do you think, Aspasia?” + </p> + <p> + “Wise Socrates! You confess that Euripides hates women, therefore he is a + woman-hater.” + </p> + <p> + “No, my dear child, I admitted that Euripides <i>both</i> loves and hates + women,—<i>both</i>, mark you. I love Alcibiades, but I abhor and + hate his want of character; now I ask the friends here, am I a hater of + Alcibiades?” + </p> + <p> + “No, certainly not,” they answered simultaneously. But Aspasia was roused, + and wished to rouse him. “Wise Socrates, how do matters stand between you + and your wife?” + </p> + <p> + “The wise man does not willingly speak of his wife,” Protagoras struck in: + “nor of his weakness.” + </p> + <p> + “You have said it. One sacrifices to the earth, but unwillingly; one binds + oneself, but without pleasure; one endures, but loves not; one does one’s + duty to the State, but with difficulty. There is only one Aspasia, and she + belongs to Pericles—the greatest woman to the greatest man. Pericles + is the greatest in the State, as Euripides is the greatest on the stage.” + </p> + <p> + This was an opportunity for Protagoras, without his needing to seek it. + “Is Euripides greater than Aeschylus and Sophocles?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, Protagoras! He is nearer to us; he speaks <i>our</i> thoughts, + not those of our fathers; he does not cringe before the gods and fate; he + fights with them; he loves men, knows them, and laments them; his art is + more elaborate, his feelings warmer, his pictures more life-like than + those of the ancients. But now I should like to speak of Pericles.” + </p> + <p> + “Stop, Socrates! In the Pnyx or the Agora, but not here! Though I should + be glad of a word of encouragement since false accusations rain on me. We + have come here to forget and not to remember ourselves, and Socrates + delights us most when he speaks of the highest things, among which I do + not count the State of Athens. Here comes Alcibiades with his following. + Kindle more lights, boys, and put more ice in the wine.” + </p> + <p> + There was a noise at the entrance; the dog barked, the doorkeeper shouted, + and Alcibiades entered with his companions. These consisted of girls and + of two strangers whom he had found in a wine-house. + </p> + <p> + “Papaia!” he cried. “Here is the host! And here is Aristophanes, a future + dramatist. Here is the Roman Lucillus, formerly a Decemvir, who has been + banished. There is one of the many Laises who have sat to Phidias. Aspasia + must not take it ill. And here are flute-players from Piraeus. Whether + they have the pestilence, I know not! What can they do to me? I am twenty + years old, and yet have done nothing? Why, then, should I live? Now Lais + will dance. Papaia!” + </p> + <p> + Euripides rose and made a sign for silence. “Let the dance wait; Pericles + is not pleased, and looks serious.” A pause followed. The heat was + oppressive. It was not thunder-weather, but something like it, and a sense + of uneasy expectation seemed to weigh upon all their spirits. + </p> + <p> + Then, as if by accident, the arm of the skeleton fell on its knee with a + slight snap. The flower, which it had held under its nose, lay on the + earth. + </p> + <p> + All started, even Alcibiades, but, angry with himself for this weakness, + he took a cup and stepped forward. + </p> + <p> + “The skeleton is thirsty! I drink to it! Who pledges me?” + </p> + <p> + “Socrates can do so the best. He can drink half a jar of wine in one pull, + without winking.” + </p> + <p> + As a matter of fact, Socrates was notorious for his drinking powers, but + now he was not in the mood. “Not to-day! Wine is bitter to my taste,” he + said. + </p> + <p> + And turning to Pericles, he whispered: “Evil eyes have come here. This + Aristophanes is not our friend! Do you know him?” + </p> + <p> + “Very little, but he looks as though he would like to murder us.” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades continued to address the skeleton: “Thus looks Athens at this + moment! Sparta and the Persian King have gnawed off its flesh; Cleon has + tanned its skin; the allies have gouged out its eyes; the citizens have + drawn out its teeth,—those citizens whom Aristophanes knows and whom + he will soon describe. Here’s to you, skeleton! ‘[Greek: <i>Polla metaxu + pelei kulikos kai cheileos akrou</i>]!’” + </p> + <p> + There was a sudden change in the scene. The skeleton sank backwards like a + drunken man; the lamps began to sway on their chains, the salt-cellar was + spilt on the table. + </p> + <p> + “Ohioh!” cried Alcibiades, “Tralall! Ha! Ha! Ha! The table wobbles, the + sofa rocks; am I drunk, or is the room drunk?” + </p> + <p> + All were alarmed, but Socrates commanded quiet. “A god is near! The earth + shakes, and I hear ... does it thunder? No! That is an earthquake.” + </p> + <p> + All jumped up, but Socrates continued, “Be quiet! It is already past.” + </p> + <p> + After they had all taken their places again, he continued: “I was five + years old when Sparta was visited by an earthquake; twenty thousand men + perished, and only six houses remained standing. Then it was Sparta. Now + it is Athens. Yes, friends, a voice says to me, ‘Before a babe can become + a man, we shall have been dispersed and destroyed like a bevy of birds.’” + </p> + <p> + Again the dog barked, and the door-keeper shouted. There entered an + uninvited guest in a state of excitement. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades greeted him. “It is Nicias,” he said. “Now I will be sober; the + thoughtful Nicias comes to our feast. What is the matter?” + </p> + <p> + “Allow an uninvited guest.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak, Nicias!” + </p> + <p> + “Pericles!” began the new-comer hesitatingly, “your friend, our friend, + the glory of Athens and Hellas,—Phidias is accused....” + </p> + <p> + “Stop! Silence!” + </p> + <p> + “Accused! O shame and disgrace! I cannot say it without weeping: Phidias + is accused of having purloined gold from the statue of Athene.” + </p> + <p> + The silence which followed was first broken by Pericles: “Phidias hides + his face in his mantle; he is ashamed for Athens. But by the gods and the + nether world, let us swear to his innocence.” + </p> + <p> + “We swear!” exclaimed all like one man. + </p> + <p> + “I swear also,” said Nicias. + </p> + <p> + “Athens is dishonoured, if one has to swear that Phidias has not stolen.” + </p> + <p> + Nicias had approached Pericles, and, bowing to Aspasia, he whispered, + “Pericles, your son Paralos is ill.” + </p> + <p> + “Of the pestilence! Follow me, Aspasia.” + </p> + <p> + “He is not my son, but yours; therefore I follow you.” + </p> + <p> + “The house collapses, friends depart, all beauty passes away, the ugly + remains.” + </p> + <p> + “And the gods sleep.” + </p> + <p> + “Or have emigrated.” + </p> + <p> + “Or are dead! Let us make new ones.” + </p> + <p> + Another shock of earthquake extinguished the lamps, and all went out into + the street, except Socrates and Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + “Phidias accused of theft! Let the walls of the world fall in!” said + Socrates, and sank, as was his custom, into a fit of absent-mindedness + that resembled sleep. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades took one of the largest double-goblets, veiled it, and + improvised the following dithyramb: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “May everything break up from Pindus to the Caucasus! + Then will Prometheus be unbound and bestow fire again + on frozen mortals! + And Zeus descends to Hades, Pallas sells herself; + Apollo breaks his lyre in two, and cobbles shoes; + Ares lets his war-horse go, and minds sheep; + And on the ruins of all earthly glory, stands Alcibiades + alone, + In the full consciousness of his almightiness, + And laughs!” + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The pestilence had broken out in Athens accompanied by shocks of + earthquake. + </p> + <p> + When Pericles, accompanied by Aspasia, reached his house, his son by his + divorced wife was dead. + </p> + <p> + According to the prevailing custom, and to show that he had not been + murdered, the corpse was placed in the doorway. A small coffin of + cedar-wood, painted red and black, stood on a bier, and showed the dead + child dressed in a white shroud. He had a garland on his head, woven of + the plant of death, the strong-scented Apium or celery. In his mouth he + had an obol as Charon’s fee. + </p> + <p> + Pericles uttered a prayer in an undertone, without showing especially deep + sorrow, for he had gone through much, and learnt to suffer. + </p> + <p> + “Two sons the gods have taken from me. Are they enough to atone?” + </p> + <p> + “What have you to atone for?” asked Aspasia. + </p> + <p> + “One must suffer for another; the individual for the State. Pericles has + suffered for Athens.” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me that my tears dry sooner than yours. The thought that <i>our</i> + son lives, gives me comfort.” + </p> + <p> + “It comforts me also, but not so much.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall I go, before your wife comes?” + </p> + <p> + “You must not leave me, for I am ill.” + </p> + <p> + “You have spoken of it for a long time now. Is it serious?” + </p> + <p> + “My soul is sick. When the State suffers, I am ill.... There comes the + mother of the dead.” + </p> + <p> + A black-robed woman appeared in the doorway; she wore a veil in order to + hide the fact that her hair was cut off; she had a garland in her hand, + and a slave followed her with a torch. + </p> + <p> + She did not immediately notice Aspasia’s presence, greeted her former + husband with a glance, and laid the garland at the dead boy’s feet. “I + only bring a funeral garland for my son,” she said, “but instead of the + obol, he shall take a kiss from the lips of his mother.” + </p> + <p> + She threw herself on the dead child, and kissed him. + </p> + <p> + “Beware of the dead!” said Pericles, and seized her arm; “he died of the + pestilence.” + </p> + <p> + “My life has been a lingering death; a quick one is preferable to me.” + </p> + <p> + Then she noticed Aspasia, and, rising, said with quiet dignity, “Tell your + friend to go.” + </p> + <p> + “She goes, and I follow her.” + </p> + <p> + “That is right! For now, my Pericles, the last tie between us is + dissolved! Farewell!” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, my wife!” + </p> + <p> + And, turning to Aspasia, he said, “Give me your hand, my spouse.” + </p> + <p> + “Here it is.” + </p> + <p> + The mourning mother lingered: “We shall all meet again some day, shall we + not? And then as friends—you, she, and he who is gone before to + prepare a dwelling for the hearts which are separated by the narrow laws + of life.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Pericles and Socrates wandered in the avenue of plane-trees below the + Hemicyklion, and conversed together. + </p> + <p> + “Phidias has been acquitted of theft, but re-arrested on the charge of + blaspheming the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “Arrested? Phidias!” + </p> + <p> + “They say that he has represented me and himself in Athene’s shield.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the mob’s doing, which hates all greatness! Anaxagoras banished + because he was too wise; Aristides banished because he was too just; + Themistocles, Pausanias.... What did you do, Pericles, when you gave the + people power?” + </p> + <p> + “What was lawful and right. I fall certainly by my own sword, but + honourably. I go about and am dying piecemeal, like Athens. Did we know + that we adorned our statues for a funeral procession? that we were weaving + our own shrouds? that the choruses of our tragedies were dirges?” + </p> + <p> + “Athens is dying—yes! But of what?” + </p> + <p> + “Of Sparta.” + </p> + <p> + “What is Sparta?” + </p> + <p> + “Sparta is Heracles; the club, the lion-skin, brute-strength. We Athenians + are the sons of Theseus, ranged against the Heraclidae, Dorians, and + Ionians. Athens dies by Sparta’s hand, but Hellas dies by her own.” + </p> + <p> + “I believe the gods have forsaken us.” + </p> + <p> + “I believe so too, but the Divine lives.” + </p> + <p> + “There comes Nicias, the messenger of misfortune.” It was Nicias; and when + he read the question in the faces and glances of the two, he answered, + without waiting to be asked: “From the Agora!” + </p> + <p> + “What is the news from the Agora?” + </p> + <p> + “The Assembly seeks help from the Macedonians.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not from the Persians? Good! then the end is near. Do they seek help + from the enemy? From the barbarian, the Macedonian, who lies above us like + a lion on a hill. Go, Nicias, and say, ‘Pericles is dying.’ And ask them + to choose the worthiest as his successor! Not the most unworthy! Go, + Nicias, but go quickly.” + </p> + <p> + “I go,” said Nicias, “but for a physician.” + </p> + <p> + And he went. + </p> + <p> + “No physician can cure me!” answered Pericles; but in a weak voice, as + though he spoke to himself. He took his old seat in the Hemicyklion. When + he had rested a while, he made Socrates a sign to come near, for he did + not wish to raise his voice. + </p> + <p> + “Socrates, my friend,” he began, “this is the farewell of a dying man. You + were the wisest, but take it not ill if I say, ‘Be not too wise’; seek not + the unattainable, and confuse not men’s minds with subtleties; do not make + the simple complicated. You wish to see things with both eyes, but he who + shoots with the bow, must close one eye; otherwise he sees his mark + doubled. You are not a Sophist, but may easily appear so; you are not a + libertine, but you go about with such; you hate your city and your + country, and rightly; but you should love them to the death, for that is + your duty; you despise the people, but you should be sorry for them. I + have not admired the people, but I have given them laws and justice; + therefore I die! + </p> + <p> + “Good-night, Socrates! Now it is dark before my eyes. You shall close + them, and give me the garland. Now I go to sleep. When I awake, <i>if</i> + I awake, then I am on the other side, and then I will send you a greeting, + if the gods allow it. Good-night.” + </p> + <p> + “Pericles is dead. Hear it, Athenians, and weep as I do!” + </p> + <p> + The people streamed thither, but they did not weep. They only wondered + what would now happen, and felt almost glad of a change. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Cleon the tanner stood in the orator’s pulpit in the Pnyx. Among his most + attentive hearers were Alcibiades, Anytos, and Nicias. Cleon said: + “Pericles is dead, and Pericles is buried; now you know it. Let him rest + in peace with his merits and faults, for the enemy is in Sphacteria, and + we must have a commander; Pericles’ shadow will not serve for that. Here + below sit two adventurers, fine gentlemen both; one is called Nicias, + because he never has conquered; the other Alcibiades, and we know his + conquests—goblets and girls. On the other hand, we do not know his + character, but you will some day know him, Athenians, and he will show his + incisors himself. Such and such and such a one have been proposed for + commander—oddly enough all fine gentlemen, and all grandees, of + course. Athens, which has abjured all kings and their like, must now fight + with royal Sparta, and must, faithful to its traditions, appear in the + field under a man of the people on whom you can rely. We need no Pericles + who commissions statues and builds temples to Fame and Glory; Athens has + enough of such gewgaws. But now we must have a man who understands the art + of war, who has a heart in his breast and a head on his shoulders. Whom do + you wish for, men of Athens?” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades sprang up like a young lion, and went straight to the point. + “Men of Athens, I propose Cleon the tanner, not because he is a tanner, + for that is something different. At any rate the army may be compared to + an ox-skin, and Cleon to a knife; but Cleon has other qualities, + especially those of a commander. His last campaign against Pericles and + Phidias closed with a triumph for him. He has displayed a courage which + never failed, and an intelligence which passed all mortal comprehension. + His strategy was certainly not that of a lion, but he conquered, and that + is the chief point. I propose Cleon as leader of the campaign.” + </p> + <p> + Now it so fell out that this patent irony was still too subtle for the + mob, who took it seriously. Alcibiades also had a certain influence with + them because of his relationship to Pericles, and they listened to him + readily. Accordingly the whole assembly called out for Cleon, and he was + elected. + </p> + <p> + But Cleon had never dreamt of the honour of being commander, and he was + prudent enough not to endeavour to climb beyond his capacity. Therefore he + protested against the election, shouting and swearing by all the gods. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades, however, seized the opportunity by the forelock, and, + perceiving that the election of Cleon meant his death, he mounted an empty + rostrum and spoke with emphasis: “Cleon jests, and Cleon is modest; he + does not himself know what sort of a commander he is, for he has not + proved himself; but I know who he is; I insist upon his election; I demand + that he fulfil his duty as a citizen; and I summon him before the + Areopagus if he shirks it when the fatherland is in danger.” “Cleon is + elected!” cried the people. + </p> + <p> + But Cleon continued to protest, “I do not know the difference between a + hoplite and a peltast; [Footnote: a heavy-armed and a light-armed + soldier.] I can neither carry a lance nor sit upon a horse.” + </p> + <p> + But Alcibiades shouted him down. “He can do everything; guide the State + and criticise art; carry on law-suits and watch Sophists; he can discuss + the highest subjects with Socrates; in a word, he possesses all the public + virtues and all the private vices.” + </p> + <p> + Now the people laughed, but Cleon did not budge. + </p> + <p> + “Athenians!” said Alcibiades in conclusion, “the people have spoken, and + there is no appeal. Cleon is elected, and Sparta is done for!” + </p> + <p> + The assembly broke up. Only Cleon remained behind with his friend Anytos. + “Anytos!” he said. “I am lost!” + </p> + <p> + “Very probable!” answered Anytos. + </p> + <p> + But Alcibiades went off with Nicias: “Now Cleon is as dead as a dog. Then + comes my turn,” he said. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Socrates walked, deep in thought, up and down the courtyard of his house, + which was very simple and had no colonnades. His wife was carding wool, + and did it as if she were pulling someone’s hair. + </p> + <p> + The wise man kept silence, but the woman spoke—that was her nature. + “What are you doing?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “For the sake of old acquaintance, I will answer you, though I am not + obliged to do so. I am thinking.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that a proper business for a man?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly; a very manly business.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate no one can see what you are doing.” + </p> + <p> + “When you were with child, it was also invisible; but when, it was born, + it was visible, and especially audible. Thus occupations which are at + first invisible, become visible later on. They are therefore not to be + despised, least of all by those who only believe in the visible.” + </p> + <p> + “Is your business with Aspasia something of that sort?” + </p> + <p> + “Something of that, and of another sort too.” + </p> + <p> + “You drink also a good deal.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, those who speak become thirsty, and the thirsty must drink.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it in Aspasia that attracts men?” + </p> + <p> + “Certain qualities which give zest to social intercourse—thoughtfulness, + tact, moderation.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean that for me?” + </p> + <p> + “I mean it for Aspasia.” + </p> + <p> + “Is she beautiful?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Anytos declares that she is.” + </p> + <p> + “He tells an untruth. Do you see Anytos, Cleon’s friend and my enemy?” + </p> + <p> + “He is not my enemy.” + </p> + <p> + “But mine. You always love my enemies and hate my friends; that is a bad + sign.” + </p> + <p> + “Your friends are bad men.” + </p> + <p> + “No, on the contrary. Pericles was the greatest of the Athenians, Phidias + the best, Euripides the noblest, Plato the wisest, Alcibiades the most + gifted, Protagoras the most acute.” + </p> + <p> + “And Aristophanes?” + </p> + <p> + “He is my enemy, though I do not know why. I suppose you have heard of the + comedy which he has written about me.” + </p> + <p> + “Anytos told me. Have you seen it?” + </p> + <p> + “I saw the <i>Clouds</i> yesterday.” + </p> + <p> + “Was it amusing—was it clever?” + </p> + <p> + “What did Anytos think?” + </p> + <p> + “He made me laugh when he described some scenes.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it must be amusing, or you would not have laughed.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you not laugh, my Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, of course; otherwise they would have thought me a blockhead. You + know that he has depicted me as a rogue and fool. Since I am neither, it + was not serious; therefore it was in jest.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think so? I think it was serious.” + </p> + <p> + “And you laugh at the serious? Do you weep, then, at jesting? Then you + would be mad.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think I am mad?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if you think me a rogue.” + </p> + <p> + “You know that Cleon is with the army.” + </p> + <p> + “I was astonished to hear it.” + </p> + <p> + “Astonished! You think, then, that he is not fit to command.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I know nothing about his fitness as commander, for I have never seen + him in the field. But I am astonished at his election, as he himself was, + because it was unexpected.” + </p> + <p> + “You therefore expect him to be defeated.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I wait for the result, in order to see whether he wins or loses.” + </p> + <p> + “You would be glad if he lost?” + </p> + <p> + “I do not love Cleon, but as an Athenian I would mourn if he were + defeated; therefore I would not rejoice at his overthrow.” + </p> + <p> + “You hate Cleon, but you do not wish his overthrow.” + </p> + <p> + “On account of Athens—no.” + </p> + <p> + “But except for that?” + </p> + <p> + “Except for that, Cleon’s overthrow would be a blessing for the State, for + he has been unjust to Pericles, to Phidias, to all who have done anything + great.” + </p> + <p> + “Here comes a visitor.” + </p> + <p> + “It is Alcibiades.” + </p> + <p> + “The wretch! Are you not ashamed to be on intimate terms with him?” + </p> + <p> + “He is a man; he has great faults and great merits, and he is my friend. I + do not wish to be on intimate terms with my enemies.” Alcibiades knocked + at the door, and rushed in. “Papaia! The pair are philosophising together, + and talking of yesterday’s comedy! This Aristophanes is an ass! If one + wishes to kill an enemy, one must hit him; but Aristophanes aims at the + clouds. Hit, yes! Do you know that Cleon is defeated?” + </p> + <p> + “What a pity!” exclaimed Socrates. + </p> + <p> + “Is it a pity that the dog is unmasked?” + </p> + <p> + “I think Alcibiades is misinformed,” broke in Xantippe. + </p> + <p> + “No, by Zeus, but I wish I was!” + </p> + <p> + “Hush! here is Anytos coming,” said Socrates. + </p> + <p> + “The second tanner! It is strange that the destiny of Athens is guided by + tanners.” + </p> + <p> + “The destiny of Athens! Who knows it?” + </p> + <p> + “I, Alcibiades, am the destiny of Athens.” + </p> + <p> + “[Greek: <i>Hubris</i>]! Beware of the gods!” + </p> + <p> + “I come after Cleon; Cleon is no more; therefore it is my turn.” + </p> + <p> + “Here is Anytos!” + </p> + <p> + Anytos entered: “I seek Alcibiades.” + </p> + <p> + “Here I am.” + </p> + <p> + “Must I prepare you....’ + </p> + <p> + “No, I know.” + </p> + <p> + “Prepare you for the honour....” + </p> + <p> + “Have I waited long enough.” + </p> + <p> + “To go at the head....” + </p> + <p> + “That is what I was born for.” + </p> + <p> + “To take the lead....” + </p> + <p> + “That is my place.” + </p> + <p> + “And conduct the triumphal procession?” + </p> + <p> + “What procession?” + </p> + <p> + “Ah! you did not know. Cleon’s triumphal procession from the harbour.” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades passed his hand downwards over his face, as though he wished to + changed his mask, and it was done in a moment. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly, certainly, certainly. I have in fact just come here to—announce + his victory.” + </p> + <p> + “He lies,” broke in Xantippe. + </p> + <p> + “I jested with the pair. There will be a triumphal procession, then, for + Cleon! How fine!” + </p> + <p> + “Socrates,” continued Anytos, “are you not glad?” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad that the enemy is beaten.” + </p> + <p> + “But not that Cleon has won a victory?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is nearly the same thing.” + </p> + <p> + Xantippe seized the opportunity and struck in: “He is not glad, and he + does not believe in Cleon.” + </p> + <p> + “I know you,” concluded Anytos. “I know you philosophers and quibblers! + But take care!—And now, Alcibiades, come and receive the despised + Cleon, who has saved the fatherland!” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades took Socrates by the hand, and whispered in his ear. “What a + cursed mischance! Well, not yet!—but the next time!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + ALCIBIADES + </h2> + <p> + Kartaphalos, the shoemaker, sat in his shop by the Acarnanian Gate, and + repaired cothurns for the Dionysian theatre, which was about to make a + last attempt to revive the tragic drama, which had been eclipsed by the + farces of Aristophanes. The Roman Lucillus lounged at the window-sill, + and, since philosophy had been brought into fashion by Socrates and the + Sophists, the shoemaker and the exiled Decemvir philosophised as well as + they could. + </p> + <p> + “Roman!” said Kartaphalos, “you are a stranger in the city, as I am: what + do think of the state and the Government?” + </p> + <p> + “They are exactly like the Roman. One may sum up the whole past history of + Rome in two words—Patricians and Plebeians.” + </p> + <p> + “Just as it is here.” + </p> + <p> + “With the difference that Rome has a future. Hellas only a past.” + </p> + <p> + “What is known of Rome’s future?” + </p> + <p> + “The Cumaean Sibyl has prophesied that Rome will possess the earth.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say? Rome? No, Israel will possess it; Israel has the + promise.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not venture to deny that, but Rome has also the promise.” + </p> + <p> + “There is only one promise, and one God.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps it is the same promise, and the same God.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps Israel will conquer through Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “Israel will conquer through the promised Messiah.” + </p> + <p> + “When will Messiah come, then?” + </p> + <p> + “When the time is fulfilled, when Zeus is dead.” + </p> + <p> + “May we live to see it. I wait, for Zeus has gone to Rome, and is called + there Jupiter Capitolinus.” + </p> + <p> + Aristophanes, who was easily recognised by his crane-like neck and open + mouth, looked in through the window. + </p> + <p> + “Have you a pair of low shoes, Kartaphalos? A pair of ‘socks’? [Footnote: + a low-heeled shoe worn by comic actors.] You have plenty of cothurns, I + see, but the ‘sock’ has won the day.” + </p> + <p> + “At your service, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “We want them for the theatre, you understand.... Ah! there is Lucillus! + ... and of raw leather, not tanned.” + </p> + <p> + “What are you going to play in the theatre, then?” + </p> + <p> + “We are going to bring on Cleon, and make him dance, and fancy! since no + one dares to represent the low-born tanner, I must do it. I will play + Cleon.” + </p> + <p> + “Where is the great general, Cleon, now?” + </p> + <p> + “In a new campaign against Brasidas. When the commander Demosthenes won + the battle of Sphacteria, Cleon claimed the honour of the victory and + received a triumph. Then, since he regarded himself as a great warrior, he + marched against Brasidas. The pitcher goes so often to the well....” + </p> + <p> + “Till it is broken,” interrupted a new arrival. It was Alcibiades. + “Papaia!” he exclaimed, “Cleon is beaten! Cleon has fled! Now it is my + turn! Come to the Pnyx.” And he went on. + </p> + <p> + “Very well—to the Pnyx,” said Aristophanes, “and I will obtain + matter for a new comedy, to be called <i>Alcibiades</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, perhaps,” answered Lucillus. “The whole matter is not + worth weeping for. Therefore let us laugh!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades stood again on the orator’s platform in the Pnyx. He felt at + home there, and he always had the ear of the people, for he was not + tedious. They all spoilt him, and his grotesque impudence had an + enlivening effect upon them. + </p> + <p> + Before the orator’s platform, among others, was to be seen the wise, rich, + and aristocratic Nicias, who had always sought to mediate between Sparta + and Athens, but through his over-deliberation had done more harm than + good. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades, who knew Nicias and his political views, and feared his + opposition, resolved on a master-stroke. He would not speak of Sparta and + Athens as Nicias expected, but determined to make a diversion, and speak + of something quite different. The people loved novelties, and to-day they + should have something quite new. + </p> + <p> + “Athenians!” he began, “Cleon is defeated and dead, and I place my + undoubted talents at the service of the State. You know my small failings, + but now you will know my great merits. Listen, Athenians. There was a time + when Hellas possessed Asia Minor and extended its wings eastward. The + Persian King took these settlements from us one after the other, and he is + now in Thrace. Since we cannot go farther eastward, we must go westward, + towards the sunset. You have heard more or less vaguely of the Roman + Republic, which is growing and growing. Our countrymen have long ago taken + possession of that part of the Italian peninsula which is called Tarentum, + and we have thereby become close neighbours of Rome. And the finest of the + islands, opulent Sicily, became ours. But the Romans have gradually + surrounded our colonies, and threaten their independence. The Romans are + pressing on us, but they are also pushing northward towards Gaul and + Germany, and southward towards Africa. The Persian King, who was formerly + our enemy, has now nearly become our friend, and our danger is not now + Persia, but Rome. Therefore, with the future in view, I say to you + Athenians, ‘Let us go to Italy and Sicily. With Sicily as our base, we can + dispute with the Romans the possession of Spain and the Pillars of + Hercules. In Sicily we have the Key to Egypt; by means of Sicily we + protect the threatened Tarentum, and can, in case of need, save sinking + Hellas. The world is wide; why should we sit here and moulder in the + wilderness? Hellas is an exhausted country; let us break up new ground. + Hellas is an outworn ship; let us build a new one, and undertake a new + Argonautic enterprise to a new Colchis to win another Golden Fleece, + following the path of the sun westward. Athenians! let us go to Sicily!’” + </p> + <p> + These new prospects which the speaker opened to them pleased the people, + who were tired of the everlasting Sparta and the Persian King; and + stimulated by fear of Rome, the growing wolf’s-cub, they received the + ill-considered proposal with applause, and raised their hands in token of + assent. + </p> + <p> + Nicias sought an opportunity to speak, and warned them, but no one + listened to him. The Scythian police who kept order in the Pnyx could + procure him no audience. And when Nicias saw that he could not prevent the + enterprise, he placed his services at Alcibiades’ disposal, and began to + equip the fleet. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Aspasia was now the widow of Pericles, and had mourned him for a long + time. The “Hemicyklion” was no more, but her few remaining friends visited + her from time to time. Socrates was the most faithful among them. One + evening he sat with her in the little brick-roofed villa on the bank of + the Cephisos. + </p> + <p> + “No, Aspasia,” he said, “I advised against the Sicilian expedition, so did + Nicias, so did the astronomer Meton, but it was to be. Alcibiades had + managed to procure a favourable response from the oracle in the Temple of + Ammon.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe in oracles, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes—and no! I have my own ‘demon,’ as you know, who warns but never + urges—who advises, but never commands. This inner Voice has said to + me, ‘Hellas will not conquer the world.’” + </p> + <p> + “Will Rome do it?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but for another!” + </p> + <p> + “You know that Pericles’ great thought was a single Hellas—a union + of all the Grecian States.” + </p> + <p> + “That was Pericles’ wish, but the will of the gods was otherwise. + Alcibiades’ dream of Hellas governing the world is also great, but the + dreams of the gods are greater.” + </p> + <p> + “What gain do you think comes to Athens from Cleon’s death?” + </p> + <p> + “None! After Cleon comes Anytos. Cleon is everlasting, for Cleon is the + name of an idea.” + </p> + <p> + Protagoras, grown old and somewhat dull, appeared in the inner courtyard. + </p> + <p> + “There is Protagoras!” + </p> + <p> + “The Sophist! I do not like him,” said Aspasia. “He is a file who frets + all will away; his endless hair-splitting robs one of all resolution.” + </p> + <p> + “You speak truly and rationally, Aspasia, and in an earlier age you would + have sat upon the Pythoness’s tripod and prophesied. Like the priestess, + you know not perhaps what you say, but a god speaks through you.” + </p> + <p> + “No, Socrates; I only utter your thoughts; that is all!” + </p> + <p> + Protagoras came forward. “Mourning in Athens! Mourning in Hellas! Alas!” + was his greeting. + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter, Protagoras?” + </p> + <p> + “Phidias of immortal memory lies dead in prison.” + </p> + <p> + “Alas! then they have killed him.” + </p> + <p> + “So it is rumoured in the city.” + </p> + <p> + “Phidias is dead!” + </p> + <p> + “Probably poisoned, they say; but that need not be true.” + </p> + <p> + “All die here in Athens before their proper time. When will our turn + come?” + </p> + <p> + “When it does.” + </p> + <p> + “Are we falling by the arrows of the Python-slayer? We are shot like + birds.” + </p> + <p> + “We are the children of Apollo. Would our father kill us?” + </p> + <p> + “Saturn has returned to devour his children.” + </p> + <p> + Socrates sank in meditation, and remained standing. + </p> + <p> + “We have angered the gods.” + </p> + <p> + Lucillus the Roman entered. “See the Roman!” said Socrates, “the lord of + the future and of the world. What has he to tell us?” + </p> + <p> + “I come to warn Protagoras. He is to be banished.” + </p> + <h3> + “I?” + </h3> + <p> + “You are banished.” + </p> + <p> + “On what grounds?” + </p> + <p> + “As a blasphemer. You have repudiated the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is the informer?” + </p> + <p> + “The sycophant, the invisible, who is present everywhere.” + </p> + <p> + “All is probable; nothing is certain,” exclaimed Protagoras. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, this is certain.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my fabric of thought is shattered against this certainty as + everything else is shattered.” + </p> + <p> + “[Greek: <i>Pànta reî</i>]. Everything flows away; nothing endures; all + comes to birth, grows, and dies.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, then, Aspasia, Socrates, friends, fatherland! + </p> + <p> + “Farewell!” + </p> + <p> + Protagoras departed with his mantle drawn over his head. + </p> + <p> + “Will Athens miss Protagoras?” asked Aspasia. + </p> + <p> + “He has taught the Athenians to think and to doubt; and doubt is the + beginning of wisdom.” + </p> + <p> + “Aristophanes has murdered Protagoras, and he will murder you some day, + Socrates.” + </p> + <p> + “He has done that already; my wife rejoices at it, but still I live.” + </p> + <p> + “Here comes young Plato with an ominous look. More bad news I expect.” + </p> + <p> + “Expect? I am certain! Sing your dirge, Plato.” + </p> + <p> + “Dirges, you mean. Alcibiades has been accused and recalled.” + </p> + <p> + “What has he done?” + </p> + <p> + “Before his departure he has mutilated all the images of Hermes in the + city.” + </p> + <p> + “That is too much for one man; he could not do that.” + </p> + <p> + “The accusation is definite; injury to the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “And now the gods avenge themselves.” + </p> + <p> + “The gods of Greece have gone to Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “There you have spoken truth.” + </p> + <p> + “Now comes number two: The Athenians have been defeated in Sicily. And + number three: Nicias is beheaded.” + </p> + <p> + “Then we can buy sepulchres for ourselves in the Ceramicus.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Near the Temple of Nemesis in the Agora stood the tanner Anytos chatting + with Thrasybulos, a hitherto obscure but rising patriot. + </p> + <p> + Anytos rattled away: “Alcibiades is in Sparta; Sparta seeks the help of + the Persian King; only one thing remains for us—to do the same.” + </p> + <p> + “To go over to the enemy? That is treachery.” + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing else to be done.” + </p> + <p> + “There were once Thermopylae and Salamis.” + </p> + <p> + “But now there is Sparta, and the Spartans are in Deceleia. Our envoys + have already sailed to the Persian King.” + </p> + <p> + “Then we may as well remove Athene’s image from the Parthenon! Anytos! + look at my back; for I shall be ashamed to show my face now when I walk.” + </p> + <p> + Anytos remained alone, and walked for some time up and down in front of + the temple portico. Then he stopped and entered the vestibule. + </p> + <p> + The priestess Theano seemed to have been waiting for him. Anytos began: + “Have you obeyed the order of the Council?” + </p> + <p> + “What order?” + </p> + <p> + “To pronounce a curse on Alcibiades, the enemy of his country.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I am only ordered to bless.” + </p> + <p> + “Have the avenging goddesses, then, ceased to execute justice?” + </p> + <p> + “They have never lent themselves to carry out human vengeance.” + </p> + <p> + “Has Alcibiades not betrayed his country?” + </p> + <p> + “Alcibiades’ country is Hellas, not Athens; Sparta is in Hellas.” + </p> + <p> + “Have the gods also become Sophists?” + </p> + <p> + “The gods have become dumb.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you can shut the temple—the sooner, the better.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The incorrigible Alcibiades had really fled from Sicily to the enemy at + Sparta, and now sat at table with King Aegis; for Sparta had retained the + monarchy, while Athens at an early date had abjured it. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” said the King, “I do not like your dining at the common + public table, after being accustomed to Aspasia’s brilliant feasts in + Athens.” + </p> + <p> + “I! Oh no! My rule was always the simplest food: I went to sleep with the + sun, and rose with the sun. You do not know what a severe ascetic I have + been.” + </p> + <p> + “If you say so, I must believe it. Rumour, then, has slandered you?” + </p> + <p> + “Slandered? Yes, certainly. You remember the scandal about the statues of + Hermes. I did not mutilate them, but they have become my destruction.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that also a lie?” + </p> + <p> + “It is a lie.” + </p> + <p> + “But tell me something else. Do you think that it is now the will of the + gods that Sparta should conquer Athens?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, as certainly as virtue will conquer vice. Sparta is the home + of all the virtues, and Athens of all the vices.” + </p> + <p> + “Now I understand that you are not the man I took you for, and I will give + you the command of the army. Shall we now march against Athens?” + </p> + <p> + “I am ready!” + </p> + <p> + “Have you no scruple in marching against your own city?” + </p> + <p> + “I am a Hellene, not an Athenian, Sparta is the chief city of Hellas.” + </p> + <p> + “Alcibiades is great! Now I go to the general, and this evening we march.” + </p> + <p> + “Go, King! Alcibiades follows.” + </p> + <p> + The King went, but Alcibiades did not follow, for behind the curtains of + the women’s apartment stood the Queen, and waited. When the King had gone, + she rushed in. + </p> + <p> + “Hail! Alcibiades, my king!” + </p> + <p> + “Queen, why do you call your servant ‘king’?” + </p> + <p> + “Because Sparta has done homage to you, because I love you, and because + you are a descendant of heroes.” + </p> + <p> + “King Aegis the Second lives.” + </p> + <p> + “Not too long! Win your first battle, and Aegis is dead.” + </p> + <p> + “Now life begins to smile on the hardly-tried exile. If you knew my + childhood with its sorrows, my youth with its privations! The vine had not + grown for me, woman had not been made for me; Bacchus knew me not; + Aphrodite was not my goddess. The chaste Artemis and the wise Pallas + guided me past the devious ways of youth to the goal of knowledge, wisdom, + and glory. But when I first saw you, Timia, my queen....” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” + </p> + <p> + “Then I thought that beauty was more than wisdom.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush! some one is listening.” + </p> + <p> + “Who?” + </p> + <p> + “I, Lysander, the General,” answered a sharp voice, and the speaker stood + in the middle of the room. + </p> + <p> + “Now I know you, Alcibiades, and I have your head under my arm, but I have + the honour of Sparta under the other. Fly before I strangle you!” + </p> + <p> + “Your ears have deceived you, Lysander!” + </p> + <p> + “Fly! do us the kindness to fly! Fifty hoplites stand without, waiting for + your head.” + </p> + <p> + “How many do you say? Fifty? Then I will fly, for I cannot overcome more + than thirty. My queen! farewell! I have thought better of Sparta. This + would never have happened in Athens. Now I go to the Persian King; there + they understand better what is fitting, and there I shall not be obliged + to eat black broth!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades sat with the Persian satrap Tissaphernes, and Alcibiades the + eloquent spoke. “Yes, my teacher Protagoras taught me once, that + everything is born from its opposite; therefore you see my heart can + embrace all opposites. Sparta and Athens are both dear to me; that is to + say, both hateful—the state—gods of the one, and the virtues + of the other.” + </p> + <p> + “You have a great heart, stranger! Is there room in it for Persia?” + </p> + <p> + “For the whole world.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you think of our chief city?” + </p> + <p> + “I love all large cities!” + </p> + <p> + “But at the present moment, you ought to love ours the most.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do.” + </p> + <p> + “You must also love our allies.” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me, who is your present ally?” + </p> + <p> + “At present, it is Sparta.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, then, I love Sparta.” + </p> + <p> + “And suppose it is Athens to-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will love Athens to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you. Now I understand that it is all over with Hellas. Old Greece + is so corrupt, that it is hardly worth conquering.” + </p> + <p> + “Protagoras taught that man is the measure of all things; therefore I + measure the value of all things by myself; what has value for me, that I + prize.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that the teaching of your prophets? Then we have better ones; do you + know Zarathrustra?” + </p> + <p> + “If it would do you a pleasure, I wish I had known him from childhood.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you might have been able to distinguish good and evil, light and + darkness, Ormuzd and Ahriman. And you would have lived in the hope that + light will eventually conquer; and that all discordances will be + reconciled through suffering.” + </p> + <p> + “I can at any rate try. Is it a large book?” + </p> + <p> + “What are the names of your sacred books?” + </p> + <p> + “Sacred! What is that?” + </p> + <p> + “From whence do you get your religion, the knowledge of your gods?” + </p> + <p> + “From Homer, I believe.” + </p> + <p> + “You do not believe that Zeus is the supreme ruler of the world?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do certainly.” + </p> + <p> + “But he was a false swearer and a lecher.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! But how can that be helped?” + </p> + <p> + Tissaphernes rose. “Listen, my guest; we cannot share any common + undertaking, for we do not serve the same gods. You call us barbarians. I, + on my part, know no term of reproach strong enough for people who honour + such gods. But the Athenians are as rotten as you, for they have pardoned + you. Outside there stands an envoy from Athens come to beg you to return. + Go to Athens; that is your place.” + </p> + <p> + “To Athens? Never! I do not trust them.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor they, you! That is appropriate. Go to Athens, and tell your + countrymen—the Persian does not want them. The vine tendrils seek + the sound elm, but turn away from the rotten cabbage-top.” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades had begun to walk up and down the room. That meant that he was + irresolute. + </p> + <p> + “Is the Athenian really outside?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “He kneels outside in order to beg the traitor Alcibiades to be their + lord. But listen, you are a democrat, are you not?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you must change your point of view, for now an oligarchy governs + Athens.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, ah! yes, yes—but I am an aristocrat, the most aristocratic in + the State.” + </p> + <p> + “Spinning-top! Seek for a whip!” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades stood still. “I think, I must speak with the Athenian after + all.” + </p> + <p> + “Do that! Speak the Athenian language to him! He does not understand + Persian.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades returned to Athens; the death-sentence against him was + annulled; and as a commander who had won a battle, he was able to have a + triumphal procession from Piraeus to the city. But popular favour was + fickle, and, becoming suspected of aspiring to be king, he fled again, + this time to the Persian satrap Pharnabazes. Since he could not live + without intrigues, he was soon entangled in one, unmasked, and condemned, + without his knowing it, to death. + </p> + <p> + One day he was sitting with his paramour, and chatting quietly at his + ease: “You think, then, Timandra, that Cyrus marches against his brother + Artaxerxes, in order to seize the throne of Persia.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure of it, and equally sure that he has ten thousand Athenians + under Xenophon with him.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know whether Artaxerxes has been warned?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know it.” + </p> + <p> + “Who could have warned him?” + </p> + <p> + “You did.” + </p> + <p> + “Does Cyrus know that?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he does.” + </p> + <p> + “Who has betrayed me?” + </p> + <p> + “I did.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I am lost.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you are.” + </p> + <p> + “To think that I must fall through a woman!” + </p> + <p> + “Did you expect anything else, Alcibiades?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not really! Can I not fly?” + </p> + <p> + “You cannot, but I can.” + </p> + <p> + “I see smoke! Is the house on fire?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is. And there are archers posted outside!” + </p> + <p> + “The comedy is over! We return to tragedy....” + </p> + <p> + “And the satyr-play begins.” + </p> + <p> + “My feet are hot; generally cold is a precursor of death.” + </p> + <p> + “Everything is born from its opposite, Alcibiades.” + </p> + <p> + “Give me a kiss.” + </p> + <p> + She kissed him, the handsomest man of Athens. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you!” + </p> + <p> + “Go to the window; there you will see!” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades stepped to the window. “Now I see.” + </p> + <p> + At that moment he was struck by an arrow. “But now I see nothing! It grows + dark, and I thought it would grow light.” + </p> + <p> + Timandra fled, as the corpse began to burn. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SOCRATES + </h2> + <p> + Sparta had conquered Athens, and Athens lay in ruins. The government by + the people was over, and the rule of the Thirty Tyrants had succeeded it. + Socrates and Euripides walked with sad faces among the ruins on the Agora. + </p> + <p> + Socrates spoke: “We are on the ruins of Athens’ walls! We have become + Spartans. We would have no tyrants, and now thirty rule over us.” + </p> + <p> + “I go to the North,” said Euripides, “to Macedonia, whither I am invited.” + </p> + <p> + “In that you are right, for the Tyrants have forbidden the acting of your + tragedies.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true.” + </p> + <p> + “And they have forbidden me to teach.” + </p> + <p> + “Have they forbidden Socrates to speak? No! Then he can teach, for he + cannot speak without teaching. But they must have forbidden the oracles to + speak, for they have ceased to prophesy. Everything has ceased! Hellas has + ceased to be! And why?” + </p> + <p> + “You may well ask. Has Zeus begotten the son who is to overthrow him, as + Aeschylus foretold?” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows? The people have introduced a new God called Adonai or Adonis. + He is from the East, and his name signifies the Lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is the new god?” + </p> + <p> + “He teaches readiness for death, and the resurrection. And they have also + got a new goddess. Have you heard of Cybele, the mother of the gods, a + virgin, who is worshipped in Rome like Vesta by vestal priests.” + </p> + <p> + “There is so much that is new and obscure, like wine in fermentation. + There comes Aristophanes. Farewell, my friend, for the last time here in + life.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait! Aristophanes beckons! No, see! he weeps! Aristophanes weeps!” + </p> + <p> + Aristophanes approached. “Euripides,” he said, “don’t go till I have + spoken to you.” + </p> + <p> + “Can you speak?” answered Euripides. + </p> + <p> + “I weep.” + </p> + <p> + “Do not quit your role. Shall that represent tears?” + </p> + <p> + “Sympathise with a companion in distress, Euripides; the Tyrants have + closed my theatre.” + </p> + <p> + “Socrates, shall I sympathise with my executioner?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe that the Temple of Nemesis has been opened again,” answered + Socrates. “Aristophanes has never been ingenuous hitherto; now he is so + with a vengeance. Very well, Aristophanes, I sympathise with you that you + can no more scoff at me. I pardon you, but I cannot help you to stage your + comedies. That is asking too much. Now I follow Euripides home.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Socrates sat by Aspasia, who had grown elderly. “Euripides has gone to + Macedonia,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “From his wives.” + </p> + <p> + “You have become bitter.” + </p> + <p> + “I am tired of seeing ruins and all the rest. The Tyrants are murdering + the citizens.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the occupation of tyrants.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall we soon have rest?” + </p> + <p> + “In the Ceramicus, in a cedar coffin.” + </p> + <p> + “I will not die; I will live, but quietly.” + </p> + <p> + “Life is not quiet.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if one is well off.” + </p> + <p> + “One never is.” + </p> + <p> + “No, not if one is unhappily married, like you, Socrates.” + </p> + <p> + “My wife is certainly the worst possible; if she had not had me for a + husband, she would long ago have been murdered.” + </p> + <p> + “Xantippe betrays you with her gossiping; and when she does not understand + what you say, she gives others distorted ideas of your opinions and your + person.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know that, but I cannot alter it.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you continue in such a state of humiliation?” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I fly? One is only justified in flying from superior force, + and Xantippe is not a superior force to me.” + </p> + <p> + “You are forbidden, on pain of death, to give instruction; that is her + work and that of Anytos.” + </p> + <p> + “She may bring about my death, if she likes, for then she has only brought + about my freedom.... Aspasia, I hear that our friendship is on the + decline; you have found new friends, you have become another person. Let + me say farewell before Lysicles comes.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and the whole town speaks of your coming marriage.” + </p> + <p> + “With the cattle-dealer, Lysicles?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is your affair; I don’t talk about it.” + </p> + <p> + “But you think I should have cherished Pericles’ memory better?” + </p> + <p> + “I would fain have seen Aspasia’s memory better preserved; but since I + have seen Athenians adorn themselves with garlands to celebrate Athens’ + overthrow; since I have seen Phidias....” + </p> + <p> + “How, then, will Socrates end?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly not like Aspasia.” + </p> + <p> + “The gods jest with us. Beware! O Socrates!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Socrates was at last in prison, accused of having seduced the youth, and + blasphemed or repudiated the gods of the State. Among the accusers were a + young poetaster, Melitos, the tanner Anytos, and the orator Lykon. + </p> + <p> + Socrates made his Apology, and declared that he had always believed on + God, and the voice of his conscience, which he called his “demon.” He was + condemned to drink hemlock, and kept in prison, where, however, he was + allowed to see his wife and his few remaining friends. + </p> + <p> + Just now his wife was with him, and wept. + </p> + <p> + “Weep not,” said Socrates; “it is not your fault.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you see the children?” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I lacerate their little souls with a useless leave-taking? Go + to them and comfort them; divert their minds with an expedition to the + woods.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall we rejoice while you are dying?” + </p> + <p> + “Rejoice that my sufferings come to an end! Rejoice that I die with + honour.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you no last wish?” + </p> + <p> + “I wish for nothing, except peace and freedom from your foolish tears and + sighs, and your disturbing lamentations. Go, woman, and say to yourself + that Socrates wants to sleep for he is tired and out of humour; say to + yourself that he will wake again, refreshed, rejuvenated, happy and + amiable.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you had taught me all this before.” + </p> + <p> + “you had nothing to learn from me.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! I have learnt from you patience and self-control.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you forgive me?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot, for I have done it already. Say farewell now, as though I were + going on a journey. Say ‘We meet again,’ as though I were soon returning!” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, then, Socrates, and be not angry with me.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I am always well-disposed towards you.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, my husband, for ever.” + </p> + <p> + “Not for ever. You wish to see me again, don’t you? Put on a cheerful + face, and say, ‘We meet again.’” + </p> + <p> + “We meet again.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! and when we meet again, we will go with the children together into + the woods.” + </p> + <p> + “Socrates was not what I thought he was.” + </p> + <p> + “Go! I want to sleep.” + </p> + <p> + She went, but met in the doorway Plato and Crito. + </p> + <p> + “The hour approaches, friends,” said Socrates wearily, and with feverish + eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Are you calm, Master?” + </p> + <p> + “To say the truth, I am quite calm. I will not assert that I am joyful, + but my conscience does not trouble me.” + </p> + <p> + “When, Socrates, when—will it happen?” + </p> + <p> + “You mean, When is it to happen,—the last thing? Plato, my friend, + my dearest... it hastens.... I have just now enjoyed a sleep. I have been + over the river on the other side; I have seen for a moment the original + forms of imperishable Beauty, of which things on earth are only dim + copies.... I have seen the future, the destinies of the human race; I have + spoken to the mighty, the lofty, and the pure; I have learnt the wise + Order which guides the apparent great disorder; I trembled at the + unfathomable secret of the Universe of which I had a glimmering + perception, and I felt the immensity of my ignorance. Plato, you shall + write what I have seen. You shall teach the children of men to estimate + things at their proper value, to look up to the Invisible with awe, to + revere Beauty, to cultivate virtue, and to hope for final deliverance, as + they work, through faithful performance of duty and self-renunciation.” + </p> + <p> + He went to the bed, and lay down. + </p> + <p> + Plato followed him, “Are you ill, Master?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I have been; but now I am getting well.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you already....” + </p> + <p> + “I have already emptied the cup!” + </p> + <p> + “Our Wisest leaves us.” + </p> + <p> + “No mortal is wise! But I thank the gods who gave me modesty and + conscience.” + </p> + <p> + There was silence in the room. + </p> + <p> + “Socrates is dead!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + FLACCUS AND MARO + </h2> + <p> + After the death of Socrates, the greatness of Athens was no more. Sparta + ruled for a time, and then came the turn of Thebes. Subsequently the + Macedonians invaded the country, and governed it till the year 196 B.C., + when the Romans conquered both Macedonia and Greece, and completely + destroyed Corinth, but spared Athens, which was deprived of its + fortifications under Sulla, on account of the great memories which + gathered round it. + </p> + <p> + Now, in Julius Caesar’s time, it had become the fashion to send youths to + Athens to study Grammar, Rhetoric, and Philosophy there. There was no + great philosopher there, but they studied the history of philosophy. There + was also no religion, for no one believed on the gods of the State, + although, from old habit, they celebrated the sacrificial feasts. + </p> + <p> + Athens was dead, and so was the whole of the ancient world—Egypt, + Syria, Asia Minor. In Rome they lived on the memories of the past of + Greece, and the greatest Roman, Cicero, when he wished to discuss some + philosophic theme, always commenced by citing the opinions of the ancient + Greeks on the subject; he also closed in the same way, for he had no + original opinion of his own on any subject, such as the nature of the + gods, &c. + </p> + <p> + One early spring day, during the last years of Julius Caesar, two students + sat in an arbour below Lykabettos, opposite the college of Kynosarges. + Wine was on the table, but they did not seem very devoted to their yellow + “Chios.” They sat there with an air of indifference, as though they were + waiting for something. The same atmosphere of lethargy seemed to pervade + their surroundings. The innkeeper sat and dozed; the youths in the college + opposite lounged at the door; pedestrians on the high road went by without + greeting anyone; the peasant in the field sat on his plough, and wiped the + sweat from his forehead. + </p> + <p> + The elder of the two students fingered his glass, and at last opened his + mouth. + </p> + <p> + “Say something!” + </p> + <p> + “I have nothing to say, for I know nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you already learnt everything?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I came yesterday from Rome with great hopes of being able to learn + something new and of hearing something remarkable, but I hear only + silence.” + </p> + <p> + “My dear Maro, I have been here for years, and I have listened, but heard + nothing new. I have heard in the Poikile that Thales maintained that there + were no gods, but that everything had been produced from moisture. I have + further heard Anaximines’ doctrine that air was the source of all things; + Pherecydes’ doctrine of ether as the original principle; Heraclitus’ + doctrine of fire. Anaximander has taught me that the universe came from + some primitive substance; Leucippus and Democritus spoke to me of empty + space with primitive corpuscles or atoms. Anaxagoras made believe that the + atom had reason. Xenophanes wished to persuade me that God and the + Universe were one. Empedocles, the wisest of the whole company, despaired + at the imperfection of reason, and went in despair and flung himself head + foremost into Etna’s burning mountain.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe that?” + </p> + <p> + “No! it may well be a lie like everything else. Then I learnt a number of + interesting doctrines from Plato which were subsequently all confuted by + Aristotle. At last I took up my position with the wisest of the wise—Socrates, + who openly declared, as you know, that he knew nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the same as the Sophists said,—that one knew nothing, and + hardly so much.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, and our good Socrates was a Sophist, without wishing to be + one. But there is one, a single one, who.... Yes, I mean Pythagoras. He + has proclaimed this and that doctrine in the East and the West, but I have + found one anchor in his philosophy, and I have gripped firm ground with + it. I certainly swing in the wind, but I do not drift away from it.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me.” + </p> + <p> + “Do what you think right at the risk of being banished from your country; + the mob cannot judge what is right. Therefore you should think little of + their praise, and despise their blame. Cultivate the friendship of kindred + spirits, but regard the rest of mankind as a worthless mass. Always be at + war with ‘the beans’ (he means the democrats). ‘Odi profanum vulgus et + arceo!’” + </p> + <p> + “You ought to live at home in Rome, Flaccus, where....” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, what are you doing now in Rome?” + </p> + <p> + “Caesar is Caesar; he conquers the world, and unites all the highest + functions, even the priestly, in his own person. I have nothing against + it, but they say he is aiming at his own deification.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not? All gods have first been heroes, and many gods have not been so + great as Caesar. Romulus was certainly no giant, though he had the luck to + come first, as someone must. Now he is a god, has a temple, and they + sacrifice to him.” + </p> + <p> + “It is probably a lie, like everything else.” + </p> + <p> + “Probably.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I have heard another legend of the founding of Rome by Aeneas’ son + Ascanius, who fled from Troy; and I intend to take it as the + starting-point of my great poem....” + </p> + <p> + “You mean the <i>Aeneid</i>, of which I have heard mention.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the <i>Aeneid</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it difficult to write poetry?” + </p> + <p> + “No; one follows good patterns. Hitherto Theocritus has been mine, but now + I shall go to Father Homer himself.” + </p> + <p> + “By Heracles! Now there you will be undisturbed—so long, that is, as + Maecenas sends you the sesterces regularly.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he does! But how do you get along?” + </p> + <p> + “My father, a freedman, toils as quaestor, and will find me a place.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you no interests, no passions, no ambitions?” + </p> + <p> + “No; what should I do with them? ‘Nihil admirari.’ That is my motto. If + there are gods who guide the destinies of men and nations, why should I + interfere and wear myself out in a useless struggle? Think of Demosthenes, + who for thirty years delivered speeches against the Macedonian, and warned + his countrymen, who would not listen to him! The gods were with the + Macedonian, and condemned Hellas to be overthrown. Demosthenes was + imprisoned. Comically enough, he was accused of having been bribed by the + same Macedonian. That was, of course, a lie. This patriot who sacrificed + himself for the salvation of his fatherland, who believed he was fighting + on the gods’ side, had to take poison, and fell, fighting against the + gods! Vestigia terrent!” + </p> + <p> + During their conversation, the sun had gone down, and now in the twilight + beacons were visible flaming on Aegina, on Salamis, by Phaleros, in the + Piraeus, and finally on the Acropolis. The murmurs from the city became + louder till they rose to one immense paean of joy. Men came down the + streets, and brought their wives and children with them, some on foot, + others riding and driving. The worthy innkeeper Agathon was aroused, and + went out into the highway to learn the cause of the confusion. The two + students had gone on the inn roof to look out. But they surmised danger + for foreigners like themselves, and, alarmed by the ever louder shouting, + descended again, and concealed themselves in the wine-press. At last + Agathon’s voice was heard: “Caesar is assassinated! Death to the Romans! + Freedom for Hellas!” + </p> + <p> + Such was the news. The garden of the inn filled with people, wine flowed, + and shouts of joy resounded, varied by sarcastic remarks on the passing + Romans who were fleeing northwards from the town in order to reach the + Macedonian frontier. + </p> + <p> + Maro and Flaccus underwent great anxiety, hidden as they were in the vat + of the wine-press, from which hiding-place they heard the whole news, with + its accompanying details. Caesar had been assassinated by Cassius and + Brutus in the Capitol. + </p> + <p> + “Brutus?” whispered Maro. “Then it is certainly over with the Caesars, + just as the old Brutus made an end of the Kings!” + </p> + <p> + And Brutus was flying to Hellas to rouse the Greeks against the Romans. + “Long live Brutus!” they cried in the garden. + </p> + <p> + “Then we shall live also!” said the pliant Flaccus. “Caesar is dead; let + us do homage to Brutus for the present.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Many years had passed when the former student of Athens, Quintus Horatius + Flaccus, was walking one day in the garden of his villa on the Sabine + Hills. This villa he had received as a gift from his friend Maecenas, who + possessed a splendid country-house close by in Tibur itself. + </p> + <p> + Horace was now a very famous poet, but still essentially the same as he + had been when a student in Athens. Destiny or the gods had played with + him, but the poet had taken it as a good joke on the part of the Higher + Powers, and answered it with a satire. After the murder of Caesar, Brutus + had fled to Greece, and been so well received there, that the Athenians + had erected a statue to him, and raised troops for him against Antonius + and the other generals, among whom was the invalid Octavianus (afterwards + Augustus). + </p> + <p> + Horace was compelled to serve as a soldier, and actually commanded a + legion at Philippi, where Brutus fell. The poet, who was no warrior, fled + from the superior force of the enemy, and came to Rome, where, after the + amnesty had been proclaimed, he became a clerk in a public office. At the + same time he had begun to write verses, was discovered by Maecenas, and + received his reward in the form of an estate. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor Augustus admired him, and offered him a position as secretary, + but Horace refused, partly because he could never see anything else but an + usurper in this Emperor, partly because he loved freedom and independence + above all things. + </p> + <p> + Just now he was walking in his garden, whose fruit-trees he had himself + cultivated. He plucked roses and hyacinths, for he awaited the visit of a + favourite guest, his old friend and fellow-student of Athens, Publius + Virgilius Maro, as well known as Horace himself, although he had not yet + allowed his <i>Aeneid</i> to appear in manuscript. + </p> + <p> + A table was laid in a vine-arbour; flagons of old Massisian and Falernian + lay already on ice, oysters and eels were there; a kid and some quails + were roasting on the spit in the kitchen; fruit had been plucked in the + garden; and the only thing wanting on the table, which had been laid for + two persons, were flowers. + </p> + <p> + A little slave, who was able to write, ran to and fro between the + garden-gate and the dove-tower, in order to look out for the expected + guest. The poet was standing at the water-barrel and washing his hands, + after he had finished plucking flowers, when someone clapped him on the + shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Virgil! Which way have you come, then?” + </p> + <p> + “Over the hills of Tibur from Maecenas.” + </p> + <p> + “Welcome, wanderer, whichever way you have come! Sit down—you must + be tired—in my hemicyklion, under the olives I planted myself, while + the spits turn, and they ply the chopping-knife. Here you see my plot of + land which represents the world to me.” + </p> + <p> + Their first greetings and questions were over, and the two friends sat + down to the table. The host was certainly an Epicurean or votary of + pleasure; but in order to be able to enjoy, one must be moderate, and the + meal, judging by Roman customs, was quite a frugal one, but simple and + brilliant. Then the cups were passed round, and the wine awoke memories in + spite of its supposed lethal capacity of quenching them. + </p> + <p> + “Well, you were in the war, friend?” began Virgil. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and I fled disgracefully, as you know.” + </p> + <p> + “I have read so in one of your poems, but it is said not to be true, and + you have slandered yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “Have I? Perhaps! One talks nonsense when one writes.” + </p> + <p> + “You poet, do you remember how you asked me in Athens whether it were + difficult? How did you come to write?” + </p> + <p> + “I needed money!” + </p> + <p> + “Now you slander yourself again! If all clients who needed money could + write, the world would be full of poets.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, perhaps it was not so. But speak of yourself—of your <i>Aeneid</i>.” + </p> + <p> + Virgil looked gloomy: “Of that I will not speak.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it finished?” + </p> + <p> + “More than that! It is done with!” + </p> + <p> + “Done with?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! When I read it, I found it a failure! It was not Homer; it was + nothing. It was a punishment, because I wished to outshine my father.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you destroyed it?” + </p> + <p> + “Not yet; but it is sealed up, in order to be destroyed after my death.” + </p> + <p> + “Now <i>you</i> are slandering yourself, and you are depressed, Maro, not + by years, not by work, but by something else.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, by something else. The future disturbs me!” + </p> + <p> + Horace shook his cup and recited: [Footnote: Hor. Od. I. ii.] “Do not go + to the astrologers, Leuconoe. Better bear life as it comes. Be wise, clear + your wine! While we speak, envious life is flying. Enjoy the present, and + think as little as possible about the future.” + </p> + <p> + “That I cannot!” broke in Virgil. “I cannot drown myself in my cups, when + I see my fatherland perishing.” + </p> + <p> + “Has Rome ever been so powerful as it is now? Do we not possess the whole + known world—Egypt, Syria, Greece, Italy, Spain, Germany, Gaul, + Britain? And yet we live in a time of peace: the Temple of Janus is + closed; the earth rejoices; the arts flourish; and commerce was never so + active as at present.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the peace that precedes a war. For all these conquered nations are + awake, and have an eye on Rome. Not on Greece as before, for Greece is + barren and laid waste, and passes into the great silence. Do you know that + Sulla and Mithridates have gone slaying and pillaging over Hellas, so that + science and art have fled to the Egyptian Alexandria or the growing + Byzantium? Do you know that pirates, whose origin is unknown, from the + East, have recently plundered every temple in Hellas, so that hardly any + religious service can be held there? The oracles are dumb, the poets are + silent like song-birds in a storm, the great tragedies are no longer + performed; people rather go to see farces and gladiatorial shows. Hellas + is a ruin, and Rome will soon be one.” + </p> + <p> + “Times are bad, I grant, but every time has been one of decay, and has, + however, prepared the way for a new epoch. The fallen leaves of autumn + form a forcing-bed for the coming spring; Nature, life, and history ever + renew themselves through death. Therefore death is to me only a renewal, a + change, and whenever I meet a funeral, I always say to myself, ‘O how + pleasant it is to live!’” + </p> + <p> + “My dear Flaccus, you live with your dreams in the Golden Age, while we + others only drag ourselves through this life of the Iron Age. Do you + remember how Hesiod complains already of his own time?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I have forgotten that, but in order to oblige you I will listen.” + </p> + <p> + “‘The people of to-day are an iron race, and never rest from the burden of + work, neither by day nor by night. They are a sinful folk, and the gods + send them heavy troubles. But even when they send joy, this turns to their + misfortune. Some day Zeus will destroy them, these many-tongued people, + when they are born with grey locks on their temples. Yes, our children are + born old men already, toothless, wrinkled and with bald heads. The father + is not gracious to the child, nor the child to the father, nor the guest + to his host, nor servant to fellow-servant, nor brother to brother. + Children dishonour their old parents, revile them and speak unfriendly + words—these young scoundrels who know nothing of divine vengeance, + and never thank their ageing parents for their fostering care of them as + children. Might is right, and one city destroys another. Honesty and + faithfulness in keeping vows are never rewarded, as little as kindness or + justice. Oh no, they who practise sin and break the law, demand honour. + Scoundrels betray noble men, and commit perjury without scruple. Envy + follows men, these unhappy ones with their harsh voices and dreadful + faces, who rejoice over the evil and the mischief which they do.’” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, so Hesiod spoke a thousand years ago, and I must confess his words + are well deserved, but what can one do?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, they are. Cicero was murdered, and I feel inclined to follow the + example of Cato, who died in order to escape sin. I sink, Flaccus, in lies + and hypocrisy. But I will not sink ... I will mount. I have praised + Augustus and his son Marcellus in my verses, but I believe no more in + them, for they are not the future. Therefore the <i>Aeneid</i> shall be + burnt!” + </p> + <p> + “You disquiet me, Maro. But what do you believe in?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe in the Sibyl, who has prophesied that the Iron Age will end, + and the Golden Age return.” + </p> + <p> + “You have sung of that in the Fourth Eclogue, I remember.... Have you + fever?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe I have. Do you remember—no! our fathers remember when the + Capitol was burnt, and the Sibylline books destroyed. But now new books + have come from Alexandria, and in them they have read that a new era will + begin; that Rome will be destroyed but built up again, and that a Golden + Age....” + </p> + <p> + Here the seer was silent. Then he continued: “Pardon me, Flaccus, but I am + poorly, and must ride home before the mists rise from the Campagna.” + </p> + <p> + “Eheu fugaces, Postume, Postume! Labuntur anni! I will follow you, friend, + on my ass, for you are sick. But ‘the man of righteous heart and rock-like + purpose will not be shaken nor terrified by the blind zeal of the citizens + commanding evil, nor the glance of the threatening tyrant.... If the walls + of the world fall in, they will bury him unterrified beneath their ruin.’” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Some days later Virgil died in Naples. His will was opened, and actually + found to contain a request that his <i>Aeneid</i> should be burnt. But it + was not carried out. Posterity has passed various judgments on this + ignoring of a dead man’s wish—some think it was a pity; others that + it was a good thing. + </p> + <p> + When Christianity arrived, Virgil was enrolled among the prophets. The <i>Aeneid</i> + was regarded as a Sibylline book and included in the liturgy. Pilgrimages + were made to the poet’s tomb. And later on he was raised to the rank of a + saint by Dante. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + LEONTOPOLIS + </h2> + <p> + A caravan was encamped on a height eastward of the ancient Egyptian town + Heliopolis. There were many people in it, but all were Hebrews. They had + come on camels and asses from Palestine through the desert—the same + desert which the Israelites had passed through thousands of years before. + </p> + <p> + In the evening twilight, by the faint light of the half-moon, hundreds of + camp-fires were to be seen, and by them sat the women with their little + children while the men carried water. + </p> + <p> + Never yet had the desert beheld so many little children, and, as they were + now being put to bed for the night, the camp echoed with their cries. It + was like an enormous nursery. But when the washing was over, and the + little ones were laid to their mothers’ breasts, the cries one after the + other ceased, and there was complete silence. Under a sycamore tree sat a + woman, and suckled her child; close by stood a Hebrew, feeding his ass + with branches of the broom plant; when he had done that, he went higher up + the hill, and looked towards the north. A foreigner—a Roman, to + judge by his dress—passed, and regarded the woman with the child + closely, as though he were counting them. + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew showed signs of uneasiness, and began a conversation with the + Roman, in order to divert his attention from the woman. + </p> + <p> + “Say, traveller, is that the City of the Sun there in the west?” + </p> + <p> + “You see it!” answered the Roman. + </p> + <p> + “Then it is Bethshemesh.” + </p> + <p> + “Heliopolis, from which both Greeks and Romans have derived their wisdom; + Plato himself has been here.” + </p> + <p> + “Can Leontopolis also be seen from here?” + </p> + <p> + “You see the pinnacles of its temple two miles northward.” + </p> + <p> + “But that is the land of Goshen, which our father Abraham visited, and + which Jacob had portioned out to him,” said the Hebrew, turning to his + wife, who only answered with an inclination of her head. Then, speaking to + the Roman, he continued, “Israel wandered from Egypt to Canaan. But after + the Babylonish captivity a part of them returned and settled down here. + You know that.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know that. And now the Israelites here have increased till they + number many thousand souls, and have built a temple for themselves, which + you see standing in the distance. Did you know that?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, something about it. So that, then, is Roman territory?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. Everything is Roman now—Syria, Canaan, Greece, Egypt—Germany, + Gaul, Britain; the world belongs to Rome, according to the prophecy of the + Cumaean Sibyl.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! But the world is to be redeemed through Israel, according to God’s + promise to our father Abraham.” + </p> + <p> + “I have heard that fable also, but for the present Rome has the fulfilment + of the promise. Do you come from Jerusalem?” + </p> + <p> + “I come through the desert like the others, and I bring wife and child + with me.” + </p> + <p> + “Child—yes! Why do you Hebrews carry so many children with you?” + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew was silent, but since he perceived that the Roman knew the + reason, and since the latter looked like a benevolent man, he resolved to + tell the truth. + </p> + <p> + “Herod the King heard from the Wise Men of the East the prophecy that a + King of the Jews would be born in Bethlehem in the land of Judaea. In + order to escape the supposed danger, Herod had all the children recently + born in that district put to death. Just as Pharaoh once had our + first-born put to death here. But Moses was saved, in order to free our + people from the Egyptian bondage.” + </p> + <p> + “Well! but who was this King of the Jews to be?” + </p> + <p> + “The promised Messiah.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe that he is born?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot tell.” + </p> + <p> + “I can,” said the Roman. “He is born; he will rule the world, and bring + all people under his sceptre.” + </p> + <p> + “And who will that be?” + </p> + <p> + “The Emperor, Augustus.” + </p> + <p> + “Is he of Abraham’s seed or of David’s house? No. And has he come with + peace, as Isaiah prophesied, ‘His kingdom shall be great, and of peace + there shall be no end’? The Emperor is certainly not a man of peace.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, Israelite. Now you are a Roman subject. Be content with the + redemption through Rome. We know not of any other.” + </p> + <p> + The Roman departed. + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew approached his wife. “Mary!” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Joseph!” she answered. “Hush! The child sleeps.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE LAMB + </h2> + <p> + Herod Antipas, the Tetrarch, had come to Jerusalem, because there was much + unrest among the populace. He had taken up his dwelling with Pilate, the + Governor. Since on the preceding evening he had witnessed a gladiatorial + show in the circus and then taken part in an orgy, he slept late into the + morning—so late that his host, who was waiting for his guest, had + gone upon the roof. + </p> + <p> + There lay the Holy City, with Mount Moriah and the Temple, Zion and + David’s House. To the north-west and west there stretched the Valley of + Sharon to the Mediterranean Sea, which in the clear air appeared like a + blue streak at a distance of five miles. + </p> + <p> + In the east there rose the Mount of Olives, with its gardens and + vineyards, olives, figs and terebinths, below ran the brook Kedron whose + banks were decked in their spring apparel of flourishing laurels, + tamarisks, and willows. + </p> + <p> + The Governor was restless, and often paused to stand by the parapet of the + roof in order to look down into the forecourt of the Temple. Here numbers + of people moved about busily, forming themselves into knots which + dissolved and then formed larger groups. + </p> + <p> + At last the Tetrarch appeared. He had overslept himself, and his eyes were + blood-shot. He gave the Governor a brief greeting, and settled himself as + though for a conversation. But he found it hard to bring out a word; his + head hung down, and he did not know how to begin, for the orgies of the + preceding night had made him forget what he had come for. + </p> + <p> + Pilate came to his help: “Speak, Herod; your heart is full, and your mind + uneasy.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say, my brother?” + </p> + <p> + “We were speaking yesterday of the strange man who stirs up the people.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite right! I had John beheaded. Is it he who is going about?” + </p> + <p> + “No, it is another one now.” + </p> + <p> + “Are there two of them?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, this is another one.” + </p> + <p> + “But they have the same history—a prophecy which foretold their + birth, and the fable of a supernatural origin, just like the Perseus of + mythology, and the philosopher Plato in history. Is it a confusion of + persons?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not at all.” + </p> + <p> + “What is his name? Josua, Jesse...?” + </p> + <p> + “His name is Jesus, and he is said to have passed his childhood in the + Egyptian towns Heliopolis and Leontopolis.” + </p> + <p> + “Then he must be a magician or wizard; can he not come and divert me?” + </p> + <p> + “It is difficult to find him, for he is now in one place, now in another. + But we will question the High Priest; I have had him called, and he waits + below.” + </p> + <p> + “Why is there this commotion in the court of the Temple?” + </p> + <p> + “They are going to erect the Emperor’s statue in the Holy of Holies.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite right! Our gracious Emperor Tiberius lives like a madman on Capri, + and is pummelled by his nephew Caligula, if the offspring of incest can be + called a nephew. And now he is to become a god. Ha! Ha!” + </p> + <p> + “Antiochus Epiphanes had the statue of Zeus set up in the Holy of Holies. + He, however, <i>was</i> a god. But to set up this beast, Tiberius, means a + tumult.” + </p> + <p> + “What are we to do? Call the Priest here.” + </p> + <p> + Pilate went and fetched the High Priest Caiaphas. + </p> + <p> + Herod closed his eyes, and folded his hands over his breast. He regarded + all matters of business as an interruption to his pleasures, and generally + liked to cut them short. When Pilate returned with Caiaphas, the Tetrarch + awoke from his doze, and did not know where he was, or what they were + talking about. Pilate stepped forward, aroused him to consciousness, and + directed his attention to the matter in hand. + </p> + <p> + “There is a tumult in the Temple,” was his first observation, for that + disturbed his sleep. “Ah! the Priest is here. What is the meaning of the + uproar below?” + </p> + <p> + “It is the Galilaean, who has taken to using force, and has driven the + money-changers out of the Temple.” + </p> + <p> + Herod’s curiosity was aroused: “I should like to see him.” + </p> + <p> + “He has already gone.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell us, High Priest, who is this man? Is he the Messiah?” + </p> + <p> + “That is incredible. The son of a poor carpenter, who is weak in the + head!” + </p> + <p> + “Is he a prophet?” + </p> + <p> + “He stirs up the people, he breaks the law, he is a glutton and + wine-bibber, and he blasphemes God. Yes, he says that he himself is God, + the Son of the Highest.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you witnesses to this?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but they contradict each other.” + </p> + <p> + “Then procure better witnesses, who will agree. But now, Priest, we must + talk of something else. You know that the Senate have decreed the + apotheosis of the Emperor, and that his image is to be set up in the + Temple. What do you think about it?” + </p> + <p> + “We live by the favour of the Emperor. But if this abomination is done, we + will all die as the Maccabees did.” + </p> + <p> + “Then die!” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas considered a moment before he answered. “I will summon the + Sanhedrim, and tell them what the Emperor wishes.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, do that. And before the Passover you must bring the Galilaean before + me, for I wish to see him.” + </p> + <p> + “I will.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go in peace.” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas retired. + </p> + <p> + “They are a hard people, these Israelites,” said Pilate, for want of + something better to say. “I am also of Israel,” answered Herod somewhat + curtly, “for I am an Edomite, of Esau’s race, and my mother was a + Samaritan, belonging to the despised people.” + </p> + <p> + Pilate saw that he had made a slip, and therefore struck the ground three + times with his official staff. A large trap-door opened, and a table came + up covered with all kinds of delicacies according to Roman taste. + </p> + <p> + Herod’s countenance cleared. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In the Court of the Priests stood Caiaphas and Annas, and spoke with each + other. + </p> + <p> + “Since we cannot avert the abomination,” said Caiaphas, “and the Emperor’s + image is to be erected in the Holy of Holies, and the people will be + destroyed if there is an insurrection, it is better for us to bring an + offering to the Lord, and that one man die for the people.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right. An extraordinary atoning sacrifice is necessary, and as + the Passover is approaching, let us sacrifice the Galilaean.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! But the offering should be pure. Is the Galilaean pure?” + </p> + <p> + “Pure as a lamb.” + </p> + <p> + “May he then take Israel’s sins upon him, that we may be set free through + his blood. Who brings him into our hands?” + </p> + <p> + “One of his disciples, who stands outside.” + </p> + <p> + “Fetch him in.” + </p> + <p> + John, later known as the “Evangelist,” was brought in, and Caiaphas began + to examine him. + </p> + <p> + “What do you say concerning your teacher? Has he transgressed the law of + Moses?” + </p> + <p> + “He has fulfilled the law.” + </p> + <p> + “But what new commandment has he introduced into our holy law?” + </p> + <p> + “Love one another.” + </p> + <p> + “Did he say he was the King of the Jews?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’” + </p> + <p> + “Has he not made children rebel against their parents?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘He who loveth father or mother more than me is not + worthy of me.’” + </p> + <p> + “Did he not say that one has a right to neglect one’s duties as a + citizen?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His + righteousness.’” + </p> + <p> + “Did he tell labourers to leave their work?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘Come unto me, all ye that labour and are heavy-laden.’” + </p> + <p> + “Did he say that he would conquer the world?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘In the world ye have tribulation, but be of good cheer; + I have overcome the world.’” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas was weary: “According to all that I have heard and perceived, + this man has not answered a single question.” + </p> + <p> + “The Master answers in spirit and in truth, but you ask according to the + flesh and the letter. We are not the children of one spirit.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t understand.” + </p> + <p> + “He has sent me to preach good tidings to the poor, to heal the broken in + heart, to preach deliverance to the captives, to give sight to the blind, + to set at liberty them that are bruised.” + </p> + <p> + “What you speak in foolishness, young man, can neither bring credit to you + nor to your teacher.” + </p> + <p> + “Woe unto you when men praise you, and he who departeth from evil maketh + himself a prey.” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas turned to Annas: “This is not the man who will deliver the + Galilaean up to us.” + </p> + <p> + “They have sent another one—Listen! Is your name Iscariot?” + </p> + <p> + “No; my name is John.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go in peace, but send us Iscariot instead. But wait! Give us in two + words the teaching of your Master regarding the meaning of life.” + </p> + <p> + “Death is a gain for the righteous,” answered John without stopping to + think. + </p> + <p> + “Is life not itself...?” + </p> + <p> + “Through death ye shall enter into life.” + </p> + <p> + “We have heard enough. Go.” + </p> + <p> + But Caiaphas repeated to himself, as though he thought he would understand + those words in his own mouth better: “Death is a gain for the righteous.” + </p> + <p> + Now there arose a clamour from the market-place and the hall of justice. + Annas and Caiaphas went out upon the battlemented walls to find out the + cause. Levites were standing there, and looking down. + </p> + <p> + “Has he been taken?” + </p> + <p> + “He has already been seized as an inciter to insurrection, because he bade + his disciples to sell their garments and buy a sword.” + </p> + <p> + “Have they found them with weapons?” + </p> + <p> + “They have found two swords.” + </p> + <p> + “Then he is already condemned.” + </p> + <p> + Then they heard a cry rise from the crowd before the Court of Justice—at + first difficult to distinguish, but ever clearer. The people were crying + “Crucify! Crucify!” + </p> + <p> + “Is that not too severe, regarded as a punishment?” said Caiaphas. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the Levite; “one of his disciples called Simon or Peter + drew his sword and wounded one of the servants called Malchus.” + </p> + <p> + “Do we need any more witnesses?” + </p> + <p> + “But the Teacher said, ‘Put up thy sword into its sheath, for they that + take the sword, shall perish with the sword.’” + </p> + <p> + “That is a difficult saying,” said Annas, and went down. But the people + continued to cry, “Crucify! Crucify!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE WILD BEAST + </h2> + <p> + Before the temple of Jupiter Latiaris in Rome, two men of the middle + classes met each other. They both remained standing in order to + contemplate the new temple, which was different from all others, and + looked as if it had felt the effects of an earthquake. The basement had + the shape of a roof; the columns stood reversed with their capitals below, + and the roof was constructed like a basement with cellar-windows. + </p> + <p> + “So we meet here again, Hebrew,” said one of the two, who resembled a + Roman merchant. “Was it not in Joppa that we last met?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the Hebrew. “One meets the Roman everywhere; he is at home + everywhere; one also meets the Hebrew everywhere, but he is at home + nowhere. But tell me, whose temple is this?” + </p> + <p> + “This is the Temple of the Wild Beast, the Emperor Caligula, the madman, + the murderer, the incestuous. He has erected it to himself; his image + stands within; and the madman comes every day to worship himself.” + </p> + <p> + So saying, the Roman made a sign on his forehead, moving the forefinger of + his right hand first from above, below, and then from left to right. + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew looked at him in astonishment. + </p> + <p> + “Are you not a Roman?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am a Roman Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “Where do you live?” + </p> + <p> + “Here under Rome, in the catacombs.” + </p> + <p> + He pointed to a hole in the ground, which resembled those that led down to + the cloacae. + </p> + <p> + “Do you live here under the ground?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is where we Christians live; there we lie like seed in the + earth, and germinate.” + </p> + <p> + “Those are grave-vaults down there.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we are buried with Christ, and await the resurrection.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you a temple down there?” + </p> + <p> + “We have our religious service there, and to-day we celebrate the birth of + Christ.” + </p> + <p> + “Someone is coming down the street,” said the Hebrew. The Roman opened the + trap-door in the ground in order to descend. From below the sounds of a + choral hymn were heard. “The City hath no need of the moon, neither of the + sun, for the glory of God doth lighten it, and the Lamb is the light + thereof.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is the Lamb?” asked the Hebrew. + </p> + <p> + “Jesus Christ, the Redeemer of the World.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think the world is redeemed, while this mad Caligula....” + </p> + <p> + “The world will be redeemed, if we continue to hope.” + </p> + <p> + “You have, then, taken the promise away from Israel?” + </p> + <p> + “No, we have inherited the promise, for Christ was of the stock of + Israel.” + </p> + <p> + “Someone is coming.” + </p> + <p> + “Then farewell. We shall always meet, for the earth is ours.” + </p> + <p> + In the temple, which people called “the world turned upside down,” a man + slunk along the walls in a state of panic, as though he were afraid to + display his back. He had the face of a youth without any hair round it. + His upper lip was drawn upwards on the left side, and showed a long canine + tooth, while at the same time his right eye shot a sharp glance like a + poisonous arrow. + </p> + <p> + He glided along the wall to the apse, where an image was erected. It was a + likeness of the timid man himself, representing him exactly even to his + clothes. + </p> + <p> + “Is the priest there?” the mad Emperor whispered, for it was he. + </p> + <p> + No answer followed. + </p> + <p> + “Priest, dear priest, I am so frightened. Are you not coming?” + </p> + <p> + A sacrificial priest came forward, fell on his knee before the Emperor, + and worshipped him. + </p> + <p> + “Jupiter, Optimus, Maximus, Latiaris, frighten away thy foes.” + </p> + <p> + “Have I foes, then? Yes, and that is what frightens me. Do you believe + that I am God?” + </p> + <p> + “Thou art.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us then have thunder, to frighten my foes.” + </p> + <p> + The priest beat upon a kettledrum, and the echoes rolled through the + temple. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor laughed, so that all his teeth were visible. + </p> + <p> + “Priest!” he cried as he seated himself on his throne, “now you shall + sacrifice to me.” + </p> + <p> + The priest kindled a fire on the little altar before the madman. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor said, “The scent is good. Now I am the mightiest in heaven and + on earth. I rule over living and dead; I cast into Tartarus and lift into + Elysium. How mighty I am! I tame the waves of the sea, and command the + storm to cease: I hold sway over the planets in their courses; I myself + have created chaos, and the human race lie at my feet, from the primeval + forests of Britain to the sources of the Nile, which I alone have + discovered. I have made my favourite horse consul, and the people have + acknowledged his consulship. Priest! Worship me! Or do you forget who I + am? No, I am I, and I shall always worship myself in my own image. Caius + Caesar Caligula, I honour thee, Lord of the world, how I honour myself! + Jupiter Latiaris Caligula!” + </p> + <p> + He fell before the image on his knee. + </p> + <p> + “Some one is coming,” said the priest warningly. + </p> + <p> + “Kill him.” + </p> + <p> + “It is the tribune, Cassius Chaeraea!” + </p> + <p> + “Frighten him away.” + </p> + <p> + “Chaeraea does not let himself be frightened.” + </p> + <p> + The tribune came in fearlessly and without ceremony. + </p> + <p> + “Caius Caesar, your wife is dead.” + </p> + <p> + “All the better,” answered the Emperor. + </p> + <p> + “They have dashed your only child against a wall.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, how pleasant!” laughed the madman. + </p> + <p> + “And now you are to die.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I cannot. I am immortal.” + </p> + <p> + “I wait for you outside. It shall not take place here.” + </p> + <p> + “Creep away, ant! My foot is too great to reach thy littleness.” + </p> + <p> + Then a sound of singing rose from the basement of the temple, or from the + earth; they were children’s voices. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor was again alarmed, and crept under his chair. + </p> + <p> + Chaeraea, who had waited at the door, lost patience. + </p> + <p> + “Dog! are you coming? Or shall I strike you dead here?” + </p> + <p> + “Chaeraea,” whimpered the Emperor, “do not kill me! I will kiss your + foot.” + </p> + <p> + “Then kiss it now when I trample you to death.” + </p> + <p> + The gigantic tribune threw the chair to one side, leapt on the madman and + crushed his windpipe beneath his heel; the tongue, protruded from his + jaws, seemed to be spitting abuse even in death. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Wild Beast had three heads; the name of the second was Claudius. He + played dice with his friend Caius Silius, who was famous for his wealth + and his beauty. + </p> + <p> + “Follow the game,” hissed Caesar. + </p> + <p> + “I am following it,” answered his friend. + </p> + <p> + “No, you are absent-minded. Where were you last night?” + </p> + <p> + “I was in the Suburra.” + </p> + <p> + “You should not go to the Suburra; you should stay with me.” + </p> + <p> + “Follow the game.” + </p> + <p> + “I am following it; but what are the stakes we are playing for?” + </p> + <p> + “You are playing for your life.” + </p> + <p> + “And you, Caesar?” + </p> + <p> + “I am also playing for your life.” + </p> + <p> + “And if you lose?” asked Silius. + </p> + <p> + “Then you will lose your life.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor knocked with the dice-box on the table. His secretary + Narcissus came in. + </p> + <p> + “Give me writing materials, Narcissus. The antidote for snake-bites is + yew-tree resin....” + </p> + <p> + “And the antidote to hemlock?” + </p> + <p> + “Against that there is no antidote.” + </p> + <p> + “Follow the game, or I shall be angry.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you cannot be angry!” answered Silius. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is true,—I cannot! I only said so!” + </p> + <p> + Messalina, the Emperor’s wife, had entered. + </p> + <p> + “Why is Silius sitting here and playing,” she asked, “when he should + accompany me to the theatre?” + </p> + <p> + “He is compelled,” answered the Emperor. + </p> + <p> + “Wretch! what rights have you over him?” + </p> + <p> + “He is my slave; all are slaves of the Lord of the world. Therefore Rome + is the most democratic of all States, for all its citizens are equal—equal + before Men and God.” + </p> + <p> + “He is your slave, but he is my husband,” said Messalina. + </p> + <p> + “Your husband! Why, you are married to me.” + </p> + <p> + “What does that matter?” + </p> + <p> + “Do you go and marry without asking my permission?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, why not?” + </p> + <p> + “You are certainly droll, Messalina! And I pardon you. Go, my children, + and amuse yourselves. Narcissus will play with me.” + </p> + <p> + When the Emperor was left alone with Narcissus, his expression changed. + </p> + <p> + “Follow them, Narcissus!” he hissed. “Take Locusta with you, and give them + the poison. Then I shall marry Agrippina.” + </p> + <p> + But when Silius and the Empress had gone without, Silius asked innocently: + “Have you yourself prepared the mushrooms which he will eat this evening?” + </p> + <p> + “I have not done it myself, but Locusta has, and she understands her + business.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The name of the third head of the Wild Beast was Nero. He was Agrippina’s + worthy son, had poisoned his half-brother Britannicus, murdered his + mother, kicked his wife to death, and committed unnatural crime. He + falsified the coinage and plundered the temples. He made an artistic tour + to Greece, where he first appeared as a public singer and brought eight + hundred wreaths home, then as a charioteer, in which capacity he upset + everything, but received the prize because nobody dared to refuse it to + him. + </p> + <p> + To such a depth had Rome and Greece sunk. Claudius was an angel compared + to this monster; but he also received apotheosis. + </p> + <p> + To-day the Emperor had returned home from his artistic tour, and found his + capital in flames. Since, in his fits of intoxication, he had so often + raged against his old-fashioned Rome, with its narrow streets, and had on + various occasions expressed the wish that fire might break out at all its + corners, he came under the suspicion of having set it in flames. + </p> + <p> + He sat in his palace on the Esquiline in a great columned hall, and + feasted his eyes on the magnificent conflagration. It was a marble hall + with only a few articles of furniture, because the Emperor feared they + might afford lurking-places for murderers. But in the background of the + hall was a strong gilded iron grating, behind which could be caught a + glimpse of two yellow-brown lions from Libya. These the Emperor called his + “cats.” + </p> + <p> + At the door of the grating stood two slaves, Pallas and Alexander, and + watched every change in the Emperor’s face. + </p> + <p> + “He smiles,” whispered Pallas; “then it is all over with us. Brother, we + shall meet again. Pray for me and give me the kiss of peace.” + </p> + <p> + “The Lord shall deliver thee from all evil, and preserve thee for His + heavenly kingdom. This mortal must put on immortality, and this + corruptible, incorruption.” + </p> + <p> + The red face of the Emperor, red with wine and the light of the + conflagration, began to assume a look of attention, and it could be seen + from his eyes and ears that he was listening. Did he hear perhaps how the + masses of people whispered their suspicions of the “incendiary”? + </p> + <p> + “Pallas!” he roared, “Rome is burning!” + </p> + <p> + The slave remained speechless from fright. + </p> + <p> + “Pallas! Are you deaf?” + </p> + <p> + No answer. + </p> + <p> + “Pallas! Are you dumb? They say down there that I have fired the town, but + I have not. Run out in the streets and spread about the report that the + Christians have done it.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will not!” answered the slave. + </p> + <p> + Nero believed that his ears had deceived him. + </p> + <p> + “Do you not know,” he said, “that the Christians are magicians, and live + like rats in the catacombs, and that all Rome is undermined by them? I + have thought of making the Tiber flow in to drown them, or of opening the + walls of the cloacas and submerging the catacombs in filth. Their + Sibylline books have prophesied the fall of Rome, though they use the name + ‘Babylon.’ See, now the Capitol takes fire. Pallas, run out, and say the + Christians have done it.” + </p> + <p> + “That I will not do,” answered Pallas loud and clearly, “because it is not + true.” + </p> + <p> + “This time my ears have not deceived me,” roared the Emperor rising. “You + will not go into the town; then go in through the grating-door and play + with my lions.” + </p> + <p> + He opened the door, and pushed Pallas into the fore-court of the lions. + </p> + <p> + “Alexander!” said Pallas, “I have prayed you to be firm and courageous!” + </p> + <p> + “I know that my Redeemer lives, and that at the latter day He shall raise + me from the earth.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that you are saying?” said the Emperor, and pulled a cord, which + opened the second door to the lions. + </p> + <p> + “Alexander, go out into the town, and spread the report that the + Christians have set Rome on fire.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Alexander, “for I am a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “What is a Christian?” + </p> + <p> + “God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son that whosoever + believeth on Him should not perish but have everlasting life.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you not perish? Have I not the power to destroy you?” + </p> + <p> + “You have no power over me, except it be given from above.” + </p> + <p> + “He does not fear death. Lentulus! bring fire here; I will set fire to + your clothes, that we may see if you can burn, I will set your hair, your + beard, your nails on fire; but we will first soak you in oil and naphtha, + in pitch and sulphur. Then we will see whether you have an everlasting + life. Lentulus!” + </p> + <p> + Lentulus rushed in: “Emperor! The city is in an uproar! Fly!” + </p> + <p> + “Must I fly? First bring fire!” + </p> + <p> + “Spain has revolted, and chosen Galba as Emperor.” + </p> + <p> + “Galba! Eheu! fugaces, Postume ... Galba! Well, then, let us fly, but + whither?” + </p> + <p> + “Through the catacombs, sire.” + </p> + <p> + “No! the Christians live there, and they will kill me.” + </p> + <p> + “They kill no one,” said Alexander. + </p> + <p> + “Not even their enemies?” + </p> + <p> + “They pray for their enemies.” + </p> + <p> + “Then they are mad! All the better!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Christians were assembled in one of the crypts of the catacombs. “The + Capitol is burning; that is the heathen’s Zion,” said Alexander. + </p> + <p> + “The Lord of Hosts avenges his destroyed Jerusalem.” + </p> + <p> + “Say not ‘avenges,’ say ‘punishes.’” + </p> + <p> + “Someone is coming down the passage.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it a brother?” + </p> + <p> + “No, he makes no obeisance before the cross.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it is an executioner.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor appeared in rags, dirty, with a handkerchief tied round his + forehead. As he approached the Christians, whom in their white cloaks he + took for Greeks, he became quiet and resolved to bargain with them. + </p> + <p> + “Are you Greeks?” + </p> + <p> + “Here is neither Jew nor Greek, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free, but + all are brothers in Christ! Welcome, brother!” + </p> + <p> + “It is the Wild Beast,” said Alexander. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor now recognised his escaped slave, and in his terror fell on + his knees. + </p> + <p> + “Kill me not! I am a poor stone-cutter, who has lost his way. Show me the + way out, whether right or left.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know me?” asked Alexander. + </p> + <p> + “Alexander!” answered the Emperor. + </p> + <p> + “He whom you wished to burn. It is I!” + </p> + <p> + “Mercy! Kill me not!” + </p> + <p> + “Stand up, Caesar! Thy life is in God’s hand.” + </p> + <p> + “Do I find mercy?” + </p> + <p> + “You shall have a guide.” + </p> + <p> + “Say whether right or left; then I can help myself.” + </p> + <p> + “Keep to the left.” + </p> + <p> + “And if you lie.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot lie! Do you see, that is the difference.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you not lie? I should have done so.” + </p> + <p> + “Keep to the left.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor believed him, and went. But after going some steps, he stood + still and turned round. + </p> + <p> + “Out upon you, slaves! Now I shall help myself.” + </p> + <p> + It was a terribly stormy night, when Nero, accompanied by the boy Sporus, + and a few slaves, reached the estate of his freedman Phaon. Phaon did not + dare to receive him, but advised him to hide in a clay-pit. But the + Emperor did not wish to creep into the earth, but sprang into a pond, when + he heard the pursuers approaching, and remained standing in the water. + From this place he heard those who were going by seeking him, say that he + was condemned to be flogged to death. Then, after some hesitation, he + thrust a dagger into his breast. + </p> + <p> + His nurse Acte, who had also been his paramour, buried him in a garden on + Monte Pincio. The Romans loved him after his death, and brought flowers to + his grave. But the Christians saw in him the Wild Beast and the Antichrist + of the Apocalypse. + </p> + <h3> + THE APOSTATE + </h3> + <p> + At a date rather more than three hundred years after the Birth of Christ, + the stage of the world’s history had shifted from the Mediterranean to the + East. Greece was sunk in everlasting sleep, Rome lay in ruins and had + become a tributary state. Jerusalem was destroyed, Alexandria at the mouth + of the Nile in a state of decay. The world’s metropolis lay on the Black + Sea, and was a half-oriental colony called Byzantium, or, after + Constantine the Great, Constantinople. The heathen world was a waste, and + Christianity had become the State religion. But the spirit of Christianity + had not penetrated the empire. Doctrine indeed there was—plenty of + doctrine—but those at court lived worse lives than the heathen, and + the way to the throne in Byzantium was generally through a murder. + </p> + <p> + But while the centre of gravity in Europe had shifted to the East, new + conquests had been made in the West and in the North. The Romans had + founded fifty cities on the Rhine, and, since Julius Caesar’s time, all + Gaul lay under Roman ploughs and worshipped Roman gods in Roman temples. + </p> + <p> + But now that Christianity was to be introduced into Gaul, it encountered + great difficulties. The original religion of the country, Druidism, had + been proscribed by the Emperor Claudius, and the Roman cult of the gods + substituted. And now that a second alteration of their religion was + proposed, the Gauls strongly resented it. Accordingly Gaul was in a state + of disorganisation, which was likely to result in some new growth. + </p> + <p> + But under the rule of Constantius, new danger from another side threatened + the newly-formed provinces of Gaul. The German races, the Franks and the + Alemanni, were attracted by the charm of the fertile land, where the + mountains seemed to drop with wine, and the plains were covered with + yellow corn. In order to protect the best of his provinces, and perhaps + for other reasons, the Emperor sent his cousin and brother-in-law, Julian, + to subdue the Germans. Although Julian had been educated in a convent and + at a university, he seems to have understood the art of war, for he + defeated the invaders and then retired to Lutetia Parisiorum. + </p> + <p> + The legions had marched up the Mons Martis or Martyrorum, as it was called + by turns. At their head went the insignificant-looking man with his beard + trimmed like a philosopher’s—Julian, surnamed Caesar, but not + therefore Emperor. High on the summit of the hill stood a temple of Mars, + but it was closed. When the army had encamped, Julian went alone to the + edge of the hill, in order to view the town Lutetia, which he had never + seen. + </p> + <p> + On the island between the two arms of the Seine lay the main part of the + town with the temple of Jupiter; but the Imperial Palace and the + Amphitheatre stood on the slope of Mount Parnassus, on the left bank of + the river. For three hundred years from the time of Julius Caesar, the + Emperors had stayed here at intervals. The two last occupants had been + Constantine the Great and Constantius. + </p> + <p> + After thoughtfully contemplating for a while the valley with the river + flowing through it, Julian exclaimed, “Urbs! Why, it is Rome! A river, a + valley, and hills, seven or more, just as at Rome. Don’t you see, we stand + on the Capitoline? On the opposite side we have Janiculum represented by + Mount Parnassus, and in the north Mons Valerian forms our Vatican. And the + city on the island! The island resembles a ship, just like the island in + the Tiber, on which they have erected an obelisk as a mast, so striking + was the similarity. Caesar indeed was too original to have wished to copy. + They call Byzantium New Rome, but Rome is like a worm; when cut in two, a + living creature is formed from each piece. What do you say, Maximus?” + </p> + <p> + “Rome was the city of the seven hills and the seven kings; how many there + will be here, none can say.” + </p> + <p> + “It had never occurred to me,” answered Julian, “that Rome had had just as + many kings as hills—a curious coincidence!” + </p> + <p> + Maximus the Mystic, who, together with the Sophist Priscus, always + accompanied the Emperor, in order to give him opportunities for + philosophising, immediately objected: “There are no ‘coincidences,’ + Caesar, everything is reckoned and numbered; everything is created with a + conscious purpose, and in harmonious correspondence—the firmament of + heaven and the circle of the earth.” + </p> + <p> + “You have learnt that in Egypt,” Priscus interrupted, “for the Egyptians + see the river Nile in the constellation Eridanus. I should like to know + under which constellation this Lutetia lies!” + </p> + <p> + “It lies under Andromeda, like Rome,” answered Maximus, “but Perseus hangs + over the Holy Land, so that Algol stands over Jerusalem.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you call that cursed land ‘holy’?” broke in Julian, who could not + control his generally quiet temper as soon as any subject was mentioned + connected with Christianity, which he hated. + </p> + <p> + “I call the land ‘holy’ because the Redeemer of the world was born there. + And you know that He was born without a father, like Perseus; you know + also that Perseus delivered Andromeda, as Jesus Christ will deliver Rome + and Lutetia.” + </p> + <p> + Julian was silent, for, as a Neo-platonist, he liked analogies between the + heavenly and the temporal, and a poetic figure was more for him than a + rhetorical ornament. + </p> + <p> + Educated in a convent by Christian priests, he had early gained an insight + into the new teaching of Christianity; but he believed that his + philosophic culture had shown him that the seed of Christianity had + already germinated in Socrates and Plato. After he had made the + acquaintance of the Neo-Platonists, he found nothing to object to in the + recently-promulgated dogmas of Christianity. But he felt a boundless hate + against these Galilaeans who wished to appropriate all the wisdom of the + past ages and give it their own name. He regarded them as thieves. The + doctrine of Christ’s Divine Sonship seemed to him quite natural, for as a + Pantheist he believed that the souls of all men are born of God and have + part in Him. He himself acknowledged the dogma recently promulgated at + Nicaea, that the Son is of the same essence as the Father, although he + interpreted, it in his own way. As to miracles, they happened every day, + and could be imitated by magicians. He acknowledged the truth of the Fall + of Man, for Plato also had declared that the soul is imprisoned in matter—in + sinful matter, with which we must do battle. And this had been confirmed + by St. Paul’s saying in the Epistle to the Romans, “The good which I + would, that I do not, but the evil, which I would not, that I do,” and + again, “I delight in the law of God after the inward man. But I see + another law in my members, which warreth against the law of my mind.... O + wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from the body of this death?” + That was the lament of the thinking sensitive man regarding the soul’s + imprisonment in matter; the disgust of human nature at itself. + </p> + <p> + Julian, as a sensitive and struggling spirit, had felt this pressure, and + had honestly and successfully combated the lusts of the flesh. Grown up + though he was, among murderers and sybarites, in the extravagant luxury of + the Byzantine Court, where, for example, he had at first possessed a + thousand barbers and a thousand cooks, he had abandoned luxury, lived like + a Christian ascetic, acted justly, and was high-minded. He had a perfect + comprehension of the soul’s imprisonment in the flesh or of “sin,” but + understood nothing of the Redemption through Christ. Three hundred years + had passed since the birth of Christ, and the world had become continually + more wretched. The Christians he had seen, especially his uncle + Constantine the Great, lived worse than the heathen. As a young man he had + tested the new teaching in his own internal struggles; he had prayed to + Christ as to God, but had not been heard. When he had lamented his plight + to the devout Eusebius, the latter had answered, “Be patient in hope! + Continue constant in prayer.” + </p> + <p> + But the youth answered, “I cannot be patient.” + </p> + <p> + Then Eusebius said, “The deliverance comes, but not in our time. A + thousand years are as a day before the Lord God! Wait five days, then you + will see.” + </p> + <p> + “I will not wait,” exclaimed the youth angrily. + </p> + <p> + “So say the damned souls also. But look you, impatience is one of the + torments of hell, and you make a hell for yourself with your impatience.” + </p> + <p> + Julian became a hater of Christ, without exactly knowing why. The + philosophers did not teach it him, for they adapted Christianity to their + philosophy. Celsus’ feeble attack on Christianity had not misled Julian’s + ripe and cultured intelligence. Eusebius explained his pupil’s hatred of + Christ in the following way: “He has heathen blood in him, for he comes of + Illyrian stock; he does not belong to this sheepfold. Or is his pride so + boundless, his envy so great, that he cannot tolerate any Autocrat in the + realm of the spirit? He lives himself like a Christian, and teaches the + same as Christ, but at the same time is a Christ-hater.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Julian, in order to hide his anger, had approached the little + Temple of Mars on the hill. The building was in ruins, the doors had been + carried away, and the columns were broken. As he entered it, he saw the + statue of Mars, modelled after a good Greek one of Ares, standing in the + apse, but the nose was broken off, the fingers were lacking, and the whole + statue was streaked with dirt. + </p> + <p> + “This is the work of the Galilaeans,” said Julian, “but they shall pay for + it.” + </p> + <p> + “They have already paid with their lives,” answered Maximus. + </p> + <p> + “Dionysius [Footnote: St. Denis] was beheaded on the hill, and his chapel + stands there on the slope.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you also a Galilaean?” + </p> + <p> + “No; but I love justice.” + </p> + <p> + “Justice and its guardian-goddess Astrasa left the earth when the Iron Age + began; now she is a star in heaven.” + </p> + <p> + “In the Zodiac,” interrupted Priscus; “I believe also, we all live in + Zodiacs, and there justice has no place.” + </p> + <p> + A sudden murmur of voices was heard from the camp. Julian mounted a heap + of stones to see what was the matter. The whole of the north-east side of + Mars’ Hill was covered with soldiers, and below in the valley were to be + seen tents and camp-fires. These thousands belonged to all the nations of + the world. They comprised Romans, Greeks, Egyptians, Negroes, Hebrews, + Persians, Afghans, Scythians, Germans, Britons, and Gauls. But now they + were in movement and swarming, as gnats do when they dance. + </p> + <p> + “What is the excitement about?” asked Julian. + </p> + <p> + A little bell from the chapel of St. Denis sounded the Angelus, and the + Christians fell on their knees, while the heathen remained standing or + continued their occupations. The Christians considered themselves + disturbed, and so did the heathen. + </p> + <p> + “This religion,” said Julian, “which should unite all, only divides them. + If the Church Councils, instead of formulating new creeds, had done away + with all forms, and proclaimed free worship with praise and adoration of + the Highest, all peoples would have bent the knee before the Nameless, but + look at the Christians! Since the law is on their side, they have the + upper hand, and therefore compel the heathen to adore their Galilaean! But + I will not help them. I can hold nations together, but not professors of + creeds. Let us go into the town. I will not mix in the matter.” + </p> + <p> + Some Christian tribunes approached Julian, with the evident purpose of + complaining, but he waved them off. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Julian had entered Lutetia on foot, accompanied by his philosophers. He + had not allowed himself to be escorted by generals or other officers, + because he did not trust them. + </p> + <p> + He found the new town to be a miniature of the Rome of the Caesars. It is + true that huts with straw roofs formed the nucleus of it, but there were + also several temples and chapels, a prefecture, a forum, and an + amphitheatre. The forum or market-place was surrounded by colonnades, in + which tradesmen and money-changers’ had opened their shops. One side—the + shortest—of it was occupied by the prefecture, in which the Aedile + and Quaestor lived. + </p> + <p> + Unnoticed and unrecognised by the people, Julian went into the prefecture. + In the hall he saw Christian symbols—the cross, the fish, the good + shepherd, etc. Christianity was certainly the State religion, but Julian’s + hatred against everything Christian was so great that he could not look at + these figures. Accordingly he went out again, called the Prefect down, and + bade him show the way to the Imperial palace and the left side of the + river. There he took up his abode in a simple room resembling a monk’s + cell. As he had been obliged to make many detours since he had left + Byzantium, and the punitive expedition against the Franks and Alemanni had + consumed much time, he found letters waiting his arrival. Among them was + one from the Emperor which seriously discomposed Julian. + </p> + <p> + The attitude of the Emperor towards his cousin had always been somewhat + dubious, almost hostile, and now, after the latter’s victories, envy and + fear had taken possession of the mind of the Byzantine despot. The letter + contained a command for Julian to send back the legions at once, as the + war was at an end. Julian saw the danger if he stripped the newly + recovered land bare of defence, but his sense of duty and + conscientiousness bade him obey, and without hesitation he sent the + Emperor’s edict to the camp. This was on the evening of the first day of + his arrival. + </p> + <p> + The next morning Julian had gone out for an excursion with his learned + staff. They slowly climbed Mount Parnassus, and wandered through the oak + wood on the north side, avoiding the beaten paths. He and his companions + philosophised and disputed eagerly, and, forgetting their surroundings, + wandered ever deeper into the forest. Finally they reached an open space + where grazing deer had taken refuge, and set themselves down to rest on + strangely-shaped stones which lay in a circle. In the oaks over their + heads were large green clumps of a different colour from the oak-leaves, + and these they thought were birds’ nests. + </p> + <p> + “I have never seen so many crows’ nests together,” said Julian. + </p> + <p> + “They are not crows’ nests, your Majesty,” answered the scribe Eleazar, + who acted as Julian’s secretary. “That is the sacred mistletoe, which + grows on the oak, and through the operation of cosmic forces takes this + globular form, which is also said to be that of the earth and the other + heavenly bodies.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that...?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and we seem to have entered a sacred sacrificial grove, in which the + primeval deities of the land are still worshipped by the Druids, although + their worship is forbidden.” + </p> + <p> + “Forbidden in spite of the Emperor’s edict regarding religious freedom,” + broke in the Sophist Priscus. + </p> + <p> + Julian did not like to be reminded of this edict, through which + Christianity had won freedom to suppress other creeds. He rose with his + companions in order to continue their excursion. After a while they + reached Suresnes and its vineyards, where figtrees and peach-trees lined + the walls. When they had ascended a height, they saw the whole Seine + Valley lying before them, with its fields, gardens, and villas. + </p> + <p> + “Why, that is like the sacred land of Canaan!” exclaimed Julian, enchanted + by the lovely landscape. + </p> + <p> + On the other side of the river rose the Hill of Mars, with its temples and + chapels, and where the soil had been laid bare the white chalk gleamed in + patches, as though a countless number of tents had been erected on the + slopes. + </p> + <p> + The philosophers stood for a long time there, and contemplated the view, + when a sound was heard like that of an approaching tempest. But no cloud + was visible, and they remained listening and wondering. The noise + increased till cries, shouts, and the clash of arms were heard. Now the + Hill of Mars seemed to be in movement; there were swarms of men on its + summit, and here and there steel could be seen flashing. Like a river, the + mass began to roll down the hill to the town. + </p> + <p> + Then the spectators understood. “It is a revolt of the legions,” exclaimed + Maximus. + </p> + <p> + “The edict has taken effect.” + </p> + <p> + “They seek their own Emperor.” + </p> + <p> + “Then the only thing for us to do is to turn round and go home.” They + turned into the path which ran along the river, and followed it up the + stream, in order to be able to see what the legions were doing. The dark + mass, interspersed with flashes From swords and helmets, poured on in an + ever stronger tide. + </p> + <p> + Quickening their steps, Julian and his companions reached the palace, in + which there was great excitement. Julian was naturally a courageous man, + but as a philosopher he was retiring, and wished to avoid public scenes. + He therefore went through the bath-house and sought his lonely chamber, in + order to await what would happen. He paced restlessly up and down the + room, feeling that the destiny of his whole future life was just now being + decided. So there came what he half expected. Cries were audible from the + courtyard of the palace,—“Ave Caesar Julianus Imperator! We choose + Julian as Emperor! The crown for Julian! Death to Constantius the murderer + and weakling!” + </p> + <p> + There was no longer any room for doubt. The legions had chosen Julian + Emperor because they would not leave this fertile land, which they had + conquered at the cost of their blood. Julian, who had not striven for + power because he feared responsibility, wished to decline; but messengers + from the army warned him, “If you do not accept, you will be slain.” He + who does not dare to rule will be enslaved. Thus Julian became Emperor of + the great realm which stretched from the Black Sea to the Atlantic Ocean. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The night which followed this day was spent by the Emperor in reflection; + and when in the morning, after a bath, he appeared to his friends, he was + hardly recognisable as the same man. He had literally thrown off the mask, + and showed a new face, with a new expression, almost new features. In + spite of his upright character, Julian, like Constantine, had been + compelled to live in a perpetual state of hypocrisy, by being obliged to + favour and practise the Christian teaching in which he did not believe. He + had even been forced to acknowledge the Trinity and Deity of Christ as + promulgated by the Council of Nicaea, to attend services and observe + fasts. The first thing he did after obtaining power, was to use his + freedom and be what he was. His first act was to separate the sheep from + the goats, i.e. to pick out the “Galilaeans,” and form them into legions + by themselves, under the pretext that they could thus better carry out + their religious practices. But at the same time he surrounded his person + exclusively with heathen of the old type,—Hebrews, Syrians, + Persians, and Scythians. Simultaneously he assumed the gorgeous purple and + glittering diadem of the emperors, trimmed and gilded his beard, and + showed himself abroad only on horseback and with a great train. This done, + he made preparations for publicly receiving the homage of the people, and + determined to use the theatre for that purpose, and to put on the stage <i>Prometheus</i>, + the trilogy of Aeschylus, which at that time existed in its entirety. The + Emperor had brought actors with him, and the theatre stood ready. The news + of this had spread in the town, and was joyfully hailed by the heathen, + while the Christians were vexed. The lower classes had, it is true, + expected a gladiatorial show and wild beast fights, but a “comedy,” as + they called it, was always welcome. + </p> + <p> + The day arrived, and the town was in gala attire. The play was to last + from morning to evening without pauses for meals; and as the spring + weather was cold and uncertain, the spectators were advised to bring the + garment known as “cucullus,” a short white Roman mantle with a hood, which + was all the more necessary as the theatre stood under the open sky. + </p> + <p> + Julian, now called Augustus, came to the theatre at the appointed time, + accompanied by his philosopher friends, who had to take their seats at a + little distance, for the Emperor sat in the imperial box, whither he had + summoned the Prefect, Aedile and Quaestor to be in attendance on him. He + was somewhat astonished not to find these city authorities there, and as + the Aedile was president of the theatre, they could not begin before he + came. + </p> + <p> + The people had risen as Julian entered, and many tribunes had shouted + “Long live the Emperor!” but thereupon there followed an embarrassing + silence, during which the Emperor was regarded with cold curiosity. When + at last the latter was weary of waiting, he called his secretary, the + Hebrew Eleazar, and commanded him to go to the prefecture in order to find + out the reason of the defaulters’ absence, and at the same time he gave + the signal for the play to commence. + </p> + <p> + The actors entered, and at the altar commenced to offer the ancient kind + of sacrifice which used to serve as an introduction to tragedies. Since + animal sacrifices had ceased in all religions, even in the Jewish after + the destruction of the Temple, under Titus in A.D. 70, this unusual + proceeding aroused great curiosity. The legionaries were inured to the + sight of blood, but the citizens and their wives turned away when the goat + was sacrificed to Dionysus. People sought to find the reason for Julian’s + wish to reintroduce this custom in his laudable attempt to mingle all + religions together, and to discover a deeper meaning in the ceremonies of + all. The offering indeed was a gift, a sacrifice, and an expression of + gratitude, but Maximus the mystic had also persuaded the Emperor that + there were hidden powers in the blood itself, the source of life, which + attracted spiritual forces of a lower order. Man shed his mother’s blood + at his birth and the sacred institution of circumcision was intended to be + a reminder of the bloody and painful operation of birth. Slaves were + slaughtered on the graves of chieftains, and in the time of Julius Caesar + the Romans had on one extraordinary occasion sacrificed three hundred + prisoners. Captivated by this and by similar philosophical arguments, + Julian was enticed into a course which was destined to lead to his + destruction. After the sacrifice, at which the soldiers had laughed and + the women had wept, the drama commenced in the poet’s original language. + Greek was indeed spoken by all people of cultivation from Palestine to + Gaul, but the uneducated did not know it, and therefore the citizens sat + there inattentively. + </p> + <p> + As the chorus entered for the second time, Eleazar returned with news. + “This is what has happened,” he said. “The Bishop of Sens, the Primate of + the Church of Gaul, has entered the town, and is performing mass in the + church. The high officials are present there, and they accordingly beg to + be excused attending on the Emperor. They thought that he was aware that + Christians never go to the theatre, and they rely upon the edict granting + religious liberty.” + </p> + <p> + Julian turned white with rage. “Good! They shall pay for that! Now, my + Jewish friend, Eleazar, you shall sit near and talk with me. The actors + are wretched, and I cannot endure their pronunciation of Greek.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar demurred, but the Emperor overruled his objections. The morning + passed, and when the first part of the trilogy was at an end, part of the + public seemed to wish to steal away; but the exits were closed, in order + to avoid the fiasco of actors playing to an empty house, and the + disrespect which would thereby be shown to the Emperor. But the discontent + of the audience continually increased, for they were tired and hungry. + They were also unpleasantly surprised by the presence of a Jew in the + Emperor’s box. It was not, however, because he was a Jew, for hatred of + the Jews arose much later, after the Crusades. During the first centuries + after Christ, Jews were confused with Christians because people believed + that the new religion came from Palestine and was a continuation of + Mosaism. The hostile glances which were cast at Eleazar were therefore + more on account of his mean appearance and position than of his religion. + The favour shown him by the Emperor was especially a challenge to the + Christians, in whose eyes he was an alien and a heathen. + </p> + <p> + When, in the second part of the trilogy, Prometheus was nailed to the + rock, the spectators must have thought of the Crucified as the antitype, + for the actor playing that part took that posture, extended his arms, and + let his head sink on his breast. The common people became more attentive, + and as they neither had learnt Greek nor were acquainted with mythology, + they thought that the sufferings of Christ were being represented on the + stage. Since this had never been done before, they were displeased, and + half-audible conversations began. The Emperor was angry, but did not move + a muscle. He was generally quiet, but when he was enraged his intelligence + forsook him. He sat there in silence, revolving plans against these + barbarians, who had forgotten the wisdom of the ancients. It was now past + noon, and the impatience of the audience increased. Then the sky began to + be covered with clouds and some flakes of snow fell slowly like white + feathers. Those who had mantles drew them over their heads. The actors + looked towards the Emperor’s box, but he did not move, although it had no + roof. He was a soldier, and would not be afraid of anything so trivial as + bad weather. + </p> + <p> + Now Prometheus began to prophesy to Io of the Deliverer who would be born + to overthrow Zeus and deliver the fire-bringer. The educated Christians + and the heathen looked at each other questioningly, when Io said, “What + dost thou say? Shall my son be thy deliverer?” And when Prometheus + answered, “He will be the third scion after ten generations,” a murmur + broke out in the theatre. “Ten generations,” that was in round numbers 700 + years—a period nearly extending to the birth of Christ, since the + Christians reckoned dates from 763 A.D., the end of the mythological era, + to which the drama belonged. + </p> + <p> + Julian perceived that he had “carried wood to the fire,” and helped the + Christians without intending to do so. Aeschylus had prophesied Christ’s + birth almost to the very year, and intimated that he would overthrow Zeus. + The orthodox followers of Athanasius wished for no better weapon with + which to crush the Arians, who denied the Deity of Christ. + </p> + <p> + The snow fell ever more thickly, till at last it was a snowstorm. Julian + was as white as though he wore a shroud, but he did not move, for he was + beside himself with rage against himself, against the demons who had + enticed him to choose this play, and against the heavenly powers who + mocked him. + </p> + <p> + The whole audience was covered with snow, and discussed theology; the + rabble laughed and quarrelled. The only ones who were protected against + the inclemency of the weather were the actors under the canopy. But the + damp snow was heavy, and the linen awning presently bent and broke. + </p> + <p> + Then the whole audience rose and burst into laughter; the actors crept out + from under the masses of snow, the doors opened, and all fled except + Julian and his philosophers. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + As soon as Julian had been elected Emperor, he had sent an ambassador to + the Emperor at Byzantium, and now awaited his reply. It was about the time + of the winter solstice and the turn of the year. The Christians had, at + this period, just begun to celebrate the birth of Christ, and had adopted + certain Roman customs from the Saturnalia, the feast in honour of Saturn. + Julian, irritated by the challenge of the Nazarenes, began to arm himself + for resistance and attack. Now he determined to use his power to give back + to heathendom what belonged to it, and to show the Christians whence they + had derived their knowledge of the highest things. At the same time he + wished to lend heathenism a Christian colouring, so that, at its return, + it might be able to conquer everything. The old Temple of Jupiter, on the + island in the river, was opened one night, and lights were seen in it. + There was also a noise of hammers and saws, mattocks and trowels. This + lasted for some time, and people talked about it in the town. + </p> + <p> + One night in midwinter, Julian sat with Maximus, Priscus, and Eleazar in + the Opisthodomos or priests’ room, behind the altar in the Temple of + Jupiter. The whole temple was lit up, and the purpose of the improvements + which had taken place could be seen. By the colonnade on the left hand was + an ambo or pulpit, and under it a confessional; there were also a + seven-branched candlestick, a baptismal font, a table with shewbread, and + an incense-altar. These represented Julian’s attempt to attach the new + doctrine to the old, and to amalgamate heathenism, Christianity, and + Judaism. Heliogabalus had indeed attempted the same in his own rough + fashion, by introducing Syrian sun-worship into Rome, but he retained all + the heathen gods, even the Egyptian ones. Neither Christians, however, nor + Jews would have anything to do with it. + </p> + <p> + Julian did not love the Jews, but his hatred of Christianity was so great + that he preferred to help the stiff-necked race in Palestine, in order to + rouse them against Christ. For that purpose he had given orders that the + Temple in Jerusalem should be rebuilt, and this was the matter which he + wished to discuss with his philosophers and Eleazar. “What is your + opinion, then?” he asked, after finishing a long speech on the subject. + “Let Maximus speak first.” + </p> + <p> + “Caesar Augustus,” answered Maximus the mystic, “Jerusalem has been + destroyed from the face of the earth, as the prophets foretold, and the + Temple cannot be rebuilt.” + </p> + <p> + “Cannot? It shall be.” + </p> + <p> + “It cannot! Constantine’s mother, indeed, built a church over the grave of + Christ, but the Temple cannot be rebuilt. Since Solomon’s time the history + of this city has been a history of successive destructions. Sheshach, the + Philistines, Arabs, Syrians, Egyptians, and Chaldaeans, destroyed it in + early times. Then came Alexander Ptolemaus, and finally Antiochus + Epiphanes, who pulled down the walls and set up an image of Jupiter in the + Temple. But now, mark!—sixty-three years before Christ, Jerusalem + was conquered by Pompey. What happened in the same year after Christ in + the Roman Empire? Pompeii, the town by Naples, named after the conqueror, + was destroyed in A.D. 63 by an earthquake. That was the answer, and the + Lord of Hosts conquered Jupiter,—Zeus.” + </p> + <p> + “Listen!” broke in Julian, “I don’t agree with your Pythagorean + speculations about numbers. If both events had happened in the year 63 + before Christ, then I would be nearly convinced.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait, then, Caesar, and you will be. After Pompey had conquered + Jerusalem, and Cassius had plundered it, Herod rebuilt the city and the + Temple. But soon afterwards—<i>i.e.</i> in A.D. 70, Jerusalem was + completely destroyed by Titus. Only nine years later Monte Somma began to + throw up fire as it had never done before, and by it Pompeii and + Herculaneum were both destroyed. Pompeii and Herculaneum were Sodom and + Gomorrah, and a temple in Pompeii contained an image of Vespasian, who had + laid waste part of Jerusalem before Titus. It disappeared altogether. Do + you think perhaps that the Christians set Vesuvius on fire, as Nero + believed they had fired Rome in A.D. 64?” + </p> + <p> + Julian reflected: “There were nine years between,” he said, “but it seems + strange.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Maximus, “but precisely in the same year 70, in which + Titus destroyed the Temple, the Capitol was burnt.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it is the gods who are warring, and we are only soldiers,” exclaimed + Julian. + </p> + <p> + Priscus the Sophist, who liked word-encounters, determined to stir up the + embers, as they seemed to be expiring: “But Christ has said that one stone + shall not remain upon another, and that the Temple shall never be built + again.” + </p> + <p> + “Has Christ said that?” answered Julian. “Very well; then he shall show + whether he was a god, for I will build again the Temple of Solomon.” + </p> + <p> + And turning to Eleazar, he continued, “Do you believe in prodigies?” + </p> + <p> + “As surely as the Lord lives, as surely as Abraham’s God has brought us + out of Egyptian bondage and given us Canaan, so surely will He fulfil the + promise, and restore to us land, city, and Temple!” + </p> + <p> + “May it be with you according to your belief. The Temple shall be built + up, even though it be not in three days as the Galilaean thought.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The winter solstice had come, and the Feast of the Saturnalia commenced in + Lutetia. The heathen had always kept the feast in recollection of the + legendary Golden Age, which was said to have been under the reign of the + good Saturn. Then there was peace upon earth; the lion played with the + lamb, the fields brought forth harvests without husbandry, weapons were + not forged, for men were good and righteous. This beautiful festival, + which had been discontinued by the Romans, had been revived by the + Christians, who at Christ’s coming expected a new Golden Age or the + Millennium. But now Julian wished to restore to the heathen their + privilege, and at the same time to show the Nazarenes whence they had + derived their religious usages. + </p> + <p> + The heathen began to keep the festival in the old way. The shops were + closed, and the city decorated, when on the morrow a procession was seen + issuing from the Basilica to the market-place. At the head went King + Saturn, with his horn of plenty, corn-sheaves, and doves; he was followed + by the Virtues, Fortune, Wealth, Peace, Righteousness. Then followed an + actor dressed like the Emperor, and by the hand he led a captive, who, in + honour of the day, had been freed from his chains. He was followed by + citizens who took their slaves by the arm; and these in their turn by + women and children, who scattered corn from the sheaves for the sparrows + in the street. The procession passed through the streets, and at first + pleased the beholders. + </p> + <p> + Then they entered the temple, where there was a seated image of Jupiter in + the apse. It had been cunningly modelled to resemble God the Father, or + Moses, as he began to be represented about that time. Near and a little + beneath this image stood Orpheus in the character of the Good Shepherd, + with a lamb on his shoulders, and carved in relief on the pedestal was to + be seen his descent to Hades, from which he returned bringing Diké + (Justice),—a play on the name Eurydice. This was a direct hit at the + Christians. Before the divine images stood the Jewish shewbread table, + with the bread and the wine—a reminder of the source from which the + Christians had taken the Eucharist or the Mass. As though by chance, a + new-born heathen child was brought and baptized in the font. To the + question of one, who had studied his part, whether heathen were baptized, + it was answered by one, who also had his role assigned him, that the + ancients had always washed their new-born children. + </p> + <p> + The whole affair was a comedy staged by Julian. + </p> + <p> + Then Maximus mounted the pulpit, and, in a Neo-platonic discourse, + expounded all religious images, symbols, and customs. He also showed that + the heathen only worshipped one God, whose many attributes found + expression in various personifications. Then he ostensibly defended + Christ’s Deity, the Virgin birth, and miracles. “We are,” he said, “all of + divine origin, since God has created us, and we are His children. There is + nothing remarkable in Christ being born without a father, since the + philosopher Plato was also born of a virgin without a father.” In the + middle of his discourse he exclaimed: “Miracles! Why should we not believe + in miracles, since we believe in Almighty God? His omnipotence signifies + that He can suspend the laws of nature which he has established. He who + believes not in miracles is therefore an ass.” The discourse was listened + to by heathen and Christians. The latter thought that they had never heard + anything which so clearly explained mysterious dogmas, and the heathen + found that they were one with the Christians. “What, then, stands between + us?” exclaimed Maximus, carried away by the sight of the harmony and + mutual understanding which prevailed among his audience. “Have we not all + one Father? Has not one God created us? Why, then, strive one against the + other? Have we not here to day celebrated the recollection of the better + times which have been, and which will surely return, as the light returns + with the renewal of the sun—times of reconciliation and peace on + earth, when no one will be master and no one slave? Here is neither Jew + nor Greek nor Barbarian, but we are all brothers and sisters in one faith. + Therefore love one another; reconcile yourselves with God and each other; + give each other the kiss of peace; rejoice, perfect yourselves, be of one + mind, and the God of love and peace shall be with you.” + </p> + <p> + The audience was delighted, and with streaming eyes fell in each other’s + arms, pressed each other’s hands, and kissed each other’s cheeks. + </p> + <p> + Then suddenly a row of lights was kindled on the altar; that was part of + the ceremonial of the Saturnalia, and signified the return of the sun. + This custom was adopted by the Christians in celebrating the Birth of + Christ or Christmas. + </p> + <p> + After this beggars were brought forward, and those of the upper classes + washed their feet. Then twelve slaves took their seats at a covered table, + while their masters served them. Julian, who, hidden in the Opisthodom, + had watched the whole ceremony, secretly rejoiced, because by means of + these ancient heathen rites he had entirely defeated the Christians. In + them, as he had intended, there was a wordless expression of philanthropy + and charity, and both had existed from time immemorial. + </p> + <p> + Finally, the children were brought forward, and received as presents dolls + modelled of wax and clay. The illusion was complete, and the Christians + felt as though under an enchanter’s spell. “The heathen are Christians + after all!” they exclaimed. “Why, then, strive and quarrel, when we are + one?” + </p> + <p> + There was an overflow of emotion, and the success of the experiment was + complete. That was the victory of the first day. When, on the following + day, the Christians wished to celebrate their Christmas festival, it + necessarily appeared a mere copy of that of the heathen. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Saturnalia lasted seven days, and Julian, intoxicated with his + success, resolved to introduce the whole of the ancient ceremonies in all + their terrible splendour. His philosophers warned him, but he did not + listen to them any more; he must have his hecatombs; a hundred oxen + adorned with garlands were to be slaughtered in the open space before the + Temple of Jupiter, as a sacrifice to the ancient gods. + </p> + <p> + “He is mad!” lamented Eleazar. + </p> + <p> + “Whom the gods would destroy, they strike with blindness. Now he pulls + down, what he had built up.” + </p> + <p> + It is difficult to explain how the highly cultivated, clever, and + aesthetic Julian could conceive the wild idea of reintroducing animal + sacrifices. It was really butchery or execution, and neither butchers nor + executioners enjoyed much respect in society. It looked as though his + hatred of Christ had clouded his understanding, when, arrayed in the garb + of a sacrificial priest, he led forth the first ox, with its horns gilded + and wearing a white fillet. + </p> + <p> + After he had kindled incense on the altar, he poured the bowl of wine over + the head of the ox, thrust his knife in its throat and turned it round. A + shudder ran through the crowd, who remained riveted to their places. + </p> + <p> + But as the blood spirted around, and the Emperor opened the quivering body + of the animal in order to take an augury from its entrails, a cry rose + which ended in an uproar, and all fled. The word “Apostate!” for the first + time struck his ear. That was the signal of his defeat, and, as the + animals were released by those who held them, they fled away through the + streets of the town. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor, in his white robe sprinkled with blood, had to return alone + to his palace, while Christians and heathen alike shouted their + disapprobation. + </p> + <p> + “See the butcher!” they cried; “Apostate! Renegade! Madman!” + </p> + <p> + When Julian came to his palace, he looked as though petrified; but, + without changing his clothes, he sat down to the table and wrote an edict + against the Christians, in which they were forbidden to study, and to fill + offices of State. That was his first step. + </p> + <p> + In the evening of the same day Julian received a letter: it was from the + Emperor Constantius in Byzantium, who did not acknowledge his election to + the imperial throne, and threatened to bring an army against him in Gaul. + This was quite unexpected, and Julian left Lutetia in order to march + against his cousin. As he went towards the East, he felt as though he were + going to his death. But the first throw of the dice of destiny was a lucky + one for him. Constantius died on the march, and Julian was left sole + Emperor. This he took for a sign that the gods were on his side, and he + proceeded on his campaign feeling that he was supported by the higher + powers. But it was only the last jest of his gods. + </p> + <p> + It is related that before his last march against the Persians, he wished + to ascertain his destiny, and had a woman’s body cut open in order to take + an augury from the entrails. But that may be untrue, as is also the case + with the conflicting reports of his death, which happened soon after. One + thing, however, is certain; the “Galilaean” conquered Zeus, who rose no + more. + </p> + <p> + It is also a fact, confirmed by Christian, Jewish, and heathen writers, + that the Temple of Jerusalem was never built again, for as the foundation + was about to be laid, fire broke out of the ground accompanied by an + earthquake. The same earthquake also destroyed Delphi, “the centre of the + earth,” and the focus of the religious and political life of Greece. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0010" id="link2H_4_0010"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + ATTILA + </h2> + <p> + With the demise of Constantine the Great, Greece, Rome, and Palestine had + ceased to exist. Civilisation had passed Eastward, for Constantinople was + the metropolis of Europe; and from the East, Rome, Spain, Gaul, and + Germany were governed by satraps with various titles. It seemed as though + the vitality of Europe had been quenched, and as though Rome had been + buried, but it was only apparently so. History did not proceed in a + straight line, but took circuitous paths, and therefore development seemed + to be in disorder and astray. But it was not really so. + </p> + <p> + Christianity, which was about to penetrate the West, had sprung from the + East, and so ancient Byzantium formed a transition stage. In Rome, which + had been left to itself, for its governors dwelt in Milan and Ravenna, a + new spiritual world-power was springing up, which was silently forging a + new imperial crown, in order to give it to the worthiest when the time was + fulfilled. The advent of this heir had already been announced by Tacitus—a + new race from the North, healthy, honest, good-humoured. These were the + Germans, who were to hold the Empire for a thousand years from 800 to + 1815. Already, at the commencement of the fifth century, the West Goths + had captured Rome, but again withdrawn; other German races had overrun + Spain, Gaul, and Britain, but none of them had taken firm root in Italy. + Then an entirely new race appeared upon the scene, whose origin was + unknown, and the promise of possessing the land which had been given to + the Germans seemed to have been revoked, for the Huns finally settled in + Hungary, and exacted tribute from all the nations in the world. Round a + wooden castle and a few barracks on the river Theiss, there collected a + crowd of Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, and Germans of all kinds to do homage + before a throne on which sat a savage who resembled a lump of flesh. + </p> + <p> + In the year 453 A.D. this King, after many adventures, wished to celebrate + one of his numerous marriages. He had summoned the chief men of all Europe—summoned—for + a King does not invite. So they came riding from North, South, East, and + West. + </p> + <p> + From the west, along the bank of the Danube, just below the place where + the river makes a curve at the modern Gran, came two men riding at the + head of a caravan. For several days they had followed the picturesque + banks of the green river, with its bulrushes and willows, and its swarms + of wild duck and herons. Now they were about to leave the cool shades of + the forest region, and turn eastward towards the salt desert, which + stretched to the banks of the yellow Theiss. + </p> + <p> + One leader of the caravan was a well-known Roman, called Orestes; the + other was Rugier, also called Edeko. He was a chief from the shores of the + Baltic Sea, and had been compelled to follow Attila. + </p> + <p> + The two leaders had hitherto spoken little together, for they mistrusted + each other. But as they emerged on the wide plain, which opened out as + clear and bright as the surface of the sea, they seemed themselves to grow + cheerful, and to lay aside all mistrust. + </p> + <p> + “Why are you going to the marriage?” asked Orestes. + </p> + <p> + “Because I cannot remain away,” answered Edeko. + </p> + <p> + “Just like myself.” + </p> + <p> + “And the Bride—the Burgundian did not dare to say ‘no’ either?” + </p> + <p> + “She? Yes, she would have dared to.” + </p> + <p> + “Then she loved this savage?” + </p> + <p> + “I did not say that.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps she hates him, then? A new Judith for this Holofernes?” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows? The Burgundians do not love the Huns since they pillaged Worms + in their last raid.” + </p> + <p> + “Still it is incomprehensible how he recovered from his defeat on the + Catalaunian Plain.” + </p> + <p> + “Everything is incomprehensible that has to do with this man, if he is a + man at all.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right. He is said to have succeeded his father’s brother, Rua, of + whom we know nothing; he has murdered his brother Bleda. For twenty years + we have had him held over us like an iron rod, and yet lately, when he was + before Rome, he turned back.” + </p> + <p> + “But he has promised his soldiers to give them Rome some day.” + </p> + <p> + “Why did he spare Rome?” + </p> + <p> + “No one knows. No one knows anything about this man, and he himself seems + to be ignorant about himself. He comes from the East, he says; that is + all. People say the Huns are the offspring of witches and demons in the + wilderness. If anyone asks Attila what he wants, and who he is, he + answers, ‘The Scourge of God.’ He founds no kingdom, builds no city, but + rules over all kingdoms and destroys all cities.” + </p> + <p> + “To return to his bride: she is called Ildico; is she then a Christian?” + </p> + <p> + “What does Attila care? He has no religion.” + </p> + <p> + “He must have one if he calls himself ‘the Scourge of God,’ and declares + that he has found the War-God’s sword.” + </p> + <p> + “But he is indifferent as regards forms of religion. His chief minister, + Onegesius, is a Greek and a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “What an extraordinary man he is to settle down here in a salt-plain + instead of taking up his abode in Byzantium or in Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “That is because it resembles his far Eastern plains—the same soil, + the same plants and birds; he feels at home here.” + </p> + <p> + They became silent, as the sun rose and the heat increased. The + low-growing tamarisk, wormwood, and soda-bushes afforded no shade. Wild + fowl and larks were the only creatures that inhabited the waste. The herds + of cattle, goats, and swine had disappeared, for Attila’s army of half a + million had eaten them up, and his horses had not left a single edible + blade of grass. + </p> + <p> + At noon the caravan came suddenly to a halt, for on the eastern horizon + there was visible a town with towers and pinnacles, on the other side of a + blue lake. “Are we there?” asked Edeko. “Impossible; it is still twenty + miles, or three days’ journey.” + </p> + <p> + But the city was in sight, and the caravan quickened its pace. After half + an hour the town appeared no nearer, but seemed, on the contrary, to grow + more distant, to dwindle in size, and to sink out of sight. After another + half hour, it had disappeared, and the blue lake also. + </p> + <p> + “They can practise enchantment,” said the Roman, “but that goes beyond + everything.” + </p> + <p> + “It is the Fata Morgana, or the mirage,” explained the guide. + </p> + <p> + As the evening came on, the caravan halted in order to rest for the night. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + On the stretch of land between Bodrog and Theiss, Attila had his standing + camp, for it could not be called a town. The palace was of wood, painted + in glaring colours, and resembled an enormous tent, whose style was + probably borrowed from China, the land of silk. The women’s house, which + was set up near it, had a somewhat different form, which might have been + brought by the Goths from the North, or even from Byzantium, for the house + was ornamented with round wooden arches. The fittings seemed to have been + stolen from all nations and lands; there were quantities of gold and + silver, silk and satin curtains, Roman furniture and Grecian vessels, + weapons from Gaul, and Gothic textile fabrics. It resembled a robber’s + abode, and such in fact it was. + </p> + <p> + Behind the palace enclosure began the camp, with its smoke-grimed tents. A + vast number of horse-dealers and horse-thieves swarmed in the streets, and + there were as many horses as men there. Without the camp there grazed + herds of swine, sheep, goats, and cattle—living provision for this + enormous horde of men, who could only devour and destroy, but could not + produce anything. + </p> + <p> + Now, on the morning of Attila’s wedding day, there were moving about in + this camp thousands of little men with crooked legs and broad shoulders, + clothed in rat-skins and with rags tied round their calves. They looked + out of their tents with curiosity, when strangers who had been invited to + the marriage feast came riding up from the plain. + </p> + <p> + In the first street of tents, Attila’s son and successor, Ellak, met the + principal guests; he bade them welcome through an interpreter, and led + them into the guest-house. + </p> + <p> + “Is that a prince, and are those men?” said Orestes to Edeko. + </p> + <p> + “That is a horse-dealer, and the rest are rats,” answered Edeko. “They are + monsters and demons, vampires, created from dreams of intoxication. They + have no faces; their eyes are holes; their voice is a rattle; their nose + is that of a death’s-head; and their ears are pot-handles.” + </p> + <p> + “You speak truly, and it is from these half-naked savages, who have no + armour and no shield, that the Roman legions have fled. They are goblins, + who have been able to ‘materialise’ themselves.” + </p> + <p> + “They will not conquer the world.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate not in this year.” + </p> + <p> + Then they followed Prince Ellak, who had heard and understood every word, + although he pretended not to know their language. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In the women’s house sat Attila’s favourite, Cercas, and sewed the bridal + veil. Ildico, the beautiful Burgundian, stood at the window lost in + thought and absent-minded. She had seen in Worms the hero before whom the + world trembled, and she had really been captivated by the little man’s + majestic bearing. Herself fond of power, and self-willed, she had been + enticed by the prospect of sharing power with the man before whom all and + everything bowed; therefore she had given him her hand. + </p> + <p> + But she had had no correct comprehension of the manners and customs of the + Huns, and had therefore imagined that her position as wife and Queen would + be quite otherwise than it proved to be. Only this morning she had learnt + that she could not appear at all at the marriage feast, nor share the + throne, but would simply remain shut up with the other women in the + women’s house. + </p> + <p> + Cercas, the favourite, had explained all this with malicious joy to her + rival, and the haughty Ildico was on the point of forming a resolution. + She had no friends in the palace, and could not approach the foreign + princes. + </p> + <p> + Cercas was sewing, and accompanied her work with a melancholy song from + her home in the far East. Ildico seemed to have collected her thoughts: + “Can you lend me a needle?” she said, “I want to sew.” + </p> + <p> + Cercas gave her a needle, but it was too small; she asked for a larger + one, and chose the largest of all. She hid it in her bosom, and did not + sew. + </p> + <p> + At that moment there appeared in the doorway a creature so abominably ugly + and of such a malicious aspect, that Ildico thought he was a demon. He was + as jet-black as a negro from tropical Africa, and his head seemed to rest + on his stomach, for he had no chest. He was a dwarf and humpback; his name + was Hamilcar, and he was Attila’s court-fool. + </p> + <p> + In those days the court-fool was generally not a wit, but a naive + blockhead, who believed all that was said, and was therefore a butt for + jests. He only placed a letter in Cercas’ hand, and disappeared. When + Cercas had read the letter, she changed colour and seemed to become a + different being. Overcome with rage, she could not speak, but sang, + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “The tiger follows the lion’s trail.” + </pre> + <p> + “Ildico, you have found a friend,” she said at last. “You have a friend + here in the room, here at the window, here on your breast.” And she threw + herself on the Burgundian maiden’s breast, weeping and laughing + alternately. “Give me your needle—your fine beautiful needle; I will + thread it. No! I will sharpen it on steel; no, I will dip it in my + perfume-flask, my own special little perfume flask, and then together we + will sew up the Tiger’s mouth, so that he can bite no more!” + </p> + <p> + “Let me read your letter,” Ildico interrupted. + </p> + <p> + “You cannot. I will tell you what it says. He, our master, woos again for + the hand of the daughter of the Emperor Valens—Honoria, and this + time he has vowed to burn us all;—that he calls giving us an + honourable burial.” + </p> + <p> + Ildico reached out her hand as an answer, “Very well, to-night. A single + needle-prick will deprive the world of its ruler!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Edeko and Orestes had thoroughly rested from their journey in the + guest-house. At noon, when they wished to go out, they found the door + bolted. + </p> + <p> + “Are we prisoners? Have we fallen into a trap?” asked the Roman. + </p> + <p> + “We have not had any food either,” answered Edeko. + </p> + <p> + Then two voices were heard without: “We will strangle them; that is the + simplest way.” + </p> + <p> + “I think we had better set the house on fire; the tall one is strong.” + </p> + <p> + “And they thought we did not understand their language.” + </p> + <p> + The two prisoners, whose consciences were uneasy, were alarmed, and + believed that their end was near. Then a small trap-door opened in the + wall, and the fool Hamilcar showed his hideous head. + </p> + <p> + “Whether you are the devil or not,” exclaimed the Roman, “answer us some + questions.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak, sirs,” said the negro. + </p> + <p> + “Are we prisoners, or why cannot we see your King?” + </p> + <p> + Prince Ellak’s head appeared at the trap-door. + </p> + <p> + “You will first see the King this evening at the feast,” said the Prince, + with a malicious grimace. + </p> + <p> + “Are we to fast till then?” + </p> + <p> + “We call it so, and do it always when we have a feast before us, in order + to be able to eat more.” + </p> + <p> + “Cannot we at any rate go out?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the Prince with the horse-dealerlike face. “One must + conform to the custom of the country.” So saying, he closed the trap-door. + </p> + <p> + “Do you think we shall get away alive?” asked Edeko. + </p> + <p> + “Who knows? Attila is composed of treachery. You do not know that once he + wrote two letters, one to Dieterich, King of the West Goths, asking for an + alliance against the Romans as the common enemy; and on the same day he + wrote a similar letter to the Romans, in which he proposed an alliance + against the West Goths. The deceit was discovered, and Attila fell between + two stools.” + </p> + <p> + “He seems to be immortal, otherwise he would have been killed in battle, + as he always goes at the head of his army.” + </p> + <p> + Until evening the travelling companions remained incarcerated. At last the + door was opened, and a master of the ceremonies led them into the hall + where the great feast was to take place. Here there were countless seats + and tables covered with the most costly cloths and drinking vessels of + gold and silver. The guests were assembled, but the two travellers saw no + faces that they knew; they looked in vain for the bridegroom and the + bride. As they were conducted to their places, a low murmur broke out + among the guests, who talked in an undertone, and asked where the great + King would show himself. + </p> + <p> + Orestes and Edeko cast their eyes over the walls and ceiling without being + able to see where the wonder would happen, for the childish and cunning + Huns used to amuse their guests with surprises and practical jokes. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly the whole assembly stood up. The curtain which covered the wall + in the background was drawn aside, and on a platform sat a little + insignificant-looking man, with a table before him and a sofa beside him. + On the table stood a wooden goblet. He sat quite motionless, without even + moving his eyelids. Somewhat lower than he stood his chief Minister, the + Greek Onegesius. He kept his eyes unwaveringly fixed on his master, who + seemed to be able to converse with him through his eyes. + </p> + <p> + Attila remained in the same attitude, his legs crossed, and his right hand + on the table. He gave no greeting, neither did he answer any. + </p> + <p> + “He does not see us! He only shows himself!” whispered Orestes. “He sees + well!” + </p> + <p> + Onegesius received a command from the despot’s eye, and lifted his staff. + A poet stepped forward with an instrument that resembled a harp and a drum + combined. After he had struck the strings, and beaten the drum, he began + to recite. It was a song celebrating all Attila’s feats in terms of strong + exaggeration, and it would have been endless, if the assembly had not + taken up the refrain and struck with their short swords on the table. The + poet represented Attila’s defeat on the Catalaunian Plain as an honourable + but indecisive battle. After the guests had for some time contemplated the + insignificant-looking hero in his simple brown leather dress, they both + felt the same irresistible reverence that all did who saw him. + </p> + <p> + There was something more than vanity in this self-conscious calm; this + visible contempt for all and everything. He kept his side-face turned to + the guests, and only his Minister could catch his eye. + </p> + <p> + When the panegyric was at an end, Attila raised his goblet, and, without + drinking to anyone, sipped it. That was, however, the signal for a + drinking orgy, and the wine was poured into gold and silver goblets, which + had to be emptied at a draught, for Attila liked to see those around him + intoxicated, while he remained sober. + </p> + <p> + After they had drunk for a while, the negro Hamilcar came forward and + performed feats of jugglery. Then the great King rose, turned his back to + the assembly, and laid down on the sofa. But in each of his movements + there was majesty, and as he lay there thinking, his knees drawn up, his + hands under his neck, and his eyes directed towards the ceiling, he was + still imposing. + </p> + <p> + “But what about the bride and the marriage?” Orestes asked one of the + Huns. + </p> + <p> + “We do not even mention our wives,” he answered, “how, then, should we + show them?” + </p> + <p> + The drinking continued, but no food was placed before the guests. At + intervals the whole assembly sang, and beat upon the tables. + </p> + <p> + While the noise and excitement were at their height, the hall suddenly + filled with smoke, and the building was in flames. All started up, shouted + and sought to flee, but Attila’s Minister struck with his staff on the + table, and the assembly broke into laughter. It was a jest for the + occasion, and only some waggon-loads of hay had been kindled outside. When + quiet had been restored, Attila was no more to be seen, for he had left + the hall by a secret door. And now began the feast, which lasted till + morning. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + When the sun rose, Orestes was still sitting and drinking with an Avar + chief. The condition of the hall was indescribable, and most of the guests + were dancing outside round the fire. + </p> + <p> + “This is a wedding-feast indeed!” said Orestes. “We shall not quickly + forget it. But I would gladly have spoken with the wonderful man. Can one + not do that?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the Avar; “he only speaks in case of need. ‘What is the use + of standing,’ he asks, ‘and deceiving one another?’ He is a wise man, and + not without traces of kindness and humanity. He allows no unnecessary + bloodshed, does not avenge himself on a defeated foe, and is ready to + forgive.” + </p> + <p> + “Has he any religion? Does he fear death?” + </p> + <p> + “He believes on his sword and his mission, and death is for him only the + door to his real home. Therefore he lives here below, as though he were a + guest or traveller.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite like the Christians, then?” + </p> + <p> + “It is remarkable that in Rome he received respect from Pope Leo—What’s + the matter now?” + </p> + <p> + Outside there was a shouting which at first seemed to issue from the + palace, but soon spread itself over the camp. Half a million of men were + howling, and it sounded like weeping. + </p> + <p> + The guests hurried out, and saw all the Huns dancing, cutting their faces + with knives, and shouting unintelligible words. Edeko came up and pulled + Orestes away through the crowds. “Attila is dead! May Jesus Christ be + praised!” + </p> + <p> + “Dead? That is Ildico’s doing!” + </p> + <p> + “No! she sat by the corpse, veiled and weeping.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is she.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but these savages are too proud to believe that Attila could be + killed by a human being!” + </p> + <p> + “How fortunate for us!” + </p> + <p> + “Quick to Rome with the news. The fortune of the man who first brings it + is made.” + </p> + <p> + Orestes and Edeko departed the same morning. They never forgot this + wedding which had brought them together. + </p> + <p> + Later on they renewed their acquaintance, under other and still more + striking circumstances. For the son of Edeko was Odovacer, who defeated + the son of Orestes, who was no other than the last Emperor Romulus + Augustus. Strangely enough his name was Romulus, as was that of Rome’s + first King, and Augustus, as was that of the first Emperor. After his + deposition, he closed his life with a pension of six thousand gold pieces, + in a Campanian villa, which had formerly belonged to Lucullus. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0011" id="link2H_4_0011"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS + </h2> + <p> + Rome had become a provincial town and a dependency of Byzantium. It was + governed by an Exarch in Ravenna, but often abandoned to its fate when the + barbarians from the north amused themselves from time to time by raiding + and pillaging it. For three hundred years no Emperor had visited Rome, and + the former queen of the world lay despised in rubbish and ruin. But + presently people began to collect and piece together the ruins of temples + and palaces, and build churches out of them. Five hundred years after the + death of Nero, an already ancient church of St. Peter stood in the middle + of the tyrant’s circus, where the martyrs had suffered death. There were + at least seven other churches in different parts of the town, and the + Bishop of Rome dwelt in the Lateran Palace, near the church of the same + name. There were also convents, and on the Appian Way stood the St. + Andrew’s Convent, close to the Church of the Cross, which was built at the + entrance to the catacombs. + </p> + <p> + About two o’clock one summer morning, all the fathers and brothers had + risen, and read or sung early mass in the chancel. Afterwards the Abbot + had gone into the garden in order to reflect. It was still dark, but the + stars shone between the olive and orange trees, and the flowers swayed in + the gentle breeze of the dawn. + </p> + <p> + The Abbot, a man of about fifty, strolled up and down in a covered + arbour-walk, and every time he reached the south end he remained standing, + in order to contemplate a marble tablet, erected by the side of other + tablets. It stood over his future grave, which was by the side of the + abbots who had already been buried. His name and the year of his birth + were engraved upon the marble, while a space was left for the date of his + death. + </p> + <p> + “O Lord, how long wilt Thou forget me?” he sighed, as he turned round + again. After he had thus continued walking till daybreak, he sat down in + an arbour, in order to write something in a book which he took out of his + pocket. The noise of awaking life in the city did not disturb him—nothing + disturbed the white-haired man of fifty who had already been two hours on + his legs without eating anything. Church bells rang, carts rattled, and + the rushing of the Tiber could be heard through all other noises. But the + old man continued to write, while his wrinkled face was faintly lit up by + the red of dawn. At last steps were heard on the gravel-path; a novice + entered the arbour, and placed a bowl of bread and milk by the Abbot. The + latter started, as though he had been recalled from far away, and + exclaimed, “Leave me in peace!” The novice remained standing, frightened + and troubled. Then a little bird, which had been sitting in the arbour, + struck up its song. The Abbot looked up, his countenance cleared, he cast + a glance on the bowl of milk which he eagerly seized, and was in the act + of raising it to his mouth, but, as he noticed the youth’s troubled + aspect, he stopped. “Forgive my anger,” he said, “but I was far away. As a + penance, I do this!” + </p> + <p> + He was about to pour the milk on the ground, but in order that it might + not be wasted, he poured it on the roots of a reddish-yellow lily that + stood in one of the border-beds. As the novice gave no sign of going, the + Abbot asked, “You wish to speak with me? Speak!” + </p> + <p> + “Holy Father.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not holy; One is holy, the Lord your God in heaven! If you have a + complaint, make it.” + </p> + <p> + “I was a rich youth, who went and sold all that he had.” + </p> + <p> + “I also did that when I was young, and then built seven convents, but have + not regretted it. What have you against it? Why do you complain?” + </p> + <p> + The youth was silent. + </p> + <p> + “Is it about the food? There is a famine round us, and we must share with + the poor.” + </p> + <p> + “Not only that, venerable father, but the whole way of living here does + not accomplish what it is intended to do.” + </p> + <p> + “Say on.” + </p> + <p> + “The scanty food does not subdue the flesh, for as I go about hungry the + whole day, I involuntarily think only about eating—in church, during + prayer, in solitude. The small amount of sleep makes me sleepy the whole + day, and I go to sleep in the chancel. Desires, which I had not known + before, are aroused by suppression; when I see wine, I feel a real longing + to get vital warmth into my body.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go and ask a brother to scourge you till you swim in your blood, + then you will feel the vital warmth return.” + </p> + <p> + “I have done that, but the blows only waken new desires.” + </p> + <p> + “Read St. Augustine.” + </p> + <p> + “I have done that. But the worst of all is the dirt. If I could bathe. + </p> + <p> + “Are you dirty? That betokens inward defilement. I never bathe, but my + body is always clean. But I have noticed, as soon as my thoughts become + impure, the body becomes impure! What do you think, then, will do you + good? You do not wish to marry. Tertullian says marriage and fornication + are the same. And St. Jerome is of opinion that it is better to burn than + to marry.” + </p> + <p> + “But St. Paul.” + </p> + <p> + “Let St. Paul alone! But what do you want to do?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot remain here, for I think that desires can only be extinguished + by being satisfied.” + </p> + <p> + “Servant of Satan! Do you not know that desires never can be satisfied? + You were once with your parents. You ate as much as you liked in the + morning. Well! Were you not hungry again by noon? Certainly. So you cannot + really satisfy yourself by eating! Now I will tell you one thing. You are + a child of the world; you don’t belong here; therefore go in peace! Eat of + the swine’s husks which do not satisfy; but when you are sick of them, you + will be welcome here again. The father’s house always stands open for the + prodigal son.” + </p> + <p> + The youth did not go, but burst into tears. + </p> + <p> + “No,” he said, “I cannot return to the world, for I hate it and it hates + me, but here I perish.” + </p> + <p> + The Abbot rose and embraced him. “Poor child! Such is the world, such is + life; but if it is so, and if you see that it is so, the only thing left + is to live it; and count it a point of honour to live till death comes and + liberates us.” + </p> + <p> + “No! I want to die now,” sobbed the youth. + </p> + <p> + “We may not do that, my son”; the words escaped from the old man. “If you + knew ... if you knew....” + </p> + <p> + But he restrained himself: “What shall we do, then? Go to Father Martin + and have some food, and a glass of wine, but only one; then go and have a + good long sleep. Sleep for a day or two. Then come, that I may see you. Go + now—but wait a minute—you must have a dispensation from me.” + </p> + <p> + He sat down and wrote something on a page which he had torn out of the + book. Armed with this permission, the youth departed, looking, however, + somewhat hesitatingly and abashed. + </p> + <p> + The Abbot remained sitting, but did not begin to write again. Instead of + that, he commenced crumbling the bread and strewing the crumbs on the + table. Immediately a little bird came and picked one up; then there + followed several, who settled on the old man’s hand, arms, and shoulders. + A spray of vine hung from the roof of the arbour and swayed gently in the + wind. Its ring-like tendrils felt about in the air for a support. The + Abbot was amused, and placed his finger jestingly into one of the rings: + “Come, little thing! here is your support!” + </p> + <p> + The tendril seemed to hear him, immediately curled round his finger, and + formed a ring. + </p> + <p> + “Shall I get the ring?” jested the old man. “Perhaps I shall be a bishop. + God deliver me!” + </p> + <p> + The Dean appeared in the door of the arbour. “Do I disturb you, brother?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not at all! I am only sitting here and playing.” + </p> + <p> + “Birds and flowers! White lilies too? I have never seen such before.” + </p> + <p> + “White? Just now they were reddish-yellow! Where do you see them?” + </p> + <p> + “There!” + </p> + <p> + The Abbot looked down on the ground where he had poured his milk, and + behold! there were only white lilies, without a single yellow one. He did + not venture to speak about it, for one cannot speak of such things; but he + smiled to himself, and saw a token of grace in it. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Dean, how goes it in the city?” + </p> + <p> + “The Tiber is sinking.” + </p> + <p> + “God be praised; but the whole of Trastevere has been ruined by the flood. + I really wish that a great flood would come and drown us all—the + whole human race—and very likely it will come some day.” + </p> + <p> + “Still as hopeless as ever!” + </p> + <p> + “No, not without hope, but for that world, not for this. Christ says it + Himself in the Apocalypse: here is nothing on which one can build; for the + best that we have enjoyed was but trouble and misery.” + </p> + <p> + “Not so, brother.” + </p> + <p> + “You can flourish in mud, but that I have never done. And it seems as + though one were compelled to wade in it with both feet. Did I not begin in + my youth to preserve my soul by withdrawing from the world? Then I was + compelled to go out into it, thrust into the confusion by force. They made + me Prefect of the city. I wished to live in the service of the Lord, and + had to distribute eatables for the poor, procure beds for the hospitals, + look after drains and water-pipes. The burden of the day’s task hindered + my thoughts from rising, and I sank in the swamp of material things—sank + so deep that I believed I should never rise again.” + </p> + <p> + “But the people blessed you.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush! And I—I who had never worn a sword—had to collect + soldiers and march to the field. When I was six years old Rome was + pillaged by Totila the Goth, and so ravaged that only five hundred Romans + remained. When I was seven years old, there came Belisarius—when I + was twelve, Narses. Then I was sent as ambassador to Constantinople—I + who hated travelling and publicity. All that I hate, I have been obliged + to accept. Now I am tired, and would like to go to rest. I sit here and + wait, for my grave to open.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you remember what Virgil says in the <i>Georgics</i> regarding the + labour of the husbandman?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I hate the heathen.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait! He says these words of wisdom: ‘If Zeus sends bad weather, mice and + vermin, it is to stimulate the husbandman’s energy, and call forth his + inventive capacity.’ Misfortune comes to help the world forward.” + </p> + <p> + “The world goes backward towards its overthrow and its damnation. For five + hundred years we have awaited the Redemption, but we have only seen one + wild race come after another, to murder and pillage. Do you see any reason + in all this sowing without reaping?” + </p> + <p> + “Blasphemer! Yes, I see how green harvests are ploughed up to fertilise + the soil.” + </p> + <p> + “Dragon’s-seed and hell’s harvest. No—now I go into my grave, and + close the door behind me; I have a right to rest after a life so full of + trouble and work.” + </p> + <p> + “The bell is ringing for prime.” + </p> + <p> + “Jam moesta quiesce querela.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Tiber had overflowed Rome, and destroyed quite a quarter of it, but + spared the convent of St. Andrew. The Abbot sat again one morning in his + garden and wrote, but in such a position that he could see his grave when + he looked up from his work. Deep in his writing, he did not hear what was + happening around him. But he saw that the flowers in the beds began to + shake like reeds, frogs jumped about at his feet, and there was a smell of + dampness that was at the same time mouldy and poisonous. + </p> + <p> + He continued to write, but his eye, although intent on the passage of his + pen over the paper, noticed something dark that moved on the ground, + spread itself like a black carpet, and came nearer. Suddenly his feet were + wet, and a deathlike chill crept up his legs. Then he awoke and + understood. The Tiber had risen, and he was driven out of his last refuge. + “I will not go,” he cried, as the alarm-bell sounded, and the monks fled. + </p> + <p> + He went to his cell in the upper story, firmly resolved not to flee. He + would not go out into the world again, but would die here. The flood which + he had prayed for, had come. But he had a spiritual conflict and agony of + prayer in his cell: “Lord, why dost thou punish the innocent? Why dost + thou chastise Thy friends and let Thy foes flourish? For five hundred + years Thou hast avenged Thyself on Thy children for the misdeeds of their + fathers! If that is not enough, then destroy us all at once!” + </p> + <p> + The water rose and lapped against the walls; the garden was destroyed, and + the Abbot’s grave filled with water, but he remained where he was. At one + time he sang hymns of praise, then he raged; then he prayed for pardon, + and raged again. + </p> + <p> + After that he set himself to write at the great work which should make him + immortal,—his “Magna Moralia.” It was now noon, but he felt no + hunger, for by practice he had learned to fast for three days together. + During the afternoon, a noise at the window made him look up from his + book. There lay a boat, and in it sat the novice Augustinus. The + extraordinary, almost comic, aspect of things, elicited a smile from him, + and, remembering his conversation with the youth, he asked through the + open window, “Well, did you get the wine and good food, you glutton?” + </p> + <p> + “No, venerable Father; I did not want it when I could have it, and then + the temptation was over. But now I have to speak of something else. The + plague has broken out, and people are dying like flies.” + </p> + <p> + “The plague too! Oh Lord, how long wilt Thou altogether forget us! The + plague too!” + </p> + <p> + Then he rose. “Everyone to his post! Let us do our duty! Bless the Lord, + and die!” The Abbot stepped out of his window into the boat, and left his + sinking ship. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Tiber sank to its level again, but left behind snakes, fishes, and + frogs, which died and infected the air. The people had fled to the hills; + on the Palatine Hill they had made a hospital out of a church. Here the + Abbot of the St. Andrew’s Convent walked about, gave drink to the sick, + and spoke comfort to the dying. “Why do you fear death, children?” he + said. “Fear life, for that is the real death.” He seemed to be quite in + his element here, showed a calm, cheerful temper, and sought to decipher + on the faces of the dead, “whether they were happy on the other side.” + </p> + <p> + Death would have nothing to do with him. Often he went to the other hills, + and walked about among the sick and dying, so that the people began to + think that he was an immortal who had come down to comfort them. The older + ones remembered him as Prefect, when he defended the city against the + Goths, Vandals, and Longobards, and his fame continually grew. + </p> + <p> + The pestilence raged, and the number of the dead increased, so that the + corpses could no longer be buried. All occupations ceased, and the + peasants brought no more food into the city. There was a famine. The Abbot + of the St. Andrew’s Convent, Gregory, lost courage, and wanted to abandon + all, “I cannot fight against God, and if it be His will that Rome perish, + it is godless to wish to prevent it.” In the midst of this tribulation, + Pelagius II, the Bishop or Pope of Rome, as he was afterwards called, + died. The people with one voice clamoured for the Abbot Gregory to succeed + him. But, like King Saul and the Emperor Julian, he hid himself. He fled + from the town to a hermit’s grotto in the Sabine Mountains. But the people + came, brought him out, and led him back to Rome, where he was consecrated + as Gregory I. For thirteen years Gregory ruled over the former queen city + of the world. He was Governor, for the Exarch of Ravenna existed no more, + having been driven away by the Longobards. He asked help from the Emperor + in Byzantium, but obtained none. He was thrown upon his own resources, and + succeeded by the power of his eloquence in disarming King Agilulf, who + threatened Rome. + </p> + <p> + But he was also Bishop, and as such had to govern all the churches of the + West. He succeeded in bringing them to abandon Arianism and to accept a + single creed, which became the universal or “catholic” confession of + faith. + </p> + <p> + To the heathen of England he sent the former novice Augustine, who had + quickly overcome his initiatory difficulties. The little “glutton” ended + as Archbishop of Canterbury. + </p> + <p> + The former retiring and life-weary Abbot had with great effect developed + the necessary strength for his duties. The high post to which he had been + summoned called out his capacities. He had time for great and small things + alike. He reformed the liturgy, wrote letters, composed books, arranged + church music. His manner of life, however, was as simple as before. From + his cell in the Lateran Palace, he ruled over souls from the Highlands of + Scotland to the Pillars of Hercules. His empire was as great as the + Caesars’, though his legions were only pen and ink. It was the beginning + of the Kingdom of Christ, but it was a spiritual empire, and Gregory was + the ruler. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0012" id="link2H_4_0012"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + ISHMAEL + </h2> + <p> + After the death of Gregory the Great, Christianity seemed to have + conquered all Europe which was known at the time, and also Byzantium, + Palestine, Egypt, and the north coast of Africa. The conqueror was about + to betake himself to rest, when a quite new and unexpected event happened + which threatened Christendom with destruction and heralded the arrival of + a new race upon the scene. Ishmael’s descendants, Abraham’s illegitimate + sons, who had wandered in the deserts, seeming to continue the Israelites’ + wandering in the wilderness, began to collect in troops and seek a + Promised Land. + </p> + <p> + Six years after Gregory’s death, the Prophet Muhammed, then forty years + old, was “awakened.” His armies spread like a conflagration, and a hundred + years later, Christian Europe thought the last day had come. The countries + first conquered by Christianity—Syria, Palestine, Asia Minor, Egypt, + and North Africa—had fallen away and done homage to the new + Antichrist. Byzantium was threatened; Sicily and Sardinia had been taken, + and Italy was in danger. + </p> + <p> + From the southernmost point of Spain one could see in clear weather the + coast of Africa, where the Saracens dwelt. Spain was a country which, + somewhat remote from Rome, had grown and developed into one of the richest + provinces, after Phoenicians and Carthaginians had laid the foundations of + her civilisation. But when Rome fell into decay, Barbarians from the + Baltic sea belonging to the new German races, whose advent had been + foretold by Tacitus, poured into Spain, founded a kingdom or two, and now + at the beginning of the eighth century, possessed the important cities + Toledo and Seville. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In Seville, on the Guadalquivir, in the beautiful province of Andalusia, + the old Jew Eleazar sat in the shop where he sold weapons, and counted his + day’s takings. + </p> + <p> + “Many weapons are sold in these days,” was the sudden remark of a stranger + who had stepped up to the counter. + </p> + <p> + Eleazar looked up, liked the appearance of the well-dressed stranger, and + answered cautiously, “Yes, certainly, many are sold.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you expecting war?” + </p> + <p> + “There is always war here—especially verbal warfare.” + </p> + <p> + “You refer to the twenty Church Councils which have been held here. The + Christians are never united.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar did not answer. + </p> + <p> + “Excuse me,” continued the stranger, “but I forgot who you are, and that + you would rather forget the last Council.” + </p> + <p> + “No, not at all! why should I?” + </p> + <p> + “It was directed against your people.” + </p> + <p> + “And my only son, who was about to marry a Christian maiden, had to give + her up, since marriages with Jews were forbidden....” + </p> + <p> + “Well! and what was the end of it?” + </p> + <p> + “He could not survive it, but laid hands on himself, and, as she followed + him in death, the blame was laid on us, and we lost our property and + freedom.” + </p> + <p> + “Eleazar!” exclaimed the stranger. “Don’t you know me?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “But when I tell you my name, you will know who I am. Julius—Count + Julius....” + </p> + <p> + “Are you—Count Julius?” + </p> + <p> + “I am he, whose daughter Florinda was brought up in Toledo, and fell into + the hands of King Roderick, the robber and lecher. Can I see you in your + chamber? We have much to say to each other!” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar hesitated, although both, as injured fathers of lost children, had + much in common. He was afraid of the Christians, who had begun to + persecute the Jews. The Count understood that, but did not withdraw his + proposal, for he seemed to have a special object in his visit. + </p> + <p> + “Let me into your chamber, and I will tell you, in three words, a secret + that concerns us both.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar did not yield, but began to parley. + </p> + <p> + “Say one word, a single word to convince me,” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Oppas! there is one for you.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar opened his eyes, but asked for yet another one. + </p> + <p> + “Zijad’s son.” + </p> + <p> + “Still better!” said Eleazar, “but now the last!” + </p> + <p> + “Bar-coch-ba.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar reached him his hand. “Come under my roof, eat of my bread, and + drink of the sacred wine.” In a moment the shop was closed, and the two + elderly men sat at supper in the room behind it. They conversed eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “There are some hundreds of thousands of us Hebrews here in Spain, for + when the Emperor Hadrian had destroyed Jerusalem for the last time, he + sent some fifty thousand Hebrews here. That is six hundred years ago, and + we have naturally increased—yes, to such a number, that ninety + thousand of us could be compulsorily baptized. I, too, have been baptized, + but, though they poured water on me, I have held fast the faith of my + fathers, and how could I do otherwise? The Christians have not one faith, + but many. The Synod held in Toledo in 589 A.D. taught, for example, that + the Holy Spirit did not only proceed from the Father, but from the Son + also. But the Synod of 675 A.D. declared that the Son was not only sent by + the Father but by the Holy Spirit. That is nonsense, and therefore they + fall away from their own doctrine. + </p> + <p> + “But instead of falling back on the Old Testament, which is the mother of + the New, they plunge into unbelief and heathenism. That is the case with + Archbishop Oppas himself in Toledo, who calls himself a hater of Christ, + and would rather acknowledge Islam than Catholicism.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know Oppas?” + </p> + <p> + “He is our man.” + </p> + <p> + “You mentioned Islam; what do you think of its teaching?” + </p> + <p> + “It is our own holy faith; a single God, the Only and True One. And the + Prophet is Abraham’s seed, who has inherited the promise. It is true + Ishmael was the son of a bond-woman, but still he was Abraham’s seed!” + </p> + <p> + “But Muhammed expelled the Jews from Arabia.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he did that; he was not perfect; but things have altered for the + better. Muhammed received his first impressions from his cousin Waraka, + who was of Jewish descent. At first he was friendly towards Israel; he + told his followers to turn in prayer not towards the Kaaba, but towards + Jerusalem. There is also a tradition that the prophet was a Jew, which may + mean that he was an Arab or Ishmaelite, which is the same thing.” + </p> + <p> + “You would, then, rather serve under the Half-Moon than under the Cross?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly.” + </p> + <p> + “And Simon, whom you call Bar-coch-ba, is negotiating with the Archbishop + Oppas in order to overthrow Roderick?” + </p> + <p> + “That is true.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! Then I am one with you. But listen carefully to what I say:—Since + our common aim is the overthrow of the West Gothic King, I have, as + Governor of Ceuta on the African coast, inquired of Emir Mussa al Nazir + and his principal officer, Tarik, the son of Zijad, whether they will + perhaps help us in case of a claim for damages made by Ceuta and its + neighbourhood. Do you think we can let the storm loose?” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar gnawed his beard. “Is it not already loose?” he asked drily. + </p> + <p> + “Have you gone further than I know?” + </p> + <p> + “What do you know?” + </p> + <p> + “You are so far as that, then? Well! It is all over with my beautiful + Spain!” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing comes to an end; it only changes when its time is over. Spain had + its time when it gave Emperors to Rome—Trajan, Hadrian, Antonius, + Marcus Aurelius, Theodosius, who may just as likely have been Iberians and + Phoenicians. Spain gave Rome learned men and poets, Seneca, Lucan, + Martial, Quintilian, Pomponius, Mela, Columella. That is now five hundred + years ago, and now we have had barbarism introduced by the Christian + Norsemen from the Baltic. Now we might use something Oriental!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe on the future of Islam?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly. Mussa has sworn that he will march by Hannibal’s route + through Gaul and Germany to Rome, in order to turn the ‘heathen and + women-worshippers’ to the one true God.” + </p> + <p> + “You know that! Then there is no turning back.” + </p> + <p> + “No! It is too late. On the 19th of July the half-moon rises over Spain, + and it will continue to wax through its phases to the full moon. What + follows then we know not, and have nothing to do with, for One rules—the + Lord Zebaoth.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + On the 17th of July, 711 A.D., when it had become dark, fire was kindled + on the southernmost point of Spain, Punta de Europa. On the African coast, + two miles distant, this was answered by a similar signal. A west wind blew + from the Atlantic, and brought across the fleet of the Saracens, with five + thousand men and horses. + </p> + <p> + On the Punta de Europa, afterwards called Gibraltar, high above the + precipitous cliff stood long-bearded citizens, and fanned the fire and + threw fuel on it. In the morning the first troops landed at the foot of + the cliff, and the conquest of Spain by the Moors began. Mussa ibn Nazir + came on the following day with the chief body. The King of the West Goths + assembled as rapidly as possible a hundred thousand men, and, believing + himself invincible, marched thither to view the victory. Clothed in silk + and gold, like a Byzantine Emperor, he lay in a chariot of ivory drawn by + two white mules, and followed by his attendants and the women of his + harem. + </p> + <p> + For three days all went well, but on the fourth day, something unexpected + happened. + </p> + <p> + Shut in between the mountains and rivers of Andalusia, his troops could + hardly move, and the King had encamped on the bank of the Guadalete. + </p> + <p> + Then he saw his people pouring down like a stream from the heights—one + division under Archbishop Oppas, the other under Count Julius. + </p> + <p> + Roderick, who believed that they were fleeing from the enemy, broke up his + camp. He could not, however, turn round, but was forced into the stream. + He tried to reach the other side by swimming, but there he was met by + archers. An Amazon came galloping along the bank on a red roan, and + directed her bow against the drowning man in the middle of the stream. On + the one bank he saw his troops, who had halted, signal with white flags as + a sign of peace to the enemy on the opposite bank. When he saw that he was + betrayed, he sank, and with him the whole kingdom of the West Goths. Mussa + marched at once to Toledo, before a new king could be chosen. Thereby + Islam became domiciled in Spain, and remained there till 1492. The Jews, + who had especially helped the Moors, were at once emancipated, and in + every town of Spain a Jew was appointed governor. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0013" id="link2H_4_0013"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + EGINHARD TO EMMA + </h2> + <h3> + EASTER, A.D. 843, + </h3> + <p> + The Benedictine Convent in Seligenstadt on the Main. + </p> + <p> + To my dear wife and present sister in Christ, + </p> + <p> + Emma, from Eginhard, formerly secretary to Charles the Great, now a monk + in Seligenstadt on the Main: + </p> + <p> + Passion-week is at an end, and the Resurrection days are here; spring has + melted the frost; mind and memory have woken, and the past rises up again. + </p> + <p> + Yesterday, on Easter Eve, I walked in the convent garden, and thought of + my vanished five and seventy years. I thought of the fine things which + were said in the learned circle or academy of the Great Unforgettable, + when we played with words and thoughts, like chess-players with their + pieces. + </p> + <p> + “What is man?” asked our teacher, our wisest, Alcuin, whom we called + Flaccus. + </p> + <p> + Angilbert, the Emperor’s son-in-law, the husband of the beautiful Bertha, + answered, “Man is the slave of death, a flying traveller, a guest in his + own dwelling.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, truly,” I said to myself, “a guest; and soon I will pack my + knapsack, pay my account, and journey on.” + </p> + <p> + I went along the river-bank and thought, “The same river, always the same + river, but always new water; the same water never runs twice past. Such is + life, such is the river of time, the heroes and events of history—the + panorama of time, the years and the glory of them, all pass and perish.” + </p> + <p> + I then wished to pluck the first Easter lilies to send to you, who were + once my wife, and went to the gardener down by the carp-pond. Whom did I + meet on the path under the ivy, this plant of eternity, which only knows + of death and birth, but not the changes of the seasons? I met the last + survivor of the great days, of the Emperor’s Round Table, Thiodolf the + Goth, now Bishop of Orleans. I cannot describe to you my joy at meeting + him again, nor depict my feelings when I read in the face of the old man + the whole history of our life. + </p> + <p> + It was six o’clock in the evening, and after we had sung Vespers, our fast + was at an end. I had a large round table placed in the refectory, only for + us two, but with twelve chairs and twelve places laid. From the Bishop’s + guest-room I had the largest armchair brought, and decorated it with + leaves and flowers; it was that of the Emperor of blessed memory, who now + rests in the cathedral at Aachen, the cathedral which I had the favour and + honour of building. The other chairs I assigned to absent friends, first + Alcuin, then the poet Angilbert-Homerus, the Irishman Clement, the + Bavarian Leidrade, and others whom you knew, but have forgotten. + </p> + <p> + What an evening, what a night, we passed by the open garden window! We + spoke naturally of the Great Unforgettable, and lived his rich and varied + life again in our thoughts. We followed him against the Longobards and + Saracens, against the Hungarians and other Slavs. But we did not like to + linger over his thirty years’ war against the Saxons, chiefly out of + reverence for his memory, for he ought to have used only spiritual weapons + in his campaign of conversion. Remember the Frankish King who sent our + friend Anschar to the wild Swedes. He had no armed men, but only God’s + Holy Word. Certainly he was robbed by thieves like St. Paul, but when once + he had arrived he won the King and the nobles of the country by his gentle + bearing and preaching. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, we lingered gladly in our conversation over the great + Christmas Day of 800 A.D. in Rome, when the Western Roman Empire was + restored, and the crown was bestowed on Germany. This had been prophesied + by Tacitus, and Hermann in the Teutoburger Wald had shed his martyr’s + blood for it. Rome and Germany! A spiritual and a worldly kingdom! + Inscrutable are the ways of the Lord! + </p> + <p> + When we drank to the strong and gentle Carolus Magnus Augustus, we both + rose, Thiodolf and I, and bowed before the empty chair, as though he sat + there in bodily presence. Where is he now, the departed of blessed memory—where + is his great kingdom, which only his powerful spirit could hold together? + What he united has now been scattered by his successors! You know, after + the last treaty at Verdun, the kingdom of Karl the Great has ceased to + exist; in its place we now have three—Germany, France, and Italy. + Perhaps it must be so, and perhaps a single man cannot rule so great an + empire. But it is sad to perceive in history that every great achievement + carries within it the seeds of decay, and that the heights are always + bordered by deep abysses. Brother Thiodolf brought disquieting news from + France. The Saxons, who were finally overthrown with their powerful chief + Widukind, have devised a terrible revenge. They have invited Danish and + Swedish pirates, called Vikings, into the country. These have sailed up + the Rhine, up the Seine as far as Rouen, and up the Loire. These + Scandinavians are of German stock, and are therefore of kin to us Franks, + but are more nearly related to the Goths, Heruli, Rugieri, and Longobards, + of whom the last three are Scandinavian. Odovacer, who overthrew the + Western Roman Empire, and deposed the last Emperor Romulus Augustulus, was + a Rugier from the Danish island Rugen. These men from the North seem to be + now about to step on the stage. Possibly they are the Gog and Magog + concerning whom the Old Testament prophesied that they should come from + the North. We did not end our conversation till midnight, Thiodolf and I; + then we walked up and down in the garden till early mass, for we could not + sleep. + </p> + <p> + Now I close this letter, dear wife, by wishing you happy days far from all + the tumult of the world. I only wait for my departure, for life has lost + its relish for me, since my lord and Emperor has passed into the great + silence. Greet the brethren and the few who still survive from the time of + the Great Emperor, and accept, dear Emma, the greeting of your dead + husband, whom you will not see before the Day of Resurrection, the great + Easter, when we shall all meet again. Till then, “Be of one mind, live in + peace, and the God of Jove and of peace shall be with you.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0014" id="link2H_4_0014"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM + </h2> + <p> + In the year 998 A.D. Rome had become a German Empire and the German + Emperor had become a Roman. Otto III, brought up by his Graeco-Byzantine + mother Theofano, had inherited her love of the southern lands, and + therefore generally occupied his palace on the Aventine, installed himself + as Emperor, and cherished a plan of converting Rome into the capital of + the German Empire. He was now twenty years old, ambitious, crochety, + pious, and cruel. + </p> + <p> + During one of his absences, the old Roman spirit had revived, and the + high-born senator Crescentius had set up himself as Tribune of the people, + freed Rome from the Germans, driven away Pope Gregory V, and installed + John XVI in his place. The Emperor returned quickly to Rome, took + Crescentius and his Pope prisoner, and then presented the Romans with a + vivid spectacle, the like of which they had not seen, though their fathers + had. + </p> + <p> + The Leonine quarter, which embraced the Vatican Hill, with the oldest St. + Peter’s Church and a papal palace, was connected with the town by the Pons + Aelius or Bridge of Hadrian. At the head of the bridge, on the right side, + was the sepulchre of Hadrian, a tower-shaped building in which the + Emperors up to the time of Caracalla had been buried. When the Goths took + Rome, the sepulchre became a fortress, and remained so for a long time. + </p> + <p> + When the Romans woke up on that memorable morning of the year 998 A.D., + they saw twelve wooden crosses erected on Hadrian’s Tower terrace. Right + above them was to be seen the image of the Archangel Michael, with his + drawn sword, which had been erected by Gregory the Great. Many people were + assembled on the Aelian Bridge to see the spectacle, and among them were a + French merchant and a Gothic pilgrim who had come from the west across the + Leonine quarter. The sword of the Archangel flamed in the beams of the + sun, which was now high. + </p> + <p> + “What are those crosses for?” asked the pilgrim, shading his eyes. + </p> + <p> + “There are twelve! Perhaps they are intended to represent the twelve + Apostles.” + </p> + <p> + “No, they have finished their sufferings, and the pious Emperor does not + crucify the disciples of the Lord anew.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the Emperor! The Saxon! Neither the Goth, nor the Longobard, nor the + Frank were to have Rome, but the Saxon—one of the cursed nation whom + Charles the Great thought that he had extirpated. He sent ten thousand to + Gaul, in order to make a present of these savages to the enemy, and he + beheaded four thousand five hundred in a single day, without its costing + him a sleepless night. Wonderful are the ways of the Lord!” + </p> + <p> + “The last are often the first.” + </p> + <p> + “O Lord Jesus, Redeemer of the world! there is something moving on the + crosses! Do you see?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, by heaven! No, I cannot look! They are crucified men!” + </p> + <p> + Two Romans stood by the strangers: “Hermann, you are avenged,” said one. + </p> + <p> + “Was Hermann a Saxon?” objected the other. + </p> + <p> + “Probably, since he lived in the Harz district.” + </p> + <p> + “A thousand years ago Thusnelda passed through the streets in the + triumph-train of Germanicus, and carried the unborn Thumelicus under her + heart! To think that a thousand years had to pass before she was avenged!” + </p> + <p> + “A thousand years are as a day! But are not these our Roman brothers on + the cross martyrs for Rome’s freedom?” + </p> + <p> + “Martyrs for our cause! But this time they were wrong, because the gods so + willed it.” + </p> + <p> + Now there was a change in the scene. Under the tower a band of soldiers + made a passage through the crowd of people. Pope John XVI came riding + backwards on an ass. His ears and nose had been cut off, and his eyes had + been dug out. It was a gruesome sight. A wine-bladder, waving over his + head in the wind, made it worse. The people were silent, and shuddered + simultaneously, for he was, after all, Christ’s representative and St. + Peter’s successor, although no martyr. + </p> + <p> + A Sicilian stood on the bridge close to a Jew. + </p> + <p> + The Sicilian was a Muhammedan, for Sicily was then in the possession of + the Saracens, and had been so for about two hundred years. + </p> + <p> + “He must be suffering for his predecessors’ sins,” said the Jew; “that is + the Christian belief: <i>satisfactio vicaria</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “Suffering is necessary,” answered the Moslem; “and I do not grieve at + such an end to the pornocracy. For a hundred years the Popes have lived + like cannibals. You remember Sergius III, who lived with the harlot + Theodora and her daughters. John X continued with Marozia, who with her + own hand first killed her brother and then suffocated the Pope with a + cushion. John XII was only nineteen when he became Pope. He took bribes, + and consecrated a ten year-old boy as bishop in a stable. He committed + incest, and turned the Lateran into a brothel. He played cards, drank and + swore by Jupiter and Venus.... You know it well.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the Jew, “the Christians live in hell since they have + abandoned the one true God. The fools have, however, stolen from us the + Messianic promise; but the promise to Abraham we still possess. Rome is a + mad-house, Germany a slaughter-house, and France a brothel. It is a matter + to rejoice at, to see how they destroy each other.” + </p> + <p> + He placed himself by the balustrade of the bridge, in order to be able to + see better what now followed. + </p> + <p> + Between the twelve patriots, who writhed on their crosses like worms on + hooks, appeared five men dressed in red, who began to construct a + platform. + </p> + <p> + “Those are the executioners—on the Emperor’s grave!” said the Jew. + “Against Crescentius I have nothing; he was a noble man who fought for the + Roman State. But there is one Christian the less!” + </p> + <p> + “The Christians have always two ways of explaining a man’s sufferings. If + he is innocent, his suffering is a test, and if he is guilty, well! he + deserved his fate. There he comes!” + </p> + <p> + Crescentius, the last Roman, was led forth. His head fell, and thereby + Rome became German, or Germany Roman—till 1806! In the afternoon the + nomination of the new Pope (for one could not call it an election) took + place, and Gerbert of Auvergne was made Pope, with the title of Silvester + II. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Emperor sat in his palace on the Aventine, and did not venture to go + out, for the Romans hated him. In the little hermitage on the slope of the + hill, where his friend Adalbert of Prague, the missionary martyr recently + killed by the Saxons, used to live, the Emperor shut himself up with his + teacher, the new Pope, Silvester II. + </p> + <p> + The latter—a Frenchman—had studied in Cordova, where the + Caliph had built a university, where Arabian philosophy, itself derived + from Greece and India, was taught. In Rheims Silvester has also studied + philosophy, mathematics, astronomy, and chemistry. He had been Abbot of + Bobbio, Archbishop of Rheims and Ravenna, and, after protesting in many + ecclesiastical assemblies against the corruption of the Papacy, had + himself become Pope. + </p> + <p> + The excitement caused by the execution of Crescentius compelled him to + seek refuge on the Aventine with his pupil, the Emperor. From the cell of + the little convent, near Adalbert’s chapel, he guided the destinies of + Europe, while at leisure moments he devoted himself to his favourite + sciences. For this reason he was reported to be a wizard. + </p> + <p> + One night as he sat, sunk in thought, at his table, which was covered with + letters, the Emperor entered unannounced. He was a tall young man, dressed + in an extraordinary garb, a dalmatica adorned with symbols from the Book + of the Apocalypse, the Wild Beast and the Harlot, the Book of Seven Seals, + and so on. + </p> + <p> + “Let me talk,” he said; “I cannot sleep.” + </p> + <p> + “What has happened, my son?” + </p> + <p> + “Letters have come—warnings—dreams.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; you listen to me, but you don’t believe me, when I tell you the + truth, and you are afraid of all new thoughts.” + </p> + <p> + “What is new under the sun? Does not St. Augustine say regarding our holy + faith, ‘What is called in our days Christianity, already existed since the + creation of mankind to the birth of Christ. It was then that they began to + call Christianity the true religion, which had already existed before. The + truths taught by Christ are the same as the ancient ones, only more + developed’?” + </p> + <p> + “Heretic, beware! You do not know what is taking place in the world.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me hear.” + </p> + <p> + “Pilgrims from many lands have been here, and tell of prodigies, visions, + and wonders. In the south of France there are pestilence and famine, and + human flesh has been sold in the butchers’ shops; in Germany a fiery iron + rod has been seen in the sky, and here in Italy these endless pilgrimages + have recommenced. In Jerusalem the Church of the Holy Sepulchre has been + plundered, and the temple of the False Prophet erected. The whole of + Christendom is trembling, for in the immoral Popes of the last century + they have seen the Antichrist. Christ’s ambassador is murdered; yes, my + friend Adalbert was the last up there in Poland: the heathen have + reconquered all Christ’s conquests in Asia and Africa. The followers of + the False Prophet are in Spain, Sicily, and Naples, and threaten Rome. + This can mean nothing less than the Last Judgment and destruction of the + world, as announced in the Apocalypse.” + </p> + <p> + “So it is the old story again?” + </p> + <p> + “Story! Get thee hence Satan, for thou savourest not the things which be + of God, but those which be of men.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you call me Satan?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, when you deny the Word. Is it not written in John’s Apocalypse, ‘And + when the thousand years are accomplished, Satan will be let loose from his + prison. And he shall go to deceive the nations which are in the four ends + of the earth, Gog and Magog’? There you have the northern peoples who are + now in England, Normandy, and Sicily. Is not Theodora the great Babylonian + Harlot? Is not the deceiver Muhammed the Wild Beast?” + </p> + <p> + “Wait, my son! I might quote a verse from the same chapter: ‘He who hath + part in the first resurrection shall reign with Christ a thousand years.’ + So that the Millennium is <i>beginning</i> now, and cannot end forthwith.” + </p> + <p> + “The old one ends, and the new begins.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so! The old dark age is past, and we await Christ’s second coming on + earth. If you retained the hope, you would see the new era dawn.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not believe a word of what you say. The last year of the thousand + years is here, and now I go out in the desert to await, with fasting, + prayer, and penance, the day of the Lord, and the coming of my Redeemer. I + will pray for you, my father, but here our ways part, and you will see me + no more.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor departed, and Silvester remained alone. + </p> + <p> + “I wait!” he said to himself, “but meanwhile I look after our worldly + affairs.” And he unfolded a map of the then known world. With a piece of + red chalk he drew crosses and crowns, for the most part in the North. But + above Jerusalem he drew a flag with a lance. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The year 999 approached its end, and the Christians lived in a state of + deadly anxiety. In Rome and its neighbourhood, all the active business of + life had ceased. The fields were not sown, but lay covered with weeds; + trade was at a stand-still; the shops were closed. Those who had anything + gave it away, and had difficulty in finding anyone to take it. The + churches stood open day and night for three months, and each day was like + Sunday. People wore their best clothes, for there was no object in keeping + them, and they wished to be well dressed in order to meet the Redeemer on + His arrival. Christmas had been kept with unwonted solemnity, and men + lived at peace with one another. The guards of the city had nothing to do, + for the fear of what was coming sufficed to maintain order. People slept + with open doors, and no one dared to steal or to deceive. There was no + need to do so, for everyone received what he asked for; bakers distributed + bread gratis, and innkeepers allowed unlimited credit; the payment of + debts was not exacted. The churches were crowded day and night; there was + a ceaseless round of confessions, absolutions, masses and communions. + </p> + <p> + It was the day before New Year’s Eve. Views were divided as to the nature + of the coming catastrophe—whether it would come as a flood or as an + earthquake. Most of the people remained outside their houses, some on the + plain, others on the hills; all with their eyes directed towards heaven. + </p> + <p> + In the morning, the Plain of Mars was full of men, and a crowd formed a + circle round a pile of wood. A madman stood on the pile and spoke, with a + quantity of papers and parchments in his hand. He was a rich citizen who + for three months had practised fasting and penance, and now, reduced to a + skeleton, wished to escape the wrath to come. He had collected a large + quantity of dry wood under the pretext of giving warmth to all passing + beasts of burthen. Since nobody troubled about what others did, he was + allowed to do as he liked. + </p> + <p> + Near the pile of wood stood the remains of an old orator’s pulpit, and in + that he took his stand after he had kindled the pile. “In the name of the + Eternal God,” he said, “so surely as I burn these bonds, will God the Lord + erase my sins from His Book. For all sufferings which I have caused + others, I will now suffer myself. Purifying fire, burn my wretched body + with all its sins! Mounting flames, let me follow you upwards! Lord Jesus, + receive my spirit!” He leaped from the pulpit, and fell in the midst of + the flames, where he remained on his knees with folded hands till he was + suffocated. + </p> + <p> + In the Forum a man was seen working with a miner’s iron bar at a + rubbish-heap which should cover him: “Say to the mountains, Cover us,” he + sang. + </p> + <p> + From the Pons Sublicius a young couple sprang into the river, locked in an + embrace which death could not loosen. + </p> + <p> + At mid-day the prisons were opened, and the prisoners were received as + heroes and martyrs. They were taken to the houses of the nobility, made to + sit at table, and senators and their wives washed their feet. + </p> + <p> + “We are all sinners,” people said, “and have nothing to boast of. These + prisoners have endured their punishment while we went about free.” + </p> + <p> + Never had there been such a display of philanthropy and mercy since the + early days of Christianity. + </p> + <p> + The sick in the hospitals wanted to come outside, and their beds were + carried into the streets and market-places. Everyone, in fact, wanted to + be in the open air, and families brought their furniture into the streets. + Birds were liberated from their cages, and horses from their stables. At + first the latter ran about in the town, but as they scented the fresh air + and reached the town gates they galloped off to the Campagna, to seek + green pasture. Many, however, remained in the town, and lay about here and + there, while children clambered on their backs. The children were the only + ones who felt no fear. They jumped about and played as usual, rejoicing in + their freedom and the unusual aspect of things. No one wanted to restrain + them, and as they did not understand what was the matter, they remained + free from anxiety and went on playing. + </p> + <p> + New Year’s Eve had arrived, and the universal alarm rose to a great + height. Masters and servants were seen embracing each other and weeping, + the former lamenting their severity—the latter, their dishonesty. + Old enemies, who met each other on the street, grasped hands and led each + other about like children, singing hymns of praise. It was something like + the Golden Age as imagined by the Fathers of the early Church. + </p> + <p> + The air was as mild as that of a spring day, and the sky was clear till + noon. Then it became overclouded. No one ate or drank, but all bathed and + put on their festal attire. During the afternoon processions of priests + and monks marched through the town, and sang litanies, in which the people + joined. Their Kyrie Eleison, “Christ, have mercy upon us,” rang all over + the town. All Rome was preparing for its own judgment and execution. + </p> + <p> + There were, however, a number of unbelieving and profligate persons who + expected nothing new; they had assembled themselves in the catacombs and + ruins, where they celebrated Bacchanalian feasts and orgies. In the ruins + of Nero’s Golden House a banquet on a large scale had been arranged. In + the centre on the ground there burned a fire, surrounded by tables and + seats. There was abundance of victuals and wine, for which they only + needed to go to the store-room and cellar. There were music, dancing, and + singing, and between whiles they amused themselves by watching the bats + and owls, which flitted about, scorch and singe themselves in the fire. + </p> + <p> + Their hilarity was loud, but not unforced. Here, too, philosophising and + prophecy were in evidence. + </p> + <p> + “There is not going to be any Last Judgment to-day,” said a young man, who + looked as though he were a descendant of the Emperor Nero. + </p> + <p> + “Anyhow, if it comes, death cannot introduce us to anything worse than we + have had in life.” + </p> + <p> + “It has always seemed to me that we are in hell. Headaches every morning, + debts and disgrace, varied by occasional imprisonments.” + </p> + <p> + “The Emperor sits naked in a grotto at the foot of Soracte.” + </p> + <p> + “Vides ut alta stet nive candidum, Soracte.” + </p> + <p> + “As we are speaking, life the envious flits away. Enjoy the present day, + nor trust the morrow!” + </p> + <p> + “And the Pope is going to hold a midnight mass—he who has no faith + in it himself.” + </p> + <p> + “But he must put a good face on it, and go through with it.” + </p> + <p> + “I know one woman who will not go to mass to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the beautiful Stephania, the widow of Crescentius.” + </p> + <p> + “But she watches for vengeance.” + </p> + <p> + “What have these Germans to do in Rome? I wish the owner of this Golden + House could rise from the dead. He was the last Roman!” + </p> + <p> + “He was a man who did not caress his enemies. He feared nothing between + heaven and earth, not even the lightning. Once there was a lightning-flash + in his dining-hall as he reclined at table. What do you think he said? ‘To + your health!’ and raised his goblet.” + </p> + <p> + At this moment a heated stone fell from the vaulted roof into the fire, + and caused a shower of sparks. The night wind rushed through the hole thus + formed, and blew the smoke into the feasters faces. At first they were + amused at the occurrence, but were soon obliged to leave the vault. + </p> + <p> + “Let us go out and witness the end of the world!” cried one of the youths. + They formed a procession of Bacchanals and Maenads, one in front carrying + a filled wineskin. There were flute-players among them, and all carried + goblets in their hands. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Below, in the old Basilica of St. Peter, stood the Pope before the altar, + and performed in silence the midnight mass. The church was crowded, and + everyone was on his knees. The silence was so deep that the rustle of the + white sleeve of the officiant could be heard when he elevated the cup. But + another sound was audible, which seemed to be measuring out the last + moments of the Millennium. It beat like the pulse in the ear of a feverish + man, and at the same rate. The door of the sacristy stood open, and the + great clock which hung there ticked calmly and steadfastly, once in a + second. + </p> + <p> + The Pope, who was outwardly just as calm, had probably left the door open + in order to produce the utmost effect at the great moment, for his face + was pale with emotion, but he did not move, and his hands did not tremble. + </p> + <p> + The mass was over, and a death-like silence ensued. The people expected + the Lord’s servant at the altar to speak a few words of comfort. But he + said nothing; he seemed absorbed in prayer, and had stretched out his + hands towards heaven. + </p> + <p> + The clock ticked, the people sighed, but nothing happened. Like children + afraid of the dark, the congregation lay with their faces towards the + ground, and dared not look up. A cold sweat of anxiety dropped from many + brows, knees which had gone to sleep caused pain, or were numb, and felt + as though they had been amputated. + </p> + <p> + Then the clock suddenly ceased ticking. + </p> + <p> + Had the works run down? Was it an omen? Was everything going to stand + still, time to be at an end, and eternity begin? From the congregation + rose some stifled cries, and, lifeless with terror, some bodies dropped on + the stone pavement. + </p> + <p> + Then the clock began to strike—One, Two, Three, Four.... The twelfth + stroke sounded, and the echoes died away. A fresh death-like silence + ensued. + </p> + <p> + Then Silvester turned round, and, with the proud smile of a victor, he + extended his hands in blessing. At the same moment all the bells in the + tower rang out joyfully, and from the organ-loft a choir of voices began + to sing, somewhat unsteadily at first, but soon firmly and clearly, “Te + Deum Laudamus!” + </p> + <p> + The congregation joined in, but it was some time before they could + straighten their stiffened backs, and recover from the spectacle of those + who had died of fright. When the hymn was over, the people fell in each + other’s arms, weeping and laughing like lunatics, as they gave each other + the kiss of peace. + </p> + <p> + So ended the first Millennium after the birth of Christ. + </p> + <p> + In the little castle Paterno on Mount Soracte, the Emperor had spent the + Christmas week and New Year’s Eve in the strictest fast and penance. But + when New Year’s Day was come, and nothing had happened, he returned to + Rome to meet Silvester and take measures for the future. The Emperor’s + friend and teacher received him with a smile which was easy to interpret. + But the monarch was still so much under the effect of his fit of alarm + that he did not venture to be angry. + </p> + <p> + “Will you now return to earth, my son, and look after your mundane + affairs?” said Silvester. + </p> + <p> + “I will, but I must first fulfil two vows which I made in the hour of + need.” + </p> + <p> + “Fulfil them certainly.” + </p> + <p> + “I go to the grave of my friend Adalbert in Gnesen, and I must visit the + funeral vault of Charles the Great in Aachen.” + </p> + <p> + “Do so, but you must at the same time fulfil some commissions which I give + you for the journey.” + </p> + <p> + So they parted. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Two years had passed, when, one day in January, Pope Silvester was + summoned to Paterno, the little castle on Soracte, where the Roman-German + Emperor dwelt, and now lay ill. + </p> + <p> + When Silvester entered the sick-room, the Emperor sat upright, but looked + troubled. “You are ill,” said Silvester: “is it the soul or body?” + </p> + <p> + “I am tired.” + </p> + <p> + “Already, at twenty-two years of age.” + </p> + <p> + “I am despondent.” + </p> + <p> + “You are despondent although you saw the world awake from its nightmare. + Consider, ungrateful man, all that these two years have brought, what + triumphs for Christ, who really seems to have returned. I will enumerate + them: listen! Bohemia has received its Duke, who has eradicated + heathenism; Austria has concentrated itself as a Danube-state the heathen + Magyar has allowed himself to be baptized, and received the crown from our + own hand as Stephen the First; Boleslaw in Poland has also received a + crown and an archbishop; the new kingdom of Russia has accepted baptism + and Vladimir the Great protects us against the Saracens, who are on the + decline, and Seljuks or Turks, who are in the ascendant; Harold of Denmark + and Olaf of Sweden have established Christianity in their dominions; so + has Olaf Tryggveson in Norway and Iceland, in the Faroe Island, in + Shetland and Greenland; and the Dane Sven Tveskägg has secured Britain for + Christianity. France is under the pious Robert II, of the new race of the + Capets, but also of Saxon descent like you. In Spain, the northern States + Leon, Castille, Aragon, Navarre, have at last united, and protect us from + the Moors in Cordova. All this in five years, and under the aegis of Rome! + Is not all this the return of Christ, and do you understand now what + Providence means by the Millennium? Those who are alive at the end of + another thousand years will perhaps see the ripe fruits, while we have + only seen the blossoms. The world is certainly not a paradise, but it is + better than when we had savages in the North and East. And all kings + receive the crown and the pallium from Rome. You are a ruler over the + nations, my Emperor.” + </p> + <p> + “I? You rule their minds, not I, and I will not rule.” + </p> + <p> + “So I have heard, for you have accepted the rule of a woman.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is that?” + </p> + <p> + “They say, and you know the report as well as I do, that it is the widow + of Crescentius, the beautiful Stephania. Well, that is your own affair, + but Solomon says,—‘Beware of your enemies, but be wary with your + friends.’” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor looked as though he wished to defend himself, but could not, + and so the conversation was at an end. + </p> + <p> + Some days after, Otto III was dead, poisoned, so ran the report, in some + way or other, by the beautiful Stephania. + </p> + <p> + A year later Silvester II died also. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0015" id="link2H_4_0015"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PETER THE HERMIT + </h2> + <p> + Christendom had awoken to new life after the great and terrible New Year’s + Eve of 999. Nearly a hundred more years had passed when a ragged + barefooted pilgrim wandered out of the gate of Caesarea, on the shore of + the Mediterranean. This was the town from which Paul had sailed for Rome + in order to spread Christianity, which had now conquered all Europe, but + had not been able to maintain a hold upon its birthplace, the Land of + Promise, in which Christ had lived, suffered, and been buried. + </p> + <p> + The “False Prophet” had been the last possessor of Palestine. But when his + kingdom, like all others, fell to pieces, quite a new race had issued from + the unknown parts of Central Asia and now the Seljuks ruled in Syria. The + last Fatimide Caliphs had been very indifferent in matters of belief, and + the renowned Al Asis, who had married a Christian wife and was himself a + sceptic, had made his wife’s brothers Patriarchs of Jerusalem and + Alexandria. Everything was altered since the time when the terrible Al + Hakim had persecuted Christians as well as Jews, and destroyed the Church + of the Resurrection in Jerusalem. And when the Seljuk Melikscha had at + last captured the town, matters looked almost hopeless for the Christians, + who still made pilgrimages to the Holy Sepulchre. + </p> + <p> + The pilgrim we spoke of above pursued his journey in a south-eastern + direction, and now on the first day he saw the lovely Plain of Sharon + spread out before him like a carpet or rather a sea of flowers—crocuses, + narcissi, ranunculi, anemones, and especially the tall white Sharon + lilies. + </p> + <p> + It was the Promised Land indeed! The whole of the morning he waded in + flowers; at last he reached a village at the foot of a hill. There were + waving corn-crops, climbing vines, flourishing olive and fig trees; + well-fed cattle were watered at the spring, cows and goats were milked. + The pilgrim, who possessed nothing in the world except his rags, asked for + a bowl of milk, but obtained none. He went begging from door to door, but + was hunted away. Every time that he received a refusal he seemed to be + surprisingly cheerful. The fact was, he had come hither from a distant + land in order to be able to realise how his Saviour had suffered, and now + he was graciously allowed to experience it on the holy soil itself. He + passed through the village, and found another sea of flowers outside it. + He bathed his feet in a brook, and felt refreshed. But now at mid-day a + wind from the sea arose, and clouds passed over the land. The violent rain + beat down the fragile lilylike plants, the wind rooted them up or tore + them in two, and collected them in heaps, which rolled along increasing in + size as they went, and crushing other flowers in their path. + </p> + <p> + Towards evening the rain ceased, but the wind continued to blow, and the + darkness came. The weary and hungry traveller prepared himself a bed with + a heap of flowers which he kept in its place with some stones. After he + had hollowed out the heap till it looked like an eagle’s nest, he spread + another pile of flowers over himself, and went to sleep, pleasantly + narcotised by all the sweet scents. For several years he had tasted no + wine and never been intoxicated, but this was a good substitute for it. He + did not know whether he was asleep or awake; sometimes he felt as though + he were rolling away like a wave; sometimes he lay still and listened to a + scratching going on in his nest; there was a blowing and a roaring, a + murmur in his ears and flashing before his eyes. Finally all was still; he + believed he had gone to sleep, for he dreamt. + </p> + <p> + In his dream he was walking on the Mediterranean Sea; that he found quite + natural, but there followed him knights on horseback, troops of armed men, + whole races of people. They reached the land, they marched towards the + East, and finally saw Jerusalem crowning the heights. Walls, battlements, + and towers were crowded with heathen warriors, and the Christian knights + halted in order to take counsel. But he, the poor pilgrim, spoke to them, + and they listened to him. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you fear?” he said, “why do you fear these heathen and their + walls? Look at me! I take my staff, ascend Mount Zion, strike the gate of + David with my staff, and the city opens all her gates!” + </p> + <p> + He did so—in his dream, and Jerusalem was taken. It was a very + simple matter; the knights and the armies honoured him, and he became + governor of Jerusalem. When he awoke on the morrow, he got out of his + nest, and when he looked round, he found himself before the Jaffa Gate of + Jerusalem. He asked himself whether the wind had blown him all that long + way, or whether he had traversed it in sleep. But his dream had been so + vivid, that he found everything natural and simple. + </p> + <p> + He knocked with his staff at the door. And behold! it really opened, but + only by the space of a hand-breadth, and a soldier asked what he wanted. + </p> + <p> + He wished, he said, to visit the Holy Sepulchre. + </p> + <p> + He could do so, was the answer, if he paid thirty silver zecchines. + </p> + <p> + As he had not so much, the gate was again closed. + </p> + <p> + The pilgrim, however, not to be frightened, struck again with his staff, + certain that he would get in. Get in he did, quickly enough, and, after he + had been well thrashed, was thrown out again and fell on a rubbish-heap on + which dogs hunted for bones. This reception was not encouraging, but for + the pilgrim it was exactly what he had expected and wished. He had been + beaten in the same city where his Master Christ had been beaten and + tortured. + </p> + <p> + What an honour! What undeserved grace! + </p> + <p> + But the thirty silver pieces! Why was the price just thirty? Because it + was the traitor’s reward for betraying the Beloved. He would try to + collect them by begging, even if it took him ten years to do so. + </p> + <p> + He exhorted himself to patience, and went southward into the valley of + Hinnom or the valley of Hell, where all the rubbish of the city was + thrown. There was filth and an evil smell there, but the pilgrim did not + notice it, for he only sought to catch a glimpse of the walls of the Holy + City. When he came to the south end of the valley, he really beheld Mount + Zion with David’s Sepulchre. Then he fell on his knees and praised God in + song: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “Lauda Sion Salvatorem + Lauda Ducem et pastorem + In hymnis et canticis.” + </pre> + <p> + Strengthened by prayer, he went on. He knew the topography of the place + well, and when he came on a piece of waste ground underneath the Hill of + Evil Counsel, he knew that it was Aceldama, or the Field of the Dead, + which had been purchased with the traitor’s blood-money to bury strangers + in. But he had no thoughts of death, for he knew that he would live till + he had taken the City. On the other hand, he was hungry. How bitterly he + regretted now that he had not accustomed himself in his youth, like other + famous eremites, to eat grass. Weary, but not depressed, he sat down on a + rubbish heap which seemed quite fresh. + </p> + <p> + As he sat there, a dog came—a mangy famished creature—and laid + his head on the pilgrim’s knee. + </p> + <p> + “I have nothing to give you, poor thing,” said the pilgrim, and wiped the + dog’s eyes with the flaps of its ears, for it looked as though it had + wept. But when the dog heard what the pilgrim said, it understood, for + animals understood all languages merely by the tone. It then began to + rummage in the rubbish heap. And behold! there lay, between two cabbage + leaves, a pomegranate and a piece of white bread. The pilgrim, who was + accustomed to all kinds of miracles, praised God, and ate. And when he had + eaten, he thanked God the Merciful. The dog stood by the whole time, and + watched him. “Ungrateful wretch that I am to have forgotten thee!” said + the pilgrim; “now I will try my fortune!” He began to dig with his staff, + and see! there lay a fresh bone, which he gave to the dog, his benefactor. + They became friends, and kept together. They now went round the southern + end of the city, and turned northward towards the Kedron. They followed + the brook, having the city wall on their left and the Mount of Olives on + their right. From the bottom of the valley he saw the place where the + Temple had been, but no Temple was there now—only the dome of the + Muhammedan mosque. Of the Holy Sepulchre there was nothing visible, for it + lay within the City and was inconspicuous. He came to Gethsemane, where + Christ had suffered, and he climbed the Mount of Olives, from whence he + could look over Jerusalem. He did so, and wept. After he had paid his + devotions in the ruins of the Church of the Resurrection, he went on + northwards round the city, and came again to the Jaffa Gate, where he sat + down, firmly resolved to wait till some Christian pilgrims came, for they + came hither from all countries of the world. He wanted to beg from them + till he had collected the thirty zecchines. So he sat through the first + night without anybody coming. Towards morning the door was opened for the + peasants who brought in provisions, and the bold idea occurred to him of + trying to get in with them, but he was immediately detected and thrashed + again. This, however, did not frighten him; he repeated the attempt every + morning, though unsuccessfully. He slept on the ground, and ate from the + rubbish heaps; he was jeered at by the children, beaten by the adults, and + took everything quietly, convinced that some day his dream would be + fulfilled. For thirty days he sat at the gate and received no money, but + on the thirty-first he got up in order to take some exercise. He wandered + down into the Valley of Hinnom, and his dog “Trusty” ran in front of him. + </p> + <p> + After he had walked for a while he noticed that his companion had + vanished. When he called him, the dog answered by barking. The pilgrim + followed the sound, and presently he saw the dog standing by a hole in the + wall. There was an entrance, and, following his guide, he came without + hindrance right into the town. The first thing he did was to visit the + Holy Sepulchre, but it was closed. Then he remembered that there was a + Patriarch of Jerusalem, who in some degree acted as a protector of the + Christians. But where did he live? “Perhaps you know,” he said to the dog. + </p> + <p> + The dog understood, pricked up his ears, and ran through a labyrinth of + crooked streets till he stood at a little door, with a bell-cord hanging + by it. The pilgrim pulled it, the door opened, and an old white-bearded + man came out, reached the new-comer his hand, led him like a friend into + the house, and bade him sit down. “I have waited long for you, Peter,” he + said. “Yes, I recognise you, for I have seen you for a year in my dreams, + but I know not who you are, and whence you come. Tell me your history.” + </p> + <p> + “My history! I am from Amiens in France. I am now called Peter; was + formerly a soldier, followed William the Conqueror to Hastings, and took + part in the invasion of England. I returned to my own country, and became + a school teacher. I could, however, obtain no peace in my soul, but + entered a convent. In the solitude of my cell, I reflected on what I heard + from my brother monks in the chapter. It was the time when Henry IV began + the conflict with Gregory VII. The Pope was right, for Europe ought to be + governed from Rome, and Gregory, who wished to set up Christ’s Kingdom in + spirit and in truth, had united all Christian States together; he imposed + tribute from Scandinavia to the Pillars of Hercules. The Emperor was a + schismatic, and worked only in the interests of Germany. The matter ended + at Canossa, as you know, when the Emperor had to kiss the Pope’s foot. And + that was right at that time, for the spiritual head is higher than the + worldly one. But Canossa was not the end. Gregory, the mighty champion of + the Lord, fell into the same sin as David. In the first place, he summoned + the Norman Guiscard from Sicily to his aid. Guiscard came with a horde of + Turks and heathen, pillaged Rome, and set it on fire. That was shameful of + the Pope, who now fled with Guiscard to Salerno—which was <i>his</i> + Canossa. But he was also still cruel enough to stir up Henry’s sons + against their father. Then the great Gregory died in banishment, and Rome + was extinct. Rome is no more, but Jerusalem shall be. The chief city of + Christendom shall be born again, and rise from its ruins.” + </p> + <p> + The Patriarch had listened, and, though he smiled at first, he was finally + serious. “Your faith is great, my son,” he said. “But who will take the + lead? Who will collect the people?” + </p> + <p> + “I,” answered the Hermit—“I will open the Holy Sepulchre; I will + drive out the heathen, and I will have the first Christian King of + Jerusalem crowned!” + </p> + <p> + “With two empty hands?” + </p> + <p> + “With my rock-like faith.” + </p> + <p> + There was silence. + </p> + <p> + “Say something, Patriarch!” resumed Peter. “Try to damp my courage if you + can; confront me with objections, and rob me of confidence. You cannot! + There, I will go now to Rome and speak with Urban II. But give me a letter + to confirm my statements when I describe the behaviour of the heathen in + the city of Christ. I ask nothing else of you; the rest I will do myself.” + </p> + <p> + “Whoever you are, you shall have the letter, but rest first for a few + days.” + </p> + <p> + “No! I have gone three hundred and fifty miles and rested for thirty days. + Give me something to eat in the kitchen, while you write the letter, and I + start before sunset. When I come again, I shall not be alone, but my name + will be Legion. And you will see the accomplishment of my words and your + dreams, for God wills it.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Hermit Peter walked a hundred and fifty miles to Piacenza, and there + met Pope Urban II, who was holding a council. He received no + encouragement, for the idea of a crusade was no novelty. Gregory VII had + collected fifty thousand men for that purpose, but could not carry out his + plan. With a true Christian spirit, the Hermit took this failure as a + warning to redouble his efforts. + </p> + <p> + He went to France, preached and stirred up the people, with the result + that all France was aflame with crusading fervour when Urban II came to + Clermont to hold another council. Then the Crusade was determined on. + Peter could not wait, but, together with Walter Pexejo and Walter von + Habenichts, he collected a host which finally reached forty thousand in + number, including old men, women, and children. There were no soldiers + however, but only adventurers who wanted to run away, slaves who sought + freedom, and malcontents who wished for change. + </p> + <p> + They followed the Rhine towards its source, and then the Danube, along + whose banks the great road to the East ran. As they approached the + frontier of Hungary their number had increased to sixty thousand. The King + of Hungary, Kolowan, was not exactly hospitable, and not a person whom it + was safe to jest with. The Crusaders received a hint that they were not + very welcome, and therefore sent their only mounted men,—exactly six + in number—as ambassadors to the King. + </p> + <p> + Kolowan was in Pesth, with a well-equipped army, and his country was + enjoying the blessings of peace, when the envoys arrived. “What do you + want?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “We seek a free passage to Constantinople.” + </p> + <p> + “How many of you are there?” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly sixty thousand.” + </p> + <p> + “Although I feel honoured by the visit, I cannot entertain grasshoppers. I + have heard of your wild enterprise; I know that you have no provisions + with you, and that you beg and steal. Return therefore to your country, or + I will treat you as enemies!” + </p> + <p> + The envoys rode back with the King’s answer. But Peter would not turn + back. + </p> + <p> + “Forward! forward! Crusaders and Christians!” he cried, and the whole host + crossed the frontier. The Hermit rode on an ass at the head of them, and + knew not what went on behind him—robbery, drunkenness, and licence. + </p> + <p> + The King learned what had happened, and rode out with all his knights. + When he saw this mass of ragged rascals, drunk and savage, but all wearing + the red cross, he fell in a rage and attacked them. Those who did not fly + were trampled underfoot and sabred down so mercilessly, that, out of the + sixty thousand, only three thousand reached Constantinople, among whom was + the Hermit. + </p> + <p> + “We have sown our blood,” he said; “our successors will reap.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor of Constantinople had certainly for a long time waited for + help from the West against the wild Seljuks, but he had expected armed + men. When he now received a rabble of three thousand beggars and + vagabonds, many of them wounded, he resolved to get rid of these guests as + honourably as possible. He set them in flat-bottomed boats, and shipped + them across to Asia Minor. “Thence you have a straight road to Jerusalem,” + he said. But he did not say that the Seljuks were encamped on the opposite + coast. Accordingly, the rest of them were massacred by the wild hordes + near Nicasa—in the same town in which, during the early days of + Christianity, so many fateful debates had taken place. + </p> + <p> + But the Hermit escaped, and returned to Constantinople, where he waited + for the great army of the Crusaders. He waited a whole year, just as + confident of victory and undismayed as before. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In the little town Tiberias, on the shore of the Lake of Gennesareth sat + the old Jew Eleazar, with his family, prepared to celebrate the Passover, + or the Exodus from Egypt. It was the tenth day of the month Nisan of the + year 1098. The lake shone clear, and its banks were green; the oleanders + were in blossom, the lilies had sprung up in the pleasant season when the + earth rejoices. + </p> + <p> + It was evening; all members of the family were dressed as though for a + journey, with shoes on their feet and staves in their hands. They stood + round the covered table on which the roasted lamb smoked in a dish + surrounded by bitter lettuce. The ancestral wine-cup was filled with wine, + and white unleavened bread laid on a plate close by. + </p> + <p> + After the head of the family had washed his hands, he blessed the gifts of + God, drank some wine, returned thanks, and invited the others to drink. + Then he took some of the bitter herbs, and ate and gave to the others. + Then he read from the book of Moses a passage concerning the significance + of the feast. After that, the second cup of wine was served, and the + youngest son of the house stepped forward and asked, according to the + sacred custom, “What is the meaning of this feast?” + </p> + <p> + The father answered: “The Lord brought us with a strong hand out of the + Egyptian bondage.” + </p> + <p> + As he drank from the second cup, he said, “Praise the Lord, O my soul, and + forget not all His benefits.” They then all sang the 115th Psalm, “Not + unto us, O Lord, not unto us, but unto Thy name give the praise, for Thy + truth and mercy’s sake. Wherefore should the heathen say, Where is now + their God?” + </p> + <p> + Thereupon a blessing was pronounced on the unleavened bread and the + roasted lamb, and they sat down to eat, in a state of contentment and with + harmless talk. The old Eleazar spoke of past times, and contrasted them + with them the present: “Man born of a woman lives but a short time, and is + full of trouble; he cometh up like a flower, and is cut down; he fleeth + hence like a shadow, and continueth not. A stranger and a sojourner is he + upon earth, and therefore he should be always ready for his journey as we + are, this holy evening.” + </p> + <p> + The eldest son Jacob, who had come home in the evening after a journey, + seemed to wish to say something, but did not venture to do so, till the + fourth and last cup was drunk. + </p> + <p> + “But, my children,” continued Eleazar, “not only is Israel unsettled and + roaming on the earth, but all nations are in a state of wandering. The + difference between them and us is that their gods are mortal, while + Israel’s God lives. Where is Zeus, the god of the Greeks? Where is the + Romans’ Jupiter? Where are the Egyptians’ Isis, Osiris, and Ptha? Where is + the Woutan of the Germans, the Teutates of the Gauls? They are all dead, + but Israel’s God lives; He cannot die. We are at any rate in Canaan, in + our fathers’ land, even if Zion is no longer ours, and we cannot forget + the goodness which the Lord has shown us.” + </p> + <p> + The last cup was drunk, and after another psalm the festival was at an + end. + </p> + <p> + “Now, Jacob,” said Eleazar, “you want to talk. You come from a journey, + though somewhat late, and have something new to tell us. Hush! I hear + steps in the garden!” + </p> + <p> + All hurried to the window, for they lived in troublous times; but, as no + one was to be seen outside, they sat down again at the table. + </p> + <p> + “Speak, Jacob,” Eleazar said again. + </p> + <p> + “I come from Antioch, where the Crusaders are besieged by Kerboga, the + Emir of Mosul. Famine has raged among them, and of three hundred thousand + Goyim, [Footnote: Gentiles.] only twenty thousand remain.” + </p> + <p> + “What had they to do here?” + </p> + <p> + “Now, on the roads, they are talking of a new battle which the Goyim have + won, and they believe that the Crusaders will march straight on + Jerusalem.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, they won’t come here.” + </p> + <p> + “They won’t find the way, unless there are traitors.” + </p> + <p> + “Moslems or Christians, they are all alike, but Moslems could be our + friends, because they are of Abraham’s seed. ‘God is One!’ Had their + Prophet stood by that, there would have been nothing between us, but he + fell through pride and coupling his own name with that of the Highest—‘Muhammed + is His Prophet.’ Perhaps, but he should not be named in the same breath + with the Eternal. The Christians call him a ‘false prophet,’ but that he + was not.” + </p> + <p> + “The Christians could rather....” + </p> + <p> + “The Christians are misguided, and their doctrine is folly. They believe + the Messiah has come, although the world is like a hell, and men resemble + devils! And it ever gets worse....” + </p> + <p> + Then the door was flung open, and on the threshold appeared a little man, + emaciated as a skeleton, with burning eyes. He was clothed in rags, + carried a cross in his hand, and bore a red cross-shaped sign on his + shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Are you Christians?” he asked, “since you drink of the cup and eat the + bread, as our Lord Jesus Christ did on the night of his betrayal?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Eleazar, “we are of Israel.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you have eaten and drunk your own damnation, and misused the Holy + Sacrament for purposes of witchcraft! Out with you!—down to the lake + and be baptized, or you will die the death!” + </p> + <p> + Then Eleazar turned to the Hermit, and cried “No! I and my house will + serve the Lord, as we have done this holy evening according to the law of + our fathers. We suffer for our sins, that is true, but you, godless, + cursed man, pride not yourself on your power, for you have not yet escaped + the judgment of Almighty God. I will give my life and shed my blood for + the law of my fathers, but God’s justice will punish you, as your pride + has deserved.” + </p> + <p> + The Hermit had gone out to his followers. Those within the house closed + the window-shutters and the door. + </p> + <p> + There was a cry without: “Fire the house!” + </p> + <p> + “Let us bless God, and die!” said Eleazar, and none of them hesitated. + </p> + <p> + All fell on their knees. Eleazar spoke: “I know that my Redeemer liveth, + and that He will stand at the latter day upon the earth. And when I am + free from my flesh, I shall see God. Him shall I see and not another, and + for that my soul and my heart cry out.” + </p> + <p> + The mother had taken the youngest son in her arms, as though she wished to + protect him against the fire which now seized on the wall. + </p> + <p> + Then Eleazar began the Song of the Three Children in the fire, and when + they came to the words, + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “O Thank the Lord, for He is good, + And His mercy endureth for ever.” + </pre> + <p> + their voices were choked, and they ended their days like the Maccabees. + </p> + <p> + On 16th July 1069, Peter the Hermit entered Jerusalem through the same + Jaffa Gate before which he had sat as a beggar. When Godfrey of Bouillon + became King of Jerusalem, Peter was appointed Governor. After he had seen + his dream fulfilled, he returned to his own country, entered the convent + Neufmoustier, near Lüttich, and remained there till his death. + </p> + <p> + The Kingdom of Jerusalem soon came to an end. The Muhammedans re-occupied + it, and remain there to this day. + </p> + <p> + The remarkable thing about these predatory expeditions—the Crusades—was + that they were led by the Normans, and were curiously like the raids of + the Vikings. The indirect results of the Crusades are still treated of in + students’ essays, which generally close with the moral, “there is nothing + evil which does not bring some good with it.” Voltaire and Hume, on the + other hand, regard the Crusades as the enterprises of lunatics. It is a + difficult matter to decide! + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0016" id="link2H_4_0016"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + LAOCOON + </h2> + <p> + On the Esquiline Hill in Rome, on a spring day in 1506, Signor de Fredis + was walking in his vineyard. The day before, his workmen had been digging + a pit to seek water, but found none. Signer de Fredis stood by it, and + asked himself whether it was not a pity that so much earth had been thrown + out, and whether it could not be utilised in the vineyard. He felt about + with his stick in the upper part of the pit to ascertain how deep the soil + was. The stick sank in the earth up to its handle without meeting with any + resistance. + </p> + <p> + “There must be a hollow under the ground,” he said to himself. He first + thought of calling the workmen, but since it was better to make the + discovery himself, he took a mattock and spade and set to work. By noon he + had made a hole large enough to get through, but since it was pitch-black + inside, he first went to fetch a lantern. Carrying this, he went down into + the earth, and came into a vaulted room. He went through five rooms and + found no treasures, but in the sixth he saw a sight that startled him. + </p> + <p> + Two enormous snakes had enfolded in the coils a bearded man of heroic + stature and his two boys. + </p> + <p> + One snake had already bitten the man in the right side, and the other had + bitten one of the boys in the left. The apparition was a statue of + Pentelic marble, and might therefore possess as much value as a treasure. + Signor de Fredis went at once to the Prefect of the City, who followed him + in company with the Aedile and some learned antiquaries. The work of art + was brought to the light, and inspected. Its subject was seen to be the + Trojan priest Laocoon, against whom Apollo had sent two snakes because he + had warned his countrymen against receiving the dangerous Greek gift of + the Trojan horse, in which warriors lay concealed. + </p> + <p> + It was not an edifying story, nor a comforting one, since it illustrated + the sad lot of a prophet in this world. The Romans, however, did not think + of that, but greeted the statue as a sign of the Renaissance, a memorial + of the classical period, and an omen of better times to come. + </p> + <p> + Pope Julius II bought the Laocoon for the Vatican, after Michael Angelo + had declared it was the greatest work of art in the world, and Signor de + Fredis received a pension for life. The excavation and cleaning of the + statue took a considerable time. But when at last it was ready, it was + decorated with flowers, and carried in procession though the streets of + Rome, while all the church-bells rang for a whole hour. + </p> + <p> + As the procession passed up the Via Flaminia, an Augustinian monk came + down it from the northern gate of the city. In front of Hadrian’s + triumphal arch, he met the crowd carrying their beloved Laocoon. The monk + did not immediately understand the matter. He thought, it is true, that + the statue was that of a martyr, but could not think of any martyr who had + died in a pit of snakes. He therefore turned to a citizen, and asked in + Latin, “Which of the holy Church martyrs is it?” + </p> + <p> + The citizen laughed as at a good jest, but did not think it necessary to + answer. + </p> + <p> + Now came the crowd singing about the Trojan horse, and jesting about + priests. The fact that it was a priest on whom the snakes had fastened + seemed to afford especial delight to the sceptical and priest-hating + rabble. + </p> + <p> + The Augustinian monk thought of his Virgil, when he heard the word Troy, + and, as the statue came nearer, he could read the name Laocoon, the + celebrated priest of Apollo. “Are the church-bells ringing for <i>that</i>?” + he asked his neighbour again. + </p> + <p> + The latter nodded. + </p> + <p> + “Are the people mad?” he asked, and this time he received an answer: “No, + they are wise; but you are somewhat stupid; probably you come from + Germany.” + </p> + <p> + At the dawn of this day, the monk had seen the Holy City at sunrise, and + had fallen on his knees in the high road to thank God for the great favour + vouchsafed to him of at last treading the soil which had been hallowed by + the footprints of Apostles and martyrs. But now he felt depressed, for he + understood nothing of this heathenish business, and, wandering through the + streets of the city, he tried to find the Scala Santa in the southern + quarter, where all pilgrims first paid their devotions when they came to + Rome. + </p> + <p> + Here, in the square by the Lateran, Constantine’s wife, Helena, had caused + the staircase of Pilate’s Palace to be erected, and it was customary to + ascend it kneeling, and not in an erect attitude. + </p> + <p> + The monk approached the holy spot with all the reverence with which his + pious spirit inspired him. He hoped to feel the same ecstasy which he had + felt before other sanctuaries and relics, for the Redeemer Himself had + trodden these marble steps heavily as he went to His doom. + </p> + <p> + The monk’s astonishment was therefore great when he saw street-urchins + playing on them with buttons and little stones, and he could hardly + contain himself when young priests came running and sprang up the eight + and twenty steps in a few bounds. + </p> + <p> + He paid his devotions in the usual way, but without feeling the ecstasy + which he had hoped for. + </p> + <p> + Then he went into the Church of the Lateran and heard a mass. He had + imagined that he would find a cathedral in the genuine Gothic style, + something like that of Cologne, but he found a Basilica or Roman hall, + where in heathen times a market had been held, and it looked very worldly. + </p> + <p> + At the High Altar there stood two priests before the Epistle and the + Gospel. However, they neither read nor sang; they only gossiped with each + other, and pretended to turn the leaves; sometimes they laughed, and when + it was over they went their way, without giving a blessing or making the + sign of the cross. + </p> + <p> + “Is this the Holy City?” he asked himself, and went out into the streets + again. + </p> + <p> + His business in Rome was to interview the Vicar-General of the + Augustinians, about a matter which concerned his convent, but he first + wished to look about him. As he went along he came to a little church on + the outer wall. In the open space in front of it a pagan festival was + being held: Bacchus was represented sitting on a barrel, scantily clothed + nymphs rode on horses, and behind them were satyrs, fauns, Apollo, + Mercury, Venus. + </p> + <p> + The monk hastened into the church to escape the sight of the abomination. + But in the sacred place he came upon another scandal. Before the altar + stood an ass with an open book before it; below the ass stood a priest and + read mass. Instead of answering “Amen,” the congregation hee-hawed like + asses, and everyone laughed. + </p> + <p> + That was the classical “Asses’ Festival,” which had been forbidden in the + previous century, but which, during the Carnival, had been again resumed. + The monk did not understand where he was, but thought he was in the hell + of the heathen; but it was still worse when a priest disguised as Bacchus, + his face smeared with dregs of wine, entered the pulpit, and, taking a + text from Boccaccio’s <i>Decameron</i>, preached an indecent discourse, + presently, with a skilful turn, going on to narrate a legend about St. + Peter. It began in a poetical way, like other legends, but then made Peter + come to an alehouse and cheat the innkeeper about the reckoning. + </p> + <p> + The monk rushed out of the church, and through the streets till he reached + the Convent of the Augustines which he sought. He rang, was admitted, and + led into the refectory, where the Prior sat at a covered table surrounded + by priests who were entertained in the convent in order to make their + confessions, and to take the communion during the fast. Before them were + pheasants, with truffles and hard-boiled eggs, salmon and oysters, eels + and heads of wild boar—above all, quantities of wine in pitchers and + glasses. + </p> + <p> + “Sit down, little monk!” was the Prior’s greeting. “You have a letter: + good! Put it under the table-cloth. Eat, drink, and be merry, for tomorrow + we die!” + </p> + <p> + The monk sat down, but it was Friday, and he could not bring himself to + eat flesh on that day. It pained him also to see the licence which + prevailed here; still they were his superiors, and the rule of his order + forbade him to reprove them. + </p> + <p> + The Prior, who had just been speaking with some special guest, continued + to talk volubly, although conversation was forbidden. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, worthy friend, we have come as far as this now in Rome. This is + Christ’s Kingdom as it was announced at the first Christmas, ‘One + Shepherd, One Sheepfold.’ The Holy Father rules over the whole Roman + Empire as it was under Caesar and Augustus. But mark well! this empire is + a spiritual one, and all these earthly princes lie at the feet of Christ’s + representative. This is the crown of all epochs of the world’s history. + ‘One Shepherd, One Sheepfold!’ Bibamus!” + </p> + <p> + On the little platform, where formerly a reader used to read out of holy + books while the meal was going on, some musicians now sat with flutes and + lutes. They struck up an air, and the cups were emptied. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” continued the Prior to the monk, “you have come from far; what news + have you brought?” + </p> + <p> + “Anything new under the sun? Yes,” answered a slightly inebriated prelate, + “Christopher Columbus is dead, and buried in Valladolid. He died poor, as + was to be expected.” + </p> + <p> + “Pride comes before a fall. He was not content with his honours, but + wished to be Viceroy and to levy taxes.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but at any rate he got to India, to East India, after he had sailed + westward. It is enough to make one crazy when one tries to understand it. + Sailing west in order to go east!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is all mad, but the worst is that he has brought the cursed + sickness, lues”—(here he whispered). “It has already attacked + Cardinal John de Medici. You know he is said to be the Pope’s successor.” + </p> + <p> + “As regards the Holy Father, our great Julius II, he is a valiant champion + of the Lord, and now the world has seen what this basilisk-egg, France, + has hatched. Fancy! they want to come now and divide our Italy among them! + As if we did not have enough with the Germans.” + </p> + <p> + “The French in Naples! What the deuce have we to do with them?” + </p> + <p> + The Prior now felt obliged to attend to his guest, the monk. + </p> + <p> + “Eat, little monk,” he said. “He who is weak, eateth herbs, and all flesh + is grass, <i>ergo</i>....” + </p> + <p> + “I never eat meat on Friday, the day on which our Lord Jesus Christ + suffered and died!” + </p> + <p> + “Then you are wrong! But you must not speak so loud, you understand, for + if you sin, you must go in your room, and hold your mouth! Practise + obedience and silence, the first virtues of our Order.” + </p> + <p> + The monk turned first red, then pale, and his cheekbones could be seen + through his thin cheeks. But he kept silence, after he had taken a + spoonful of salt in his mouth to help him to control his tongue. + </p> + <p> + “He is a Maccabee,” whispered the prelate. + </p> + <p> + “Conventual disciple is decaying,” continued the Prior, jocosely; “the + young monks do not obey their superiors any more, but we must have a + reformation! Drink, monk, and give me an answer!” + </p> + <p> + “We must obey God rather than man,” answered the monk. There was an + embarrassed pause, and the prelate who had to communicate in the evening + declined to drink any more. But this vexed the Prior, who felt the implied + reproof. + </p> + <p> + “You are from the country, my friend,” he said to the monk, “and know not + the time, nor the spirit of the time. You must have a licence for me—it + must be paid for of course—and then the day is not dishonoured. + Besides—<i>panis es et esto</i>. Here you have wine and bread—with + butter on it. More wine, boy!” + </p> + <p> + The monk rose to go; the Prior seemed to wake to recollection. + </p> + <p> + “What is your name, monk?” + </p> + <p> + “My name is Martin, Master of Philosophy, from Wittenberg.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, thank you. But don’t go yet! Give me your letter.” The monk + handed over the letter, which the Prior opened and glanced through. + </p> + <p> + “The Kurfürst of Saxony! Master Martin Luther, go if you wish to your + chamber. Rest till the evening, then we will go together to the assembly + at Chigi. There we shall meet elegant people like Cardinal John de Medici, + great men like Raphael, and the Archangel Michael himself. Do you know + Michael Angelo, who is building the new Church of St. Peter and painting + the Sistine Chapel? No! then you will learn to know him. <i>Vale</i>, + brother, and sleep well.” + </p> + <p> + Master Martin Luther went, sorely troubled, but resolved to see more of + the state of affairs before judging too hastily. + </p> + <p> + Cards were now brought out, and the Prior shuffled them. + </p> + <p> + “That is an unpleasant fellow, whom the Kurfürst had sent to us. A + hypocrite, who does not drink wine and crosses himself at the sight of a + pheasant!” + </p> + <p> + “There was an ill-omened look about the man.” + </p> + <p> + “He looked something like the Trojan horse, and Beelzebub only knows what + he has in his belly.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + When Luther came into his lonely cell, he wept with a young man’s + boundless grief when reality contradicts his expectations, and he finds + that all which he has learnt to prize is only contemptible and common. + </p> + <p> + He was not, however, allowed to be alone long, for there was a knock at + the door, and there entered a young Augustinian monk, who seemed, with a + confidential air, to invite his acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + “Brother Martin, you must not be solitary, but open your heart to + sympathetic friends.” + </p> + <p> + He took Martin’s hands. “Tell me,” he said, “what troubles you, and I will + answer you.” + </p> + <p> + Luther looked at the young monk, and saw that he was a swarthy Italian + with glowing eyes. But he had been so long alone that he felt the + necessity of speech. + </p> + <p> + “What do you think,” he said, “our Lord Christ would say if he now arose + and came into the Holy City?” + </p> + <p> + “He would rejoice that His churches, His three hundred and sixty-five + churches, are built on the foundations of the heathen temples. You know + that since Charles the Great dragged the great marble pillars to Aachen in + order to build his cathedral, our Popes have also gone to work, and the + heathen and their houses have been literally laid at the feet of Christ. + That is grand and something to rejoice at! <i>Ecclesia Triumphans!</i> + Would not Christ rejoice at it? How well Innocent III has expressed the + ‘Idea’ of the conquering Church, as Plato would call it. You know Plato—the + Pope has just paid five thousand ducats for a manuscript of the <i>Timoeus</i>. + Pope Innocent says: ‘St Peter’s successors have received from God the + commission not only to rule the Church but the whole world. As God has set + two great lights in the sky, he has also set up two great powers on earth, + the Papacy, which is the higher because the care of souls is committed to + it, and the Royal power which is the lower, and to which only the charge + of the bodies of men is committed.’ If you have any objection to make to + that, brother, speak it out.” + </p> + <p> + “No, not against that, but against everything which I have seen and + heard.” + </p> + <p> + “For example? Do you mean eating and drinking?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that also.” + </p> + <p> + “How petty-minded you are! I speak of the highest things, and you talk + about eating and drinking. Fie! Martin! you are a meat-rejector and a + wine-eschewing Turk! But I accept your challenge. Our Lord Christ allowed + His disciples to pluck ears of corn on the Sabbath; that was against the + law of Moses, and was disapproved of by the Pharisees.... You are a + Pharisee. But now I will also remind you of what Paul writes to the Romans—the + Romans among whom we count ourselves; perhaps as a German subject, you + have not the right to do that. Well, Paul writes: ‘You look on the + outside.’” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me, that is the Epistle to the Corinthians.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you look on the outside too. But Paul says further, ‘All things are + lawful to me, but all things are not profitable. All that is sold in the + market-place, that eat and ask nothing for conscience’ sake; for the earth + is the Lord’s and the fulness thereof.’ Those are clear words, and a + Frenchman would call them liberal-minded. But you come here like a + Pharisee, and wish to rebuke your superiors for trifles; and the + ordinances of men are more to you than God’s command. Fie! Martin! + Remember your own words: ‘We should obey God rather than men!’ You + conceited slave of the letter, you should read Paul.” + </p> + <p> + Luther was not yet so familiar with the Holy Scriptures as he afterwards + became, for in the convent he had chiefly studied the Corpus Juris, + Aristotle, Virgil, and the comedies of Plautus, and was somewhat depressed + after his severe inward conflicts. Therefore he gave no answer, but chafed + internally. + </p> + <p> + “Have you any other question for me?” began the Augustinian again, with an + affected air of sympathy which irritated Luther still more. “I can + understand that our national customs have annoyed you as a—foreigner. + Every country has its own customs, and we keep our Roman Carnival by + making ridicule of the dead gods of the old heathen, if one can call them + gods! I believe you do the same in Germany, though in a coarser way. You + must put up with that. As regards the ‘Festival of the Ass,’ that had + originally a beautiful significance, since the poor animal was honoured + with the task of carrying our Saviour and His mother into Egypt. But, as + you know, the common people drag everything that is great and beautiful + into the dust. Can we help it? Can I do you any service? Do you want + anything?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing; but I thank you!” Luther was again alone, and the fiends of + doubt were again let loose upon him. The man was certainly right from his + own point of view, and he had strengthened his assertions by arguments and + by citations from Paul. But his point of view was false;—that was + the matter. How, then, was one to alter one’s point of view? That was only + the effect of faith through grace, and therefore not the work of man. + </p> + <p> + Then his introspective mind, which had been trained in the Aristotelian + dialectic, began to examine his opponent’s point of view. A merciful + loving Heavenly Father might very well smile at the follies and weaknesses + of His human children; why, then, should we not be able to do the same? + Why should we be stricter than He? As long as we live in the flesh, we + must think according to the flesh, but that does not prevent the spirit + obtaining its due rights. + </p> + <p> + Did not Paul himself say, “So then we hold that man is justified by faith + without the deeds of the law”? + </p> + <p> + Yes, but were these drunken and licentious ecclesiastics really believers? + The Prior had blasphemed the Sacrament, and given the prelate a + dispensation from hearing confession and celebrating mass in consideration + of a fee. That was monstrous, heathenish, and a Satanic abomination. + Certainly, but faith itself was a gift bestowed by grace, and if these men + had not obtained grace they were guiltless. But they were hardened + sinners! Paul again gave the answer to this: “The Lord receives whom He + will, and whom He will He hardeneth.” If God had hardened them, as He + hardened Pharaoh’s heart, then they were guiltless; and if so, why should + we venture to judge and condemn them. A mill-wheel seemed to go round in + his head, and he blamed Aristotle the heathen, who had seduced him in his + youth, and taught him to split hairs about simple matters. He felt also + that Paul could not help him, since such was his teaching. Feeling quite + crushed, he knelt down again on his praying stool, and implored God to + take him out of this world of lying deceit and uncertainty. In this world + one was surrounded by darkness without being able to kindle a light; in + this life one was driven to battle without having received weapons. So he + prayed and struggled with himself till the evening. + </p> + <p> + Then the Prior came and fetched him. “My son,” he said, “my dear brother, + you must not make a paramour of religion; you must not practise it as a + daily task or a bad habit. You must live your life and regard it as a + melody, while religion is a gentle accompaniment to it. Work is for every + day, rest and festival for Sundays. But if you keep your Sabbath on the + week-day you sin.... Come! now I will show you Rome!” + </p> + <p> + Martin followed him, but unwillingly. The streets were illuminated, and + the people were amusing themselves with dancing, music, and jugglers’ + feats. + </p> + <p> + “You must know where we are going,” said the Prior. “This Agostino Chigi + is a banker, almost as rich as the House of Fugger in Augsburg, and he + looks after the Pope’s business affairs. Moreover, he is a Maecenas, who + patronises the fine arts. His especial protégé is Raphael, who has just + painted some beautiful large pictures in his villa, which we will now + see.” + </p> + <p> + They reached the Tiber, followed the right bank, went over a bridge, and + stood before a garden which was enclosed by marble pillars and a—gilded + iron fence. It was now dark, and the garden was illuminated by lanterns + which hung on the boughs of the orange-trees, and so lit up the ripe + fruits that they gleamed like gold. ‘White marble statues stood among the + dark-leaved trees; fountains sent up jets of perfumed spray; among the + shrubberies one saw ladies with their gallants; here a singer was + accompanying himself on the lute; there a poet was reading his verses. + </p> + <p> + In the midst of the park stood the villa which resembled that of Maecenas + in the Sabine Hills or Cicero’s Tusculum, and was adorned with statues’ of + heathen gods. The doors stood open, and there was a sound of music within. + “People are not introduced to the host here,” said the Prior, “for he does + not like ceremony; therefore I leave you alone now, and you must find + acquaintances for yourself; surprises are always pleasant.” + </p> + <p> + Luther found himself alone, and turned irresolutely to the right, where he + saw a row of illuminated rooms. They were full of guests drinking and + chatting, but no one noticed the poor monk, who could listen undisturbed + to their conversation. In the first room a group had formed round a man + who was distributing specimens of a printed book, the leaves of which + people were eagerly turning. + </p> + <p> + “Hylacompus? is that a pseudonym?” asked one of them. + </p> + <p> + “He is a—printer called Waldseemüller in Saint-Dié.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>Cosmographies Introductio</i>—a description of the New World.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall at last get information about these fables of Columbus.” + </p> + <p> + “Columbus will not travel any more.” + </p> + <p> + “Columbus has travelled to—hell! Now it is Amerigo Vespucci’s turn.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a Florentine and a fellow-countrymen.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Columbus was a Genoese.” + </p> + <p> + “Look you! Rome rules the world, the known and the unknown alike! <i>Urbs + est urbs!</i> And nowadays you can meet all the nations of the world at + the house of the Roman Chigi. I have, as a matter of fact, seen Turks, + Mongols, Danes, and Russians here this evening.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like to see a Turk! I like the Turks especially, because they + have blown that rotten Byzantium to pieces—Byzantium which dared to + call itself the ‘Eastern Rome.’ Now there is only one Rome!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know that our Holy Father is treating with Sultan Bajazet + regarding help against Venice.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but that is diabolical! We must at any rate act as though we were + Christians.” + </p> + <p> + “Act—yes; for I am not a Christian, nor are you.” + </p> + <p> + “If one must have a religion, give me Islam! God is One! That is the whole + of its theology; a prayer-mat is its whole liturgy.” + </p> + <p> + “You have to have a washing-basin besides.” + </p> + <p> + “And a harem.” + </p> + <p> + “Things are certainly in a bad way with our religion. If one reads its + history, it is a history of the decay of Christianity. That has been + continually going on for fifteen hundred years since the days of the + Apostles; soon the process of degeneration must be complete.” + </p> + <p> + “And if one reads the history of the Papacy, it is the same.” + </p> + <p> + “No, hush!” said a fat Cardinal, “you must let the papal throne remain + till I have sat in it.” + </p> + <p> + “After a Borgia, it would suit as well to have a Medici like you, and + especially a son of Lorenzo the Magnificent.” + </p> + <p> + “Will not the cardinals dance?” asked one, who seemed to be Chigi himself. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, after supper, in the pavilion, and behind closed doors,” answered + the Cardinal de Medici, “and after I have hung up the red hat.” + </p> + <p> + So much was clear to Luther from the foregoing conversation,—that he + had seen and heard the representatives of the highest ranks of the + priesthood, and that the stout man was John de Medici, the candidate for + the papal chair. + </p> + <p> + He went quickly through several other rooms where half-intoxicated women + were coquetting with their paramours. At last he came into the great + banqueting hall. There stood groups of ambassadors and pilgrims, + representing all nations of the world. They were looking at the ceiling + and admiring the paintings on it. Luther followed their example, while he + listened to their remarks. + </p> + <p> + “This is like looking at the sky; one has to lie on one’s back.” + </p> + <p> + “I know nothing more beautiful than sunrise and the nude.” + </p> + <p> + “Raphael is indeed a divine painter.” + </p> + <p> + “What luck that Savonarola is burnt, else he would have burnt these + paintings.” + </p> + <p> + At the mention of Savonarola’s name the monk awoke from the state of + aesthetic intoxication into which the pictures had brought him, and rushed + out into the night. Savonarola, the last of the martyrs, who had sought to + save Christendom and had been burnt! All were burnt who tried to serve + Christ—by way of encouraging them. + </p> + <p> + How could one expect people to believe in Christianity? What added to his + trouble of mind was the fact that this painter who had the name of an + angel, and looked like an angel, painted Jupiter and nude women! Nothing + kept what it promised; all was dust and ashes. <i>Vanitas!</i> But this + heathenism which sprang from the earth, what was its object? + </p> + <p> + Even the divine Dante had chosen a heathen Roman poet, Virgil, as his + guide through Hell, and a beautiful maiden as his companion on the way to + heaven. That was foolishness and blasphemy. + </p> + <p> + The end of the world must be approaching, for Antichrist was come and + ruled in Rome. But an Antichrist had always sat on the Papal throne, which + was itself an evil, for Paul had taught that in Christ’s Church we are all + priests and should form a priesthood. + </p> + <p> + So he reached his cell again, and recovered himself and his God in + solitude. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The next morning he went out in order to see the Church of St. Peter and + the Vatican, which had become the residence of the Popes after their + return from Avignon. Since he did not know his way about the town, he + happened to come into the Forum. There were several bodies of troops + collected for review, and on a great black stallion sat an old man, armed + from top to toe in steel. The troops passed in review before him, and he + seemed to be the commander. + </p> + <p> + “He looks like a Rabbi,” said a citizen, “and he must be quite five and + sixty now.” + </p> + <p> + “He seems to me to resemble the prophet Muhammed. And he began as a + tradesman.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and he has bought the papal chair.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, let it go! But his summoning Charles VIII with the French to Naples + was a betrayal of his country. Now he goes against Venice, and leads the + troops himself.” + </p> + <p> + “And expects help from the Turks.” + </p> + <p> + “They ought not to play with the Turks, who are already in Hungary and + mean to get to Vienna.” + </p> + <p> + “We have forgotten the Crusades, and tolerance is a fine quality.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the last thing they did was to undertake a crusade against the + Christian Albigenses, while they tried to conciliate the Muhammedans in + Sicily.” + </p> + <p> + “The world is a madhouse.” + </p> + <p> + This, then, was Pope Julius II, who had overcome the monster Alexander VI, + and now led his army against Venice, His kingdom was quite obviously of + this world, and Luther lost all desire for an audience with him. + </p> + <p> + He went now to the Leonine quarter, where the new Church of St. Peter’s + was to be built in place of the one which had been pulled down. This, in + its turn, was a successor of Nero’s Circus, in which the first Christian + martyrs had suffered. He found the site enclosed by a iron fence, but at + the entrance stood two Dominican monks, and a civilian who looked like a + clerk. Between them was a great iron chest, and the monks called aloud the + scale of prices for the forgiveness of sins. All who entered, and wished + to see the building, threw money to the clerk, who counted and entered it + in his book. This functionary had been appointed by Hans Fugger, who + farmed the sale of indulgences. + </p> + <p> + Luther also wished to see the building, and without thinking put down some + silver pieces. As a receipt, he received a piece of paper on which was + written the formula of forgiveness for some trifling sins. + </p> + <p> + When he had read the paper, he returned it to the clerk, and burst out, “I + don’t buy forgiveness of sins, but I gladly pay the entrance fee.” + </p> + <p> + He entered the site, but now noticed the dark-eyed Augustinian monk + following him. + </p> + <p> + “Are you dissatisfied, brother?” said the latter. “Do you think that the + forgiveness of sins is bought? Who ever said so? Don’t you know that the + Civil Law exacts fines for certain trespasses? Why should not the + Ecclesiastical Law do the same? Tell me any reason. What nonsense you + talk? What is buying? You pay out money, and by doing so deprive yourself + of certain enjoyments! Instead of buying wine and women, you give this + money to the Church. Good! By doing so, you renounce the sin with which + you would otherwise have polluted yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “Who taught you such arguments?” + </p> + <p> + “We learn in the schools here to think, you see; we read Cicero and + Aristotle.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you read the Bible also?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly. The Epistle always lies beside the Gospel on the + altar-desk.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you understand what you read?” + </p> + <p> + “Now you are impolite, Martin, but you are also proud, and you must not be + that. Look now at the new church. What we see is only the foundation, but + we can go in the architect’s cottage, and see the designs there.” + </p> + <p> + The designs were hung up in a little pavilion, and another fee was charged + for entrance. + </p> + <p> + “Now what does my critical brother say?” + </p> + <p> + “That is simply a Roman bath-house,” answered Luther after a glance. + “Caracalla’s Thermae, I should say.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a heathen building, then!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if you like, but everything is heathenish here, although baptized. + The heathen were not so stupid.... I won’t see any more.” + </p> + <p> + “But look at those two great men there, before you go. The tall man with + the patriarchal beard is Michael Angelo, and that slim youth with the long + neck and feminine features is Raphael.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that Raphael?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; he looks like an angel, but is not so dangerous. He is a very good + man; they talk of getting him married. He does not want to, however, for + his eye is on a cardinal’s hat, which they have promised him.” + </p> + <p> + “Cardinal’s hat?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he is spiritually-minded, although he paints worldly objects.” + </p> + <p> + “I remember, but I want to forget them.” + </p> + <p> + “Listen, Martin!” the monk interrupted him, with an insulting air of + familiarity; “when you go away from here, and get home, don’t forget to + curb your tongue! Think of what I say: there are eyes and ears which + follow you where you go, and when you least suspect it.” + </p> + <p> + “If the Lord is with me, what can men do against me?” + </p> + <p> + “Are you sure that the Lord is with you? Do you know His ways and His + will?—You only? Can you interpret His meaning when He speaks?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I can; for I hear his voice in my conscience. Get thee hence, Satan, + or I shall pray that heaven’s lightning may smite thee! I came here as a + believing child, but I shall depart as a believing man, for your questions + have only evoked my silent answers which you have not heard, but which + some day you will hear. You have killed Savonarola, but I am young and + strong, and I shall live. Mark that!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Luther did not stay long in Rome, but he took the opportunity of learning + Hebrew, and attended the lectures of the Jew Elia Levi ben Asher, surnamed + Bachur or Elias Levita. + </p> + <p> + There he met Cardinal Viterbo, the patron of the Jews, and many other + celebrities, for Oriental languages were then in fashion after the Turks + had established themselves in Constantinople. + </p> + <p> + Luther enjoyed the friendship of the old Jew, for Elias was the only + “Christian” whom he found in Rome. It was a pity, to be sure, that he + lived under the Law, and was not acquainted with the Gospel, but he knew + no better. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE INSTRUMENT + </h2> + <p> + In the year 1483, the same year in which Luther was born, Docter Coctier + sat in his laboratory at Paris, and carried on a philosophical discussion + with a chemical expert who was passing through the city. + </p> + <p> + The laboratory was in the same building as his observatory, in the Marais + quarter of the town, a site occupied to-day by the Place des Vosges. Not + far away is the Bastille, the magnificent Hôtel de Saint-Pol, and the + brilliant Des Tournelles, the residence of the Kings before the Louvre was + built. Here Louis XI had given his private physician, chancellor, and + doctor of all the sciences, Coctier, a house which lay in a labyrinth-like + park called the Garden of Daedalus. The doctor was speaking, and the + expert listened: “Yes, Plato in his <i>Timaeus</i> calls gold one of the + densest and finest substances which filters through stone. There is a + metal derived from gold which is black, and that is iron. But a substance + more akin to gold is copper, which is composed of shining congealed + fluids, and one of whose minor constituents is green earth. Now I ask, + ‘Why cannot copper be freed from this last, and refined to gold?’” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the expert, “it can, if one uses atramentum or the + philosopher’s stone.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that?” + </p> + <p> + “Atramentum is copperas.” + </p> + <p> + “Ventre-saint-gris! that is Plato’s iron! Now I see! Who taught you that?” + </p> + <p> + “I learnt it from the greatest living magician in Wittenberg. His name is + Dr. Faustus, and he has studied magic in Krakau.” + </p> + <p> + “He is alive, then! Tell me! Tell me!” + </p> + <p> + “This man, according to many witnesses, has done miracles like Christ; he + has undertaken to restore the lost comedies of Plautus and Terence; his + mind can soar on eagle’s wings and discover secrets of the heights and + depths.” + </p> + <p> + “Has he also found the elixir of life?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, since gold can be resolved into its elements.” + </p> + <p> + “If gold can be resolved, then it has constituents. What are they?” + </p> + <p> + “Gold can be easily dissolved in oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and + saltpetre.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say?” + </p> + <p> + The Doctor jumped up; the stove had heated the room and made him + uncomfortable. + </p> + <p> + “Let us go for a little walk,” he said; “but I must first make a note of + what you say, for, when I wish to remember something important, the devil + makes confusion in my head. These, then, are means of dissolving gold—oil + of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and saltpetre!” + </p> + <p> + The expert, whose name was Balthasar, now first noticed that he had given + his information without obtaining a receipt or any equivalent for it, and, + since he was not one of the unselfish kind, he threw out a feeler. + </p> + <p> + “How is our gracious King?” + </p> + <p> + The question revealed his secret and his wish, and put Doctor Coctier on + his guard. “Ah,” he said to himself, “you have your eye on the King with + your elixir of life.” And then he added aloud, “He is quite well.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! I had heard the opposite!” + </p> + <p> + “Then they have lied.” + </p> + <p> + Then there was silence in the room, and the two men tried to read each + other’s thoughts. It was so terribly still that they felt their hatred + germinate, and had already begun a fight to the death. Doctor Coctier’s + thoughts ran as follows: “You come with an elixir to lengthen the life of + the monster who is our King; you wish thereby to make your own fortune and + to bring trouble on me; and you know that he who has the King’s life in + his hands, has the power.” + </p> + <p> + Quick as lightning he had taken his resolve, coolly and cruelly, as the + custom of the time was. He resumed the conversation, and said, “Now you + must see my ‘Daedalus’ or labyrinth. Since the time of the Minotaur, there + has been none like it.” + </p> + <p> + The labyrinth was a thicket threaded by secret passages, bordered by + hornbeam-hedges, four ells high, and so dense that one did not notice the + thin iron balustrade which ran along them. Artistically contrived and + impenetrable, the labyrinth meandered in every direction. It seemed to be + endlessly long, and was so arranged that its perspectives deceived the + eye. It also contained secret doors and underground passages, and a + visitor soon grew aware that it had not been constructed as a joke, but in + deadly earnest. Only the King and Doctor Coctier possessed the key to this + puzzle. + </p> + <p> + When the two men had walked for a good time, admired statues and watched + fountains play, Balthasar wished to sit upon a bench, whether it was that + he was tired or suspected some mischief. + </p> + <p> + But the Doctor prevented him: “No, not on <i>that</i> seat,” he said. They + continued their walk. But now the Doctor quickened his steps, and, after a + while, his guest felt again weary and confused in his head from the + perpetual turning round. Therefore he threw himself on the first seat + which he saw, and drew a deep breath. + </p> + <p> + “You run the life out of me, Doctor,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “No, you are not so short-lived,” answered the Doctor; “I see a long line + of life on your forehead, and the bar between your eyes shows that you + were born under the planet Jupiter. Besides, you possess the elixir of + life, and can prolong your existence as much as you like, can’t you?” + </p> + <p> + The expert noticed a cruel smile on the Doctor’s face, and, feeling + himself in danger, tried to spring up, but the arms of the chair had + closed around him, and he was held fast. The next moment Doctor Coctier + seemed to be seeking for something in the sand with his left foot, and, + when he had found it, he pressed with all his weight on the invisible + object. + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, young man,” he said; “loquacious, conceited young man, who + wanted to lord it over Doctor Coctier. Now I will settle the King for + you.” + </p> + <p> + The seat disappeared in the earth with the expert. It was an oubliette—a + pit with a trap-door, which drew the veil of oblivion over the man who had + vanished. + </p> + <p> + When he had finished the affair, the Doctor sought to leave the labyrinth, + but could not find the way at once, for he was deep in thought, and kept + on repeating the formula for the elixir which he had just learnt, to + impress it on his mind, in case the recipe should be lost—“oil of + vitriol, salts of ammonia, saltpetre.” Suddenly he found himself in a + round space where many paths converged, and to his great astonishment saw + a body lying on the ground. It looked like that of a large brown watchdog, + but limp and lifeless. + </p> + <p> + “It is not the first who has been caught in this crab-pot,” he thought, + and came nearer. But as the brown mass moved, he saw that it was a man + with torn clothes and a shabby fur cap. + </p> + <p> + It was the King—Louis XI in the last year of his life. + </p> + <p> + “Sire, in the name of all the saints, what is the matter with you?” + exclaimed the Doctor. + </p> + <p> + “Wretch!” answered the King, “why do you construct such traps that one + cannot find the way out of them?” + </p> + <p> + Now it was Louis himself who, in his youth, had constructed the maze, but + the Doctor could not venture to tell him so. Therefore he spoke + soothingly. + </p> + <p> + “Sire, you are ill. Why do you not remain in Tours? How have you come + here?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot sleep, and I cannot eat. The last few days I have passed in + Vincennes, in Saint-Pol, in the Louvre, but I find peace nowhere. At last + I came here, in order to be safe in the place which only you and I know; I + came yesterday morning, and would have stayed longer, but I was hungry, + and when I wanted to get out, I could not find the way. I have been here, + freezing, last night. Take me away; I am ill; feel my pulse, and see + whether it is not the quartan ague.” The Doctor tried to feel his pulse, + but did so with difficulty for it was hardly beating at all; but he dared + not tell the King so. + </p> + <p> + “Your pulse is regular and strong, sire; let us get home!” + </p> + <p> + “I will eat at your house; you only can prepare food properly; all the + rest spoil it with their everlasting condiments; they spice all my dishes, + and the spices are bad. Jacob, help me to get away from here—help + me. Did you see the star last night? Is there anything new in the sky? + There is certain a comet approaching. I feel it before it comes.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sire; no comet is approaching....” + </p> + <p> + “Do you answer impertinently? Then you believe I am sick—perhaps + incurably.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sire, you are healthier than ever; but follow me—I will make + you a bed, and prepare you a meal.” + </p> + <p> + The King rose and followed the Doctor. The latter, however, wished the + monarch to go before him but the King mistrusted his only last friend, who + certainly did not love him, and would have gladly seen him dead. + </p> + <p> + “Beware of the seats, sire,” he cried. “Do not go too near to the hedge; + keep in the middle of the path.” + </p> + <p> + “Your seats themselves should.... Forgive me my sins.” He crossed himself. + </p> + <p> + When they came out of the labyrinth, the King fell in a rage at the + recollection of what he had suffered, and, instead of being grateful + towards his rescuer, he burst into abuse: “How could you let me go astray + in your garden, and let me sleep on the bare ground in the open air? You + are an ass.” They entered the laboratory, where it was warm, and the King, + who was observant, noticed at once the recipe which the Doctor had left + there. + </p> + <p> + “What are you doing behind my back? What recipe have you been writing? Is + it poison or medicine? Oil of vitriol is poison, salts of ammonia are only + for dysentery, saltpetre produces scurvy. For whom have you made this + mixture?” + </p> + <p> + “It is for the gardener’s cow, which has calved,” answered the Doctor, who + certainly did not wish to prolong the tyrant’s life. + </p> + <p> + The King laid down on a sofa. “Jacob,” he said, “you must not go away; I + will not eat, but I will sleep, and you must sit here by me. I have had to + sleep for eight nights. But put out the fire; it hurts my eyes. Don’t let + down the blinds; I want to see the sun; otherwise I cannot sleep.” + </p> + <p> + He seemed to fall asleep, but it was only a momentary nap. Then he grew + wide awake again, and sat up in bed. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you keep starlings in your garden, Jacob?” + </p> + <p> + “I have no starlings,” answered the Doctor impatiently, “but if you have + heard them whistling, sire, they must be there with your permission.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you hear them, then?” + </p> + <p> + “No! but what are they singing?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you know! After the shameful treaty of Peronne, when I had to yield + to Charles of Burgundy, the Parisians taught their starlings to cry + ‘Peronne!’ Do you know what they are saying now?” + </p> + <p> + The Doctor lost patience, for he had heard these old stories thousands of + times: “They are not saying ‘Guienne,’ are they?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + There was an ugly reference to fratricide in the question, for the King + was suspected of having murdered his brother, the Duke of Guienne. He + started from the sofa in a pugnacious attitude. “What! You believe in this + fable? But I have never committed murder, though I would certainly like to + murder you....” + </p> + <p> + “Better leave it alone!” answered the Doctor cynically; “you know what the + starshave said—eight days after my death, follows yours.” + </p> + <p> + The King had an attack of cramp, for he believed this fable, which Coctier + had invented to protect his own life. But when he recovered consciousness, + he continued to wander in his talk. + </p> + <p> + “They also say that I murdered my father, but that is a lie. He starved + himself to death for fear of being poisoned.” + </p> + <p> + “Of being poisoned by you! You are a fine fellow! But your hour will soon + come.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!... I remember every thing now. My father was a noodle who let + France be overrun by the English, and when the Maid of Orleans saved him, + gave her up to the English. I hate my father who was false to my mother + with Agnes Sorel, and had his legitimate children brought up by his + paramour. When he left the kingdom to itself, I and the nobles took it in + hand. That you call ‘revolt,’ but I have never stirred up a revolt! That + is a lie.” + </p> + <p> + “Listen!” the Doctor broke in; “if you wish to confess, send for your + father confessor.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not confessing to you; I am defending myself.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is accusing you, then? Your own bad conscience.” + </p> + <p> + “I have no bad conscience, but I am accused unjustly.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is accusing you? The starling?” + </p> + <p> + “My wife and children accuse me, and don’t wish to see me.” + </p> + <p> + “No; if you have sent them to Amboise, they cannot see you, and, as a + matter of fact, they do not wish to.” + </p> + <p> + “To think that I, the son of King Charles VII, must hear this sort of + thing from a quack doctor! I have always liked people of low rank; Olivier + the barber was my friend.” + </p> + <p> + “And the executioner Tristan was your godfather.” + </p> + <p> + “He was provost-marshal, you dog!” + </p> + <p> + “The tailor became a herald.” + </p> + <p> + “And the quack doctor a chancellor! Put that to my account and praise me, + ingrate! for having protected you from the nobles, and for only having + regard to merit.” + </p> + <p> + “That is certainly a redeeming feature.” + </p> + <p> + Just then a man appeared in the doorway with his cap in his hand. + </p> + <p> + “Who is there?” cried the King. “Is it a murderer?” + </p> + <p> + “No, it is only the gardener,” the man answered. + </p> + <p> + “Ha! ha! gardener!—your cow has calved, hasn’t she?” + </p> + <p> + “I possess no cow, sire, nor have I ever had one.” + </p> + <p> + The King was beside himself, and flew at Coctier’s throat. + </p> + <p> + “You have lied to me, scoundrel; it is not medicine you were preparing, + but poison.” + </p> + <p> + The gardener disappeared. “If I wished to do what I should,” said Coctier, + “I would treat you like Charles the Bold did when you cheated him.” + </p> + <p> + “What did he do? What do people say that he did?” + </p> + <p> + “People say that he beat you with a stick.” + </p> + <p> + The King was ashamed, went to bed again, and hid his face in the pillow. + The Doctor considered this a favourable moment for preferring a + long-denied request. + </p> + <p> + “Will you now liberate the Milanese?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “But he cannot sit any more in his iron cage!” + </p> + <p> + “Then let him stand!” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you know that when one has to die, one good deed atones for a + thousand crimes?” + </p> + <p> + “I will not die!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sire, you will die soon.” + </p> + <p> + “After you!” + </p> + <p> + “No, before me.” + </p> + <p> + “That is also a lie of yours.” + </p> + <p> + “All have lied to you, liar. And your four thousand victims whom you have + had executed....” + </p> + <p> + “They were not victims; they were criminals.” + </p> + <p> + “Those four thousand slaughtered will witness it the judgment seat against + you.” + </p> + <p> + “Lengthen my life; then I will reform myself.” + </p> + <p> + “Liberate the Milanese.” + </p> + <p> + “Never!” + </p> + <p> + “Then go to perdition—and quickly. Your pulse is so feeble that your + hours are numbered.” + </p> + <p> + The King jumped up, fell on his knees before the physician, and prayed, + “Lengthen my life.” + </p> + <p> + “No! I should like to abbreviate it, were you not the anointed of the + Lord. You ought to have rat-poison.” + </p> + <p> + “Mercy! I confess that I have acted from bad motives; that I have only + thought of myself; that I have never loved the people, but used them in + order to put down the nobles; I grant that I made agreements and treaties + with the deliberate purpose of breaking them; that I ... Yes, I am a poor + sinful man, and my name will be forgotten; all that I have done will be + obliterated....” + </p> + <p> + A stranger now appeared in the open door. It was a young man in the garb + of the Minorites. + </p> + <p> + “Murderer!” screamed the King, and sprang up. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the monk, “I am he whom you called Vincent of Paula.” + </p> + <p> + “My deliverer! say a word—a single word of comfort.” + </p> + <p> + “Sire,” answered Vincent, “I have heard your confession, and will give you + absolution in virtue of my office.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well. Your motives were not pure, as you yourself confess, but your + work will not perish, for He who guides the destinies of men and nations + uses all and each for His purposes. Not long ago it was a pure virgin who + saved France; now it is not quite so blameless a man. But your work, sire, + was in its result of greater importance than that of the Maid, for you + have completed what the Roman Caesar began. The hundred-year war with + England is over, the Armagnacs and Burgundians quarrel no more, the + Jacquerie war has ceased, and the peasants have returned to their ploughs. + You have united eleven provinces, France has become one land, one people, + and will now take the place of Rome, which will disappear and be forgotten + for centuries, perhaps some day to rise again. France will guide the + destinies of Europe, and be great among the crowned heads, so long as it + does not aim at empire like the Rome of the Caesars, for then it will be + all over with it. Thank God that you have been able to be of service, + though in ignorance of the will and purposes of your Lord, when you + thought you were only going your own way!” + </p> + <p> + “Montjoie Saint Denis!” exclaimed the King. “Lord, now lettest Thou Thy + servant depart in peace.” + </p> + <p> + “But not here,” broke in the Doctor, who was tired of the whole business. + “Travel back to Tours, take the priest with you, and leave me in peace!” + </p> + <p> + The King returned to Plessis-les-Tours, where he ended his days after + severe sufferings. He did not obtain peace, but he did obtain death. + </p> + <p> + “Now the rod is thrown into the fire,” said Doctor Coctier, “let it burn; + the children have grown up, and can look after themselves. Executioners + also have their uses, as Tristan L’Ermite and his master Louis XI know. + Peace be with them.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0018" id="link2H_4_0018"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + OLD MERRY ENGLAND + </h2> + <p> + Cardinal Wolsey’s oared galley pushed off from the Tower Bridge, below the + iron gateway. It gleamed with red and gold; flags and sails flapped lazily + in a gentle breeze. The Cardinal sat on the stern-deck surrounded by his + little court; most of his attendants he had left at home in York Palace, + later known as Whitehall. His face was red both from the reflection of his + red dress as from the wine which he had been drinking at noon with King + Henry VIII in the Tower, and also from the new French sickness, which was + very fashionable, as everything French was. + </p> + <p> + He was in a cheerful mood, for he had just received fresh proofs of the + King’s favour. + </p> + <p> + At his side stood the King’s secretary, Thomas Cromwell. Both were + parvenus. Wolsey was the son of a butcher, Cromwell the son of a smith, + and that was probably one of the causes of their friendship, although the + Cardinal was by twenty years the elder of the two. + </p> + <p> + “This is a happy day,” said Wolsey joyfully, and cast a glance up at the + Tower, which was still a royal residence, though it was soon to cease to + be one. “I have obtained the head of Buckingham, that fool who believed he + had a right of succession to the crown.” + </p> + <p> + “Who has the right of succession,” asked Cromwell, “since there is no male + heir, and none is expected?” + </p> + <p> + “I will soon see to that! Katherine of Aragon is weak and old, but the + King is young and strong.” + </p> + <p> + “Remember Buckingham,” said Cromwell; “it is dangerous to meddle with the + succession to the throne.” + </p> + <p> + “Nonsense! I have guided England’s destiny hitherto, and will guide it + further.” + </p> + <p> + Cromwell saw that it was time to change the topic. + </p> + <p> + “It is a good thing that the King is leaving the Tower. It must be + depressing for him to have only a wall between himself and the prisoners, + and to see the scaffold from his windows.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t talk against our Tower! It is a Biblia Pauperum, an illustrated + English History comprising the Romans, King Alfred, William the Conqueror, + and the Wars of the Roses. I was fourteen years old when England found its + completion at the battle of Bosworth, and the thirty years’ War of the + Roses came to an end with the marriage between York and Lancaster....” + </p> + <p> + “My father used to talk of the hundred years’ war with France, which ended + in the same year in which Constantinople was taken by the Turks—<i>i.e.</i> + 1453.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, all countries are baptized in blood; that is the sacrament of + circumcision, and see what fertility follows this manuring with blood! You + don’t know that apple-trees bear most fruit after a blood-bath.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes I do; my father always used to bury offal from butchers’ shops at the + root of fruit-trees.” + </p> + <p> + Here he stopped and coloured, for he had made a slip with his tongue. In + the Cardinal’s presence no one dared to speak of slaughter or the like, + for he was hated by the people, and often called “The Butcher.” Cromwell, + however, was above suspicion, and the Cardinal did not take his remark + ill, but saved the situation. + </p> + <p> + “Moreover,” he continued, “my present was well received by the King; + Hampton Court is also a treasure, and has the advantage of being near + Richmond and Windsor, but can naturally not bear comparison with York + Place.” + </p> + <p> + The galley was rowed up the river, on whose banks stood the most stately + edifices which existed at the time. They passed by customhouses and + warehouses, fishmarkets, and fishers’ landing-places; the pinnacles of the + Guildhall or Council House; the Convent of Blackfriars, the old Church of + St. Paul’s; the Temple, formerly inhabited by the Templars, now a court of + justice; the Hospital of St. James, subsequently appropriated by Henry + VIII and made a palace. Finally they reached York Place (Whitehall) by + Westminster, where Wolsey, the Cardinal and Papal Legate, Archbishop of + York and Keeper of the Great Seal, dwelt with his court, comprising about + eight hundred persons, including court ladies. + </p> + <p> + Then they disembarked after conversing on ordinary topics; for the + Cardinal preferred discussing trifles when he had great schemes in hand, + and that which occupied him especially just now was his candidature for + the papacy. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Sir Thomas More, the King’s Treasurer and Privy Councillor, sat in his + garden at Chelsea above Westminster. He was correcting proofs, for he was + a great scholar, and wrote on all the controversial questions of the day, + religious and political, though he was essentially a man of peace, living + in this suburb an idyllic life with his family. + </p> + <p> + He wore his best attire, although in the house and at work. He also showed + signs of disquietude, looking now and then towards the door, for at an + early hour of the day no one less than the King had sent an intimation of + his intention to pay him a visit. He knew from experience how dangerous it + was to be on intimate terms with the King and to share his secrets. His + sovereign had the bad habit of asking for advice which he did not follow, + and of imparting secrets the knowledge of which often cost his confidants + their heads. The most dangerous thing of all was to undertake to act as + intermediary between Henry and anyone else, for then one fell between two + millstones. + </p> + <p> + With a mind prepared for the worst, More tried to quiet himself by reading + his proofs, but his efforts were vain. He rose and began to walk up and + down the garden path, went over in his mind all possible causes of the + King’s coming, rehearsed answers to objections, refutations of arguments, + and ways of modifying the King’s too strong views without causing offence. + </p> + <p> + Henry was certainly a learned man, who had a respect for knowledge, but he + had a savage nature which he tried to tame with the scourge of religion, + though without success. + </p> + <p> + The clank of armour and tramp of horses was now audible, and the Treasurer + hastened, cap in hand, to the garden gate. + </p> + <p> + The King had already dismounted from his horse, and hastened towards his + friend, carrying a portfolio in his hand. + </p> + <p> + “Thomas,” he said without any preface, “take and read! He has answered me! + Who? Luther, of course! He—the man whose mind reeks like carrion, + and whose practices are damnable—has answered my book, <i>The + Babylonish Captivity</i>. Take and read what he says, and tell me if you + have ever seen anything like it.” + </p> + <p> + He gave the Treasurer a printed pamphlet. “And then this devil of a liar + says I have not written my book myself. Take and read it, and give me your + advice.” + </p> + <p> + More began to read Luther’s answer to Henry’s attack. He read it to + himself, and often found it hard to remain serious, although the King kept + his eyes fixed on his face in order to read his thoughts. + </p> + <p> + Among other things, Luther had written: “It matters nothing to me whether + King Heinz or Kunz, the Devil or Hell itself, has composed this book. He + who lies is a liar—therefore I fear him not. It seems to me that + King Henry has provided an ell or two of coarse stuff for this mantle, and + that the poisonous fellow Leus (Leo X), who wrote against Erasmus, or + someone of his sort, has cut and lined the hood. But I will help them—please + God—by ironing it and attaching bells to it.” + </p> + <p> + More felt that he must say something or lose his head, so he said: “That + is monstrous! That is quite monstrous!” + </p> + <p> + “Go on!” exclaimed Henry. + </p> + <p> + After saying that he postponed the discussion of the other six sacraments, + Luther added: “I am busy in translating the Bible into German, and cannot + stir up Heinz’s dirt any more.” + </p> + <p> + The Treasurer was nearly choking with suppressed laughter, but he felt the + sword suspended over his head, and continued: “But I will give the + poisonous liar and blasphemer, King Heinz, once for all, a complete + answer, and stop his mouth.... Therefore he thinks to hang on to the Pope + and play the hypocrite before him.... Therefore they mutually caress and + tickle each other like a pair of mule’s ears....” + </p> + <p> + “No, sire,” More broke off, “I cannot go on; it is high treason to read + it.” + </p> + <p> + “I will read,” said the King, and took the pamphlet from him: + </p> + <p> + “‘I conquer and defy Papists, Thomists, Henrys, Sophists, and all the + swine of hell!’ He calls us swine!” + </p> + <p> + “He is a madman who ought to be beaten to death with iron bars or hunted + in a forest with bloodhounds.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he ought! But imagine!—this scoundrel gives himself out for a + prophet and servant of Christ. And he has married a nun. That is incest! + But he has been punished for it. The Kurfürst of Saxony has abandoned him, + and none of his so-called friends went to the wedding....” + </p> + <p> + “What is his object? What is his new teaching? Justification through + faith. If one only believes, one may live like a swine!” + </p> + <p> + “And his doctrine about the Communion. The Church says the Elements are + changed by consecration, but this materialist says they actually <i>are</i> + Christ’s Body and Blood. Then the corn in the field and the grapes in the + vineyard are already Christ’s Body and Blood! He is an ass! And the world + is mad.” + </p> + <p> + “And the consequence,—sin with impunity! Sire, allow me to read some + lines, which I have written as an answer, not to these but to his other + follies—only some lines which I hope to add to.” + </p> + <p> + “Read! I listen when you speak, for I have learnt to listen, and, through + that, I know something.” + </p> + <p> + The King sat down astride on a chair, as though he would ride against his + formidable foe. + </p> + <p> + “Honourable brother,” read More, “father, drinker runaway from the + Augustinian Order, clumsy tipsy reveller of the worldly and spiritual + kingdoms, ignorant teacher of sacred theology.” + </p> + <p> + “Good, Thomas; he knows no theology!” + </p> + <p> + “And this is the way he composed his book against King Henry, the Defender + of Our Faith: he collected his stable-companions, and commissioned them to + collect all manner of abuse and bad language, each in his own department. + One of them among carters and boatmen; another in baths and gaming-houses; + a third in barbers’ shops and restaurants; a fourth in mills and brothels. + They wrote down in their note-books the most daring, dirtiest, and + vulgarest expressions which they heard, brought home all that was coarse + and nasty, and emptied it into a disgusting drain, called Luther’s soul.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! Very good! But what shall we do now?” + </p> + <p> + “Burn the rubbish, sire, and make an end of the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I will have his heresies burnt to-morrow at St. Paul’s Cross in the + City.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In the great library of the Temple sat the King and Cardinal Wolsey, + examining collections of laws and precedents. Outside in the garden the + Queen was walking with some of the court ladies. This garden—really + a large rose-garden—had been preserved as a promenade for the royal + personages who could not sleep in the Tower, because it was haunted, and + did not retain their health in the insignificant Bride-well in the City; + it was also preserved as a place of historical interest, for here the + adherents of Lancaster and York were said to have plucked the red and + white roses as their respective badges. + </p> + <p> + Queen Katherine of Aragon, the daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, the + patrons of Christopher Columbus, had now, after twenty years’ marriage + with Henry VIII, reached a certain age. She had borne him several sons, + but all had died: only one, a daughter, lived, known later on as Queen, + under the title “Bloody Mary.” Katherine had aged early, and sought + comfort in religion; she used to rise at night and attend mass in the garb + of a Franciscan nun. She knew of the King’s unfaithfulness, but accepted + it quietly; she had heard the name of Elizabeth Blunt, but ignored it. + </p> + <p> + Now she sat on a seat, and watched her young attendants playing, while she + turned over the pages of her prayer book. One pair especially her eyes + followed with pleasure—the uncommonly beautiful Anna of Norfolk and + young Henry Algernon Percy of Northumberland, Hotspur’s descendant. The + pair were playing with roses; the youth had an armful of white and the + girl an armful of red roses, which they threw at each other, singing as + they lid so. + </p> + <p> + It was a beautiful sight, but the Queen became sad: “Don’t play like that, + children,” she said; “it awakens memories which ought to sleep in the + Tower, where Only the dead can sleep quietly. Besides, the King, and + consequently the Cardinal, will be vexed; they sit there in the library. + Play something else!” + </p> + <p> + The two young people seemed not to understand. Accordingly the Queen + continued: “The Wars of the Roses, children, did not end altogether at + Bosworth but—in the Tower happened much that is best forgotten. Take + a book and read something.” + </p> + <p> + “We have been reading all the morning,” answered Anne surnamed Boleyn or + Bullen. + </p> + <p> + “What are you reading then? + </p> + <p> + “Chaucer.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>The Canterbury Tales</i>? Those are not for children: Chaucer was a + jester. You had better take my book. It has beautiful pictures.” The young + Percy took the little breviary, and, going down the path as though they + sought the shade, they both quietly disappeared from the Queen’s eyes. + </p> + <p> + But from the library four eyes had followed them, those of the King and + the Cardinal, while they turned over the folios. + </p> + <p> + The King was uneasy, and spoke more for the sake of speaking than because + he had something to say, and so did the Cardinal. + </p> + <p> + “You ought to aim at the Papacy, Cardinal, as Hadrian’s successor.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, so they say.” + </p> + <p> + “What about the votes?” + </p> + <p> + “They are controlled by the Emperor Charles V and King Francis I.” + </p> + <p> + “How can one bring such a discordant pair into harmony?” + </p> + <p> + “That is just what requires diplomatic skill, sire.” + </p> + <p> + “You cannot stand on good terms with both.” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows? The Emperor has taken Rome, and placed the Pope in the Castle + of St. Angelo ... that was a droll stroke! Then the soldiers in jest, + under the windows of the Castle, called out for Martin Luther as Pope.” + </p> + <p> + “Name not his cursed name,” growled the King, but more in anger at what he + saw in the rose-garden than at the mention of Luther. + </p> + <p> + The Cardinal understood him. “I do not like a union between Northumberland + and Norfolk,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “What do you say?” asked the King. He was angry that Wolsey had read his + thoughts, but did not wish to betray himself. + </p> + <p> + “Anne is really too good for a Percy, and I find it improper of the Queen + to act as a match-maker, and let them go alone in the shrubbery. No, that + must have an end!” + </p> + <p> + “Sire, it is already at an end; I have written to Anne’s father to call + her home to Hever.” + </p> + <p> + “You did well in that, by heaven! Two such families, who both aim at the + succession, ought not to unite.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is there that does <i>not</i> aim at the throne? Just now it was + Buckingham, now it is Northumberland, and only because there is no proper + heir. Sire, you must consider the country, and your people, and name a + successor.” + </p> + <p> + “No! I will not have anyone waiting for my decease.” + </p> + <p> + “Then we shall have the Wars of the Roses again, which cost England a + million men and eighty of our noblest families.” + </p> + <p> + The King smiled. “Our noblest!” Then he rose and stepped to the window: “I + must now accompany the Queen home,” he said. “She has gone to sleep + outside, and this damp is not good for her in her weak condition.” + </p> + <p> + “At her Majesty’s age one must be very careful,” replied the Cardinal. He + emphasized the word <i>age</i>, for Katherine was forty, and gave no more + hopes of an heir to the throne. Her daughter Mary might certainly be + married, but one did not know to whom. + </p> + <p> + “Sire,” he continued, “do not be angry, but I have just now opened the + Holy Scripture.... It may be an accident—will you listen?” + </p> + <p> + “Speak.” + </p> + <p> + “In the third Book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters, I + read the following—but you will not be angry with your servant?” + </p> + <p> + “Read.” + </p> + <p> + “These are the Lord’s solemn words: ‘If any man take his brother’s wife, + it is evil; they shall be childless.’” + </p> + <p> + The King was excited, and approached the Cardinal. + </p> + <p> + “Is that there? Yes, truly! God has punished me by taking my sons one + after the other. What a wonderful book, in which everything is written! + That is the reason then! But what says Thomas Aquinas, the ‘Angel’ of the + Schoolmen?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sire, if you wish the matter elucidated, we must consult the + learned.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us do so,—but quietly and cautiously. The Queen is blameless, + and nothing evil must happen to her. Quietly and cautiously, Wolsey! But I + must know the truth.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In a room near the “Bloody Tower,” the Cardinal and More were carrying on + a lively conversation. + </p> + <p> + “What is happening now in Germany?” asked the Cardinal. + </p> + <p> + “While Luther was in the Wartburg, his pupil Karlstadt came to Wittenberg, + and turned everything upside down. Citing the prohibition of images in the + Old Testament, he stirred up students and the rabble to attack the + churches and throw all sacred objects outside.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s the result of the Bible! To give it into the hands of the + unlearned means letting hell loose.” + </p> + <p> + “Then....” + </p> + <p> + “What did Luther say to that?” + </p> + <p> + “He hurried down from the Wartburg and denounced Karlstadt and his + followers, but I cannot say that he confuted them. A councillor quoted the + book of Moses, ‘Thou shalt not make to thee any image nor likeness.’ And a + shoemaker answered, ‘I have often taken off my hat before images in a room + or in the street; but that is idolatry, and robs God of the glory which + belongs to Him alone.’” + </p> + <p> + “What did Luther say?” + </p> + <p> + “That then, on account of occasional misuse, one must kill all the women, + and pour all the wine into the streets.” + </p> + <p> + “That was a stupid saying; but that is the result of disputing with + shoemakers. Besides, it is degrading to compare women to wine! He is a + coarse fellow who sets his wife on the same level with a beer-barrel.” + </p> + <p> + “Logic is not his strong point, and his comparisons halt on crutches. In + his answer to the Pope’s excommunication, he writes, among other things: + ‘If a hay-cart must move out of the way of a drunken man, how much more + must Peter and Jesus Christ keep out of the way of the Pope?’” + </p> + <p> + “That is a pretty simile! Let us return to James Bainham.” + </p> + <p> + “But let me tell you a little more about the fanatics in Germany. Besides + Karlstadt and his followers, other enthusiasts, quoting the Bible and + Luther, have had themselves rebaptized; their leader has taken ten wives, + supporting his action by the example of David, Solomon, and even Abraham.” + </p> + <p> + “The Bible again!—Call in Bainham, and then we will hear how the + matter stands! He was a lawyer in the Temple, you say, and has been + spreading Luther’s teaching. Have we not had enough of Wycliffe and the + Lollards? Must we have the same thing again, grunted out by this German + plagiariser?” + </p> + <p> + “I am not an intolerant man,” said More, “but a State must be homogeneous, + or it will fall to pieces. Ignoramuses and lunatics must not come forward + and sniff at the State religion, be it better or worse.” + </p> + <p> + “Let Bainham come, and we will hear him.” + </p> + <p> + More went to a door which was guarded on the outside by soldiers, and gave + an order. + </p> + <p> + “You examine him, and I will listen,” said the Cardinal. + </p> + <p> + After a time Bainham was brought into the room in chains. + </p> + <p> + More sat at the end of a table, and commenced. + </p> + <p> + “James Bainham, can you declare your belief in a few words?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe in God’s Word—<i>i.e.</i> the whole of Holy Scripture.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you really—in the Old as well as the New Testament?” + </p> + <p> + “In both.” + </p> + <p> + “In the Old also?” + </p> + <p> + “In both.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, then, you believe in the Old Testament. Now, you have had + yourself baptized again, for the Bible says, ‘Go, and teach all nations + and baptize them.’ Good. But have you had yourself circumcised, as the + Bible commands?” + </p> + <p> + Bainham looked confounded, and the Cardinal had to turn his head, in order + not to smile. + </p> + <p> + “I am not an Israelite,” answered Bainham. + </p> + <p> + “No! but Nathanael, who sought our Saviour and believed on him, was called + by John ‘an Israelite indeed.’ If you are not an ‘Israelite indeed,’ you + are not a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot answer that.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you cannot answer, but you can preach and talk rubbish. Are you a + Lutheran?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “But Luther is against the Anabaptists; therefore he is against you, and + he has asked the princes to kill the Anabaptists like wild dogs. Are you + still a Lutheran?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, according to his early teaching.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean justification by faith. What do you believe?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe in God the Father....” + </p> + <p> + “Who is the Father? In Luther’s catechism it is written, ‘Thou shalt have + none other Gods but me.’ But that is the Law of Moses, and it is Jehovah + who is intended there. If you believe in Jehovah, then you are a Jew, are + you not?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe also on Christ the Son of God.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you are a Jew-Christian! So you have admitted that you are a + Lutheran, Anabaptist, Jew, and Christian—all this together. You are + a fool, and you don’t know what you are. But that may be passed over, if + you do not seduce others.” + </p> + <p> + “Give him a flogging,” said the Cardinal, who did not like the turn the + conversation had taken, especially the challenging of the Bible, which + just now he wished to use for his own purposes. + </p> + <p> + “He has already had that,” answered More, “but besides his doctrine, this + conceited man, who wants to make himself popular, belongs to a society + which circulates a bad translation of the Bible.” “You see yourself,” he + continued, turning to Bainham, “what Bible reading leads to, and I demand + that you give up the names of your fellow-criminals.” + </p> + <p> + “That I will never do! The just shall live by his faith.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you call yourself just, when there is no one just? Read the Book of + Job, and you will see. And your belief is really too eccentric to be + counted to you for righteousness.” + </p> + <p> + “Send him down in the cellar to Master Mats! Must one listen to such + nonsense! Away with him!” + </p> + <p> + More pointed to the door, and Bainham went out. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Wolsey, “what is there in front of us? Schisms, sectarianism, + struggles. If we only had an heir to the throne.” + </p> + <p> + “We cannot get the King divorced.” + </p> + <p> + “You yourself have spoken the word. There is no need for divorce, because + his marriage is null.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it? How do you prove that?” + </p> + <p> + “From the third book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters: + ‘If any one taketh his brother’s wife, it is evil.’” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but in the fifth book of Moses, five and twentieth chapter, fifth + verse, it is commanded.” + </p> + <p> + “What, in Christ’s name, are you saying?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly it is: ‘If brothers dwell together, and one die without + children, his brother shall take his wife and raise up seed to his + brother.” + </p> + <p> + “Damnation! This cursed book.” + </p> + <p> + “Moreover: Abraham married his half-sister; Jacob married two sisters: + Moses’ father married his aunt.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the Bible, is it? Thank you! Then I prefer the Decretals and the + Councils. The Pope must dissolve the marriage.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it then to be dissolved?” + </p> + <p> + “Didn’t you know? Yes, it is. If Julius II could grant a dispensation, + Clement VII can grant an absolution.” + </p> + <p> + “It is not just towards the Queen.” + </p> + <p> + “The country demands it—the kingdom—the nation! The King’s + conscience....” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! is it the fair Anne?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not she!” + </p> + <p> + “Is it....” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t ask any more.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I answer, Margaret of Valois.” + </p> + <p> + “I give no answer at all, but I am not responsible for your life, if you + talk out of season! The Bible won’t help you there.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be a useful reform, if we could cancel the Old Testament as a + Jewish book.” + </p> + <p> + “But we cannot cancel the Psalms of David, which are our only Church + canticles. Luther himself has taken his hymns from the Psalter, and ‘Ein + feste Burg ist unser Gott’ from the Proverbs of Solomon; he has borrowed + the melody from the Graduale Romanum.” + </p> + <p> + “But we must relegate the law of Moses to the Apocrypha, otherwise we are + Pharisees and Jewish Christians. What have we to do with circumcision, the + paschal lamb, and levitical marriage? Wait till I am Pope.” + </p> + <p> + “Must we really wait so long?” + </p> + <p> + “Hush! The noon-bell is ringing. Do not let us neglect our duties. The + flesh must have its due, in order not to burn. Come with me to + Westminster; then you can go on to Chelsea afterwards.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Henry VIII was twelve years old when he was engaged to the widow of his + brother Arthur. At fourteen he protested against the marriage, which was + distasteful to him, but at eighteen he married Katherine, the aunt of the + Emperor Charles V. Cardinal Wolsey would have gladly brought about a + divorce, for he wished for a successor to the throne in order to keep the + power in his own hands. This power he had misused to such an extent that + the fact that there was such a thing as Parliament had almost been + forgotten. Wolsey wished to have the King married to a powerful princess, + and thought for a time of Margaret of Valois, but under no circumstances + did he wish to take a wife for him from the English nobility. But when he + aroused the King’s conscience with regard to his marriage with Katherine, + he had let loose a storm which he could not control, much less guide in + the desired direction, for the King’s passion for Anne Boleyn was now + irresistible. + </p> + <p> + Then the Cardinal had recourse to plotting, and this brought about his + downfall. For six years negotiations went on, and the King was true to + Anne. He wrote letters which can still be read and which display a great + and honourable love. Most of them were signed “Henry Tudor, Rex, your true + and constant servant,” and began “My mistress and friend.” Anne answered + coldly, but her love to Percy was nipt in the bud by a marriage being + arranged for him. After all the learned authorities had been consulted, + and much controversy had taken place regarding the third and the fifth + books of Moses, the Pope sent a Nuncio with secret instructions to get rid + of the whole matter by postponing it. But Henry did not yield, though his + feelings for Katherine, whom he respected, cost him a terrible struggle. + The trial began in the chapter-house of Blackfriars in the presence of the + King and Queen. But Katherine stood up, threw herself at the King’s feet, + and found words which touched the tyrant. She challenged the right of the + court to try her, appealed to the Pope, and returned to Bridewell. It is + there that we find her in Shakespeare’s <i>Henry VIII</i>, singing + sorrowfully a beautiful song: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “Orpheus with his lute made trees + And the mountain tops that freeze + Bow themselves when he did sing.” + </pre> + <p> + The divorce proceedings had gone on for some years; people had sided + alternately with the King and with the Queen, and often sympathised with + both, when suddenly rumour announced the outbreak of a pestilence. + </p> + <p> + It was not the Black Death or the boil-pest, but the English + “sweating-sickness.” This hitherto unknown disease had first broken out in + the same year when the wars of the Roses ended on the field of Bosworth; + but it was entirely confined to England, passing neither to Scotland nor + Ireland. It was so mysteriously connected with English blood, that in + Calais only Englishmen and no Frenchmen were attacked by it. Since then + the sickness had twice appeared among the English. Now it returned and + broke out in London. + </p> + <p> + The King, who had said that “no one but God could separate him from Anne,” + was alarmed, and did not know what to think—whether it was a warning + or a trial. The symptoms of the sickness were perspiration and a desire to + sleep; but if one yielded to the desire, one might be dead in three hours. + In London the citizens died like flies: Sir Thomas More lost a daughter; + the Cardinal, who had come to preside at Hampton Court, had his horses put + to the carriage again, and hurried away. Finally one of Anne’s + ladies-in-waiting was attacked. Then the King lost all presence of mind, + sent Anne home to her father, and fled himself from place to place, from + Waltham to Hunsdon. He reconciled himself to Katherine, lived in a tower + without a servant, prepared his will, and was ready for death. + </p> + <p> + Then there came the news that Anne herself had been seized by the + sickness. The King had lost his chamberlain, and now wrote letter after + letter. Then he fled again to Hatfield and Tittenhanger. + </p> + <p> + But Anne recovered, the pestilence ceased, and Henry resumed the divorce + proceedings. The Cardinal and the Nuncio wavered, and in the seventh year + the King lost patience. He had now found the man he sought for. Sir Thomas + More would not declare Katherine’s marriage null. The new man was Thomas + Cranmer, who hated the Pope and the monks, and dreamt of a free England—free, + that is, from Rome. The King and his new friend worked in secret at + something which Cardinal Wolsey did not know, and one day the + preliminaries were settled, the papers were in order, and the mine + exploded. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The King’s galley pushed off from the Tower. It did not look so brilliant + as the Cardinal’s had once been. Cranmer sat by the King. + </p> + <p> + “I shall not sleep in the Tower any more,” said the King. “I am leaving it + now, Thomas; this is my removal. I move to Whitehall, for that will be the + name of York Palace; because I, as a Lancastrian, hate York, and because + my white rose shall dwell in my castle. Now, <i>you</i> will sit in the + Tower, my hell-dog! To think that this Satan of a Cardinal has deceived me + for six years. What troubles his plotting has caused me! Six years! I have + always hated the man, but I needed him, for he was clever.” + </p> + <p> + The King glanced at the north side of the Thames. “And I have lived in the + city which has not been my own; Rome possesses a third of it. I have lived + like a beggar, but now—London is mine. The Temple, St. James’s, + Whitehall, Westminster to begin with; then the rest.” + </p> + <p> + The galley reached York Palace, and the King hastened in with his + body-guard, without giving the password or answering the chamberlain’s + questions. He went straight to the Cardinal’s room, and laid some letters + before him: “Read! you snake! your lying letters behind my back.” + </p> + <p> + The Cardinal’s face seemed to shrink to half its size, and resembled a + death’s-head. He did not, however, fall on his knees, but raised his head + for the last time: “I appeal to the Pope.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no Pope in England! Nay, I am the Pope, and therefore you are no + longer Cardinal! Accordingly, I have granted myself a dispensation, and + married Anne Boleyn yesterday! In a few days I shall have her crowned. And + then we will dwell here! <i>Here!</i> But you will live in the Tower. Go, + or I throw you out.” + </p> + <p> + Thus England became free; a third part of London, which had belonged to + the monks, reverted to the Crown, and afterwards the whole country + followed. + </p> + <p> + The King had obtained his beloved Anne, but after three years she was + beheaded, for having dishonoured the King by adultery. After that the King + married four times. Cardinal Wolsey died before he came to the scaffold; + Sir Thomas More was beheaded; and Cromwell, who at first defended Wolsey, + but afterwards became a “<i>malleus monachorum</i>,” was also beheaded. + All this seems very confused and tragic, but from this confusion a free, + independent, and powerful England emerged. When the Germans were preparing + to cast off the yoke of Rome in the Thirty Years’ War, England had already + completed her task. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0019" id="link2H_4_0019"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE WHITE MOUNTAIN + </h2> + <p> + While the peace negotiations were being carried on in Osnabrück and + Münster, the Thirty Years’ War still flamed up here and there, more + perhaps to keep the troops in practice, to provide support for the + soldiers, and to have booty at command, than to defend any faith or the + adherents of it. + </p> + <p> + All talk of religion had ceased, and the powers now played with their + cards exposed. Protestant Saxony, the first State to support Lutheranism, + worked in conjunction with Catholic Austria, and Catholic France with + Protestant Sweden. In the battle of Wolfenbüttel, 1641, French Catholics + fought against German Catholics, the latter of whom, however, later on + carried the body of Johan Baner in their ranks. + </p> + <p> + The Swedish Generals thought little of peace, but when the negotiations + dragged on to the seventh year, they thought the time had come to have + some regard to it. “He who takes something, has something,” Wrangel wrote + to his son. + </p> + <p> + Hans Christoph von Königsmarck, who continued Johan Baner’s traditions, + had lately been with him at Zusmarshausen, and was now sent eastward in + the direction of Bohemia. Since, besides cavalry, he had only five hundred + foot-soldiers, he did not know what to do, but wandered about at random, + and looked for booty. But nothing was to be found, for Johan Baner had + already laid the district waste. + </p> + <p> + “Then they marched farther,” like Xenophon, and found the woods which + bordered the highways’ cut down; the fields were covered with weeds, and + in the trees hung corpses; the churches had been burnt, but watch was kept + in the churchyards in order that the corpses should not be eaten. + </p> + <p> + One night Königsmarck himself was leading a small detachment in search of + provisions. They rode into a wood where they saw a light burning. But it + was only a red glow as if from a charcoal pile or a smithy. They + dismounted from their horses, and stole on foot to the place. When they + reached it, they heard voices singing a “Miserere” in low tones, and they + saw men, women, and children sitting round an oven, the last remains of a + village. + </p> + <p> + Königsmark went forward alone, and, hidden behind a young fir-tree, he + beheld a spectacle.... He had seen such sights before, but not under such + circumstances. In an iron scoop on the oven some game was being roasted; + it might have been an enormous hare, but was not. Like a hare, it was very + spindle-shanked and lean over back and breast; only the hinder-parts + seemed well developed; the head was placed, between the two fore-paws.... + No! they were not fore-paws, but two five-fingered hands, and round the + neck a charred rope was knotted. It was a man who had been hung, and whom + they had cut down in order to eat him. + </p> + <p> + The General was not squeamish by nature, and had in his life passed + through many experiences, but this went beyond all bounds. He was at first + angry, and wished to interrupt the cannibals’ meal, but when he saw the + little children sitting on their mothers’ knees with tufts of grass in + their mouths, he was seized with compassion. The cannibals themselves + looked like corpses or madmen, and the eyes and expectations of all were + fastened on the oven. At the same time they sang “Lord, have mercy,” and + prayed for pardon for the grievous sin which they were obliged to commit. + “What does it really matter to me?” said the General to himself; “I only + wish I had not seen it.” He returned to his men, and they marched on. + </p> + <p> + The wood became thinner, and they came to an open place where was + something resembling a heap of stones, out of which there arose a single + pillar. In the half-twilight which reigned they could not see distinctly, + but on the pillar something seemed to be moving. The “something” resembled + a man, but had only one arm. + </p> + <p> + “It is not a man, for he would have two arms,” said one of the soldiers. + </p> + <p> + “It would be strange, if a man could not have an arm missing.” + </p> + <p> + “Strange indeed! Perhaps it is a pillar-saint.” + </p> + <p> + “Give him a charge of powder, and we shall soon see.” + </p> + <p> + At the rattle of arms which was now heard there, rose a howl so terrible + and multitudinous, that no one thought it came from the pillar-saint. At + the same time the apparent heap of stones moved and became a living mass. + </p> + <p> + “They are wolves! Aim! Fire!” + </p> + <p> + A volley was fired, and the wolves fled. Königsmarck rode through the + smoke, and now saw a one-armed Imperialist standing on the chimney, which + was all that was left of a burnt cottage. “Come down, and let us look at + you,” he said. + </p> + <p> + The maimed man clambered down with his single arm, showing incredible + agility. “We ought to have him to scale the wall with a storming-party,” + said the General to himself. + </p> + <p> + Then the examination commenced. + </p> + <p> + “Are you alone?” + </p> + <p> + “Alone <i>now</i>—thanks to your grace, for the wolves have been + round me for six hours.” + </p> + <p> + “What is your name? Where do you come from? Whither do you wish to go?” + </p> + <p> + “My name is Odowalsky; I come from Vienna; and I shall go to hell, if I + don’t get help.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you go with us?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, as sure as I live! With anybody, if only I can live. I have lost my + arm; I was given a house; they burnt it, and threw me out on the highway—with + wife and child, of course!” + </p> + <p> + “Listen; do you know the way to Prague?” + </p> + <p> + “I can find the way to Prague, to the Hradschin and the Imperial + treasure-house, Wallenstein’s palace, the royal castle, Wallenstein’s + dancing-hall, and the Loretto Convent. There there is <i>multum plus + Plurimum</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “What is your rank in the army?” + </p> + <p> + “First Lieutenant.” + </p> + <p> + “That is something different. Come with me, and you shall have a horse, + Mr. First Lieutenant, and then let us see what you are good for.” + </p> + <p> + Odowalsky received a horse, and the General bade him ride beside him. He + talked confidentially with him the whole night till they again rejoined + the main body of the army. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Some days later Königsmarck stood with his little troop on the White + Mountain left of Prague—“Golden Prague,” as it was called. It was + late in the evening of the fifteenth of June. He had Odowalsky at his + side, and seemed to be particularly good friends with him. But the troop + knew nothing of the General’s designs, and, as they saw that he went + towards Prague, his officers were astounded, for the town was well + fortified, and defended by a strong body of armed citizens. + </p> + <p> + “One can at any rate look at the show,” Königsmarck answered to all + objections; “that costs nothing.” + </p> + <p> + They halted on the White Mountain, without, however, pitching a camp. They + saw nothing of the beautiful town, for it was dark, but they heard the + church and convent bells. + </p> + <p> + “This, then, is the White Mountain, where the war broke out just thirty + years ago,” said Königsmarck to Odowalsky. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the Austrian. “It was then the Bohemian revolt broke out, + your King Frederick V of the Palatinate was slain here, and there was + great rejoicing at his death.” + </p> + <p> + “If you forget who you are, forget not who I am.” + </p> + <p> + “We will not quarrel about something that happened so long ago! But, as a + matter of fact, the revolt was crushed, and the Protestants had to + withdraw. What did they get by their trouble—the poor Bohemians? + Hussites, Taborites, Utraquists sacrificed their lives, but Bohemia is + still Catholic! It was all folly!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you belong to the Roman Church, First Lieutenant?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t belong to any Church at all; I belong to the army. And now we + will take Prague with a <i>coup de main</i>.” + </p> + <p> + So it fell out. At midnight the foot-soldiers clambered over the wall, + threw the sentinels into the moat, cut down the guards at the gates, and + took that side of the town. + </p> + <p> + For three days the part of the city which lay on the left bank of the + Moldau was plundered, and Königsmarck is said to have sent five waggons + laden with gold and silver to the north-west through Germany, as his own + share of the spoil. Odowalsky received six thousand thalers for his + trouble, and later on was raised to the Swedish House of Peers with the + title of “Von Streitberg.” + </p> + <p> + But the right bank had not been captured. It was defended by ten thousand + citizens, assisted by students, monks, and Jews. From ancient times there + had been a large Jewish colony in Prague; the Jews were said to have + escaped thither direct from Jerusalem during the last German crusade, and + for that reason the island in the Moldau is still called Jerusalem. On + this occasion the Jews so distinguished themselves that they received as a + token of honour from the Emperor Ferdinand III a great flag, which can be + still seen in their synagogue. Königsmarck could not take the Old Town, + but had to send for help to Wittenberg. The latter actually plundered + Tabor and Budweis, but Prague, which had been plundered, did not attract + him. Then the Count Palatine Karl Gustav had to come, and formally + besieged the eastern portion of the town. + </p> + <p> + Königsmarck dwelt in the Castle, where he could see the old hall of the + States-General, from the window of which Count Thurn had thrown the + Imperial governors Martiniz and Slavata; the Protestants say that they + fell on a dungheap, but the Catholics maintain that it was an elder-bush. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Count Karl Gustav, who was a cousin of Frederick V, had as + little success before Prague as the former. He became ill, and was sure + that he had been poisoned. But he recovered, and was about to be + reinforced by Wrangel, when news arrived that the Peace of Westphalia had + been concluded. + </p> + <p> + With that the Thirty Years’ War was at an end. Sweden received two million + thalers and some places of importance; these were enfeoffed to Germany, + and in exchange Sweden had three votes in the German Reichstag. + </p> + <p> + But Germany’s population was only a quarter of what it had been, and, + while it had formerly been one State under the Emperor, it was now split + up into three hundred little States. However, the liberty of faith + affirmed in the Confession of Augsburg, 1555, was recovered, and extended + to the reformed districts. It was dearly bought, but with it North Germany + had also obtained freedom from Rome, and that could not be too dearly + purchased. + </p> + <p> + Out of chaos comes creation and new creation. From the Germanic chaos + emerged North Germany, the seed of which was Brandenberg, later on + developing into Prussia, and finally the German Empire, which received the + imperial crown at Versailles, but not from the hands of Rome. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0020" id="link2H_4_0020"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE GREAT CZAR + </h2> + <p> + On the southern shore of the Gulf of Finland lay the little village + Strelna, halfway between Petersburg and the half-completed Peterhof. At + the end of the village, on the edge of the Strelka stream, stood a simple + country-house under oaks and pines. It was painted green and red, and the + window-shutters were still fastened, for it was only four o’clock on a + summer morning. + </p> + <p> + The Gulf of Finland lay smooth under the rays of the rising sun. A Dutch + trading vessel, which had wished to enter the harbour and reach the + Admiralty House, now furled its sails and dropped anchor. It carried a + flag at its main-top which hung down idly. + </p> + <p> + Near the red and green country-house stood an ancient lime-tree with a + split trunk; in the cleft a wooden platform with a railing had been + fitted, and a flight of steps led up to this arbour. In this early morning + hour there sat a man in the tree at an unpainted, unsteady table, writing + letters. The table was covered with papers, but there was still room for a + clock without a glass, a compass, a case of drawing instruments, and a + large bell of bronze. + </p> + <p> + The man sat in his shirt-sleeves; he wore darned stockings which were + turned down, and large shoes; his head seemed incredibly large, but was + not so in reality; his neck was like that of an ox, and his body that of a + giant; the hand which was now writing was coarse, and stained with tar; he + wrote carelessly, with lines somewhat slanting, but quickly. The letters + were short and to the point, with no introductions and no conclusions, + merely signed “Pe ter,” the name divided in two, as though it had been + split by the heavy hand which wrote it. + </p> + <p> + There were probably about a million men bearing that name in Russia; but + this Peter was the only one of importance, and everyone recognised the + signature. + </p> + <p> + The lime-tree was alive with bees, the little Strelka brook bubbled and + fretted like a tea-kettle, and the sun rose gloriously; its rays fell + between the leaves of the lime-tree, and threw patches of light on the + strange face of one of the strangest and most incomprehensible men who + have ever lived. + </p> + <p> + Just now this handsome head, with its short hair, looked like that of a + wild boar; and when the writer licked his goose-quill like a school-boy, + he showed teeth and a tongue like those of a memorial lion. Sometimes his + features were convulsed with pain, as though he were being tortured or + crucified. But then he took a new sheet, and began a new letter; his pen + ran on; his mouth smiled till his eyes disappeared, and the terrible man + looked roguish. Still another sheet, and a little note which was certainly + directed to a lady; now the face changed to that of a satyr, melted so to + speak, into harmonious lines, and finally exploded in a loud laugh which + was simply cynical. + </p> + <p> + His morning correspondence was now ended. The Czar had written fifty + letters. He left them unsealed. Kathia, his wife, would collect and fasten + them. + </p> + <p> + The giant stretched himself, rose with difficulty, and cast a glance over + the bay. With his spy-glass he saw Petersburg and his fleet, the Fort of + Kronstadt, which had been commenced, and finally discovered the + trading-vessel. “How did that come in without saluting?” he thought, “and + dare to anchor immediately before my house!” + </p> + <p> + He rang, and a valet-de-chambre came at once, running from the row of + tents which stood concealed behind the pines-trees, and where both + soldiers and servants lodged. + </p> + <p> + “Take five men in a boat,” he ordered, “and hail that brig! Can you see + what country it belongs to?” + </p> + <p> + “It is Dutch, your Majesty!” + </p> + <p> + “Dutch! Bring the captain here, dead or alive. At once! On the spot! But + first my tea!” + </p> + <p> + “The household is asleep, most gracious lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Then wake it up, you ass! Knock at the shutters! Break the door in! + Asleep in broad daylight!” + </p> + <p> + He rang again. A second servant appeared. “Tea! and brandy—plenty of + brandy!” + </p> + <p> + The servants ran, the household was aroused, and the Czar occupied the + interval by making notes on slate tablets. When he became impatient, he + got down, and knocked at all the shutters with his stick. Then a voice was + heard from within: “Wait a moment.” + </p> + <p> + “No! that I won’t; I am not born to wait. Hurry! or I will set the house + on fire!” + </p> + <p> + He went into his gardens, cast a glance at his medicinal plants, plucked + up some weeds, and watered here and there. He went into the cattle-sheds, + and looked at some merino sheep which he himself had introduced. Here he + found a trave which had been broken; he took a saw and plane, and mended + it. He threw some oats in the manger of his favourite trotting-horse. He + drove for the most part, when he did not go on foot; riding seemed to him + unworthy of a seaman, and it was as a seaman that the Czar chiefly wished + to be regarded. Then he went into the lathe-shop, sat for a while on the + turning-bench, and worked. At the window stood a table with a + copper-engraver’s tools; with the graving-tool he drew some lines which + were wanting in the map plate. He was about to proceed to the smithy, when + a woman’s voice called him under the lime-tree. + </p> + <p> + On the platform stood his wife the Czarina, in her morning dress. She had + massive limbs and large feet; her face was stout and plain, her eyes were + not level, but had a steady expression. + </p> + <p> + “How early you are up this morning, Little Father?” she said. + </p> + <p> + “Is it early? It is six at any rate!” + </p> + <p> + “It is only just five.” + </p> + <p> + “Five? Then it shall be six.” + </p> + <p> + He pushed the hand of the clock an hour forward. His wife smiled a little + superciliously, but took care not to irritate him, for she knew how + dangerous it was to do so. Then she gave him his tea. + </p> + <p> + “There is some occupation for you,” said Peter, pointing to his letters. + </p> + <p> + “But how many there are!” + </p> + <p> + “If there are too many I can get help.” + </p> + <p> + The Czarina, did not answer, but began to look through the letters. The + Czar liked that, for then there would be occasion for quarrelling; and he + always wished for a quarrel in order to keep his energies active. + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me, Peter,” said his wife, “but is it right that you should apply + to the Swedish Government about the Dutch ships?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is! All that I do is right!” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t understand it. Our Russians fired by mistake at friendly Dutch + vessels, and you demand indemnity from the Swedes because the mischance + occurred in Swedish waters.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, according to Roman law, the injury must be made good in the land + where it happened....” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but....” + </p> + <p> + “It is all the same anyhow: he who can pay, pays; I cannot, and the Dutch + will not, therefore the Swedes must! Do you understand?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “The Swedes have incited the Turks against me; they must pay for that.” + </p> + <p> + “May be! But why do you write so harshly to the Dutch Government since you + like the Dutch?” + </p> + <p> + “Why! Because since the Peace of Utrecht, Holland is on the decline. It is + all over with Holland; on to the rubbish-heap with it! I hold on to + England, since France is also declining.” + </p> + <p> + “Should one abandon one’s old friends?...” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, when they are no more good. Moreover, there is no friendship + in love and in politics. Do you think I like this wretched August of + Poland? No! I am sure you don’t. But I must go with him through thick and + thin, for my country, for Russia. He who cannot sacrifice his little + humours and passions for his country is a Don Quixote, like Charles the + Twelfth. This fool, with his mad hatred against August and myself, has + worked for Sweden’s overthrow and Russia’s future. But that this Christian + dog should incite the Turks against us was a crime against Europe, for + Europe needs Russia as a bulwark against Asia. Did not the Mongol sit for + two hundred years on our frontier and threaten us? And when our ancestors + had at last driven him away, there comes a fellow like this and brings the + heathen from Constantinople upon us. The Mongols were once in Silesia, and + would have destroyed Western Europe if we Russians had not saved it. + Charles XII is dead, but I curse his memory, and I curse everyone who + seeks to hinder me in my laudable endeavour to raise Russia from a Western + Asiatic power to an Eastern European one. I shall beat everyone down, + whoever he may be, who interferes with my work, even though it were my own + son.” + </p> + <p> + There was silence for some moments. The last words referred to the + Delicate topic of Alexis, Peter’s son by his first marriage, who was now a + prisoner awaiting his death-sentence in the Peter-Paul Fortress. He was + accused of having endeavoured to hinder his father’s work in the + civilisation of Russia, and was suspected of having taken part in plots of + rebellion. The Czar’s first divorced wife Eudoxia was confined in the + convent of Suzdal. + </p> + <p> + Katharina naturally did not love Alexis, since he stood in the way of her + children, and she would have been glad of his death, but did not wish to + incur the guilt of it. Since Peter also did not wish to take the + responsibility for it, he had appointed a court of a hundred and + twenty-seven persons to try his son. + </p> + <p> + The topic therefore was an unwelcome one, and, with his extraordinary + facility for quick changes of thought and feeling, Peter broke the silence + with the prosaic question, “Where is the brandy?” + </p> + <p> + “You will get no brandy so early, my boy.” + </p> + <p> + “Kathrina!” said Peter in a peculiar tone, while his face began to twitch. + </p> + <p> + “Be quiet, Lion!” answered his wife, and stroked his black mane, which had + begun to bristle. She took a bottle and a glass out of a basket. + </p> + <p> + The Lion cheered up, swallowed the strong drink, smiled, and stroked his + spouse’s expansive bust. + </p> + <p> + “Will you see the children?” asked Katherine, in order to bring him into a + milder mood. + </p> + <p> + “No, not to-day! Yesterday I beat them, and they would think I was running + after them. Keep them at a distance. Keep them under, or they will get the + better of you!” + </p> + <p> + Katherine had taken the last letter, as though absent-mindedly, and began + to read it. Then she coloured, and tore it in two. “You must not write to + actresses. That is too great an honour for them, and can only disgrace + us.” + </p> + <p> + The Czar smiled, and was not angry. He had not intended to send the + letter, but only scribbled it in order to excite his wife, perhaps also to + show off. + </p> + <p> + There was a sound of approaching footsteps underneath. + </p> + <p> + “See! there is my friend, the scoundrel!” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” said Katherine, “Menshikoff is your friend.” + </p> + <p> + “A fine friend! Already once I have condemned him to death as a thief and + deceiver; but he lives still, thanks to your friendship.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” + </p> + <p> + Menshikoff (he was a great soldier, an able statesman, an indispensable + favourite, enormously rich) came hurrying up the wooden stairs. It was in + his house that the Czar had found his Katherine. He was handsome, looked + like a Frenchman, dressed well, and had polished manners. He greeted the + Czar ceremoniously, and kissed Katherine’s hand. + </p> + <p> + “Now they are there again,” he commenced. + </p> + <p> + “The Strelitzil? [Footnote: a Russian body-guard first established by Ivan + the Terrible.] Have I not rooted them out?” + </p> + <p> + “They grow like the dragon’s seed, and now they want to deliver Alexis.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you any more exact information?” + </p> + <p> + “The conspirators meet this evening at five o’clock.” + </p> + <p> + “Where?” + </p> + <p> + “Number fourteen the Strandlinje, at an apparently harmless meal.” + </p> + <p> + “Strand—14,” wrote the Czar on his tablets. “Any more?” + </p> + <p> + “To-night at two o’clock they fire the city.” + </p> + <p> + “At two o’clock?” The Czar shook his head, and his face twitched. + </p> + <p> + “I build up, and they pull down. But now I will extirpate them root and + branch. What do they say?” + </p> + <p> + “They look back to Holy Moscow, and regard the building of Petersburg as a + piece of godlessness or malice. The workmen die, like flies, of marsh + fever, and they regard your Majesty’s building in the midst of a marsh as + an act of bravado a la Louis Quatorze, who built Versailles on the site of + a swamp.” + </p> + <p> + “Asses! My town is to command the mouth of the river, and to be the Key to + the sea, therefore it must be there. The marsh shall be drained off into + canals, which will carry boats like those of Amsterdam. But so it is when + monkeys judge!” + </p> + <p> + He rang; a servant appeared; “Put the horses to the cabriolet”; he called + down, “and now, goodbye, Katherine; I shall not be home till to-morrow. It + will be a hot day. But don’t forget the letters. Alexander can help you.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you not dress, little son?” answered Katherine. + </p> + <p> + “Dress? I have my sabre.” + </p> + <p> + “Put at least your coat on.” + </p> + <p> + The Czar put on his coat, drew the belt which held the sabre some holes + tighter, and sprang at one bound from the platform. + </p> + <p> + “Now it will come off,” whispered Menshikoff to Katherine. + </p> + <p> + “You have not been lying, Alexander?” + </p> + <p> + “A few lies adorn one’s speech. The chief point is gained. To-morrow, + Katherine, you can sleep quietly in the nursery with the heirs to the + throne.” + </p> + <p> + “Can any misfortune happen to him?” + </p> + <p> + “No! he never has misfortune.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Czar ran down to the seashore; he never walked, but always ran. “Life + goes fast,” he was wont to say, “and there is much to do.” + </p> + <p> + When he reached the gravel bank he found a boat landing, with five men and + the Dutch prisoner. The latter sat stolidly by the rudder, and smoked his + pipe. But when he saw the Czar, he took off his cap, threw it in the air, + and cried, “Hurrah!” + </p> + <p> + Czar Peter shaded his eyes, and, when he recognised his old teacher and + friend, Jaen Scheerborck from Amsterdam, he jumped into the boat over the + rowers’ shoulders and knees, rushed into Jaen’s arms and kissed him, so + that his pipe broke and the seaman’s great grey beard was full of smoke + and nearly took fire. Then the Czar lifted the old man up, and carried him + in his arms like a child to the shore. + </p> + <p> + “At last, you old rascal! I have you here with me! Now you shall see my + city and my fleet, which I have built myself, for you have taught me. + Bring the cabriolet here, boy! and a grapnel from the boat; we will go, + and tack about. Quickly!” + </p> + <p> + “Dear heart alive!” said the old man, picking the tobacco-ashes out of his + beard, “to think that I have seen the Carpenter-Czar before I die; that + is....” + </p> + <p> + “Into the cabriolet, old fellow! Boy, hang the grapnel behind. Where are + you to sit? On my knees, of course!” + </p> + <p> + The cabriolet had only room for one person, and the captain actually had + to sit on the Czar’s lap. Three horses were yoked to it tandem-fashion, + and a fourth ran beside the leader. The whip cracked, and the Czar played + being at sea. “A good wind, isn’t it? Twelve knots! Furl the sheet! so!” + </p> + <p> + A toll-gate appeared, and the captain, who knew the Czar’s wild tricks but + also his skill, began to cry “There is a toll-gate! Stop!” + </p> + <p> + But the Czar, who had found again his youth with his old friend of former + times, and with his indestructible boyishness, liked practical jokes and + dangers, whipped on the horses, whistled and shouted, “Let her go! Clear + for action! Jump!” + </p> + <p> + The toll-gate was burst clean open, and the old man laughed so that he + swayed on the Czar’s knees. And so they drove along the shore. At the town + gate the sentinels presented arms and saluted; on the streets people cried + “Hurrah!” and when they reached the Admiralty, cannon were fired and the + yards manned. But the Czar seriously or in play, as though he were on the + sea, shouted “Anchor!” + </p> + <p> + So saying, he so threw the grapnel towards the wall, that it caught in a + torch-holder, which bent but did not break. But the horses, which were + still running, were suddenly forced back, and sank on their knees. The + first of the three rose no more; it had been fatally injured by bursting + in the toll-gate. + </p> + <p> + Three hours later, when the fleet and docks had been inspected, the Czar + and Jaen Scheerborck sat in a seamen’s tavern. The cabriolet stood + without, and was “anchored” to a thatched roof. Brandy was on the table, + and their pipes had filled the room with smoke. The two friends had + discussed serious matters. The Czar had paid six visits, one to his staff + of generals, from which he returned in a very excited state to the waiting + captain. But, with his extraordinary capacity for shaking off what was + unpleasant and for changing his moods, he now beamed with hilarity. + </p> + <p> + “You ask whence I shall get the inhabitants for my new town. I first + brought fifty thousand workmen here. That was the nucleus. Then I + commanded all officials, priests, and great landowners to build houses—each + of them, one—whether they intended to live in it or not. Now I have + a hundred thousand. I know they talk and say that I build towns, but don’t + dwell in them myself. No! I build not for myself, but for the Russians. I + hate Moscow, which smells of the Khan of the Tartars, and would prefer to + live in the country. That is no one else’s affair. Drink, old man! We have + the whole day before us till five o’clock. Then I must be sober.” + </p> + <p> + The old man drank cautiously, and did not know exactly how to behave in + this grand society, which was at the same time so nautical. + </p> + <p> + “Now you must tell me some of the stories which the people relate about + me. You know lots of them, Jaen.” + </p> + <p> + “I know some certainly, but it is not possible....” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will tell some,” said Peter, “Do you know the story of the pair of + compasses and the cheese? No? Well, it runs thus: ‘The Czar is so covetous + that he always carries a box of drawing instruments in his pocket. With a + pair of compasses he measures his cheese, to see whether any of it has + been stolen since the last meal!’ That is a good story! Here is another! + ‘The Czar has a Tippler’s Club. Once they determined to hold a festival, + and the guests were shut up three days and three nights in order to drink. + Each guest had a bench behind him, on which to sleep off his intoxication, + besides two tubs, one for food and one for ... you understand?’” + </p> + <p> + “No, that is too absurd!” + </p> + <p> + “Such are the stories they like to tell in Petersburg. Have you not heard + that I also extract teeth? In my palace, they say, there is a sack full of + them. And then I am said to perform operations in hospital. Once I drew + off so much water from a dropsical woman that she died.” + </p> + <p> + “Do the people believe that?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly they do. They are so stupid, you see; but I will cut off their + asses’ ears and singe their tongues....” + </p> + <p> + His eyes began to sparkle, and it was plain what direction his thoughts + were taking. But however confidential he might be, there always seemed to + be secret checks at work, so that, even when intoxicated, he always kept + his great secrets though he told unimportant ones. + </p> + <p> + Just then an adjutant came in, and whispered something to the Czar. + </p> + <p> + “Exactly at five o’clock,” answered the Czar in a loud voice. “Sixty + grenadiers, with loaded guns and cutlasses! Adieu! Jaen,” continued the + Czar, giving a sudden turn to his thoughts, “I will buy your loom, but I + will not give more than fifty roubles for it.” + </p> + <p> + “Sixty, sixty.” + </p> + <p> + “You Satan of a Dutchman! You skinflint! If I offer fifty, that is an + honour for you! Indeed it is!” + </p> + <p> + The Czar’s anger rose, but it was connected with the adjutant’s message, + not with the loom. The pot was boiling, and the cover had to fly. “You + miserable peddlers of groceries! Always fleecing people! But your time is + past! Now come the English! They are another sort!” + </p> + <p> + Jaen the seaman became gloomy, and that annoyed the Czar still more. He + wanted to enjoy Jaen’s company, and therefore sought to divert his + thoughts. “Landlord,” he cried, “bring champagne!” + </p> + <p> + The landlord came in, fell on his knees, and begged for mercy, for he had + not the luxurious drink in his store-cellar. This superfluous word + “store-cellar” might sound ironical and provocative, though + unintentionally. Still it was welcome as an occasion for using the stick. + </p> + <p> + “Have you a store-cellar, you rascal? Will you tell me that the keeper of + a seaman’s alehouse has a cellar of spirits!” And now the stick danced. + But as the Dutchman turned away with a gesture of disapproval, the Czar’s + fury broke loose. From time to time his disposition necessitated such + outbreaks. His sabre flew out of its sheath; like a madman, he broke all + the bottles on the dresser and cut all the legs off the chairs and tables. + Then he made a pile out of the fragments, and prepared to burn the + landlord on it. + </p> + <p> + Then a door opened, and a woman entered with a little child on her arm. + When the child saw its father prostrate with his neck stretched out, it + began to scream. The Czar paused, quieted down, went to the woman, and + accosted her. “Be easy, mother; no mischief is going on; we are only + playing at sailors.” + </p> + <p> + Then he turned to the landlord: “Send the account to Prince Menshikoff; he + will pay. But if you scratch me.... Well, I forgive you this time.... Now + let us go, Jaen. Up with the anchor, and stand by the sheet!” + </p> + <p> + Then they drove into the town. The Czar ran up into various houses and + came down again, until it was noon. They then halted before Menshikoff’s + palace. “Is dinner ready?” asked the Czar from the cabriolet. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, your Majesty,” answered a lackey. + </p> + <p> + “Serve up for two! Is the Prince at home?” + </p> + <p> + “No, your Majesty.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind. Serve up for two.” + </p> + <p> + It was the Czar’s habit thus to make himself a guest in his friends’ + houses, whether they were at home or not, and he is said once to have thus + quartered himself upon somebody, with two hundred of his courtiers. + </p> + <p> + After a splendid dinner, the Czar went into an ante-room and laid down to + sleep. The captain had already gone to sleep at the table. But the Czar + laid a watch beside him; he could wake whenever he wished. + </p> + <p> + When he awoke, he went into the dining-room, and found Jaen Scheerborck + sleeping at the table. + </p> + <p> + “Bring him out!” commanded the Czar. + </p> + <p> + “Is he not to accompany your Majesty any more?” the chamberlain, who was a + favourite, ventured to ask. + </p> + <p> + “No! I have had enough of him; one should not meet people more than once + in a lifetime. Carry him to the pump—that will sober him, and then + take him to his ship”—and with a contemptuous glance he added, “You + old beast!” + </p> + <p> + Then he felt whether his sabre was secure, and went out. + </p> + <p> + After his sleep, Peter was again the Emperor—lofty, upright, + dignified. He went along the promenade, serious and sedate, as though to a + battle. When he had found Number 14, he entered at once, sure of finding + his fifty men there. On the right hand ground-floor towards the courtyard, + all the windows stood open. There he saw the conspirators sitting at a + long table and drinking wine. He stepped into the room, saw many of his + friends there, and felt a stab at his heart. + </p> + <p> + “Good-day, comrades!” was his cheery greeting. + </p> + <p> + The whole company rose like one man. They exchanged looks and put on faces + for the occasion. + </p> + <p> + “Let us drink a glass together, friends!” Peter threw himself on a chair; + then he looked at a clock in the room, and saw it was only half-past four. + He had made a mistake of half an hour. Was it his own error, or was + Menshikoff’s clock wrong? + </p> + <p> + “Half an hour!” he thought to himself, but in the next second he had + emptied a huge glass, and began to sing a very popular soldiers’ song, + keeping time by knocking the glass against the table. + </p> + <p> + The effect of the song was magical. They had sung it as victors at + Pultowa; they had marched to the accompaniment of its strains; it carried + their memories to better, happier times, and they all joined in. Peter’s + strong personality, the winning amiable air he could assume when he liked, + had an attractive power for all. One song led to another, and singing + relieved the terrible embarrassment. It was the only possible way of + avoiding a conversation. Between the songs the Czar proposed a health, or + drank to an old friend, reminding him of some experience which they had + shared in common. He dared not look at the clock lest he should betray + himself, but he found the half hour in this den of murderers intolerably + long. + </p> + <p> + Several times he saw two exchanging glances, but then he threw in a + jesting word and the thread was broken. He was playing for his life, and + he played well, for he misled them with his cheerfulness and naivete, so + that they could not tell whether he knew anything or not. He played with + their irresolution. + </p> + <p> + At last he heard the rattle of arms in the courtyard, and with one bound + he was out of the window. + </p> + <p> + “Massacre!” was his only word of command, and then the blood-bath began. + He himself stood at the window, and when any one tried to jump out, the + Czar struck off his head. “Alles tot!” he exclaimed in German, when it was + all over. Then he went his way in the direction of the Peter-Paul + Fortress. + </p> + <p> + He was received by the Commandant, and had himself conducted to Prince + Alexis, his only surviving and eldest son, on whom he had built his hope + and Russia’s destiny. + </p> + <p> + With the key in his hand, he remained standing before the cell, made the + sign of the cross and prayed half-aloud:—“O Eternal God of armies, + Lord of Hosts, who hath put the sword into the hands of rulers that they + may guide and protect, reward and punish, enlighten thy poor servant’s + understanding that he may deal righteously. Thou hast demanded from + Abraham his son, and he obeyed. Thou hast crucified Thine own Son in order + to redeem mankind. Take my sacrifice, O Terrible One, if Thou requirest + it. Yet not my will be done, but Thine. May this cup pass if it be Thy + will. Amen! in the name of Christ, Amen!” + </p> + <p> + He entered the cell, and remained there an hour. When he came out again, + he looked as though he had been weeping; but he said nothing, handed the + key to the Commandant, and departed. There are many varying rumours + regarding what passed that evening between father and son. But one thing + is certain: Alexis was condemned to death by a hundred and twenty-seven + judges, and the verdict was entered on the State records. But the Crown + Prince died before the execution of the sentence. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The same evening, about eight o’clock, the Czar entered his country-house + and sought Katherine. “The old has passed away,” he said. “Now we will + begin the new—you and I and our children.” + </p> + <p> + The Czarina asked no questions, for she understood. But the Czar was so + tired and exhausted, that she feared lest he should have one of the + attacks which she knew so well. And the only way of quieting him was the + old customary one. + </p> + <p> + She sat down in the corner of the sofa; he laid down resting his head on + her capacious bosom; then she stroked his hair till he fell asleep. But + she had to sit for three hours without moving. + </p> + <p> + A giant child on a giant bosom, the great champion of the Lord lay there, + his face looked small, his high brow was hidden by his long hair; his + mouth was open, and he snored like a little child asleep. When at last he + awoke, he looked up at first astonished, to find himself where he was. + Then he smiled, but did not say Thank you, and did not fondle her. + </p> + <p> + “Now we will have something to eat,” was the first thing he said. “Then + something to drink, and then a great firework. I will light it myself down + on the shore. But Jaen Scheerborck must be present.” + </p> + <p> + “You have thrown him out.” + </p> + <p> + “Have I? He was drunk, the fellow. Send for him at once.” + </p> + <p> + “You are so strange, Peter! Never the same for two minutes together.” + </p> + <p> + “I will not be the same; it would be too monotonous. Always something new! + And I am always new. What! I do not weary you with everlasting sameness.” + </p> + <p> + His orders were carried out. Jaen was brought, but had to be bound first; + he was angry with Peter because of his ducking at the pump, and refused to + come. But when he landed, he was embraced and kissed on the mouth, and + then his wrath blew over. + </p> + <p> + They ate and drank and had their firework display, which was a great + pleasure for the Czar. + </p> + <p> + So ended the fateful day which secured the succession to the throne to the + house of Romanoff. And such was the man who termed himself “the Great, the + Self-ruler, the Emperor of All the Russias.” + </p> + <p> + The Barbarian, who civilised his Russia; who built towns and did not dwell + in them himself; who beat his wife, and allowed extensive liberty to + women,—his life was great, copious, and useful on the public side of + it; in private, as it might chance to be. But he had a beautiful death, + for he died in consequence of an illness contracted when saving a life + from shipwreck—he who, with his own hand, had taken the lives of so + many! + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0021" id="link2H_4_0021"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS + </h2> + <p> + Monsieur Voltaire, gentleman-in-waiting to Frederick the Great, possessor + of the much prized Order Pour Le Mérite, Academician, and many other + things besides, had been for three years a guest at Sans-Souci, near + Potsdam. He was sitting this beautiful evening in the wing of the castle + where he lived, busy writing a letter. The air was still and warm, so that + the sensitive Frenchman, who was always shivering, could leave the window + open. + </p> + <p> + His letter, only half written, was directed to the Marquise, the friend of + Cardinal Fleury, who carried on a sort of superior spy-service by means of + correspondence with foreign countries.... “Everything is transitory,” he + wrote, “and it was plain that this would not last. I have to act as a + tutor and correct his bad verses, though he knows neither German nor + French properly. Malicious as an ape he has written satires on all the + ruling heads of Europe which are certainly not fit for printing, but are + quite vulgar and unjust. With a view to the future dear friend, I have + caused his pamphlet to be copied, and at the moment when he strikes, I + shall strike back. If you only knew what this Prussia is, and threatens to + become! It is an eagle sketched in outline with the tip of one wing + resting on the Rhine, and the other on the Russian frontier. There are + gaps here and there in the outline, but when they are filled up the whole + of North Germany will hang like a vulture over Austria’s two-headed + imperial eagle. France must control her hatred against the House of + Hapsburg, and not compromise with the Hohenzollerns, for you know not what + you do. One hears much talk of plans here, but I dare not write them all + down, for he is not to be jested with.” + </p> + <p> + At this point there was heard from the castle the penetrating sound of a + flute, which executed trills and shakes. The old man (for he was now in + his sixtieth year) first put his fingers in his ears, but then continued + to write.... “And then his confounded flute! He is playing on it just now + ... that means we are all to dance to his piping. But still worse than the + flute is something which they call a fugue; I do not know whether one can + call it music, but yesterday Sebastian Bach was here—‘the great + Bach’ of course—and had his son Philipp Emanuel with him. The whole + afternoon they played so-called fugues, so that I had to go to bed and + take medicine. As regards his plans, I will only indicate some of them. + One plan is to divide Austria between France and Prussia, but he is too + cunning to do so, for he needs Austria to help him against France. A + second plan is, to divide Prussia between Russia and Austria, and I have + heard rumours of a third to divide Poland between Russia, Prussia, and + Austria. (The flute is silent, and a heavenly stillness spreads over + Sans-Souci, which for the future I shall write ‘Cent-Soucis,’ for a + hundred petty vexations threaten to shorten my life here.) Our Round + Table, which hitherto only consisted of men of talent, Maupertuis, La + Mettrie, Algarotti, D’Argens, and their like, is now recruited by + guardsmen from Potsdam, and is in course of degenerating into a + tobacco-club. Ziethen and his Dessauers wear greasy leather boots, and + brag of their ‘five victories.’ The day before yesterday they took + liberties, silenced all intelligent conversation, and finally tried to + make me the butt of their jests. What annoyed me the most was that <i>he</i> + could not hide his pleasure at it. Altogether, the procession of the + leather boots means war—as might be expected—against the lady + Maria Teresa. The other lady, the Empress Elizabeth of Russia, he denotes + by another uglier name.... He has become a women’s hero, the nasty + woman-hater. His wife, Elizabeth Christine, is still confined in + Schönhausen.” + </p> + <p> + A head looked in at the window, and the King greeted him, “Good evening, + Monsieur; so busy?” + </p> + <p> + Like a boy surprised in cribbing, the writer threw his papers into + disorder, and drew half a sheet of Dutch vellum over them. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sire, I have just finished a poem to the Emperor Kian-Loung, which + is an answer to his ‘Eloge de Mukden.’” + </p> + <p> + “To the Emperor of China! You have grander acquaintances than I.” + </p> + <p> + “But you have me, sire.” + </p> + <p> + This he said with a superior air of satirising himself, as though he would + make game of his own notorious vanity. + </p> + <p> + The King took the jest as it was intended. “Yes, Monsieur Voltaire belongs + to my most honourable acquaintances, but I would not say to the grandest.” + </p> + <p> + “May I now read my poem to the Chinese Emperor? Do you allow me, sire?” + </p> + <p> + “Would it be any use, if I did not allow it, you pushing man?” + </p> + <p> + “Very well: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “‘Recois mes compliments, charmant roi de la Chine.’” + </pre> + <p> + “But he is an Emperor.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but that is a politeness towards you, sire, who are only a King!” + </p> + <p> + “Only!” + </p> + <p> + “I continue: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “‘Ton trône est done placé sur la double colline + On sait dans l’Occident, que malgre mes travers + J’ai toujours fort aimé les rois qui font des vers!’” + </pre> + <p> + “Thank you.” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “‘O toi que sur le trône un feu céleste enflamme + Des moi si ce grand art don’t nous sommes épris, + Est aussi difficile à Pekin qu’à Paris. + + Ton peuple est-il soumis a cette loi si dure, + Qui vent qu’avec six pieds d’une égale mesure + + De deux Alexandrins, côte à côte marchants + L’un serve pour la rime, et l’autre pour le sens? + Si bien que sans rien perdre, en bravant cet usage, + On pourrait retrancher la moitié d’un ouvrage.’” + </pre> + <p> + “Bravo! Very good!” broke in the King, who felt the sting of the satire + but could control himself. + </p> + <p> + “But do you think that the Emperor will understand that—at any rate + as you intend it?” + </p> + <p> + “If he does not understand it, then he is a blockhead....” + </p> + <p> + “But if he does, you may expect a declaration of war.” + </p> + <p> + “China against Voltaire!” + </p> + <p> + “What would you do then?” + </p> + <p> + “I would beat them, as you do, with my troops, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “But if the Emperor has more troops than you?” + </p> + <p> + “Then I should flee, of course, like you do, sire, or I let myself be put + to flight, and so save my honour as a soldier.” + </p> + <p> + The King was accustomed to Voltaire’s impertinences, and he pardoned them + for the moment, but stored them in his memory. + </p> + <p> + “But now, don’t stick poking about in your room, Monsieur. Come out for a + walk with me. We will philosophise in the cool of the evening. I have so + much to say, and must put my thoughts in order for the great work.” + </p> + <p> + “Sire, I will come immediately.” + </p> + <p> + “No, now; I am waiting.” + </p> + <p> + Monsieur Voltaire became nervous, and began to tidy his desk; he pulled + out drawers, and protracted the business. But the King stood as if on + guard, and watched him. At last the old man had to stop tidying up and + come out, but his limbs twitched, and he shook himself, as though he + wished to shake off something. The King led him down the third terrace, + and turned to the right into the park, where they found a long avenue + which led to a small circular open space. Here there stood the Temple of + Friendship. + </p> + <p> + There was an embarrassing silence between them, but Frederick, who had + learnt self-control, was the first to find the thread which they had lost. + But he had to introduce the conversation by commencing with their present + surroundings. + </p> + <p> + “What a peaceful evening, Monsieur! Peace in nature and in human life! + Have you noticed that there has been no war in the world for seven years—that + is, since the Peace of Aachen?” + </p> + <p> + “Now I have not thought about it. Well, you can now expect the seven lean + kine—I mean years.” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows! You spoke just now of Kian Loung, the peaceful prince who + philosophises and writes verses on tea-plant blossoms; who serves his + people and makes them happy. His neighbour Japan has enjoyed peace for a + hundred years. In India the French and English are rivalling each other in + trade. That is the great East, which we shall soon have to take into + account—. If we consider our portion of the world, with which I + reckon Egypt, the latter lies asleep under Pashas and Mamelukes. Greece, + our motherland, has entered its last sleep. The Athens of Pericles is an + appendage of the Sultan’s harem, and is ruled by black eunuchs. Rome, or + rather Italy, is parcelled out between Lorraine, the House of Bourbon, and + Savoy. But in Rome is my friend Benedict XIV; he is also a man of peace, + and the first Pope, moreover, who acknowledges the King of Prussia. He + tolerates Protestants, helps forward science, and has allowed latitude and + longitude to be measured....” + </p> + <p> + “And expelled the Jesuits, whom you, sire, have received. You ought not to + have done that.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you know of the Jesuits? In Spain we have Ferdinand VI, who + encourages mining, combats the Inquisition, fosters the sciences.” + </p> + <p> + “The itch for writing seems to be spreading over the earth like a + pestilence.” + </p> + <p> + “In England my uncle George, the pupil of Adam Smith, is working solely + for the commercial prosperity of his country. The others we know. But we + ought to remember the great discoveries of our century—fire-machines, + thermometers, lightning-conductors, anchor-watches. In fact it is the + Golden Age which has returned at this late epoch.” + </p> + <p> + “Think only of the fire-machines which they now call steam-engines. And of + the telegraphs! What may we not next expect!” + </p> + <p> + “War, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “I have never loved war, as you know, but I have been driven to it.” + </p> + <p> + “With the stick.” + </p> + <p> + The King was not angry, but he was troubled that a remarkable man, who had + been his friend and teacher, should commit such a <i>bêtise</i>. + </p> + <p> + “You are right; it was my father’s stick, and I bless it. But although I + do not believe that the Golden Age is before the door, yet I do see a + brighter future in the distance.” + </p> + <p> + “I see only clouds which foretell earthquakes. France is undermined; + America is moving; all Europe is prepared to discard Christianity as a + crab its shell; Economics are reduced to a science; nature is ransacked; + we are on the verge of something novel and tremendous; I feel it already + in my corns.” + </p> + <p> + “I also! My leisure-time is drawing to an end, my Tusculum will be closed, + and dreadful things are about to happen.” + </p> + <p> + On the King’s face at this moment there was such an indescribable + expression of pain, as though he had foreseen the Seven Years’ War which + followed immediately on the seven years’ of peace, and he seemed to be + bowed to the earth bearing the destiny of his country and the future on + his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “Sire, at such moment, you need some religion.” + </p> + <p> + “My duty is my religion. My God is the Providence which guides the + destinies of the nations but leaves individuals to themselves! What are + men that you should take notice of these ants?” + </p> + <p> + The conversation was interrupted by a person who appeared in the + background and resembled a judicial official. Voltaire saw who it was, and + became furious: “Your Majesty, how can you allow this rag-tag and bob-tail + to enter the castle-park? Why do you not enclose it with iron gates and + railings?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the King; “I am not the master of my own person, still less + of this castle, but all have rights over me!” + </p> + <p> + “But this is atrocious! Can I not drive him away?” + </p> + <p> + “No, you cannot!” + </p> + <p> + The King beckoned, and the stranger approached with his hat in his hand. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want, my friend?” asked the King. + </p> + <p> + “Only to deliver a document to Monsieur Voltaire, your Majesty.” + </p> + <p> + “Then do your duty.” + </p> + <p> + The man handed the document to Voltaire, and retired. When the old man had + opened and read it, he fell on his knees before the King and exclaimed, + “Save me, sire!” + </p> + <p> + “That is your law-suit with Hirschel about the Saxon state papers. You + thought to deceive each other and the public, but the Jew did not let you + lead him by the nose, Monsieur, and now you are exposed as a falsifier!” + </p> + <p> + “Save me, your Majesty!” + </p> + <p> + “How can I?” + </p> + <p> + “With a word—a single good word before the court....” + </p> + <p> + “For shame, old man! Do you think I can bend the law? Do you want me to + bribe the judges? No, Monsieur, there are judges in Berlin who cannot be + bribed! My word counts as little as that of the meanest. Stand up, go to + your room, and meet me at supper.” + </p> + <p> + “Sire, I beg to be excused coming to supper this evening.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! then we will meet to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + When Voltaire reached his room, he began to search through his papers + which he had left in disorder. He looked for a whole hour for the letter + he had written to the Marquise, without being able to find it. Then he + perceived that the letter had been seized, and he conceived a suspicion + against the King. He stormed about in the room till it had become dark + outside. He felt that it was all over with friendship and hospitality, + with high position and honour, and that he must depart—perhaps by + flight. + </p> + <p> + Accordingly he closed the window-shutters, and made a fire in the stove in + order to burn dangerous papers. When he had finished, he went to bed, and + rang for a servant: “Ask Monsieur La Mettrie to come; I am ill,” he + ordered. + </p> + <p> + La Mettrie, the author of <i>L’Homme Machine</i>, a most rigorous + materialist and atheist, enjoyed Frederick’s favour on account of his + writings. After his death the King himself delivered a funeral oration + over him in the Academy. Voltaire was jealous of him, as he was of + everyone who stood in his way, but La Mettrie was a physician, and + Voltaire could be amiable to anyone of whom he stood in need. + </p> + <p> + The doctor came, not out of philanthropy, but from curiosity and a certain + malicious satisfaction at seeing the favourite in disgrace. + </p> + <p> + “My dear friend,” said the old man, “I am sick in body and soul.” + </p> + <p> + “You haven’t got a soul.” + </p> + <p> + “But the trouble is in the heart.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>Cor, cordis</i>, the heart; then you have eaten too much. Take a + purge, Monsieur; then you will be lighter than lightmindedness itself.” + </p> + <p> + “Prescribe me some proper medicine, man; I am dying.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go to a watering-place.” + </p> + <p> + “Like a minister who is in disgrace; no, thank you.” + </p> + <p> + “Go home to your own country; you are suffering from homesickness.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, there you are right! The air here does not suit me.” + </p> + <p> + “You are beginning to get stout.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean by that?” + </p> + <p> + “And the Marquises are longing for you.” + </p> + <p> + “Are they? What nonsense you talk! But I must have a watering-place.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, take Plombières! There you will meet the court.” + </p> + <p> + “That is an excellent idea! Plombières! But I will return, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course!” + </p> + <p> + “I will be back in three weeks—let us say a month. If only the King + will not be vexed....” + </p> + <p> + “Let me assure you, the King will console himself.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, I will consider the matter. But say—he is not angry with + me?” + </p> + <p> + “Who?” + </p> + <p> + “The King!” + </p> + <p> + “He is not angry with you, otherwise he would have been so long ago! No, + you are belated in thinking that.” + </p> + <p> + “Give me a sleeping powder, and then you can go.” + </p> + <p> + The doctor took the powder, and poured it in a glass of water. + </p> + <p> + The old man drank, but his large eyes followed the changing expressions of + the doctor’s face, who looked very amused. He did not altogether trust + him. + </p> + <p> + “Monsieur Voltaire,” said the doctor, “when you make a fire in the oven, + draw up the small oven-shutters, else there is too much smoke. The Potsdam + fire-engines would very likely be summoned.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! That too! Well! <i>La comedia è finita!</i> Good-night!” + </p> + <p> + “<i>Sic transit gloria mundi!</i> Sleep well!” + </p> + <p> + Voltaire slept during the night, but not well, and was awakened on the + following morning by the sound of salutes fired at Potsdam; from which he + concluded that the King was holding manoeuvres. Neither did he see any + sign of the King, but about noonday he received a letter bearing the royal + arms which ran as follows:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “MONSIEUR,—Doctor La Mettrie has told me of your determination to + travel to a watering-place. Although I shall miss your pleasant + and instructive conversation, I will not resist your wish, since I + am sure that a thorough course of treatment will benefit your + nerves and the wretched state of your heart. Wishing you a good + recovery, or at any rate hoping that you will not be worse than + you are, + + “I am + + “F. R.” + </pre> + <p> + That was his passport for the journey. The same evening Voltaire travelled + to Leipzig, where he read extracts from Frederick’s collection of satires + which he also thought of having printed. But in Frankfurt he was arrested + and deprived of the precious manuscripts, which might have made more + enemies for Frederick than he actually did make later on. Rebuked, and + again liberated, Voltaire fled at first to France, where he published in + the <i>Dictionnaire Historique</i> the most abominable assertions + regarding Frederick’s private life. + </p> + <p> + Two years later he was settled at Ferney, on the Lake of Geneva, as a + multi-millionaire, patriarch, and king. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Many years passed, and still the old Voltaire reigned at his Sans-Souci + called Ferney—just as energetic as ever, just as restless and vain. + </p> + <p> + His little château was a modest two-storied building in a circular + enclosure, surrounded by a courtyard planted with trees. On the left of + the entrance stood a small stone chapel. A tablet over the door bore the + inscription, “Deo erexit Voltaire,” which roused the mirth of his literary + friends and the hatred of the ecclesiastical party. + </p> + <p> + Below in the garden he had an arbour-walk of hornbeam covered in, and + resembling a long hall with windows cut in the side, looking towards the + lake. From thence he could see Mont Blanc, which especially at sunset + showed all its splendour, and the blue levels of the lake stretching + towards Clarens and the Rhone Valley, where the unfortunate Rousseau had + wandered, loved, and suffered. Just now in the twilight, the old man sat + in his arbour walk and played bezique with the local pastor, when the post + arrived. There were many letters with shining seals. + </p> + <p> + “Excuse me, Abbé, I must read my letters!” + </p> + <p> + “Pray do so,” answered the priest, and stood up in order to promenade up + and down the arbour walk. + </p> + <p> + After a while the old man called his friend back: “Come, Abbé, come! You + must hear something!” + </p> + <p> + The Abbé, who, for the sake of his flock, kept on good terms with + Voltaire, and humoured his whims, without, however, yielding to him in + theological discussions, came at the summons. + </p> + <p> + “You must hear a letter from Frederick the Great, the Unique, the + Incomparable. He has pardoned me, and I am ashamed. My last evening in + Sans-Souci I was irritated, and in my cruelty I was mean enough to remind + him of his father’s stick. The moment that the word escaped, I felt his + retort in the air, but he restrained it. He had only needed to return the + thrust with a reference to the stick which had played a certain part in my + youth, but he kept silent, whether out of regard for my years or for some + other reason. (It is remarkable that the stick has also had an influence + on the development of the great Shakespeare and others.) Excuse, Abbé, + this <i>garrulitas senilis</i>—he has pardoned me, and writes, ‘My + old friend!’ + </p> + <p> + “‘The years have passed; to the seven good years which you shared with me + succeeded the seven lean ones—the Seven Years’ War and all that it + brought with it. Friends have departed, and a great loneliness enfolds the + ageing man, who now, among other things, begins to be far-sighted, after + being formerly short-sighted. He sees life in a perspective where the + apparently shorter lines are the longest. He knows that from experience, + and therefore lets himself no longer be deceived. Standing on the height + which he has gained, he is glad to look back, but he can also now see in + front of him. + </p> + <p> + “‘What is now impending? Who can say? This century, which has seen all the + sovereigns leading revolutionary movements, is the strangest of all. We + despots, who forced enlightenment and freedom on the peoples—we were + the demagogues and they rewarded us with ingratitude. It was a perverse + world! I have suffered for my doctrines and actions, but the fate of + Joseph II is tragic. They are slowly but surely murdering him. + </p> + <p> + “‘You do not love war: nor do I, but I was forced to it by Providence and + solicitude for my country. What have I effected thereby? you ask. I have + made a “re-distribution,” as land-surveyors call it, and out of scattered + patches and scraps of territory I have woven together a Prussia, so that + we can now walk on our own ground, without treading on our neighbour’s. Do + not fear Prussia; you need it as a bulwark against Russia, which now, + since the time of the Czar Peter, has a voice and vote in the Council of + Europe. You disapprove of my sharing in the partition of Poland, but I was + obliged to do so; otherwise Russia would have taken all. Poland had lost + its significance in the geographical economy of Europe; it was + Russianised, and the role it had played was taken over by the + Sarmatian.... Silesia was ours, and thank God that the Swedes did not + obtain it, as they at first wished. Moreover, we have sent the Goths home + to their own country, and look after our own affairs ourselves.’” + </p> + <p> + “And so on! Then he says something about Rousseau.” + </p> + <p> + “‘You call Rousseau a swindler; that is a somewhat severe expression. Even + if he did really steal a piece of ribbon, or a silver spoon, it is not + worth talking about. I share his love for nature and his hatred of + mankind. One evening lately, as the sun went down, I thought: “God! how + beautiful are Thy natural creations, and how hideous are Thy human + creatures!” We men, I mean—for I except neither myself nor you, + Monsieur. This cursed race truly belongs to the Iron Age as described by + Hesiod. And we are asked to believe that they are created after God’s + image! After the image of the Devil, I would rather say! Rousseau is right + when he believes in a past Golden Age.’ + </p> + <p> + “What do you say to that, Monsieur l’Abbé?” + </p> + <p> + “It is what the Church teaches regarding the lost Paradise and the Fall, + and also agrees with the Greek legend of Prometheus, who ate of the tree + of knowledge, and thereby brought misfortune on men.” + </p> + <p> + “Good heavens! Have you too become a freethinker? Shoemaker, stick to your + last! If you are a priest, then be a priest, but don’t try to make a botch + of my work. And don’t think you need to flatter me for an increase of + wages. But let us return to Frederick:” + </p> + <p> + “‘History rolls on like an avalanche; the race improves, the conditions of + life become easier, but men are still the same—faithless, + unthankful, criminal; and he just as well as the unjust go to hell. I do + not dare to put down on paper the conclusions to be drawn from this + observation, for that would be to acquit Lazarus, and to crucify + Christ.... Great men have little weaknesses or rather great weaknesses. + We, Monsieur, have been no angels, but Providence has used us for great + objects. Is it a matter of indifference to Providence whom it takes in + hand, or how we live in the flesh, provided we keep the spirit uppermost? + <i>Sursum corda!</i>’” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say to that, Abbé?” + </p> + <p> + “The Law cannot be fulfilled, says St. Paul, but the Law rouses the sense + of guilt, and therefore it is only imposed in order to drive us to grace.” + </p> + <p> + “That was not such a stupid remark of Paul’s. But I should like to add,—in + the prison of the flesh grows the longing for liberation: ‘Who shall + deliver me, wretched man, from this body of sin?’ Yes, Abbé, <i>Vanitas + vanitatum! Vanitas!</i> You are young, but you must not despise the old + man when he turns round and spits behind him all the unpleasantness of his + past life. Might but a generation be born which knew at once the value of + life, as long as a mud-bath is not part of the treatment!” + </p> + <p> + Just then a dark lean man came tortuously along the garden path. + </p> + <p> + “See! there is my Jesuit!” said Voltaire. + </p> + <p> + The old man kept on friendly terms with a Jesuit, partly because the Pope + had expelled them, partly because Frederick the Great had patronised them; + but his chief object was to have someone to dispute with. Perhaps also he + wished to show his freedom from prejudice, for he did not like the + uncongenial man. + </p> + <p> + “Now, you child of Satan!” was the old man’s greeting, “what mischief have + you got in your mind? You look so maliciously pleased!” + </p> + <p> + “I come from Geneva,” answered the Jesuit with an evil smile. + </p> + <p> + “What are they doing there?” + </p> + <p> + “I saw the executioner burn Rousseau’s <i>Emile</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “They may do that, as far as I am concerned, and throw the fool himself + into the fire.” + </p> + <p> + “Monsieur Voltaire!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes: one cannot tolerate lunatics: there are limits!” + </p> + <p> + “Where?” + </p> + <p> + “Imposed by a sound intelligence.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and saw them burn the new edition of Monsieur Voltaire’s <i>Candide</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “For shame! But it is merely a mob in Geneva.” + </p> + <p> + “A Protestant mob, with your permission.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t trouble yourself; I hate Protestants equally with Catholics! This + terrible Calvin burnt his friend Servetus in Geneva, because he did not + believe in the Trinity. And had Jean Calas in Toulouse been a Catholic, + and his son a Protestant, I would still have attacked the judges, although + I am nothing. I am nothing; only, what I write is something.” + </p> + <p> + “Then some day we will raise a monument to Monsieur Voltaire’s writings—not + to Voltaire.” + </p> + <p> + “You have no need; I have already raised my monument myself in the hundred + volumes of my collected works. The world has nothing to do with how the + old ass looked; there is nothing to see in that. We know my weaknesses; I + have lied, I have stolen, I have been ungrateful; something of a + scoundrel, something of a brute! That is the dirty part of me, and I + bequeath it to Jesuits, pettifoggers, hair-splitters and collectors of + anecdotes;—but my spirit to God who gave it, and to men an honest + purpose to understand their Monsieur Voltaire.” + </p> + <p> + He rose, for the sun had descended. + </p> + <p> + “Good-night, Mont Blanc; you have a white head like myself, and stand with + your feet in cold water, as I do! Now I go and lie down! Tomorrow I travel + to Paris, where I will die.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0022" id="link2H_4_0022"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + DAYS OF JUDGMENT + </h2> + <p> + In the northern tower of the Church of Notre Dame de Paris was the + tower-watchman’s chamber. But it had been arranged like a bookbinder’s + workshop, for the watchman’s day-duty was not particularly heavy, and the + hours of the night passed with sleep or without sleep, no one troubling + themselves to oversee this now superfluous church servant. + </p> + <p> + Nobody entered the church, which had been damaged in various ways, and no + one ascended the northern tower, for the bells hung in the southern one. + There the watchman’s duty was regarded more seriously, for on all + extraordinary occasions the alarm-bell had to sound. + </p> + <p> + The watchman kept up a sort of telegraphic communication with the + bellringer in the southern tower. In calm weather they could chat with + each other, but when it was windy, they had to use speaking trumpets. + </p> + <p> + The workshop had, in the course of years, developed into a very + comfortable room. Its southern side was occupied by a single large + bookcase. There the first edition of the <i>Encyclopédie</i> in five and + thirty volumes, shone resplendent in red morocco with gilt letters. There + stood Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, Locke, Hume—all the authors + who ought to have been present. There were also periodicals, the <i>Moniteur</i>, + Père Duchesne and Marat’s <i>L’Ami du Peuple</i>. This last was bound in + somewhat greasy leather, which resembled pig’s-skin, and had curled up at + the corners. + </p> + <p> + Another wall was covered with engravings, some coloured and some plain. + They hung in chronological order from left to right, from top to bottom, + so that one could read the whole history of the Revolution pictorially. + The Oath in the ball-room on June 20, 1789, with Mirabeau’s portrait; the + burning of the Bastille, and the head of the commandant; the Jacobite + Club, with Marat, Saint-Just, Couthon, Robespierre; the Feast of + Brotherhood on the Champ du Mars; the King’s Flight to Varennes; + Lafayette; the Girondists; the execution of the King and Queen; the + Committee of Public Welfare, with Danton and the newly hatched + Robespierre; the Reign of Terror; Charlotte Corday stabbing Marat in the + bath; Robespierre again; Feast of the Supreme Being; Voltaire’s Funeral; + Robespierre again, this time on the 9th Thermidor. Then came Buonaparte + and the Directory, mixed with Pyramids and Alps. + </p> + <p> + In the middle of the room stood a very large table. At the one end were + the bookbinder’s tools; at the other, writing materials. The inkstand was + a skull; the ruler was a fore-arm; the paper-weight was a guillotine, and + the penholder a rib. + </p> + <p> + The bookbinder himself, a centenarian, with an apostolic beard, sat and + wrote under a lantern which hung from the roof. He was the only person + visible in the room. Outside it was stormy, and the roof-plates rattled + from time to time; it was cool in the room, but not cold, for a stove was + lit in a corner, where lay the watchman’s belongings—a great + wolfskin fur-coat, a speaking trumpet, some flags, and a lantern with + variously coloured glass sides. The old man pushed his glasses up his + forehead, looked up, and spoke, though the person with whom he talked + could not be seen. + </p> + <p> + “Are you hungry?” + </p> + <p> + A voice behind the bookcase answered: “Fairly so.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you cold?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not yet.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait a little; I must just go outside and make an observation.” + </p> + <p> + “What are you writing?” + </p> + <p> + “My reminiscences.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it quiet in the town?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but they have gone out to Saint Cloud.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it will soon come to shooting.” + </p> + <p> + “It won’t come to shooting, but we may expect a proclamation. Be quiet + now; I must step out, and send a message. Then you will get some food and + drink; perhaps a pipe of tobacco also.” + </p> + <p> + There was silence behind the bookcase, and the old man put on his + fur-coat, lit his many-coloured lamp, took up a speaking-trumpet, and + stepped out on the balcony. + </p> + <p> + It was very dark, but the old man was familiar with his menagerie out + there on the parapet; he loved his stone monsters—the owl, the + griffin, the gorgon, and stroked them every time that he passed them. But + the creature with a man’s body, goat’s feet and horns, inspired him with a + certain awe, as it stood there leaning on its hands like a priest, and + bending forward as if to preach to the godless city or to hurl anathemas + at it. He took his stand near it, and began to signal with the lantern. + But the wind was so violent that the old man swayed, and had to put his + arm round the creature’s body, in order to support himself. + </p> + <p> + After he had stood for a time signalling with the lantern, and gazing out + into the darkness, he suddenly raised himself upright, put down the + lantern, and raised the speaking-trumpet to his mouth. Holding on to the + stone balustrade, he turned to the southern tower, and cried “Hullo! + Francis! Hallo!” + </p> + <p> + After a while a reply came through the darkness. + </p> + <p> + “Qui vive?” + </p> + <p> + “Mont-joie—Saint-Denis.” + </p> + <p> + “Sacre!” answered the other. “Ring the great bell! Ring, for heaven’s + sake!” + </p> + <p> + The watchman remained standing for a while looking at the coloured lights + on the church tower of St. Cloud. In order to be quite certain, he + repeated his signal, and received for answer: “Right understood.” + </p> + <p> + The old man sighed “Thy will be done, O Lord!” He was on the point of + returning to the turret-chamber, when the wind blew so violently, that he + had to seize the arm of the horned monster in order to stand fast. But the + figure had got loose; it yielded, and moved a little. + </p> + <p> + “He too!” muttered the old man to himself. “Nothing stands fast, + everything slips; nothing remains on which to support oneself.” He + crouched down in order not to be blown away, and so stooping, as he + walked, reached the door of the turret-chamber, which he flung open. + </p> + <p> + “The Revolution is over,” he called out to the bookcase. + </p> + <p> + “What do you say?” + </p> + <p> + “The Revolution is over! Come out, sire.” + </p> + <p> + He laid hold of the bookcase, and opened it like a door on its hinges. It + concealed a neat little room furnished in the style of Louis XV. Out of it + stepped a man of about thirty, with pale delicate features and a + melancholy aspect. + </p> + <p> + “Sire,” said the bookbinder in a humble voice, “now your time is come, and + mine runs out. I do not exactly know what has happened on this eighteenth + of Brumaire in Saint Cloud, but one thing I know: Buonaparte has taken the + helm.” + </p> + <p> + “Jaques,” answered the nobleman, “I do not wish to hurt your feelings, but + I cannot conceal my joy.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t conceal it, sire! You have saved me from the scaffold, and I have + saved you; let us thank each other, and be quits.” + </p> + <p> + “To think that this bloody drama is ended—that this madness....” + </p> + <p> + “Sire, don’t speak so.” + </p> + <p> + His eyes began to sparkle, but he quickly changed his tone. “Let us eat + our last meal together, but in love like fellow-men; let us talk of the + past, and then part in peace. This evening we are still brothers, but + to-morrow you are the lord and I am the servant.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right. To-day I am an emigrant, tomorrow I am a count.” + </p> + <p> + The old man brought out a cold fowl, a cheese, and a bottle of wine, and + both took their places at the table. + </p> + <p> + “This wine, sire, was bottled in ‘89. It has a history, and therefore....” + </p> + <p> + “Have you no white wine? I do not like red.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it the colour you dislike?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it looks like blood! You have lost a wife and four sons.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I weep for them? They fell on the field of honour.” + </p> + <p> + “The scaffold!” + </p> + <p> + “I call the scaffold the field of honour! But you want white wine! Good! + You shall have it. You prefer the colour of tears; I prefer that of + blood!” + </p> + <p> + He opened a bottle of white wine: “<i>Suum cuique!</i> Tastes differ. We + can now breathe again, and sleep quietly at night. That was the hardest + thing to bear during this last decade—the loss of sleep at night. + The fear of death was worse than death itself.” + </p> + <p> + “The worst for us—pardon the expression—was to see the State + and society turned topsyturvy, and brutality enthroned.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait a little! Louis XIV paid two gentlemen of the chamber twenty + thousand livres yearly to examine and carry away his night stool every + morning. The Sansculottes could not be coarser than that. Marie Antoinette + used to go and spend the night drinking with her boon-companions, so that + she returned home about eleven o’clock the next morning exhausted; that + was coarse conduct for such a fine lady.” + </p> + <p> + “You may draw the long bow to-night, Jaques; but to-morrow take care of + your head! You ought not to speak so of these high personages who have + suffered a martyr’s death.” + </p> + <p> + “Stop! stop! The King was what they call ‘a fine fellow,’ but the Queen + was a wretch. But both were justly condemned to death—both! Look + you! if Turgot could have remained at his post, the Revolution would not + have broken out. All the reforms in the State, Church, and Society, which + we—pardon the expression—have carried through could have been + carried through then, if Turgot had been allowed to put his plans into + operation. The Queen would not endure the Minister’s retrenchment of her + revenue, and plotted for his removal, and the King supported her. That was + a great crime. The second was the overthrow of Necker. Then the Queen and + her Court minxes ruled. Both King and Queen sought to stir up foreign + countries against their own; their correspondence relating to this was + discovered, and then the betrayers of their country were condemned to + death. Don’t talk of Martyrs, or I shall be angry. For I am angry when I + hear lies, and cannot control myself.” + </p> + <p> + The Count laid his hand on his sword. + </p> + <p> + “Put your sword in its sheath, young man, or otherwise....” + </p> + <p> + They sat down on opposite sides of the table, and darted angry glances at + each other. + </p> + <p> + “The ultimate causes,” continued the old man, “may be sought in heaven, + but we have here only to do with secondary causes, and those we know. The + Revolution was a Last Judgment which had to come, just as it came in + England exactly a hundred years before, in 1689.” + </p> + <p> + “But Cromwell’s republic did not last.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor does this; but it comes again! But let us rather talk of something + cheerful on this last evening. I have been present at everything; I have a + strong memory, and can forget nothing. But what shines most brightly + through all the dark days is the recollection of the day on the Champs du + Mars, the Feast of Brotherhood of July 14, ‘90. Twenty thousand workmen + were employed to clear it, but, as they could not finish the work by the + appointed day, all Paris went out. There I saw bishops, court marshals, + generals, monks, nuns, society ladies, workmen, sailors, dustmen, and + street-girls levelling the ground with hoes and spades. Finally the King + himself made up his mind to join in the work. That was the greatest feat + of equalisation which mankind have carried out; the hills were made low, + and the valleys filled. At last the great theatre of liberty was ready. At + the altar of the Fatherland a fire of perfumed wood was kindled, and + Talleyrand, Bishop of Autun, with a retinue of four hundred white-robed + priests consecrated the flags. The King in civil dress and the Queen sat + on the platform, and, as the ‘first citizens of the State,’ took the + constitutional oath. All was forgotten; all was forgiven. Half a million + people, collected in one place, animated by one spirit, felt themselves + that day to be brothers and sisters. We wept, we fell in each other’s + arms, we kissed each other. We wept to think what wretches we had been, + and how good and amiable we were now. We wept perhaps, also, because we + guessed how fragile all this was. + </p> + <p> + “And afterwards, in the evening, when Paris turned out in the streets and + market-places. Families ate their mid-day meal on the pavement; the old + and sick were carried into the open air; food and wine were distributed at + the public expense. That was the Feast of Tabernacles, the recollection of + the Exodus from Egyptian bondage; it was the Saturnalia, the return of the + Golden Age! And then....” + </p> + <p> + “Then came Marat, Danton, and Robespierre.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! Robespierre, the most hated of all, was not worse than Louis XI and + Henry VIII.” + </p> + <p> + “A murderer.” + </p> + <p> + “The judge is not a murderer, nor is the executioner.” + </p> + <p> + “But the Golden Age passed—as it came.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet it comes again.” + </p> + <p> + “Not with Buonaparte!” + </p> + <p> + “No, not with him, but through him.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is he?” + </p> + <p> + “A Corsican, born in the same year in which France annexed his country. He + will avenge it, and, since he can never feel himself a Frenchman, he will + exploit our country only for his own purposes. But nevertheless, in spite + of his unparalleled selfishness, his wickedness and crimes, he will serve + humanity—for everything serves.” + </p> + <p> + “And afterwards?” + </p> + <p> + “Who can say? Probably things will go on as they have done hitherto; + sometimes advancing, then a halt; then again advance.” + </p> + <p> + “And then the obsolete turns up again.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, like a drowning man. Three times he comes to the surface to breathe, + but the fourth time he remains below. Or, like an animal chewing the cud; + for some time there are small eructations, re-mastications, and then + everything is ejected through the gullet, after going through the circle.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe in the return of the Golden Age?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes I believe like Thomas, when I have seen. And I have seen. At the + moment, which I now recall, on the Champs du Mars,—then I saw! We + had a forefeeling of the future, we were sure that we had had a vision of + some new order of things, but were uncertain when it would be + established.” + </p> + <p> + “How long are we to wait?” + </p> + <p> + “We should not sit still and wait, but work! That makes the time pass. The + learned say that it took a million years for the Hill of Montmartre to be + deposited from the water. Now history is only three thousand years old; + for three thousand years more, men can reflect over their past, and + perhaps in six thousand an improvement may be noticeable! We are too proud + and impatient, sire. And yet things move quickly. America was discovered + only three hundred years ago, and now it is an European republic. Africa, + India, China, Japan are opened, and soon the whole world will belong to + Europe. Do you see the promise to Abraham, ‘In thy seed shall all the + nations of the earth be blessed,’ is on the way to fulfilment—on the + way, I say.” + </p> + <p> + “The promise to Abraham?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! Have not Christians, Jews, and Muhammedans a share in the promise?” + </p> + <p> + “Christians of Abraham’s seed?” + </p> + <p> + “Through Christ, who was of Judah, we are spiritually Abraham’s seed. One + faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all!” + </p> + <p> + “I have listened to you, and must say that your faith is great, and has + delivered you.” + </p> + <p> + “As it will deliver mankind.” + </p> + <p> + The conversation now ceased, for the alarm-bell began to ring in the south + tower. The sound of it overpowered the din of the storm, and filled the + room with its vibrations, made the table and chairs shake, and both men + tremble. The old man tried to speak, but his guest heard nothing, and only + saw his lips move. Then the old man rose and pointed to one of the many + engravings. + </p> + <p> + It represented Anacharsis Clootz, the philanthropist and philosopher, in a + convent, with a crowd of people from all corners of the earth—black, + yellow, white, copper-coloured—seeking to have them admitted as + citizens into the world-republic. The Count smiled in answer + half-distrustfully, half-tolerantly. The old man tried to speak, but could + not be heard. The boom of the bell seemed to come from the depths of ages, + ringing out the past century and ringing in the new, which would commence + in a few weeks—the nineteenth century since the birth of the + Redeemer, who has promised to return, and perhaps will do so in one way or + another. + </p> + <p> + The Count sat there fingering the letter-weight in the shape of a + guillotine. Suddenly he seized it, and looked questioningly at the old + man, who nodded in the affirmative. The letter-weight was thrown into the + paper-basket. + </p> + <p> + The great bell ceased ringing, the room was quiet, and the old man, his + arms folded over his breast, spoke as though with a sigh of gratitude. + </p> + <p> + “The Revolution is over.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>This</i> Revolution!” + </p> + <p> + “‘Tribulation worketh patience; patience, experience; experience, hope; + and hope maketh not ashamed!’” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0023" id="link2H_4_0023"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + STRINDBERG’S DEATH-BED + </h2> + <p> + (From the <i>Aftonbladet</i>, Stockholm, May 15, 1912) The last time that + Strindberg was in full possession of his senses was late on Monday + afternoon (May 13th). He recognised his daughter Greta, who sat by his + bed, and her husband, Dr. Philp. He was fully aware that the end was near. + He made a sign that he wished to have his Bible, which lay on the table by + the bed. They gave it him; he took it in his hand and said: “All that is + personal is now obliterated. I have done with life and closed the account. + This is the only truth.” + </p> + <p> + He kissed his daughter, but only said, “Dear Greta.” Then he said to Dr. + Philp, “Are you still here, Henry?” After talking a little more, his last + utterance was, “Now I have said my last word. Now I talk no more.” He kept + his Bible so closely clasped to his breast as though that were the only + thing he had to hold fast before the end. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + So Stromboli retreated in the gloom, + Flinging red flame and molten lava high, + A flaring portent: We, who passed it by, + Carry that lurid memory to the tomb; + Yet round its crater living flowers bloom, + The vine, fig, olive grow and fructify, + Over it laughs the blue Sicilian sky, + A paradise upon the verge of doom. + As fiery as that red volcanic blast, + Through years he wrestled with his unseen Foe, + Wailing in pain “I will not let Thee go + Unless Thou bless me who have held Thee fast,”— + And thus, like Jacob, from his overthrow, + He rose a cripple, but a prince at last. +</pre> + <div style="height: 6em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg’s Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + +***** This file should be named 7955-h.htm or 7955-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/9/5/7955/ + + +Text file produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D’Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation’s web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + + </body> +</html> diff --git a/7955.txt b/7955.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e35db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/7955.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11021 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Historical Miniatures + +Author: August Strindberg + + +Release Date: April, 2005 [EBook #7955] +This file was first posted on June 5, 2003 +Last Updated: May 5, 2013 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D'Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + + + + + + + + +HISTORICAL MINIATURES + + +By August Strindberg + + +Translated by Claud Field, M.A. + + + + +PREFACE + +Maximilian Harden, the well-known critic, writes in the _Zukunft_ (7th +September 1907) of the _Historical Miniatures_: + +"A very interesting book, as might be expected, for it is Strindberg's. +And I am bold enough to say a book which should and must be successful +with the public. The writer is not here concerned with Sweden, nor with +Natural History. A philosopher and poet here describes the visions which +a study of the history of mankind has called up before his inner eye. +Julian the Apostate and Peter the Hermit appear on the stage, together +with Attila and Luther, Alcibiades and Eginhard. We see the empires +of the Pharaohs and the Czars, the Athens of Socrates and the 'Merry +England' of Henry VIII. There are twenty brief episodes, and each of +them is alive. So powerful is the writer's faculty of vision, that it +compels belief in his descriptions of countries and men." + +"The question whether these cultured circles really were as described, +hardly occurs to us. Never has the remarkable writer shown a more +comprehensive grasp. Since the days of the _Confession of a Fool_, +Strindberg has become a writer of world-wide significance." + +[Footnote: one collection of Maximilian Harden's essays is published by +Messrs. Blackwood, and another by Mr. Eveleigh Nash.] + + +CONTENTS + +PREFACE + +THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE + +THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS + +ALCIBIADES + +SOCRATES + +FLACCUS AND MARO + +LEONTOPOLIS + +THE LAMB + +THE WILD BEAST + +THE APOSTATE + +ATTILA + +THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS + +ISHMAEL + +EGINHARD TO EMMA + +THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM + +PETER THE HERMIT + +LAOCOON + +THE INSTRUMENT + +OLD MERRY ENGLAND + +THE WHITE MOUNTAIN + +THE GREAT CZAR + +THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS + +DAYS OF JUDGMENT + +STRINDBERG'S DEATH-BED + + + + + +THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE + + +The old worker in ebony and cabinet-maker, Amram, dwelt by the +river-side in a clay-hut which was covered with palm-leaves. There he +lived with his wife and three children. He was yellow in complexion and +wore a long beard. Skilled in his trade of carving ebony and hard wood, +he attended at Pharaoh's court, and accordingly also worked in the +temples. One morning in midsummer, just before sunrise, he got out of +bed, placed his implements in a bag, and stepped out of his hut. He +remained standing on the threshold for a moment, and, turning to the +east, uttered a low prayer. Then he began to walk between fishermen's +huts, following the black broken bank of the river, where herons and +doves were resting after their morning meal. + +His neighbour, the fisherman, Nepht, was overhauling his nets, and +placing carp, grayling, and sheat-fish in the different partitions of +his boat. + +Amram greeted him, and wished to say some words in token of +friendliness. + +"Has the Nile ceased to rise?" he asked. + +"It remains standing at ten yards' height. That means starvation!" + +"Do you know why it cannot rise higher than fifteen yards, Nepht?" + +"Because otherwise we should drown," answered the fisherman simply. + +"Yes, certainly, and that we cannot. The Nile, then, has a Lord who +controls the water-level; and He who has measured out the starry vault, +and laid the foundations of the earth, has set up a wall for the waters, +and this wall, which we cannot see, is fifteen yards high. For during +the great flood in the land of our fathers, Ur of the Chaldees, the +water rose fifteen yards--no more, no less. Yes, Nepht, I say 'we,' +for you are of our people, though you speak another tongue, and honour +strange gods. I wish you a good morning, Nepht, a very good morning." + +He left the abashed fisherman, went on, and entered the outskirts of the +city, where began the rows of citizens' houses built of Nile-bricks +and wood. He saw the merchant and money-changer Eleazar taking down his +window-shutters while his assistant sprinkled water on the ground before +the shop. Amram greeted him, "A fine morning, cousin Eleazar." + +"I cannot say," answered the tradesman sulkily. "The Nile has remained +stationary, and begins to sink. The times are bad." + +"Bad times are followed by good times, as our father Abraham knew; and +when Joseph, Jacob's son, foresaw the seven lean years he counselled +Pharaoh to store up corn in the granaries...." + +"May be, but that is a forgotten tale now." + +"Yes, and have you also forgotten the promise which the Lord gave to his +friend Abraham?" + +"That about the land of Canaan? We have waited four hundred years for +its fulfilment, and now, instead of receiving it, Abraham's children +have become bond-servants." + +"Abraham believed through good and through evil days, through joy and +through sorrow, and that was counted to him for righteousness." + +"I don't believe at all," Eleazar broke in, "or rather, I believe that +things go backwards, and that I will have to put up my shutters, if +there is a failure in the crops." + +Amram went on with a sad face, and came to the market, where he bought a +millet loaf, a piece of an eel, and some onions. + +When the market-woman took the piece of money, she spat on it, and when +Amram received his change, he did the same. + +"Do you spit on the money, Hebrew?" she hissed. + +"One adopts the customs of the country," answered Amram. + +"Do you answer, unclean dog?" + +"I answer speech, but not abuse." + +The Hebrew went on, for a crowd began to gather. He met the barber, +Enoch, and they greeted each other with a sign which the Hebrews had +devised, and which signified, "We believe in the promise to Abraham, and +wait, patient in hope." + +Amram reached at last the temple square, passed through the avenue of +Sphinxes, and stood before a little door in the left pylon. He knocked +seven times with his hand; a servant appeared, took Amram by the arm +and led him in. A young priest tied a bandage round his eyes, and, after +they had searched his bag, they took the cabinet-maker by the hand, and +led him into the temple. Sometimes they went up steps, sometimes down +them, sometimes straight-forward. Now and then they avoided pillars, +and the murmur of water was heard; at one time there was a smell of +dampness, at another of incense. + +At last they halted, and the bandage was taken off Amram's eyes. He +found himself in a small room with painted walls, some seats, and a +cupboard. A richly-carved ebony door divided this room from a larger +one which on one side opened on to a broad staircase leading down to a +terrace facing eastward. + +The priest left Amram alone after he had shown him that the door +required repair, and had, with an unmistakable gesture, enjoined on him +silence and secrecy. + +When Amram was left alone, and found himself for the first time within +the sacred walls which could not overawe a Hebrew's mind, he yet felt a +certain alarm at all the mysteriousness, of which he had heard since +his youth. In order to shake off his fear of the unknown, he resolved to +satisfy his curiosity, though at the risk of being turned out, if he met +anyone. As a pretext he took a fine plane in his hand, and entered the +great hall. + +It was very spacious. In the midst was a fountain of red granite, with +an obelisk set upright in the basin. The walls were adorned with figures +painted in simple colours, most of them in red ochre, but also in yellow +and black. He drew off his sandals, and went on into a gallery where +stood mummy-coffins leaning against the wall. + +Then he entered a domed room, on the vault of which were painted the +great constellations of the northern hemisphere. In the middle of the +room stood a table, on which lay a half-globe covered with designs +resembling the outlines of a map. By the window stood another table, +with a model of the largest pyramid set upon a land-surveyor's board, +with a scale of measurements. Close by stood an alidade, an instrument +for measuring angles. + +There was no visible outlet to this room, but after some search the +uninitiated Hebrew found some stairs of acacia-wood leading up through +a wooden tower. He climbed and climbed, but when he looked through the +loopholes, he found himself always on a level with the roof of the +domed room. But he continued to ascend, and after he had again counted +a hundred steps and, looked through a loop hole, he found himself on a +level with the floor of the domed room. Then a wooden door opened, and +an elderly man in half-priestly garb received him with a greeting as +though he were a well-known and expected superior. But when he saw a +stranger, he started, and the two men gazed at each other long, before +they could speak. Amram, who felt unpleasantly surprised, began the +verbal encounter: "Reuben? Don't you know me, the friend of your youth, +and your kinsman in the Promise?" + +"Amram, the husband of Jochebed, the son of Kohath! Yes, I know you!" + +"And you here! After you have vanished from my sight for thirty years!" + +"And you?" + +"I was sent for to repair a door; that is all; and when I was left +alone, I wanted to look round. + +"I am a scribe in the chief school...." + +"And sacrificest to strange gods...." + +"No, I do not sacrifice, and I have kept my faith in the promise, Amram. +I have entered this temple in order to learn the secrets of the wise, +and to open from within the fortress which holds Israel captive." + +"Secrets? Why should the Highest be secret?" + +"Because the common people only understand what is low." + +"You do not yourself believe in these animals which you call sacred?" + +"No, they are only symbols--visible signs to body forth the invisible. +We priests and scribes revere the Only One, the Hidden, under His +visible shape, the Sun, giver and sustainer of life. You remember, when +we were young, how Pharaoh Amenophis the Fourth forcibly did away with +the ancient gods and the worship of the sacred animals. He passed down +the river from Thebes proclaiming the doctrine of the Unity of God. +Do you know whence he derived that doctrine? From the Israelites, who, +after Joseph's marriage to Asenath, daughter of the High Priest of +On, increased in numbers, and even married daughters of the house of +Pharaoh. But after the death of Amenophis the old order was restored, +the King again resided at Thebes, and the ancient gods were brought out +again, all to please the people." + +"And you continue to honour the Only One, the Hidden, the Eternal. + +"Yes, we do." + +"Is, then, your God not the same as the God of Abraham, Isaac, and +Jacob?" + +"Probably, since there is only One." + +"It is strange. Why, then, do you persecute the Hebrews?" + +"Foreigners are not generally loved. You know that our Pharaoh has +lately conquered the Syrian race of Hittites." + +"In the land of Canaan and the region round about, in the land of our +fathers, and of the promise. Do you see, the Lord of Zebaoth, our God, +sends him to prepare the way for our people?" + +"Do you still believe in the promise?" + +"As surely as the Lord liveth! And I am told that the time will be soon +fulfilled when we shall leave our bondage, and go to the promised land." + +The scribe did not answer, but his face expressed simultaneously doubt +in Amram's declaration, and the certainty of something quite different +which would soon happen. Amram, who did not wish to have his faith +shaken by any kind of explanations, let the subject drop, and spoke of +something indifferent. + +"That is a strange staircase." + +"It is an elevator, and not a staircase." + +Amram glanced up at the domed roof, and found a new pretext for +continuing the conversation, which he did not wish to drop. + +"Does that represent the sky?" he asked. + +"Yes." + +"And its secrets?" + +"Ah, the secrets? They are accessible to all who can understand them." + +"Tell them in a few words." + +"Astronomy is not my province, and I know little of it, but still I +will tell you in a few words. The vault up there represents the sky, +the board lying on the table, the earth. Now the wise speak thus: In the +beginning Earth (Sibu) and Heaven (Nuit) lay near each other. But the +god of air and of sunlight (Shu) raised the sky, and set it as a vault +over the earth. The fixed constellations which we know form as it were +an impression, like that of a seal on wax, of the earth, and when the +learned study the stars, they can find out the unknown parts of our +earth. Look at the constellations which you know. In the north the Great +Bear; in the south, at a certain season of the year, the Hunter (Orion), +with four stars at the corners and three stars in the middle. These +three we Hebrews call Jacob's Staff, and through the uppermost of them +passes the sky-gauge or equator, which corresponds to the earth-gauge +where the sources of our Nile are said to be. + +"You know also the constellation which we specially love--the River +(Nile). Look, how it flees from the Hunter (Orion), and makes as many +windings as the Nile here on earth. Therefore he who wishes to learn the +hidden secrets of earth must learn them from the sky. Our wise men know +only the lands which lie towards the east; but those which lie in the +north under the Great Bear are unknown to us, as also are the lands +towards the west. But it looks as though the lands of the Bear had great +destinies assigned to them. Their numbers are four and three, like those +of the Hunter. Three represents the Divine with its attributes, four +denotes the most perfect possible: three and four together form the +mysterious number seven. To gods sacrifices are offered with the unequal +number, three; to men, with the equal number four. + +"This is about all that I have cursorily understood of the secrets of +the sky. If you now wish to understand some of the secrets of the earth, +let us consider the tombs of the Pharaohs. These, apart from their +ostensible purposes of being tombs, have also a hidden one--_i.e._ to +conceal in their numbers and proportions the discoveries of the learned +regarding the mutual relations of Sibus and Nuits. In the first place, +the sepulchre of the Pharaohs, or the Pyramid, operates with the numbers +four and three; the base with four, the sides with three. That was +indeed one of the secrets of the sky. But the base of the Great Pyramid +is 365 ells broad. There you have the 365 days of the year. Now the +triple side of the Pyramid is 186 great ells, or a stadium long. There +you see where our road-measures come from. + +"If you multiply the breadth of the base with the number 500, which is +about double the breadth measured in great ells, you obtain a length +which is equivalent to 1/360 of the whole orbital path of the sun in +a year, since the number of days in a lunar year is 360. This length +represents four minutes, and those who live a degree west of us see the +sun rise four minutes later than we do. + +"This is all I remember about numbers and proportions. If you wish to +learn more--for example, why the sides of the pyramid are inclined at +an angle of 5l deg.--you must ask the astronomers. The steps to the funereal +chamber, on the other hand, are inclined at an angle of 27 deg.. This +corresponds to the difference between the axis of the universe and the +axis of the earth." + +Amram had listened with special attention to the learned scribe's +explanation of the tombs of the Pharaohs, and when Reuben mentioned +numbers he concentrated his attention still more, as though he wished +to fix something in his mind. Finally he interrupted him, and began to +speak: "You just now mentioned 27 deg.. Good! That is not the inclination +of the axis of the universe, but of the Milky Way, which probably is +the real axis and lies 27 deg. north of the heavenly equator, while the +inclination of the earth's axis to the orbit of the sun is 23 deg.. But you +have forgotten the third Pyramid, that of Menkheres, the base of which +is 107 great ells broad. This number 107 we find again three or five +times in the universe; there are 107 smaller suns between the earth and +the sun; 107 is the distance of the planet Venus, and also of Jupiter +from the sun." + +Reuben started. "What? Where did you get all that? Here you let me +stand, and make a fool of me! Where have you learnt that?" + +"From our oldest and wisest, who have preserved the memories of their +home at Ur in Chaldaea. You despise Assur, you men of Egypt, for you +believe the Nile is the centre of the earth. But there are many centres +in the infinite. Behind Assur, on the Tigris and Euphrates, there lies +another land with another river. It is called the Land of the Seven +Rivers, because its river debouches into seven mouths as the Nile does." + +"The Nile has seven arms, as you say, like the seven-branched +candlestick! + +"That betokens the Light of the world, which shall shine from every land +where a river divides itself in order to flow into the sea. The rivers, +you see, are the blood-vessels of the earth, and as these carry blue and +red blood alternately, so our land has its Blue Nile and its Red Nile. +The Blue Nile is poisonous like dark blood, and the Red is fertilising, +life-giving, like red blood. So everything created has its counterpart +above in heaven and below on earth, for all is one, and the Lord of all +is One--One and the Same." + +Reuben kept silence and listened. "Speak on!" he said at last. + +Amram therefore continued: "The tombs of the Pharaohs have also grown +out of the earth on which they rest. The first or Great Pyramid is built +after the pattern of sea-salt when it crystallises in the warmth of the +sun. If you could look through a dewdrop into a salt-crystal, you would +find it built up of an infinite number of squares just like the Great +Pyramid. But if you let alum crystallise, you will see a whole field of +pyramids. Alum is the salt deposited in clay. There you have the salt of +the earth and of the sea. + +"But there is another kind of pyramid with blunted corners. That is the +original form of sulphur when found in chalk. Now we have water, earth, +and chalk with its fire-stone. There is still a third kind of pyramid +with blunted edges; these resemble crystallised flint or rock crystal. +There you have the foundation of the mountains. A closer examination of +the Nile-mud will discover all these primary forms and substances--clay, +salt, sulphur, and flint. Therefore the Nile is the blood of the earth. +And the mountains are the flesh, not the bones." + +Reuben, whose Egyptian name was Phater, had regarded Amram while he +spoke with alarm and amazement. When the latter had ceased to speak, he +began, "You are not Amram the worker in ebony and cabinet-maker." + +"I am certainly a worker in ebony and cabinetmaker, but I am also of +Israel's priestly line. I am the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, the son +of Jacob, the son of Isaac, the son of Abraham. I am a Levite and the +husband of Jochebed. Miriam, and Aaron are the children hitherto born +to me; one unborn I still await. Now I go back to my work; show me the +way!" + +Phater went in front, but led Amram by another way than that by which +he had come. As they passed by an open door, which led into a large hall +lined with bookcases, Amram stopped, full of curiosity, and wished to +enter, in order to look at the numerous books. But Phater held him back +by his garment, "Don't go in," he said; "the place is full of traps and +snares. The guardian of the library sits concealed in the middle of the +hall, and guards his treasures jealously. He has had the floor made of +dried willow-withes, which creak when they are trodden upon. He hears +anyone stealing in, and he hears if a scribe touches the forbidden +books. He has heard us, and he is feeling after us! Don't you feel as +if cold snake-tongues were touching your cheeks, your forehead, your +eyelids?" + +"Yes, I do." + +"It is he, stretching out the fingers of his soul, as we stretch out an +arm. But now I cut off the feeler which wants to examine us." + +He took out a knife, and made a cut through the air in front of them. + +Amram felt a sudden glow, and at the same moment saw a great adder +writhing on the ground in its death-struggle. + +"You practise magic arts here?" he said. + +"Did you not know that?" + +"I did not expect it." + +At the same instant the wall seemed to open, and they saw a mass of +Nile mud in which crocodiles and snakes twined round each other, while a +hippopotamus trampled threateningly with its forefeet. + +Amram was alarmed, but Phater took out an amulet in the shape of a +scarabaeus, and, holding it as a shield in front of him, he passed +through the terrible shapes, which dissolved like smoke, while Amram +followed him. + +"The magician only cheats our eyes," said Phater, and as he waved his +hand the whole appearance vanished. + +Now they stood again in the first hall, and, pointing to the Nilometer, +Amram said, "Famine!" + +"There is no doubt of that. Therefore all superfluous mouths should be +stopped." + +"What!" + +Phater saw that he had made a slip of the tongue. + +"I mean," he said, "Pharaoh must consider how to get corn." + +"He would find a Joseph useful just now." + +"Why?" broke in Phater more vehemently than he intended. "Don't you +know that Joseph the son of Jacob brought the Egyptians to be Pharaoh's +bond-slaves. Your chronicles and ours relate that he made the peasants +mortgage their land in return for help during the seven lean years, and +that, by his doing so, Pharaoh became sole possessor of all the land of +Egypt." + +"You are not Reuben; you are Phater the Egyptian, for if you were an +Israelite, you would not have spoken thus. Our ways part. I go to my +work." + +Amram laid his hand on the door, and Phater glided into the shadow of +the columns and vanished. But Amram saw by his bent back that he had +evil designs. + + * * * * * + +When Amram came home in the evening, he found that his wife had borne a +son. He was like other healthy children, but did not cry; after the bath +he was wrapped in linen and laid in the darkest corner of the cottage. + +The next day before sunrise Amram went again to his work in the Temple +of the Sun, and was again led into the chamber with his eyes bandaged. +There he was left alone without receiving any counsel or advice +regarding what he was to do. This carelessness seemed to him like +indifference, and indicated a general laxness in the temple servants. +Therefore he again entered the columned hall. He looked uneasily at the +Nilometer, in which the water had sunk. There was no hope of the fifteen +ells of water which the earth needed for the harvest of the year. + +He stepped out on the terrace, which looked towards the east, and +entered an open colonnade. But before he went farther, he took the +precaution of dropping small pieces of papyrus to show him the way back. +He went through narrow courtyards, but took care not to climb steps; his +experience of yesterday had warned him. At last he found himself in a +forest of pillars whose tops were crowned with lotus-buds, and, as he +listened, he heard what seemed a faint song of children's voices from +the roof. He laid his ear to a pillar, and heard it more clearly, like +the ringing music of zither and harp. He knew that this was caused by +the sun, which had already warmed the stones of the roof, and was about +to ascend the sky. + +He went forward, and suddenly saw a terrace upon which stood a +sacrificial altar. From the terrace, a flight of stairs flanked with +sphinxes descended to the river. Thence there sloped a valley, bounded +on the east by the mountains of the Red Sea. At the altar there stood +a priest in a white linen robe with a purple border. He had raised his +arms towards heaven, and stood motionless. His hands were quite white, +since the blood had sunk into his arms, and the face of the old man +seemed astrain with the strength he had invoked from above. Sometimes +his body shuddered as though streams of fire ran through it. He was +silent, and gazed towards the East. Then the shining edge of the sun's +disk rose above the mountain-ridge, and the white hands of the priest +became transparently crimson like his face. And he opened his mouth and +said: "Sun-god: Lord of the splendour of rays, be Thou extolled in the +morning when Thou risest, and in the evening when Thou descendest. I cry +to Thee, Lord of Eternity, Thou Sun of both horizons, Thou Creator who +hast created Thyself. All the gods shout aloud when they behold Thee, O +King of heaven; my youth is renewed when I see thy beauty. Hail to Thee, +as Thou passest from land to land, Thou Father of the gods!" + +He stopped speaking and remained standing, his arms outstretched towards +the sun, as though he absorbed warmth from it. + +Then in the forest of pillars a rattle of arms was heard, which ceased +immediately, and forthwith a stately beardless man appeared, clothed in +purple and gold. His walk was as noiseless as that of a panther's, and +he seemed to glide over the floor which reflected his image, a bright +shadow which followed him as he went. When he came out on the terrace +the sun cast behind him a gigantic dark shadow which lay there like a +carpet. + +"Already at prayer, thou wisest of the wise!" was Pharaoh's greeting to +the Chief Priest. + +"My lord has called me, thy servant has obeyed. My lord has returned +to his land after long and victorious campaigns in far and foreign +countries. Thy servant greets Pharaoh to his face." + +Pharaoh sat down on a chair of state, his face turned towards the rising +sun, and began to speak like one who wishes to set his thoughts in +order. "My chariots have rolled over the red soil of Syria, my horses +have trampled the highways of Babylon and Nineveh; I have crossed the +Euphrates and Tigris, and marched through the region between the two +rivers; I have come to the land of the Five Rivers, and seen the Seven +in the distance, where the Land of Silk begins, that stretches towards +the sunrise. I have returned on my traces and gone northward towards +Scythia and Colchis. Wherever I went I heard murmurs and saw movements. +The people have awaked; in the temples they prophesied the return of the +gods; for men had been left alone to manage their affairs and to guide +their destinies, but had done both badly. Justice had become injustice, +and truth, falsehood; the whole earth groaned for deliverance. At last +their prayers reached the throne of the All-merciful. And now the wise, +the gentle, the saintly proclaim in all tongues the joyful message, 'The +gods return again. They return in order to put right what the children +of men have thrown in confusion, to give laws and to protect justice.' +This message I bring home as a spoil of victory, and thou, wisest of the +wise, shalt receive it first from thy lord." + +"Thou hearest, my Lord Pharaoh, what is spoken over the whole circle of +the earth; thine eyes see farther than the stars of heaven and the eye +of the sun!" + +"And yet only my ear has heard, but my intelligence has not grasped what +the gods have revealed to me in a dream. Interpret it for me." + +"Tell it, my lord." + +"I saw nothing, but I heard a voice, when sleep had quenched the light +of my eyes. The voice spoke in the darkness, and said, 'The red earth +will spread over all lands, but the black shall be dispersed like the +sand.'" + +"The dream, my lord is not hard to interpret, but it forebodes nothing +good." + +"Interpret it." + +"Very well; the red earth is Syria, as thou knowest, my lord, where +live the wretched Hittites, that is the hereditary land of the Hebrew, +Canaan. The black earth is that of the Nile, thy land, my lord." + +"Again the Hebrews, always the Hebrews! Centuries have passed since this +people wandered into our land. They have increased without disturbing +us. I neither love nor hate them; but now I fear them. They have had to +toil, of late more severely than ever, but they do not murmur; they are +patient as though they expected something to happen." + +"Let them go, my lord." + +"No! for then they will go, and found a new kingdom." + +"Let them go." + +"No, I will destroy them." + +"Let them go." + +"Certainly I will destroy them." + +"But thy dream, my lord." + +"I interpret that as a warning and exhortation." + +"Touch not that people, my lord, for their God is stronger than ours." + +"Their God is that of the Chaldaeans. Let our gods fight. I have spoken; +thou hast heard; I add nothing and retract nothing." + +"My Lord, thou seest one sun in the sky, and believest that it shines +over all nations: do you not believe that there is one Lord of the +heaven who rules the destinies of all nations?" + +"It should be so, but the Lord of heaven has made me ruler over this +land, and now I rule it." + +"Thou rulest it, my lord, but thou rulest not wind and weather; thou +canst not raise the water of the Nile by one inch, and thou canst not +prevent the crops failing again this year." + +"Failing? What does the Nilometer say?" + +"My lord, the sun has entered the sign of the Balance, and the water is +sinking already. It means famine." + +"Then I will destroy all superfluous and strange mouths which take the +bread from the children of the country. I will annihilate the Hebrews." + +"Let them go free, my lord." + +"I will summon the midwives, and have every boy that is born of a Hebrew +woman destroyed. I have spoken; now I act." Pharaoh rose from his chair, +and departed more quickly than he had come. Amram sought to find his +way back, but could only discover one piece of papyrus. Then he remained +standing and feared much, for he could not find his way. + +The sun had risen, and there was no more music in the forest of +pillars, but silence. But as Amram listened he began to be aware of that +compressed stillness which emanates from a listener, or from children +who do something forbidden and do not wish to be discovered. He felt +that someone was near who wished to be concealed, but who still kept his +thoughts directed towards him. In order to satisfy himself Amram went in +the direction where the silence seemed to be densest. And lo! behind a +pillar stood Phater. He did not show a sign of embarrassment, but only +held out his open hand, in which lay all the pieces of papyrus, which +Amram had strewed as he went. + +"You must not strew pieces of papyrus on the ground," said Phater with +an inscrutable smile. "Yes--I am not angry, I only wish you well. For +now you will follow me, and not return to your work, which was only a +trap set for your life. You must return to your house, and take care +that your new-born child is not killed. You see that Reuben-Phater is a +true Israelite, although you would not believe him." + +Amram followed him out of the temple, and went home. + + * * * * * + +Jochebed went about in Pharaoh's garden watering cucumbers; she went to +and fro with her watering pot between the Watergate that opened on the +river and the cucumber-bed. But sometimes she went through the gate and +remained for a while outside. + +Miriam, her daughter, pruned the vines which grew against the +garden-wall, but seemed to direct her attention more towards the broad +walk which led up to the summer palace of the princesses. Her head moved +like the leaf of the palm-tree when the wind blows through it, looking +sometimes towards the Watergate, sometimes towards the great walk, while +her hands carried on her work. As her mother delayed her return, she +went from the wall down to the gate, and out to the low river shore +where the bulrushes swayed in the gentle south wind. A stonechat of +the desert sat on a rock by the river, wagged its tail, and flapped its +wings, as though it wished to show something which it saw; and chattered +at the sight of something strange among the bulrushes. High up in the +air a hawk hovered in spiral circles, eyeing the ground below. Miriam +broke off some lotus-buds and threw them at the stonechat, which flew +away, but kept its beak still pointing towards the rushes. The girl girt +up her dress, waded into the water, and now saw her mother standing, +hidden up to her waist in a forest of papyrus-reeds, bending over a +reed-basket with a baby at her breast. + +"Mother," whispered Miriam, "Pharaoh's daughter is approaching; she +comes to bathe in the river." + +"Lord God of Israel, have mercy on my child!" + +"If you have given the child enough to drink, hasten and come." + +The mother bowed herself like an arch over the child; her hair hung down +like an insect-net, and two tears fell from her eyes on the little one's +outstretched hands. Then she rose, placed a sweet date in its mouth, +softly closed the cover, murmured a blessing, and came out of the water. + +A gentle breeze from the land swayed the rushes and crisped the surface +of the river. + +"The basket swims," she said, "but the river flows on; it is red with +blood and thick as cream. Lord God of Israel, have mercy!" + +"Yes, He will," answered Miriam, "as He had mercy on our father Abraham, +who obtained the promise, because he obeyed and believed, 'Through thy +seed shall all the families on the earth be blessed.'" + +"And now Pharaoh slays all the first-born." + +"But not thy son." + +"Not yet." + +"Pray and hope." + +"What? That the monsters of the river do not swallow him, that the waves +of the river do not drown him, that Pharaoh's executioners do not kill +him! Is that the hope?" + +"The promise is greater, and it lives: 'Thy seed shall possess the gate +of his enemies.'" + +"And then Amram thy father has fled." + +"To Raamses and Pithom, where our people toil in the buildings; he has +gone there to warn and advise them. He has done well. Hush! Pharaoh's +daughter comes." + +"But she cannot bathe in the blood of our child." + +"She comes, however. But she is the friend of the poor Hebrews; fear +not." + +"She is her father's daughter." + +"The Egyptians are our cousins; they are Ham's descendants, and we are +Shem's. Shem and Ham were brothers." + +"But Ham was cursed by his father Noah, and Kanaan was Ham's son." + +"But Noah said, 'Blessed be the Lord God of Shem, and let Kanaan be his +servant.' Have you heard? Shem received the promise, and we belong to +him." + +"Lord of Hosts, help us; the basket drifts with the wind! It drifts +towards the bathing-house,--and the vulture up there in the air." + +"That is a hawk, mother!" Jochebed ran up and down the bank, like a dog +whom its master has deserted; she beat her breast, and wept great tears. + +Steps and voices were audible. "Here is Pharaoh's daughter!" + +"But the Lord God of Israel is watching over us." + +The two women hid themselves in the reeds, and Pharaoh's daughter +appeared with her attendants at the watergate. She stepped on the bridge +leading to the bath-house, which was a hut of coloured camel's skin, +supported by pillars which stood in the bed of the river. But the basket +drifted against the bridge and excited the curiosity of the princess. +She remained standing and waited. Jochebed and Miriam could not hear +what she said on account of the wind, but by her quiet movements they +saw that she expected some amusement from the strange gift brought by +the river. Now she sent a slave to the bank. The latter ran and broke +off a long reed, which she handed to her mistress, who fished for the +basket and brought it within reach. Then she knelt down and opened it. +Jochebed saw two little arms outstretched. The princess laughed aloud, +and turned to the women. She uttered an expression of joy, and then +lifted the infant, which nestled in her maiden bosom and felt about in +her white robe. Then the princess kissed it, pressed it to her breast, +and turned back to the shore. + +Miriam, who had now lost all fear, stepped forward and fell on her face. +"See, Miriam," said the princess, whose name was Temma, "I have found a +baby. I have received it from the Nile, and therefore it is a child of +the gods. But now you must find a nurse for it." + +"Where shall I find one, noble princess?" + +"Search! But you must find one before evening. Do not forget, however, +that it is my child, since I drew it out of the water. I have given him +his name, and he shall be called Moses. And I will have him educated so +that he becomes a man after our mind. Go in peace, and find me a nurse!" + +Pharaoh's daughter went with her child up to the palace, and Miriam +looked for her mother among the reeds, where she had waited and heard +what Pharaoh's daughter had said and resolved. + +"Mother, Pharaoh's daughter will bring up Amram and Jochebed's son. +Ham's children will serve Shem's. Praised be the Lord, the God of Shem! +Now you believe in the promise, mother!" + +"Now I believe, and God be praised for His great mercy!" + + + + +THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS + + +After a hot day the sun began to sink, and the market-place lay already +in shadow. The shadow rose and climbed up the Acropolis, on which the +shield of Pallas still gleamed as the aegis of the city. + +Before the vari-coloured colonnade stood a group of men who had +assembled before the semi-circular marble seat called the Hemicyklion; +they appeared to be awaiting someone's arrival before they sat down. +Among them were stately and handsome men, but there was also an +extraordinarily ugly one, round whom, however, the others seemed to +press. His face resembled that of a slave or satyr, and there were +Athenians who thought they could trace in it the marks of all kinds of +wickedness and crime. On hearing of such suspicions, Socrates is said +to have remarked, "Think how much Socrates must have had to contend +against, for he is neither wicked nor a criminal!" + +This was the man known to the whole population of Athens as an eccentric +character who carried on philosophical discussions in streets and +market-places, in drinking-houses and brothels. He shunned no society, +and was on equally intimate terms with Pericles, the head of the state, +and with the licentious Alcibiades. He sat down to table with tradesmen +and artisans, drank with sailors in the Piraeus, and lived himself with +his family in the suburb Ceramicus. When it was asked why Socrates +was always out of doors, his friends answered, "because he was not +comfortable at home." And when his more intimate friends asked how +he could be on intimate terms with seamen and tax-gatherers, Socrates +himself answered, "They are also men!" + +At the philosopher's side, and when he sat, standing behind him, was +always to be seen a youth, whose broad brow attracted attention. This +was his best disciple, whose real name was Aristokles, but who, on +account of his forehead, had the nickname Plato. + +Vying with him in an almost jealous rivalry to appear by the Master's +side, stood the beautiful Alcibiades. + +The third after them was the stately austere Euripides, the tragic +dramatist. Turning his back to the company, absorbed in thought and +tracing designs on the ground, as though he were always at work, stood +Phidias, the man "who made gods for Athens." On the edge of the fountain +sat a man with his legs dangling and his mouth perpetually moving, as +though he were sharpening his tongue for thrust and counter-thrust; his +brow was furrowed and worn as though with fruitless thought, his eyes +glowered like those of a serpent watching for its prey. That was the +Sophist, Protagoras, the reasoner for hire, who for a few figs or a +pair of obols, could make black seem white, but was tolerated in this +brilliant society, because he could carry on a dialogue. They used him +to enliven their meetings, and pitted him in argument against Socrates, +who, however, always entangled him in the meshes of his dialectic. At +last came the one they expected. It was the head of the State, who would +have been king had not the kingship been abolished. His appearance +was majestic, but his entrance without a body-guard was like that of +a simple citizen. He ruled also only by force of his personal +qualities--wisdom, strength of will, moderation, forethought. + +After exchanging greetings which showed that they had already met that +day, for they had been celebrating the deliverance from Persia at the +Salamis festival, the company sat down on the long semicircular marble +seat, called the Hemicyklion. When all had taken their seats, which were +reserved for each according to prescription, a silence followed which +was unusual in this circle, for they were accustomed to assemble as if +for an intellectual feast at every sunset. It was a symposium of minds, +at which the excesses, according to Alcibiades, were only spiritual. + +Alcibiades, the second youngest, but spoilt and aggressive, was the +first to break the silence. "We have been celebrating the battle of +Salamis, the day of our deliverance from the barbarians and the King of +Persia, and I see we are tired." + +"Not too tired," answered Pericles, "to forget the birthday of our +friend Euripides, for, as we all know, he first saw the daylight when +the sun shone on the battle of Salamis." + +"He shall have a libation," answered Alcibiades, "when we sit at table +with our cups in front of us." + +The Sophist, sitting by the fountain, had now collected enough yarn to +commence spinning with. + +"How do you know," he began, "that our deliverance from the King of +Persia was really a piece of good fortune? How do you know that Salamis +was a happy day for Hellas? Has not our great Aeschylus lamented and +sympathetically described the defeat of the Persians? + + "'Hateful to me is thy name, Salamis, + And with a sigh I think of thee, Athens!'" + +"For shame, Sophist!" Alcibiades broke in. + +But Protagoras whetted his beak and continued, "It is not I who say that +the name of Salamis is hateful, but Aeschylus, and I, as everyone knows, +am not Aeschylus. Neither have I maintained that it was a good thing to +serve the Persian King. I have only questioned, and a questioner asserts +nothing. Is it not so, Socrates?" + +The master drew his fingers through his long beard, and answered. + +"There are direct and indirect assertions; a question can be an indirect +and mischievous assertion. Protagoras has made such a one by his +question." + +"Good! Socrates!" exclaimed Alcibiades, who wished to kindle a flame. + +Pericles spoke: "Protagoras, then, has asserted that you would be +happier under the Persian King. What should be done with such a man?" + +"Throw him backwards in the fountain," cried Alcibiades. + +"I appeal!" protested the Sophist. + +"To the mob! They will always justify you," Alcibiades interrupted. + +"One does not say 'mob' if one is a democrat, Alcibiades. And one does +not quote Aeschylus when Euripides is present. When Phidias sits here +one would rather speak of his Parthenon and his Athene, whose robe even +now glitters in the sinking sun. Courtesy is the salt of social life." + +Thus Pericles sought to direct the conversation into a new channel, but +the Sophist thwarted him. + +"If Phidias' statue of Athene must borrow its gold from the sun, that +may prove that the gold granted by the State did not suffice, and that +therefore there is a deficiency. Is it not so, Socrates?" + +The master silenced with his outstretched hand the murmur of disapproval +which arose, and said: + +"It must first be proved that Phidias' statue must borrow gold from +the sun, but since that is unproved, it is absurd to talk of a +deficit. Moreover, gold cannot be borrowed from the sun. Therefore what +Protagoras says is mere babble, and deserves no answer. On the other +hand, will Phidias answer this question? 'When you have made Athene up +there on the Parthenon, have you made Athene?'" + +"I have made her image," answered Phidias. + +"Right! You have made her image. But after what pattern?" + +"After the pattern in my mind." + +"Not after an external one, then? Have you seen the goddess with your +eyes?" + +"Not with my outward eyes." + +"Does she then exist outside you, or inside you?" + +"If no one were listening to us, I would answer 'She is not outside of +me, therefore she is not anywhere at all.'" + +Pericles interrupted him: "You are talking of the gods of the State: +friends, take care!" + +"Help, Protagoras! Socrates is throttling me!" cried Phidias. + +"In my opinion it is not Zeus but Prometheus who has created men," +answered the Sophist. "But Zeus gave unfinished man two imperishable +gifts--the sense of shame and conscience." + +"Then Protagoras was not made by Zeus, for he lacks both." This thrust +came from Alcibiades. But now the taciturn tragedian Euripides began to +speak: "Allow me to say something both about Zeus and about Prometheus; +and don't think me discourteous if I cite my great teacher Aeschylus +when I speak about the gods." + +But Pericles broke in: "Unless my eyes deceive me, I saw just now a pair +of ears projecting from behind the pillar of Hermes, and these ass's +ears can only belong to the notorious tanner." + +"Cleon!" exclaimed Alcibiades. + +But Euripides continued: "What do I care about the tanner, since I do +not fear the gods of the State? These gods, whose decline Aeschylus +foretold long ago! Does not his _Prometheus_ say that the Olympian Zeus +will be overthrown by his own descendant--the son that will be born of a +virgin? Is it not so, Socrates?" + +"Certainly: 'she will bear a son who is stronger than his father.' But +who it will be, and when he will be born, he does not say. Now I believe +that Zeus already lies _in extremis_." + +Again the warning voice of Pericles was heard. "The gods of the State! +Hush, friends! Cleon is listening!" + +"I, on the other hand," broke in Alcibiades, "believe that Athens is +near her end. While we have been celebrating the victory of Salamis, the +Spartans have risen and devastated the north. Megaris, Locris, Boeotia, +and Phocis are already on her side." + +"What you say is well known," answered Pericles deprecatingly, "but at +present there is a truce, and we have three hundred ships at sea. Do you +think, Socrates, that there is danger?" + +"I cannot mix in the affairs of State; but if Athens is in danger, I +will take up shield and lance as before." + +"When you saved my life at Potidaea," added Alcibiades. + +"No, the danger is not there," interrupted Euripides--"not in Sparta, +but here at home. The demagogues have stirred up the marsh, and +therefore we have the pestilence in the Agora, and the pestilence in the +Piraeus." + +"That in Piraeus is the worse of the two," said Protagoras; "don't you +think so, Alcibiades?" + +"Yes, for there are my best girls. My flute-players, who are to perform +at supper this evening, live by the harbour. But, by Hercules, no one +here fears death, I suppose?" + +"No one fears, and no one wishes it," answered Socrates; "but if you +have other girls, that would increase our pleasure." + +"Euripides does not like girls," interrupted Protagoras. + +"That is not true," answered Euripides; "I like girls, but not women." + +Pericles rose: "Let us go to supper, and have walls round our +conversation--walls without ears! Support me, Phidias, I am tired." + +Plato approached Socrates: "Master, let me carry your mantle?" he asked. + +"That is my function, boy," said Alcibiades, intercepting him. + +"It was once," objected Socrates; "now it belongs to Plato of the broad +head. Notice his name! He descends from Codrus, the last king, who gave +his life to save his people. Plato is of royal birth." + +"And Alcibiades is of the race of heroes, the Alcmaeonidae, like his +uncle Pericles; a noble company." + +"But Phidias is of the race of the gods; that is more." + +"I am probably descended from the Titans," broke in Protagoras. "I say +'probably,' for one knows nothing at all, and hardly that. Don't you +think so, Socrates?" + +"_You_ know nothing at all, and least of all what you talk about." +The company passed through the Sacred Street, and went together to the +theatre of Dionysus, near which Alcibiades lived. + + * * * * * + +The demagogue Cleon had really been lurking out of sight, and listening +to the conversation. And so had another man with a yellow complexion and +a full black beard, who seemed to belong to the artisan class. When the +brilliant company had departed, Cleon stepped forward, laid his hand on +the stranger's shoulder, and said: + +"You have heard their conversation?" + +"Certainly I have," he answered. + +"Then you can give evidence." + +"I cannot give evidence, because I am a foreigner." + +"Still you have heard how they spoke against the gods of the State." + +"I am a Syrian, and only know one true God. Your gods are not mine." + +"You are a Hebrew, then! What is your name?" + +"I am an Israelite, of the family of Levi, and call myself now +Cartophilus." + +"A Phoenician, then?" + +"No, a Hebrew. My forefathers came out of Ur of the Chaldees, then fell +into bondage in Egypt, but were brought by Moses and Joshua to the +land of Canaan, where we became powerful under our own kings, David and +Solomon." + +"I don't know them." + +"Two hundred years ago our city Jerusalem was destroyed by +Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, and our people were carried captive to +Babylon. But when Babylon was overthrown by the King of Persia, we fell +under the power of the Persians, and have groaned under the successors +of your Xerxes of Salamis, whom we called Ahasuerus." + +"Your enemies, our enemies! Very well, friend; how did you come here." + +"When the Assyrian was about to carry us for the first time into +captivity, those who could flee, fled to Rhodes, Crete, and the islands +of Greece. But of those who were carried away some were sent northwards +to Media. My ancestors came hither from Media, and I am a new-comer." + +"Your speech is dark to me, but I have heard your nation praised because +they are faithful to the gods of the State." + +"God! There is only One, the Single and True, who has created heaven and +earth, and given the promise to our people." + +"What promise?" + +"That our nation shall possess the earth." + +"By Heracles! But the commencement is not very promising." + +"That is our belief, and it has supported us during our wanderings in +the wilderness, and during the Captivity." + +"Will you give evidence against these blasphemers of the gods?" + +"No, Cleon, for you are idolaters. Socrates and his friends do +not believe in your gods, and that will be counted to them for +righteousness. Yes, Socrates appeared to me rather to worship the +Eternal and Invisible, whom we dare not name. Therefore I do not give +evidence against him." + +"Is _that_ the side you are on? Then go in peace, but beware! Go!" + +"The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob will protect me, so long as I and +my house keep His laws." + +Cleon had espied his friend and fellow-artisan in the colonnade, and +therefore let the inflexible Hebrew go. The latter hastened towards the +sycamore avenue of the oil-market, and disappeared there. + +Anytos the tanner and politician approached, rehearsing a written speech +which he was intending to deliver: "Athens or Sparta,--that is the whole +question at issue...." + +Cleon, full of curiosity, interrupted him: "What are you rehearsing, +Anytos?" + +"A speech." + +"So I heard! Athens or Sparta! Government by the people, or government +by donkeys. The people, the weightiest element in the State, the +cultivators of the land, the producers of wealth, lie at the bottom like +gold. The worthless, the drones, the rich, the aristocratic, the most +frivolous, swim on the surface like chips and corks. Athens has always +represented government by the people, and will always do so; Sparta +represents the donkey-government. + +"The oligarchy, you mean, Cleon." + +"No; donkeys. Therefore, Anytos, Athens is badly governed, for Pericles +the rich man, who boasts of royal ancestors, has come to power. How +can he sympathise with these people, since he has never been down there +below? How can he see them rightly from above? He sits on the gable-roof +of the Parthenon, and views the Athenians as ants, while they are lions, +with their claws pared and their teeth drawn. We, Anytos, born down +there amid the skins of the tanyard and dog's-dung, we understand our +perspiring brothers--we know them by the smell, so to speak. But like +readily associates with like; therefore Sparta feels attracted to +Athens, to Pericles and his followers. Pericles draws Sparta to himself, +and we sink...." + +Anytos, himself an orator, did not like to hear eloquence from others, +therefore he cut abruptly through Cleon's speech. + +"Pericles is ill." + +"Is he ill?" + +"Yes, he has fever!" + +"Really? Perhaps the plague." + +"Perhaps." + +This interjected remark of Anytos had crossed Cleon's prolix discourse, +and a new hope glimmered before him. + +"And after Pericles?" he said. "Cleon, of course." + +"Why not? The man of the people for the people, but no philosophers nor +actors. So, Pericles is sick, is he? Listen, Anytos? Who is Nicias?" + +"He is a grandee who believes in oracles." + +"Don't attack the oracles. I certainly do not believe in them, but +a State requires for its stability a certain uniformity in +everything--laws, customs, and religion. Therefore I support the gods of +the State--and what belongs to them." + +"I also support the gods of the State, so long as the people do." + +The two orators began to be mutually weary, and Cleon wished for +solitude in order to hatch the eggs which Anytos had laid for him. +Therefore he remarked, "You say that Nicias...." + +"I am going to bathe," broke in Anytos; "otherwise I will get no sleep +to-night." + +"But Alcibiades, who is he?" + +"He is the traitor Ephialtes, who will lead the Persian King to +Thermopylae." + +"The Persian King in the east, Sparta in the south." + +"Macedonia in the north." + +"And in the west, new Rome." + +"Enemies in all four quarters! Woe to Athens!" + +"Woe to Hellas!" + + * * * * * + +The guests had assembled at the house of Alcibiades, who on his +arrival had immediately gone off, with the laudable object of procuring +flute-players. Since the evening was warm, supper was served in the +Aula, or inner court, which was surrounded by Corinthian colonnades, and +lighted by many lamps which hung between the pillars. + +After they had taken a light meal, ivy wreaths were distributed and cups +were set before the guests. + +Aspasia, the only woman present, had the place of honour next to +Pericles. She had come at the beginning, accompanied by her slaves, and +was waiting impatiently for the verbal contests to begin. But Pericles +was depressed and tired. Socrates lay on his back, silent, and looked up +at the stars, Euripides chewed a wood-splinter and was morose; Phidias +kneaded balls of bread, which in his hand took the shapes of animals; +Protagoras whispered to Plato, who, with becoming youthful modesty, kept +in the background. + +Quite at the bottom of the table sat the skeleton, with a wreath of +roses round its white forehead. In order to counteract the uncanny +feeling likely to be aroused by this unbidden guest, Alcibiades had +placed an onion between its front teeth, and in one of its hands an +asphodel lily, which the skeleton appeared to smell at. + +When the silence at last became oppressive, Pericles roused himself from +his lethargy, and opened the conversation. + +"I should like," he said, "without raising any bitterness or strife, +to suggest as a subject for discussion the often-raised question of +Euripides' supposed misogyny. What do you say, Protagoras?" + +"Our friend Euripides has been married three times, and each time has +had children. He can therefore not be a woman-hater. Is it not so, +Socrates?" + +"Euripides," answered Socrates, "loves Aspasia, as we all do, and can +therefore not be a woman-hater. He loves, with Pericles' consent, the +beauty of Aspasia's mind, and is therefore no misogynist. Not much that +is complimentary can be said about Aspasia's person, and we have nothing +to do with it. Is Aspasia beautiful, Phidias?" + +"Aspasia is not beautiful, but her soul is beautiful and good. Is it +not, Pericles?" + +"Aspasia is my friend, and the mother of our child; Aspasia is a wise +woman, for she possesses modesty and conscientiousness, self-knowledge +and foresight; Aspasia is prudent, for she is silent when wise men +speak. But Aspasia can also cause wise men to speak wisely by listening +to them; for she helps them to produce thoughts, not like Socrates' +midwife, who only brings corporeal births to pass, but she incarnates +their souls." + +Protagoras continued: "Aspasia is like the Mother Cybele of us all; she +bears us in her bosom." + +"Aspasia is the scale of the zither, without whom our strings would not +sound." + +"Aspasia is the mother of us all," recommenced Socrates, "but she is +also the midwife who washes our new-born thoughts and wraps them in +beautiful swaddling-clothes. Aspasia receives our children dirty, and +gives them back to us purified. She gives nothing of herself, but by +receiving gives the giver the opportunity to give." + +Euripides resumed the topic which they had dropped: "I was accused, and +am acquitted--am I not, Aspasia?" + +"If you can acquit yourself of the accusation, you are acquitted, +Euripides." + +"Accuse me, dear Accuser; I will answer." + +"I will bring the accusation in your own words. Hippolytus says in +one passage in your tragedy of that name: 'O Zeus, why, in the name of +heaven, didst thou place in the light of the sun that specious evil to +men--women? For if thou didst will to propagate the race of mortals, +there was no necessity for this to be done by women, but men might, +having placed an equivalent in thy temples, either in brass or iron, or +weighty gold, buy a race of children each according to the value paid, +and thus might dwell in unmolested houses, without females.'" + +"But now first of all, when we prepare to bring this evil to our homes, +we squander away the wealth of our houses." + +"How evil woman is, is evident from this also, that the father who begat +her and brought her up, having given her a dowry, sends her away in +order to be rid of her." + +"Now defend yourself, Euripides." + +"If I were a Sophist like Protagoras, I should answer, 'It was +Hippolytus who said that; not I.' But I am a poet, and speak through my +characters. Very well; I said it, I meant it when I wrote it, and I mean +it still. And yet I almost always love any given woman, though I hate +her sex. I cannot explain it, for I was never perverse like Alcibiades. +Can you explain it, Socrates?" + +"Yes, a man can hate and love a woman simultaneously. Everything is +produced by its opposite--love by hate, and hate by love. In my wife +I love the good motherly element, but I hate the original sin in her; +therefore I can hate and love her at the same time. Is it not so, +Protagoras?" + +"Now it is Socrates who is the Sophist. Black cannot be white." + +"Now it is Protagoras who is simple. This salt in the salt-cellar is +white, but put out the lamps, and it is black. The salt therefore is not +absolutely white, but its whiteness depends on the light. I should be +inclined rather to believe that salt is absolutely black, for darkness +is merely the absence of light, and is nothing in itself, communicates +no quality of its own to the salt, which in the darkness is something +independent, consequently its real nature is black. + +"But in the light a thing can be both black and white. This sea-sole, +for instance, is black above, but white below. In the same way something +can be good and bad at the same time. Therefore Euripides is right when +he says that he loves and hates woman simultaneously. The misogynist is +he who only hates woman, but Euripides loves her also. Therefore he is +not a misogynist. What do you think, Aspasia?" + +"Wise Socrates! You confess that Euripides hates women, therefore he is +a woman-hater." + +"No, my dear child, I admitted that Euripides _both_ loves and hates +women,--_both_, mark you. I love Alcibiades, but I abhor and hate +his want of character; now I ask the friends here, am I a hater of +Alcibiades?" + +"No, certainly not," they answered simultaneously. But Aspasia was +roused, and wished to rouse him. "Wise Socrates, how do matters stand +between you and your wife?" + +"The wise man does not willingly speak of his wife," Protagoras struck +in: "nor of his weakness." + +"You have said it. One sacrifices to the earth, but unwillingly; one +binds oneself, but without pleasure; one endures, but loves not; one +does one's duty to the State, but with difficulty. There is only one +Aspasia, and she belongs to Pericles--the greatest woman to the greatest +man. Pericles is the greatest in the State, as Euripides is the greatest +on the stage." + +This was an opportunity for Protagoras, without his needing to seek it. +"Is Euripides greater than Aeschylus and Sophocles?" he asked. + +"Certainly, Protagoras! He is nearer to us; he speaks _our_ thoughts, +not those of our fathers; he does not cringe before the gods and fate; +he fights with them; he loves men, knows them, and laments them; his art +is more elaborate, his feelings warmer, his pictures more life-like than +those of the ancients. But now I should like to speak of Pericles." + +"Stop, Socrates! In the Pnyx or the Agora, but not here! Though I should +be glad of a word of encouragement since false accusations rain on me. +We have come here to forget and not to remember ourselves, and Socrates +delights us most when he speaks of the highest things, among which I do +not count the State of Athens. Here comes Alcibiades with his following. +Kindle more lights, boys, and put more ice in the wine." + +There was a noise at the entrance; the dog barked, the doorkeeper +shouted, and Alcibiades entered with his companions. These consisted of +girls and of two strangers whom he had found in a wine-house. + +"Papaia!" he cried. "Here is the host! And here is Aristophanes, a +future dramatist. Here is the Roman Lucillus, formerly a Decemvir, +who has been banished. There is one of the many Laises who have sat to +Phidias. Aspasia must not take it ill. And here are flute-players from +Piraeus. Whether they have the pestilence, I know not! What can they +do to me? I am twenty years old, and yet have done nothing? Why, then, +should I live? Now Lais will dance. Papaia!" + +Euripides rose and made a sign for silence. "Let the dance wait; +Pericles is not pleased, and looks serious." A pause followed. The heat +was oppressive. It was not thunder-weather, but something like it, and a +sense of uneasy expectation seemed to weigh upon all their spirits. + +Then, as if by accident, the arm of the skeleton fell on its knee with +a slight snap. The flower, which it had held under its nose, lay on the +earth. + +All started, even Alcibiades, but, angry with himself for this weakness, +he took a cup and stepped forward. + +"The skeleton is thirsty! I drink to it! Who pledges me?" + +"Socrates can do so the best. He can drink half a jar of wine in one +pull, without winking." + +As a matter of fact, Socrates was notorious for his drinking powers, but +now he was not in the mood. "Not to-day! Wine is bitter to my taste," he +said. + +And turning to Pericles, he whispered: "Evil eyes have come here. This +Aristophanes is not our friend! Do you know him?" + +"Very little, but he looks as though he would like to murder us." + +Alcibiades continued to address the skeleton: "Thus looks Athens at this +moment! Sparta and the Persian King have gnawed off its flesh; Cleon has +tanned its skin; the allies have gouged out its eyes; the citizens have +drawn out its teeth,--those citizens whom Aristophanes knows and whom +he will soon describe. Here's to you, skeleton! '[Greek: _Polla metaxu +pelei kulikos kai cheileos akrou_]!'" + +There was a sudden change in the scene. The skeleton sank backwards like +a drunken man; the lamps began to sway on their chains, the salt-cellar +was spilt on the table. + +"Ohioh!" cried Alcibiades, "Tralall! Ha! Ha! Ha! The table wobbles, the +sofa rocks; am I drunk, or is the room drunk?" + +All were alarmed, but Socrates commanded quiet. "A god is near! +The earth shakes, and I hear ... does it thunder? No! That is an +earthquake." + +All jumped up, but Socrates continued, "Be quiet! It is already past." + +After they had all taken their places again, he continued: "I was five +years old when Sparta was visited by an earthquake; twenty thousand men +perished, and only six houses remained standing. Then it was Sparta. +Now it is Athens. Yes, friends, a voice says to me, 'Before a babe can +become a man, we shall have been dispersed and destroyed like a bevy of +birds.'" + +Again the dog barked, and the door-keeper shouted. There entered an +uninvited guest in a state of excitement. + +Alcibiades greeted him. "It is Nicias," he said. "Now I will be sober; +the thoughtful Nicias comes to our feast. What is the matter?" + +"Allow an uninvited guest." + +"Speak, Nicias!" + +"Pericles!" began the new-comer hesitatingly, "your friend, our friend, +the glory of Athens and Hellas,--Phidias is accused...." + +"Stop! Silence!" + +"Accused! O shame and disgrace! I cannot say it without weeping: Phidias +is accused of having purloined gold from the statue of Athene." + +The silence which followed was first broken by Pericles: "Phidias hides +his face in his mantle; he is ashamed for Athens. But by the gods and +the nether world, let us swear to his innocence." + +"We swear!" exclaimed all like one man. + +"I swear also," said Nicias. + +"Athens is dishonoured, if one has to swear that Phidias has not +stolen." + +Nicias had approached Pericles, and, bowing to Aspasia, he whispered, +"Pericles, your son Paralos is ill." + +"Of the pestilence! Follow me, Aspasia." + +"He is not my son, but yours; therefore I follow you." + +"The house collapses, friends depart, all beauty passes away, the ugly +remains." + +"And the gods sleep." + +"Or have emigrated." + +"Or are dead! Let us make new ones." + +Another shock of earthquake extinguished the lamps, and all went out +into the street, except Socrates and Alcibiades. + +"Phidias accused of theft! Let the walls of the world fall in!" said +Socrates, and sank, as was his custom, into a fit of absent-mindedness +that resembled sleep. + +Alcibiades took one of the largest double-goblets, veiled it, and +improvised the following dithyramb: + + "May everything break up from Pindus to the Caucasus! + Then will Prometheus be unbound and bestow fire again + on frozen mortals! + And Zeus descends to Hades, Pallas sells herself; + Apollo breaks his lyre in two, and cobbles shoes; + Ares lets his war-horse go, and minds sheep; + And on the ruins of all earthly glory, stands Alcibiades + alone, + In the full consciousness of his almightiness, + And laughs!" + + * * * * * + +The pestilence had broken out in Athens accompanied by shocks of +earthquake. + +When Pericles, accompanied by Aspasia, reached his house, his son by his +divorced wife was dead. + +According to the prevailing custom, and to show that he had not been +murdered, the corpse was placed in the doorway. A small coffin of +cedar-wood, painted red and black, stood on a bier, and showed the dead +child dressed in a white shroud. He had a garland on his head, woven of +the plant of death, the strong-scented Apium or celery. In his mouth he +had an obol as Charon's fee. + +Pericles uttered a prayer in an undertone, without showing especially +deep sorrow, for he had gone through much, and learnt to suffer. + +"Two sons the gods have taken from me. Are they enough to atone?" + +"What have you to atone for?" asked Aspasia. + +"One must suffer for another; the individual for the State. Pericles has +suffered for Athens." + +"Pardon me that my tears dry sooner than yours. The thought that _our_ +son lives, gives me comfort." + +"It comforts me also, but not so much." + +"Shall I go, before your wife comes?" + +"You must not leave me, for I am ill." + +"You have spoken of it for a long time now. Is it serious?" + +"My soul is sick. When the State suffers, I am ill.... There comes the +mother of the dead." + +A black-robed woman appeared in the doorway; she wore a veil in order to +hide the fact that her hair was cut off; she had a garland in her hand, +and a slave followed her with a torch. + +She did not immediately notice Aspasia's presence, greeted her former +husband with a glance, and laid the garland at the dead boy's feet. "I +only bring a funeral garland for my son," she said, "but instead of the +obol, he shall take a kiss from the lips of his mother." + +She threw herself on the dead child, and kissed him. + +"Beware of the dead!" said Pericles, and seized her arm; "he died of the +pestilence." + +"My life has been a lingering death; a quick one is preferable to me." + +Then she noticed Aspasia, and, rising, said with quiet dignity, "Tell +your friend to go." + +"She goes, and I follow her." + +"That is right! For now, my Pericles, the last tie between us is +dissolved! Farewell!" + +"Farewell, my wife!" + +And, turning to Aspasia, he said, "Give me your hand, my spouse." + +"Here it is." + +The mourning mother lingered: "We shall all meet again some day, shall +we not? And then as friends--you, she, and he who is gone before to +prepare a dwelling for the hearts which are separated by the narrow laws +of life." + + * * * * * + +Pericles and Socrates wandered in the avenue of plane-trees below the +Hemicyklion, and conversed together. + +"Phidias has been acquitted of theft, but re-arrested on the charge of +blaspheming the gods of the State." + +"Arrested? Phidias!" + +"They say that he has represented me and himself in Athene's shield." + +"That is the mob's doing, which hates all greatness! Anaxagoras banished +because he was too wise; Aristides banished because he was too just; +Themistocles, Pausanias.... What did you do, Pericles, when you gave the +people power?" + +"What was lawful and right. I fall certainly by my own sword, but +honourably. I go about and am dying piecemeal, like Athens. Did we +know that we adorned our statues for a funeral procession? that we +were weaving our own shrouds? that the choruses of our tragedies were +dirges?" + +"Athens is dying--yes! But of what?" + +"Of Sparta." + +"What is Sparta?" + +"Sparta is Heracles; the club, the lion-skin, brute-strength. We +Athenians are the sons of Theseus, ranged against the Heraclidae, +Dorians, and Ionians. Athens dies by Sparta's hand, but Hellas dies by +her own." + +"I believe the gods have forsaken us." + +"I believe so too, but the Divine lives." + +"There comes Nicias, the messenger of misfortune." It was Nicias; +and when he read the question in the faces and glances of the two, he +answered, without waiting to be asked: "From the Agora!" + +"What is the news from the Agora?" + +"The Assembly seeks help from the Macedonians." + +"Why not from the Persians? Good! then the end is near. Do they seek +help from the enemy? From the barbarian, the Macedonian, who lies above +us like a lion on a hill. Go, Nicias, and say, 'Pericles is dying.' +And ask them to choose the worthiest as his successor! Not the most +unworthy! Go, Nicias, but go quickly." + +"I go," said Nicias, "but for a physician." + +And he went. + +"No physician can cure me!" answered Pericles; but in a weak voice, as +though he spoke to himself. He took his old seat in the Hemicyklion. +When he had rested a while, he made Socrates a sign to come near, for he +did not wish to raise his voice. + +"Socrates, my friend," he began, "this is the farewell of a dying man. +You were the wisest, but take it not ill if I say, 'Be not too wise'; +seek not the unattainable, and confuse not men's minds with subtleties; +do not make the simple complicated. You wish to see things with both +eyes, but he who shoots with the bow, must close one eye; otherwise he +sees his mark doubled. You are not a Sophist, but may easily appear so; +you are not a libertine, but you go about with such; you hate your city +and your country, and rightly; but you should love them to the death, +for that is your duty; you despise the people, but you should be sorry +for them. I have not admired the people, but I have given them laws and +justice; therefore I die! + +"Good-night, Socrates! Now it is dark before my eyes. You shall close +them, and give me the garland. Now I go to sleep. When I awake, _if_ I +awake, then I am on the other side, and then I will send you a greeting, +if the gods allow it. Good-night." + +"Pericles is dead. Hear it, Athenians, and weep as I do!" + +The people streamed thither, but they did not weep. They only wondered +what would now happen, and felt almost glad of a change. + + * * * * * + +Cleon the tanner stood in the orator's pulpit in the Pnyx. Among his +most attentive hearers were Alcibiades, Anytos, and Nicias. Cleon said: +"Pericles is dead, and Pericles is buried; now you know it. Let him rest +in peace with his merits and faults, for the enemy is in Sphacteria, and +we must have a commander; Pericles' shadow will not serve for that. Here +below sit two adventurers, fine gentlemen both; one is called Nicias, +because he never has conquered; the other Alcibiades, and we know his +conquests--goblets and girls. On the other hand, we do not know his +character, but you will some day know him, Athenians, and he will show +his incisors himself. Such and such and such a one have been proposed +for commander--oddly enough all fine gentlemen, and all grandees, of +course. Athens, which has abjured all kings and their like, must now +fight with royal Sparta, and must, faithful to its traditions, appear +in the field under a man of the people on whom you can rely. We need no +Pericles who commissions statues and builds temples to Fame and Glory; +Athens has enough of such gewgaws. But now we must have a man who +understands the art of war, who has a heart in his breast and a head on +his shoulders. Whom do you wish for, men of Athens?" + +Alcibiades sprang up like a young lion, and went straight to the point. +"Men of Athens, I propose Cleon the tanner, not because he is a tanner, +for that is something different. At any rate the army may be compared +to an ox-skin, and Cleon to a knife; but Cleon has other qualities, +especially those of a commander. His last campaign against Pericles and +Phidias closed with a triumph for him. He has displayed a courage which +never failed, and an intelligence which passed all mortal comprehension. +His strategy was certainly not that of a lion, but he conquered, and +that is the chief point. I propose Cleon as leader of the campaign." + +Now it so fell out that this patent irony was still too subtle for the +mob, who took it seriously. Alcibiades also had a certain influence with +them because of his relationship to Pericles, and they listened to him +readily. Accordingly the whole assembly called out for Cleon, and he was +elected. + +But Cleon had never dreamt of the honour of being commander, and he was +prudent enough not to endeavour to climb beyond his capacity. Therefore +he protested against the election, shouting and swearing by all the +gods. + +Alcibiades, however, seized the opportunity by the forelock, and, +perceiving that the election of Cleon meant his death, he mounted +an empty rostrum and spoke with emphasis: "Cleon jests, and Cleon is +modest; he does not himself know what sort of a commander he is, for +he has not proved himself; but I know who he is; I insist upon his +election; I demand that he fulfil his duty as a citizen; and I summon +him before the Areopagus if he shirks it when the fatherland is in +danger." "Cleon is elected!" cried the people. + +But Cleon continued to protest, "I do not know the difference between +a hoplite and a peltast; [Footnote: a heavy-armed and a light-armed +soldier.] I can neither carry a lance nor sit upon a horse." + +But Alcibiades shouted him down. "He can do everything; guide the State +and criticise art; carry on law-suits and watch Sophists; he can discuss +the highest subjects with Socrates; in a word, he possesses all the +public virtues and all the private vices." + +Now the people laughed, but Cleon did not budge. + +"Athenians!" said Alcibiades in conclusion, "the people have spoken, and +there is no appeal. Cleon is elected, and Sparta is done for!" + +The assembly broke up. Only Cleon remained behind with his friend +Anytos. "Anytos!" he said. "I am lost!" + +"Very probable!" answered Anytos. + +But Alcibiades went off with Nicias: "Now Cleon is as dead as a dog. +Then comes my turn," he said. + + * * * * * + +Socrates walked, deep in thought, up and down the courtyard of his +house, which was very simple and had no colonnades. His wife was carding +wool, and did it as if she were pulling someone's hair. + +The wise man kept silence, but the woman spoke--that was her nature. +"What are you doing?" she asked. + +"For the sake of old acquaintance, I will answer you, though I am not +obliged to do so. I am thinking." + +"Is that a proper business for a man?" + +"Certainly; a very manly business." + +"At any rate no one can see what you are doing." + +"When you were with child, it was also invisible; but when, it was born, +it was visible, and especially audible. Thus occupations which are at +first invisible, become visible later on. They are therefore not to be +despised, least of all by those who only believe in the visible." + +"Is your business with Aspasia something of that sort?" + +"Something of that, and of another sort too." + +"You drink also a good deal." + +"Yes, those who speak become thirsty, and the thirsty must drink." + +"What is it in Aspasia that attracts men?" + +"Certain qualities which give zest to social +intercourse--thoughtfulness, tact, moderation." + +"You mean that for me?" + +"I mean it for Aspasia." + +"Is she beautiful?" + +"No." + +"Anytos declares that she is." + +"He tells an untruth. Do you see Anytos, Cleon's friend and my enemy?" + +"He is not my enemy." + +"But mine. You always love my enemies and hate my friends; that is a bad +sign." + +"Your friends are bad men." + +"No, on the contrary. Pericles was the greatest of the Athenians, +Phidias the best, Euripides the noblest, Plato the wisest, Alcibiades +the most gifted, Protagoras the most acute." + +"And Aristophanes?" + +"He is my enemy, though I do not know why. I suppose you have heard of +the comedy which he has written about me." + +"Anytos told me. Have you seen it?" + +"I saw the _Clouds_ yesterday." + +"Was it amusing--was it clever?" + +"What did Anytos think?" + +"He made me laugh when he described some scenes." + +"Then it must be amusing, or you would not have laughed." + +"Did you not laugh, my Socrates?" + +"Yes, of course; otherwise they would have thought me a blockhead. You +know that he has depicted me as a rogue and fool. Since I am neither, it +was not serious; therefore it was in jest." + +"Do you think so? I think it was serious." + +"And you laugh at the serious? Do you weep, then, at jesting? Then you +would be mad." + +"Do you think I am mad?" + +"Yes, if you think me a rogue." + +"You know that Cleon is with the army." + +"I was astonished to hear it." + +"Astonished! You think, then, that he is not fit to command." + +"No, I know nothing about his fitness as commander, for I have never +seen him in the field. But I am astonished at his election, as he +himself was, because it was unexpected." + +"You therefore expect him to be defeated." + +"No, I wait for the result, in order to see whether he wins or loses." + +"You would be glad if he lost?" + +"I do not love Cleon, but as an Athenian I would mourn if he were +defeated; therefore I would not rejoice at his overthrow." + +"You hate Cleon, but you do not wish his overthrow." + +"On account of Athens--no." + +"But except for that?" + +"Except for that, Cleon's overthrow would be a blessing for the State, +for he has been unjust to Pericles, to Phidias, to all who have done +anything great." + +"Here comes a visitor." + +"It is Alcibiades." + +"The wretch! Are you not ashamed to be on intimate terms with him?" + +"He is a man; he has great faults and great merits, and he is my friend. +I do not wish to be on intimate terms with my enemies." Alcibiades +knocked at the door, and rushed in. "Papaia! The pair are philosophising +together, and talking of yesterday's comedy! This Aristophanes is an +ass! If one wishes to kill an enemy, one must hit him; but Aristophanes +aims at the clouds. Hit, yes! Do you know that Cleon is defeated?" + +"What a pity!" exclaimed Socrates. + +"Is it a pity that the dog is unmasked?" + +"I think Alcibiades is misinformed," broke in Xantippe. + +"No, by Zeus, but I wish I was!" + +"Hush! here is Anytos coming," said Socrates. + +"The second tanner! It is strange that the destiny of Athens is guided +by tanners." + +"The destiny of Athens! Who knows it?" + +"I, Alcibiades, am the destiny of Athens." + +"[Greek: _Hubris_]! Beware of the gods!" + +"I come after Cleon; Cleon is no more; therefore it is my turn." + +"Here is Anytos!" + +Anytos entered: "I seek Alcibiades." + +"Here I am." + +"Must I prepare you....' + +"No, I know." + +"Prepare you for the honour...." + +"Have I waited long enough." + +"To go at the head...." + +"That is what I was born for." + +"To take the lead...." + +"That is my place." + +"And conduct the triumphal procession?" + +"What procession?" + +"Ah! you did not know. Cleon's triumphal procession from the harbour." + +Alcibiades passed his hand downwards over his face, as though he wished +to changed his mask, and it was done in a moment. + +"Yes, certainly, certainly, certainly. I have in fact just come here +to--announce his victory." + +"He lies," broke in Xantippe. + +"I jested with the pair. There will be a triumphal procession, then, for +Cleon! How fine!" + +"Socrates," continued Anytos, "are you not glad?" + +"I am glad that the enemy is beaten." + +"But not that Cleon has won a victory?" + +"Yes, it is nearly the same thing." + +Xantippe seized the opportunity and struck in: "He is not glad, and he +does not believe in Cleon." + +"I know you," concluded Anytos. "I know you philosophers and quibblers! +But take care!--And now, Alcibiades, come and receive the despised +Cleon, who has saved the fatherland!" + +Alcibiades took Socrates by the hand, and whispered in his ear. "What a +cursed mischance! Well, not yet!--but the next time!" + + + + +ALCIBIADES + + +Kartaphalos, the shoemaker, sat in his shop by the Acarnanian Gate, and +repaired cothurns for the Dionysian theatre, which was about to make a +last attempt to revive the tragic drama, which had been eclipsed by the +farces of Aristophanes. The Roman Lucillus lounged at the window-sill, +and, since philosophy had been brought into fashion by Socrates and the +Sophists, the shoemaker and the exiled Decemvir philosophised as well as +they could. + +"Roman!" said Kartaphalos, "you are a stranger in the city, as I am: +what do think of the state and the Government?" + +"They are exactly like the Roman. One may sum up the whole past history +of Rome in two words--Patricians and Plebeians." + +"Just as it is here." + +"With the difference that Rome has a future. Hellas only a past." + +"What is known of Rome's future?" + +"The Cumaean Sibyl has prophesied that Rome will possess the earth." + +"What do you say? Rome? No, Israel will possess it; Israel has the +promise." + +"I do not venture to deny that, but Rome has also the promise." + +"There is only one promise, and one God." + +"Perhaps it is the same promise, and the same God." + +"Perhaps Israel will conquer through Rome." + +"Israel will conquer through the promised Messiah." + +"When will Messiah come, then?" + +"When the time is fulfilled, when Zeus is dead." + +"May we live to see it. I wait, for Zeus has gone to Rome, and is called +there Jupiter Capitolinus." + +Aristophanes, who was easily recognised by his crane-like neck and open +mouth, looked in through the window. + +"Have you a pair of low shoes, Kartaphalos? A pair of 'socks'? +[Footnote: a low-heeled shoe worn by comic actors.] You have plenty of +cothurns, I see, but the 'sock' has won the day." + +"At your service, sir." + +"We want them for the theatre, you understand.... Ah! there is Lucillus! +... and of raw leather, not tanned." + +"What are you going to play in the theatre, then?" + +"We are going to bring on Cleon, and make him dance, and fancy! since +no one dares to represent the low-born tanner, I must do it. I will play +Cleon." + +"Where is the great general, Cleon, now?" + +"In a new campaign against Brasidas. When the commander Demosthenes won +the battle of Sphacteria, Cleon claimed the honour of the victory and +received a triumph. Then, since he regarded himself as a great warrior, +he marched against Brasidas. The pitcher goes so often to the well...." + +"Till it is broken," interrupted a new arrival. It was Alcibiades. +"Papaia!" he exclaimed, "Cleon is beaten! Cleon has fled! Now it is my +turn! Come to the Pnyx." And he went on. + +"Very well--to the Pnyx," said Aristophanes, "and I will obtain matter +for a new comedy, to be called _Alcibiades_." + +"You are right, perhaps," answered Lucillus. "The whole matter is not +worth weeping for. Therefore let us laugh!" + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades stood again on the orator's platform in the Pnyx. He felt +at home there, and he always had the ear of the people, for he was +not tedious. They all spoilt him, and his grotesque impudence had an +enlivening effect upon them. + +Before the orator's platform, among others, was to be seen the wise, +rich, and aristocratic Nicias, who had always sought to mediate between +Sparta and Athens, but through his over-deliberation had done more harm +than good. + +Alcibiades, who knew Nicias and his political views, and feared his +opposition, resolved on a master-stroke. He would not speak of Sparta +and Athens as Nicias expected, but determined to make a diversion, and +speak of something quite different. The people loved novelties, and +to-day they should have something quite new. + +"Athenians!" he began, "Cleon is defeated and dead, and I place my +undoubted talents at the service of the State. You know my small +failings, but now you will know my great merits. Listen, Athenians. +There was a time when Hellas possessed Asia Minor and extended its wings +eastward. The Persian King took these settlements from us one after the +other, and he is now in Thrace. Since we cannot go farther eastward, +we must go westward, towards the sunset. You have heard more or less +vaguely of the Roman Republic, which is growing and growing. Our +countrymen have long ago taken possession of that part of the Italian +peninsula which is called Tarentum, and we have thereby become close +neighbours of Rome. And the finest of the islands, opulent Sicily, +became ours. But the Romans have gradually surrounded our colonies, and +threaten their independence. The Romans are pressing on us, but they are +also pushing northward towards Gaul and Germany, and southward towards +Africa. The Persian King, who was formerly our enemy, has now nearly +become our friend, and our danger is not now Persia, but Rome. +Therefore, with the future in view, I say to you Athenians, 'Let us go +to Italy and Sicily. With Sicily as our base, we can dispute with the +Romans the possession of Spain and the Pillars of Hercules. In Sicily +we have the Key to Egypt; by means of Sicily we protect the threatened +Tarentum, and can, in case of need, save sinking Hellas. The world is +wide; why should we sit here and moulder in the wilderness? Hellas is +an exhausted country; let us break up new ground. Hellas is an outworn +ship; let us build a new one, and undertake a new Argonautic enterprise +to a new Colchis to win another Golden Fleece, following the path of the +sun westward. Athenians! let us go to Sicily!'" + +These new prospects which the speaker opened to them pleased the people, +who were tired of the everlasting Sparta and the Persian King; and +stimulated by fear of Rome, the growing wolf's-cub, they received the +ill-considered proposal with applause, and raised their hands in token +of assent. + +Nicias sought an opportunity to speak, and warned them, but no one +listened to him. The Scythian police who kept order in the Pnyx could +procure him no audience. And when Nicias saw that he could not prevent +the enterprise, he placed his services at Alcibiades' disposal, and +began to equip the fleet. + + * * * * * + +Aspasia was now the widow of Pericles, and had mourned him for a long +time. The "Hemicyklion" was no more, but her few remaining friends +visited her from time to time. Socrates was the most faithful among +them. One evening he sat with her in the little brick-roofed villa on +the bank of the Cephisos. + +"No, Aspasia," he said, "I advised against the Sicilian expedition, so +did Nicias, so did the astronomer Meton, but it was to be. Alcibiades +had managed to procure a favourable response from the oracle in the +Temple of Ammon." + +"Do you believe in oracles, Socrates?" + +"Yes--and no! I have my own 'demon,' as you know, who warns but never +urges--who advises, but never commands. This inner Voice has said to me, +'Hellas will not conquer the world.'" + +"Will Rome do it?" + +"Yes, but for another!" + +"You know that Pericles' great thought was a single Hellas--a union of +all the Grecian States." + +"That was Pericles' wish, but the will of the gods was otherwise. +Alcibiades' dream of Hellas governing the world is also great, but the +dreams of the gods are greater." + +"What gain do you think comes to Athens from Cleon's death?" + +"None! After Cleon comes Anytos. Cleon is everlasting, for Cleon is the +name of an idea." + +Protagoras, grown old and somewhat dull, appeared in the inner +courtyard. + +"There is Protagoras!" + +"The Sophist! I do not like him," said Aspasia. "He is a file who frets +all will away; his endless hair-splitting robs one of all resolution." + +"You speak truly and rationally, Aspasia, and in an earlier age you +would have sat upon the Pythoness's tripod and prophesied. Like the +priestess, you know not perhaps what you say, but a god speaks through +you." + +"No, Socrates; I only utter your thoughts; that is all!" + +Protagoras came forward. "Mourning in Athens! Mourning in Hellas! Alas!" +was his greeting. + +"What is the matter, Protagoras?" + +"Phidias of immortal memory lies dead in prison." + +"Alas! then they have killed him." + +"So it is rumoured in the city." + +"Phidias is dead!" + +"Probably poisoned, they say; but that need not be true." + +"All die here in Athens before their proper time. When will our turn +come?" + +"When it does." + +"Are we falling by the arrows of the Python-slayer? We are shot like +birds." + +"We are the children of Apollo. Would our father kill us?" + +"Saturn has returned to devour his children." + +Socrates sank in meditation, and remained standing. + +"We have angered the gods." + +Lucillus the Roman entered. "See the Roman!" said Socrates, "the lord of +the future and of the world. What has he to tell us?" + +"I come to warn Protagoras. He is to be banished." + +"I?" + +"You are banished." + +"On what grounds?" + +"As a blasphemer. You have repudiated the gods of the State." + +"Who is the informer?" + +"The sycophant, the invisible, who is present everywhere." + +"All is probable; nothing is certain," exclaimed Protagoras. + +"Yes, this is certain." + +"Well, my fabric of thought is shattered against this certainty as +everything else is shattered." + +"[Greek: _Panta rei_]. Everything flows away; nothing endures; all comes +to birth, grows, and dies." + +"Farewell, then, Aspasia, Socrates, friends, fatherland! + +"Farewell!" + +Protagoras departed with his mantle drawn over his head. + +"Will Athens miss Protagoras?" asked Aspasia. + +"He has taught the Athenians to think and to doubt; and doubt is the +beginning of wisdom." + +"Aristophanes has murdered Protagoras, and he will murder you some day, +Socrates." + +"He has done that already; my wife rejoices at it, but still I live." + +"Here comes young Plato with an ominous look. More bad news I expect." + +"Expect? I am certain! Sing your dirge, Plato." + +"Dirges, you mean. Alcibiades has been accused and recalled." + +"What has he done?" + +"Before his departure he has mutilated all the images of Hermes in the +city." + +"That is too much for one man; he could not do that." + +"The accusation is definite; injury to the gods of the State." + +"And now the gods avenge themselves." + +"The gods of Greece have gone to Rome." + +"There you have spoken truth." + +"Now comes number two: The Athenians have been defeated in Sicily. And +number three: Nicias is beheaded." + +"Then we can buy sepulchres for ourselves in the Ceramicus." + + * * * * * + +Near the Temple of Nemesis in the Agora stood the tanner Anytos chatting +with Thrasybulos, a hitherto obscure but rising patriot. + +Anytos rattled away: "Alcibiades is in Sparta; Sparta seeks the help of +the Persian King; only one thing remains for us--to do the same." + +"To go over to the enemy? That is treachery." + +"There is nothing else to be done." + +"There were once Thermopylae and Salamis." + +"But now there is Sparta, and the Spartans are in Deceleia. Our envoys +have already sailed to the Persian King." + +"Then we may as well remove Athene's image from the Parthenon! Anytos! +look at my back; for I shall be ashamed to show my face now when I +walk." + +Anytos remained alone, and walked for some time up and down in front of +the temple portico. Then he stopped and entered the vestibule. + +The priestess Theano seemed to have been waiting for him. Anytos began: +"Have you obeyed the order of the Council?" + +"What order?" + +"To pronounce a curse on Alcibiades, the enemy of his country." + +"No, I am only ordered to bless." + +"Have the avenging goddesses, then, ceased to execute justice?" + +"They have never lent themselves to carry out human vengeance." + +"Has Alcibiades not betrayed his country?" + +"Alcibiades' country is Hellas, not Athens; Sparta is in Hellas." + +"Have the gods also become Sophists?" + +"The gods have become dumb." + +"Then you can shut the temple--the sooner, the better." + + * * * * * + +The incorrigible Alcibiades had really fled from Sicily to the enemy at +Sparta, and now sat at table with King Aegis; for Sparta had retained +the monarchy, while Athens at an early date had abjured it. + +"My friend," said the King, "I do not like your dining at the common +public table, after being accustomed to Aspasia's brilliant feasts in +Athens." + +"I! Oh no! My rule was always the simplest food: I went to sleep with +the sun, and rose with the sun. You do not know what a severe ascetic I +have been." + +"If you say so, I must believe it. Rumour, then, has slandered you?" + +"Slandered? Yes, certainly. You remember the scandal about the +statues of Hermes. I did not mutilate them, but they have become my +destruction." + +"Is that also a lie?" + +"It is a lie." + +"But tell me something else. Do you think that it is now the will of the +gods that Sparta should conquer Athens?" + +"Certainly, as certainly as virtue will conquer vice. Sparta is the home +of all the virtues, and Athens of all the vices." + +"Now I understand that you are not the man I took you for, and I will +give you the command of the army. Shall we now march against Athens?" + +"I am ready!" + +"Have you no scruple in marching against your own city?" + +"I am a Hellene, not an Athenian, Sparta is the chief city of Hellas." + +"Alcibiades is great! Now I go to the general, and this evening we +march." + +"Go, King! Alcibiades follows." + +The King went, but Alcibiades did not follow, for behind the curtains +of the women's apartment stood the Queen, and waited. When the King had +gone, she rushed in. + +"Hail! Alcibiades, my king!" + +"Queen, why do you call your servant 'king'?" + +"Because Sparta has done homage to you, because I love you, and because +you are a descendant of heroes." + +"King Aegis the Second lives." + +"Not too long! Win your first battle, and Aegis is dead." + +"Now life begins to smile on the hardly-tried exile. If you knew my +childhood with its sorrows, my youth with its privations! The vine had +not grown for me, woman had not been made for me; Bacchus knew me not; +Aphrodite was not my goddess. The chaste Artemis and the wise Pallas +guided me past the devious ways of youth to the goal of knowledge, +wisdom, and glory. But when I first saw you, Timia, my queen...." + +"Hush!" + +"Then I thought that beauty was more than wisdom." + +"Hush! some one is listening." + +"Who?" + +"I, Lysander, the General," answered a sharp voice, and the speaker +stood in the middle of the room. + +"Now I know you, Alcibiades, and I have your head under my arm, but I +have the honour of Sparta under the other. Fly before I strangle you!" + +"Your ears have deceived you, Lysander!" + +"Fly! do us the kindness to fly! Fifty hoplites stand without, waiting +for your head." + +"How many do you say? Fifty? Then I will fly, for I cannot overcome more +than thirty. My queen! farewell! I have thought better of Sparta. This +would never have happened in Athens. Now I go to the Persian King; there +they understand better what is fitting, and there I shall not be obliged +to eat black broth!" + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades sat with the Persian satrap Tissaphernes, and Alcibiades +the eloquent spoke. "Yes, my teacher Protagoras taught me once, that +everything is born from its opposite; therefore you see my heart can +embrace all opposites. Sparta and Athens are both dear to me; that is +to say, both hateful--the state--gods of the one, and the virtues of the +other." + +"You have a great heart, stranger! Is there room in it for Persia?" + +"For the whole world." + +"What do you think of our chief city?" + +"I love all large cities!" + +"But at the present moment, you ought to love ours the most." + +"Yes, I do." + +"You must also love our allies." + +"Pardon me, who is your present ally?" + +"At present, it is Sparta." + +"Very well, then, I love Sparta." + +"And suppose it is Athens to-morrow?" + +"Then I will love Athens to-morrow." + +"Thank you. Now I understand that it is all over with Hellas. Old Greece +is so corrupt, that it is hardly worth conquering." + +"Protagoras taught that man is the measure of all things; therefore I +measure the value of all things by myself; what has value for me, that I +prize." + +"Is that the teaching of your prophets? Then we have better ones; do you +know Zarathrustra?" + +"If it would do you a pleasure, I wish I had known him from childhood." + +"Then you might have been able to distinguish good and evil, light and +darkness, Ormuzd and Ahriman. And you would have lived in the hope +that light will eventually conquer; and that all discordances will be +reconciled through suffering." + +"I can at any rate try. Is it a large book?" + +"What are the names of your sacred books?" + +"Sacred! What is that?" + +"From whence do you get your religion, the knowledge of your gods?" + +"From Homer, I believe." + +"You do not believe that Zeus is the supreme ruler of the world?" + +"Yes, I do certainly." + +"But he was a false swearer and a lecher." + +"Yes! But how can that be helped?" + +Tissaphernes rose. "Listen, my guest; we cannot share any common +undertaking, for we do not serve the same gods. You call us barbarians. +I, on my part, know no term of reproach strong enough for people who +honour such gods. But the Athenians are as rotten as you, for they have +pardoned you. Outside there stands an envoy from Athens come to beg you +to return. Go to Athens; that is your place." + +"To Athens? Never! I do not trust them." + +"Nor they, you! That is appropriate. Go to Athens, and tell your +countrymen--the Persian does not want them. The vine tendrils seek the +sound elm, but turn away from the rotten cabbage-top." + +Alcibiades had begun to walk up and down the room. That meant that he +was irresolute. + +"Is the Athenian really outside?" he asked. + +"He kneels outside in order to beg the traitor Alcibiades to be their +lord. But listen, you are a democrat, are you not?" + +"Yes, of course." + +"Then you must change your point of view, for now an oligarchy governs +Athens." + +"Yes, ah! yes, yes--but I am an aristocrat, the most aristocratic in the +State." + +"Spinning-top! Seek for a whip!" + +Alcibiades stood still. "I think, I must speak with the Athenian after +all." + +"Do that! Speak the Athenian language to him! He does not understand +Persian." + + * * * * * + +Alcibiades returned to Athens; the death-sentence against him was +annulled; and as a commander who had won a battle, he was able to have +a triumphal procession from Piraeus to the city. But popular favour was +fickle, and, becoming suspected of aspiring to be king, he fled again, +this time to the Persian satrap Pharnabazes. Since he could not +live without intrigues, he was soon entangled in one, unmasked, and +condemned, without his knowing it, to death. + +One day he was sitting with his paramour, and chatting quietly at his +ease: "You think, then, Timandra, that Cyrus marches against his brother +Artaxerxes, in order to seize the throne of Persia." + +"I am sure of it, and equally sure that he has ten thousand Athenians +under Xenophon with him." + +"Do you know whether Artaxerxes has been warned?" + +"Yes, I know it." + +"Who could have warned him?" + +"You did." + +"Does Cyrus know that?" + +"Yes, he does." + +"Who has betrayed me?" + +"I did." + +"Then I am lost." + +"Yes, you are." + +"To think that I must fall through a woman!" + +"Did you expect anything else, Alcibiades?" + +"No, not really! Can I not fly?" + +"You cannot, but I can." + +"I see smoke! Is the house on fire?" + +"Yes, it is. And there are archers posted outside!" + +"The comedy is over! We return to tragedy...." + +"And the satyr-play begins." + +"My feet are hot; generally cold is a precursor of death." + +"Everything is born from its opposite, Alcibiades." + +"Give me a kiss." + +She kissed him, the handsomest man of Athens. + +"Thank you!" + +"Go to the window; there you will see!" + +Alcibiades stepped to the window. "Now I see." + +At that moment he was struck by an arrow. "But now I see nothing! It +grows dark, and I thought it would grow light." + +Timandra fled, as the corpse began to burn. + + + + +SOCRATES + + +Sparta had conquered Athens, and Athens lay in ruins. The government by +the people was over, and the rule of the Thirty Tyrants had succeeded +it. Socrates and Euripides walked with sad faces among the ruins on the +Agora. + +Socrates spoke: "We are on the ruins of Athens' walls! We have become +Spartans. We would have no tyrants, and now thirty rule over us." + +"I go to the North," said Euripides, "to Macedonia, whither I am +invited." + +"In that you are right, for the Tyrants have forbidden the acting of +your tragedies." + +"That is true." + +"And they have forbidden me to teach." + +"Have they forbidden Socrates to speak? No! Then he can teach, for he +cannot speak without teaching. But they must have forbidden the oracles +to speak, for they have ceased to prophesy. Everything has ceased! +Hellas has ceased to be! And why?" + +"You may well ask. Has Zeus begotten the son who is to overthrow him, as +Aeschylus foretold?" + +"Who knows? The people have introduced a new God called Adonai or +Adonis. He is from the East, and his name signifies the Lord." + +"Who is the new god?" + +"He teaches readiness for death, and the resurrection. And they have +also got a new goddess. Have you heard of Cybele, the mother of the +gods, a virgin, who is worshipped in Rome like Vesta by vestal priests." + +"There is so much that is new and obscure, like wine in fermentation. +There comes Aristophanes. Farewell, my friend, for the last time here in +life." + +"Wait! Aristophanes beckons! No, see! he weeps! Aristophanes weeps!" + +Aristophanes approached. "Euripides," he said, "don't go till I have +spoken to you." + +"Can you speak?" answered Euripides. + +"I weep." + +"Do not quit your role. Shall that represent tears?" + +"Sympathise with a companion in distress, Euripides; the Tyrants have +closed my theatre." + +"Socrates, shall I sympathise with my executioner?" + +"I believe that the Temple of Nemesis has been opened again," answered +Socrates. "Aristophanes has never been ingenuous hitherto; now he is so +with a vengeance. Very well, Aristophanes, I sympathise with you that +you can no more scoff at me. I pardon you, but I cannot help you to +stage your comedies. That is asking too much. Now I follow Euripides +home." + + * * * * * + +Socrates sat by Aspasia, who had grown elderly. "Euripides has gone to +Macedonia," he said. + +"From his wives." + +"You have become bitter." + +"I am tired of seeing ruins and all the rest. The Tyrants are murdering +the citizens." + +"That is the occupation of tyrants." + +"Shall we soon have rest?" + +"In the Ceramicus, in a cedar coffin." + +"I will not die; I will live, but quietly." + +"Life is not quiet." + +"Yes, if one is well off." + +"One never is." + +"No, not if one is unhappily married, like you, Socrates." + +"My wife is certainly the worst possible; if she had not had me for a +husband, she would long ago have been murdered." + +"Xantippe betrays you with her gossiping; and when she does not +understand what you say, she gives others distorted ideas of your +opinions and your person." + +"Yes, I know that, but I cannot alter it." + +"Why do you continue in such a state of humiliation?" + +"Why should I fly? One is only justified in flying from superior force, +and Xantippe is not a superior force to me." + +"You are forbidden, on pain of death, to give instruction; that is her +work and that of Anytos." + +"She may bring about my death, if she likes, for then she has only +brought about my freedom.... Aspasia, I hear that our friendship is on +the decline; you have found new friends, you have become another person. +Let me say farewell before Lysicles comes." + +"Do you know him?" + +"Yes, and the whole town speaks of your coming marriage." + +"With the cattle-dealer, Lysicles?" + +"Yes, that is your affair; I don't talk about it." + +"But you think I should have cherished Pericles' memory better?" + +"I would fain have seen Aspasia's memory better preserved; but since I +have seen Athenians adorn themselves with garlands to celebrate Athens' +overthrow; since I have seen Phidias...." + +"How, then, will Socrates end?" + +"Certainly not like Aspasia." + +"The gods jest with us. Beware! O Socrates!" + + * * * * * + +Socrates was at last in prison, accused of having seduced the youth, and +blasphemed or repudiated the gods of the State. Among the accusers were +a young poetaster, Melitos, the tanner Anytos, and the orator Lykon. + +Socrates made his Apology, and declared that he had always believed on +God, and the voice of his conscience, which he called his "demon." He +was condemned to drink hemlock, and kept in prison, where, however, he +was allowed to see his wife and his few remaining friends. + +Just now his wife was with him, and wept. + +"Weep not," said Socrates; "it is not your fault." + +"Will you see the children?" + +"Why should I lacerate their little souls with a useless leave-taking? +Go to them and comfort them; divert their minds with an expedition to +the woods." + +"Shall we rejoice while you are dying?" + +"Rejoice that my sufferings come to an end! Rejoice that I die with +honour." + +"Have you no last wish?" + +"I wish for nothing, except peace and freedom from your foolish tears +and sighs, and your disturbing lamentations. Go, woman, and say to +yourself that Socrates wants to sleep for he is tired and out of humour; +say to yourself that he will wake again, refreshed, rejuvenated, happy +and amiable." + +"I wish you had taught me all this before." + +"you had nothing to learn from me." + +"Yes! I have learnt from you patience and self-control." + +"Do you forgive me?" + +"I cannot, for I have done it already. Say farewell now, as though I +were going on a journey. Say 'We meet again,' as though I were soon +returning!" + +"Farewell, then, Socrates, and be not angry with me." + +"No, I am always well-disposed towards you." + +"Farewell, my husband, for ever." + +"Not for ever. You wish to see me again, don't you? Put on a cheerful +face, and say, 'We meet again.'" + +"We meet again." + +"Good! and when we meet again, we will go with the children together +into the woods." + +"Socrates was not what I thought he was." + +"Go! I want to sleep." + +She went, but met in the doorway Plato and Crito. + +"The hour approaches, friends," said Socrates wearily, and with feverish +eyes. + +"Are you calm, Master?" + +"To say the truth, I am quite calm. I will not assert that I am joyful, +but my conscience does not trouble me." + +"When, Socrates, when--will it happen?" + +"You mean, When is it to happen,--the last thing? Plato, my friend, my +dearest... it hastens.... I have just now enjoyed a sleep. I have been +over the river on the other side; I have seen for a moment the original +forms of imperishable Beauty, of which things on earth are only dim +copies.... I have seen the future, the destinies of the human race; I +have spoken to the mighty, the lofty, and the pure; I have learnt the +wise Order which guides the apparent great disorder; I trembled at +the unfathomable secret of the Universe of which I had a glimmering +perception, and I felt the immensity of my ignorance. Plato, you shall +write what I have seen. You shall teach the children of men to estimate +things at their proper value, to look up to the Invisible with awe, to +revere Beauty, to cultivate virtue, and to hope for final +deliverance, as they work, through faithful performance of duty and +self-renunciation." + +He went to the bed, and lay down. + +Plato followed him, "Are you ill, Master?" + +"No, I have been; but now I am getting well." + +"Have you already...." + +"I have already emptied the cup!" + +"Our Wisest leaves us." + +"No mortal is wise! But I thank the gods who gave me modesty and +conscience." + +There was silence in the room. + +"Socrates is dead!" + + + + +FLACCUS AND MARO + + +After the death of Socrates, the greatness of Athens was no more. Sparta +ruled for a time, and then came the turn of Thebes. Subsequently the +Macedonians invaded the country, and governed it till the year 196 B.C., +when the Romans conquered both Macedonia and Greece, and completely +destroyed Corinth, but spared Athens, which was deprived of its +fortifications under Sulla, on account of the great memories which +gathered round it. + +Now, in Julius Caesar's time, it had become the fashion to send youths +to Athens to study Grammar, Rhetoric, and Philosophy there. There was +no great philosopher there, but they studied the history of philosophy. +There was also no religion, for no one believed on the gods of the +State, although, from old habit, they celebrated the sacrificial feasts. + +Athens was dead, and so was the whole of the ancient world--Egypt, +Syria, Asia Minor. In Rome they lived on the memories of the past of +Greece, and the greatest Roman, Cicero, when he wished to discuss +some philosophic theme, always commenced by citing the opinions of the +ancient Greeks on the subject; he also closed in the same way, for he +had no original opinion of his own on any subject, such as the nature of +the gods, &c. + +One early spring day, during the last years of Julius Caesar, two +students sat in an arbour below Lykabettos, opposite the college of +Kynosarges. Wine was on the table, but they did not seem very devoted +to their yellow "Chios." They sat there with an air of indifference, as +though they were waiting for something. The same atmosphere of lethargy +seemed to pervade their surroundings. The innkeeper sat and dozed; the +youths in the college opposite lounged at the door; pedestrians on the +high road went by without greeting anyone; the peasant in the field sat +on his plough, and wiped the sweat from his forehead. + +The elder of the two students fingered his glass, and at last opened his +mouth. + +"Say something!" + +"I have nothing to say, for I know nothing." + +"Have you already learnt everything?" + +"Yes." + +"I came yesterday from Rome with great hopes of being able to learn +something new and of hearing something remarkable, but I hear only +silence." + +"My dear Maro, I have been here for years, and I have listened, but +heard nothing new. I have heard in the Poikile that Thales maintained +that there were no gods, but that everything had been produced from +moisture. I have further heard Anaximines' doctrine that air was the +source of all things; Pherecydes' doctrine of ether as the original +principle; Heraclitus' doctrine of fire. Anaximander has taught me +that the universe came from some primitive substance; Leucippus and +Democritus spoke to me of empty space with primitive corpuscles or +atoms. Anaxagoras made believe that the atom had reason. Xenophanes +wished to persuade me that God and the Universe were one. Empedocles, +the wisest of the whole company, despaired at the imperfection of +reason, and went in despair and flung himself head foremost into Etna's +burning mountain." + +"Do you believe that?" + +"No! it may well be a lie like everything else. Then I learnt a number +of interesting doctrines from Plato which were subsequently all confuted +by Aristotle. At last I took up my position with the wisest of the +wise--Socrates, who openly declared, as you know, that he knew nothing." + +"That is the same as the Sophists said,--that one knew nothing, and +hardly so much." + +"You are right, and our good Socrates was a Sophist, without wishing to +be one. But there is one, a single one, who.... Yes, I mean Pythagoras. +He has proclaimed this and that doctrine in the East and the West, but I +have found one anchor in his philosophy, and I have gripped firm ground +with it. I certainly swing in the wind, but I do not drift away from +it." + +"Tell me." + +"Do what you think right at the risk of being banished from your +country; the mob cannot judge what is right. Therefore you should +think little of their praise, and despise their blame. Cultivate the +friendship of kindred spirits, but regard the rest of mankind as +a worthless mass. Always be at war with 'the beans' (he means the +democrats). 'Odi profanum vulgus et arceo!'" + +"You ought to live at home in Rome, Flaccus, where...." + +"Yes, what are you doing now in Rome?" + +"Caesar is Caesar; he conquers the world, and unites all the highest +functions, even the priestly, in his own person. I have nothing against +it, but they say he is aiming at his own deification." + +"Why not? All gods have first been heroes, and many gods have not been +so great as Caesar. Romulus was certainly no giant, though he had the +luck to come first, as someone must. Now he is a god, has a temple, and +they sacrifice to him." + +"It is probably a lie, like everything else." + +"Probably." + +"Yes, I have heard another legend of the founding of Rome by Aeneas' son +Ascanius, who fled from Troy; and I intend to take it as the +starting-point of my great poem...." + +"You mean the _Aeneid_, of which I have heard mention." + +"Yes, the _Aeneid_." + +"Is it difficult to write poetry?" + +"No; one follows good patterns. Hitherto Theocritus has been mine, but +now I shall go to Father Homer himself." + +"By Heracles! Now there you will be undisturbed--so long, that is, as +Maecenas sends you the sesterces regularly." + +"Yes, he does! But how do you get along?" + +"My father, a freedman, toils as quaestor, and will find me a place." + +"Have you no interests, no passions, no ambitions?" + +"No; what should I do with them? 'Nihil admirari.' That is my motto. If +there are gods who guide the destinies of men and nations, why should I +interfere and wear myself out in a useless struggle? Think of +Demosthenes, who for thirty years delivered speeches against the +Macedonian, and warned his countrymen, who would not listen to him! The +gods were with the Macedonian, and condemned Hellas to be overthrown. +Demosthenes was imprisoned. Comically enough, he was accused of having +been bribed by the same Macedonian. That was, of course, a lie. This +patriot who sacrificed himself for the salvation of his fatherland, who +believed he was fighting on the gods' side, had to take poison, and +fell, fighting against the gods! Vestigia terrent!" + +During their conversation, the sun had gone down, and now in the +twilight beacons were visible flaming on Aegina, on Salamis, by +Phaleros, in the Piraeus, and finally on the Acropolis. The murmurs from +the city became louder till they rose to one immense paean of joy. Men +came down the streets, and brought their wives and children with them, +some on foot, others riding and driving. The worthy innkeeper Agathon +was aroused, and went out into the highway to learn the cause of the +confusion. The two students had gone on the inn roof to look out. But +they surmised danger for foreigners like themselves, and, alarmed by the +ever louder shouting, descended again, and concealed themselves in the +wine-press. At last Agathon's voice was heard: "Caesar is assassinated! +Death to the Romans! Freedom for Hellas!" + +Such was the news. The garden of the inn filled with people, wine +flowed, and shouts of joy resounded, varied by sarcastic remarks on the +passing Romans who were fleeing northwards from the town in order to +reach the Macedonian frontier. + +Maro and Flaccus underwent great anxiety, hidden as they were in the vat +of the wine-press, from which hiding-place they heard the whole news, +with its accompanying details. Caesar had been assassinated by Cassius +and Brutus in the Capitol. + +"Brutus?" whispered Maro. "Then it is certainly over with the Caesars, +just as the old Brutus made an end of the Kings!" + +And Brutus was flying to Hellas to rouse the Greeks against the Romans. +"Long live Brutus!" they cried in the garden. + +"Then we shall live also!" said the pliant Flaccus. "Caesar is dead; let +us do homage to Brutus for the present." + + * * * * * + +Many years had passed when the former student of Athens, Quintus +Horatius Flaccus, was walking one day in the garden of his villa on +the Sabine Hills. This villa he had received as a gift from his friend +Maecenas, who possessed a splendid country-house close by in Tibur +itself. + +Horace was now a very famous poet, but still essentially the same as he +had been when a student in Athens. Destiny or the gods had played with +him, but the poet had taken it as a good joke on the part of the Higher +Powers, and answered it with a satire. After the murder of Caesar, +Brutus had fled to Greece, and been so well received there, that the +Athenians had erected a statue to him, and raised troops for him against +Antonius and the other generals, among whom was the invalid Octavianus +(afterwards Augustus). + +Horace was compelled to serve as a soldier, and actually commanded a +legion at Philippi, where Brutus fell. The poet, who was no warrior, +fled from the superior force of the enemy, and came to Rome, where, +after the amnesty had been proclaimed, he became a clerk in a public +office. At the same time he had begun to write verses, was discovered by +Maecenas, and received his reward in the form of an estate. + +The Emperor Augustus admired him, and offered him a position as +secretary, but Horace refused, partly because he could never see +anything else but an usurper in this Emperor, partly because he loved +freedom and independence above all things. + +Just now he was walking in his garden, whose fruit-trees he had himself +cultivated. He plucked roses and hyacinths, for he awaited the visit of +a favourite guest, his old friend and fellow-student of Athens, Publius +Virgilius Maro, as well known as Horace himself, although he had not yet +allowed his _Aeneid_ to appear in manuscript. + +A table was laid in a vine-arbour; flagons of old Massisian and +Falernian lay already on ice, oysters and eels were there; a kid and +some quails were roasting on the spit in the kitchen; fruit had been +plucked in the garden; and the only thing wanting on the table, which +had been laid for two persons, were flowers. + +A little slave, who was able to write, ran to and fro between the +garden-gate and the dove-tower, in order to look out for the expected +guest. The poet was standing at the water-barrel and washing his hands, +after he had finished plucking flowers, when someone clapped him on the +shoulder. + +"Virgil! Which way have you come, then?" + +"Over the hills of Tibur from Maecenas." + +"Welcome, wanderer, whichever way you have come! Sit down--you must be +tired--in my hemicyklion, under the olives I planted myself, while the +spits turn, and they ply the chopping-knife. Here you see my plot of +land which represents the world to me." + +Their first greetings and questions were over, and the two friends sat +down to the table. The host was certainly an Epicurean or votary of +pleasure; but in order to be able to enjoy, one must be moderate, and +the meal, judging by Roman customs, was quite a frugal one, but simple +and brilliant. Then the cups were passed round, and the wine awoke +memories in spite of its supposed lethal capacity of quenching them. + +"Well, you were in the war, friend?" began Virgil. + +"Yes, and I fled disgracefully, as you know." + +"I have read so in one of your poems, but it is said not to be true, and +you have slandered yourself." + +"Have I? Perhaps! One talks nonsense when one writes." + +"You poet, do you remember how you asked me in Athens whether it were +difficult? How did you come to write?" + +"I needed money!" + +"Now you slander yourself again! If all clients who needed money could +write, the world would be full of poets." + +"Well, perhaps it was not so. But speak of yourself--of your _Aeneid_." + +Virgil looked gloomy: "Of that I will not speak." + +"Is it finished?" + +"More than that! It is done with!" + +"Done with?" + +"Yes! When I read it, I found it a failure! It was not Homer; it was +nothing. It was a punishment, because I wished to outshine my father." + +"Have you destroyed it?" + +"Not yet; but it is sealed up, in order to be destroyed after my death." + +"Now _you_ are slandering yourself, and you are depressed, Maro, not by +years, not by work, but by something else." + +"Yes, by something else. The future disturbs me!" + +Horace shook his cup and recited: [Footnote: Hor. Od. I. ii.] "Do not +go to the astrologers, Leuconoe. Better bear life as it comes. Be wise, +clear your wine! While we speak, envious life is flying. Enjoy the +present, and think as little as possible about the future." + +"That I cannot!" broke in Virgil. "I cannot drown myself in my cups, +when I see my fatherland perishing." + +"Has Rome ever been so powerful as it is now? Do we not possess the +whole known world--Egypt, Syria, Greece, Italy, Spain, Germany, Gaul, +Britain? And yet we live in a time of peace: the Temple of Janus is +closed; the earth rejoices; the arts flourish; and commerce was never so +active as at present." + +"Yes, the peace that precedes a war. For all these conquered nations are +awake, and have an eye on Rome. Not on Greece as before, for Greece is +barren and laid waste, and passes into the great silence. Do you know +that Sulla and Mithridates have gone slaying and pillaging over Hellas, +so that science and art have fled to the Egyptian Alexandria or the +growing Byzantium? Do you know that pirates, whose origin is unknown, +from the East, have recently plundered every temple in Hellas, so that +hardly any religious service can be held there? The oracles are dumb, +the poets are silent like song-birds in a storm, the great tragedies +are no longer performed; people rather go to see farces and gladiatorial +shows. Hellas is a ruin, and Rome will soon be one." + +"Times are bad, I grant, but every time has been one of decay, and has, +however, prepared the way for a new epoch. The fallen leaves of autumn +form a forcing-bed for the coming spring; Nature, life, and history ever +renew themselves through death. Therefore death is to me only a renewal, +a change, and whenever I meet a funeral, I always say to myself, 'O how +pleasant it is to live!'" + +"My dear Flaccus, you live with your dreams in the Golden Age, while +we others only drag ourselves through this life of the Iron Age. Do you +remember how Hesiod complains already of his own time?" + +"No, I have forgotten that, but in order to oblige you I will listen." + +"'The people of to-day are an iron race, and never rest from the burden +of work, neither by day nor by night. They are a sinful folk, and the +gods send them heavy troubles. But even when they send joy, this turns +to their misfortune. Some day Zeus will destroy them, these many-tongued +people, when they are born with grey locks on their temples. Yes, our +children are born old men already, toothless, wrinkled and with bald +heads. The father is not gracious to the child, nor the child to the +father, nor the guest to his host, nor servant to fellow-servant, nor +brother to brother. Children dishonour their old parents, revile them +and speak unfriendly words--these young scoundrels who know nothing +of divine vengeance, and never thank their ageing parents for their +fostering care of them as children. Might is right, and one city +destroys another. Honesty and faithfulness in keeping vows are never +rewarded, as little as kindness or justice. Oh no, they who practise +sin and break the law, demand honour. Scoundrels betray noble men, and +commit perjury without scruple. Envy follows men, these unhappy ones +with their harsh voices and dreadful faces, who rejoice over the evil +and the mischief which they do.'" + +"Yes, so Hesiod spoke a thousand years ago, and I must confess his words +are well deserved, but what can one do?" + +"Yes, they are. Cicero was murdered, and I feel inclined to follow the +example of Cato, who died in order to escape sin. I sink, Flaccus, in +lies and hypocrisy. But I will not sink ... I will mount. I have praised +Augustus and his son Marcellus in my verses, but I believe no more +in them, for they are not the future. Therefore the _Aeneid_ shall be +burnt!" + +"You disquiet me, Maro. But what do you believe in?" + +"I believe in the Sibyl, who has prophesied that the Iron Age will end, +and the Golden Age return." + +"You have sung of that in the Fourth Eclogue, I remember.... Have you +fever?" + +"I believe I have. Do you remember--no! our fathers remember when the +Capitol was burnt, and the Sibylline books destroyed. But now new books +have come from Alexandria, and in them they have read that a new era +will begin; that Rome will be destroyed but built up again, and that a +Golden Age...." + +Here the seer was silent. Then he continued: "Pardon me, Flaccus, but I +am poorly, and must ride home before the mists rise from the Campagna." + +"Eheu fugaces, Postume, Postume! Labuntur anni! I will follow you, +friend, on my ass, for you are sick. But 'the man of righteous heart and +rock-like purpose will not be shaken nor terrified by the blind zeal +of the citizens commanding evil, nor the glance of the threatening +tyrant.... If the walls of the world fall in, they will bury him +unterrified beneath their ruin.'" + + * * * * * + +Some days later Virgil died in Naples. His will was opened, and actually +found to contain a request that his _Aeneid_ should be burnt. But it was +not carried out. Posterity has passed various judgments on this ignoring +of a dead man's wish--some think it was a pity; others that it was a +good thing. + +When Christianity arrived, Virgil was enrolled among the prophets. The +_Aeneid_ was regarded as a Sibylline book and included in the liturgy. +Pilgrimages were made to the poet's tomb. And later on he was raised to +the rank of a saint by Dante. + + + + +LEONTOPOLIS + + +A caravan was encamped on a height eastward of the ancient Egyptian town +Heliopolis. There were many people in it, but all were Hebrews. They +had come on camels and asses from Palestine through the desert--the +same desert which the Israelites had passed through thousands of years +before. + +In the evening twilight, by the faint light of the half-moon, hundreds +of camp-fires were to be seen, and by them sat the women with their +little children while the men carried water. + +Never yet had the desert beheld so many little children, and, as they +were now being put to bed for the night, the camp echoed with their +cries. It was like an enormous nursery. But when the washing was over, +and the little ones were laid to their mothers' breasts, the cries one +after the other ceased, and there was complete silence. Under a sycamore +tree sat a woman, and suckled her child; close by stood a Hebrew, +feeding his ass with branches of the broom plant; when he had done that, +he went higher up the hill, and looked towards the north. A foreigner--a +Roman, to judge by his dress--passed, and regarded the woman with the +child closely, as though he were counting them. + +The Hebrew showed signs of uneasiness, and began a conversation with the +Roman, in order to divert his attention from the woman. + +"Say, traveller, is that the City of the Sun there in the west?" + +"You see it!" answered the Roman. + +"Then it is Bethshemesh." + +"Heliopolis, from which both Greeks and Romans have derived their +wisdom; Plato himself has been here." + +"Can Leontopolis also be seen from here?" + +"You see the pinnacles of its temple two miles northward." + +"But that is the land of Goshen, which our father Abraham visited, and +which Jacob had portioned out to him," said the Hebrew, turning to his +wife, who only answered with an inclination of her head. Then, speaking +to the Roman, he continued, "Israel wandered from Egypt to Canaan. But +after the Babylonish captivity a part of them returned and settled down +here. You know that." + +"Yes, I know that. And now the Israelites here have increased till they +number many thousand souls, and have built a temple for themselves, +which you see standing in the distance. Did you know that?" + +"Yes, something about it. So that, then, is Roman territory?" + +"Yes. Everything is Roman now--Syria, Canaan, Greece, Egypt--Germany, +Gaul, Britain; the world belongs to Rome, according to the prophecy of +the Cumaean Sibyl." + +"Good! But the world is to be redeemed through Israel, according to +God's promise to our father Abraham." + +"I have heard that fable also, but for the present Rome has the +fulfilment of the promise. Do you come from Jerusalem?" + +"I come through the desert like the others, and I bring wife and child +with me." + +"Child--yes! Why do you Hebrews carry so many children with you?" + +The Hebrew was silent, but since he perceived that the Roman knew the +reason, and since the latter looked like a benevolent man, he resolved +to tell the truth. + +"Herod the King heard from the Wise Men of the East the prophecy that +a King of the Jews would be born in Bethlehem in the land of Judaea. In +order to escape the supposed danger, Herod had all the children recently +born in that district put to death. Just as Pharaoh once had our +first-born put to death here. But Moses was saved, in order to free our +people from the Egyptian bondage." + +"Well! but who was this King of the Jews to be?" + +"The promised Messiah." + +"Do you believe that he is born?" + +"I cannot tell." + +"I can," said the Roman. "He is born; he will rule the world, and bring +all people under his sceptre." + +"And who will that be?" + +"The Emperor, Augustus." + +"Is he of Abraham's seed or of David's house? No. And has he come with +peace, as Isaiah prophesied, 'His kingdom shall be great, and of peace +there shall be no end'? The Emperor is certainly not a man of peace." + +"Farewell, Israelite. Now you are a Roman subject. Be content with the +redemption through Rome. We know not of any other." + +The Roman departed. + +The Hebrew approached his wife. "Mary!" he said. + +"Joseph!" she answered. "Hush! The child sleeps." + + + + +THE LAMB + + +Herod Antipas, the Tetrarch, had come to Jerusalem, because there +was much unrest among the populace. He had taken up his dwelling with +Pilate, the Governor. Since on the preceding evening he had witnessed a +gladiatorial show in the circus and then taken part in an orgy, he slept +late into the morning--so late that his host, who was waiting for his +guest, had gone upon the roof. + +There lay the Holy City, with Mount Moriah and the Temple, Zion and +David's House. To the north-west and west there stretched the Valley of +Sharon to the Mediterranean Sea, which in the clear air appeared like a +blue streak at a distance of five miles. + +In the east there rose the Mount of Olives, with its gardens and +vineyards, olives, figs and terebinths, below ran the brook Kedron +whose banks were decked in their spring apparel of flourishing laurels, +tamarisks, and willows. + +The Governor was restless, and often paused to stand by the parapet of +the roof in order to look down into the forecourt of the Temple. Here +numbers of people moved about busily, forming themselves into knots +which dissolved and then formed larger groups. + +At last the Tetrarch appeared. He had overslept himself, and his eyes +were blood-shot. He gave the Governor a brief greeting, and settled +himself as though for a conversation. But he found it hard to bring out +a word; his head hung down, and he did not know how to begin, for the +orgies of the preceding night had made him forget what he had come for. + +Pilate came to his help: "Speak, Herod; your heart is full, and your +mind uneasy." + +"What do you say, my brother?" + +"We were speaking yesterday of the strange man who stirs up the people." + +"Quite right! I had John beheaded. Is it he who is going about?" + +"No, it is another one now." + +"Are there two of them?" + +"Yes, this is another one." + +"But they have the same history--a prophecy which foretold their +birth, and the fable of a supernatural origin, just like the Perseus of +mythology, and the philosopher Plato in history. Is it a confusion of +persons?" + +"No, not at all." + +"What is his name? Josua, Jesse...?" + +"His name is Jesus, and he is said to have passed his childhood in the +Egyptian towns Heliopolis and Leontopolis." + +"Then he must be a magician or wizard; can he not come and divert me?" + +"It is difficult to find him, for he is now in one place, now in +another. But we will question the High Priest; I have had him called, +and he waits below." + +"Why is there this commotion in the court of the Temple?" + +"They are going to erect the Emperor's statue in the Holy of Holies." + +"Quite right! Our gracious Emperor Tiberius lives like a madman on +Capri, and is pummelled by his nephew Caligula, if the offspring of +incest can be called a nephew. And now he is to become a god. Ha! Ha!" + +"Antiochus Epiphanes had the statue of Zeus set up in the Holy of +Holies. He, however, _was_ a god. But to set up this beast, Tiberius, +means a tumult." + +"What are we to do? Call the Priest here." + +Pilate went and fetched the High Priest Caiaphas. + +Herod closed his eyes, and folded his hands over his breast. He regarded +all matters of business as an interruption to his pleasures, and +generally liked to cut them short. When Pilate returned with Caiaphas, +the Tetrarch awoke from his doze, and did not know where he was, or +what they were talking about. Pilate stepped forward, aroused him to +consciousness, and directed his attention to the matter in hand. + +"There is a tumult in the Temple," was his first observation, for that +disturbed his sleep. "Ah! the Priest is here. What is the meaning of the +uproar below?" + +"It is the Galilaean, who has taken to using force, and has driven the +money-changers out of the Temple." + +Herod's curiosity was aroused: "I should like to see him." + +"He has already gone." + +"Tell us, High Priest, who is this man? Is he the Messiah?" + +"That is incredible. The son of a poor carpenter, who is weak in the +head!" + +"Is he a prophet?" + +"He stirs up the people, he breaks the law, he is a glutton and +wine-bibber, and he blasphemes God. Yes, he says that he himself is God, +the Son of the Highest." + +"Have you witnesses to this?" + +"Yes, but they contradict each other." + +"Then procure better witnesses, who will agree. But now, Priest, we +must talk of something else. You know that the Senate have decreed the +apotheosis of the Emperor, and that his image is to be set up in the +Temple. What do you think about it?" + +"We live by the favour of the Emperor. But if this abomination is done, +we will all die as the Maccabees did." + +"Then die!" + +Caiaphas considered a moment before he answered. "I will summon the +Sanhedrim, and tell them what the Emperor wishes." + +"Yes, do that. And before the Passover you must bring the Galilaean +before me, for I wish to see him." + +"I will." + +"Then go in peace." + +Caiaphas retired. + +"They are a hard people, these Israelites," said Pilate, for want of +something better to say. "I am also of Israel," answered Herod somewhat +curtly, "for I am an Edomite, of Esau's race, and my mother was a +Samaritan, belonging to the despised people." + +Pilate saw that he had made a slip, and therefore struck the ground +three times with his official staff. A large trap-door opened, and a +table came up covered with all kinds of delicacies according to Roman +taste. + +Herod's countenance cleared. + + * * * * * + +In the Court of the Priests stood Caiaphas and Annas, and spoke with +each other. + +"Since we cannot avert the abomination," said Caiaphas, "and the +Emperor's image is to be erected in the Holy of Holies, and the people +will be destroyed if there is an insurrection, it is better for us to +bring an offering to the Lord, and that one man die for the people." + +"You are right. An extraordinary atoning sacrifice is necessary, and as +the Passover is approaching, let us sacrifice the Galilaean." + +"Good! But the offering should be pure. Is the Galilaean pure?" + +"Pure as a lamb." + +"May he then take Israel's sins upon him, that we may be set free +through his blood. Who brings him into our hands?" + +"One of his disciples, who stands outside." + +"Fetch him in." + +John, later known as the "Evangelist," was brought in, and Caiaphas +began to examine him. + +"What do you say concerning your teacher? Has he transgressed the law of +Moses?" + +"He has fulfilled the law." + +"But what new commandment has he introduced into our holy law?" + +"Love one another." + +"Did he say he was the King of the Jews?" + +"The Master said, 'My kingdom is not of this world.'" + +"Has he not made children rebel against their parents?" + +"The Master said, 'He who loveth father or mother more than me is not +worthy of me.'" + +"Did he not say that one has a right to neglect one's duties as a +citizen?" + +"The Master said, 'Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His +righteousness.'" + +"Did he tell labourers to leave their work?" + +"The Master said, 'Come unto me, all ye that labour and are +heavy-laden.'" + +"Did he say that he would conquer the world?" + +"The Master said, 'In the world ye have tribulation, but be of good +cheer; I have overcome the world.'" + +Caiaphas was weary: "According to all that I have heard and perceived, +this man has not answered a single question." + +"The Master answers in spirit and in truth, but you ask according to the +flesh and the letter. We are not the children of one spirit." + +"I don't understand." + +"He has sent me to preach good tidings to the poor, to heal the broken +in heart, to preach deliverance to the captives, to give sight to the +blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised." + +"What you speak in foolishness, young man, can neither bring credit to +you nor to your teacher." + +"Woe unto you when men praise you, and he who departeth from evil maketh +himself a prey." + +Caiaphas turned to Annas: "This is not the man who will deliver the +Galilaean up to us." + +"They have sent another one--Listen! Is your name Iscariot?" + +"No; my name is John." + +"Then go in peace, but send us Iscariot instead. But wait! Give us in +two words the teaching of your Master regarding the meaning of life." + +"Death is a gain for the righteous," answered John without stopping to +think. + +"Is life not itself...?" + +"Through death ye shall enter into life." + +"We have heard enough. Go." + +But Caiaphas repeated to himself, as though he thought he would +understand those words in his own mouth better: "Death is a gain for the +righteous." + +Now there arose a clamour from the market-place and the hall of justice. +Annas and Caiaphas went out upon the battlemented walls to find out the +cause. Levites were standing there, and looking down. + +"Has he been taken?" + +"He has already been seized as an inciter to insurrection, because he +bade his disciples to sell their garments and buy a sword." + +"Have they found them with weapons?" + +"They have found two swords." + +"Then he is already condemned." + +Then they heard a cry rise from the crowd before the Court of +Justice--at first difficult to distinguish, but ever clearer. The people +were crying "Crucify! Crucify!" + +"Is that not too severe, regarded as a punishment?" said Caiaphas. + +"No," answered the Levite; "one of his disciples called Simon or Peter +drew his sword and wounded one of the servants called Malchus." + +"Do we need any more witnesses?" + +"But the Teacher said, 'Put up thy sword into its sheath, for they that +take the sword, shall perish with the sword.'" + +"That is a difficult saying," said Annas, and went down. But the people +continued to cry, "Crucify! Crucify!" + + + + +THE WILD BEAST + + +Before the temple of Jupiter Latiaris in Rome, two men of the middle +classes met each other. They both remained standing in order to +contemplate the new temple, which was different from all others, and +looked as if it had felt the effects of an earthquake. The basement +had the shape of a roof; the columns stood reversed with their capitals +below, and the roof was constructed like a basement with cellar-windows. + +"So we meet here again, Hebrew," said one of the two, who resembled a +Roman merchant. "Was it not in Joppa that we last met?" + +"Yes," answered the Hebrew. "One meets the Roman everywhere; he is at +home everywhere; one also meets the Hebrew everywhere, but he is at home +nowhere. But tell me, whose temple is this?" + +"This is the Temple of the Wild Beast, the Emperor Caligula, the madman, +the murderer, the incestuous. He has erected it to himself; his image +stands within; and the madman comes every day to worship himself." + +So saying, the Roman made a sign on his forehead, moving the forefinger +of his right hand first from above, below, and then from left to right. + +The Hebrew looked at him in astonishment. + +"Are you not a Roman?" + +"Yes, I am a Roman Christian." + +"Where do you live?" + +"Here under Rome, in the catacombs." + +He pointed to a hole in the ground, which resembled those that led down +to the cloacae. + +"Do you live here under the ground?" + +"Yes, that is where we Christians live; there we lie like seed in the +earth, and germinate." + +"Those are grave-vaults down there." + +"Yes, we are buried with Christ, and await the resurrection." + +"Have you a temple down there?" + +"We have our religious service there, and to-day we celebrate the birth +of Christ." + +"Someone is coming down the street," said the Hebrew. The Roman opened +the trap-door in the ground in order to descend. From below the sounds +of a choral hymn were heard. "The City hath no need of the moon, neither +of the sun, for the glory of God doth lighten it, and the Lamb is the +light thereof." + +"Who is the Lamb?" asked the Hebrew. + +"Jesus Christ, the Redeemer of the World." + +"Do you think the world is redeemed, while this mad Caligula...." + +"The world will be redeemed, if we continue to hope." + +"You have, then, taken the promise away from Israel?" + +"No, we have inherited the promise, for Christ was of the stock of +Israel." + +"Someone is coming." + +"Then farewell. We shall always meet, for the earth is ours." + +In the temple, which people called "the world turned upside down," a man +slunk along the walls in a state of panic, as though he were afraid to +display his back. He had the face of a youth without any hair round +it. His upper lip was drawn upwards on the left side, and showed a long +canine tooth, while at the same time his right eye shot a sharp glance +like a poisonous arrow. + +He glided along the wall to the apse, where an image was erected. It was +a likeness of the timid man himself, representing him exactly even to +his clothes. + +"Is the priest there?" the mad Emperor whispered, for it was he. + +No answer followed. + +"Priest, dear priest, I am so frightened. Are you not coming?" + +A sacrificial priest came forward, fell on his knee before the Emperor, +and worshipped him. + +"Jupiter, Optimus, Maximus, Latiaris, frighten away thy foes." + +"Have I foes, then? Yes, and that is what frightens me. Do you believe +that I am God?" + +"Thou art." + +"Let us then have thunder, to frighten my foes." + +The priest beat upon a kettledrum, and the echoes rolled through the +temple. + +The Emperor laughed, so that all his teeth were visible. + +"Priest!" he cried as he seated himself on his throne, "now you shall +sacrifice to me." + +The priest kindled a fire on the little altar before the madman. + +The Emperor said, "The scent is good. Now I am the mightiest in heaven +and on earth. I rule over living and dead; I cast into Tartarus and lift +into Elysium. How mighty I am! I tame the waves of the sea, and command +the storm to cease: I hold sway over the planets in their courses; I +myself have created chaos, and the human race lie at my feet, from the +primeval forests of Britain to the sources of the Nile, which I alone +have discovered. I have made my favourite horse consul, and the people +have acknowledged his consulship. Priest! Worship me! Or do you forget +who I am? No, I am I, and I shall always worship myself in my own image. +Caius Caesar Caligula, I honour thee, Lord of the world, how I honour +myself! Jupiter Latiaris Caligula!" + +He fell before the image on his knee. + +"Some one is coming," said the priest warningly. + +"Kill him." + +"It is the tribune, Cassius Chaeraea!" + +"Frighten him away." + +"Chaeraea does not let himself be frightened." + +The tribune came in fearlessly and without ceremony. + +"Caius Caesar, your wife is dead." + +"All the better," answered the Emperor. + +"They have dashed your only child against a wall." + +"Ah, how pleasant!" laughed the madman. + +"And now you are to die." + +"No, I cannot. I am immortal." + +"I wait for you outside. It shall not take place here." + +"Creep away, ant! My foot is too great to reach thy littleness." + +Then a sound of singing rose from the basement of the temple, or from +the earth; they were children's voices. + +The Emperor was again alarmed, and crept under his chair. + +Chaeraea, who had waited at the door, lost patience. + +"Dog! are you coming? Or shall I strike you dead here?" + +"Chaeraea," whimpered the Emperor, "do not kill me! I will kiss your +foot." + +"Then kiss it now when I trample you to death." + +The gigantic tribune threw the chair to one side, leapt on the madman +and crushed his windpipe beneath his heel; the tongue, protruded from +his jaws, seemed to be spitting abuse even in death. + + * * * * * + +The Wild Beast had three heads; the name of the second was Claudius. He +played dice with his friend Caius Silius, who was famous for his wealth +and his beauty. + +"Follow the game," hissed Caesar. + +"I am following it," answered his friend. + +"No, you are absent-minded. Where were you last night?" + +"I was in the Suburra." + +"You should not go to the Suburra; you should stay with me." + +"Follow the game." + +"I am following it; but what are the stakes we are playing for?" + +"You are playing for your life." + +"And you, Caesar?" + +"I am also playing for your life." + +"And if you lose?" asked Silius. + +"Then you will lose your life." + +The Emperor knocked with the dice-box on the table. His secretary +Narcissus came in. + +"Give me writing materials, Narcissus. The antidote for snake-bites is +yew-tree resin...." + +"And the antidote to hemlock?" + +"Against that there is no antidote." + +"Follow the game, or I shall be angry." + +"No, you cannot be angry!" answered Silius. + +"Yes, that is true,--I cannot! I only said so!" + +Messalina, the Emperor's wife, had entered. + +"Why is Silius sitting here and playing," she asked, "when he should +accompany me to the theatre?" + +"He is compelled," answered the Emperor. + +"Wretch! what rights have you over him?" + +"He is my slave; all are slaves of the Lord of the world. Therefore +Rome is the most democratic of all States, for all its citizens are +equal--equal before Men and God." + +"He is your slave, but he is my husband," said Messalina. + +"Your husband! Why, you are married to me." + +"What does that matter?" + +"Do you go and marry without asking my permission?" + +"Yes, why not?" + +"You are certainly droll, Messalina! And I pardon you. Go, my children, +and amuse yourselves. Narcissus will play with me." + +When the Emperor was left alone with Narcissus, his expression changed. + +"Follow them, Narcissus!" he hissed. "Take Locusta with you, and give +them the poison. Then I shall marry Agrippina." + +But when Silius and the Empress had gone without, Silius asked +innocently: "Have you yourself prepared the mushrooms which he will eat +this evening?" + +"I have not done it myself, but Locusta has, and she understands her +business." + + * * * * * + +The name of the third head of the Wild Beast was Nero. He was +Agrippina's worthy son, had poisoned his half-brother Britannicus, +murdered his mother, kicked his wife to death, and committed unnatural +crime. He falsified the coinage and plundered the temples. He made an +artistic tour to Greece, where he first appeared as a public singer +and brought eight hundred wreaths home, then as a charioteer, in which +capacity he upset everything, but received the prize because nobody +dared to refuse it to him. + +To such a depth had Rome and Greece sunk. Claudius was an angel compared +to this monster; but he also received apotheosis. + +To-day the Emperor had returned home from his artistic tour, and found +his capital in flames. Since, in his fits of intoxication, he had so +often raged against his old-fashioned Rome, with its narrow streets, and +had on various occasions expressed the wish that fire might break out at +all its corners, he came under the suspicion of having set it in flames. + +He sat in his palace on the Esquiline in a great columned hall, and +feasted his eyes on the magnificent conflagration. It was a marble hall +with only a few articles of furniture, because the Emperor feared they +might afford lurking-places for murderers. But in the background of the +hall was a strong gilded iron grating, behind which could be caught a +glimpse of two yellow-brown lions from Libya. These the Emperor called +his "cats." + +At the door of the grating stood two slaves, Pallas and Alexander, and +watched every change in the Emperor's face. + +"He smiles," whispered Pallas; "then it is all over with us. Brother, we +shall meet again. Pray for me and give me the kiss of peace." + +"The Lord shall deliver thee from all evil, and preserve thee for +His heavenly kingdom. This mortal must put on immortality, and this +corruptible, incorruption." + +The red face of the Emperor, red with wine and the light of the +conflagration, began to assume a look of attention, and it could be seen +from his eyes and ears that he was listening. Did he hear perhaps how +the masses of people whispered their suspicions of the "incendiary"? + +"Pallas!" he roared, "Rome is burning!" + +The slave remained speechless from fright. + +"Pallas! Are you deaf?" + +No answer. + +"Pallas! Are you dumb? They say down there that I have fired the town, +but I have not. Run out in the streets and spread about the report that +the Christians have done it." + +"No, I will not!" answered the slave. + +Nero believed that his ears had deceived him. + +"Do you not know," he said, "that the Christians are magicians, and live +like rats in the catacombs, and that all Rome is undermined by them? I +have thought of making the Tiber flow in to drown them, or of opening +the walls of the cloacas and submerging the catacombs in filth. Their +Sibylline books have prophesied the fall of Rome, though they use the +name 'Babylon.' See, now the Capitol takes fire. Pallas, run out, and +say the Christians have done it." + +"That I will not do," answered Pallas loud and clearly, "because it is +not true." + +"This time my ears have not deceived me," roared the Emperor rising. +"You will not go into the town; then go in through the grating-door and +play with my lions." + +He opened the door, and pushed Pallas into the fore-court of the lions. + +"Alexander!" said Pallas, "I have prayed you to be firm and courageous!" + +"I know that my Redeemer lives, and that at the latter day He shall +raise me from the earth." + +"What is that you are saying?" said the Emperor, and pulled a cord, +which opened the second door to the lions. + +"Alexander, go out into the town, and spread the report that the +Christians have set Rome on fire." + +"No," answered Alexander, "for I am a Christian." + +"What is a Christian?" + +"God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son that +whosoever believeth on Him should not perish but have everlasting life." + +"Will you not perish? Have I not the power to destroy you?" + +"You have no power over me, except it be given from above." + +"He does not fear death. Lentulus! bring fire here; I will set fire to +your clothes, that we may see if you can burn, I will set your hair, +your beard, your nails on fire; but we will first soak you in oil and +naphtha, in pitch and sulphur. Then we will see whether you have an +everlasting life. Lentulus!" + +Lentulus rushed in: "Emperor! The city is in an uproar! Fly!" + +"Must I fly? First bring fire!" + +"Spain has revolted, and chosen Galba as Emperor." + +"Galba! Eheu! fugaces, Postume ... Galba! Well, then, let us fly, but +whither?" + +"Through the catacombs, sire." + +"No! the Christians live there, and they will kill me." + +"They kill no one," said Alexander. + +"Not even their enemies?" + +"They pray for their enemies." + +"Then they are mad! All the better!" + + * * * * * + +The Christians were assembled in one of the crypts of the catacombs. +"The Capitol is burning; that is the heathen's Zion," said Alexander. + +"The Lord of Hosts avenges his destroyed Jerusalem." + +"Say not 'avenges,' say 'punishes.'" + +"Someone is coming down the passage." + +"Is it a brother?" + +"No, he makes no obeisance before the cross." + +"Then it is an executioner." + +The Emperor appeared in rags, dirty, with a handkerchief tied round his +forehead. As he approached the Christians, whom in their white cloaks he +took for Greeks, he became quiet and resolved to bargain with them. + +"Are you Greeks?" + +"Here is neither Jew nor Greek, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free, but +all are brothers in Christ! Welcome, brother!" + +"It is the Wild Beast," said Alexander. + +The Emperor now recognised his escaped slave, and in his terror fell on +his knees. + +"Kill me not! I am a poor stone-cutter, who has lost his way. Show me +the way out, whether right or left." + +"Do you know me?" asked Alexander. + +"Alexander!" answered the Emperor. + +"He whom you wished to burn. It is I!" + +"Mercy! Kill me not!" + +"Stand up, Caesar! Thy life is in God's hand." + +"Do I find mercy?" + +"You shall have a guide." + +"Say whether right or left; then I can help myself." + +"Keep to the left." + +"And if you lie." + +"I cannot lie! Do you see, that is the difference." + +"Why do you not lie? I should have done so." + +"Keep to the left." + +The Emperor believed him, and went. But after going some steps, he stood +still and turned round. + +"Out upon you, slaves! Now I shall help myself." + +It was a terribly stormy night, when Nero, accompanied by the boy +Sporus, and a few slaves, reached the estate of his freedman Phaon. +Phaon did not dare to receive him, but advised him to hide in a +clay-pit. But the Emperor did not wish to creep into the earth, but +sprang into a pond, when he heard the pursuers approaching, and remained +standing in the water. From this place he heard those who were going +by seeking him, say that he was condemned to be flogged to death. Then, +after some hesitation, he thrust a dagger into his breast. + +His nurse Acte, who had also been his paramour, buried him in a garden +on Monte Pincio. The Romans loved him after his death, and brought +flowers to his grave. But the Christians saw in him the Wild Beast and +the Antichrist of the Apocalypse. + + +THE APOSTATE + +At a date rather more than three hundred years after the Birth +of Christ, the stage of the world's history had shifted from the +Mediterranean to the East. Greece was sunk in everlasting sleep, Rome +lay in ruins and had become a tributary state. Jerusalem was destroyed, +Alexandria at the mouth of the Nile in a state of decay. The world's +metropolis lay on the Black Sea, and was a half-oriental colony called +Byzantium, or, after Constantine the Great, Constantinople. The heathen +world was a waste, and Christianity had become the State religion. +But the spirit of Christianity had not penetrated the empire. Doctrine +indeed there was--plenty of doctrine--but those at court lived worse +lives than the heathen, and the way to the throne in Byzantium was +generally through a murder. + +But while the centre of gravity in Europe had shifted to the East, new +conquests had been made in the West and in the North. The Romans had +founded fifty cities on the Rhine, and, since Julius Caesar's time, all +Gaul lay under Roman ploughs and worshipped Roman gods in Roman temples. + +But now that Christianity was to be introduced into Gaul, it encountered +great difficulties. The original religion of the country, Druidism, had +been proscribed by the Emperor Claudius, and the Roman cult of the gods +substituted. And now that a second alteration of their religion was +proposed, the Gauls strongly resented it. Accordingly Gaul was in a +state of disorganisation, which was likely to result in some new growth. + +But under the rule of Constantius, new danger from another side +threatened the newly-formed provinces of Gaul. The German races, the +Franks and the Alemanni, were attracted by the charm of the fertile +land, where the mountains seemed to drop with wine, and the plains were +covered with yellow corn. In order to protect the best of his provinces, +and perhaps for other reasons, the Emperor sent his cousin and +brother-in-law, Julian, to subdue the Germans. Although Julian had been +educated in a convent and at a university, he seems to have understood +the art of war, for he defeated the invaders and then retired to Lutetia +Parisiorum. + +The legions had marched up the Mons Martis or Martyrorum, as it was +called by turns. At their head went the insignificant-looking man with +his beard trimmed like a philosopher's--Julian, surnamed Caesar, but +not therefore Emperor. High on the summit of the hill stood a temple of +Mars, but it was closed. When the army had encamped, Julian went alone +to the edge of the hill, in order to view the town Lutetia, which he had +never seen. + +On the island between the two arms of the Seine lay the main part of +the town with the temple of Jupiter; but the Imperial Palace and the +Amphitheatre stood on the slope of Mount Parnassus, on the left bank of +the river. For three hundred years from the time of Julius Caesar, the +Emperors had stayed here at intervals. The two last occupants had been +Constantine the Great and Constantius. + +After thoughtfully contemplating for a while the valley with the river +flowing through it, Julian exclaimed, "Urbs! Why, it is Rome! A river, +a valley, and hills, seven or more, just as at Rome. Don't you see, +we stand on the Capitoline? On the opposite side we have Janiculum +represented by Mount Parnassus, and in the north Mons Valerian forms our +Vatican. And the city on the island! The island resembles a ship, just +like the island in the Tiber, on which they have erected an obelisk as a +mast, so striking was the similarity. Caesar indeed was too original to +have wished to copy. They call Byzantium New Rome, but Rome is like a +worm; when cut in two, a living creature is formed from each piece. What +do you say, Maximus?" + +"Rome was the city of the seven hills and the seven kings; how many +there will be here, none can say." + +"It had never occurred to me," answered Julian, "that Rome had had just +as many kings as hills--a curious coincidence!" + +Maximus the Mystic, who, together with the Sophist Priscus, always +accompanied the Emperor, in order to give him opportunities for +philosophising, immediately objected: "There are no 'coincidences,' +Caesar, everything is reckoned and numbered; everything is created with +a conscious purpose, and in harmonious correspondence--the firmament of +heaven and the circle of the earth." + +"You have learnt that in Egypt," Priscus interrupted, "for the Egyptians +see the river Nile in the constellation Eridanus. I should like to know +under which constellation this Lutetia lies!" + +"It lies under Andromeda, like Rome," answered Maximus, "but Perseus +hangs over the Holy Land, so that Algol stands over Jerusalem." + +"Why do you call that cursed land 'holy'?" broke in Julian, who could +not control his generally quiet temper as soon as any subject was +mentioned connected with Christianity, which he hated. + +"I call the land 'holy' because the Redeemer of the world was born +there. And you know that He was born without a father, like Perseus; you +know also that Perseus delivered Andromeda, as Jesus Christ will deliver +Rome and Lutetia." + +Julian was silent, for, as a Neo-platonist, he liked analogies between +the heavenly and the temporal, and a poetic figure was more for him than +a rhetorical ornament. + +Educated in a convent by Christian priests, he had early gained an +insight into the new teaching of Christianity; but he believed that +his philosophic culture had shown him that the seed of Christianity +had already germinated in Socrates and Plato. After he had made the +acquaintance of the Neo-Platonists, he found nothing to object to in +the recently-promulgated dogmas of Christianity. But he felt a boundless +hate against these Galilaeans who wished to appropriate all the wisdom +of the past ages and give it their own name. He regarded them as +thieves. The doctrine of Christ's Divine Sonship seemed to him quite +natural, for as a Pantheist he believed that the souls of all men are +born of God and have part in Him. He himself acknowledged the dogma +recently promulgated at Nicaea, that the Son is of the same essence as +the Father, although he interpreted, it in his own way. As to miracles, +they happened every day, and could be imitated by magicians. He +acknowledged the truth of the Fall of Man, for Plato also had declared +that the soul is imprisoned in matter--in sinful matter, with which we +must do battle. And this had been confirmed by St. Paul's saying in the +Epistle to the Romans, "The good which I would, that I do not, but the +evil, which I would not, that I do," and again, "I delight in the law +of God after the inward man. But I see another law in my members, which +warreth against the law of my mind.... O wretched man that I am! who +shall deliver me from the body of this death?" That was the lament of +the thinking sensitive man regarding the soul's imprisonment in matter; +the disgust of human nature at itself. + +Julian, as a sensitive and struggling spirit, had felt this pressure, +and had honestly and successfully combated the lusts of the flesh. Grown +up though he was, among murderers and sybarites, in the extravagant +luxury of the Byzantine Court, where, for example, he had at first +possessed a thousand barbers and a thousand cooks, he had abandoned +luxury, lived like a Christian ascetic, acted justly, and was +high-minded. He had a perfect comprehension of the soul's imprisonment +in the flesh or of "sin," but understood nothing of the Redemption +through Christ. Three hundred years had passed since the birth of +Christ, and the world had become continually more wretched. The +Christians he had seen, especially his uncle Constantine the Great, +lived worse than the heathen. As a young man he had tested the new +teaching in his own internal struggles; he had prayed to Christ as to +God, but had not been heard. When he had lamented his plight to the +devout Eusebius, the latter had answered, "Be patient in hope! Continue +constant in prayer." + +But the youth answered, "I cannot be patient." + +Then Eusebius said, "The deliverance comes, but not in our time. A +thousand years are as a day before the Lord God! Wait five days, then +you will see." + +"I will not wait," exclaimed the youth angrily. + +"So say the damned souls also. But look you, impatience is one of +the torments of hell, and you make a hell for yourself with your +impatience." + +Julian became a hater of Christ, without exactly knowing why. The +philosophers did not teach it him, for they adapted Christianity to +their philosophy. Celsus' feeble attack on Christianity had not misled +Julian's ripe and cultured intelligence. Eusebius explained his pupil's +hatred of Christ in the following way: "He has heathen blood in him, for +he comes of Illyrian stock; he does not belong to this sheepfold. Or is +his pride so boundless, his envy so great, that he cannot tolerate any +Autocrat in the realm of the spirit? He lives himself like a Christian, +and teaches the same as Christ, but at the same time is a Christ-hater." + + * * * * * + +Meanwhile Julian, in order to hide his anger, had approached the little +Temple of Mars on the hill. The building was in ruins, the doors had +been carried away, and the columns were broken. As he entered it, he saw +the statue of Mars, modelled after a good Greek one of Ares, standing in +the apse, but the nose was broken off, the fingers were lacking, and the +whole statue was streaked with dirt. + +"This is the work of the Galilaeans," said Julian, "but they shall pay +for it." + +"They have already paid with their lives," answered Maximus. + +"Dionysius [Footnote: St. Denis] was beheaded on the hill, and his +chapel stands there on the slope." + +"Are you also a Galilaean?" + +"No; but I love justice." + +"Justice and its guardian-goddess Astrasa left the earth when the Iron +Age began; now she is a star in heaven." + +"In the Zodiac," interrupted Priscus; "I believe also, we all live in +Zodiacs, and there justice has no place." + +A sudden murmur of voices was heard from the camp. Julian mounted a heap +of stones to see what was the matter. The whole of the north-east side +of Mars' Hill was covered with soldiers, and below in the valley were +to be seen tents and camp-fires. These thousands belonged to all the +nations of the world. They comprised Romans, Greeks, Egyptians, Negroes, +Hebrews, Persians, Afghans, Scythians, Germans, Britons, and Gauls. But +now they were in movement and swarming, as gnats do when they dance. + +"What is the excitement about?" asked Julian. + +A little bell from the chapel of St. Denis sounded the Angelus, and the +Christians fell on their knees, while the heathen remained standing +or continued their occupations. The Christians considered themselves +disturbed, and so did the heathen. + +"This religion," said Julian, "which should unite all, only divides +them. If the Church Councils, instead of formulating new creeds, had +done away with all forms, and proclaimed free worship with praise and +adoration of the Highest, all peoples would have bent the knee before +the Nameless, but look at the Christians! Since the law is on their +side, they have the upper hand, and therefore compel the heathen to +adore their Galilaean! But I will not help them. I can hold nations +together, but not professors of creeds. Let us go into the town. I will +not mix in the matter." + +Some Christian tribunes approached Julian, with the evident purpose of +complaining, but he waved them off. + + * * * * * + +Julian had entered Lutetia on foot, accompanied by his philosophers. He +had not allowed himself to be escorted by generals or other officers, +because he did not trust them. + +He found the new town to be a miniature of the Rome of the Caesars. It +is true that huts with straw roofs formed the nucleus of it, but there +were also several temples and chapels, a prefecture, a forum, and an +amphitheatre. The forum or market-place was surrounded by colonnades, +in which tradesmen and money-changers' had opened their shops. One +side--the shortest--of it was occupied by the prefecture, in which the +Aedile and Quaestor lived. + +Unnoticed and unrecognised by the people, Julian went into the +prefecture. In the hall he saw Christian symbols--the cross, the fish, +the good shepherd, etc. Christianity was certainly the State religion, +but Julian's hatred against everything Christian was so great that he +could not look at these figures. Accordingly he went out again, called +the Prefect down, and bade him show the way to the Imperial palace and +the left side of the river. There he took up his abode in a simple room +resembling a monk's cell. As he had been obliged to make many detours +since he had left Byzantium, and the punitive expedition against the +Franks and Alemanni had consumed much time, he found letters waiting his +arrival. Among them was one from the Emperor which seriously discomposed +Julian. + +The attitude of the Emperor towards his cousin had always been somewhat +dubious, almost hostile, and now, after the latter's victories, envy +and fear had taken possession of the mind of the Byzantine despot. The +letter contained a command for Julian to send back the legions at once, +as the war was at an end. Julian saw the danger if he stripped the +newly recovered land bare of defence, but his sense of duty and +conscientiousness bade him obey, and without hesitation he sent the +Emperor's edict to the camp. This was on the evening of the first day of +his arrival. + +The next morning Julian had gone out for an excursion with his learned +staff. They slowly climbed Mount Parnassus, and wandered through the oak +wood on the north side, avoiding the beaten paths. He and his companions +philosophised and disputed eagerly, and, forgetting their surroundings, +wandered ever deeper into the forest. Finally they reached an open space +where grazing deer had taken refuge, and set themselves down to rest on +strangely-shaped stones which lay in a circle. In the oaks over their +heads were large green clumps of a different colour from the oak-leaves, +and these they thought were birds' nests. + +"I have never seen so many crows' nests together," said Julian. + +"They are not crows' nests, your Majesty," answered the scribe Eleazar, +who acted as Julian's secretary. "That is the sacred mistletoe, which +grows on the oak, and through the operation of cosmic forces takes this +globular form, which is also said to be that of the earth and the other +heavenly bodies." + +"Is that...?" + +"Yes, and we seem to have entered a sacred sacrificial grove, in which +the primeval deities of the land are still worshipped by the Druids, +although their worship is forbidden." + +"Forbidden in spite of the Emperor's edict regarding religious freedom," +broke in the Sophist Priscus. + +Julian did not like to be reminded of this edict, through which +Christianity had won freedom to suppress other creeds. He rose with +his companions in order to continue their excursion. After a while they +reached Suresnes and its vineyards, where figtrees and peach-trees lined +the walls. When they had ascended a height, they saw the whole Seine +Valley lying before them, with its fields, gardens, and villas. + +"Why, that is like the sacred land of Canaan!" exclaimed Julian, +enchanted by the lovely landscape. + +On the other side of the river rose the Hill of Mars, with its temples +and chapels, and where the soil had been laid bare the white chalk +gleamed in patches, as though a countless number of tents had been +erected on the slopes. + +The philosophers stood for a long time there, and contemplated the view, +when a sound was heard like that of an approaching tempest. But no +cloud was visible, and they remained listening and wondering. The noise +increased till cries, shouts, and the clash of arms were heard. Now the +Hill of Mars seemed to be in movement; there were swarms of men on its +summit, and here and there steel could be seen flashing. Like a river, +the mass began to roll down the hill to the town. + +Then the spectators understood. "It is a revolt of the legions," +exclaimed Maximus. + +"The edict has taken effect." + +"They seek their own Emperor." + +"Then the only thing for us to do is to turn round and go home." They +turned into the path which ran along the river, and followed it up the +stream, in order to be able to see what the legions were doing. The dark +mass, interspersed with flashes From swords and helmets, poured on in an +ever stronger tide. + +Quickening their steps, Julian and his companions reached the palace, in +which there was great excitement. Julian was naturally a courageous man, +but as a philosopher he was retiring, and wished to avoid public scenes. +He therefore went through the bath-house and sought his lonely chamber, +in order to await what would happen. He paced restlessly up and down +the room, feeling that the destiny of his whole future life was just now +being decided. So there came what he half expected. Cries were audible +from the courtyard of the palace,--"Ave Caesar Julianus Imperator! We +choose Julian as Emperor! The crown for Julian! Death to Constantius the +murderer and weakling!" + +There was no longer any room for doubt. The legions had chosen Julian +Emperor because they would not leave this fertile land, which they had +conquered at the cost of their blood. Julian, who had not striven +for power because he feared responsibility, wished to decline; but +messengers from the army warned him, "If you do not accept, you will +be slain." He who does not dare to rule will be enslaved. Thus Julian +became Emperor of the great realm which stretched from the Black Sea to +the Atlantic Ocean. + + * * * * * + +The night which followed this day was spent by the Emperor in +reflection; and when in the morning, after a bath, he appeared to his +friends, he was hardly recognisable as the same man. He had literally +thrown off the mask, and showed a new face, with a new expression, +almost new features. In spite of his upright character, Julian, +like Constantine, had been compelled to live in a perpetual state +of hypocrisy, by being obliged to favour and practise the Christian +teaching in which he did not believe. He had even been forced to +acknowledge the Trinity and Deity of Christ as promulgated by the +Council of Nicaea, to attend services and observe fasts. The first thing +he did after obtaining power, was to use his freedom and be what he was. +His first act was to separate the sheep from the goats, i.e. to pick out +the "Galilaeans," and form them into legions by themselves, under the +pretext that they could thus better carry out their religious practices. +But at the same time he surrounded his person exclusively with +heathen of the old type,--Hebrews, Syrians, Persians, and Scythians. +Simultaneously he assumed the gorgeous purple and glittering diadem of +the emperors, trimmed and gilded his beard, and showed himself +abroad only on horseback and with a great train. This done, he made +preparations for publicly receiving the homage of the people, and +determined to use the theatre for that purpose, and to put on the stage +_Prometheus_, the trilogy of Aeschylus, which at that time existed in +its entirety. The Emperor had brought actors with him, and the theatre +stood ready. The news of this had spread in the town, and was joyfully +hailed by the heathen, while the Christians were vexed. The lower +classes had, it is true, expected a gladiatorial show and wild beast +fights, but a "comedy," as they called it, was always welcome. + +The day arrived, and the town was in gala attire. The play was to last +from morning to evening without pauses for meals; and as the spring +weather was cold and uncertain, the spectators were advised to bring +the garment known as "cucullus," a short white Roman mantle with a hood, +which was all the more necessary as the theatre stood under the open +sky. + +Julian, now called Augustus, came to the theatre at the appointed time, +accompanied by his philosopher friends, who had to take their seats at a +little distance, for the Emperor sat in the imperial box, whither he had +summoned the Prefect, Aedile and Quaestor to be in attendance on him. He +was somewhat astonished not to find these city authorities there, and as +the Aedile was president of the theatre, they could not begin before he +came. + +The people had risen as Julian entered, and many tribunes had shouted +"Long live the Emperor!" but thereupon there followed an embarrassing +silence, during which the Emperor was regarded with cold curiosity. When +at last the latter was weary of waiting, he called his secretary, the +Hebrew Eleazar, and commanded him to go to the prefecture in order to +find out the reason of the defaulters' absence, and at the same time he +gave the signal for the play to commence. + +The actors entered, and at the altar commenced to offer the ancient kind +of sacrifice which used to serve as an introduction to tragedies. Since +animal sacrifices had ceased in all religions, even in the Jewish after +the destruction of the Temple, under Titus in A.D. 70, this unusual +proceeding aroused great curiosity. The legionaries were inured to the +sight of blood, but the citizens and their wives turned away when the +goat was sacrificed to Dionysus. People sought to find the reason for +Julian's wish to reintroduce this custom in his laudable attempt to +mingle all religions together, and to discover a deeper meaning in the +ceremonies of all. The offering indeed was a gift, a sacrifice, and an +expression of gratitude, but Maximus the mystic had also persuaded the +Emperor that there were hidden powers in the blood itself, the source +of life, which attracted spiritual forces of a lower order. Man shed his +mother's blood at his birth and the sacred institution of circumcision +was intended to be a reminder of the bloody and painful operation of +birth. Slaves were slaughtered on the graves of chieftains, and in +the time of Julius Caesar the Romans had on one extraordinary occasion +sacrificed three hundred prisoners. Captivated by this and by similar +philosophical arguments, Julian was enticed into a course which was +destined to lead to his destruction. After the sacrifice, at which the +soldiers had laughed and the women had wept, the drama commenced in +the poet's original language. Greek was indeed spoken by all people of +cultivation from Palestine to Gaul, but the uneducated did not know it, +and therefore the citizens sat there inattentively. + +As the chorus entered for the second time, Eleazar returned with news. +"This is what has happened," he said. "The Bishop of Sens, the Primate +of the Church of Gaul, has entered the town, and is performing mass in +the church. The high officials are present there, and they accordingly +beg to be excused attending on the Emperor. They thought that he was +aware that Christians never go to the theatre, and they rely upon the +edict granting religious liberty." + +Julian turned white with rage. "Good! They shall pay for that! Now, my +Jewish friend, Eleazar, you shall sit near and talk with me. The actors +are wretched, and I cannot endure their pronunciation of Greek." + +Eleazar demurred, but the Emperor overruled his objections. The morning +passed, and when the first part of the trilogy was at an end, part of +the public seemed to wish to steal away; but the exits were closed, in +order to avoid the fiasco of actors playing to an empty house, and +the disrespect which would thereby be shown to the Emperor. But the +discontent of the audience continually increased, for they were tired +and hungry. They were also unpleasantly surprised by the presence of a +Jew in the Emperor's box. It was not, however, because he was a Jew, +for hatred of the Jews arose much later, after the Crusades. During the +first centuries after Christ, Jews were confused with Christians because +people believed that the new religion came from Palestine and was a +continuation of Mosaism. The hostile glances which were cast at Eleazar +were therefore more on account of his mean appearance and position than +of his religion. The favour shown him by the Emperor was especially +a challenge to the Christians, in whose eyes he was an alien and a +heathen. + +When, in the second part of the trilogy, Prometheus was nailed to the +rock, the spectators must have thought of the Crucified as the antitype, +for the actor playing that part took that posture, extended his arms, +and let his head sink on his breast. The common people became more +attentive, and as they neither had learnt Greek nor were acquainted +with mythology, they thought that the sufferings of Christ were being +represented on the stage. Since this had never been done before, they +were displeased, and half-audible conversations began. The Emperor was +angry, but did not move a muscle. He was generally quiet, but when +he was enraged his intelligence forsook him. He sat there in silence, +revolving plans against these barbarians, who had forgotten the wisdom +of the ancients. It was now past noon, and the impatience of the +audience increased. Then the sky began to be covered with clouds and +some flakes of snow fell slowly like white feathers. Those who had +mantles drew them over their heads. The actors looked towards the +Emperor's box, but he did not move, although it had no roof. He was a +soldier, and would not be afraid of anything so trivial as bad weather. + +Now Prometheus began to prophesy to Io of the Deliverer who would +be born to overthrow Zeus and deliver the fire-bringer. The educated +Christians and the heathen looked at each other questioningly, when +Io said, "What dost thou say? Shall my son be thy deliverer?" And when +Prometheus answered, "He will be the third scion after ten generations," +a murmur broke out in the theatre. "Ten generations," that was in round +numbers 700 years--a period nearly extending to the birth of Christ, +since the Christians reckoned dates from 763 A.D., the end of the +mythological era, to which the drama belonged. + +Julian perceived that he had "carried wood to the fire," and helped the +Christians without intending to do so. Aeschylus had prophesied Christ's +birth almost to the very year, and intimated that he would overthrow +Zeus. The orthodox followers of Athanasius wished for no better weapon +with which to crush the Arians, who denied the Deity of Christ. + +The snow fell ever more thickly, till at last it was a snowstorm. Julian +was as white as though he wore a shroud, but he did not move, for he +was beside himself with rage against himself, against the demons who +had enticed him to choose this play, and against the heavenly powers who +mocked him. + +The whole audience was covered with snow, and discussed theology; the +rabble laughed and quarrelled. The only ones who were protected against +the inclemency of the weather were the actors under the canopy. But the +damp snow was heavy, and the linen awning presently bent and broke. + +Then the whole audience rose and burst into laughter; the actors crept +out from under the masses of snow, the doors opened, and all fled except +Julian and his philosophers. + + * * * * * + +As soon as Julian had been elected Emperor, he had sent an ambassador +to the Emperor at Byzantium, and now awaited his reply. It was about +the time of the winter solstice and the turn of the year. The Christians +had, at this period, just begun to celebrate the birth of Christ, and +had adopted certain Roman customs from the Saturnalia, the feast in +honour of Saturn. Julian, irritated by the challenge of the Nazarenes, +began to arm himself for resistance and attack. Now he determined to use +his power to give back to heathendom what belonged to it, and to show +the Christians whence they had derived their knowledge of the highest +things. At the same time he wished to lend heathenism a Christian +colouring, so that, at its return, it might be able to conquer +everything. The old Temple of Jupiter, on the island in the river, was +opened one night, and lights were seen in it. There was also a noise of +hammers and saws, mattocks and trowels. This lasted for some time, and +people talked about it in the town. + +One night in midwinter, Julian sat with Maximus, Priscus, and Eleazar +in the Opisthodomos or priests' room, behind the altar in the Temple +of Jupiter. The whole temple was lit up, and the purpose of the +improvements which had taken place could be seen. By the colonnade on +the left hand was an ambo or pulpit, and under it a confessional; there +were also a seven-branched candlestick, a baptismal font, a table with +shewbread, and an incense-altar. These represented Julian's attempt +to attach the new doctrine to the old, and to amalgamate heathenism, +Christianity, and Judaism. Heliogabalus had indeed attempted the same in +his own rough fashion, by introducing Syrian sun-worship into Rome, +but he retained all the heathen gods, even the Egyptian ones. Neither +Christians, however, nor Jews would have anything to do with it. + +Julian did not love the Jews, but his hatred of Christianity was so +great that he preferred to help the stiff-necked race in Palestine, in +order to rouse them against Christ. For that purpose he had given orders +that the Temple in Jerusalem should be rebuilt, and this was the matter +which he wished to discuss with his philosophers and Eleazar. "What +is your opinion, then?" he asked, after finishing a long speech on the +subject. "Let Maximus speak first." + +"Caesar Augustus," answered Maximus the mystic, "Jerusalem has been +destroyed from the face of the earth, as the prophets foretold, and the +Temple cannot be rebuilt." + +"Cannot? It shall be." + +"It cannot! Constantine's mother, indeed, built a church over the grave +of Christ, but the Temple cannot be rebuilt. Since Solomon's time the +history of this city has been a history of successive destructions. +Sheshach, the Philistines, Arabs, Syrians, Egyptians, and Chaldaeans, +destroyed it in early times. Then came Alexander Ptolemaus, and finally +Antiochus Epiphanes, who pulled down the walls and set up an image of +Jupiter in the Temple. But now, mark!--sixty-three years before Christ, +Jerusalem was conquered by Pompey. What happened in the same year after +Christ in the Roman Empire? Pompeii, the town by Naples, named after +the conqueror, was destroyed in A.D. 63 by an earthquake. That was the +answer, and the Lord of Hosts conquered Jupiter,--Zeus." + +"Listen!" broke in Julian, "I don't agree with your Pythagorean +speculations about numbers. If both events had happened in the year 63 +before Christ, then I would be nearly convinced." + +"Wait, then, Caesar, and you will be. After Pompey had conquered +Jerusalem, and Cassius had plundered it, Herod rebuilt the city and the +Temple. But soon afterwards--_i.e._ in A.D. 70, Jerusalem was completely +destroyed by Titus. Only nine years later Monte Somma began to throw up +fire as it had never done before, and by it Pompeii and Herculaneum were +both destroyed. Pompeii and Herculaneum were Sodom and Gomorrah, and a +temple in Pompeii contained an image of Vespasian, who had laid waste +part of Jerusalem before Titus. It disappeared altogether. Do you think +perhaps that the Christians set Vesuvius on fire, as Nero believed they +had fired Rome in A.D. 64?" + +Julian reflected: "There were nine years between," he said, "but it +seems strange." + +"Yes," answered Maximus, "but precisely in the same year 70, in which +Titus destroyed the Temple, the Capitol was burnt." + +"Then it is the gods who are warring, and we are only soldiers," +exclaimed Julian. + +Priscus the Sophist, who liked word-encounters, determined to stir up +the embers, as they seemed to be expiring: "But Christ has said that one +stone shall not remain upon another, and that the Temple shall never be +built again." + +"Has Christ said that?" answered Julian. "Very well; then he shall show +whether he was a god, for I will build again the Temple of Solomon." + +And turning to Eleazar, he continued, "Do you believe in prodigies?" + +"As surely as the Lord lives, as surely as Abraham's God has brought us +out of Egyptian bondage and given us Canaan, so surely will He fulfil +the promise, and restore to us land, city, and Temple!" + +"May it be with you according to your belief. The Temple shall be built +up, even though it be not in three days as the Galilaean thought." + + * * * * * + +The winter solstice had come, and the Feast of the Saturnalia commenced +in Lutetia. The heathen had always kept the feast in recollection of the +legendary Golden Age, which was said to have been under the reign of the +good Saturn. Then there was peace upon earth; the lion played with the +lamb, the fields brought forth harvests without husbandry, weapons were +not forged, for men were good and righteous. This beautiful festival, +which had been discontinued by the Romans, had been revived by the +Christians, who at Christ's coming expected a new Golden Age or the +Millennium. But now Julian wished to restore to the heathen their +privilege, and at the same time to show the Nazarenes whence they had +derived their religious usages. + +The heathen began to keep the festival in the old way. The shops were +closed, and the city decorated, when on the morrow a procession was seen +issuing from the Basilica to the market-place. At the head went King +Saturn, with his horn of plenty, corn-sheaves, and doves; he was +followed by the Virtues, Fortune, Wealth, Peace, Righteousness. Then +followed an actor dressed like the Emperor, and by the hand he led a +captive, who, in honour of the day, had been freed from his chains. He +was followed by citizens who took their slaves by the arm; and these in +their turn by women and children, who scattered corn from the sheaves +for the sparrows in the street. The procession passed through the +streets, and at first pleased the beholders. + +Then they entered the temple, where there was a seated image of Jupiter +in the apse. It had been cunningly modelled to resemble God the Father, +or Moses, as he began to be represented about that time. Near and a +little beneath this image stood Orpheus in the character of the Good +Shepherd, with a lamb on his shoulders, and carved in relief on the +pedestal was to be seen his descent to Hades, from which he returned +bringing Dike (Justice),--a play on the name Eurydice. This was a +direct hit at the Christians. Before the divine images stood the Jewish +shewbread table, with the bread and the wine--a reminder of the source +from which the Christians had taken the Eucharist or the Mass. As though +by chance, a new-born heathen child was brought and baptized in the +font. To the question of one, who had studied his part, whether heathen +were baptized, it was answered by one, who also had his role assigned +him, that the ancients had always washed their new-born children. + +The whole affair was a comedy staged by Julian. + +Then Maximus mounted the pulpit, and, in a Neo-platonic discourse, +expounded all religious images, symbols, and customs. He also showed +that the heathen only worshipped one God, whose many attributes found +expression in various personifications. Then he ostensibly defended +Christ's Deity, the Virgin birth, and miracles. "We are," he said, "all +of divine origin, since God has created us, and we are His children. +There is nothing remarkable in Christ being born without a father, since +the philosopher Plato was also born of a virgin without a father." In +the middle of his discourse he exclaimed: "Miracles! Why should we not +believe in miracles, since we believe in Almighty God? His omnipotence +signifies that He can suspend the laws of nature which he has +established. He who believes not in miracles is therefore an ass." The +discourse was listened to by heathen and Christians. The latter thought +that they had never heard anything which so clearly explained mysterious +dogmas, and the heathen found that they were one with the Christians. +"What, then, stands between us?" exclaimed Maximus, carried away by the +sight of the harmony and mutual understanding which prevailed among his +audience. "Have we not all one Father? Has not one God created us? Why, +then, strive one against the other? Have we not here to day celebrated +the recollection of the better times which have been, and which will +surely return, as the light returns with the renewal of the sun--times +of reconciliation and peace on earth, when no one will be master and no +one slave? Here is neither Jew nor Greek nor Barbarian, but we are all +brothers and sisters in one faith. Therefore love one another; reconcile +yourselves with God and each other; give each other the kiss of peace; +rejoice, perfect yourselves, be of one mind, and the God of love and +peace shall be with you." + +The audience was delighted, and with streaming eyes fell in each other's +arms, pressed each other's hands, and kissed each other's cheeks. + +Then suddenly a row of lights was kindled on the altar; that was part of +the ceremonial of the Saturnalia, and signified the return of the sun. +This custom was adopted by the Christians in celebrating the Birth of +Christ or Christmas. + +After this beggars were brought forward, and those of the upper classes +washed their feet. Then twelve slaves took their seats at a covered +table, while their masters served them. Julian, who, hidden in the +Opisthodom, had watched the whole ceremony, secretly rejoiced, because +by means of these ancient heathen rites he had entirely defeated the +Christians. In them, as he had intended, there was a wordless expression +of philanthropy and charity, and both had existed from time immemorial. + +Finally, the children were brought forward, and received as presents +dolls modelled of wax and clay. The illusion was complete, and the +Christians felt as though under an enchanter's spell. "The heathen are +Christians after all!" they exclaimed. "Why, then, strive and quarrel, +when we are one?" + +There was an overflow of emotion, and the success of the experiment was +complete. That was the victory of the first day. When, on the following +day, the Christians wished to celebrate their Christmas festival, it +necessarily appeared a mere copy of that of the heathen. + + * * * * * + +The Saturnalia lasted seven days, and Julian, intoxicated with his +success, resolved to introduce the whole of the ancient ceremonies in +all their terrible splendour. His philosophers warned him, but he did +not listen to them any more; he must have his hecatombs; a hundred oxen +adorned with garlands were to be slaughtered in the open space before +the Temple of Jupiter, as a sacrifice to the ancient gods. + +"He is mad!" lamented Eleazar. + +"Whom the gods would destroy, they strike with blindness. Now he pulls +down, what he had built up." + +It is difficult to explain how the highly cultivated, clever, and +aesthetic Julian could conceive the wild idea of reintroducing animal +sacrifices. It was really butchery or execution, and neither butchers +nor executioners enjoyed much respect in society. It looked as though +his hatred of Christ had clouded his understanding, when, arrayed in the +garb of a sacrificial priest, he led forth the first ox, with its horns +gilded and wearing a white fillet. + +After he had kindled incense on the altar, he poured the bowl of wine +over the head of the ox, thrust his knife in its throat and turned it +round. A shudder ran through the crowd, who remained riveted to their +places. + +But as the blood spirted around, and the Emperor opened the quivering +body of the animal in order to take an augury from its entrails, a cry +rose which ended in an uproar, and all fled. The word "Apostate!" for +the first time struck his ear. That was the signal of his defeat, and, +as the animals were released by those who held them, they fled away +through the streets of the town. + +The Emperor, in his white robe sprinkled with blood, had to return +alone to his palace, while Christians and heathen alike shouted their +disapprobation. + +"See the butcher!" they cried; "Apostate! Renegade! Madman!" + +When Julian came to his palace, he looked as though petrified; but, +without changing his clothes, he sat down to the table and wrote an +edict against the Christians, in which they were forbidden to study, and +to fill offices of State. That was his first step. + +In the evening of the same day Julian received a letter: it was from the +Emperor Constantius in Byzantium, who did not acknowledge his election +to the imperial throne, and threatened to bring an army against him in +Gaul. This was quite unexpected, and Julian left Lutetia in order to +march against his cousin. As he went towards the East, he felt as though +he were going to his death. But the first throw of the dice of destiny +was a lucky one for him. Constantius died on the march, and Julian was +left sole Emperor. This he took for a sign that the gods were on his +side, and he proceeded on his campaign feeling that he was supported by +the higher powers. But it was only the last jest of his gods. + +It is related that before his last march against the Persians, he wished +to ascertain his destiny, and had a woman's body cut open in order to +take an augury from the entrails. But that may be untrue, as is also +the case with the conflicting reports of his death, which happened soon +after. One thing, however, is certain; the "Galilaean" conquered Zeus, +who rose no more. + +It is also a fact, confirmed by Christian, Jewish, and heathen +writers, that the Temple of Jerusalem was never built again, for as +the foundation was about to be laid, fire broke out of the ground +accompanied by an earthquake. The same earthquake also destroyed Delphi, +"the centre of the earth," and the focus of the religious and political +life of Greece. + + + + +ATTILA + + +With the demise of Constantine the Great, Greece, Rome, and +Palestine had ceased to exist. Civilisation had passed Eastward, for +Constantinople was the metropolis of Europe; and from the East, Rome, +Spain, Gaul, and Germany were governed by satraps with various titles. +It seemed as though the vitality of Europe had been quenched, and as +though Rome had been buried, but it was only apparently so. History did +not proceed in a straight line, but took circuitous paths, and therefore +development seemed to be in disorder and astray. But it was not really +so. + +Christianity, which was about to penetrate the West, had sprung from the +East, and so ancient Byzantium formed a transition stage. In Rome, which +had been left to itself, for its governors dwelt in Milan and Ravenna, a +new spiritual world-power was springing up, which was silently forging +a new imperial crown, in order to give it to the worthiest when the time +was fulfilled. The advent of this heir had already been announced by +Tacitus--a new race from the North, healthy, honest, good-humoured. +These were the Germans, who were to hold the Empire for a thousand years +from 800 to 1815. Already, at the commencement of the fifth century, the +West Goths had captured Rome, but again withdrawn; other German races +had overrun Spain, Gaul, and Britain, but none of them had taken firm +root in Italy. Then an entirely new race appeared upon the scene, whose +origin was unknown, and the promise of possessing the land which had +been given to the Germans seemed to have been revoked, for the Huns +finally settled in Hungary, and exacted tribute from all the nations in +the world. Round a wooden castle and a few barracks on the river Theiss, +there collected a crowd of Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, and Germans +of all kinds to do homage before a throne on which sat a savage who +resembled a lump of flesh. + +In the year 453 A.D. this King, after many adventures, wished to +celebrate one of his numerous marriages. He had summoned the chief men +of all Europe--summoned--for a King does not invite. So they came riding +from North, South, East, and West. + +From the west, along the bank of the Danube, just below the place where +the river makes a curve at the modern Gran, came two men riding at the +head of a caravan. For several days they had followed the picturesque +banks of the green river, with its bulrushes and willows, and its swarms +of wild duck and herons. Now they were about to leave the cool shades +of the forest region, and turn eastward towards the salt desert, which +stretched to the banks of the yellow Theiss. + +One leader of the caravan was a well-known Roman, called Orestes; the +other was Rugier, also called Edeko. He was a chief from the shores of +the Baltic Sea, and had been compelled to follow Attila. + +The two leaders had hitherto spoken little together, for they mistrusted +each other. But as they emerged on the wide plain, which opened out as +clear and bright as the surface of the sea, they seemed themselves to +grow cheerful, and to lay aside all mistrust. + +"Why are you going to the marriage?" asked Orestes. + +"Because I cannot remain away," answered Edeko. + +"Just like myself." + +"And the Bride--the Burgundian did not dare to say 'no' either?" + +"She? Yes, she would have dared to." + +"Then she loved this savage?" + +"I did not say that." + +"Perhaps she hates him, then? A new Judith for this Holofernes?" + +"Who knows? The Burgundians do not love the Huns since they pillaged +Worms in their last raid." + +"Still it is incomprehensible how he recovered from his defeat on the +Catalaunian Plain." + +"Everything is incomprehensible that has to do with this man, if he is a +man at all." + +"You are right. He is said to have succeeded his father's brother, Rua, +of whom we know nothing; he has murdered his brother Bleda. For twenty +years we have had him held over us like an iron rod, and yet lately, +when he was before Rome, he turned back." + +"But he has promised his soldiers to give them Rome some day." + +"Why did he spare Rome?" + +"No one knows. No one knows anything about this man, and he himself +seems to be ignorant about himself. He comes from the East, he says; +that is all. People say the Huns are the offspring of witches and demons +in the wilderness. If anyone asks Attila what he wants, and who he is, +he answers, 'The Scourge of God.' He founds no kingdom, builds no city, +but rules over all kingdoms and destroys all cities." + +"To return to his bride: she is called Ildico; is she then a Christian?" + +"What does Attila care? He has no religion." + +"He must have one if he calls himself 'the Scourge of God,' and declares +that he has found the War-God's sword." + +"But he is indifferent as regards forms of religion. His chief minister, +Onegesius, is a Greek and a Christian." + +"What an extraordinary man he is to settle down here in a salt-plain +instead of taking up his abode in Byzantium or in Rome." + +"That is because it resembles his far Eastern plains--the same soil, the +same plants and birds; he feels at home here." + +They became silent, as the sun rose and the heat increased. The +low-growing tamarisk, wormwood, and soda-bushes afforded no shade. Wild +fowl and larks were the only creatures that inhabited the waste. The +herds of cattle, goats, and swine had disappeared, for Attila's army of +half a million had eaten them up, and his horses had not left a single +edible blade of grass. + +At noon the caravan came suddenly to a halt, for on the eastern horizon +there was visible a town with towers and pinnacles, on the other side +of a blue lake. "Are we there?" asked Edeko. "Impossible; it is still +twenty miles, or three days' journey." + +But the city was in sight, and the caravan quickened its pace. After +half an hour the town appeared no nearer, but seemed, on the contrary, +to grow more distant, to dwindle in size, and to sink out of sight. +After another half hour, it had disappeared, and the blue lake also. + +"They can practise enchantment," said the Roman, "but that goes beyond +everything." + +"It is the Fata Morgana, or the mirage," explained the guide. + +As the evening came on, the caravan halted in order to rest for the +night. + + * * * * * + +On the stretch of land between Bodrog and Theiss, Attila had his +standing camp, for it could not be called a town. The palace was of +wood, painted in glaring colours, and resembled an enormous tent, whose +style was probably borrowed from China, the land of silk. The women's +house, which was set up near it, had a somewhat different form, which +might have been brought by the Goths from the North, or even from +Byzantium, for the house was ornamented with round wooden arches. The +fittings seemed to have been stolen from all nations and lands; there +were quantities of gold and silver, silk and satin curtains, Roman +furniture and Grecian vessels, weapons from Gaul, and Gothic textile +fabrics. It resembled a robber's abode, and such in fact it was. + +Behind the palace enclosure began the camp, with its smoke-grimed tents. +A vast number of horse-dealers and horse-thieves swarmed in the streets, +and there were as many horses as men there. Without the camp there +grazed herds of swine, sheep, goats, and cattle--living provision for +this enormous horde of men, who could only devour and destroy, but could +not produce anything. + +Now, on the morning of Attila's wedding day, there were moving about in +this camp thousands of little men with crooked legs and broad shoulders, +clothed in rat-skins and with rags tied round their calves. They looked +out of their tents with curiosity, when strangers who had been invited +to the marriage feast came riding up from the plain. + +In the first street of tents, Attila's son and successor, Ellak, met the +principal guests; he bade them welcome through an interpreter, and led +them into the guest-house. + +"Is that a prince, and are those men?" said Orestes to Edeko. + +"That is a horse-dealer, and the rest are rats," answered Edeko. "They +are monsters and demons, vampires, created from dreams of intoxication. +They have no faces; their eyes are holes; their voice is a rattle; their +nose is that of a death's-head; and their ears are pot-handles." + +"You speak truly, and it is from these half-naked savages, who have +no armour and no shield, that the Roman legions have fled. They are +goblins, who have been able to 'materialise' themselves." + +"They will not conquer the world." + +"At any rate not in this year." + +Then they followed Prince Ellak, who had heard and understood every +word, although he pretended not to know their language. + + * * * * * + +In the women's house sat Attila's favourite, Cercas, and sewed the +bridal veil. Ildico, the beautiful Burgundian, stood at the window lost +in thought and absent-minded. She had seen in Worms the hero before whom +the world trembled, and she had really been captivated by the little +man's majestic bearing. Herself fond of power, and self-willed, she had +been enticed by the prospect of sharing power with the man before whom +all and everything bowed; therefore she had given him her hand. + +But she had had no correct comprehension of the manners and customs of +the Huns, and had therefore imagined that her position as wife and Queen +would be quite otherwise than it proved to be. Only this morning she had +learnt that she could not appear at all at the marriage feast, nor share +the throne, but would simply remain shut up with the other women in the +women's house. + +Cercas, the favourite, had explained all this with malicious joy to her +rival, and the haughty Ildico was on the point of forming a resolution. +She had no friends in the palace, and could not approach the foreign +princes. + +Cercas was sewing, and accompanied her work with a melancholy song from +her home in the far East. Ildico seemed to have collected her thoughts: +"Can you lend me a needle?" she said, "I want to sew." + +Cercas gave her a needle, but it was too small; she asked for a larger +one, and chose the largest of all. She hid it in her bosom, and did not +sew. + +At that moment there appeared in the doorway a creature so abominably +ugly and of such a malicious aspect, that Ildico thought he was a demon. +He was as jet-black as a negro from tropical Africa, and his head +seemed to rest on his stomach, for he had no chest. He was a dwarf and +humpback; his name was Hamilcar, and he was Attila's court-fool. + +In those days the court-fool was generally not a wit, but a naive +blockhead, who believed all that was said, and was therefore a butt for +jests. He only placed a letter in Cercas' hand, and disappeared. When +Cercas had read the letter, she changed colour and seemed to become a +different being. Overcome with rage, she could not speak, but sang, + + "The tiger follows the lion's trail." + +"Ildico, you have found a friend," she said at last. "You have a friend +here in the room, here at the window, here on your breast." And she +threw herself on the Burgundian maiden's breast, weeping and laughing +alternately. "Give me your needle--your fine beautiful needle; I will +thread it. No! I will sharpen it on steel; no, I will dip it in my +perfume-flask, my own special little perfume flask, and then together we +will sew up the Tiger's mouth, so that he can bite no more!" + +"Let me read your letter," Ildico interrupted. + +"You cannot. I will tell you what it says. He, our master, woos again +for the hand of the daughter of the Emperor Valens--Honoria, and this +time he has vowed to burn us all;--that he calls giving us an honourable +burial." + +Ildico reached out her hand as an answer, "Very well, to-night. A single +needle-prick will deprive the world of its ruler!" + + * * * * * + +Edeko and Orestes had thoroughly rested from their journey in the +guest-house. At noon, when they wished to go out, they found the door +bolted. + +"Are we prisoners? Have we fallen into a trap?" asked the Roman. + +"We have not had any food either," answered Edeko. + +Then two voices were heard without: "We will strangle them; that is the +simplest way." + +"I think we had better set the house on fire; the tall one is strong." + +"And they thought we did not understand their language." + +The two prisoners, whose consciences were uneasy, were alarmed, and +believed that their end was near. Then a small trap-door opened in the +wall, and the fool Hamilcar showed his hideous head. + +"Whether you are the devil or not," exclaimed the Roman, "answer us some +questions." + +"Speak, sirs," said the negro. + +"Are we prisoners, or why cannot we see your King?" + +Prince Ellak's head appeared at the trap-door. + +"You will first see the King this evening at the feast," said the +Prince, with a malicious grimace. + +"Are we to fast till then?" + +"We call it so, and do it always when we have a feast before us, in +order to be able to eat more." + +"Cannot we at any rate go out?" + +"No," answered the Prince with the horse-dealerlike face. "One must +conform to the custom of the country." So saying, he closed the +trap-door. + +"Do you think we shall get away alive?" asked Edeko. + +"Who knows? Attila is composed of treachery. You do not know that once +he wrote two letters, one to Dieterich, King of the West Goths, asking +for an alliance against the Romans as the common enemy; and on the same +day he wrote a similar letter to the Romans, in which he proposed an +alliance against the West Goths. The deceit was discovered, and Attila +fell between two stools." + +"He seems to be immortal, otherwise he would have been killed in battle, +as he always goes at the head of his army." + +Until evening the travelling companions remained incarcerated. At last +the door was opened, and a master of the ceremonies led them into the +hall where the great feast was to take place. Here there were countless +seats and tables covered with the most costly cloths and drinking +vessels of gold and silver. The guests were assembled, but the two +travellers saw no faces that they knew; they looked in vain for the +bridegroom and the bride. As they were conducted to their places, a low +murmur broke out among the guests, who talked in an undertone, and asked +where the great King would show himself. + +Orestes and Edeko cast their eyes over the walls and ceiling without +being able to see where the wonder would happen, for the childish and +cunning Huns used to amuse their guests with surprises and practical +jokes. + +Suddenly the whole assembly stood up. The curtain which covered the +wall in the background was drawn aside, and on a platform sat a little +insignificant-looking man, with a table before him and a sofa beside +him. On the table stood a wooden goblet. He sat quite motionless, +without even moving his eyelids. Somewhat lower than he stood his chief +Minister, the Greek Onegesius. He kept his eyes unwaveringly fixed on +his master, who seemed to be able to converse with him through his eyes. + +Attila remained in the same attitude, his legs crossed, and his right +hand on the table. He gave no greeting, neither did he answer any. + +"He does not see us! He only shows himself!" whispered Orestes. "He sees +well!" + +Onegesius received a command from the despot's eye, and lifted his +staff. A poet stepped forward with an instrument that resembled a harp +and a drum combined. After he had struck the strings, and beaten the +drum, he began to recite. It was a song celebrating all Attila's feats +in terms of strong exaggeration, and it would have been endless, if the +assembly had not taken up the refrain and struck with their short swords +on the table. The poet represented Attila's defeat on the Catalaunian +Plain as an honourable but indecisive battle. After the guests had for +some time contemplated the insignificant-looking hero in his simple +brown leather dress, they both felt the same irresistible reverence that +all did who saw him. + +There was something more than vanity in this self-conscious calm; this +visible contempt for all and everything. He kept his side-face turned to +the guests, and only his Minister could catch his eye. + +When the panegyric was at an end, Attila raised his goblet, and, without +drinking to anyone, sipped it. That was, however, the signal for a +drinking orgy, and the wine was poured into gold and silver goblets, +which had to be emptied at a draught, for Attila liked to see those +around him intoxicated, while he remained sober. + +After they had drunk for a while, the negro Hamilcar came forward and +performed feats of jugglery. Then the great King rose, turned his back +to the assembly, and laid down on the sofa. But in each of his movements +there was majesty, and as he lay there thinking, his knees drawn up, his +hands under his neck, and his eyes directed towards the ceiling, he was +still imposing. + +"But what about the bride and the marriage?" Orestes asked one of the +Huns. + +"We do not even mention our wives," he answered, "how, then, should we +show them?" + +The drinking continued, but no food was placed before the guests. At +intervals the whole assembly sang, and beat upon the tables. + +While the noise and excitement were at their height, the hall suddenly +filled with smoke, and the building was in flames. All started up, +shouted and sought to flee, but Attila's Minister struck with his staff +on the table, and the assembly broke into laughter. It was a jest +for the occasion, and only some waggon-loads of hay had been kindled +outside. When quiet had been restored, Attila was no more to be seen, +for he had left the hall by a secret door. And now began the feast, +which lasted till morning. + + * * * * * + +When the sun rose, Orestes was still sitting and drinking with an Avar +chief. The condition of the hall was indescribable, and most of the +guests were dancing outside round the fire. + +"This is a wedding-feast indeed!" said Orestes. "We shall not quickly +forget it. But I would gladly have spoken with the wonderful man. Can +one not do that?" + +"No," answered the Avar; "he only speaks in case of need. 'What is the +use of standing,' he asks, 'and deceiving one another?' He is a wise +man, and not without traces of kindness and humanity. He allows no +unnecessary bloodshed, does not avenge himself on a defeated foe, and is +ready to forgive." + +"Has he any religion? Does he fear death?" + +"He believes on his sword and his mission, and death is for him only the +door to his real home. Therefore he lives here below, as though he were +a guest or traveller." + +"Quite like the Christians, then?" + +"It is remarkable that in Rome he received respect from Pope Leo--What's +the matter now?" + +Outside there was a shouting which at first seemed to issue from the +palace, but soon spread itself over the camp. Half a million of men were +howling, and it sounded like weeping. + +The guests hurried out, and saw all the Huns dancing, cutting their +faces with knives, and shouting unintelligible words. Edeko came up +and pulled Orestes away through the crowds. "Attila is dead! May Jesus +Christ be praised!" + +"Dead? That is Ildico's doing!" + +"No! she sat by the corpse, veiled and weeping." + +"Yes, it is she." + +"Yes, but these savages are too proud to believe that Attila could be +killed by a human being!" + +"How fortunate for us!" + +"Quick to Rome with the news. The fortune of the man who first brings it +is made." + +Orestes and Edeko departed the same morning. They never forgot this +wedding which had brought them together. + +Later on they renewed their acquaintance, under other and still more +striking circumstances. For the son of Edeko was Odovacer, who defeated +the son of Orestes, who was no other than the last Emperor Romulus +Augustus. Strangely enough his name was Romulus, as was that of Rome's +first King, and Augustus, as was that of the first Emperor. After his +deposition, he closed his life with a pension of six thousand gold +pieces, in a Campanian villa, which had formerly belonged to Lucullus. + + + + +THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS + + +Rome had become a provincial town and a dependency of Byzantium. It was +governed by an Exarch in Ravenna, but often abandoned to its fate when +the barbarians from the north amused themselves from time to time by +raiding and pillaging it. For three hundred years no Emperor had visited +Rome, and the former queen of the world lay despised in rubbish and +ruin. But presently people began to collect and piece together the ruins +of temples and palaces, and build churches out of them. Five hundred +years after the death of Nero, an already ancient church of St. Peter +stood in the middle of the tyrant's circus, where the martyrs had +suffered death. There were at least seven other churches in different +parts of the town, and the Bishop of Rome dwelt in the Lateran Palace, +near the church of the same name. There were also convents, and on the +Appian Way stood the St. Andrew's Convent, close to the Church of the +Cross, which was built at the entrance to the catacombs. + +About two o'clock one summer morning, all the fathers and brothers had +risen, and read or sung early mass in the chancel. Afterwards the Abbot +had gone into the garden in order to reflect. It was still dark, but the +stars shone between the olive and orange trees, and the flowers swayed +in the gentle breeze of the dawn. + +The Abbot, a man of about fifty, strolled up and down in a covered +arbour-walk, and every time he reached the south end he remained +standing, in order to contemplate a marble tablet, erected by the side +of other tablets. It stood over his future grave, which was by the side +of the abbots who had already been buried. His name and the year of his +birth were engraved upon the marble, while a space was left for the date +of his death. + +"O Lord, how long wilt Thou forget me?" he sighed, as he turned round +again. After he had thus continued walking till daybreak, he sat down +in an arbour, in order to write something in a book which he took out +of his pocket. The noise of awaking life in the city did not disturb +him--nothing disturbed the white-haired man of fifty who had already +been two hours on his legs without eating anything. Church bells rang, +carts rattled, and the rushing of the Tiber could be heard through all +other noises. But the old man continued to write, while his wrinkled +face was faintly lit up by the red of dawn. At last steps were heard on +the gravel-path; a novice entered the arbour, and placed a bowl of +bread and milk by the Abbot. The latter started, as though he had been +recalled from far away, and exclaimed, "Leave me in peace!" The novice +remained standing, frightened and troubled. Then a little bird, which +had been sitting in the arbour, struck up its song. The Abbot looked up, +his countenance cleared, he cast a glance on the bowl of milk which he +eagerly seized, and was in the act of raising it to his mouth, but, as +he noticed the youth's troubled aspect, he stopped. "Forgive my anger," +he said, "but I was far away. As a penance, I do this!" + +He was about to pour the milk on the ground, but in order that it might +not be wasted, he poured it on the roots of a reddish-yellow lily that +stood in one of the border-beds. As the novice gave no sign of going, +the Abbot asked, "You wish to speak with me? Speak!" + +"Holy Father." + +"I am not holy; One is holy, the Lord your God in heaven! If you have a +complaint, make it." + +"I was a rich youth, who went and sold all that he had." + +"I also did that when I was young, and then built seven convents, but +have not regretted it. What have you against it? Why do you complain?" + +The youth was silent. + +"Is it about the food? There is a famine round us, and we must share +with the poor." + +"Not only that, venerable father, but the whole way of living here does +not accomplish what it is intended to do." + +"Say on." + +"The scanty food does not subdue the flesh, for as I go about hungry the +whole day, I involuntarily think only about eating--in church, during +prayer, in solitude. The small amount of sleep makes me sleepy the whole +day, and I go to sleep in the chancel. Desires, which I had not known +before, are aroused by suppression; when I see wine, I feel a real +longing to get vital warmth into my body." + +"Then go and ask a brother to scourge you till you swim in your blood, +then you will feel the vital warmth return." + +"I have done that, but the blows only waken new desires." + +"Read St. Augustine." + +"I have done that. But the worst of all is the dirt. If I could bathe. + +"Are you dirty? That betokens inward defilement. I never bathe, but my +body is always clean. But I have noticed, as soon as my thoughts become +impure, the body becomes impure! What do you think, then, will do you +good? You do not wish to marry. Tertullian says marriage and fornication +are the same. And St. Jerome is of opinion that it is better to burn +than to marry." + +"But St. Paul." + +"Let St. Paul alone! But what do you want to do?" + +"I cannot remain here, for I think that desires can only be extinguished +by being satisfied." + +"Servant of Satan! Do you not know that desires never can be satisfied? +You were once with your parents. You ate as much as you liked in the +morning. Well! Were you not hungry again by noon? Certainly. So you +cannot really satisfy yourself by eating! Now I will tell you one thing. +You are a child of the world; you don't belong here; therefore go in +peace! Eat of the swine's husks which do not satisfy; but when you are +sick of them, you will be welcome here again. The father's house always +stands open for the prodigal son." + +The youth did not go, but burst into tears. + +"No," he said, "I cannot return to the world, for I hate it and it hates +me, but here I perish." + +The Abbot rose and embraced him. "Poor child! Such is the world, such is +life; but if it is so, and if you see that it is so, the only thing left +is to live it; and count it a point of honour to live till death comes +and liberates us." + +"No! I want to die now," sobbed the youth. + +"We may not do that, my son"; the words escaped from the old man. "If +you knew ... if you knew...." + +But he restrained himself: "What shall we do, then? Go to Father Martin +and have some food, and a glass of wine, but only one; then go and have +a good long sleep. Sleep for a day or two. Then come, that I may see +you. Go now--but wait a minute--you must have a dispensation from me." + +He sat down and wrote something on a page which he had torn out of the +book. Armed with this permission, the youth departed, looking, however, +somewhat hesitatingly and abashed. + +The Abbot remained sitting, but did not begin to write again. Instead +of that, he commenced crumbling the bread and strewing the crumbs on +the table. Immediately a little bird came and picked one up; then +there followed several, who settled on the old man's hand, arms, and +shoulders. A spray of vine hung from the roof of the arbour and swayed +gently in the wind. Its ring-like tendrils felt about in the air for a +support. The Abbot was amused, and placed his finger jestingly into one +of the rings: "Come, little thing! here is your support!" + +The tendril seemed to hear him, immediately curled round his finger, and +formed a ring. + +"Shall I get the ring?" jested the old man. "Perhaps I shall be a +bishop. God deliver me!" + +The Dean appeared in the door of the arbour. "Do I disturb you, +brother?" + +"No, not at all! I am only sitting here and playing." + +"Birds and flowers! White lilies too? I have never seen such before." + +"White? Just now they were reddish-yellow! Where do you see them?" + +"There!" + +The Abbot looked down on the ground where he had poured his milk, and +behold! there were only white lilies, without a single yellow one. He +did not venture to speak about it, for one cannot speak of such things; +but he smiled to himself, and saw a token of grace in it. + +"Well, Dean, how goes it in the city?" + +"The Tiber is sinking." + +"God be praised; but the whole of Trastevere has been ruined by the +flood. I really wish that a great flood would come and drown us all--the +whole human race--and very likely it will come some day." + +"Still as hopeless as ever!" + +"No, not without hope, but for that world, not for this. Christ says it +Himself in the Apocalypse: here is nothing on which one can build; for +the best that we have enjoyed was but trouble and misery." + +"Not so, brother." + +"You can flourish in mud, but that I have never done. And it seems as +though one were compelled to wade in it with both feet. Did I not begin +in my youth to preserve my soul by withdrawing from the world? Then I +was compelled to go out into it, thrust into the confusion by force. +They made me Prefect of the city. I wished to live in the service of the +Lord, and had to distribute eatables for the poor, procure beds for the +hospitals, look after drains and water-pipes. The burden of the day's +task hindered my thoughts from rising, and I sank in the swamp of +material things--sank so deep that I believed I should never rise +again." + +"But the people blessed you." + +"Hush! And I--I who had never worn a sword--had to collect soldiers and +march to the field. When I was six years old Rome was pillaged by Totila +the Goth, and so ravaged that only five hundred Romans remained. When I +was seven years old, there came Belisarius--when I was twelve, Narses. +Then I was sent as ambassador to Constantinople--I who hated travelling +and publicity. All that I hate, I have been obliged to accept. Now I am +tired, and would like to go to rest. I sit here and wait, for my grave +to open." + +"Do you remember what Virgil says in the _Georgics_ regarding the labour +of the husbandman?" + +"No, I hate the heathen." + +"Wait! He says these words of wisdom: 'If Zeus sends bad weather, mice +and vermin, it is to stimulate the husbandman's energy, and call forth +his inventive capacity.' Misfortune comes to help the world forward." + +"The world goes backward towards its overthrow and its damnation. For +five hundred years we have awaited the Redemption, but we have only seen +one wild race come after another, to murder and pillage. Do you see any +reason in all this sowing without reaping?" + +"Blasphemer! Yes, I see how green harvests are ploughed up to fertilise +the soil." + +"Dragon's-seed and hell's harvest. No--now I go into my grave, and +close the door behind me; I have a right to rest after a life so full of +trouble and work." + +"The bell is ringing for prime." + +"Jam moesta quiesce querela." + + * * * * * + +The Tiber had overflowed Rome, and destroyed quite a quarter of it, but +spared the convent of St. Andrew. The Abbot sat again one morning in +his garden and wrote, but in such a position that he could see his grave +when he looked up from his work. Deep in his writing, he did not hear +what was happening around him. But he saw that the flowers in the beds +began to shake like reeds, frogs jumped about at his feet, and there was +a smell of dampness that was at the same time mouldy and poisonous. + +He continued to write, but his eye, although intent on the passage of +his pen over the paper, noticed something dark that moved on the ground, +spread itself like a black carpet, and came nearer. Suddenly his feet +were wet, and a deathlike chill crept up his legs. Then he awoke and +understood. The Tiber had risen, and he was driven out of his last +refuge. "I will not go," he cried, as the alarm-bell sounded, and the +monks fled. + +He went to his cell in the upper story, firmly resolved not to flee. +He would not go out into the world again, but would die here. The flood +which he had prayed for, had come. But he had a spiritual conflict and +agony of prayer in his cell: "Lord, why dost thou punish the innocent? +Why dost thou chastise Thy friends and let Thy foes flourish? For five +hundred years Thou hast avenged Thyself on Thy children for the misdeeds +of their fathers! If that is not enough, then destroy us all at once!" + +The water rose and lapped against the walls; the garden was destroyed, +and the Abbot's grave filled with water, but he remained where he was. +At one time he sang hymns of praise, then he raged; then he prayed for +pardon, and raged again. + +After that he set himself to write at the great work which should make +him immortal,--his "Magna Moralia." It was now noon, but he felt no +hunger, for by practice he had learned to fast for three days together. +During the afternoon, a noise at the window made him look up from +his book. There lay a boat, and in it sat the novice Augustinus. The +extraordinary, almost comic, aspect of things, elicited a smile from +him, and, remembering his conversation with the youth, he asked +through the open window, "Well, did you get the wine and good food, you +glutton?" + +"No, venerable Father; I did not want it when I could have it, and then +the temptation was over. But now I have to speak of something else. The +plague has broken out, and people are dying like flies." + +"The plague too! Oh Lord, how long wilt Thou altogether forget us! The +plague too!" + +Then he rose. "Everyone to his post! Let us do our duty! Bless the Lord, +and die!" The Abbot stepped out of his window into the boat, and left +his sinking ship. + + * * * * * + +The Tiber sank to its level again, but left behind snakes, fishes, +and frogs, which died and infected the air. The people had fled to the +hills; on the Palatine Hill they had made a hospital out of a church. +Here the Abbot of the St. Andrew's Convent walked about, gave drink +to the sick, and spoke comfort to the dying. "Why do you fear death, +children?" he said. "Fear life, for that is the real death." He seemed +to be quite in his element here, showed a calm, cheerful temper, and +sought to decipher on the faces of the dead, "whether they were happy on +the other side." + +Death would have nothing to do with him. Often he went to the other +hills, and walked about among the sick and dying, so that the people +began to think that he was an immortal who had come down to comfort +them. The older ones remembered him as Prefect, when he defended +the city against the Goths, Vandals, and Longobards, and his fame +continually grew. + +The pestilence raged, and the number of the dead increased, so that +the corpses could no longer be buried. All occupations ceased, and the +peasants brought no more food into the city. There was a famine. The +Abbot of the St. Andrew's Convent, Gregory, lost courage, and wanted +to abandon all, "I cannot fight against God, and if it be His will that +Rome perish, it is godless to wish to prevent it." In the midst of +this tribulation, Pelagius II, the Bishop or Pope of Rome, as he was +afterwards called, died. The people with one voice clamoured for the +Abbot Gregory to succeed him. But, like King Saul and the Emperor +Julian, he hid himself. He fled from the town to a hermit's grotto in +the Sabine Mountains. But the people came, brought him out, and led him +back to Rome, where he was consecrated as Gregory I. For thirteen years +Gregory ruled over the former queen city of the world. He was Governor, +for the Exarch of Ravenna existed no more, having been driven away +by the Longobards. He asked help from the Emperor in Byzantium, but +obtained none. He was thrown upon his own resources, and succeeded by +the power of his eloquence in disarming King Agilulf, who threatened +Rome. + +But he was also Bishop, and as such had to govern all the churches +of the West. He succeeded in bringing them to abandon Arianism and +to accept a single creed, which became the universal or "catholic" +confession of faith. + +To the heathen of England he sent the former novice Augustine, who had +quickly overcome his initiatory difficulties. The little "glutton" ended +as Archbishop of Canterbury. + +The former retiring and life-weary Abbot had with great effect developed +the necessary strength for his duties. The high post to which he had +been summoned called out his capacities. He had time for great and small +things alike. He reformed the liturgy, wrote letters, composed books, +arranged church music. His manner of life, however, was as simple as +before. From his cell in the Lateran Palace, he ruled over souls from +the Highlands of Scotland to the Pillars of Hercules. His empire was as +great as the Caesars', though his legions were only pen and ink. It was +the beginning of the Kingdom of Christ, but it was a spiritual empire, +and Gregory was the ruler. + + + + +ISHMAEL + + +After the death of Gregory the Great, Christianity seemed to have +conquered all Europe which was known at the time, and also Byzantium, +Palestine, Egypt, and the north coast of Africa. The conqueror was +about to betake himself to rest, when a quite new and unexpected event +happened which threatened Christendom with destruction and heralded the +arrival of a new race upon the scene. Ishmael's descendants, Abraham's +illegitimate sons, who had wandered in the deserts, seeming to continue +the Israelites' wandering in the wilderness, began to collect in troops +and seek a Promised Land. + +Six years after Gregory's death, the Prophet Muhammed, then forty years +old, was "awakened." His armies spread like a conflagration, and a +hundred years later, Christian Europe thought the last day had come. The +countries first conquered by Christianity--Syria, Palestine, Asia Minor, +Egypt, and North Africa--had fallen away and done homage to the new +Antichrist. Byzantium was threatened; Sicily and Sardinia had been +taken, and Italy was in danger. + +From the southernmost point of Spain one could see in clear weather the +coast of Africa, where the Saracens dwelt. Spain was a country which, +somewhat remote from Rome, had grown and developed into one of the +richest provinces, after Phoenicians and Carthaginians had laid +the foundations of her civilisation. But when Rome fell into decay, +Barbarians from the Baltic sea belonging to the new German races, +whose advent had been foretold by Tacitus, poured into Spain, founded +a kingdom or two, and now at the beginning of the eighth century, +possessed the important cities Toledo and Seville. + + * * * * * + +In Seville, on the Guadalquivir, in the beautiful province of Andalusia, +the old Jew Eleazar sat in the shop where he sold weapons, and counted +his day's takings. + +"Many weapons are sold in these days," was the sudden remark of a +stranger who had stepped up to the counter. + +Eleazar looked up, liked the appearance of the well-dressed stranger, +and answered cautiously, "Yes, certainly, many are sold." + +"Are you expecting war?" + +"There is always war here--especially verbal warfare." + +"You refer to the twenty Church Councils which have been held here. The +Christians are never united." + +Eleazar did not answer. + +"Excuse me," continued the stranger, "but I forgot who you are, and that +you would rather forget the last Council." + +"No, not at all! why should I?" + +"It was directed against your people." + +"And my only son, who was about to marry a Christian maiden, had to give +her up, since marriages with Jews were forbidden...." + +"Well! and what was the end of it?" + +"He could not survive it, but laid hands on himself, and, as she +followed him in death, the blame was laid on us, and we lost our +property and freedom." + +"Eleazar!" exclaimed the stranger. "Don't you know me?" + +"No." + +"But when I tell you my name, you will know who I am. Julius--Count +Julius...." + +"Are you--Count Julius?" + +"I am he, whose daughter Florinda was brought up in Toledo, and fell +into the hands of King Roderick, the robber and lecher. Can I see you in +your chamber? We have much to say to each other!" + +Eleazar hesitated, although both, as injured fathers of lost children, +had much in common. He was afraid of the Christians, who had begun to +persecute the Jews. The Count understood that, but did not withdraw his +proposal, for he seemed to have a special object in his visit. + +"Let me into your chamber, and I will tell you, in three words, a secret +that concerns us both." + +Eleazar did not yield, but began to parley. + +"Say one word, a single word to convince me," he asked. + +"Oppas! there is one for you." + +Eleazar opened his eyes, but asked for yet another one. + +"Zijad's son." + +"Still better!" said Eleazar, "but now the last!" + +"Bar-coch-ba." + +Eleazar reached him his hand. "Come under my roof, eat of my bread, and +drink of the sacred wine." In a moment the shop was closed, and the two +elderly men sat at supper in the room behind it. They conversed eagerly. + +"There are some hundreds of thousands of us Hebrews here in Spain, for +when the Emperor Hadrian had destroyed Jerusalem for the last time, he +sent some fifty thousand Hebrews here. That is six hundred years ago, +and we have naturally increased--yes, to such a number, that ninety +thousand of us could be compulsorily baptized. I, too, have been +baptized, but, though they poured water on me, I have held fast the +faith of my fathers, and how could I do otherwise? The Christians have +not one faith, but many. The Synod held in Toledo in 589 A.D. taught, +for example, that the Holy Spirit did not only proceed from the Father, +but from the Son also. But the Synod of 675 A.D. declared that the +Son was not only sent by the Father but by the Holy Spirit. That is +nonsense, and therefore they fall away from their own doctrine. + +"But instead of falling back on the Old Testament, which is the mother +of the New, they plunge into unbelief and heathenism. That is the case +with Archbishop Oppas himself in Toledo, who calls himself a hater of +Christ, and would rather acknowledge Islam than Catholicism." + +"Do you know Oppas?" + +"He is our man." + +"You mentioned Islam; what do you think of its teaching?" + +"It is our own holy faith; a single God, the Only and True One. And the +Prophet is Abraham's seed, who has inherited the promise. It is true +Ishmael was the son of a bond-woman, but still he was Abraham's seed!" + +"But Muhammed expelled the Jews from Arabia." + +"Yes, he did that; he was not perfect; but things have altered for the +better. Muhammed received his first impressions from his cousin Waraka, +who was of Jewish descent. At first he was friendly towards Israel; he +told his followers to turn in prayer not towards the Kaaba, but towards +Jerusalem. There is also a tradition that the prophet was a Jew, which +may mean that he was an Arab or Ishmaelite, which is the same thing." + +"You would, then, rather serve under the Half-Moon than under the +Cross?" + +"Certainly." + +"And Simon, whom you call Bar-coch-ba, is negotiating with the +Archbishop Oppas in order to overthrow Roderick?" + +"That is true." + +"Good! Then I am one with you. But listen carefully to what I +say:--Since our common aim is the overthrow of the West Gothic King, I +have, as Governor of Ceuta on the African coast, inquired of Emir Mussa +al Nazir and his principal officer, Tarik, the son of Zijad, whether +they will perhaps help us in case of a claim for damages made by Ceuta +and its neighbourhood. Do you think we can let the storm loose?" + +Eleazar gnawed his beard. "Is it not already loose?" he asked drily. + +"Have you gone further than I know?" + +"What do you know?" + +"You are so far as that, then? Well! It is all over with my beautiful +Spain!" + +"Nothing comes to an end; it only changes when its time is over. Spain +had its time when it gave Emperors to Rome--Trajan, Hadrian, Antonius, +Marcus Aurelius, Theodosius, who may just as likely have been Iberians +and Phoenicians. Spain gave Rome learned men and poets, Seneca, Lucan, +Martial, Quintilian, Pomponius, Mela, Columella. That is now five +hundred years ago, and now we have had barbarism introduced by +the Christian Norsemen from the Baltic. Now we might use something +Oriental!" + +"Do you believe on the future of Islam?" + +"Yes, certainly. Mussa has sworn that he will march by Hannibal's route +through Gaul and Germany to Rome, in order to turn the 'heathen and +women-worshippers' to the one true God." + +"You know that! Then there is no turning back." + +"No! It is too late. On the 19th of July the half-moon rises over Spain, +and it will continue to wax through its phases to the full moon. +What follows then we know not, and have nothing to do with, for One +rules--the Lord Zebaoth." + + * * * * * + +On the 17th of July, 711 A.D., when it had become dark, fire was kindled +on the southernmost point of Spain, Punta de Europa. On the African +coast, two miles distant, this was answered by a similar signal. A +west wind blew from the Atlantic, and brought across the fleet of the +Saracens, with five thousand men and horses. + +On the Punta de Europa, afterwards called Gibraltar, high above the +precipitous cliff stood long-bearded citizens, and fanned the fire and +threw fuel on it. In the morning the first troops landed at the foot of +the cliff, and the conquest of Spain by the Moors began. Mussa ibn Nazir +came on the following day with the chief body. The King of the West +Goths assembled as rapidly as possible a hundred thousand men, and, +believing himself invincible, marched thither to view the victory. +Clothed in silk and gold, like a Byzantine Emperor, he lay in a chariot +of ivory drawn by two white mules, and followed by his attendants and +the women of his harem. + +For three days all went well, but on the fourth day, something +unexpected happened. + +Shut in between the mountains and rivers of Andalusia, his troops could +hardly move, and the King had encamped on the bank of the Guadalete. + +Then he saw his people pouring down like a stream from the heights--one +division under Archbishop Oppas, the other under Count Julius. + +Roderick, who believed that they were fleeing from the enemy, broke up +his camp. He could not, however, turn round, but was forced into the +stream. He tried to reach the other side by swimming, but there he was +met by archers. An Amazon came galloping along the bank on a red roan, +and directed her bow against the drowning man in the middle of the +stream. On the one bank he saw his troops, who had halted, signal with +white flags as a sign of peace to the enemy on the opposite bank. When +he saw that he was betrayed, he sank, and with him the whole kingdom of +the West Goths. Mussa marched at once to Toledo, before a new king could +be chosen. Thereby Islam became domiciled in Spain, and remained there +till 1492. The Jews, who had especially helped the Moors, were at once +emancipated, and in every town of Spain a Jew was appointed governor. + + + + +EGINHARD TO EMMA + + +EASTER, A.D. 843, + +The Benedictine Convent in Seligenstadt on the Main. + +To my dear wife and present sister in Christ, + +Emma, from Eginhard, formerly secretary to Charles the Great, now a monk +in Seligenstadt on the Main: + +Passion-week is at an end, and the Resurrection days are here; spring +has melted the frost; mind and memory have woken, and the past rises up +again. + +Yesterday, on Easter Eve, I walked in the convent garden, and thought of +my vanished five and seventy years. I thought of the fine things which +were said in the learned circle or academy of the Great Unforgettable, +when we played with words and thoughts, like chess-players with their +pieces. + +"What is man?" asked our teacher, our wisest, Alcuin, whom we called +Flaccus. + +Angilbert, the Emperor's son-in-law, the husband of the beautiful +Bertha, answered, "Man is the slave of death, a flying traveller, a +guest in his own dwelling." + +"Yes, truly," I said to myself, "a guest; and soon I will pack my +knapsack, pay my account, and journey on." + +I went along the river-bank and thought, "The same river, always the +same river, but always new water; the same water never runs twice +past. Such is life, such is the river of time, the heroes and events of +history--the panorama of time, the years and the glory of them, all pass +and perish." + +I then wished to pluck the first Easter lilies to send to you, who were +once my wife, and went to the gardener down by the carp-pond. Whom did I +meet on the path under the ivy, this plant of eternity, which only knows +of death and birth, but not the changes of the seasons? I met the last +survivor of the great days, of the Emperor's Round Table, Thiodolf the +Goth, now Bishop of Orleans. I cannot describe to you my joy at meeting +him again, nor depict my feelings when I read in the face of the old man +the whole history of our life. + +It was six o'clock in the evening, and after we had sung Vespers, our +fast was at an end. I had a large round table placed in the refectory, +only for us two, but with twelve chairs and twelve places laid. From the +Bishop's guest-room I had the largest armchair brought, and decorated it +with leaves and flowers; it was that of the Emperor of blessed memory, +who now rests in the cathedral at Aachen, the cathedral which I had the +favour and honour of building. The other chairs I assigned to absent +friends, first Alcuin, then the poet Angilbert-Homerus, the Irishman +Clement, the Bavarian Leidrade, and others whom you knew, but have +forgotten. + +What an evening, what a night, we passed by the open garden window! +We spoke naturally of the Great Unforgettable, and lived his rich +and varied life again in our thoughts. We followed him against the +Longobards and Saracens, against the Hungarians and other Slavs. But we +did not like to linger over his thirty years' war against the Saxons, +chiefly out of reverence for his memory, for he ought to have used only +spiritual weapons in his campaign of conversion. Remember the Frankish +King who sent our friend Anschar to the wild Swedes. He had no armed +men, but only God's Holy Word. Certainly he was robbed by thieves like +St. Paul, but when once he had arrived he won the King and the nobles of +the country by his gentle bearing and preaching. + +On the other hand, we lingered gladly in our conversation over the great +Christmas Day of 800 A.D. in Rome, when the Western Roman Empire +was restored, and the crown was bestowed on Germany. This had been +prophesied by Tacitus, and Hermann in the Teutoburger Wald had shed +his martyr's blood for it. Rome and Germany! A spiritual and a worldly +kingdom! Inscrutable are the ways of the Lord! + +When we drank to the strong and gentle Carolus Magnus Augustus, we both +rose, Thiodolf and I, and bowed before the empty chair, as though he +sat there in bodily presence. Where is he now, the departed of blessed +memory--where is his great kingdom, which only his powerful spirit could +hold together? What he united has now been scattered by his successors! +You know, after the last treaty at Verdun, the kingdom of Karl the Great +has ceased to exist; in its place we now have three--Germany, France, +and Italy. Perhaps it must be so, and perhaps a single man cannot rule +so great an empire. But it is sad to perceive in history that every +great achievement carries within it the seeds of decay, and that the +heights are always bordered by deep abysses. Brother Thiodolf brought +disquieting news from France. The Saxons, who were finally overthrown +with their powerful chief Widukind, have devised a terrible revenge. +They have invited Danish and Swedish pirates, called Vikings, into the +country. These have sailed up the Rhine, up the Seine as far as Rouen, +and up the Loire. These Scandinavians are of German stock, and are +therefore of kin to us Franks, but are more nearly related to the +Goths, Heruli, Rugieri, and Longobards, of whom the last three are +Scandinavian. Odovacer, who overthrew the Western Roman Empire, and +deposed the last Emperor Romulus Augustulus, was a Rugier from the +Danish island Rugen. These men from the North seem to be now about to +step on the stage. Possibly they are the Gog and Magog concerning whom +the Old Testament prophesied that they should come from the North. We +did not end our conversation till midnight, Thiodolf and I; then we +walked up and down in the garden till early mass, for we could not +sleep. + +Now I close this letter, dear wife, by wishing you happy days far from +all the tumult of the world. I only wait for my departure, for life has +lost its relish for me, since my lord and Emperor has passed into the +great silence. Greet the brethren and the few who still survive from the +time of the Great Emperor, and accept, dear Emma, the greeting of your +dead husband, whom you will not see before the Day of Resurrection, the +great Easter, when we shall all meet again. Till then, "Be of one mind, +live in peace, and the God of Jove and of peace shall be with you." + + + + +THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM + + +In the year 998 A.D. Rome had become a German Empire and the German +Emperor had become a Roman. Otto III, brought up by his Graeco-Byzantine +mother Theofano, had inherited her love of the southern lands, and +therefore generally occupied his palace on the Aventine, installed +himself as Emperor, and cherished a plan of converting Rome into the +capital of the German Empire. He was now twenty years old, ambitious, +crochety, pious, and cruel. + +During one of his absences, the old Roman spirit had revived, and the +high-born senator Crescentius had set up himself as Tribune of the +people, freed Rome from the Germans, driven away Pope Gregory V, and +installed John XVI in his place. The Emperor returned quickly to Rome, +took Crescentius and his Pope prisoner, and then presented the Romans +with a vivid spectacle, the like of which they had not seen, though +their fathers had. + +The Leonine quarter, which embraced the Vatican Hill, with the oldest +St. Peter's Church and a papal palace, was connected with the town by +the Pons Aelius or Bridge of Hadrian. At the head of the bridge, on the +right side, was the sepulchre of Hadrian, a tower-shaped building in +which the Emperors up to the time of Caracalla had been buried. When the +Goths took Rome, the sepulchre became a fortress, and remained so for a +long time. + +When the Romans woke up on that memorable morning of the year 998 A.D., +they saw twelve wooden crosses erected on Hadrian's Tower terrace. Right +above them was to be seen the image of the Archangel Michael, with his +drawn sword, which had been erected by Gregory the Great. Many people +were assembled on the Aelian Bridge to see the spectacle, and among them +were a French merchant and a Gothic pilgrim who had come from the west +across the Leonine quarter. The sword of the Archangel flamed in the +beams of the sun, which was now high. + +"What are those crosses for?" asked the pilgrim, shading his eyes. + +"There are twelve! Perhaps they are intended to represent the twelve +Apostles." + +"No, they have finished their sufferings, and the pious Emperor does not +crucify the disciples of the Lord anew." + +"Yes, the Emperor! The Saxon! Neither the Goth, nor the Longobard, nor +the Frank were to have Rome, but the Saxon--one of the cursed nation +whom Charles the Great thought that he had extirpated. He sent ten +thousand to Gaul, in order to make a present of these savages to the +enemy, and he beheaded four thousand five hundred in a single day, +without its costing him a sleepless night. Wonderful are the ways of the +Lord!" + +"The last are often the first." + +"O Lord Jesus, Redeemer of the world! there is something moving on the +crosses! Do you see?" + +"Yes, by heaven! No, I cannot look! They are crucified men!" + +Two Romans stood by the strangers: "Hermann, you are avenged," said one. + +"Was Hermann a Saxon?" objected the other. + +"Probably, since he lived in the Harz district." + +"A thousand years ago Thusnelda passed through the streets in the +triumph-train of Germanicus, and carried the unborn Thumelicus under +her heart! To think that a thousand years had to pass before she was +avenged!" + +"A thousand years are as a day! But are not these our Roman brothers on +the cross martyrs for Rome's freedom?" + +"Martyrs for our cause! But this time they were wrong, because the gods +so willed it." + +Now there was a change in the scene. Under the tower a band of soldiers +made a passage through the crowd of people. Pope John XVI came riding +backwards on an ass. His ears and nose had been cut off, and his eyes +had been dug out. It was a gruesome sight. A wine-bladder, waving +over his head in the wind, made it worse. The people were silent, and +shuddered simultaneously, for he was, after all, Christ's representative +and St. Peter's successor, although no martyr. + +A Sicilian stood on the bridge close to a Jew. + +The Sicilian was a Muhammedan, for Sicily was then in the possession of +the Saracens, and had been so for about two hundred years. + +"He must be suffering for his predecessors' sins," said the Jew; "that +is the Christian belief: _satisfactio vicaria_." + +"Suffering is necessary," answered the Moslem; "and I do not grieve at +such an end to the pornocracy. For a hundred years the Popes have lived +like cannibals. You remember Sergius III, who lived with the harlot +Theodora and her daughters. John X continued with Marozia, who with her +own hand first killed her brother and then suffocated the Pope with a +cushion. John XII was only nineteen when he became Pope. He took bribes, +and consecrated a ten year-old boy as bishop in a stable. He committed +incest, and turned the Lateran into a brothel. He played cards, drank +and swore by Jupiter and Venus.... You know it well." + +"Yes," answered the Jew, "the Christians live in hell since they have +abandoned the one true God. The fools have, however, stolen from us the +Messianic promise; but the promise to Abraham we still possess. Rome is +a mad-house, Germany a slaughter-house, and France a brothel. It is a +matter to rejoice at, to see how they destroy each other." + +He placed himself by the balustrade of the bridge, in order to be able +to see better what now followed. + +Between the twelve patriots, who writhed on their crosses like worms +on hooks, appeared five men dressed in red, who began to construct a +platform. + +"Those are the executioners--on the Emperor's grave!" said the Jew. +"Against Crescentius I have nothing; he was a noble man who fought for +the Roman State. But there is one Christian the less!" + +"The Christians have always two ways of explaining a man's sufferings. +If he is innocent, his suffering is a test, and if he is guilty, well! +he deserved his fate. There he comes!" + +Crescentius, the last Roman, was led forth. His head fell, and thereby +Rome became German, or Germany Roman--till 1806! In the afternoon the +nomination of the new Pope (for one could not call it an election) +took place, and Gerbert of Auvergne was made Pope, with the title of +Silvester II. + + * * * * * + +The Emperor sat in his palace on the Aventine, and did not venture to go +out, for the Romans hated him. In the little hermitage on the slope of +the hill, where his friend Adalbert of Prague, the missionary martyr +recently killed by the Saxons, used to live, the Emperor shut himself up +with his teacher, the new Pope, Silvester II. + +The latter--a Frenchman--had studied in Cordova, where the Caliph had +built a university, where Arabian philosophy, itself derived from Greece +and India, was taught. In Rheims Silvester has also studied philosophy, +mathematics, astronomy, and chemistry. He had been Abbot of Bobbio, +Archbishop of Rheims and Ravenna, and, after protesting in many +ecclesiastical assemblies against the corruption of the Papacy, had +himself become Pope. + +The excitement caused by the execution of Crescentius compelled him to +seek refuge on the Aventine with his pupil, the Emperor. From the cell +of the little convent, near Adalbert's chapel, he guided the destinies +of Europe, while at leisure moments he devoted himself to his favourite +sciences. For this reason he was reported to be a wizard. + +One night as he sat, sunk in thought, at his table, which was covered +with letters, the Emperor entered unannounced. He was a tall young man, +dressed in an extraordinary garb, a dalmatica adorned with symbols from +the Book of the Apocalypse, the Wild Beast and the Harlot, the Book of +Seven Seals, and so on. + +"Let me talk," he said; "I cannot sleep." + +"What has happened, my son?" + +"Letters have come--warnings--dreams." + +"Tell me." + +"Yes; you listen to me, but you don't believe me, when I tell you the +truth, and you are afraid of all new thoughts." + +"What is new under the sun? Does not St. Augustine say regarding our +holy faith, 'What is called in our days Christianity, already existed +since the creation of mankind to the birth of Christ. It was then that +they began to call Christianity the true religion, which had already +existed before. The truths taught by Christ are the same as the ancient +ones, only more developed'?" + +"Heretic, beware! You do not know what is taking place in the world." + +"Let me hear." + +"Pilgrims from many lands have been here, and tell of prodigies, +visions, and wonders. In the south of France there are pestilence and +famine, and human flesh has been sold in the butchers' shops; in Germany +a fiery iron rod has been seen in the sky, and here in Italy these +endless pilgrimages have recommenced. In Jerusalem the Church of the +Holy Sepulchre has been plundered, and the temple of the False Prophet +erected. The whole of Christendom is trembling, for in the immoral Popes +of the last century they have seen the Antichrist. Christ's ambassador +is murdered; yes, my friend Adalbert was the last up there in Poland: +the heathen have reconquered all Christ's conquests in Asia and Africa. +The followers of the False Prophet are in Spain, Sicily, and Naples, +and threaten Rome. This can mean nothing less than the Last Judgment and +destruction of the world, as announced in the Apocalypse." + +"So it is the old story again?" + +"Story! Get thee hence Satan, for thou savourest not the things which be +of God, but those which be of men." + +"Do you call me Satan?" + +"Yes, when you deny the Word. Is it not written in John's Apocalypse, +'And when the thousand years are accomplished, Satan will be let loose +from his prison. And he shall go to deceive the nations which are in +the four ends of the earth, Gog and Magog'? There you have the northern +peoples who are now in England, Normandy, and Sicily. Is not Theodora +the great Babylonian Harlot? Is not the deceiver Muhammed the Wild +Beast?" + +"Wait, my son! I might quote a verse from the same chapter: 'He who +hath part in the first resurrection shall reign with Christ a thousand +years.' So that the Millennium is _beginning_ now, and cannot end +forthwith." + +"The old one ends, and the new begins." + +"Just so! The old dark age is past, and we await Christ's second coming +on earth. If you retained the hope, you would see the new era dawn." + +"I do not believe a word of what you say. The last year of the thousand +years is here, and now I go out in the desert to await, with fasting, +prayer, and penance, the day of the Lord, and the coming of my Redeemer. +I will pray for you, my father, but here our ways part, and you will see +me no more." + +The Emperor departed, and Silvester remained alone. + +"I wait!" he said to himself, "but meanwhile I look after our worldly +affairs." And he unfolded a map of the then known world. With a piece +of red chalk he drew crosses and crowns, for the most part in the North. +But above Jerusalem he drew a flag with a lance. + + * * * * * + +The year 999 approached its end, and the Christians lived in a state of +deadly anxiety. In Rome and its neighbourhood, all the active business +of life had ceased. The fields were not sown, but lay covered with +weeds; trade was at a stand-still; the shops were closed. Those who had +anything gave it away, and had difficulty in finding anyone to take it. +The churches stood open day and night for three months, and each day was +like Sunday. People wore their best clothes, for there was no object in +keeping them, and they wished to be well dressed in order to meet +the Redeemer on His arrival. Christmas had been kept with unwonted +solemnity, and men lived at peace with one another. The guards of the +city had nothing to do, for the fear of what was coming sufficed to +maintain order. People slept with open doors, and no one dared to steal +or to deceive. There was no need to do so, for everyone received what +he asked for; bakers distributed bread gratis, and innkeepers allowed +unlimited credit; the payment of debts was not exacted. The churches +were crowded day and night; there was a ceaseless round of confessions, +absolutions, masses and communions. + +It was the day before New Year's Eve. Views were divided as to the +nature of the coming catastrophe--whether it would come as a flood or as +an earthquake. Most of the people remained outside their houses, some +on the plain, others on the hills; all with their eyes directed towards +heaven. + +In the morning, the Plain of Mars was full of men, and a crowd formed a +circle round a pile of wood. A madman stood on the pile and spoke, with +a quantity of papers and parchments in his hand. He was a rich citizen +who for three months had practised fasting and penance, and now, reduced +to a skeleton, wished to escape the wrath to come. He had collected a +large quantity of dry wood under the pretext of giving warmth to all +passing beasts of burthen. Since nobody troubled about what others did, +he was allowed to do as he liked. + +Near the pile of wood stood the remains of an old orator's pulpit, and +in that he took his stand after he had kindled the pile. "In the name +of the Eternal God," he said, "so surely as I burn these bonds, will God +the Lord erase my sins from His Book. For all sufferings which I +have caused others, I will now suffer myself. Purifying fire, burn my +wretched body with all its sins! Mounting flames, let me follow you +upwards! Lord Jesus, receive my spirit!" He leaped from the pulpit, and +fell in the midst of the flames, where he remained on his knees with +folded hands till he was suffocated. + +In the Forum a man was seen working with a miner's iron bar at a +rubbish-heap which should cover him: "Say to the mountains, Cover us," +he sang. + +From the Pons Sublicius a young couple sprang into the river, locked in +an embrace which death could not loosen. + +At mid-day the prisons were opened, and the prisoners were received as +heroes and martyrs. They were taken to the houses of the nobility, made +to sit at table, and senators and their wives washed their feet. + +"We are all sinners," people said, "and have nothing to boast of. These +prisoners have endured their punishment while we went about free." + +Never had there been such a display of philanthropy and mercy since the +early days of Christianity. + +The sick in the hospitals wanted to come outside, and their beds were +carried into the streets and market-places. Everyone, in fact, wanted +to be in the open air, and families brought their furniture into the +streets. Birds were liberated from their cages, and horses from their +stables. At first the latter ran about in the town, but as they scented +the fresh air and reached the town gates they galloped off to the +Campagna, to seek green pasture. Many, however, remained in the town, +and lay about here and there, while children clambered on their backs. +The children were the only ones who felt no fear. They jumped about and +played as usual, rejoicing in their freedom and the unusual aspect of +things. No one wanted to restrain them, and as they did not understand +what was the matter, they remained free from anxiety and went on +playing. + +New Year's Eve had arrived, and the universal alarm rose to a great +height. Masters and servants were seen embracing each other and weeping, +the former lamenting their severity--the latter, their dishonesty. Old +enemies, who met each other on the street, grasped hands and led each +other about like children, singing hymns of praise. It was something +like the Golden Age as imagined by the Fathers of the early Church. + +The air was as mild as that of a spring day, and the sky was clear till +noon. Then it became overclouded. No one ate or drank, but all bathed +and put on their festal attire. During the afternoon processions of +priests and monks marched through the town, and sang litanies, in which +the people joined. Their Kyrie Eleison, "Christ, have mercy upon us," +rang all over the town. All Rome was preparing for its own judgment and +execution. + +There were, however, a number of unbelieving and profligate persons who +expected nothing new; they had assembled themselves in the catacombs +and ruins, where they celebrated Bacchanalian feasts and orgies. In +the ruins of Nero's Golden House a banquet on a large scale had been +arranged. In the centre on the ground there burned a fire, surrounded +by tables and seats. There was abundance of victuals and wine, for which +they only needed to go to the store-room and cellar. There were music, +dancing, and singing, and between whiles they amused themselves by +watching the bats and owls, which flitted about, scorch and singe +themselves in the fire. + +Their hilarity was loud, but not unforced. Here, too, philosophising and +prophecy were in evidence. + +"There is not going to be any Last Judgment to-day," said a young man, +who looked as though he were a descendant of the Emperor Nero. + +"Anyhow, if it comes, death cannot introduce us to anything worse than +we have had in life." + +"It has always seemed to me that we are in hell. Headaches every +morning, debts and disgrace, varied by occasional imprisonments." + +"The Emperor sits naked in a grotto at the foot of Soracte." + +"Vides ut alta stet nive candidum, Soracte." + +"As we are speaking, life the envious flits away. Enjoy the present day, +nor trust the morrow!" + +"And the Pope is going to hold a midnight mass--he who has no faith in +it himself." + +"But he must put a good face on it, and go through with it." + +"I know one woman who will not go to mass to-day." + +"That is the beautiful Stephania, the widow of Crescentius." + +"But she watches for vengeance." + +"What have these Germans to do in Rome? I wish the owner of this Golden +House could rise from the dead. He was the last Roman!" + +"He was a man who did not caress his enemies. He feared nothing +between heaven and earth, not even the lightning. Once there was a +lightning-flash in his dining-hall as he reclined at table. What do you +think he said? 'To your health!' and raised his goblet." + +At this moment a heated stone fell from the vaulted roof into the fire, +and caused a shower of sparks. The night wind rushed through the hole +thus formed, and blew the smoke into the feasters faces. At first they +were amused at the occurrence, but were soon obliged to leave the vault. + +"Let us go out and witness the end of the world!" cried one of the +youths. They formed a procession of Bacchanals and Maenads, one in front +carrying a filled wineskin. There were flute-players among them, and all +carried goblets in their hands. + + * * * * * + +Below, in the old Basilica of St. Peter, stood the Pope before the +altar, and performed in silence the midnight mass. The church was +crowded, and everyone was on his knees. The silence was so deep that +the rustle of the white sleeve of the officiant could be heard when +he elevated the cup. But another sound was audible, which seemed to be +measuring out the last moments of the Millennium. It beat like the pulse +in the ear of a feverish man, and at the same rate. The door of the +sacristy stood open, and the great clock which hung there ticked calmly +and steadfastly, once in a second. + +The Pope, who was outwardly just as calm, had probably left the door +open in order to produce the utmost effect at the great moment, for his +face was pale with emotion, but he did not move, and his hands did not +tremble. + +The mass was over, and a death-like silence ensued. The people expected +the Lord's servant at the altar to speak a few words of comfort. But he +said nothing; he seemed absorbed in prayer, and had stretched out his +hands towards heaven. + +The clock ticked, the people sighed, but nothing happened. Like children +afraid of the dark, the congregation lay with their faces towards the +ground, and dared not look up. A cold sweat of anxiety dropped from many +brows, knees which had gone to sleep caused pain, or were numb, and felt +as though they had been amputated. + +Then the clock suddenly ceased ticking. + +Had the works run down? Was it an omen? Was everything going to stand +still, time to be at an end, and eternity begin? From the congregation +rose some stifled cries, and, lifeless with terror, some bodies dropped +on the stone pavement. + +Then the clock began to strike--One, Two, Three, Four.... The twelfth +stroke sounded, and the echoes died away. A fresh death-like silence +ensued. + +Then Silvester turned round, and, with the proud smile of a victor, he +extended his hands in blessing. At the same moment all the bells in the +tower rang out joyfully, and from the organ-loft a choir of voices began +to sing, somewhat unsteadily at first, but soon firmly and clearly, "Te +Deum Laudamus!" + +The congregation joined in, but it was some time before they could +straighten their stiffened backs, and recover from the spectacle of +those who had died of fright. When the hymn was over, the people fell in +each other's arms, weeping and laughing like lunatics, as they gave each +other the kiss of peace. + +So ended the first Millennium after the birth of Christ. + +In the little castle Paterno on Mount Soracte, the Emperor had spent the +Christmas week and New Year's Eve in the strictest fast and penance. But +when New Year's Day was come, and nothing had happened, he returned to +Rome to meet Silvester and take measures for the future. The Emperor's +friend and teacher received him with a smile which was easy to +interpret. But the monarch was still so much under the effect of his fit +of alarm that he did not venture to be angry. + +"Will you now return to earth, my son, and look after your mundane +affairs?" said Silvester. + +"I will, but I must first fulfil two vows which I made in the hour of +need." + +"Fulfil them certainly." + +"I go to the grave of my friend Adalbert in Gnesen, and I must visit the +funeral vault of Charles the Great in Aachen." + +"Do so, but you must at the same time fulfil some commissions which I +give you for the journey." + +So they parted. + + * * * * * + +Two years had passed, when, one day in January, Pope Silvester +was summoned to Paterno, the little castle on Soracte, where the +Roman-German Emperor dwelt, and now lay ill. + +When Silvester entered the sick-room, the Emperor sat upright, but +looked troubled. "You are ill," said Silvester: "is it the soul or +body?" + +"I am tired." + +"Already, at twenty-two years of age." + +"I am despondent." + +"You are despondent although you saw the world awake from its nightmare. +Consider, ungrateful man, all that these two years have brought, what +triumphs for Christ, who really seems to have returned. I will enumerate +them: listen! Bohemia has received its Duke, who has eradicated +heathenism; Austria has concentrated itself as a Danube-state the +heathen Magyar has allowed himself to be baptized, and received the +crown from our own hand as Stephen the First; Boleslaw in Poland has +also received a crown and an archbishop; the new kingdom of Russia +has accepted baptism and Vladimir the Great protects us against the +Saracens, who are on the decline, and Seljuks or Turks, who are in +the ascendant; Harold of Denmark and Olaf of Sweden have established +Christianity in their dominions; so has Olaf Tryggveson in Norway and +Iceland, in the Faroe Island, in Shetland and Greenland; and the Dane +Sven Tveskaegg has secured Britain for Christianity. France is under +the pious Robert II, of the new race of the Capets, but also of Saxon +descent like you. In Spain, the northern States Leon, Castille, Aragon, +Navarre, have at last united, and protect us from the Moors in Cordova. +All this in five years, and under the aegis of Rome! Is not all this the +return of Christ, and do you understand now what Providence means by +the Millennium? Those who are alive at the end of another thousand years +will perhaps see the ripe fruits, while we have only seen the blossoms. +The world is certainly not a paradise, but it is better than when we had +savages in the North and East. And all kings receive the crown and the +pallium from Rome. You are a ruler over the nations, my Emperor." + +"I? You rule their minds, not I, and I will not rule." + +"So I have heard, for you have accepted the rule of a woman." + +"Who is that?" + +"They say, and you know the report as well as I do, that it is the widow +of Crescentius, the beautiful Stephania. Well, that is your own affair, +but Solomon says,--'Beware of your enemies, but be wary with your +friends.'" + +The Emperor looked as though he wished to defend himself, but could not, +and so the conversation was at an end. + +Some days after, Otto III was dead, poisoned, so ran the report, in some +way or other, by the beautiful Stephania. + +A year later Silvester II died also. + + + + +PETER THE HERMIT + + +Christendom had awoken to new life after the great and terrible New +Year's Eve of 999. Nearly a hundred more years had passed when a ragged +barefooted pilgrim wandered out of the gate of Caesarea, on the shore of +the Mediterranean. This was the town from which Paul had sailed for Rome +in order to spread Christianity, which had now conquered all Europe, but +had not been able to maintain a hold upon its birthplace, the Land of +Promise, in which Christ had lived, suffered, and been buried. + +The "False Prophet" had been the last possessor of Palestine. But when +his kingdom, like all others, fell to pieces, quite a new race had +issued from the unknown parts of Central Asia and now the Seljuks ruled +in Syria. The last Fatimide Caliphs had been very indifferent in matters +of belief, and the renowned Al Asis, who had married a Christian wife +and was himself a sceptic, had made his wife's brothers Patriarchs of +Jerusalem and Alexandria. Everything was altered since the time when +the terrible Al Hakim had persecuted Christians as well as Jews, and +destroyed the Church of the Resurrection in Jerusalem. And when the +Seljuk Melikscha had at last captured the town, matters looked almost +hopeless for the Christians, who still made pilgrimages to the Holy +Sepulchre. + +The pilgrim we spoke of above pursued his journey in a south-eastern +direction, and now on the first day he saw the lovely Plain of +Sharon spread out before him like a carpet or rather a sea of +flowers--crocuses, narcissi, ranunculi, anemones, and especially the +tall white Sharon lilies. + +It was the Promised Land indeed! The whole of the morning he waded in +flowers; at last he reached a village at the foot of a hill. There were +waving corn-crops, climbing vines, flourishing olive and fig trees; +well-fed cattle were watered at the spring, cows and goats were milked. +The pilgrim, who possessed nothing in the world except his rags, asked +for a bowl of milk, but obtained none. He went begging from door to +door, but was hunted away. Every time that he received a refusal he +seemed to be surprisingly cheerful. The fact was, he had come hither +from a distant land in order to be able to realise how his Saviour had +suffered, and now he was graciously allowed to experience it on the holy +soil itself. He passed through the village, and found another sea of +flowers outside it. He bathed his feet in a brook, and felt refreshed. +But now at mid-day a wind from the sea arose, and clouds passed over the +land. The violent rain beat down the fragile lilylike plants, the wind +rooted them up or tore them in two, and collected them in heaps, which +rolled along increasing in size as they went, and crushing other flowers +in their path. + +Towards evening the rain ceased, but the wind continued to blow, and +the darkness came. The weary and hungry traveller prepared himself a +bed with a heap of flowers which he kept in its place with some stones. +After he had hollowed out the heap till it looked like an eagle's nest, +he spread another pile of flowers over himself, and went to sleep, +pleasantly narcotised by all the sweet scents. For several years he +had tasted no wine and never been intoxicated, but this was a good +substitute for it. He did not know whether he was asleep or awake; +sometimes he felt as though he were rolling away like a wave; sometimes +he lay still and listened to a scratching going on in his nest; there +was a blowing and a roaring, a murmur in his ears and flashing before +his eyes. Finally all was still; he believed he had gone to sleep, for +he dreamt. + +In his dream he was walking on the Mediterranean Sea; that he found +quite natural, but there followed him knights on horseback, troops of +armed men, whole races of people. They reached the land, they marched +towards the East, and finally saw Jerusalem crowning the heights. Walls, +battlements, and towers were crowded with heathen warriors, and the +Christian knights halted in order to take counsel. But he, the poor +pilgrim, spoke to them, and they listened to him. + +"Why do you fear?" he said, "why do you fear these heathen and their +walls? Look at me! I take my staff, ascend Mount Zion, strike the gate +of David with my staff, and the city opens all her gates!" + +He did so--in his dream, and Jerusalem was taken. It was a very simple +matter; the knights and the armies honoured him, and he became governor +of Jerusalem. When he awoke on the morrow, he got out of his nest, +and when he looked round, he found himself before the Jaffa Gate of +Jerusalem. He asked himself whether the wind had blown him all that long +way, or whether he had traversed it in sleep. But his dream had been so +vivid, that he found everything natural and simple. + +He knocked with his staff at the door. And behold! it really opened, but +only by the space of a hand-breadth, and a soldier asked what he wanted. + +He wished, he said, to visit the Holy Sepulchre. + +He could do so, was the answer, if he paid thirty silver zecchines. + +As he had not so much, the gate was again closed. + +The pilgrim, however, not to be frightened, struck again with his staff, +certain that he would get in. Get in he did, quickly enough, and, +after he had been well thrashed, was thrown out again and fell on a +rubbish-heap on which dogs hunted for bones. This reception was not +encouraging, but for the pilgrim it was exactly what he had expected and +wished. He had been beaten in the same city where his Master Christ had +been beaten and tortured. + +What an honour! What undeserved grace! + +But the thirty silver pieces! Why was the price just thirty? Because +it was the traitor's reward for betraying the Beloved. He would try to +collect them by begging, even if it took him ten years to do so. + +He exhorted himself to patience, and went southward into the valley +of Hinnom or the valley of Hell, where all the rubbish of the city was +thrown. There was filth and an evil smell there, but the pilgrim did +not notice it, for he only sought to catch a glimpse of the walls of the +Holy City. When he came to the south end of the valley, he really beheld +Mount Zion with David's Sepulchre. Then he fell on his knees and praised +God in song: + + "Lauda Sion Salvatorem + Lauda Ducem et pastorem + In hymnis et canticis." + +Strengthened by prayer, he went on. He knew the topography of the place +well, and when he came on a piece of waste ground underneath the Hill +of Evil Counsel, he knew that it was Aceldama, or the Field of the +Dead, which had been purchased with the traitor's blood-money to bury +strangers in. But he had no thoughts of death, for he knew that he would +live till he had taken the City. On the other hand, he was hungry. How +bitterly he regretted now that he had not accustomed himself in +his youth, like other famous eremites, to eat grass. Weary, but not +depressed, he sat down on a rubbish heap which seemed quite fresh. + +As he sat there, a dog came--a mangy famished creature--and laid his +head on the pilgrim's knee. + +"I have nothing to give you, poor thing," said the pilgrim, and wiped +the dog's eyes with the flaps of its ears, for it looked as though it +had wept. But when the dog heard what the pilgrim said, it understood, +for animals understood all languages merely by the tone. It then began +to rummage in the rubbish heap. And behold! there lay, between two +cabbage leaves, a pomegranate and a piece of white bread. The pilgrim, +who was accustomed to all kinds of miracles, praised God, and ate. And +when he had eaten, he thanked God the Merciful. The dog stood by the +whole time, and watched him. "Ungrateful wretch that I am to have +forgotten thee!" said the pilgrim; "now I will try my fortune!" He began +to dig with his staff, and see! there lay a fresh bone, which he gave +to the dog, his benefactor. They became friends, and kept together. +They now went round the southern end of the city, and turned northward +towards the Kedron. They followed the brook, having the city wall on +their left and the Mount of Olives on their right. From the bottom of +the valley he saw the place where the Temple had been, but no Temple was +there now--only the dome of the Muhammedan mosque. Of the Holy +Sepulchre there was nothing visible, for it lay within the City and was +inconspicuous. He came to Gethsemane, where Christ had suffered, and he +climbed the Mount of Olives, from whence he could look over Jerusalem. +He did so, and wept. After he had paid his devotions in the ruins of the +Church of the Resurrection, he went on northwards round the city, and +came again to the Jaffa Gate, where he sat down, firmly resolved to +wait till some Christian pilgrims came, for they came hither from all +countries of the world. He wanted to beg from them till he had collected +the thirty zecchines. So he sat through the first night without anybody +coming. Towards morning the door was opened for the peasants who brought +in provisions, and the bold idea occurred to him of trying to get in +with them, but he was immediately detected and thrashed again. This, +however, did not frighten him; he repeated the attempt every morning, +though unsuccessfully. He slept on the ground, and ate from the rubbish +heaps; he was jeered at by the children, beaten by the adults, and +took everything quietly, convinced that some day his dream would be +fulfilled. For thirty days he sat at the gate and received no money, +but on the thirty-first he got up in order to take some exercise. He +wandered down into the Valley of Hinnom, and his dog "Trusty" ran in +front of him. + +After he had walked for a while he noticed that his companion had +vanished. When he called him, the dog answered by barking. The pilgrim +followed the sound, and presently he saw the dog standing by a hole +in the wall. There was an entrance, and, following his guide, he came +without hindrance right into the town. The first thing he did was to +visit the Holy Sepulchre, but it was closed. Then he remembered that +there was a Patriarch of Jerusalem, who in some degree acted as a +protector of the Christians. But where did he live? "Perhaps you know," +he said to the dog. + +The dog understood, pricked up his ears, and ran through a labyrinth of +crooked streets till he stood at a little door, with a bell-cord hanging +by it. The pilgrim pulled it, the door opened, and an old white-bearded +man came out, reached the new-comer his hand, led him like a friend into +the house, and bade him sit down. "I have waited long for you, Peter," +he said. "Yes, I recognise you, for I have seen you for a year in my +dreams, but I know not who you are, and whence you come. Tell me your +history." + +"My history! I am from Amiens in France. I am now called Peter; was +formerly a soldier, followed William the Conqueror to Hastings, and +took part in the invasion of England. I returned to my own country, and +became a school teacher. I could, however, obtain no peace in my soul, +but entered a convent. In the solitude of my cell, I reflected on what +I heard from my brother monks in the chapter. It was the time when Henry +IV began the conflict with Gregory VII. The Pope was right, for Europe +ought to be governed from Rome, and Gregory, who wished to set up +Christ's Kingdom in spirit and in truth, had united all Christian +States together; he imposed tribute from Scandinavia to the Pillars of +Hercules. The Emperor was a schismatic, and worked only in the interests +of Germany. The matter ended at Canossa, as you know, when the Emperor +had to kiss the Pope's foot. And that was right at that time, for the +spiritual head is higher than the worldly one. But Canossa was not the +end. Gregory, the mighty champion of the Lord, fell into the same sin as +David. In the first place, he summoned the Norman Guiscard from Sicily +to his aid. Guiscard came with a horde of Turks and heathen, pillaged +Rome, and set it on fire. That was shameful of the Pope, who now fled +with Guiscard to Salerno--which was _his_ Canossa. But he was also still +cruel enough to stir up Henry's sons against their father. Then the +great Gregory died in banishment, and Rome was extinct. Rome is no more, +but Jerusalem shall be. The chief city of Christendom shall be born +again, and rise from its ruins." + +The Patriarch had listened, and, though he smiled at first, he was +finally serious. "Your faith is great, my son," he said. "But who will +take the lead? Who will collect the people?" + +"I," answered the Hermit--"I will open the Holy Sepulchre; I will drive +out the heathen, and I will have the first Christian King of Jerusalem +crowned!" + +"With two empty hands?" + +"With my rock-like faith." + +There was silence. + +"Say something, Patriarch!" resumed Peter. "Try to damp my courage if +you can; confront me with objections, and rob me of confidence. You +cannot! There, I will go now to Rome and speak with Urban II. But give +me a letter to confirm my statements when I describe the behaviour of +the heathen in the city of Christ. I ask nothing else of you; the rest I +will do myself." + +"Whoever you are, you shall have the letter, but rest first for a few +days." + +"No! I have gone three hundred and fifty miles and rested for thirty +days. Give me something to eat in the kitchen, while you write the +letter, and I start before sunset. When I come again, I shall not be +alone, but my name will be Legion. And you will see the accomplishment +of my words and your dreams, for God wills it." + + * * * * * + +The Hermit Peter walked a hundred and fifty miles to Piacenza, and +there met Pope Urban II, who was holding a council. He received no +encouragement, for the idea of a crusade was no novelty. Gregory VII had +collected fifty thousand men for that purpose, but could not carry out +his plan. With a true Christian spirit, the Hermit took this failure as +a warning to redouble his efforts. + +He went to France, preached and stirred up the people, with the result +that all France was aflame with crusading fervour when Urban II came to +Clermont to hold another council. Then the Crusade was determined on. +Peter could not wait, but, together with Walter Pexejo and Walter von +Habenichts, he collected a host which finally reached forty thousand in +number, including old men, women, and children. There were no soldiers +however, but only adventurers who wanted to run away, slaves who sought +freedom, and malcontents who wished for change. + +They followed the Rhine towards its source, and then the Danube, along +whose banks the great road to the East ran. As they approached the +frontier of Hungary their number had increased to sixty thousand. The +King of Hungary, Kolowan, was not exactly hospitable, and not a person +whom it was safe to jest with. The Crusaders received a hint that +they were not very welcome, and therefore sent their only mounted +men,--exactly six in number--as ambassadors to the King. + +Kolowan was in Pesth, with a well-equipped army, and his country was +enjoying the blessings of peace, when the envoys arrived. "What do you +want?" he asked. + +"We seek a free passage to Constantinople." + +"How many of you are there?" + +"Exactly sixty thousand." + +"Although I feel honoured by the visit, I cannot entertain grasshoppers. +I have heard of your wild enterprise; I know that you have no provisions +with you, and that you beg and steal. Return therefore to your country, +or I will treat you as enemies!" + +The envoys rode back with the King's answer. But Peter would not turn +back. + +"Forward! forward! Crusaders and Christians!" he cried, and the whole +host crossed the frontier. The Hermit rode on an ass at the head of +them, and knew not what went on behind him--robbery, drunkenness, and +licence. + +The King learned what had happened, and rode out with all his knights. +When he saw this mass of ragged rascals, drunk and savage, but all +wearing the red cross, he fell in a rage and attacked them. Those who +did not fly were trampled underfoot and sabred down so mercilessly, +that, out of the sixty thousand, only three thousand reached +Constantinople, among whom was the Hermit. + +"We have sown our blood," he said; "our successors will reap." + +The Emperor of Constantinople had certainly for a long time waited for +help from the West against the wild Seljuks, but he had expected +armed men. When he now received a rabble of three thousand beggars and +vagabonds, many of them wounded, he resolved to get rid of these guests +as honourably as possible. He set them in flat-bottomed boats, and +shipped them across to Asia Minor. "Thence you have a straight road to +Jerusalem," he said. But he did not say that the Seljuks were encamped +on the opposite coast. Accordingly, the rest of them were massacred by +the wild hordes near Nicasa--in the same town in which, during the early +days of Christianity, so many fateful debates had taken place. + +But the Hermit escaped, and returned to Constantinople, where he waited +for the great army of the Crusaders. He waited a whole year, just as +confident of victory and undismayed as before. + + * * * * * + +In the little town Tiberias, on the shore of the Lake of Gennesareth +sat the old Jew Eleazar, with his family, prepared to celebrate the +Passover, or the Exodus from Egypt. It was the tenth day of the month +Nisan of the year 1098. The lake shone clear, and its banks were green; +the oleanders were in blossom, the lilies had sprung up in the pleasant +season when the earth rejoices. + +It was evening; all members of the family were dressed as though for a +journey, with shoes on their feet and staves in their hands. They stood +round the covered table on which the roasted lamb smoked in a dish +surrounded by bitter lettuce. The ancestral wine-cup was filled with +wine, and white unleavened bread laid on a plate close by. + +After the head of the family had washed his hands, he blessed the gifts +of God, drank some wine, returned thanks, and invited the others to +drink. Then he took some of the bitter herbs, and ate and gave to the +others. Then he read from the book of Moses a passage concerning the +significance of the feast. After that, the second cup of wine was +served, and the youngest son of the house stepped forward and asked, +according to the sacred custom, "What is the meaning of this feast?" + +The father answered: "The Lord brought us with a strong hand out of the +Egyptian bondage." + +As he drank from the second cup, he said, "Praise the Lord, O my soul, +and forget not all His benefits." They then all sang the 115th Psalm, +"Not unto us, O Lord, not unto us, but unto Thy name give the praise, +for Thy truth and mercy's sake. Wherefore should the heathen say, Where +is now their God?" + +Thereupon a blessing was pronounced on the unleavened bread and the +roasted lamb, and they sat down to eat, in a state of contentment and +with harmless talk. The old Eleazar spoke of past times, and contrasted +them with them the present: "Man born of a woman lives but a short time, +and is full of trouble; he cometh up like a flower, and is cut down; +he fleeth hence like a shadow, and continueth not. A stranger and a +sojourner is he upon earth, and therefore he should be always ready for +his journey as we are, this holy evening." + +The eldest son Jacob, who had come home in the evening after a journey, +seemed to wish to say something, but did not venture to do so, till the +fourth and last cup was drunk. + +"But, my children," continued Eleazar, "not only is Israel unsettled and +roaming on the earth, but all nations are in a state of wandering. The +difference between them and us is that their gods are mortal, while +Israel's God lives. Where is Zeus, the god of the Greeks? Where is the +Romans' Jupiter? Where are the Egyptians' Isis, Osiris, and Ptha? Where +is the Woutan of the Germans, the Teutates of the Gauls? They are all +dead, but Israel's God lives; He cannot die. We are at any rate in +Canaan, in our fathers' land, even if Zion is no longer ours, and we +cannot forget the goodness which the Lord has shown us." + +The last cup was drunk, and after another psalm the festival was at an +end. + +"Now, Jacob," said Eleazar, "you want to talk. You come from a journey, +though somewhat late, and have something new to tell us. Hush! I hear +steps in the garden!" + +All hurried to the window, for they lived in troublous times; but, as no +one was to be seen outside, they sat down again at the table. + +"Speak, Jacob," Eleazar said again. + +"I come from Antioch, where the Crusaders are besieged by Kerboga, +the Emir of Mosul. Famine has raged among them, and of three hundred +thousand Goyim, [Footnote: Gentiles.] only twenty thousand remain." + +"What had they to do here?" + +"Now, on the roads, they are talking of a new battle which the Goyim +have won, and they believe that the Crusaders will march straight on +Jerusalem." + +"Well, they won't come here." + +"They won't find the way, unless there are traitors." + +"Moslems or Christians, they are all alike, but Moslems could be our +friends, because they are of Abraham's seed. 'God is One!' Had their +Prophet stood by that, there would have been nothing between us, but +he fell through pride and coupling his own name with that of the +Highest--'Muhammed is His Prophet.' Perhaps, but he should not be named +in the same breath with the Eternal. The Christians call him a 'false +prophet,' but that he was not." + +"The Christians could rather...." + +"The Christians are misguided, and their doctrine is folly. They +believe the Messiah has come, although the world is like a hell, and men +resemble devils! And it ever gets worse...." + +Then the door was flung open, and on the threshold appeared a little +man, emaciated as a skeleton, with burning eyes. He was clothed in rags, +carried a cross in his hand, and bore a red cross-shaped sign on his +shoulder. + +"Are you Christians?" he asked, "since you drink of the cup and eat the +bread, as our Lord Jesus Christ did on the night of his betrayal?" + +"No," answered Eleazar, "we are of Israel." + +"Then you have eaten and drunk your own damnation, and misused the Holy +Sacrament for purposes of witchcraft! Out with you!--down to the lake +and be baptized, or you will die the death!" + +Then Eleazar turned to the Hermit, and cried "No! I and my house will +serve the Lord, as we have done this holy evening according to the law +of our fathers. We suffer for our sins, that is true, but you, godless, +cursed man, pride not yourself on your power, for you have not yet +escaped the judgment of Almighty God. I will give my life and shed my +blood for the law of my fathers, but God's justice will punish you, as +your pride has deserved." + +The Hermit had gone out to his followers. Those within the house closed +the window-shutters and the door. + +There was a cry without: "Fire the house!" + +"Let us bless God, and die!" said Eleazar, and none of them hesitated. + +All fell on their knees. Eleazar spoke: "I know that my Redeemer liveth, +and that He will stand at the latter day upon the earth. And when I am +free from my flesh, I shall see God. Him shall I see and not another, +and for that my soul and my heart cry out." + +The mother had taken the youngest son in her arms, as though she wished +to protect him against the fire which now seized on the wall. + +Then Eleazar began the Song of the Three Children in the fire, and when +they came to the words, + + "O Thank the Lord, for He is good, + And His mercy endureth for ever." + +their voices were choked, and they ended their days like the Maccabees. + +On 16th July 1069, Peter the Hermit entered Jerusalem through the same +Jaffa Gate before which he had sat as a beggar. When Godfrey of Bouillon +became King of Jerusalem, Peter was appointed Governor. After he had +seen his dream fulfilled, he returned to his own country, entered the +convent Neufmoustier, near Luettich, and remained there till his death. + +The Kingdom of Jerusalem soon came to an end. The Muhammedans +re-occupied it, and remain there to this day. + +The remarkable thing about these predatory expeditions--the +Crusades--was that they were led by the Normans, and were curiously like +the raids of the Vikings. The indirect results of the Crusades are still +treated of in students' essays, which generally close with the moral, +"there is nothing evil which does not bring some good with it." Voltaire +and Hume, on the other hand, regard the Crusades as the enterprises of +lunatics. It is a difficult matter to decide! + + + + +LAOCOON + + +On the Esquiline Hill in Rome, on a spring day in 1506, Signor de +Fredis was walking in his vineyard. The day before, his workmen had been +digging a pit to seek water, but found none. Signer de Fredis stood by +it, and asked himself whether it was not a pity that so much earth had +been thrown out, and whether it could not be utilised in the vineyard. +He felt about with his stick in the upper part of the pit to ascertain +how deep the soil was. The stick sank in the earth up to its handle +without meeting with any resistance. + +"There must be a hollow under the ground," he said to himself. He first +thought of calling the workmen, but since it was better to make the +discovery himself, he took a mattock and spade and set to work. By +noon he had made a hole large enough to get through, but since it was +pitch-black inside, he first went to fetch a lantern. Carrying this, he +went down into the earth, and came into a vaulted room. He went through +five rooms and found no treasures, but in the sixth he saw a sight that +startled him. + +Two enormous snakes had enfolded in the coils a bearded man of heroic +stature and his two boys. + +One snake had already bitten the man in the right side, and the other +had bitten one of the boys in the left. The apparition was a statue +of Pentelic marble, and might therefore possess as much value as a +treasure. Signor de Fredis went at once to the Prefect of the City, who +followed him in company with the Aedile and some learned antiquaries. +The work of art was brought to the light, and inspected. Its subject was +seen to be the Trojan priest Laocoon, against whom Apollo had sent +two snakes because he had warned his countrymen against receiving +the dangerous Greek gift of the Trojan horse, in which warriors lay +concealed. + +It was not an edifying story, nor a comforting one, since it illustrated +the sad lot of a prophet in this world. The Romans, however, did not +think of that, but greeted the statue as a sign of the Renaissance, a +memorial of the classical period, and an omen of better times to come. + +Pope Julius II bought the Laocoon for the Vatican, after Michael Angelo +had declared it was the greatest work of art in the world, and Signor de +Fredis received a pension for life. The excavation and cleaning of the +statue took a considerable time. But when at last it was ready, it was +decorated with flowers, and carried in procession though the streets of +Rome, while all the church-bells rang for a whole hour. + +As the procession passed up the Via Flaminia, an Augustinian monk +came down it from the northern gate of the city. In front of Hadrian's +triumphal arch, he met the crowd carrying their beloved Laocoon. The +monk did not immediately understand the matter. He thought, it is true, +that the statue was that of a martyr, but could not think of any martyr +who had died in a pit of snakes. He therefore turned to a citizen, and +asked in Latin, "Which of the holy Church martyrs is it?" + +The citizen laughed as at a good jest, but did not think it necessary to +answer. + +Now came the crowd singing about the Trojan horse, and jesting about +priests. The fact that it was a priest on whom the snakes had fastened +seemed to afford especial delight to the sceptical and priest-hating +rabble. + +The Augustinian monk thought of his Virgil, when he heard the word Troy, +and, as the statue came nearer, he could read the name Laocoon, the +celebrated priest of Apollo. "Are the church-bells ringing for _that_?" +he asked his neighbour again. + +The latter nodded. + +"Are the people mad?" he asked, and this time he received an answer: +"No, they are wise; but you are somewhat stupid; probably you come from +Germany." + +At the dawn of this day, the monk had seen the Holy City at sunrise, +and had fallen on his knees in the high road to thank God for the great +favour vouchsafed to him of at last treading the soil which had been +hallowed by the footprints of Apostles and martyrs. But now he felt +depressed, for he understood nothing of this heathenish business, and, +wandering through the streets of the city, he tried to find the Scala +Santa in the southern quarter, where all pilgrims first paid their +devotions when they came to Rome. + +Here, in the square by the Lateran, Constantine's wife, Helena, had +caused the staircase of Pilate's Palace to be erected, and it was +customary to ascend it kneeling, and not in an erect attitude. + +The monk approached the holy spot with all the reverence with which his +pious spirit inspired him. He hoped to feel the same ecstasy which he +had felt before other sanctuaries and relics, for the Redeemer Himself +had trodden these marble steps heavily as he went to His doom. + +The monk's astonishment was therefore great when he saw street-urchins +playing on them with buttons and little stones, and he could hardly +contain himself when young priests came running and sprang up the eight +and twenty steps in a few bounds. + +He paid his devotions in the usual way, but without feeling the ecstasy +which he had hoped for. + +Then he went into the Church of the Lateran and heard a mass. He had +imagined that he would find a cathedral in the genuine Gothic style, +something like that of Cologne, but he found a Basilica or Roman hall, +where in heathen times a market had been held, and it looked very +worldly. + +At the High Altar there stood two priests before the Epistle and the +Gospel. However, they neither read nor sang; they only gossiped with +each other, and pretended to turn the leaves; sometimes they laughed, +and when it was over they went their way, without giving a blessing or +making the sign of the cross. + +"Is this the Holy City?" he asked himself, and went out into the streets +again. + +His business in Rome was to interview the Vicar-General of the +Augustinians, about a matter which concerned his convent, but he first +wished to look about him. As he went along he came to a little church +on the outer wall. In the open space in front of it a pagan festival +was being held: Bacchus was represented sitting on a barrel, scantily +clothed nymphs rode on horses, and behind them were satyrs, fauns, +Apollo, Mercury, Venus. + +The monk hastened into the church to escape the sight of the +abomination. But in the sacred place he came upon another scandal. +Before the altar stood an ass with an open book before it; below the +ass stood a priest and read mass. Instead of answering "Amen," the +congregation hee-hawed like asses, and everyone laughed. + +That was the classical "Asses' Festival," which had been forbidden in +the previous century, but which, during the Carnival, had been again +resumed. The monk did not understand where he was, but thought he was in +the hell of the heathen; but it was still worse when a priest disguised +as Bacchus, his face smeared with dregs of wine, entered the pulpit, +and, taking a text from Boccaccio's _Decameron_, preached an indecent +discourse, presently, with a skilful turn, going on to narrate a legend +about St. Peter. It began in a poetical way, like other legends, but +then made Peter come to an alehouse and cheat the innkeeper about the +reckoning. + +The monk rushed out of the church, and through the streets till he +reached the Convent of the Augustines which he sought. He rang, was +admitted, and led into the refectory, where the Prior sat at a covered +table surrounded by priests who were entertained in the convent in order +to make their confessions, and to take the communion during the fast. +Before them were pheasants, with truffles and hard-boiled eggs, salmon +and oysters, eels and heads of wild boar--above all, quantities of wine +in pitchers and glasses. + +"Sit down, little monk!" was the Prior's greeting. "You have a letter: +good! Put it under the table-cloth. Eat, drink, and be merry, for +tomorrow we die!" + +The monk sat down, but it was Friday, and he could not bring himself +to eat flesh on that day. It pained him also to see the licence which +prevailed here; still they were his superiors, and the rule of his order +forbade him to reprove them. + +The Prior, who had just been speaking with some special guest, continued +to talk volubly, although conversation was forbidden. + +"Yes, worthy friend, we have come as far as this now in Rome. This +is Christ's Kingdom as it was announced at the first Christmas, 'One +Shepherd, One Sheepfold.' The Holy Father rules over the whole Roman +Empire as it was under Caesar and Augustus. But mark well! this empire +is a spiritual one, and all these earthly princes lie at the feet of +Christ's representative. This is the crown of all epochs of the world's +history. 'One Shepherd, One Sheepfold!' Bibamus!" + +On the little platform, where formerly a reader used to read out of holy +books while the meal was going on, some musicians now sat with flutes +and lutes. They struck up an air, and the cups were emptied. + +"Now," continued the Prior to the monk, "you have come from far; what +news have you brought?" + +"Anything new under the sun? Yes," answered a slightly inebriated +prelate, "Christopher Columbus is dead, and buried in Valladolid. He +died poor, as was to be expected." + +"Pride comes before a fall. He was not content with his honours, but +wished to be Viceroy and to levy taxes." + +"Yes, but at any rate he got to India, to East India, after he had +sailed westward. It is enough to make one crazy when one tries to +understand it. Sailing west in order to go east!" + +"Yes, it is all mad, but the worst is that he has brought the cursed +sickness, lues"--(here he whispered). "It has already attacked Cardinal +John de Medici. You know he is said to be the Pope's successor." + +"As regards the Holy Father, our great Julius II, he is a valiant +champion of the Lord, and now the world has seen what this basilisk-egg, +France, has hatched. Fancy! they want to come now and divide our Italy +among them! As if we did not have enough with the Germans." + +"The French in Naples! What the deuce have we to do with them?" + +The Prior now felt obliged to attend to his guest, the monk. + +"Eat, little monk," he said. "He who is weak, eateth herbs, and all +flesh is grass, _ergo_...." + +"I never eat meat on Friday, the day on which our Lord Jesus Christ +suffered and died!" + +"Then you are wrong! But you must not speak so loud, you understand, +for if you sin, you must go in your room, and hold your mouth! Practise +obedience and silence, the first virtues of our Order." + +The monk turned first red, then pale, and his cheekbones could be seen +through his thin cheeks. But he kept silence, after he had taken a +spoonful of salt in his mouth to help him to control his tongue. + +"He is a Maccabee," whispered the prelate. + +"Conventual disciple is decaying," continued the Prior, jocosely; "the +young monks do not obey their superiors any more, but we must have a +reformation! Drink, monk, and give me an answer!" + +"We must obey God rather than man," answered the monk. There was an +embarrassed pause, and the prelate who had to communicate in the evening +declined to drink any more. But this vexed the Prior, who felt the +implied reproof. + +"You are from the country, my friend," he said to the monk, "and know +not the time, nor the spirit of the time. You must have a licence for +me--it must be paid for of course--and then the day is not dishonoured. +Besides--_panis es et esto_. Here you have wine and bread--with butter +on it. More wine, boy!" + +The monk rose to go; the Prior seemed to wake to recollection. + +"What is your name, monk?" + +"My name is Martin, Master of Philosophy, from Wittenberg." + +"Yes, yes, thank you. But don't go yet! Give me your letter." The monk +handed over the letter, which the Prior opened and glanced through. + +"The Kurfuerst of Saxony! Master Martin Luther, go if you wish to your +chamber. Rest till the evening, then we will go together to the assembly +at Chigi. There we shall meet elegant people like Cardinal John de +Medici, great men like Raphael, and the Archangel Michael himself. Do +you know Michael Angelo, who is building the new Church of St. Peter +and painting the Sistine Chapel? No! then you will learn to know him. +_Vale_, brother, and sleep well." + +Master Martin Luther went, sorely troubled, but resolved to see more of +the state of affairs before judging too hastily. + +Cards were now brought out, and the Prior shuffled them. + +"That is an unpleasant fellow, whom the Kurfuerst had sent to us. A +hypocrite, who does not drink wine and crosses himself at the sight of a +pheasant!" + +"There was an ill-omened look about the man." + +"He looked something like the Trojan horse, and Beelzebub only knows +what he has in his belly." + + * * * * * + +When Luther came into his lonely cell, he wept with a young man's +boundless grief when reality contradicts his expectations, and he finds +that all which he has learnt to prize is only contemptible and common. + +He was not, however, allowed to be alone long, for there was a knock at +the door, and there entered a young Augustinian monk, who seemed, with a +confidential air, to invite his acquaintance. + +"Brother Martin, you must not be solitary, but open your heart to +sympathetic friends." + +He took Martin's hands. "Tell me," he said, "what troubles you, and I +will answer you." + +Luther looked at the young monk, and saw that he was a swarthy Italian +with glowing eyes. But he had been so long alone that he felt the +necessity of speech. + +"What do you think," he said, "our Lord Christ would say if he now arose +and came into the Holy City?" + +"He would rejoice that His churches, His three hundred and sixty-five +churches, are built on the foundations of the heathen temples. You know +that since Charles the Great dragged the great marble pillars to Aachen +in order to build his cathedral, our Popes have also gone to work, and +the heathen and their houses have been literally laid at the feet +of Christ. That is grand and something to rejoice at! _Ecclesia +Triumphans!_ Would not Christ rejoice at it? How well Innocent III has +expressed the 'Idea' of the conquering Church, as Plato would call +it. You know Plato--the Pope has just paid five thousand ducats for a +manuscript of the _Timoeus_. Pope Innocent says: 'St Peter's successors +have received from God the commission not only to rule the Church but +the whole world. As God has set two great lights in the sky, he has +also set up two great powers on earth, the Papacy, which is the higher +because the care of souls is committed to it, and the Royal power which +is the lower, and to which only the charge of the bodies of men is +committed.' If you have any objection to make to that, brother, speak it +out." + +"No, not against that, but against everything which I have seen and +heard." + +"For example? Do you mean eating and drinking?" + +"Yes, that also." + +"How petty-minded you are! I speak of the highest things, and you talk +about eating and drinking. Fie! Martin! you are a meat-rejector and +a wine-eschewing Turk! But I accept your challenge. Our Lord Christ +allowed His disciples to pluck ears of corn on the Sabbath; that was +against the law of Moses, and was disapproved of by the Pharisees.... +You are a Pharisee. But now I will also remind you of what Paul writes +to the Romans--the Romans among whom we count ourselves; perhaps as a +German subject, you have not the right to do that. Well, Paul writes: +'You look on the outside.'" + +"Pardon me, that is the Epistle to the Corinthians." + +"Oh, you look on the outside too. But Paul says further, 'All things are +lawful to me, but all things are not profitable. All that is sold in +the market-place, that eat and ask nothing for conscience' sake; for the +earth is the Lord's and the fulness thereof.' Those are clear words, +and a Frenchman would call them liberal-minded. But you come here like +a Pharisee, and wish to rebuke your superiors for trifles; and the +ordinances of men are more to you than God's command. Fie! Martin! +Remember your own words: 'We should obey God rather than men!' You +conceited slave of the letter, you should read Paul." + +Luther was not yet so familiar with the Holy Scriptures as he afterwards +became, for in the convent he had chiefly studied the Corpus Juris, +Aristotle, Virgil, and the comedies of Plautus, and was somewhat +depressed after his severe inward conflicts. Therefore he gave no +answer, but chafed internally. + +"Have you any other question for me?" began the Augustinian again, with +an affected air of sympathy which irritated Luther still more. "I can +understand that our national customs have annoyed you as a--foreigner. +Every country has its own customs, and we keep our Roman Carnival by +making ridicule of the dead gods of the old heathen, if one can call +them gods! I believe you do the same in Germany, though in a coarser +way. You must put up with that. As regards the 'Festival of the Ass,' +that had originally a beautiful significance, since the poor animal +was honoured with the task of carrying our Saviour and His mother into +Egypt. But, as you know, the common people drag everything that is great +and beautiful into the dust. Can we help it? Can I do you any service? +Do you want anything?" + +"Nothing; but I thank you!" Luther was again alone, and the fiends of +doubt were again let loose upon him. The man was certainly right +from his own point of view, and he had strengthened his assertions +by arguments and by citations from Paul. But his point of view was +false;--that was the matter. How, then, was one to alter one's point of +view? That was only the effect of faith through grace, and therefore not +the work of man. + +Then his introspective mind, which had been trained in the Aristotelian +dialectic, began to examine his opponent's point of view. A merciful +loving Heavenly Father might very well smile at the follies and +weaknesses of His human children; why, then, should we not be able to do +the same? Why should we be stricter than He? As long as we live in the +flesh, we must think according to the flesh, but that does not prevent +the spirit obtaining its due rights. + +Did not Paul himself say, "So then we hold that man is justified by +faith without the deeds of the law"? + +Yes, but were these drunken and licentious ecclesiastics really +believers? The Prior had blasphemed the Sacrament, and given the +prelate a dispensation from hearing confession and celebrating mass in +consideration of a fee. That was monstrous, heathenish, and a Satanic +abomination. Certainly, but faith itself was a gift bestowed by grace, +and if these men had not obtained grace they were guiltless. But they +were hardened sinners! Paul again gave the answer to this: "The Lord +receives whom He will, and whom He will He hardeneth." If God had +hardened them, as He hardened Pharaoh's heart, then they were guiltless; +and if so, why should we venture to judge and condemn them. A mill-wheel +seemed to go round in his head, and he blamed Aristotle the heathen, who +had seduced him in his youth, and taught him to split hairs about simple +matters. He felt also that Paul could not help him, since such was his +teaching. Feeling quite crushed, he knelt down again on his praying +stool, and implored God to take him out of this world of lying deceit +and uncertainty. In this world one was surrounded by darkness without +being able to kindle a light; in this life one was driven to battle +without having received weapons. So he prayed and struggled with himself +till the evening. + +Then the Prior came and fetched him. "My son," he said, "my dear +brother, you must not make a paramour of religion; you must not practise +it as a daily task or a bad habit. You must live your life and regard it +as a melody, while religion is a gentle accompaniment to it. Work is for +every day, rest and festival for Sundays. But if you keep your Sabbath +on the week-day you sin.... Come! now I will show you Rome!" + +Martin followed him, but unwillingly. The streets were illuminated, and +the people were amusing themselves with dancing, music, and jugglers' +feats. + +"You must know where we are going," said the Prior. "This Agostino Chigi +is a banker, almost as rich as the House of Fugger in Augsburg, and he +looks after the Pope's business affairs. Moreover, he is a Maecenas, who +patronises the fine arts. His especial protege is Raphael, who has just +painted some beautiful large pictures in his villa, which we will now +see." + +They reached the Tiber, followed the right bank, went over a bridge, and +stood before a garden which was enclosed by marble pillars and a--gilded +iron fence. It was now dark, and the garden was illuminated by lanterns +which hung on the boughs of the orange-trees, and so lit up the ripe +fruits that they gleamed like gold. 'White marble statues stood among +the dark-leaved trees; fountains sent up jets of perfumed spray; among +the shrubberies one saw ladies with their gallants; here a singer was +accompanying himself on the lute; there a poet was reading his verses. + +In the midst of the park stood the villa which resembled that of +Maecenas in the Sabine Hills or Cicero's Tusculum, and was adorned with +statues' of heathen gods. The doors stood open, and there was a sound +of music within. "People are not introduced to the host here," said the +Prior, "for he does not like ceremony; therefore I leave you alone +now, and you must find acquaintances for yourself; surprises are always +pleasant." + +Luther found himself alone, and turned irresolutely to the right, where +he saw a row of illuminated rooms. They were full of guests drinking and +chatting, but no one noticed the poor monk, who could listen undisturbed +to their conversation. In the first room a group had formed round a man +who was distributing specimens of a printed book, the leaves of which +people were eagerly turning. + +"Hylacompus? is that a pseudonym?" asked one of them. + +"He is a--printer called Waldseemueller in Saint-Die." + +"_Cosmographies Introductio_--a description of the New World." + +"We shall at last get information about these fables of Columbus." + +"Columbus will not travel any more." + +"Columbus has travelled to--hell! Now it is Amerigo Vespucci's turn." + +"He is a Florentine and a fellow-countrymen." + +"Well, Columbus was a Genoese." + +"Look you! Rome rules the world, the known and the unknown alike! _Urbs +est urbs!_ And nowadays you can meet all the nations of the world at +the house of the Roman Chigi. I have, as a matter of fact, seen Turks, +Mongols, Danes, and Russians here this evening." + +"I should like to see a Turk! I like the Turks especially, because they +have blown that rotten Byzantium to pieces--Byzantium which dared to +call itself the 'Eastern Rome.' Now there is only one Rome!" + +"Do you know that our Holy Father is treating with Sultan Bajazet +regarding help against Venice." + +"Yes, but that is diabolical! We must at any rate act as though we were +Christians." + +"Act--yes; for I am not a Christian, nor are you." + +"If one must have a religion, give me Islam! God is One! That is the +whole of its theology; a prayer-mat is its whole liturgy." + +"You have to have a washing-basin besides." + +"And a harem." + +"Things are certainly in a bad way with our religion. If one reads its +history, it is a history of the decay of Christianity. That has been +continually going on for fifteen hundred years since the days of the +Apostles; soon the process of degeneration must be complete." + +"And if one reads the history of the Papacy, it is the same." + +"No, hush!" said a fat Cardinal, "you must let the papal throne remain +till I have sat in it." + +"After a Borgia, it would suit as well to have a Medici like you, and +especially a son of Lorenzo the Magnificent." + +"Will not the cardinals dance?" asked one, who seemed to be Chigi +himself. + +"Yes, after supper, in the pavilion, and behind closed doors," answered +the Cardinal de Medici, "and after I have hung up the red hat." + +So much was clear to Luther from the foregoing conversation,--that +he had seen and heard the representatives of the highest ranks of the +priesthood, and that the stout man was John de Medici, the candidate for +the papal chair. + +He went quickly through several other rooms where half-intoxicated women +were coquetting with their paramours. At last he came into the great +banqueting hall. There stood groups of ambassadors and pilgrims, +representing all nations of the world. They were looking at the ceiling +and admiring the paintings on it. Luther followed their example, while +he listened to their remarks. + +"This is like looking at the sky; one has to lie on one's back." + +"I know nothing more beautiful than sunrise and the nude." + +"Raphael is indeed a divine painter." + +"What luck that Savonarola is burnt, else he would have burnt these +paintings." + +At the mention of Savonarola's name the monk awoke from the state of +aesthetic intoxication into which the pictures had brought him, and +rushed out into the night. Savonarola, the last of the martyrs, who had +sought to save Christendom and had been burnt! All were burnt who tried +to serve Christ--by way of encouraging them. + +How could one expect people to believe in Christianity? What added to +his trouble of mind was the fact that this painter who had the name +of an angel, and looked like an angel, painted Jupiter and nude women! +Nothing kept what it promised; all was dust and ashes. _Vanitas!_ But +this heathenism which sprang from the earth, what was its object? + +Even the divine Dante had chosen a heathen Roman poet, Virgil, as his +guide through Hell, and a beautiful maiden as his companion on the way +to heaven. That was foolishness and blasphemy. + +The end of the world must be approaching, for Antichrist was come and +ruled in Rome. But an Antichrist had always sat on the Papal throne, +which was itself an evil, for Paul had taught that in Christ's Church we +are all priests and should form a priesthood. + +So he reached his cell again, and recovered himself and his God in +solitude. + + * * * * * + +The next morning he went out in order to see the Church of St. Peter +and the Vatican, which had become the residence of the Popes after their +return from Avignon. Since he did not know his way about the town, he +happened to come into the Forum. There were several bodies of troops +collected for review, and on a great black stallion sat an old man, +armed from top to toe in steel. The troops passed in review before him, +and he seemed to be the commander. + +"He looks like a Rabbi," said a citizen, "and he must be quite five and +sixty now." + +"He seems to me to resemble the prophet Muhammed. And he began as a +tradesman." + +"Yes, and he has bought the papal chair." + +"Well, let it go! But his summoning Charles VIII with the French to +Naples was a betrayal of his country. Now he goes against Venice, and +leads the troops himself." + +"And expects help from the Turks." + +"They ought not to play with the Turks, who are already in Hungary and +mean to get to Vienna." + +"We have forgotten the Crusades, and tolerance is a fine quality." + +"Yes, the last thing they did was to undertake a crusade against the +Christian Albigenses, while they tried to conciliate the Muhammedans in +Sicily." + +"The world is a madhouse." + +This, then, was Pope Julius II, who had overcome the monster Alexander +VI, and now led his army against Venice, His kingdom was quite obviously +of this world, and Luther lost all desire for an audience with him. + +He went now to the Leonine quarter, where the new Church of St. Peter's +was to be built in place of the one which had been pulled down. This, in +its turn, was a successor of Nero's Circus, in which the first Christian +martyrs had suffered. He found the site enclosed by a iron fence, but at +the entrance stood two Dominican monks, and a civilian who looked like +a clerk. Between them was a great iron chest, and the monks called aloud +the scale of prices for the forgiveness of sins. All who entered, and +wished to see the building, threw money to the clerk, who counted and +entered it in his book. This functionary had been appointed by Hans +Fugger, who farmed the sale of indulgences. + +Luther also wished to see the building, and without thinking put down +some silver pieces. As a receipt, he received a piece of paper on which +was written the formula of forgiveness for some trifling sins. + +When he had read the paper, he returned it to the clerk, and burst out, +"I don't buy forgiveness of sins, but I gladly pay the entrance fee." + +He entered the site, but now noticed the dark-eyed Augustinian monk +following him. + +"Are you dissatisfied, brother?" said the latter. "Do you think that the +forgiveness of sins is bought? Who ever said so? Don't you know that +the Civil Law exacts fines for certain trespasses? Why should not the +Ecclesiastical Law do the same? Tell me any reason. What nonsense +you talk? What is buying? You pay out money, and by doing so deprive +yourself of certain enjoyments! Instead of buying wine and women, you +give this money to the Church. Good! By doing so, you renounce the sin +with which you would otherwise have polluted yourself." + +"Who taught you such arguments?" + +"We learn in the schools here to think, you see; we read Cicero and +Aristotle." + +"Do you read the Bible also?" + +"Yes, certainly. The Epistle always lies beside the Gospel on the +altar-desk." + +"Do you understand what you read?" + +"Now you are impolite, Martin, but you are also proud, and you must not +be that. Look now at the new church. What we see is only the foundation, +but we can go in the architect's cottage, and see the designs there." + +The designs were hung up in a little pavilion, and another fee was +charged for entrance. + +"Now what does my critical brother say?" + +"That is simply a Roman bath-house," answered Luther after a glance. +"Caracalla's Thermae, I should say." + +"It is a heathen building, then!" + +"Yes, if you like, but everything is heathenish here, although baptized. +The heathen were not so stupid.... I won't see any more." + +"But look at those two great men there, before you go. The tall man with +the patriarchal beard is Michael Angelo, and that slim youth with the +long neck and feminine features is Raphael." + +"Is that Raphael?" + +"Yes; he looks like an angel, but is not so dangerous. He is a very good +man; they talk of getting him married. He does not want to, however, for +his eye is on a cardinal's hat, which they have promised him." + +"Cardinal's hat?" + +"Yes, he is spiritually-minded, although he paints worldly objects." + +"I remember, but I want to forget them." + +"Listen, Martin!" the monk interrupted him, with an insulting air of +familiarity; "when you go away from here, and get home, don't forget +to curb your tongue! Think of what I say: there are eyes and ears which +follow you where you go, and when you least suspect it." + +"If the Lord is with me, what can men do against me?" + +"Are you sure that the Lord is with you? Do you know His ways and His +will?--You only? Can you interpret His meaning when He speaks?" + +"Yes, I can; for I hear his voice in my conscience. Get thee hence, +Satan, or I shall pray that heaven's lightning may smite thee! I came +here as a believing child, but I shall depart as a believing man, for +your questions have only evoked my silent answers which you have not +heard, but which some day you will hear. You have killed Savonarola, but +I am young and strong, and I shall live. Mark that!" + + * * * * * + +Luther did not stay long in Rome, but he took the opportunity of +learning Hebrew, and attended the lectures of the Jew Elia Levi ben +Asher, surnamed Bachur or Elias Levita. + +There he met Cardinal Viterbo, the patron of the Jews, and many other +celebrities, for Oriental languages were then in fashion after the Turks +had established themselves in Constantinople. + +Luther enjoyed the friendship of the old Jew, for Elias was the only +"Christian" whom he found in Rome. It was a pity, to be sure, that he +lived under the Law, and was not acquainted with the Gospel, but he knew +no better. + + + + +THE INSTRUMENT + + +In the year 1483, the same year in which Luther was born, Docter +Coctier sat in his laboratory at Paris, and carried on a philosophical +discussion with a chemical expert who was passing through the city. + +The laboratory was in the same building as his observatory, in the +Marais quarter of the town, a site occupied to-day by the Place +des Vosges. Not far away is the Bastille, the magnificent Hotel de +Saint-Pol, and the brilliant Des Tournelles, the residence of the +Kings before the Louvre was built. Here Louis XI had given his private +physician, chancellor, and doctor of all the sciences, Coctier, a house +which lay in a labyrinth-like park called the Garden of Daedalus. +The doctor was speaking, and the expert listened: "Yes, Plato in his +_Timaeus_ calls gold one of the densest and finest substances which +filters through stone. There is a metal derived from gold which is +black, and that is iron. But a substance more akin to gold is copper, +which is composed of shining congealed fluids, and one of whose minor +constituents is green earth. Now I ask, 'Why cannot copper be freed from +this last, and refined to gold?'" + +"Yes," answered the expert, "it can, if one uses atramentum or the +philosopher's stone." + +"What is that?" + +"Atramentum is copperas." + +"Ventre-saint-gris! that is Plato's iron! Now I see! Who taught you +that?" + +"I learnt it from the greatest living magician in Wittenberg. His name +is Dr. Faustus, and he has studied magic in Krakau." + +"He is alive, then! Tell me! Tell me!" + +"This man, according to many witnesses, has done miracles like Christ; +he has undertaken to restore the lost comedies of Plautus and Terence; +his mind can soar on eagle's wings and discover secrets of the heights +and depths." + +"Has he also found the elixir of life?" + +"Yes, since gold can be resolved into its elements." + +"If gold can be resolved, then it has constituents. What are they?" + +"Gold can be easily dissolved in oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and +saltpetre." + +"What do you say?" + +The Doctor jumped up; the stove had heated the room and made him +uncomfortable. + +"Let us go for a little walk," he said; "but I must first make a note +of what you say, for, when I wish to remember something important, the +devil makes confusion in my head. These, then, are means of dissolving +gold--oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and saltpetre!" + +The expert, whose name was Balthasar, now first noticed that he had +given his information without obtaining a receipt or any equivalent +for it, and, since he was not one of the unselfish kind, he threw out a +feeler. + +"How is our gracious King?" + +The question revealed his secret and his wish, and put Doctor Coctier on +his guard. "Ah," he said to himself, "you have your eye on the King with +your elixir of life." And then he added aloud, "He is quite well." + +"Oh! I had heard the opposite!" + +"Then they have lied." + +Then there was silence in the room, and the two men tried to read each +other's thoughts. It was so terribly still that they felt their hatred +germinate, and had already begun a fight to the death. Doctor Coctier's +thoughts ran as follows: "You come with an elixir to lengthen the +life of the monster who is our King; you wish thereby to make your own +fortune and to bring trouble on me; and you know that he who has the +King's life in his hands, has the power." + +Quick as lightning he had taken his resolve, coolly and cruelly, as the +custom of the time was. He resumed the conversation, and said, "Now you +must see my 'Daedalus' or labyrinth. Since the time of the Minotaur, +there has been none like it." + +The labyrinth was a thicket threaded by secret passages, bordered by +hornbeam-hedges, four ells high, and so dense that one did not notice +the thin iron balustrade which ran along them. Artistically contrived +and impenetrable, the labyrinth meandered in every direction. It seemed +to be endlessly long, and was so arranged that its perspectives deceived +the eye. It also contained secret doors and underground passages, and a +visitor soon grew aware that it had not been constructed as a joke, but +in deadly earnest. Only the King and Doctor Coctier possessed the key to +this puzzle. + +When the two men had walked for a good time, admired statues and watched +fountains play, Balthasar wished to sit upon a bench, whether it was +that he was tired or suspected some mischief. + +But the Doctor prevented him: "No, not on _that_ seat," he said. They +continued their walk. But now the Doctor quickened his steps, and, after +a while, his guest felt again weary and confused in his head from the +perpetual turning round. Therefore he threw himself on the first seat +which he saw, and drew a deep breath. + +"You run the life out of me, Doctor," he said. + +"No, you are not so short-lived," answered the Doctor; "I see a long +line of life on your forehead, and the bar between your eyes shows that +you were born under the planet Jupiter. Besides, you possess the elixir +of life, and can prolong your existence as much as you like, can't you?" + +The expert noticed a cruel smile on the Doctor's face, and, feeling +himself in danger, tried to spring up, but the arms of the chair had +closed around him, and he was held fast. The next moment Doctor Coctier +seemed to be seeking for something in the sand with his left foot, and, +when he had found it, he pressed with all his weight on the invisible +object. + +"Farewell, young man," he said; "loquacious, conceited young man, who +wanted to lord it over Doctor Coctier. Now I will settle the King for +you." + +The seat disappeared in the earth with the expert. It was an +oubliette--a pit with a trap-door, which drew the veil of oblivion over +the man who had vanished. + +When he had finished the affair, the Doctor sought to leave the +labyrinth, but could not find the way at once, for he was deep in +thought, and kept on repeating the formula for the elixir which he had +just learnt, to impress it on his mind, in case the recipe should be +lost--"oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, saltpetre." Suddenly he found +himself in a round space where many paths converged, and to his great +astonishment saw a body lying on the ground. It looked like that of a +large brown watchdog, but limp and lifeless. + +"It is not the first who has been caught in this crab-pot," he thought, +and came nearer. But as the brown mass moved, he saw that it was a man +with torn clothes and a shabby fur cap. + +It was the King--Louis XI in the last year of his life. + +"Sire, in the name of all the saints, what is the matter with you?" +exclaimed the Doctor. + +"Wretch!" answered the King, "why do you construct such traps that one +cannot find the way out of them?" + +Now it was Louis himself who, in his youth, had constructed the maze, +but the Doctor could not venture to tell him so. Therefore he spoke +soothingly. + +"Sire, you are ill. Why do you not remain in Tours? How have you come +here?" + +"I cannot sleep, and I cannot eat. The last few days I have passed in +Vincennes, in Saint-Pol, in the Louvre, but I find peace nowhere. At +last I came here, in order to be safe in the place which only you and I +know; I came yesterday morning, and would have stayed longer, but I was +hungry, and when I wanted to get out, I could not find the way. I have +been here, freezing, last night. Take me away; I am ill; feel my pulse, +and see whether it is not the quartan ague." The Doctor tried to feel +his pulse, but did so with difficulty for it was hardly beating at all; +but he dared not tell the King so. + +"Your pulse is regular and strong, sire; let us get home!" + +"I will eat at your house; you only can prepare food properly; all +the rest spoil it with their everlasting condiments; they spice all +my dishes, and the spices are bad. Jacob, help me to get away from +here--help me. Did you see the star last night? Is there anything new +in the sky? There is certain a comet approaching. I feel it before it +comes." + +"No, sire; no comet is approaching...." + +"Do you answer impertinently? Then you believe I am sick--perhaps +incurably." + +"No, sire, you are healthier than ever; but follow me--I will make you a +bed, and prepare you a meal." + +The King rose and followed the Doctor. The latter, however, wished the +monarch to go before him but the King mistrusted his only last friend, +who certainly did not love him, and would have gladly seen him dead. + +"Beware of the seats, sire," he cried. "Do not go too near to the hedge; +keep in the middle of the path." + +"Your seats themselves should.... Forgive me my sins." He crossed +himself. + +When they came out of the labyrinth, the King fell in a rage at the +recollection of what he had suffered, and, instead of being grateful +towards his rescuer, he burst into abuse: "How could you let me go +astray in your garden, and let me sleep on the bare ground in the open +air? You are an ass." They entered the laboratory, where it was warm, +and the King, who was observant, noticed at once the recipe which the +Doctor had left there. + +"What are you doing behind my back? What recipe have you been writing? +Is it poison or medicine? Oil of vitriol is poison, salts of ammonia are +only for dysentery, saltpetre produces scurvy. For whom have you made +this mixture?" + +"It is for the gardener's cow, which has calved," answered the Doctor, +who certainly did not wish to prolong the tyrant's life. + +The King laid down on a sofa. "Jacob," he said, "you must not go away; I +will not eat, but I will sleep, and you must sit here by me. I have had +to sleep for eight nights. But put out the fire; it hurts my eyes. Don't +let down the blinds; I want to see the sun; otherwise I cannot sleep." + +He seemed to fall asleep, but it was only a momentary nap. Then he grew +wide awake again, and sat up in bed. + +"Why do you keep starlings in your garden, Jacob?" + +"I have no starlings," answered the Doctor impatiently, "but if you have +heard them whistling, sire, they must be there with your permission." + +"Don't you hear them, then?" + +"No! but what are they singing?" + +"Yes, you know! After the shameful treaty of Peronne, when I had to +yield to Charles of Burgundy, the Parisians taught their starlings to +cry 'Peronne!' Do you know what they are saying now?" + +The Doctor lost patience, for he had heard these old stories thousands +of times: "They are not saying 'Guienne,' are they?" he asked. + +There was an ugly reference to fratricide in the question, for the King +was suspected of having murdered his brother, the Duke of Guienne. He +started from the sofa in a pugnacious attitude. "What! You believe in +this fable? But I have never committed murder, though I would certainly +like to murder you...." + +"Better leave it alone!" answered the Doctor cynically; "you know what +the starshave said--eight days after my death, follows yours." + +The King had an attack of cramp, for he believed this fable, which +Coctier had invented to protect his own life. But when he recovered +consciousness, he continued to wander in his talk. + +"They also say that I murdered my father, but that is a lie. He starved +himself to death for fear of being poisoned." + +"Of being poisoned by you! You are a fine fellow! But your hour will +soon come." + +"Hush!... I remember every thing now. My father was a noodle who let +France be overrun by the English, and when the Maid of Orleans saved +him, gave her up to the English. I hate my father who was false to my +mother with Agnes Sorel, and had his legitimate children brought up by +his paramour. When he left the kingdom to itself, I and the nobles +took it in hand. That you call 'revolt,' but I have never stirred up a +revolt! That is a lie." + +"Listen!" the Doctor broke in; "if you wish to confess, send for your +father confessor." + +"I am not confessing to you; I am defending myself." + +"Who is accusing you, then? Your own bad conscience." + +"I have no bad conscience, but I am accused unjustly." + +"Who is accusing you? The starling?" + +"My wife and children accuse me, and don't wish to see me." + +"No; if you have sent them to Amboise, they cannot see you, and, as a +matter of fact, they do not wish to." + +"To think that I, the son of King Charles VII, must hear this sort +of thing from a quack doctor! I have always liked people of low rank; +Olivier the barber was my friend." + +"And the executioner Tristan was your godfather." + +"He was provost-marshal, you dog!" + +"The tailor became a herald." + +"And the quack doctor a chancellor! Put that to my account and praise +me, ingrate! for having protected you from the nobles, and for only +having regard to merit." + +"That is certainly a redeeming feature." + +Just then a man appeared in the doorway with his cap in his hand. + +"Who is there?" cried the King. "Is it a murderer?" + +"No, it is only the gardener," the man answered. + +"Ha! ha! gardener!--your cow has calved, hasn't she?" + +"I possess no cow, sire, nor have I ever had one." + +The King was beside himself, and flew at Coctier's throat. + +"You have lied to me, scoundrel; it is not medicine you were preparing, +but poison." + +The gardener disappeared. "If I wished to do what I should," said +Coctier, "I would treat you like Charles the Bold did when you cheated +him." + +"What did he do? What do people say that he did?" + +"People say that he beat you with a stick." + +The King was ashamed, went to bed again, and hid his face in the +pillow. The Doctor considered this a favourable moment for preferring a +long-denied request. + +"Will you now liberate the Milanese?" he asked. + +"No." + +"But he cannot sit any more in his iron cage!" + +"Then let him stand!" + +"Don't you know that when one has to die, one good deed atones for a +thousand crimes?" + +"I will not die!" + +"Yes, sire, you will die soon." + +"After you!" + +"No, before me." + +"That is also a lie of yours." + +"All have lied to you, liar. And your four thousand victims whom you +have had executed...." + +"They were not victims; they were criminals." + +"Those four thousand slaughtered will witness it the judgment seat +against you." + +"Lengthen my life; then I will reform myself." + +"Liberate the Milanese." + +"Never!" + +"Then go to perdition--and quickly. Your pulse is so feeble that your +hours are numbered." + +The King jumped up, fell on his knees before the physician, and prayed, +"Lengthen my life." + +"No! I should like to abbreviate it, were you not the anointed of the +Lord. You ought to have rat-poison." + +"Mercy! I confess that I have acted from bad motives; that I have only +thought of myself; that I have never loved the people, but used them +in order to put down the nobles; I grant that I made agreements and +treaties with the deliberate purpose of breaking them; that I ... Yes, +I am a poor sinful man, and my name will be forgotten; all that I have +done will be obliterated...." + +A stranger now appeared in the open door. It was a young man in the garb +of the Minorites. + +"Murderer!" screamed the King, and sprang up. + +"No," answered the monk, "I am he whom you called Vincent of Paula." + +"My deliverer! say a word--a single word of comfort." + +"Sire," answered Vincent, "I have heard your confession, and will give +you absolution in virtue of my office." + +"Speak." + +"Very well. Your motives were not pure, as you yourself confess, but +your work will not perish, for He who guides the destinies of men and +nations uses all and each for His purposes. Not long ago it was a pure +virgin who saved France; now it is not quite so blameless a man. But +your work, sire, was in its result of greater importance than that +of the Maid, for you have completed what the Roman Caesar began. The +hundred-year war with England is over, the Armagnacs and Burgundians +quarrel no more, the Jacquerie war has ceased, and the peasants have +returned to their ploughs. You have united eleven provinces, France has +become one land, one people, and will now take the place of Rome, which +will disappear and be forgotten for centuries, perhaps some day to rise +again. France will guide the destinies of Europe, and be great among the +crowned heads, so long as it does not aim at empire like the Rome of the +Caesars, for then it will be all over with it. Thank God that you have +been able to be of service, though in ignorance of the will and purposes +of your Lord, when you thought you were only going your own way!" + +"Montjoie Saint Denis!" exclaimed the King. "Lord, now lettest Thou Thy +servant depart in peace." + +"But not here," broke in the Doctor, who was tired of the whole +business. "Travel back to Tours, take the priest with you, and leave me +in peace!" + +The King returned to Plessis-les-Tours, where he ended his days after +severe sufferings. He did not obtain peace, but he did obtain death. + +"Now the rod is thrown into the fire," said Doctor Coctier, "let +it burn; the children have grown up, and can look after themselves. +Executioners also have their uses, as Tristan L'Ermite and his master +Louis XI know. Peace be with them." + + + + +OLD MERRY ENGLAND + + +Cardinal Wolsey's oared galley pushed off from the Tower Bridge, below +the iron gateway. It gleamed with red and gold; flags and sails flapped +lazily in a gentle breeze. The Cardinal sat on the stern-deck surrounded +by his little court; most of his attendants he had left at home in +York Palace, later known as Whitehall. His face was red both from the +reflection of his red dress as from the wine which he had been drinking +at noon with King Henry VIII in the Tower, and also from the new French +sickness, which was very fashionable, as everything French was. + +He was in a cheerful mood, for he had just received fresh proofs of the +King's favour. + +At his side stood the King's secretary, Thomas Cromwell. Both were +parvenus. Wolsey was the son of a butcher, Cromwell the son of a smith, +and that was probably one of the causes of their friendship, although +the Cardinal was by twenty years the elder of the two. + +"This is a happy day," said Wolsey joyfully, and cast a glance up at the +Tower, which was still a royal residence, though it was soon to cease to +be one. "I have obtained the head of Buckingham, that fool who believed +he had a right of succession to the crown." + +"Who has the right of succession," asked Cromwell, "since there is no +male heir, and none is expected?" + +"I will soon see to that! Katherine of Aragon is weak and old, but the +King is young and strong." + +"Remember Buckingham," said Cromwell; "it is dangerous to meddle with +the succession to the throne." + +"Nonsense! I have guided England's destiny hitherto, and will guide it +further." + +Cromwell saw that it was time to change the topic. + +"It is a good thing that the King is leaving the Tower. It must +be depressing for him to have only a wall between himself and the +prisoners, and to see the scaffold from his windows." + +"Don't talk against our Tower! It is a Biblia Pauperum, an illustrated +English History comprising the Romans, King Alfred, William the +Conqueror, and the Wars of the Roses. I was fourteen years old when +England found its completion at the battle of Bosworth, and the thirty +years' War of the Roses came to an end with the marriage between York +and Lancaster...." + +"My father used to talk of the hundred years' war with France, which +ended in the same year in which Constantinople was taken by the +Turks--_i.e._ 1453." + +"Yes, all countries are baptized in blood; that is the sacrament of +circumcision, and see what fertility follows this manuring with blood! +You don't know that apple-trees bear most fruit after a blood-bath." + +"Yes I do; my father always used to bury offal from butchers' shops at +the root of fruit-trees." + +Here he stopped and coloured, for he had made a slip with his tongue. In +the Cardinal's presence no one dared to speak of slaughter or the +like, for he was hated by the people, and often called "The Butcher." +Cromwell, however, was above suspicion, and the Cardinal did not take +his remark ill, but saved the situation. + +"Moreover," he continued, "my present was well received by the King; +Hampton Court is also a treasure, and has the advantage of being near +Richmond and Windsor, but can naturally not bear comparison with York +Place." + +The galley was rowed up the river, on whose banks stood the most stately +edifices which existed at the time. They passed by customhouses and +warehouses, fishmarkets, and fishers' landing-places; the pinnacles +of the Guildhall or Council House; the Convent of Blackfriars, the old +Church of St. Paul's; the Temple, formerly inhabited by the Templars, +now a court of justice; the Hospital of St. James, subsequently +appropriated by Henry VIII and made a palace. Finally they reached York +Place (Whitehall) by Westminster, where Wolsey, the Cardinal and Papal +Legate, Archbishop of York and Keeper of the Great Seal, dwelt with his +court, comprising about eight hundred persons, including court ladies. + +Then they disembarked after conversing on ordinary topics; for the +Cardinal preferred discussing trifles when he had great schemes in hand, +and that which occupied him especially just now was his candidature for +the papacy. + + * * * * * + +Sir Thomas More, the King's Treasurer and Privy Councillor, sat in his +garden at Chelsea above Westminster. He was correcting proofs, for he +was a great scholar, and wrote on all the controversial questions of the +day, religious and political, though he was essentially a man of peace, +living in this suburb an idyllic life with his family. + +He wore his best attire, although in the house and at work. He also +showed signs of disquietude, looking now and then towards the door, +for at an early hour of the day no one less than the King had sent an +intimation of his intention to pay him a visit. He knew from experience +how dangerous it was to be on intimate terms with the King and to share +his secrets. His sovereign had the bad habit of asking for advice which +he did not follow, and of imparting secrets the knowledge of which often +cost his confidants their heads. The most dangerous thing of all was to +undertake to act as intermediary between Henry and anyone else, for then +one fell between two millstones. + +With a mind prepared for the worst, More tried to quiet himself by +reading his proofs, but his efforts were vain. He rose and began to walk +up and down the garden path, went over in his mind all possible causes +of the King's coming, rehearsed answers to objections, refutations of +arguments, and ways of modifying the King's too strong views without +causing offence. + +Henry was certainly a learned man, who had a respect for knowledge, +but he had a savage nature which he tried to tame with the scourge of +religion, though without success. + +The clank of armour and tramp of horses was now audible, and the +Treasurer hastened, cap in hand, to the garden gate. + +The King had already dismounted from his horse, and hastened towards his +friend, carrying a portfolio in his hand. + +"Thomas," he said without any preface, "take and read! He has answered +me! Who? Luther, of course! He--the man whose mind reeks like carrion, +and whose practices are damnable--has answered my book, _The Babylonish +Captivity_. Take and read what he says, and tell me if you have ever +seen anything like it." + +He gave the Treasurer a printed pamphlet. "And then this devil of a liar +says I have not written my book myself. Take and read it, and give me +your advice." + +More began to read Luther's answer to Henry's attack. He read it to +himself, and often found it hard to remain serious, although the King +kept his eyes fixed on his face in order to read his thoughts. + +Among other things, Luther had written: "It matters nothing to me +whether King Heinz or Kunz, the Devil or Hell itself, has composed this +book. He who lies is a liar--therefore I fear him not. It seems to me +that King Henry has provided an ell or two of coarse stuff for this +mantle, and that the poisonous fellow Leus (Leo X), who wrote against +Erasmus, or someone of his sort, has cut and lined the hood. But I will +help them--please God--by ironing it and attaching bells to it." + +More felt that he must say something or lose his head, so he said: "That +is monstrous! That is quite monstrous!" + +"Go on!" exclaimed Henry. + +After saying that he postponed the discussion of the other six +sacraments, Luther added: "I am busy in translating the Bible into +German, and cannot stir up Heinz's dirt any more." + +The Treasurer was nearly choking with suppressed laughter, but he felt +the sword suspended over his head, and continued: "But I will give the +poisonous liar and blasphemer, King Heinz, once for all, a complete +answer, and stop his mouth.... Therefore he thinks to hang on to the +Pope and play the hypocrite before him.... Therefore they mutually +caress and tickle each other like a pair of mule's ears...." + +"No, sire," More broke off, "I cannot go on; it is high treason to read +it." + +"I will read," said the King, and took the pamphlet from him: + +"'I conquer and defy Papists, Thomists, Henrys, Sophists, and all the +swine of hell!' He calls us swine!" + +"He is a madman who ought to be beaten to death with iron bars or hunted +in a forest with bloodhounds." + +"Yes, he ought! But imagine!--this scoundrel gives himself out for a +prophet and servant of Christ. And he has married a nun. That is incest! +But he has been punished for it. The Kurfuerst of Saxony has abandoned +him, and none of his so-called friends went to the wedding...." + +"What is his object? What is his new teaching? Justification through +faith. If one only believes, one may live like a swine!" + +"And his doctrine about the Communion. The Church says the Elements are +changed by consecration, but this materialist says they actually _are_ +Christ's Body and Blood. Then the corn in the field and the grapes in +the vineyard are already Christ's Body and Blood! He is an ass! And the +world is mad." + +"And the consequence,--sin with impunity! Sire, allow me to read some +lines, which I have written as an answer, not to these but to his other +follies--only some lines which I hope to add to." + +"Read! I listen when you speak, for I have learnt to listen, and, +through that, I know something." + +The King sat down astride on a chair, as though he would ride against +his formidable foe. + +"Honourable brother," read More, "father, drinker runaway from the +Augustinian Order, clumsy tipsy reveller of the worldly and spiritual +kingdoms, ignorant teacher of sacred theology." + +"Good, Thomas; he knows no theology!" + +"And this is the way he composed his book against King Henry, the +Defender of Our Faith: he collected his stable-companions, and +commissioned them to collect all manner of abuse and bad language, each +in his own department. One of them among carters and boatmen; another +in baths and gaming-houses; a third in barbers' shops and restaurants; +a fourth in mills and brothels. They wrote down in their note-books +the most daring, dirtiest, and vulgarest expressions which they heard, +brought home all that was coarse and nasty, and emptied it into a +disgusting drain, called Luther's soul." + +"Good! Very good! But what shall we do now?" + +"Burn the rubbish, sire, and make an end of the matter." + +"Yes, I will have his heresies burnt to-morrow at St. Paul's Cross in +the City." + + * * * * * + +In the great library of the Temple sat the King and Cardinal Wolsey, +examining collections of laws and precedents. Outside in the garden the +Queen was walking with some of the court ladies. This garden--really +a large rose-garden--had been preserved as a promenade for the royal +personages who could not sleep in the Tower, because it was haunted, and +did not retain their health in the insignificant Bride-well in the City; +it was also preserved as a place of historical interest, for here the +adherents of Lancaster and York were said to have plucked the red and +white roses as their respective badges. + +Queen Katherine of Aragon, the daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, the +patrons of Christopher Columbus, had now, after twenty years' marriage +with Henry VIII, reached a certain age. She had borne him several sons, +but all had died: only one, a daughter, lived, known later on as Queen, +under the title "Bloody Mary." Katherine had aged early, and sought +comfort in religion; she used to rise at night and attend mass in the +garb of a Franciscan nun. She knew of the King's unfaithfulness, but +accepted it quietly; she had heard the name of Elizabeth Blunt, but +ignored it. + +Now she sat on a seat, and watched her young attendants playing, while +she turned over the pages of her prayer book. One pair especially her +eyes followed with pleasure--the uncommonly beautiful Anna of Norfolk +and young Henry Algernon Percy of Northumberland, Hotspur's descendant. +The pair were playing with roses; the youth had an armful of white and +the girl an armful of red roses, which they threw at each other, singing +as they lid so. + +It was a beautiful sight, but the Queen became sad: "Don't play like +that, children," she said; "it awakens memories which ought to sleep in +the Tower, where Only the dead can sleep quietly. Besides, the King, and +consequently the Cardinal, will be vexed; they sit there in the library. +Play something else!" + +The two young people seemed not to understand. Accordingly the Queen +continued: "The Wars of the Roses, children, did not end altogether at +Bosworth but--in the Tower happened much that is best forgotten. Take a +book and read something." + +"We have been reading all the morning," answered Anne surnamed Boleyn or +Bullen. + +"What are you reading then? + +"Chaucer." + +"_The Canterbury Tales_? Those are not for children: Chaucer was a +jester. You had better take my book. It has beautiful pictures." The +young Percy took the little breviary, and, going down the path as though +they sought the shade, they both quietly disappeared from the Queen's +eyes. + +But from the library four eyes had followed them, those of the King and +the Cardinal, while they turned over the folios. + +The King was uneasy, and spoke more for the sake of speaking than +because he had something to say, and so did the Cardinal. + +"You ought to aim at the Papacy, Cardinal, as Hadrian's successor." + +"Yes, so they say." + +"What about the votes?" + +"They are controlled by the Emperor Charles V and King Francis I." + +"How can one bring such a discordant pair into harmony?" + +"That is just what requires diplomatic skill, sire." + +"You cannot stand on good terms with both." + +"Who knows? The Emperor has taken Rome, and placed the Pope in the +Castle of St. Angelo ... that was a droll stroke! Then the soldiers in +jest, under the windows of the Castle, called out for Martin Luther as +Pope." + +"Name not his cursed name," growled the King, but more in anger at what +he saw in the rose-garden than at the mention of Luther. + +The Cardinal understood him. "I do not like a union between +Northumberland and Norfolk," he said. + +"What do you say?" asked the King. He was angry that Wolsey had read his +thoughts, but did not wish to betray himself. + +"Anne is really too good for a Percy, and I find it improper of the +Queen to act as a match-maker, and let them go alone in the shrubbery. +No, that must have an end!" + +"Sire, it is already at an end; I have written to Anne's father to call +her home to Hever." + +"You did well in that, by heaven! Two such families, who both aim at the +succession, ought not to unite." + +"Who is there that does _not_ aim at the throne? Just now it was +Buckingham, now it is Northumberland, and only because there is no +proper heir. Sire, you must consider the country, and your people, and +name a successor." + +"No! I will not have anyone waiting for my decease." + +"Then we shall have the Wars of the Roses again, which cost England a +million men and eighty of our noblest families." + +The King smiled. "Our noblest!" Then he rose and stepped to the window: +"I must now accompany the Queen home," he said. "She has gone to sleep +outside, and this damp is not good for her in her weak condition." + +"At her Majesty's age one must be very careful," replied the Cardinal. +He emphasized the word _age_, for Katherine was forty, and gave no more +hopes of an heir to the throne. Her daughter Mary might certainly be +married, but one did not know to whom. + +"Sire," he continued, "do not be angry, but I have just now opened the +Holy Scripture.... It may be an accident--will you listen?" + +"Speak." + +"In the third Book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters, I +read the following--but you will not be angry with your servant?" + +"Read." + +"These are the Lord's solemn words: 'If any man take his brother's wife, +it is evil; they shall be childless.'" + +The King was excited, and approached the Cardinal. + +"Is that there? Yes, truly! God has punished me by taking my sons one +after the other. What a wonderful book, in which everything is written! +That is the reason then! But what says Thomas Aquinas, the 'Angel' of +the Schoolmen?" + +"Yes, sire, if you wish the matter elucidated, we must consult the +learned." + +"Let us do so,--but quietly and cautiously. The Queen is blameless, and +nothing evil must happen to her. Quietly and cautiously, Wolsey! But I +must know the truth." + + * * * * * + +In a room near the "Bloody Tower," the Cardinal and More were carrying +on a lively conversation. + +"What is happening now in Germany?" asked the Cardinal. + +"While Luther was in the Wartburg, his pupil Karlstadt came to +Wittenberg, and turned everything upside down. Citing the prohibition +of images in the Old Testament, he stirred up students and the rabble to +attack the churches and throw all sacred objects outside." + +"That's the result of the Bible! To give it into the hands of the +unlearned means letting hell loose." + +"Then...." + +"What did Luther say to that?" + +"He hurried down from the Wartburg and denounced Karlstadt and his +followers, but I cannot say that he confuted them. A councillor quoted +the book of Moses, 'Thou shalt not make to thee any image nor likeness.' +And a shoemaker answered, 'I have often taken off my hat before images +in a room or in the street; but that is idolatry, and robs God of the +glory which belongs to Him alone.'" + +"What did Luther say?" + +"That then, on account of occasional misuse, one must kill all the +women, and pour all the wine into the streets." + +"That was a stupid saying; but that is the result of disputing with +shoemakers. Besides, it is degrading to compare women to wine! He is a +coarse fellow who sets his wife on the same level with a beer-barrel." + +"Logic is not his strong point, and his comparisons halt on crutches. In +his answer to the Pope's excommunication, he writes, among other things: +'If a hay-cart must move out of the way of a drunken man, how much more +must Peter and Jesus Christ keep out of the way of the Pope?'" + +"That is a pretty simile! Let us return to James Bainham." + +"But let me tell you a little more about the fanatics in Germany. +Besides Karlstadt and his followers, other enthusiasts, quoting the +Bible and Luther, have had themselves rebaptized; their leader has taken +ten wives, supporting his action by the example of David, Solomon, and +even Abraham." + +"The Bible again!--Call in Bainham, and then we will hear how the matter +stands! He was a lawyer in the Temple, you say, and has been spreading +Luther's teaching. Have we not had enough of Wycliffe and the +Lollards? Must we have the same thing again, grunted out by this German +plagiariser?" + +"I am not an intolerant man," said More, "but a State must be +homogeneous, or it will fall to pieces. Ignoramuses and lunatics must +not come forward and sniff at the State religion, be it better or +worse." + +"Let Bainham come, and we will hear him." + +More went to a door which was guarded on the outside by soldiers, and +gave an order. + +"You examine him, and I will listen," said the Cardinal. + +After a time Bainham was brought into the room in chains. + +More sat at the end of a table, and commenced. + +"James Bainham, can you declare your belief in a few words?" + +"I believe in God's Word--_i.e._ the whole of Holy Scripture." + +"Do you really--in the Old as well as the New Testament?" + +"In both." + +"In the Old also?" + +"In both." + +"Very well, then, you believe in the Old Testament. Now, you have had +yourself baptized again, for the Bible says, 'Go, and teach all nations +and baptize them.' Good. But have you had yourself circumcised, as the +Bible commands?" + +Bainham looked confounded, and the Cardinal had to turn his head, in +order not to smile. + +"I am not an Israelite," answered Bainham. + +"No! but Nathanael, who sought our Saviour and believed on him, was +called by John 'an Israelite indeed.' If you are not an 'Israelite +indeed,' you are not a Christian." + +"I cannot answer that." + +"No, you cannot answer, but you can preach and talk rubbish. Are you a +Lutheran?" + +"Yes." + +"But Luther is against the Anabaptists; therefore he is against you, and +he has asked the princes to kill the Anabaptists like wild dogs. Are you +still a Lutheran?" + +"Yes, according to his early teaching." + +"You mean justification by faith. What do you believe?" + +"I believe in God the Father...." + +"Who is the Father? In Luther's catechism it is written, 'Thou shalt +have none other Gods but me.' But that is the Law of Moses, and it is +Jehovah who is intended there. If you believe in Jehovah, then you are a +Jew, are you not?" + +"I believe also on Christ the Son of God." + +"Then you are a Jew-Christian! So you have admitted that you are a +Lutheran, Anabaptist, Jew, and Christian--all this together. You are a +fool, and you don't know what you are. But that may be passed over, if +you do not seduce others." + +"Give him a flogging," said the Cardinal, who did not like the turn the +conversation had taken, especially the challenging of the Bible, which +just now he wished to use for his own purposes. + +"He has already had that," answered More, "but besides his doctrine, +this conceited man, who wants to make himself popular, belongs to a +society which circulates a bad translation of the Bible." "You see +yourself," he continued, turning to Bainham, "what Bible reading leads +to, and I demand that you give up the names of your fellow-criminals." + +"That I will never do! The just shall live by his faith." + +"Will you call yourself just, when there is no one just? Read the Book +of Job, and you will see. And your belief is really too eccentric to be +counted to you for righteousness." + +"Send him down in the cellar to Master Mats! Must one listen to such +nonsense! Away with him!" + +More pointed to the door, and Bainham went out. + +"Yes," said Wolsey, "what is there in front of us? Schisms, +sectarianism, struggles. If we only had an heir to the throne." + +"We cannot get the King divorced." + +"You yourself have spoken the word. There is no need for divorce, +because his marriage is null." + +"Is it? How do you prove that?" + +"From the third book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters: +'If any one taketh his brother's wife, it is evil.'" + +"Yes, but in the fifth book of Moses, five and twentieth chapter, fifth +verse, it is commanded." + +"What, in Christ's name, are you saying?" + +"Certainly it is: 'If brothers dwell together, and one die without +children, his brother shall take his wife and raise up seed to his +brother." + +"Damnation! This cursed book." + +"Moreover: Abraham married his half-sister; Jacob married two sisters: +Moses' father married his aunt." + +"That is the Bible, is it? Thank you! Then I prefer the Decretals and +the Councils. The Pope must dissolve the marriage." + +"Is it then to be dissolved?" + +"Didn't you know? Yes, it is. If Julius II could grant a dispensation, +Clement VII can grant an absolution." + +"It is not just towards the Queen." + +"The country demands it--the kingdom--the nation! The King's +conscience...." + +"Oh! is it the fair Anne?" + +"No, not she!" + +"Is it...." + +"Don't ask any more." + +"Then I answer, Margaret of Valois." + +"I give no answer at all, but I am not responsible for your life, if you +talk out of season! The Bible won't help you there." + +"It would be a useful reform, if we could cancel the Old Testament as a +Jewish book." + +"But we cannot cancel the Psalms of David, which are our only Church +canticles. Luther himself has taken his hymns from the Psalter, and 'Ein +feste Burg ist unser Gott' from the Proverbs of Solomon; he has borrowed +the melody from the Graduale Romanum." + +"But we must relegate the law of Moses to the Apocrypha, otherwise +we are Pharisees and Jewish Christians. What have we to do with +circumcision, the paschal lamb, and levitical marriage? Wait till I am +Pope." + +"Must we really wait so long?" + +"Hush! The noon-bell is ringing. Do not let us neglect our duties. +The flesh must have its due, in order not to burn. Come with me to +Westminster; then you can go on to Chelsea afterwards." + + * * * * * + +Henry VIII was twelve years old when he was engaged to the widow of his +brother Arthur. At fourteen he protested against the marriage, which was +distasteful to him, but at eighteen he married Katherine, the aunt of +the Emperor Charles V. Cardinal Wolsey would have gladly brought about +a divorce, for he wished for a successor to the throne in order to keep +the power in his own hands. This power he had misused to such an extent +that the fact that there was such a thing as Parliament had almost +been forgotten. Wolsey wished to have the King married to a powerful +princess, and thought for a time of Margaret of Valois, but under +no circumstances did he wish to take a wife for him from the English +nobility. But when he aroused the King's conscience with regard to his +marriage with Katherine, he had let loose a storm which he could not +control, much less guide in the desired direction, for the King's +passion for Anne Boleyn was now irresistible. + +Then the Cardinal had recourse to plotting, and this brought about his +downfall. For six years negotiations went on, and the King was true to +Anne. He wrote letters which can still be read and which display a great +and honourable love. Most of them were signed "Henry Tudor, Rex, your +true and constant servant," and began "My mistress and friend." Anne +answered coldly, but her love to Percy was nipt in the bud by a marriage +being arranged for him. After all the learned authorities had been +consulted, and much controversy had taken place regarding the third +and the fifth books of Moses, the Pope sent a Nuncio with secret +instructions to get rid of the whole matter by postponing it. But Henry +did not yield, though his feelings for Katherine, whom he respected, +cost him a terrible struggle. The trial began in the chapter-house of +Blackfriars in the presence of the King and Queen. But Katherine stood +up, threw herself at the King's feet, and found words which touched the +tyrant. She challenged the right of the court to try her, appealed to +the Pope, and returned to Bridewell. It is there that we find her in +Shakespeare's _Henry VIII_, singing sorrowfully a beautiful song: + + "Orpheus with his lute made trees + And the mountain tops that freeze + Bow themselves when he did sing." + +The divorce proceedings had gone on for some years; people had sided +alternately with the King and with the Queen, and often sympathised with +both, when suddenly rumour announced the outbreak of a pestilence. + +It was not the Black Death or the boil-pest, but the English +"sweating-sickness." This hitherto unknown disease had first broken +out in the same year when the wars of the Roses ended on the field of +Bosworth; but it was entirely confined to England, passing neither to +Scotland nor Ireland. It was so mysteriously connected with English +blood, that in Calais only Englishmen and no Frenchmen were attacked by +it. Since then the sickness had twice appeared among the English. Now it +returned and broke out in London. + +The King, who had said that "no one but God could separate him from +Anne," was alarmed, and did not know what to think--whether it was a +warning or a trial. The symptoms of the sickness were perspiration and a +desire to sleep; but if one yielded to the desire, one might be dead +in three hours. In London the citizens died like flies: Sir Thomas More +lost a daughter; the Cardinal, who had come to preside at Hampton Court, +had his horses put to the carriage again, and hurried away. Finally +one of Anne's ladies-in-waiting was attacked. Then the King lost all +presence of mind, sent Anne home to her father, and fled himself from +place to place, from Waltham to Hunsdon. He reconciled himself to +Katherine, lived in a tower without a servant, prepared his will, and +was ready for death. + +Then there came the news that Anne herself had been seized by the +sickness. The King had lost his chamberlain, and now wrote letter after +letter. Then he fled again to Hatfield and Tittenhanger. + +But Anne recovered, the pestilence ceased, and Henry resumed the divorce +proceedings. The Cardinal and the Nuncio wavered, and in the seventh +year the King lost patience. He had now found the man he sought for. Sir +Thomas More would not declare Katherine's marriage null. The new man was +Thomas Cranmer, who hated the Pope and the monks, and dreamt of a free +England--free, that is, from Rome. The King and his new friend worked in +secret at something which Cardinal Wolsey did not know, and one day +the preliminaries were settled, the papers were in order, and the mine +exploded. + + * * * * * + +The King's galley pushed off from the Tower. It did not look so +brilliant as the Cardinal's had once been. Cranmer sat by the King. + +"I shall not sleep in the Tower any more," said the King. "I am leaving +it now, Thomas; this is my removal. I move to Whitehall, for that will +be the name of York Palace; because I, as a Lancastrian, hate York, and +because my white rose shall dwell in my castle. Now, _you_ will sit +in the Tower, my hell-dog! To think that this Satan of a Cardinal has +deceived me for six years. What troubles his plotting has caused me! +Six years! I have always hated the man, but I needed him, for he was +clever." + +The King glanced at the north side of the Thames. "And I have lived in +the city which has not been my own; Rome possesses a third of it. I have +lived like a beggar, but now--London is mine. The Temple, St. James's, +Whitehall, Westminster to begin with; then the rest." + +The galley reached York Palace, and the King hastened in with his +body-guard, without giving the password or answering the chamberlain's +questions. He went straight to the Cardinal's room, and laid some +letters before him: "Read! you snake! your lying letters behind my +back." + +The Cardinal's face seemed to shrink to half its size, and resembled +a death's-head. He did not, however, fall on his knees, but raised his +head for the last time: "I appeal to the Pope." + +"There is no Pope in England! Nay, I am the Pope, and therefore you are +no longer Cardinal! Accordingly, I have granted myself a dispensation, +and married Anne Boleyn yesterday! In a few days I shall have her +crowned. And then we will dwell here! _Here!_ But you will live in the +Tower. Go, or I throw you out." + +Thus England became free; a third part of London, which had belonged +to the monks, reverted to the Crown, and afterwards the whole country +followed. + +The King had obtained his beloved Anne, but after three years she was +beheaded, for having dishonoured the King by adultery. After that the +King married four times. Cardinal Wolsey died before he came to the +scaffold; Sir Thomas More was beheaded; and Cromwell, who at first +defended Wolsey, but afterwards became a "_malleus monachorum_," was +also beheaded. All this seems very confused and tragic, but from this +confusion a free, independent, and powerful England emerged. When the +Germans were preparing to cast off the yoke of Rome in the Thirty Years' +War, England had already completed her task. + + + + +THE WHITE MOUNTAIN + + +While the peace negotiations were being carried on in Osnabrueck and +Muenster, the Thirty Years' War still flamed up here and there, more +perhaps to keep the troops in practice, to provide support for the +soldiers, and to have booty at command, than to defend any faith or the +adherents of it. + +All talk of religion had ceased, and the powers now played with +their cards exposed. Protestant Saxony, the first State to support +Lutheranism, worked in conjunction with Catholic Austria, and Catholic +France with Protestant Sweden. In the battle of Wolfenbuettel, 1641, +French Catholics fought against German Catholics, the latter of whom, +however, later on carried the body of Johan Baner in their ranks. + +The Swedish Generals thought little of peace, but when the negotiations +dragged on to the seventh year, they thought the time had come to have +some regard to it. "He who takes something, has something," Wrangel +wrote to his son. + +Hans Christoph von Koenigsmarck, who continued Johan Baner's traditions, +had lately been with him at Zusmarshausen, and was now sent eastward +in the direction of Bohemia. Since, besides cavalry, he had only five +hundred foot-soldiers, he did not know what to do, but wandered about +at random, and looked for booty. But nothing was to be found, for Johan +Baner had already laid the district waste. + +"Then they marched farther," like Xenophon, and found the woods which +bordered the highways' cut down; the fields were covered with weeds, and +in the trees hung corpses; the churches had been burnt, but watch was +kept in the churchyards in order that the corpses should not be eaten. + +One night Koenigsmarck himself was leading a small detachment in search +of provisions. They rode into a wood where they saw a light burning. +But it was only a red glow as if from a charcoal pile or a smithy. They +dismounted from their horses, and stole on foot to the place. When they +reached it, they heard voices singing a "Miserere" in low tones, and +they saw men, women, and children sitting round an oven, the last +remains of a village. + +Koenigsmark went forward alone, and, hidden behind a young fir-tree, he +beheld a spectacle.... He had seen such sights before, but not under +such circumstances. In an iron scoop on the oven some game was being +roasted; it might have been an enormous hare, but was not. Like a hare, +it was very spindle-shanked and lean over back and breast; only the +hinder-parts seemed well developed; the head was placed, between the two +fore-paws.... No! they were not fore-paws, but two five-fingered hands, +and round the neck a charred rope was knotted. It was a man who had been +hung, and whom they had cut down in order to eat him. + +The General was not squeamish by nature, and had in his life passed +through many experiences, but this went beyond all bounds. He was at +first angry, and wished to interrupt the cannibals' meal, but when he +saw the little children sitting on their mothers' knees with tufts of +grass in their mouths, he was seized with compassion. The cannibals +themselves looked like corpses or madmen, and the eyes and expectations +of all were fastened on the oven. At the same time they sang "Lord, +have mercy," and prayed for pardon for the grievous sin which they were +obliged to commit. "What does it really matter to me?" said the General +to himself; "I only wish I had not seen it." He returned to his men, and +they marched on. + +The wood became thinner, and they came to an open place where was +something resembling a heap of stones, out of which there arose a +single pillar. In the half-twilight which reigned they could not +see distinctly, but on the pillar something seemed to be moving. The +"something" resembled a man, but had only one arm. + +"It is not a man, for he would have two arms," said one of the soldiers. + +"It would be strange, if a man could not have an arm missing." + +"Strange indeed! Perhaps it is a pillar-saint." + +"Give him a charge of powder, and we shall soon see." + +At the rattle of arms which was now heard there, rose a howl so terrible +and multitudinous, that no one thought it came from the pillar-saint. +At the same time the apparent heap of stones moved and became a living +mass. + +"They are wolves! Aim! Fire!" + +A volley was fired, and the wolves fled. Koenigsmarck rode through the +smoke, and now saw a one-armed Imperialist standing on the chimney, +which was all that was left of a burnt cottage. "Come down, and let us +look at you," he said. + +The maimed man clambered down with his single arm, showing incredible +agility. "We ought to have him to scale the wall with a storming-party," +said the General to himself. + +Then the examination commenced. + +"Are you alone?" + +"Alone _now_--thanks to your grace, for the wolves have been round me +for six hours." + +"What is your name? Where do you come from? Whither do you wish to go?" + +"My name is Odowalsky; I come from Vienna; and I shall go to hell, if I +don't get help." + +"Will you go with us?" + +"Yes, as sure as I live! With anybody, if only I can live. I have lost +my arm; I was given a house; they burnt it, and threw me out on the +highway--with wife and child, of course!" + +"Listen; do you know the way to Prague?" + +"I can find the way to Prague, to the Hradschin and the Imperial +treasure-house, Wallenstein's palace, the royal castle, Wallenstein's +dancing-hall, and the Loretto Convent. There there is _multum plus +Plurimum_." + +"What is your rank in the army?" + +"First Lieutenant." + +"That is something different. Come with me, and you shall have a horse, +Mr. First Lieutenant, and then let us see what you are good for." + +Odowalsky received a horse, and the General bade him ride beside him. He +talked confidentially with him the whole night till they again rejoined +the main body of the army. + + * * * * * + +Some days later Koenigsmarck stood with his little troop on the White +Mountain left of Prague--"Golden Prague," as it was called. It was late +in the evening of the fifteenth of June. He had Odowalsky at his side, +and seemed to be particularly good friends with him. But the troop knew +nothing of the General's designs, and, as they saw that he went towards +Prague, his officers were astounded, for the town was well fortified, +and defended by a strong body of armed citizens. + +"One can at any rate look at the show," Koenigsmarck answered to all +objections; "that costs nothing." + +They halted on the White Mountain, without, however, pitching a camp. +They saw nothing of the beautiful town, for it was dark, but they heard +the church and convent bells. + +"This, then, is the White Mountain, where the war broke out just thirty +years ago," said Koenigsmarck to Odowalsky. + +"Yes," answered the Austrian. "It was then the Bohemian revolt broke +out, your King Frederick V of the Palatinate was slain here, and there +was great rejoicing at his death." + +"If you forget who you are, forget not who I am." + +"We will not quarrel about something that happened so long ago! But, +as a matter of fact, the revolt was crushed, and the Protestants had +to withdraw. What did they get by their trouble--the poor Bohemians? +Hussites, Taborites, Utraquists sacrificed their lives, but Bohemia is +still Catholic! It was all folly!" + +"Do you belong to the Roman Church, First Lieutenant?" + +"I don't belong to any Church at all; I belong to the army. And now we +will take Prague with a _coup de main_." + +So it fell out. At midnight the foot-soldiers clambered over the wall, +threw the sentinels into the moat, cut down the guards at the gates, and +took that side of the town. + +For three days the part of the city which lay on the left bank of the +Moldau was plundered, and Koenigsmarck is said to have sent five waggons +laden with gold and silver to the north-west through Germany, as his +own share of the spoil. Odowalsky received six thousand thalers for his +trouble, and later on was raised to the Swedish House of Peers with the +title of "Von Streitberg." + +But the right bank had not been captured. It was defended by ten +thousand citizens, assisted by students, monks, and Jews. From ancient +times there had been a large Jewish colony in Prague; the Jews were said +to have escaped thither direct from Jerusalem during the last German +crusade, and for that reason the island in the Moldau is still called +Jerusalem. On this occasion the Jews so distinguished themselves that +they received as a token of honour from the Emperor Ferdinand III a +great flag, which can be still seen in their synagogue. Koenigsmarck +could not take the Old Town, but had to send for help to Wittenberg. The +latter actually plundered Tabor and Budweis, but Prague, which had been +plundered, did not attract him. Then the Count Palatine Karl Gustav had +to come, and formally besieged the eastern portion of the town. + +Koenigsmarck dwelt in the Castle, where he could see the old hall of +the States-General, from the window of which Count Thurn had thrown the +Imperial governors Martiniz and Slavata; the Protestants say that +they fell on a dungheap, but the Catholics maintain that it was an +elder-bush. + +Meanwhile Count Karl Gustav, who was a cousin of Frederick V, had as +little success before Prague as the former. He became ill, and was +sure that he had been poisoned. But he recovered, and was about to be +reinforced by Wrangel, when news arrived that the Peace of Westphalia +had been concluded. + +With that the Thirty Years' War was at an end. Sweden received two +million thalers and some places of importance; these were enfeoffed to +Germany, and in exchange Sweden had three votes in the German Reichstag. + +But Germany's population was only a quarter of what it had been, and, +while it had formerly been one State under the Emperor, it was now +split up into three hundred little States. However, the liberty of +faith affirmed in the Confession of Augsburg, 1555, was recovered, and +extended to the reformed districts. It was dearly bought, but with it +North Germany had also obtained freedom from Rome, and that could not be +too dearly purchased. + +Out of chaos comes creation and new creation. From the Germanic chaos +emerged North Germany, the seed of which was Brandenberg, later on +developing into Prussia, and finally the German Empire, which received +the imperial crown at Versailles, but not from the hands of Rome. + + + + +THE GREAT CZAR + + +On the southern shore of the Gulf of Finland lay the little village +Strelna, halfway between Petersburg and the half-completed Peterhof. +At the end of the village, on the edge of the Strelka stream, stood a +simple country-house under oaks and pines. It was painted green and +red, and the window-shutters were still fastened, for it was only four +o'clock on a summer morning. + +The Gulf of Finland lay smooth under the rays of the rising sun. A Dutch +trading vessel, which had wished to enter the harbour and reach the +Admiralty House, now furled its sails and dropped anchor. It carried a +flag at its main-top which hung down idly. + +Near the red and green country-house stood an ancient lime-tree with +a split trunk; in the cleft a wooden platform with a railing had been +fitted, and a flight of steps led up to this arbour. In this early +morning hour there sat a man in the tree at an unpainted, unsteady +table, writing letters. The table was covered with papers, but there +was still room for a clock without a glass, a compass, a case of drawing +instruments, and a large bell of bronze. + +The man sat in his shirt-sleeves; he wore darned stockings which were +turned down, and large shoes; his head seemed incredibly large, but was +not so in reality; his neck was like that of an ox, and his body that +of a giant; the hand which was now writing was coarse, and stained with +tar; he wrote carelessly, with lines somewhat slanting, but quickly. +The letters were short and to the point, with no introductions and no +conclusions, merely signed "Pe ter," the name divided in two, as though +it had been split by the heavy hand which wrote it. + +There were probably about a million men bearing that name in Russia; but +this Peter was the only one of importance, and everyone recognised the +signature. + +The lime-tree was alive with bees, the little Strelka brook bubbled and +fretted like a tea-kettle, and the sun rose gloriously; its rays fell +between the leaves of the lime-tree, and threw patches of light on the +strange face of one of the strangest and most incomprehensible men who +have ever lived. + +Just now this handsome head, with its short hair, looked like that of a +wild boar; and when the writer licked his goose-quill like a school-boy, +he showed teeth and a tongue like those of a memorial lion. Sometimes +his features were convulsed with pain, as though he were being tortured +or crucified. But then he took a new sheet, and began a new letter; his +pen ran on; his mouth smiled till his eyes disappeared, and the terrible +man looked roguish. Still another sheet, and a little note which was +certainly directed to a lady; now the face changed to that of a satyr, +melted so to speak, into harmonious lines, and finally exploded in a +loud laugh which was simply cynical. + +His morning correspondence was now ended. The Czar had written fifty +letters. He left them unsealed. Kathia, his wife, would collect and +fasten them. + +The giant stretched himself, rose with difficulty, and cast a glance +over the bay. With his spy-glass he saw Petersburg and his fleet, the +Fort of Kronstadt, which had been commenced, and finally discovered the +trading-vessel. "How did that come in without saluting?" he thought, +"and dare to anchor immediately before my house!" + +He rang, and a valet-de-chambre came at once, running from the row +of tents which stood concealed behind the pines-trees, and where both +soldiers and servants lodged. + +"Take five men in a boat," he ordered, "and hail that brig! Can you see +what country it belongs to?" + +"It is Dutch, your Majesty!" + +"Dutch! Bring the captain here, dead or alive. At once! On the spot! But +first my tea!" + +"The household is asleep, most gracious lord." + +"Then wake it up, you ass! Knock at the shutters! Break the door in! +Asleep in broad daylight!" + +He rang again. A second servant appeared. "Tea! and brandy--plenty of +brandy!" + +The servants ran, the household was aroused, and the Czar occupied the +interval by making notes on slate tablets. When he became impatient, he +got down, and knocked at all the shutters with his stick. Then a voice +was heard from within: "Wait a moment." + +"No! that I won't; I am not born to wait. Hurry! or I will set the house +on fire!" + +He went into his gardens, cast a glance at his medicinal plants, +plucked up some weeds, and watered here and there. He went into the +cattle-sheds, and looked at some merino sheep which he himself had +introduced. Here he found a trave which had been broken; he took a +saw and plane, and mended it. He threw some oats in the manger of his +favourite trotting-horse. He drove for the most part, when he did not +go on foot; riding seemed to him unworthy of a seaman, and it was as a +seaman that the Czar chiefly wished to be regarded. Then he went into +the lathe-shop, sat for a while on the turning-bench, and worked. At +the window stood a table with a copper-engraver's tools; with the +graving-tool he drew some lines which were wanting in the map plate. +He was about to proceed to the smithy, when a woman's voice called him +under the lime-tree. + +On the platform stood his wife the Czarina, in her morning dress. She +had massive limbs and large feet; her face was stout and plain, her eyes +were not level, but had a steady expression. + +"How early you are up this morning, Little Father?" she said. + +"Is it early? It is six at any rate!" + +"It is only just five." + +"Five? Then it shall be six." + +He pushed the hand of the clock an hour forward. His wife smiled a +little superciliously, but took care not to irritate him, for she knew +how dangerous it was to do so. Then she gave him his tea. + +"There is some occupation for you," said Peter, pointing to his letters. + +"But how many there are!" + +"If there are too many I can get help." + +The Czarina, did not answer, but began to look through the letters. The +Czar liked that, for then there would be occasion for quarrelling; and +he always wished for a quarrel in order to keep his energies active. + +"Pardon me, Peter," said his wife, "but is it right that you should +apply to the Swedish Government about the Dutch ships?" + +"Yes, it is! All that I do is right!" + +"I don't understand it. Our Russians fired by mistake at friendly Dutch +vessels, and you demand indemnity from the Swedes because the mischance +occurred in Swedish waters." + +"Yes, according to Roman law, the injury must be made good in the land +where it happened...." + +"Yes, but...." + +"It is all the same anyhow: he who can pay, pays; I cannot, and the +Dutch will not, therefore the Swedes must! Do you understand?" + +"No." + +"The Swedes have incited the Turks against me; they must pay for that." + +"May be! But why do you write so harshly to the Dutch Government since +you like the Dutch?" + +"Why! Because since the Peace of Utrecht, Holland is on the decline. It +is all over with Holland; on to the rubbish-heap with it! I hold on to +England, since France is also declining." + +"Should one abandon one's old friends?..." + +"Certainly, when they are no more good. Moreover, there is no friendship +in love and in politics. Do you think I like this wretched August of +Poland? No! I am sure you don't. But I must go with him through thick +and thin, for my country, for Russia. He who cannot sacrifice his little +humours and passions for his country is a Don Quixote, like Charles the +Twelfth. This fool, with his mad hatred against August and myself, +has worked for Sweden's overthrow and Russia's future. But that this +Christian dog should incite the Turks against us was a crime against +Europe, for Europe needs Russia as a bulwark against Asia. Did not the +Mongol sit for two hundred years on our frontier and threaten us? And +when our ancestors had at last driven him away, there comes a fellow +like this and brings the heathen from Constantinople upon us. The +Mongols were once in Silesia, and would have destroyed Western Europe +if we Russians had not saved it. Charles XII is dead, but I curse his +memory, and I curse everyone who seeks to hinder me in my laudable +endeavour to raise Russia from a Western Asiatic power to an Eastern +European one. I shall beat everyone down, whoever he may be, who +interferes with my work, even though it were my own son." + +There was silence for some moments. The last words referred to the +Delicate topic of Alexis, Peter's son by his first marriage, who was now +a prisoner awaiting his death-sentence in the Peter-Paul Fortress. He +was accused of having endeavoured to hinder his father's work in the +civilisation of Russia, and was suspected of having taken part in plots +of rebellion. The Czar's first divorced wife Eudoxia was confined in the +convent of Suzdal. + +Katharina naturally did not love Alexis, since he stood in the way of +her children, and she would have been glad of his death, but did not +wish to incur the guilt of it. Since Peter also did not wish to take +the responsibility for it, he had appointed a court of a hundred and +twenty-seven persons to try his son. + +The topic therefore was an unwelcome one, and, with his extraordinary +facility for quick changes of thought and feeling, Peter broke the +silence with the prosaic question, "Where is the brandy?" + +"You will get no brandy so early, my boy." + +"Kathrina!" said Peter in a peculiar tone, while his face began to +twitch. + +"Be quiet, Lion!" answered his wife, and stroked his black mane, which +had begun to bristle. She took a bottle and a glass out of a basket. + +The Lion cheered up, swallowed the strong drink, smiled, and stroked his +spouse's expansive bust. + +"Will you see the children?" asked Katherine, in order to bring him into +a milder mood. + +"No, not to-day! Yesterday I beat them, and they would think I was +running after them. Keep them at a distance. Keep them under, or they +will get the better of you!" + +Katherine had taken the last letter, as though absent-mindedly, and +began to read it. Then she coloured, and tore it in two. "You must not +write to actresses. That is too great an honour for them, and can only +disgrace us." + +The Czar smiled, and was not angry. He had not intended to send the +letter, but only scribbled it in order to excite his wife, perhaps also +to show off. + +There was a sound of approaching footsteps underneath. + +"See! there is my friend, the scoundrel!" + +"Hush!" said Katherine, "Menshikoff is your friend." + +"A fine friend! Already once I have condemned him to death as a thief +and deceiver; but he lives still, thanks to your friendship." + +"Hush!" + +Menshikoff (he was a great soldier, an able statesman, an indispensable +favourite, enormously rich) came hurrying up the wooden stairs. It was +in his house that the Czar had found his Katherine. He was handsome, +looked like a Frenchman, dressed well, and had polished manners. He +greeted the Czar ceremoniously, and kissed Katherine's hand. + +"Now they are there again," he commenced. + +"The Strelitzil? [Footnote: a Russian body-guard first established by +Ivan the Terrible.] Have I not rooted them out?" + +"They grow like the dragon's seed, and now they want to deliver Alexis." + +"Have you any more exact information?" + +"The conspirators meet this evening at five o'clock." + +"Where?" + +"Number fourteen the Strandlinje, at an apparently harmless meal." + +"Strand--14," wrote the Czar on his tablets. "Any more?" + +"To-night at two o'clock they fire the city." + +"At two o'clock?" The Czar shook his head, and his face twitched. + +"I build up, and they pull down. But now I will extirpate them root and +branch. What do they say?" + +"They look back to Holy Moscow, and regard the building of Petersburg as +a piece of godlessness or malice. The workmen die, like flies, of marsh +fever, and they regard your Majesty's building in the midst of a marsh +as an act of bravado a la Louis Quatorze, who built Versailles on the +site of a swamp." + +"Asses! My town is to command the mouth of the river, and to be the Key +to the sea, therefore it must be there. The marsh shall be drained off +into canals, which will carry boats like those of Amsterdam. But so it +is when monkeys judge!" + +He rang; a servant appeared; "Put the horses to the cabriolet"; he +called down, "and now, goodbye, Katherine; I shall not be home till +to-morrow. It will be a hot day. But don't forget the letters. Alexander +can help you." + +"Will you not dress, little son?" answered Katherine. + +"Dress? I have my sabre." + +"Put at least your coat on." + +The Czar put on his coat, drew the belt which held the sabre some holes +tighter, and sprang at one bound from the platform. + +"Now it will come off," whispered Menshikoff to Katherine. + +"You have not been lying, Alexander?" + +"A few lies adorn one's speech. The chief point is gained. To-morrow, +Katherine, you can sleep quietly in the nursery with the heirs to the +throne." + +"Can any misfortune happen to him?" + +"No! he never has misfortune." + + * * * * * + +The Czar ran down to the seashore; he never walked, but always ran. +"Life goes fast," he was wont to say, "and there is much to do." + +When he reached the gravel bank he found a boat landing, with five +men and the Dutch prisoner. The latter sat stolidly by the rudder, and +smoked his pipe. But when he saw the Czar, he took off his cap, threw it +in the air, and cried, "Hurrah!" + +Czar Peter shaded his eyes, and, when he recognised his old teacher and +friend, Jaen Scheerborck from Amsterdam, he jumped into the boat over +the rowers' shoulders and knees, rushed into Jaen's arms and kissed him, +so that his pipe broke and the seaman's great grey beard was full of +smoke and nearly took fire. Then the Czar lifted the old man up, and +carried him in his arms like a child to the shore. + +"At last, you old rascal! I have you here with me! Now you shall see my +city and my fleet, which I have built myself, for you have taught me. +Bring the cabriolet here, boy! and a grapnel from the boat; we will go, +and tack about. Quickly!" + +"Dear heart alive!" said the old man, picking the tobacco-ashes out of +his beard, "to think that I have seen the Carpenter-Czar before I die; +that is...." + +"Into the cabriolet, old fellow! Boy, hang the grapnel behind. Where are +you to sit? On my knees, of course!" + +The cabriolet had only room for one person, and the captain actually had +to sit on the Czar's lap. Three horses were yoked to it tandem-fashion, +and a fourth ran beside the leader. The whip cracked, and the Czar +played being at sea. "A good wind, isn't it? Twelve knots! Furl the +sheet! so!" + +A toll-gate appeared, and the captain, who knew the Czar's wild tricks +but also his skill, began to cry "There is a toll-gate! Stop!" + +But the Czar, who had found again his youth with his old friend of +former times, and with his indestructible boyishness, liked practical +jokes and dangers, whipped on the horses, whistled and shouted, "Let her +go! Clear for action! Jump!" + +The toll-gate was burst clean open, and the old man laughed so that he +swayed on the Czar's knees. And so they drove along the shore. At the +town gate the sentinels presented arms and saluted; on the streets +people cried "Hurrah!" and when they reached the Admiralty, cannon were +fired and the yards manned. But the Czar seriously or in play, as though +he were on the sea, shouted "Anchor!" + +So saying, he so threw the grapnel towards the wall, that it caught in +a torch-holder, which bent but did not break. But the horses, which were +still running, were suddenly forced back, and sank on their knees. The +first of the three rose no more; it had been fatally injured by bursting +in the toll-gate. + +Three hours later, when the fleet and docks had been inspected, the +Czar and Jaen Scheerborck sat in a seamen's tavern. The cabriolet stood +without, and was "anchored" to a thatched roof. Brandy was on the table, +and their pipes had filled the room with smoke. The two friends had +discussed serious matters. The Czar had paid six visits, one to his +staff of generals, from which he returned in a very excited state to the +waiting captain. But, with his extraordinary capacity for shaking off +what was unpleasant and for changing his moods, he now beamed with +hilarity. + +"You ask whence I shall get the inhabitants for my new town. I first +brought fifty thousand workmen here. That was the nucleus. Then +I commanded all officials, priests, and great landowners to build +houses--each of them, one--whether they intended to live in it or not. +Now I have a hundred thousand. I know they talk and say that I build +towns, but don't dwell in them myself. No! I build not for myself, +but for the Russians. I hate Moscow, which smells of the Khan of the +Tartars, and would prefer to live in the country. That is no one else's +affair. Drink, old man! We have the whole day before us till five +o'clock. Then I must be sober." + +The old man drank cautiously, and did not know exactly how to behave in +this grand society, which was at the same time so nautical. + +"Now you must tell me some of the stories which the people relate about +me. You know lots of them, Jaen." + +"I know some certainly, but it is not possible...." + +"Then I will tell some," said Peter, "Do you know the story of the pair +of compasses and the cheese? No? Well, it runs thus: 'The Czar is so +covetous that he always carries a box of drawing instruments in his +pocket. With a pair of compasses he measures his cheese, to see whether +any of it has been stolen since the last meal!' That is a good story! +Here is another! 'The Czar has a Tippler's Club. Once they determined to +hold a festival, and the guests were shut up three days and three nights +in order to drink. Each guest had a bench behind him, on which to sleep +off his intoxication, besides two tubs, one for food and one for ... you +understand?'" + +"No, that is too absurd!" + +"Such are the stories they like to tell in Petersburg. Have you not +heard that I also extract teeth? In my palace, they say, there is a sack +full of them. And then I am said to perform operations in hospital. Once +I drew off so much water from a dropsical woman that she died." + +"Do the people believe that?" + +"Certainly they do. They are so stupid, you see; but I will cut off +their asses' ears and singe their tongues...." + +His eyes began to sparkle, and it was plain what direction his thoughts +were taking. But however confidential he might be, there always seemed +to be secret checks at work, so that, even when intoxicated, he always +kept his great secrets though he told unimportant ones. + +Just then an adjutant came in, and whispered something to the Czar. + +"Exactly at five o'clock," answered the Czar in a loud voice. "Sixty +grenadiers, with loaded guns and cutlasses! Adieu! Jaen," continued the +Czar, giving a sudden turn to his thoughts, "I will buy your loom, but I +will not give more than fifty roubles for it." + +"Sixty, sixty." + +"You Satan of a Dutchman! You skinflint! If I offer fifty, that is an +honour for you! Indeed it is!" + +The Czar's anger rose, but it was connected with the adjutant's message, +not with the loom. The pot was boiling, and the cover had to fly. "You +miserable peddlers of groceries! Always fleecing people! But your time +is past! Now come the English! They are another sort!" + +Jaen the seaman became gloomy, and that annoyed the Czar still more. +He wanted to enjoy Jaen's company, and therefore sought to divert his +thoughts. "Landlord," he cried, "bring champagne!" + +The landlord came in, fell on his knees, and begged for mercy, for he +had not the luxurious drink in his store-cellar. This superfluous +word "store-cellar" might sound ironical and provocative, though +unintentionally. Still it was welcome as an occasion for using the +stick. + +"Have you a store-cellar, you rascal? Will you tell me that the keeper +of a seaman's alehouse has a cellar of spirits!" And now the stick +danced. But as the Dutchman turned away with a gesture of disapproval, +the Czar's fury broke loose. From time to time his disposition +necessitated such outbreaks. His sabre flew out of its sheath; like a +madman, he broke all the bottles on the dresser and cut all the legs +off the chairs and tables. Then he made a pile out of the fragments, and +prepared to burn the landlord on it. + +Then a door opened, and a woman entered with a little child on her arm. +When the child saw its father prostrate with his neck stretched out, it +began to scream. The Czar paused, quieted down, went to the woman, and +accosted her. "Be easy, mother; no mischief is going on; we are only +playing at sailors." + +Then he turned to the landlord: "Send the account to Prince Menshikoff; +he will pay. But if you scratch me.... Well, I forgive you this time.... +Now let us go, Jaen. Up with the anchor, and stand by the sheet!" + +Then they drove into the town. The Czar ran up into various houses and +came down again, until it was noon. They then halted before Menshikoff's +palace. "Is dinner ready?" asked the Czar from the cabriolet. + +"Yes, your Majesty," answered a lackey. + +"Serve up for two! Is the Prince at home?" + +"No, your Majesty." + +"Never mind. Serve up for two." + +It was the Czar's habit thus to make himself a guest in his friends' +houses, whether they were at home or not, and he is said once to have +thus quartered himself upon somebody, with two hundred of his courtiers. + +After a splendid dinner, the Czar went into an ante-room and laid down +to sleep. The captain had already gone to sleep at the table. But the +Czar laid a watch beside him; he could wake whenever he wished. + +When he awoke, he went into the dining-room, and found Jaen Scheerborck +sleeping at the table. + +"Bring him out!" commanded the Czar. + +"Is he not to accompany your Majesty any more?" the chamberlain, who was +a favourite, ventured to ask. + +"No! I have had enough of him; one should not meet people more than once +in a lifetime. Carry him to the pump--that will sober him, and then +take him to his ship"--and with a contemptuous glance he added, "You old +beast!" + +Then he felt whether his sabre was secure, and went out. + +After his sleep, Peter was again the Emperor--lofty, upright, dignified. +He went along the promenade, serious and sedate, as though to a battle. +When he had found Number 14, he entered at once, sure of finding his +fifty men there. On the right hand ground-floor towards the courtyard, +all the windows stood open. There he saw the conspirators sitting at a +long table and drinking wine. He stepped into the room, saw many of his +friends there, and felt a stab at his heart. + +"Good-day, comrades!" was his cheery greeting. + +The whole company rose like one man. They exchanged looks and put on +faces for the occasion. + +"Let us drink a glass together, friends!" Peter threw himself on a +chair; then he looked at a clock in the room, and saw it was only +half-past four. He had made a mistake of half an hour. Was it his own +error, or was Menshikoff's clock wrong? + +"Half an hour!" he thought to himself, but in the next second he had +emptied a huge glass, and began to sing a very popular soldiers' song, +keeping time by knocking the glass against the table. + +The effect of the song was magical. They had sung it as victors at +Pultowa; they had marched to the accompaniment of its strains; it +carried their memories to better, happier times, and they all joined in. +Peter's strong personality, the winning amiable air he could assume when +he liked, had an attractive power for all. One song led to another, and +singing relieved the terrible embarrassment. It was the only possible +way of avoiding a conversation. Between the songs the Czar proposed +a health, or drank to an old friend, reminding him of some experience +which they had shared in common. He dared not look at the clock lest +he should betray himself, but he found the half hour in this den of +murderers intolerably long. + +Several times he saw two exchanging glances, but then he threw in a +jesting word and the thread was broken. He was playing for his life, and +he played well, for he misled them with his cheerfulness and naivete, so +that they could not tell whether he knew anything or not. He played with +their irresolution. + +At last he heard the rattle of arms in the courtyard, and with one bound +he was out of the window. + +"Massacre!" was his only word of command, and then the blood-bath began. +He himself stood at the window, and when any one tried to jump out, the +Czar struck off his head. "Alles tot!" he exclaimed in German, when it +was all over. Then he went his way in the direction of the Peter-Paul +Fortress. + +He was received by the Commandant, and had himself conducted to Prince +Alexis, his only surviving and eldest son, on whom he had built his hope +and Russia's destiny. + +With the key in his hand, he remained standing before the cell, made the +sign of the cross and prayed half-aloud:--"O Eternal God of armies, Lord +of Hosts, who hath put the sword into the hands of rulers that they +may guide and protect, reward and punish, enlighten thy poor servant's +understanding that he may deal righteously. Thou hast demanded from +Abraham his son, and he obeyed. Thou hast crucified Thine own Son in +order to redeem mankind. Take my sacrifice, O Terrible One, if Thou +requirest it. Yet not my will be done, but Thine. May this cup pass if +it be Thy will. Amen! in the name of Christ, Amen!" + +He entered the cell, and remained there an hour. When he came out again, +he looked as though he had been weeping; but he said nothing, handed +the key to the Commandant, and departed. There are many varying rumours +regarding what passed that evening between father and son. But one thing +is certain: Alexis was condemned to death by a hundred and twenty-seven +judges, and the verdict was entered on the State records. But the Crown +Prince died before the execution of the sentence. + + * * * * * + +The same evening, about eight o'clock, the Czar entered his +country-house and sought Katherine. "The old has passed away," he said. +"Now we will begin the new--you and I and our children." + +The Czarina asked no questions, for she understood. But the Czar was +so tired and exhausted, that she feared lest he should have one of the +attacks which she knew so well. And the only way of quieting him was the +old customary one. + +She sat down in the corner of the sofa; he laid down resting his head on +her capacious bosom; then she stroked his hair till he fell asleep. But +she had to sit for three hours without moving. + +A giant child on a giant bosom, the great champion of the Lord lay +there, his face looked small, his high brow was hidden by his long hair; +his mouth was open, and he snored like a little child asleep. When at +last he awoke, he looked up at first astonished, to find himself where +he was. Then he smiled, but did not say Thank you, and did not fondle +her. + +"Now we will have something to eat," was the first thing he said. "Then +something to drink, and then a great firework. I will light it myself +down on the shore. But Jaen Scheerborck must be present." + +"You have thrown him out." + +"Have I? He was drunk, the fellow. Send for him at once." + +"You are so strange, Peter! Never the same for two minutes together." + +"I will not be the same; it would be too monotonous. Always something +new! And I am always new. What! I do not weary you with everlasting +sameness." + +His orders were carried out. Jaen was brought, but had to be bound +first; he was angry with Peter because of his ducking at the pump, and +refused to come. But when he landed, he was embraced and kissed on the +mouth, and then his wrath blew over. + +They ate and drank and had their firework display, which was a great +pleasure for the Czar. + +So ended the fateful day which secured the succession to the throne +to the house of Romanoff. And such was the man who termed himself "the +Great, the Self-ruler, the Emperor of All the Russias." + +The Barbarian, who civilised his Russia; who built towns and did not +dwell in them himself; who beat his wife, and allowed extensive liberty +to women,--his life was great, copious, and useful on the public side of +it; in private, as it might chance to be. But he had a beautiful death, +for he died in consequence of an illness contracted when saving a life +from shipwreck--he who, with his own hand, had taken the lives of so +many! + + + + +THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS + + +Monsieur Voltaire, gentleman-in-waiting to Frederick the Great, +possessor of the much prized Order Pour Le Merite, Academician, and many +other things besides, had been for three years a guest at Sans-Souci, +near Potsdam. He was sitting this beautiful evening in the wing of the +castle where he lived, busy writing a letter. The air was still and +warm, so that the sensitive Frenchman, who was always shivering, could +leave the window open. + +His letter, only half written, was directed to the Marquise, the friend +of Cardinal Fleury, who carried on a sort of superior spy-service +by means of correspondence with foreign countries.... "Everything is +transitory," he wrote, "and it was plain that this would not last. +I have to act as a tutor and correct his bad verses, though he knows +neither German nor French properly. Malicious as an ape he has written +satires on all the ruling heads of Europe which are certainly not fit +for printing, but are quite vulgar and unjust. With a view to the future +dear friend, I have caused his pamphlet to be copied, and at the moment +when he strikes, I shall strike back. If you only knew what this Prussia +is, and threatens to become! It is an eagle sketched in outline with +the tip of one wing resting on the Rhine, and the other on the Russian +frontier. There are gaps here and there in the outline, but when they +are filled up the whole of North Germany will hang like a vulture over +Austria's two-headed imperial eagle. France must control her +hatred against the House of Hapsburg, and not compromise with the +Hohenzollerns, for you know not what you do. One hears much talk of +plans here, but I dare not write them all down, for he is not to be +jested with." + +At this point there was heard from the castle the penetrating sound of a +flute, which executed trills and shakes. The old man (for he was now in +his sixtieth year) first put his fingers in his ears, but then continued +to write.... "And then his confounded flute! He is playing on it just +now ... that means we are all to dance to his piping. But still worse +than the flute is something which they call a fugue; I do not know +whether one can call it music, but yesterday Sebastian Bach was +here--'the great Bach' of course--and had his son Philipp Emanuel with +him. The whole afternoon they played so-called fugues, so that I had to +go to bed and take medicine. As regards his plans, I will only indicate +some of them. One plan is to divide Austria between France and Prussia, +but he is too cunning to do so, for he needs Austria to help him against +France. A second plan is, to divide Prussia between Russia and Austria, +and I have heard rumours of a third to divide Poland between Russia, +Prussia, and Austria. (The flute is silent, and a heavenly stillness +spreads over Sans-Souci, which for the future I shall write +'Cent-Soucis,' for a hundred petty vexations threaten to shorten my life +here.) Our Round Table, which hitherto only consisted of men of talent, +Maupertuis, La Mettrie, Algarotti, D'Argens, and their like, is now +recruited by guardsmen from Potsdam, and is in course of degenerating +into a tobacco-club. Ziethen and his Dessauers wear greasy leather +boots, and brag of their 'five victories.' The day before yesterday they +took liberties, silenced all intelligent conversation, and finally tried +to make me the butt of their jests. What annoyed me the most was that +_he_ could not hide his pleasure at it. Altogether, the procession of +the leather boots means war--as might be expected--against the lady +Maria Teresa. The other lady, the Empress Elizabeth of Russia, he +denotes by another uglier name.... He has become a women's hero, the +nasty woman-hater. His wife, Elizabeth Christine, is still confined in +Schoenhausen." + +A head looked in at the window, and the King greeted him, "Good evening, +Monsieur; so busy?" + +Like a boy surprised in cribbing, the writer threw his papers into +disorder, and drew half a sheet of Dutch vellum over them. + +"Yes, sire, I have just finished a poem to the Emperor Kian-Loung, which +is an answer to his 'Eloge de Mukden.'" + +"To the Emperor of China! You have grander acquaintances than I." + +"But you have me, sire." + +This he said with a superior air of satirising himself, as though he +would make game of his own notorious vanity. + +The King took the jest as it was intended. "Yes, Monsieur Voltaire +belongs to my most honourable acquaintances, but I would not say to the +grandest." + +"May I now read my poem to the Chinese Emperor? Do you allow me, sire?" + +"Would it be any use, if I did not allow it, you pushing man?" + +"Very well: + + "'Recois mes compliments, charmant roi de la Chine.'" + +"But he is an Emperor." + +"Yes, but that is a politeness towards you, sire, who are only a King!" + +"Only!" + +"I continue: + + "'Ton trone est done place sur la double colline + On sait dans l'Occident, que malgre mes travers + J'ai toujours fort aime les rois qui font des vers!'" + +"Thank you." + + "'O toi que sur le trone un feu celeste enflamme + Des moi si ce grand art don't nous sommes epris, + Est aussi difficile a Pekin qu'a Paris. + + Ton peuple est-il soumis a cette loi si dure, + Qui vent qu'avec six pieds d'une egale mesure + + De deux Alexandrins, cote a cote marchants + L'un serve pour la rime, et l'autre pour le sens? + Si bien que sans rien perdre, en bravant cet usage, + On pourrait retrancher la moitie d'un ouvrage.'" + +"Bravo! Very good!" broke in the King, who felt the sting of the satire +but could control himself. + +"But do you think that the Emperor will understand that--at any rate as +you intend it?" + +"If he does not understand it, then he is a blockhead...." + +"But if he does, you may expect a declaration of war." + +"China against Voltaire!" + +"What would you do then?" + +"I would beat them, as you do, with my troops, of course." + +"But if the Emperor has more troops than you?" + +"Then I should flee, of course, like you do, sire, or I let myself be +put to flight, and so save my honour as a soldier." + +The King was accustomed to Voltaire's impertinences, and he pardoned +them for the moment, but stored them in his memory. + +"But now, don't stick poking about in your room, Monsieur. Come out for +a walk with me. We will philosophise in the cool of the evening. I have +so much to say, and must put my thoughts in order for the great work." + +"Sire, I will come immediately." + +"No, now; I am waiting." + +Monsieur Voltaire became nervous, and began to tidy his desk; he pulled +out drawers, and protracted the business. But the King stood as if on +guard, and watched him. At last the old man had to stop tidying up and +come out, but his limbs twitched, and he shook himself, as though he +wished to shake off something. The King led him down the third terrace, +and turned to the right into the park, where they found a long avenue +which led to a small circular open space. Here there stood the Temple of +Friendship. + +There was an embarrassing silence between them, but Frederick, who had +learnt self-control, was the first to find the thread which they had +lost. But he had to introduce the conversation by commencing with their +present surroundings. + +"What a peaceful evening, Monsieur! Peace in nature and in human life! +Have you noticed that there has been no war in the world for seven +years--that is, since the Peace of Aachen?" + +"Now I have not thought about it. Well, you can now expect the seven +lean kine--I mean years." + +"Who knows! You spoke just now of Kian Loung, the peaceful prince who +philosophises and writes verses on tea-plant blossoms; who serves his +people and makes them happy. His neighbour Japan has enjoyed peace for a +hundred years. In India the French and English are rivalling each other +in trade. That is the great East, which we shall soon have to take into +account--. If we consider our portion of the world, with which I reckon +Egypt, the latter lies asleep under Pashas and Mamelukes. Greece, our +motherland, has entered its last sleep. The Athens of Pericles is an +appendage of the Sultan's harem, and is ruled by black eunuchs. Rome, or +rather Italy, is parcelled out between Lorraine, the House of Bourbon, +and Savoy. But in Rome is my friend Benedict XIV; he is also a man +of peace, and the first Pope, moreover, who acknowledges the King +of Prussia. He tolerates Protestants, helps forward science, and has +allowed latitude and longitude to be measured...." + +"And expelled the Jesuits, whom you, sire, have received. You ought not +to have done that." + +"What do you know of the Jesuits? In Spain we have Ferdinand VI, who +encourages mining, combats the Inquisition, fosters the sciences." + +"The itch for writing seems to be spreading over the earth like a +pestilence." + +"In England my uncle George, the pupil of Adam Smith, is working solely +for the commercial prosperity of his country. The others we know. But we +ought to remember the great discoveries of our century--fire-machines, +thermometers, lightning-conductors, anchor-watches. In fact it is the +Golden Age which has returned at this late epoch." + +"Think only of the fire-machines which they now call steam-engines. And +of the telegraphs! What may we not next expect!" + +"War, of course." + +"I have never loved war, as you know, but I have been driven to it." + +"With the stick." + +The King was not angry, but he was troubled that a remarkable man, who +had been his friend and teacher, should commit such a _betise_. + +"You are right; it was my father's stick, and I bless it. But although +I do not believe that the Golden Age is before the door, yet I do see a +brighter future in the distance." + +"I see only clouds which foretell earthquakes. France is undermined; +America is moving; all Europe is prepared to discard Christianity as a +crab its shell; Economics are reduced to a science; nature is ransacked; +we are on the verge of something novel and tremendous; I feel it already +in my corns." + +"I also! My leisure-time is drawing to an end, my Tusculum will be +closed, and dreadful things are about to happen." + +On the King's face at this moment there was such an indescribable +expression of pain, as though he had foreseen the Seven Years' War which +followed immediately on the seven years' of peace, and he seemed to be +bowed to the earth bearing the destiny of his country and the future on +his shoulders. + +"Sire, at such moment, you need some religion." + +"My duty is my religion. My God is the Providence which guides the +destinies of the nations but leaves individuals to themselves! What are +men that you should take notice of these ants?" + +The conversation was interrupted by a person who appeared in the +background and resembled a judicial official. Voltaire saw who it was, +and became furious: "Your Majesty, how can you allow this rag-tag and +bob-tail to enter the castle-park? Why do you not enclose it with iron +gates and railings?" + +"No," answered the King; "I am not the master of my own person, still +less of this castle, but all have rights over me!" + +"But this is atrocious! Can I not drive him away?" + +"No, you cannot!" + +The King beckoned, and the stranger approached with his hat in his hand. + +"What do you want, my friend?" asked the King. + +"Only to deliver a document to Monsieur Voltaire, your Majesty." + +"Then do your duty." + +The man handed the document to Voltaire, and retired. When the old +man had opened and read it, he fell on his knees before the King and +exclaimed, "Save me, sire!" + +"That is your law-suit with Hirschel about the Saxon state papers. You +thought to deceive each other and the public, but the Jew did not +let you lead him by the nose, Monsieur, and now you are exposed as a +falsifier!" + +"Save me, your Majesty!" + +"How can I?" + +"With a word--a single good word before the court...." + +"For shame, old man! Do you think I can bend the law? Do you want me to +bribe the judges? No, Monsieur, there are judges in Berlin who cannot be +bribed! My word counts as little as that of the meanest. Stand up, go to +your room, and meet me at supper." + +"Sire, I beg to be excused coming to supper this evening." + +"Good! then we will meet to-morrow." + + * * * * * + +When Voltaire reached his room, he began to search through his papers +which he had left in disorder. He looked for a whole hour for the letter +he had written to the Marquise, without being able to find it. Then he +perceived that the letter had been seized, and he conceived a suspicion +against the King. He stormed about in the room till it had become dark +outside. He felt that it was all over with friendship and hospitality, +with high position and honour, and that he must depart--perhaps by +flight. + +Accordingly he closed the window-shutters, and made a fire in the stove +in order to burn dangerous papers. When he had finished, he went to bed, +and rang for a servant: "Ask Monsieur La Mettrie to come; I am ill," he +ordered. + +La Mettrie, the author of _L'Homme Machine_, a most rigorous materialist +and atheist, enjoyed Frederick's favour on account of his writings. +After his death the King himself delivered a funeral oration over him +in the Academy. Voltaire was jealous of him, as he was of everyone who +stood in his way, but La Mettrie was a physician, and Voltaire could be +amiable to anyone of whom he stood in need. + +The doctor came, not out of philanthropy, but from curiosity and a +certain malicious satisfaction at seeing the favourite in disgrace. + +"My dear friend," said the old man, "I am sick in body and soul." + +"You haven't got a soul." + +"But the trouble is in the heart." + +"_Cor, cordis_, the heart; then you have eaten too much. Take a purge, +Monsieur; then you will be lighter than lightmindedness itself." + +"Prescribe me some proper medicine, man; I am dying." + +"Then go to a watering-place." + +"Like a minister who is in disgrace; no, thank you." + +"Go home to your own country; you are suffering from homesickness." + +"Yes, there you are right! The air here does not suit me." + +"You are beginning to get stout." + +"What do you mean by that?" + +"And the Marquises are longing for you." + +"Are they? What nonsense you talk! But I must have a watering-place." + +"Well, take Plombieres! There you will meet the court." + +"That is an excellent idea! Plombieres! But I will return, of course." + +"Of course!" + +"I will be back in three weeks--let us say a month. If only the King +will not be vexed...." + +"Let me assure you, the King will console himself." + +"Yes, yes, I will consider the matter. But say--he is not angry with +me?" + +"Who?" + +"The King!" + +"He is not angry with you, otherwise he would have been so long ago! No, +you are belated in thinking that." + +"Give me a sleeping powder, and then you can go." + +The doctor took the powder, and poured it in a glass of water. + +The old man drank, but his large eyes followed the changing expressions +of the doctor's face, who looked very amused. He did not altogether +trust him. + +"Monsieur Voltaire," said the doctor, "when you make a fire in the +oven, draw up the small oven-shutters, else there is too much smoke. The +Potsdam fire-engines would very likely be summoned." + +"Oh! That too! Well! _La comedia e finita!_ Good-night!" + +"_Sic transit gloria mundi!_ Sleep well!" + +Voltaire slept during the night, but not well, and was awakened on the +following morning by the sound of salutes fired at Potsdam; from which +he concluded that the King was holding manoeuvres. Neither did he see +any sign of the King, but about noonday he received a letter bearing the +royal arms which ran as follows:-- + + "MONSIEUR,--Doctor La Mettrie has told me of your determination to + travel to a watering-place. Although I shall miss your pleasant + and instructive conversation, I will not resist your wish, since I + am sure that a thorough course of treatment will benefit your + nerves and the wretched state of your heart. Wishing you a good + recovery, or at any rate hoping that you will not be worse than + you are, + + "I am + + "F. R." + +That was his passport for the journey. The same evening Voltaire +travelled to Leipzig, where he read extracts from Frederick's collection +of satires which he also thought of having printed. But in Frankfurt he +was arrested and deprived of the precious manuscripts, which might have +made more enemies for Frederick than he actually did make later on. +Rebuked, and again liberated, Voltaire fled at first to France, where +he published in the _Dictionnaire Historique_ the most abominable +assertions regarding Frederick's private life. + +Two years later he was settled at Ferney, on the Lake of Geneva, as a +multi-millionaire, patriarch, and king. + + * * * * * + +Many years passed, and still the old Voltaire reigned at his Sans-Souci +called Ferney--just as energetic as ever, just as restless and vain. + +His little chateau was a modest two-storied building in a circular +enclosure, surrounded by a courtyard planted with trees. On the left of +the entrance stood a small stone chapel. A tablet over the door bore +the inscription, "Deo erexit Voltaire," which roused the mirth of his +literary friends and the hatred of the ecclesiastical party. + +Below in the garden he had an arbour-walk of hornbeam covered in, and +resembling a long hall with windows cut in the side, looking towards the +lake. From thence he could see Mont Blanc, which especially at sunset +showed all its splendour, and the blue levels of the lake stretching +towards Clarens and the Rhone Valley, where the unfortunate Rousseau had +wandered, loved, and suffered. Just now in the twilight, the old man sat +in his arbour walk and played bezique with the local pastor, when the +post arrived. There were many letters with shining seals. + +"Excuse me, Abbe, I must read my letters!" + +"Pray do so," answered the priest, and stood up in order to promenade up +and down the arbour walk. + +After a while the old man called his friend back: "Come, Abbe, come! You +must hear something!" + +The Abbe, who, for the sake of his flock, kept on good terms with +Voltaire, and humoured his whims, without, however, yielding to him in +theological discussions, came at the summons. + +"You must hear a letter from Frederick the Great, the Unique, the +Incomparable. He has pardoned me, and I am ashamed. My last evening +in Sans-Souci I was irritated, and in my cruelty I was mean enough to +remind him of his father's stick. The moment that the word escaped, I +felt his retort in the air, but he restrained it. He had only needed +to return the thrust with a reference to the stick which had played a +certain part in my youth, but he kept silent, whether out of regard for +my years or for some other reason. (It is remarkable that the stick has +also had an influence on the development of the great Shakespeare and +others.) Excuse, Abbe, this _garrulitas senilis_--he has pardoned me, +and writes, 'My old friend!' + +"'The years have passed; to the seven good years which you shared with +me succeeded the seven lean ones--the Seven Years' War and all that it +brought with it. Friends have departed, and a great loneliness enfolds +the ageing man, who now, among other things, begins to be far-sighted, +after being formerly short-sighted. He sees life in a perspective +where the apparently shorter lines are the longest. He knows that from +experience, and therefore lets himself no longer be deceived. Standing +on the height which he has gained, he is glad to look back, but he can +also now see in front of him. + +"'What is now impending? Who can say? This century, which has seen all +the sovereigns leading revolutionary movements, is the strangest of all. +We despots, who forced enlightenment and freedom on the peoples--we were +the demagogues and they rewarded us with ingratitude. It was a perverse +world! I have suffered for my doctrines and actions, but the fate of +Joseph II is tragic. They are slowly but surely murdering him. + +"'You do not love war: nor do I, but I was forced to it by Providence +and solicitude for my country. What have I effected thereby? you ask. +I have made a "re-distribution," as land-surveyors call it, and out +of scattered patches and scraps of territory I have woven together a +Prussia, so that we can now walk on our own ground, without treading on +our neighbour's. Do not fear Prussia; you need it as a bulwark against +Russia, which now, since the time of the Czar Peter, has a voice and +vote in the Council of Europe. You disapprove of my sharing in the +partition of Poland, but I was obliged to do so; otherwise Russia would +have taken all. Poland had lost its significance in the geographical +economy of Europe; it was Russianised, and the role it had played was +taken over by the Sarmatian.... Silesia was ours, and thank God that +the Swedes did not obtain it, as they at first wished. Moreover, we have +sent the Goths home to their own country, and look after our own affairs +ourselves.'" + +"And so on! Then he says something about Rousseau." + +"'You call Rousseau a swindler; that is a somewhat severe expression. +Even if he did really steal a piece of ribbon, or a silver spoon, it is +not worth talking about. I share his love for nature and his hatred of +mankind. One evening lately, as the sun went down, I thought: "God! +how beautiful are Thy natural creations, and how hideous are Thy +human creatures!" We men, I mean--for I except neither myself nor you, +Monsieur. This cursed race truly belongs to the Iron Age as described +by Hesiod. And we are asked to believe that they are created after God's +image! After the image of the Devil, I would rather say! Rousseau is +right when he believes in a past Golden Age.' + +"What do you say to that, Monsieur l'Abbe?" + +"It is what the Church teaches regarding the lost Paradise and the Fall, +and also agrees with the Greek legend of Prometheus, who ate of the tree +of knowledge, and thereby brought misfortune on men." + +"Good heavens! Have you too become a freethinker? Shoemaker, stick to +your last! If you are a priest, then be a priest, but don't try to +make a botch of my work. And don't think you need to flatter me for an +increase of wages. But let us return to Frederick:" + +"'History rolls on like an avalanche; the race improves, the conditions +of life become easier, but men are still the same--faithless, +unthankful, criminal; and he just as well as the unjust go to hell. I +do not dare to put down on paper the conclusions to be drawn from +this observation, for that would be to acquit Lazarus, and to crucify +Christ.... Great men have little weaknesses or rather great weaknesses. +We, Monsieur, have been no angels, but Providence has used us for great +objects. Is it a matter of indifference to Providence whom it takes +in hand, or how we live in the flesh, provided we keep the spirit +uppermost? _Sursum corda!_'" + +"What do you say to that, Abbe?" + +"The Law cannot be fulfilled, says St. Paul, but the Law rouses the +sense of guilt, and therefore it is only imposed in order to drive us to +grace." + +"That was not such a stupid remark of Paul's. But I should like to +add,--in the prison of the flesh grows the longing for liberation: +'Who shall deliver me, wretched man, from this body of sin?' Yes, Abbe, +_Vanitas vanitatum! Vanitas!_ You are young, but you must not +despise the old man when he turns round and spits behind him all the +unpleasantness of his past life. Might but a generation be born which +knew at once the value of life, as long as a mud-bath is not part of the +treatment!" + +Just then a dark lean man came tortuously along the garden path. + +"See! there is my Jesuit!" said Voltaire. + +The old man kept on friendly terms with a Jesuit, partly because +the Pope had expelled them, partly because Frederick the Great had +patronised them; but his chief object was to have someone to dispute +with. Perhaps also he wished to show his freedom from prejudice, for he +did not like the uncongenial man. + +"Now, you child of Satan!" was the old man's greeting, "what mischief +have you got in your mind? You look so maliciously pleased!" + +"I come from Geneva," answered the Jesuit with an evil smile. + +"What are they doing there?" + +"I saw the executioner burn Rousseau's _Emile_." + +"They may do that, as far as I am concerned, and throw the fool himself +into the fire." + +"Monsieur Voltaire!" + +"Yes: one cannot tolerate lunatics: there are limits!" + +"Where?" + +"Imposed by a sound intelligence." + +"Yes, and saw them burn the new edition of Monsieur Voltaire's +_Candide_." + +"For shame! But it is merely a mob in Geneva." + +"A Protestant mob, with your permission." + +"Don't trouble yourself; I hate Protestants equally with Catholics! This +terrible Calvin burnt his friend Servetus in Geneva, because he did not +believe in the Trinity. And had Jean Calas in Toulouse been a Catholic, +and his son a Protestant, I would still have attacked the judges, +although I am nothing. I am nothing; only, what I write is something." + +"Then some day we will raise a monument to Monsieur Voltaire's +writings--not to Voltaire." + +"You have no need; I have already raised my monument myself in the +hundred volumes of my collected works. The world has nothing to do with +how the old ass looked; there is nothing to see in that. We know +my weaknesses; I have lied, I have stolen, I have been ungrateful; +something of a scoundrel, something of a brute! That is the dirty part +of me, and I bequeath it to Jesuits, pettifoggers, hair-splitters and +collectors of anecdotes;--but my spirit to God who gave it, and to men +an honest purpose to understand their Monsieur Voltaire." + +He rose, for the sun had descended. + +"Good-night, Mont Blanc; you have a white head like myself, and stand +with your feet in cold water, as I do! Now I go and lie down! Tomorrow I +travel to Paris, where I will die." + + + + +DAYS OF JUDGMENT + + +In the northern tower of the Church of Notre Dame de Paris was the +tower-watchman's chamber. But it had been arranged like a bookbinder's +workshop, for the watchman's day-duty was not particularly heavy, +and the hours of the night passed with sleep or without sleep, no one +troubling themselves to oversee this now superfluous church servant. + +Nobody entered the church, which had been damaged in various ways, and +no one ascended the northern tower, for the bells hung in the southern +one. There the watchman's duty was regarded more seriously, for on all +extraordinary occasions the alarm-bell had to sound. + +The watchman kept up a sort of telegraphic communication with the +bellringer in the southern tower. In calm weather they could chat with +each other, but when it was windy, they had to use speaking trumpets. + +The workshop had, in the course of years, developed into a very +comfortable room. Its southern side was occupied by a single large +bookcase. There the first edition of the _Encyclopedie_ in five and +thirty volumes, shone resplendent in red morocco with gilt letters. +There stood Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, Locke, Hume--all the +authors who ought to have been present. There were also periodicals, the +_Moniteur_, Pere Duchesne and Marat's _L'Ami du Peuple_. This last was +bound in somewhat greasy leather, which resembled pig's-skin, and had +curled up at the corners. + +Another wall was covered with engravings, some coloured and some plain. +They hung in chronological order from left to right, from top to bottom, +so that one could read the whole history of the Revolution pictorially. +The Oath in the ball-room on June 20, 1789, with Mirabeau's portrait; +the burning of the Bastille, and the head of the commandant; the +Jacobite Club, with Marat, Saint-Just, Couthon, Robespierre; the Feast +of Brotherhood on the Champ du Mars; the King's Flight to Varennes; +Lafayette; the Girondists; the execution of the King and Queen; +the Committee of Public Welfare, with Danton and the newly hatched +Robespierre; the Reign of Terror; Charlotte Corday stabbing Marat in the +bath; Robespierre again; Feast of the Supreme Being; Voltaire's Funeral; +Robespierre again, this time on the 9th Thermidor. Then came Buonaparte +and the Directory, mixed with Pyramids and Alps. + +In the middle of the room stood a very large table. At the one end were +the bookbinder's tools; at the other, writing materials. The inkstand +was a skull; the ruler was a fore-arm; the paper-weight was a +guillotine, and the penholder a rib. + +The bookbinder himself, a centenarian, with an apostolic beard, sat and +wrote under a lantern which hung from the roof. He was the only person +visible in the room. Outside it was stormy, and the roof-plates rattled +from time to time; it was cool in the room, but not cold, for a stove +was lit in a corner, where lay the watchman's belongings--a great +wolfskin fur-coat, a speaking trumpet, some flags, and a lantern with +variously coloured glass sides. The old man pushed his glasses up his +forehead, looked up, and spoke, though the person with whom he talked +could not be seen. + +"Are you hungry?" + +A voice behind the bookcase answered: "Fairly so." + +"Are you cold?" + +"No, not yet." + +"Wait a little; I must just go outside and make an observation." + +"What are you writing?" + +"My reminiscences." + +"Is it quiet in the town?" + +"Yes, but they have gone out to Saint Cloud." + +"Then it will soon come to shooting." + +"It won't come to shooting, but we may expect a proclamation. Be quiet +now; I must step out, and send a message. Then you will get some food +and drink; perhaps a pipe of tobacco also." + +There was silence behind the bookcase, and the old man put on his +fur-coat, lit his many-coloured lamp, took up a speaking-trumpet, and +stepped out on the balcony. + +It was very dark, but the old man was familiar with his menagerie out +there on the parapet; he loved his stone monsters--the owl, the griffin, +the gorgon, and stroked them every time that he passed them. But the +creature with a man's body, goat's feet and horns, inspired him with a +certain awe, as it stood there leaning on its hands like a priest, and +bending forward as if to preach to the godless city or to hurl anathemas +at it. He took his stand near it, and began to signal with the lantern. +But the wind was so violent that the old man swayed, and had to put his +arm round the creature's body, in order to support himself. + +After he had stood for a time signalling with the lantern, and gazing +out into the darkness, he suddenly raised himself upright, put down the +lantern, and raised the speaking-trumpet to his mouth. Holding on to +the stone balustrade, he turned to the southern tower, and cried "Hullo! +Francis! Hallo!" + +After a while a reply came through the darkness. + +"Qui vive?" + +"Mont-joie--Saint-Denis." + +"Sacre!" answered the other. "Ring the great bell! Ring, for heaven's +sake!" + +The watchman remained standing for a while looking at the coloured +lights on the church tower of St. Cloud. In order to be quite certain, +he repeated his signal, and received for answer: "Right understood." + +The old man sighed "Thy will be done, O Lord!" He was on the point of +returning to the turret-chamber, when the wind blew so violently, that +he had to seize the arm of the horned monster in order to stand fast. +But the figure had got loose; it yielded, and moved a little. + +"He too!" muttered the old man to himself. "Nothing stands fast, +everything slips; nothing remains on which to support oneself." He +crouched down in order not to be blown away, and so stooping, as he +walked, reached the door of the turret-chamber, which he flung open. + +"The Revolution is over," he called out to the bookcase. + +"What do you say?" + +"The Revolution is over! Come out, sire." + +He laid hold of the bookcase, and opened it like a door on its hinges. +It concealed a neat little room furnished in the style of Louis XV. Out +of it stepped a man of about thirty, with pale delicate features and a +melancholy aspect. + +"Sire," said the bookbinder in a humble voice, "now your time is come, +and mine runs out. I do not exactly know what has happened on this +eighteenth of Brumaire in Saint Cloud, but one thing I know: Buonaparte +has taken the helm." + +"Jaques," answered the nobleman, "I do not wish to hurt your feelings, +but I cannot conceal my joy." + +"Don't conceal it, sire! You have saved me from the scaffold, and I have +saved you; let us thank each other, and be quits." + +"To think that this bloody drama is ended--that this madness...." + +"Sire, don't speak so." + +His eyes began to sparkle, but he quickly changed his tone. "Let us eat +our last meal together, but in love like fellow-men; let us talk of the +past, and then part in peace. This evening we are still brothers, but +to-morrow you are the lord and I am the servant." + +"You are right. To-day I am an emigrant, tomorrow I am a count." + +The old man brought out a cold fowl, a cheese, and a bottle of wine, and +both took their places at the table. + +"This wine, sire, was bottled in '89. It has a history, and +therefore...." + +"Have you no white wine? I do not like red." + +"Is it the colour you dislike?" + +"Yes, it looks like blood! You have lost a wife and four sons." + +"Why should I weep for them? They fell on the field of honour." + +"The scaffold!" + +"I call the scaffold the field of honour! But you want white wine! Good! +You shall have it. You prefer the colour of tears; I prefer that of +blood!" + +He opened a bottle of white wine: "_Suum cuique!_ Tastes differ. We +can now breathe again, and sleep quietly at night. That was the hardest +thing to bear during this last decade--the loss of sleep at night. The +fear of death was worse than death itself." + +"The worst for us--pardon the expression--was to see the State and +society turned topsyturvy, and brutality enthroned." + +"Wait a little! Louis XIV paid two gentlemen of the chamber twenty +thousand livres yearly to examine and carry away his night stool +every morning. The Sansculottes could not be coarser than that. +Marie Antoinette used to go and spend the night drinking with her +boon-companions, so that she returned home about eleven o'clock the next +morning exhausted; that was coarse conduct for such a fine lady." + +"You may draw the long bow to-night, Jaques; but to-morrow take care of +your head! You ought not to speak so of these high personages who have +suffered a martyr's death." + +"Stop! stop! The King was what they call 'a fine fellow,' but the Queen +was a wretch. But both were justly condemned to death--both! Look you! +if Turgot could have remained at his post, the Revolution would not have +broken out. All the reforms in the State, Church, and Society, which +we--pardon the expression--have carried through could have been +carried through then, if Turgot had been allowed to put his plans into +operation. The Queen would not endure the Minister's retrenchment of her +revenue, and plotted for his removal, and the King supported her. That +was a great crime. The second was the overthrow of Necker. Then the +Queen and her Court minxes ruled. Both King and Queen sought to stir up +foreign countries against their own; their correspondence relating +to this was discovered, and then the betrayers of their country were +condemned to death. Don't talk of Martyrs, or I shall be angry. For I am +angry when I hear lies, and cannot control myself." + +The Count laid his hand on his sword. + +"Put your sword in its sheath, young man, or otherwise...." + +They sat down on opposite sides of the table, and darted angry glances +at each other. + +"The ultimate causes," continued the old man, "may be sought in heaven, +but we have here only to do with secondary causes, and those we know. +The Revolution was a Last Judgment which had to come, just as it came in +England exactly a hundred years before, in 1689." + +"But Cromwell's republic did not last." + +"Nor does this; but it comes again! But let us rather talk of something +cheerful on this last evening. I have been present at everything; I have +a strong memory, and can forget nothing. But what shines most brightly +through all the dark days is the recollection of the day on the Champs +du Mars, the Feast of Brotherhood of July 14, '90. Twenty thousand +workmen were employed to clear it, but, as they could not finish the +work by the appointed day, all Paris went out. There I saw bishops, +court marshals, generals, monks, nuns, society ladies, workmen, sailors, +dustmen, and street-girls levelling the ground with hoes and spades. +Finally the King himself made up his mind to join in the work. That was +the greatest feat of equalisation which mankind have carried out; the +hills were made low, and the valleys filled. At last the great theatre +of liberty was ready. At the altar of the Fatherland a fire of perfumed +wood was kindled, and Talleyrand, Bishop of Autun, with a retinue of +four hundred white-robed priests consecrated the flags. The King in +civil dress and the Queen sat on the platform, and, as the 'first +citizens of the State,' took the constitutional oath. All was forgotten; +all was forgiven. Half a million people, collected in one place, +animated by one spirit, felt themselves that day to be brothers and +sisters. We wept, we fell in each other's arms, we kissed each other. +We wept to think what wretches we had been, and how good and amiable we +were now. We wept perhaps, also, because we guessed how fragile all this +was. + +"And afterwards, in the evening, when Paris turned out in the streets +and market-places. Families ate their mid-day meal on the pavement; +the old and sick were carried into the open air; food and wine were +distributed at the public expense. That was the Feast of Tabernacles, +the recollection of the Exodus from Egyptian bondage; it was the +Saturnalia, the return of the Golden Age! And then...." + +"Then came Marat, Danton, and Robespierre." + +"Yes! Robespierre, the most hated of all, was not worse than Louis XI +and Henry VIII." + +"A murderer." + +"The judge is not a murderer, nor is the executioner." + +"But the Golden Age passed--as it came." + +"Yet it comes again." + +"Not with Buonaparte!" + +"No, not with him, but through him." + +"Who is he?" + +"A Corsican, born in the same year in which France annexed his country. +He will avenge it, and, since he can never feel himself a Frenchman, he +will exploit our country only for his own purposes. But nevertheless, +in spite of his unparalleled selfishness, his wickedness and crimes, he +will serve humanity--for everything serves." + +"And afterwards?" + +"Who can say? Probably things will go on as they have done hitherto; +sometimes advancing, then a halt; then again advance." + +"And then the obsolete turns up again." + +"Yes, like a drowning man. Three times he comes to the surface to +breathe, but the fourth time he remains below. Or, like an animal +chewing the cud; for some time there are small eructations, +re-mastications, and then everything is ejected through the gullet, +after going through the circle." + +"Do you believe in the return of the Golden Age?" + +"Yes I believe like Thomas, when I have seen. And I have seen. At the +moment, which I now recall, on the Champs du Mars,--then I saw! We had a +forefeeling of the future, we were sure that we had had a vision of some +new order of things, but were uncertain when it would be established." + +"How long are we to wait?" + +"We should not sit still and wait, but work! That makes the time pass. +The learned say that it took a million years for the Hill of Montmartre +to be deposited from the water. Now history is only three thousand years +old; for three thousand years more, men can reflect over their past, +and perhaps in six thousand an improvement may be noticeable! We are +too proud and impatient, sire. And yet things move quickly. America +was discovered only three hundred years ago, and now it is an European +republic. Africa, India, China, Japan are opened, and soon the whole +world will belong to Europe. Do you see the promise to Abraham, 'In thy +seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed,' is on the way to +fulfilment--on the way, I say." + +"The promise to Abraham?" + +"Yes! Have not Christians, Jews, and Muhammedans a share in the +promise?" + +"Christians of Abraham's seed?" + +"Through Christ, who was of Judah, we are spiritually Abraham's seed. +One faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all!" + +"I have listened to you, and must say that your faith is great, and has +delivered you." + +"As it will deliver mankind." + +The conversation now ceased, for the alarm-bell began to ring in the +south tower. The sound of it overpowered the din of the storm, and +filled the room with its vibrations, made the table and chairs shake, +and both men tremble. The old man tried to speak, but his guest heard +nothing, and only saw his lips move. Then the old man rose and pointed +to one of the many engravings. + +It represented Anacharsis Clootz, the philanthropist and philosopher, in +a convent, with a crowd of people from all corners of the earth--black, +yellow, white, copper-coloured--seeking to have them admitted +as citizens into the world-republic. The Count smiled in answer +half-distrustfully, half-tolerantly. The old man tried to speak, but +could not be heard. The boom of the bell seemed to come from the depths +of ages, ringing out the past century and ringing in the new, which +would commence in a few weeks--the nineteenth century since the birth of +the Redeemer, who has promised to return, and perhaps will do so in one +way or another. + +The Count sat there fingering the letter-weight in the shape of a +guillotine. Suddenly he seized it, and looked questioningly at the old +man, who nodded in the affirmative. The letter-weight was thrown into +the paper-basket. + +The great bell ceased ringing, the room was quiet, and the old man, his +arms folded over his breast, spoke as though with a sigh of gratitude. + +"The Revolution is over." + +"_This_ Revolution!" + +"'Tribulation worketh patience; patience, experience; experience, hope; +and hope maketh not ashamed!'" + + + + +STRINDBERG'S DEATH-BED + + +(From the _Aftonbladet_, Stockholm, May 15, 1912) The last time that +Strindberg was in full possession of his senses was late on Monday +afternoon (May 13th). He recognised his daughter Greta, who sat by his +bed, and her husband, Dr. Philp. He was fully aware that the end was +near. He made a sign that he wished to have his Bible, which lay on the +table by the bed. They gave it him; he took it in his hand and said: +"All that is personal is now obliterated. I have done with life and +closed the account. This is the only truth." + +He kissed his daughter, but only said, "Dear Greta." Then he said to +Dr. Philp, "Are you still here, Henry?" After talking a little more, his +last utterance was, "Now I have said my last word. Now I talk no more." +He kept his Bible so closely clasped to his breast as though that were +the only thing he had to hold fast before the end. + + So Stromboli retreated in the gloom, + Flinging red flame and molten lava high, + A flaring portent: We, who passed it by, + Carry that lurid memory to the tomb; + Yet round its crater living flowers bloom, + The vine, fig, olive grow and fructify, + Over it laughs the blue Sicilian sky, + A paradise upon the verge of doom. + As fiery as that red volcanic blast, + Through years he wrestled with his unseen Foe, + Wailing in pain "I will not let Thee go + Unless Thou bless me who have held Thee fast,"-- + And thus, like Jacob, from his overthrow, + He rose a cripple, but a prince at last. + + + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + +***** This file should be named 7955.txt or 7955.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/9/5/7955/ + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D'Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/7955.zip b/7955.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a6661b --- /dev/null +++ b/7955.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da0fba6 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #7955 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/7955) diff --git a/old/7955-h.htm.2021-01-26 b/old/7955-h.htm.2021-01-26 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..360be9f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/7955-h.htm.2021-01-26 @@ -0,0 +1,14003 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Historical Miniatures + +Author: August Strindberg + + +Release Date: April, 2005 [EBook #7955] +This file was first posted on June 5, 2003 +Last Updated: October 26, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + + + + +Text file produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D'Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + + + +</pre> + + <div style="height: 8em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + HISTORICAL MINIATURES + </h1> + <h2> + By August Strindberg + </h2> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <h3> + Translated by Claud Field, M.A. + </h3> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_PREF" id="link2H_PREF"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PREFACE + </h2> + <p> + Maximilian Harden, the well-known critic, writes in the <i>Zukunft</i> + (7th September 1907) of the <i>Historical Miniatures</i>: + </p> + <p> + “A very interesting book, as might be expected, for it is Strindberg’s. + And I am bold enough to say a book which should and must be successful + with the public. The writer is not here concerned with Sweden, nor with + Natural History. A philosopher and poet here describes the visions which a + study of the history of mankind has called up before his inner eye. Julian + the Apostate and Peter the Hermit appear on the stage, together with + Attila and Luther, Alcibiades and Eginhard. We see the empires of the + Pharaohs and the Czars, the Athens of Socrates and the ‘Merry England’ of + Henry VIII. There are twenty brief episodes, and each of them is alive. So + powerful is the writer’s faculty of vision, that it compels belief in his + descriptions of countries and men.” + </p> + <p> + “The question whether these cultured circles really were as described, + hardly occurs to us. Never has the remarkable writer shown a more + comprehensive grasp. Since the days of the <i>Confession of a Fool</i>, + Strindberg has become a writer of world-wide significance.” + </p> + <p> + [Footnote: one collection of Maximilian Harden’s essays is published by + Messrs. Blackwood, and another by Mr. Eveleigh Nash.] + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + <b>CONTENTS</b> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_PREF"> PREFACE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0003"> THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0004"> ALCIBIADES </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0005"> SOCRATES </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0006"> FLACCUS AND MARO </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0007"> LEONTOPOLIS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0008"> THE LAMB </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0009"> THE WILD BEAST </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0010"> ATTILA </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0011"> THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0012"> ISHMAEL </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0013"> EGINHARD TO EMMA </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0014"> THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0015"> PETER THE HERMIT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0016"> LAOCOON </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0017"> THE INSTRUMENT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0018"> OLD MERRY ENGLAND </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0019"> THE WHITE MOUNTAIN </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0020"> THE GREAT CZAR </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0021"> THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0022"> DAYS OF JUDGMENT </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0023"> STRINDBERG’S DEATH-BED </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE EGYPTIAN BONDAGE + </h2> + <p> + The old worker in ebony and cabinet-maker, Amram, dwelt by the river-side + in a clay-hut which was covered with palm-leaves. There he lived with his + wife and three children. He was yellow in complexion and wore a long + beard. Skilled in his trade of carving ebony and hard wood, he attended at + Pharaoh’s court, and accordingly also worked in the temples. One morning + in midsummer, just before sunrise, he got out of bed, placed his + implements in a bag, and stepped out of his hut. He remained standing on + the threshold for a moment, and, turning to the east, uttered a low + prayer. Then he began to walk between fishermen’s huts, following the + black broken bank of the river, where herons and doves were resting after + their morning meal. + </p> + <p> + His neighbour, the fisherman, Nepht, was overhauling his nets, and placing + carp, grayling, and sheat-fish in the different partitions of his boat. + </p> + <p> + Amram greeted him, and wished to say some words in token of friendliness. + </p> + <p> + “Has the Nile ceased to rise?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “It remains standing at ten yards’ height. That means starvation!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know why it cannot rise higher than fifteen yards, Nepht?” + </p> + <p> + “Because otherwise we should drown,” answered the fisherman simply. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly, and that we cannot. The Nile, then, has a Lord who + controls the water-level; and He who has measured out the starry vault, + and laid the foundations of the earth, has set up a wall for the waters, + and this wall, which we cannot see, is fifteen yards high. For during the + great flood in the land of our fathers, Ur of the Chaldees, the water rose + fifteen yards—no more, no less. Yes, Nepht, I say ‘we,’ for you are + of our people, though you speak another tongue, and honour strange gods. I + wish you a good morning, Nepht, a very good morning.” + </p> + <p> + He left the abashed fisherman, went on, and entered the outskirts of the + city, where began the rows of citizens’ houses built of Nile-bricks and + wood. He saw the merchant and money-changer Eleazar taking down his + window-shutters while his assistant sprinkled water on the ground before + the shop. Amram greeted him, “A fine morning, cousin Eleazar.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot say,” answered the tradesman sulkily. “The Nile has remained + stationary, and begins to sink. The times are bad.” + </p> + <p> + “Bad times are followed by good times, as our father Abraham knew; and + when Joseph, Jacob’s son, foresaw the seven lean years he counselled + Pharaoh to store up corn in the granaries....” + </p> + <p> + “May be, but that is a forgotten tale now.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and have you also forgotten the promise which the Lord gave to his + friend Abraham?” + </p> + <p> + “That about the land of Canaan? We have waited four hundred years for its + fulfilment, and now, instead of receiving it, Abraham’s children have + become bond-servants.” + </p> + <p> + “Abraham believed through good and through evil days, through joy and + through sorrow, and that was counted to him for righteousness.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t believe at all,” Eleazar broke in, “or rather, I believe that + things go backwards, and that I will have to put up my shutters, if there + is a failure in the crops.” + </p> + <p> + Amram went on with a sad face, and came to the market, where he bought a + millet loaf, a piece of an eel, and some onions. + </p> + <p> + When the market-woman took the piece of money, she spat on it, and when + Amram received his change, he did the same. + </p> + <p> + “Do you spit on the money, Hebrew?” she hissed. + </p> + <p> + “One adopts the customs of the country,” answered Amram. + </p> + <p> + “Do you answer, unclean dog?” + </p> + <p> + “I answer speech, but not abuse.” + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew went on, for a crowd began to gather. He met the barber, Enoch, + and they greeted each other with a sign which the Hebrews had devised, and + which signified, “We believe in the promise to Abraham, and wait, patient + in hope.” + </p> + <p> + Amram reached at last the temple square, passed through the avenue of + Sphinxes, and stood before a little door in the left pylon. He knocked + seven times with his hand; a servant appeared, took Amram by the arm and + led him in. A young priest tied a bandage round his eyes, and, after they + had searched his bag, they took the cabinet-maker by the hand, and led him + into the temple. Sometimes they went up steps, sometimes down them, + sometimes straight-forward. Now and then they avoided pillars, and the + murmur of water was heard; at one time there was a smell of dampness, at + another of incense. + </p> + <p> + At last they halted, and the bandage was taken off Amram’s eyes. He found + himself in a small room with painted walls, some seats, and a cupboard. A + richly-carved ebony door divided this room from a larger one which on one + side opened on to a broad staircase leading down to a terrace facing + eastward. + </p> + <p> + The priest left Amram alone after he had shown him that the door required + repair, and had, with an unmistakable gesture, enjoined on him silence and + secrecy. + </p> + <p> + When Amram was left alone, and found himself for the first time within the + sacred walls which could not overawe a Hebrew’s mind, he yet felt a + certain alarm at all the mysteriousness, of which he had heard since his + youth. In order to shake off his fear of the unknown, he resolved to + satisfy his curiosity, though at the risk of being turned out, if he met + anyone. As a pretext he took a fine plane in his hand, and entered the + great hall. + </p> + <p> + It was very spacious. In the midst was a fountain of red granite, with an + obelisk set upright in the basin. The walls were adorned with figures + painted in simple colours, most of them in red ochre, but also in yellow + and black. He drew off his sandals, and went on into a gallery where stood + mummy-coffins leaning against the wall. + </p> + <p> + Then he entered a domed room, on the vault of which were painted the great + constellations of the northern hemisphere. In the middle of the room stood + a table, on which lay a half-globe covered with designs resembling the + outlines of a map. By the window stood another table, with a model of the + largest pyramid set upon a land-surveyor’s board, with a scale of + measurements. Close by stood an alidade, an instrument for measuring + angles. + </p> + <p> + There was no visible outlet to this room, but after some search the + uninitiated Hebrew found some stairs of acacia-wood leading up through a + wooden tower. He climbed and climbed, but when he looked through the + loopholes, he found himself always on a level with the roof of the domed + room. But he continued to ascend, and after he had again counted a hundred + steps and, looked through a loop hole, he found himself on a level with + the floor of the domed room. Then a wooden door opened, and an elderly man + in half-priestly garb received him with a greeting as though he were a + well-known and expected superior. But when he saw a stranger, he started, + and the two men gazed at each other long, before they could speak. Amram, + who felt unpleasantly surprised, began the verbal encounter: “Reuben? + Don’t you know me, the friend of your youth, and your kinsman in the + Promise?” + </p> + <p> + “Amram, the husband of Jochebed, the son of Kohath! Yes, I know you!” + </p> + <p> + “And you here! After you have vanished from my sight for thirty years!” + </p> + <p> + “And you?” + </p> + <p> + “I was sent for to repair a door; that is all; and when I was left alone, + I wanted to look round. + </p> + <p> + “I am a scribe in the chief school....” + </p> + <p> + “And sacrificest to strange gods....” + </p> + <p> + “No, I do not sacrifice, and I have kept my faith in the promise, Amram. I + have entered this temple in order to learn the secrets of the wise, and to + open from within the fortress which holds Israel captive.” + </p> + <p> + “Secrets? Why should the Highest be secret?” + </p> + <p> + “Because the common people only understand what is low.” + </p> + <p> + “You do not yourself believe in these animals which you call sacred?” + </p> + <p> + “No, they are only symbols—visible signs to body forth the + invisible. We priests and scribes revere the Only One, the Hidden, under + His visible shape, the Sun, giver and sustainer of life. You remember, + when we were young, how Pharaoh Amenophis the Fourth forcibly did away + with the ancient gods and the worship of the sacred animals. He passed + down the river from Thebes proclaiming the doctrine of the Unity of God. + Do you know whence he derived that doctrine? From the Israelites, who, + after Joseph’s marriage to Asenath, daughter of the High Priest of On, + increased in numbers, and even married daughters of the house of Pharaoh. + But after the death of Amenophis the old order was restored, the King + again resided at Thebes, and the ancient gods were brought out again, all + to please the people.” + </p> + <p> + “And you continue to honour the Only One, the Hidden, the Eternal. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we do.” + </p> + <p> + “Is, then, your God not the same as the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob?” + </p> + <p> + “Probably, since there is only One.” + </p> + <p> + “It is strange. Why, then, do you persecute the Hebrews?” + </p> + <p> + “Foreigners are not generally loved. You know that our Pharaoh has lately + conquered the Syrian race of Hittites.” + </p> + <p> + “In the land of Canaan and the region round about, in the land of our + fathers, and of the promise. Do you see, the Lord of Zebaoth, our God, + sends him to prepare the way for our people?” + </p> + <p> + “Do you still believe in the promise?” + </p> + <p> + “As surely as the Lord liveth! And I am told that the time will be soon + fulfilled when we shall leave our bondage, and go to the promised land.” + </p> + <p> + The scribe did not answer, but his face expressed simultaneously doubt in + Amram’s declaration, and the certainty of something quite different which + would soon happen. Amram, who did not wish to have his faith shaken by any + kind of explanations, let the subject drop, and spoke of something + indifferent. + </p> + <p> + “That is a strange staircase.” + </p> + <p> + “It is an elevator, and not a staircase.” + </p> + <p> + Amram glanced up at the domed roof, and found a new pretext for continuing + the conversation, which he did not wish to drop. + </p> + <p> + “Does that represent the sky?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “And its secrets?” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, the secrets? They are accessible to all who can understand them.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell them in a few words.” + </p> + <p> + “Astronomy is not my province, and I know little of it, but still I will + tell you in a few words. The vault up there represents the sky, the board + lying on the table, the earth. Now the wise speak thus: In the beginning + Earth (Sibu) and Heaven (Nuit) lay near each other. But the god of air and + of sunlight (Shu) raised the sky, and set it as a vault over the earth. + The fixed constellations which we know form as it were an impression, like + that of a seal on wax, of the earth, and when the learned study the stars, + they can find out the unknown parts of our earth. Look at the + constellations which you know. In the north the Great Bear; in the south, + at a certain season of the year, the Hunter (Orion), with four stars at + the corners and three stars in the middle. These three we Hebrews call + Jacob’s Staff, and through the uppermost of them passes the sky-gauge or + equator, which corresponds to the earth-gauge where the sources of our + Nile are said to be. + </p> + <p> + “You know also the constellation which we specially love—the River + (Nile). Look, how it flees from the Hunter (Orion), and makes as many + windings as the Nile here on earth. Therefore he who wishes to learn the + hidden secrets of earth must learn them from the sky. Our wise men know + only the lands which lie towards the east; but those which lie in the + north under the Great Bear are unknown to us, as also are the lands + towards the west. But it looks as though the lands of the Bear had great + destinies assigned to them. Their numbers are four and three, like those + of the Hunter. Three represents the Divine with its attributes, four + denotes the most perfect possible: three and four together form the + mysterious number seven. To gods sacrifices are offered with the unequal + number, three; to men, with the equal number four. + </p> + <p> + “This is about all that I have cursorily understood of the secrets of the + sky. If you now wish to understand some of the secrets of the earth, let + us consider the tombs of the Pharaohs. These, apart from their ostensible + purposes of being tombs, have also a hidden one—<i>i.e.</i> to + conceal in their numbers and proportions the discoveries of the learned + regarding the mutual relations of Sibus and Nuits. In the first place, the + sepulchre of the Pharaohs, or the Pyramid, operates with the numbers four + and three; the base with four, the sides with three. That was indeed one + of the secrets of the sky. But the base of the Great Pyramid is 365 ells + broad. There you have the 365 days of the year. Now the triple side of the + Pyramid is 186 great ells, or a stadium long. There you see where our + road-measures come from. + </p> + <p> + “If you multiply the breadth of the base with the number 500, which is + about double the breadth measured in great ells, you obtain a length which + is equivalent to 1/360 of the whole orbital path of the sun in a year, + since the number of days in a lunar year is 360. This length represents + four minutes, and those who live a degree west of us see the sun rise four + minutes later than we do. + </p> + <p> + “This is all I remember about numbers and proportions. If you wish to + learn more—for example, why the sides of the pyramid are inclined at + an angle of 5l°—you must ask the astronomers. The steps to the + funereal chamber, on the other hand, are inclined at an angle of 27°. This + corresponds to the difference between the axis of the universe and the + axis of the earth.” + </p> + <p> + Amram had listened with special attention to the learned scribe’s + explanation of the tombs of the Pharaohs, and when Reuben mentioned + numbers he concentrated his attention still more, as though he wished to + fix something in his mind. Finally he interrupted him, and began to speak: + “You just now mentioned 27°. Good! That is not the inclination of the axis + of the universe, but of the Milky Way, which probably is the real axis and + lies 27° north of the heavenly equator, while the inclination of the + earth’s axis to the orbit of the sun is 23°. But you have forgotten the + third Pyramid, that of Menkheres, the base of which is 107 great ells + broad. This number 107 we find again three or five times in the universe; + there are 107 smaller suns between the earth and the sun; 107 is the + distance of the planet Venus, and also of Jupiter from the sun.” + </p> + <p> + Reuben started. “What? Where did you get all that? Here you let me stand, + and make a fool of me! Where have you learnt that?” + </p> + <p> + “From our oldest and wisest, who have preserved the memories of their home + at Ur in Chaldaea. You despise Assur, you men of Egypt, for you believe + the Nile is the centre of the earth. But there are many centres in the + infinite. Behind Assur, on the Tigris and Euphrates, there lies another + land with another river. It is called the Land of the Seven Rivers, + because its river debouches into seven mouths as the Nile does.” + </p> + <p> + “The Nile has seven arms, as you say, like the seven-branched candlestick! + </p> + <p> + “That betokens the Light of the world, which shall shine from every land + where a river divides itself in order to flow into the sea. The rivers, + you see, are the blood-vessels of the earth, and as these carry blue and + red blood alternately, so our land has its Blue Nile and its Red Nile. The + Blue Nile is poisonous like dark blood, and the Red is fertilising, + life-giving, like red blood. So everything created has its counterpart + above in heaven and below on earth, for all is one, and the Lord of all is + One—One and the Same.” + </p> + <p> + Reuben kept silence and listened. “Speak on!” he said at last. + </p> + <p> + Amram therefore continued: “The tombs of the Pharaohs have also grown out + of the earth on which they rest. The first or Great Pyramid is built after + the pattern of sea-salt when it crystallises in the warmth of the sun. If + you could look through a dewdrop into a salt-crystal, you would find it + built up of an infinite number of squares just like the Great Pyramid. But + if you let alum crystallise, you will see a whole field of pyramids. Alum + is the salt deposited in clay. There you have the salt of the earth and of + the sea. + </p> + <p> + “But there is another kind of pyramid with blunted corners. That is the + original form of sulphur when found in chalk. Now we have water, earth, + and chalk with its fire-stone. There is still a third kind of pyramid with + blunted edges; these resemble crystallised flint or rock crystal. There + you have the foundation of the mountains. A closer examination of the + Nile-mud will discover all these primary forms and substances—clay, + salt, sulphur, and flint. Therefore the Nile is the blood of the earth. + And the mountains are the flesh, not the bones.” + </p> + <p> + Reuben, whose Egyptian name was Phater, had regarded Amram while he spoke + with alarm and amazement. When the latter had ceased to speak, he began, + “You are not Amram the worker in ebony and cabinet-maker.” + </p> + <p> + “I am certainly a worker in ebony and cabinetmaker, but I am also of + Israel’s priestly line. I am the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, the son + of Jacob, the son of Isaac, the son of Abraham. I am a Levite and the + husband of Jochebed. Miriam, and Aaron are the children hitherto born to + me; one unborn I still await. Now I go back to my work; show me the way!” + </p> + <p> + Phater went in front, but led Amram by another way than that by which he + had come. As they passed by an open door, which led into a large hall + lined with bookcases, Amram stopped, full of curiosity, and wished to + enter, in order to look at the numerous books. But Phater held him back by + his garment, “Don’t go in,” he said; “the place is full of traps and + snares. The guardian of the library sits concealed in the middle of the + hall, and guards his treasures jealously. He has had the floor made of + dried willow-withes, which creak when they are trodden upon. He hears + anyone stealing in, and he hears if a scribe touches the forbidden books. + He has heard us, and he is feeling after us! Don’t you feel as if cold + snake-tongues were touching your cheeks, your forehead, your eyelids?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do.” + </p> + <p> + “It is he, stretching out the fingers of his soul, as we stretch out an + arm. But now I cut off the feeler which wants to examine us.” + </p> + <p> + He took out a knife, and made a cut through the air in front of them. + </p> + <p> + Amram felt a sudden glow, and at the same moment saw a great adder + writhing on the ground in its death-struggle. + </p> + <p> + “You practise magic arts here?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Did you not know that?” + </p> + <p> + “I did not expect it.” + </p> + <p> + At the same instant the wall seemed to open, and they saw a mass of Nile + mud in which crocodiles and snakes twined round each other, while a + hippopotamus trampled threateningly with its forefeet. + </p> + <p> + Amram was alarmed, but Phater took out an amulet in the shape of a + scarabaeus, and, holding it as a shield in front of him, he passed through + the terrible shapes, which dissolved like smoke, while Amram followed him. + </p> + <p> + “The magician only cheats our eyes,” said Phater, and as he waved his hand + the whole appearance vanished. + </p> + <p> + Now they stood again in the first hall, and, pointing to the Nilometer, + Amram said, “Famine!” + </p> + <p> + “There is no doubt of that. Therefore all superfluous mouths should be + stopped.” + </p> + <p> + “What!” + </p> + <p> + Phater saw that he had made a slip of the tongue. + </p> + <p> + “I mean,” he said, “Pharaoh must consider how to get corn.” + </p> + <p> + “He would find a Joseph useful just now.” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” broke in Phater more vehemently than he intended. “Don’t you know + that Joseph the son of Jacob brought the Egyptians to be Pharaoh’s + bond-slaves. Your chronicles and ours relate that he made the peasants + mortgage their land in return for help during the seven lean years, and + that, by his doing so, Pharaoh became sole possessor of all the land of + Egypt.” + </p> + <p> + “You are not Reuben; you are Phater the Egyptian, for if you were an + Israelite, you would not have spoken thus. Our ways part. I go to my + work.” + </p> + <p> + Amram laid his hand on the door, and Phater glided into the shadow of the + columns and vanished. But Amram saw by his bent back that he had evil + designs. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + When Amram came home in the evening, he found that his wife had borne a + son. He was like other healthy children, but did not cry; after the bath + he was wrapped in linen and laid in the darkest corner of the cottage. + </p> + <p> + The next day before sunrise Amram went again to his work in the Temple of + the Sun, and was again led into the chamber with his eyes bandaged. There + he was left alone without receiving any counsel or advice regarding what + he was to do. This carelessness seemed to him like indifference, and + indicated a general laxness in the temple servants. Therefore he again + entered the columned hall. He looked uneasily at the Nilometer, in which + the water had sunk. There was no hope of the fifteen ells of water which + the earth needed for the harvest of the year. + </p> + <p> + He stepped out on the terrace, which looked towards the east, and entered + an open colonnade. But before he went farther, he took the precaution of + dropping small pieces of papyrus to show him the way back. He went through + narrow courtyards, but took care not to climb steps; his experience of + yesterday had warned him. At last he found himself in a forest of pillars + whose tops were crowned with lotus-buds, and, as he listened, he heard + what seemed a faint song of children’s voices from the roof. He laid his + ear to a pillar, and heard it more clearly, like the ringing music of + zither and harp. He knew that this was caused by the sun, which had + already warmed the stones of the roof, and was about to ascend the sky. + </p> + <p> + He went forward, and suddenly saw a terrace upon which stood a sacrificial + altar. From the terrace, a flight of stairs flanked with sphinxes + descended to the river. Thence there sloped a valley, bounded on the east + by the mountains of the Red Sea. At the altar there stood a priest in a + white linen robe with a purple border. He had raised his arms towards + heaven, and stood motionless. His hands were quite white, since the blood + had sunk into his arms, and the face of the old man seemed astrain with + the strength he had invoked from above. Sometimes his body shuddered as + though streams of fire ran through it. He was silent, and gazed towards + the East. Then the shining edge of the sun’s disk rose above the + mountain-ridge, and the white hands of the priest became transparently + crimson like his face. And he opened his mouth and said: “Sun-god: Lord of + the splendour of rays, be Thou extolled in the morning when Thou risest, + and in the evening when Thou descendest. I cry to Thee, Lord of Eternity, + Thou Sun of both horizons, Thou Creator who hast created Thyself. All the + gods shout aloud when they behold Thee, O King of heaven; my youth is + renewed when I see thy beauty. Hail to Thee, as Thou passest from land to + land, Thou Father of the gods!” + </p> + <p> + He stopped speaking and remained standing, his arms outstretched towards + the sun, as though he absorbed warmth from it. + </p> + <p> + Then in the forest of pillars a rattle of arms was heard, which ceased + immediately, and forthwith a stately beardless man appeared, clothed in + purple and gold. His walk was as noiseless as that of a panther’s, and he + seemed to glide over the floor which reflected his image, a bright shadow + which followed him as he went. When he came out on the terrace the sun + cast behind him a gigantic dark shadow which lay there like a carpet. + </p> + <p> + “Already at prayer, thou wisest of the wise!” was Pharaoh’s greeting to + the Chief Priest. + </p> + <p> + “My lord has called me, thy servant has obeyed. My lord has returned to + his land after long and victorious campaigns in far and foreign countries. + Thy servant greets Pharaoh to his face.” + </p> + <p> + Pharaoh sat down on a chair of state, his face turned towards the rising + sun, and began to speak like one who wishes to set his thoughts in order. + “My chariots have rolled over the red soil of Syria, my horses have + trampled the highways of Babylon and Nineveh; I have crossed the Euphrates + and Tigris, and marched through the region between the two rivers; I have + come to the land of the Five Rivers, and seen the Seven in the distance, + where the Land of Silk begins, that stretches towards the sunrise. I have + returned on my traces and gone northward towards Scythia and Colchis. + Wherever I went I heard murmurs and saw movements. The people have awaked; + in the temples they prophesied the return of the gods; for men had been + left alone to manage their affairs and to guide their destinies, but had + done both badly. Justice had become injustice, and truth, falsehood; the + whole earth groaned for deliverance. At last their prayers reached the + throne of the All-merciful. And now the wise, the gentle, the saintly + proclaim in all tongues the joyful message, ‘The gods return again. They + return in order to put right what the children of men have thrown in + confusion, to give laws and to protect justice.’ This message I bring home + as a spoil of victory, and thou, wisest of the wise, shalt receive it + first from thy lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Thou hearest, my Lord Pharaoh, what is spoken over the whole circle of + the earth; thine eyes see farther than the stars of heaven and the eye of + the sun!” + </p> + <p> + “And yet only my ear has heard, but my intelligence has not grasped what + the gods have revealed to me in a dream. Interpret it for me.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell it, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “I saw nothing, but I heard a voice, when sleep had quenched the light of + my eyes. The voice spoke in the darkness, and said, ‘The red earth will + spread over all lands, but the black shall be dispersed like the sand.’” + </p> + <p> + “The dream, my lord is not hard to interpret, but it forebodes nothing + good.” + </p> + <p> + “Interpret it.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well; the red earth is Syria, as thou knowest, my lord, where live + the wretched Hittites, that is the hereditary land of the Hebrew, Canaan. + The black earth is that of the Nile, thy land, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Again the Hebrews, always the Hebrews! Centuries have passed since this + people wandered into our land. They have increased without disturbing us. + I neither love nor hate them; but now I fear them. They have had to toil, + of late more severely than ever, but they do not murmur; they are patient + as though they expected something to happen.” + </p> + <p> + “Let them go, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “No! for then they will go, and found a new kingdom.” + </p> + <p> + “Let them go.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will destroy them.” + </p> + <p> + “Let them go.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I will destroy them.” + </p> + <p> + “But thy dream, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “I interpret that as a warning and exhortation.” + </p> + <p> + “Touch not that people, my lord, for their God is stronger than ours.” + </p> + <p> + “Their God is that of the Chaldaeans. Let our gods fight. I have spoken; + thou hast heard; I add nothing and retract nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “My Lord, thou seest one sun in the sky, and believest that it shines over + all nations: do you not believe that there is one Lord of the heaven who + rules the destinies of all nations?” + </p> + <p> + “It should be so, but the Lord of heaven has made me ruler over this land, + and now I rule it.” + </p> + <p> + “Thou rulest it, my lord, but thou rulest not wind and weather; thou canst + not raise the water of the Nile by one inch, and thou canst not prevent + the crops failing again this year.” + </p> + <p> + “Failing? What does the Nilometer say?” + </p> + <p> + “My lord, the sun has entered the sign of the Balance, and the water is + sinking already. It means famine.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will destroy all superfluous and strange mouths which take the + bread from the children of the country. I will annihilate the Hebrews.” + </p> + <p> + “Let them go free, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “I will summon the midwives, and have every boy that is born of a Hebrew + woman destroyed. I have spoken; now I act.” Pharaoh rose from his chair, + and departed more quickly than he had come. Amram sought to find his way + back, but could only discover one piece of papyrus. Then he remained + standing and feared much, for he could not find his way. + </p> + <p> + The sun had risen, and there was no more music in the forest of pillars, + but silence. But as Amram listened he began to be aware of that compressed + stillness which emanates from a listener, or from children who do + something forbidden and do not wish to be discovered. He felt that someone + was near who wished to be concealed, but who still kept his thoughts + directed towards him. In order to satisfy himself Amram went in the + direction where the silence seemed to be densest. And lo! behind a pillar + stood Phater. He did not show a sign of embarrassment, but only held out + his open hand, in which lay all the pieces of papyrus, which Amram had + strewed as he went. + </p> + <p> + “You must not strew pieces of papyrus on the ground,” said Phater with an + inscrutable smile. “Yes—I am not angry, I only wish you well. For + now you will follow me, and not return to your work, which was only a trap + set for your life. You must return to your house, and take care that your + new-born child is not killed. You see that Reuben-Phater is a true + Israelite, although you would not believe him.” + </p> + <p> + Amram followed him out of the temple, and went home. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Jochebed went about in Pharaoh’s garden watering cucumbers; she went to + and fro with her watering pot between the Watergate that opened on the + river and the cucumber-bed. But sometimes she went through the gate and + remained for a while outside. + </p> + <p> + Miriam, her daughter, pruned the vines which grew against the garden-wall, + but seemed to direct her attention more towards the broad walk which led + up to the summer palace of the princesses. Her head moved like the leaf of + the palm-tree when the wind blows through it, looking sometimes towards + the Watergate, sometimes towards the great walk, while her hands carried + on her work. As her mother delayed her return, she went from the wall down + to the gate, and out to the low river shore where the bulrushes swayed in + the gentle south wind. A stonechat of the desert sat on a rock by the + river, wagged its tail, and flapped its wings, as though it wished to show + something which it saw; and chattered at the sight of something strange + among the bulrushes. High up in the air a hawk hovered in spiral circles, + eyeing the ground below. Miriam broke off some lotus-buds and threw them + at the stonechat, which flew away, but kept its beak still pointing + towards the rushes. The girl girt up her dress, waded into the water, and + now saw her mother standing, hidden up to her waist in a forest of + papyrus-reeds, bending over a reed-basket with a baby at her breast. + </p> + <p> + “Mother,” whispered Miriam, “Pharaoh’s daughter is approaching; she comes + to bathe in the river.” + </p> + <p> + “Lord God of Israel, have mercy on my child!” + </p> + <p> + “If you have given the child enough to drink, hasten and come.” + </p> + <p> + The mother bowed herself like an arch over the child; her hair hung down + like an insect-net, and two tears fell from her eyes on the little one’s + outstretched hands. Then she rose, placed a sweet date in its mouth, + softly closed the cover, murmured a blessing, and came out of the water. + </p> + <p> + A gentle breeze from the land swayed the rushes and crisped the surface of + the river. + </p> + <p> + “The basket swims,” she said, “but the river flows on; it is red with + blood and thick as cream. Lord God of Israel, have mercy!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, He will,” answered Miriam, “as He had mercy on our father Abraham, + who obtained the promise, because he obeyed and believed, ‘Through thy + seed shall all the families on the earth be blessed.’” + </p> + <p> + “And now Pharaoh slays all the first-born.” + </p> + <p> + “But not thy son.” + </p> + <p> + “Not yet.” + </p> + <p> + “Pray and hope.” + </p> + <p> + “What? That the monsters of the river do not swallow him, that the waves + of the river do not drown him, that Pharaoh’s executioners do not kill + him! Is that the hope?” + </p> + <p> + “The promise is greater, and it lives: ‘Thy seed shall possess the gate of + his enemies.’” + </p> + <p> + “And then Amram thy father has fled.” + </p> + <p> + “To Raamses and Pithom, where our people toil in the buildings; he has + gone there to warn and advise them. He has done well. Hush! Pharaoh’s + daughter comes.” + </p> + <p> + “But she cannot bathe in the blood of our child.” + </p> + <p> + “She comes, however. But she is the friend of the poor Hebrews; fear not.” + </p> + <p> + “She is her father’s daughter.” + </p> + <p> + “The Egyptians are our cousins; they are Ham’s descendants, and we are + Shem’s. Shem and Ham were brothers.” + </p> + <p> + “But Ham was cursed by his father Noah, and Kanaan was Ham’s son.” + </p> + <p> + “But Noah said, ‘Blessed be the Lord God of Shem, and let Kanaan be his + servant.’ Have you heard? Shem received the promise, and we belong to + him.” + </p> + <p> + “Lord of Hosts, help us; the basket drifts with the wind! It drifts + towards the bathing-house,—and the vulture up there in the air.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a hawk, mother!” Jochebed ran up and down the bank, like a dog + whom its master has deserted; she beat her breast, and wept great tears. + </p> + <p> + Steps and voices were audible. “Here is Pharaoh’s daughter!” + </p> + <p> + “But the Lord God of Israel is watching over us.” + </p> + <p> + The two women hid themselves in the reeds, and Pharaoh’s daughter appeared + with her attendants at the watergate. She stepped on the bridge leading to + the bath-house, which was a hut of coloured camel’s skin, supported by + pillars which stood in the bed of the river. But the basket drifted + against the bridge and excited the curiosity of the princess. She remained + standing and waited. Jochebed and Miriam could not hear what she said on + account of the wind, but by her quiet movements they saw that she expected + some amusement from the strange gift brought by the river. Now she sent a + slave to the bank. The latter ran and broke off a long reed, which she + handed to her mistress, who fished for the basket and brought it within + reach. Then she knelt down and opened it. Jochebed saw two little arms + outstretched. The princess laughed aloud, and turned to the women. She + uttered an expression of joy, and then lifted the infant, which nestled in + her maiden bosom and felt about in her white robe. Then the princess + kissed it, pressed it to her breast, and turned back to the shore. + </p> + <p> + Miriam, who had now lost all fear, stepped forward and fell on her face. + “See, Miriam,” said the princess, whose name was Temma, “I have found a + baby. I have received it from the Nile, and therefore it is a child of the + gods. But now you must find a nurse for it.” + </p> + <p> + “Where shall I find one, noble princess?” + </p> + <p> + “Search! But you must find one before evening. Do not forget, however, + that it is my child, since I drew it out of the water. I have given him + his name, and he shall be called Moses. And I will have him educated so + that he becomes a man after our mind. Go in peace, and find me a nurse!” + </p> + <p> + Pharaoh’s daughter went with her child up to the palace, and Miriam looked + for her mother among the reeds, where she had waited and heard what + Pharaoh’s daughter had said and resolved. + </p> + <p> + “Mother, Pharaoh’s daughter will bring up Amram and Jochebed’s son. Ham’s + children will serve Shem’s. Praised be the Lord, the God of Shem! Now you + believe in the promise, mother!” + </p> + <p> + “Now I believe, and God be praised for His great mercy!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE HEMICYCLE OF ATHENS + </h2> + <p> + After a hot day the sun began to sink, and the market-place lay already in + shadow. The shadow rose and climbed up the Acropolis, on which the shield + of Pallas still gleamed as the aegis of the city. + </p> + <p> + Before the vari-coloured colonnade stood a group of men who had assembled + before the semi-circular marble seat called the Hemicyklion; they appeared + to be awaiting someone’s arrival before they sat down. Among them were + stately and handsome men, but there was also an extraordinarily ugly one, + round whom, however, the others seemed to press. His face resembled that + of a slave or satyr, and there were Athenians who thought they could trace + in it the marks of all kinds of wickedness and crime. On hearing of such + suspicions, Socrates is said to have remarked, “Think how much Socrates + must have had to contend against, for he is neither wicked nor a + criminal!” + </p> + <p> + This was the man known to the whole population of Athens as an eccentric + character who carried on philosophical discussions in streets and + market-places, in drinking-houses and brothels. He shunned no society, and + was on equally intimate terms with Pericles, the head of the state, and + with the licentious Alcibiades. He sat down to table with tradesmen and + artisans, drank with sailors in the Piraeus, and lived himself with his + family in the suburb Ceramicus. When it was asked why Socrates was always + out of doors, his friends answered, “because he was not comfortable at + home.” And when his more intimate friends asked how he could be on + intimate terms with seamen and tax-gatherers, Socrates himself answered, + “They are also men!” + </p> + <p> + At the philosopher’s side, and when he sat, standing behind him, was + always to be seen a youth, whose broad brow attracted attention. This was + his best disciple, whose real name was Aristokles, but who, on account of + his forehead, had the nickname Plato. + </p> + <p> + Vying with him in an almost jealous rivalry to appear by the Master’s + side, stood the beautiful Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + The third after them was the stately austere Euripides, the tragic + dramatist. Turning his back to the company, absorbed in thought and + tracing designs on the ground, as though he were always at work, stood + Phidias, the man “who made gods for Athens.” On the edge of the fountain + sat a man with his legs dangling and his mouth perpetually moving, as + though he were sharpening his tongue for thrust and counter-thrust; his + brow was furrowed and worn as though with fruitless thought, his eyes + glowered like those of a serpent watching for its prey. That was the + Sophist, Protagoras, the reasoner for hire, who for a few figs or a pair + of obols, could make black seem white, but was tolerated in this brilliant + society, because he could carry on a dialogue. They used him to enliven + their meetings, and pitted him in argument against Socrates, who, however, + always entangled him in the meshes of his dialectic. At last came the one + they expected. It was the head of the State, who would have been king had + not the kingship been abolished. His appearance was majestic, but his + entrance without a body-guard was like that of a simple citizen. He ruled + also only by force of his personal qualities—wisdom, strength of + will, moderation, forethought. + </p> + <p> + After exchanging greetings which showed that they had already met that + day, for they had been celebrating the deliverance from Persia at the + Salamis festival, the company sat down on the long semicircular marble + seat, called the Hemicyklion. When all had taken their seats, which were + reserved for each according to prescription, a silence followed which was + unusual in this circle, for they were accustomed to assemble as if for an + intellectual feast at every sunset. It was a symposium of minds, at which + the excesses, according to Alcibiades, were only spiritual. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades, the second youngest, but spoilt and aggressive, was the first + to break the silence. “We have been celebrating the battle of Salamis, the + day of our deliverance from the barbarians and the King of Persia, and I + see we are tired.” + </p> + <p> + “Not too tired,” answered Pericles, “to forget the birthday of our friend + Euripides, for, as we all know, he first saw the daylight when the sun + shone on the battle of Salamis.” + </p> + <p> + “He shall have a libation,” answered Alcibiades, “when we sit at table + with our cups in front of us.” + </p> + <p> + The Sophist, sitting by the fountain, had now collected enough yarn to + commence spinning with. + </p> + <p> + “How do you know,” he began, “that our deliverance from the King of Persia + was really a piece of good fortune? How do you know that Salamis was a + happy day for Hellas? Has not our great Aeschylus lamented and + sympathetically described the defeat of the Persians? + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “‘Hateful to me is thy name, Salamis, + And with a sigh I think of thee, Athens!’” + </pre> + <p> + “For shame, Sophist!” Alcibiades broke in. + </p> + <p> + But Protagoras whetted his beak and continued, “It is not I who say that + the name of Salamis is hateful, but Aeschylus, and I, as everyone knows, + am not Aeschylus. Neither have I maintained that it was a good thing to + serve the Persian King. I have only questioned, and a questioner asserts + nothing. Is it not so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + The master drew his fingers through his long beard, and answered. + </p> + <p> + “There are direct and indirect assertions; a question can be an indirect + and mischievous assertion. Protagoras has made such a one by his + question.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! Socrates!” exclaimed Alcibiades, who wished to kindle a flame. + </p> + <p> + Pericles spoke: “Protagoras, then, has asserted that you would be happier + under the Persian King. What should be done with such a man?” + </p> + <p> + “Throw him backwards in the fountain,” cried Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + “I appeal!” protested the Sophist. + </p> + <p> + “To the mob! They will always justify you,” Alcibiades interrupted. + </p> + <p> + “One does not say ‘mob’ if one is a democrat, Alcibiades. And one does not + quote Aeschylus when Euripides is present. When Phidias sits here one + would rather speak of his Parthenon and his Athene, whose robe even now + glitters in the sinking sun. Courtesy is the salt of social life.” + </p> + <p> + Thus Pericles sought to direct the conversation into a new channel, but + the Sophist thwarted him. + </p> + <p> + “If Phidias’ statue of Athene must borrow its gold from the sun, that may + prove that the gold granted by the State did not suffice, and that + therefore there is a deficiency. Is it not so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + The master silenced with his outstretched hand the murmur of disapproval + which arose, and said: + </p> + <p> + “It must first be proved that Phidias’ statue must borrow gold from the + sun, but since that is unproved, it is absurd to talk of a deficit. + Moreover, gold cannot be borrowed from the sun. Therefore what Protagoras + says is mere babble, and deserves no answer. On the other hand, will + Phidias answer this question? ‘When you have made Athene up there on the + Parthenon, have you made Athene?’” + </p> + <p> + “I have made her image,” answered Phidias. + </p> + <p> + “Right! You have made her image. But after what pattern?” + </p> + <p> + “After the pattern in my mind.” + </p> + <p> + “Not after an external one, then? Have you seen the goddess with your + eyes?” + </p> + <p> + “Not with my outward eyes.” + </p> + <p> + “Does she then exist outside you, or inside you?” + </p> + <p> + “If no one were listening to us, I would answer ‘She is not outside of me, + therefore she is not anywhere at all.’” + </p> + <p> + Pericles interrupted him: “You are talking of the gods of the State: + friends, take care!” + </p> + <p> + “Help, Protagoras! Socrates is throttling me!” cried Phidias. + </p> + <p> + “In my opinion it is not Zeus but Prometheus who has created men,” + answered the Sophist. “But Zeus gave unfinished man two imperishable gifts—the + sense of shame and conscience.” + </p> + <p> + “Then Protagoras was not made by Zeus, for he lacks both.” This thrust + came from Alcibiades. But now the taciturn tragedian Euripides began to + speak: “Allow me to say something both about Zeus and about Prometheus; + and don’t think me discourteous if I cite my great teacher Aeschylus when + I speak about the gods.” + </p> + <p> + But Pericles broke in: “Unless my eyes deceive me, I saw just now a pair + of ears projecting from behind the pillar of Hermes, and these ass’s ears + can only belong to the notorious tanner.” + </p> + <p> + “Cleon!” exclaimed Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + But Euripides continued: “What do I care about the tanner, since I do not + fear the gods of the State? These gods, whose decline Aeschylus foretold + long ago! Does not his <i>Prometheus</i> say that the Olympian Zeus will + be overthrown by his own descendant—the son that will be born of a + virgin? Is it not so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly: ‘she will bear a son who is stronger than his father.’ But who + it will be, and when he will be born, he does not say. Now I believe that + Zeus already lies <i>in extremis</i>.” + </p> + <p> + Again the warning voice of Pericles was heard. “The gods of the State! + Hush, friends! Cleon is listening!” + </p> + <p> + “I, on the other hand,” broke in Alcibiades, “believe that Athens is near + her end. While we have been celebrating the victory of Salamis, the + Spartans have risen and devastated the north. Megaris, Locris, Boeotia, + and Phocis are already on her side.” + </p> + <p> + “What you say is well known,” answered Pericles deprecatingly, “but at + present there is a truce, and we have three hundred ships at sea. Do you + think, Socrates, that there is danger?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot mix in the affairs of State; but if Athens is in danger, I will + take up shield and lance as before.” + </p> + <p> + “When you saved my life at Potidaea,” added Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + “No, the danger is not there,” interrupted Euripides—“not in Sparta, + but here at home. The demagogues have stirred up the marsh, and therefore + we have the pestilence in the Agora, and the pestilence in the Piraeus.” + </p> + <p> + “That in Piraeus is the worse of the two,” said Protagoras; “don’t you + think so, Alcibiades?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, for there are my best girls. My flute-players, who are to perform at + supper this evening, live by the harbour. But, by Hercules, no one here + fears death, I suppose?” + </p> + <p> + “No one fears, and no one wishes it,” answered Socrates; “but if you have + other girls, that would increase our pleasure.” + </p> + <p> + “Euripides does not like girls,” interrupted Protagoras. + </p> + <p> + “That is not true,” answered Euripides; “I like girls, but not women.” + </p> + <p> + Pericles rose: “Let us go to supper, and have walls round our conversation—walls + without ears! Support me, Phidias, I am tired.” + </p> + <p> + Plato approached Socrates: “Master, let me carry your mantle?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “That is my function, boy,” said Alcibiades, intercepting him. + </p> + <p> + “It was once,” objected Socrates; “now it belongs to Plato of the broad + head. Notice his name! He descends from Codrus, the last king, who gave + his life to save his people. Plato is of royal birth.” + </p> + <p> + “And Alcibiades is of the race of heroes, the Alcmaeonidae, like his uncle + Pericles; a noble company.” + </p> + <p> + “But Phidias is of the race of the gods; that is more.” + </p> + <p> + “I am probably descended from the Titans,” broke in Protagoras. “I say + ‘probably,’ for one knows nothing at all, and hardly that. Don’t you think + so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “<i>You</i> know nothing at all, and least of all what you talk about.” + The company passed through the Sacred Street, and went together to the + theatre of Dionysus, near which Alcibiades lived. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The demagogue Cleon had really been lurking out of sight, and listening to + the conversation. And so had another man with a yellow complexion and a + full black beard, who seemed to belong to the artisan class. When the + brilliant company had departed, Cleon stepped forward, laid his hand on + the stranger’s shoulder, and said: + </p> + <p> + “You have heard their conversation?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I have,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + “Then you can give evidence.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot give evidence, because I am a foreigner.” + </p> + <p> + “Still you have heard how they spoke against the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “I am a Syrian, and only know one true God. Your gods are not mine.” + </p> + <p> + “You are a Hebrew, then! What is your name?” + </p> + <p> + “I am an Israelite, of the family of Levi, and call myself now + Cartophilus.” + </p> + <p> + “A Phoenician, then?” + </p> + <p> + “No, a Hebrew. My forefathers came out of Ur of the Chaldees, then fell + into bondage in Egypt, but were brought by Moses and Joshua to the land of + Canaan, where we became powerful under our own kings, David and Solomon.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know them.” + </p> + <p> + “Two hundred years ago our city Jerusalem was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, + King of Babylon, and our people were carried captive to Babylon. But when + Babylon was overthrown by the King of Persia, we fell under the power of + the Persians, and have groaned under the successors of your Xerxes of + Salamis, whom we called Ahasuerus.” + </p> + <p> + “Your enemies, our enemies! Very well, friend; how did you come here.” + </p> + <p> + “When the Assyrian was about to carry us for the first time into + captivity, those who could flee, fled to Rhodes, Crete, and the islands of + Greece. But of those who were carried away some were sent northwards to + Media. My ancestors came hither from Media, and I am a new-comer.” + </p> + <p> + “Your speech is dark to me, but I have heard your nation praised because + they are faithful to the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “God! There is only One, the Single and True, who has created heaven and + earth, and given the promise to our people.” + </p> + <p> + “What promise?” + </p> + <p> + “That our nation shall possess the earth.” + </p> + <p> + “By Heracles! But the commencement is not very promising.” + </p> + <p> + “That is our belief, and it has supported us during our wanderings in the + wilderness, and during the Captivity.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you give evidence against these blasphemers of the gods?” + </p> + <p> + “No, Cleon, for you are idolaters. Socrates and his friends do not believe + in your gods, and that will be counted to them for righteousness. Yes, + Socrates appeared to me rather to worship the Eternal and Invisible, whom + we dare not name. Therefore I do not give evidence against him.” + </p> + <p> + “Is <i>that</i> the side you are on? Then go in peace, but beware! Go!” + </p> + <p> + “The God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob will protect me, so long as I and my + house keep His laws.” + </p> + <p> + Cleon had espied his friend and fellow-artisan in the colonnade, and + therefore let the inflexible Hebrew go. The latter hastened towards the + sycamore avenue of the oil-market, and disappeared there. + </p> + <p> + Anytos the tanner and politician approached, rehearsing a written speech + which he was intending to deliver: “Athens or Sparta,—that is the + whole question at issue....” + </p> + <p> + Cleon, full of curiosity, interrupted him: “What are you rehearsing, + Anytos?” + </p> + <p> + “A speech.” + </p> + <p> + “So I heard! Athens or Sparta! Government by the people, or government by + donkeys. The people, the weightiest element in the State, the cultivators + of the land, the producers of wealth, lie at the bottom like gold. The + worthless, the drones, the rich, the aristocratic, the most frivolous, + swim on the surface like chips and corks. Athens has always represented + government by the people, and will always do so; Sparta represents the + donkey-government. + </p> + <p> + “The oligarchy, you mean, Cleon.” + </p> + <p> + “No; donkeys. Therefore, Anytos, Athens is badly governed, for Pericles + the rich man, who boasts of royal ancestors, has come to power. How can he + sympathise with these people, since he has never been down there below? + How can he see them rightly from above? He sits on the gable-roof of the + Parthenon, and views the Athenians as ants, while they are lions, with + their claws pared and their teeth drawn. We, Anytos, born down there amid + the skins of the tanyard and dog’s-dung, we understand our perspiring + brothers—we know them by the smell, so to speak. But like readily + associates with like; therefore Sparta feels attracted to Athens, to + Pericles and his followers. Pericles draws Sparta to himself, and we + sink....” + </p> + <p> + Anytos, himself an orator, did not like to hear eloquence from others, + therefore he cut abruptly through Cleon’s speech. + </p> + <p> + “Pericles is ill.” + </p> + <p> + “Is he ill?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he has fever!” + </p> + <p> + “Really? Perhaps the plague.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps.” + </p> + <p> + This interjected remark of Anytos had crossed Cleon’s prolix discourse, + and a new hope glimmered before him. + </p> + <p> + “And after Pericles?” he said. “Cleon, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not? The man of the people for the people, but no philosophers nor + actors. So, Pericles is sick, is he? Listen, Anytos? Who is Nicias?” + </p> + <p> + “He is a grandee who believes in oracles.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t attack the oracles. I certainly do not believe in them, but a State + requires for its stability a certain uniformity in everything—laws, + customs, and religion. Therefore I support the gods of the State—and + what belongs to them.” + </p> + <p> + “I also support the gods of the State, so long as the people do.” + </p> + <p> + The two orators began to be mutually weary, and Cleon wished for solitude + in order to hatch the eggs which Anytos had laid for him. Therefore he + remarked, “You say that Nicias....” + </p> + <p> + “I am going to bathe,” broke in Anytos; “otherwise I will get no sleep + to-night.” + </p> + <p> + “But Alcibiades, who is he?” + </p> + <p> + “He is the traitor Ephialtes, who will lead the Persian King to + Thermopylae.” + </p> + <p> + “The Persian King in the east, Sparta in the south.” + </p> + <p> + “Macedonia in the north.” + </p> + <p> + “And in the west, new Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “Enemies in all four quarters! Woe to Athens!” + </p> + <p> + “Woe to Hellas!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The guests had assembled at the house of Alcibiades, who on his arrival + had immediately gone off, with the laudable object of procuring + flute-players. Since the evening was warm, supper was served in the Aula, + or inner court, which was surrounded by Corinthian colonnades, and lighted + by many lamps which hung between the pillars. + </p> + <p> + After they had taken a light meal, ivy wreaths were distributed and cups + were set before the guests. + </p> + <p> + Aspasia, the only woman present, had the place of honour next to Pericles. + She had come at the beginning, accompanied by her slaves, and was waiting + impatiently for the verbal contests to begin. But Pericles was depressed + and tired. Socrates lay on his back, silent, and looked up at the stars, + Euripides chewed a wood-splinter and was morose; Phidias kneaded balls of + bread, which in his hand took the shapes of animals; Protagoras whispered + to Plato, who, with becoming youthful modesty, kept in the background. + </p> + <p> + Quite at the bottom of the table sat the skeleton, with a wreath of roses + round its white forehead. In order to counteract the uncanny feeling + likely to be aroused by this unbidden guest, Alcibiades had placed an + onion between its front teeth, and in one of its hands an asphodel lily, + which the skeleton appeared to smell at. + </p> + <p> + When the silence at last became oppressive, Pericles roused himself from + his lethargy, and opened the conversation. + </p> + <p> + “I should like,” he said, “without raising any bitterness or strife, to + suggest as a subject for discussion the often-raised question of + Euripides’ supposed misogyny. What do you say, Protagoras?” + </p> + <p> + “Our friend Euripides has been married three times, and each time has had + children. He can therefore not be a woman-hater. Is it not so, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Euripides,” answered Socrates, “loves Aspasia, as we all do, and can + therefore not be a woman-hater. He loves, with Pericles’ consent, the + beauty of Aspasia’s mind, and is therefore no misogynist. Not much that is + complimentary can be said about Aspasia’s person, and we have nothing to + do with it. Is Aspasia beautiful, Phidias?” + </p> + <p> + “Aspasia is not beautiful, but her soul is beautiful and good. Is it not, + Pericles?” + </p> + <p> + “Aspasia is my friend, and the mother of our child; Aspasia is a wise + woman, for she possesses modesty and conscientiousness, self-knowledge and + foresight; Aspasia is prudent, for she is silent when wise men speak. But + Aspasia can also cause wise men to speak wisely by listening to them; for + she helps them to produce thoughts, not like Socrates’ midwife, who only + brings corporeal births to pass, but she incarnates their souls.” + </p> + <p> + Protagoras continued: “Aspasia is like the Mother Cybele of us all; she + bears us in her bosom.” + </p> + <p> + “Aspasia is the scale of the zither, without whom our strings would not + sound.” + </p> + <p> + “Aspasia is the mother of us all,” recommenced Socrates, “but she is also + the midwife who washes our new-born thoughts and wraps them in beautiful + swaddling-clothes. Aspasia receives our children dirty, and gives them + back to us purified. She gives nothing of herself, but by receiving gives + the giver the opportunity to give.” + </p> + <p> + Euripides resumed the topic which they had dropped: “I was accused, and am + acquitted—am I not, Aspasia?” + </p> + <p> + “If you can acquit yourself of the accusation, you are acquitted, + Euripides.” + </p> + <p> + “Accuse me, dear Accuser; I will answer.” + </p> + <p> + “I will bring the accusation in your own words. Hippolytus says in one + passage in your tragedy of that name: ‘O Zeus, why, in the name of heaven, + didst thou place in the light of the sun that specious evil to men—women? + For if thou didst will to propagate the race of mortals, there was no + necessity for this to be done by women, but men might, having placed an + equivalent in thy temples, either in brass or iron, or weighty gold, buy a + race of children each according to the value paid, and thus might dwell in + unmolested houses, without females.’” + </p> + <p> + “But now first of all, when we prepare to bring this evil to our homes, we + squander away the wealth of our houses.” + </p> + <p> + “How evil woman is, is evident from this also, that the father who begat + her and brought her up, having given her a dowry, sends her away in order + to be rid of her.” + </p> + <p> + “Now defend yourself, Euripides.” + </p> + <p> + “If I were a Sophist like Protagoras, I should answer, ‘It was Hippolytus + who said that; not I.’ But I am a poet, and speak through my characters. + Very well; I said it, I meant it when I wrote it, and I mean it still. And + yet I almost always love any given woman, though I hate her sex. I cannot + explain it, for I was never perverse like Alcibiades. Can you explain it, + Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a man can hate and love a woman simultaneously. Everything is + produced by its opposite—love by hate, and hate by love. In my wife + I love the good motherly element, but I hate the original sin in her; + therefore I can hate and love her at the same time. Is it not so, + Protagoras?” + </p> + <p> + “Now it is Socrates who is the Sophist. Black cannot be white.” + </p> + <p> + “Now it is Protagoras who is simple. This salt in the salt-cellar is + white, but put out the lamps, and it is black. The salt therefore is not + absolutely white, but its whiteness depends on the light. I should be + inclined rather to believe that salt is absolutely black, for darkness is + merely the absence of light, and is nothing in itself, communicates no + quality of its own to the salt, which in the darkness is something + independent, consequently its real nature is black. + </p> + <p> + “But in the light a thing can be both black and white. This sea-sole, for + instance, is black above, but white below. In the same way something can + be good and bad at the same time. Therefore Euripides is right when he + says that he loves and hates woman simultaneously. The misogynist is he + who only hates woman, but Euripides loves her also. Therefore he is not a + misogynist. What do you think, Aspasia?” + </p> + <p> + “Wise Socrates! You confess that Euripides hates women, therefore he is a + woman-hater.” + </p> + <p> + “No, my dear child, I admitted that Euripides <i>both</i> loves and hates + women,—<i>both</i>, mark you. I love Alcibiades, but I abhor and + hate his want of character; now I ask the friends here, am I a hater of + Alcibiades?” + </p> + <p> + “No, certainly not,” they answered simultaneously. But Aspasia was roused, + and wished to rouse him. “Wise Socrates, how do matters stand between you + and your wife?” + </p> + <p> + “The wise man does not willingly speak of his wife,” Protagoras struck in: + “nor of his weakness.” + </p> + <p> + “You have said it. One sacrifices to the earth, but unwillingly; one binds + oneself, but without pleasure; one endures, but loves not; one does one’s + duty to the State, but with difficulty. There is only one Aspasia, and she + belongs to Pericles—the greatest woman to the greatest man. Pericles + is the greatest in the State, as Euripides is the greatest on the stage.” + </p> + <p> + This was an opportunity for Protagoras, without his needing to seek it. + “Is Euripides greater than Aeschylus and Sophocles?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, Protagoras! He is nearer to us; he speaks <i>our</i> thoughts, + not those of our fathers; he does not cringe before the gods and fate; he + fights with them; he loves men, knows them, and laments them; his art is + more elaborate, his feelings warmer, his pictures more life-like than + those of the ancients. But now I should like to speak of Pericles.” + </p> + <p> + “Stop, Socrates! In the Pnyx or the Agora, but not here! Though I should + be glad of a word of encouragement since false accusations rain on me. We + have come here to forget and not to remember ourselves, and Socrates + delights us most when he speaks of the highest things, among which I do + not count the State of Athens. Here comes Alcibiades with his following. + Kindle more lights, boys, and put more ice in the wine.” + </p> + <p> + There was a noise at the entrance; the dog barked, the doorkeeper shouted, + and Alcibiades entered with his companions. These consisted of girls and + of two strangers whom he had found in a wine-house. + </p> + <p> + “Papaia!” he cried. “Here is the host! And here is Aristophanes, a future + dramatist. Here is the Roman Lucillus, formerly a Decemvir, who has been + banished. There is one of the many Laises who have sat to Phidias. Aspasia + must not take it ill. And here are flute-players from Piraeus. Whether + they have the pestilence, I know not! What can they do to me? I am twenty + years old, and yet have done nothing? Why, then, should I live? Now Lais + will dance. Papaia!” + </p> + <p> + Euripides rose and made a sign for silence. “Let the dance wait; Pericles + is not pleased, and looks serious.” A pause followed. The heat was + oppressive. It was not thunder-weather, but something like it, and a sense + of uneasy expectation seemed to weigh upon all their spirits. + </p> + <p> + Then, as if by accident, the arm of the skeleton fell on its knee with a + slight snap. The flower, which it had held under its nose, lay on the + earth. + </p> + <p> + All started, even Alcibiades, but, angry with himself for this weakness, + he took a cup and stepped forward. + </p> + <p> + “The skeleton is thirsty! I drink to it! Who pledges me?” + </p> + <p> + “Socrates can do so the best. He can drink half a jar of wine in one pull, + without winking.” + </p> + <p> + As a matter of fact, Socrates was notorious for his drinking powers, but + now he was not in the mood. “Not to-day! Wine is bitter to my taste,” he + said. + </p> + <p> + And turning to Pericles, he whispered: “Evil eyes have come here. This + Aristophanes is not our friend! Do you know him?” + </p> + <p> + “Very little, but he looks as though he would like to murder us.” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades continued to address the skeleton: “Thus looks Athens at this + moment! Sparta and the Persian King have gnawed off its flesh; Cleon has + tanned its skin; the allies have gouged out its eyes; the citizens have + drawn out its teeth,—those citizens whom Aristophanes knows and whom + he will soon describe. Here’s to you, skeleton! ‘[Greek: <i>Polla metaxu + pelei kulikos kai cheileos akrou</i>]!’” + </p> + <p> + There was a sudden change in the scene. The skeleton sank backwards like a + drunken man; the lamps began to sway on their chains, the salt-cellar was + spilt on the table. + </p> + <p> + “Ohioh!” cried Alcibiades, “Tralall! Ha! Ha! Ha! The table wobbles, the + sofa rocks; am I drunk, or is the room drunk?” + </p> + <p> + All were alarmed, but Socrates commanded quiet. “A god is near! The earth + shakes, and I hear ... does it thunder? No! That is an earthquake.” + </p> + <p> + All jumped up, but Socrates continued, “Be quiet! It is already past.” + </p> + <p> + After they had all taken their places again, he continued: “I was five + years old when Sparta was visited by an earthquake; twenty thousand men + perished, and only six houses remained standing. Then it was Sparta. Now + it is Athens. Yes, friends, a voice says to me, ‘Before a babe can become + a man, we shall have been dispersed and destroyed like a bevy of birds.’” + </p> + <p> + Again the dog barked, and the door-keeper shouted. There entered an + uninvited guest in a state of excitement. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades greeted him. “It is Nicias,” he said. “Now I will be sober; the + thoughtful Nicias comes to our feast. What is the matter?” + </p> + <p> + “Allow an uninvited guest.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak, Nicias!” + </p> + <p> + “Pericles!” began the new-comer hesitatingly, “your friend, our friend, + the glory of Athens and Hellas,—Phidias is accused....” + </p> + <p> + “Stop! Silence!” + </p> + <p> + “Accused! O shame and disgrace! I cannot say it without weeping: Phidias + is accused of having purloined gold from the statue of Athene.” + </p> + <p> + The silence which followed was first broken by Pericles: “Phidias hides + his face in his mantle; he is ashamed for Athens. But by the gods and the + nether world, let us swear to his innocence.” + </p> + <p> + “We swear!” exclaimed all like one man. + </p> + <p> + “I swear also,” said Nicias. + </p> + <p> + “Athens is dishonoured, if one has to swear that Phidias has not stolen.” + </p> + <p> + Nicias had approached Pericles, and, bowing to Aspasia, he whispered, + “Pericles, your son Paralos is ill.” + </p> + <p> + “Of the pestilence! Follow me, Aspasia.” + </p> + <p> + “He is not my son, but yours; therefore I follow you.” + </p> + <p> + “The house collapses, friends depart, all beauty passes away, the ugly + remains.” + </p> + <p> + “And the gods sleep.” + </p> + <p> + “Or have emigrated.” + </p> + <p> + “Or are dead! Let us make new ones.” + </p> + <p> + Another shock of earthquake extinguished the lamps, and all went out into + the street, except Socrates and Alcibiades. + </p> + <p> + “Phidias accused of theft! Let the walls of the world fall in!” said + Socrates, and sank, as was his custom, into a fit of absent-mindedness + that resembled sleep. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades took one of the largest double-goblets, veiled it, and + improvised the following dithyramb: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “May everything break up from Pindus to the Caucasus! + Then will Prometheus be unbound and bestow fire again + on frozen mortals! + And Zeus descends to Hades, Pallas sells herself; + Apollo breaks his lyre in two, and cobbles shoes; + Ares lets his war-horse go, and minds sheep; + And on the ruins of all earthly glory, stands Alcibiades + alone, + In the full consciousness of his almightiness, + And laughs!” + +</pre> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The pestilence had broken out in Athens accompanied by shocks of + earthquake. + </p> + <p> + When Pericles, accompanied by Aspasia, reached his house, his son by his + divorced wife was dead. + </p> + <p> + According to the prevailing custom, and to show that he had not been + murdered, the corpse was placed in the doorway. A small coffin of + cedar-wood, painted red and black, stood on a bier, and showed the dead + child dressed in a white shroud. He had a garland on his head, woven of + the plant of death, the strong-scented Apium or celery. In his mouth he + had an obol as Charon’s fee. + </p> + <p> + Pericles uttered a prayer in an undertone, without showing especially deep + sorrow, for he had gone through much, and learnt to suffer. + </p> + <p> + “Two sons the gods have taken from me. Are they enough to atone?” + </p> + <p> + “What have you to atone for?” asked Aspasia. + </p> + <p> + “One must suffer for another; the individual for the State. Pericles has + suffered for Athens.” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me that my tears dry sooner than yours. The thought that <i>our</i> + son lives, gives me comfort.” + </p> + <p> + “It comforts me also, but not so much.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall I go, before your wife comes?” + </p> + <p> + “You must not leave me, for I am ill.” + </p> + <p> + “You have spoken of it for a long time now. Is it serious?” + </p> + <p> + “My soul is sick. When the State suffers, I am ill.... There comes the + mother of the dead.” + </p> + <p> + A black-robed woman appeared in the doorway; she wore a veil in order to + hide the fact that her hair was cut off; she had a garland in her hand, + and a slave followed her with a torch. + </p> + <p> + She did not immediately notice Aspasia’s presence, greeted her former + husband with a glance, and laid the garland at the dead boy’s feet. “I + only bring a funeral garland for my son,” she said, “but instead of the + obol, he shall take a kiss from the lips of his mother.” + </p> + <p> + She threw herself on the dead child, and kissed him. + </p> + <p> + “Beware of the dead!” said Pericles, and seized her arm; “he died of the + pestilence.” + </p> + <p> + “My life has been a lingering death; a quick one is preferable to me.” + </p> + <p> + Then she noticed Aspasia, and, rising, said with quiet dignity, “Tell your + friend to go.” + </p> + <p> + “She goes, and I follow her.” + </p> + <p> + “That is right! For now, my Pericles, the last tie between us is + dissolved! Farewell!” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, my wife!” + </p> + <p> + And, turning to Aspasia, he said, “Give me your hand, my spouse.” + </p> + <p> + “Here it is.” + </p> + <p> + The mourning mother lingered: “We shall all meet again some day, shall we + not? And then as friends—you, she, and he who is gone before to + prepare a dwelling for the hearts which are separated by the narrow laws + of life.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Pericles and Socrates wandered in the avenue of plane-trees below the + Hemicyklion, and conversed together. + </p> + <p> + “Phidias has been acquitted of theft, but re-arrested on the charge of + blaspheming the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “Arrested? Phidias!” + </p> + <p> + “They say that he has represented me and himself in Athene’s shield.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the mob’s doing, which hates all greatness! Anaxagoras banished + because he was too wise; Aristides banished because he was too just; + Themistocles, Pausanias.... What did you do, Pericles, when you gave the + people power?” + </p> + <p> + “What was lawful and right. I fall certainly by my own sword, but + honourably. I go about and am dying piecemeal, like Athens. Did we know + that we adorned our statues for a funeral procession? that we were weaving + our own shrouds? that the choruses of our tragedies were dirges?” + </p> + <p> + “Athens is dying—yes! But of what?” + </p> + <p> + “Of Sparta.” + </p> + <p> + “What is Sparta?” + </p> + <p> + “Sparta is Heracles; the club, the lion-skin, brute-strength. We Athenians + are the sons of Theseus, ranged against the Heraclidae, Dorians, and + Ionians. Athens dies by Sparta’s hand, but Hellas dies by her own.” + </p> + <p> + “I believe the gods have forsaken us.” + </p> + <p> + “I believe so too, but the Divine lives.” + </p> + <p> + “There comes Nicias, the messenger of misfortune.” It was Nicias; and when + he read the question in the faces and glances of the two, he answered, + without waiting to be asked: “From the Agora!” + </p> + <p> + “What is the news from the Agora?” + </p> + <p> + “The Assembly seeks help from the Macedonians.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not from the Persians? Good! then the end is near. Do they seek help + from the enemy? From the barbarian, the Macedonian, who lies above us like + a lion on a hill. Go, Nicias, and say, ‘Pericles is dying.’ And ask them + to choose the worthiest as his successor! Not the most unworthy! Go, + Nicias, but go quickly.” + </p> + <p> + “I go,” said Nicias, “but for a physician.” + </p> + <p> + And he went. + </p> + <p> + “No physician can cure me!” answered Pericles; but in a weak voice, as + though he spoke to himself. He took his old seat in the Hemicyklion. When + he had rested a while, he made Socrates a sign to come near, for he did + not wish to raise his voice. + </p> + <p> + “Socrates, my friend,” he began, “this is the farewell of a dying man. You + were the wisest, but take it not ill if I say, ‘Be not too wise’; seek not + the unattainable, and confuse not men’s minds with subtleties; do not make + the simple complicated. You wish to see things with both eyes, but he who + shoots with the bow, must close one eye; otherwise he sees his mark + doubled. You are not a Sophist, but may easily appear so; you are not a + libertine, but you go about with such; you hate your city and your + country, and rightly; but you should love them to the death, for that is + your duty; you despise the people, but you should be sorry for them. I + have not admired the people, but I have given them laws and justice; + therefore I die! + </p> + <p> + “Good-night, Socrates! Now it is dark before my eyes. You shall close + them, and give me the garland. Now I go to sleep. When I awake, <i>if</i> + I awake, then I am on the other side, and then I will send you a greeting, + if the gods allow it. Good-night.” + </p> + <p> + “Pericles is dead. Hear it, Athenians, and weep as I do!” + </p> + <p> + The people streamed thither, but they did not weep. They only wondered + what would now happen, and felt almost glad of a change. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Cleon the tanner stood in the orator’s pulpit in the Pnyx. Among his most + attentive hearers were Alcibiades, Anytos, and Nicias. Cleon said: + “Pericles is dead, and Pericles is buried; now you know it. Let him rest + in peace with his merits and faults, for the enemy is in Sphacteria, and + we must have a commander; Pericles’ shadow will not serve for that. Here + below sit two adventurers, fine gentlemen both; one is called Nicias, + because he never has conquered; the other Alcibiades, and we know his + conquests—goblets and girls. On the other hand, we do not know his + character, but you will some day know him, Athenians, and he will show his + incisors himself. Such and such and such a one have been proposed for + commander—oddly enough all fine gentlemen, and all grandees, of + course. Athens, which has abjured all kings and their like, must now fight + with royal Sparta, and must, faithful to its traditions, appear in the + field under a man of the people on whom you can rely. We need no Pericles + who commissions statues and builds temples to Fame and Glory; Athens has + enough of such gewgaws. But now we must have a man who understands the art + of war, who has a heart in his breast and a head on his shoulders. Whom do + you wish for, men of Athens?” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades sprang up like a young lion, and went straight to the point. + “Men of Athens, I propose Cleon the tanner, not because he is a tanner, + for that is something different. At any rate the army may be compared to + an ox-skin, and Cleon to a knife; but Cleon has other qualities, + especially those of a commander. His last campaign against Pericles and + Phidias closed with a triumph for him. He has displayed a courage which + never failed, and an intelligence which passed all mortal comprehension. + His strategy was certainly not that of a lion, but he conquered, and that + is the chief point. I propose Cleon as leader of the campaign.” + </p> + <p> + Now it so fell out that this patent irony was still too subtle for the + mob, who took it seriously. Alcibiades also had a certain influence with + them because of his relationship to Pericles, and they listened to him + readily. Accordingly the whole assembly called out for Cleon, and he was + elected. + </p> + <p> + But Cleon had never dreamt of the honour of being commander, and he was + prudent enough not to endeavour to climb beyond his capacity. Therefore he + protested against the election, shouting and swearing by all the gods. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades, however, seized the opportunity by the forelock, and, + perceiving that the election of Cleon meant his death, he mounted an empty + rostrum and spoke with emphasis: “Cleon jests, and Cleon is modest; he + does not himself know what sort of a commander he is, for he has not + proved himself; but I know who he is; I insist upon his election; I demand + that he fulfil his duty as a citizen; and I summon him before the + Areopagus if he shirks it when the fatherland is in danger.” “Cleon is + elected!” cried the people. + </p> + <p> + But Cleon continued to protest, “I do not know the difference between a + hoplite and a peltast; [Footnote: a heavy-armed and a light-armed + soldier.] I can neither carry a lance nor sit upon a horse.” + </p> + <p> + But Alcibiades shouted him down. “He can do everything; guide the State + and criticise art; carry on law-suits and watch Sophists; he can discuss + the highest subjects with Socrates; in a word, he possesses all the public + virtues and all the private vices.” + </p> + <p> + Now the people laughed, but Cleon did not budge. + </p> + <p> + “Athenians!” said Alcibiades in conclusion, “the people have spoken, and + there is no appeal. Cleon is elected, and Sparta is done for!” + </p> + <p> + The assembly broke up. Only Cleon remained behind with his friend Anytos. + “Anytos!” he said. “I am lost!” + </p> + <p> + “Very probable!” answered Anytos. + </p> + <p> + But Alcibiades went off with Nicias: “Now Cleon is as dead as a dog. Then + comes my turn,” he said. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Socrates walked, deep in thought, up and down the courtyard of his house, + which was very simple and had no colonnades. His wife was carding wool, + and did it as if she were pulling someone’s hair. + </p> + <p> + The wise man kept silence, but the woman spoke—that was her nature. + “What are you doing?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “For the sake of old acquaintance, I will answer you, though I am not + obliged to do so. I am thinking.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that a proper business for a man?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly; a very manly business.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate no one can see what you are doing.” + </p> + <p> + “When you were with child, it was also invisible; but when, it was born, + it was visible, and especially audible. Thus occupations which are at + first invisible, become visible later on. They are therefore not to be + despised, least of all by those who only believe in the visible.” + </p> + <p> + “Is your business with Aspasia something of that sort?” + </p> + <p> + “Something of that, and of another sort too.” + </p> + <p> + “You drink also a good deal.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, those who speak become thirsty, and the thirsty must drink.” + </p> + <p> + “What is it in Aspasia that attracts men?” + </p> + <p> + “Certain qualities which give zest to social intercourse—thoughtfulness, + tact, moderation.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean that for me?” + </p> + <p> + “I mean it for Aspasia.” + </p> + <p> + “Is she beautiful?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Anytos declares that she is.” + </p> + <p> + “He tells an untruth. Do you see Anytos, Cleon’s friend and my enemy?” + </p> + <p> + “He is not my enemy.” + </p> + <p> + “But mine. You always love my enemies and hate my friends; that is a bad + sign.” + </p> + <p> + “Your friends are bad men.” + </p> + <p> + “No, on the contrary. Pericles was the greatest of the Athenians, Phidias + the best, Euripides the noblest, Plato the wisest, Alcibiades the most + gifted, Protagoras the most acute.” + </p> + <p> + “And Aristophanes?” + </p> + <p> + “He is my enemy, though I do not know why. I suppose you have heard of the + comedy which he has written about me.” + </p> + <p> + “Anytos told me. Have you seen it?” + </p> + <p> + “I saw the <i>Clouds</i> yesterday.” + </p> + <p> + “Was it amusing—was it clever?” + </p> + <p> + “What did Anytos think?” + </p> + <p> + “He made me laugh when he described some scenes.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it must be amusing, or you would not have laughed.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you not laugh, my Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, of course; otherwise they would have thought me a blockhead. You + know that he has depicted me as a rogue and fool. Since I am neither, it + was not serious; therefore it was in jest.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think so? I think it was serious.” + </p> + <p> + “And you laugh at the serious? Do you weep, then, at jesting? Then you + would be mad.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think I am mad?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if you think me a rogue.” + </p> + <p> + “You know that Cleon is with the army.” + </p> + <p> + “I was astonished to hear it.” + </p> + <p> + “Astonished! You think, then, that he is not fit to command.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I know nothing about his fitness as commander, for I have never seen + him in the field. But I am astonished at his election, as he himself was, + because it was unexpected.” + </p> + <p> + “You therefore expect him to be defeated.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I wait for the result, in order to see whether he wins or loses.” + </p> + <p> + “You would be glad if he lost?” + </p> + <p> + “I do not love Cleon, but as an Athenian I would mourn if he were + defeated; therefore I would not rejoice at his overthrow.” + </p> + <p> + “You hate Cleon, but you do not wish his overthrow.” + </p> + <p> + “On account of Athens—no.” + </p> + <p> + “But except for that?” + </p> + <p> + “Except for that, Cleon’s overthrow would be a blessing for the State, for + he has been unjust to Pericles, to Phidias, to all who have done anything + great.” + </p> + <p> + “Here comes a visitor.” + </p> + <p> + “It is Alcibiades.” + </p> + <p> + “The wretch! Are you not ashamed to be on intimate terms with him?” + </p> + <p> + “He is a man; he has great faults and great merits, and he is my friend. I + do not wish to be on intimate terms with my enemies.” Alcibiades knocked + at the door, and rushed in. “Papaia! The pair are philosophising together, + and talking of yesterday’s comedy! This Aristophanes is an ass! If one + wishes to kill an enemy, one must hit him; but Aristophanes aims at the + clouds. Hit, yes! Do you know that Cleon is defeated?” + </p> + <p> + “What a pity!” exclaimed Socrates. + </p> + <p> + “Is it a pity that the dog is unmasked?” + </p> + <p> + “I think Alcibiades is misinformed,” broke in Xantippe. + </p> + <p> + “No, by Zeus, but I wish I was!” + </p> + <p> + “Hush! here is Anytos coming,” said Socrates. + </p> + <p> + “The second tanner! It is strange that the destiny of Athens is guided by + tanners.” + </p> + <p> + “The destiny of Athens! Who knows it?” + </p> + <p> + “I, Alcibiades, am the destiny of Athens.” + </p> + <p> + “[Greek: <i>Hubris</i>]! Beware of the gods!” + </p> + <p> + “I come after Cleon; Cleon is no more; therefore it is my turn.” + </p> + <p> + “Here is Anytos!” + </p> + <p> + Anytos entered: “I seek Alcibiades.” + </p> + <p> + “Here I am.” + </p> + <p> + “Must I prepare you....’ + </p> + <p> + “No, I know.” + </p> + <p> + “Prepare you for the honour....” + </p> + <p> + “Have I waited long enough.” + </p> + <p> + “To go at the head....” + </p> + <p> + “That is what I was born for.” + </p> + <p> + “To take the lead....” + </p> + <p> + “That is my place.” + </p> + <p> + “And conduct the triumphal procession?” + </p> + <p> + “What procession?” + </p> + <p> + “Ah! you did not know. Cleon’s triumphal procession from the harbour.” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades passed his hand downwards over his face, as though he wished to + changed his mask, and it was done in a moment. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly, certainly, certainly. I have in fact just come here to—announce + his victory.” + </p> + <p> + “He lies,” broke in Xantippe. + </p> + <p> + “I jested with the pair. There will be a triumphal procession, then, for + Cleon! How fine!” + </p> + <p> + “Socrates,” continued Anytos, “are you not glad?” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad that the enemy is beaten.” + </p> + <p> + “But not that Cleon has won a victory?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is nearly the same thing.” + </p> + <p> + Xantippe seized the opportunity and struck in: “He is not glad, and he + does not believe in Cleon.” + </p> + <p> + “I know you,” concluded Anytos. “I know you philosophers and quibblers! + But take care!—And now, Alcibiades, come and receive the despised + Cleon, who has saved the fatherland!” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades took Socrates by the hand, and whispered in his ear. “What a + cursed mischance! Well, not yet!—but the next time!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + ALCIBIADES + </h2> + <p> + Kartaphalos, the shoemaker, sat in his shop by the Acarnanian Gate, and + repaired cothurns for the Dionysian theatre, which was about to make a + last attempt to revive the tragic drama, which had been eclipsed by the + farces of Aristophanes. The Roman Lucillus lounged at the window-sill, + and, since philosophy had been brought into fashion by Socrates and the + Sophists, the shoemaker and the exiled Decemvir philosophised as well as + they could. + </p> + <p> + “Roman!” said Kartaphalos, “you are a stranger in the city, as I am: what + do think of the state and the Government?” + </p> + <p> + “They are exactly like the Roman. One may sum up the whole past history of + Rome in two words—Patricians and Plebeians.” + </p> + <p> + “Just as it is here.” + </p> + <p> + “With the difference that Rome has a future. Hellas only a past.” + </p> + <p> + “What is known of Rome’s future?” + </p> + <p> + “The Cumaean Sibyl has prophesied that Rome will possess the earth.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say? Rome? No, Israel will possess it; Israel has the + promise.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not venture to deny that, but Rome has also the promise.” + </p> + <p> + “There is only one promise, and one God.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps it is the same promise, and the same God.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps Israel will conquer through Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “Israel will conquer through the promised Messiah.” + </p> + <p> + “When will Messiah come, then?” + </p> + <p> + “When the time is fulfilled, when Zeus is dead.” + </p> + <p> + “May we live to see it. I wait, for Zeus has gone to Rome, and is called + there Jupiter Capitolinus.” + </p> + <p> + Aristophanes, who was easily recognised by his crane-like neck and open + mouth, looked in through the window. + </p> + <p> + “Have you a pair of low shoes, Kartaphalos? A pair of ‘socks’? [Footnote: + a low-heeled shoe worn by comic actors.] You have plenty of cothurns, I + see, but the ‘sock’ has won the day.” + </p> + <p> + “At your service, sir.” + </p> + <p> + “We want them for the theatre, you understand.... Ah! there is Lucillus! + ... and of raw leather, not tanned.” + </p> + <p> + “What are you going to play in the theatre, then?” + </p> + <p> + “We are going to bring on Cleon, and make him dance, and fancy! since no + one dares to represent the low-born tanner, I must do it. I will play + Cleon.” + </p> + <p> + “Where is the great general, Cleon, now?” + </p> + <p> + “In a new campaign against Brasidas. When the commander Demosthenes won + the battle of Sphacteria, Cleon claimed the honour of the victory and + received a triumph. Then, since he regarded himself as a great warrior, he + marched against Brasidas. The pitcher goes so often to the well....” + </p> + <p> + “Till it is broken,” interrupted a new arrival. It was Alcibiades. + “Papaia!” he exclaimed, “Cleon is beaten! Cleon has fled! Now it is my + turn! Come to the Pnyx.” And he went on. + </p> + <p> + “Very well—to the Pnyx,” said Aristophanes, “and I will obtain + matter for a new comedy, to be called <i>Alcibiades</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, perhaps,” answered Lucillus. “The whole matter is not + worth weeping for. Therefore let us laugh!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades stood again on the orator’s platform in the Pnyx. He felt at + home there, and he always had the ear of the people, for he was not + tedious. They all spoilt him, and his grotesque impudence had an + enlivening effect upon them. + </p> + <p> + Before the orator’s platform, among others, was to be seen the wise, rich, + and aristocratic Nicias, who had always sought to mediate between Sparta + and Athens, but through his over-deliberation had done more harm than + good. + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades, who knew Nicias and his political views, and feared his + opposition, resolved on a master-stroke. He would not speak of Sparta and + Athens as Nicias expected, but determined to make a diversion, and speak + of something quite different. The people loved novelties, and to-day they + should have something quite new. + </p> + <p> + “Athenians!” he began, “Cleon is defeated and dead, and I place my + undoubted talents at the service of the State. You know my small failings, + but now you will know my great merits. Listen, Athenians. There was a time + when Hellas possessed Asia Minor and extended its wings eastward. The + Persian King took these settlements from us one after the other, and he is + now in Thrace. Since we cannot go farther eastward, we must go westward, + towards the sunset. You have heard more or less vaguely of the Roman + Republic, which is growing and growing. Our countrymen have long ago taken + possession of that part of the Italian peninsula which is called Tarentum, + and we have thereby become close neighbours of Rome. And the finest of the + islands, opulent Sicily, became ours. But the Romans have gradually + surrounded our colonies, and threaten their independence. The Romans are + pressing on us, but they are also pushing northward towards Gaul and + Germany, and southward towards Africa. The Persian King, who was formerly + our enemy, has now nearly become our friend, and our danger is not now + Persia, but Rome. Therefore, with the future in view, I say to you + Athenians, ‘Let us go to Italy and Sicily. With Sicily as our base, we can + dispute with the Romans the possession of Spain and the Pillars of + Hercules. In Sicily we have the Key to Egypt; by means of Sicily we + protect the threatened Tarentum, and can, in case of need, save sinking + Hellas. The world is wide; why should we sit here and moulder in the + wilderness? Hellas is an exhausted country; let us break up new ground. + Hellas is an outworn ship; let us build a new one, and undertake a new + Argonautic enterprise to a new Colchis to win another Golden Fleece, + following the path of the sun westward. Athenians! let us go to Sicily!’” + </p> + <p> + These new prospects which the speaker opened to them pleased the people, + who were tired of the everlasting Sparta and the Persian King; and + stimulated by fear of Rome, the growing wolf’s-cub, they received the + ill-considered proposal with applause, and raised their hands in token of + assent. + </p> + <p> + Nicias sought an opportunity to speak, and warned them, but no one + listened to him. The Scythian police who kept order in the Pnyx could + procure him no audience. And when Nicias saw that he could not prevent the + enterprise, he placed his services at Alcibiades’ disposal, and began to + equip the fleet. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Aspasia was now the widow of Pericles, and had mourned him for a long + time. The “Hemicyklion” was no more, but her few remaining friends visited + her from time to time. Socrates was the most faithful among them. One + evening he sat with her in the little brick-roofed villa on the bank of + the Cephisos. + </p> + <p> + “No, Aspasia,” he said, “I advised against the Sicilian expedition, so did + Nicias, so did the astronomer Meton, but it was to be. Alcibiades had + managed to procure a favourable response from the oracle in the Temple of + Ammon.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe in oracles, Socrates?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes—and no! I have my own ‘demon,’ as you know, who warns but never + urges—who advises, but never commands. This inner Voice has said to + me, ‘Hellas will not conquer the world.’” + </p> + <p> + “Will Rome do it?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but for another!” + </p> + <p> + “You know that Pericles’ great thought was a single Hellas—a union + of all the Grecian States.” + </p> + <p> + “That was Pericles’ wish, but the will of the gods was otherwise. + Alcibiades’ dream of Hellas governing the world is also great, but the + dreams of the gods are greater.” + </p> + <p> + “What gain do you think comes to Athens from Cleon’s death?” + </p> + <p> + “None! After Cleon comes Anytos. Cleon is everlasting, for Cleon is the + name of an idea.” + </p> + <p> + Protagoras, grown old and somewhat dull, appeared in the inner courtyard. + </p> + <p> + “There is Protagoras!” + </p> + <p> + “The Sophist! I do not like him,” said Aspasia. “He is a file who frets + all will away; his endless hair-splitting robs one of all resolution.” + </p> + <p> + “You speak truly and rationally, Aspasia, and in an earlier age you would + have sat upon the Pythoness’s tripod and prophesied. Like the priestess, + you know not perhaps what you say, but a god speaks through you.” + </p> + <p> + “No, Socrates; I only utter your thoughts; that is all!” + </p> + <p> + Protagoras came forward. “Mourning in Athens! Mourning in Hellas! Alas!” + was his greeting. + </p> + <p> + “What is the matter, Protagoras?” + </p> + <p> + “Phidias of immortal memory lies dead in prison.” + </p> + <p> + “Alas! then they have killed him.” + </p> + <p> + “So it is rumoured in the city.” + </p> + <p> + “Phidias is dead!” + </p> + <p> + “Probably poisoned, they say; but that need not be true.” + </p> + <p> + “All die here in Athens before their proper time. When will our turn + come?” + </p> + <p> + “When it does.” + </p> + <p> + “Are we falling by the arrows of the Python-slayer? We are shot like + birds.” + </p> + <p> + “We are the children of Apollo. Would our father kill us?” + </p> + <p> + “Saturn has returned to devour his children.” + </p> + <p> + Socrates sank in meditation, and remained standing. + </p> + <p> + “We have angered the gods.” + </p> + <p> + Lucillus the Roman entered. “See the Roman!” said Socrates, “the lord of + the future and of the world. What has he to tell us?” + </p> + <p> + “I come to warn Protagoras. He is to be banished.” + </p> + <h3> + “I?” + </h3> + <p> + “You are banished.” + </p> + <p> + “On what grounds?” + </p> + <p> + “As a blasphemer. You have repudiated the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is the informer?” + </p> + <p> + “The sycophant, the invisible, who is present everywhere.” + </p> + <p> + “All is probable; nothing is certain,” exclaimed Protagoras. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, this is certain.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, my fabric of thought is shattered against this certainty as + everything else is shattered.” + </p> + <p> + “[Greek: <i>Pànta reî</i>]. Everything flows away; nothing endures; all + comes to birth, grows, and dies.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, then, Aspasia, Socrates, friends, fatherland! + </p> + <p> + “Farewell!” + </p> + <p> + Protagoras departed with his mantle drawn over his head. + </p> + <p> + “Will Athens miss Protagoras?” asked Aspasia. + </p> + <p> + “He has taught the Athenians to think and to doubt; and doubt is the + beginning of wisdom.” + </p> + <p> + “Aristophanes has murdered Protagoras, and he will murder you some day, + Socrates.” + </p> + <p> + “He has done that already; my wife rejoices at it, but still I live.” + </p> + <p> + “Here comes young Plato with an ominous look. More bad news I expect.” + </p> + <p> + “Expect? I am certain! Sing your dirge, Plato.” + </p> + <p> + “Dirges, you mean. Alcibiades has been accused and recalled.” + </p> + <p> + “What has he done?” + </p> + <p> + “Before his departure he has mutilated all the images of Hermes in the + city.” + </p> + <p> + “That is too much for one man; he could not do that.” + </p> + <p> + “The accusation is definite; injury to the gods of the State.” + </p> + <p> + “And now the gods avenge themselves.” + </p> + <p> + “The gods of Greece have gone to Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “There you have spoken truth.” + </p> + <p> + “Now comes number two: The Athenians have been defeated in Sicily. And + number three: Nicias is beheaded.” + </p> + <p> + “Then we can buy sepulchres for ourselves in the Ceramicus.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Near the Temple of Nemesis in the Agora stood the tanner Anytos chatting + with Thrasybulos, a hitherto obscure but rising patriot. + </p> + <p> + Anytos rattled away: “Alcibiades is in Sparta; Sparta seeks the help of + the Persian King; only one thing remains for us—to do the same.” + </p> + <p> + “To go over to the enemy? That is treachery.” + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing else to be done.” + </p> + <p> + “There were once Thermopylae and Salamis.” + </p> + <p> + “But now there is Sparta, and the Spartans are in Deceleia. Our envoys + have already sailed to the Persian King.” + </p> + <p> + “Then we may as well remove Athene’s image from the Parthenon! Anytos! + look at my back; for I shall be ashamed to show my face now when I walk.” + </p> + <p> + Anytos remained alone, and walked for some time up and down in front of + the temple portico. Then he stopped and entered the vestibule. + </p> + <p> + The priestess Theano seemed to have been waiting for him. Anytos began: + “Have you obeyed the order of the Council?” + </p> + <p> + “What order?” + </p> + <p> + “To pronounce a curse on Alcibiades, the enemy of his country.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I am only ordered to bless.” + </p> + <p> + “Have the avenging goddesses, then, ceased to execute justice?” + </p> + <p> + “They have never lent themselves to carry out human vengeance.” + </p> + <p> + “Has Alcibiades not betrayed his country?” + </p> + <p> + “Alcibiades’ country is Hellas, not Athens; Sparta is in Hellas.” + </p> + <p> + “Have the gods also become Sophists?” + </p> + <p> + “The gods have become dumb.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you can shut the temple—the sooner, the better.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The incorrigible Alcibiades had really fled from Sicily to the enemy at + Sparta, and now sat at table with King Aegis; for Sparta had retained the + monarchy, while Athens at an early date had abjured it. + </p> + <p> + “My friend,” said the King, “I do not like your dining at the common + public table, after being accustomed to Aspasia’s brilliant feasts in + Athens.” + </p> + <p> + “I! Oh no! My rule was always the simplest food: I went to sleep with the + sun, and rose with the sun. You do not know what a severe ascetic I have + been.” + </p> + <p> + “If you say so, I must believe it. Rumour, then, has slandered you?” + </p> + <p> + “Slandered? Yes, certainly. You remember the scandal about the statues of + Hermes. I did not mutilate them, but they have become my destruction.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that also a lie?” + </p> + <p> + “It is a lie.” + </p> + <p> + “But tell me something else. Do you think that it is now the will of the + gods that Sparta should conquer Athens?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, as certainly as virtue will conquer vice. Sparta is the home + of all the virtues, and Athens of all the vices.” + </p> + <p> + “Now I understand that you are not the man I took you for, and I will give + you the command of the army. Shall we now march against Athens?” + </p> + <p> + “I am ready!” + </p> + <p> + “Have you no scruple in marching against your own city?” + </p> + <p> + “I am a Hellene, not an Athenian, Sparta is the chief city of Hellas.” + </p> + <p> + “Alcibiades is great! Now I go to the general, and this evening we march.” + </p> + <p> + “Go, King! Alcibiades follows.” + </p> + <p> + The King went, but Alcibiades did not follow, for behind the curtains of + the women’s apartment stood the Queen, and waited. When the King had gone, + she rushed in. + </p> + <p> + “Hail! Alcibiades, my king!” + </p> + <p> + “Queen, why do you call your servant ‘king’?” + </p> + <p> + “Because Sparta has done homage to you, because I love you, and because + you are a descendant of heroes.” + </p> + <p> + “King Aegis the Second lives.” + </p> + <p> + “Not too long! Win your first battle, and Aegis is dead.” + </p> + <p> + “Now life begins to smile on the hardly-tried exile. If you knew my + childhood with its sorrows, my youth with its privations! The vine had not + grown for me, woman had not been made for me; Bacchus knew me not; + Aphrodite was not my goddess. The chaste Artemis and the wise Pallas + guided me past the devious ways of youth to the goal of knowledge, wisdom, + and glory. But when I first saw you, Timia, my queen....” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” + </p> + <p> + “Then I thought that beauty was more than wisdom.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush! some one is listening.” + </p> + <p> + “Who?” + </p> + <p> + “I, Lysander, the General,” answered a sharp voice, and the speaker stood + in the middle of the room. + </p> + <p> + “Now I know you, Alcibiades, and I have your head under my arm, but I have + the honour of Sparta under the other. Fly before I strangle you!” + </p> + <p> + “Your ears have deceived you, Lysander!” + </p> + <p> + “Fly! do us the kindness to fly! Fifty hoplites stand without, waiting for + your head.” + </p> + <p> + “How many do you say? Fifty? Then I will fly, for I cannot overcome more + than thirty. My queen! farewell! I have thought better of Sparta. This + would never have happened in Athens. Now I go to the Persian King; there + they understand better what is fitting, and there I shall not be obliged + to eat black broth!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades sat with the Persian satrap Tissaphernes, and Alcibiades the + eloquent spoke. “Yes, my teacher Protagoras taught me once, that + everything is born from its opposite; therefore you see my heart can + embrace all opposites. Sparta and Athens are both dear to me; that is to + say, both hateful—the state—gods of the one, and the virtues + of the other.” + </p> + <p> + “You have a great heart, stranger! Is there room in it for Persia?” + </p> + <p> + “For the whole world.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you think of our chief city?” + </p> + <p> + “I love all large cities!” + </p> + <p> + “But at the present moment, you ought to love ours the most.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do.” + </p> + <p> + “You must also love our allies.” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me, who is your present ally?” + </p> + <p> + “At present, it is Sparta.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, then, I love Sparta.” + </p> + <p> + “And suppose it is Athens to-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will love Athens to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you. Now I understand that it is all over with Hellas. Old Greece + is so corrupt, that it is hardly worth conquering.” + </p> + <p> + “Protagoras taught that man is the measure of all things; therefore I + measure the value of all things by myself; what has value for me, that I + prize.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that the teaching of your prophets? Then we have better ones; do you + know Zarathrustra?” + </p> + <p> + “If it would do you a pleasure, I wish I had known him from childhood.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you might have been able to distinguish good and evil, light and + darkness, Ormuzd and Ahriman. And you would have lived in the hope that + light will eventually conquer; and that all discordances will be + reconciled through suffering.” + </p> + <p> + “I can at any rate try. Is it a large book?” + </p> + <p> + “What are the names of your sacred books?” + </p> + <p> + “Sacred! What is that?” + </p> + <p> + “From whence do you get your religion, the knowledge of your gods?” + </p> + <p> + “From Homer, I believe.” + </p> + <p> + “You do not believe that Zeus is the supreme ruler of the world?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I do certainly.” + </p> + <p> + “But he was a false swearer and a lecher.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! But how can that be helped?” + </p> + <p> + Tissaphernes rose. “Listen, my guest; we cannot share any common + undertaking, for we do not serve the same gods. You call us barbarians. I, + on my part, know no term of reproach strong enough for people who honour + such gods. But the Athenians are as rotten as you, for they have pardoned + you. Outside there stands an envoy from Athens come to beg you to return. + Go to Athens; that is your place.” + </p> + <p> + “To Athens? Never! I do not trust them.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor they, you! That is appropriate. Go to Athens, and tell your + countrymen—the Persian does not want them. The vine tendrils seek + the sound elm, but turn away from the rotten cabbage-top.” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades had begun to walk up and down the room. That meant that he was + irresolute. + </p> + <p> + “Is the Athenian really outside?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “He kneels outside in order to beg the traitor Alcibiades to be their + lord. But listen, you are a democrat, are you not?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you must change your point of view, for now an oligarchy governs + Athens.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, ah! yes, yes—but I am an aristocrat, the most aristocratic in + the State.” + </p> + <p> + “Spinning-top! Seek for a whip!” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades stood still. “I think, I must speak with the Athenian after + all.” + </p> + <p> + “Do that! Speak the Athenian language to him! He does not understand + Persian.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades returned to Athens; the death-sentence against him was + annulled; and as a commander who had won a battle, he was able to have a + triumphal procession from Piraeus to the city. But popular favour was + fickle, and, becoming suspected of aspiring to be king, he fled again, + this time to the Persian satrap Pharnabazes. Since he could not live + without intrigues, he was soon entangled in one, unmasked, and condemned, + without his knowing it, to death. + </p> + <p> + One day he was sitting with his paramour, and chatting quietly at his + ease: “You think, then, Timandra, that Cyrus marches against his brother + Artaxerxes, in order to seize the throne of Persia.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure of it, and equally sure that he has ten thousand Athenians + under Xenophon with him.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know whether Artaxerxes has been warned?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know it.” + </p> + <p> + “Who could have warned him?” + </p> + <p> + “You did.” + </p> + <p> + “Does Cyrus know that?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he does.” + </p> + <p> + “Who has betrayed me?” + </p> + <p> + “I did.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I am lost.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you are.” + </p> + <p> + “To think that I must fall through a woman!” + </p> + <p> + “Did you expect anything else, Alcibiades?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not really! Can I not fly?” + </p> + <p> + “You cannot, but I can.” + </p> + <p> + “I see smoke! Is the house on fire?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is. And there are archers posted outside!” + </p> + <p> + “The comedy is over! We return to tragedy....” + </p> + <p> + “And the satyr-play begins.” + </p> + <p> + “My feet are hot; generally cold is a precursor of death.” + </p> + <p> + “Everything is born from its opposite, Alcibiades.” + </p> + <p> + “Give me a kiss.” + </p> + <p> + She kissed him, the handsomest man of Athens. + </p> + <p> + “Thank you!” + </p> + <p> + “Go to the window; there you will see!” + </p> + <p> + Alcibiades stepped to the window. “Now I see.” + </p> + <p> + At that moment he was struck by an arrow. “But now I see nothing! It grows + dark, and I thought it would grow light.” + </p> + <p> + Timandra fled, as the corpse began to burn. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + SOCRATES + </h2> + <p> + Sparta had conquered Athens, and Athens lay in ruins. The government by + the people was over, and the rule of the Thirty Tyrants had succeeded it. + Socrates and Euripides walked with sad faces among the ruins on the Agora. + </p> + <p> + Socrates spoke: “We are on the ruins of Athens’ walls! We have become + Spartans. We would have no tyrants, and now thirty rule over us.” + </p> + <p> + “I go to the North,” said Euripides, “to Macedonia, whither I am invited.” + </p> + <p> + “In that you are right, for the Tyrants have forbidden the acting of your + tragedies.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true.” + </p> + <p> + “And they have forbidden me to teach.” + </p> + <p> + “Have they forbidden Socrates to speak? No! Then he can teach, for he + cannot speak without teaching. But they must have forbidden the oracles to + speak, for they have ceased to prophesy. Everything has ceased! Hellas has + ceased to be! And why?” + </p> + <p> + “You may well ask. Has Zeus begotten the son who is to overthrow him, as + Aeschylus foretold?” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows? The people have introduced a new God called Adonai or Adonis. + He is from the East, and his name signifies the Lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is the new god?” + </p> + <p> + “He teaches readiness for death, and the resurrection. And they have also + got a new goddess. Have you heard of Cybele, the mother of the gods, a + virgin, who is worshipped in Rome like Vesta by vestal priests.” + </p> + <p> + “There is so much that is new and obscure, like wine in fermentation. + There comes Aristophanes. Farewell, my friend, for the last time here in + life.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait! Aristophanes beckons! No, see! he weeps! Aristophanes weeps!” + </p> + <p> + Aristophanes approached. “Euripides,” he said, “don’t go till I have + spoken to you.” + </p> + <p> + “Can you speak?” answered Euripides. + </p> + <p> + “I weep.” + </p> + <p> + “Do not quit your role. Shall that represent tears?” + </p> + <p> + “Sympathise with a companion in distress, Euripides; the Tyrants have + closed my theatre.” + </p> + <p> + “Socrates, shall I sympathise with my executioner?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe that the Temple of Nemesis has been opened again,” answered + Socrates. “Aristophanes has never been ingenuous hitherto; now he is so + with a vengeance. Very well, Aristophanes, I sympathise with you that you + can no more scoff at me. I pardon you, but I cannot help you to stage your + comedies. That is asking too much. Now I follow Euripides home.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Socrates sat by Aspasia, who had grown elderly. “Euripides has gone to + Macedonia,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “From his wives.” + </p> + <p> + “You have become bitter.” + </p> + <p> + “I am tired of seeing ruins and all the rest. The Tyrants are murdering + the citizens.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the occupation of tyrants.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall we soon have rest?” + </p> + <p> + “In the Ceramicus, in a cedar coffin.” + </p> + <p> + “I will not die; I will live, but quietly.” + </p> + <p> + “Life is not quiet.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if one is well off.” + </p> + <p> + “One never is.” + </p> + <p> + “No, not if one is unhappily married, like you, Socrates.” + </p> + <p> + “My wife is certainly the worst possible; if she had not had me for a + husband, she would long ago have been murdered.” + </p> + <p> + “Xantippe betrays you with her gossiping; and when she does not understand + what you say, she gives others distorted ideas of your opinions and your + person.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know that, but I cannot alter it.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you continue in such a state of humiliation?” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I fly? One is only justified in flying from superior force, + and Xantippe is not a superior force to me.” + </p> + <p> + “You are forbidden, on pain of death, to give instruction; that is her + work and that of Anytos.” + </p> + <p> + “She may bring about my death, if she likes, for then she has only brought + about my freedom.... Aspasia, I hear that our friendship is on the + decline; you have found new friends, you have become another person. Let + me say farewell before Lysicles comes.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know him?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and the whole town speaks of your coming marriage.” + </p> + <p> + “With the cattle-dealer, Lysicles?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is your affair; I don’t talk about it.” + </p> + <p> + “But you think I should have cherished Pericles’ memory better?” + </p> + <p> + “I would fain have seen Aspasia’s memory better preserved; but since I + have seen Athenians adorn themselves with garlands to celebrate Athens’ + overthrow; since I have seen Phidias....” + </p> + <p> + “How, then, will Socrates end?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly not like Aspasia.” + </p> + <p> + “The gods jest with us. Beware! O Socrates!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Socrates was at last in prison, accused of having seduced the youth, and + blasphemed or repudiated the gods of the State. Among the accusers were a + young poetaster, Melitos, the tanner Anytos, and the orator Lykon. + </p> + <p> + Socrates made his Apology, and declared that he had always believed on + God, and the voice of his conscience, which he called his “demon.” He was + condemned to drink hemlock, and kept in prison, where, however, he was + allowed to see his wife and his few remaining friends. + </p> + <p> + Just now his wife was with him, and wept. + </p> + <p> + “Weep not,” said Socrates; “it is not your fault.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you see the children?” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I lacerate their little souls with a useless leave-taking? Go + to them and comfort them; divert their minds with an expedition to the + woods.” + </p> + <p> + “Shall we rejoice while you are dying?” + </p> + <p> + “Rejoice that my sufferings come to an end! Rejoice that I die with + honour.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you no last wish?” + </p> + <p> + “I wish for nothing, except peace and freedom from your foolish tears and + sighs, and your disturbing lamentations. Go, woman, and say to yourself + that Socrates wants to sleep for he is tired and out of humour; say to + yourself that he will wake again, refreshed, rejuvenated, happy and + amiable.” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you had taught me all this before.” + </p> + <p> + “you had nothing to learn from me.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! I have learnt from you patience and self-control.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you forgive me?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot, for I have done it already. Say farewell now, as though I were + going on a journey. Say ‘We meet again,’ as though I were soon returning!” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, then, Socrates, and be not angry with me.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I am always well-disposed towards you.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, my husband, for ever.” + </p> + <p> + “Not for ever. You wish to see me again, don’t you? Put on a cheerful + face, and say, ‘We meet again.’” + </p> + <p> + “We meet again.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! and when we meet again, we will go with the children together into + the woods.” + </p> + <p> + “Socrates was not what I thought he was.” + </p> + <p> + “Go! I want to sleep.” + </p> + <p> + She went, but met in the doorway Plato and Crito. + </p> + <p> + “The hour approaches, friends,” said Socrates wearily, and with feverish + eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Are you calm, Master?” + </p> + <p> + “To say the truth, I am quite calm. I will not assert that I am joyful, + but my conscience does not trouble me.” + </p> + <p> + “When, Socrates, when—will it happen?” + </p> + <p> + “You mean, When is it to happen,—the last thing? Plato, my friend, + my dearest... it hastens.... I have just now enjoyed a sleep. I have been + over the river on the other side; I have seen for a moment the original + forms of imperishable Beauty, of which things on earth are only dim + copies.... I have seen the future, the destinies of the human race; I have + spoken to the mighty, the lofty, and the pure; I have learnt the wise + Order which guides the apparent great disorder; I trembled at the + unfathomable secret of the Universe of which I had a glimmering + perception, and I felt the immensity of my ignorance. Plato, you shall + write what I have seen. You shall teach the children of men to estimate + things at their proper value, to look up to the Invisible with awe, to + revere Beauty, to cultivate virtue, and to hope for final deliverance, as + they work, through faithful performance of duty and self-renunciation.” + </p> + <p> + He went to the bed, and lay down. + </p> + <p> + Plato followed him, “Are you ill, Master?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I have been; but now I am getting well.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you already....” + </p> + <p> + “I have already emptied the cup!” + </p> + <p> + “Our Wisest leaves us.” + </p> + <p> + “No mortal is wise! But I thank the gods who gave me modesty and + conscience.” + </p> + <p> + There was silence in the room. + </p> + <p> + “Socrates is dead!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + FLACCUS AND MARO + </h2> + <p> + After the death of Socrates, the greatness of Athens was no more. Sparta + ruled for a time, and then came the turn of Thebes. Subsequently the + Macedonians invaded the country, and governed it till the year 196 B.C., + when the Romans conquered both Macedonia and Greece, and completely + destroyed Corinth, but spared Athens, which was deprived of its + fortifications under Sulla, on account of the great memories which + gathered round it. + </p> + <p> + Now, in Julius Caesar’s time, it had become the fashion to send youths to + Athens to study Grammar, Rhetoric, and Philosophy there. There was no + great philosopher there, but they studied the history of philosophy. There + was also no religion, for no one believed on the gods of the State, + although, from old habit, they celebrated the sacrificial feasts. + </p> + <p> + Athens was dead, and so was the whole of the ancient world—Egypt, + Syria, Asia Minor. In Rome they lived on the memories of the past of + Greece, and the greatest Roman, Cicero, when he wished to discuss some + philosophic theme, always commenced by citing the opinions of the ancient + Greeks on the subject; he also closed in the same way, for he had no + original opinion of his own on any subject, such as the nature of the + gods, &c. + </p> + <p> + One early spring day, during the last years of Julius Caesar, two students + sat in an arbour below Lykabettos, opposite the college of Kynosarges. + Wine was on the table, but they did not seem very devoted to their yellow + “Chios.” They sat there with an air of indifference, as though they were + waiting for something. The same atmosphere of lethargy seemed to pervade + their surroundings. The innkeeper sat and dozed; the youths in the college + opposite lounged at the door; pedestrians on the high road went by without + greeting anyone; the peasant in the field sat on his plough, and wiped the + sweat from his forehead. + </p> + <p> + The elder of the two students fingered his glass, and at last opened his + mouth. + </p> + <p> + “Say something!” + </p> + <p> + “I have nothing to say, for I know nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you already learnt everything?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I came yesterday from Rome with great hopes of being able to learn + something new and of hearing something remarkable, but I hear only + silence.” + </p> + <p> + “My dear Maro, I have been here for years, and I have listened, but heard + nothing new. I have heard in the Poikile that Thales maintained that there + were no gods, but that everything had been produced from moisture. I have + further heard Anaximines’ doctrine that air was the source of all things; + Pherecydes’ doctrine of ether as the original principle; Heraclitus’ + doctrine of fire. Anaximander has taught me that the universe came from + some primitive substance; Leucippus and Democritus spoke to me of empty + space with primitive corpuscles or atoms. Anaxagoras made believe that the + atom had reason. Xenophanes wished to persuade me that God and the + Universe were one. Empedocles, the wisest of the whole company, despaired + at the imperfection of reason, and went in despair and flung himself head + foremost into Etna’s burning mountain.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe that?” + </p> + <p> + “No! it may well be a lie like everything else. Then I learnt a number of + interesting doctrines from Plato which were subsequently all confuted by + Aristotle. At last I took up my position with the wisest of the wise—Socrates, + who openly declared, as you know, that he knew nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the same as the Sophists said,—that one knew nothing, and + hardly so much.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, and our good Socrates was a Sophist, without wishing to be + one. But there is one, a single one, who.... Yes, I mean Pythagoras. He + has proclaimed this and that doctrine in the East and the West, but I have + found one anchor in his philosophy, and I have gripped firm ground with + it. I certainly swing in the wind, but I do not drift away from it.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me.” + </p> + <p> + “Do what you think right at the risk of being banished from your country; + the mob cannot judge what is right. Therefore you should think little of + their praise, and despise their blame. Cultivate the friendship of kindred + spirits, but regard the rest of mankind as a worthless mass. Always be at + war with ‘the beans’ (he means the democrats). ‘Odi profanum vulgus et + arceo!’” + </p> + <p> + “You ought to live at home in Rome, Flaccus, where....” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, what are you doing now in Rome?” + </p> + <p> + “Caesar is Caesar; he conquers the world, and unites all the highest + functions, even the priestly, in his own person. I have nothing against + it, but they say he is aiming at his own deification.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not? All gods have first been heroes, and many gods have not been so + great as Caesar. Romulus was certainly no giant, though he had the luck to + come first, as someone must. Now he is a god, has a temple, and they + sacrifice to him.” + </p> + <p> + “It is probably a lie, like everything else.” + </p> + <p> + “Probably.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I have heard another legend of the founding of Rome by Aeneas’ son + Ascanius, who fled from Troy; and I intend to take it as the + starting-point of my great poem....” + </p> + <p> + “You mean the <i>Aeneid</i>, of which I have heard mention.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the <i>Aeneid</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it difficult to write poetry?” + </p> + <p> + “No; one follows good patterns. Hitherto Theocritus has been mine, but now + I shall go to Father Homer himself.” + </p> + <p> + “By Heracles! Now there you will be undisturbed—so long, that is, as + Maecenas sends you the sesterces regularly.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he does! But how do you get along?” + </p> + <p> + “My father, a freedman, toils as quaestor, and will find me a place.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you no interests, no passions, no ambitions?” + </p> + <p> + “No; what should I do with them? ‘Nihil admirari.’ That is my motto. If + there are gods who guide the destinies of men and nations, why should I + interfere and wear myself out in a useless struggle? Think of Demosthenes, + who for thirty years delivered speeches against the Macedonian, and warned + his countrymen, who would not listen to him! The gods were with the + Macedonian, and condemned Hellas to be overthrown. Demosthenes was + imprisoned. Comically enough, he was accused of having been bribed by the + same Macedonian. That was, of course, a lie. This patriot who sacrificed + himself for the salvation of his fatherland, who believed he was fighting + on the gods’ side, had to take poison, and fell, fighting against the + gods! Vestigia terrent!” + </p> + <p> + During their conversation, the sun had gone down, and now in the twilight + beacons were visible flaming on Aegina, on Salamis, by Phaleros, in the + Piraeus, and finally on the Acropolis. The murmurs from the city became + louder till they rose to one immense paean of joy. Men came down the + streets, and brought their wives and children with them, some on foot, + others riding and driving. The worthy innkeeper Agathon was aroused, and + went out into the highway to learn the cause of the confusion. The two + students had gone on the inn roof to look out. But they surmised danger + for foreigners like themselves, and, alarmed by the ever louder shouting, + descended again, and concealed themselves in the wine-press. At last + Agathon’s voice was heard: “Caesar is assassinated! Death to the Romans! + Freedom for Hellas!” + </p> + <p> + Such was the news. The garden of the inn filled with people, wine flowed, + and shouts of joy resounded, varied by sarcastic remarks on the passing + Romans who were fleeing northwards from the town in order to reach the + Macedonian frontier. + </p> + <p> + Maro and Flaccus underwent great anxiety, hidden as they were in the vat + of the wine-press, from which hiding-place they heard the whole news, with + its accompanying details. Caesar had been assassinated by Cassius and + Brutus in the Capitol. + </p> + <p> + “Brutus?” whispered Maro. “Then it is certainly over with the Caesars, + just as the old Brutus made an end of the Kings!” + </p> + <p> + And Brutus was flying to Hellas to rouse the Greeks against the Romans. + “Long live Brutus!” they cried in the garden. + </p> + <p> + “Then we shall live also!” said the pliant Flaccus. “Caesar is dead; let + us do homage to Brutus for the present.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Many years had passed when the former student of Athens, Quintus Horatius + Flaccus, was walking one day in the garden of his villa on the Sabine + Hills. This villa he had received as a gift from his friend Maecenas, who + possessed a splendid country-house close by in Tibur itself. + </p> + <p> + Horace was now a very famous poet, but still essentially the same as he + had been when a student in Athens. Destiny or the gods had played with + him, but the poet had taken it as a good joke on the part of the Higher + Powers, and answered it with a satire. After the murder of Caesar, Brutus + had fled to Greece, and been so well received there, that the Athenians + had erected a statue to him, and raised troops for him against Antonius + and the other generals, among whom was the invalid Octavianus (afterwards + Augustus). + </p> + <p> + Horace was compelled to serve as a soldier, and actually commanded a + legion at Philippi, where Brutus fell. The poet, who was no warrior, fled + from the superior force of the enemy, and came to Rome, where, after the + amnesty had been proclaimed, he became a clerk in a public office. At the + same time he had begun to write verses, was discovered by Maecenas, and + received his reward in the form of an estate. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor Augustus admired him, and offered him a position as secretary, + but Horace refused, partly because he could never see anything else but an + usurper in this Emperor, partly because he loved freedom and independence + above all things. + </p> + <p> + Just now he was walking in his garden, whose fruit-trees he had himself + cultivated. He plucked roses and hyacinths, for he awaited the visit of a + favourite guest, his old friend and fellow-student of Athens, Publius + Virgilius Maro, as well known as Horace himself, although he had not yet + allowed his <i>Aeneid</i> to appear in manuscript. + </p> + <p> + A table was laid in a vine-arbour; flagons of old Massisian and Falernian + lay already on ice, oysters and eels were there; a kid and some quails + were roasting on the spit in the kitchen; fruit had been plucked in the + garden; and the only thing wanting on the table, which had been laid for + two persons, were flowers. + </p> + <p> + A little slave, who was able to write, ran to and fro between the + garden-gate and the dove-tower, in order to look out for the expected + guest. The poet was standing at the water-barrel and washing his hands, + after he had finished plucking flowers, when someone clapped him on the + shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Virgil! Which way have you come, then?” + </p> + <p> + “Over the hills of Tibur from Maecenas.” + </p> + <p> + “Welcome, wanderer, whichever way you have come! Sit down—you must + be tired—in my hemicyklion, under the olives I planted myself, while + the spits turn, and they ply the chopping-knife. Here you see my plot of + land which represents the world to me.” + </p> + <p> + Their first greetings and questions were over, and the two friends sat + down to the table. The host was certainly an Epicurean or votary of + pleasure; but in order to be able to enjoy, one must be moderate, and the + meal, judging by Roman customs, was quite a frugal one, but simple and + brilliant. Then the cups were passed round, and the wine awoke memories in + spite of its supposed lethal capacity of quenching them. + </p> + <p> + “Well, you were in the war, friend?” began Virgil. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and I fled disgracefully, as you know.” + </p> + <p> + “I have read so in one of your poems, but it is said not to be true, and + you have slandered yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “Have I? Perhaps! One talks nonsense when one writes.” + </p> + <p> + “You poet, do you remember how you asked me in Athens whether it were + difficult? How did you come to write?” + </p> + <p> + “I needed money!” + </p> + <p> + “Now you slander yourself again! If all clients who needed money could + write, the world would be full of poets.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, perhaps it was not so. But speak of yourself—of your <i>Aeneid</i>.” + </p> + <p> + Virgil looked gloomy: “Of that I will not speak.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it finished?” + </p> + <p> + “More than that! It is done with!” + </p> + <p> + “Done with?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! When I read it, I found it a failure! It was not Homer; it was + nothing. It was a punishment, because I wished to outshine my father.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you destroyed it?” + </p> + <p> + “Not yet; but it is sealed up, in order to be destroyed after my death.” + </p> + <p> + “Now <i>you</i> are slandering yourself, and you are depressed, Maro, not + by years, not by work, but by something else.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, by something else. The future disturbs me!” + </p> + <p> + Horace shook his cup and recited: [Footnote: Hor. Od. I. ii.] “Do not go + to the astrologers, Leuconoe. Better bear life as it comes. Be wise, clear + your wine! While we speak, envious life is flying. Enjoy the present, and + think as little as possible about the future.” + </p> + <p> + “That I cannot!” broke in Virgil. “I cannot drown myself in my cups, when + I see my fatherland perishing.” + </p> + <p> + “Has Rome ever been so powerful as it is now? Do we not possess the whole + known world—Egypt, Syria, Greece, Italy, Spain, Germany, Gaul, + Britain? And yet we live in a time of peace: the Temple of Janus is + closed; the earth rejoices; the arts flourish; and commerce was never so + active as at present.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the peace that precedes a war. For all these conquered nations are + awake, and have an eye on Rome. Not on Greece as before, for Greece is + barren and laid waste, and passes into the great silence. Do you know that + Sulla and Mithridates have gone slaying and pillaging over Hellas, so that + science and art have fled to the Egyptian Alexandria or the growing + Byzantium? Do you know that pirates, whose origin is unknown, from the + East, have recently plundered every temple in Hellas, so that hardly any + religious service can be held there? The oracles are dumb, the poets are + silent like song-birds in a storm, the great tragedies are no longer + performed; people rather go to see farces and gladiatorial shows. Hellas + is a ruin, and Rome will soon be one.” + </p> + <p> + “Times are bad, I grant, but every time has been one of decay, and has, + however, prepared the way for a new epoch. The fallen leaves of autumn + form a forcing-bed for the coming spring; Nature, life, and history ever + renew themselves through death. Therefore death is to me only a renewal, a + change, and whenever I meet a funeral, I always say to myself, ‘O how + pleasant it is to live!’” + </p> + <p> + “My dear Flaccus, you live with your dreams in the Golden Age, while we + others only drag ourselves through this life of the Iron Age. Do you + remember how Hesiod complains already of his own time?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I have forgotten that, but in order to oblige you I will listen.” + </p> + <p> + “‘The people of to-day are an iron race, and never rest from the burden of + work, neither by day nor by night. They are a sinful folk, and the gods + send them heavy troubles. But even when they send joy, this turns to their + misfortune. Some day Zeus will destroy them, these many-tongued people, + when they are born with grey locks on their temples. Yes, our children are + born old men already, toothless, wrinkled and with bald heads. The father + is not gracious to the child, nor the child to the father, nor the guest + to his host, nor servant to fellow-servant, nor brother to brother. + Children dishonour their old parents, revile them and speak unfriendly + words—these young scoundrels who know nothing of divine vengeance, + and never thank their ageing parents for their fostering care of them as + children. Might is right, and one city destroys another. Honesty and + faithfulness in keeping vows are never rewarded, as little as kindness or + justice. Oh no, they who practise sin and break the law, demand honour. + Scoundrels betray noble men, and commit perjury without scruple. Envy + follows men, these unhappy ones with their harsh voices and dreadful + faces, who rejoice over the evil and the mischief which they do.’” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, so Hesiod spoke a thousand years ago, and I must confess his words + are well deserved, but what can one do?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, they are. Cicero was murdered, and I feel inclined to follow the + example of Cato, who died in order to escape sin. I sink, Flaccus, in lies + and hypocrisy. But I will not sink ... I will mount. I have praised + Augustus and his son Marcellus in my verses, but I believe no more in + them, for they are not the future. Therefore the <i>Aeneid</i> shall be + burnt!” + </p> + <p> + “You disquiet me, Maro. But what do you believe in?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe in the Sibyl, who has prophesied that the Iron Age will end, + and the Golden Age return.” + </p> + <p> + “You have sung of that in the Fourth Eclogue, I remember.... Have you + fever?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe I have. Do you remember—no! our fathers remember when the + Capitol was burnt, and the Sibylline books destroyed. But now new books + have come from Alexandria, and in them they have read that a new era will + begin; that Rome will be destroyed but built up again, and that a Golden + Age....” + </p> + <p> + Here the seer was silent. Then he continued: “Pardon me, Flaccus, but I am + poorly, and must ride home before the mists rise from the Campagna.” + </p> + <p> + “Eheu fugaces, Postume, Postume! Labuntur anni! I will follow you, friend, + on my ass, for you are sick. But ‘the man of righteous heart and rock-like + purpose will not be shaken nor terrified by the blind zeal of the citizens + commanding evil, nor the glance of the threatening tyrant.... If the walls + of the world fall in, they will bury him unterrified beneath their ruin.’” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Some days later Virgil died in Naples. His will was opened, and actually + found to contain a request that his <i>Aeneid</i> should be burnt. But it + was not carried out. Posterity has passed various judgments on this + ignoring of a dead man’s wish—some think it was a pity; others that + it was a good thing. + </p> + <p> + When Christianity arrived, Virgil was enrolled among the prophets. The <i>Aeneid</i> + was regarded as a Sibylline book and included in the liturgy. Pilgrimages + were made to the poet’s tomb. And later on he was raised to the rank of a + saint by Dante. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + LEONTOPOLIS + </h2> + <p> + A caravan was encamped on a height eastward of the ancient Egyptian town + Heliopolis. There were many people in it, but all were Hebrews. They had + come on camels and asses from Palestine through the desert—the same + desert which the Israelites had passed through thousands of years before. + </p> + <p> + In the evening twilight, by the faint light of the half-moon, hundreds of + camp-fires were to be seen, and by them sat the women with their little + children while the men carried water. + </p> + <p> + Never yet had the desert beheld so many little children, and, as they were + now being put to bed for the night, the camp echoed with their cries. It + was like an enormous nursery. But when the washing was over, and the + little ones were laid to their mothers’ breasts, the cries one after the + other ceased, and there was complete silence. Under a sycamore tree sat a + woman, and suckled her child; close by stood a Hebrew, feeding his ass + with branches of the broom plant; when he had done that, he went higher up + the hill, and looked towards the north. A foreigner—a Roman, to + judge by his dress—passed, and regarded the woman with the child + closely, as though he were counting them. + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew showed signs of uneasiness, and began a conversation with the + Roman, in order to divert his attention from the woman. + </p> + <p> + “Say, traveller, is that the City of the Sun there in the west?” + </p> + <p> + “You see it!” answered the Roman. + </p> + <p> + “Then it is Bethshemesh.” + </p> + <p> + “Heliopolis, from which both Greeks and Romans have derived their wisdom; + Plato himself has been here.” + </p> + <p> + “Can Leontopolis also be seen from here?” + </p> + <p> + “You see the pinnacles of its temple two miles northward.” + </p> + <p> + “But that is the land of Goshen, which our father Abraham visited, and + which Jacob had portioned out to him,” said the Hebrew, turning to his + wife, who only answered with an inclination of her head. Then, speaking to + the Roman, he continued, “Israel wandered from Egypt to Canaan. But after + the Babylonish captivity a part of them returned and settled down here. + You know that.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know that. And now the Israelites here have increased till they + number many thousand souls, and have built a temple for themselves, which + you see standing in the distance. Did you know that?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, something about it. So that, then, is Roman territory?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. Everything is Roman now—Syria, Canaan, Greece, Egypt—Germany, + Gaul, Britain; the world belongs to Rome, according to the prophecy of the + Cumaean Sibyl.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! But the world is to be redeemed through Israel, according to God’s + promise to our father Abraham.” + </p> + <p> + “I have heard that fable also, but for the present Rome has the fulfilment + of the promise. Do you come from Jerusalem?” + </p> + <p> + “I come through the desert like the others, and I bring wife and child + with me.” + </p> + <p> + “Child—yes! Why do you Hebrews carry so many children with you?” + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew was silent, but since he perceived that the Roman knew the + reason, and since the latter looked like a benevolent man, he resolved to + tell the truth. + </p> + <p> + “Herod the King heard from the Wise Men of the East the prophecy that a + King of the Jews would be born in Bethlehem in the land of Judaea. In + order to escape the supposed danger, Herod had all the children recently + born in that district put to death. Just as Pharaoh once had our + first-born put to death here. But Moses was saved, in order to free our + people from the Egyptian bondage.” + </p> + <p> + “Well! but who was this King of the Jews to be?” + </p> + <p> + “The promised Messiah.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe that he is born?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot tell.” + </p> + <p> + “I can,” said the Roman. “He is born; he will rule the world, and bring + all people under his sceptre.” + </p> + <p> + “And who will that be?” + </p> + <p> + “The Emperor, Augustus.” + </p> + <p> + “Is he of Abraham’s seed or of David’s house? No. And has he come with + peace, as Isaiah prophesied, ‘His kingdom shall be great, and of peace + there shall be no end’? The Emperor is certainly not a man of peace.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, Israelite. Now you are a Roman subject. Be content with the + redemption through Rome. We know not of any other.” + </p> + <p> + The Roman departed. + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew approached his wife. “Mary!” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Joseph!” she answered. “Hush! The child sleeps.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE LAMB + </h2> + <p> + Herod Antipas, the Tetrarch, had come to Jerusalem, because there was much + unrest among the populace. He had taken up his dwelling with Pilate, the + Governor. Since on the preceding evening he had witnessed a gladiatorial + show in the circus and then taken part in an orgy, he slept late into the + morning—so late that his host, who was waiting for his guest, had + gone upon the roof. + </p> + <p> + There lay the Holy City, with Mount Moriah and the Temple, Zion and + David’s House. To the north-west and west there stretched the Valley of + Sharon to the Mediterranean Sea, which in the clear air appeared like a + blue streak at a distance of five miles. + </p> + <p> + In the east there rose the Mount of Olives, with its gardens and + vineyards, olives, figs and terebinths, below ran the brook Kedron whose + banks were decked in their spring apparel of flourishing laurels, + tamarisks, and willows. + </p> + <p> + The Governor was restless, and often paused to stand by the parapet of the + roof in order to look down into the forecourt of the Temple. Here numbers + of people moved about busily, forming themselves into knots which + dissolved and then formed larger groups. + </p> + <p> + At last the Tetrarch appeared. He had overslept himself, and his eyes were + blood-shot. He gave the Governor a brief greeting, and settled himself as + though for a conversation. But he found it hard to bring out a word; his + head hung down, and he did not know how to begin, for the orgies of the + preceding night had made him forget what he had come for. + </p> + <p> + Pilate came to his help: “Speak, Herod; your heart is full, and your mind + uneasy.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say, my brother?” + </p> + <p> + “We were speaking yesterday of the strange man who stirs up the people.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite right! I had John beheaded. Is it he who is going about?” + </p> + <p> + “No, it is another one now.” + </p> + <p> + “Are there two of them?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, this is another one.” + </p> + <p> + “But they have the same history—a prophecy which foretold their + birth, and the fable of a supernatural origin, just like the Perseus of + mythology, and the philosopher Plato in history. Is it a confusion of + persons?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not at all.” + </p> + <p> + “What is his name? Josua, Jesse...?” + </p> + <p> + “His name is Jesus, and he is said to have passed his childhood in the + Egyptian towns Heliopolis and Leontopolis.” + </p> + <p> + “Then he must be a magician or wizard; can he not come and divert me?” + </p> + <p> + “It is difficult to find him, for he is now in one place, now in another. + But we will question the High Priest; I have had him called, and he waits + below.” + </p> + <p> + “Why is there this commotion in the court of the Temple?” + </p> + <p> + “They are going to erect the Emperor’s statue in the Holy of Holies.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite right! Our gracious Emperor Tiberius lives like a madman on Capri, + and is pummelled by his nephew Caligula, if the offspring of incest can be + called a nephew. And now he is to become a god. Ha! Ha!” + </p> + <p> + “Antiochus Epiphanes had the statue of Zeus set up in the Holy of Holies. + He, however, <i>was</i> a god. But to set up this beast, Tiberius, means a + tumult.” + </p> + <p> + “What are we to do? Call the Priest here.” + </p> + <p> + Pilate went and fetched the High Priest Caiaphas. + </p> + <p> + Herod closed his eyes, and folded his hands over his breast. He regarded + all matters of business as an interruption to his pleasures, and generally + liked to cut them short. When Pilate returned with Caiaphas, the Tetrarch + awoke from his doze, and did not know where he was, or what they were + talking about. Pilate stepped forward, aroused him to consciousness, and + directed his attention to the matter in hand. + </p> + <p> + “There is a tumult in the Temple,” was his first observation, for that + disturbed his sleep. “Ah! the Priest is here. What is the meaning of the + uproar below?” + </p> + <p> + “It is the Galilaean, who has taken to using force, and has driven the + money-changers out of the Temple.” + </p> + <p> + Herod’s curiosity was aroused: “I should like to see him.” + </p> + <p> + “He has already gone.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell us, High Priest, who is this man? Is he the Messiah?” + </p> + <p> + “That is incredible. The son of a poor carpenter, who is weak in the + head!” + </p> + <p> + “Is he a prophet?” + </p> + <p> + “He stirs up the people, he breaks the law, he is a glutton and + wine-bibber, and he blasphemes God. Yes, he says that he himself is God, + the Son of the Highest.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you witnesses to this?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but they contradict each other.” + </p> + <p> + “Then procure better witnesses, who will agree. But now, Priest, we must + talk of something else. You know that the Senate have decreed the + apotheosis of the Emperor, and that his image is to be set up in the + Temple. What do you think about it?” + </p> + <p> + “We live by the favour of the Emperor. But if this abomination is done, we + will all die as the Maccabees did.” + </p> + <p> + “Then die!” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas considered a moment before he answered. “I will summon the + Sanhedrim, and tell them what the Emperor wishes.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, do that. And before the Passover you must bring the Galilaean before + me, for I wish to see him.” + </p> + <p> + “I will.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go in peace.” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas retired. + </p> + <p> + “They are a hard people, these Israelites,” said Pilate, for want of + something better to say. “I am also of Israel,” answered Herod somewhat + curtly, “for I am an Edomite, of Esau’s race, and my mother was a + Samaritan, belonging to the despised people.” + </p> + <p> + Pilate saw that he had made a slip, and therefore struck the ground three + times with his official staff. A large trap-door opened, and a table came + up covered with all kinds of delicacies according to Roman taste. + </p> + <p> + Herod’s countenance cleared. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In the Court of the Priests stood Caiaphas and Annas, and spoke with each + other. + </p> + <p> + “Since we cannot avert the abomination,” said Caiaphas, “and the Emperor’s + image is to be erected in the Holy of Holies, and the people will be + destroyed if there is an insurrection, it is better for us to bring an + offering to the Lord, and that one man die for the people.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right. An extraordinary atoning sacrifice is necessary, and as + the Passover is approaching, let us sacrifice the Galilaean.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! But the offering should be pure. Is the Galilaean pure?” + </p> + <p> + “Pure as a lamb.” + </p> + <p> + “May he then take Israel’s sins upon him, that we may be set free through + his blood. Who brings him into our hands?” + </p> + <p> + “One of his disciples, who stands outside.” + </p> + <p> + “Fetch him in.” + </p> + <p> + John, later known as the “Evangelist,” was brought in, and Caiaphas began + to examine him. + </p> + <p> + “What do you say concerning your teacher? Has he transgressed the law of + Moses?” + </p> + <p> + “He has fulfilled the law.” + </p> + <p> + “But what new commandment has he introduced into our holy law?” + </p> + <p> + “Love one another.” + </p> + <p> + “Did he say he was the King of the Jews?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘My kingdom is not of this world.’” + </p> + <p> + “Has he not made children rebel against their parents?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘He who loveth father or mother more than me is not + worthy of me.’” + </p> + <p> + “Did he not say that one has a right to neglect one’s duties as a + citizen?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His + righteousness.’” + </p> + <p> + “Did he tell labourers to leave their work?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘Come unto me, all ye that labour and are heavy-laden.’” + </p> + <p> + “Did he say that he would conquer the world?” + </p> + <p> + “The Master said, ‘In the world ye have tribulation, but be of good cheer; + I have overcome the world.’” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas was weary: “According to all that I have heard and perceived, + this man has not answered a single question.” + </p> + <p> + “The Master answers in spirit and in truth, but you ask according to the + flesh and the letter. We are not the children of one spirit.” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t understand.” + </p> + <p> + “He has sent me to preach good tidings to the poor, to heal the broken in + heart, to preach deliverance to the captives, to give sight to the blind, + to set at liberty them that are bruised.” + </p> + <p> + “What you speak in foolishness, young man, can neither bring credit to you + nor to your teacher.” + </p> + <p> + “Woe unto you when men praise you, and he who departeth from evil maketh + himself a prey.” + </p> + <p> + Caiaphas turned to Annas: “This is not the man who will deliver the + Galilaean up to us.” + </p> + <p> + “They have sent another one—Listen! Is your name Iscariot?” + </p> + <p> + “No; my name is John.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go in peace, but send us Iscariot instead. But wait! Give us in two + words the teaching of your Master regarding the meaning of life.” + </p> + <p> + “Death is a gain for the righteous,” answered John without stopping to + think. + </p> + <p> + “Is life not itself...?” + </p> + <p> + “Through death ye shall enter into life.” + </p> + <p> + “We have heard enough. Go.” + </p> + <p> + But Caiaphas repeated to himself, as though he thought he would understand + those words in his own mouth better: “Death is a gain for the righteous.” + </p> + <p> + Now there arose a clamour from the market-place and the hall of justice. + Annas and Caiaphas went out upon the battlemented walls to find out the + cause. Levites were standing there, and looking down. + </p> + <p> + “Has he been taken?” + </p> + <p> + “He has already been seized as an inciter to insurrection, because he bade + his disciples to sell their garments and buy a sword.” + </p> + <p> + “Have they found them with weapons?” + </p> + <p> + “They have found two swords.” + </p> + <p> + “Then he is already condemned.” + </p> + <p> + Then they heard a cry rise from the crowd before the Court of Justice—at + first difficult to distinguish, but ever clearer. The people were crying + “Crucify! Crucify!” + </p> + <p> + “Is that not too severe, regarded as a punishment?” said Caiaphas. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the Levite; “one of his disciples called Simon or Peter + drew his sword and wounded one of the servants called Malchus.” + </p> + <p> + “Do we need any more witnesses?” + </p> + <p> + “But the Teacher said, ‘Put up thy sword into its sheath, for they that + take the sword, shall perish with the sword.’” + </p> + <p> + “That is a difficult saying,” said Annas, and went down. But the people + continued to cry, “Crucify! Crucify!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE WILD BEAST + </h2> + <p> + Before the temple of Jupiter Latiaris in Rome, two men of the middle + classes met each other. They both remained standing in order to + contemplate the new temple, which was different from all others, and + looked as if it had felt the effects of an earthquake. The basement had + the shape of a roof; the columns stood reversed with their capitals below, + and the roof was constructed like a basement with cellar-windows. + </p> + <p> + “So we meet here again, Hebrew,” said one of the two, who resembled a + Roman merchant. “Was it not in Joppa that we last met?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the Hebrew. “One meets the Roman everywhere; he is at home + everywhere; one also meets the Hebrew everywhere, but he is at home + nowhere. But tell me, whose temple is this?” + </p> + <p> + “This is the Temple of the Wild Beast, the Emperor Caligula, the madman, + the murderer, the incestuous. He has erected it to himself; his image + stands within; and the madman comes every day to worship himself.” + </p> + <p> + So saying, the Roman made a sign on his forehead, moving the forefinger of + his right hand first from above, below, and then from left to right. + </p> + <p> + The Hebrew looked at him in astonishment. + </p> + <p> + “Are you not a Roman?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am a Roman Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “Where do you live?” + </p> + <p> + “Here under Rome, in the catacombs.” + </p> + <p> + He pointed to a hole in the ground, which resembled those that led down to + the cloacae. + </p> + <p> + “Do you live here under the ground?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is where we Christians live; there we lie like seed in the + earth, and germinate.” + </p> + <p> + “Those are grave-vaults down there.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, we are buried with Christ, and await the resurrection.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you a temple down there?” + </p> + <p> + “We have our religious service there, and to-day we celebrate the birth of + Christ.” + </p> + <p> + “Someone is coming down the street,” said the Hebrew. The Roman opened the + trap-door in the ground in order to descend. From below the sounds of a + choral hymn were heard. “The City hath no need of the moon, neither of the + sun, for the glory of God doth lighten it, and the Lamb is the light + thereof.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is the Lamb?” asked the Hebrew. + </p> + <p> + “Jesus Christ, the Redeemer of the World.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you think the world is redeemed, while this mad Caligula....” + </p> + <p> + “The world will be redeemed, if we continue to hope.” + </p> + <p> + “You have, then, taken the promise away from Israel?” + </p> + <p> + “No, we have inherited the promise, for Christ was of the stock of + Israel.” + </p> + <p> + “Someone is coming.” + </p> + <p> + “Then farewell. We shall always meet, for the earth is ours.” + </p> + <p> + In the temple, which people called “the world turned upside down,” a man + slunk along the walls in a state of panic, as though he were afraid to + display his back. He had the face of a youth without any hair round it. + His upper lip was drawn upwards on the left side, and showed a long canine + tooth, while at the same time his right eye shot a sharp glance like a + poisonous arrow. + </p> + <p> + He glided along the wall to the apse, where an image was erected. It was a + likeness of the timid man himself, representing him exactly even to his + clothes. + </p> + <p> + “Is the priest there?” the mad Emperor whispered, for it was he. + </p> + <p> + No answer followed. + </p> + <p> + “Priest, dear priest, I am so frightened. Are you not coming?” + </p> + <p> + A sacrificial priest came forward, fell on his knee before the Emperor, + and worshipped him. + </p> + <p> + “Jupiter, Optimus, Maximus, Latiaris, frighten away thy foes.” + </p> + <p> + “Have I foes, then? Yes, and that is what frightens me. Do you believe + that I am God?” + </p> + <p> + “Thou art.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us then have thunder, to frighten my foes.” + </p> + <p> + The priest beat upon a kettledrum, and the echoes rolled through the + temple. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor laughed, so that all his teeth were visible. + </p> + <p> + “Priest!” he cried as he seated himself on his throne, “now you shall + sacrifice to me.” + </p> + <p> + The priest kindled a fire on the little altar before the madman. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor said, “The scent is good. Now I am the mightiest in heaven and + on earth. I rule over living and dead; I cast into Tartarus and lift into + Elysium. How mighty I am! I tame the waves of the sea, and command the + storm to cease: I hold sway over the planets in their courses; I myself + have created chaos, and the human race lie at my feet, from the primeval + forests of Britain to the sources of the Nile, which I alone have + discovered. I have made my favourite horse consul, and the people have + acknowledged his consulship. Priest! Worship me! Or do you forget who I + am? No, I am I, and I shall always worship myself in my own image. Caius + Caesar Caligula, I honour thee, Lord of the world, how I honour myself! + Jupiter Latiaris Caligula!” + </p> + <p> + He fell before the image on his knee. + </p> + <p> + “Some one is coming,” said the priest warningly. + </p> + <p> + “Kill him.” + </p> + <p> + “It is the tribune, Cassius Chaeraea!” + </p> + <p> + “Frighten him away.” + </p> + <p> + “Chaeraea does not let himself be frightened.” + </p> + <p> + The tribune came in fearlessly and without ceremony. + </p> + <p> + “Caius Caesar, your wife is dead.” + </p> + <p> + “All the better,” answered the Emperor. + </p> + <p> + “They have dashed your only child against a wall.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah, how pleasant!” laughed the madman. + </p> + <p> + “And now you are to die.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I cannot. I am immortal.” + </p> + <p> + “I wait for you outside. It shall not take place here.” + </p> + <p> + “Creep away, ant! My foot is too great to reach thy littleness.” + </p> + <p> + Then a sound of singing rose from the basement of the temple, or from the + earth; they were children’s voices. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor was again alarmed, and crept under his chair. + </p> + <p> + Chaeraea, who had waited at the door, lost patience. + </p> + <p> + “Dog! are you coming? Or shall I strike you dead here?” + </p> + <p> + “Chaeraea,” whimpered the Emperor, “do not kill me! I will kiss your + foot.” + </p> + <p> + “Then kiss it now when I trample you to death.” + </p> + <p> + The gigantic tribune threw the chair to one side, leapt on the madman and + crushed his windpipe beneath his heel; the tongue, protruded from his + jaws, seemed to be spitting abuse even in death. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Wild Beast had three heads; the name of the second was Claudius. He + played dice with his friend Caius Silius, who was famous for his wealth + and his beauty. + </p> + <p> + “Follow the game,” hissed Caesar. + </p> + <p> + “I am following it,” answered his friend. + </p> + <p> + “No, you are absent-minded. Where were you last night?” + </p> + <p> + “I was in the Suburra.” + </p> + <p> + “You should not go to the Suburra; you should stay with me.” + </p> + <p> + “Follow the game.” + </p> + <p> + “I am following it; but what are the stakes we are playing for?” + </p> + <p> + “You are playing for your life.” + </p> + <p> + “And you, Caesar?” + </p> + <p> + “I am also playing for your life.” + </p> + <p> + “And if you lose?” asked Silius. + </p> + <p> + “Then you will lose your life.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor knocked with the dice-box on the table. His secretary + Narcissus came in. + </p> + <p> + “Give me writing materials, Narcissus. The antidote for snake-bites is + yew-tree resin....” + </p> + <p> + “And the antidote to hemlock?” + </p> + <p> + “Against that there is no antidote.” + </p> + <p> + “Follow the game, or I shall be angry.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you cannot be angry!” answered Silius. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that is true,—I cannot! I only said so!” + </p> + <p> + Messalina, the Emperor’s wife, had entered. + </p> + <p> + “Why is Silius sitting here and playing,” she asked, “when he should + accompany me to the theatre?” + </p> + <p> + “He is compelled,” answered the Emperor. + </p> + <p> + “Wretch! what rights have you over him?” + </p> + <p> + “He is my slave; all are slaves of the Lord of the world. Therefore Rome + is the most democratic of all States, for all its citizens are equal—equal + before Men and God.” + </p> + <p> + “He is your slave, but he is my husband,” said Messalina. + </p> + <p> + “Your husband! Why, you are married to me.” + </p> + <p> + “What does that matter?” + </p> + <p> + “Do you go and marry without asking my permission?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, why not?” + </p> + <p> + “You are certainly droll, Messalina! And I pardon you. Go, my children, + and amuse yourselves. Narcissus will play with me.” + </p> + <p> + When the Emperor was left alone with Narcissus, his expression changed. + </p> + <p> + “Follow them, Narcissus!” he hissed. “Take Locusta with you, and give them + the poison. Then I shall marry Agrippina.” + </p> + <p> + But when Silius and the Empress had gone without, Silius asked innocently: + “Have you yourself prepared the mushrooms which he will eat this evening?” + </p> + <p> + “I have not done it myself, but Locusta has, and she understands her + business.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The name of the third head of the Wild Beast was Nero. He was Agrippina’s + worthy son, had poisoned his half-brother Britannicus, murdered his + mother, kicked his wife to death, and committed unnatural crime. He + falsified the coinage and plundered the temples. He made an artistic tour + to Greece, where he first appeared as a public singer and brought eight + hundred wreaths home, then as a charioteer, in which capacity he upset + everything, but received the prize because nobody dared to refuse it to + him. + </p> + <p> + To such a depth had Rome and Greece sunk. Claudius was an angel compared + to this monster; but he also received apotheosis. + </p> + <p> + To-day the Emperor had returned home from his artistic tour, and found his + capital in flames. Since, in his fits of intoxication, he had so often + raged against his old-fashioned Rome, with its narrow streets, and had on + various occasions expressed the wish that fire might break out at all its + corners, he came under the suspicion of having set it in flames. + </p> + <p> + He sat in his palace on the Esquiline in a great columned hall, and + feasted his eyes on the magnificent conflagration. It was a marble hall + with only a few articles of furniture, because the Emperor feared they + might afford lurking-places for murderers. But in the background of the + hall was a strong gilded iron grating, behind which could be caught a + glimpse of two yellow-brown lions from Libya. These the Emperor called his + “cats.” + </p> + <p> + At the door of the grating stood two slaves, Pallas and Alexander, and + watched every change in the Emperor’s face. + </p> + <p> + “He smiles,” whispered Pallas; “then it is all over with us. Brother, we + shall meet again. Pray for me and give me the kiss of peace.” + </p> + <p> + “The Lord shall deliver thee from all evil, and preserve thee for His + heavenly kingdom. This mortal must put on immortality, and this + corruptible, incorruption.” + </p> + <p> + The red face of the Emperor, red with wine and the light of the + conflagration, began to assume a look of attention, and it could be seen + from his eyes and ears that he was listening. Did he hear perhaps how the + masses of people whispered their suspicions of the “incendiary”? + </p> + <p> + “Pallas!” he roared, “Rome is burning!” + </p> + <p> + The slave remained speechless from fright. + </p> + <p> + “Pallas! Are you deaf?” + </p> + <p> + No answer. + </p> + <p> + “Pallas! Are you dumb? They say down there that I have fired the town, but + I have not. Run out in the streets and spread about the report that the + Christians have done it.” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will not!” answered the slave. + </p> + <p> + Nero believed that his ears had deceived him. + </p> + <p> + “Do you not know,” he said, “that the Christians are magicians, and live + like rats in the catacombs, and that all Rome is undermined by them? I + have thought of making the Tiber flow in to drown them, or of opening the + walls of the cloacas and submerging the catacombs in filth. Their + Sibylline books have prophesied the fall of Rome, though they use the name + ‘Babylon.’ See, now the Capitol takes fire. Pallas, run out, and say the + Christians have done it.” + </p> + <p> + “That I will not do,” answered Pallas loud and clearly, “because it is not + true.” + </p> + <p> + “This time my ears have not deceived me,” roared the Emperor rising. “You + will not go into the town; then go in through the grating-door and play + with my lions.” + </p> + <p> + He opened the door, and pushed Pallas into the fore-court of the lions. + </p> + <p> + “Alexander!” said Pallas, “I have prayed you to be firm and courageous!” + </p> + <p> + “I know that my Redeemer lives, and that at the latter day He shall raise + me from the earth.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that you are saying?” said the Emperor, and pulled a cord, which + opened the second door to the lions. + </p> + <p> + “Alexander, go out into the town, and spread the report that the + Christians have set Rome on fire.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Alexander, “for I am a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “What is a Christian?” + </p> + <p> + “God so loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son that whosoever + believeth on Him should not perish but have everlasting life.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you not perish? Have I not the power to destroy you?” + </p> + <p> + “You have no power over me, except it be given from above.” + </p> + <p> + “He does not fear death. Lentulus! bring fire here; I will set fire to + your clothes, that we may see if you can burn, I will set your hair, your + beard, your nails on fire; but we will first soak you in oil and naphtha, + in pitch and sulphur. Then we will see whether you have an everlasting + life. Lentulus!” + </p> + <p> + Lentulus rushed in: “Emperor! The city is in an uproar! Fly!” + </p> + <p> + “Must I fly? First bring fire!” + </p> + <p> + “Spain has revolted, and chosen Galba as Emperor.” + </p> + <p> + “Galba! Eheu! fugaces, Postume ... Galba! Well, then, let us fly, but + whither?” + </p> + <p> + “Through the catacombs, sire.” + </p> + <p> + “No! the Christians live there, and they will kill me.” + </p> + <p> + “They kill no one,” said Alexander. + </p> + <p> + “Not even their enemies?” + </p> + <p> + “They pray for their enemies.” + </p> + <p> + “Then they are mad! All the better!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Christians were assembled in one of the crypts of the catacombs. “The + Capitol is burning; that is the heathen’s Zion,” said Alexander. + </p> + <p> + “The Lord of Hosts avenges his destroyed Jerusalem.” + </p> + <p> + “Say not ‘avenges,’ say ‘punishes.’” + </p> + <p> + “Someone is coming down the passage.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it a brother?” + </p> + <p> + “No, he makes no obeisance before the cross.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it is an executioner.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor appeared in rags, dirty, with a handkerchief tied round his + forehead. As he approached the Christians, whom in their white cloaks he + took for Greeks, he became quiet and resolved to bargain with them. + </p> + <p> + “Are you Greeks?” + </p> + <p> + “Here is neither Jew nor Greek, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free, but + all are brothers in Christ! Welcome, brother!” + </p> + <p> + “It is the Wild Beast,” said Alexander. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor now recognised his escaped slave, and in his terror fell on + his knees. + </p> + <p> + “Kill me not! I am a poor stone-cutter, who has lost his way. Show me the + way out, whether right or left.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know me?” asked Alexander. + </p> + <p> + “Alexander!” answered the Emperor. + </p> + <p> + “He whom you wished to burn. It is I!” + </p> + <p> + “Mercy! Kill me not!” + </p> + <p> + “Stand up, Caesar! Thy life is in God’s hand.” + </p> + <p> + “Do I find mercy?” + </p> + <p> + “You shall have a guide.” + </p> + <p> + “Say whether right or left; then I can help myself.” + </p> + <p> + “Keep to the left.” + </p> + <p> + “And if you lie.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot lie! Do you see, that is the difference.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you not lie? I should have done so.” + </p> + <p> + “Keep to the left.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor believed him, and went. But after going some steps, he stood + still and turned round. + </p> + <p> + “Out upon you, slaves! Now I shall help myself.” + </p> + <p> + It was a terribly stormy night, when Nero, accompanied by the boy Sporus, + and a few slaves, reached the estate of his freedman Phaon. Phaon did not + dare to receive him, but advised him to hide in a clay-pit. But the + Emperor did not wish to creep into the earth, but sprang into a pond, when + he heard the pursuers approaching, and remained standing in the water. + From this place he heard those who were going by seeking him, say that he + was condemned to be flogged to death. Then, after some hesitation, he + thrust a dagger into his breast. + </p> + <p> + His nurse Acte, who had also been his paramour, buried him in a garden on + Monte Pincio. The Romans loved him after his death, and brought flowers to + his grave. But the Christians saw in him the Wild Beast and the Antichrist + of the Apocalypse. + </p> + <h3> + THE APOSTATE + </h3> + <p> + At a date rather more than three hundred years after the Birth of Christ, + the stage of the world’s history had shifted from the Mediterranean to the + East. Greece was sunk in everlasting sleep, Rome lay in ruins and had + become a tributary state. Jerusalem was destroyed, Alexandria at the mouth + of the Nile in a state of decay. The world’s metropolis lay on the Black + Sea, and was a half-oriental colony called Byzantium, or, after + Constantine the Great, Constantinople. The heathen world was a waste, and + Christianity had become the State religion. But the spirit of Christianity + had not penetrated the empire. Doctrine indeed there was—plenty of + doctrine—but those at court lived worse lives than the heathen, and + the way to the throne in Byzantium was generally through a murder. + </p> + <p> + But while the centre of gravity in Europe had shifted to the East, new + conquests had been made in the West and in the North. The Romans had + founded fifty cities on the Rhine, and, since Julius Caesar’s time, all + Gaul lay under Roman ploughs and worshipped Roman gods in Roman temples. + </p> + <p> + But now that Christianity was to be introduced into Gaul, it encountered + great difficulties. The original religion of the country, Druidism, had + been proscribed by the Emperor Claudius, and the Roman cult of the gods + substituted. And now that a second alteration of their religion was + proposed, the Gauls strongly resented it. Accordingly Gaul was in a state + of disorganisation, which was likely to result in some new growth. + </p> + <p> + But under the rule of Constantius, new danger from another side threatened + the newly-formed provinces of Gaul. The German races, the Franks and the + Alemanni, were attracted by the charm of the fertile land, where the + mountains seemed to drop with wine, and the plains were covered with + yellow corn. In order to protect the best of his provinces, and perhaps + for other reasons, the Emperor sent his cousin and brother-in-law, Julian, + to subdue the Germans. Although Julian had been educated in a convent and + at a university, he seems to have understood the art of war, for he + defeated the invaders and then retired to Lutetia Parisiorum. + </p> + <p> + The legions had marched up the Mons Martis or Martyrorum, as it was called + by turns. At their head went the insignificant-looking man with his beard + trimmed like a philosopher’s—Julian, surnamed Caesar, but not + therefore Emperor. High on the summit of the hill stood a temple of Mars, + but it was closed. When the army had encamped, Julian went alone to the + edge of the hill, in order to view the town Lutetia, which he had never + seen. + </p> + <p> + On the island between the two arms of the Seine lay the main part of the + town with the temple of Jupiter; but the Imperial Palace and the + Amphitheatre stood on the slope of Mount Parnassus, on the left bank of + the river. For three hundred years from the time of Julius Caesar, the + Emperors had stayed here at intervals. The two last occupants had been + Constantine the Great and Constantius. + </p> + <p> + After thoughtfully contemplating for a while the valley with the river + flowing through it, Julian exclaimed, “Urbs! Why, it is Rome! A river, a + valley, and hills, seven or more, just as at Rome. Don’t you see, we stand + on the Capitoline? On the opposite side we have Janiculum represented by + Mount Parnassus, and in the north Mons Valerian forms our Vatican. And the + city on the island! The island resembles a ship, just like the island in + the Tiber, on which they have erected an obelisk as a mast, so striking + was the similarity. Caesar indeed was too original to have wished to copy. + They call Byzantium New Rome, but Rome is like a worm; when cut in two, a + living creature is formed from each piece. What do you say, Maximus?” + </p> + <p> + “Rome was the city of the seven hills and the seven kings; how many there + will be here, none can say.” + </p> + <p> + “It had never occurred to me,” answered Julian, “that Rome had had just as + many kings as hills—a curious coincidence!” + </p> + <p> + Maximus the Mystic, who, together with the Sophist Priscus, always + accompanied the Emperor, in order to give him opportunities for + philosophising, immediately objected: “There are no ‘coincidences,’ + Caesar, everything is reckoned and numbered; everything is created with a + conscious purpose, and in harmonious correspondence—the firmament of + heaven and the circle of the earth.” + </p> + <p> + “You have learnt that in Egypt,” Priscus interrupted, “for the Egyptians + see the river Nile in the constellation Eridanus. I should like to know + under which constellation this Lutetia lies!” + </p> + <p> + “It lies under Andromeda, like Rome,” answered Maximus, “but Perseus hangs + over the Holy Land, so that Algol stands over Jerusalem.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you call that cursed land ‘holy’?” broke in Julian, who could not + control his generally quiet temper as soon as any subject was mentioned + connected with Christianity, which he hated. + </p> + <p> + “I call the land ‘holy’ because the Redeemer of the world was born there. + And you know that He was born without a father, like Perseus; you know + also that Perseus delivered Andromeda, as Jesus Christ will deliver Rome + and Lutetia.” + </p> + <p> + Julian was silent, for, as a Neo-platonist, he liked analogies between the + heavenly and the temporal, and a poetic figure was more for him than a + rhetorical ornament. + </p> + <p> + Educated in a convent by Christian priests, he had early gained an insight + into the new teaching of Christianity; but he believed that his + philosophic culture had shown him that the seed of Christianity had + already germinated in Socrates and Plato. After he had made the + acquaintance of the Neo-Platonists, he found nothing to object to in the + recently-promulgated dogmas of Christianity. But he felt a boundless hate + against these Galilaeans who wished to appropriate all the wisdom of the + past ages and give it their own name. He regarded them as thieves. The + doctrine of Christ’s Divine Sonship seemed to him quite natural, for as a + Pantheist he believed that the souls of all men are born of God and have + part in Him. He himself acknowledged the dogma recently promulgated at + Nicaea, that the Son is of the same essence as the Father, although he + interpreted, it in his own way. As to miracles, they happened every day, + and could be imitated by magicians. He acknowledged the truth of the Fall + of Man, for Plato also had declared that the soul is imprisoned in matter—in + sinful matter, with which we must do battle. And this had been confirmed + by St. Paul’s saying in the Epistle to the Romans, “The good which I + would, that I do not, but the evil, which I would not, that I do,” and + again, “I delight in the law of God after the inward man. But I see + another law in my members, which warreth against the law of my mind.... O + wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from the body of this death?” + That was the lament of the thinking sensitive man regarding the soul’s + imprisonment in matter; the disgust of human nature at itself. + </p> + <p> + Julian, as a sensitive and struggling spirit, had felt this pressure, and + had honestly and successfully combated the lusts of the flesh. Grown up + though he was, among murderers and sybarites, in the extravagant luxury of + the Byzantine Court, where, for example, he had at first possessed a + thousand barbers and a thousand cooks, he had abandoned luxury, lived like + a Christian ascetic, acted justly, and was high-minded. He had a perfect + comprehension of the soul’s imprisonment in the flesh or of “sin,” but + understood nothing of the Redemption through Christ. Three hundred years + had passed since the birth of Christ, and the world had become continually + more wretched. The Christians he had seen, especially his uncle + Constantine the Great, lived worse than the heathen. As a young man he had + tested the new teaching in his own internal struggles; he had prayed to + Christ as to God, but had not been heard. When he had lamented his plight + to the devout Eusebius, the latter had answered, “Be patient in hope! + Continue constant in prayer.” + </p> + <p> + But the youth answered, “I cannot be patient.” + </p> + <p> + Then Eusebius said, “The deliverance comes, but not in our time. A + thousand years are as a day before the Lord God! Wait five days, then you + will see.” + </p> + <p> + “I will not wait,” exclaimed the youth angrily. + </p> + <p> + “So say the damned souls also. But look you, impatience is one of the + torments of hell, and you make a hell for yourself with your impatience.” + </p> + <p> + Julian became a hater of Christ, without exactly knowing why. The + philosophers did not teach it him, for they adapted Christianity to their + philosophy. Celsus’ feeble attack on Christianity had not misled Julian’s + ripe and cultured intelligence. Eusebius explained his pupil’s hatred of + Christ in the following way: “He has heathen blood in him, for he comes of + Illyrian stock; he does not belong to this sheepfold. Or is his pride so + boundless, his envy so great, that he cannot tolerate any Autocrat in the + realm of the spirit? He lives himself like a Christian, and teaches the + same as Christ, but at the same time is a Christ-hater.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Julian, in order to hide his anger, had approached the little + Temple of Mars on the hill. The building was in ruins, the doors had been + carried away, and the columns were broken. As he entered it, he saw the + statue of Mars, modelled after a good Greek one of Ares, standing in the + apse, but the nose was broken off, the fingers were lacking, and the whole + statue was streaked with dirt. + </p> + <p> + “This is the work of the Galilaeans,” said Julian, “but they shall pay for + it.” + </p> + <p> + “They have already paid with their lives,” answered Maximus. + </p> + <p> + “Dionysius [Footnote: St. Denis] was beheaded on the hill, and his chapel + stands there on the slope.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you also a Galilaean?” + </p> + <p> + “No; but I love justice.” + </p> + <p> + “Justice and its guardian-goddess Astrasa left the earth when the Iron Age + began; now she is a star in heaven.” + </p> + <p> + “In the Zodiac,” interrupted Priscus; “I believe also, we all live in + Zodiacs, and there justice has no place.” + </p> + <p> + A sudden murmur of voices was heard from the camp. Julian mounted a heap + of stones to see what was the matter. The whole of the north-east side of + Mars’ Hill was covered with soldiers, and below in the valley were to be + seen tents and camp-fires. These thousands belonged to all the nations of + the world. They comprised Romans, Greeks, Egyptians, Negroes, Hebrews, + Persians, Afghans, Scythians, Germans, Britons, and Gauls. But now they + were in movement and swarming, as gnats do when they dance. + </p> + <p> + “What is the excitement about?” asked Julian. + </p> + <p> + A little bell from the chapel of St. Denis sounded the Angelus, and the + Christians fell on their knees, while the heathen remained standing or + continued their occupations. The Christians considered themselves + disturbed, and so did the heathen. + </p> + <p> + “This religion,” said Julian, “which should unite all, only divides them. + If the Church Councils, instead of formulating new creeds, had done away + with all forms, and proclaimed free worship with praise and adoration of + the Highest, all peoples would have bent the knee before the Nameless, but + look at the Christians! Since the law is on their side, they have the + upper hand, and therefore compel the heathen to adore their Galilaean! But + I will not help them. I can hold nations together, but not professors of + creeds. Let us go into the town. I will not mix in the matter.” + </p> + <p> + Some Christian tribunes approached Julian, with the evident purpose of + complaining, but he waved them off. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Julian had entered Lutetia on foot, accompanied by his philosophers. He + had not allowed himself to be escorted by generals or other officers, + because he did not trust them. + </p> + <p> + He found the new town to be a miniature of the Rome of the Caesars. It is + true that huts with straw roofs formed the nucleus of it, but there were + also several temples and chapels, a prefecture, a forum, and an + amphitheatre. The forum or market-place was surrounded by colonnades, in + which tradesmen and money-changers’ had opened their shops. One side—the + shortest—of it was occupied by the prefecture, in which the Aedile + and Quaestor lived. + </p> + <p> + Unnoticed and unrecognised by the people, Julian went into the prefecture. + In the hall he saw Christian symbols—the cross, the fish, the good + shepherd, etc. Christianity was certainly the State religion, but Julian’s + hatred against everything Christian was so great that he could not look at + these figures. Accordingly he went out again, called the Prefect down, and + bade him show the way to the Imperial palace and the left side of the + river. There he took up his abode in a simple room resembling a monk’s + cell. As he had been obliged to make many detours since he had left + Byzantium, and the punitive expedition against the Franks and Alemanni had + consumed much time, he found letters waiting his arrival. Among them was + one from the Emperor which seriously discomposed Julian. + </p> + <p> + The attitude of the Emperor towards his cousin had always been somewhat + dubious, almost hostile, and now, after the latter’s victories, envy and + fear had taken possession of the mind of the Byzantine despot. The letter + contained a command for Julian to send back the legions at once, as the + war was at an end. Julian saw the danger if he stripped the newly + recovered land bare of defence, but his sense of duty and + conscientiousness bade him obey, and without hesitation he sent the + Emperor’s edict to the camp. This was on the evening of the first day of + his arrival. + </p> + <p> + The next morning Julian had gone out for an excursion with his learned + staff. They slowly climbed Mount Parnassus, and wandered through the oak + wood on the north side, avoiding the beaten paths. He and his companions + philosophised and disputed eagerly, and, forgetting their surroundings, + wandered ever deeper into the forest. Finally they reached an open space + where grazing deer had taken refuge, and set themselves down to rest on + strangely-shaped stones which lay in a circle. In the oaks over their + heads were large green clumps of a different colour from the oak-leaves, + and these they thought were birds’ nests. + </p> + <p> + “I have never seen so many crows’ nests together,” said Julian. + </p> + <p> + “They are not crows’ nests, your Majesty,” answered the scribe Eleazar, + who acted as Julian’s secretary. “That is the sacred mistletoe, which + grows on the oak, and through the operation of cosmic forces takes this + globular form, which is also said to be that of the earth and the other + heavenly bodies.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that...?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and we seem to have entered a sacred sacrificial grove, in which the + primeval deities of the land are still worshipped by the Druids, although + their worship is forbidden.” + </p> + <p> + “Forbidden in spite of the Emperor’s edict regarding religious freedom,” + broke in the Sophist Priscus. + </p> + <p> + Julian did not like to be reminded of this edict, through which + Christianity had won freedom to suppress other creeds. He rose with his + companions in order to continue their excursion. After a while they + reached Suresnes and its vineyards, where figtrees and peach-trees lined + the walls. When they had ascended a height, they saw the whole Seine + Valley lying before them, with its fields, gardens, and villas. + </p> + <p> + “Why, that is like the sacred land of Canaan!” exclaimed Julian, enchanted + by the lovely landscape. + </p> + <p> + On the other side of the river rose the Hill of Mars, with its temples and + chapels, and where the soil had been laid bare the white chalk gleamed in + patches, as though a countless number of tents had been erected on the + slopes. + </p> + <p> + The philosophers stood for a long time there, and contemplated the view, + when a sound was heard like that of an approaching tempest. But no cloud + was visible, and they remained listening and wondering. The noise + increased till cries, shouts, and the clash of arms were heard. Now the + Hill of Mars seemed to be in movement; there were swarms of men on its + summit, and here and there steel could be seen flashing. Like a river, the + mass began to roll down the hill to the town. + </p> + <p> + Then the spectators understood. “It is a revolt of the legions,” exclaimed + Maximus. + </p> + <p> + “The edict has taken effect.” + </p> + <p> + “They seek their own Emperor.” + </p> + <p> + “Then the only thing for us to do is to turn round and go home.” They + turned into the path which ran along the river, and followed it up the + stream, in order to be able to see what the legions were doing. The dark + mass, interspersed with flashes From swords and helmets, poured on in an + ever stronger tide. + </p> + <p> + Quickening their steps, Julian and his companions reached the palace, in + which there was great excitement. Julian was naturally a courageous man, + but as a philosopher he was retiring, and wished to avoid public scenes. + He therefore went through the bath-house and sought his lonely chamber, in + order to await what would happen. He paced restlessly up and down the + room, feeling that the destiny of his whole future life was just now being + decided. So there came what he half expected. Cries were audible from the + courtyard of the palace,—“Ave Caesar Julianus Imperator! We choose + Julian as Emperor! The crown for Julian! Death to Constantius the murderer + and weakling!” + </p> + <p> + There was no longer any room for doubt. The legions had chosen Julian + Emperor because they would not leave this fertile land, which they had + conquered at the cost of their blood. Julian, who had not striven for + power because he feared responsibility, wished to decline; but messengers + from the army warned him, “If you do not accept, you will be slain.” He + who does not dare to rule will be enslaved. Thus Julian became Emperor of + the great realm which stretched from the Black Sea to the Atlantic Ocean. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The night which followed this day was spent by the Emperor in reflection; + and when in the morning, after a bath, he appeared to his friends, he was + hardly recognisable as the same man. He had literally thrown off the mask, + and showed a new face, with a new expression, almost new features. In + spite of his upright character, Julian, like Constantine, had been + compelled to live in a perpetual state of hypocrisy, by being obliged to + favour and practise the Christian teaching in which he did not believe. He + had even been forced to acknowledge the Trinity and Deity of Christ as + promulgated by the Council of Nicaea, to attend services and observe + fasts. The first thing he did after obtaining power, was to use his + freedom and be what he was. His first act was to separate the sheep from + the goats, i.e. to pick out the “Galilaeans,” and form them into legions + by themselves, under the pretext that they could thus better carry out + their religious practices. But at the same time he surrounded his person + exclusively with heathen of the old type,—Hebrews, Syrians, + Persians, and Scythians. Simultaneously he assumed the gorgeous purple and + glittering diadem of the emperors, trimmed and gilded his beard, and + showed himself abroad only on horseback and with a great train. This done, + he made preparations for publicly receiving the homage of the people, and + determined to use the theatre for that purpose, and to put on the stage <i>Prometheus</i>, + the trilogy of Aeschylus, which at that time existed in its entirety. The + Emperor had brought actors with him, and the theatre stood ready. The news + of this had spread in the town, and was joyfully hailed by the heathen, + while the Christians were vexed. The lower classes had, it is true, + expected a gladiatorial show and wild beast fights, but a “comedy,” as + they called it, was always welcome. + </p> + <p> + The day arrived, and the town was in gala attire. The play was to last + from morning to evening without pauses for meals; and as the spring + weather was cold and uncertain, the spectators were advised to bring the + garment known as “cucullus,” a short white Roman mantle with a hood, which + was all the more necessary as the theatre stood under the open sky. + </p> + <p> + Julian, now called Augustus, came to the theatre at the appointed time, + accompanied by his philosopher friends, who had to take their seats at a + little distance, for the Emperor sat in the imperial box, whither he had + summoned the Prefect, Aedile and Quaestor to be in attendance on him. He + was somewhat astonished not to find these city authorities there, and as + the Aedile was president of the theatre, they could not begin before he + came. + </p> + <p> + The people had risen as Julian entered, and many tribunes had shouted + “Long live the Emperor!” but thereupon there followed an embarrassing + silence, during which the Emperor was regarded with cold curiosity. When + at last the latter was weary of waiting, he called his secretary, the + Hebrew Eleazar, and commanded him to go to the prefecture in order to find + out the reason of the defaulters’ absence, and at the same time he gave + the signal for the play to commence. + </p> + <p> + The actors entered, and at the altar commenced to offer the ancient kind + of sacrifice which used to serve as an introduction to tragedies. Since + animal sacrifices had ceased in all religions, even in the Jewish after + the destruction of the Temple, under Titus in A.D. 70, this unusual + proceeding aroused great curiosity. The legionaries were inured to the + sight of blood, but the citizens and their wives turned away when the goat + was sacrificed to Dionysus. People sought to find the reason for Julian’s + wish to reintroduce this custom in his laudable attempt to mingle all + religions together, and to discover a deeper meaning in the ceremonies of + all. The offering indeed was a gift, a sacrifice, and an expression of + gratitude, but Maximus the mystic had also persuaded the Emperor that + there were hidden powers in the blood itself, the source of life, which + attracted spiritual forces of a lower order. Man shed his mother’s blood + at his birth and the sacred institution of circumcision was intended to be + a reminder of the bloody and painful operation of birth. Slaves were + slaughtered on the graves of chieftains, and in the time of Julius Caesar + the Romans had on one extraordinary occasion sacrificed three hundred + prisoners. Captivated by this and by similar philosophical arguments, + Julian was enticed into a course which was destined to lead to his + destruction. After the sacrifice, at which the soldiers had laughed and + the women had wept, the drama commenced in the poet’s original language. + Greek was indeed spoken by all people of cultivation from Palestine to + Gaul, but the uneducated did not know it, and therefore the citizens sat + there inattentively. + </p> + <p> + As the chorus entered for the second time, Eleazar returned with news. + “This is what has happened,” he said. “The Bishop of Sens, the Primate of + the Church of Gaul, has entered the town, and is performing mass in the + church. The high officials are present there, and they accordingly beg to + be excused attending on the Emperor. They thought that he was aware that + Christians never go to the theatre, and they rely upon the edict granting + religious liberty.” + </p> + <p> + Julian turned white with rage. “Good! They shall pay for that! Now, my + Jewish friend, Eleazar, you shall sit near and talk with me. The actors + are wretched, and I cannot endure their pronunciation of Greek.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar demurred, but the Emperor overruled his objections. The morning + passed, and when the first part of the trilogy was at an end, part of the + public seemed to wish to steal away; but the exits were closed, in order + to avoid the fiasco of actors playing to an empty house, and the + disrespect which would thereby be shown to the Emperor. But the discontent + of the audience continually increased, for they were tired and hungry. + They were also unpleasantly surprised by the presence of a Jew in the + Emperor’s box. It was not, however, because he was a Jew, for hatred of + the Jews arose much later, after the Crusades. During the first centuries + after Christ, Jews were confused with Christians because people believed + that the new religion came from Palestine and was a continuation of + Mosaism. The hostile glances which were cast at Eleazar were therefore + more on account of his mean appearance and position than of his religion. + The favour shown him by the Emperor was especially a challenge to the + Christians, in whose eyes he was an alien and a heathen. + </p> + <p> + When, in the second part of the trilogy, Prometheus was nailed to the + rock, the spectators must have thought of the Crucified as the antitype, + for the actor playing that part took that posture, extended his arms, and + let his head sink on his breast. The common people became more attentive, + and as they neither had learnt Greek nor were acquainted with mythology, + they thought that the sufferings of Christ were being represented on the + stage. Since this had never been done before, they were displeased, and + half-audible conversations began. The Emperor was angry, but did not move + a muscle. He was generally quiet, but when he was enraged his intelligence + forsook him. He sat there in silence, revolving plans against these + barbarians, who had forgotten the wisdom of the ancients. It was now past + noon, and the impatience of the audience increased. Then the sky began to + be covered with clouds and some flakes of snow fell slowly like white + feathers. Those who had mantles drew them over their heads. The actors + looked towards the Emperor’s box, but he did not move, although it had no + roof. He was a soldier, and would not be afraid of anything so trivial as + bad weather. + </p> + <p> + Now Prometheus began to prophesy to Io of the Deliverer who would be born + to overthrow Zeus and deliver the fire-bringer. The educated Christians + and the heathen looked at each other questioningly, when Io said, “What + dost thou say? Shall my son be thy deliverer?” And when Prometheus + answered, “He will be the third scion after ten generations,” a murmur + broke out in the theatre. “Ten generations,” that was in round numbers 700 + years—a period nearly extending to the birth of Christ, since the + Christians reckoned dates from 763 A.D., the end of the mythological era, + to which the drama belonged. + </p> + <p> + Julian perceived that he had “carried wood to the fire,” and helped the + Christians without intending to do so. Aeschylus had prophesied Christ’s + birth almost to the very year, and intimated that he would overthrow Zeus. + The orthodox followers of Athanasius wished for no better weapon with + which to crush the Arians, who denied the Deity of Christ. + </p> + <p> + The snow fell ever more thickly, till at last it was a snowstorm. Julian + was as white as though he wore a shroud, but he did not move, for he was + beside himself with rage against himself, against the demons who had + enticed him to choose this play, and against the heavenly powers who + mocked him. + </p> + <p> + The whole audience was covered with snow, and discussed theology; the + rabble laughed and quarrelled. The only ones who were protected against + the inclemency of the weather were the actors under the canopy. But the + damp snow was heavy, and the linen awning presently bent and broke. + </p> + <p> + Then the whole audience rose and burst into laughter; the actors crept out + from under the masses of snow, the doors opened, and all fled except + Julian and his philosophers. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + As soon as Julian had been elected Emperor, he had sent an ambassador to + the Emperor at Byzantium, and now awaited his reply. It was about the time + of the winter solstice and the turn of the year. The Christians had, at + this period, just begun to celebrate the birth of Christ, and had adopted + certain Roman customs from the Saturnalia, the feast in honour of Saturn. + Julian, irritated by the challenge of the Nazarenes, began to arm himself + for resistance and attack. Now he determined to use his power to give back + to heathendom what belonged to it, and to show the Christians whence they + had derived their knowledge of the highest things. At the same time he + wished to lend heathenism a Christian colouring, so that, at its return, + it might be able to conquer everything. The old Temple of Jupiter, on the + island in the river, was opened one night, and lights were seen in it. + There was also a noise of hammers and saws, mattocks and trowels. This + lasted for some time, and people talked about it in the town. + </p> + <p> + One night in midwinter, Julian sat with Maximus, Priscus, and Eleazar in + the Opisthodomos or priests’ room, behind the altar in the Temple of + Jupiter. The whole temple was lit up, and the purpose of the improvements + which had taken place could be seen. By the colonnade on the left hand was + an ambo or pulpit, and under it a confessional; there were also a + seven-branched candlestick, a baptismal font, a table with shewbread, and + an incense-altar. These represented Julian’s attempt to attach the new + doctrine to the old, and to amalgamate heathenism, Christianity, and + Judaism. Heliogabalus had indeed attempted the same in his own rough + fashion, by introducing Syrian sun-worship into Rome, but he retained all + the heathen gods, even the Egyptian ones. Neither Christians, however, nor + Jews would have anything to do with it. + </p> + <p> + Julian did not love the Jews, but his hatred of Christianity was so great + that he preferred to help the stiff-necked race in Palestine, in order to + rouse them against Christ. For that purpose he had given orders that the + Temple in Jerusalem should be rebuilt, and this was the matter which he + wished to discuss with his philosophers and Eleazar. “What is your + opinion, then?” he asked, after finishing a long speech on the subject. + “Let Maximus speak first.” + </p> + <p> + “Caesar Augustus,” answered Maximus the mystic, “Jerusalem has been + destroyed from the face of the earth, as the prophets foretold, and the + Temple cannot be rebuilt.” + </p> + <p> + “Cannot? It shall be.” + </p> + <p> + “It cannot! Constantine’s mother, indeed, built a church over the grave of + Christ, but the Temple cannot be rebuilt. Since Solomon’s time the history + of this city has been a history of successive destructions. Sheshach, the + Philistines, Arabs, Syrians, Egyptians, and Chaldaeans, destroyed it in + early times. Then came Alexander Ptolemaus, and finally Antiochus + Epiphanes, who pulled down the walls and set up an image of Jupiter in the + Temple. But now, mark!—sixty-three years before Christ, Jerusalem + was conquered by Pompey. What happened in the same year after Christ in + the Roman Empire? Pompeii, the town by Naples, named after the conqueror, + was destroyed in A.D. 63 by an earthquake. That was the answer, and the + Lord of Hosts conquered Jupiter,—Zeus.” + </p> + <p> + “Listen!” broke in Julian, “I don’t agree with your Pythagorean + speculations about numbers. If both events had happened in the year 63 + before Christ, then I would be nearly convinced.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait, then, Caesar, and you will be. After Pompey had conquered + Jerusalem, and Cassius had plundered it, Herod rebuilt the city and the + Temple. But soon afterwards—<i>i.e.</i> in A.D. 70, Jerusalem was + completely destroyed by Titus. Only nine years later Monte Somma began to + throw up fire as it had never done before, and by it Pompeii and + Herculaneum were both destroyed. Pompeii and Herculaneum were Sodom and + Gomorrah, and a temple in Pompeii contained an image of Vespasian, who had + laid waste part of Jerusalem before Titus. It disappeared altogether. Do + you think perhaps that the Christians set Vesuvius on fire, as Nero + believed they had fired Rome in A.D. 64?” + </p> + <p> + Julian reflected: “There were nine years between,” he said, “but it seems + strange.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Maximus, “but precisely in the same year 70, in which + Titus destroyed the Temple, the Capitol was burnt.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it is the gods who are warring, and we are only soldiers,” exclaimed + Julian. + </p> + <p> + Priscus the Sophist, who liked word-encounters, determined to stir up the + embers, as they seemed to be expiring: “But Christ has said that one stone + shall not remain upon another, and that the Temple shall never be built + again.” + </p> + <p> + “Has Christ said that?” answered Julian. “Very well; then he shall show + whether he was a god, for I will build again the Temple of Solomon.” + </p> + <p> + And turning to Eleazar, he continued, “Do you believe in prodigies?” + </p> + <p> + “As surely as the Lord lives, as surely as Abraham’s God has brought us + out of Egyptian bondage and given us Canaan, so surely will He fulfil the + promise, and restore to us land, city, and Temple!” + </p> + <p> + “May it be with you according to your belief. The Temple shall be built + up, even though it be not in three days as the Galilaean thought.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The winter solstice had come, and the Feast of the Saturnalia commenced in + Lutetia. The heathen had always kept the feast in recollection of the + legendary Golden Age, which was said to have been under the reign of the + good Saturn. Then there was peace upon earth; the lion played with the + lamb, the fields brought forth harvests without husbandry, weapons were + not forged, for men were good and righteous. This beautiful festival, + which had been discontinued by the Romans, had been revived by the + Christians, who at Christ’s coming expected a new Golden Age or the + Millennium. But now Julian wished to restore to the heathen their + privilege, and at the same time to show the Nazarenes whence they had + derived their religious usages. + </p> + <p> + The heathen began to keep the festival in the old way. The shops were + closed, and the city decorated, when on the morrow a procession was seen + issuing from the Basilica to the market-place. At the head went King + Saturn, with his horn of plenty, corn-sheaves, and doves; he was followed + by the Virtues, Fortune, Wealth, Peace, Righteousness. Then followed an + actor dressed like the Emperor, and by the hand he led a captive, who, in + honour of the day, had been freed from his chains. He was followed by + citizens who took their slaves by the arm; and these in their turn by + women and children, who scattered corn from the sheaves for the sparrows + in the street. The procession passed through the streets, and at first + pleased the beholders. + </p> + <p> + Then they entered the temple, where there was a seated image of Jupiter in + the apse. It had been cunningly modelled to resemble God the Father, or + Moses, as he began to be represented about that time. Near and a little + beneath this image stood Orpheus in the character of the Good Shepherd, + with a lamb on his shoulders, and carved in relief on the pedestal was to + be seen his descent to Hades, from which he returned bringing Diké + (Justice),—a play on the name Eurydice. This was a direct hit at the + Christians. Before the divine images stood the Jewish shewbread table, + with the bread and the wine—a reminder of the source from which the + Christians had taken the Eucharist or the Mass. As though by chance, a + new-born heathen child was brought and baptized in the font. To the + question of one, who had studied his part, whether heathen were baptized, + it was answered by one, who also had his role assigned him, that the + ancients had always washed their new-born children. + </p> + <p> + The whole affair was a comedy staged by Julian. + </p> + <p> + Then Maximus mounted the pulpit, and, in a Neo-platonic discourse, + expounded all religious images, symbols, and customs. He also showed that + the heathen only worshipped one God, whose many attributes found + expression in various personifications. Then he ostensibly defended + Christ’s Deity, the Virgin birth, and miracles. “We are,” he said, “all of + divine origin, since God has created us, and we are His children. There is + nothing remarkable in Christ being born without a father, since the + philosopher Plato was also born of a virgin without a father.” In the + middle of his discourse he exclaimed: “Miracles! Why should we not believe + in miracles, since we believe in Almighty God? His omnipotence signifies + that He can suspend the laws of nature which he has established. He who + believes not in miracles is therefore an ass.” The discourse was listened + to by heathen and Christians. The latter thought that they had never heard + anything which so clearly explained mysterious dogmas, and the heathen + found that they were one with the Christians. “What, then, stands between + us?” exclaimed Maximus, carried away by the sight of the harmony and + mutual understanding which prevailed among his audience. “Have we not all + one Father? Has not one God created us? Why, then, strive one against the + other? Have we not here to day celebrated the recollection of the better + times which have been, and which will surely return, as the light returns + with the renewal of the sun—times of reconciliation and peace on + earth, when no one will be master and no one slave? Here is neither Jew + nor Greek nor Barbarian, but we are all brothers and sisters in one faith. + Therefore love one another; reconcile yourselves with God and each other; + give each other the kiss of peace; rejoice, perfect yourselves, be of one + mind, and the God of love and peace shall be with you.” + </p> + <p> + The audience was delighted, and with streaming eyes fell in each other’s + arms, pressed each other’s hands, and kissed each other’s cheeks. + </p> + <p> + Then suddenly a row of lights was kindled on the altar; that was part of + the ceremonial of the Saturnalia, and signified the return of the sun. + This custom was adopted by the Christians in celebrating the Birth of + Christ or Christmas. + </p> + <p> + After this beggars were brought forward, and those of the upper classes + washed their feet. Then twelve slaves took their seats at a covered table, + while their masters served them. Julian, who, hidden in the Opisthodom, + had watched the whole ceremony, secretly rejoiced, because by means of + these ancient heathen rites he had entirely defeated the Christians. In + them, as he had intended, there was a wordless expression of philanthropy + and charity, and both had existed from time immemorial. + </p> + <p> + Finally, the children were brought forward, and received as presents dolls + modelled of wax and clay. The illusion was complete, and the Christians + felt as though under an enchanter’s spell. “The heathen are Christians + after all!” they exclaimed. “Why, then, strive and quarrel, when we are + one?” + </p> + <p> + There was an overflow of emotion, and the success of the experiment was + complete. That was the victory of the first day. When, on the following + day, the Christians wished to celebrate their Christmas festival, it + necessarily appeared a mere copy of that of the heathen. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Saturnalia lasted seven days, and Julian, intoxicated with his + success, resolved to introduce the whole of the ancient ceremonies in all + their terrible splendour. His philosophers warned him, but he did not + listen to them any more; he must have his hecatombs; a hundred oxen + adorned with garlands were to be slaughtered in the open space before the + Temple of Jupiter, as a sacrifice to the ancient gods. + </p> + <p> + “He is mad!” lamented Eleazar. + </p> + <p> + “Whom the gods would destroy, they strike with blindness. Now he pulls + down, what he had built up.” + </p> + <p> + It is difficult to explain how the highly cultivated, clever, and + aesthetic Julian could conceive the wild idea of reintroducing animal + sacrifices. It was really butchery or execution, and neither butchers nor + executioners enjoyed much respect in society. It looked as though his + hatred of Christ had clouded his understanding, when, arrayed in the garb + of a sacrificial priest, he led forth the first ox, with its horns gilded + and wearing a white fillet. + </p> + <p> + After he had kindled incense on the altar, he poured the bowl of wine over + the head of the ox, thrust his knife in its throat and turned it round. A + shudder ran through the crowd, who remained riveted to their places. + </p> + <p> + But as the blood spirted around, and the Emperor opened the quivering body + of the animal in order to take an augury from its entrails, a cry rose + which ended in an uproar, and all fled. The word “Apostate!” for the first + time struck his ear. That was the signal of his defeat, and, as the + animals were released by those who held them, they fled away through the + streets of the town. + </p> + <p> + The Emperor, in his white robe sprinkled with blood, had to return alone + to his palace, while Christians and heathen alike shouted their + disapprobation. + </p> + <p> + “See the butcher!” they cried; “Apostate! Renegade! Madman!” + </p> + <p> + When Julian came to his palace, he looked as though petrified; but, + without changing his clothes, he sat down to the table and wrote an edict + against the Christians, in which they were forbidden to study, and to fill + offices of State. That was his first step. + </p> + <p> + In the evening of the same day Julian received a letter: it was from the + Emperor Constantius in Byzantium, who did not acknowledge his election to + the imperial throne, and threatened to bring an army against him in Gaul. + This was quite unexpected, and Julian left Lutetia in order to march + against his cousin. As he went towards the East, he felt as though he were + going to his death. But the first throw of the dice of destiny was a lucky + one for him. Constantius died on the march, and Julian was left sole + Emperor. This he took for a sign that the gods were on his side, and he + proceeded on his campaign feeling that he was supported by the higher + powers. But it was only the last jest of his gods. + </p> + <p> + It is related that before his last march against the Persians, he wished + to ascertain his destiny, and had a woman’s body cut open in order to take + an augury from the entrails. But that may be untrue, as is also the case + with the conflicting reports of his death, which happened soon after. One + thing, however, is certain; the “Galilaean” conquered Zeus, who rose no + more. + </p> + <p> + It is also a fact, confirmed by Christian, Jewish, and heathen writers, + that the Temple of Jerusalem was never built again, for as the foundation + was about to be laid, fire broke out of the ground accompanied by an + earthquake. The same earthquake also destroyed Delphi, “the centre of the + earth,” and the focus of the religious and political life of Greece. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0010" id="link2H_4_0010"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + ATTILA + </h2> + <p> + With the demise of Constantine the Great, Greece, Rome, and Palestine had + ceased to exist. Civilisation had passed Eastward, for Constantinople was + the metropolis of Europe; and from the East, Rome, Spain, Gaul, and + Germany were governed by satraps with various titles. It seemed as though + the vitality of Europe had been quenched, and as though Rome had been + buried, but it was only apparently so. History did not proceed in a + straight line, but took circuitous paths, and therefore development seemed + to be in disorder and astray. But it was not really so. + </p> + <p> + Christianity, which was about to penetrate the West, had sprung from the + East, and so ancient Byzantium formed a transition stage. In Rome, which + had been left to itself, for its governors dwelt in Milan and Ravenna, a + new spiritual world-power was springing up, which was silently forging a + new imperial crown, in order to give it to the worthiest when the time was + fulfilled. The advent of this heir had already been announced by Tacitus—a + new race from the North, healthy, honest, good-humoured. These were the + Germans, who were to hold the Empire for a thousand years from 800 to + 1815. Already, at the commencement of the fifth century, the West Goths + had captured Rome, but again withdrawn; other German races had overrun + Spain, Gaul, and Britain, but none of them had taken firm root in Italy. + Then an entirely new race appeared upon the scene, whose origin was + unknown, and the promise of possessing the land which had been given to + the Germans seemed to have been revoked, for the Huns finally settled in + Hungary, and exacted tribute from all the nations in the world. Round a + wooden castle and a few barracks on the river Theiss, there collected a + crowd of Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, and Germans of all kinds to do homage + before a throne on which sat a savage who resembled a lump of flesh. + </p> + <p> + In the year 453 A.D. this King, after many adventures, wished to celebrate + one of his numerous marriages. He had summoned the chief men of all Europe—summoned—for + a King does not invite. So they came riding from North, South, East, and + West. + </p> + <p> + From the west, along the bank of the Danube, just below the place where + the river makes a curve at the modern Gran, came two men riding at the + head of a caravan. For several days they had followed the picturesque + banks of the green river, with its bulrushes and willows, and its swarms + of wild duck and herons. Now they were about to leave the cool shades of + the forest region, and turn eastward towards the salt desert, which + stretched to the banks of the yellow Theiss. + </p> + <p> + One leader of the caravan was a well-known Roman, called Orestes; the + other was Rugier, also called Edeko. He was a chief from the shores of the + Baltic Sea, and had been compelled to follow Attila. + </p> + <p> + The two leaders had hitherto spoken little together, for they mistrusted + each other. But as they emerged on the wide plain, which opened out as + clear and bright as the surface of the sea, they seemed themselves to grow + cheerful, and to lay aside all mistrust. + </p> + <p> + “Why are you going to the marriage?” asked Orestes. + </p> + <p> + “Because I cannot remain away,” answered Edeko. + </p> + <p> + “Just like myself.” + </p> + <p> + “And the Bride—the Burgundian did not dare to say ‘no’ either?” + </p> + <p> + “She? Yes, she would have dared to.” + </p> + <p> + “Then she loved this savage?” + </p> + <p> + “I did not say that.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps she hates him, then? A new Judith for this Holofernes?” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows? The Burgundians do not love the Huns since they pillaged Worms + in their last raid.” + </p> + <p> + “Still it is incomprehensible how he recovered from his defeat on the + Catalaunian Plain.” + </p> + <p> + “Everything is incomprehensible that has to do with this man, if he is a + man at all.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right. He is said to have succeeded his father’s brother, Rua, of + whom we know nothing; he has murdered his brother Bleda. For twenty years + we have had him held over us like an iron rod, and yet lately, when he was + before Rome, he turned back.” + </p> + <p> + “But he has promised his soldiers to give them Rome some day.” + </p> + <p> + “Why did he spare Rome?” + </p> + <p> + “No one knows. No one knows anything about this man, and he himself seems + to be ignorant about himself. He comes from the East, he says; that is + all. People say the Huns are the offspring of witches and demons in the + wilderness. If anyone asks Attila what he wants, and who he is, he + answers, ‘The Scourge of God.’ He founds no kingdom, builds no city, but + rules over all kingdoms and destroys all cities.” + </p> + <p> + “To return to his bride: she is called Ildico; is she then a Christian?” + </p> + <p> + “What does Attila care? He has no religion.” + </p> + <p> + “He must have one if he calls himself ‘the Scourge of God,’ and declares + that he has found the War-God’s sword.” + </p> + <p> + “But he is indifferent as regards forms of religion. His chief minister, + Onegesius, is a Greek and a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “What an extraordinary man he is to settle down here in a salt-plain + instead of taking up his abode in Byzantium or in Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “That is because it resembles his far Eastern plains—the same soil, + the same plants and birds; he feels at home here.” + </p> + <p> + They became silent, as the sun rose and the heat increased. The + low-growing tamarisk, wormwood, and soda-bushes afforded no shade. Wild + fowl and larks were the only creatures that inhabited the waste. The herds + of cattle, goats, and swine had disappeared, for Attila’s army of half a + million had eaten them up, and his horses had not left a single edible + blade of grass. + </p> + <p> + At noon the caravan came suddenly to a halt, for on the eastern horizon + there was visible a town with towers and pinnacles, on the other side of a + blue lake. “Are we there?” asked Edeko. “Impossible; it is still twenty + miles, or three days’ journey.” + </p> + <p> + But the city was in sight, and the caravan quickened its pace. After half + an hour the town appeared no nearer, but seemed, on the contrary, to grow + more distant, to dwindle in size, and to sink out of sight. After another + half hour, it had disappeared, and the blue lake also. + </p> + <p> + “They can practise enchantment,” said the Roman, “but that goes beyond + everything.” + </p> + <p> + “It is the Fata Morgana, or the mirage,” explained the guide. + </p> + <p> + As the evening came on, the caravan halted in order to rest for the night. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + On the stretch of land between Bodrog and Theiss, Attila had his standing + camp, for it could not be called a town. The palace was of wood, painted + in glaring colours, and resembled an enormous tent, whose style was + probably borrowed from China, the land of silk. The women’s house, which + was set up near it, had a somewhat different form, which might have been + brought by the Goths from the North, or even from Byzantium, for the house + was ornamented with round wooden arches. The fittings seemed to have been + stolen from all nations and lands; there were quantities of gold and + silver, silk and satin curtains, Roman furniture and Grecian vessels, + weapons from Gaul, and Gothic textile fabrics. It resembled a robber’s + abode, and such in fact it was. + </p> + <p> + Behind the palace enclosure began the camp, with its smoke-grimed tents. A + vast number of horse-dealers and horse-thieves swarmed in the streets, and + there were as many horses as men there. Without the camp there grazed + herds of swine, sheep, goats, and cattle—living provision for this + enormous horde of men, who could only devour and destroy, but could not + produce anything. + </p> + <p> + Now, on the morning of Attila’s wedding day, there were moving about in + this camp thousands of little men with crooked legs and broad shoulders, + clothed in rat-skins and with rags tied round their calves. They looked + out of their tents with curiosity, when strangers who had been invited to + the marriage feast came riding up from the plain. + </p> + <p> + In the first street of tents, Attila’s son and successor, Ellak, met the + principal guests; he bade them welcome through an interpreter, and led + them into the guest-house. + </p> + <p> + “Is that a prince, and are those men?” said Orestes to Edeko. + </p> + <p> + “That is a horse-dealer, and the rest are rats,” answered Edeko. “They are + monsters and demons, vampires, created from dreams of intoxication. They + have no faces; their eyes are holes; their voice is a rattle; their nose + is that of a death’s-head; and their ears are pot-handles.” + </p> + <p> + “You speak truly, and it is from these half-naked savages, who have no + armour and no shield, that the Roman legions have fled. They are goblins, + who have been able to ‘materialise’ themselves.” + </p> + <p> + “They will not conquer the world.” + </p> + <p> + “At any rate not in this year.” + </p> + <p> + Then they followed Prince Ellak, who had heard and understood every word, + although he pretended not to know their language. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In the women’s house sat Attila’s favourite, Cercas, and sewed the bridal + veil. Ildico, the beautiful Burgundian, stood at the window lost in + thought and absent-minded. She had seen in Worms the hero before whom the + world trembled, and she had really been captivated by the little man’s + majestic bearing. Herself fond of power, and self-willed, she had been + enticed by the prospect of sharing power with the man before whom all and + everything bowed; therefore she had given him her hand. + </p> + <p> + But she had had no correct comprehension of the manners and customs of the + Huns, and had therefore imagined that her position as wife and Queen would + be quite otherwise than it proved to be. Only this morning she had learnt + that she could not appear at all at the marriage feast, nor share the + throne, but would simply remain shut up with the other women in the + women’s house. + </p> + <p> + Cercas, the favourite, had explained all this with malicious joy to her + rival, and the haughty Ildico was on the point of forming a resolution. + She had no friends in the palace, and could not approach the foreign + princes. + </p> + <p> + Cercas was sewing, and accompanied her work with a melancholy song from + her home in the far East. Ildico seemed to have collected her thoughts: + “Can you lend me a needle?” she said, “I want to sew.” + </p> + <p> + Cercas gave her a needle, but it was too small; she asked for a larger + one, and chose the largest of all. She hid it in her bosom, and did not + sew. + </p> + <p> + At that moment there appeared in the doorway a creature so abominably ugly + and of such a malicious aspect, that Ildico thought he was a demon. He was + as jet-black as a negro from tropical Africa, and his head seemed to rest + on his stomach, for he had no chest. He was a dwarf and humpback; his name + was Hamilcar, and he was Attila’s court-fool. + </p> + <p> + In those days the court-fool was generally not a wit, but a naive + blockhead, who believed all that was said, and was therefore a butt for + jests. He only placed a letter in Cercas’ hand, and disappeared. When + Cercas had read the letter, she changed colour and seemed to become a + different being. Overcome with rage, she could not speak, but sang, + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “The tiger follows the lion’s trail.” + </pre> + <p> + “Ildico, you have found a friend,” she said at last. “You have a friend + here in the room, here at the window, here on your breast.” And she threw + herself on the Burgundian maiden’s breast, weeping and laughing + alternately. “Give me your needle—your fine beautiful needle; I will + thread it. No! I will sharpen it on steel; no, I will dip it in my + perfume-flask, my own special little perfume flask, and then together we + will sew up the Tiger’s mouth, so that he can bite no more!” + </p> + <p> + “Let me read your letter,” Ildico interrupted. + </p> + <p> + “You cannot. I will tell you what it says. He, our master, woos again for + the hand of the daughter of the Emperor Valens—Honoria, and this + time he has vowed to burn us all;—that he calls giving us an + honourable burial.” + </p> + <p> + Ildico reached out her hand as an answer, “Very well, to-night. A single + needle-prick will deprive the world of its ruler!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Edeko and Orestes had thoroughly rested from their journey in the + guest-house. At noon, when they wished to go out, they found the door + bolted. + </p> + <p> + “Are we prisoners? Have we fallen into a trap?” asked the Roman. + </p> + <p> + “We have not had any food either,” answered Edeko. + </p> + <p> + Then two voices were heard without: “We will strangle them; that is the + simplest way.” + </p> + <p> + “I think we had better set the house on fire; the tall one is strong.” + </p> + <p> + “And they thought we did not understand their language.” + </p> + <p> + The two prisoners, whose consciences were uneasy, were alarmed, and + believed that their end was near. Then a small trap-door opened in the + wall, and the fool Hamilcar showed his hideous head. + </p> + <p> + “Whether you are the devil or not,” exclaimed the Roman, “answer us some + questions.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak, sirs,” said the negro. + </p> + <p> + “Are we prisoners, or why cannot we see your King?” + </p> + <p> + Prince Ellak’s head appeared at the trap-door. + </p> + <p> + “You will first see the King this evening at the feast,” said the Prince, + with a malicious grimace. + </p> + <p> + “Are we to fast till then?” + </p> + <p> + “We call it so, and do it always when we have a feast before us, in order + to be able to eat more.” + </p> + <p> + “Cannot we at any rate go out?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the Prince with the horse-dealerlike face. “One must + conform to the custom of the country.” So saying, he closed the trap-door. + </p> + <p> + “Do you think we shall get away alive?” asked Edeko. + </p> + <p> + “Who knows? Attila is composed of treachery. You do not know that once he + wrote two letters, one to Dieterich, King of the West Goths, asking for an + alliance against the Romans as the common enemy; and on the same day he + wrote a similar letter to the Romans, in which he proposed an alliance + against the West Goths. The deceit was discovered, and Attila fell between + two stools.” + </p> + <p> + “He seems to be immortal, otherwise he would have been killed in battle, + as he always goes at the head of his army.” + </p> + <p> + Until evening the travelling companions remained incarcerated. At last the + door was opened, and a master of the ceremonies led them into the hall + where the great feast was to take place. Here there were countless seats + and tables covered with the most costly cloths and drinking vessels of + gold and silver. The guests were assembled, but the two travellers saw no + faces that they knew; they looked in vain for the bridegroom and the + bride. As they were conducted to their places, a low murmur broke out + among the guests, who talked in an undertone, and asked where the great + King would show himself. + </p> + <p> + Orestes and Edeko cast their eyes over the walls and ceiling without being + able to see where the wonder would happen, for the childish and cunning + Huns used to amuse their guests with surprises and practical jokes. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly the whole assembly stood up. The curtain which covered the wall + in the background was drawn aside, and on a platform sat a little + insignificant-looking man, with a table before him and a sofa beside him. + On the table stood a wooden goblet. He sat quite motionless, without even + moving his eyelids. Somewhat lower than he stood his chief Minister, the + Greek Onegesius. He kept his eyes unwaveringly fixed on his master, who + seemed to be able to converse with him through his eyes. + </p> + <p> + Attila remained in the same attitude, his legs crossed, and his right hand + on the table. He gave no greeting, neither did he answer any. + </p> + <p> + “He does not see us! He only shows himself!” whispered Orestes. “He sees + well!” + </p> + <p> + Onegesius received a command from the despot’s eye, and lifted his staff. + A poet stepped forward with an instrument that resembled a harp and a drum + combined. After he had struck the strings, and beaten the drum, he began + to recite. It was a song celebrating all Attila’s feats in terms of strong + exaggeration, and it would have been endless, if the assembly had not + taken up the refrain and struck with their short swords on the table. The + poet represented Attila’s defeat on the Catalaunian Plain as an honourable + but indecisive battle. After the guests had for some time contemplated the + insignificant-looking hero in his simple brown leather dress, they both + felt the same irresistible reverence that all did who saw him. + </p> + <p> + There was something more than vanity in this self-conscious calm; this + visible contempt for all and everything. He kept his side-face turned to + the guests, and only his Minister could catch his eye. + </p> + <p> + When the panegyric was at an end, Attila raised his goblet, and, without + drinking to anyone, sipped it. That was, however, the signal for a + drinking orgy, and the wine was poured into gold and silver goblets, which + had to be emptied at a draught, for Attila liked to see those around him + intoxicated, while he remained sober. + </p> + <p> + After they had drunk for a while, the negro Hamilcar came forward and + performed feats of jugglery. Then the great King rose, turned his back to + the assembly, and laid down on the sofa. But in each of his movements + there was majesty, and as he lay there thinking, his knees drawn up, his + hands under his neck, and his eyes directed towards the ceiling, he was + still imposing. + </p> + <p> + “But what about the bride and the marriage?” Orestes asked one of the + Huns. + </p> + <p> + “We do not even mention our wives,” he answered, “how, then, should we + show them?” + </p> + <p> + The drinking continued, but no food was placed before the guests. At + intervals the whole assembly sang, and beat upon the tables. + </p> + <p> + While the noise and excitement were at their height, the hall suddenly + filled with smoke, and the building was in flames. All started up, shouted + and sought to flee, but Attila’s Minister struck with his staff on the + table, and the assembly broke into laughter. It was a jest for the + occasion, and only some waggon-loads of hay had been kindled outside. When + quiet had been restored, Attila was no more to be seen, for he had left + the hall by a secret door. And now began the feast, which lasted till + morning. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + When the sun rose, Orestes was still sitting and drinking with an Avar + chief. The condition of the hall was indescribable, and most of the guests + were dancing outside round the fire. + </p> + <p> + “This is a wedding-feast indeed!” said Orestes. “We shall not quickly + forget it. But I would gladly have spoken with the wonderful man. Can one + not do that?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the Avar; “he only speaks in case of need. ‘What is the use + of standing,’ he asks, ‘and deceiving one another?’ He is a wise man, and + not without traces of kindness and humanity. He allows no unnecessary + bloodshed, does not avenge himself on a defeated foe, and is ready to + forgive.” + </p> + <p> + “Has he any religion? Does he fear death?” + </p> + <p> + “He believes on his sword and his mission, and death is for him only the + door to his real home. Therefore he lives here below, as though he were a + guest or traveller.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite like the Christians, then?” + </p> + <p> + “It is remarkable that in Rome he received respect from Pope Leo—What’s + the matter now?” + </p> + <p> + Outside there was a shouting which at first seemed to issue from the + palace, but soon spread itself over the camp. Half a million of men were + howling, and it sounded like weeping. + </p> + <p> + The guests hurried out, and saw all the Huns dancing, cutting their faces + with knives, and shouting unintelligible words. Edeko came up and pulled + Orestes away through the crowds. “Attila is dead! May Jesus Christ be + praised!” + </p> + <p> + “Dead? That is Ildico’s doing!” + </p> + <p> + “No! she sat by the corpse, veiled and weeping.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is she.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but these savages are too proud to believe that Attila could be + killed by a human being!” + </p> + <p> + “How fortunate for us!” + </p> + <p> + “Quick to Rome with the news. The fortune of the man who first brings it + is made.” + </p> + <p> + Orestes and Edeko departed the same morning. They never forgot this + wedding which had brought them together. + </p> + <p> + Later on they renewed their acquaintance, under other and still more + striking circumstances. For the son of Edeko was Odovacer, who defeated + the son of Orestes, who was no other than the last Emperor Romulus + Augustus. Strangely enough his name was Romulus, as was that of Rome’s + first King, and Augustus, as was that of the first Emperor. After his + deposition, he closed his life with a pension of six thousand gold pieces, + in a Campanian villa, which had formerly belonged to Lucullus. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0011" id="link2H_4_0011"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE SERVANT OF SERVANTS + </h2> + <p> + Rome had become a provincial town and a dependency of Byzantium. It was + governed by an Exarch in Ravenna, but often abandoned to its fate when the + barbarians from the north amused themselves from time to time by raiding + and pillaging it. For three hundred years no Emperor had visited Rome, and + the former queen of the world lay despised in rubbish and ruin. But + presently people began to collect and piece together the ruins of temples + and palaces, and build churches out of them. Five hundred years after the + death of Nero, an already ancient church of St. Peter stood in the middle + of the tyrant’s circus, where the martyrs had suffered death. There were + at least seven other churches in different parts of the town, and the + Bishop of Rome dwelt in the Lateran Palace, near the church of the same + name. There were also convents, and on the Appian Way stood the St. + Andrew’s Convent, close to the Church of the Cross, which was built at the + entrance to the catacombs. + </p> + <p> + About two o’clock one summer morning, all the fathers and brothers had + risen, and read or sung early mass in the chancel. Afterwards the Abbot + had gone into the garden in order to reflect. It was still dark, but the + stars shone between the olive and orange trees, and the flowers swayed in + the gentle breeze of the dawn. + </p> + <p> + The Abbot, a man of about fifty, strolled up and down in a covered + arbour-walk, and every time he reached the south end he remained standing, + in order to contemplate a marble tablet, erected by the side of other + tablets. It stood over his future grave, which was by the side of the + abbots who had already been buried. His name and the year of his birth + were engraved upon the marble, while a space was left for the date of his + death. + </p> + <p> + “O Lord, how long wilt Thou forget me?” he sighed, as he turned round + again. After he had thus continued walking till daybreak, he sat down in + an arbour, in order to write something in a book which he took out of his + pocket. The noise of awaking life in the city did not disturb him—nothing + disturbed the white-haired man of fifty who had already been two hours on + his legs without eating anything. Church bells rang, carts rattled, and + the rushing of the Tiber could be heard through all other noises. But the + old man continued to write, while his wrinkled face was faintly lit up by + the red of dawn. At last steps were heard on the gravel-path; a novice + entered the arbour, and placed a bowl of bread and milk by the Abbot. The + latter started, as though he had been recalled from far away, and + exclaimed, “Leave me in peace!” The novice remained standing, frightened + and troubled. Then a little bird, which had been sitting in the arbour, + struck up its song. The Abbot looked up, his countenance cleared, he cast + a glance on the bowl of milk which he eagerly seized, and was in the act + of raising it to his mouth, but, as he noticed the youth’s troubled + aspect, he stopped. “Forgive my anger,” he said, “but I was far away. As a + penance, I do this!” + </p> + <p> + He was about to pour the milk on the ground, but in order that it might + not be wasted, he poured it on the roots of a reddish-yellow lily that + stood in one of the border-beds. As the novice gave no sign of going, the + Abbot asked, “You wish to speak with me? Speak!” + </p> + <p> + “Holy Father.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not holy; One is holy, the Lord your God in heaven! If you have a + complaint, make it.” + </p> + <p> + “I was a rich youth, who went and sold all that he had.” + </p> + <p> + “I also did that when I was young, and then built seven convents, but have + not regretted it. What have you against it? Why do you complain?” + </p> + <p> + The youth was silent. + </p> + <p> + “Is it about the food? There is a famine round us, and we must share with + the poor.” + </p> + <p> + “Not only that, venerable father, but the whole way of living here does + not accomplish what it is intended to do.” + </p> + <p> + “Say on.” + </p> + <p> + “The scanty food does not subdue the flesh, for as I go about hungry the + whole day, I involuntarily think only about eating—in church, during + prayer, in solitude. The small amount of sleep makes me sleepy the whole + day, and I go to sleep in the chancel. Desires, which I had not known + before, are aroused by suppression; when I see wine, I feel a real longing + to get vital warmth into my body.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go and ask a brother to scourge you till you swim in your blood, + then you will feel the vital warmth return.” + </p> + <p> + “I have done that, but the blows only waken new desires.” + </p> + <p> + “Read St. Augustine.” + </p> + <p> + “I have done that. But the worst of all is the dirt. If I could bathe. + </p> + <p> + “Are you dirty? That betokens inward defilement. I never bathe, but my + body is always clean. But I have noticed, as soon as my thoughts become + impure, the body becomes impure! What do you think, then, will do you + good? You do not wish to marry. Tertullian says marriage and fornication + are the same. And St. Jerome is of opinion that it is better to burn than + to marry.” + </p> + <p> + “But St. Paul.” + </p> + <p> + “Let St. Paul alone! But what do you want to do?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot remain here, for I think that desires can only be extinguished + by being satisfied.” + </p> + <p> + “Servant of Satan! Do you not know that desires never can be satisfied? + You were once with your parents. You ate as much as you liked in the + morning. Well! Were you not hungry again by noon? Certainly. So you cannot + really satisfy yourself by eating! Now I will tell you one thing. You are + a child of the world; you don’t belong here; therefore go in peace! Eat of + the swine’s husks which do not satisfy; but when you are sick of them, you + will be welcome here again. The father’s house always stands open for the + prodigal son.” + </p> + <p> + The youth did not go, but burst into tears. + </p> + <p> + “No,” he said, “I cannot return to the world, for I hate it and it hates + me, but here I perish.” + </p> + <p> + The Abbot rose and embraced him. “Poor child! Such is the world, such is + life; but if it is so, and if you see that it is so, the only thing left + is to live it; and count it a point of honour to live till death comes and + liberates us.” + </p> + <p> + “No! I want to die now,” sobbed the youth. + </p> + <p> + “We may not do that, my son”; the words escaped from the old man. “If you + knew ... if you knew....” + </p> + <p> + But he restrained himself: “What shall we do, then? Go to Father Martin + and have some food, and a glass of wine, but only one; then go and have a + good long sleep. Sleep for a day or two. Then come, that I may see you. Go + now—but wait a minute—you must have a dispensation from me.” + </p> + <p> + He sat down and wrote something on a page which he had torn out of the + book. Armed with this permission, the youth departed, looking, however, + somewhat hesitatingly and abashed. + </p> + <p> + The Abbot remained sitting, but did not begin to write again. Instead of + that, he commenced crumbling the bread and strewing the crumbs on the + table. Immediately a little bird came and picked one up; then there + followed several, who settled on the old man’s hand, arms, and shoulders. + A spray of vine hung from the roof of the arbour and swayed gently in the + wind. Its ring-like tendrils felt about in the air for a support. The + Abbot was amused, and placed his finger jestingly into one of the rings: + “Come, little thing! here is your support!” + </p> + <p> + The tendril seemed to hear him, immediately curled round his finger, and + formed a ring. + </p> + <p> + “Shall I get the ring?” jested the old man. “Perhaps I shall be a bishop. + God deliver me!” + </p> + <p> + The Dean appeared in the door of the arbour. “Do I disturb you, brother?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not at all! I am only sitting here and playing.” + </p> + <p> + “Birds and flowers! White lilies too? I have never seen such before.” + </p> + <p> + “White? Just now they were reddish-yellow! Where do you see them?” + </p> + <p> + “There!” + </p> + <p> + The Abbot looked down on the ground where he had poured his milk, and + behold! there were only white lilies, without a single yellow one. He did + not venture to speak about it, for one cannot speak of such things; but he + smiled to himself, and saw a token of grace in it. + </p> + <p> + “Well, Dean, how goes it in the city?” + </p> + <p> + “The Tiber is sinking.” + </p> + <p> + “God be praised; but the whole of Trastevere has been ruined by the flood. + I really wish that a great flood would come and drown us all—the + whole human race—and very likely it will come some day.” + </p> + <p> + “Still as hopeless as ever!” + </p> + <p> + “No, not without hope, but for that world, not for this. Christ says it + Himself in the Apocalypse: here is nothing on which one can build; for the + best that we have enjoyed was but trouble and misery.” + </p> + <p> + “Not so, brother.” + </p> + <p> + “You can flourish in mud, but that I have never done. And it seems as + though one were compelled to wade in it with both feet. Did I not begin in + my youth to preserve my soul by withdrawing from the world? Then I was + compelled to go out into it, thrust into the confusion by force. They made + me Prefect of the city. I wished to live in the service of the Lord, and + had to distribute eatables for the poor, procure beds for the hospitals, + look after drains and water-pipes. The burden of the day’s task hindered + my thoughts from rising, and I sank in the swamp of material things—sank + so deep that I believed I should never rise again.” + </p> + <p> + “But the people blessed you.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush! And I—I who had never worn a sword—had to collect + soldiers and march to the field. When I was six years old Rome was + pillaged by Totila the Goth, and so ravaged that only five hundred Romans + remained. When I was seven years old, there came Belisarius—when I + was twelve, Narses. Then I was sent as ambassador to Constantinople—I + who hated travelling and publicity. All that I hate, I have been obliged + to accept. Now I am tired, and would like to go to rest. I sit here and + wait, for my grave to open.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you remember what Virgil says in the <i>Georgics</i> regarding the + labour of the husbandman?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I hate the heathen.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait! He says these words of wisdom: ‘If Zeus sends bad weather, mice and + vermin, it is to stimulate the husbandman’s energy, and call forth his + inventive capacity.’ Misfortune comes to help the world forward.” + </p> + <p> + “The world goes backward towards its overthrow and its damnation. For five + hundred years we have awaited the Redemption, but we have only seen one + wild race come after another, to murder and pillage. Do you see any reason + in all this sowing without reaping?” + </p> + <p> + “Blasphemer! Yes, I see how green harvests are ploughed up to fertilise + the soil.” + </p> + <p> + “Dragon’s-seed and hell’s harvest. No—now I go into my grave, and + close the door behind me; I have a right to rest after a life so full of + trouble and work.” + </p> + <p> + “The bell is ringing for prime.” + </p> + <p> + “Jam moesta quiesce querela.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Tiber had overflowed Rome, and destroyed quite a quarter of it, but + spared the convent of St. Andrew. The Abbot sat again one morning in his + garden and wrote, but in such a position that he could see his grave when + he looked up from his work. Deep in his writing, he did not hear what was + happening around him. But he saw that the flowers in the beds began to + shake like reeds, frogs jumped about at his feet, and there was a smell of + dampness that was at the same time mouldy and poisonous. + </p> + <p> + He continued to write, but his eye, although intent on the passage of his + pen over the paper, noticed something dark that moved on the ground, + spread itself like a black carpet, and came nearer. Suddenly his feet were + wet, and a deathlike chill crept up his legs. Then he awoke and + understood. The Tiber had risen, and he was driven out of his last refuge. + “I will not go,” he cried, as the alarm-bell sounded, and the monks fled. + </p> + <p> + He went to his cell in the upper story, firmly resolved not to flee. He + would not go out into the world again, but would die here. The flood which + he had prayed for, had come. But he had a spiritual conflict and agony of + prayer in his cell: “Lord, why dost thou punish the innocent? Why dost + thou chastise Thy friends and let Thy foes flourish? For five hundred + years Thou hast avenged Thyself on Thy children for the misdeeds of their + fathers! If that is not enough, then destroy us all at once!” + </p> + <p> + The water rose and lapped against the walls; the garden was destroyed, and + the Abbot’s grave filled with water, but he remained where he was. At one + time he sang hymns of praise, then he raged; then he prayed for pardon, + and raged again. + </p> + <p> + After that he set himself to write at the great work which should make him + immortal,—his “Magna Moralia.” It was now noon, but he felt no + hunger, for by practice he had learned to fast for three days together. + During the afternoon, a noise at the window made him look up from his + book. There lay a boat, and in it sat the novice Augustinus. The + extraordinary, almost comic, aspect of things, elicited a smile from him, + and, remembering his conversation with the youth, he asked through the + open window, “Well, did you get the wine and good food, you glutton?” + </p> + <p> + “No, venerable Father; I did not want it when I could have it, and then + the temptation was over. But now I have to speak of something else. The + plague has broken out, and people are dying like flies.” + </p> + <p> + “The plague too! Oh Lord, how long wilt Thou altogether forget us! The + plague too!” + </p> + <p> + Then he rose. “Everyone to his post! Let us do our duty! Bless the Lord, + and die!” The Abbot stepped out of his window into the boat, and left his + sinking ship. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Tiber sank to its level again, but left behind snakes, fishes, and + frogs, which died and infected the air. The people had fled to the hills; + on the Palatine Hill they had made a hospital out of a church. Here the + Abbot of the St. Andrew’s Convent walked about, gave drink to the sick, + and spoke comfort to the dying. “Why do you fear death, children?” he + said. “Fear life, for that is the real death.” He seemed to be quite in + his element here, showed a calm, cheerful temper, and sought to decipher + on the faces of the dead, “whether they were happy on the other side.” + </p> + <p> + Death would have nothing to do with him. Often he went to the other hills, + and walked about among the sick and dying, so that the people began to + think that he was an immortal who had come down to comfort them. The older + ones remembered him as Prefect, when he defended the city against the + Goths, Vandals, and Longobards, and his fame continually grew. + </p> + <p> + The pestilence raged, and the number of the dead increased, so that the + corpses could no longer be buried. All occupations ceased, and the + peasants brought no more food into the city. There was a famine. The Abbot + of the St. Andrew’s Convent, Gregory, lost courage, and wanted to abandon + all, “I cannot fight against God, and if it be His will that Rome perish, + it is godless to wish to prevent it.” In the midst of this tribulation, + Pelagius II, the Bishop or Pope of Rome, as he was afterwards called, + died. The people with one voice clamoured for the Abbot Gregory to succeed + him. But, like King Saul and the Emperor Julian, he hid himself. He fled + from the town to a hermit’s grotto in the Sabine Mountains. But the people + came, brought him out, and led him back to Rome, where he was consecrated + as Gregory I. For thirteen years Gregory ruled over the former queen city + of the world. He was Governor, for the Exarch of Ravenna existed no more, + having been driven away by the Longobards. He asked help from the Emperor + in Byzantium, but obtained none. He was thrown upon his own resources, and + succeeded by the power of his eloquence in disarming King Agilulf, who + threatened Rome. + </p> + <p> + But he was also Bishop, and as such had to govern all the churches of the + West. He succeeded in bringing them to abandon Arianism and to accept a + single creed, which became the universal or “catholic” confession of + faith. + </p> + <p> + To the heathen of England he sent the former novice Augustine, who had + quickly overcome his initiatory difficulties. The little “glutton” ended + as Archbishop of Canterbury. + </p> + <p> + The former retiring and life-weary Abbot had with great effect developed + the necessary strength for his duties. The high post to which he had been + summoned called out his capacities. He had time for great and small things + alike. He reformed the liturgy, wrote letters, composed books, arranged + church music. His manner of life, however, was as simple as before. From + his cell in the Lateran Palace, he ruled over souls from the Highlands of + Scotland to the Pillars of Hercules. His empire was as great as the + Caesars’, though his legions were only pen and ink. It was the beginning + of the Kingdom of Christ, but it was a spiritual empire, and Gregory was + the ruler. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0012" id="link2H_4_0012"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + ISHMAEL + </h2> + <p> + After the death of Gregory the Great, Christianity seemed to have + conquered all Europe which was known at the time, and also Byzantium, + Palestine, Egypt, and the north coast of Africa. The conqueror was about + to betake himself to rest, when a quite new and unexpected event happened + which threatened Christendom with destruction and heralded the arrival of + a new race upon the scene. Ishmael’s descendants, Abraham’s illegitimate + sons, who had wandered in the deserts, seeming to continue the Israelites’ + wandering in the wilderness, began to collect in troops and seek a + Promised Land. + </p> + <p> + Six years after Gregory’s death, the Prophet Muhammed, then forty years + old, was “awakened.” His armies spread like a conflagration, and a hundred + years later, Christian Europe thought the last day had come. The countries + first conquered by Christianity—Syria, Palestine, Asia Minor, Egypt, + and North Africa—had fallen away and done homage to the new + Antichrist. Byzantium was threatened; Sicily and Sardinia had been taken, + and Italy was in danger. + </p> + <p> + From the southernmost point of Spain one could see in clear weather the + coast of Africa, where the Saracens dwelt. Spain was a country which, + somewhat remote from Rome, had grown and developed into one of the richest + provinces, after Phoenicians and Carthaginians had laid the foundations of + her civilisation. But when Rome fell into decay, Barbarians from the + Baltic sea belonging to the new German races, whose advent had been + foretold by Tacitus, poured into Spain, founded a kingdom or two, and now + at the beginning of the eighth century, possessed the important cities + Toledo and Seville. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In Seville, on the Guadalquivir, in the beautiful province of Andalusia, + the old Jew Eleazar sat in the shop where he sold weapons, and counted his + day’s takings. + </p> + <p> + “Many weapons are sold in these days,” was the sudden remark of a stranger + who had stepped up to the counter. + </p> + <p> + Eleazar looked up, liked the appearance of the well-dressed stranger, and + answered cautiously, “Yes, certainly, many are sold.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you expecting war?” + </p> + <p> + “There is always war here—especially verbal warfare.” + </p> + <p> + “You refer to the twenty Church Councils which have been held here. The + Christians are never united.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar did not answer. + </p> + <p> + “Excuse me,” continued the stranger, “but I forgot who you are, and that + you would rather forget the last Council.” + </p> + <p> + “No, not at all! why should I?” + </p> + <p> + “It was directed against your people.” + </p> + <p> + “And my only son, who was about to marry a Christian maiden, had to give + her up, since marriages with Jews were forbidden....” + </p> + <p> + “Well! and what was the end of it?” + </p> + <p> + “He could not survive it, but laid hands on himself, and, as she followed + him in death, the blame was laid on us, and we lost our property and + freedom.” + </p> + <p> + “Eleazar!” exclaimed the stranger. “Don’t you know me?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “But when I tell you my name, you will know who I am. Julius—Count + Julius....” + </p> + <p> + “Are you—Count Julius?” + </p> + <p> + “I am he, whose daughter Florinda was brought up in Toledo, and fell into + the hands of King Roderick, the robber and lecher. Can I see you in your + chamber? We have much to say to each other!” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar hesitated, although both, as injured fathers of lost children, had + much in common. He was afraid of the Christians, who had begun to + persecute the Jews. The Count understood that, but did not withdraw his + proposal, for he seemed to have a special object in his visit. + </p> + <p> + “Let me into your chamber, and I will tell you, in three words, a secret + that concerns us both.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar did not yield, but began to parley. + </p> + <p> + “Say one word, a single word to convince me,” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Oppas! there is one for you.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar opened his eyes, but asked for yet another one. + </p> + <p> + “Zijad’s son.” + </p> + <p> + “Still better!” said Eleazar, “but now the last!” + </p> + <p> + “Bar-coch-ba.” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar reached him his hand. “Come under my roof, eat of my bread, and + drink of the sacred wine.” In a moment the shop was closed, and the two + elderly men sat at supper in the room behind it. They conversed eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “There are some hundreds of thousands of us Hebrews here in Spain, for + when the Emperor Hadrian had destroyed Jerusalem for the last time, he + sent some fifty thousand Hebrews here. That is six hundred years ago, and + we have naturally increased—yes, to such a number, that ninety + thousand of us could be compulsorily baptized. I, too, have been baptized, + but, though they poured water on me, I have held fast the faith of my + fathers, and how could I do otherwise? The Christians have not one faith, + but many. The Synod held in Toledo in 589 A.D. taught, for example, that + the Holy Spirit did not only proceed from the Father, but from the Son + also. But the Synod of 675 A.D. declared that the Son was not only sent by + the Father but by the Holy Spirit. That is nonsense, and therefore they + fall away from their own doctrine. + </p> + <p> + “But instead of falling back on the Old Testament, which is the mother of + the New, they plunge into unbelief and heathenism. That is the case with + Archbishop Oppas himself in Toledo, who calls himself a hater of Christ, + and would rather acknowledge Islam than Catholicism.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know Oppas?” + </p> + <p> + “He is our man.” + </p> + <p> + “You mentioned Islam; what do you think of its teaching?” + </p> + <p> + “It is our own holy faith; a single God, the Only and True One. And the + Prophet is Abraham’s seed, who has inherited the promise. It is true + Ishmael was the son of a bond-woman, but still he was Abraham’s seed!” + </p> + <p> + “But Muhammed expelled the Jews from Arabia.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he did that; he was not perfect; but things have altered for the + better. Muhammed received his first impressions from his cousin Waraka, + who was of Jewish descent. At first he was friendly towards Israel; he + told his followers to turn in prayer not towards the Kaaba, but towards + Jerusalem. There is also a tradition that the prophet was a Jew, which may + mean that he was an Arab or Ishmaelite, which is the same thing.” + </p> + <p> + “You would, then, rather serve under the Half-Moon than under the Cross?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly.” + </p> + <p> + “And Simon, whom you call Bar-coch-ba, is negotiating with the Archbishop + Oppas in order to overthrow Roderick?” + </p> + <p> + “That is true.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! Then I am one with you. But listen carefully to what I say:—Since + our common aim is the overthrow of the West Gothic King, I have, as + Governor of Ceuta on the African coast, inquired of Emir Mussa al Nazir + and his principal officer, Tarik, the son of Zijad, whether they will + perhaps help us in case of a claim for damages made by Ceuta and its + neighbourhood. Do you think we can let the storm loose?” + </p> + <p> + Eleazar gnawed his beard. “Is it not already loose?” he asked drily. + </p> + <p> + “Have you gone further than I know?” + </p> + <p> + “What do you know?” + </p> + <p> + “You are so far as that, then? Well! It is all over with my beautiful + Spain!” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing comes to an end; it only changes when its time is over. Spain had + its time when it gave Emperors to Rome—Trajan, Hadrian, Antonius, + Marcus Aurelius, Theodosius, who may just as likely have been Iberians and + Phoenicians. Spain gave Rome learned men and poets, Seneca, Lucan, + Martial, Quintilian, Pomponius, Mela, Columella. That is now five hundred + years ago, and now we have had barbarism introduced by the Christian + Norsemen from the Baltic. Now we might use something Oriental!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe on the future of Islam?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly. Mussa has sworn that he will march by Hannibal’s route + through Gaul and Germany to Rome, in order to turn the ‘heathen and + women-worshippers’ to the one true God.” + </p> + <p> + “You know that! Then there is no turning back.” + </p> + <p> + “No! It is too late. On the 19th of July the half-moon rises over Spain, + and it will continue to wax through its phases to the full moon. What + follows then we know not, and have nothing to do with, for One rules—the + Lord Zebaoth.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + On the 17th of July, 711 A.D., when it had become dark, fire was kindled + on the southernmost point of Spain, Punta de Europa. On the African coast, + two miles distant, this was answered by a similar signal. A west wind blew + from the Atlantic, and brought across the fleet of the Saracens, with five + thousand men and horses. + </p> + <p> + On the Punta de Europa, afterwards called Gibraltar, high above the + precipitous cliff stood long-bearded citizens, and fanned the fire and + threw fuel on it. In the morning the first troops landed at the foot of + the cliff, and the conquest of Spain by the Moors began. Mussa ibn Nazir + came on the following day with the chief body. The King of the West Goths + assembled as rapidly as possible a hundred thousand men, and, believing + himself invincible, marched thither to view the victory. Clothed in silk + and gold, like a Byzantine Emperor, he lay in a chariot of ivory drawn by + two white mules, and followed by his attendants and the women of his + harem. + </p> + <p> + For three days all went well, but on the fourth day, something unexpected + happened. + </p> + <p> + Shut in between the mountains and rivers of Andalusia, his troops could + hardly move, and the King had encamped on the bank of the Guadalete. + </p> + <p> + Then he saw his people pouring down like a stream from the heights—one + division under Archbishop Oppas, the other under Count Julius. + </p> + <p> + Roderick, who believed that they were fleeing from the enemy, broke up his + camp. He could not, however, turn round, but was forced into the stream. + He tried to reach the other side by swimming, but there he was met by + archers. An Amazon came galloping along the bank on a red roan, and + directed her bow against the drowning man in the middle of the stream. On + the one bank he saw his troops, who had halted, signal with white flags as + a sign of peace to the enemy on the opposite bank. When he saw that he was + betrayed, he sank, and with him the whole kingdom of the West Goths. Mussa + marched at once to Toledo, before a new king could be chosen. Thereby + Islam became domiciled in Spain, and remained there till 1492. The Jews, + who had especially helped the Moors, were at once emancipated, and in + every town of Spain a Jew was appointed governor. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0013" id="link2H_4_0013"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + EGINHARD TO EMMA + </h2> + <h3> + EASTER, A.D. 843, + </h3> + <p> + The Benedictine Convent in Seligenstadt on the Main. + </p> + <p> + To my dear wife and present sister in Christ, + </p> + <p> + Emma, from Eginhard, formerly secretary to Charles the Great, now a monk + in Seligenstadt on the Main: + </p> + <p> + Passion-week is at an end, and the Resurrection days are here; spring has + melted the frost; mind and memory have woken, and the past rises up again. + </p> + <p> + Yesterday, on Easter Eve, I walked in the convent garden, and thought of + my vanished five and seventy years. I thought of the fine things which + were said in the learned circle or academy of the Great Unforgettable, + when we played with words and thoughts, like chess-players with their + pieces. + </p> + <p> + “What is man?” asked our teacher, our wisest, Alcuin, whom we called + Flaccus. + </p> + <p> + Angilbert, the Emperor’s son-in-law, the husband of the beautiful Bertha, + answered, “Man is the slave of death, a flying traveller, a guest in his + own dwelling.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, truly,” I said to myself, “a guest; and soon I will pack my + knapsack, pay my account, and journey on.” + </p> + <p> + I went along the river-bank and thought, “The same river, always the same + river, but always new water; the same water never runs twice past. Such is + life, such is the river of time, the heroes and events of history—the + panorama of time, the years and the glory of them, all pass and perish.” + </p> + <p> + I then wished to pluck the first Easter lilies to send to you, who were + once my wife, and went to the gardener down by the carp-pond. Whom did I + meet on the path under the ivy, this plant of eternity, which only knows + of death and birth, but not the changes of the seasons? I met the last + survivor of the great days, of the Emperor’s Round Table, Thiodolf the + Goth, now Bishop of Orleans. I cannot describe to you my joy at meeting + him again, nor depict my feelings when I read in the face of the old man + the whole history of our life. + </p> + <p> + It was six o’clock in the evening, and after we had sung Vespers, our fast + was at an end. I had a large round table placed in the refectory, only for + us two, but with twelve chairs and twelve places laid. From the Bishop’s + guest-room I had the largest armchair brought, and decorated it with + leaves and flowers; it was that of the Emperor of blessed memory, who now + rests in the cathedral at Aachen, the cathedral which I had the favour and + honour of building. The other chairs I assigned to absent friends, first + Alcuin, then the poet Angilbert-Homerus, the Irishman Clement, the + Bavarian Leidrade, and others whom you knew, but have forgotten. + </p> + <p> + What an evening, what a night, we passed by the open garden window! We + spoke naturally of the Great Unforgettable, and lived his rich and varied + life again in our thoughts. We followed him against the Longobards and + Saracens, against the Hungarians and other Slavs. But we did not like to + linger over his thirty years’ war against the Saxons, chiefly out of + reverence for his memory, for he ought to have used only spiritual weapons + in his campaign of conversion. Remember the Frankish King who sent our + friend Anschar to the wild Swedes. He had no armed men, but only God’s + Holy Word. Certainly he was robbed by thieves like St. Paul, but when once + he had arrived he won the King and the nobles of the country by his gentle + bearing and preaching. + </p> + <p> + On the other hand, we lingered gladly in our conversation over the great + Christmas Day of 800 A.D. in Rome, when the Western Roman Empire was + restored, and the crown was bestowed on Germany. This had been prophesied + by Tacitus, and Hermann in the Teutoburger Wald had shed his martyr’s + blood for it. Rome and Germany! A spiritual and a worldly kingdom! + Inscrutable are the ways of the Lord! + </p> + <p> + When we drank to the strong and gentle Carolus Magnus Augustus, we both + rose, Thiodolf and I, and bowed before the empty chair, as though he sat + there in bodily presence. Where is he now, the departed of blessed memory—where + is his great kingdom, which only his powerful spirit could hold together? + What he united has now been scattered by his successors! You know, after + the last treaty at Verdun, the kingdom of Karl the Great has ceased to + exist; in its place we now have three—Germany, France, and Italy. + Perhaps it must be so, and perhaps a single man cannot rule so great an + empire. But it is sad to perceive in history that every great achievement + carries within it the seeds of decay, and that the heights are always + bordered by deep abysses. Brother Thiodolf brought disquieting news from + France. The Saxons, who were finally overthrown with their powerful chief + Widukind, have devised a terrible revenge. They have invited Danish and + Swedish pirates, called Vikings, into the country. These have sailed up + the Rhine, up the Seine as far as Rouen, and up the Loire. These + Scandinavians are of German stock, and are therefore of kin to us Franks, + but are more nearly related to the Goths, Heruli, Rugieri, and Longobards, + of whom the last three are Scandinavian. Odovacer, who overthrew the + Western Roman Empire, and deposed the last Emperor Romulus Augustulus, was + a Rugier from the Danish island Rugen. These men from the North seem to be + now about to step on the stage. Possibly they are the Gog and Magog + concerning whom the Old Testament prophesied that they should come from + the North. We did not end our conversation till midnight, Thiodolf and I; + then we walked up and down in the garden till early mass, for we could not + sleep. + </p> + <p> + Now I close this letter, dear wife, by wishing you happy days far from all + the tumult of the world. I only wait for my departure, for life has lost + its relish for me, since my lord and Emperor has passed into the great + silence. Greet the brethren and the few who still survive from the time of + the Great Emperor, and accept, dear Emma, the greeting of your dead + husband, whom you will not see before the Day of Resurrection, the great + Easter, when we shall all meet again. Till then, “Be of one mind, live in + peace, and the God of Jove and of peace shall be with you.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0014" id="link2H_4_0014"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE CLOSE OF THE FIRST MILLENNIUM + </h2> + <p> + In the year 998 A.D. Rome had become a German Empire and the German + Emperor had become a Roman. Otto III, brought up by his Graeco-Byzantine + mother Theofano, had inherited her love of the southern lands, and + therefore generally occupied his palace on the Aventine, installed himself + as Emperor, and cherished a plan of converting Rome into the capital of + the German Empire. He was now twenty years old, ambitious, crochety, + pious, and cruel. + </p> + <p> + During one of his absences, the old Roman spirit had revived, and the + high-born senator Crescentius had set up himself as Tribune of the people, + freed Rome from the Germans, driven away Pope Gregory V, and installed + John XVI in his place. The Emperor returned quickly to Rome, took + Crescentius and his Pope prisoner, and then presented the Romans with a + vivid spectacle, the like of which they had not seen, though their fathers + had. + </p> + <p> + The Leonine quarter, which embraced the Vatican Hill, with the oldest St. + Peter’s Church and a papal palace, was connected with the town by the Pons + Aelius or Bridge of Hadrian. At the head of the bridge, on the right side, + was the sepulchre of Hadrian, a tower-shaped building in which the + Emperors up to the time of Caracalla had been buried. When the Goths took + Rome, the sepulchre became a fortress, and remained so for a long time. + </p> + <p> + When the Romans woke up on that memorable morning of the year 998 A.D., + they saw twelve wooden crosses erected on Hadrian’s Tower terrace. Right + above them was to be seen the image of the Archangel Michael, with his + drawn sword, which had been erected by Gregory the Great. Many people were + assembled on the Aelian Bridge to see the spectacle, and among them were a + French merchant and a Gothic pilgrim who had come from the west across the + Leonine quarter. The sword of the Archangel flamed in the beams of the + sun, which was now high. + </p> + <p> + “What are those crosses for?” asked the pilgrim, shading his eyes. + </p> + <p> + “There are twelve! Perhaps they are intended to represent the twelve + Apostles.” + </p> + <p> + “No, they have finished their sufferings, and the pious Emperor does not + crucify the disciples of the Lord anew.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the Emperor! The Saxon! Neither the Goth, nor the Longobard, nor the + Frank were to have Rome, but the Saxon—one of the cursed nation whom + Charles the Great thought that he had extirpated. He sent ten thousand to + Gaul, in order to make a present of these savages to the enemy, and he + beheaded four thousand five hundred in a single day, without its costing + him a sleepless night. Wonderful are the ways of the Lord!” + </p> + <p> + “The last are often the first.” + </p> + <p> + “O Lord Jesus, Redeemer of the world! there is something moving on the + crosses! Do you see?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, by heaven! No, I cannot look! They are crucified men!” + </p> + <p> + Two Romans stood by the strangers: “Hermann, you are avenged,” said one. + </p> + <p> + “Was Hermann a Saxon?” objected the other. + </p> + <p> + “Probably, since he lived in the Harz district.” + </p> + <p> + “A thousand years ago Thusnelda passed through the streets in the + triumph-train of Germanicus, and carried the unborn Thumelicus under her + heart! To think that a thousand years had to pass before she was avenged!” + </p> + <p> + “A thousand years are as a day! But are not these our Roman brothers on + the cross martyrs for Rome’s freedom?” + </p> + <p> + “Martyrs for our cause! But this time they were wrong, because the gods so + willed it.” + </p> + <p> + Now there was a change in the scene. Under the tower a band of soldiers + made a passage through the crowd of people. Pope John XVI came riding + backwards on an ass. His ears and nose had been cut off, and his eyes had + been dug out. It was a gruesome sight. A wine-bladder, waving over his + head in the wind, made it worse. The people were silent, and shuddered + simultaneously, for he was, after all, Christ’s representative and St. + Peter’s successor, although no martyr. + </p> + <p> + A Sicilian stood on the bridge close to a Jew. + </p> + <p> + The Sicilian was a Muhammedan, for Sicily was then in the possession of + the Saracens, and had been so for about two hundred years. + </p> + <p> + “He must be suffering for his predecessors’ sins,” said the Jew; “that is + the Christian belief: <i>satisfactio vicaria</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “Suffering is necessary,” answered the Moslem; “and I do not grieve at + such an end to the pornocracy. For a hundred years the Popes have lived + like cannibals. You remember Sergius III, who lived with the harlot + Theodora and her daughters. John X continued with Marozia, who with her + own hand first killed her brother and then suffocated the Pope with a + cushion. John XII was only nineteen when he became Pope. He took bribes, + and consecrated a ten year-old boy as bishop in a stable. He committed + incest, and turned the Lateran into a brothel. He played cards, drank and + swore by Jupiter and Venus.... You know it well.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the Jew, “the Christians live in hell since they have + abandoned the one true God. The fools have, however, stolen from us the + Messianic promise; but the promise to Abraham we still possess. Rome is a + mad-house, Germany a slaughter-house, and France a brothel. It is a matter + to rejoice at, to see how they destroy each other.” + </p> + <p> + He placed himself by the balustrade of the bridge, in order to be able to + see better what now followed. + </p> + <p> + Between the twelve patriots, who writhed on their crosses like worms on + hooks, appeared five men dressed in red, who began to construct a + platform. + </p> + <p> + “Those are the executioners—on the Emperor’s grave!” said the Jew. + “Against Crescentius I have nothing; he was a noble man who fought for the + Roman State. But there is one Christian the less!” + </p> + <p> + “The Christians have always two ways of explaining a man’s sufferings. If + he is innocent, his suffering is a test, and if he is guilty, well! he + deserved his fate. There he comes!” + </p> + <p> + Crescentius, the last Roman, was led forth. His head fell, and thereby + Rome became German, or Germany Roman—till 1806! In the afternoon the + nomination of the new Pope (for one could not call it an election) took + place, and Gerbert of Auvergne was made Pope, with the title of Silvester + II. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Emperor sat in his palace on the Aventine, and did not venture to go + out, for the Romans hated him. In the little hermitage on the slope of the + hill, where his friend Adalbert of Prague, the missionary martyr recently + killed by the Saxons, used to live, the Emperor shut himself up with his + teacher, the new Pope, Silvester II. + </p> + <p> + The latter—a Frenchman—had studied in Cordova, where the + Caliph had built a university, where Arabian philosophy, itself derived + from Greece and India, was taught. In Rheims Silvester has also studied + philosophy, mathematics, astronomy, and chemistry. He had been Abbot of + Bobbio, Archbishop of Rheims and Ravenna, and, after protesting in many + ecclesiastical assemblies against the corruption of the Papacy, had + himself become Pope. + </p> + <p> + The excitement caused by the execution of Crescentius compelled him to + seek refuge on the Aventine with his pupil, the Emperor. From the cell of + the little convent, near Adalbert’s chapel, he guided the destinies of + Europe, while at leisure moments he devoted himself to his favourite + sciences. For this reason he was reported to be a wizard. + </p> + <p> + One night as he sat, sunk in thought, at his table, which was covered with + letters, the Emperor entered unannounced. He was a tall young man, dressed + in an extraordinary garb, a dalmatica adorned with symbols from the Book + of the Apocalypse, the Wild Beast and the Harlot, the Book of Seven Seals, + and so on. + </p> + <p> + “Let me talk,” he said; “I cannot sleep.” + </p> + <p> + “What has happened, my son?” + </p> + <p> + “Letters have come—warnings—dreams.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; you listen to me, but you don’t believe me, when I tell you the + truth, and you are afraid of all new thoughts.” + </p> + <p> + “What is new under the sun? Does not St. Augustine say regarding our holy + faith, ‘What is called in our days Christianity, already existed since the + creation of mankind to the birth of Christ. It was then that they began to + call Christianity the true religion, which had already existed before. The + truths taught by Christ are the same as the ancient ones, only more + developed’?” + </p> + <p> + “Heretic, beware! You do not know what is taking place in the world.” + </p> + <p> + “Let me hear.” + </p> + <p> + “Pilgrims from many lands have been here, and tell of prodigies, visions, + and wonders. In the south of France there are pestilence and famine, and + human flesh has been sold in the butchers’ shops; in Germany a fiery iron + rod has been seen in the sky, and here in Italy these endless pilgrimages + have recommenced. In Jerusalem the Church of the Holy Sepulchre has been + plundered, and the temple of the False Prophet erected. The whole of + Christendom is trembling, for in the immoral Popes of the last century + they have seen the Antichrist. Christ’s ambassador is murdered; yes, my + friend Adalbert was the last up there in Poland: the heathen have + reconquered all Christ’s conquests in Asia and Africa. The followers of + the False Prophet are in Spain, Sicily, and Naples, and threaten Rome. + This can mean nothing less than the Last Judgment and destruction of the + world, as announced in the Apocalypse.” + </p> + <p> + “So it is the old story again?” + </p> + <p> + “Story! Get thee hence Satan, for thou savourest not the things which be + of God, but those which be of men.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you call me Satan?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, when you deny the Word. Is it not written in John’s Apocalypse, ‘And + when the thousand years are accomplished, Satan will be let loose from his + prison. And he shall go to deceive the nations which are in the four ends + of the earth, Gog and Magog’? There you have the northern peoples who are + now in England, Normandy, and Sicily. Is not Theodora the great Babylonian + Harlot? Is not the deceiver Muhammed the Wild Beast?” + </p> + <p> + “Wait, my son! I might quote a verse from the same chapter: ‘He who hath + part in the first resurrection shall reign with Christ a thousand years.’ + So that the Millennium is <i>beginning</i> now, and cannot end forthwith.” + </p> + <p> + “The old one ends, and the new begins.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so! The old dark age is past, and we await Christ’s second coming on + earth. If you retained the hope, you would see the new era dawn.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not believe a word of what you say. The last year of the thousand + years is here, and now I go out in the desert to await, with fasting, + prayer, and penance, the day of the Lord, and the coming of my Redeemer. I + will pray for you, my father, but here our ways part, and you will see me + no more.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor departed, and Silvester remained alone. + </p> + <p> + “I wait!” he said to himself, “but meanwhile I look after our worldly + affairs.” And he unfolded a map of the then known world. With a piece of + red chalk he drew crosses and crowns, for the most part in the North. But + above Jerusalem he drew a flag with a lance. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The year 999 approached its end, and the Christians lived in a state of + deadly anxiety. In Rome and its neighbourhood, all the active business of + life had ceased. The fields were not sown, but lay covered with weeds; + trade was at a stand-still; the shops were closed. Those who had anything + gave it away, and had difficulty in finding anyone to take it. The + churches stood open day and night for three months, and each day was like + Sunday. People wore their best clothes, for there was no object in keeping + them, and they wished to be well dressed in order to meet the Redeemer on + His arrival. Christmas had been kept with unwonted solemnity, and men + lived at peace with one another. The guards of the city had nothing to do, + for the fear of what was coming sufficed to maintain order. People slept + with open doors, and no one dared to steal or to deceive. There was no + need to do so, for everyone received what he asked for; bakers distributed + bread gratis, and innkeepers allowed unlimited credit; the payment of + debts was not exacted. The churches were crowded day and night; there was + a ceaseless round of confessions, absolutions, masses and communions. + </p> + <p> + It was the day before New Year’s Eve. Views were divided as to the nature + of the coming catastrophe—whether it would come as a flood or as an + earthquake. Most of the people remained outside their houses, some on the + plain, others on the hills; all with their eyes directed towards heaven. + </p> + <p> + In the morning, the Plain of Mars was full of men, and a crowd formed a + circle round a pile of wood. A madman stood on the pile and spoke, with a + quantity of papers and parchments in his hand. He was a rich citizen who + for three months had practised fasting and penance, and now, reduced to a + skeleton, wished to escape the wrath to come. He had collected a large + quantity of dry wood under the pretext of giving warmth to all passing + beasts of burthen. Since nobody troubled about what others did, he was + allowed to do as he liked. + </p> + <p> + Near the pile of wood stood the remains of an old orator’s pulpit, and in + that he took his stand after he had kindled the pile. “In the name of the + Eternal God,” he said, “so surely as I burn these bonds, will God the Lord + erase my sins from His Book. For all sufferings which I have caused + others, I will now suffer myself. Purifying fire, burn my wretched body + with all its sins! Mounting flames, let me follow you upwards! Lord Jesus, + receive my spirit!” He leaped from the pulpit, and fell in the midst of + the flames, where he remained on his knees with folded hands till he was + suffocated. + </p> + <p> + In the Forum a man was seen working with a miner’s iron bar at a + rubbish-heap which should cover him: “Say to the mountains, Cover us,” he + sang. + </p> + <p> + From the Pons Sublicius a young couple sprang into the river, locked in an + embrace which death could not loosen. + </p> + <p> + At mid-day the prisons were opened, and the prisoners were received as + heroes and martyrs. They were taken to the houses of the nobility, made to + sit at table, and senators and their wives washed their feet. + </p> + <p> + “We are all sinners,” people said, “and have nothing to boast of. These + prisoners have endured their punishment while we went about free.” + </p> + <p> + Never had there been such a display of philanthropy and mercy since the + early days of Christianity. + </p> + <p> + The sick in the hospitals wanted to come outside, and their beds were + carried into the streets and market-places. Everyone, in fact, wanted to + be in the open air, and families brought their furniture into the streets. + Birds were liberated from their cages, and horses from their stables. At + first the latter ran about in the town, but as they scented the fresh air + and reached the town gates they galloped off to the Campagna, to seek + green pasture. Many, however, remained in the town, and lay about here and + there, while children clambered on their backs. The children were the only + ones who felt no fear. They jumped about and played as usual, rejoicing in + their freedom and the unusual aspect of things. No one wanted to restrain + them, and as they did not understand what was the matter, they remained + free from anxiety and went on playing. + </p> + <p> + New Year’s Eve had arrived, and the universal alarm rose to a great + height. Masters and servants were seen embracing each other and weeping, + the former lamenting their severity—the latter, their dishonesty. + Old enemies, who met each other on the street, grasped hands and led each + other about like children, singing hymns of praise. It was something like + the Golden Age as imagined by the Fathers of the early Church. + </p> + <p> + The air was as mild as that of a spring day, and the sky was clear till + noon. Then it became overclouded. No one ate or drank, but all bathed and + put on their festal attire. During the afternoon processions of priests + and monks marched through the town, and sang litanies, in which the people + joined. Their Kyrie Eleison, “Christ, have mercy upon us,” rang all over + the town. All Rome was preparing for its own judgment and execution. + </p> + <p> + There were, however, a number of unbelieving and profligate persons who + expected nothing new; they had assembled themselves in the catacombs and + ruins, where they celebrated Bacchanalian feasts and orgies. In the ruins + of Nero’s Golden House a banquet on a large scale had been arranged. In + the centre on the ground there burned a fire, surrounded by tables and + seats. There was abundance of victuals and wine, for which they only + needed to go to the store-room and cellar. There were music, dancing, and + singing, and between whiles they amused themselves by watching the bats + and owls, which flitted about, scorch and singe themselves in the fire. + </p> + <p> + Their hilarity was loud, but not unforced. Here, too, philosophising and + prophecy were in evidence. + </p> + <p> + “There is not going to be any Last Judgment to-day,” said a young man, who + looked as though he were a descendant of the Emperor Nero. + </p> + <p> + “Anyhow, if it comes, death cannot introduce us to anything worse than we + have had in life.” + </p> + <p> + “It has always seemed to me that we are in hell. Headaches every morning, + debts and disgrace, varied by occasional imprisonments.” + </p> + <p> + “The Emperor sits naked in a grotto at the foot of Soracte.” + </p> + <p> + “Vides ut alta stet nive candidum, Soracte.” + </p> + <p> + “As we are speaking, life the envious flits away. Enjoy the present day, + nor trust the morrow!” + </p> + <p> + “And the Pope is going to hold a midnight mass—he who has no faith + in it himself.” + </p> + <p> + “But he must put a good face on it, and go through with it.” + </p> + <p> + “I know one woman who will not go to mass to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the beautiful Stephania, the widow of Crescentius.” + </p> + <p> + “But she watches for vengeance.” + </p> + <p> + “What have these Germans to do in Rome? I wish the owner of this Golden + House could rise from the dead. He was the last Roman!” + </p> + <p> + “He was a man who did not caress his enemies. He feared nothing between + heaven and earth, not even the lightning. Once there was a lightning-flash + in his dining-hall as he reclined at table. What do you think he said? ‘To + your health!’ and raised his goblet.” + </p> + <p> + At this moment a heated stone fell from the vaulted roof into the fire, + and caused a shower of sparks. The night wind rushed through the hole thus + formed, and blew the smoke into the feasters faces. At first they were + amused at the occurrence, but were soon obliged to leave the vault. + </p> + <p> + “Let us go out and witness the end of the world!” cried one of the youths. + They formed a procession of Bacchanals and Maenads, one in front carrying + a filled wineskin. There were flute-players among them, and all carried + goblets in their hands. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Below, in the old Basilica of St. Peter, stood the Pope before the altar, + and performed in silence the midnight mass. The church was crowded, and + everyone was on his knees. The silence was so deep that the rustle of the + white sleeve of the officiant could be heard when he elevated the cup. But + another sound was audible, which seemed to be measuring out the last + moments of the Millennium. It beat like the pulse in the ear of a feverish + man, and at the same rate. The door of the sacristy stood open, and the + great clock which hung there ticked calmly and steadfastly, once in a + second. + </p> + <p> + The Pope, who was outwardly just as calm, had probably left the door open + in order to produce the utmost effect at the great moment, for his face + was pale with emotion, but he did not move, and his hands did not tremble. + </p> + <p> + The mass was over, and a death-like silence ensued. The people expected + the Lord’s servant at the altar to speak a few words of comfort. But he + said nothing; he seemed absorbed in prayer, and had stretched out his + hands towards heaven. + </p> + <p> + The clock ticked, the people sighed, but nothing happened. Like children + afraid of the dark, the congregation lay with their faces towards the + ground, and dared not look up. A cold sweat of anxiety dropped from many + brows, knees which had gone to sleep caused pain, or were numb, and felt + as though they had been amputated. + </p> + <p> + Then the clock suddenly ceased ticking. + </p> + <p> + Had the works run down? Was it an omen? Was everything going to stand + still, time to be at an end, and eternity begin? From the congregation + rose some stifled cries, and, lifeless with terror, some bodies dropped on + the stone pavement. + </p> + <p> + Then the clock began to strike—One, Two, Three, Four.... The twelfth + stroke sounded, and the echoes died away. A fresh death-like silence + ensued. + </p> + <p> + Then Silvester turned round, and, with the proud smile of a victor, he + extended his hands in blessing. At the same moment all the bells in the + tower rang out joyfully, and from the organ-loft a choir of voices began + to sing, somewhat unsteadily at first, but soon firmly and clearly, “Te + Deum Laudamus!” + </p> + <p> + The congregation joined in, but it was some time before they could + straighten their stiffened backs, and recover from the spectacle of those + who had died of fright. When the hymn was over, the people fell in each + other’s arms, weeping and laughing like lunatics, as they gave each other + the kiss of peace. + </p> + <p> + So ended the first Millennium after the birth of Christ. + </p> + <p> + In the little castle Paterno on Mount Soracte, the Emperor had spent the + Christmas week and New Year’s Eve in the strictest fast and penance. But + when New Year’s Day was come, and nothing had happened, he returned to + Rome to meet Silvester and take measures for the future. The Emperor’s + friend and teacher received him with a smile which was easy to interpret. + But the monarch was still so much under the effect of his fit of alarm + that he did not venture to be angry. + </p> + <p> + “Will you now return to earth, my son, and look after your mundane + affairs?” said Silvester. + </p> + <p> + “I will, but I must first fulfil two vows which I made in the hour of + need.” + </p> + <p> + “Fulfil them certainly.” + </p> + <p> + “I go to the grave of my friend Adalbert in Gnesen, and I must visit the + funeral vault of Charles the Great in Aachen.” + </p> + <p> + “Do so, but you must at the same time fulfil some commissions which I give + you for the journey.” + </p> + <p> + So they parted. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Two years had passed, when, one day in January, Pope Silvester was + summoned to Paterno, the little castle on Soracte, where the Roman-German + Emperor dwelt, and now lay ill. + </p> + <p> + When Silvester entered the sick-room, the Emperor sat upright, but looked + troubled. “You are ill,” said Silvester: “is it the soul or body?” + </p> + <p> + “I am tired.” + </p> + <p> + “Already, at twenty-two years of age.” + </p> + <p> + “I am despondent.” + </p> + <p> + “You are despondent although you saw the world awake from its nightmare. + Consider, ungrateful man, all that these two years have brought, what + triumphs for Christ, who really seems to have returned. I will enumerate + them: listen! Bohemia has received its Duke, who has eradicated + heathenism; Austria has concentrated itself as a Danube-state the heathen + Magyar has allowed himself to be baptized, and received the crown from our + own hand as Stephen the First; Boleslaw in Poland has also received a + crown and an archbishop; the new kingdom of Russia has accepted baptism + and Vladimir the Great protects us against the Saracens, who are on the + decline, and Seljuks or Turks, who are in the ascendant; Harold of Denmark + and Olaf of Sweden have established Christianity in their dominions; so + has Olaf Tryggveson in Norway and Iceland, in the Faroe Island, in + Shetland and Greenland; and the Dane Sven Tveskägg has secured Britain for + Christianity. France is under the pious Robert II, of the new race of the + Capets, but also of Saxon descent like you. In Spain, the northern States + Leon, Castille, Aragon, Navarre, have at last united, and protect us from + the Moors in Cordova. All this in five years, and under the aegis of Rome! + Is not all this the return of Christ, and do you understand now what + Providence means by the Millennium? Those who are alive at the end of + another thousand years will perhaps see the ripe fruits, while we have + only seen the blossoms. The world is certainly not a paradise, but it is + better than when we had savages in the North and East. And all kings + receive the crown and the pallium from Rome. You are a ruler over the + nations, my Emperor.” + </p> + <p> + “I? You rule their minds, not I, and I will not rule.” + </p> + <p> + “So I have heard, for you have accepted the rule of a woman.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is that?” + </p> + <p> + “They say, and you know the report as well as I do, that it is the widow + of Crescentius, the beautiful Stephania. Well, that is your own affair, + but Solomon says,—‘Beware of your enemies, but be wary with your + friends.’” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor looked as though he wished to defend himself, but could not, + and so the conversation was at an end. + </p> + <p> + Some days after, Otto III was dead, poisoned, so ran the report, in some + way or other, by the beautiful Stephania. + </p> + <p> + A year later Silvester II died also. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0015" id="link2H_4_0015"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PETER THE HERMIT + </h2> + <p> + Christendom had awoken to new life after the great and terrible New Year’s + Eve of 999. Nearly a hundred more years had passed when a ragged + barefooted pilgrim wandered out of the gate of Caesarea, on the shore of + the Mediterranean. This was the town from which Paul had sailed for Rome + in order to spread Christianity, which had now conquered all Europe, but + had not been able to maintain a hold upon its birthplace, the Land of + Promise, in which Christ had lived, suffered, and been buried. + </p> + <p> + The “False Prophet” had been the last possessor of Palestine. But when his + kingdom, like all others, fell to pieces, quite a new race had issued from + the unknown parts of Central Asia and now the Seljuks ruled in Syria. The + last Fatimide Caliphs had been very indifferent in matters of belief, and + the renowned Al Asis, who had married a Christian wife and was himself a + sceptic, had made his wife’s brothers Patriarchs of Jerusalem and + Alexandria. Everything was altered since the time when the terrible Al + Hakim had persecuted Christians as well as Jews, and destroyed the Church + of the Resurrection in Jerusalem. And when the Seljuk Melikscha had at + last captured the town, matters looked almost hopeless for the Christians, + who still made pilgrimages to the Holy Sepulchre. + </p> + <p> + The pilgrim we spoke of above pursued his journey in a south-eastern + direction, and now on the first day he saw the lovely Plain of Sharon + spread out before him like a carpet or rather a sea of flowers—crocuses, + narcissi, ranunculi, anemones, and especially the tall white Sharon + lilies. + </p> + <p> + It was the Promised Land indeed! The whole of the morning he waded in + flowers; at last he reached a village at the foot of a hill. There were + waving corn-crops, climbing vines, flourishing olive and fig trees; + well-fed cattle were watered at the spring, cows and goats were milked. + The pilgrim, who possessed nothing in the world except his rags, asked for + a bowl of milk, but obtained none. He went begging from door to door, but + was hunted away. Every time that he received a refusal he seemed to be + surprisingly cheerful. The fact was, he had come hither from a distant + land in order to be able to realise how his Saviour had suffered, and now + he was graciously allowed to experience it on the holy soil itself. He + passed through the village, and found another sea of flowers outside it. + He bathed his feet in a brook, and felt refreshed. But now at mid-day a + wind from the sea arose, and clouds passed over the land. The violent rain + beat down the fragile lilylike plants, the wind rooted them up or tore + them in two, and collected them in heaps, which rolled along increasing in + size as they went, and crushing other flowers in their path. + </p> + <p> + Towards evening the rain ceased, but the wind continued to blow, and the + darkness came. The weary and hungry traveller prepared himself a bed with + a heap of flowers which he kept in its place with some stones. After he + had hollowed out the heap till it looked like an eagle’s nest, he spread + another pile of flowers over himself, and went to sleep, pleasantly + narcotised by all the sweet scents. For several years he had tasted no + wine and never been intoxicated, but this was a good substitute for it. He + did not know whether he was asleep or awake; sometimes he felt as though + he were rolling away like a wave; sometimes he lay still and listened to a + scratching going on in his nest; there was a blowing and a roaring, a + murmur in his ears and flashing before his eyes. Finally all was still; he + believed he had gone to sleep, for he dreamt. + </p> + <p> + In his dream he was walking on the Mediterranean Sea; that he found quite + natural, but there followed him knights on horseback, troops of armed men, + whole races of people. They reached the land, they marched towards the + East, and finally saw Jerusalem crowning the heights. Walls, battlements, + and towers were crowded with heathen warriors, and the Christian knights + halted in order to take counsel. But he, the poor pilgrim, spoke to them, + and they listened to him. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you fear?” he said, “why do you fear these heathen and their + walls? Look at me! I take my staff, ascend Mount Zion, strike the gate of + David with my staff, and the city opens all her gates!” + </p> + <p> + He did so—in his dream, and Jerusalem was taken. It was a very + simple matter; the knights and the armies honoured him, and he became + governor of Jerusalem. When he awoke on the morrow, he got out of his + nest, and when he looked round, he found himself before the Jaffa Gate of + Jerusalem. He asked himself whether the wind had blown him all that long + way, or whether he had traversed it in sleep. But his dream had been so + vivid, that he found everything natural and simple. + </p> + <p> + He knocked with his staff at the door. And behold! it really opened, but + only by the space of a hand-breadth, and a soldier asked what he wanted. + </p> + <p> + He wished, he said, to visit the Holy Sepulchre. + </p> + <p> + He could do so, was the answer, if he paid thirty silver zecchines. + </p> + <p> + As he had not so much, the gate was again closed. + </p> + <p> + The pilgrim, however, not to be frightened, struck again with his staff, + certain that he would get in. Get in he did, quickly enough, and, after he + had been well thrashed, was thrown out again and fell on a rubbish-heap on + which dogs hunted for bones. This reception was not encouraging, but for + the pilgrim it was exactly what he had expected and wished. He had been + beaten in the same city where his Master Christ had been beaten and + tortured. + </p> + <p> + What an honour! What undeserved grace! + </p> + <p> + But the thirty silver pieces! Why was the price just thirty? Because it + was the traitor’s reward for betraying the Beloved. He would try to + collect them by begging, even if it took him ten years to do so. + </p> + <p> + He exhorted himself to patience, and went southward into the valley of + Hinnom or the valley of Hell, where all the rubbish of the city was + thrown. There was filth and an evil smell there, but the pilgrim did not + notice it, for he only sought to catch a glimpse of the walls of the Holy + City. When he came to the south end of the valley, he really beheld Mount + Zion with David’s Sepulchre. Then he fell on his knees and praised God in + song: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “Lauda Sion Salvatorem + Lauda Ducem et pastorem + In hymnis et canticis.” + </pre> + <p> + Strengthened by prayer, he went on. He knew the topography of the place + well, and when he came on a piece of waste ground underneath the Hill of + Evil Counsel, he knew that it was Aceldama, or the Field of the Dead, + which had been purchased with the traitor’s blood-money to bury strangers + in. But he had no thoughts of death, for he knew that he would live till + he had taken the City. On the other hand, he was hungry. How bitterly he + regretted now that he had not accustomed himself in his youth, like other + famous eremites, to eat grass. Weary, but not depressed, he sat down on a + rubbish heap which seemed quite fresh. + </p> + <p> + As he sat there, a dog came—a mangy famished creature—and laid + his head on the pilgrim’s knee. + </p> + <p> + “I have nothing to give you, poor thing,” said the pilgrim, and wiped the + dog’s eyes with the flaps of its ears, for it looked as though it had + wept. But when the dog heard what the pilgrim said, it understood, for + animals understood all languages merely by the tone. It then began to + rummage in the rubbish heap. And behold! there lay, between two cabbage + leaves, a pomegranate and a piece of white bread. The pilgrim, who was + accustomed to all kinds of miracles, praised God, and ate. And when he had + eaten, he thanked God the Merciful. The dog stood by the whole time, and + watched him. “Ungrateful wretch that I am to have forgotten thee!” said + the pilgrim; “now I will try my fortune!” He began to dig with his staff, + and see! there lay a fresh bone, which he gave to the dog, his benefactor. + They became friends, and kept together. They now went round the southern + end of the city, and turned northward towards the Kedron. They followed + the brook, having the city wall on their left and the Mount of Olives on + their right. From the bottom of the valley he saw the place where the + Temple had been, but no Temple was there now—only the dome of the + Muhammedan mosque. Of the Holy Sepulchre there was nothing visible, for it + lay within the City and was inconspicuous. He came to Gethsemane, where + Christ had suffered, and he climbed the Mount of Olives, from whence he + could look over Jerusalem. He did so, and wept. After he had paid his + devotions in the ruins of the Church of the Resurrection, he went on + northwards round the city, and came again to the Jaffa Gate, where he sat + down, firmly resolved to wait till some Christian pilgrims came, for they + came hither from all countries of the world. He wanted to beg from them + till he had collected the thirty zecchines. So he sat through the first + night without anybody coming. Towards morning the door was opened for the + peasants who brought in provisions, and the bold idea occurred to him of + trying to get in with them, but he was immediately detected and thrashed + again. This, however, did not frighten him; he repeated the attempt every + morning, though unsuccessfully. He slept on the ground, and ate from the + rubbish heaps; he was jeered at by the children, beaten by the adults, and + took everything quietly, convinced that some day his dream would be + fulfilled. For thirty days he sat at the gate and received no money, but + on the thirty-first he got up in order to take some exercise. He wandered + down into the Valley of Hinnom, and his dog “Trusty” ran in front of him. + </p> + <p> + After he had walked for a while he noticed that his companion had + vanished. When he called him, the dog answered by barking. The pilgrim + followed the sound, and presently he saw the dog standing by a hole in the + wall. There was an entrance, and, following his guide, he came without + hindrance right into the town. The first thing he did was to visit the + Holy Sepulchre, but it was closed. Then he remembered that there was a + Patriarch of Jerusalem, who in some degree acted as a protector of the + Christians. But where did he live? “Perhaps you know,” he said to the dog. + </p> + <p> + The dog understood, pricked up his ears, and ran through a labyrinth of + crooked streets till he stood at a little door, with a bell-cord hanging + by it. The pilgrim pulled it, the door opened, and an old white-bearded + man came out, reached the new-comer his hand, led him like a friend into + the house, and bade him sit down. “I have waited long for you, Peter,” he + said. “Yes, I recognise you, for I have seen you for a year in my dreams, + but I know not who you are, and whence you come. Tell me your history.” + </p> + <p> + “My history! I am from Amiens in France. I am now called Peter; was + formerly a soldier, followed William the Conqueror to Hastings, and took + part in the invasion of England. I returned to my own country, and became + a school teacher. I could, however, obtain no peace in my soul, but + entered a convent. In the solitude of my cell, I reflected on what I heard + from my brother monks in the chapter. It was the time when Henry IV began + the conflict with Gregory VII. The Pope was right, for Europe ought to be + governed from Rome, and Gregory, who wished to set up Christ’s Kingdom in + spirit and in truth, had united all Christian States together; he imposed + tribute from Scandinavia to the Pillars of Hercules. The Emperor was a + schismatic, and worked only in the interests of Germany. The matter ended + at Canossa, as you know, when the Emperor had to kiss the Pope’s foot. And + that was right at that time, for the spiritual head is higher than the + worldly one. But Canossa was not the end. Gregory, the mighty champion of + the Lord, fell into the same sin as David. In the first place, he summoned + the Norman Guiscard from Sicily to his aid. Guiscard came with a horde of + Turks and heathen, pillaged Rome, and set it on fire. That was shameful of + the Pope, who now fled with Guiscard to Salerno—which was <i>his</i> + Canossa. But he was also still cruel enough to stir up Henry’s sons + against their father. Then the great Gregory died in banishment, and Rome + was extinct. Rome is no more, but Jerusalem shall be. The chief city of + Christendom shall be born again, and rise from its ruins.” + </p> + <p> + The Patriarch had listened, and, though he smiled at first, he was finally + serious. “Your faith is great, my son,” he said. “But who will take the + lead? Who will collect the people?” + </p> + <p> + “I,” answered the Hermit—“I will open the Holy Sepulchre; I will + drive out the heathen, and I will have the first Christian King of + Jerusalem crowned!” + </p> + <p> + “With two empty hands?” + </p> + <p> + “With my rock-like faith.” + </p> + <p> + There was silence. + </p> + <p> + “Say something, Patriarch!” resumed Peter. “Try to damp my courage if you + can; confront me with objections, and rob me of confidence. You cannot! + There, I will go now to Rome and speak with Urban II. But give me a letter + to confirm my statements when I describe the behaviour of the heathen in + the city of Christ. I ask nothing else of you; the rest I will do myself.” + </p> + <p> + “Whoever you are, you shall have the letter, but rest first for a few + days.” + </p> + <p> + “No! I have gone three hundred and fifty miles and rested for thirty days. + Give me something to eat in the kitchen, while you write the letter, and I + start before sunset. When I come again, I shall not be alone, but my name + will be Legion. And you will see the accomplishment of my words and your + dreams, for God wills it.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Hermit Peter walked a hundred and fifty miles to Piacenza, and there + met Pope Urban II, who was holding a council. He received no + encouragement, for the idea of a crusade was no novelty. Gregory VII had + collected fifty thousand men for that purpose, but could not carry out his + plan. With a true Christian spirit, the Hermit took this failure as a + warning to redouble his efforts. + </p> + <p> + He went to France, preached and stirred up the people, with the result + that all France was aflame with crusading fervour when Urban II came to + Clermont to hold another council. Then the Crusade was determined on. + Peter could not wait, but, together with Walter Pexejo and Walter von + Habenichts, he collected a host which finally reached forty thousand in + number, including old men, women, and children. There were no soldiers + however, but only adventurers who wanted to run away, slaves who sought + freedom, and malcontents who wished for change. + </p> + <p> + They followed the Rhine towards its source, and then the Danube, along + whose banks the great road to the East ran. As they approached the + frontier of Hungary their number had increased to sixty thousand. The King + of Hungary, Kolowan, was not exactly hospitable, and not a person whom it + was safe to jest with. The Crusaders received a hint that they were not + very welcome, and therefore sent their only mounted men,—exactly six + in number—as ambassadors to the King. + </p> + <p> + Kolowan was in Pesth, with a well-equipped army, and his country was + enjoying the blessings of peace, when the envoys arrived. “What do you + want?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “We seek a free passage to Constantinople.” + </p> + <p> + “How many of you are there?” + </p> + <p> + “Exactly sixty thousand.” + </p> + <p> + “Although I feel honoured by the visit, I cannot entertain grasshoppers. I + have heard of your wild enterprise; I know that you have no provisions + with you, and that you beg and steal. Return therefore to your country, or + I will treat you as enemies!” + </p> + <p> + The envoys rode back with the King’s answer. But Peter would not turn + back. + </p> + <p> + “Forward! forward! Crusaders and Christians!” he cried, and the whole host + crossed the frontier. The Hermit rode on an ass at the head of them, and + knew not what went on behind him—robbery, drunkenness, and licence. + </p> + <p> + The King learned what had happened, and rode out with all his knights. + When he saw this mass of ragged rascals, drunk and savage, but all wearing + the red cross, he fell in a rage and attacked them. Those who did not fly + were trampled underfoot and sabred down so mercilessly, that, out of the + sixty thousand, only three thousand reached Constantinople, among whom was + the Hermit. + </p> + <p> + “We have sown our blood,” he said; “our successors will reap.” + </p> + <p> + The Emperor of Constantinople had certainly for a long time waited for + help from the West against the wild Seljuks, but he had expected armed + men. When he now received a rabble of three thousand beggars and + vagabonds, many of them wounded, he resolved to get rid of these guests as + honourably as possible. He set them in flat-bottomed boats, and shipped + them across to Asia Minor. “Thence you have a straight road to Jerusalem,” + he said. But he did not say that the Seljuks were encamped on the opposite + coast. Accordingly, the rest of them were massacred by the wild hordes + near Nicasa—in the same town in which, during the early days of + Christianity, so many fateful debates had taken place. + </p> + <p> + But the Hermit escaped, and returned to Constantinople, where he waited + for the great army of the Crusaders. He waited a whole year, just as + confident of victory and undismayed as before. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In the little town Tiberias, on the shore of the Lake of Gennesareth sat + the old Jew Eleazar, with his family, prepared to celebrate the Passover, + or the Exodus from Egypt. It was the tenth day of the month Nisan of the + year 1098. The lake shone clear, and its banks were green; the oleanders + were in blossom, the lilies had sprung up in the pleasant season when the + earth rejoices. + </p> + <p> + It was evening; all members of the family were dressed as though for a + journey, with shoes on their feet and staves in their hands. They stood + round the covered table on which the roasted lamb smoked in a dish + surrounded by bitter lettuce. The ancestral wine-cup was filled with wine, + and white unleavened bread laid on a plate close by. + </p> + <p> + After the head of the family had washed his hands, he blessed the gifts of + God, drank some wine, returned thanks, and invited the others to drink. + Then he took some of the bitter herbs, and ate and gave to the others. + Then he read from the book of Moses a passage concerning the significance + of the feast. After that, the second cup of wine was served, and the + youngest son of the house stepped forward and asked, according to the + sacred custom, “What is the meaning of this feast?” + </p> + <p> + The father answered: “The Lord brought us with a strong hand out of the + Egyptian bondage.” + </p> + <p> + As he drank from the second cup, he said, “Praise the Lord, O my soul, and + forget not all His benefits.” They then all sang the 115th Psalm, “Not + unto us, O Lord, not unto us, but unto Thy name give the praise, for Thy + truth and mercy’s sake. Wherefore should the heathen say, Where is now + their God?” + </p> + <p> + Thereupon a blessing was pronounced on the unleavened bread and the + roasted lamb, and they sat down to eat, in a state of contentment and with + harmless talk. The old Eleazar spoke of past times, and contrasted them + with them the present: “Man born of a woman lives but a short time, and is + full of trouble; he cometh up like a flower, and is cut down; he fleeth + hence like a shadow, and continueth not. A stranger and a sojourner is he + upon earth, and therefore he should be always ready for his journey as we + are, this holy evening.” + </p> + <p> + The eldest son Jacob, who had come home in the evening after a journey, + seemed to wish to say something, but did not venture to do so, till the + fourth and last cup was drunk. + </p> + <p> + “But, my children,” continued Eleazar, “not only is Israel unsettled and + roaming on the earth, but all nations are in a state of wandering. The + difference between them and us is that their gods are mortal, while + Israel’s God lives. Where is Zeus, the god of the Greeks? Where is the + Romans’ Jupiter? Where are the Egyptians’ Isis, Osiris, and Ptha? Where is + the Woutan of the Germans, the Teutates of the Gauls? They are all dead, + but Israel’s God lives; He cannot die. We are at any rate in Canaan, in + our fathers’ land, even if Zion is no longer ours, and we cannot forget + the goodness which the Lord has shown us.” + </p> + <p> + The last cup was drunk, and after another psalm the festival was at an + end. + </p> + <p> + “Now, Jacob,” said Eleazar, “you want to talk. You come from a journey, + though somewhat late, and have something new to tell us. Hush! I hear + steps in the garden!” + </p> + <p> + All hurried to the window, for they lived in troublous times; but, as no + one was to be seen outside, they sat down again at the table. + </p> + <p> + “Speak, Jacob,” Eleazar said again. + </p> + <p> + “I come from Antioch, where the Crusaders are besieged by Kerboga, the + Emir of Mosul. Famine has raged among them, and of three hundred thousand + Goyim, [Footnote: Gentiles.] only twenty thousand remain.” + </p> + <p> + “What had they to do here?” + </p> + <p> + “Now, on the roads, they are talking of a new battle which the Goyim have + won, and they believe that the Crusaders will march straight on + Jerusalem.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, they won’t come here.” + </p> + <p> + “They won’t find the way, unless there are traitors.” + </p> + <p> + “Moslems or Christians, they are all alike, but Moslems could be our + friends, because they are of Abraham’s seed. ‘God is One!’ Had their + Prophet stood by that, there would have been nothing between us, but he + fell through pride and coupling his own name with that of the Highest—‘Muhammed + is His Prophet.’ Perhaps, but he should not be named in the same breath + with the Eternal. The Christians call him a ‘false prophet,’ but that he + was not.” + </p> + <p> + “The Christians could rather....” + </p> + <p> + “The Christians are misguided, and their doctrine is folly. They believe + the Messiah has come, although the world is like a hell, and men resemble + devils! And it ever gets worse....” + </p> + <p> + Then the door was flung open, and on the threshold appeared a little man, + emaciated as a skeleton, with burning eyes. He was clothed in rags, + carried a cross in his hand, and bore a red cross-shaped sign on his + shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Are you Christians?” he asked, “since you drink of the cup and eat the + bread, as our Lord Jesus Christ did on the night of his betrayal?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Eleazar, “we are of Israel.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you have eaten and drunk your own damnation, and misused the Holy + Sacrament for purposes of witchcraft! Out with you!—down to the lake + and be baptized, or you will die the death!” + </p> + <p> + Then Eleazar turned to the Hermit, and cried “No! I and my house will + serve the Lord, as we have done this holy evening according to the law of + our fathers. We suffer for our sins, that is true, but you, godless, + cursed man, pride not yourself on your power, for you have not yet escaped + the judgment of Almighty God. I will give my life and shed my blood for + the law of my fathers, but God’s justice will punish you, as your pride + has deserved.” + </p> + <p> + The Hermit had gone out to his followers. Those within the house closed + the window-shutters and the door. + </p> + <p> + There was a cry without: “Fire the house!” + </p> + <p> + “Let us bless God, and die!” said Eleazar, and none of them hesitated. + </p> + <p> + All fell on their knees. Eleazar spoke: “I know that my Redeemer liveth, + and that He will stand at the latter day upon the earth. And when I am + free from my flesh, I shall see God. Him shall I see and not another, and + for that my soul and my heart cry out.” + </p> + <p> + The mother had taken the youngest son in her arms, as though she wished to + protect him against the fire which now seized on the wall. + </p> + <p> + Then Eleazar began the Song of the Three Children in the fire, and when + they came to the words, + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “O Thank the Lord, for He is good, + And His mercy endureth for ever.” + </pre> + <p> + their voices were choked, and they ended their days like the Maccabees. + </p> + <p> + On 16th July 1069, Peter the Hermit entered Jerusalem through the same + Jaffa Gate before which he had sat as a beggar. When Godfrey of Bouillon + became King of Jerusalem, Peter was appointed Governor. After he had seen + his dream fulfilled, he returned to his own country, entered the convent + Neufmoustier, near Lüttich, and remained there till his death. + </p> + <p> + The Kingdom of Jerusalem soon came to an end. The Muhammedans re-occupied + it, and remain there to this day. + </p> + <p> + The remarkable thing about these predatory expeditions—the Crusades—was + that they were led by the Normans, and were curiously like the raids of + the Vikings. The indirect results of the Crusades are still treated of in + students’ essays, which generally close with the moral, “there is nothing + evil which does not bring some good with it.” Voltaire and Hume, on the + other hand, regard the Crusades as the enterprises of lunatics. It is a + difficult matter to decide! + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0016" id="link2H_4_0016"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + LAOCOON + </h2> + <p> + On the Esquiline Hill in Rome, on a spring day in 1506, Signor de Fredis + was walking in his vineyard. The day before, his workmen had been digging + a pit to seek water, but found none. Signer de Fredis stood by it, and + asked himself whether it was not a pity that so much earth had been thrown + out, and whether it could not be utilised in the vineyard. He felt about + with his stick in the upper part of the pit to ascertain how deep the soil + was. The stick sank in the earth up to its handle without meeting with any + resistance. + </p> + <p> + “There must be a hollow under the ground,” he said to himself. He first + thought of calling the workmen, but since it was better to make the + discovery himself, he took a mattock and spade and set to work. By noon he + had made a hole large enough to get through, but since it was pitch-black + inside, he first went to fetch a lantern. Carrying this, he went down into + the earth, and came into a vaulted room. He went through five rooms and + found no treasures, but in the sixth he saw a sight that startled him. + </p> + <p> + Two enormous snakes had enfolded in the coils a bearded man of heroic + stature and his two boys. + </p> + <p> + One snake had already bitten the man in the right side, and the other had + bitten one of the boys in the left. The apparition was a statue of + Pentelic marble, and might therefore possess as much value as a treasure. + Signor de Fredis went at once to the Prefect of the City, who followed him + in company with the Aedile and some learned antiquaries. The work of art + was brought to the light, and inspected. Its subject was seen to be the + Trojan priest Laocoon, against whom Apollo had sent two snakes because he + had warned his countrymen against receiving the dangerous Greek gift of + the Trojan horse, in which warriors lay concealed. + </p> + <p> + It was not an edifying story, nor a comforting one, since it illustrated + the sad lot of a prophet in this world. The Romans, however, did not think + of that, but greeted the statue as a sign of the Renaissance, a memorial + of the classical period, and an omen of better times to come. + </p> + <p> + Pope Julius II bought the Laocoon for the Vatican, after Michael Angelo + had declared it was the greatest work of art in the world, and Signor de + Fredis received a pension for life. The excavation and cleaning of the + statue took a considerable time. But when at last it was ready, it was + decorated with flowers, and carried in procession though the streets of + Rome, while all the church-bells rang for a whole hour. + </p> + <p> + As the procession passed up the Via Flaminia, an Augustinian monk came + down it from the northern gate of the city. In front of Hadrian’s + triumphal arch, he met the crowd carrying their beloved Laocoon. The monk + did not immediately understand the matter. He thought, it is true, that + the statue was that of a martyr, but could not think of any martyr who had + died in a pit of snakes. He therefore turned to a citizen, and asked in + Latin, “Which of the holy Church martyrs is it?” + </p> + <p> + The citizen laughed as at a good jest, but did not think it necessary to + answer. + </p> + <p> + Now came the crowd singing about the Trojan horse, and jesting about + priests. The fact that it was a priest on whom the snakes had fastened + seemed to afford especial delight to the sceptical and priest-hating + rabble. + </p> + <p> + The Augustinian monk thought of his Virgil, when he heard the word Troy, + and, as the statue came nearer, he could read the name Laocoon, the + celebrated priest of Apollo. “Are the church-bells ringing for <i>that</i>?” + he asked his neighbour again. + </p> + <p> + The latter nodded. + </p> + <p> + “Are the people mad?” he asked, and this time he received an answer: “No, + they are wise; but you are somewhat stupid; probably you come from + Germany.” + </p> + <p> + At the dawn of this day, the monk had seen the Holy City at sunrise, and + had fallen on his knees in the high road to thank God for the great favour + vouchsafed to him of at last treading the soil which had been hallowed by + the footprints of Apostles and martyrs. But now he felt depressed, for he + understood nothing of this heathenish business, and, wandering through the + streets of the city, he tried to find the Scala Santa in the southern + quarter, where all pilgrims first paid their devotions when they came to + Rome. + </p> + <p> + Here, in the square by the Lateran, Constantine’s wife, Helena, had caused + the staircase of Pilate’s Palace to be erected, and it was customary to + ascend it kneeling, and not in an erect attitude. + </p> + <p> + The monk approached the holy spot with all the reverence with which his + pious spirit inspired him. He hoped to feel the same ecstasy which he had + felt before other sanctuaries and relics, for the Redeemer Himself had + trodden these marble steps heavily as he went to His doom. + </p> + <p> + The monk’s astonishment was therefore great when he saw street-urchins + playing on them with buttons and little stones, and he could hardly + contain himself when young priests came running and sprang up the eight + and twenty steps in a few bounds. + </p> + <p> + He paid his devotions in the usual way, but without feeling the ecstasy + which he had hoped for. + </p> + <p> + Then he went into the Church of the Lateran and heard a mass. He had + imagined that he would find a cathedral in the genuine Gothic style, + something like that of Cologne, but he found a Basilica or Roman hall, + where in heathen times a market had been held, and it looked very worldly. + </p> + <p> + At the High Altar there stood two priests before the Epistle and the + Gospel. However, they neither read nor sang; they only gossiped with each + other, and pretended to turn the leaves; sometimes they laughed, and when + it was over they went their way, without giving a blessing or making the + sign of the cross. + </p> + <p> + “Is this the Holy City?” he asked himself, and went out into the streets + again. + </p> + <p> + His business in Rome was to interview the Vicar-General of the + Augustinians, about a matter which concerned his convent, but he first + wished to look about him. As he went along he came to a little church on + the outer wall. In the open space in front of it a pagan festival was + being held: Bacchus was represented sitting on a barrel, scantily clothed + nymphs rode on horses, and behind them were satyrs, fauns, Apollo, + Mercury, Venus. + </p> + <p> + The monk hastened into the church to escape the sight of the abomination. + But in the sacred place he came upon another scandal. Before the altar + stood an ass with an open book before it; below the ass stood a priest and + read mass. Instead of answering “Amen,” the congregation hee-hawed like + asses, and everyone laughed. + </p> + <p> + That was the classical “Asses’ Festival,” which had been forbidden in the + previous century, but which, during the Carnival, had been again resumed. + The monk did not understand where he was, but thought he was in the hell + of the heathen; but it was still worse when a priest disguised as Bacchus, + his face smeared with dregs of wine, entered the pulpit, and, taking a + text from Boccaccio’s <i>Decameron</i>, preached an indecent discourse, + presently, with a skilful turn, going on to narrate a legend about St. + Peter. It began in a poetical way, like other legends, but then made Peter + come to an alehouse and cheat the innkeeper about the reckoning. + </p> + <p> + The monk rushed out of the church, and through the streets till he reached + the Convent of the Augustines which he sought. He rang, was admitted, and + led into the refectory, where the Prior sat at a covered table surrounded + by priests who were entertained in the convent in order to make their + confessions, and to take the communion during the fast. Before them were + pheasants, with truffles and hard-boiled eggs, salmon and oysters, eels + and heads of wild boar—above all, quantities of wine in pitchers and + glasses. + </p> + <p> + “Sit down, little monk!” was the Prior’s greeting. “You have a letter: + good! Put it under the table-cloth. Eat, drink, and be merry, for tomorrow + we die!” + </p> + <p> + The monk sat down, but it was Friday, and he could not bring himself to + eat flesh on that day. It pained him also to see the licence which + prevailed here; still they were his superiors, and the rule of his order + forbade him to reprove them. + </p> + <p> + The Prior, who had just been speaking with some special guest, continued + to talk volubly, although conversation was forbidden. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, worthy friend, we have come as far as this now in Rome. This is + Christ’s Kingdom as it was announced at the first Christmas, ‘One + Shepherd, One Sheepfold.’ The Holy Father rules over the whole Roman + Empire as it was under Caesar and Augustus. But mark well! this empire is + a spiritual one, and all these earthly princes lie at the feet of Christ’s + representative. This is the crown of all epochs of the world’s history. + ‘One Shepherd, One Sheepfold!’ Bibamus!” + </p> + <p> + On the little platform, where formerly a reader used to read out of holy + books while the meal was going on, some musicians now sat with flutes and + lutes. They struck up an air, and the cups were emptied. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” continued the Prior to the monk, “you have come from far; what news + have you brought?” + </p> + <p> + “Anything new under the sun? Yes,” answered a slightly inebriated prelate, + “Christopher Columbus is dead, and buried in Valladolid. He died poor, as + was to be expected.” + </p> + <p> + “Pride comes before a fall. He was not content with his honours, but + wished to be Viceroy and to levy taxes.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but at any rate he got to India, to East India, after he had sailed + westward. It is enough to make one crazy when one tries to understand it. + Sailing west in order to go east!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is all mad, but the worst is that he has brought the cursed + sickness, lues”—(here he whispered). “It has already attacked + Cardinal John de Medici. You know he is said to be the Pope’s successor.” + </p> + <p> + “As regards the Holy Father, our great Julius II, he is a valiant champion + of the Lord, and now the world has seen what this basilisk-egg, France, + has hatched. Fancy! they want to come now and divide our Italy among them! + As if we did not have enough with the Germans.” + </p> + <p> + “The French in Naples! What the deuce have we to do with them?” + </p> + <p> + The Prior now felt obliged to attend to his guest, the monk. + </p> + <p> + “Eat, little monk,” he said. “He who is weak, eateth herbs, and all flesh + is grass, <i>ergo</i>....” + </p> + <p> + “I never eat meat on Friday, the day on which our Lord Jesus Christ + suffered and died!” + </p> + <p> + “Then you are wrong! But you must not speak so loud, you understand, for + if you sin, you must go in your room, and hold your mouth! Practise + obedience and silence, the first virtues of our Order.” + </p> + <p> + The monk turned first red, then pale, and his cheekbones could be seen + through his thin cheeks. But he kept silence, after he had taken a + spoonful of salt in his mouth to help him to control his tongue. + </p> + <p> + “He is a Maccabee,” whispered the prelate. + </p> + <p> + “Conventual disciple is decaying,” continued the Prior, jocosely; “the + young monks do not obey their superiors any more, but we must have a + reformation! Drink, monk, and give me an answer!” + </p> + <p> + “We must obey God rather than man,” answered the monk. There was an + embarrassed pause, and the prelate who had to communicate in the evening + declined to drink any more. But this vexed the Prior, who felt the implied + reproof. + </p> + <p> + “You are from the country, my friend,” he said to the monk, “and know not + the time, nor the spirit of the time. You must have a licence for me—it + must be paid for of course—and then the day is not dishonoured. + Besides—<i>panis es et esto</i>. Here you have wine and bread—with + butter on it. More wine, boy!” + </p> + <p> + The monk rose to go; the Prior seemed to wake to recollection. + </p> + <p> + “What is your name, monk?” + </p> + <p> + “My name is Martin, Master of Philosophy, from Wittenberg.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, thank you. But don’t go yet! Give me your letter.” The monk + handed over the letter, which the Prior opened and glanced through. + </p> + <p> + “The Kurfürst of Saxony! Master Martin Luther, go if you wish to your + chamber. Rest till the evening, then we will go together to the assembly + at Chigi. There we shall meet elegant people like Cardinal John de Medici, + great men like Raphael, and the Archangel Michael himself. Do you know + Michael Angelo, who is building the new Church of St. Peter and painting + the Sistine Chapel? No! then you will learn to know him. <i>Vale</i>, + brother, and sleep well.” + </p> + <p> + Master Martin Luther went, sorely troubled, but resolved to see more of + the state of affairs before judging too hastily. + </p> + <p> + Cards were now brought out, and the Prior shuffled them. + </p> + <p> + “That is an unpleasant fellow, whom the Kurfürst had sent to us. A + hypocrite, who does not drink wine and crosses himself at the sight of a + pheasant!” + </p> + <p> + “There was an ill-omened look about the man.” + </p> + <p> + “He looked something like the Trojan horse, and Beelzebub only knows what + he has in his belly.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + When Luther came into his lonely cell, he wept with a young man’s + boundless grief when reality contradicts his expectations, and he finds + that all which he has learnt to prize is only contemptible and common. + </p> + <p> + He was not, however, allowed to be alone long, for there was a knock at + the door, and there entered a young Augustinian monk, who seemed, with a + confidential air, to invite his acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + “Brother Martin, you must not be solitary, but open your heart to + sympathetic friends.” + </p> + <p> + He took Martin’s hands. “Tell me,” he said, “what troubles you, and I will + answer you.” + </p> + <p> + Luther looked at the young monk, and saw that he was a swarthy Italian + with glowing eyes. But he had been so long alone that he felt the + necessity of speech. + </p> + <p> + “What do you think,” he said, “our Lord Christ would say if he now arose + and came into the Holy City?” + </p> + <p> + “He would rejoice that His churches, His three hundred and sixty-five + churches, are built on the foundations of the heathen temples. You know + that since Charles the Great dragged the great marble pillars to Aachen in + order to build his cathedral, our Popes have also gone to work, and the + heathen and their houses have been literally laid at the feet of Christ. + That is grand and something to rejoice at! <i>Ecclesia Triumphans!</i> + Would not Christ rejoice at it? How well Innocent III has expressed the + ‘Idea’ of the conquering Church, as Plato would call it. You know Plato—the + Pope has just paid five thousand ducats for a manuscript of the <i>Timoeus</i>. + Pope Innocent says: ‘St Peter’s successors have received from God the + commission not only to rule the Church but the whole world. As God has set + two great lights in the sky, he has also set up two great powers on earth, + the Papacy, which is the higher because the care of souls is committed to + it, and the Royal power which is the lower, and to which only the charge + of the bodies of men is committed.’ If you have any objection to make to + that, brother, speak it out.” + </p> + <p> + “No, not against that, but against everything which I have seen and + heard.” + </p> + <p> + “For example? Do you mean eating and drinking?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, that also.” + </p> + <p> + “How petty-minded you are! I speak of the highest things, and you talk + about eating and drinking. Fie! Martin! you are a meat-rejector and a + wine-eschewing Turk! But I accept your challenge. Our Lord Christ allowed + His disciples to pluck ears of corn on the Sabbath; that was against the + law of Moses, and was disapproved of by the Pharisees.... You are a + Pharisee. But now I will also remind you of what Paul writes to the Romans—the + Romans among whom we count ourselves; perhaps as a German subject, you + have not the right to do that. Well, Paul writes: ‘You look on the + outside.’” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me, that is the Epistle to the Corinthians.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, you look on the outside too. But Paul says further, ‘All things are + lawful to me, but all things are not profitable. All that is sold in the + market-place, that eat and ask nothing for conscience’ sake; for the earth + is the Lord’s and the fulness thereof.’ Those are clear words, and a + Frenchman would call them liberal-minded. But you come here like a + Pharisee, and wish to rebuke your superiors for trifles; and the + ordinances of men are more to you than God’s command. Fie! Martin! + Remember your own words: ‘We should obey God rather than men!’ You + conceited slave of the letter, you should read Paul.” + </p> + <p> + Luther was not yet so familiar with the Holy Scriptures as he afterwards + became, for in the convent he had chiefly studied the Corpus Juris, + Aristotle, Virgil, and the comedies of Plautus, and was somewhat depressed + after his severe inward conflicts. Therefore he gave no answer, but chafed + internally. + </p> + <p> + “Have you any other question for me?” began the Augustinian again, with an + affected air of sympathy which irritated Luther still more. “I can + understand that our national customs have annoyed you as a—foreigner. + Every country has its own customs, and we keep our Roman Carnival by + making ridicule of the dead gods of the old heathen, if one can call them + gods! I believe you do the same in Germany, though in a coarser way. You + must put up with that. As regards the ‘Festival of the Ass,’ that had + originally a beautiful significance, since the poor animal was honoured + with the task of carrying our Saviour and His mother into Egypt. But, as + you know, the common people drag everything that is great and beautiful + into the dust. Can we help it? Can I do you any service? Do you want + anything?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing; but I thank you!” Luther was again alone, and the fiends of + doubt were again let loose upon him. The man was certainly right from his + own point of view, and he had strengthened his assertions by arguments and + by citations from Paul. But his point of view was false;—that was + the matter. How, then, was one to alter one’s point of view? That was only + the effect of faith through grace, and therefore not the work of man. + </p> + <p> + Then his introspective mind, which had been trained in the Aristotelian + dialectic, began to examine his opponent’s point of view. A merciful + loving Heavenly Father might very well smile at the follies and weaknesses + of His human children; why, then, should we not be able to do the same? + Why should we be stricter than He? As long as we live in the flesh, we + must think according to the flesh, but that does not prevent the spirit + obtaining its due rights. + </p> + <p> + Did not Paul himself say, “So then we hold that man is justified by faith + without the deeds of the law”? + </p> + <p> + Yes, but were these drunken and licentious ecclesiastics really believers? + The Prior had blasphemed the Sacrament, and given the prelate a + dispensation from hearing confession and celebrating mass in consideration + of a fee. That was monstrous, heathenish, and a Satanic abomination. + Certainly, but faith itself was a gift bestowed by grace, and if these men + had not obtained grace they were guiltless. But they were hardened + sinners! Paul again gave the answer to this: “The Lord receives whom He + will, and whom He will He hardeneth.” If God had hardened them, as He + hardened Pharaoh’s heart, then they were guiltless; and if so, why should + we venture to judge and condemn them. A mill-wheel seemed to go round in + his head, and he blamed Aristotle the heathen, who had seduced him in his + youth, and taught him to split hairs about simple matters. He felt also + that Paul could not help him, since such was his teaching. Feeling quite + crushed, he knelt down again on his praying stool, and implored God to + take him out of this world of lying deceit and uncertainty. In this world + one was surrounded by darkness without being able to kindle a light; in + this life one was driven to battle without having received weapons. So he + prayed and struggled with himself till the evening. + </p> + <p> + Then the Prior came and fetched him. “My son,” he said, “my dear brother, + you must not make a paramour of religion; you must not practise it as a + daily task or a bad habit. You must live your life and regard it as a + melody, while religion is a gentle accompaniment to it. Work is for every + day, rest and festival for Sundays. But if you keep your Sabbath on the + week-day you sin.... Come! now I will show you Rome!” + </p> + <p> + Martin followed him, but unwillingly. The streets were illuminated, and + the people were amusing themselves with dancing, music, and jugglers’ + feats. + </p> + <p> + “You must know where we are going,” said the Prior. “This Agostino Chigi + is a banker, almost as rich as the House of Fugger in Augsburg, and he + looks after the Pope’s business affairs. Moreover, he is a Maecenas, who + patronises the fine arts. His especial protégé is Raphael, who has just + painted some beautiful large pictures in his villa, which we will now + see.” + </p> + <p> + They reached the Tiber, followed the right bank, went over a bridge, and + stood before a garden which was enclosed by marble pillars and a—gilded + iron fence. It was now dark, and the garden was illuminated by lanterns + which hung on the boughs of the orange-trees, and so lit up the ripe + fruits that they gleamed like gold. ‘White marble statues stood among the + dark-leaved trees; fountains sent up jets of perfumed spray; among the + shrubberies one saw ladies with their gallants; here a singer was + accompanying himself on the lute; there a poet was reading his verses. + </p> + <p> + In the midst of the park stood the villa which resembled that of Maecenas + in the Sabine Hills or Cicero’s Tusculum, and was adorned with statues’ of + heathen gods. The doors stood open, and there was a sound of music within. + “People are not introduced to the host here,” said the Prior, “for he does + not like ceremony; therefore I leave you alone now, and you must find + acquaintances for yourself; surprises are always pleasant.” + </p> + <p> + Luther found himself alone, and turned irresolutely to the right, where he + saw a row of illuminated rooms. They were full of guests drinking and + chatting, but no one noticed the poor monk, who could listen undisturbed + to their conversation. In the first room a group had formed round a man + who was distributing specimens of a printed book, the leaves of which + people were eagerly turning. + </p> + <p> + “Hylacompus? is that a pseudonym?” asked one of them. + </p> + <p> + “He is a—printer called Waldseemüller in Saint-Dié.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>Cosmographies Introductio</i>—a description of the New World.” + </p> + <p> + “We shall at last get information about these fables of Columbus.” + </p> + <p> + “Columbus will not travel any more.” + </p> + <p> + “Columbus has travelled to—hell! Now it is Amerigo Vespucci’s turn.” + </p> + <p> + “He is a Florentine and a fellow-countrymen.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Columbus was a Genoese.” + </p> + <p> + “Look you! Rome rules the world, the known and the unknown alike! <i>Urbs + est urbs!</i> And nowadays you can meet all the nations of the world at + the house of the Roman Chigi. I have, as a matter of fact, seen Turks, + Mongols, Danes, and Russians here this evening.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like to see a Turk! I like the Turks especially, because they + have blown that rotten Byzantium to pieces—Byzantium which dared to + call itself the ‘Eastern Rome.’ Now there is only one Rome!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you know that our Holy Father is treating with Sultan Bajazet + regarding help against Venice.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but that is diabolical! We must at any rate act as though we were + Christians.” + </p> + <p> + “Act—yes; for I am not a Christian, nor are you.” + </p> + <p> + “If one must have a religion, give me Islam! God is One! That is the whole + of its theology; a prayer-mat is its whole liturgy.” + </p> + <p> + “You have to have a washing-basin besides.” + </p> + <p> + “And a harem.” + </p> + <p> + “Things are certainly in a bad way with our religion. If one reads its + history, it is a history of the decay of Christianity. That has been + continually going on for fifteen hundred years since the days of the + Apostles; soon the process of degeneration must be complete.” + </p> + <p> + “And if one reads the history of the Papacy, it is the same.” + </p> + <p> + “No, hush!” said a fat Cardinal, “you must let the papal throne remain + till I have sat in it.” + </p> + <p> + “After a Borgia, it would suit as well to have a Medici like you, and + especially a son of Lorenzo the Magnificent.” + </p> + <p> + “Will not the cardinals dance?” asked one, who seemed to be Chigi himself. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, after supper, in the pavilion, and behind closed doors,” answered + the Cardinal de Medici, “and after I have hung up the red hat.” + </p> + <p> + So much was clear to Luther from the foregoing conversation,—that he + had seen and heard the representatives of the highest ranks of the + priesthood, and that the stout man was John de Medici, the candidate for + the papal chair. + </p> + <p> + He went quickly through several other rooms where half-intoxicated women + were coquetting with their paramours. At last he came into the great + banqueting hall. There stood groups of ambassadors and pilgrims, + representing all nations of the world. They were looking at the ceiling + and admiring the paintings on it. Luther followed their example, while he + listened to their remarks. + </p> + <p> + “This is like looking at the sky; one has to lie on one’s back.” + </p> + <p> + “I know nothing more beautiful than sunrise and the nude.” + </p> + <p> + “Raphael is indeed a divine painter.” + </p> + <p> + “What luck that Savonarola is burnt, else he would have burnt these + paintings.” + </p> + <p> + At the mention of Savonarola’s name the monk awoke from the state of + aesthetic intoxication into which the pictures had brought him, and rushed + out into the night. Savonarola, the last of the martyrs, who had sought to + save Christendom and had been burnt! All were burnt who tried to serve + Christ—by way of encouraging them. + </p> + <p> + How could one expect people to believe in Christianity? What added to his + trouble of mind was the fact that this painter who had the name of an + angel, and looked like an angel, painted Jupiter and nude women! Nothing + kept what it promised; all was dust and ashes. <i>Vanitas!</i> But this + heathenism which sprang from the earth, what was its object? + </p> + <p> + Even the divine Dante had chosen a heathen Roman poet, Virgil, as his + guide through Hell, and a beautiful maiden as his companion on the way to + heaven. That was foolishness and blasphemy. + </p> + <p> + The end of the world must be approaching, for Antichrist was come and + ruled in Rome. But an Antichrist had always sat on the Papal throne, which + was itself an evil, for Paul had taught that in Christ’s Church we are all + priests and should form a priesthood. + </p> + <p> + So he reached his cell again, and recovered himself and his God in + solitude. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The next morning he went out in order to see the Church of St. Peter and + the Vatican, which had become the residence of the Popes after their + return from Avignon. Since he did not know his way about the town, he + happened to come into the Forum. There were several bodies of troops + collected for review, and on a great black stallion sat an old man, armed + from top to toe in steel. The troops passed in review before him, and he + seemed to be the commander. + </p> + <p> + “He looks like a Rabbi,” said a citizen, “and he must be quite five and + sixty now.” + </p> + <p> + “He seems to me to resemble the prophet Muhammed. And he began as a + tradesman.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and he has bought the papal chair.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, let it go! But his summoning Charles VIII with the French to Naples + was a betrayal of his country. Now he goes against Venice, and leads the + troops himself.” + </p> + <p> + “And expects help from the Turks.” + </p> + <p> + “They ought not to play with the Turks, who are already in Hungary and + mean to get to Vienna.” + </p> + <p> + “We have forgotten the Crusades, and tolerance is a fine quality.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, the last thing they did was to undertake a crusade against the + Christian Albigenses, while they tried to conciliate the Muhammedans in + Sicily.” + </p> + <p> + “The world is a madhouse.” + </p> + <p> + This, then, was Pope Julius II, who had overcome the monster Alexander VI, + and now led his army against Venice, His kingdom was quite obviously of + this world, and Luther lost all desire for an audience with him. + </p> + <p> + He went now to the Leonine quarter, where the new Church of St. Peter’s + was to be built in place of the one which had been pulled down. This, in + its turn, was a successor of Nero’s Circus, in which the first Christian + martyrs had suffered. He found the site enclosed by a iron fence, but at + the entrance stood two Dominican monks, and a civilian who looked like a + clerk. Between them was a great iron chest, and the monks called aloud the + scale of prices for the forgiveness of sins. All who entered, and wished + to see the building, threw money to the clerk, who counted and entered it + in his book. This functionary had been appointed by Hans Fugger, who + farmed the sale of indulgences. + </p> + <p> + Luther also wished to see the building, and without thinking put down some + silver pieces. As a receipt, he received a piece of paper on which was + written the formula of forgiveness for some trifling sins. + </p> + <p> + When he had read the paper, he returned it to the clerk, and burst out, “I + don’t buy forgiveness of sins, but I gladly pay the entrance fee.” + </p> + <p> + He entered the site, but now noticed the dark-eyed Augustinian monk + following him. + </p> + <p> + “Are you dissatisfied, brother?” said the latter. “Do you think that the + forgiveness of sins is bought? Who ever said so? Don’t you know that the + Civil Law exacts fines for certain trespasses? Why should not the + Ecclesiastical Law do the same? Tell me any reason. What nonsense you + talk? What is buying? You pay out money, and by doing so deprive yourself + of certain enjoyments! Instead of buying wine and women, you give this + money to the Church. Good! By doing so, you renounce the sin with which + you would otherwise have polluted yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “Who taught you such arguments?” + </p> + <p> + “We learn in the schools here to think, you see; we read Cicero and + Aristotle.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you read the Bible also?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, certainly. The Epistle always lies beside the Gospel on the + altar-desk.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you understand what you read?” + </p> + <p> + “Now you are impolite, Martin, but you are also proud, and you must not be + that. Look now at the new church. What we see is only the foundation, but + we can go in the architect’s cottage, and see the designs there.” + </p> + <p> + The designs were hung up in a little pavilion, and another fee was charged + for entrance. + </p> + <p> + “Now what does my critical brother say?” + </p> + <p> + “That is simply a Roman bath-house,” answered Luther after a glance. + “Caracalla’s Thermae, I should say.” + </p> + <p> + “It is a heathen building, then!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, if you like, but everything is heathenish here, although baptized. + The heathen were not so stupid.... I won’t see any more.” + </p> + <p> + “But look at those two great men there, before you go. The tall man with + the patriarchal beard is Michael Angelo, and that slim youth with the long + neck and feminine features is Raphael.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that Raphael?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; he looks like an angel, but is not so dangerous. He is a very good + man; they talk of getting him married. He does not want to, however, for + his eye is on a cardinal’s hat, which they have promised him.” + </p> + <p> + “Cardinal’s hat?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he is spiritually-minded, although he paints worldly objects.” + </p> + <p> + “I remember, but I want to forget them.” + </p> + <p> + “Listen, Martin!” the monk interrupted him, with an insulting air of + familiarity; “when you go away from here, and get home, don’t forget to + curb your tongue! Think of what I say: there are eyes and ears which + follow you where you go, and when you least suspect it.” + </p> + <p> + “If the Lord is with me, what can men do against me?” + </p> + <p> + “Are you sure that the Lord is with you? Do you know His ways and His + will?—You only? Can you interpret His meaning when He speaks?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I can; for I hear his voice in my conscience. Get thee hence, Satan, + or I shall pray that heaven’s lightning may smite thee! I came here as a + believing child, but I shall depart as a believing man, for your questions + have only evoked my silent answers which you have not heard, but which + some day you will hear. You have killed Savonarola, but I am young and + strong, and I shall live. Mark that!” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Luther did not stay long in Rome, but he took the opportunity of learning + Hebrew, and attended the lectures of the Jew Elia Levi ben Asher, surnamed + Bachur or Elias Levita. + </p> + <p> + There he met Cardinal Viterbo, the patron of the Jews, and many other + celebrities, for Oriental languages were then in fashion after the Turks + had established themselves in Constantinople. + </p> + <p> + Luther enjoyed the friendship of the old Jew, for Elias was the only + “Christian” whom he found in Rome. It was a pity, to be sure, that he + lived under the Law, and was not acquainted with the Gospel, but he knew + no better. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE INSTRUMENT + </h2> + <p> + In the year 1483, the same year in which Luther was born, Docter Coctier + sat in his laboratory at Paris, and carried on a philosophical discussion + with a chemical expert who was passing through the city. + </p> + <p> + The laboratory was in the same building as his observatory, in the Marais + quarter of the town, a site occupied to-day by the Place des Vosges. Not + far away is the Bastille, the magnificent Hôtel de Saint-Pol, and the + brilliant Des Tournelles, the residence of the Kings before the Louvre was + built. Here Louis XI had given his private physician, chancellor, and + doctor of all the sciences, Coctier, a house which lay in a labyrinth-like + park called the Garden of Daedalus. The doctor was speaking, and the + expert listened: “Yes, Plato in his <i>Timaeus</i> calls gold one of the + densest and finest substances which filters through stone. There is a + metal derived from gold which is black, and that is iron. But a substance + more akin to gold is copper, which is composed of shining congealed + fluids, and one of whose minor constituents is green earth. Now I ask, + ‘Why cannot copper be freed from this last, and refined to gold?’” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the expert, “it can, if one uses atramentum or the + philosopher’s stone.” + </p> + <p> + “What is that?” + </p> + <p> + “Atramentum is copperas.” + </p> + <p> + “Ventre-saint-gris! that is Plato’s iron! Now I see! Who taught you that?” + </p> + <p> + “I learnt it from the greatest living magician in Wittenberg. His name is + Dr. Faustus, and he has studied magic in Krakau.” + </p> + <p> + “He is alive, then! Tell me! Tell me!” + </p> + <p> + “This man, according to many witnesses, has done miracles like Christ; he + has undertaken to restore the lost comedies of Plautus and Terence; his + mind can soar on eagle’s wings and discover secrets of the heights and + depths.” + </p> + <p> + “Has he also found the elixir of life?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, since gold can be resolved into its elements.” + </p> + <p> + “If gold can be resolved, then it has constituents. What are they?” + </p> + <p> + “Gold can be easily dissolved in oil of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and + saltpetre.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say?” + </p> + <p> + The Doctor jumped up; the stove had heated the room and made him + uncomfortable. + </p> + <p> + “Let us go for a little walk,” he said; “but I must first make a note of + what you say, for, when I wish to remember something important, the devil + makes confusion in my head. These, then, are means of dissolving gold—oil + of vitriol, salts of ammonia, and saltpetre!” + </p> + <p> + The expert, whose name was Balthasar, now first noticed that he had given + his information without obtaining a receipt or any equivalent for it, and, + since he was not one of the unselfish kind, he threw out a feeler. + </p> + <p> + “How is our gracious King?” + </p> + <p> + The question revealed his secret and his wish, and put Doctor Coctier on + his guard. “Ah,” he said to himself, “you have your eye on the King with + your elixir of life.” And then he added aloud, “He is quite well.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! I had heard the opposite!” + </p> + <p> + “Then they have lied.” + </p> + <p> + Then there was silence in the room, and the two men tried to read each + other’s thoughts. It was so terribly still that they felt their hatred + germinate, and had already begun a fight to the death. Doctor Coctier’s + thoughts ran as follows: “You come with an elixir to lengthen the life of + the monster who is our King; you wish thereby to make your own fortune and + to bring trouble on me; and you know that he who has the King’s life in + his hands, has the power.” + </p> + <p> + Quick as lightning he had taken his resolve, coolly and cruelly, as the + custom of the time was. He resumed the conversation, and said, “Now you + must see my ‘Daedalus’ or labyrinth. Since the time of the Minotaur, there + has been none like it.” + </p> + <p> + The labyrinth was a thicket threaded by secret passages, bordered by + hornbeam-hedges, four ells high, and so dense that one did not notice the + thin iron balustrade which ran along them. Artistically contrived and + impenetrable, the labyrinth meandered in every direction. It seemed to be + endlessly long, and was so arranged that its perspectives deceived the + eye. It also contained secret doors and underground passages, and a + visitor soon grew aware that it had not been constructed as a joke, but in + deadly earnest. Only the King and Doctor Coctier possessed the key to this + puzzle. + </p> + <p> + When the two men had walked for a good time, admired statues and watched + fountains play, Balthasar wished to sit upon a bench, whether it was that + he was tired or suspected some mischief. + </p> + <p> + But the Doctor prevented him: “No, not on <i>that</i> seat,” he said. They + continued their walk. But now the Doctor quickened his steps, and, after a + while, his guest felt again weary and confused in his head from the + perpetual turning round. Therefore he threw himself on the first seat + which he saw, and drew a deep breath. + </p> + <p> + “You run the life out of me, Doctor,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “No, you are not so short-lived,” answered the Doctor; “I see a long line + of life on your forehead, and the bar between your eyes shows that you + were born under the planet Jupiter. Besides, you possess the elixir of + life, and can prolong your existence as much as you like, can’t you?” + </p> + <p> + The expert noticed a cruel smile on the Doctor’s face, and, feeling + himself in danger, tried to spring up, but the arms of the chair had + closed around him, and he was held fast. The next moment Doctor Coctier + seemed to be seeking for something in the sand with his left foot, and, + when he had found it, he pressed with all his weight on the invisible + object. + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, young man,” he said; “loquacious, conceited young man, who + wanted to lord it over Doctor Coctier. Now I will settle the King for + you.” + </p> + <p> + The seat disappeared in the earth with the expert. It was an oubliette—a + pit with a trap-door, which drew the veil of oblivion over the man who had + vanished. + </p> + <p> + When he had finished the affair, the Doctor sought to leave the labyrinth, + but could not find the way at once, for he was deep in thought, and kept + on repeating the formula for the elixir which he had just learnt, to + impress it on his mind, in case the recipe should be lost—“oil of + vitriol, salts of ammonia, saltpetre.” Suddenly he found himself in a + round space where many paths converged, and to his great astonishment saw + a body lying on the ground. It looked like that of a large brown watchdog, + but limp and lifeless. + </p> + <p> + “It is not the first who has been caught in this crab-pot,” he thought, + and came nearer. But as the brown mass moved, he saw that it was a man + with torn clothes and a shabby fur cap. + </p> + <p> + It was the King—Louis XI in the last year of his life. + </p> + <p> + “Sire, in the name of all the saints, what is the matter with you?” + exclaimed the Doctor. + </p> + <p> + “Wretch!” answered the King, “why do you construct such traps that one + cannot find the way out of them?” + </p> + <p> + Now it was Louis himself who, in his youth, had constructed the maze, but + the Doctor could not venture to tell him so. Therefore he spoke + soothingly. + </p> + <p> + “Sire, you are ill. Why do you not remain in Tours? How have you come + here?” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot sleep, and I cannot eat. The last few days I have passed in + Vincennes, in Saint-Pol, in the Louvre, but I find peace nowhere. At last + I came here, in order to be safe in the place which only you and I know; I + came yesterday morning, and would have stayed longer, but I was hungry, + and when I wanted to get out, I could not find the way. I have been here, + freezing, last night. Take me away; I am ill; feel my pulse, and see + whether it is not the quartan ague.” The Doctor tried to feel his pulse, + but did so with difficulty for it was hardly beating at all; but he dared + not tell the King so. + </p> + <p> + “Your pulse is regular and strong, sire; let us get home!” + </p> + <p> + “I will eat at your house; you only can prepare food properly; all the + rest spoil it with their everlasting condiments; they spice all my dishes, + and the spices are bad. Jacob, help me to get away from here—help + me. Did you see the star last night? Is there anything new in the sky? + There is certain a comet approaching. I feel it before it comes.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sire; no comet is approaching....” + </p> + <p> + “Do you answer impertinently? Then you believe I am sick—perhaps + incurably.” + </p> + <p> + “No, sire, you are healthier than ever; but follow me—I will make + you a bed, and prepare you a meal.” + </p> + <p> + The King rose and followed the Doctor. The latter, however, wished the + monarch to go before him but the King mistrusted his only last friend, who + certainly did not love him, and would have gladly seen him dead. + </p> + <p> + “Beware of the seats, sire,” he cried. “Do not go too near to the hedge; + keep in the middle of the path.” + </p> + <p> + “Your seats themselves should.... Forgive me my sins.” He crossed himself. + </p> + <p> + When they came out of the labyrinth, the King fell in a rage at the + recollection of what he had suffered, and, instead of being grateful + towards his rescuer, he burst into abuse: “How could you let me go astray + in your garden, and let me sleep on the bare ground in the open air? You + are an ass.” They entered the laboratory, where it was warm, and the King, + who was observant, noticed at once the recipe which the Doctor had left + there. + </p> + <p> + “What are you doing behind my back? What recipe have you been writing? Is + it poison or medicine? Oil of vitriol is poison, salts of ammonia are only + for dysentery, saltpetre produces scurvy. For whom have you made this + mixture?” + </p> + <p> + “It is for the gardener’s cow, which has calved,” answered the Doctor, who + certainly did not wish to prolong the tyrant’s life. + </p> + <p> + The King laid down on a sofa. “Jacob,” he said, “you must not go away; I + will not eat, but I will sleep, and you must sit here by me. I have had to + sleep for eight nights. But put out the fire; it hurts my eyes. Don’t let + down the blinds; I want to see the sun; otherwise I cannot sleep.” + </p> + <p> + He seemed to fall asleep, but it was only a momentary nap. Then he grew + wide awake again, and sat up in bed. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you keep starlings in your garden, Jacob?” + </p> + <p> + “I have no starlings,” answered the Doctor impatiently, “but if you have + heard them whistling, sire, they must be there with your permission.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you hear them, then?” + </p> + <p> + “No! but what are they singing?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, you know! After the shameful treaty of Peronne, when I had to yield + to Charles of Burgundy, the Parisians taught their starlings to cry + ‘Peronne!’ Do you know what they are saying now?” + </p> + <p> + The Doctor lost patience, for he had heard these old stories thousands of + times: “They are not saying ‘Guienne,’ are they?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + There was an ugly reference to fratricide in the question, for the King + was suspected of having murdered his brother, the Duke of Guienne. He + started from the sofa in a pugnacious attitude. “What! You believe in this + fable? But I have never committed murder, though I would certainly like to + murder you....” + </p> + <p> + “Better leave it alone!” answered the Doctor cynically; “you know what the + starshave said—eight days after my death, follows yours.” + </p> + <p> + The King had an attack of cramp, for he believed this fable, which Coctier + had invented to protect his own life. But when he recovered consciousness, + he continued to wander in his talk. + </p> + <p> + “They also say that I murdered my father, but that is a lie. He starved + himself to death for fear of being poisoned.” + </p> + <p> + “Of being poisoned by you! You are a fine fellow! But your hour will soon + come.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!... I remember every thing now. My father was a noodle who let + France be overrun by the English, and when the Maid of Orleans saved him, + gave her up to the English. I hate my father who was false to my mother + with Agnes Sorel, and had his legitimate children brought up by his + paramour. When he left the kingdom to itself, I and the nobles took it in + hand. That you call ‘revolt,’ but I have never stirred up a revolt! That + is a lie.” + </p> + <p> + “Listen!” the Doctor broke in; “if you wish to confess, send for your + father confessor.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not confessing to you; I am defending myself.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is accusing you, then? Your own bad conscience.” + </p> + <p> + “I have no bad conscience, but I am accused unjustly.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is accusing you? The starling?” + </p> + <p> + “My wife and children accuse me, and don’t wish to see me.” + </p> + <p> + “No; if you have sent them to Amboise, they cannot see you, and, as a + matter of fact, they do not wish to.” + </p> + <p> + “To think that I, the son of King Charles VII, must hear this sort of + thing from a quack doctor! I have always liked people of low rank; Olivier + the barber was my friend.” + </p> + <p> + “And the executioner Tristan was your godfather.” + </p> + <p> + “He was provost-marshal, you dog!” + </p> + <p> + “The tailor became a herald.” + </p> + <p> + “And the quack doctor a chancellor! Put that to my account and praise me, + ingrate! for having protected you from the nobles, and for only having + regard to merit.” + </p> + <p> + “That is certainly a redeeming feature.” + </p> + <p> + Just then a man appeared in the doorway with his cap in his hand. + </p> + <p> + “Who is there?” cried the King. “Is it a murderer?” + </p> + <p> + “No, it is only the gardener,” the man answered. + </p> + <p> + “Ha! ha! gardener!—your cow has calved, hasn’t she?” + </p> + <p> + “I possess no cow, sire, nor have I ever had one.” + </p> + <p> + The King was beside himself, and flew at Coctier’s throat. + </p> + <p> + “You have lied to me, scoundrel; it is not medicine you were preparing, + but poison.” + </p> + <p> + The gardener disappeared. “If I wished to do what I should,” said Coctier, + “I would treat you like Charles the Bold did when you cheated him.” + </p> + <p> + “What did he do? What do people say that he did?” + </p> + <p> + “People say that he beat you with a stick.” + </p> + <p> + The King was ashamed, went to bed again, and hid his face in the pillow. + The Doctor considered this a favourable moment for preferring a + long-denied request. + </p> + <p> + “Will you now liberate the Milanese?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “But he cannot sit any more in his iron cage!” + </p> + <p> + “Then let him stand!” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t you know that when one has to die, one good deed atones for a + thousand crimes?” + </p> + <p> + “I will not die!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sire, you will die soon.” + </p> + <p> + “After you!” + </p> + <p> + “No, before me.” + </p> + <p> + “That is also a lie of yours.” + </p> + <p> + “All have lied to you, liar. And your four thousand victims whom you have + had executed....” + </p> + <p> + “They were not victims; they were criminals.” + </p> + <p> + “Those four thousand slaughtered will witness it the judgment seat against + you.” + </p> + <p> + “Lengthen my life; then I will reform myself.” + </p> + <p> + “Liberate the Milanese.” + </p> + <p> + “Never!” + </p> + <p> + “Then go to perdition—and quickly. Your pulse is so feeble that your + hours are numbered.” + </p> + <p> + The King jumped up, fell on his knees before the physician, and prayed, + “Lengthen my life.” + </p> + <p> + “No! I should like to abbreviate it, were you not the anointed of the + Lord. You ought to have rat-poison.” + </p> + <p> + “Mercy! I confess that I have acted from bad motives; that I have only + thought of myself; that I have never loved the people, but used them in + order to put down the nobles; I grant that I made agreements and treaties + with the deliberate purpose of breaking them; that I ... Yes, I am a poor + sinful man, and my name will be forgotten; all that I have done will be + obliterated....” + </p> + <p> + A stranger now appeared in the open door. It was a young man in the garb + of the Minorites. + </p> + <p> + “Murderer!” screamed the King, and sprang up. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the monk, “I am he whom you called Vincent of Paula.” + </p> + <p> + “My deliverer! say a word—a single word of comfort.” + </p> + <p> + “Sire,” answered Vincent, “I have heard your confession, and will give you + absolution in virtue of my office.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well. Your motives were not pure, as you yourself confess, but your + work will not perish, for He who guides the destinies of men and nations + uses all and each for His purposes. Not long ago it was a pure virgin who + saved France; now it is not quite so blameless a man. But your work, sire, + was in its result of greater importance than that of the Maid, for you + have completed what the Roman Caesar began. The hundred-year war with + England is over, the Armagnacs and Burgundians quarrel no more, the + Jacquerie war has ceased, and the peasants have returned to their ploughs. + You have united eleven provinces, France has become one land, one people, + and will now take the place of Rome, which will disappear and be forgotten + for centuries, perhaps some day to rise again. France will guide the + destinies of Europe, and be great among the crowned heads, so long as it + does not aim at empire like the Rome of the Caesars, for then it will be + all over with it. Thank God that you have been able to be of service, + though in ignorance of the will and purposes of your Lord, when you + thought you were only going your own way!” + </p> + <p> + “Montjoie Saint Denis!” exclaimed the King. “Lord, now lettest Thou Thy + servant depart in peace.” + </p> + <p> + “But not here,” broke in the Doctor, who was tired of the whole business. + “Travel back to Tours, take the priest with you, and leave me in peace!” + </p> + <p> + The King returned to Plessis-les-Tours, where he ended his days after + severe sufferings. He did not obtain peace, but he did obtain death. + </p> + <p> + “Now the rod is thrown into the fire,” said Doctor Coctier, “let it burn; + the children have grown up, and can look after themselves. Executioners + also have their uses, as Tristan L’Ermite and his master Louis XI know. + Peace be with them.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0018" id="link2H_4_0018"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + OLD MERRY ENGLAND + </h2> + <p> + Cardinal Wolsey’s oared galley pushed off from the Tower Bridge, below the + iron gateway. It gleamed with red and gold; flags and sails flapped lazily + in a gentle breeze. The Cardinal sat on the stern-deck surrounded by his + little court; most of his attendants he had left at home in York Palace, + later known as Whitehall. His face was red both from the reflection of his + red dress as from the wine which he had been drinking at noon with King + Henry VIII in the Tower, and also from the new French sickness, which was + very fashionable, as everything French was. + </p> + <p> + He was in a cheerful mood, for he had just received fresh proofs of the + King’s favour. + </p> + <p> + At his side stood the King’s secretary, Thomas Cromwell. Both were + parvenus. Wolsey was the son of a butcher, Cromwell the son of a smith, + and that was probably one of the causes of their friendship, although the + Cardinal was by twenty years the elder of the two. + </p> + <p> + “This is a happy day,” said Wolsey joyfully, and cast a glance up at the + Tower, which was still a royal residence, though it was soon to cease to + be one. “I have obtained the head of Buckingham, that fool who believed he + had a right of succession to the crown.” + </p> + <p> + “Who has the right of succession,” asked Cromwell, “since there is no male + heir, and none is expected?” + </p> + <p> + “I will soon see to that! Katherine of Aragon is weak and old, but the + King is young and strong.” + </p> + <p> + “Remember Buckingham,” said Cromwell; “it is dangerous to meddle with the + succession to the throne.” + </p> + <p> + “Nonsense! I have guided England’s destiny hitherto, and will guide it + further.” + </p> + <p> + Cromwell saw that it was time to change the topic. + </p> + <p> + “It is a good thing that the King is leaving the Tower. It must be + depressing for him to have only a wall between himself and the prisoners, + and to see the scaffold from his windows.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t talk against our Tower! It is a Biblia Pauperum, an illustrated + English History comprising the Romans, King Alfred, William the Conqueror, + and the Wars of the Roses. I was fourteen years old when England found its + completion at the battle of Bosworth, and the thirty years’ War of the + Roses came to an end with the marriage between York and Lancaster....” + </p> + <p> + “My father used to talk of the hundred years’ war with France, which ended + in the same year in which Constantinople was taken by the Turks—<i>i.e.</i> + 1453.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, all countries are baptized in blood; that is the sacrament of + circumcision, and see what fertility follows this manuring with blood! You + don’t know that apple-trees bear most fruit after a blood-bath.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes I do; my father always used to bury offal from butchers’ shops at the + root of fruit-trees.” + </p> + <p> + Here he stopped and coloured, for he had made a slip with his tongue. In + the Cardinal’s presence no one dared to speak of slaughter or the like, + for he was hated by the people, and often called “The Butcher.” Cromwell, + however, was above suspicion, and the Cardinal did not take his remark + ill, but saved the situation. + </p> + <p> + “Moreover,” he continued, “my present was well received by the King; + Hampton Court is also a treasure, and has the advantage of being near + Richmond and Windsor, but can naturally not bear comparison with York + Place.” + </p> + <p> + The galley was rowed up the river, on whose banks stood the most stately + edifices which existed at the time. They passed by customhouses and + warehouses, fishmarkets, and fishers’ landing-places; the pinnacles of the + Guildhall or Council House; the Convent of Blackfriars, the old Church of + St. Paul’s; the Temple, formerly inhabited by the Templars, now a court of + justice; the Hospital of St. James, subsequently appropriated by Henry + VIII and made a palace. Finally they reached York Place (Whitehall) by + Westminster, where Wolsey, the Cardinal and Papal Legate, Archbishop of + York and Keeper of the Great Seal, dwelt with his court, comprising about + eight hundred persons, including court ladies. + </p> + <p> + Then they disembarked after conversing on ordinary topics; for the + Cardinal preferred discussing trifles when he had great schemes in hand, + and that which occupied him especially just now was his candidature for + the papacy. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Sir Thomas More, the King’s Treasurer and Privy Councillor, sat in his + garden at Chelsea above Westminster. He was correcting proofs, for he was + a great scholar, and wrote on all the controversial questions of the day, + religious and political, though he was essentially a man of peace, living + in this suburb an idyllic life with his family. + </p> + <p> + He wore his best attire, although in the house and at work. He also showed + signs of disquietude, looking now and then towards the door, for at an + early hour of the day no one less than the King had sent an intimation of + his intention to pay him a visit. He knew from experience how dangerous it + was to be on intimate terms with the King and to share his secrets. His + sovereign had the bad habit of asking for advice which he did not follow, + and of imparting secrets the knowledge of which often cost his confidants + their heads. The most dangerous thing of all was to undertake to act as + intermediary between Henry and anyone else, for then one fell between two + millstones. + </p> + <p> + With a mind prepared for the worst, More tried to quiet himself by reading + his proofs, but his efforts were vain. He rose and began to walk up and + down the garden path, went over in his mind all possible causes of the + King’s coming, rehearsed answers to objections, refutations of arguments, + and ways of modifying the King’s too strong views without causing offence. + </p> + <p> + Henry was certainly a learned man, who had a respect for knowledge, but he + had a savage nature which he tried to tame with the scourge of religion, + though without success. + </p> + <p> + The clank of armour and tramp of horses was now audible, and the Treasurer + hastened, cap in hand, to the garden gate. + </p> + <p> + The King had already dismounted from his horse, and hastened towards his + friend, carrying a portfolio in his hand. + </p> + <p> + “Thomas,” he said without any preface, “take and read! He has answered me! + Who? Luther, of course! He—the man whose mind reeks like carrion, + and whose practices are damnable—has answered my book, <i>The + Babylonish Captivity</i>. Take and read what he says, and tell me if you + have ever seen anything like it.” + </p> + <p> + He gave the Treasurer a printed pamphlet. “And then this devil of a liar + says I have not written my book myself. Take and read it, and give me your + advice.” + </p> + <p> + More began to read Luther’s answer to Henry’s attack. He read it to + himself, and often found it hard to remain serious, although the King kept + his eyes fixed on his face in order to read his thoughts. + </p> + <p> + Among other things, Luther had written: “It matters nothing to me whether + King Heinz or Kunz, the Devil or Hell itself, has composed this book. He + who lies is a liar—therefore I fear him not. It seems to me that + King Henry has provided an ell or two of coarse stuff for this mantle, and + that the poisonous fellow Leus (Leo X), who wrote against Erasmus, or + someone of his sort, has cut and lined the hood. But I will help them—please + God—by ironing it and attaching bells to it.” + </p> + <p> + More felt that he must say something or lose his head, so he said: “That + is monstrous! That is quite monstrous!” + </p> + <p> + “Go on!” exclaimed Henry. + </p> + <p> + After saying that he postponed the discussion of the other six sacraments, + Luther added: “I am busy in translating the Bible into German, and cannot + stir up Heinz’s dirt any more.” + </p> + <p> + The Treasurer was nearly choking with suppressed laughter, but he felt the + sword suspended over his head, and continued: “But I will give the + poisonous liar and blasphemer, King Heinz, once for all, a complete + answer, and stop his mouth.... Therefore he thinks to hang on to the Pope + and play the hypocrite before him.... Therefore they mutually caress and + tickle each other like a pair of mule’s ears....” + </p> + <p> + “No, sire,” More broke off, “I cannot go on; it is high treason to read + it.” + </p> + <p> + “I will read,” said the King, and took the pamphlet from him: + </p> + <p> + “‘I conquer and defy Papists, Thomists, Henrys, Sophists, and all the + swine of hell!’ He calls us swine!” + </p> + <p> + “He is a madman who ought to be beaten to death with iron bars or hunted + in a forest with bloodhounds.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, he ought! But imagine!—this scoundrel gives himself out for a + prophet and servant of Christ. And he has married a nun. That is incest! + But he has been punished for it. The Kurfürst of Saxony has abandoned him, + and none of his so-called friends went to the wedding....” + </p> + <p> + “What is his object? What is his new teaching? Justification through + faith. If one only believes, one may live like a swine!” + </p> + <p> + “And his doctrine about the Communion. The Church says the Elements are + changed by consecration, but this materialist says they actually <i>are</i> + Christ’s Body and Blood. Then the corn in the field and the grapes in the + vineyard are already Christ’s Body and Blood! He is an ass! And the world + is mad.” + </p> + <p> + “And the consequence,—sin with impunity! Sire, allow me to read some + lines, which I have written as an answer, not to these but to his other + follies—only some lines which I hope to add to.” + </p> + <p> + “Read! I listen when you speak, for I have learnt to listen, and, through + that, I know something.” + </p> + <p> + The King sat down astride on a chair, as though he would ride against his + formidable foe. + </p> + <p> + “Honourable brother,” read More, “father, drinker runaway from the + Augustinian Order, clumsy tipsy reveller of the worldly and spiritual + kingdoms, ignorant teacher of sacred theology.” + </p> + <p> + “Good, Thomas; he knows no theology!” + </p> + <p> + “And this is the way he composed his book against King Henry, the Defender + of Our Faith: he collected his stable-companions, and commissioned them to + collect all manner of abuse and bad language, each in his own department. + One of them among carters and boatmen; another in baths and gaming-houses; + a third in barbers’ shops and restaurants; a fourth in mills and brothels. + They wrote down in their note-books the most daring, dirtiest, and + vulgarest expressions which they heard, brought home all that was coarse + and nasty, and emptied it into a disgusting drain, called Luther’s soul.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! Very good! But what shall we do now?” + </p> + <p> + “Burn the rubbish, sire, and make an end of the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I will have his heresies burnt to-morrow at St. Paul’s Cross in the + City.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In the great library of the Temple sat the King and Cardinal Wolsey, + examining collections of laws and precedents. Outside in the garden the + Queen was walking with some of the court ladies. This garden—really + a large rose-garden—had been preserved as a promenade for the royal + personages who could not sleep in the Tower, because it was haunted, and + did not retain their health in the insignificant Bride-well in the City; + it was also preserved as a place of historical interest, for here the + adherents of Lancaster and York were said to have plucked the red and + white roses as their respective badges. + </p> + <p> + Queen Katherine of Aragon, the daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, the + patrons of Christopher Columbus, had now, after twenty years’ marriage + with Henry VIII, reached a certain age. She had borne him several sons, + but all had died: only one, a daughter, lived, known later on as Queen, + under the title “Bloody Mary.” Katherine had aged early, and sought + comfort in religion; she used to rise at night and attend mass in the garb + of a Franciscan nun. She knew of the King’s unfaithfulness, but accepted + it quietly; she had heard the name of Elizabeth Blunt, but ignored it. + </p> + <p> + Now she sat on a seat, and watched her young attendants playing, while she + turned over the pages of her prayer book. One pair especially her eyes + followed with pleasure—the uncommonly beautiful Anna of Norfolk and + young Henry Algernon Percy of Northumberland, Hotspur’s descendant. The + pair were playing with roses; the youth had an armful of white and the + girl an armful of red roses, which they threw at each other, singing as + they lid so. + </p> + <p> + It was a beautiful sight, but the Queen became sad: “Don’t play like that, + children,” she said; “it awakens memories which ought to sleep in the + Tower, where Only the dead can sleep quietly. Besides, the King, and + consequently the Cardinal, will be vexed; they sit there in the library. + Play something else!” + </p> + <p> + The two young people seemed not to understand. Accordingly the Queen + continued: “The Wars of the Roses, children, did not end altogether at + Bosworth but—in the Tower happened much that is best forgotten. Take + a book and read something.” + </p> + <p> + “We have been reading all the morning,” answered Anne surnamed Boleyn or + Bullen. + </p> + <p> + “What are you reading then? + </p> + <p> + “Chaucer.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>The Canterbury Tales</i>? Those are not for children: Chaucer was a + jester. You had better take my book. It has beautiful pictures.” The young + Percy took the little breviary, and, going down the path as though they + sought the shade, they both quietly disappeared from the Queen’s eyes. + </p> + <p> + But from the library four eyes had followed them, those of the King and + the Cardinal, while they turned over the folios. + </p> + <p> + The King was uneasy, and spoke more for the sake of speaking than because + he had something to say, and so did the Cardinal. + </p> + <p> + “You ought to aim at the Papacy, Cardinal, as Hadrian’s successor.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, so they say.” + </p> + <p> + “What about the votes?” + </p> + <p> + “They are controlled by the Emperor Charles V and King Francis I.” + </p> + <p> + “How can one bring such a discordant pair into harmony?” + </p> + <p> + “That is just what requires diplomatic skill, sire.” + </p> + <p> + “You cannot stand on good terms with both.” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows? The Emperor has taken Rome, and placed the Pope in the Castle + of St. Angelo ... that was a droll stroke! Then the soldiers in jest, + under the windows of the Castle, called out for Martin Luther as Pope.” + </p> + <p> + “Name not his cursed name,” growled the King, but more in anger at what he + saw in the rose-garden than at the mention of Luther. + </p> + <p> + The Cardinal understood him. “I do not like a union between Northumberland + and Norfolk,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “What do you say?” asked the King. He was angry that Wolsey had read his + thoughts, but did not wish to betray himself. + </p> + <p> + “Anne is really too good for a Percy, and I find it improper of the Queen + to act as a match-maker, and let them go alone in the shrubbery. No, that + must have an end!” + </p> + <p> + “Sire, it is already at an end; I have written to Anne’s father to call + her home to Hever.” + </p> + <p> + “You did well in that, by heaven! Two such families, who both aim at the + succession, ought not to unite.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is there that does <i>not</i> aim at the throne? Just now it was + Buckingham, now it is Northumberland, and only because there is no proper + heir. Sire, you must consider the country, and your people, and name a + successor.” + </p> + <p> + “No! I will not have anyone waiting for my decease.” + </p> + <p> + “Then we shall have the Wars of the Roses again, which cost England a + million men and eighty of our noblest families.” + </p> + <p> + The King smiled. “Our noblest!” Then he rose and stepped to the window: “I + must now accompany the Queen home,” he said. “She has gone to sleep + outside, and this damp is not good for her in her weak condition.” + </p> + <p> + “At her Majesty’s age one must be very careful,” replied the Cardinal. He + emphasized the word <i>age</i>, for Katherine was forty, and gave no more + hopes of an heir to the throne. Her daughter Mary might certainly be + married, but one did not know to whom. + </p> + <p> + “Sire,” he continued, “do not be angry, but I have just now opened the + Holy Scripture.... It may be an accident—will you listen?” + </p> + <p> + “Speak.” + </p> + <p> + “In the third Book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters, I + read the following—but you will not be angry with your servant?” + </p> + <p> + “Read.” + </p> + <p> + “These are the Lord’s solemn words: ‘If any man take his brother’s wife, + it is evil; they shall be childless.’” + </p> + <p> + The King was excited, and approached the Cardinal. + </p> + <p> + “Is that there? Yes, truly! God has punished me by taking my sons one + after the other. What a wonderful book, in which everything is written! + That is the reason then! But what says Thomas Aquinas, the ‘Angel’ of the + Schoolmen?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sire, if you wish the matter elucidated, we must consult the + learned.” + </p> + <p> + “Let us do so,—but quietly and cautiously. The Queen is blameless, + and nothing evil must happen to her. Quietly and cautiously, Wolsey! But I + must know the truth.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + In a room near the “Bloody Tower,” the Cardinal and More were carrying on + a lively conversation. + </p> + <p> + “What is happening now in Germany?” asked the Cardinal. + </p> + <p> + “While Luther was in the Wartburg, his pupil Karlstadt came to Wittenberg, + and turned everything upside down. Citing the prohibition of images in the + Old Testament, he stirred up students and the rabble to attack the + churches and throw all sacred objects outside.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s the result of the Bible! To give it into the hands of the + unlearned means letting hell loose.” + </p> + <p> + “Then....” + </p> + <p> + “What did Luther say to that?” + </p> + <p> + “He hurried down from the Wartburg and denounced Karlstadt and his + followers, but I cannot say that he confuted them. A councillor quoted the + book of Moses, ‘Thou shalt not make to thee any image nor likeness.’ And a + shoemaker answered, ‘I have often taken off my hat before images in a room + or in the street; but that is idolatry, and robs God of the glory which + belongs to Him alone.’” + </p> + <p> + “What did Luther say?” + </p> + <p> + “That then, on account of occasional misuse, one must kill all the women, + and pour all the wine into the streets.” + </p> + <p> + “That was a stupid saying; but that is the result of disputing with + shoemakers. Besides, it is degrading to compare women to wine! He is a + coarse fellow who sets his wife on the same level with a beer-barrel.” + </p> + <p> + “Logic is not his strong point, and his comparisons halt on crutches. In + his answer to the Pope’s excommunication, he writes, among other things: + ‘If a hay-cart must move out of the way of a drunken man, how much more + must Peter and Jesus Christ keep out of the way of the Pope?’” + </p> + <p> + “That is a pretty simile! Let us return to James Bainham.” + </p> + <p> + “But let me tell you a little more about the fanatics in Germany. Besides + Karlstadt and his followers, other enthusiasts, quoting the Bible and + Luther, have had themselves rebaptized; their leader has taken ten wives, + supporting his action by the example of David, Solomon, and even Abraham.” + </p> + <p> + “The Bible again!—Call in Bainham, and then we will hear how the + matter stands! He was a lawyer in the Temple, you say, and has been + spreading Luther’s teaching. Have we not had enough of Wycliffe and the + Lollards? Must we have the same thing again, grunted out by this German + plagiariser?” + </p> + <p> + “I am not an intolerant man,” said More, “but a State must be homogeneous, + or it will fall to pieces. Ignoramuses and lunatics must not come forward + and sniff at the State religion, be it better or worse.” + </p> + <p> + “Let Bainham come, and we will hear him.” + </p> + <p> + More went to a door which was guarded on the outside by soldiers, and gave + an order. + </p> + <p> + “You examine him, and I will listen,” said the Cardinal. + </p> + <p> + After a time Bainham was brought into the room in chains. + </p> + <p> + More sat at the end of a table, and commenced. + </p> + <p> + “James Bainham, can you declare your belief in a few words?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe in God’s Word—<i>i.e.</i> the whole of Holy Scripture.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you really—in the Old as well as the New Testament?” + </p> + <p> + “In both.” + </p> + <p> + “In the Old also?” + </p> + <p> + “In both.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well, then, you believe in the Old Testament. Now, you have had + yourself baptized again, for the Bible says, ‘Go, and teach all nations + and baptize them.’ Good. But have you had yourself circumcised, as the + Bible commands?” + </p> + <p> + Bainham looked confounded, and the Cardinal had to turn his head, in order + not to smile. + </p> + <p> + “I am not an Israelite,” answered Bainham. + </p> + <p> + “No! but Nathanael, who sought our Saviour and believed on him, was called + by John ‘an Israelite indeed.’ If you are not an ‘Israelite indeed,’ you + are not a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot answer that.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you cannot answer, but you can preach and talk rubbish. Are you a + Lutheran?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “But Luther is against the Anabaptists; therefore he is against you, and + he has asked the princes to kill the Anabaptists like wild dogs. Are you + still a Lutheran?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, according to his early teaching.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean justification by faith. What do you believe?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe in God the Father....” + </p> + <p> + “Who is the Father? In Luther’s catechism it is written, ‘Thou shalt have + none other Gods but me.’ But that is the Law of Moses, and it is Jehovah + who is intended there. If you believe in Jehovah, then you are a Jew, are + you not?” + </p> + <p> + “I believe also on Christ the Son of God.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you are a Jew-Christian! So you have admitted that you are a + Lutheran, Anabaptist, Jew, and Christian—all this together. You are + a fool, and you don’t know what you are. But that may be passed over, if + you do not seduce others.” + </p> + <p> + “Give him a flogging,” said the Cardinal, who did not like the turn the + conversation had taken, especially the challenging of the Bible, which + just now he wished to use for his own purposes. + </p> + <p> + “He has already had that,” answered More, “but besides his doctrine, this + conceited man, who wants to make himself popular, belongs to a society + which circulates a bad translation of the Bible.” “You see yourself,” he + continued, turning to Bainham, “what Bible reading leads to, and I demand + that you give up the names of your fellow-criminals.” + </p> + <p> + “That I will never do! The just shall live by his faith.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you call yourself just, when there is no one just? Read the Book of + Job, and you will see. And your belief is really too eccentric to be + counted to you for righteousness.” + </p> + <p> + “Send him down in the cellar to Master Mats! Must one listen to such + nonsense! Away with him!” + </p> + <p> + More pointed to the door, and Bainham went out. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Wolsey, “what is there in front of us? Schisms, sectarianism, + struggles. If we only had an heir to the throne.” + </p> + <p> + “We cannot get the King divorced.” + </p> + <p> + “You yourself have spoken the word. There is no need for divorce, because + his marriage is null.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it? How do you prove that?” + </p> + <p> + “From the third book of Moses, the twentieth and twenty-first chapters: + ‘If any one taketh his brother’s wife, it is evil.’” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but in the fifth book of Moses, five and twentieth chapter, fifth + verse, it is commanded.” + </p> + <p> + “What, in Christ’s name, are you saying?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly it is: ‘If brothers dwell together, and one die without + children, his brother shall take his wife and raise up seed to his + brother.” + </p> + <p> + “Damnation! This cursed book.” + </p> + <p> + “Moreover: Abraham married his half-sister; Jacob married two sisters: + Moses’ father married his aunt.” + </p> + <p> + “That is the Bible, is it? Thank you! Then I prefer the Decretals and the + Councils. The Pope must dissolve the marriage.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it then to be dissolved?” + </p> + <p> + “Didn’t you know? Yes, it is. If Julius II could grant a dispensation, + Clement VII can grant an absolution.” + </p> + <p> + “It is not just towards the Queen.” + </p> + <p> + “The country demands it—the kingdom—the nation! The King’s + conscience....” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! is it the fair Anne?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not she!” + </p> + <p> + “Is it....” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t ask any more.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I answer, Margaret of Valois.” + </p> + <p> + “I give no answer at all, but I am not responsible for your life, if you + talk out of season! The Bible won’t help you there.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be a useful reform, if we could cancel the Old Testament as a + Jewish book.” + </p> + <p> + “But we cannot cancel the Psalms of David, which are our only Church + canticles. Luther himself has taken his hymns from the Psalter, and ‘Ein + feste Burg ist unser Gott’ from the Proverbs of Solomon; he has borrowed + the melody from the Graduale Romanum.” + </p> + <p> + “But we must relegate the law of Moses to the Apocrypha, otherwise we are + Pharisees and Jewish Christians. What have we to do with circumcision, the + paschal lamb, and levitical marriage? Wait till I am Pope.” + </p> + <p> + “Must we really wait so long?” + </p> + <p> + “Hush! The noon-bell is ringing. Do not let us neglect our duties. The + flesh must have its due, in order not to burn. Come with me to + Westminster; then you can go on to Chelsea afterwards.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Henry VIII was twelve years old when he was engaged to the widow of his + brother Arthur. At fourteen he protested against the marriage, which was + distasteful to him, but at eighteen he married Katherine, the aunt of the + Emperor Charles V. Cardinal Wolsey would have gladly brought about a + divorce, for he wished for a successor to the throne in order to keep the + power in his own hands. This power he had misused to such an extent that + the fact that there was such a thing as Parliament had almost been + forgotten. Wolsey wished to have the King married to a powerful princess, + and thought for a time of Margaret of Valois, but under no circumstances + did he wish to take a wife for him from the English nobility. But when he + aroused the King’s conscience with regard to his marriage with Katherine, + he had let loose a storm which he could not control, much less guide in + the desired direction, for the King’s passion for Anne Boleyn was now + irresistible. + </p> + <p> + Then the Cardinal had recourse to plotting, and this brought about his + downfall. For six years negotiations went on, and the King was true to + Anne. He wrote letters which can still be read and which display a great + and honourable love. Most of them were signed “Henry Tudor, Rex, your true + and constant servant,” and began “My mistress and friend.” Anne answered + coldly, but her love to Percy was nipt in the bud by a marriage being + arranged for him. After all the learned authorities had been consulted, + and much controversy had taken place regarding the third and the fifth + books of Moses, the Pope sent a Nuncio with secret instructions to get rid + of the whole matter by postponing it. But Henry did not yield, though his + feelings for Katherine, whom he respected, cost him a terrible struggle. + The trial began in the chapter-house of Blackfriars in the presence of the + King and Queen. But Katherine stood up, threw herself at the King’s feet, + and found words which touched the tyrant. She challenged the right of the + court to try her, appealed to the Pope, and returned to Bridewell. It is + there that we find her in Shakespeare’s <i>Henry VIII</i>, singing + sorrowfully a beautiful song: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “Orpheus with his lute made trees + And the mountain tops that freeze + Bow themselves when he did sing.” + </pre> + <p> + The divorce proceedings had gone on for some years; people had sided + alternately with the King and with the Queen, and often sympathised with + both, when suddenly rumour announced the outbreak of a pestilence. + </p> + <p> + It was not the Black Death or the boil-pest, but the English + “sweating-sickness.” This hitherto unknown disease had first broken out in + the same year when the wars of the Roses ended on the field of Bosworth; + but it was entirely confined to England, passing neither to Scotland nor + Ireland. It was so mysteriously connected with English blood, that in + Calais only Englishmen and no Frenchmen were attacked by it. Since then + the sickness had twice appeared among the English. Now it returned and + broke out in London. + </p> + <p> + The King, who had said that “no one but God could separate him from Anne,” + was alarmed, and did not know what to think—whether it was a warning + or a trial. The symptoms of the sickness were perspiration and a desire to + sleep; but if one yielded to the desire, one might be dead in three hours. + In London the citizens died like flies: Sir Thomas More lost a daughter; + the Cardinal, who had come to preside at Hampton Court, had his horses put + to the carriage again, and hurried away. Finally one of Anne’s + ladies-in-waiting was attacked. Then the King lost all presence of mind, + sent Anne home to her father, and fled himself from place to place, from + Waltham to Hunsdon. He reconciled himself to Katherine, lived in a tower + without a servant, prepared his will, and was ready for death. + </p> + <p> + Then there came the news that Anne herself had been seized by the + sickness. The King had lost his chamberlain, and now wrote letter after + letter. Then he fled again to Hatfield and Tittenhanger. + </p> + <p> + But Anne recovered, the pestilence ceased, and Henry resumed the divorce + proceedings. The Cardinal and the Nuncio wavered, and in the seventh year + the King lost patience. He had now found the man he sought for. Sir Thomas + More would not declare Katherine’s marriage null. The new man was Thomas + Cranmer, who hated the Pope and the monks, and dreamt of a free England—free, + that is, from Rome. The King and his new friend worked in secret at + something which Cardinal Wolsey did not know, and one day the + preliminaries were settled, the papers were in order, and the mine + exploded. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The King’s galley pushed off from the Tower. It did not look so brilliant + as the Cardinal’s had once been. Cranmer sat by the King. + </p> + <p> + “I shall not sleep in the Tower any more,” said the King. “I am leaving it + now, Thomas; this is my removal. I move to Whitehall, for that will be the + name of York Palace; because I, as a Lancastrian, hate York, and because + my white rose shall dwell in my castle. Now, <i>you</i> will sit in the + Tower, my hell-dog! To think that this Satan of a Cardinal has deceived me + for six years. What troubles his plotting has caused me! Six years! I have + always hated the man, but I needed him, for he was clever.” + </p> + <p> + The King glanced at the north side of the Thames. “And I have lived in the + city which has not been my own; Rome possesses a third of it. I have lived + like a beggar, but now—London is mine. The Temple, St. James’s, + Whitehall, Westminster to begin with; then the rest.” + </p> + <p> + The galley reached York Palace, and the King hastened in with his + body-guard, without giving the password or answering the chamberlain’s + questions. He went straight to the Cardinal’s room, and laid some letters + before him: “Read! you snake! your lying letters behind my back.” + </p> + <p> + The Cardinal’s face seemed to shrink to half its size, and resembled a + death’s-head. He did not, however, fall on his knees, but raised his head + for the last time: “I appeal to the Pope.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no Pope in England! Nay, I am the Pope, and therefore you are no + longer Cardinal! Accordingly, I have granted myself a dispensation, and + married Anne Boleyn yesterday! In a few days I shall have her crowned. And + then we will dwell here! <i>Here!</i> But you will live in the Tower. Go, + or I throw you out.” + </p> + <p> + Thus England became free; a third part of London, which had belonged to + the monks, reverted to the Crown, and afterwards the whole country + followed. + </p> + <p> + The King had obtained his beloved Anne, but after three years she was + beheaded, for having dishonoured the King by adultery. After that the King + married four times. Cardinal Wolsey died before he came to the scaffold; + Sir Thomas More was beheaded; and Cromwell, who at first defended Wolsey, + but afterwards became a “<i>malleus monachorum</i>,” was also beheaded. + All this seems very confused and tragic, but from this confusion a free, + independent, and powerful England emerged. When the Germans were preparing + to cast off the yoke of Rome in the Thirty Years’ War, England had already + completed her task. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0019" id="link2H_4_0019"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE WHITE MOUNTAIN + </h2> + <p> + While the peace negotiations were being carried on in Osnabrück and + Münster, the Thirty Years’ War still flamed up here and there, more + perhaps to keep the troops in practice, to provide support for the + soldiers, and to have booty at command, than to defend any faith or the + adherents of it. + </p> + <p> + All talk of religion had ceased, and the powers now played with their + cards exposed. Protestant Saxony, the first State to support Lutheranism, + worked in conjunction with Catholic Austria, and Catholic France with + Protestant Sweden. In the battle of Wolfenbüttel, 1641, French Catholics + fought against German Catholics, the latter of whom, however, later on + carried the body of Johan Baner in their ranks. + </p> + <p> + The Swedish Generals thought little of peace, but when the negotiations + dragged on to the seventh year, they thought the time had come to have + some regard to it. “He who takes something, has something,” Wrangel wrote + to his son. + </p> + <p> + Hans Christoph von Königsmarck, who continued Johan Baner’s traditions, + had lately been with him at Zusmarshausen, and was now sent eastward in + the direction of Bohemia. Since, besides cavalry, he had only five hundred + foot-soldiers, he did not know what to do, but wandered about at random, + and looked for booty. But nothing was to be found, for Johan Baner had + already laid the district waste. + </p> + <p> + “Then they marched farther,” like Xenophon, and found the woods which + bordered the highways’ cut down; the fields were covered with weeds, and + in the trees hung corpses; the churches had been burnt, but watch was kept + in the churchyards in order that the corpses should not be eaten. + </p> + <p> + One night Königsmarck himself was leading a small detachment in search of + provisions. They rode into a wood where they saw a light burning. But it + was only a red glow as if from a charcoal pile or a smithy. They + dismounted from their horses, and stole on foot to the place. When they + reached it, they heard voices singing a “Miserere” in low tones, and they + saw men, women, and children sitting round an oven, the last remains of a + village. + </p> + <p> + Königsmark went forward alone, and, hidden behind a young fir-tree, he + beheld a spectacle.... He had seen such sights before, but not under such + circumstances. In an iron scoop on the oven some game was being roasted; + it might have been an enormous hare, but was not. Like a hare, it was very + spindle-shanked and lean over back and breast; only the hinder-parts + seemed well developed; the head was placed, between the two fore-paws.... + No! they were not fore-paws, but two five-fingered hands, and round the + neck a charred rope was knotted. It was a man who had been hung, and whom + they had cut down in order to eat him. + </p> + <p> + The General was not squeamish by nature, and had in his life passed + through many experiences, but this went beyond all bounds. He was at first + angry, and wished to interrupt the cannibals’ meal, but when he saw the + little children sitting on their mothers’ knees with tufts of grass in + their mouths, he was seized with compassion. The cannibals themselves + looked like corpses or madmen, and the eyes and expectations of all were + fastened on the oven. At the same time they sang “Lord, have mercy,” and + prayed for pardon for the grievous sin which they were obliged to commit. + “What does it really matter to me?” said the General to himself; “I only + wish I had not seen it.” He returned to his men, and they marched on. + </p> + <p> + The wood became thinner, and they came to an open place where was + something resembling a heap of stones, out of which there arose a single + pillar. In the half-twilight which reigned they could not see distinctly, + but on the pillar something seemed to be moving. The “something” resembled + a man, but had only one arm. + </p> + <p> + “It is not a man, for he would have two arms,” said one of the soldiers. + </p> + <p> + “It would be strange, if a man could not have an arm missing.” + </p> + <p> + “Strange indeed! Perhaps it is a pillar-saint.” + </p> + <p> + “Give him a charge of powder, and we shall soon see.” + </p> + <p> + At the rattle of arms which was now heard there, rose a howl so terrible + and multitudinous, that no one thought it came from the pillar-saint. At + the same time the apparent heap of stones moved and became a living mass. + </p> + <p> + “They are wolves! Aim! Fire!” + </p> + <p> + A volley was fired, and the wolves fled. Königsmarck rode through the + smoke, and now saw a one-armed Imperialist standing on the chimney, which + was all that was left of a burnt cottage. “Come down, and let us look at + you,” he said. + </p> + <p> + The maimed man clambered down with his single arm, showing incredible + agility. “We ought to have him to scale the wall with a storming-party,” + said the General to himself. + </p> + <p> + Then the examination commenced. + </p> + <p> + “Are you alone?” + </p> + <p> + “Alone <i>now</i>—thanks to your grace, for the wolves have been + round me for six hours.” + </p> + <p> + “What is your name? Where do you come from? Whither do you wish to go?” + </p> + <p> + “My name is Odowalsky; I come from Vienna; and I shall go to hell, if I + don’t get help.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you go with us?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, as sure as I live! With anybody, if only I can live. I have lost my + arm; I was given a house; they burnt it, and threw me out on the highway—with + wife and child, of course!” + </p> + <p> + “Listen; do you know the way to Prague?” + </p> + <p> + “I can find the way to Prague, to the Hradschin and the Imperial + treasure-house, Wallenstein’s palace, the royal castle, Wallenstein’s + dancing-hall, and the Loretto Convent. There there is <i>multum plus + Plurimum</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “What is your rank in the army?” + </p> + <p> + “First Lieutenant.” + </p> + <p> + “That is something different. Come with me, and you shall have a horse, + Mr. First Lieutenant, and then let us see what you are good for.” + </p> + <p> + Odowalsky received a horse, and the General bade him ride beside him. He + talked confidentially with him the whole night till they again rejoined + the main body of the army. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Some days later Königsmarck stood with his little troop on the White + Mountain left of Prague—“Golden Prague,” as it was called. It was + late in the evening of the fifteenth of June. He had Odowalsky at his + side, and seemed to be particularly good friends with him. But the troop + knew nothing of the General’s designs, and, as they saw that he went + towards Prague, his officers were astounded, for the town was well + fortified, and defended by a strong body of armed citizens. + </p> + <p> + “One can at any rate look at the show,” Königsmarck answered to all + objections; “that costs nothing.” + </p> + <p> + They halted on the White Mountain, without, however, pitching a camp. They + saw nothing of the beautiful town, for it was dark, but they heard the + church and convent bells. + </p> + <p> + “This, then, is the White Mountain, where the war broke out just thirty + years ago,” said Königsmarck to Odowalsky. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered the Austrian. “It was then the Bohemian revolt broke out, + your King Frederick V of the Palatinate was slain here, and there was + great rejoicing at his death.” + </p> + <p> + “If you forget who you are, forget not who I am.” + </p> + <p> + “We will not quarrel about something that happened so long ago! But, as a + matter of fact, the revolt was crushed, and the Protestants had to + withdraw. What did they get by their trouble—the poor Bohemians? + Hussites, Taborites, Utraquists sacrificed their lives, but Bohemia is + still Catholic! It was all folly!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you belong to the Roman Church, First Lieutenant?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t belong to any Church at all; I belong to the army. And now we + will take Prague with a <i>coup de main</i>.” + </p> + <p> + So it fell out. At midnight the foot-soldiers clambered over the wall, + threw the sentinels into the moat, cut down the guards at the gates, and + took that side of the town. + </p> + <p> + For three days the part of the city which lay on the left bank of the + Moldau was plundered, and Königsmarck is said to have sent five waggons + laden with gold and silver to the north-west through Germany, as his own + share of the spoil. Odowalsky received six thousand thalers for his + trouble, and later on was raised to the Swedish House of Peers with the + title of “Von Streitberg.” + </p> + <p> + But the right bank had not been captured. It was defended by ten thousand + citizens, assisted by students, monks, and Jews. From ancient times there + had been a large Jewish colony in Prague; the Jews were said to have + escaped thither direct from Jerusalem during the last German crusade, and + for that reason the island in the Moldau is still called Jerusalem. On + this occasion the Jews so distinguished themselves that they received as a + token of honour from the Emperor Ferdinand III a great flag, which can be + still seen in their synagogue. Königsmarck could not take the Old Town, + but had to send for help to Wittenberg. The latter actually plundered + Tabor and Budweis, but Prague, which had been plundered, did not attract + him. Then the Count Palatine Karl Gustav had to come, and formally + besieged the eastern portion of the town. + </p> + <p> + Königsmarck dwelt in the Castle, where he could see the old hall of the + States-General, from the window of which Count Thurn had thrown the + Imperial governors Martiniz and Slavata; the Protestants say that they + fell on a dungheap, but the Catholics maintain that it was an elder-bush. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Count Karl Gustav, who was a cousin of Frederick V, had as + little success before Prague as the former. He became ill, and was sure + that he had been poisoned. But he recovered, and was about to be + reinforced by Wrangel, when news arrived that the Peace of Westphalia had + been concluded. + </p> + <p> + With that the Thirty Years’ War was at an end. Sweden received two million + thalers and some places of importance; these were enfeoffed to Germany, + and in exchange Sweden had three votes in the German Reichstag. + </p> + <p> + But Germany’s population was only a quarter of what it had been, and, + while it had formerly been one State under the Emperor, it was now split + up into three hundred little States. However, the liberty of faith + affirmed in the Confession of Augsburg, 1555, was recovered, and extended + to the reformed districts. It was dearly bought, but with it North Germany + had also obtained freedom from Rome, and that could not be too dearly + purchased. + </p> + <p> + Out of chaos comes creation and new creation. From the Germanic chaos + emerged North Germany, the seed of which was Brandenberg, later on + developing into Prussia, and finally the German Empire, which received the + imperial crown at Versailles, but not from the hands of Rome. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0020" id="link2H_4_0020"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE GREAT CZAR + </h2> + <p> + On the southern shore of the Gulf of Finland lay the little village + Strelna, halfway between Petersburg and the half-completed Peterhof. At + the end of the village, on the edge of the Strelka stream, stood a simple + country-house under oaks and pines. It was painted green and red, and the + window-shutters were still fastened, for it was only four o’clock on a + summer morning. + </p> + <p> + The Gulf of Finland lay smooth under the rays of the rising sun. A Dutch + trading vessel, which had wished to enter the harbour and reach the + Admiralty House, now furled its sails and dropped anchor. It carried a + flag at its main-top which hung down idly. + </p> + <p> + Near the red and green country-house stood an ancient lime-tree with a + split trunk; in the cleft a wooden platform with a railing had been + fitted, and a flight of steps led up to this arbour. In this early morning + hour there sat a man in the tree at an unpainted, unsteady table, writing + letters. The table was covered with papers, but there was still room for a + clock without a glass, a compass, a case of drawing instruments, and a + large bell of bronze. + </p> + <p> + The man sat in his shirt-sleeves; he wore darned stockings which were + turned down, and large shoes; his head seemed incredibly large, but was + not so in reality; his neck was like that of an ox, and his body that of a + giant; the hand which was now writing was coarse, and stained with tar; he + wrote carelessly, with lines somewhat slanting, but quickly. The letters + were short and to the point, with no introductions and no conclusions, + merely signed “Pe ter,” the name divided in two, as though it had been + split by the heavy hand which wrote it. + </p> + <p> + There were probably about a million men bearing that name in Russia; but + this Peter was the only one of importance, and everyone recognised the + signature. + </p> + <p> + The lime-tree was alive with bees, the little Strelka brook bubbled and + fretted like a tea-kettle, and the sun rose gloriously; its rays fell + between the leaves of the lime-tree, and threw patches of light on the + strange face of one of the strangest and most incomprehensible men who + have ever lived. + </p> + <p> + Just now this handsome head, with its short hair, looked like that of a + wild boar; and when the writer licked his goose-quill like a school-boy, + he showed teeth and a tongue like those of a memorial lion. Sometimes his + features were convulsed with pain, as though he were being tortured or + crucified. But then he took a new sheet, and began a new letter; his pen + ran on; his mouth smiled till his eyes disappeared, and the terrible man + looked roguish. Still another sheet, and a little note which was certainly + directed to a lady; now the face changed to that of a satyr, melted so to + speak, into harmonious lines, and finally exploded in a loud laugh which + was simply cynical. + </p> + <p> + His morning correspondence was now ended. The Czar had written fifty + letters. He left them unsealed. Kathia, his wife, would collect and fasten + them. + </p> + <p> + The giant stretched himself, rose with difficulty, and cast a glance over + the bay. With his spy-glass he saw Petersburg and his fleet, the Fort of + Kronstadt, which had been commenced, and finally discovered the + trading-vessel. “How did that come in without saluting?” he thought, “and + dare to anchor immediately before my house!” + </p> + <p> + He rang, and a valet-de-chambre came at once, running from the row of + tents which stood concealed behind the pines-trees, and where both + soldiers and servants lodged. + </p> + <p> + “Take five men in a boat,” he ordered, “and hail that brig! Can you see + what country it belongs to?” + </p> + <p> + “It is Dutch, your Majesty!” + </p> + <p> + “Dutch! Bring the captain here, dead or alive. At once! On the spot! But + first my tea!” + </p> + <p> + “The household is asleep, most gracious lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Then wake it up, you ass! Knock at the shutters! Break the door in! + Asleep in broad daylight!” + </p> + <p> + He rang again. A second servant appeared. “Tea! and brandy—plenty of + brandy!” + </p> + <p> + The servants ran, the household was aroused, and the Czar occupied the + interval by making notes on slate tablets. When he became impatient, he + got down, and knocked at all the shutters with his stick. Then a voice was + heard from within: “Wait a moment.” + </p> + <p> + “No! that I won’t; I am not born to wait. Hurry! or I will set the house + on fire!” + </p> + <p> + He went into his gardens, cast a glance at his medicinal plants, plucked + up some weeds, and watered here and there. He went into the cattle-sheds, + and looked at some merino sheep which he himself had introduced. Here he + found a trave which had been broken; he took a saw and plane, and mended + it. He threw some oats in the manger of his favourite trotting-horse. He + drove for the most part, when he did not go on foot; riding seemed to him + unworthy of a seaman, and it was as a seaman that the Czar chiefly wished + to be regarded. Then he went into the lathe-shop, sat for a while on the + turning-bench, and worked. At the window stood a table with a + copper-engraver’s tools; with the graving-tool he drew some lines which + were wanting in the map plate. He was about to proceed to the smithy, when + a woman’s voice called him under the lime-tree. + </p> + <p> + On the platform stood his wife the Czarina, in her morning dress. She had + massive limbs and large feet; her face was stout and plain, her eyes were + not level, but had a steady expression. + </p> + <p> + “How early you are up this morning, Little Father?” she said. + </p> + <p> + “Is it early? It is six at any rate!” + </p> + <p> + “It is only just five.” + </p> + <p> + “Five? Then it shall be six.” + </p> + <p> + He pushed the hand of the clock an hour forward. His wife smiled a little + superciliously, but took care not to irritate him, for she knew how + dangerous it was to do so. Then she gave him his tea. + </p> + <p> + “There is some occupation for you,” said Peter, pointing to his letters. + </p> + <p> + “But how many there are!” + </p> + <p> + “If there are too many I can get help.” + </p> + <p> + The Czarina, did not answer, but began to look through the letters. The + Czar liked that, for then there would be occasion for quarrelling; and he + always wished for a quarrel in order to keep his energies active. + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me, Peter,” said his wife, “but is it right that you should apply + to the Swedish Government about the Dutch ships?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is! All that I do is right!” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t understand it. Our Russians fired by mistake at friendly Dutch + vessels, and you demand indemnity from the Swedes because the mischance + occurred in Swedish waters.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, according to Roman law, the injury must be made good in the land + where it happened....” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but....” + </p> + <p> + “It is all the same anyhow: he who can pay, pays; I cannot, and the Dutch + will not, therefore the Swedes must! Do you understand?” + </p> + <p> + “No.” + </p> + <p> + “The Swedes have incited the Turks against me; they must pay for that.” + </p> + <p> + “May be! But why do you write so harshly to the Dutch Government since you + like the Dutch?” + </p> + <p> + “Why! Because since the Peace of Utrecht, Holland is on the decline. It is + all over with Holland; on to the rubbish-heap with it! I hold on to + England, since France is also declining.” + </p> + <p> + “Should one abandon one’s old friends?...” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, when they are no more good. Moreover, there is no friendship + in love and in politics. Do you think I like this wretched August of + Poland? No! I am sure you don’t. But I must go with him through thick and + thin, for my country, for Russia. He who cannot sacrifice his little + humours and passions for his country is a Don Quixote, like Charles the + Twelfth. This fool, with his mad hatred against August and myself, has + worked for Sweden’s overthrow and Russia’s future. But that this Christian + dog should incite the Turks against us was a crime against Europe, for + Europe needs Russia as a bulwark against Asia. Did not the Mongol sit for + two hundred years on our frontier and threaten us? And when our ancestors + had at last driven him away, there comes a fellow like this and brings the + heathen from Constantinople upon us. The Mongols were once in Silesia, and + would have destroyed Western Europe if we Russians had not saved it. + Charles XII is dead, but I curse his memory, and I curse everyone who + seeks to hinder me in my laudable endeavour to raise Russia from a Western + Asiatic power to an Eastern European one. I shall beat everyone down, + whoever he may be, who interferes with my work, even though it were my own + son.” + </p> + <p> + There was silence for some moments. The last words referred to the + Delicate topic of Alexis, Peter’s son by his first marriage, who was now a + prisoner awaiting his death-sentence in the Peter-Paul Fortress. He was + accused of having endeavoured to hinder his father’s work in the + civilisation of Russia, and was suspected of having taken part in plots of + rebellion. The Czar’s first divorced wife Eudoxia was confined in the + convent of Suzdal. + </p> + <p> + Katharina naturally did not love Alexis, since he stood in the way of her + children, and she would have been glad of his death, but did not wish to + incur the guilt of it. Since Peter also did not wish to take the + responsibility for it, he had appointed a court of a hundred and + twenty-seven persons to try his son. + </p> + <p> + The topic therefore was an unwelcome one, and, with his extraordinary + facility for quick changes of thought and feeling, Peter broke the silence + with the prosaic question, “Where is the brandy?” + </p> + <p> + “You will get no brandy so early, my boy.” + </p> + <p> + “Kathrina!” said Peter in a peculiar tone, while his face began to twitch. + </p> + <p> + “Be quiet, Lion!” answered his wife, and stroked his black mane, which had + begun to bristle. She took a bottle and a glass out of a basket. + </p> + <p> + The Lion cheered up, swallowed the strong drink, smiled, and stroked his + spouse’s expansive bust. + </p> + <p> + “Will you see the children?” asked Katherine, in order to bring him into a + milder mood. + </p> + <p> + “No, not to-day! Yesterday I beat them, and they would think I was running + after them. Keep them at a distance. Keep them under, or they will get the + better of you!” + </p> + <p> + Katherine had taken the last letter, as though absent-mindedly, and began + to read it. Then she coloured, and tore it in two. “You must not write to + actresses. That is too great an honour for them, and can only disgrace + us.” + </p> + <p> + The Czar smiled, and was not angry. He had not intended to send the + letter, but only scribbled it in order to excite his wife, perhaps also to + show off. + </p> + <p> + There was a sound of approaching footsteps underneath. + </p> + <p> + “See! there is my friend, the scoundrel!” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” said Katherine, “Menshikoff is your friend.” + </p> + <p> + “A fine friend! Already once I have condemned him to death as a thief and + deceiver; but he lives still, thanks to your friendship.” + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” + </p> + <p> + Menshikoff (he was a great soldier, an able statesman, an indispensable + favourite, enormously rich) came hurrying up the wooden stairs. It was in + his house that the Czar had found his Katherine. He was handsome, looked + like a Frenchman, dressed well, and had polished manners. He greeted the + Czar ceremoniously, and kissed Katherine’s hand. + </p> + <p> + “Now they are there again,” he commenced. + </p> + <p> + “The Strelitzil? [Footnote: a Russian body-guard first established by Ivan + the Terrible.] Have I not rooted them out?” + </p> + <p> + “They grow like the dragon’s seed, and now they want to deliver Alexis.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you any more exact information?” + </p> + <p> + “The conspirators meet this evening at five o’clock.” + </p> + <p> + “Where?” + </p> + <p> + “Number fourteen the Strandlinje, at an apparently harmless meal.” + </p> + <p> + “Strand—14,” wrote the Czar on his tablets. “Any more?” + </p> + <p> + “To-night at two o’clock they fire the city.” + </p> + <p> + “At two o’clock?” The Czar shook his head, and his face twitched. + </p> + <p> + “I build up, and they pull down. But now I will extirpate them root and + branch. What do they say?” + </p> + <p> + “They look back to Holy Moscow, and regard the building of Petersburg as a + piece of godlessness or malice. The workmen die, like flies, of marsh + fever, and they regard your Majesty’s building in the midst of a marsh as + an act of bravado a la Louis Quatorze, who built Versailles on the site of + a swamp.” + </p> + <p> + “Asses! My town is to command the mouth of the river, and to be the Key to + the sea, therefore it must be there. The marsh shall be drained off into + canals, which will carry boats like those of Amsterdam. But so it is when + monkeys judge!” + </p> + <p> + He rang; a servant appeared; “Put the horses to the cabriolet”; he called + down, “and now, goodbye, Katherine; I shall not be home till to-morrow. It + will be a hot day. But don’t forget the letters. Alexander can help you.” + </p> + <p> + “Will you not dress, little son?” answered Katherine. + </p> + <p> + “Dress? I have my sabre.” + </p> + <p> + “Put at least your coat on.” + </p> + <p> + The Czar put on his coat, drew the belt which held the sabre some holes + tighter, and sprang at one bound from the platform. + </p> + <p> + “Now it will come off,” whispered Menshikoff to Katherine. + </p> + <p> + “You have not been lying, Alexander?” + </p> + <p> + “A few lies adorn one’s speech. The chief point is gained. To-morrow, + Katherine, you can sleep quietly in the nursery with the heirs to the + throne.” + </p> + <p> + “Can any misfortune happen to him?” + </p> + <p> + “No! he never has misfortune.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The Czar ran down to the seashore; he never walked, but always ran. “Life + goes fast,” he was wont to say, “and there is much to do.” + </p> + <p> + When he reached the gravel bank he found a boat landing, with five men and + the Dutch prisoner. The latter sat stolidly by the rudder, and smoked his + pipe. But when he saw the Czar, he took off his cap, threw it in the air, + and cried, “Hurrah!” + </p> + <p> + Czar Peter shaded his eyes, and, when he recognised his old teacher and + friend, Jaen Scheerborck from Amsterdam, he jumped into the boat over the + rowers’ shoulders and knees, rushed into Jaen’s arms and kissed him, so + that his pipe broke and the seaman’s great grey beard was full of smoke + and nearly took fire. Then the Czar lifted the old man up, and carried him + in his arms like a child to the shore. + </p> + <p> + “At last, you old rascal! I have you here with me! Now you shall see my + city and my fleet, which I have built myself, for you have taught me. + Bring the cabriolet here, boy! and a grapnel from the boat; we will go, + and tack about. Quickly!” + </p> + <p> + “Dear heart alive!” said the old man, picking the tobacco-ashes out of his + beard, “to think that I have seen the Carpenter-Czar before I die; that + is....” + </p> + <p> + “Into the cabriolet, old fellow! Boy, hang the grapnel behind. Where are + you to sit? On my knees, of course!” + </p> + <p> + The cabriolet had only room for one person, and the captain actually had + to sit on the Czar’s lap. Three horses were yoked to it tandem-fashion, + and a fourth ran beside the leader. The whip cracked, and the Czar played + being at sea. “A good wind, isn’t it? Twelve knots! Furl the sheet! so!” + </p> + <p> + A toll-gate appeared, and the captain, who knew the Czar’s wild tricks but + also his skill, began to cry “There is a toll-gate! Stop!” + </p> + <p> + But the Czar, who had found again his youth with his old friend of former + times, and with his indestructible boyishness, liked practical jokes and + dangers, whipped on the horses, whistled and shouted, “Let her go! Clear + for action! Jump!” + </p> + <p> + The toll-gate was burst clean open, and the old man laughed so that he + swayed on the Czar’s knees. And so they drove along the shore. At the town + gate the sentinels presented arms and saluted; on the streets people cried + “Hurrah!” and when they reached the Admiralty, cannon were fired and the + yards manned. But the Czar seriously or in play, as though he were on the + sea, shouted “Anchor!” + </p> + <p> + So saying, he so threw the grapnel towards the wall, that it caught in a + torch-holder, which bent but did not break. But the horses, which were + still running, were suddenly forced back, and sank on their knees. The + first of the three rose no more; it had been fatally injured by bursting + in the toll-gate. + </p> + <p> + Three hours later, when the fleet and docks had been inspected, the Czar + and Jaen Scheerborck sat in a seamen’s tavern. The cabriolet stood + without, and was “anchored” to a thatched roof. Brandy was on the table, + and their pipes had filled the room with smoke. The two friends had + discussed serious matters. The Czar had paid six visits, one to his staff + of generals, from which he returned in a very excited state to the waiting + captain. But, with his extraordinary capacity for shaking off what was + unpleasant and for changing his moods, he now beamed with hilarity. + </p> + <p> + “You ask whence I shall get the inhabitants for my new town. I first + brought fifty thousand workmen here. That was the nucleus. Then I + commanded all officials, priests, and great landowners to build houses—each + of them, one—whether they intended to live in it or not. Now I have + a hundred thousand. I know they talk and say that I build towns, but don’t + dwell in them myself. No! I build not for myself, but for the Russians. I + hate Moscow, which smells of the Khan of the Tartars, and would prefer to + live in the country. That is no one else’s affair. Drink, old man! We have + the whole day before us till five o’clock. Then I must be sober.” + </p> + <p> + The old man drank cautiously, and did not know exactly how to behave in + this grand society, which was at the same time so nautical. + </p> + <p> + “Now you must tell me some of the stories which the people relate about + me. You know lots of them, Jaen.” + </p> + <p> + “I know some certainly, but it is not possible....” + </p> + <p> + “Then I will tell some,” said Peter, “Do you know the story of the pair of + compasses and the cheese? No? Well, it runs thus: ‘The Czar is so covetous + that he always carries a box of drawing instruments in his pocket. With a + pair of compasses he measures his cheese, to see whether any of it has + been stolen since the last meal!’ That is a good story! Here is another! + ‘The Czar has a Tippler’s Club. Once they determined to hold a festival, + and the guests were shut up three days and three nights in order to drink. + Each guest had a bench behind him, on which to sleep off his intoxication, + besides two tubs, one for food and one for ... you understand?’” + </p> + <p> + “No, that is too absurd!” + </p> + <p> + “Such are the stories they like to tell in Petersburg. Have you not heard + that I also extract teeth? In my palace, they say, there is a sack full of + them. And then I am said to perform operations in hospital. Once I drew + off so much water from a dropsical woman that she died.” + </p> + <p> + “Do the people believe that?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly they do. They are so stupid, you see; but I will cut off their + asses’ ears and singe their tongues....” + </p> + <p> + His eyes began to sparkle, and it was plain what direction his thoughts + were taking. But however confidential he might be, there always seemed to + be secret checks at work, so that, even when intoxicated, he always kept + his great secrets though he told unimportant ones. + </p> + <p> + Just then an adjutant came in, and whispered something to the Czar. + </p> + <p> + “Exactly at five o’clock,” answered the Czar in a loud voice. “Sixty + grenadiers, with loaded guns and cutlasses! Adieu! Jaen,” continued the + Czar, giving a sudden turn to his thoughts, “I will buy your loom, but I + will not give more than fifty roubles for it.” + </p> + <p> + “Sixty, sixty.” + </p> + <p> + “You Satan of a Dutchman! You skinflint! If I offer fifty, that is an + honour for you! Indeed it is!” + </p> + <p> + The Czar’s anger rose, but it was connected with the adjutant’s message, + not with the loom. The pot was boiling, and the cover had to fly. “You + miserable peddlers of groceries! Always fleecing people! But your time is + past! Now come the English! They are another sort!” + </p> + <p> + Jaen the seaman became gloomy, and that annoyed the Czar still more. He + wanted to enjoy Jaen’s company, and therefore sought to divert his + thoughts. “Landlord,” he cried, “bring champagne!” + </p> + <p> + The landlord came in, fell on his knees, and begged for mercy, for he had + not the luxurious drink in his store-cellar. This superfluous word + “store-cellar” might sound ironical and provocative, though + unintentionally. Still it was welcome as an occasion for using the stick. + </p> + <p> + “Have you a store-cellar, you rascal? Will you tell me that the keeper of + a seaman’s alehouse has a cellar of spirits!” And now the stick danced. + But as the Dutchman turned away with a gesture of disapproval, the Czar’s + fury broke loose. From time to time his disposition necessitated such + outbreaks. His sabre flew out of its sheath; like a madman, he broke all + the bottles on the dresser and cut all the legs off the chairs and tables. + Then he made a pile out of the fragments, and prepared to burn the + landlord on it. + </p> + <p> + Then a door opened, and a woman entered with a little child on her arm. + When the child saw its father prostrate with his neck stretched out, it + began to scream. The Czar paused, quieted down, went to the woman, and + accosted her. “Be easy, mother; no mischief is going on; we are only + playing at sailors.” + </p> + <p> + Then he turned to the landlord: “Send the account to Prince Menshikoff; he + will pay. But if you scratch me.... Well, I forgive you this time.... Now + let us go, Jaen. Up with the anchor, and stand by the sheet!” + </p> + <p> + Then they drove into the town. The Czar ran up into various houses and + came down again, until it was noon. They then halted before Menshikoff’s + palace. “Is dinner ready?” asked the Czar from the cabriolet. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, your Majesty,” answered a lackey. + </p> + <p> + “Serve up for two! Is the Prince at home?” + </p> + <p> + “No, your Majesty.” + </p> + <p> + “Never mind. Serve up for two.” + </p> + <p> + It was the Czar’s habit thus to make himself a guest in his friends’ + houses, whether they were at home or not, and he is said once to have thus + quartered himself upon somebody, with two hundred of his courtiers. + </p> + <p> + After a splendid dinner, the Czar went into an ante-room and laid down to + sleep. The captain had already gone to sleep at the table. But the Czar + laid a watch beside him; he could wake whenever he wished. + </p> + <p> + When he awoke, he went into the dining-room, and found Jaen Scheerborck + sleeping at the table. + </p> + <p> + “Bring him out!” commanded the Czar. + </p> + <p> + “Is he not to accompany your Majesty any more?” the chamberlain, who was a + favourite, ventured to ask. + </p> + <p> + “No! I have had enough of him; one should not meet people more than once + in a lifetime. Carry him to the pump—that will sober him, and then + take him to his ship”—and with a contemptuous glance he added, “You + old beast!” + </p> + <p> + Then he felt whether his sabre was secure, and went out. + </p> + <p> + After his sleep, Peter was again the Emperor—lofty, upright, + dignified. He went along the promenade, serious and sedate, as though to a + battle. When he had found Number 14, he entered at once, sure of finding + his fifty men there. On the right hand ground-floor towards the courtyard, + all the windows stood open. There he saw the conspirators sitting at a + long table and drinking wine. He stepped into the room, saw many of his + friends there, and felt a stab at his heart. + </p> + <p> + “Good-day, comrades!” was his cheery greeting. + </p> + <p> + The whole company rose like one man. They exchanged looks and put on faces + for the occasion. + </p> + <p> + “Let us drink a glass together, friends!” Peter threw himself on a chair; + then he looked at a clock in the room, and saw it was only half-past four. + He had made a mistake of half an hour. Was it his own error, or was + Menshikoff’s clock wrong? + </p> + <p> + “Half an hour!” he thought to himself, but in the next second he had + emptied a huge glass, and began to sing a very popular soldiers’ song, + keeping time by knocking the glass against the table. + </p> + <p> + The effect of the song was magical. They had sung it as victors at + Pultowa; they had marched to the accompaniment of its strains; it carried + their memories to better, happier times, and they all joined in. Peter’s + strong personality, the winning amiable air he could assume when he liked, + had an attractive power for all. One song led to another, and singing + relieved the terrible embarrassment. It was the only possible way of + avoiding a conversation. Between the songs the Czar proposed a health, or + drank to an old friend, reminding him of some experience which they had + shared in common. He dared not look at the clock lest he should betray + himself, but he found the half hour in this den of murderers intolerably + long. + </p> + <p> + Several times he saw two exchanging glances, but then he threw in a + jesting word and the thread was broken. He was playing for his life, and + he played well, for he misled them with his cheerfulness and naivete, so + that they could not tell whether he knew anything or not. He played with + their irresolution. + </p> + <p> + At last he heard the rattle of arms in the courtyard, and with one bound + he was out of the window. + </p> + <p> + “Massacre!” was his only word of command, and then the blood-bath began. + He himself stood at the window, and when any one tried to jump out, the + Czar struck off his head. “Alles tot!” he exclaimed in German, when it was + all over. Then he went his way in the direction of the Peter-Paul + Fortress. + </p> + <p> + He was received by the Commandant, and had himself conducted to Prince + Alexis, his only surviving and eldest son, on whom he had built his hope + and Russia’s destiny. + </p> + <p> + With the key in his hand, he remained standing before the cell, made the + sign of the cross and prayed half-aloud:—“O Eternal God of armies, + Lord of Hosts, who hath put the sword into the hands of rulers that they + may guide and protect, reward and punish, enlighten thy poor servant’s + understanding that he may deal righteously. Thou hast demanded from + Abraham his son, and he obeyed. Thou hast crucified Thine own Son in order + to redeem mankind. Take my sacrifice, O Terrible One, if Thou requirest + it. Yet not my will be done, but Thine. May this cup pass if it be Thy + will. Amen! in the name of Christ, Amen!” + </p> + <p> + He entered the cell, and remained there an hour. When he came out again, + he looked as though he had been weeping; but he said nothing, handed the + key to the Commandant, and departed. There are many varying rumours + regarding what passed that evening between father and son. But one thing + is certain: Alexis was condemned to death by a hundred and twenty-seven + judges, and the verdict was entered on the State records. But the Crown + Prince died before the execution of the sentence. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + The same evening, about eight o’clock, the Czar entered his country-house + and sought Katherine. “The old has passed away,” he said. “Now we will + begin the new—you and I and our children.” + </p> + <p> + The Czarina asked no questions, for she understood. But the Czar was so + tired and exhausted, that she feared lest he should have one of the + attacks which she knew so well. And the only way of quieting him was the + old customary one. + </p> + <p> + She sat down in the corner of the sofa; he laid down resting his head on + her capacious bosom; then she stroked his hair till he fell asleep. But + she had to sit for three hours without moving. + </p> + <p> + A giant child on a giant bosom, the great champion of the Lord lay there, + his face looked small, his high brow was hidden by his long hair; his + mouth was open, and he snored like a little child asleep. When at last he + awoke, he looked up at first astonished, to find himself where he was. + Then he smiled, but did not say Thank you, and did not fondle her. + </p> + <p> + “Now we will have something to eat,” was the first thing he said. “Then + something to drink, and then a great firework. I will light it myself down + on the shore. But Jaen Scheerborck must be present.” + </p> + <p> + “You have thrown him out.” + </p> + <p> + “Have I? He was drunk, the fellow. Send for him at once.” + </p> + <p> + “You are so strange, Peter! Never the same for two minutes together.” + </p> + <p> + “I will not be the same; it would be too monotonous. Always something new! + And I am always new. What! I do not weary you with everlasting sameness.” + </p> + <p> + His orders were carried out. Jaen was brought, but had to be bound first; + he was angry with Peter because of his ducking at the pump, and refused to + come. But when he landed, he was embraced and kissed on the mouth, and + then his wrath blew over. + </p> + <p> + They ate and drank and had their firework display, which was a great + pleasure for the Czar. + </p> + <p> + So ended the fateful day which secured the succession to the throne to the + house of Romanoff. And such was the man who termed himself “the Great, the + Self-ruler, the Emperor of All the Russias.” + </p> + <p> + The Barbarian, who civilised his Russia; who built towns and did not dwell + in them himself; who beat his wife, and allowed extensive liberty to + women,—his life was great, copious, and useful on the public side of + it; in private, as it might chance to be. But he had a beautiful death, + for he died in consequence of an illness contracted when saving a life + from shipwreck—he who, with his own hand, had taken the lives of so + many! + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0021" id="link2H_4_0021"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + THE SEVEN GOOD YEARS + </h2> + <p> + Monsieur Voltaire, gentleman-in-waiting to Frederick the Great, possessor + of the much prized Order Pour Le Mérite, Academician, and many other + things besides, had been for three years a guest at Sans-Souci, near + Potsdam. He was sitting this beautiful evening in the wing of the castle + where he lived, busy writing a letter. The air was still and warm, so that + the sensitive Frenchman, who was always shivering, could leave the window + open. + </p> + <p> + His letter, only half written, was directed to the Marquise, the friend of + Cardinal Fleury, who carried on a sort of superior spy-service by means of + correspondence with foreign countries.... “Everything is transitory,” he + wrote, “and it was plain that this would not last. I have to act as a + tutor and correct his bad verses, though he knows neither German nor + French properly. Malicious as an ape he has written satires on all the + ruling heads of Europe which are certainly not fit for printing, but are + quite vulgar and unjust. With a view to the future dear friend, I have + caused his pamphlet to be copied, and at the moment when he strikes, I + shall strike back. If you only knew what this Prussia is, and threatens to + become! It is an eagle sketched in outline with the tip of one wing + resting on the Rhine, and the other on the Russian frontier. There are + gaps here and there in the outline, but when they are filled up the whole + of North Germany will hang like a vulture over Austria’s two-headed + imperial eagle. France must control her hatred against the House of + Hapsburg, and not compromise with the Hohenzollerns, for you know not what + you do. One hears much talk of plans here, but I dare not write them all + down, for he is not to be jested with.” + </p> + <p> + At this point there was heard from the castle the penetrating sound of a + flute, which executed trills and shakes. The old man (for he was now in + his sixtieth year) first put his fingers in his ears, but then continued + to write.... “And then his confounded flute! He is playing on it just now + ... that means we are all to dance to his piping. But still worse than the + flute is something which they call a fugue; I do not know whether one can + call it music, but yesterday Sebastian Bach was here—‘the great + Bach’ of course—and had his son Philipp Emanuel with him. The whole + afternoon they played so-called fugues, so that I had to go to bed and + take medicine. As regards his plans, I will only indicate some of them. + One plan is to divide Austria between France and Prussia, but he is too + cunning to do so, for he needs Austria to help him against France. A + second plan is, to divide Prussia between Russia and Austria, and I have + heard rumours of a third to divide Poland between Russia, Prussia, and + Austria. (The flute is silent, and a heavenly stillness spreads over + Sans-Souci, which for the future I shall write ‘Cent-Soucis,’ for a + hundred petty vexations threaten to shorten my life here.) Our Round + Table, which hitherto only consisted of men of talent, Maupertuis, La + Mettrie, Algarotti, D’Argens, and their like, is now recruited by + guardsmen from Potsdam, and is in course of degenerating into a + tobacco-club. Ziethen and his Dessauers wear greasy leather boots, and + brag of their ‘five victories.’ The day before yesterday they took + liberties, silenced all intelligent conversation, and finally tried to + make me the butt of their jests. What annoyed me the most was that <i>he</i> + could not hide his pleasure at it. Altogether, the procession of the + leather boots means war—as might be expected—against the lady + Maria Teresa. The other lady, the Empress Elizabeth of Russia, he denotes + by another uglier name.... He has become a women’s hero, the nasty + woman-hater. His wife, Elizabeth Christine, is still confined in + Schönhausen.” + </p> + <p> + A head looked in at the window, and the King greeted him, “Good evening, + Monsieur; so busy?” + </p> + <p> + Like a boy surprised in cribbing, the writer threw his papers into + disorder, and drew half a sheet of Dutch vellum over them. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sire, I have just finished a poem to the Emperor Kian-Loung, which + is an answer to his ‘Eloge de Mukden.’” + </p> + <p> + “To the Emperor of China! You have grander acquaintances than I.” + </p> + <p> + “But you have me, sire.” + </p> + <p> + This he said with a superior air of satirising himself, as though he would + make game of his own notorious vanity. + </p> + <p> + The King took the jest as it was intended. “Yes, Monsieur Voltaire belongs + to my most honourable acquaintances, but I would not say to the grandest.” + </p> + <p> + “May I now read my poem to the Chinese Emperor? Do you allow me, sire?” + </p> + <p> + “Would it be any use, if I did not allow it, you pushing man?” + </p> + <p> + “Very well: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “‘Recois mes compliments, charmant roi de la Chine.’” + </pre> + <p> + “But he is an Emperor.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but that is a politeness towards you, sire, who are only a King!” + </p> + <p> + “Only!” + </p> + <p> + “I continue: + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “‘Ton trône est done placé sur la double colline + On sait dans l’Occident, que malgre mes travers + J’ai toujours fort aimé les rois qui font des vers!’” + </pre> + <p> + “Thank you.” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “‘O toi que sur le trône un feu céleste enflamme + Des moi si ce grand art don’t nous sommes épris, + Est aussi difficile à Pekin qu’à Paris. + + Ton peuple est-il soumis a cette loi si dure, + Qui vent qu’avec six pieds d’une égale mesure + + De deux Alexandrins, côte à côte marchants + L’un serve pour la rime, et l’autre pour le sens? + Si bien que sans rien perdre, en bravant cet usage, + On pourrait retrancher la moitié d’un ouvrage.’” + </pre> + <p> + “Bravo! Very good!” broke in the King, who felt the sting of the satire + but could control himself. + </p> + <p> + “But do you think that the Emperor will understand that—at any rate + as you intend it?” + </p> + <p> + “If he does not understand it, then he is a blockhead....” + </p> + <p> + “But if he does, you may expect a declaration of war.” + </p> + <p> + “China against Voltaire!” + </p> + <p> + “What would you do then?” + </p> + <p> + “I would beat them, as you do, with my troops, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “But if the Emperor has more troops than you?” + </p> + <p> + “Then I should flee, of course, like you do, sire, or I let myself be put + to flight, and so save my honour as a soldier.” + </p> + <p> + The King was accustomed to Voltaire’s impertinences, and he pardoned them + for the moment, but stored them in his memory. + </p> + <p> + “But now, don’t stick poking about in your room, Monsieur. Come out for a + walk with me. We will philosophise in the cool of the evening. I have so + much to say, and must put my thoughts in order for the great work.” + </p> + <p> + “Sire, I will come immediately.” + </p> + <p> + “No, now; I am waiting.” + </p> + <p> + Monsieur Voltaire became nervous, and began to tidy his desk; he pulled + out drawers, and protracted the business. But the King stood as if on + guard, and watched him. At last the old man had to stop tidying up and + come out, but his limbs twitched, and he shook himself, as though he + wished to shake off something. The King led him down the third terrace, + and turned to the right into the park, where they found a long avenue + which led to a small circular open space. Here there stood the Temple of + Friendship. + </p> + <p> + There was an embarrassing silence between them, but Frederick, who had + learnt self-control, was the first to find the thread which they had lost. + But he had to introduce the conversation by commencing with their present + surroundings. + </p> + <p> + “What a peaceful evening, Monsieur! Peace in nature and in human life! + Have you noticed that there has been no war in the world for seven years—that + is, since the Peace of Aachen?” + </p> + <p> + “Now I have not thought about it. Well, you can now expect the seven lean + kine—I mean years.” + </p> + <p> + “Who knows! You spoke just now of Kian Loung, the peaceful prince who + philosophises and writes verses on tea-plant blossoms; who serves his + people and makes them happy. His neighbour Japan has enjoyed peace for a + hundred years. In India the French and English are rivalling each other in + trade. That is the great East, which we shall soon have to take into + account—. If we consider our portion of the world, with which I + reckon Egypt, the latter lies asleep under Pashas and Mamelukes. Greece, + our motherland, has entered its last sleep. The Athens of Pericles is an + appendage of the Sultan’s harem, and is ruled by black eunuchs. Rome, or + rather Italy, is parcelled out between Lorraine, the House of Bourbon, and + Savoy. But in Rome is my friend Benedict XIV; he is also a man of peace, + and the first Pope, moreover, who acknowledges the King of Prussia. He + tolerates Protestants, helps forward science, and has allowed latitude and + longitude to be measured....” + </p> + <p> + “And expelled the Jesuits, whom you, sire, have received. You ought not to + have done that.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you know of the Jesuits? In Spain we have Ferdinand VI, who + encourages mining, combats the Inquisition, fosters the sciences.” + </p> + <p> + “The itch for writing seems to be spreading over the earth like a + pestilence.” + </p> + <p> + “In England my uncle George, the pupil of Adam Smith, is working solely + for the commercial prosperity of his country. The others we know. But we + ought to remember the great discoveries of our century—fire-machines, + thermometers, lightning-conductors, anchor-watches. In fact it is the + Golden Age which has returned at this late epoch.” + </p> + <p> + “Think only of the fire-machines which they now call steam-engines. And of + the telegraphs! What may we not next expect!” + </p> + <p> + “War, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “I have never loved war, as you know, but I have been driven to it.” + </p> + <p> + “With the stick.” + </p> + <p> + The King was not angry, but he was troubled that a remarkable man, who had + been his friend and teacher, should commit such a <i>bêtise</i>. + </p> + <p> + “You are right; it was my father’s stick, and I bless it. But although I + do not believe that the Golden Age is before the door, yet I do see a + brighter future in the distance.” + </p> + <p> + “I see only clouds which foretell earthquakes. France is undermined; + America is moving; all Europe is prepared to discard Christianity as a + crab its shell; Economics are reduced to a science; nature is ransacked; + we are on the verge of something novel and tremendous; I feel it already + in my corns.” + </p> + <p> + “I also! My leisure-time is drawing to an end, my Tusculum will be closed, + and dreadful things are about to happen.” + </p> + <p> + On the King’s face at this moment there was such an indescribable + expression of pain, as though he had foreseen the Seven Years’ War which + followed immediately on the seven years’ of peace, and he seemed to be + bowed to the earth bearing the destiny of his country and the future on + his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “Sire, at such moment, you need some religion.” + </p> + <p> + “My duty is my religion. My God is the Providence which guides the + destinies of the nations but leaves individuals to themselves! What are + men that you should take notice of these ants?” + </p> + <p> + The conversation was interrupted by a person who appeared in the + background and resembled a judicial official. Voltaire saw who it was, and + became furious: “Your Majesty, how can you allow this rag-tag and bob-tail + to enter the castle-park? Why do you not enclose it with iron gates and + railings?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered the King; “I am not the master of my own person, still less + of this castle, but all have rights over me!” + </p> + <p> + “But this is atrocious! Can I not drive him away?” + </p> + <p> + “No, you cannot!” + </p> + <p> + The King beckoned, and the stranger approached with his hat in his hand. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want, my friend?” asked the King. + </p> + <p> + “Only to deliver a document to Monsieur Voltaire, your Majesty.” + </p> + <p> + “Then do your duty.” + </p> + <p> + The man handed the document to Voltaire, and retired. When the old man had + opened and read it, he fell on his knees before the King and exclaimed, + “Save me, sire!” + </p> + <p> + “That is your law-suit with Hirschel about the Saxon state papers. You + thought to deceive each other and the public, but the Jew did not let you + lead him by the nose, Monsieur, and now you are exposed as a falsifier!” + </p> + <p> + “Save me, your Majesty!” + </p> + <p> + “How can I?” + </p> + <p> + “With a word—a single good word before the court....” + </p> + <p> + “For shame, old man! Do you think I can bend the law? Do you want me to + bribe the judges? No, Monsieur, there are judges in Berlin who cannot be + bribed! My word counts as little as that of the meanest. Stand up, go to + your room, and meet me at supper.” + </p> + <p> + “Sire, I beg to be excused coming to supper this evening.” + </p> + <p> + “Good! then we will meet to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + When Voltaire reached his room, he began to search through his papers + which he had left in disorder. He looked for a whole hour for the letter + he had written to the Marquise, without being able to find it. Then he + perceived that the letter had been seized, and he conceived a suspicion + against the King. He stormed about in the room till it had become dark + outside. He felt that it was all over with friendship and hospitality, + with high position and honour, and that he must depart—perhaps by + flight. + </p> + <p> + Accordingly he closed the window-shutters, and made a fire in the stove in + order to burn dangerous papers. When he had finished, he went to bed, and + rang for a servant: “Ask Monsieur La Mettrie to come; I am ill,” he + ordered. + </p> + <p> + La Mettrie, the author of <i>L’Homme Machine</i>, a most rigorous + materialist and atheist, enjoyed Frederick’s favour on account of his + writings. After his death the King himself delivered a funeral oration + over him in the Academy. Voltaire was jealous of him, as he was of + everyone who stood in his way, but La Mettrie was a physician, and + Voltaire could be amiable to anyone of whom he stood in need. + </p> + <p> + The doctor came, not out of philanthropy, but from curiosity and a certain + malicious satisfaction at seeing the favourite in disgrace. + </p> + <p> + “My dear friend,” said the old man, “I am sick in body and soul.” + </p> + <p> + “You haven’t got a soul.” + </p> + <p> + “But the trouble is in the heart.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>Cor, cordis</i>, the heart; then you have eaten too much. Take a + purge, Monsieur; then you will be lighter than lightmindedness itself.” + </p> + <p> + “Prescribe me some proper medicine, man; I am dying.” + </p> + <p> + “Then go to a watering-place.” + </p> + <p> + “Like a minister who is in disgrace; no, thank you.” + </p> + <p> + “Go home to your own country; you are suffering from homesickness.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, there you are right! The air here does not suit me.” + </p> + <p> + “You are beginning to get stout.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean by that?” + </p> + <p> + “And the Marquises are longing for you.” + </p> + <p> + “Are they? What nonsense you talk! But I must have a watering-place.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, take Plombières! There you will meet the court.” + </p> + <p> + “That is an excellent idea! Plombières! But I will return, of course.” + </p> + <p> + “Of course!” + </p> + <p> + “I will be back in three weeks—let us say a month. If only the King + will not be vexed....” + </p> + <p> + “Let me assure you, the King will console himself.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, I will consider the matter. But say—he is not angry with + me?” + </p> + <p> + “Who?” + </p> + <p> + “The King!” + </p> + <p> + “He is not angry with you, otherwise he would have been so long ago! No, + you are belated in thinking that.” + </p> + <p> + “Give me a sleeping powder, and then you can go.” + </p> + <p> + The doctor took the powder, and poured it in a glass of water. + </p> + <p> + The old man drank, but his large eyes followed the changing expressions of + the doctor’s face, who looked very amused. He did not altogether trust + him. + </p> + <p> + “Monsieur Voltaire,” said the doctor, “when you make a fire in the oven, + draw up the small oven-shutters, else there is too much smoke. The Potsdam + fire-engines would very likely be summoned.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! That too! Well! <i>La comedia è finita!</i> Good-night!” + </p> + <p> + “<i>Sic transit gloria mundi!</i> Sleep well!” + </p> + <p> + Voltaire slept during the night, but not well, and was awakened on the + following morning by the sound of salutes fired at Potsdam; from which he + concluded that the King was holding manoeuvres. Neither did he see any + sign of the King, but about noonday he received a letter bearing the royal + arms which ran as follows:— + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + “MONSIEUR,—Doctor La Mettrie has told me of your determination to + travel to a watering-place. Although I shall miss your pleasant + and instructive conversation, I will not resist your wish, since I + am sure that a thorough course of treatment will benefit your + nerves and the wretched state of your heart. Wishing you a good + recovery, or at any rate hoping that you will not be worse than + you are, + + “I am + + “F. R.” + </pre> + <p> + That was his passport for the journey. The same evening Voltaire travelled + to Leipzig, where he read extracts from Frederick’s collection of satires + which he also thought of having printed. But in Frankfurt he was arrested + and deprived of the precious manuscripts, which might have made more + enemies for Frederick than he actually did make later on. Rebuked, and + again liberated, Voltaire fled at first to France, where he published in + the <i>Dictionnaire Historique</i> the most abominable assertions + regarding Frederick’s private life. + </p> + <p> + Two years later he was settled at Ferney, on the Lake of Geneva, as a + multi-millionaire, patriarch, and king. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <p> + Many years passed, and still the old Voltaire reigned at his Sans-Souci + called Ferney—just as energetic as ever, just as restless and vain. + </p> + <p> + His little château was a modest two-storied building in a circular + enclosure, surrounded by a courtyard planted with trees. On the left of + the entrance stood a small stone chapel. A tablet over the door bore the + inscription, “Deo erexit Voltaire,” which roused the mirth of his literary + friends and the hatred of the ecclesiastical party. + </p> + <p> + Below in the garden he had an arbour-walk of hornbeam covered in, and + resembling a long hall with windows cut in the side, looking towards the + lake. From thence he could see Mont Blanc, which especially at sunset + showed all its splendour, and the blue levels of the lake stretching + towards Clarens and the Rhone Valley, where the unfortunate Rousseau had + wandered, loved, and suffered. Just now in the twilight, the old man sat + in his arbour walk and played bezique with the local pastor, when the post + arrived. There were many letters with shining seals. + </p> + <p> + “Excuse me, Abbé, I must read my letters!” + </p> + <p> + “Pray do so,” answered the priest, and stood up in order to promenade up + and down the arbour walk. + </p> + <p> + After a while the old man called his friend back: “Come, Abbé, come! You + must hear something!” + </p> + <p> + The Abbé, who, for the sake of his flock, kept on good terms with + Voltaire, and humoured his whims, without, however, yielding to him in + theological discussions, came at the summons. + </p> + <p> + “You must hear a letter from Frederick the Great, the Unique, the + Incomparable. He has pardoned me, and I am ashamed. My last evening in + Sans-Souci I was irritated, and in my cruelty I was mean enough to remind + him of his father’s stick. The moment that the word escaped, I felt his + retort in the air, but he restrained it. He had only needed to return the + thrust with a reference to the stick which had played a certain part in my + youth, but he kept silent, whether out of regard for my years or for some + other reason. (It is remarkable that the stick has also had an influence + on the development of the great Shakespeare and others.) Excuse, Abbé, + this <i>garrulitas senilis</i>—he has pardoned me, and writes, ‘My + old friend!’ + </p> + <p> + “‘The years have passed; to the seven good years which you shared with me + succeeded the seven lean ones—the Seven Years’ War and all that it + brought with it. Friends have departed, and a great loneliness enfolds the + ageing man, who now, among other things, begins to be far-sighted, after + being formerly short-sighted. He sees life in a perspective where the + apparently shorter lines are the longest. He knows that from experience, + and therefore lets himself no longer be deceived. Standing on the height + which he has gained, he is glad to look back, but he can also now see in + front of him. + </p> + <p> + “‘What is now impending? Who can say? This century, which has seen all the + sovereigns leading revolutionary movements, is the strangest of all. We + despots, who forced enlightenment and freedom on the peoples—we were + the demagogues and they rewarded us with ingratitude. It was a perverse + world! I have suffered for my doctrines and actions, but the fate of + Joseph II is tragic. They are slowly but surely murdering him. + </p> + <p> + “‘You do not love war: nor do I, but I was forced to it by Providence and + solicitude for my country. What have I effected thereby? you ask. I have + made a “re-distribution,” as land-surveyors call it, and out of scattered + patches and scraps of territory I have woven together a Prussia, so that + we can now walk on our own ground, without treading on our neighbour’s. Do + not fear Prussia; you need it as a bulwark against Russia, which now, + since the time of the Czar Peter, has a voice and vote in the Council of + Europe. You disapprove of my sharing in the partition of Poland, but I was + obliged to do so; otherwise Russia would have taken all. Poland had lost + its significance in the geographical economy of Europe; it was + Russianised, and the role it had played was taken over by the + Sarmatian.... Silesia was ours, and thank God that the Swedes did not + obtain it, as they at first wished. Moreover, we have sent the Goths home + to their own country, and look after our own affairs ourselves.’” + </p> + <p> + “And so on! Then he says something about Rousseau.” + </p> + <p> + “‘You call Rousseau a swindler; that is a somewhat severe expression. Even + if he did really steal a piece of ribbon, or a silver spoon, it is not + worth talking about. I share his love for nature and his hatred of + mankind. One evening lately, as the sun went down, I thought: “God! how + beautiful are Thy natural creations, and how hideous are Thy human + creatures!” We men, I mean—for I except neither myself nor you, + Monsieur. This cursed race truly belongs to the Iron Age as described by + Hesiod. And we are asked to believe that they are created after God’s + image! After the image of the Devil, I would rather say! Rousseau is right + when he believes in a past Golden Age.’ + </p> + <p> + “What do you say to that, Monsieur l’Abbé?” + </p> + <p> + “It is what the Church teaches regarding the lost Paradise and the Fall, + and also agrees with the Greek legend of Prometheus, who ate of the tree + of knowledge, and thereby brought misfortune on men.” + </p> + <p> + “Good heavens! Have you too become a freethinker? Shoemaker, stick to your + last! If you are a priest, then be a priest, but don’t try to make a botch + of my work. And don’t think you need to flatter me for an increase of + wages. But let us return to Frederick:” + </p> + <p> + “‘History rolls on like an avalanche; the race improves, the conditions of + life become easier, but men are still the same—faithless, + unthankful, criminal; and he just as well as the unjust go to hell. I do + not dare to put down on paper the conclusions to be drawn from this + observation, for that would be to acquit Lazarus, and to crucify + Christ.... Great men have little weaknesses or rather great weaknesses. + We, Monsieur, have been no angels, but Providence has used us for great + objects. Is it a matter of indifference to Providence whom it takes in + hand, or how we live in the flesh, provided we keep the spirit uppermost? + <i>Sursum corda!</i>’” + </p> + <p> + “What do you say to that, Abbé?” + </p> + <p> + “The Law cannot be fulfilled, says St. Paul, but the Law rouses the sense + of guilt, and therefore it is only imposed in order to drive us to grace.” + </p> + <p> + “That was not such a stupid remark of Paul’s. But I should like to add,—in + the prison of the flesh grows the longing for liberation: ‘Who shall + deliver me, wretched man, from this body of sin?’ Yes, Abbé, <i>Vanitas + vanitatum! Vanitas!</i> You are young, but you must not despise the old + man when he turns round and spits behind him all the unpleasantness of his + past life. Might but a generation be born which knew at once the value of + life, as long as a mud-bath is not part of the treatment!” + </p> + <p> + Just then a dark lean man came tortuously along the garden path. + </p> + <p> + “See! there is my Jesuit!” said Voltaire. + </p> + <p> + The old man kept on friendly terms with a Jesuit, partly because the Pope + had expelled them, partly because Frederick the Great had patronised them; + but his chief object was to have someone to dispute with. Perhaps also he + wished to show his freedom from prejudice, for he did not like the + uncongenial man. + </p> + <p> + “Now, you child of Satan!” was the old man’s greeting, “what mischief have + you got in your mind? You look so maliciously pleased!” + </p> + <p> + “I come from Geneva,” answered the Jesuit with an evil smile. + </p> + <p> + “What are they doing there?” + </p> + <p> + “I saw the executioner burn Rousseau’s <i>Emile</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “They may do that, as far as I am concerned, and throw the fool himself + into the fire.” + </p> + <p> + “Monsieur Voltaire!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes: one cannot tolerate lunatics: there are limits!” + </p> + <p> + “Where?” + </p> + <p> + “Imposed by a sound intelligence.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and saw them burn the new edition of Monsieur Voltaire’s <i>Candide</i>.” + </p> + <p> + “For shame! But it is merely a mob in Geneva.” + </p> + <p> + “A Protestant mob, with your permission.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t trouble yourself; I hate Protestants equally with Catholics! This + terrible Calvin burnt his friend Servetus in Geneva, because he did not + believe in the Trinity. And had Jean Calas in Toulouse been a Catholic, + and his son a Protestant, I would still have attacked the judges, although + I am nothing. I am nothing; only, what I write is something.” + </p> + <p> + “Then some day we will raise a monument to Monsieur Voltaire’s writings—not + to Voltaire.” + </p> + <p> + “You have no need; I have already raised my monument myself in the hundred + volumes of my collected works. The world has nothing to do with how the + old ass looked; there is nothing to see in that. We know my weaknesses; I + have lied, I have stolen, I have been ungrateful; something of a + scoundrel, something of a brute! That is the dirty part of me, and I + bequeath it to Jesuits, pettifoggers, hair-splitters and collectors of + anecdotes;—but my spirit to God who gave it, and to men an honest + purpose to understand their Monsieur Voltaire.” + </p> + <p> + He rose, for the sun had descended. + </p> + <p> + “Good-night, Mont Blanc; you have a white head like myself, and stand with + your feet in cold water, as I do! Now I go and lie down! Tomorrow I travel + to Paris, where I will die.” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0022" id="link2H_4_0022"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + DAYS OF JUDGMENT + </h2> + <p> + In the northern tower of the Church of Notre Dame de Paris was the + tower-watchman’s chamber. But it had been arranged like a bookbinder’s + workshop, for the watchman’s day-duty was not particularly heavy, and the + hours of the night passed with sleep or without sleep, no one troubling + themselves to oversee this now superfluous church servant. + </p> + <p> + Nobody entered the church, which had been damaged in various ways, and no + one ascended the northern tower, for the bells hung in the southern one. + There the watchman’s duty was regarded more seriously, for on all + extraordinary occasions the alarm-bell had to sound. + </p> + <p> + The watchman kept up a sort of telegraphic communication with the + bellringer in the southern tower. In calm weather they could chat with + each other, but when it was windy, they had to use speaking trumpets. + </p> + <p> + The workshop had, in the course of years, developed into a very + comfortable room. Its southern side was occupied by a single large + bookcase. There the first edition of the <i>Encyclopédie</i> in five and + thirty volumes, shone resplendent in red morocco with gilt letters. There + stood Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, Locke, Hume—all the authors + who ought to have been present. There were also periodicals, the <i>Moniteur</i>, + Père Duchesne and Marat’s <i>L’Ami du Peuple</i>. This last was bound in + somewhat greasy leather, which resembled pig’s-skin, and had curled up at + the corners. + </p> + <p> + Another wall was covered with engravings, some coloured and some plain. + They hung in chronological order from left to right, from top to bottom, + so that one could read the whole history of the Revolution pictorially. + The Oath in the ball-room on June 20, 1789, with Mirabeau’s portrait; the + burning of the Bastille, and the head of the commandant; the Jacobite + Club, with Marat, Saint-Just, Couthon, Robespierre; the Feast of + Brotherhood on the Champ du Mars; the King’s Flight to Varennes; + Lafayette; the Girondists; the execution of the King and Queen; the + Committee of Public Welfare, with Danton and the newly hatched + Robespierre; the Reign of Terror; Charlotte Corday stabbing Marat in the + bath; Robespierre again; Feast of the Supreme Being; Voltaire’s Funeral; + Robespierre again, this time on the 9th Thermidor. Then came Buonaparte + and the Directory, mixed with Pyramids and Alps. + </p> + <p> + In the middle of the room stood a very large table. At the one end were + the bookbinder’s tools; at the other, writing materials. The inkstand was + a skull; the ruler was a fore-arm; the paper-weight was a guillotine, and + the penholder a rib. + </p> + <p> + The bookbinder himself, a centenarian, with an apostolic beard, sat and + wrote under a lantern which hung from the roof. He was the only person + visible in the room. Outside it was stormy, and the roof-plates rattled + from time to time; it was cool in the room, but not cold, for a stove was + lit in a corner, where lay the watchman’s belongings—a great + wolfskin fur-coat, a speaking trumpet, some flags, and a lantern with + variously coloured glass sides. The old man pushed his glasses up his + forehead, looked up, and spoke, though the person with whom he talked + could not be seen. + </p> + <p> + “Are you hungry?” + </p> + <p> + A voice behind the bookcase answered: “Fairly so.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you cold?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not yet.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait a little; I must just go outside and make an observation.” + </p> + <p> + “What are you writing?” + </p> + <p> + “My reminiscences.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it quiet in the town?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but they have gone out to Saint Cloud.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it will soon come to shooting.” + </p> + <p> + “It won’t come to shooting, but we may expect a proclamation. Be quiet + now; I must step out, and send a message. Then you will get some food and + drink; perhaps a pipe of tobacco also.” + </p> + <p> + There was silence behind the bookcase, and the old man put on his + fur-coat, lit his many-coloured lamp, took up a speaking-trumpet, and + stepped out on the balcony. + </p> + <p> + It was very dark, but the old man was familiar with his menagerie out + there on the parapet; he loved his stone monsters—the owl, the + griffin, the gorgon, and stroked them every time that he passed them. But + the creature with a man’s body, goat’s feet and horns, inspired him with a + certain awe, as it stood there leaning on its hands like a priest, and + bending forward as if to preach to the godless city or to hurl anathemas + at it. He took his stand near it, and began to signal with the lantern. + But the wind was so violent that the old man swayed, and had to put his + arm round the creature’s body, in order to support himself. + </p> + <p> + After he had stood for a time signalling with the lantern, and gazing out + into the darkness, he suddenly raised himself upright, put down the + lantern, and raised the speaking-trumpet to his mouth. Holding on to the + stone balustrade, he turned to the southern tower, and cried “Hullo! + Francis! Hallo!” + </p> + <p> + After a while a reply came through the darkness. + </p> + <p> + “Qui vive?” + </p> + <p> + “Mont-joie—Saint-Denis.” + </p> + <p> + “Sacre!” answered the other. “Ring the great bell! Ring, for heaven’s + sake!” + </p> + <p> + The watchman remained standing for a while looking at the coloured lights + on the church tower of St. Cloud. In order to be quite certain, he + repeated his signal, and received for answer: “Right understood.” + </p> + <p> + The old man sighed “Thy will be done, O Lord!” He was on the point of + returning to the turret-chamber, when the wind blew so violently, that he + had to seize the arm of the horned monster in order to stand fast. But the + figure had got loose; it yielded, and moved a little. + </p> + <p> + “He too!” muttered the old man to himself. “Nothing stands fast, + everything slips; nothing remains on which to support oneself.” He + crouched down in order not to be blown away, and so stooping, as he + walked, reached the door of the turret-chamber, which he flung open. + </p> + <p> + “The Revolution is over,” he called out to the bookcase. + </p> + <p> + “What do you say?” + </p> + <p> + “The Revolution is over! Come out, sire.” + </p> + <p> + He laid hold of the bookcase, and opened it like a door on its hinges. It + concealed a neat little room furnished in the style of Louis XV. Out of it + stepped a man of about thirty, with pale delicate features and a + melancholy aspect. + </p> + <p> + “Sire,” said the bookbinder in a humble voice, “now your time is come, and + mine runs out. I do not exactly know what has happened on this eighteenth + of Brumaire in Saint Cloud, but one thing I know: Buonaparte has taken the + helm.” + </p> + <p> + “Jaques,” answered the nobleman, “I do not wish to hurt your feelings, but + I cannot conceal my joy.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t conceal it, sire! You have saved me from the scaffold, and I have + saved you; let us thank each other, and be quits.” + </p> + <p> + “To think that this bloody drama is ended—that this madness....” + </p> + <p> + “Sire, don’t speak so.” + </p> + <p> + His eyes began to sparkle, but he quickly changed his tone. “Let us eat + our last meal together, but in love like fellow-men; let us talk of the + past, and then part in peace. This evening we are still brothers, but + to-morrow you are the lord and I am the servant.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right. To-day I am an emigrant, tomorrow I am a count.” + </p> + <p> + The old man brought out a cold fowl, a cheese, and a bottle of wine, and + both took their places at the table. + </p> + <p> + “This wine, sire, was bottled in ‘89. It has a history, and therefore....” + </p> + <p> + “Have you no white wine? I do not like red.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it the colour you dislike?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it looks like blood! You have lost a wife and four sons.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I weep for them? They fell on the field of honour.” + </p> + <p> + “The scaffold!” + </p> + <p> + “I call the scaffold the field of honour! But you want white wine! Good! + You shall have it. You prefer the colour of tears; I prefer that of + blood!” + </p> + <p> + He opened a bottle of white wine: “<i>Suum cuique!</i> Tastes differ. We + can now breathe again, and sleep quietly at night. That was the hardest + thing to bear during this last decade—the loss of sleep at night. + The fear of death was worse than death itself.” + </p> + <p> + “The worst for us—pardon the expression—was to see the State + and society turned topsyturvy, and brutality enthroned.” + </p> + <p> + “Wait a little! Louis XIV paid two gentlemen of the chamber twenty + thousand livres yearly to examine and carry away his night stool every + morning. The Sansculottes could not be coarser than that. Marie Antoinette + used to go and spend the night drinking with her boon-companions, so that + she returned home about eleven o’clock the next morning exhausted; that + was coarse conduct for such a fine lady.” + </p> + <p> + “You may draw the long bow to-night, Jaques; but to-morrow take care of + your head! You ought not to speak so of these high personages who have + suffered a martyr’s death.” + </p> + <p> + “Stop! stop! The King was what they call ‘a fine fellow,’ but the Queen + was a wretch. But both were justly condemned to death—both! Look + you! if Turgot could have remained at his post, the Revolution would not + have broken out. All the reforms in the State, Church, and Society, which + we—pardon the expression—have carried through could have been + carried through then, if Turgot had been allowed to put his plans into + operation. The Queen would not endure the Minister’s retrenchment of her + revenue, and plotted for his removal, and the King supported her. That was + a great crime. The second was the overthrow of Necker. Then the Queen and + her Court minxes ruled. Both King and Queen sought to stir up foreign + countries against their own; their correspondence relating to this was + discovered, and then the betrayers of their country were condemned to + death. Don’t talk of Martyrs, or I shall be angry. For I am angry when I + hear lies, and cannot control myself.” + </p> + <p> + The Count laid his hand on his sword. + </p> + <p> + “Put your sword in its sheath, young man, or otherwise....” + </p> + <p> + They sat down on opposite sides of the table, and darted angry glances at + each other. + </p> + <p> + “The ultimate causes,” continued the old man, “may be sought in heaven, + but we have here only to do with secondary causes, and those we know. The + Revolution was a Last Judgment which had to come, just as it came in + England exactly a hundred years before, in 1689.” + </p> + <p> + “But Cromwell’s republic did not last.” + </p> + <p> + “Nor does this; but it comes again! But let us rather talk of something + cheerful on this last evening. I have been present at everything; I have a + strong memory, and can forget nothing. But what shines most brightly + through all the dark days is the recollection of the day on the Champs du + Mars, the Feast of Brotherhood of July 14, ‘90. Twenty thousand workmen + were employed to clear it, but, as they could not finish the work by the + appointed day, all Paris went out. There I saw bishops, court marshals, + generals, monks, nuns, society ladies, workmen, sailors, dustmen, and + street-girls levelling the ground with hoes and spades. Finally the King + himself made up his mind to join in the work. That was the greatest feat + of equalisation which mankind have carried out; the hills were made low, + and the valleys filled. At last the great theatre of liberty was ready. At + the altar of the Fatherland a fire of perfumed wood was kindled, and + Talleyrand, Bishop of Autun, with a retinue of four hundred white-robed + priests consecrated the flags. The King in civil dress and the Queen sat + on the platform, and, as the ‘first citizens of the State,’ took the + constitutional oath. All was forgotten; all was forgiven. Half a million + people, collected in one place, animated by one spirit, felt themselves + that day to be brothers and sisters. We wept, we fell in each other’s + arms, we kissed each other. We wept to think what wretches we had been, + and how good and amiable we were now. We wept perhaps, also, because we + guessed how fragile all this was. + </p> + <p> + “And afterwards, in the evening, when Paris turned out in the streets and + market-places. Families ate their mid-day meal on the pavement; the old + and sick were carried into the open air; food and wine were distributed at + the public expense. That was the Feast of Tabernacles, the recollection of + the Exodus from Egyptian bondage; it was the Saturnalia, the return of the + Golden Age! And then....” + </p> + <p> + “Then came Marat, Danton, and Robespierre.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! Robespierre, the most hated of all, was not worse than Louis XI and + Henry VIII.” + </p> + <p> + “A murderer.” + </p> + <p> + “The judge is not a murderer, nor is the executioner.” + </p> + <p> + “But the Golden Age passed—as it came.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet it comes again.” + </p> + <p> + “Not with Buonaparte!” + </p> + <p> + “No, not with him, but through him.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is he?” + </p> + <p> + “A Corsican, born in the same year in which France annexed his country. He + will avenge it, and, since he can never feel himself a Frenchman, he will + exploit our country only for his own purposes. But nevertheless, in spite + of his unparalleled selfishness, his wickedness and crimes, he will serve + humanity—for everything serves.” + </p> + <p> + “And afterwards?” + </p> + <p> + “Who can say? Probably things will go on as they have done hitherto; + sometimes advancing, then a halt; then again advance.” + </p> + <p> + “And then the obsolete turns up again.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, like a drowning man. Three times he comes to the surface to breathe, + but the fourth time he remains below. Or, like an animal chewing the cud; + for some time there are small eructations, re-mastications, and then + everything is ejected through the gullet, after going through the circle.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you believe in the return of the Golden Age?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes I believe like Thomas, when I have seen. And I have seen. At the + moment, which I now recall, on the Champs du Mars,—then I saw! We + had a forefeeling of the future, we were sure that we had had a vision of + some new order of things, but were uncertain when it would be + established.” + </p> + <p> + “How long are we to wait?” + </p> + <p> + “We should not sit still and wait, but work! That makes the time pass. The + learned say that it took a million years for the Hill of Montmartre to be + deposited from the water. Now history is only three thousand years old; + for three thousand years more, men can reflect over their past, and + perhaps in six thousand an improvement may be noticeable! We are too proud + and impatient, sire. And yet things move quickly. America was discovered + only three hundred years ago, and now it is an European republic. Africa, + India, China, Japan are opened, and soon the whole world will belong to + Europe. Do you see the promise to Abraham, ‘In thy seed shall all the + nations of the earth be blessed,’ is on the way to fulfilment—on the + way, I say.” + </p> + <p> + “The promise to Abraham?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes! Have not Christians, Jews, and Muhammedans a share in the promise?” + </p> + <p> + “Christians of Abraham’s seed?” + </p> + <p> + “Through Christ, who was of Judah, we are spiritually Abraham’s seed. One + faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all!” + </p> + <p> + “I have listened to you, and must say that your faith is great, and has + delivered you.” + </p> + <p> + “As it will deliver mankind.” + </p> + <p> + The conversation now ceased, for the alarm-bell began to ring in the south + tower. The sound of it overpowered the din of the storm, and filled the + room with its vibrations, made the table and chairs shake, and both men + tremble. The old man tried to speak, but his guest heard nothing, and only + saw his lips move. Then the old man rose and pointed to one of the many + engravings. + </p> + <p> + It represented Anacharsis Clootz, the philanthropist and philosopher, in a + convent, with a crowd of people from all corners of the earth—black, + yellow, white, copper-coloured—seeking to have them admitted as + citizens into the world-republic. The Count smiled in answer + half-distrustfully, half-tolerantly. The old man tried to speak, but could + not be heard. The boom of the bell seemed to come from the depths of ages, + ringing out the past century and ringing in the new, which would commence + in a few weeks—the nineteenth century since the birth of the + Redeemer, who has promised to return, and perhaps will do so in one way or + another. + </p> + <p> + The Count sat there fingering the letter-weight in the shape of a + guillotine. Suddenly he seized it, and looked questioningly at the old + man, who nodded in the affirmative. The letter-weight was thrown into the + paper-basket. + </p> + <p> + The great bell ceased ringing, the room was quiet, and the old man, his + arms folded over his breast, spoke as though with a sigh of gratitude. + </p> + <p> + “The Revolution is over.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>This</i> Revolution!” + </p> + <p> + “‘Tribulation worketh patience; patience, experience; experience, hope; + and hope maketh not ashamed!’” + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0023" id="link2H_4_0023"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + STRINDBERG’S DEATH-BED + </h2> + <p> + (From the <i>Aftonbladet</i>, Stockholm, May 15, 1912) The last time that + Strindberg was in full possession of his senses was late on Monday + afternoon (May 13th). He recognised his daughter Greta, who sat by his + bed, and her husband, Dr. Philp. He was fully aware that the end was near. + He made a sign that he wished to have his Bible, which lay on the table by + the bed. They gave it him; he took it in his hand and said: “All that is + personal is now obliterated. I have done with life and closed the account. + This is the only truth.” + </p> + <p> + He kissed his daughter, but only said, “Dear Greta.” Then he said to Dr. + Philp, “Are you still here, Henry?” After talking a little more, his last + utterance was, “Now I have said my last word. Now I talk no more.” He kept + his Bible so closely clasped to his breast as though that were the only + thing he had to hold fast before the end. + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + So Stromboli retreated in the gloom, + Flinging red flame and molten lava high, + A flaring portent: We, who passed it by, + Carry that lurid memory to the tomb; + Yet round its crater living flowers bloom, + The vine, fig, olive grow and fructify, + Over it laughs the blue Sicilian sky, + A paradise upon the verge of doom. + As fiery as that red volcanic blast, + Through years he wrestled with his unseen Foe, + Wailing in pain “I will not let Thee go + Unless Thou bless me who have held Thee fast,”— + And thus, like Jacob, from his overthrow, + He rose a cripple, but a prince at last. +</pre> + <div style="height: 6em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg’s Historical Miniatures, by August Strindberg + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORICAL MINIATURES *** + +***** This file should be named 7955-h.htm or 7955-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/9/5/7955/ + + +Text file produced by Charles Aldarondo, Tiffany Vergon, Marc +D’Hooghe, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation’s web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + + </body> +</html> diff --git a/old/8hsmn10.zip b/old/8hsmn10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2cae8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/8hsmn10.zip |
